3 9999 06503 276 3

4GT TO BE
PHOTO-
COPIED

:$'SH«M>ttm 5
 Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Boston Public Library

http://www.archive.org/details/philadelphiaphot1873phil
 THE

PHILADELPHIA

PHOTOGRAPHER.

EDITED BY EDWARD L. WILSOH".

"voiL/criMrrm x.

PHILADELPHIA:
BENERMAN & WILSON, PUBLISHERS,
S. W. COR. SEVENTH & CHERRY STREETS.

18 73.
c
y L
yi
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,

By Benerman & Wilson,

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

CAXTON PRESS OF SHERMAN & CO.,

PHILADELPHIA.
 PHOTOGRAPHIC EMBELLISHMENTS.
January. "Cabinet" Portrait — Dr. H. Voge ,
August. Cherubim and Seraphim. Heliotypes
By Loescher & Petsch, Berlin, Prussia. by the E. Edwards Process. Printed by
February. Pictures of Living Animals. By Jas. R. Osgood & Co., Boston.
Scheeiber & Sons, Philadelphia.
September. " Cabinet" Portrait. By G. F. E.
March. Portrait — Benj. French, Esq. — By War- Pearsall, Brooklyn, N. Y.
ren & Heald, Boston, Mass.
April. "Porcelain" Portrait. By W. H.
October. Carte Pictures — Fannie Eaton. By E.
L. Eaton, Omaha, Nebraska.
Jacoby, Minneapolis, Minn.
May. "Cabinet" Portrait. By Prank Jewell, November. "Porcelain" Portrait. By W. H.
Scranton, Pa. Jacoby, Minneapolis, Minn.
June. " Cabinet " Portrait. By F. Ltjckhardt. " Cabinet " Portrait from repro-
December.
Vienna. duced negatives by the Edwards Process.
July. "Cabinet'' Portrait of Miss Rosa D'Enna. Negatives and Prints by Messrs. Trask &
By W. J. Baker, Buffalo, N. Y. Bacon, Philadelphia.

ILLUSTRATIONS ON WOOD.
PAGE PAGE
Working a South Light, . . . 11, 55 Leaky Skylights, 272
Buchtel's Improved Photographic Plate- Skylight, . 276 290
holder, 67 Skylight Construction, 289
A Plate suitable for Two Impressions, . 99 Retouching Stand, 334
Weston Burnisher, . . . . .120 Apparatus for Copying, 424
Adjustable Artist's Table and Desk com- Copying Camera, 489
bined, 137 Adjustable Head-screen and Point of Sight, 494
The CofTee-Pot Varnish Pourer,
Contrivance for Printing Medallions,
. .

.
142
170
Medals awarded at Vienna,
A Useful Side Screen, .... 527
530
Landscape Photography,
Device for Shading the Lens,
. .

.
.

.
.185
. 245 Screen combined, ....
Device for Vignetting in the Camera and
531
Shoemaker's Fuming Box,
The "Jackson" Dipper,
To Prevent the Skylight Leaking,
.... . .

.
.

.
246
249
251
menizing the Plates,
Background Frames,
....
Cleaning Varnished Negatives and Albu-
542
545
Pearsall's Studio, 468 Tripod Head, 554
 CONTENTS.

Another Touch, Yet. H. H. Snelling, . 6 Acid Nitrate Bath, The. J. W. Black, . 322
A Word or Two for Buffalo, . . .18 A Few Ideas. N. D. Randall, . . 339
Art Studies for

Producing.
All, 18, 40, 122, 215, 244, 488,
Albumen Transparencies, New Method
G. W. Simpson, .
of
.
538

22
Chute, ......
Art Education, Resolution on.

Address. L. G. Sellstedt, Esq.,

R. J.
351

American Photographic Literature. G. W. Albumen Positives for Reproducing Nega-

Simpson 23, 188 tives, How to Make. J. Carbutt, . 374

Vogel, ......
Anderson's Skylight and Dark-Room. Dr.

A Call to Buffalo. W. J. Baker,

24
66 . .
Address.
Apology from
A
Rev. F. Frothingham,
J. Shaw,
Plea for the Operator.
....
Critic,
431
461
482
A few Suggestions to the Members of the Article 1 485
N. P. A. E. T- Whitney, . . 102 Adjustable Head-screen and Point of Sight, 493
Action of the Buffalo Photographers, . 113 A Word or Two for the Operator, . . 494
Art, The Study of, 129 A Singular Effect 500
Adjustable Artist's Table and Desk com-
bined
Another Society in Chicago, . . .
137
146 A Glance. G. N.
......
Accessory Negatives with or without Silver
or Camera,
Doty
502
558
Anderson's Photo-Comic Allmyknack, 153, 177
After-Exposure and the Theory of Bec-
querel. Dr. H. Vogel,
Aldehyd, The Formation of. Dr. H. Vogel,
. . . 154
155
Berlin Process, The, ....
Bath, The Nitrate. E. J. Ward, . 16
65

Advertisers, To, .

American Photographers in Europe,

. . .161,
. .
193
168
Plate-holders,
Branes. J. I. M. Nasticks,
....
Buchtel's Improvement in Photographii

.
67
73
American Optical Company, A Visit to the
Works of the,
Annual Exhibition, Concerning the. G. B.
168
J. Howard.
Bigelow Album, The,
....
Broadside Notes Gathered by the Wayside
108
133
Ayres, 169, 201
Appreciation of Photography by the Public.
Blisters, Method of Eradicating. D. H
Cross, 167
Dr. H. Vogel, 172
Bath, Important Modification of the Hypo
A Call to the Photographers of Wisconsin,
sulphite of Soda. J. Voyle, 170
Ac, 182
Be Watchful, 176
Albumen Substratum, The. A. Hesler, 184
Brains. W. Heighway, 195
A Few Considerations, . . . .193 Dr. H. Vogel,
.

......
A Fine Thing to be a Photographer,
Apprenticeship,
A Few Suggestions. B. F. Hall,
.

.
.196
.
204
205
Brazil.
Buffalo Convention. The,
British Association, The.
Blisters, To Prevent.
.

G. W. Simpson
J. R. S.,
471
481
525
530
Anderson's Books, .219
.

Atkinson's Safety Mail Envelope,

.

Air-tight Cork for Collodion, Acid, &c,

G. W. Simpson,
.

.
.

A
. 220
M. Whitney,
Be Careful how you Buy,
....
Background, How to Make a Circular. L

.
561
561
Perfectly. 220
Background, A Home-made. Harr
. .
T. C. 563
A Few Good Ideas. E. Z. Webster, . 233
Alum Bath before Fixing, The, R. J.
Chute, 234 Correspondence, Boston. J. H. Hallen-
Ask Questions. J. M. Davison, . . 234 beck, 12, 148
Art and Photography. W. Heighway, . 236 Congress of German Photographers. Dr.
A Voice from South America. J. J. V., . 237 H. Vogel, 25
Aureolatypes, Holmes', . . . . 245 Collodion and the Negative Bath, Harmony
Address of Welcome, Local Secretary between the. E. Anderson, . . 35
Baker's, 259 Commendable Enterprise, . . . .43
A Contribution to the Pow-Wow. J. L. Cry for a New Style. Dr. H. Vogel, . 58
Gihon,
Anthony's Offer of Prizes,
Annual Address of the President,
.... . .
291
295
296
Collodion, On. I. B. Webster,
Camera and Chemicals. R. J. Chute,
Correspondence, Nova Scotia, .
.

.
.

.
72
99
106
Art Education. R. J. Chute, . . . 312 Carbolic Acid as a Cure for Streaky Plates.
Address by a Sculptor, . . . .316 G. W. Simpson, 123
 CONTENTS.

Parker, Jr., ....

Cleaning Glass and Ferrotype Plates.

Collodio-Bromide Process, The. E. Wal

J.
3 38
Exhibitors,
Baker
A Word Further

Exposure, Effect of Long and Short. Dr.

to. W. J.
178

lace, Jr., 141 H. Vogel 227

Coffee-Pot Varnish Pourer, 142 —
Explanatory The Beautiful in Photog-
Chemical Manipulation and Lighting. A raphy. H. H. Snelling, . . . 239
Pearsall, 150 Expression, Lighting, Posing. A. Hesler, 270
Card Mounts, The Purity of, 174 Expression. Frank Jewell, . . . 273
Classifying the Work at the Buffalo Con Exposure, On Shortening the. J. H. Fitz-
vention. J. H. Fitzgibbon. 179 gibbon, 291
Clemons' Advice to Printers, 203 England. Dr. H. Vogel, . . .471
Collodion, On. L. M. Melander, . 205 Editorial Correspondence, . . . 497, 550
China Vessels, New and Curious. Dr. H
Vogel, 226 Farewell to the Subject. W. Heighway, . 8
Colors in Photography, Action of. Dr. H Ferrotype Varnish, Hall's. A. Hall, . 11
Vogel, 227 Foreign Exhibitors, To, . . .67
Collodion, On.

Simpson,
P. B. Green,
Carbon Process, Mons. Marion's.
. . ,
.

.
G.
.
W
232

252
Frauds and Impositions,
Ferrotyper's Guide, The,
Fuming Box, Shoemaker's,
.

.... .

.
.

.
-
.

.
133
153
247
Communication from J. Shaw, No. 1, 298 Finishing. W. H. Sherman, . . . 377
Committee on Nominations Appointed, 302 Finishing. H. J. Rodgers, . . . 383
Communication on Vice-Presidents.
Bardwell,
Communication from
....
J. Shaw, No. 2,
J
309
348
Finishing. C. W. Hearn,
Fine Art Institute, Chicago,
Ferrotype, To Redevelop a. J. H.
.

.
.

Blake-
. 384
495, 543

Copying, Enlarging, &c. A. Hall, . 424 more, . . .

-
: . . 537
Copying, Enlarging, <fcc. W. M. Lock Formula, A Texas. A. Fitch, . . . 562
wood, 427
Collodion and its Troubles.
Collodion, Report on.
A. L. Hance
H. L. Bingham,
Centennial Exhibition, Resolutions on the
A. Pearsall,
448
454
459
486
Glass for Negatives,
Webster,
German Correspondence.
...... To Prepare.

Dr. H. Vogel,
I. B.
5

Correspondence.
24. 58, 93, 124, 154, 172, 225, 469, 532, 555
Correspondence, Editorial,
Centennial, The, .... 497 . . 517
502
Gelatine, Nelson's Photographic,
German Photographers' Society of
.

New
. 35

W. Simpson, ....
Collodion, Transfer, Permanency of.

Concerning Shaw and his $300,000 Patent

G York
Gold Toning Dispensed With.
gers, .
117, 147, 181, 545
H. J. Rod-
118
W. H. Sherman, . . , 518
Glycerin in the Nitrate Bath. G. W.
Chemicals in Cold Weather. R. J. Chute, 526
Simpson, 124
Cleaning Varnished Negatives and Albu-
menizing the Plates. E. Doane, 542
Good Sign, A 562
Gold, Toning Power of. G. W. Simpson, 573
Communication. C. Waldock, 554
Centennial, The, . 564
Crawchay Prizes, The. G. W. Simpson, . 572 Harmony between the Collodion and the
Cleaning Glasses. G. W. Simpson, . 573 Negative Bath. E. Anderson, . . 35
Hurst's Stereoscopic Studies of Natural
Denier's
Dr. H. Vogel, ....
New Portraits without Retouching.
Development as Applied to Photography,
93, 226
History,
Hints from the Record of an Artist and
Photographer. J. L. Gihon, 46, 163,
38

The Proper Method of. Frank E. 197, 490, 521, 552.

Pearsall, 103 How to Make Starch Paste. Dr. H.
Developing. I.Webster,
B. . 109 Vogel, 125
How Many
Direct Prints from Life by Large
T. R.
Dipper.
BlJRNHAM,
The "Jackson." B. Pennington,
.... Lenses.
216
248 How
P.
to Manage
Positions shall
Spooner,
the Lines. E. L. Wilson,
we Make ? J.
294
400
—
Dialogue The Fine Arts. Messrs. Fabro-
nius and Baker,
Debt of the Association, The,
.... .
370
462
Heliotype Process, The. E. Edwards,

Important Notice, .....

. 439

165
Developer,
W. Simpson
A very Energetic Alkaline. G.
523
Intensifying, New
Simpson, ...... Method of. G. W.
60
Device for Vignetting in the Camera and
Screen combined, .... 531
Intensifying and Reducing Varnished Neg-
atives. G. W. Simpson,
Interior Views, What I Know about Making.
... 60

Editor's Table, 31, 63, 95, 126, 159, 190, 223, 255, M. Israel, . . . - . 137
472, 515, 548, 576. Intensity in the Emulsion Negatives, Se-
Errors in the Study and Practice of Pho-
tography. G. 0. Brown, 56, 110 . .
curing.
Items from Boston, .....
G. W. Simpson, . . . 507
536
Edwards' Process for Reproducing and En-
larging Negatives,
Experimental, ...... 157
130
. . .97, cal Result, ......
Instruction, The Value of, and The Practi-
564

Exhibition, The,
Enlargements. Dr. H. Vogel,
155, 178, 210, 465
.

.173
.

. mentalist, ....
Jottings from the Journal of an Experi-
219, 539, 559
 CONTENTS.

Kent's Hand-Screen, ..... PAGE

180
....
Negatives, Removing Metallic Stains from

G. W. Simpson, ....
Kaolin for Decolorizing the Printing Bath.
573
G. W. Simpson,
N. P. A. Funds. The,
N. P. A., Condition of the,
. .
524
525
549
Look Out for Him, 9 Newell's Composition, Ac, 558
Light, Working a South
Libel Fund, The
Libel Law and Unjust Rulings,
F. Strauss, 10
23
33
Obituary, ......
Our Noble Selves. W. Heighway, . 20

Pearsall,
Life Membership,
.....
Lighting and Chemical Manipulation

.... 150
167
Our Picture, 28, 61, 92, 125, 135, 187, 222

Our New Books, .... 253, 467, 511, 547 576

42
Landscape Photography, . 185 Old vs. New. P. C. Nason, 119
Lens, Device for Shading the, J. A. W Our Extra Prize Offer. . . 152, 102 196 :,

PlTTMAN 245 Osborn Prints. Dr. H. Vogel, 226

Lighting. A. Hesler, 270 Outdoor Work. J. C. Potter, 441
Lighting. Frank Jewell, 273
— A New Train of Thought
Lecture
E. Pearsall, ....
Landscape and Architectural Photography
G.F
340
Photographic Mincemeat.
5, 36, 72,
Photography in the Grand Gulch of the
I. B.
109, 132, 200
Webster,
495

T. C. Roche 346 Colorado River. W. Bell, 10

Lighting the Sitter. W
J. Baker, . 394 Photographic Society of Philadelphia, 13,
Landscape Photography. J. W. Husher, 443 48, 80, 111, 143, 544, 566
Landscape Photography. J. Mullen, 445 Photographic Association of Indiana, 14,

man, ......
Landscape Photography. C. A. Zimmer
447
52, 84, 112, 146,
Photographic Association of the District of
Columbia, . . 15,48,80,115,146
.
501

Mounting Boards, The Manufacture of, 41 Photographic Association of Pennsylvania,

Analysis of the, ....

Manufactures of Messrs. Rohaut & Hutinet
75 Photographic World, The,
19, 49. 80, 116, 567

...
26, 62, 79, 512 .

Manual
ciation, .....
of the National Photographic Asso

..... 97
Photography and Health,
Photographers, Wake Up
.

G. A. Doug-
!
39

More Fires,
Mosaics. G. W. Simpson,
Mosaics, 1873,
122
124
167
lass, .

Photographers Burned Out,

Photographic Association of Western Illi-
...
44
47

My "Anomalous Position." E.Anderson, 183 nois, 48, 143

Manipulations Continued. I. B.Webster, 332 Photographic Section of the American In-

Agreement, .....
Mutual Life Insurance League, Articles of
457
stitute
Photographic Association of New England,
50, 81
51, 81,

Dr. H. Vogel, .....

Medals awarded at the Vienna Exhibition.

Magic Lantern Matters,.... 514

568.
Photographic Association of Maryland, 52, 83,
115, 147.
Mosaics, 1874, 515 565 Photographic Association of Chicago, 53, 84, 114,

raphic, ......
Medals awarded at Vienna, The Photog-
527
143, 546, 570.
Photography of the Past Year and of the
Future. Dr. H. Vogel, . 58
New Year's Chat, A Little, .1 . . Photography, what it may Accomplish and
National Photographic Association, Pro- its Limits. Dr. H. Vogel, 59
ceedings of the Executive Committee, 2, 70, Producing Life-size Portraits Direct, Some
159. Optical Difficulties connected with. J.
Negatives,
Webster,
Nitrate Bath, The.
......
To Prepare Glass

E. J. Ward, .
for.

16
I. B.

.
5
M. Blake
Photographic World, Back Volumes of,
Photographic Art Association of Brooklyn,
. 75

National Photographic Association, Mat- 83, 117, 149 570

ters of the, . 18, 53, 91, 118, 209, 563 Patents and Patent Rights, . 133
Notes In and Out of the Studio. G. W. Photo-Mechanical Printing Processes, 158, 241
Simpson, 22, 60, 123, 188, 220, 251, 506, 522, Printing and Toning. J. II. Abbott, 166

......
.

572. Printing Medallions, Contrivance for. C.

National Photographic Association, Fifth L. Curtis, . 170
Annual Exhibition of the, 33, 39, 129, 161, Panoramic Views, Correctness in. Dr. H.
225, 248. Vogel 172
National Photographic Institute, 97 Permanganate of Potassium, Curious Ef-
National Photographic Association as a fect of. Dr. H. Vogel, . 173
means of Instruction, The. Mrs. E. N Photographic Association of Buffalo, 180
Lockwood, 341 Provident Societies Amongst Photographers
Negative Bath, The. E. Anderson, 324 G. W. Simpson, 189

North America.
.....
Negative Bath, Concerning the.
Mundy,
Dr. H. Vogel,
L. C
327
469
Photographic Mutual Life Insurance. Mrs.
E. N. Lockwood
Post-mortem Photography. C. E. Orr,
194
200
N. P. A. How You can Help it Along, , 515 Portraiture, Another Novelty in. G. W.
Negative Bath, The Use of Nitrate of Simpson, 220
Baryta. G. W. Simpson, . 524 Photographic Institute. Dr. H. Vogel, . 226
 CONTENTS.

Permanganate, Action of. Dr. H. Vogel, 226 Some Optical Difficulties connected with
Photographing Diffraction Gratings,
Photography in Mexico, ....
Printing a Portrait from two Negatives at
. 233
241
Producing Life-size Portraits Direct.
J. M. Blake, .

South Light, Working a. C. S. McCor-

-

. . . .69
Once. G. W. Simpson, 251 mick, 70
President Bogardus' Response, . 260 Short Articles. R. J. Chute, . . . 135
Posing, Lighting, and Expression. A. Sensitized Paper, Preserving. Dr. H.
Hesler, 270 Vogel . 155
Posing. Frank Jewell, 373 Syphon, A Home-made. J. H. Griffiths. 171
Postal Law. J. H. Fitzgibbon, 362 Stains, A Simple Method of Removing.
Photographic Associations. A. Pearsall, 363 G. W. Simpson, 189
Printing. W. H. Sherman, 377 Society Gossip, . 211, 249, 502, 566
. .

Printing.
Printing.
H. J. Rogers
C. W. Hearn,
Photographic Institute, .
....
. . 403, 568
383
384
Spectrum, Actinic Action of the. Dr. H.
Vogel,
Stellar Photography, On. C. S. Sellack,
227

others, ......
Printing, Toning, &e.

Photography. Dr. H. Vogel,

J. R. Clemons, and

.
413
469
Ph.D.,
Save the Drippings-
Shoemaker's Fuming Box,
J. Wolfenstein,
. .
.

.
228
245
246
Photometry of Colors, On the. W. M. Skylight Leaking, To Prevent the. E. W.
Lockwood 503 Mealy 250
Pictures,A Dozen Exquisite, 530 Skill in Manipulation. G W. Simpson, . 251
Photographer to His Patrons. . 564 Skylights, on the Construction and Use of.
Prize Offer for Solar Negatives, 565 L. G. Bigelow, 268
Photography at the Annual Exhibition of Skylights, How to Build, Use, &c, . . 275
the American Institute, N. Y., . 571 Skylight Construction. On E.Z.Webster, 288
Photographing the Invisible. G. W. Simp-
son, 574
Shall we be Insured ?
wood, ......
Mrs. E. N. Lock-
353
Photography at Vienna Exhibition. Dr.
H. Vogel, . . 555 Supplement, ......
Solar Printing, Discussion on, . . . 364
473

Reducing and Intensifying Varnished Neg-

atives. G-. W. Simpson, 60
Shaw and
Sherman,
his

Side Screen, A Useful

......
$300,000 Patent. W. H
518
530
Retouching Composition. Dr. H. Vogel, 93 Splitting Films. G. W. Simpson, . . 572
Requisites to Success in Photography. E.
J. PuLMAN, 100 Two Pictures Rembrandtish and Other
;

Relief or No Relief,
P. Elliott, ".....
The Question is. J.
101
wise. E. J. Pulman,
Things New and Old. R. J. Chute, 19,
15

Webster, ......
Redeveloping and Strengthening.

....
I. B.
132 Transparencies, New Method
55, 99, 175,
of Producing
234 526

"Rings," Concerning,
Retouching. A. P. D.,
Report of the Treasurer,
....
. . .
217
238
261
Albumen.
Trask's
Vogel,
Practical
G. W. Simpson,
Ferrotyper. Dr. H
22

24
Report of the Executive Committee, 262 Transit of Venus. Dr. H. Vogel, . 25

Photography, .....
Report of the Committee on the Progress of
265
The Testimony
There
of a Veteran,
appears to be a Sameness about
38

Medals, ......
Report of Committee on Scovill and Holmes'
303
Them, don't there ?
To Societies and Secretaries,
. 42
53'

Report of Committee on Apprenticeship,

Resolution on AVork on the Sabbath,
. 304
310
Trifles. L. G. Bigelow,
Things Useful, .... .

73, 186
68
543
Report of Committee on Nominations and
Annual Election of Officers, 354 H. Vogel, .....
Tincture of Iodine, Reinforcing with. Dr
93

Raising the Dues, .....

Report of the Committee on Location, 361
407 To our Subscribers, ....
To our Friends in Canada, 105
121

Patent, ......
Report of the Committee on the

Retouching Negatives. J. W. Morgeneier,

Shaw
430
450
The Future of Photography to be in
Hands of the Gentler Sex,
The Photographer to his Patrons,
129
133 203
.

.
th<

Retouching Negatives. R. Morgeneier, 451 Toning and Printing. J. H. Abbott, 166

Retouching Negatives. N. H. Busey, 451 Transit of Venus, . 184 . .

Report on Collodion. H. L. Bingham,

Report of the Committee on the Awards
of the Foreign Medals,
454

461
To Make a Small
J. Mullen,
Figure

Thoroughness. D. Bendann,
on a
....
Large Plate
235
235 .

Resits. ....
Recollections of Buffalo.

.......
W. Heighway,
R. J. Chute, . 492
501
The Relation of the Photographer to th(
Artist. G. B. Ayres. 314
Removal, 549 The Treatment
NEY, ...... of the Sitter. E. T. Whit
320

Baker,
Sphynx, .
......
Skylight and Dark-Room, The.

27, 57, 77, 190, 221, 247, 513,

W. J.
2
566
To Manipulate with Iron.
Toning.
Toning.
W. H. Sherman,
H. J. Rogers, .
S. P. Wells 328
377
383
Silver Solutions. I. B. Webster, . . 36 Toning. C W. Hearn, . 384
Spirit Photography Revived.
South Light, Working a.
B. F. Hall,
R. J. Chute, .
44
55
Treatment of the
worth, ..... Sitter. A. S. South
433
 CONTENTS.
PAGE page
The Way you can Make $500 to $1000 Working a South Light. F. Strauss, . 10
extra on your next year's Business. Welcome to Buffalo, Secretary Baker's, . 17
A. Hesler, 485 Working a South Lis;ht. R. J. Chute, . 55
Tone of Prints, Influence of Colored Light Working a South Light. C. S. McCor-
on the. G. W. Simpson, .506. . mick, . 70
Transparencies,A Simple Albumen Pro- Weston Burnisher, The, . . .90, 120
cess for. G. W. Simpson, 522
. . . "What's to Hinder?" G. C. T., . . 102
Tweedledum and Tweedledee. W. Heigh- Weston Burnisher Lease, The, . . . 120
WAr
Ten Years
Tripod Head, A Suggestion for a, . .
525
549
554
Subject. Jennie, ....
AVhat a Retoucher can see on this Touchy

Waymouth's Improved Vignetting Papers,

139

153, 177, 542

Untruthfulness
Snelling, . . ....
of Photography. H. H.
37
Washing
Dr. H. Vogel,
Working Large Plates.
., ...
Prints with Hypochlorate

R. J. Chute,
of Lime.

.
154
175
Wooden Baths. G. W. Simpson, . . 189
Varnish, Hall's Ferrotype. A. Hall, . 11 Window of the Dark-Room. G. W. Simp-
Vienna Exhibition Building, Picture of
the. Dr. H. Vogel, 25, J24, 225, 532
Vogel's Pocket Reference Book, 247, 489, 560
son
Wrinkles and Dodges, .... 523
537

Vienna Exhibition. Dr. H. Vogel, 469, 508 Tear Book of Photography, 65

 THE

IJkitoiUljrlua |Jh0t0{jni)*lm\

Vol. X. JANUARY, 1873. No. 10 9.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,

By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

IMPORTANT NOTICE. whole body will be the better for it; at

leastwe hope so.
The Annual Convention and Exhibition
"We shall, in addition to a dozen of beau-
of the National Photographic Association
tiful pictures, the usual variety of useful
is to be held in Buffalo, N. Y., in May,
hints, discussions, proceedings of societies,
instead of in Rochester, in July. Please
news, correspondence, plans, wrinkles and
read the proceedings of the Executive Com-
dodges, &c, &c, have our regular Notes
mittee and other communications on the sub-
In and Out of the Studio, from England,,
ject further on.
through our well-known friend and co-
worker, Mr. G. Wharton Simpson the ;

latest news from Germany through our old

A LITTLE NEW YEAR CHAT. friend Dr. Vogel, besides original and char-
First, we wish all of our readers, who- acteristic contributions from Mr. Elbert
ever they are or wherever they are, cor- Anderson a regular series of photographic-
;

dially, a prosperous and happy New Tear instruction from Mr. I. B. "Webster a ;

in the fullest sense of the term. Second, fresh lot of ideas from Mr. R. J. Chute (Bo-
we thank you for the very encouraging and land Vanweike) more good "Hints" from
;

oftentimes enthusiastic manner in which Mr. John. L. Gihon entertaining articles

;

you have responded to our request to " fill from Mr. William Heighway and last, ;

up the order-sheets full and send them on though not least, we have engaged the ser-
to us promptly." You have enabled us to vices of Mr. George O. Brown, late editor of
commence the New Year happily, and there- the Photographer''s Friend, of Baltimore.
fore, Thirdly, let us tell you a little of what "With such a strong staff we cannot fail to
we propose to do for you. do good. Local Secretary Baker will of
"We propose to make the Philadelphia course be heard from frequently, and in ad-
Photographer the brightest, spiciest, newsi- dition to all these, we hope to hear from all
est, liveliest,most useful, and best of its of you, as often as you can send us anything
class. The World is now off our shoulders, real good and practical, which you think
and we feel very much as we have felt after will be useful to others. If drawings are
having had a- tooth pulled. A little pain necessary to illustrate your articles, always
loiters still, but there is more room for what use them. Please make your articles prac-
is left, to grow they will not be' crowded so
; tical and pointed, and as plain as possible.
much, hence will not decay so soon, and the A.void versifying. It is nice, but it takes
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER,
too much space to tell a short story. Sec- Whereas, He resigns his position as Local
retaries of societies will oblige us by send- Secretary ; and
ing copies of their proceedings as soon as Whereas, As the second choice at the
possible after their meetings are held. We. Convention at St. Louis was for Buffalo,
prefer the practical to the details of the N. Y. therefore it is
;

business, which only concerns the mem- Resolved, That the next Convention and
bership. Exhibition be held at Buffalo, N. Y., com-
Now, with the North, South, East and mencing Tuesday, May 13th, 1873, and that
West, we propose to join hands and interests Mr. W. J. Baker be appointed as Local
for one year more, hoping that during that Secretary.
year we may witness some of the most won-
The Secretary stated that he had, in order
derful advances that have ever been madein
to make communicated with Mr.
time,
the art. This is not unlikely, for we are now Baker on the and he had consented
subject,
in communication with more than one prac- to act, provided the time was changed as
tical experimentalist, who assures us that above, for that was the best time to hold the
important discoveries have been made. Let Convention in that city. The Secretary
us work diligently, and we shall all prosper. also stated that betterarrangements with
Again we say, Happy New Year. hotels and railroad companies could be
made also than could be had during the
rush of travel which occurs in June and
Proceedings of the Executive Com- July.
mittee of the N. P. A. The changes above stated were therefore
A meeting of the Executive Committee accordingly made.
of the National Photographic Association The Committee on Foreign Medals re-

was held in New York on Wednesday, ported that the medals would be ready in a
November 18, at 4 p.m. Present — Messrs. few days:
Bogardus, Wilcox, Adams, and Wilson. After other business yet in progress, the
After the reading of the minutes and the Committee adjourned.
reports of committees, the Secretary read a Edward L. Wilson,
communication from Mr. J. H. Kent, the Sec. Ex. Com.
Local Secretary appointed for 1873, stating
that the Kink at Eochester, N. Y. the only ,

building large enough in that city to accom- THE SKYLIGHT AND THE
modate the Exhibition, was about to be al- DARK-ROOM.
tered into stores, &c, so that it would not be BT W. J. BAKER.
available. This being the case, it would be
It is not a decade since we " country fel-
impossible to hold the meetings and Exhi-
lows," when we saw a fine photograph from
bition in Rochester, and he would therefore
a metropolitan gallery, were wont to attrib-
beg to resign, and suggested a change of
ute the effect to some unusual hocus-pocus
locality.
of formula, or manipulation, or position of
Mr. Kent's resignation was accepted, and
ligbt, or excellence of instrument; indeed,
Mr. Adams offered the following preamble
receiptswere very much the reliance of
and resolution
many notable operators. As we had got it
Whereas, Mr. J. H. Kent, Local Secre- through our heads that the laws of chemical
tary, having informed this Committee that combination were invariable, so a collodion
the contract with the proprietors of the with such and such ingredients, in a bath
Rochester Rink having been broken on that was "in harmony," and brought out
account of it being altered into stores, &c. by some special developer, was supposed to
and yield a constant intensity, just right for
Whereas, Mr. Kent informs us that there printing, a uniform amount of detail in the
is no other building in Rochester suitable shadows, and, I had almost said, a beautiful
for the purpose; and pose, but not many of us troubled ourselves
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
about position at that time expression was
;
rity will undoubtedly be a great advertise-
the debatable ground whereon we were ment his book.
for Indeed we know of
continually at sword-point with the public, stockdealers having received orders for it,
and collodion for expression was not. a full year ago, when it was only rumored
Tbehappy (!) idea of compounding a quan- that it was to be written.
tum sufficit of "brains" with our chemicals It is a book that no one will te disap-
had not yet been made public it was not ; pointed in, except those who yet expect to
known that this was a sure cure for sick find a receipt to overcome, without effort

baths,* &c. on their part, their own ignorance, sluttish-

In those times the process vendors flour- ness, and tastelessness. It is au fait on all

ished. It was thought that those who made points of practice, as far as it goes ; we
books kept the best part of what they knew say as far as it goes, for in some respects it

to themselves. We made pictures by the is, in common with all other books, not
bushel for about $1.50 or $2 a doz. Some ample enough ; and the directions for the
of those cartes with my name on the back management of the silver and toning baths
make me shudder now. for paper positives (printing), are very
Two things have changed all this. First, meagre. Another important omission is an
there is no longer that universal demand explanation of the respective function of
for photographs, compelling a rapid turn- the iodides and bromides in collodion. The
ing of the crank ; and, secondly, a persistent directions for the management of the neg-
effort has been made, chiefly by our Editor, ative bath are undoubtedly the best and
to enlighten photographers as to the correct clearest ever given. A warning is omitted
method of operating, and the results to be about letting fused silver cool spontaneously
aimed at. in the porcelain dish, which will sometimes
So it has at length come about that form- ruin the latter ; as the silver, contracting
ula has been relegated to the second place more than the dish, has, in my own experi-
in our estimation, and some inklings of art ence, pulled portions of the glazing away.
culture are mixed with the daily practice The safe way is to pour out the melted salt
of most of us. on to a smooth piece of sheet brass, or stir
At the time referred to there was no pho- it in the dish; it become a
will gradually
tographic journal of any consequence edited pasty, then a granulous mass, and can be
in America, and some time after the
for worked into a lump, that will only touch a
Philadelphia Photographer was established, small spot of the dish ; before it is at all
no work on the art, at all complete, was cold hot water may be poured on it, when
published in this country. " Hardwich" was it will quickly dissolve.
imported as a standard, and though a little When a bath is to be fused, a previous
out of date on a few points, it is still a noble dilution and filtration to remove the iodide
book for reference to the photographer, and of silver is quite unnecessary. Considerable
the part devoted to the " Chemistry of Pho- nitrite of silver formed during the fusing,
is

tography," has never been approached by which is precipitated on redissolving, and

any other writer. But " Hardwich" re- carries much of the iodide down with it, as
quires too much study to be a popular book, any such precipitant is apt to.
and has been superseded by the " Manual" There is one thing which, while it per-
of M. Carey Lea and Dr. Vogel's " Hand- haps does not at all affect the value of this
book;" and now a new claimant for the book, from a photographic point of view,
photographers' favor has appeared — " The yet we very much wish had been different.
Skylight and the Dark-Room," by Elbert We
cannot suppose that Mr. Anderson
Anderson. And the author's personal celeb- is unaware of those discoveries concerning

the nature of light, heat, electricity, and

* Even yet, in the formula in use in my studio,
magnetism (formerly considered as "im-
no brains are compounded ; we have to keep them ponderable substances"), which are known
to use at other points, chiefly during the making as the " doctrine of the correlation and
of sittings. conservation of forces," by which we know
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the four "imponderables" to be not entities,
but "affections of matter," or "modes of
motion," so correlated that any one of them
isresolvable into an equivalent of the other,
or into a sensible motion.
Why Mr. Anderson, being aware of the
important rank this correlation holds in
modern philosophy, should have chosen the
old nomenclature is a mystery. Page 17
he says " Fluids is a term more properly
: the diamond in vapor, exploding the ful-
applied to bodies, such as electricity, mag-
netism, &c." Now neither electricity nor
augmented in that of heating, to the extent
of overcoming cohesion, or even chemical
affinity as in the liquefaction of ice, the
melting of the metals, the combustion of
imflammable matter; or think of heat as
itself matter, with an incomprehensible
power of forcing itself into other bodies,
accumulating in their pores, expanding
them with an irresistible force, dissipating
minites, and doing other incomprehensible
things of its own will whether we are ac-
;

magnetism are bodies, or substances, or customed to think of Light as a rapid vibra-

fluids at all, anymore than sound is. Again, tion of ethereal matter, or as countless mil-
on page 30 " Heat is that physical agent,"
: lions of darts constantly projected by lumi-
&c. " Heat accumulating in bodies, pen- nous bodies, will, in all these and similar
etrates into their pores." As heat is a vi- cases, form in our minds quite different
bratory motion of the particles of the sub- conceptions of this universe.
stance warmed, and not an impalpable kind In the one hypothesis we have an order,
of matter, it seems that some other defin- and
the simplest, grandest possible; matter
ition and statement could be more easily motion, both united in the idea of Force.
construed as according with facts. Matter* and its motions, sympathetic, equiv-
After, on page 35, having adopted the alent, convertible, giving rise to all the
undulatory theory of light, and happily discovered, and the countless undiscovered
explained it, he suffers himself continually phenomena of creation, all in turn evolved
to speak of a "ray of light," in a manner one from the other, the infinite variety all
that conveys the idea that a " ray" is an reduced, as far as the human understanding
actual essence, and not an effect, or affection can grasp them, to one idea.
of the hypothetical ether as on page 90, "that
; In the other case there seems to be no
portion of the ray which passes through the chain of links to hold nature together no ;

mixture, will have lost its power of ever normal sequence of events. "We have heavy
again bringing about a like change." The matter, and matter of no weight, and the
fact, in the light of modern science, being less gravity the matter has, the more ener-

that a certain amount of force from the sun,
having been used to produce a chemical
change, is locked up in the elements affected,
and can only be loosed again by conditions
favorable to anew change.
Not to attach overmuch importance to a
getic it becomes, flying about with a force
that tangible substance cannot resist. An
anarchaic quasi system, that only existed,
or exists, in minds that confusedly appre-
hend the true relations of the factors of the
phenomena about us.

way of speaking about things, it will be seen An apprehension of the true relation of
that quite a different order of ideas arise force, luminous, electrical, or otherwise,
in themind about the nature of things, would dissipate many a crude theory into
whether we think of electricity as a " fluid its normal nothingness and in the prelim-
;

body" running through a solid copper wire, inary chapters of his book, Mr. Anderson
three thousand miles long, at the bottom of had the opportunity to do the mass of pho-
the ocean, or consider the particles of the tographers an inestimable service, by, first, a
wire as trembling invisibly, each particle setting forth of the theory of correlation,
setting the next going successively, through and then showing its particular application
the entire length, in response to the initiatory to photography. This would establish pho-
vibration, generated by the chemical action
of the battery ; whether we consider heat as * I know that the existence of matter other
a similar motion of the particles, diminish- than as phenomenal cannot be proved, and is

ing in the phenomenon known as cooling, doubted by many.

 •THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
tographic knowledge on the breadth of a photographers, remember, when you have
truly scientific basis. read your copy, read it again, study it, con-
In " Art, Photography," we
as applied to on points of your daily practice, and
sult it
do wish that the author had chose to intro- keep trying till you can do it.
duce at least one of those perfect samples of
his work that are daily delivered from Mr.
Kurtz's gallery.
The examples given seem chiefly useful
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT *
BY I. B. WEBSTER.
to point out defects, which is freely done,
though in reference to the only copy of the Eighthly. To Prepare Glass for Nega-
book we have seen, we must say, that all tives. —
In any vessel that will accommodate
the examples of pencilling are overworked, the size glass required, put in the contents

worked till the face looks swollen and tu- of a box of concentrated lye, and fill up
mefied so that No. 2 does not give a "soft,
;
with water (kind not material) ;
put in the
pure skin," but rather looks as though lye, then fill up with glass ; and lastly, add
copied from a wooden effigy that had been as much water as the vessel will hold. This
sand- papered. answers as well for old or discarded nega-
From one art dictum of our author, we tives as for new glass. Let the glass remain
beg to differmost decidedly. When he in this solution until the old impression slips

says, on page 196, " Never let your faces off completely (or in case of new glass, at
be as white as the shirts or the white dra- least twenty-four hours) ; now remove one
peries,- remember, the skin is much darker or two at a time, letting them drain well,
than the shirt 5" we would say, do not let and wash them well under the tap (or if no
your shirt, or white drapery, be as white as tap is ftsed, wash in a large body of water)

the high-light of your face, if you can help it.

and then pass them into a dish containing
"Why? Not because the shirt is not in na- commercial sulphuric acid, where they ought
ture whiter than the face; but in order to to remain at least twenty-four hours. At
keep the face the most important part of the end of that time they are ready for the

the picture, it must be the most brilliant. substratum. There appears to be quite a
Painters do the same thing they tone down
;
difference of opinion in regard to the prepa-

all whites to the face, and though in color ration of this substratum ; but I unhesitat-
they would not put the face whiter than ingly say, that after five years' constant
the shirt, yet they make it more brilliant practice in one direction, I prepare a sub-
by the force of colors,and put the shirts stratum that is perfectly reliable for practi-
mostly in half tone; and we ought to do the cal use, and as such I recommend Here
it.

same thing in photographs. is my formula: I send for five cents' worth

One word to a certain class of minds, of eggs ;
sometimes I get four, and sometimes
whom previous experience in criticizing I get one. I attribute the difference in the

have shown us to be so constituted as to number to the hens themselves, for I am of

suppose that because we think a few faults the opinion that they get on a strike now
can be shown to exist in a work, we must, and then, which we all know makes quite a
therefore, also think the whole thing to be difference in the price. And why not?
worthless. Not so at all, either in photo- Don't our camera boxes and other useful
graphs or books. As to the present, of "go up " for the same reason? Of
articles

which latter it is certainly one of great

value, from the fact that, among
tues, it puts its matter in a shape more easy
to get at than any other, and is therefore
better adapted to the general photographer
than any other. We only hope that five
thousand copies will go, each into a pair of
silver-stained hands in Uncle Sam's land,
before the close of this year; and, brother
* Mr. Webster proposes in our present volume
other vir-
to write a series of articles for our pages cover-
ing every department of gallery work, and as
glass cleaning is the first step, he returns in a
measure to that subject which he treated upon
once before. But it will bear another rub or
fresh coating, and such practical thoughts as
Mr. Webster gives us are well worth the best of
attention. Ed.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
course they do, and I am content to get covers up and makes transparent whatever
either the two or the four. Two is all I of either of these remains, and fourth, pre-
want (if they are good), and with the small vents the collodion film from separating
blade of my knife I cut off the shell at the itselffrom the glass. I might also add,
small end, leaving an aperture large fifth,and say that it prevents future blister-
enough for the white to pass out, leaving the ing, and a final separation in flakes, some-
yolk inside the shell. It is supposed that what resembling the scales of a fish. The
each egg yields one ounce of albumen, but foregoing is from personal experience, and
it rarely occurs that two eggs will produce I venture to say that a practical man will

two ounces. That, however, is immaterial, never go back to rottenstone, patches, and
for if it is deposited in a graduate, the exact alcohol if he will work this way three
amount can be seen. To the product of months. I have seen many written objec-
these two eggs add just as much again water, tions to this method, but in every instance

about ten grains of iodide of potassium, and I discover that theory is at the bottom of
about twenty drops of strong liquid ammonia them. To all such I say try and
it fairly,

(same as used in fuming the silvered paper then state your objections.
for printing), and with an egg-beater, beat
it up to a strong or thick froth. Set this
away to settle. It is better to leave it at
least over night. In the morning decant
YET ANOTHER TOUCH *
the clear solution that has settled at the
bottom, and add to it about sixteen ounces
BY H. H. SNELLING.

of water. Now
shake this mixture up To read the various replies and comments
thoroughly, and then filter, first through a upon my articles on " Eetouching," an in-
sponge, then through cotton cloth, and different reader might be led to suppose
lastly through common filter-paper. "When that I either know nothing about photog-
sufficient has passed through the last filter, raphy and the fine arts, or that I had com-
remove the glass, singly, from the acid, al- mitted an almost unpardonable breach of
lowing each one to drain well, and pass propriety in discussing this question of re-
them, one at a time, into the sink, or some touching negatives, with the purpose of in-
vessel containing quite a body of water. juring the " fraternity "—an appellation
After thus treating as many as are wanted self-assumed, without a particle of merit
for the time, take them, one at a time, and characteristic of brotherhood to sustain it

rinse or wash them well under the tap, and neither of which suppositions would be cor-
then proceed to carefully and effectually rect.
flow over them the filtered solution of albu- Nothing, certainly, was further from my
men, having care to prevent any air-bubbles thoughts, when I wrote my first article, or
from remaining upon the surface of the plate since, than doing injury to photography, or
(or glass), for be it remembered, that a very to photographers nor did I suppose for a
;

little agitation produces these bubbles, and moment that I should stir up such a strife
great care must be exercised to prevent as I have done. I wished to merely record
their presence upon the plate's surface, as my opinion of a practice I considered detri-
they are mischievous. When plates are so mental to the advancement of photographic
prepared and carefully preserved, they will manipulations, and I have neither read nor
be found reliable. I do not claim that seen anything, thus far, to change that
plates thus prepared are absolutely clean,
but I do claim four important points in this * We think this subject has now been touched
preparation which are worthy of attention, and beg our correspondents to let
up sufficiently,
and thus I state them, viz., first, the lye it alone. In Mr. Ayres's How to Paint Photo-
solution removes nearly all of the substance graphs and in Mr. Anderson's Skylight and
of a greasy nature, while, second, the acid Dark-room are the fullest instructions on re-
takes the greater part, if not all of the rust touching, and we would advise all to read the
from the glass, and third, the albumen good sense therein contained, and to follow it.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
opinion ;
" on the contrary, quite the re- of the most careful and skilful photogra-
verse." I expected differences of opinion, phers.
but nothing of the spirit shown. Color in a picture is not essential to truth-
The two photographs sent to me by Mr. fulness where the design is simply light and
Van Aiken, of Louisville, Ky., one un- shade, as in engravings, pencil drawings,
touched in the negative, and indorsed, " Ac- and photographs truthfulness, therefore,
;

cording to Snelling, " and the other re- simply consists in resemblance; and I have
touched, and indorsed, " All wrong accord- abundant evidence in hundreds of photo-
ing to Snelling," prove conclusively one graphs that, in the hands of skilful pho-
point at least of my argument well taken ;
tographers, who thoroughly understand the
for they prove one of two things : either management of light and the defects of their
that Mr. Van Aiken is not a skilful pho- lenses, photography is, in the main, more
tographer, or that he is a very careless true to nature, both in landscape and por-
one. Neither of the portraits are "accord- traiture, than pictures drawn by hand. I
ing to Snelling," because they both fall far care not what the "best artists" say on
short of being good pictures. The manage- this matter it is to their interest to depre-
;

ment of the light is unskilful, or such a ciate photography, and, consequently, their
harsh unseemly photograph as the un- opinions are not disinterested. I speak from
touched would not have been sent to me ;
long intimacy with all sorts of photographs
and as to the one from the retouched nega- made by all sorts of photographers in all

tive, it is not according to my idea of an parts of the world, and have had hundreds
artistic portrait, or of truthfulness ;
it cer- of opportunities of comparing the works of
tainly is not "judiciously" retouched, one photographer with another, as well as
while the pose is decidedly faulty. To be photographs with engravings, drawings,
brief, for I could fill a couple of pages of —
and paintings many of the same localities
your journal in criticizing these photo- —
and faces and my opinions are formed
graphs, I pronounce all the most objection- neither from interested motives, nor for
able features of the untouched negative, even want of knowledge of the nature of photo-
to the obtrusive freckles, the result of unskil- graphic manipulation, nor from ignorance
ful photographic manipulation, or culpable of the history of photography, nor from bias
carelessness; while the retouched specimen in favor of any particular system. Egotisti-
surely does not show the artist. I have cal as it may seem, I doubt very much
possessed photographs of as badly freckled whether any one of my opponents has gone
faces, 4-4 size, taken several years back, over more ground, or devoted so much time
and not retouched, far superior in every to the history and practice of photography
particular to the retouched portrait sent in all its branches as I have, although he
me by Mr. Van Aiken, and much truer may have practiced photographic manipu-
to nature. As indicated by these two pho- lations to a much greater extent ; so that
tographs, I was, therefore, perfectly right " A Little Photo" has advanced nothing
in saying, that the practice of retouching new to me in your November issue of the
tended to the making of careless photo- Photographic World.
graphic manipulators, if in nothing else. I am perfectly aware that retouching the
Again I say, that I do not deny that negative is almost identical with the discov-
"judicious " retouching of negatives greatly ery of the collodion film, but in those early
improves some photographs in some points, days only the mechanical so to speak de- — —
but I do deny that it improves all, espe- fects in the negative were thus doctored.

cialljr regard to truthfulness.

in I go This much of retouching I have done my-
farther, and assert that artistic skill is not self, yet I must express the opinion that
paramount in the production of truthful these causes for retouching should never
pictures. Pictures by our very best artists exist. I repeat, no photographer should be
are more or less faulty in this respect, and satisfied short of perfection in every depart-
as a general rule photography is most truth- ment of photographic manipulation, and he
ful to nature ; but it is only so in the hands should devote mind and practice assiduously
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
to accomplishment. Until he does he
its is
FAREWELL TO THE SUBJECT.
not truly a photographer. Another point
BY WILLIAM HEIGHWAY.
I insist upon as an incentive to photogra-
Mr. Snelling will, I hope, forgive my
phers to aim higher than at present — whe- expressing wonder, as well as admiration, at
ther I am considered an ignoramus in art
the forbearing spirit of his last article on
matters, or otherwise —and that is, we are not
the wellnigh worn-out subject of retouching,
to he guided in photographic work by art-
in the December issue of the Philadelphia
ists' ideas of what constitutes truthfulness or
taste in portraiture as applicable to photog-
Photographer, and I am for my part glad to
meet him in his conciliatory expressions by
raphy. Artists dwell in Meality Hall, and
an avowal of regret that I should have given
we generally find more of the ideal than
him cause for protest by mistaking an ec-
the real in their works.
centricity of diction for nervous scolding.
Art is one thing, photography is another
the purely
" Let my disclaiming from a purposed evil
first is art, the last scientific
free me so far in your most generous thoughts
manipulation. The first the product of men's
that I had shot mine arrow o'er the house
brains and hands the ;
last the effect of light
and hurt my brother." I take it all back.
and chemical action. They are not essen-
In discussions such as the one in question
tially identical. The first portrays nature
as the artist sees it, the last as it is at the
we are apt to make questionable remarks
carried away by our feelings into a warmth
moment of reproduction on the glass plate.
of assertion, the which we regret afterwards,
Because the resultant picture does not meet
or tempted to the utterance of those pet
no reason in condemning
artistic taste, is
"smart sayings," which have a sharp edge
photography for want of truthfulness ; nei-
and the power of wounding both the wielder
ther are the faults of the camera or operator.
and the victim. I feel glad that in this
Itis not to be judged by artistic taste, for it
discussion we have all escaped these dangers
isabove it, and should take its stand above
and live, sound of limb and temper, to tilt,
"Pine Art."
perhaps, in other little word battles on some
Artistic taste, as at present indulged, is
future occasion.
the creation of the artist, whose mind is more
absorbed in the ideal than the real, and con- It is not my intention to renew the dis-
sequently this taste must be more or less cussion, or to point out the (as I conceive

tinctured with ideal bias, and inimical to them to be) inconsistencies of Mr. Snelling's
truth ; hence the day will come when this articles, more especially as the summing up
taste will be modified, or revolutionized by of the whole question by N. O. Phy ve is, to

photography, and, as I have said before, my mind so pointed and conclusive, so much
photography will dictate a system of taste, better expressing my views than any words

instead of being dictated to by fine art as of mine could do but while writing I am
;

now. This is a high aim for photography; tempted to express a grievance, in that I am
nevertheless, depend the crown upon it, it is misunderstood by Mr. Snelling when he
she will wear in the future. have already I makes me say that the exclusion of retouch-
seen indications of it in the minds of men. ing closes the door against all future dis-
The sooner photographers make up their coveries of new and beautiful formulae, &c.

minds to this, and devote themselves perti- Now argument was

this I did not say. My
naciously to photographic improvement, the improvements
that this would be the result if

sooner this result will be reached. in the manipulation of our art were ruled
Time fails me to write more now on this, out simply because they were not strictly pho-
to me at least, interesting subject; but I tographic, the principal objection to retouch-
desire to say here, that I regret having ing, the objection, it appears to me, of
wounded the feelings —as the tone of his jealousy rather than of love of the photo-
article in theNovember World indicates graphic art.

of "A Photo." It was far from my

Little If a vigorous imagination has caused me
thoughts or wishes, and I hope he will re- to anything in this discussion not
assert
ceive this as my apology. warranted by Mr. Snelling's words or mean-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
ing, I hope to stand excused by him in Ham- Iodide of Ammonium, . . .3 grains.
let'sapology quoted above, and may good Iodide of Cadmium, . . . . 3 "
will reign all round. To borrow the words Chloride of Potassium, . . . 3 "
—
of our President Grant us peace !
Hydrochloride of Ammonium, . . 2 "

First dissolve the sensitizers in the alcohol,

then add the cotton, then the ether; let set-
tle ; then it is ready for use.

LOOK OUT FOR HIM. James Pabis,

Omro, Wis.
About the middle of last month (Nov.),
a man named George Allen came into my
rooms and represented himself to have been
an operator for Mr. J. F. Kyder, of Cleve- OBITUARY.
land, and that he had a receipt for collodion A. F. Clough.
without bromides that he let photographers "We regret to record the death of another
have for almostany price {he scorned the idea noble photographer, whose personal friend-
of selling receipts). He said he was looking ship we enjoyed, and whose demise is a
for a place to start a gallery, and that he cause of sorrow to all who knew him.
was just recovering from an attack of in- Amos F. Clough died at Springfield,
flammatory rheumatism (but from the sign Massachusetts, Nov. 29th, 1872.
he displayed, I think it was poor whisky), For the previous year he had been in
and would be thankful for any small amount business in that city, and the change from
that I might feel able to give him. I his outdoor life of former years had se-
gave him enough to pay his way to the next riously affected his health. After a linger-
town (Winnieconie) and get his supper. ing fever came gangrene of the lungs, his
So he gave me the formula (which you entire sickness lasting ten weeks. He was
will find inclosed), and named over the a generous, whole-souled man and much
names of those that are using it in Fond du esteemed by those who knew him best.
Lac, Oshkosh, Kipon, Green Bay, and other Landscaping was his favorite branch of
places in this State. Next morning, while photography, and his many choice gems
waiting for the stage, I learned that the from the secluded portions of his native
druggist had bought a diamond the night Granite State won him a good reputation.
before, and on inquiry he described the man An ardent lover of nature, his great powers
Allen to me as having sold it to him for of endurance enabled him to secure the
$2.50. Then I suspected all was not right, rarer scenes of the mountains and valleys
and on looking for mine I found it was in summer and winter, which were ungath-
gone, and that the one he sold was mine. ered by those of feebler body or less indom-
In Green Bay he stole a focussing-glass itable perseverance.
from one of the galleries there. The pho- To him is due in a great measure the
tographers there had raised $10 for him, success of the expeditions to ascertain the
but after they found out what he had done, winter climate of high mountains, the occu-
they did not give it to him, and he left town. pation of Mount Moosilauke by himself and
In Oshkosh he stole a large blender worth companion being the first instance of a
$1.25. I have not heard about him since residence amid the clouds. Those who were
he left here, and I thought a few lines to wont to read his contributions to the Pho-
you might save other photographers some tographer, and profit by his hard-earned
loss. Here is his experience, will miss him much as one of
the workers of the profession, while a large
COLLODION FOBMULA (WITHOUT BEOMIDES). circle of friends deeply mourn his loss as a
man.
Ether and Alcohol, . equal parts.
The day after his death it was just two
Cotton, . 5 or 6 grains to oz.
years since he and his former partner, Mr.
Then iodize with the following: Howard A. Kimball, of Concord, New
10 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Hampshire, attempted the ascent of Mount been carried, and time intervening between
Washington together, and on which occa- sensitizing and development.
sion our good friend Clough saved the life These troubles are constant, with occa-
of his companion by carrying his exhausted sional gusts of wind and fine white alkali
and senseless body up the stormy mountain. dust, which often covers the plate, while
That act evinced the truly noble, unselfish being coated with collodion, as though it
nature of the man. Those present at our had been sifted on it from a dredging-box.
National Convention in Philadelphia, will Excepting these difficulties, along with the
remember the very creditable lecture given precipitation of half the iron in solution by
by Mr. Clough at the Stereopticon Exhi- the addition of the alkaline water (most
bition, on the transparencies shown illus- met with), everything may be said to work
trative of his winter on Mount Washing- as smoothly as could be expected under the
ton. We shall never forget him. He was circumstances, but the ultimate inspection
buried at his native village, Warren, New of the now dried negatives is most disheart-
Hampshire, where Moosilauke watches over ening.
his grave. They are covered with dust and sand.
A blender is used to remove most of it, and

the negative is varnished and packed up.

Having got all we can here, everything is
Photography in the Grand Gulch of
repacked. Meantime the whole party have
the Colorado River.
passed on and are several miles ahead.
BY WILLIAM BELL. We start again, and repeat our work at
Since my last communication to you I another station, which, when done, brings
have had some rough experience in this us late in the day, and from eight to ten
far western country, where few white men miles in the rear of the main party. We
have trod, and where the camera never endeavor now to reach camp in good season,
before perhaps has had a "shot" at the but it is generally about dark and very
wild beauties about us. cold. Arriving in camp, we water, un-
I will give you a idea of our routine
little saddle, and feed the mules then to supper; ;

work, day by day, that you may know that and, not one's turn on guard, make
if it is

it is not all ease and comfort. our bed and retire, with our loaded car-
I arise at 4 a.m. feed the mule shiver bine and pistol handy.
; ;

down my breakfast; mercury at 30°, candle Wheelee Exploring Expedition,

dim, cup and plate tin ;my seat, the ground. West 100° Parallel.

After breakfast I roll up my bedding, carry

it up to the property line to be loaded on

the pack mule, water and saddle my riding

mule, and by that time it is broad daylight. WORKING A SOUTH LIGHT.
If negatives are to be taken on the march We have the following from one of our
the photographic mule packed with dark-
is correspondents
tent, chemical boxes and camera, and out Please ventilate the question : How to

we start ahead of our exploring party on work an obstreperous south light ? Below I
the lookout for views. annex a diagram of my light, the way I
Having found a spot from whence three am working it now. The cut will explain
to four can be had, we make a station, nearly all. I have to mention j^et, that the
unpack the mule, erect the tent, camera, south top and side-light are blue frosted,
&c. The temperature has risen from 30° very thin though, and that there are spring
to 65°. One finds difficulty in flowing a roller curtains of white muslin running
10 by 12 plate with thick enough collodion under the blue frosted top-light. My neg-
to make a sufficiently strong negative with- atives are generally flat, without contrast,
out redevelopment, and to have a plate and show an inclination to fogging. This
ready for development that has not dried, I believe is the cause, —too much and too
on account of the distance the plate has strong light. I am getting the " Bigelow
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 11

Album," but wont do me any-

believe it HALL'S FERROTYPE VARNISH.
good, as I suppose never -was intended
it
Br ALFRED HALL.
for a south light. Any hints in regard to Having made ferrotyping a specialty for
the above, through the Photographer, or
four years prior to our great fire, I naturally
how to better my work, will be thankfully
looked forward with some anxiety for
accepted.
Trask's work on the subject. I have studied
Tours truly,
it carefully, and must say that on general
Francis Strauss, principles it will be a valuable aid to ferro-
York, Pa. typers ; but there is one subject, and an

important one too, which I am sorry to see

Figure 1 is a sectional view of my light. treated so wildly ; that is, making varnish.
The top is 11 feet by 15 feet. The sitters He says, Pound up very fine one pound of
are usually placed at a or a, and the camera white gum shellac; lay it in the sun or by the
at d or d. A standing figure or group fire until it is thoroughly dry, for when it
generally to the right. At 6, I place the is and new it has considerable moisture
fresh
sitter for a shadow or liembrandt effect, c in it, which will cause the varnish to turn a
being: a Bigelow background. milky color. Take two quarts of the best
ninety-five per cent, alcohol, put it in a five-
pound bottle, then add the gum-shellac and
shake occasionally until the gum is all dis-
solved, &c.

Then he remarks, very wisely, if the

varnish is too thick, add more alcohol. I
will suggest that any one trying this form-
ula might as well add two quarts more at
W 3
8^3 first, for a pound of good gum is a plenty
s
e '
CO for a gallon of alcohol, and will usually be
>
IV | about right if it dissolves well.
Experience has taught me that drying
i gum in the sun or by the fire does no good;
on the contrary, in my estimation, it is an
I also add a horizontal view. injury.

I must say, if Mr. Trask varnished the

pictures that illustrate his book with varnish
made strictly by this formula, it is the best
illustration of a poor formula well worked
that I have ever met with.
I will give a formula that I consider the
best I have ever used for ferrotypes, and I
used it successfully for a long time. It is
not good for negatives, however.
Take one pound of white shellac, vei-y old,
if —
you can get it the older the better
If you can, please suggest any improved break it up fine enough to drop into a bottle,
method of working this. add one gallon of ninety-five per cent, alco-
hol, shake occasionally if the gum has age;

"We know the difficulties of a south light
owing to the almost constant shining of the
direct rays of the sun upon it.
If any of our readers are using such a
light, we would be glad to have further
suggestions from them.
enough to have a honeycomb appearance
when broken up, it will dissolve without
any trouble, and will settle off clear. If
you cannot get old gum, take new, put it
into a tin can, add the alcohol, shake often
until the gum softens; then put the can
12 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
into a kettle of warm water, keep it at a Mr. Phillips, of Lynn, had used it for
temperature a little below the boiling-point, twelve years, as follows bromide of am-:

take it out and sbake it occasionally then ;

monium, one grain, with the addition of
set it back, and in a little while it will all three-quarters of a grain of bromide of
dissolve and settle off perfectly clear. When cadmium.
clear, filter, and add about two ounces liquor Mr. Smith stated that bromide of am-
ammonia and two ounces oil of lavender. monium, when used in combination with
The ammonia evaporates so freely it will be iodide of sodium, could not be excelled.
necessary to drop a few drops from time to Messrs. Burnham, Low, and many others
time into the bottle you are using from. gave it precedence ; but be careful and don't
use over one grain, otherwise you get streaks
of lightning.
BOSTON CORRESPONDENCE. Mr. Charles Brown wished for informa-
The members of the Boston Photographic tion on the dodge of using a piece of paper
Society assembled last evening at the studio pasted on the inside of the back lens instead
of Mr. J. W. In consequence of the
Black. of using the ordinary central stop.
many have lately
benefits this Association Mr. Hallenbeck stated that the lens when
bestowed upon the fraternity, numbers of so stopped gave much more depth with but
operators from all sections of the State at- small increase of time, and often when the
tend the regular monthly meetings, which paper was not too large no more time was
the members seem determined shall be most required. Several had found much benefit
interesting, and which shall tend to advance from that mode.
the art and artist thus aiding in the great Mr. Burnham stated he had reduced the
work of photography. time of exposure when working his mam-
Mr. Bowers, of Lynn, wished to know if moth Voigtlander over one minute by hav-
it was the practice of the Boston artists to ing diffused light in his camera box. This
get their pay in advance. All seemed to remark woke up all the members, and a
think that course was most proper, and very interesting conversation ensued in
should be adhered to in all cases if possible. which Mr. Burnham seemed to have the
Mr. F. C. Low (the President), wished to best of it.

know how the members worked in relation Mr. Foss coinciding with Mr. Burnham,
to giving out proofs. it was ordered that the members line their
Mr. Foss stated he never toned them, and boxes with white cardboard, experiment,
only slightly retouched the negative. and report at the next meeting.
Mr. stated that Mr. Whipple toned Mr. Low inquired if the architect of the
the proofs, but afterward gave them a dose Coliseum could stop persons from making-
of hypo. negatives of the big house, as he had under-
One member stated he had understood stood he had attempted to do.
that Mr. J. W. Black finished several, and Mr. Smith had made a large number of
let the customerselect. As Mr. Black was negatives of the building, had received
not present was not known how he worked.
it twelve legal notices to stop, but somehow he
A long discussion ensued in relation to the could not and would not stop, but should
matter, in which Messrs. Foss, Burnham, make many as he pleased. (Immense ap-
as
Phillips and others took part, after which plause, and then the band played.)
Mr. Martin wanted to know what was Mr. Burnham stated no one could stop
thought of bromide of ammonium in col- him from taking a picture of land in front
lodion. of the Coliseum, and he could not help it if
Mr. ,
it was
of Whipple's, stated that the Coliseum filled most of the plate as a
bromide of ammonium should
his belief that background.
always be used, for he thought it gave more In relation to the subject of those who
intensity of the right kind when used in con- had entered the lists for experimenting on

nection with bromide of potassium than by the Society, Mr.

the sitter furnished
any other. Burnham, the committee stated, had ob-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. IS

tained the best chemical effect, and Mr. A. above aids he uses a good supply of brains
Marshall had produced the best position (at least that's what O'Neil calls it).
(Mr. Burnham is the gentleman who was Messrs. Black and Whipple are doing as
awarded the fifty dollar prize by the edi- usual a large trade, and their work is too
tor of the Philadelphia Photographer some well known for me to speak its praise.
time since) much interest-
; the report caused Mr. Burnham is astonishing the boys with
ing comment from many who had entered wonderfully grand effects on 17 x 21 plates.
the list of experimenters. I should state In conclusion, I will state businessis open-

that many of the Boston operators took no ing and seem to be making money, so
all

part in the friendly contest. for the present I must leave the subject for
Now a few remarks about some of the some future time.
Boston artists. I should like to tell you of a special meet-
A new studio has been opened by the ing which was convened at the Province
Balch Brothers (who hail from Baltimore House during the week of the great fire,

and New York), and if one is to judge by but am not in possession of the notes, and
the specimens they exhibit, the Boston none of these present will give me a copy ;

people are to be favored with many gems of but that there was matter of great interest
art from the hands of the Brothers. you may believe, for Mr. J. W. Black was
Noticeable in their pictures is the remarka- elected president, Mr. Roach, from An-
ble depth and roundness of the figure. Even thony's, entertained the members with many
in the deepest shadow is observable that sketches of remarkable adventures in Cali-
wonderful stereoscopic effect which all de- fornia and Coney Island; also, Messrs.
sire to enrich their negatives with, and here Udell, of HartfordHurd, of London
;

let me say that effect is only obtainable by Baxter, from Charlestown, gave very in-
using a proper lens, in connection with the teresting lectures on spiritualistic matters.
above. I will state many have expressed Messrs. Barry and Chi Ids gave experiments
their regret that Mr. Howell had not a proper in photography, and the meeting adjourned
lens when making the negatives for the at — a.m.
December number of the Philadelphia Pho- J. H. Hallenbeck.
tographer. All concede to him great artistic
talent as chemical manipulator and poser,
but regret that his splendid production
lacked the great and essential quality which
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
is so observable in most of the Boston gal- PHILADELPHIA.
leries, i. e. , sphericity or stereoscopic effect. Stated meeting held Wednesday, De-
Mr. Frank Kowell is doing a heavy busi- cember 4th, 1872; the President in the
ness, and as usual his productions are un- chair.
surpassed. The minutes of the last meeting were
Mr. Foss has enriched his studio with read and approved.
many elegant specimens, and his reputation The Room Committee reported that the
as a first-class artist is established among a portrait of the late Vice-President, Mr.
class of people who pay good prices, and his Hugh Davids, had been framed and hung
patronage is large. on the walls.
Mr. Kitz (who is now connected with the The President
said that a negative of Mr.
gallery of A. N. Hardy) is daily making Constant Guillou had been procured, and
most exquisite work, and thinks no one can that a solar print would be made from the
fail to do the same if they have proper same, and framed as soon as possible.
tools. By the way Mr. Hardy has had to Mr. Charles Barrington was elected to
increase his facilities for doing his work by membership.
the addition of a most beautiful and useful Under the head of deferred business, Mr.
11 x 14 American Optical Company camera Moore made some remarks relative to a
box, and a No. 6 Yoigtlander lens, which lantern exhibition to be given by the So-
Mr. Ritz knows how to handle, and with the ciety. After some discussion as to the room,
14 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
light to be used, &c, Dr. Wilcocks offered had found a chloride useful in the collodio-
the following resolution bromide emulsion.
Resolved, " That a committee of three Mr. Pepper exhibited one of Negretti
members be appointed to arrange for an & Zambra's small tourist's cameras, with
exhibition of the magic lantern, to be given walking-stick tripod.
under the auspices of the Photographic So- After adjournment, some exceedingly fine
ciety of Philadelphia, at such place and pictures of live animals and birds, by Mr.
time as shall meet with their approval Schreiber, were exhibited in the sciopticon.
which particulars shall be notified to the E. "Wallace, Jr.,
members." Recording Secretary.
The resolution was unanimously adopted.
The Chair appointed for this purpose a
committee, consisting of Messrs. Wilcocks, THE INDIANA PHOTOGRAPHIC
Corlies, and Pepper. ASSOCIATION.
The President said that the exchange For all that has appeared in our photo-
prints for the Photographic Society of Paris graphic publications for some months past,
were about to be forwarded, and that if any some may have inferred that our Associa-
of the members felt disposed to contribute, tion was non est; but now having the —
to please send in their prints as soon as con- honors (?) of the secretaryship again thrust
venient. upon me — I am happy to be able to say that
The President remarked that having had our meetings never fail for want of a quo-
occasion to examine recently a large num- rum, and are usually well attended and con-
ber of dry plates prepared abroad, he had stantly becoming more and more interesting,
been impressed with the fact that the plates practical, and profitable.
were often improperly packed for transpor- On Wednesday evening, December 4th,
tation by the makers; the plates frequently the regular monthly meeting was held at
coming to hand in a damaged condition. Harry Fowler's gallery. Meeting opened
The Secretary, in corroborating the re- with our newly-elected President, Fowler,
marks made by the Chair, said that in un- in the chair, with a fair attendance of mem-
packing some plates prepared by the Liver- bers, togetherwith a number of our wives
pool Dry Plate Company, he had found and sweethearts.
small pieces of glass abraded from the edges On motion, the calling of the roll was dis-
of the plates (which had not been rough-
1

pensed with. Minutes of November meet-

ened previous to coating), scattered over ing were read and approved. The committee
the film, and that this caused very percep- appointed some time ago to canvass the pro-
tible scratches in the picture. priety of this Association holding an Expo-
The President having remarked that he sition about the holidays reported that,
had obtained some good results on some owing to several adverse circumstances,
emulsion dry plates prepared by Mr. John they were of the opinion that it would be
Carbutt, the latter gentleman said that he inexpedient to attempt a thing of the kind
considered it imperative, in preparing an at present. Report concurred in and com-
emulsion, to use a good cotton, and to keep mittee discharged. Committee appointed to
the bromized collodion some time before audit reports of the Secretary and Treasurer
adding the silver. In the case of the emul- asked and obtained further time. Mr. Claf-
sion plate recently tried by the President, lin moved an amendment to the constitution
the bromized collodion had been made in to the effect that our officers shall be elected
February last, and the silver added in Au- for the term of one year instead of six
gust. In regard to a non-actinic backing, months, as at present. Not agreed to.

Mr. Carbutt thought that when the film
was very dense, none was required. Mr.
Tilghman remarked that Major Eussell, of
England, considered a backing always neces-
sary. Mr. Carbutt also remarked that he
On motion, a recess of a few minutes was
had for the purpose of examining specimens
brought in by the members, but especially
those brought by Mr. Adams for the pur-
pose of criticism. Meeting being again
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 15

called to order, these pictureswere criticized The lead forms, or "intaglios," from
closely and commented on by Messrs. Elli- which they were printed were also exhib-

ott, Claflin, Judkins, Murdock, and Dryer, ited. The Association adjourned to meet at
and lastly by Mr. Adams himself. Of Alex. Gardner's gallery, Jan. 7th, 1873.
course there were some differences among E. J. Pulman,
the critics, but on the whole there was much Secretary.
more unanimity than usual, and the time
thus spent was perhaps the most interesting
and profitable of any part of the meeting.
The Hoosier Heliographist was then read Two Pictures; Rembrandtish and
by the editor, J. Perry Elliott, and appar- Otherwise.*
ently enjoyed by all present.
BY E. J. PDLMAN.
The President appointed Messrs. Judkins
and Elliott to act with the Corresponding A Photo, at the close of day,
Sadly homeward took his way
Secretary as Committee on the " Progress ;

His steps were slow, his looks were dull,

of Art," and Mr. Claflin to bring pictures
Of emptiness his pockets full.
for criticism at our January meeting, and
With elbows out, dishevelled hair,
Mr. Dryer to read a paper at the same
He was the picture of despair.
meeting. In fact he was extremely blue,
Adjourned to meet at L. D. Judkins's All seemed to him of sombre hue.
gallery on the evening of the first Wednes- From morn till night it was his fate,
day in January, 1878. Not to labor, but to wait

J. Perry Elliott, For not a soul all that day through,

Had given him a thing to do.
Secretary.
And this was not occurrence rare,
For of such days he'd had his share.
His rooms untidy were filled with dust,
His camera-tubes were covered with rust
PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION OF Plate-holders broken, needing repairs,

THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Everything showing a bad state of affairs.

Forgetting the fact, which all of us know,

The second stated meeting of this Asso-
That forward or backward we ever must go ;
ciation was held at Mr. Pulman's gallery,
That we cannot stand still if we would ;

Tuesday evening, Dec. 3d, 1872. After the He had not done all that he could
reading of the records of the last meeting To keep himself " up" in the art.
the Secretary read a letter received from E. (By the way, a most important part.)
L. "Wilson, Editor of the Photographer. Thinking he knew all that was to be known,
Three new members were admitted to the Or what he did not was best let alone,

Association. E. J. Pulman read a poem And drawing upon his wisdom in store,
entitled " Two Pictures, Eembrandtish and He was content and wanted no more.
Otherwise." Mr. Ward, the President, There is an old saw runs something like this,
" 'Tis folly t'be wise when ignorance is bliss."
read a very interesting article on the silver
But from dreams there are who wake,
blissful
bath ; after which the effects of glue and
And find somewhere a sad mistake.
glycerine in negative baths were discussed.
And our Photo, as he trudged along,
Mr. Bates wished the opinion of the mem-
And hummed to himself a doleful song,
bers as to the cause and cure of nitrite of
Was troubled much and bothered more,
silver in the bath.
By thoughts that came to him o'er and o'er.
An improved form of dipper was ex- Why were things thus ? What was the cause ?
plained for immersing plates with the film 'Twas this that made our hero pause.
sidedown and several beautiful specimens
; His song unsung, his voice was hushed,
of the Woodbury photo-relief prints were As through his brain these stray thoughts rushed.
exhibited by E. J. Ward, which were ad-
mired, and the process by which they were * Read before the Photographic Association
made was explained and discussed. of the District of Columbia, Dec. 3d, 1872.
16 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. A. and B. and C. and D. THE NITRATE BATH *
Were busy as men could wish to be ;
BY E. J. WARD.
Were doing well, the fact was plain,
While he for trade had prayed in vain. It is not my purpose, in the few remarks
They read the Photo^rnpher, 'twas true, which I shall make this evening, to say

Which he had oft despised to do ;

anything in regard to the chemistry of the
And other journals and books by scores, nitrate bath, nor to criticize the various
While he had counted all such things bores. formulas which have been given for its
They searched for knowledge day by day, preparation, but merely to give a chapter
While he content had gone his way. from my own experience, with a view to
Their trade increasing with their years, bringing about a discussion which it is
And his growing less — not so his fears. hoped may result in a better understanding
There is a saying somewhat clever,
of this most useful solution.
That '"It is better late than never."
I prepare my bath by adding to a forty-
That this is true I don't deny,
grain solution of nitrate of silver a sufficient
Nor does our Photo. I'll tell you why:
" facts are stubborn things." quantity of caustic potash to produce decided
He felt that

(The same's been felt ere this by kings.) alkalinity. I then sun the solution six or
He bit his lips in deep surprise eight weeks, after which it is filtered, and is

Confessed at last he'd been unwise. used without acidifying or iodizing. I do

Made a firm resolve that come what would, not find it necessary to leave a collodionized
He'd search for knowledge when he could, plate in the bath, as I never fail, after pre-
Use every means to improve his art, paring the bath in the manner described, to
And go to work with soul and heart. secure. a good negative from the first plate
immersed. I have used this bath for a
One year has passed, and mark the change.
number of years, and have found it, when
'Tis wonderful, though 'tis not strange.
used with a suitable collodion, to work
Enter his rooms. They are neat and clean,
quicker and to give clearer and more bril-
And order everywhere is seen.
With taste his pictures are displayed.
liant negatives than any bath I have ever
They are improved — so is his trade. employed.
So is our hero, in heart and head, Some time ago, having a number of dimly-
And many are the books he's read. lighted interiors to photograph, I was ad-
He don't despise the studious man, vised by a photographic friend, who had
But studies himselfwhenever he can. been very successful in photographing in-
You ask him now if it will pay teriors, to use glue in my bath to prevent
—
To dig for knowledge see what he'll say. drying of the film. His directions were to
Just mark his words as he replies,
make a neutral bath and to add glue in so-
" There's nothing lost by growing wise."
lution — I do not now remember the quantity
His trade increases day by day,
And none displeased now go away.
— after which the bath was to be sunned for
He studies improvement wherever he can, a week. This bath answered the purpose in

And is fast becoming a popular man. no way better than the one first described
And looking back from the now to the then, the tendency of the one to dry being just as
Shuddering he thinks of "what might have been." great as the other, and a careful analysis
Looking on from the noiv to what is to come, failed to show the slightest difference,
He feels that yet for improvement there's room. chemically, between the two ; from which I
The wishing to know, insatiate desire, conclude that the sunlight precipitates every
Urges him on to explore and inquire. particle of glue and leaves the bath just as
He says, in a note just written to me, it was before its addition.
He's thinking of joining the P. A. of D. C.
Glycerine has also been recommended to
be used in the bath to prevent drying of the
Photographic Mosaics for 1S73 con- film and to give increased sensitiveness. I

tains themost good things for half-a-dollar

—
that you can get 144 pages nearly sixty — # Read before the Photographic Association
original articles. of the District of Columbia, Dec. 3d, 1872.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TO GEAPHEE. 17

have given this hath a careful and patient have not yet determined the quantity of
trial, and must say that in my hands it glycerine necessary to reduce a given amount
yielded negatives greatly inferior to my of silver, but intend to do so, and this, to-
own hath, while the difficulty of obtaining gether with the rationale of the phenome-
negatives free from the usual imperfections non, may be made the subject of another
attending long exposures was much in- paper.
creased. Nor is this surprising, for those
peculiar curvilinear markings which give
most trouble in plates which have received SECRETARY BAKER'S WELCOME
a long exposure are not due to drying of the TO BUFFALO.
film, but tounequal drying, which results in
Brothers of the N. P. A.
a coalescence of the silver on certain parts
It is written that "the first shall be last,
of the plate, and to this coalescence is due
The oiliness of
and the "the stone which
last first;" that
the objectionable markings.
the builders rejected, is become the chief
the glycerine seemed greatly to aggravate
stone of the corner;" also, "in these days
this difficulty. added the glycerine to a
I
is your ears."
this Scripture fulfilled in
number of baths — to
one new bath and to
At St. Louis was one
last spring, Buffalo
two or more old ones which were in excel-
of the rejected applicants for the next place
lent working condition —
with the result
of our meeting. Much as some of us here
already mentioned in each case.
desired to have you come, we acquiesced in
My dissatisfaction with the glycerine bath the voice of the majority, and "it was all
has,however, led to some interesting results
right." Quite lately an unforeseen circum-
which I have not seen mentioned in any of
stance arose, explained by our friend Kent,
the photographic journals. On account of
which made a change of base necessary, and
the faults 1 have mentioned, I concluded to
the Executive Committee applied to us say-
boil my glycerine baths down. So I placed
ing, " Can we come to Buffalo ? You must
one of them in an evaporating-dish, and
say Yes ; for many reasons it is desirable to
with a small gas-stove proceeded to boil it
have the place of next meeting in your lo-
down. When it had nearly reached the
cality."
point of fusing, I was called away for a
There could be but one reply to so urgent
moment, and on my return found the room
a demand, and the photographers of Buffalo,
denselyfilled with smoke from the dish. I
one and all, say,
immediately removed the dish, and was
much surprised to find a beautiful coral-like Come I

deposit in the bottom, of a brownish color
and perfectly dry.
This I attributed to the glycerine and, of
course, supposed that I had fused
neath the crust. Imagine my surprise when,
after adding water and thoroughly breaking
up the mass, my hydrometer indicated no
silver, and my still greater surprise, when
on examination I found this mass to be pure
metallic silver.
To satisfy myself that was not merely
this
one of those freaks which we sometimes
meet with in our practice, I repeated the
experiment a number of times, and always
Avith the same result.
The metallic silver thus obtained was dis-
solved in nitric acid, and yielded nitrate of
silver of excellent quality.
May not this be turned to account?
The time and has been shortened
is short,
at our request from July to May, but if
every member of the National Photographic
silver be- Association will do what they can, at home,
in getting some of their best work ready to
bring (don't send), and in getting their bus-
iness in shape so that they can come, we
will, by mutual co-operation, make it the
best meeting of the six.
Our Kochester friends will transfer all
their zeal and preparations to Buffalo.
Commodious halls are already engaged,
the hotels will furnish you comfortable ac-
commodations at reasonable prices, we have
by far the best travelling communications,
either land or water, of any point in this
locality, and we only want your hearty
selves to make it more than a grand success.
I Full particulars of arrangements and
18 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
progress will be duly set forth in this pregnating, and impressing of a few art
journal. ideasand principles in and among and
From and from Canada, from
the States upon the photographers of these United
the Old and the New World, come all. States. Above all others, that is the one
The photographers of this vicinity again thing they want, andwe are not sure but
bid you Well come ! photography would make progress if we left

W. J. Baker, all other subjects, and devoted our whole

Local Sec. N. P. A. magazine to the dissemination of art knowl-
edge for the next twelve months. We
therefore give fair warning, that in our next
A WORD OR TWO FOR BUFFALO. number we shall commence the work of
The
communications of Messrs. Kent bringing to your minds a few humble
and Baker to the Executive Committee thoughts every month, which we hope may
will take many of our readers by surprise. lead you to greater attention to this all-im-
All we can say is that the change is inevit- portant subject. We fully intended to begin
able and unavoidable. We do not think it it now, but the pressure upon us for space
is to be regretted, however. We could not prevents more than this brief introductory.
go to a better place than Bochester, but We want to get you interested in the
do
Buffalo is just as good, and we shall have matter. The American negative and the
just as good a time there. No better man American print are now equal, as a rule, to
in the country could have been selected for any made in the world. But when we come
Local Secretary than Mr. Kent, but Mr. down to the matter of lighting and posing,
Baker is equally good, and one of the most the arrangement of the figure, and of the
zealous and warm friends the National and the sundry little niceties of
accessories,
Photographic Association ever had. See idea and design,which do so much towards
what a " welcome" he gives us. We do making up a pleasant picture, the American
not therefore lose one bit by the change of photographer has much to learn. We
place, and change of secretary in chief. therefore ask your attention to this subject,
As to the change of the time, that is also and that you carefully study it with us as
favorable. We shall be enabled to secure we go on. In our next number we shall
better terms with hotels and railroad com- begin the work in earnest. Meanwhile give
panies than we could possibly secure in it some thousrht.

June or July, when the season of summer

travel is in full blast, and we think quite as
many or more can attend in May as later.

Let us all then do everything in our power

MATTERS OF THE
tomake the affair all it should be. Those
who live near Buffalo should aid Mr. Baker
all they can, and we look for a large acces-
sion from Canada. Come over, brethren ;

we are ready to receive you. One and all

then, Onward to Buffalo I

The announcement to exhibitors and The next Annual Convention and Exhi-
other information will be in our next issue. bition of the National Photographic Asso-
ciation will be held in Buffalo, N. T.,
beginning Tuesday, May 13th, 1873, instead
ART STUDIES FOR ALL. of in Rochester, N. Y., in July. Mr. W. J.
INTRODUCTORY. Baker is the newly appointed Local Secre-
tary.
There one subject to which we would
is

like to devote the whole of our coming The Executive Committee would be glad
volume, if circumstances were so that we if members in arrears would pay their dues
could, namely, to the pounding, and punch- at once to Mr. Albert Moore, Treasurer,
ing, and infusing, and instilling, and im- No. 828 Wood Street, Philadelphia. This is
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 19

positively necessary, as the committee needs Frank Savior made some interesting re-
funds to further the interests of the coming marks on the acceleration of exposure in
exhibition. the camera. He was followed by Mr.
To become a member of the National Schreiber, who made some interesting state-
Photographic Association costs $4 $2 for ;
ments. Owing to a change of secretaryship,
entrance fee $2 for one year's dues, in ad-
;
we received the minutes too late to insert a
vance employees, half rates life member-
; ;
full report of the meeting. Mr. Shoemaker
ship, $25. Apply to Edward L. Wilson, exhibited a china cup with his own picture
Permanent Secretary, Seventh and Cherry, burnt in on the side of the cup.
Philadelphia. The following were elected officers for the

Life Members. — One hundred are

ensuing year : President, Albert Moore ;

Eecording Secretary, W. L. Shoemaker

wanted at once to put the Association on a
Corresponding Secretary, Edward L. Wil-
fair business basis. The last addition to the
son Vice-Presidents, B. P. Saylor, H. F.
list is Mr. Edward Cope, Philadelphia, Pa. ;

You can aid the Association very materially

Smith, David Lathrop, and W. H. White-
head Executive Committee, Edward L.
by becoming a life member now. ;

Wilson, G. Schreiber, William Taylor, John

The following have been added to the
Carbutt, and C. M. Gilbert; Treasurer,
veteran list since our last issue : H. E.
John B. Clemons.
Marks, Austin, Texas ; William Snell, Jer-
After further routine business, the meet-
sey City, N. J., 1844.
ing adjourned.
As the Annual Convention is to be held
so soon, the issue of the new constitution
will not be delayed much longer. See that
your dues are paid now. Life members take THINGS NEW AND OLD.
precedence. BY H. J. CHUTE.

The National Photographic Association (ROLAND VANWEIKE.)

price list very soon. The Secretary asks Old names in a new relation. I have no
your patience. further use for a now, de plume, and will

Mr. James Howard, of Plattsburg, wish the gentleman with a Van to his name

N. T. a gentleman who held back from

,
a happy New Year, and trust that he and
the National Photographic Association for
Focus may find new fields of usefulness,
several years because he had no faith in
and continue diligent students in every-
it,
thing that pertains to the art of photog-
became a member at St. Louis. He has been
raphy.
travelling out West recently, and on his re-
turn says :
" I called on many of our fellow-
Among the things new and old that have

members, and all were glad to see me and

recently come under my notice, is a tar-bath,
friendly. I felt that the National Photo- or, rather, bath-holder. Many are obliged

graphic Association was a sort of Masonry to use small baths, and work at considerable

that at once made me at home with all whom disadvantage, on account of the expense of

I found to be members. It is a big thing,' '

large baths of suitable material. To those
and through it many have found fast friends who have been in the habit of using a small

they never would have had without it." bath a large one is a luxury, while to those
who make large work it is a necessity ; and
a cheap, safe, durable bath is an item not to
be despised by any.
PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC I claim nothing particularly new for the
ASSOCIATION. tar-baths, as they are in use among the best
The stated meeting of the Association photographers ; but as little has been said
was held December 16th. Several persons of them, a little explanation may be of
were proposed for membership, and Mr. benefit to some struggling brother photog-
E. B. Brown was elected to membership. rapher.
After considerable routine business Mr. B. A box is made, of the size and shape de-
20 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
sired, of light pine lumber, the frame,
OUR NOBLE SELVES.
forming the bottom and sides, being about
BY WILLIAM HEIGHWAY.
1^ by 3 inches, if the bath is to be large
enough for an 18 x 22 plate, have the cover- There not a more touchy subject not
is —
ing of matched boards not more than 3£ or even excepting that troublesome retouching
4 inches wide. These are nailed or screwed question, which has so sorely touched the
to the frame pieces, and when properly temper of some of us recently than any- —
trimmed is ready for the coating of tar thing to be said, not quite complimentary
no feathers to " ourselves," and as it is next to impos-

Common tar, such as is used by roofers, sible to say much that is complimentary of
answers the purpose well, though to use it the workers in our art, 1 fully expect to
alone it may be too hard and brittle but it ;
draw down on my devoted head maledictions
can be softened, or made slightly elastic, by loud and deep, that I should dare to venture
the addition of coal tar ; the proportions to criticism on the actions of the high priests

be used can best be determined by heating of the mysteries of photography, but daring

it up, and trying it on a stick to see when all the dreadful consequences likely to ensue,

it seems of the proper consistency. The braving the wrath of the all-sufficient self-

coal tar can better be added before heating, satisfied ones, the scorn of critics, and the

as an after addition is apt to cause it to boil anathema of the entire profession, de-
over. An iron kettle is best to heat it in. nounced, perhaps, and cast into outer dark-
"When the tar is ready it may be poured ness, more horrible than the gloom of the

into the box with a dipper, flowing one side dark-room defying all these terrors, I will
;

at a time, and keeping it in a horizontal endeavor to paint some of our more glaring
position, after draining out some of the sur- faults, in the hope —
a vain one, I very much

plus, till it cools. The ends may be treated fear —

that one conscience may be touched,

in the same manner, when it may be set in

one operator successfully operated on and
an upright position, and enough will run led to turn from the error of his ways, to
down to cover the bottom. As a complete improve, as far as his individual influence
protection against any wet or dampness goes, a lamentable state of things.

affecting the wood-work, it is best to coat the We lack ambition ! With many of us,
outside also, covering it completely. what does it matter as long as we get the
This makes a bath, at a very slight ex- customer out of the place ? In some cases,
pense, as good as those that cost ten times italmost amounts to taking the unfortunate
as much. It is perfectly clean, has no in- sitter by the collar and hustling him out of
jurious effect on the silver solution, is light the gallery. Is the pose good ? Horrid !

to handle, and will not break. The lighting, how is that? Abominable!
My experience with one I am using is so The manipulation, surely that is good?
satisfactory that I have no hesitation in No! At least passable? Eeally, cannot
recommending it as equal to the best. The say thatit is even passable but get out, it's
;

tarring operation is best performed out of good enough. If the ignorant public like
doors, as the fumes are not the most agree- such work, what does it matter? Well, I
able, though they may be a good disinfect- venture to think it does matter, not much,
ant of diseases; not diseases photographic, but more and more every day, for there is
however, except in the manner I have de- a leaven working ;
people are not as ignor-
scribed, and in reference to thinly lined ant as they were, and one of these fine days
pocket-books. you will find that unless you strive to im-
prove, the people you so much despise to-
day will pay you back in your own coin,
Long -winter evenings and stormy days by scorning your crude and unprogressive
give one time to read up things new. Get work. Too much of our photographic work
a few books from our catalogue and read is done by the measure, like bricklaying
them thoughtfully, and we guarantee a rich and carpentering, though, perhaps, I ma-
return. lign many conscientious and painstaking
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 21

mechanics who do their "level best" master (hard word!) to whom they are as
thoughtfully and to the height of their skill, the automaton to a master hand. There
while many of us kill our work by the lack seems to be a great deal in this that is severe
of skill and thought bestowed upon it. and harsh, and I shall no doubt be accused
"We sorely lack brains ! But then, roars of great and unwarrantable presumption in
a great chorus, —brains are not to be bought so clearly expressing my opinions, but I am
or acquired. Sheep's brains may be bought, sure that nothing in this paper can apply to
but that's a sheepish remark. A power of my reader, from the fact that he has this jour-
tbought may be acquired, a habit of obser- nal in his hand; but for this assuring thought
vation may also be acquired, and these go I should feel very much as if I were firing
a long way to make up a deficiency for a powder magazine instead of writing to a
which nature is responsible, not you then ; photographic magazine. Out of this want
you are not blamed for the lack of brains, of education, too, springs a lack of polish
but for placing yourself in a position where and refinement, necessary to one coming
your sad want is patent to all. The knowl- into contact with those who possess culture
edge why you get a fine piece of work (by and good breeding. It is such a grievance
accident!), and with the knowledge, why with sitters, and is withal so just a com-
you get it how to repeat the accident, with
;
plaint, that they are roughly treated, that
the reasons of failure, the means of avoidance operators are so rude and ungentlemanly.
in the future, all this goes to make up for Making all allowances for the trials and
the want of brains, and these faculties are to vexations of the position, the aggravations,
be acquired; their possession indispensable. and even the insults endured at the hands
"We lack education. This want is, I of some tough customers, it surprises me to

think, at the root of all photographic ills. observe how much some photographers go
Education gives us a love for study, de- out of their way to worry their subjects,
velops and sharpens all our perceptive fac- subjecting them to all sorts of petty annoy-
ulties, and the lack of it evidences an ex- ances; how much the sitter has to put up
istence without any desire to know any with in a photographic gallery —the place
more than we know, and the rusting of where everything should be nice (I don't
many faculties from disuse, that we find it mean carpeted and splendidly furnished
difficult, sometimes impossible, to burnish work-rooms), and the behavior of the op-
them up for use when we require them erator gentle and soothing the customer ;

these same qualities thus thrown away are very often finds instead, everything that is

just those required by our profession. No irritating and disgusting. I don't say
wonder, then, that there is so little thought, this on behalf of customer
the they ;

lamentably so little ambition, and so little say it but for the sake of
for themselves,
desire to improve by studying works on, or " ourselves." Gentleness and politeness are
relative to our art. I have heard it urged virtues, which are, like mercy, doubly blessed,
that education is not so necessary after all; blessing him that gives and him that takes.
that it is possible to get on as a photographer There are certainly sitters rude and boorish
without it, and several first-rate operators as theworst of us, when it is a case of dia-
who can hardly sign their names, while a mond cut diamond. Even with these, polite-
book is to them nonsense, brought forward ness is not thrown away, for they are forced
as argument this is in reality hardly worth
; to respect one who respects himself.
answering, for what does their skill amount We want art education. There is such
to? Knowledge of a particular branch a fearful lack of art feeling in photography
under certain favorable circumstances, just that it has wellnigh passed into a byw ord.
T

as a steam engine set in motion in the right The pushed into a chair, the head-
sitter is
direction does the work set it so long as the rest jammed up against the head, the un-
engineer is near the engine. These opera- fortunate man is ordered to put on a nice
tors, it will be found, are quite lost out of expression, and the tone of voice in which
their own dark-rooms, quite in a fog, with- he is told not to move suggests the threat
out the sustaining influence of their own or I will shoot you — of the Western operator
22 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
who took the one. step further by producing tact some others equally
printing, and
his revolver ; the camera is levelled at the beautiful were exhibitedhy Mr. B. J. Ed-
expressionless or horror-stricken counte- wards, whose method is a secret, which I
nance, the time ticked off — bang —all over
! ! understand was purchased and practiced by
No regard to good or bad points of the face, Mr. Napoleon Sarony, of New York, and
light, anything, but to get it over. Mr. Notman, of Montreal. The excellence
Don't think I lack good nature, or that of the results is confessedly due to the
I wish to sit in judgment against you, and quality of the transparency, which is ad-
take delight in denouncing you with a mitted to be the result of contact printing
smug thankfulness that none of these faults on an albumen film. The secret consists in
are mine. —
I only desire and modestly too a simple mode albumen plates,
of preparing
—to point out some of these, our failings, the ordinary albumen dry process being, as
that knowing them we may do away with is well known, a very troublesome method
them. The time of year is a good one for to work. A correspondent recently sent me
turning over a clean, new leaf, leafing our a sample method of working by which he
old faults behind. With all the kind feel- obtains fine albumen transparencies, which,
ings engendered by the loving influence of although probably not the same as the secret
the season of good will toward men, allow method in question, may prove an efficient
me to wish you a happy and prosperous New substitute. My correspondent, Mr. Willes,
Year. of Scarborough, says that he has worked
the method in question for several years with
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE much success. I will give his method in
STUDIO. his own words. He says :

BY 6. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.

"I have done fine pictures for several
years as transparencies on a film of albumen,
Neiv Method of Producing Albumen Trans- both for lantern slides and for enlargements,
—
parencies American Photographic Liter- on opal glass and paper, which have proved
ature. most satisfactory and from the same albu-
;

Neiv Method of Producing Albumen Trans- men transparency I have done enlarged
parencies. —
In a recent communication, in negatives to 24 x 18 inches that could
referring to improvements on the produc- scarcely be detected from a direct print from
tion of enlarged negatives I mentioned the a direct negative of that size. It is not my
fact, that upon the quality of the trans- intention to make a secret of the mode I
parency the excellence of the enlarged adopt to produce a suitable transparency for
negative mainly depended. The remarks I such an enlargement. It may or may not
then made have received curiously striking be used by others for the purpose ; but if it

confirmation in the exhibition of the Pho- is, I am not aware of it. Here is the method
tographic Society just closed. The display of working, and I am sure that any person
of photographs was very good in every who will try it will find it very simple and
branch, but general surprise was excited by easy to do.
the extraordinary excellence of the enlarge- " Make a solution of India-rubber in ben-
ments. On inquiry it was found that the zole about the thickness of thin collodion ;

prints in question were produced from en- place it in a dish, and float a sheet of paper
larged negatives, and that in all instances on it for about half a minute ;
then hang up
the especial excellence was due to the prin- to dry ;
ready to be albumenized
then it is

ciple to which I referred in my last com- the same as albumenized paper is usually
munication, namely, the importance of done; or, to make the thing more plain,
producing the transparency by contact take the white of several eggs, and to each
printing, and avoiding in it the coarse granu- white put seven or eight grains of chloride
lar texture inseparable from an iron devel- of ammonium dissolved in as little water as
oped image on collodion. The negatives of possible, and add to the albumen ; the'n

some of the finest examples were produced whisk up to a froth, let stand for several
from carbon transparencies obtained by con- hours, then strain or pour the clear off into
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 23

a flat dish, and draw or float the India-rub-
ber side of the paper upon it, taking care to
avoid bubbles. This must be done in a
warm room. In a short time it will be dry,
when it may be put on one side until wanted,
or may be used at once. All that has to be
done then is to sensitize it in the usual way,
the same as any other albumenized paper,
India-rubber paper with it, and printing
and transferring the film in the same way
as the above. But care must be taken to
watch the fixing and toning of the film when
on the glass, or it will reduce too much, as
it reduces sooner than the albumen film.
On the whole, the albumen worked as I have
described, will be found to be the best for

and print it under a negative only it must ;

the purpose of making fine enlargements,
be printed four or five times deeper than an and your readers try it I am sure they
if

—
ordinary print in fact, until it is nearly will find it to be all that can be desired."

black all over. Then it may be washed in American Photographic Literature. —

the same way as any other prints to remove cannot close these Notes without congratu-
the free silver, and while still wet, before lating American photographers on the issue

toning, place it face downwards on a clean of such a valuable addition to the literature
glass free from speck«, and take an India- of the art as Mr. Elbert Anderson's "Sky-
rubber scraper and remove all the water light and Dark-room," which, in my per-
possible, or until all bubbles are removed. sonal estimation, is one of the most useful
Then let dry, and the paper and India-rub- books which have yet been issued in connec-
ber may then be removed by dipping a tuft tion with the art. The style is so clear and
of cotton-wool or a piece of soft rag in so captivating ; it deals with just the points
benzole, and rubbing for a little time on the on which the reader is most desirous of
back of the paper, which may then be information ; it is so full without being
stripped off", leaving the albumen film on redundant, and so terse and concise without
the glass, which may then be toned and ever being obscure. The excellence of the
fixed in any of the known baths. But the photographic illustrations, and the admira-
fixing solution should be much weaker than ble skill with which they are made to teach

that used for ordinary prints, as it would re- varied lessons, give unusual value to them.
duce the print too much. Curiously enough, photographic illustrations
" It must be remembered that the albumen have generally been rare in photographic
film does not look so dark on glass as it is works. America is showing the way, how-
on the paper by a long way; that is why ever, and in Mr. Anderson's work and
prints are made so black when printed in Bigelow's Album, to say nothing of the
the frame. The transparency done in this Philadelphia Photographer is showing how ,

way will be found to be a much finer film valuable to the craft such illustrations may
than any other method ; or by development, be made.
this film will enlarge six or eight diameters I conclude by wishing every reader a

more than a developed albumen film, as all happy and prosperous New Year.
developed films are more or less granular.
" It will be seen that there is only a little

trouble in albumenizing the paper, which THE LIBEL FUND.

can be done and put on one side until wanted, During the last month the following ad-
and made sensitive at the same time as the ditions to the " Libel been re- Fund" have
ordinary paper for printing, so that the ceived Fred. C. Low, Cambridge, Mass.,
:

whole of the process is very simple, and 0. C. Bundy, Helena, Mon., F. B. Clench,
there is not the slightest doubt that it pro- Lockport, 1ST. Y., and W. J. MacCormac,
duces one of the smoothest films known for Clarksville, Tennessee, each $5; E. J.
enlargements, or for making reversed nega- Chute, Lynn, Mass., $10 ; Albert Moore,
tives for the Woodburytype or Heliotype Philadelphia, and A. K. P. Trask, Phila-
processes. It is a muchthan one
finer film delphia, each $25 ; J. Paul Martin, Boone,
printed and developed on albumenized glass. Iowa, $1. Total, $81.
"In my hands the next best method is Benjamin French, Treasurer,
your collodio-chloride process, coating the 159 Washington Street, Boston.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. requires but a short exposure, and obviating

— Anderson's many operations, as cleaning, intensifying,

Trash's Practical Ferrotyper
Skylight and Dark-room — Pictures of the &c. The pictures so obtained are not to be

Vienna Exhibition Building — Congress of

printed, but only serve as models for the

German Photographers— Transit of Venus.

draughtsman a negative is therefore un-
;

necessary. There are undoubtedly many

With a great deal of pleasure I received other ways where the ferrotype process
two new works from America they really ; might be advantageouslj' practiced in place
should be translated into German. Works of the complicated negative process.
which have been written by practical men, Anderson's book model work. Goethe
is a
who not only understand the subject they says : "Who much
will bring some-
brings
are treating, but possess, also, the art of thing to a great many," and Mr. Anderson
expressing their ideas in a clear and con- should have chosen this as a motto for his
cise manner. One of these is Trask's Prac- book. It is a great advantage of the Eng-
tical Ferrotyper ; the other is Anderson's lish language, although it is a mixed one

Skylight and Dark room. (some British, some Latin, some German,
The ferrotype is a specific American style. all mixed together), that it permits of saying
Some time ago panotypes, or positives on a great deal in a few words. When I trans-
dark glass, were made here, but this is a long late a page of English into German, which
time ago the pictures were short-lived, and
;
I have to do very frequently, it generally
soon disappeared, and nowadays niany young takes one and a half pages to express the
photographers do not even know the name. same. Anderson employs this already con-
When I returned from America I brought densed language in a still more condensed
with me a number of ferrotypes, one con- form, and is enabled to master an abundance
taining fifty heads, taken on the same plate. of material, embracing the theory, the prac-
I took this curiosity to our Photographic tice, and the art of photography. The
Society, and by cutting the plate with a pair theory, however, fares the worst, for the
mem-
of scissors distributed the heads to the practical Anderson has an eye principally
bers of our Society. At that time many at- for what is practical. But, while giving
tempts were made to make similar pictures, due praise, I must say that the chapter on
but the matter was soon dropped. Want the nature of the invisible image (page 135)
of success discouraged many. A new pro- is treated in a rather too step-motherly a
cess is not practiced successfully on the first manner. I shall take occasion, at some
attempt ; everything has to be learned, and, future time, to correct the assertions made.
particularly in photography, experience in My unqualified satisfaction I must express
the routine of the manipulation is the main with the practical portions of the work, as,
thing; the more is it to be praised, when, for instance, the chapter on " The Sky-
from the only city which possesses a Fer- The Rectification of the Negative
light," "
rotypers' Association, from Philadelphia, Bath," "Details of Manipulation," "List
a man like Mr. Trask, whose ability I of Failures," " Something About We, Us,
know from the Cleveland Convention, lays Ourselves & Co.," and also the "General
down his experience in this branch of our Rules on Art as Applied to Photography."
art. I see that in England, also, the work To any one who desires to prepare him-
has found admirers. The book which I re- self for a thorough study of photography,
ceived unfortunately stayed but a short or who wants to take a general survey of
time in my possession. I had to give it to all the branches of the art, I should recom-

a friend, a Dr. Jaizer, who goes to Asia to mend Mr. Anderson's book and it is well ;

make anthropological studies, and to take that he, in due appreciation of the fact that
pictures of the different races of men. He photography needs a scientific basis, gives a

finds the ferrotype process particularly con- short abstract of physics and chemistry,
venient for this purpose, permitting him which contains the main principles, and
to work with a lesser quantity of chemicals, gives to the scholar material to think about.
with plates that are not so apt to break, and As rich as the book is in splendid form-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 25

ulae, and gives the rules for all possible already commenced. I mean the observa-
processes that are practiced in a model Venus, in 1874. From
tion of the transit of
atelier like that of Mr. Kurtz, still I miss a Professor Newcomb, in Washington, I re-
short notice of the carbon process, the Albert ceived a very interesting paper on this
and the Woodbury process. Perhaps this subject. He recommends to employ the
will be done in a second edition. method which is practiced at Cambridge for
I envy Mr. Anderson his rich illustra- observations under the direction of Pro-
tions, particularly the twelve photographs, fessor Wheelock. By this method the sun is
as practical examples of art photograph}^. photographed in the focus of a forty-feet
No work on photography has ever before telescope. The telescope is firmly fixed in
been gotten up in so splendid a style. Many a horizontal position, and the solar rays are
a one who takes hold of Mr. Anderson's thrown into the telescope by means of a
book and reads the "Contents," "Intro- heliostat. In this way an image of the sun
duction," "Something, Though Not Much," of about four and a half inches diameter is
&c will be surprised that the book con-
, obtained without secondary enlargement,
tains indeed much, very much. and affords great facilities for correct meas-
But I forget myself; I ought to write urement.
about photographic novelties in Germany, This is certainly a very simple arrange-
but in place of it I am writing about pho- ment for obtaining a largephotographic
tographic novelties in America. With us picture. In the present instance a different
the principal theme is the Vienna Exhibi-
method will be pursued, however. The cor-
tion Not much is said about it, but a great rectness of the measurement is influenced a
deal is done. The building is finished, and great deal by the contraction which the col-
the right to photograph in it is given to five lodion film suffers after being washed, and
gentlemen, whose work has already begun. this contraction is variable, being some-
The prints are not made by the silver pro- times different in one direction than in an-
cess, but by the " Lichtdruck" of Mr Ober- other, being greater lengthwise than cross-
netter, Munich. This is perhaps the
in wise. Counsellor Paschen has experimented
greatest work which has ever been under- on subject and found that collodion
this
taken by the " Lichtdruck" process, for the filmson a substratum of albumen contract
edition of many of the sheets will, it is said, sometimes ^^ of their length, and the con-
reach a million prints. The question to traction crosswise is of different propor-
hold a congress of photographers during the tions. This, of course, will make exact
time of the exhibition has been ventilated a measurement impossible. In order to ob-
good deal. The splendid success of the viate this objectionable feature, the prefer-
meetings of the National Photographic ence is given here to a shorter telescope
Association have given a new impulse to and to place in the focus of the objective a
the idea. Already in 1869, in Hamburg, glass plate covered with crossbars of very
during the time of the exhibition, a meeting fine lines, the distances of which are known.
of photographers was called and carried The picture of the sun and the system of
into effect, while at the same time a com- lines are photographed and enlarged to-
mittee was appointed to designate the time gether,and this network furnishes the rule
when and where the next meeting should by which to measure the surface of the sun,
take place. Unfortunately, however, the and exact measurement may be made even
committee did nothing, and the prospects if the film should contract a little. It will
for a Vienna congress are not very flattering. be easy to establish correctly the centre of
The G-erman photographers are not so fond the sun's disk, as well as the centre of Ve-
of travelling as the Americans, nor do they nus.
show the same willingness to bear the ex- Still another method has been proposed,
penses which are necessarily connected with to avoid this error caused by contraction of
such an exhibition the film, namely, to dispense with collodion
In the meantime, however, the prepara- altogether, and to employ daguerreotype
tions for another photographic work have plates instead. In no network of
this case
26 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
lineswould be necessary, as the daguerreo- laudation for success, are too apt to sacrifice
type plate does not alter its proportions. principle for the few dollars that come in
Then will the old daguerreotype process be their way." How true that is! —At the
once more restored to an honorable position. late fair of the American Institute, New
At all events, many more
experiments will York, Mr. William Kurtz received, at the
be necessary in order to reach that degree hands of the Fine Art Judiciary, for his
of exactness which is demanded of the pho- plain photographs, " The Institute Medal of
tographs of this interesting phenomenon. Special Award ;" for his craj'on photographs,
In conclusion, allow me wish to all the
to for his india inks, for his porcelain paintings,
readers of the Philadelphia Photographer •,
for his crayon drawings, and for his oil
and particularly to its zealous editor, a very paintings, the highest praise, and mentioned
Happy New Year. as deserving of the special award. We con-
Dr. H. Vogel. gratulate him. —The British Journal, in
speaking of Trash's Practical Ferrotyper,
says it " gives plain and practical directions

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. by which to secure the best results, and we

"We shall preserve the memory of our do not conceive it possible for any intelligent
younger companion magazine, now de- person to fail in achieving perfect success if

ceased, by dedicating this department of our he adheres to Mr. Trask's directions." An —

Magazine to its memory, giving in it short amateur photographic association has been
items of news, notes, novelties, sayings,
formed in New South Wales, Australia.
&c, from all parts of the photographic Some photographers in London seem to feel
world. We invite all to send us such items that every one exhibiting anything for sale

continually. at their annual exhibition does them a per-

sonal injury. How absurd this is ! Pho-
Mr. F. Gutekunst, of this city, and Mr.
tographers from a distance who go to an
Alexander Gardner, of Washington, D. C,
exhibitionwant to see a display of every-
have made admirable pictures of Prof. John
thing pertaining to their work. Suppose
Tyndall, the eminent Alpine climber and
such exhibitors do " make money out of the
lecturer on light. —
Mr. George 0. Brown, exhibition." They are entitled to it if they
of Baltimore, Md., has retired from the
editorship of Mr. Walzl's Photographer's
—
do as they do here give freely of their
means, without ostentatious show, for the
Friend, and joined the staff of the Philadel-
—
phia Photographer. Query: Wat is the
support of the exhibition. — The Berlin So-
ciety has arranged for regular correspond-
sine of the times wen you see a " artest"
ence with Dr. Hildebrandt, now travelling
(heven spair the term!) ophering to make
in Africa, and M. Kleinwachter, the Prus-
cheep wurk to " kill out" hiz naber ? Ans-
where: An aukshuneer's sine, sum time. sian Consul at Hong Kong, China. The —
Mr. B. W. Kilburn has sent us an excellent College de France, in Paris, is to have a

stereoscopic snow view, made on a plate —

photographic laboratory. Dr. Vogel is the
which he exposed three seconds, and devel- first professor of photography appointed by

oped with a developer made of water, 16 —

any government. The International Exhi-
ounces; iron, 1 ounce; acetic acid, No. 8, bition in Vienna opens in May. Three —
5 ounce. It seems almost incredible. Dr. — French photographers have been made
J. Fletch Woodward says the beauties of Chevaliers of the Legion of Honor for their
the stereoscope led him to take up photog- useful services during the late war. —We
raphy as an amateur, and from that to em- expect Mr. Simpson's Year-Book of Pho-
bark in the art for a livelihood. Wen you — tography for 1873 about the middle of Jan-
see a artist (?) ass-herting konfidentlee thet uary. — Mr J. Carbutt, Superintendent
he knose it all, end hez no nead of books American Photo-relief Printing Company,
to rede on the subjek, then tell me, which 1002 Arch Street, Philadelphia, has pro-
ass is hert the most ? —
A correspondent says duced some admirable lantern slides from
" Men who shrink from educated competi- some of Mr. Eutherfurd's negatives of the
tion, and depend mainly upon their self- moon.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 27

^^l^l? lnl=,l;1 bnl=1 ^U U Lr

,l 1 1 1 b,b,bL-,l=,fa,U,LnLnl=1 l

Does Mr. Marston use Trapp & Munch

paper, and what strength of fixing solu-
tion ?

Mr. Taylor does not give strength of fix-

ing solution, nor whose paper.
Am in trouble about retouching nega-
tives. Where can 1 quickest and best learn
how?
H. H. F.

JEW5E^^&faU,b^Lnfafa hbhLnUiL,hhU,L-,lJ L-,L-,LJ,ll

If Mr. Anderson's book or Sphynx can

We should be glad if Sphynx could have

explain my trouble it will be worth fifty
dollars to me. I make up a new bath, and
a happier New Year than last year was.
the first plate I dip is covered with scum,
Please keep it supplied.
and by the time a half dozen have been
dipped the scum is fearful, growing worse
Answers. as the bath gets older, and I have to evap-

Louisville, Nov. 22d, 1872.

orate and make up a new bath. What is
the trouble ? Tell me.
I see in Sphynx a question asked how to E. W. E.
clear up a black bath, and if there is no
answer ahead of this that is better, I will
try to answer it. The way I clear them From the description thatour friend gives

up is very simple, and in fact a very good of his "trouble" I should judge the col-
as well as the best way I know of, which is lodion to be in fault. It is impossible to
to make a solution of permanganate of pot- answer with any degree of certainty with-
ash, fifteen grains to an ounce of water (dis- out knowing all the conditions. If the scum
tilled), and as soon as the paper has been only comes on when he dips his plates, the

excited I filter the bath, and add fifteen or bath cannot be held responsible. First, try

twenty drops of the permanganate solution the best commercial collodion, and you will
and shake well, then set in the sun. By know then that the collodion is not the
next day it is clear (that is fifteen or twenty cause. "trouble" then occurs it
If the
drops to half a gallon of silver solution or will be necessary to see whether you use a

bath). A bath will work longer and better rubber or a glass bath. Nothing can be
that way than any other that I have ever worse than one of those rubber baths. Again
tried. I have the care of all the printing we ask, does he use potassium in his col-

solutions of the gallery, and have to keep lodion?

them in order, and the above is the best Sphyxx.
and most simple.
Tours truly, I have been troubled to get brilliant
A. L. W. prints lately during cold weather. I came
L. S. Washburne's Gallery. out of my stick beautifully on Saturday,
and improved on it to-day. I had been
Queries. using a thirty-grain bath, floating one min-
ute. I strengthened to forty and silvered
If Sphynx is not dead, I should like to one minute and found but little difl'erence
ask if it will do to use alum and glycerin silvered three minutes and a marked im-
both in the same bath in silvering Trapp provement. To-day made it 50° (Pile's),
& Munch paper, and in what proportion to silvered one and a half minutes and the re-
the ounce or ounces ? Will an old negative sult is good. I won't get into that stick
bath make a good silvering solution ? again. I had the same trouble last winter
I do not understand recipe in second on O'Neil's bath.
column on page 386, on top of page. J.
28 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER.
OUR PICTURE. pasteboard a camera obscura. The little
"We have been repeatedly asked to give class-book did not satisfy him any longer,
our readers the portraits of some of the dis- and in order to procure a larger one, he
tinguished workers in and for photography, saved for six months his spending-money of
and thus add great interest to our pictures. about three cents a week. In his leisure
There are many things against such a hours he generally visited those places,
course. We could not make a selection of where he could see steam engines or loco-
those whom we consider most worthy of motives.
such distinction, without being accused of It was his desire to become an engine
partiality,and without exciting some feel- builder, but at that time it was usual in

ing perhaps on the part of those who were Germany that the son should follow the
left out. We have concluded, however, to occupation of the father, and against his
indulge our readers two or three times in will he was forced into a commercial career.
the present volume of the Photographer in As such he had to serve a four years' ap-
the direction named, and have pleasure in prenticeship, and making paper bags,
beginning the work with the portrait of a grinding coffee, carrying bundles, cleaning
gentleman whom many of you personally lamps, &c, constituted, at that time, the
know and value as a friend, with whose main occupation of a commercial appren-
writings and faithful devotion to our art tice. At last, when he had reached his
you are very familiar, a gentleman who is twentjeth year, his father consented to his
universally esteemed by you, a gentleman attending college. He visited fir.-t the poly-
whose picture you will all be glad to see, technical school at Frankfort-on-the-Oder.
and towards whom no one indulges any- After eighteen months of study he passed
thing but the kindliest feeling. It is the successfully the examination which entitled
portrait of our old warm-hearted friend, him to attend gratis the polytechnicum, at

contributor, and co-worker, Prof. Hermann Berlin, for three years. Already his predi-
Vogel, Ph.D , of Berlin, Prussia. lection for chemistry had developed itself,
In embellishing the first number of our and he made this science his special study.
new volume with his picture, we are quite Besides he employed the many opportuni-
sure that we shall excite no ire or no jeal- ties which the large city offered to complete

ous feeling, and therefore we do it gladly. his education. Having worked for a short

To add interest to it we will add a sketch time chemist in a Wiirtemberg sugar fac-
as

of the life show

of Dr. Vogel, in order to tory, he received a call to Berlin to become

how one may from the humblest sort

rise an assistant of Professors Dore and Kam-
of a home to great eminence in our art and melsberg at the Berlin Polytechnical Acad-
in the world if he be studious, industrious, emy in 1860 he passed his examination, as
;

and deserving, and desirous himself of
doing well.
Dr. Hermann Vogel was born on the
twenty-sixth of March, 1834, in the small
village of Dobrilitsh, sixteen miles to the
south of Berlin. His father, who still lives,
carried on a retail grocery store, and up to
his eleventh year young Vogel attended the
public school of his native village, and
as he stated himself, he was neither distin-
guished by diligence or good behavior.
After having completed his eleventh year
he was sent to the Freemasons' Institution
at Dresden, where he received his first in-
struction in the natural sciences.
In his thirteenth year he constructed
electrical machine, and made also from
teacher of the natural sciences. In the same
year he published in Poggendorf's Annals
his first essay on natural history, entitled,
"The Kelations between Elasticity, Specific
and Atomic Weights, and the Coefficient of
Expansion." At the same time he received
the position of a custodian of the mineral-
ogical museum at Berlin. Experiments in
silvering glass led him to a closer study of the
physical nature of the precipitates of silver.
In 1861 he published the results of his in-
vestigation for theAcademy under the title,
" The Conditions in which Silver is Precipi-
tated when Reduced by the Wet Process."
This work brought him in contact with
an photography.
An artist who possessed a photographic
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 29

atelier requested him to devise ways and the title, " Photography at the London Ex-
means how to utilize the silver residues. hibition of 1863." It was his book and
first

Then it was that he entered for the first time had two editions. The success achieved
a dark-room, and became acquainted with spurred him to work with increased zeal
a number of hitherto unknown processes. for the development of photography ; at

Development, intensification, toning; all that time he discovered the cause why the
this fascinated him so much that he read all collodion film is frequently dissolved by the
the photographic books he could get hold varnish, and also the means to prevent it.
of. Unfortunately, however, they contained These observations were published in Liese-
nothing but formulas, but no scientific ex- gang's Archiv. He made further experi-
planation of the wonderful phenomena he ;
ments with chloride, bromide, and iodide of
now tried to explain himself the mystery, silver, and fixed their photo-chemical be-

and for this purpose experiments were com- havior, for which work the Gottingen Uni-
menced at once. At this time he became versity awarded to him the title of " Doctor,"
acquainted with Mr. Loescher, now a mem- in 18«3. In November, 1863, a photo-
ber of the celebrated firm of Loescher & graphic society was formally organized. In
Petsch. LrescbtT at that time was operator 1864 it was deemed necessary to start a
for Mr. Gunther, and he instructed Dr. journal in the interest of photography, and
Vogel in the most important manipulations the independent editorship was intrusted to
in photography. Dr. Vogel now tried him- Dr. Vogel. The publication was called Die
self practically in the museum a great many
; Photogrctphisch.es Mittheilungen ; the one
drawings had to be made after microscopic hundredth number appeared in 1872. From
objects, and a great deal of money had to be this time hence all his energies were devoted
spent in this way. He proposed to photo- to photography he was no longer able to
;

graph these objects, and the experiment suc- attend to his duties as custodian of the min-
ceeded. His first photograph was, in fact, eralogical museum, and resigned this posi-
a micro-photograph made in 1862. In this tion, although with a heavy heart. But
way a number of microscopic enlargements the Society saved him any pecuniary loss by
of sections of meteors were made, which making the Mittheilungen his personal prop-
were afterwards published by Gustav Rose, erty. Soon afterwards a new and grand
in 1863, in his work on Meteorites. The Lon- project excited all his attention it was the ;

don exhibition interrupted, for a short time, International Exhibition of Photography

the studies of Dr. Vogel the view of this
; in Berlin, 1865; it was the first exhibition
collection filled him with astonishment and of the kind in Berlin, and spread an inter-
admiration. Shortly before this time he est for photography through all the circles
published his first purely photographic essay of society. " It became a school for all pho-
in Ballmann's Photographic Monthly for tographers, and also for me," writes Dr.
September, 1862. The name of this treatise Vogel. It was the reason why photography
was, " On Finely Divided Silver and the was introduced as a study into the Boyal
Developing Process." Simultaneously he Polytechnical Academy at Berlin.
published in the report of the Berlin Acade- Already in 1863 he delivered lectures be-
my of Sciences some new observations on fore this institution on photographic chemis-
crystallized oxide of silver and carbonate try and photographic optics. In 1865 the
of silver. "One sees," he stated at the experimental atelier was founded, and Dr.
time, "that I had a great deal to do with Vogel nominated as its chief. He was now
silver, but very little of, this noble metal able to carry on experiments to the fullest
was in my His trip to London
pockets." extent. In 1867 he went, as a member of
lasted four weeks. was here where he
It the jury, to the Paris Exposition, a post
learned his first few words of the English which gave him but little pleasure ; not all
language. All his time, daring his stay in the exhibitors could receive medals, and
London, was devoted to the photographic many became dissatisfied and soon enough
division of the exhibition, and the results he should feel their discontent. In 1868 he
of his observations were published under was ordered to accompany the expedition to
30 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Aden to assist in the observation of the total piest days of my life hundreds of brave;

eclipse of the gun. The expedition proved men, photographers, manufacturers, and
successful, and commenced its preparations men of science became my friends. I col-
for the return voyage. In Egj^pt, however, lected a fund of new impressions, and par-
another work was to be executed by the ex- ticularly an admiration of American pho-
pedition —
the ruins were to be photographed. tography.
Dr. Vogel went to Upper Egypt, and after " With pain I bade farewell to America;
an absence of fourteen weeks he returned my hope to make it my permanent home
to his home. The extraordinary exertions has not been realized, and I remain on the
in a hot climate had proved injurious to his soilon which I have lived and worked for
health. photography for more than ten years."
He recovered but slowly from his suffer- He returned to Europe when the Franco-
ing; a long-continued inability to sleep German war was raging. He himself
remained, which only would yield to the intended to join in the struggle, but
newly-discovered chloral hydrate. the English expedition to observe an-
His scientific labors, however, continued other solar eclipse called him to Sicily.
uninterruptedly ; we omit to state them in He started, in mid-winter at Catania; the
detail, but refer to the pages of the Phila- party suffered shipwreck, but saved every-
delphia Photogi'apher, of "which, in 1865, he thing.In company of Iloscoe, Brown, and
became a contributor, and has since con- Darwin he ascended Mount JEtna, for the
tinued such. purpose of observation, but luck turned
His main desire was, however, to finish against the expedition the unfavorable ;

his Handbook. Already he had worked on weather made all their efforts fruitless.
it for three years, wishing to make it an Since then he has not left his home. His
instructor in science and art, instead of a aim is now as ever the promotion of pho-
mere cookery-book containing formulae. tography. "Photography," he writes,
Scarcely had the last sheet of manuscript "offers such a wonderfully interesting field
left his hands, when he received a cable to the investigator. A hundred years ago,
dispatch from his friend Kurtz, in New only a single object sensitive to light was
York, viz. " You are respectfully invited,
: known, namely, chloride of silver now we ;

by the American Photographers, to attend know more than a hundred invisible rays ;

the Cleveland Exhibition," &c. of light, formerly unknown, have been dis-
"This dispatch," writes Dr. Vogel, "was covered ; a new science, photo-chemistry,
an event ; it created universal astonish- owes to photography its origin. Still more
ment it was considered a mystification,
;
important is our art in its application ;
it

and I almost doubted its real meaning my-
self, when a letter from Mr. E. Anthony
and.E. L. Wilson dispelled all doubts by stat-
ing that I was invited to be the guest of the
American Photographers, and
has become serviceable to every science, and
even to trade and commerce. Everything
which requires pictorial illustration, be it
for pleasure, for instruction, or as an adver-
to take up tisement, avails itself of photography ; it is

my residence at their homes. The desired a new way of writing which fixes the ap-
leave of absence was granted, and on May pearance and multiplies it, the same as the

the 6th I steamed for America. Shall I art of printing fixes thoughts. The im-
describe my three months' stay in America? portance of photography will and must
The readers of these pages know it already. increase irresistibly, and to work for its
Wherever I went I was received as an old progress I consider the best purpose of my
friend —
a brother. The glorious days of life."

the Cleveland Convention, the happy days Thus we have the story of a short but
which I spent in New York, Philadelphia, eventful life — one that started in rather
Cincinnati, Chicago, St. Louis, Niagara deep shadows, with but little detail, but
Palls, Toronto, Montreal, Quebec, Little- which gradually arose to the charm of
ton, Boston, Albany, Troy, &c, &c. Never glowing middle-tints, going through all the
shall I forget them. These were the hap- gradations, where we must now leave our
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 31

esteemed friend, wishing him a bright and are known as design No. 26 in their cat-
career in the future of photography. He alogue. A further description will be found
is even now one of its highest lights, hut in our specialties column. The signature
he will live to see greater things in our art isufac simile of that of our " old friend,"
than any of us have any conception of, for and is very perfect, and just as he always
photography is yet only an infant. signs his letters to us.
The negatives which were used for our The query may arise in the minds of those
purpose were made by Messrs. Lcescher & who know the difficulty of cutting out
Petsch, the eminent photographers in Ber- prints oval in shape, how did any one ever
lin,and were recently taken. We see but cut out the thousands of prints oval, neces-
littlechange in the face and form of our sary for the Philadelphia Photographer, and
friend since he was our guest in 1870. Long to such we answer that it was done in short
may he live to lead us and work with us for order with one of Prof. Robinson's splendid
the advancement of photography. little"trimmers," which works like a
Our prints were made by Messrs. Dinmore charm. The finish which it gives to the
& Wilson, No. 7 N. Charles Street, Balti- edge of the print will be noticed. We have
more, Md., on Mr. J. K. Clemons's new not seen anything so handy and so useful
albumen paper. The mounts were made as it is for a long time. Two ovals can be cut
by Messrs. A. M. Collins, Son & Co., Phil- out while one square one is done with the
adelphia, and are a specimen of a new style knife. A few remarks on the stretching of
of oval cabinets or "Imperial" mounts, these prints we reserve for another time.

The World came to an end successfully as Photographic Mosaics, 1873, has met a most
announced ; $3 a volume for its remains. flattering reception, and is giving universal
satisfaction to all who read it. By consulting
To Correspondents. — Do not, please, write the advertisement you will see that it contains
your contributions in verse. It is something to much of real value and interest to you, no mat-
do, but it takes up a great deal of space to give ter what department of the art you work in. Its

vent to a few practical ideas. Let us have your price is fifty cents, post-paid, and all dealers
thoughts, but make them short and to the point, supply it.

for our space is always c-r-o-w-d-e-d.

Lantern Slides of the Boston Ruins. Mr. —
To the Secretaries of Societies. — Please J. W. Black, Boston, has sent us some admirable
send us a copy of your minutes at the earliest lantern slides of the Boston ruins, copies of
possible date after your meeting. It will oblige which he offers for sale, together with many
us very much, and is just as easy. Give us the hundreds of other subjects of foreign and home
practical part and not the routine work. scenery, comic pictures, &o. Please read his
advertisement.

To Everybody. —A man about five feet six

inches high, say fifty-five years old, rather cor- Mr. J. Pitcher Spooner, Stockton, Califor-
pulent and gray, is going the rounds of the trade nia, made us a pleasant call (much too short)
begging, on the plea that he is a brother of the other day. He is a live young photographer,
Messrs. J. W. Black, G. S. Bryant, and other and a good one too. He left us a handsome pic-
respectable men of Boston. He is said to be a ture of a monster California haystack, group of
fraud. Govern yourselves accordingly. We workmen, &c. which is a pretty picture and an
,

have had a "call" from him. excellent photograph.

32 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHER.

Lantern Slides of Foreign Scenery. — To- it is very creditable both to publishers and
gether with a lot for some personal friends we author, and will be found very useful not only
have imported a very fine series of Messrs. Leon to ferrotypers, but to all who have the good sense
& Levy's French lantern slides, embracing views to read what is published concerning the art
in Egypt, China, Japan, Syria, Pyrenees, Spain, photographic. We have permission from the
Alps, England, Switzerland, Turkey,
France, publishers to make extracts from the work, but
Italy, Russia, Prussia, &c, &c. We will sell the pressure upon us for space prevents our
them at most favorable rates. Prices on appli- doing so this month. We may have the chance
cation to the publishers of this magazine. to do so at another time.

Illinois Industrial University. — The

School of Mechanical Engineering of the Illi- Admirable Lantern Exhibition. — We were
nois Industrial University, at Champaign, Illi present at the Franklin Institute on Friday
nois, is in a very flourishing condition. It occu- evening, December ]3th instant, at the invita-

pies one-half of a three-story building, 128 by tion of the Photographic Society of Philadel-
88 feet, in which an iron- and wood-working shop phia, and witnessed an exhibition of the magic
are in constant operation, the motive power be- lantern that was certainly one of the best ever

ing a sixteen horse-power engine, made by the given in Philadelphia. The President of the
students. Its success in the practical part of its Society made a few remarks before the enter-
instruction is fully demonstrated in the work- tainment, saying " that the members had for
manship displayed by Robinson's Improved Pho- some months desired to give an exhibition of
tograph Trimmer, advertised on another page, lantern slides for the gratification of their friends,
which are wholly the product of students engaged and had selected this evening for the first of a
in the mechanical laboratory of the above- series that it was proposed to give during the
named school.' winter." He called attention to the fact that
almost all of the slides were made by members
Mr. B. H. Howe, the enterprising stock-
of this Society. It would require too much
dealer of Columbus, Ohio, snys, " We have got a
space to enter into a full description of all the
rousing list of subscribers for the Photographer
pictures shown during the evening, but a por-
for 1873, and you will say so when you see it."
tion may be mentioned as some of the most in-
This sort of news we like to get. Mr. Howe evi-
teresting : Frostwork on a Window-pane, by Win.
dently understands his business.
L. Shoemaker Fairmount Park and Wissahic-
;

Since writing the above, Mr. Howe says

kon, by John Moran
Ruins of Boston Fire, by
;

"Send on twenty-five more Anderson's book.

J. W. B!ack Instantaneous Marine Views, by
;

The thirty sent recently are all gone. Also put

John C. Browne, Woodbury slides.; "Expres-
inclosed on the cover of one hundred copies of
sive Pets," by Landy, Cincinnati, Ohio; Niagara
Mosaics, and send them on quick. Also put a
Falls, winter, negatives by Messrs. Bierstadt &
page advertisement in the journal for us."
Barker, slides by Wm. L. Shoemaker, and Wood-
How(e) is that ? Please see the 0. P. C. S. bury process Animals from Life, by Schreiber
;

We must not forget to say that Mr. Preston Brothers, and Woodbury process Union Pacific ;

C. Nason is with Mr. Howe, and he is a real live

Railway Negatives, by W. H. Jackson, slides by
jmsher.
Win. L. Shoemaker Statuary, by John Car-;

The Ferrotype and How to Make It, by butt, Woodbury slides Arctic Scenery, &c, Ac.;

Edward M. Estabrooke, New York. Gatchell Various miscellaneous slides made by Wallace,
& Hyatt, publishers, Cincinnati, Ohio, and Louis- Borda, and others appeared to good advantage
ville, Kentucky. Cloth, 200 pages, $1.50. Con- on the screen. The
oxy-hydrogen li^ht was.
tains two ferrotypes serving as the advertisements managed by Messrs. Moore, Carbutt, and Shoe-
of rival manufacturers of ferrotype plates. This maker. The pictures were described by Messrs.
is a very elaborate work, written in a pleasing Browne and Moore, in a manner satisfactory to
style by one of the best of ferrotypers and one the assembled company.
thoroughly competent to teach. Instead of Over two hundred slides were shown, and we
giving us only such instructions as are neces- noticed particularly the excellent qualities of a
sary to make good ferrotypes as Mr. Trask does, large number of them. The Woodbury photo
the author goes to much trouble in compiling relief process was well represented. Although
a very interesting history of the collodion posi- the slides made by the silver process were ad-
tive from its through its troubled youth
birth, mirable, yet there was a brilliancy and delicacy
up to its present state, in which he has been of tone observed in the Woodbury pictures that
assisted by the late V. M. Griswold. As a whole distinguished them at once.
^fe=^
 THE

kiktWtyta Ifkfltflgrajrker,

Vol. X. FEBRUARY, 1873. No. 110.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

Fifth Annual Exhibition and Meeting- arrangements soon. They will be similar to
those of former occasions.
of the N. P. A.
Let every live photographer in the land,
The fifth annual meeting and exhibition who can, be present and have examples of
of the National Photographic Association his work displayed. Unusual effort is being
of the United States will be held in Buffalo, put forth by the Executive Committee to
N. T., beginning Tuesday, May 13th. All induce a larger display of foreign work than
photographers, at home and abroad, whether ever before. All foreign photographers are
members of the Association or not, are cor- invited to exhibit.
dially invited to be present and to exhibit. Unusually favorable terms will be secured
No effort will be spared to make the whole from the railway and steamboat companies,
grand affair one of instruction and value to in all parts of the country. Elegant excur-
every photographer who may attend upon sions, low fares, and
accommodations.
fine
it. Everything is being done, also, to make A special excursion to Niagara Falls is also
the enjoyment of the occasion as great, and expected. You can hardly approach Buf-
to cost as little, as possible. falo from any direction without having a
The Exhibition will be held in the City most delightful excursion.
Kink, which is large and light, and well By order of the Executive Committee.
adapted for the purpose. W. J. Baker,
The meetings of the Association will be Local Secretary, Buffalo, N. Y.
most interesting and useful, and will be Edward L. Wilson,
conducted on an entirely new plan, arranged Permanent Secretary,
to facilitate the routine work and for the Seventh and Cherry Sts., Philadelphia.
greater benefit of those who attend them for
instruction. Pull particulars soon.
Besides the business meetings, practical Libel Law and Unjust Rulings.
papers are expected from leading men in '
another editor "guilty" of doing his
the art ; also discussions on the production DUTY.
of work, the progress of photography, ap- One of the editors of The Press, in this
prenticeship, &c.,&c. Lectures on art are city, who in the interests of the public has
also expected, with lantern illustrations, by been making earnest and honest effort to
some of the members of the Association. break up a gang of scoundrels who plunder
The Local Secretary will report his further and murder through secret agencies, has
34 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER,
been sued by one of the gentlemen (?) of could not be technically proven in court
the gang for defaming his character (?), which ought to be published — which are of
and has been found "guilty." As the suit a character that would put the public on
was a criminal one, unless some good for- their guard, and incite to vigilance and in-

tune intervenes our fellow-editor must go quiry, and which, if published, would re-
to prison and suffer for the crimes of others. strain lawless men both in and out of office.

"We assure him of our cordial sympathy, These are in the nature of clues and warn-
and we can sympathize with him as few ings to the masses of the people, who cannot
can, for we, too, have suffered disgrace, in- otherwise be informed of what it is of im-
carceration for a short time, and severe loss portance for them to know, in order to be
of time and money for doing what he has able to keep a more watchful guard over
done, namely, striving to guard his patrons their own interests and those of their neigh-
from imposition and plunder. It is hard bors as portions of the community at large.
thus to suffer, and yet, when one suffers for To assume malice from the mere fact of the
doing right, there is a sweet satisfaction publication of matter of this kind; to hold
about it which only the suffering can feel. that the publisher shall not be allowed to
Such constructions as have been put upon prove the attending circumstances which
the law of libel by the court lately are most influenced his judgment as to the necessity
unrighteous and unjust. The fact of the or the propriety of the publication ;
or when
matter is, the laws were made for the puri- he put upon his proof as to the truth of
is

tans and not for the rogues and rascals of
the present day. The Public Ledger, of this
citjr, gives us some good thoughts on the
Subject, which we quote from as follows:
.... "The law as it stands may have
fitted the times when there was less venality,
abuse, and corruption to be investigated than
at the present day; but it has become inap-
plicable to existing circumstances. In ad-
dition to this the judicial rulings under the
law are changeable and conflicting, being
sometimes broad and considerate, and at
others narrow, rigid, and severe. And it
occasionally happens that the narrow and
rigid construction is applied in cases where
the broadest and most considerate ruling
would have been in the public interest. Of
course we understand that newspapers ought
to be responsible for wanton, malicious
abuses of the liberty of the press,' and that
'
they ought to be as diligent and as careful
to be right as the nature of any given case
will admit. But to presume malice because
of an error in a statement of alleged fact, or
because of an incidental collocation of words,
or to assume malice at all without permitting
the whole surroundings of the case to be ex-
amined, is against the manifest interests of
society, because such law or such ruling
what is published to hold him to the tech-
nical legal proof of every word or inference
growing out of unavoidable expressions or
incidental collocations of words; to assume
and hold these positions by law or judicial
ruling are not only deplorable absurdities
but monstrous wrongs, not to the publisher
alone, but to the safety of society.
.... "Would the gigantic robberies
and atrocious outrages committed against
—
the people of New York exposed, broken
up practically, annihilated by the almost
reckless boldness of a single newspaper
ever have been exposed if such law as we
are discussing here had been applied to that
newspaper? Never in the world. But that
newspaper, on sufficient grounds for moral
conviction, held the scoundrels up to public
execration as 'thieves' and 'robbers,' as
they were, at a time when there was no
technical evidence that would have proved
a technical larceny to the value of one
dollar."
For the small portion of the public which
we represent, we say amen to this. There
never was a business so subject to robbery
and plunder and imposition as ours was
when we took up the pen in its behalf.
Moreover the then existing " press, all 1
'

shackles the usefulness of the most potent since deceased, took sides very often with
guardian of popular rights and the public the rascals and scoundrels who would rob
welfare — the newspaper press. its readers. We set out with the determi-
.... "There are many matters that nation to fight against all wrong practiced
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
against our patrons. It hardly comes within Harmony Between the Collodion and
the province of an editor to do so, person- the Negative Bath.
ally, other than with his pen, but we put BY ELBERT ANDERSON.
our shoulder to the wheel too. We meant
I asked myself some time ago, "Why
no wrong to any one, but right for all. do we make our negative bath forty-five
Unfortunately we made an accidental slip,
grains of silver to the ounce ?" and received
and the court said it was "malicious." We
the usual answer: "Don't know nothing
got, off with a great loss of time and a loss
about it "
of $3500, on our own part, and considerable
It would appear that formerly we iodized
on the part of others, but we believe we our collodion five grains for a bath of forty-
did right, and that our readers are all en-
five grains, and 1 was led to suppose the
joying the fruits of it. Of course we regret
best effects were probably produced by this
the loss, but we know many good friends
method of procedure; though why?
would make it up if they could, those to
Later, we find iodizing the collodion as
whom our loss has been gain ; but whether
high as seven grains and working clown to
they do or not, we are just as determined as
forty-two grains in the bath produces as good
ever to "show up" any outrages that are
results. Acting on this hint, I iodized my
practiced against you, no matter by whom.
collodion eight grains and worked my bath
At the same time we hope to show the ex-
at forty grains, still with satisfactory results.
tremest courtesy to the laws of the land,
I determined to persevere, and iodized
and the most profound respect for the hon-
another sample ten grains and reduced my
orable court that decides one way one day
bath to thirty-five grains. I perceived, or
and another the next, according to well, — thought I did (which is the same thing to
it might be " malicious " to say, what. Let
me), a diminution of time, and still with
us hope that sensible legislators will soon
good effects. Nothing daunted (that never
change the laws.
pays, you know), I iodized another batch of
collodion to twelve grains and still further
reduced the bath to thirty grains, with fully
NELSON'S PHOTOGRAPHIC as good results. "Good," said I, " keep it

GELATINE. up." I am now using a collodion iodized to

Those of our readers who have to do

thirteen grains, and my bath is down to
twenty-five grains. The decrease in time is
with gelatine, knowing its obstreperous
so evident, without loss of chemical effects,
nature, will be glad to know that Messrs.
that I determined to remit you the result of
Nelson & Co., London, are preparing the
these experiments. To avoid, however,
article especially for photographic use. We
running any risks in the matter, I com-
have received samples of it from the Ameri-
municated this to Mr. Faris, an operator in
can agents, Messrs. C. J. Fell & Bro., and
this city, and received from him the follow-
it is most excellent, being readily soluble,
ing letter
clean, and nice. For mounting paste it has
no equal. We commend it to allwho know New York, January 6th, 1873.

the value of a good article, and to those who Mr. Anderson.

need to know. There are two qualities of Dear At your suggestion I made a col-
Sir :

this gelatine. No. 1 is suitable for auto- lodion to your direction, thirteen
according
type or carbon printing, the Woodbury and grains iodide and bromide, and reduced my bath
Eburneum processes, photolithography, gel- to twenty-eight grains (I used forty formerly),

atine iron developer, mounting and enamel- and I am happy to state that I am delighted

ling photographs, and other purposes where with the result, and can conscientiously affirm
that there is a decided shortening of time, with
a readily soluble gelatine is required. No.
effect as good as formerly.
2 is suitable for the heliotype and photo-me-
chanical processes, transfer paper in carbon
Very respectfully,
Faris.
printing, salted paper, and other purposes
where a less soluble article is required. Should this meet the eye of any experi-
 36 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGEAPHEE.
mental photographer, I trust he may try it, gether, and a beautiful canary-colored pre-
it may lead to important modifications. cipitate is the result. This will soon settle
When we consider that a bath of three gal- to the bottom. Now pour off the liquid and
lons at forty-five grains requires thirty-four fill up with water, shake well, and let it
ounces of silver, and the same bath at twenty- settle, then again pour off and fill up as be-
five requires but twenty ounces of silver, fore. Do this until the liquid is as clear as
the saving enormous. Again, it is gener-
is the water when added.
This indicates that
ally suggested to reduce the bath in summer all of the potash (from iodide of potassium),

now as I am working in the severest winter, has been removed, leaving you in possession
great modification may ensue in a warmer of pure iodide of silver. Now pour off as
temperature. near every drop of water that remains in
If this be worthy a notice in your widely the bottle as you can, and add all of the pre-

circulated journal, it is freely yours. cipitate to your forty-eight ounces of silver

solution. Do not fear getting in too much,
as the solution will only take so much and
no more. Now filter, and there will remain
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT. in the filterall of the iodide not taken up
BY I. B. WEBSTER. by the silver, and all of the organic matter
Ninthly, Silver Solutions. In our last — thrown down by the sun. Pour this solu-
we detailed a method for preparing glass tion in the bath dish and try a plate. You
for negatives, and to make such prepared can judge by the appearance of the devel-

glass useful we must know what to do with oped plate as to its condition, and in case
it. There are two solutions to be prepared acid is needed, the test made with the blue

before we can go any farther with them, litmus paper as directed will aid your judg-
and it matters very little which we take in ment as to quantity. Go slow in adding
hand first. I therefore choose the one at acid, for remember that the full effect of
the head of this paper for my ninthly. I the acid is not shown until some time after
have had experiences of various kinds which its addition. It is better when time will

I should be glad to give in full, as I am allow to add the acid at night and leave it

fully convinced that all of them would be until morning, when a trial will be a fair
useful to the studious photographer, but I test. It is more difficult to remove acid

refrain from an infliction of that kind, and
proceed to detail a sure method of getting
up a "silver solution" of known merit, for
ithas "been tried long," and never "comes
up missing."
Send to your stockdealer and get four
ounces of Powers & Weightman's nitrate of
silver, and put the whole of it into forty-
from the solution when too much has been
added than it is to add more if there is an
insufficiency. Therefore I repeat "go
slow." When you find your new bath is
working well do not meddle with it, except
in the legitimate work, viz., coating plates
in it. Now take two ounces of nitrate of
silver and dissolve it in twenty ounces of

eight ounces of rain or river water. When rain or river water, set it in the sun as long

all of the silver has dissolved, set it where as you can spare it (say from one day to two
it will get good warm sunlight (rather diffi- weeks), and without adding anything to it.
cult just now in this latitude), for at least Set it convenient to your bath dish, and as
one day. Now bring it in and test with the solution gets low in said dish, fill up
blue litmus paper, in order to form some from the last-named solution. It will be
estimate as to the quantity of acid that will seen that this is a little stronger than the
be required to make it slightly acid at the original solution. Then it follows that the
proper time (do not add acid at this time). addition of a little of it, at comparatively
Now prepare iodide of silver by dissolving long intervals (or as often as is needed),
ten grains of iodide of potassium in half an adds not only to the quantity, but also to the
ounce of water in a small bottle, and in strength, tending to keep it uniform, or
another small bottle dissolve ten grains of nearly so. There being nothing but silver
nitrate of silver; pour these solutions to- and water, addition even in small quan-
its
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 37

tities tends to counterbalance all excesses, phers themselves. I do not now wish to
such as ether, alcohol, and iodide of silver, enlarge upon this fault of photography —
rendering the boiling process very rarely- future day may give me the opportunity of
necessary. The larger the bath, the less entering more thoroughly into the matter
trouble to keep it in order. My bath dish but I wish to express a few thoughts on
holds one pound of silver (or 1920 liquid some of the points involved.
ounces, forty grains strong) and I have a ; No man or woman can paint a natural
u boiling-bee " on the average of about once scene, or portrait, or ideal picture of any
in two years. When I find it necessary to degree of merit, unless he or she is born
boil my bath solution I go at it, and pro- with the natural abilities required for such
ceed as recommended by Anderson in his work. God is the source of all knowledge
book, entitled The Skylight and the Dark- or talent, and he gives to every man accord-
room (a book that every photographer should ing to the good pleasure of his own will,
have). I am not acquainted with the author and this is no less true of the artist than of
personally, but upon reading his book I find the philosopher, divine, or mechanic. This
in many cases that we work exactly alike, fact isabundantly proved by observing the
especially in renovating old bath solutions bent of children's minds. No sooner are
— with this difference: he does it by rule, they able to crawl than they begin to show
and I do it only when absolutely necessary. the peculiar talent imparted to them. Hence
And now for fear this paper will be too the necessity for parents watching closely
long I forbear further items, and close by the minds of their children, and the folly
saying " try me," and look for future of insisting upon their adopting any line of
" Mincemeat." trade or profession at variance with their
inborn predilection if you do not want
them to fail miserably. " You cannot make
THE UNTRUTHFULNESS OF a silk purse out of a sow's ear," neither can
PHOTOGRAPHY. you make an artist out of a natural black-
BY H. H. SNELLING. smith, nor a chemist out of an inborn artist.
That photography does not always speak They may acquire a certain amount of
the truth in its representations of nature knowledge in the arts and sciences, but if
and art is a fact of great concern and re- they have not the natural ability to apply
gret, to the major part of its admirers, them they are practically of little or no use
while, to judge from their writings, it is a to them.
source of infinite satisfaction to others. The You may ask, what has all this to do with
latter class we shall not blame, for it gives the truthfulness of photography ? I reply,
them employment. much, in every way. Now, I have not yet
Now, I am not one of those who disbe- seen a fully fledged, natural born photogra-
lieve in photographic untruthfulness, but I pher, although there may be such, but I
am skeptical as to the assertion, that it can know severalwho approach very near to it.
be corrected by the pencil of the artist only. There are, however, those who are chemists,
I doubt very much if one-half, or one- opticians, and artists by nature men who are ;

quarter of the means that may have been skilful in handiwork, and those whose tastes
employed photographically, or that the re- for the beautiful and true are exquisite and ;

sources within the reach of photography others, again, whose correctness of eye in
have been discovered for correcting this matters of art and nature is perfect and it ;

evil, as well where the causes from

arise takes all these combined in one man to
defective lenses, chemical difficulties, im- make a perfect photographer. Can you
perfect lighting, or colorific obstacles, as find such a photographer? And yet there
from the ignorance of men engaged in the are men in the business who affect to exer-
business. cise, in their individual persons, each and
These difficulties in the way of truth are every one of these talents. How far they
numerous enough, but they are rendered succeed in accomplishing the destiny of
more so by the incompetency of photogra- photography we witness every day.
38 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
To arrive at truthfulness in photography manipulatory, posing, illuminating, and
— supposing the errors of the camera are focussing — have a separate person fully
corrected — the photographer must know, competent to meet its requirements. Let
not only how to compound his chemicals, photographers learn wisdom from some
but he must be thoroughly acquainted with manufacturers, who give different parts of
their character, qualities,and operations, a machine to workmen best qualified to
simple and combined he must know how
; construct and finish that particular part.
to analyze as well as compound and as the ;

variety is so great nothing short of master-

ing the whole volume of photographic
chemistry will enable him to become an
adept in his business. He must have an
eye to strict cleanliness, and handle his
tools with skill. He must be
structed in the nature, action,
light, not only in giving form, beauty, and
truth to the image of natural and artificial
THE TESTIMONY OF A VETERAN.
We quote the following from a private
letter to usfrom Mr. I. B. Webster, Louis-
fully in- ville, Kentucky, whose " Mincemeat " we
and force of all enjoy so much. We do it to show that
even men as well posted as he, are greedy
for anything they can get to read on the

objects, but as to its action on chemicals and subject of their art. Mr. Webster says :

colors. He must have sufficient knowledge " I am in receipt of Anderson's book and
of optics to be enabled to correct such errors Mosaics for 1878. I am highly delighted
of the camera, and of the light within his with both of them. How
any photographer
province. He must have sufficient taste to that does any kind of business can get along
pose his " sitter " so as to bring out all the without the Mosaics I cannot understand.
best points of character, both mental and I have a splendid collection of photographic
physical, and to arrange the drapery, back- literature to which I am adding every year,
ground, and accessories so as to make the but I consider that, after all, it would be in-
most beautiful picture possible each part ; complete without the Mosaics. I read pho-
in perfect harmony with the rest, and all tography all day j'esterday (not being well
subservient to the principal figure. He enough to attend to my usual duties), and
must have a correct eye for truth — I do not came here (to my gallery) full of ideas. In
mean that ideal truth that so many art fact I know am a better photographer
that I
critics talk about, but positive truth, natu- after reading Anderson's book, the Philadel-
ral truth, the truth as God has given it to phia Photographer, and Mosaics, than I was
us, otherwise he cannot focus his camera before. I find many, many, yea very many
aright. If he cannot detect the slightest little, yea very little' points that are in-
'

variation of a straight line from the per- valuable to me. And when you consider
pendicular, or the slightest convergence or that I have practiced photography since
divergence of parallel lines, whether per- 1853, and I acknowledge that I get instruc-
pendicular or horizontal, and does not know tion from these publications, how much
what "sharpness" means (I have known more so ought the comparatively young
photographers who did not), he cannot pro- operator to be benefited thereby."
duce a perfect delineation of his model upon
the ground-glass.
Now, if we were to insist upon every
photographer possessing all these qualifica-
HURST'S STEREOSCOPIC STUDIES
tions how few photographers there would
OF NATURAL HISTORY.
be in the world, and yet, it is the want of We have just had a most enjoyable treat
these inborn talents that is the cause of Hurst & Son's
in the examination of a set of
much of the untruthfulness found in photo- (Albany, 1ST. Y.) Stereoscopic Studies of
graphs. What then should be done to cor- Natural History. They are pictures of
rect the evil? Simply (where the "one stuffed animals and birds, mounted with
man power " does not exist) let each depart- great skill in most natural attitudes, and
ment in every establishment — chemical, colored true to nature. The more we look
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 39

upon them the more we wonder and admire. holds of vessels, i. e., a canvas tube, reach-
Mr. Hurst is the State taxidermist of New ing from the dark-room floor to the air, so

York, and certainly no one can excel him bent as to prevent the admission of the
in his particular line, while Haines the pho- light. Now in the matter of eating, no
tographer assists in making the pictures in matter whose operator you are or how busy
most artistic These pictures make
style. you are, eat your dinner at a regular hour.
one imagine, not that he is in a menagerie, You are killing yourself if you do not. No
but that he is out in the forests amid the patron will be so unreasonable as to wish
native haunts of the wild animals repre- you to do otherwise. Just do it. Insist

sented ; for in each case the shrubs, &c, upon it. It is your right, it is your life.

used by the beasts for food or shelter are

also shown in the picture. No dealer in
stereoscopic pictures can fail to make a sen-
sation them, for everybody loves
with
THE NEXT CONVENTION OF THE
animal pictures, and heretofore good ones
have been very scarce. Thirty-six subjects
are now ready. The quality of these can-
not be surpassed We need not quote from
the large list of testimonials Mr. Hurst
sends us from home and abroad to assure
our readers that there is nothing for the We wish to increase the number of ex-
stereoscope made more attractive than Mr. hibitors. Heretofore the show has been
Hurst's pictures. made by comparatively a small number of
Scovill Manufacturing Company, New those who have attended the conventions.
York, are the trade agents. What are called the principal galleries have
been, usually, generously represented, but
the men of smaller means have modestly
kept back. This is not altogether right.
PHOTOGRAPHY AND HEALTH. The object of our gathering is not to furnish
Photographic operators of ability are a, means of advertising to those who already
scarce commodity much in demand, and for have, or would obtain, a wide celebrity, but
this reason we want to say a few words on mutual improvement. It is well of course
the subject of health, or rather taking care to have many samples of the best work :

of the health. We are constantly receiv- these will furnish ideals to many ; but each
ing letters from correspondents who com- man of you bring some of your best work
plain of "bad headaches," "general de- a few, say half a dozen cabinet cards, fifteen
bility, " "bronchitis," and so on, the result or twenty cards, one or two of your nicest
of being shut up from day to day in a badly 4-4 or 8 x 10. You need not be deterred by
ventilated dark-room, and of eating their the expense ; that may be slight. A neat
meals, especially dinner, at most irregular frame, glass, and back, large enough to
times. Again, we are often requested to hold your specimens, are all that is re-
assist in the sale of "a first-class photo- quired. Cover the back with some tinted
graphic business —sold on account of ill- paper ; arrange your pictures in order
health —
almost given away to a cash-buyer," thereon stick each to its place with a
;

because the poor broken-down photographer drop of mucilage; when dry place in the
has to give up for the reason that his greed frame. One frame will thus accommodate
for gold has driven from his mind all con- four times as many pictures as with an ex-
sideration for his health. This is wrong, pensive show mat, and can be made to look
and should be stopped. Besides, there is no just as well if not better.
necessity for it. Every dark-room can be Bring your frame with you. It shall be
ventilated in some way. If in no other, hung up, and then you can see just how
without admitting actinic light, then adopt your work looks alongside of the rest, and
the plan in common use for ventilating the study out the difference and how produced
40 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
— whether by lighting, exposure, chemi- what follows. If you have the volumes
cals, or instruments. This is how to im- alluded to, review them, and thus enable
prove. yourself to better travel along with us in
Eemember we advance as
tha t ;
a body- the journey we are about to take.
just in proportion as we improve individ- we set out, let us acknowledge
Before
ually. This is the law of all social progres- our indebtedness for almost everything we
sion. Begin with the units. You and I know, to Burnet, Dwight, Buskin, and
are each one. Your watch only works well others, whose works we wish every pho-
when every part — tooth, pivot, spring, tographer could read.
screw, &c. — is each separately perfect Now, we suppose, there are many of you
before that, they cannot go to make a per- who will ask, " Of what use are these prin-
fect whole. If we would be a society pow- ciples of art to us in our business ?" To
erful for good, see to it that each member such we give the same answer that Frank-
does all he can to advance himself and help lin did when asked Of what use is elec-
''

his neighbor. tricity?" His answer was, " Of what use

Bring along your pictures. is a baby?" Yet another answer might be
Each man thall have the best place. given you, and it is this A knowledge of :

Full particulars how and when to send art principles will enable you to treat your
given in due time. subject with more ease — to get him into
V . J. Baker, better position —to light him more skilfully
Local Secretary. — to know when you are making his picture
that you are doing it in the very best way
possible. It will enable you to do your
ART STUDIES FOR ALL. work more quickly, to get better results,
I.
better prices, better reputation as an artist,
In volume V, 1868, we published a series and as a consequence a better income, and
of papers entitled "Art Principles Appli- it will enable you to enjoy works of art and
cable to Photography ;" in volume I, 1871, nature in a way which you now have no
of the Photographic World we published conception of.

another series called " Position and Compo- Let us, therefore, without further parley-
sition," and in volume II, of the same ing,work right into the subject in hand,
magazine, still another series, entitled and see what we can make of it.
" Landscape Lessons," in all of which we 1. If you ask " What is art ?" we should
endeavored, by giving expression to what make answer that anything which admits
little knowledge we had upon the subject, the expression of an idea, or sentiment, or
and by copious and elegant illustrations, to the telling of a story is an art — at least this
bring to the minds of our readers the prin- is sufficiently true for our purpose.
ciples and rules of art, so far as they could 2. There are certain powers or principles

be made useful in the practice of photogra- brought into play in the production of all
phy. We believe the said papers, humble pictures, and although the works of the old
have done a great deal of good,
as they are, masters are more or less ideal, yet the prin-
by awakening the minds of a few a very — ciple of imitation more or less the gov-
is

few only, we are sorry to say to the im- — erning one in them. The poet, the musi-
portance of a knowledge of the principles cian, the painter, the sculptor, all strive to
and rules named. imitate and express nature in their works,
We, therefore, take up the work again, and the truer they are to nature the greater
and hope to awaken still further interest in is their skill considered to be.
the matter. We shall perhaps advance no For this reason the student of art is
3.

new thoughts, but will present what we ever admonished to study nature, because
have to say in a little different shape from his works must imitate nature, and to study

what we have previously done. We would the works of the old masters, because they
be glad if a real interest was taken in the imitate nature. By studying is not meant
matter, and to have very many benefited by a casual looking over of a great quantity of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 41

pictures or subjects from nature, "but a care- to your work the impress of your own mind
ful, thoughtful examination and analyzation and your own conception of the subject you
thereof. It is possible for a person to read are handling.
a book from beginning to end without hav- 7. The most essential element of art is

ing the faintest conception of what story is harmony. Harmony of effect in the whole
told, or what principles are involved in it. redeems the faults of parts and it is this,;

But if the book be read thoughtfully, notes and this alone, that makes any combination
made upon its contents, and mental queries pleasing to the eye.
put and answered concerning it, it is pretty 8. Another most essential element of
sure to be remembered. So in examining imitation is freedom —that freedom of mind
pictures. Instead of their being heedlessly and hand which belongs to none but those
looked over, if they are carerllly examined, who have mastered the principles of art.
and queries put as to why this or that is so, The observance of these principles is just
some benefit will be derived from their as essential as is the observance of the rules
examination. of spelling and grammar in writing, or the
4. By imitation mean copying.
we do not rules of chemistry in preparing your solu-
You copy a daguerreotype to make a photo- tions. We constantly hear allusions made
graph of it, but if you make a photograph to theworks of the old masters. It is be-
of a person in position, lighting, &c, like cause they were most conscientious in the
the figure in the daguerreotype, you imitate observance of these rules and principles,
it. This spirit of imitation you will notice and in following them we follow the rules
pervades all humanity. Pleasure not only themselves.
gives impulse to this power, but it is the
definite object of imitation. If anything
gratifies us we seek to increase the gratifi-
cation by multiplying the objects which
The Manufacture of Mounting Boards.
gratify. There
no limit to the extent to
is There is one branch of manufactures if
which this is carried on now in one direc- — no other, connected with photography,
tion to please the tastes of one class of people which has kept pace with the advance of
— now in another to please another class. the art itself, namely, the manufacture of
5. A work of art excites new ideas
true mounting boards for photographs.
and new feelings, and enriches our minds If we look back four or five years upon
with new conceptions of truth and beauty the very meagre variety and very repulsive
and therein lies the greatest benefit con- styles of these goods then used, and com-
ferred by art, as well as its greatest attain- pare them with the very artistic, elegant,
ment. To reach this excellence the study and harmonious designs, styles, and colors
of nature in the way we have indicated is now supplied, we will hardly believe such
indispensable. Her laws must govern art. a difference possible. And not only are
The great end and aim of art is to produce there improvements in the particulars men-
ideal beauty, which, again, must have prin- tioned, but very great improvement has
ciples for its foundation. To learn these been made in the quality of the boards, thus
principles, which are form, light and shade, not only removing from them all sub-
harmony and symmetry, and which are stances injurious to the picture, but render-
all essential to successful imitation, the ing them better in the matter of surface,
artist must flee to his only safe guide hardness, &c.
nature. Truth to her is the fundamental All of these very great advances —yes,
principle of all imitative art. we may safely say all of them — are
due to
6. And when you do this remember the the enterprise and skill of Messrs. A. M.
difference we have explained between copy- Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, together
ing and imitating. It is the artist's privilege with their willingness to adopt any sugges-
to improve and embellish nature. Choose tions made to them by others of good taste.
the best out of the good before you, and The result is that the appearance of the pho-
learn to produce an agreeable result. Give tographs now made is far more tasteful
 42 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
and beautiful, and the cultivation of more two from Europe he handed them one by
;

interest such matters of refinement.

in one to Mr. K., and bade him read the backs
Another change has taken place which we carefully, when the following conversation
almost forgot.The establishment of these ensued.
gentlemen has grown to immense propor- Mr. R. "These are very nice ; it must
tions, and is without doubt the largest in be very gratifying to be able to show all

the world. In support of what we say as these medals."

to their manufactures, we have contracted Anderson. " Yes, Mr. Kurtz's medals
for a monthly example of work for their are all alike, aint they ?"
our pictures during 1873, and we shall Mr. R. " Why, yes, excepting the dates."
usually mention the number of the design Anderson. " When
you have read one,
used. Notice them monthly. you've read aU, haven't you ?"
Mr. R. "That's so."
Anderson. (Reading from a medal,
" There Appears to be a Sameness Awarded to W. Kurtz, the first-class pre-
mium medal for the best photographs.)
about Them, Don't There?"
"They are all the same, 'first-class pre-
The following characteristic story, though mium medals.' There appears to be a same-
coming to us from a private source, is al- ness about them, don't there ?"
most too good to be lost. On Dec. 9th, Mr. R. went away just the same as he
Mr. Anderson's birthday, and during a vio- came in. There must be a "sameness"
lent snowstorm, a photographic artist from about him.
the South, paying a visit to the North, stop-
ped in at Kurtz's. Mr. Kurtz being ab-
sent at the time, Mr. Anderson took the
OUR NEW BOOKS.
gentleman in hand. After scrutinizing all Photographic Mosaics. — Mr. Ander-
the different arrangements, the light, dark- son's Book.
room, &c, &c, they adjourned to the re- Aside from any pecuniary interest which
ception-rooms. Mr. R. (the stranger) sur- we have in the successful sale of our publi-
veying the work for some time in silence, cations, we do want them to be read by our
the following conversation ensued. readers, for we earnestly desire that they
Mr. R. (Busy with his examination.) should be as fully informed as it is possible
"Mr. Kurtz's pictures appear all alike, to be in matters which will tend to their
don't they?" advancement. We take risks, and large
Anderson. (Echoing.) " Why, yes, Mr. —
ones for example, in the case of Mr. An-
Kurtz's pictures do appear all alike." derson's book, over $3000 had to be in-
Mr. R. " When you have seen one you vested before a copy was sold to supply —
have seen all, haven't you ?" —
these books having faith in your appre-
Anderson. (In the same tone.) "Why, ciation of our efforts — and are therefore
yes, when you have seen one, you have seen glad when they sell satisfactorily, but we
all." are more glad when we are assured
still

Mr. R. " Ahem They seem the same.

! that they are useful, and we get such testi-
- There appears a certain sameness about monials as the few we have selected from
them, don't there ?" the multitude as follows :

Anderson. (As before.) " You're right, Of Mosaics, Mr. R. Chute says, " I find
J.
there does appear a certain sameness about it full of very interesting and instructive
them." articles. It is the best of its kind."
After some further conversation the gen- Mr. I. B. Webster says, "How any
tleman turned to depart, when Mr. Ander- photographer, that does any kind of a busi-
son touching him gently on the arm, said ness, can get along without Mosaics I can-
he had something to show him, and taking not understand. I have a fine collection of
up a handsome morocco case, displayed ten photographic literature, but it would be in-
bronze medals, eight from America, and complete without Mosaics."
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
Mr. D. H. Hunter says, " I got a copy of
Mosaics, andit was so good I ordered all the
back numbers. I thank your Philadelphia
Photographer and Mosaics for changing me
from a mechanical operator to a thinking
one."
Of Mr. Anderson's Skylight and Dark-
Room, Mr. J. M. Davison says, " If a man
cannot take a good picture after reading it,
he had better go to digging post-holes for a
living."
Mr, I. B. Webster, a veteran photogra-
pher, says, " I am a better photographer
after reading it. I find many,
many little things in it that are invalua-
ble."
"We also have the following from Mr. G.
O. Brown, Baltimore, late Editor of the
Photographer's Friend. He says:
"I mustcongratulate you on the Sky-
lightand Dark-Roojn., by our mutual friend,
Anderson. After a careful examination I
must admit that I really consider it the best
publication yet issued for the benefit of the
profession. It fills just the place— so long
open — that will help towards ennobling our
art, by stimulating the operator to zeal-
ously work to secure more artistic pictures,
and at the same time he can read up chemi-
cally, as every operator should. The chap-
ters on hydrostatics, pneumatics,
optics, outlines of chemistry, &c,
ten in such style that, together with the
numerous excellent cuts, one does not
nor consider it dry reading, like
works. In a word Anderson's goes over
the ground where others would have
our heads ache with their complexedness,
and gives us the same information clothed
in such terms that all may comprehend.
This is just what we have needed, and An-
derson has hit the nail on the head. At no
more opportune time could such a book
have been issued. The public now being,
generally speaking, educated as to what
constitutes good photography, begin to dis-
criminate, consequently the photographer
who desires to be patronized by the intelli-
gent class, cannot afford to be unnecessarily
ignorant of his art-calling. This book will
dispel many and help restore many in-
fogs
jured dispositions. The photographs used
as illustrations answer most admirably this
43
purpose, and form a valuable and attractive
feature.
" The typography is indeed a marvel of
neatness and perfection. Every photogra-
pher should have a copy, and every one
who sees it will have it. The profession
should vote Mr. Anderson their unanimous
thanks.
"Tours, &c,
"G. 0. Brown."
We are very glad to have the value of
our publications confirmed by such practi-
cal men, and with the more confidence com-
yea, very
mend them to our readers.
COMMENDABLE ENTERPRISE.
We have no hesitation in holding up a
Western photographer as an example, for
he is five hundred miles from any railway
station and no one can grow envious We
allude to Mr. E. H. Train, Helena, Montana,
a gentleman who deserves more than ordi-
nary credit for the quality of work he does,
because of his few opportunities. The ex-
amples of his work which we have received
would shame many of greater pretensions
in our large cities. The reason of this is,
because Mr. Train does not shut himself
out from any of the means of improvement,
heat, but like a live enterprising man should, he
are writ- takes pains to post himself in every way
possible. He orders our magazine for him-
tire self and a friend, several of our publica-
othe r tions, and then adds $25 to become a life
member of the National Photographic As-
made sociation. At this last we confessed to some
surprise, but Mr. Train declares himself
satisfied that the Association is doing him a
great deal of good, no matter if he is far
away from the most of its members, and he
believes in supporting it — wants it to con-
tinue.
He when new-comers from other
says
States call upon him for pictures they ex-
press surprise at the good quality of his
work, and say they "guess it must be be-
cause the air is so pure!" Yes, that's it,
" because the air is so pure," coupled with
the fact that Mr. Train is one of those
sensible men who read, and study, and
think. Such trains always move onward
rapidly, and produce good dividends.
44 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEK.
PHOTOGRAPHERS-WAKE UP Acquisition of Knowledge;" now be care-
ful who you select as banker, for this fund
BY 6. A. DOUGLASS.
must be taken care of; and not put where
One of the good resolutions for the new there is the least possible chance of its

year, which I trust you have made, and one " walking off." I would not advise you to

which I hope will be most faithfully kept, bank in the same pocket-book that holds
is, that you are bound to go to the next Con- the general fund, as that fund very often is
vention of the National Photographic As- overdrawn, and you know how easy it would
sociation, which will be held in the city of be to borrow from your "Fund for Recu-
Buffalo, New
York, commencing Tuesday, peration of Health," &c, and'then to delay
May 13th. If you wake up now to the ne- paying until too late — so away goes your
cessities of the case, and begin to set your hopes and golden chances for knowledge, and
house in order against the day of your de- you settle down to work another year dis-
parture, you will find very easy to lay
it appointed.
aside the wherewith, and
arrange for your
to The photographic world moves, and if you
absence from your gallery. Should you, want to keep up you must move too —so be
however, see fit to doze along until the latter getting ready to move on to Buffalo in May
part of April, possibly it may occur to you next, where Local Secretary Baker is prepar-
then that times are hard, money scarce, and ing to receive you in good style, and making
ifnot that, no substitute for charge d'affaires efforts to surpass all preceding Conventions,
during your absence. So away goes jour which I presume he will do.
much-needed breathing-spell, and the chance Progress is the watchword of the craft,
which occurs once in each year of noting and to keep up requires busy hands, busy
the progress of your art, and learning possi- brains, hard work, persistent study, and
bly a " wrinkle " or so that may be of use, last, but not least, your attendance on the
and withal profitable. You cannot afford conventions and expositions of our art.
to stay at home and miss this chance ; it is Go!
worth all it costs just to be encouraged and
" spurred on " twelve
for the succeeding
months. If you begin now you can afford Spirit Photography Revived.
to go, every one of you. The investment will
Editor Philadelphia Photographer :

pay you good interest, I guarantee you that.

I send you with this an article* clipped
Now a very good way to accumulate a little
from one of our city papers of to-day, which
fund (or big one if you choose), for the pur-
I think contains matter of interest to all
pose in view, is to donate (you must be lib-
photographers, inasmuch as it is the account
eral you know all photographers are), a
portion of your receipts each week say the — of an exposure recently made of one of the

value of from two to six sittings, negatives grossest swindles to which our beautiful art
or ferrotypes ; figure this to suit yourself,
has ever been prostituted, viz., spirit pho-

only be sure and figure enough, as the time tography.

is short, and if anything is left over from I thought, after Mumler's experience in
the fund you can use it to become a life
New York, a few years ago, that this
member of the National Photographic As- wicked imposition would never be attempted
again, but would find its sepulchre among
sociation. You will not notice the discrep-
ancy on your cash book at the end of the other exploded humbugs but it has been
;

year, for after you get back from Buffalo my good fortune to be instrumental in

you will be so full of courage, ambition, and

# The article alluded to is too long for our
nerve that you will, by good work and push,
pages. It gives the details of a visit by Messrs.
increase your business astonishingly and ;
Hall and others to the "spirit" gallery, to
here's where your interest on the investment ascertain the truth of the whole matter of their
;

comes in. To start this matter right it will offer to Gilford to expose his tricks, and of his
be better that you name your fund call it, — complete discomfiture and failure to prove him-
say, "Fund for Kecuperation of Health and self other than a mere trickster.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 45

exposing another unworthy disciple of Da- dinary from the peculiar combination of
guerre, whose " ways that were dark and clouds, streaks,and stains in the background,
tricks that were vain" have created consid- or what was the lower end of the plate.
erable interest in this part of the State. To the ordinary customer these are pointed
As the manner of producing these so- out as the dim outlines of spirits, which will
called spirit pictures is not fully explained appear much better defined in the print.
in the article referred to above, and as it is This usually suffices, and the negative is
an innovation on all published formulas, then ready for the balance of the process,
and to me altogether novel, I will give you and is passed to a "retoucher," who, not
a brief description of it. having read Mr. Snelling's papers on the
Mr. B. S. Gifford, the author of these subject, or in reckless disregard of their
pictures, is a man of average intelligence, teachings, proceeds carefully to remove
and probably knew full well before he portions of the deposit in places where
undertook this specialty what the opinions shades should appear, and (after varnishing)
of the photographic world were on the sub- to pencil such other portions as are desired
ject. But it tempting a bait for
offered too to print light,when presto spirit faces are
!

his cupidity to withstand so he struck

;
peering from clouds in every nook and
boldly out, but shied clear of all the well- corner of the plate.
known dodges of mica negatives, transpar- The above is substantially the whole for-
encies, &c. (rocks on which Mumler and mula for the manufacture of spirits, as
others had foundered), and determined to practiced by Mr. Gifford, and in daily
have no second-hand spirits on his plate. practice it works well enough, as patrons are
"With this end in view, he probably ex- not allowed to inspect their negatives very
perimented with his chemicals, and at last closely, being told that a proof can be seen
devised a method at once original and suc- next day, which is, of course, printed after
cessful. He found that a nitrate bath con- the negative has received the requisite
taining a large quantity of alcohol, used in manipulation.
connection with a developer containing It is only when a brother photographer
none, would produce negatives with such a calls that this sort of thing becomes embar-
variety of fantastic clouds and streaks as rassing; but should he insist that nothing-
would shame the worst tangled hieroglyphs is visible to his eye other than clouds, &c,
of Egypt. I found itwas only necessary for the ope-
So far this was a step in the right direc- rator to take out a large magnifying glass,
tion,but not a complete success, as these and, after prolonged examination, declare
masses of clouds would sometimes spoil or positively that there really were spirit forms
seriously mar the portrait of the innocent visible, which, of course, closed the argu-
victim of his deception. A little experience, ment.
however, proved that if a delay of several All the "spirit pictures" I saw of Mr.
minutes occurred between the removal from G.'s make were done
in this way. I saw
the bath and exposure of the plate, the several negatives from which prints had
clouds would ail be on the lower end of the been made, and every one showed the faces
plate, leaving the upper portion compara- plainly pencilled on the surface. I inclose
tively clear for the portrait of the sitter. a couple of fair specimens, which you will
These few minutes might seem monot- readily discover were made in this manner ;

onous to the sitter, so Mr. Gitford decided
to utilize them by going into the " trance
state," as they call it, and beseeching the
spirits to grant him audience, which he
does in a loud voice, the contortions and
jerkings of his body, meantime, being truly
pitiable. The cap is then removed and the
also a copy of Mr. G.'s advertisement.
It is due to Mr. Gifford to say that he
does not pretend to control any spirit at
will, but only to obtain a promiscuous as-
semblage of the dear departed, which you
will notice are sometimes slightly mixed.
Of spiritualism I know and care but little ;

exposure made as usual. The resulting but when fanatics in any creed degrade and
negative is, as I before stated, only extraor- falsify a noble science in the propagation of
46 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
a pet theory, which is no less a detriment to occasion. In skilful hands, the means of
the welfare of the community than opposite doing so are simple. The most favored
to facts, it is the duty of all, and particularly improvements are the indications of a win-
of the professors of said science, to detect dow or open lattice, the lower part of which
and expose the fraud if possible. casts a shadow that will contrast well with
Your noble journals and the National alight drapery. This effect, upon an even-
Association of Photographers have done ly-covered gray muslin, can easily be pro-
much toward educating the world above duced with charcoal, black and white cray-
the belief in such things ; but their mission ons. Should you be able to handle a brush,
will not be fully accomplished until "spirit then I should advise the work to be done
pictures" shall be no longer attempted. with what we technically term "distemper"
Lansing, Mich. B. F. Hall. preparations. For the benefit of the unini-
There is no doubt but what Mr. Hall has tiated I wish to state that dry colors mixed
hit upon the plan adopted exactly, and much with a light sizing will answer every pur-
credit is due him for his persistence. Ed. pose.The most convenient sizing or vehi-
made from white glue.
cle to use for this is
Throw an indefinite amount of it in cold
Hints from the Record of an Artist water, and allow it to remain until perfectly
and Photographer. flexible and soft; then, after pouring off
BY JOHN L. GIHON. the cold water, add warm water, until you
No. 6. reduce the whole mass into a thin liquid.
In my last communication I intimated Some heat will facilitate operations. One
the fact that our " background subject" was great difficulty is, that the sizing is so often

by no means exhausted. used too strong. There should be but little

The existing difficulty is, to say the least wear and tear upon our screens, and either
about it that its merits demand.
If you gross carelessness, or an exceedingly circum-
should be an by profession, or even
artist scribed space, are all that can ever account
by intuition, half of the trouble will have for the scratches and digs seen upon the
been encountered and will soon be provided backgrounds of most of our operating rooms.
for. In appointing a gallery in the event — Even the stretching of a large canvas is a
of being unable to paint one satisfactorily matter deserving of some consideration.
—
for yourself buy a " flat" of a neutral tint. The process is simple enough but so was —
This color is, of course, indefinite. It the little trick with the egg that old Mr.
would be described by some as dove color, Columbus is reported to have perpetrated.
by others as stone, and by others as gray. Instead of laying the painted muslin upon
It is almost needless to say that we require the stretcher, please place it upon the floor,
no positive broken tint
color, but only a face down, of course, then put your frame-
that will heighten the lights and relieve work upon it.
the shadows thrown upon our model. In For convenience sake we will call each
its existing condition this would be all that side of the woodwork north, south, east,
might be required for portraits showing but and west. Commence then and put a few
the upper portions of the figure The pe- tacks into the middle of the north side;
culiarities of our calling demand provision then run around, and without drawing the
for the caprices of the most exacting cus- material too tightly, secure the south side ;

tomer. then go to the middle of the east, and, after

" Full lengths" must be provided for, adjusting it, draw over towards the west.
and a standing figure, pictured in relief The whole is now clumsily attached to the
against a monotonous gray "nothing," cer- frame. Return to our original base, the

tainly does not look well. It is a principal north side, and, commencing from the
endeavor with me to avoid any laudation middle, work each way, and driving tacks
of selected persons, but I know of a few at small intermediate spaces, attach the
men in our profession who could soon adapt whole side of the muslin to the wood then, ;

a screen to the exigencies of almost any after removing the tacks temporarily driven
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 47

into the south side, commence at its middle in a public hall, a distance of about eighteen
and stretch tightly in each direction secure ; feet, on a hard floor, and from thence, with
it as you go, and act in the same manner a badly bruised heel and sprained back, I
for the east and west divisions, leaving the broke open the hall-door and crawled, or
corners for the finishing of the task. They slid, down the stairway into the street be-
are so easily adjusted that description is low, all of which was done in less time than
needless. Mount the whole framework it takes to write this. My loss is heavy,
—
upon the large wheels now so easily pro- besides being thrown out of business. Our
cured at any hardware store in preference — invoice before the fire was over ten thousand
to the small castors used for furniture. I dollars. I had an insurance of five thousand
have much, to speak of in regard to my ex- five hundred dollars, which is all good.
perience with graduated, conical, and hemi- We saved the pictures and furniture in
spherical backings. Circumstances have reception-room, and most all my best cam-
rendered it impossible for me to give an eras ; but lost my fine ' Roettger ' 14-inch
early communication to this current issue. solar, and all my negatives {twenty thou-
I find my space much circumscribed, and sand), my new $80 Bowditch chair, and a
will have to defer my intended remarks. thousand and one other valuable articles,
My proposed trip toSouth America will, which were hard to give up but as I made ;

in all probability, materially change the such a miraculous escape with my life, I am
character of my " hints," but I trust that, constrained to rejoice and say : Praise God
in relating what I may see of the practices for his goodness and mercies towards me, in
of our professional brethren in foreign coun- sparing me from a fiery grave.''''
tries, I may after all make my suggestions Mr. McMillen is another live man and
more interesting, if not more useful. good photographer, and while we regret
his loss, we share in his gratitude that he
did not meet a horrible death as a result of
PHOTOGRAPHERS BURNED OUT. his anxiety to save his goods.
We regret to hear that quite a number Mr. Low M. Neeley, of Muncie. Ind ,

of photographic galleries have been burned Mr. W. Cutter, of Galva, 111., and Mr.
out recently. On November 30th, Mr. B. William Johnston, of Abingdon, 111., have
Gray, Bloomington, 111., suffered the loss also been burned out recently. Mr. Cutter
of his establishment in this way. He had writes us that he and his family only es-
but recently fitted it up anew with new caped with their lives in their night-dresses.
goods. His insurance did not cover half Loss total.
the value of his stock. And now at the fire in Concord, N. H.,
Mr. Gray is one of our progressive men, which occurred January 10th, we find that
and we hope it will not be long ere he is Mr. Benj. Carr, the well-known stock-
doing a nice business again. and Mr. E. P. Gould, photographer,
dealer,
Mr. Z. P. McMillen, Galesburg, 111., was suffered the loss of their establishments,
also burned out, the result of a fire starting neither of thern being fully insured. It
in a dry-goods store in the same block with seems that photography is having its share
him, at 1 a.m., the last day of the old year. of fire recently. It is unusual to hear of a
We quote the following from his letter : photographic gallery being burned out,
" In attempting to save a few of my neg- much as insurance companies argue to the
atives in the printing-room, my retreat was contrary, and in none of the instances re-
suddenly cut off, thus compelling me to corded above did the fire originate in a pho-
rush out on the roof of the building, tographic establishment. This is also an-
and when there, I also discovered, to my other nut for insurance companies to crack.
great horror and dismay, that I was sur- Since writing the above we are informed
rounded by flames and smoke on every side. thatMr. P. Olmstead, Davenport, Iowa, was
Happily, in my extremity, I found in the burned out January 14th. Loss $2500, in-
roof of an adjoining building a small hatch- surance having expired the day before. This
way, through which I dropped myself down makes eight fires in less than six weeks.
48 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION OF PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION OF
WESTERN ILLINOIS. THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA.
It will doubtless be of interest to you and The third stated meeting was held at Mr.
the numerous readers of your valuable Alexander Gardner's gallery, Tuesday even-
journal, to hear of the success of the Pho- ing, January 7th, 1873. This Association
tographic Association of Western Illinois, is steadily growing, new members being
which was organized on the 17th of July, admitted every meeting. Messrs. Bicksler,
1872 the regular meetings of which are
;
Sarmiento, and Smith having been pro-
held on the first Wednesday of October, posed, were elected to membership. Mr.
January, April, and July. The benefit de- Bates furnished a paper entitled " Photog-
rived from these gatherings is apparent to raphy," which was read by the Secretary.
every one connected with the Association ; E. J. Pulman read an essay on " Kequisites
its object being to promote a more friendly to Success in Photography."
intercourse among photographers (the want The President, Mr. Ward, explained his
of which, I am sorry to say, was sadly felt method of making collodio-chloride, and
in this section), and for general improve- printing porcelain pictures. He was not in
ment in the art. The result thus far is all
favor of a preliminary coating of albumen,
the most sanguine could have expected as it rendered it more difficult to obtain even
brotherly love now
where but a short
exists tones in the pictures. The best method of
time since was contention, jealousy, and I obtaining a fine deposit or reduction of sil-
might say. hatred. ver in the negative was discussed, the ex-
It also has been pecuniarily advantageous, perience of the members being that best
as we get better prices for our work, conse- results were secured when the collodion
quent upon a better understanding with film was as dry as it would bear to be before
each other, and the production of better immersion in the bath.
work. Some remarks were made by Mr. Ward
Our Association is, in fact, a school of on the burnt-in enamel process, he having
instruction ; light is imparted, fogs cleared secured some very satisfactory results by
away, and various subjects appertaining to that process. The old daguerreotype
photography discussed. claimed a passing notice, and the cause of
At our last meeting the subject discussed the granulated appearance of some pictures
was in regard to the development of nega- was explained, as was also the cause of the
tives, and strength of developer. J. F. bluish fog sometimes seen. The interest
Barker exhibited five negatives, with prints in the Association is steadily increasing,
from each the negatives were developed
; and even those who have not yet identified
with — the first one, thirty-grain developer, themselves with us say it is a good thing.
the second, twenty, the third, fifteen, fourth, The next meeting will be held at Mr.
ten, and the fifth, five-grain. The first was Bell's gallery, Tuesday evening, February
harsh and lacked detail, the second, better, 4th, 1873.
though wanting a little in detail, while the E. J. Pulman,
other three were all that could be desired. Secretary.
Three of our members have been burned
out within the last two months, viz., W.
Cutter, of Galva, William Johnston, of
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
Abingdon, and Z. P. McMillen, of Gales- PHILADELPHIA.
burg ; the first two losing everything, and Stated meeting, held January 1st, 1873,

the latter about four thousand dollars, after the President in the chair.

getting five thousand five hundred insur- The minutes of the last meeting were

ance. read and approved.

Our next meeting will be held on the first
The report of the committee on the lan-

Wednesday in April. tern exhibition was read, as follows :

J. F. Barker, The committee appointed to arrange an

Secretary. exhibition of the magic lantern have the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
honor to present the following report. The
exhibition took place in the lecture-room of
the Franklin Institute, on the 13th of De-
cember. The slides were contributed by
Mr. Albert Moore and Mr. Carbutt. The
gratification given to those present was
such that the committee suggest that an-
other exhibition be given, under the aus-
pices of the Society, in the month of Feb-
ruary. All of which is respectfully sub-
mitted by
Alex. "Wilcocks,
S. Fisher Corlies,
David Pepper,
John C. Browne.
Jan. 1st, 1873.
Report adopted.
On motion of Mr. Tilghman, a vote of
thanks was tendered to Messrs. Moore, Car-
butt, and Shoemaker, for the loan of their
slides, and their valuable assistance on the
evening of the exhibition.
Mr. L. T. Young, who was present dur-
ing the evening, exhibited a collodio-bro-
mide negative of the State-House. The
emulsion was made according to a formula
of Col. Wortley's, given in the September
number of Anthony's Photographic Bulletin,
and containing eighteen grains of nitrate of
silver to the ounce. No acid was used ex-
cept in the uranized ether, and here only
sufficient to turn test-paper slightly. The
plates were prepared within thirty-six hours
after the sensitizing of the emulsion. The
negative was brilliant and good.
Mr. Tilghman exhibited a work by Dar-
win, illustrated with photo-heliotypes, and
entitled, " Expression of theEmotions in
Man and Animals."
Mr. Carbutt exhibited a negative which
had been exposed wet for about seventy
minutes after leaving the bath. It was
kept from drying by placing a second plate
of glass close up to the film —
about an
eighth of an inch from it. The plate was
scarcely surface-dry when removed from
the holder, and the developer flowed with
perfect ease, giving a negative free from
fog or stain of any kind.
The President mentioned an article in
1873 Mosaics, by Mr. B. W. Kilburn, under
the head of " The Power of Palladium," in
which the author claimed that stains and
49
fogging upon the negative were removed by
the use of palladium. He fully concurred
in Mr. Kilburn's experience. Quite re-
cently a dry-plate negative was badly fog-
ged by the action of pyro and silver; upon
the application of palladium all trace of the
fog vanished.
The President made a call for glass slides
and prints to be contributed to an exchange
between this Society and the Photographic
Societies of New York and Edinburgh.
On motion adjourned.
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr.,
Rec. Secretary.
PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC
ASSOCIATION.
The meeting of the Association
stated
was held January 20th. President Rhoads,
after a few remarks, installed his successor,
Mr. Moore, as presiding officer for the en-
suing year.
The committee on Messrs. McMullin and
Narmont reported favorably, and those gen-
tlemen were duly elected to membership.
A social communication was received
from the President of the Chicago Photo-
graphic Association. On motion it was re-
ferred to the Corresponding Secretary.
Acommunication was read from our late
Secretary, Mr. R. J. Chute. On motion
a vote of thanks was unanimously given to
Mr. Chute for his valuable services as Sec-
retary to this Association from its inception,
it being greatly to his influence and exam-
ple that the Association is what it now is.
Mr. Rhoads also received the thanks of
the Association for his past three years' ser-
vices.
A suggestion was made by the Secretary
thatwe employ the services of an artist of
known ability to demonstrate before the As-
sociation the principles of art as applied to
photography, such to be given at our regu-
lar meetings.
Mr. Carbutt gave his sentiments, which
were very practical, that we might make
our meetings very instructive by sitting a
number of our members, using a magnesium
lamp and reflector, as a light sufficiently
good may be obtained in this manner for
50 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
purposes of instruction in lighting. The use on the subject from the American Journal
of his lamp for that purpose was accepted. of Science.
He also gave a description of two lectures Interesting discussions followed on clean-
delivered by Coleman Sellers, Esq., at the ing glass and the use of the actinometer,
Franklin Institute, wishing that every pho- afterwhich officers for the ensuing year
tographer could see them and learn as he were nominated. Mr. Gardner remarked
had from them he also promised to confer
; as follows
with Mr. Sellers in reference to a lecture or Mr. Gardner. — I have said here that it

series of lectures before this Association. would be well for photographers to bring
The Executive Committee were author- their blunders before us instead of their best
ized to make arrangements for such lec- works. Sometimes we learn things from
tures. a blunder which we should not have learned
Mr. Moore stated that at our next meet- by intelligent work. I have an illustra-
ing we will have a fine oxyhydrogen lantern tion of that in my own experience :

exhibition of foreign views. I was dissolving some gold in the usual

On motion, then adjourned to witness an manner. After the gold had been dis-
exhibition with the Marcy sciopticon, by solved in the acids, and the acids had been
Mr. Carbutt, of a large number of fine nearly evaporated away, I took a quantity
Niagara and other slides made by that best of what I supposed to be chloride of sodium,
of all processes, the Woodbury ; also a num- and dissolved it in a small quantity of wa-
ber of carbon slides by Cook, which were ter, as usual, and added it to this gold in
fine, but suffered in contrast with the Wood- order to evaporate it a second time. As
bury. soon as I applied heat it began to decom-
The above exhibition was greatly appre- pose it and to precipitate it. At first I
ciatedby all present, and we hope all will thought there was silver in the gold, but on
be present at our next meeting. asking my assistant if he had used the box
W. L. Shoemaker. in which I kept the chloride of sodium, he
Secretary. said he had put in some fine powdered sugar,
so I had taken sugar instead of salt and I ;

discovered from this that sugar is an excel-

lent, thing to throw the gold back into a
PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION OF THE metallic state. I could not evaporate it to
AMERICAN INSTITUTE. dryness, for would burn around the edges,
it

A stated meeting was held January 7th, and the smell of the sugar would be very
H. J. Newton, Esq., the President, in the distinct. I then took the solution, and the

chair. portion of it that had gone back into me-

After reading the minutes and reports of tallic gold I again dissolved with the acids,
committees a communication was read from and afterwards treated it in the same way
Scovill Manufacturing Company, N. T., that I usually do, and found it was per-
presenting the Section for the library a fectly successful, that the sugar had really

large number of photographic books

and done no harm, but had precipitated the
Ameri-
periodicals, including nearly all the gold.
can works that have been issued. This mag- Mr. Mason. — Do you think it precipi-

nificent present was reciprocated by a vote tated the whole of the gold ?

of thanks. Mr. Gardner. —I know the exact num-

Mr. Chapman exhibited some negatives ber of grains of gold, and I do not think I
showing the matt silver stains alluded to at lost five grains of gold out of one hundred
a previous meeting, and some Woodbury and sixty.

glass pictures of the moon, from Mr. Kuth- Mr. Chisholm. — Could you save the
erfurd's negatives, sent him by Mr. Edward gold-toning solution in that way?
L. Wilson, of Philadelphia. Mr. Chap- Mr. Gardner. —I have not tried that
man also alluded to the stability of the col- yet.
lodion film, and read Mr. Eutherfurd's paper The President. — Perhaps it will throw
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 51

silver down. In reference to dissolving are just as many grains of salt as of gold,
gold, I think I might save those who make and I presume that in chloride of gold you
their gold considerable trouble. I do not will generally find that to be the proportion.
believe that putting in salt and evaporating It follows that one hundred and sixty grains
down amounts to anything practically. I of sugar will precipitate by the aid of heat
make my gold in this way I take two : one hundred and sixty grains of gold, in a
drachms of nitric acid, and three drachms strong solution of acid, where there is no
of hydrochloric acid ; in that I can dissolve water.
a five-dollar goldpiece ; that is pure enough; The President. — Perhaps it would
the copper isan advantage rather than a det- throw down more.
riment. In this way you have one hundred Mr. Gardner. —I intend to try the effect
and thirty-five grains of gold ;
reduce that of sugar in the old toning bath.
so as to have eight grains of gold to the Adjourned.
ounce, or one grain to each drachm, and
you will always know when you pour it out
how much you have. That will give you NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC
about sixteen or seventeen fluid ounces to a ASSOCIATION.
five-dollar goldpiece.That will keep. You The January meeting was held at Mr.
may you choose, I sometimes
put in salt if Black's studio, but the evening being rainy
do that. This solution will go farther than only a few members were present. Mr.
what yon buy. A few hours before you Burnham explained some experiments he
use it, neutralize it with bicarbonate of soda, had made, for the purpose of getting the
borax, or any of the alkalies you have a eyes of a man who winked 364 times in one
fancy for, or according to the tone you de- minute. Mr. B. accomplished the feat by
sire. Bicarbonate of soda will give you a placing in front of the subject a black
brown tone, and borax a black. Make it screen, with a hole large enough for the
up a few hours before you want to use it, so tube, and at the same time shutting otf
that it will turn litmus paper blue, and I almost all of the light, giving, say thirty
do not believe you can prepare gold to make seconds' exposure to the subject, and then
better tones. When you make this solution holding before the lens a black velvet cloth
it is acid, but you can neutralize it with bi- for some thirty seconds the eyes were per-
;

carbonate of soda down to the point where
a drop of it will turn green, or you can
make it perfectly neutral, and add a little
aqua regia.
Mr. Gardner. —The
fect, and the experiment was successful
Mr. J. W. Black gave a lecture, or at least
made some useful suggestions in relation to
character in the image, in which he stated,
reason why I use if no natural expression could be brought

the salt and water is, to free it from acid by upon the face of the sitter, then the pose
the re-evaporation, and even then, with ten should be so arranged that the subject
grains of gold to the ounce, the solution would appear in his most pleasing position.
would require some kind of alkali in toning. After some further remarks by several
I have made some experiments in this di- members the meeting adjourned.
rection. I found that using a gold solution Mr. J. W. Black has been appointed
with much acid in it, so as to require much Professor of Photography in Harvard Uni-
alkali in the toning solution, the picture versity. Mr. Whipple advertises to re-
when mounted and dry would turn a dif- tire from business in fifteen months. A
ferent color. I never could produce pre- company has been formed in this city to
cisely the same results where a great deal work the Albert process. There seems
of acid and alkali were used. I cannot, to bo plenty of funds, and a large busi-
therefore, entirely Mr. Newton's
follow ness is expected to be done. Photogra-
prescription. I should at any rate evapo- phers in the Eastern States are using the
rate the solution so that when cold it would camera to a greater extent than ever
solar
be a hard mass to be dissolved in water. and claim that they make more
before,
—
Mr. Gardner. In the s;old I use there money by so doing. The most popular
52 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER
picture is made on albumen paper. Some THE INDIANA PHOTOGRAPHIC
I saw made were equal to contact work, and ASSOCIATION.
large prints seem to be in demand this sea-
In accordance with the very sensible sug-
son. The process vender is out in this
gestion, or rather the very reasonable request
section ; several have been in this city, but
of the editor of the Philadelphia Photog-
as nearly all of us read the Philadelphia
rapher, with reference to the secretaries of
Photographer, no secret process has been
photographic societies, I will try to give a
bought in Boston that we are aware of.
brief report of the January meeting of our
In haste, truly yours, Association. Bather more than the usual
J. H. Hallenbeck. amount of business was transacted at this
meeting, but the most important items, and,
perhaps, almost all that would be of interest

THE MARYLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC to the public, are the following

ASSOCIATION. It was resolved, that a committee of three

be appointed by the President to select cer-
The Association met at the stock-rooms tain works from among the many excel-
of Messrs. Dinmore &
Wilson, on the lent publications of the past and present,
evening of January
9th. After reading
which shall form the nucleus of said library,
minutes of previous meeting, the Secretary the cost not to exceed and which shall
,

read the Constitution and By-laws, as sub-

be paid for out of the treasury of this Asso-
mitted by the committee, consisting of C. ciation, and that the Association choose one
S. Mosher, C. A. Wilson, and G. 0. Brown. of its members whose duty it shall be to take
Upon motion of Mr. Shorey the Constitu- charge of said books, and be responsible for
tion and By-laws were taken up, read in the same to the extent, at least, that he shall
sections, and adopted in sections. They were
know, and be able to report to the Asso-
finally adopted as a whole. The following ciation at any time, their whereabouts.
photographers then signed the Constitution, The President appointed the committee as
paying their initiation fees and dues, thereby follows : Messrs. Elliott, Judkins and Brent.
becoming members N. H. Busey, P. L.
:
Mr. Lon. M. Neeley, of Muncie, In-
Perkins, G. O. Brown, Walter Dinmore, diana, a member of our Association, has
C. S. Mosher, E. G-. Fowx, C. P. Lusby, having
recently met with a severe loss, his
D. J. Wilkes, M. L. Eobinson, W. J. L.
gallery burned to the ground, and a resolu-
Dyer, Geo. C. Mueller, Miles Shorey, W. A.
tion of sympathy, and offer of such material
Cox, H. Shaefer, D. Bachrach, Jr., M.
assistance as may be in our power to give,
Stahn, T. P. Varley, and C. A. Wilson.
was passed.
The President then appointed the Executive The criticisms on the pictures brought in
Committee, as follows Messrs. Miles Sho-
:
by Mr. Claflin for that purpose were, per-
rey, D. Bachrach, Jr., P. L. Perkins, W.
haps, as profitable to us as anything done
A. Cox, and C. S. Mosher. A communi- during the meeting, but to undertake to give
cation was read from Mr. J. H. Pope, re-
them to the readers of the Photographer
gretting impossibility of attending, and
without being able to hold the pictures
stating his willingness to do his share in criticized before them would be a folly,
which
^upholding the art, &c. A vote of thanks
I do not propose to perpetrate.
was then given to Messrs. Dinmore & Mr. Dryer's special paper and the Society
Wilson for the use of their rooms. Messrs. paper, the Hoosier Heliographist, were read
Dinmore & Wilson then offered the As- and apparently relished by all in attendance.
sociation the use of their rooms free until
J. Perry Elliott,
the Association saw fit to engage other Secretary.
quarters. Their offer was accepted with
thanks. Meeting then adjourned to Feb-
ruary 6th, 1873.
G. 0. Brown, Read Photographic Mosaics for 1873. It

Secretary. contains 144 useful pages for 50 cents.

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGEAPHEE. 53

CHICAGO PHOTOGRAPHIC terest to give to the world. All such socie-

ASSOCIATION. ties are invited to make our magazine their

The annualmeeting of the Chicago Pho-

organ, and we will heartily join them in any
tographic Association was held at the store
efforts they may make for the advancement

of Chas. W. Stevens, No. 158 State Street,

of blessed photography. And to all such
Thursday evening, January 2d, and was we say, strive to be useful. One great draw-
called to order by the President, G. A.
back to many society gatherings is the great
tendency on the part of some of their mem-
Douglass. The following named gentlemen
were elected officers of the Association for bers to continually fight points of order, and
debate trivial matters of a parliamentary
the ensuing year President, A. Hesler
:

nature, unimportant, and to the exclusion

Vice-Presidents, Chas. W. Stevens, P. B.
Greene Secretary, G. A. Douglass Treas-
of more valuable business, wasting time,
; ;

urer, Wm.Shaw; Executive Committee, and disgusting members who come for the
benefits of the association, and driving away
A. J. W. Copelin, H. G. Thompson, G. A.
Douglass. The interesting paper in Mosaics, the most valuable material in the society.

1873, page 29, by Mr. W. J. Baker, called

Such procedure should be avoided. Let
De Legibus, was then read by Mr. P. B. photography be your great topic, and let the
Greene, and an animated discussion on the immaterials go. Be useful. Pontine busi-

same ensued, especially on Mr. Baker's re- ness is of less importance than matters prac-
tical.
marks on the stereoscope. The President
then made the usual appointments, and the Now to the Secretaries of societies a

meeting adjourned. word. Be good enough to send us the min-

There is nothing like having an associa- utes of your meetings as early as possible

tion well officered, and we are glad to see always. We like to be prompt in publish-
our veteran friend Hesler ahead, or at the ing them, but sometimes they are received
head at Chicago, and that our friend Doug- so late in the month that it gives us much
lass of the " Great Central " has the Secre-
annoyance. Give us such little items of
practice drop from time to time, and
tary's portfolio again. We hope to get
as

fuller records of the meetings in Chicago make your report as full as possible ; also

hereafter through his kindness. He is an write on one side of the paper only. Above
earnest worker for the fraternity.
all, be prompt.

TO SOCIETIES AND SECRETARIES.

MATTERS THE
We are glad to see how rapidly photo-
graphic societies are being formed all over
the country. It seems almost epidemic. It
is right, and, as we have said, we are glad
to see it, for many of the great barriers
which have retarded photography in the The next Annual Convention and Exhi-
years that are gone can only be broken down bition of the National Photographic Asso-

by association of the members of our fra- ciation will be held in Buffalo, N. Y.,
ternity one with another. And not only beginning Tuesday, May 13th, 1873, instead

should all such societies strive to do their of in Rochester, N. Y., in July. Mr. W- J.
part in breaking down all selfishness, all Baker is the newly appointed Local Secre-
secrecy, all conceit, all low prices, and so tary. The Permanent Secretary invites pa-
on, but they should strive to circulate use- pers from all who choose to offer them, and
fulknowledge, and to te of some use to requests that they be handed in to him
thosewho have not the same advantages. before the opening of the Convention, that
Every month, from every society, we ought place may be made for them in the order of
to have for publication one or more thoughts business.
or hints, or queries, or other matter of in- The Executive Committee would be glad
54 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
if members in arrears would pay their dues all who knew him. He was doing a good
at once to Mr. Albert Moore, Treasurer, business, and leaves a wife and two children
No. 828 Wood Street, Philadelphia. This is in comfortable circumstances.
positively necessary, as the committee needs Mrs. D. T. Burrell, who with her hus-
funds to further the interests of the coming band, Mr. D. T. Burrell, North Bridge-
exhibition. water, Mass., was a member of our Asso-
To become a member of the National ciation, died under very painful circum-
Photographic Association costs $4 $2 for stances, Dec. 29th. She was beloved and
;

entrance fee $2 for one year's dues, in ad-

;
esteemed by all who knew her.
vance employees, half rates life member-
; ;
Mr. E. Finch, of Waxahachie, Texas,
ship, $25. Apply to Edward L. Wilson, whom attendants at the St. Louis Con-
all
Permanent Secretary, Seventh and Cherry, vention will remember kindly, writes " I :

Philadelphia. am laying by a little of the wherewithal to

Life Members. — One hundred are enable me to attend our annual gathering.
wanted at once to put the Association on a It pays to go, even from this far-off place.

fair business basis. The last additions to the The increased excellence of one's work pays ;

list W. Irving Adams and Elbert

are Messrs. the cordial greetings pay ; the rest and rec-
Anderson, New York, and Mr. E. H. Train, reation,and release from business pay. I
Helena, Montana. You can aid the Asso- have heard others say it paid to have such
ciation very materially by becoming a life
brotherly greetings, but all forget the sisters'

member now. The new certificates are beau- greetings. My hand has hardly got over
tiful. them yet. Oh ! pays let us be sure
it all ;

to go." It does pay. Begin to save up now

The following have been added to the
to go to Buffalo. Some grand things are in
veteran list A. Hesler,
since our last issue :

preparation.
Evanston, 111., 1847 S. L. Walker, Pough-
;

keepsie, N. Y., 1841 and Walter C. North,

;
President Bogardtjs is one of the
TJtica, N. Y., 1848; Jex Bardwell, Detroit, special jurors in the celebrated Jumel will
Mich., 1841 Mr. Walker is probably the
;
case in New York, which prevented the
oldest, and Mr. North the youngest veteran meeting of the Executive Committee in
living. time to report this month.

It has been decided to issue for the benefit Mr. J. Perry Elliott has sent the Per-
of the members of the Association a Manual manent Secretary a relic in the shape of a
of the Association, which will contain the whole size group, presented by Mr. Charles
constitution, by-laws, list of officers and P. Eetsch, an artist in Indianapolis :

members, constitution of the relief fund, " Mr. Fetsch sayswas made in New it

suggestions on life membership, national York City, corner Broadway and White
price list, &c, which together will make Streets, by Mrs. Wehnert, of Leipzig,
it very interesting and instructive. Owing Germany, whose husband was one of the
number
to the action of the Association a inventors of photography, and he thinks
of names will be dropped from the roll this lady made the first photographs that
for the non-payment of dues. See at once were made in this country, and went back
to yours. There are matters being devel- to the old country again on account of Mr.
oped that will, we think, make every man Langenheim, of Philadelphia, claiming a
gain money who belongs to the National patent on paper pictures, and wanting her
Photographic Association. to pay for the privilege of making them,
which she would not like to pay."
Mr. Willis Tandy, a member of the
It is quite a curiosity.
National Photographic Assocation, died
suddenly, at his residence in Jacksonville, Mr. Elbert Anderson's new hook is

111., December aged 36 years.- He

31st, called The Skylight and the Dark-Room, and
had been a photographer about sixteen contains full instructions for practice in both
years. He had the esteem and good-will of the dark-room and the skylight. Price $4.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBR. 55

duce good work under any light. Notice a

THINGS NEW AND OLD.
view made with the sun directly behind the
by b. j. chute (roland vanweike). camera and see how flat and insipid it seems.
" Working a South Light." Notice another of the same subject, with
In the January journal Francis Strauss, the sun at right angles, or nearly so, with

<ofYork, Penna., gives his method of work- the view, and see the boldness and relief.

ing a south light. I have worked a light, This is just as applicable to portraiture as to

not quite south, but so situated that it re- landscape photography. If we would have

ceived the sun all the fore part of the day. form and modelling, the light must fall
From my experience with that light I would around the sitter, and come mainly from
suggest that Mr. Strauss use opaque curtains one side.

under his white muslin, so that he may ex- For Rembrandt effects I cannot conceive of
clude the light from such portion as may be anything like a desirable light in the position
desired. By arranging the opaque curtains indicated in Mr. Strauss's diagram. I would

so as to open or close different parts of the suggest that the sitter be placed at c, and
Album, that
light, as illustrated in Bigelow's the camera at d; or the sitter may be placed

work may Any drab

be used to advantage. still nearer the south side of the light, if

or slate-colored material may be used, and the form of the room will admit of it. Let
can be put up conveniently and at little ex- the light be well screened directly over the

pense, by running them on wires, laterally sitter, letting the main light come from the
across the light. Some further hints may lower part, and if possible with the situa-
also be gained from the Album in reference tion of the light and arrangement of cur-
to the position the sitter is placed in under
tains, illuminate the shadow side from the
the light. top part of the skylight, so as to avoid using
From the positions Mr. Strauss places his a reflector. For this purpose, a small light

sitters in, as illustrated in his diagram, I set in the nine feet angle on the north side,
should suppose that flat pictures would be if it be available, as represented in the

" horizontal view," would be found of great

the result. The sitter must be placed in the
light, not away to one side of it. service.

The following amendments to his diagram The white muslin curtains I believe to be
will illustrate the method of working I the best for receiving the sun, but they only

would suggest: serve as a protection against the too power-

ful sunlight, and leave the light in about
the same condition as a north light with no
curtains drawn. Now, to make the light
&' manageable, additional curtains are to be
^ used, or such an arrangement as would be
considered suitable for a north light. With
the white muslin alone there is very little

more control of the had when

light to be
5 the sun shines, than there would be with a
t> <>
north light with no curtains or screens
whatever.
In reference to the fogging, it is, most

likely, due to some defect in the camera, or

Place the sitter on the lines a or a'', as plate-holder, or light in the dark-room. A
may be desirable for the sitter, with the few experiments ought to solve the difficulty.
camera at b or b f and arrange the curtains
,

by the directions given in Bigelow's Album, Mr. Scholten's (Mosaics, 1873) article
for such effect as you wish to produce. on Backbone is attracting a good deal of
Placing the sitter fronting the light, or attention, and should be read by every one.
the sitter and camera on a line with the It has been reprinted in Europe. We hope
light, cannot, in the nature of things, pro- he will write on Weak Knees, soon.
56 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
Errors in the Study and Practice of
Photography.
BY GEORGE 0. BROWN.
I.
The absence of proper and mature judg-
ment in many of the various manipulations
of the photograph is often the cause
prevents the photographer from being suc-
cessful when surrounded by the most favor-
able circumstances. In order to
satisfy the demands of his patrons, the pho-
tographer of to-day must be a different
from the photographer of ten years ago.
It was not then regarded as strictly essen-
tial that he should possess rare and eminent
attainments but photography, in common
;
with other departments of the fine arts, has
advanced with rapid strides, and with its pro-
gression the important fact has been devel-
oped that, besides the mere formulae, chemi-
cals, and equipments, there must be mind
and thought to insure success. The knowl-
edge of this fact is gradually and effectively
weeding out the impediments and obstacles
which have so greatly retarded its progress
as an art. Another important fact is being
generally admitted, which is, that reputa-
tion (artistic)must be first made before suc-
cess can be gained. Those who are striving
for success, without first establishing a well-
earned reputation, will have their labor for
their pains, reaping naught but the bitter
harvest of blighted hopes and fruitless labor,
when too late for amendment or repair.
Until a more ardent and earnest desire
is manifested to produce work which will
lay a foundation for a lasting and worthy
reputation (instead of seeking the mighty
dollar) than is now exhibited by many, they
will never become resplendent as bright stars
in the photographic firmament, but will ever
be eclipsed by those of the higher order.
In photography, it may be truly said,
that, " forethought is the mother of suc-
cess," and as Shakspeare says, u the weakest
go to the wall."
Business, in every department of enter-
prise, to become a perfect success,
reared upon the solid basis of principle which
will merit success. And the mere matter of
accumulation and gain should never be con-
sidered as paramount, but ever be regarded
as secondary in value and worth when placed
in juxtaposition with the possible achieve-
ments of reputation, eminence, and renown.
In no vocation is a strict adherence to these
elements of success so highly essential as in
photography. Tet there are very many
who apparently consider that photography
which does not claim anything but the most ordi-
nary and insignificant means wherewith to
gain an astonishing success. This is a great
meet and error. A few moments' reflection will show,
even the most fastidious, the utter absurdity
man of such a supposition. We might ask the
questions who are the successful ones in the
profession,and what has rendered them suc-
cessful ? We could mention the names of a
score of them, and the response in the case
of each would be the same, careful and as-
siduous study, and a love for the art. Simple
as this combination may be regarded, it is
the most effective receipt, the only specific
for the procurement of final success.
The more we study the more w e discover7
our ignorance. When we find a man en-
gaged in photography because he loves it,
and makes dollars and cents a "secondary
consideration," we can rest assured that man
is in the right path, and will eventually
make his mark in the photographic world.
The prosperous merchant, in all branches
of mercantile enterprise, is the one who has
prided himself on furnishing his customers
with the best grades and qualities. The
photographer need not be an exception to
such a case, unless indolently indifferent in
his manner of procedure. Many commence
well enough, and then suddenly lose all in-
terest; this is particularly so with those who
have but little affection for the art, and
have merely taken it up with the idea of
making a good, easy living, indulging the
vain hope of success without the proper
exertion. Another class, who are fully in-
formed as to what constitutes fine produc-
tions, strive unceasingly to produce meri-
torious work, and really succeed in gaining
an excellent reputation, and then cease their
efforts and lose all they have gained.
must be The only substantial advertisements which
can be relied upon, and which will build up
a photographic business, are the pictures
themselves, and one defective or faulty pho-
tograph sent out will be productive of more
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 57

harm than ten good ones can counterbalance.

Once having gained a reputation for artistic
excellence, the public take pleasure in rec-
ommending and advertising your merits
gratis. You need only thereafter work to
merit your patronage. And let it be borne
in mind, if you have a reputation for pro-
ducing miserable, poor, and imperfect pic-
tures, the public will be found equally
eloquent in praising (?) your accomplish-
ments (?). One or the other of these repu-
tations you must necessarily have take —
your choice, gentlemen
I would ask Sphynx if a pyrogallic acid
Those who are instrumental in inflicting
and citric acid injured by its
solution is
the greatest injury on themselves and the
turning red while in solution previous to
profession, are those who deem themselves
using a redeveloper? E. W.
too well informed (?) to consider it worth
while to subscribe to or read photographic Fulminate or Silver. I wish to ask a —
literature.Egotism being in the ascendency few questions concerning the nitrate bath,
they become seemingly satisfied with them- which I fail to see explained in the light of
selves, and when business does not prove photography. By chemists it is thus : To
commensurate with their easy expectations, make fulminating silver, dissolve 40 or 50
why, the public are then censured for want grains of silver in about three-fourths of an
of proper appreciation of their merits. ounce of nitric acid, with the
sp. gr. 137,

Little do the majority of the fraternity aid of a little heat, add two measured ounces
realize the great inestimable value that of alcohol to the highly acid silver, &c.
photographic publications have been in But suppose we take a silver bath, say 80
furthering the advance of our beautiful art. fluid ounces, 40 grains to the ounce, which
Since the commencement of these publica- contains an ounce and a half of nitric acid,
tions photography has been brought up from such as Mr. Black's bath. Should we wish to
the depths of comparative obscurity, emerg- evaporate this bath to dryness, we neutralize
ing from a condition of semi-darkness, and it with ammonia, or with soda ; filter, &c.
assuming its proper sphere in the galaxy of Now, after the manner of chemists, what is

the fine arts. thus formed? What becomes of the acid?

There are photographers who, a few years Of course it is neutralized, but it surely
ago, acknowledged almost with shame their leaves something in its place. Is there any
vocation, but now are proud to be recognized danger of fulminating? Does Elbert An-
as votaries of the art, and are seeking earn- derson say anything about this in his work?
estly to obtain the loftiest niche in the temple T. M. W.
of Fame. With such how true, " 'Tis beauty Answers.
calls, and glory leads the way." All who To T. M. W. (above.)— If a silver bath
study the photographic publications cannot containing a large amount of nitric acid is

fail to see the necessity of elevating the art, neutralized with ammonia or carbonate of
which is but elevating themselves. If every soda, we will have a solution containing, in
photographer throughout the land could be the one instance, nitrate of silver and nitrate
induced to take and read a photographic of ammonia, and in the other nitrate of
journal, increased prices, superior work, and silver and nitrate of soda. If such solutions
a higher appreciation of the art would be the are evaporated to dryness, we obtain dry
result. nitrate of silver, mixed with either the
nitrate of ammonia or soda, but a very
Over
350,000 copies of The Photographer unsuitable article from which to make a
to hisPatrons have been sold. Try it as an new bath.
advertising means. If this acid silver bath is an old one, it
58 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
contains a variable quantity of alcohol and
ether, and its evaporation to dryness
attended with danger of explosion from the
formation of fulminating silver. There
would be no danger if such a bath was
neutralized with carbonate of soda before
its evaporation ; nor if
ammonia, if care was taken to use exactly
the required quantity ; but should an excess
of ammonia be used, there
danger of the formation of the fulminate.
The better plan to treat such a bath, when
it does not give satisfactory results,
convert it into chloride of silver, and put
aside with the silver washes.
In answer to the query of H. H. F., I
would say, the first formula, on page 386,
November journal, is Mr. Schreiber's, and
was placed there by mistake it should have
been under his remarks, on page 387, with
which it will be seen to correspond. Mr.
Marston's formula is found under his name.
He does not say what paper he uses.
Mr. Taylor's fixing bath is about the same
as those given by Messrs. Schreiber and
Savior. A very practical article on re-
touching negatives may
graphic News, December 13th, 1872.
John Terras in our next.
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
Photography of the Past Year and of the
—
Future Cry for a New Style Mr. Petsch
Resigns Photography What Photography —
may Accomplish, and its Limits.
The past year shows many advances in
photography. The excellent Mosaics for
1873, which I have received just now, gives
a comprehensive review, and at the same
time the agreeable certainty that our beau-
tiful art, which already has become the
property of all nations, will continue to
develop new applications. have in the
past year no startling discoveries, no new
lens with an astonishingly large field of
view, or extraordinary depth, or unheard
of intensity of light, nor have we a really
new dry process, nor a
cess, nor a new method of printing a
Albert, but we have gained by a more
is thorough study of the methods now in
vogue we have clearer conceptions of the
;
different effects and and more
their causes,
certainty of the results. In portrait pho-
tography the aesthetic principles, on which
neutralized with the effect of a picture depends, have been
more generally acknowledged.
It is now ten years since two young
would again be persons established a photographic gallery
in Berlin; then nobody knew them, now
their reputation is world-wide, and their
is to names are mentioned with respect on both
sides of the Atlantic. I am speaking of
Loescher & Petsch. In those days their
atelier was most of the time empty, and
but seldom a customer would call in, but in
order to employ their time advantageously
they, in conjunction with myself, made
;
studies in posing and lighting. The result
of these studies are those four heads show-
ing the effect of front-light, side-light, top-
light, and combined light; and these studies
have been gradually republished in almost
all the photographic journals of both hemi-
spheres.
We had to hear a good many severe re-
be found in Photo- marks about these four heads some ridi- ;
culed them out and out, but neverthe-
K. J. Chute. less we continued our studies, and every
Saturday the atelier of Loescher & Petsch
was closed to the general public, and the
day devoted to artistic studies and experi-
ments. Soon the business of the firm in-
creased. Loescher & Petsch 's children's
— pictures and gems of German life were
bought everywhere, and now after ten years
the reception-room of Loescher & Petsch is
always full, and every day and every hour
is engaged for weeks in advance.
Mr. Petsch, one of the partners, retires,
and by Mr. Hart-
his place will be occupied
mann, who, your readers are well aware,
as
has done already good service in his essays
on negative retouching, and at present he is
engaged in revising the third edition of the
We work on "Negative Ketouching," of the
late lamented J. Grasshoff.
We see in this the splendid results of
which ten years ago
these aesthetic studies,
were considered a curiosity, but the impor-
new positive pro- tance of which is now acknowledged by
la everybody, from China in the east to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 59

America in the west. A namesake of mine productions are unsatisfactory to me. Of

related in one of our meetings that in trav-
elling through Australia and China he met
in Nankin a Chinese photographer, who
posed according to our idea of aesthetic
what use are my very best ideas about pose
and illumination, when a person will not
or cannot take the pose I desire, or when
finally makes a face which is unsuitable to
it

effect, and that his pictures were very the character ? Or how can I represent the
creditable affairs. The Chinese and the character of a person at all, when I do not
Japanese are very apt scholars, and that know it, and have only at the best fifteen
they are open for culture in the sesthetical minutes of time to find it out, a space not
branches of art is shown by the numberless even sufficient to give me a superficial
porcelain articles and woodwork which are knowledge.
imported from these far-off countries, and " If after all this a picture succeeds or
which in form and the style of painting pleases it is luck, or due to the vanity of the
unmistakably show the European influence. public. I have sometimes delivered pic-
Many thousands of photographs are sent tures which displeased me in almost every
yearly to China and Japan, and enlighten particular, and still the party represented
them about European art and culture, while was highly satisfied."
the pictures and photographs which we re- This is the judgment of a young man
ceive from them give us valuable informa- (Petsch is thirty years old), who has done
tion of the land and the habits of the people. much for photography, but who turns his
The question has sometimes been asked back to it because he is dissatisfied with his
if artistic progress in photography is still work. An example like this might dis-
possible? I do not put this question in re- courage many a votary of photography who
gard to the generality of photographs, for has not reached the eminence of Mr. Petsch,
there is still much room for improvement, if pecuniary gain (and this has not been

and many who do not possess natural taste wanting to Mr. Petsch) did not urge him on.
will never acquire any, but I refer to such Photography has its limits, and beyond
prominent men Salomon, in Paris
as them we cannot go. These limits are partly
Kurtz, in New York and Loescher &; our dependence on the model, partly the
Petsch, in Berlin and many others who
; weather we must try to do our very best
;

are their equals, but which I have not room within these limits, and we will not fail to
enough to mention in these pages. .find acknowledgments.
We see in the work of these artists that the Art too has its limits, beyond which it
mechanical manipulations have been car- cannot go. The most eminent sculptor can-
ried to the highest excellence. We find in not render the soft, flowing hair with the
regard to pose and illumination all that we same effect as the painter or the photogra-
can desire. The retouching is faultless, and pher, still more difficult is it for the sculptor
the background and accessories are selected to render the most characteristic organ of
with refined taste. It seems, therefore, that the face —the human eye. The marble eye
everything which possibly can be done has is cold and dead, even color does not give it

been done, and still we want more. We life. I might venture the assertion that the
want to see something new, original, a new eye of the photograph has more effect than
style at any price. Who will give us a new the eye of the statue, although the necessity
style? Since Adam Salomon and the Rem- of keeping this ever-moving organ of the
brandt we have come to a standstill in this face in a rigid position while being photo-
respect even Anderson describes in his
; graphed, is apt to give to it a dead expres-

new work a great many good styles, but sion. In regard to portraiture and land-
nothing new. scape photography it is perhaps less than an
My friend Petsch, who is a good draughts- art, while in other respects it is much more
man, tells me: "I leave photography be- than an art. Its usefulness extends beyond
cause I do not find satisfaction. In regard that which we call an art. It extends over
to the artistic requirements we cannot go the whole realm of art and industry. Art
beyond certain limits ; even my very best requires an artist, a man with natural gifts
60 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
for the observation and reproduction of the fixed. In the hands of one of my corre-
beautiful, but photography can be learned spondents, Mr. Tulley, the gold solution is
by everybody ; it is universal like the art of used before fixation, and, as will readily be
writing, and it will become still more uni- seen, with some special advantages. The
versal, and as the art of writing fixes our primary result is a fine deposit of gold, which
ideas so does photography fix the visible blackens the image and considerably in-
form. The photographic technic will be- creases its printing intensity, effecting this
come the common property of all when the with perfect uniformity and harmonious
manipulations have been simplified. We gradation. But this is not all. The fin-
can now buy ready-made sensitized paper ; ished negatives so produced have a singular
we will soon have ready-made sensitized brilliancy and freedom from foggy deposit
dry plates, which can be sold at a low price. on the deepest shadows. A brief examina-
When this has been accomplished the uni- tion of the working of the solution will show
versal employment of photography will be how this result is secured. The chloride,
possible, provided that developing and fix- besides increasing the intensity of the image
ing are not too troublesome. by the deposit of gold, also acts upon any
Yours truly, loose foggy deposit produced by prolonged
Dr. Vogel. —
development on the deepest shadows, where
no action of light has taken place, a kind of
deposit which too frequently mars the bril-

NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE liancy of the resulting picture. By the ac-

STUDIO. tion of the gold solution, this unnecessary

and foggy general deposit of silver is con-
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
verted into chloride of silver, which, on im-
New Method of Intensifying — Intensifying mersing the negative in the hyposulphite
and Reducing Varnished Negatives. fixing solution, is dissolved and removed
Another Method of Intensifying. The ten- — without affecting the deposit of gold on those
dency of the modern practice of photogra- portions of the image formed by the com-
phy has been to render intensifying processes bined action of light and the developer, and
comparatively unnecessary, many operators a singularly clean and brilliant negative is
securing sufficient intensity in the first pro- the result.
cess of development. Occasionally it will' and Reducing Varnished Nega-
Intensifying
happen, however, that some additional vigor tives. — I see that in
a recent communication
in the negative is imperative, and although from our friend and collaborateur, Dr. Vo-
there no lack of efficient methods of in-
is gel, in referring to the use of tincture of
tensifying, every additional aid to the iodine for modifying the intensity of var-
operations of the photographer are worth nished negatives, he accredits the idea to
putting on record. The mode of intensify- M. Unger, in the Bulletin Beige of April
ing to which I am about to refer, although last. It is not a very vital matter in rela-
not quite new as regards materials, is new tion to which it is of much importance to es-
to me in the precise mode of application. tablish an earlier claim ; but as I can add one
The agent employed for intensifying is gold or two useful practical hints, it may perhaps
solution, consisting of the discarded toning be worth while to say that the process is my
bath, which, having done its work with own, and was first published nine years ago.
albumenized prints, instead of being wasted As my method, detailed in the Photographic
as with some, or placed amongst residues for News, May, 1863, was very simple, as well
reduction as with others, is impressed into as very efficient, it may be interesting briefly
the service of the operator for intensifying to restate details. I was working at the
purposes. Gold solutions have been used time with a sample of collodion which, whilst
occasionally,and with success, for intensi- giving fine negatives, had the fault of losing
fying, from an early period in the history much density on varnishing, and this to a
of collodion photography; but always, so degree which rendered it difficult to estimate

far as I am aware, after the negative was the right amount of first intensification. To
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 61

save some valued portraits, I tried the vari- this sort of work. The photographers are
ous known methods of dealing with var- Messrs. Schreiber & Sons, No. 818 Arch
nished negatives without much success, and Street, Philadelphia. These gentlemen
some experimenting led me to the use of the father, and four, or five, or six sons, we
iodine. I first applied to the varnished film can never count them —
have a peculiar
strong alcohol to soften the varnish and talent for this class of work, and have made
render it permeable, and then applied tinc- it a matter of much study. Our readers
ture of iodine, strength about six grains in cannot have forgotten their beautiful pic-
an ounce of spirit. In a few minutes the ture, "The Last Load," which appeared in
thin gray image assumed a deep olive tint, our last volume. They have gone on
which was exceedingly non-actinic. I then quietly, making continual progress, and we
rinsed with alcohol, and dried the plate with do not think any animal photographer in
gentle heat. As a rule the surface was as the world equals them. All the ingenious
glossy as before, no subsequent varnishing devices they have for securing the pictures
being necessary ; if it were, a second appli- successfully of such subjects is embraced in
cation of varnish was applied with perfect their own persons. In answer to our que-
safety. ries, Mr. Schreiber writes us as follows
Curiously enough, the same treatment " The birds and beasts we send you were
prolonged was very efficient in reducing the made in the same manner as we described
intensity of overdense varnished negatives. in your September number, 1872. The in-
If a varnished negative were found to yield strument used was a card size Boss lens.
hard prints from over-intensification rather The pictures were made with the aid of a
than under-exposure, it was very easily cap, about a half second exposure. It will
modified so as to yield soft, fine prints. The be well to mention again, that should any
negative film was softened with alcohol, and of my brother photographers wish to give
tincture of iodine applied as before, but in- themselves the trouble to make pictures of
stead of removing it when the olive tint was this class, be careful to study the nature of
attained, it was suffered to proceed from the animal you want to take, and use a little
olive to deep yellow, and from that to a deli- tasteand plenty of patience, and you are
cate primrose, and finally to a light straw bound to succeed." A quick lens, and a
color, which permits the light to pass readily quick eye and hand, are all essential. We
through the densest parts. The operation do not think we ever placed a picture in our
may of course be stopped at any point, judg- magazine reflecting more credit upon the
ment being exercised to determine the best photographer than the present one.
printing stage. Iodide of silver is but very The mounts were designed and made
slightly sensibly affected by light, so that specially for us by Messrs. A. M. Collins,
little change takes place during printing Son & Co., Philadelphia, and all will agree
with negatives so treated. A slight increase are very beautiful. One thing further we
of intensity is, however, the result of long should notice. The prints were trimmed
exposure to direct sunlight in printing. I with the Kobinson trimmer. A good many
have used both methods here indicated with thousand were needed for our purpose, and
invariable success. Messrs. Schreiber declare they never would
have undertaken the job without the trim-
mer. We are glad to see that the price of
OUR PICTURE. this capital little instrument has been re-
It is a long time since we have presented duced. It is invaluable.
a picture with our magazine feeling more
assured that it would please than we do Mr. Henry Stevens, a well-known bib-
now. haveWe in this number a trio that liographer and bibliopolist, proposes the
we think ought to interest any one pic- — plan of photographing the titles of all rare
tures of live animals, all showing the great- and old books, for the convenience of col-
est skill on the part of the photographer, lectors, and to call the art of doing the same
as all will understand who have attempted Photo-Bibliography.
62 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. of iron for hypo. As the crystals are so
The two volumes of the Photographic astonishingly alike (?), the green photog-

World, 1871 and 1872, be had for $6. may rapher used the iron to fix his prints with.

They are splendid and useful books, and the He fixed'em {ironically speaking), of course,
pictures they contain are well worth the but they didn't suit him, hence the suit
price. — Mr. T. P. Wilson, of Washington, Company.
against the Scovill Manufacturing

111., says :
" You might as well try to make The photographer won and was awarded
collodion without the usual excitants as to damages; but an appeal was taken, and the
endeavor to paddle your way photographi- judgment reversed recently. E. Y. Bell,
cally without the aid of a live journal, such Esq. , counsel for the Scovill Manufacturing
as you furnish your patrons monthly." Company. This last is a just decision, for

Our foreign exchanges are delayed by fog at — even if a dealer does in his haste give a man
sea. —
The Photographic Exhibition at Dub- the wrong ingredient, should the man use it

lin, was very creditable. They

Ireland, — and then be allowed damages ? Mr. Alva —
are agitating the policj7 of forming a " Com- Pearsall, less than a year operating in his

mercial Photographic Society," in London. new gallery in Brooklyn, N.Y., was awarded
— No one has a photograph of the Emperor at the late Brooklyn fair the " first diploma

of China— the Son of the Sun — We shall for crayon portraits and oil portraits, and

have copies of the Year Book of Photog- first special mention for photographs."

raphy for 1873, in a few days. We have — This is splendid but where are those who
;

a long, pleasant New Year letter from Mr. preceded " our young friend?" Mr. John —
J. M. Davison, Pittsburg, Texas, for all A. Scholten, in his New Year letter to us,
of which we wish we had room. Among says his business last year was most sat-
other things he says: "I regret the 'end isfactory to him, and that the public like

of the World,' and hope few

were less his work. He adds, "I had long been
prepared for it thanon to
I. I shall hold wishing for Mr. Anderson's book, which
the Philadelphia Photographer, for I have I had ordered of Mr. Tilford. I now
to weed out my own row unaided, save
'
'
have it, and am convinced that it is the
by your magazines and many books I have —
book a truthful and valuable one, and to
purchased. I think I own the finest pho- me worth tenfold the money paid for it,
tographic library in the State of Texas, and for the illustrations alone. The building I
but for it I should have had to retire in am now in having changed hands, I shall
shame from the profession. Still I believe soon look for another spot whereupon to
in asking questions. A man stands a poor locate,and this book has given me some new
show Our country is flooded
unless he does. and very fine ideas in reference to skylight
with Photographic Artists (?) who boast of designs, dark-rooms, &c. It is also a very
the number of men they hev taught the ' useful book for employees in fact, one I ;

bizniss, ' but who cannot make a decent have long looked for, and from which any
picture." We shall give a few hints from of us may glean useful knowledge." The —
his letter in our next number. In a very — members representing photography of the
interesting paper on the subject of the sta- Advisory Committee of the United States,
bility of the collodion film, published in the under Gen. Van Buren, for the Yienna Ex-
American Journal, Mr. Rutherfurd says position, are Prof. John W. Draper, New
" The very numerous and concordant micro- York, M. Carey Lea, Philadelphia, Charles
metric measures of star photographs, made Wager Hull, New York, and Edward L.
by myself and under my direction during Wilson, Philadelphia. The elegant gold —
the past seven years, have inspired me with medals awarded by the National Photo-
the utmost confidence in the stability of the graphic Association, at St. Louis, for the
collodion film, particularly when applied best display of photography, to Messrs.
to a plate of glass properly albumenized." Eobinson & Chen-ill and F. Luckhardt,
— The Scovill Manufacturing Company have been sent them by the Secretary.
were sued by a photographer in New York They are very elaborate and handsome, and
last summer for giving him protosulphate were made by Scovill Manuf'g. Co., N. Y.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.

Words of Good Cheer. — In all our expe- called "On the Piazza," was made on a Col.
rience, as the editor of this magazine, we have Stuart Wortley dry plate, imported by Mr. Con-
never had such a perfectly overwhelming over- stable in May, exposed in August with a wide-
flow of letters containing words of good cheer angle lens, 3-inch focus, 3-16 stop, 20 seconds time.
and well wishing as now. We should like much We how anything can be softer, and
cannot see
to sit down and personally respond to all such in richer,and cleaner than it is. Mr. Constable's
equal quantity and length, hut the 24 hours work throughout shows careful, cleanly work,
of the day would not give us sufficient time to and the possession of an artistic taste in the se-
do so. We can only say that we are very sensi- lection of subject. We congratulate bim.
bly appreciative of such kindness, and shall
strive to repay it, by giving one and all a first- Mr. J. Inglis, Montreal, Canada, has- favored
rate magazine. We rely muck for our ability to us with several very characteristic 8 x 10 bust
do this on the same good will and co-operation pictures of gentlemen, lighted and printed by a
which you have poured down upon us during the method which is peculiar, and by which he
last few weeks. Thanks, to one and all, for it claims to obviate the necessity of retouching
sweetens our labor and makes it pleasant. the negative. They are fine.

—
Large Orders. The dealers also seem to
Pictures Received — Portraits. — From Mrs.
have ''broken out afresh," for from near and
Baimheld, Marshalltown, Iowa, a cabinet pic-
far they are sending us unusually large orders for
ture containing the portraits of 212 babies
subscriptions and books. Messrs. G. S. Bryant ;

from Messrs. Walter C. North, Utica, N. Y., A.

& Co., Boston, seem head the list with nearly
to
Marshall, Boston, and Frank Rowel], Boston,
one hundred; Mr. B. H. Howe, Columbus, Ohio,
some cabinet photographs of most excellent
sends twenty -four subscribers at once, and Messrs.
quality examples of their work of various
;

John Taylor & Co., San Francisco, California,

sizes from Messrs. J. H. Hunter, Jonesville,
send us twenty -two in one order. Other dealers
Michigan Wm. H. Kibbee, Johnstown, N. Y. j
;

also are adding much to our list. If this is

Jos. W. King, Union Springs, Ala. ; Messrs. J.
kept up we shall increase our number of pages.
C. Toler, J. M. Davison, and F. Clark & Co. Mr.
Tremendous Order. — Mr. J. Landy, Cincin- Toler sends us specimens of his work made each
nati, Ohio, has just completed an order for 65,000 year, since 1866, showing what great progress he

cabinet prints, portraits for a work entitled has made. Mr. Davison is on the right track, and
" Cincinnati Past and Present.' 1
That is a big being a close student, will soon reach up.
order. Mr. Landy has sent us a 16 x 20 life-size Messrs. Clark & Co. are excellent photographers

head of "the man who laughs," copy of a in Pittsfield, Mass. Their portrait of Bev. Dr.
painting of a man laughing his hardest and his Todd is very They also send us some
fine.

best. It is capital. stereo views,which show them to be fully up in

that branch of our art also. Mr. J. Parker, Jr.,
—
Our Pictures. We want everybody to try to
Newport, N. H. has favored us with some inter-
,

make a picture for our magazine this year.

esting stereo views of winter scenery.
When you get any good subject think of us and
send us a proof. The Weston Patent Burnisher. Just as —
we were about to go to press we witnessed the
Error in Price. — By some blunder we can-
wonderful doings of Mr. E. B. Weston's patent
not explain, we allowed Mr. Anderson's new
photograph burnisher or press, a cut of which
book to be advertised in Specialties at $3.50 last
appears in the advertisement on our cover and a
month. It was a mistake ; $4 is the price.
description of which please find in Specialties. It
Mr. F. A. Constable, a talented amateur imparts a polish to the photograph, far superior
photographer of New York, has favored us with to the California enamel or gelatin process, and
a series of most interesting stereographs, of a gives richness and roundness to the picture. We
variety of subjects which are exceedingly fine, know such a polish some consider inartistic, but
and would shame many of our readers who make the people like it, and it is most readily accom-
photography their business. One of these views, plished by this machine. In our next number
64 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
we shall have more to say about it. The parties Stereoscopic Views of the West. The —
having it in charge we believe to be entirely good. lamented Greeley must have had photography
in his mind, when he uttered that famous piece
of advice —
"Young men, go West!"' We are
—
Items op News. Mr. Joseph Zentmayer. the led to this idea by two parcels of stereographs
eminent optician of our city, has been made an on our table, of scenery in the far West the one
;

honorary member of the American Philosophical being a series of views of the great Yellowstone
Society. This is a rare honor, to a most talented region, made by Mr William H. Jackson, pho-
and worthy gentleman. Mr. Charles A. Zim- — tographer to the U. S. Geological Survey of the
merman, stockdealer and photographer, of St. Territories, Prof. F. V. Hayden in charge,
Paul, Minnesota, recently made us a call on his
Washington, D. C, and the other a series of
way to New England. Too cold for him in St.
views in the Yosemite Valley, and amid the
Paul !
— Mr. John L. Gihon, our valued contribu- "Big Trees " of California, by Mr. J. J. Reilley,
tor, has departed for Montevideo, S. A., where Stockton, California. The views by Mr. Jack-
he joins Messrs Chute and Brooks. Mr. Daniel son are, of course, the freshest, the other locali-
Murphy, Mr. Gihon's special printer, accompa- ties having been "photographed to death" by
nies him. We hope we shall soon have some those who preceded Mr. Reilley. The latter
notes on the art in South America from Mr. gentleman has, however, done remarkably well,
Gihon, and that he will find it as pleasant there and secured some most excellent engravings.
as he anticipated. Meanwhile we wish him a Some of his "reflections," such as496, 337, 414,
safe passage. — Mr. J. W. Morgeneier is pushing and 461 of his "big trees,'' such as 463, 413,
;

his "Art School" in Sheboygan, Wisconsin, re- 430, and 575, being the best we have seen of
touching being the specialty. — Mr. Louis de those subjects for a long time. He has some
Planque, of Corpus Christi, Texas, is travelling negatives for sale.
the State over with his stereoptieon. The news- Mr. Jackson is an artist born. Neither Braun
papers praise his exhibition very highly, and we or England in the Alps ever did fuller justice to
hope he is making all the money his enterprise fine scenery than Mr. Jackson has done to the
deserves. —
Our next picture will be by Mr. beauties of the great Yellowstone. The snow-
Frank Jewell, Scranton, Pa. We have received — clad mountains, the roaring rivers, the tan-
a copy of " The Photographer's Friend Almanac, gled foliage, the great hot springs, some of them
for 1873," from Mr. Richard Walzl, publisher, in violent action, throwing water some sixty feet
Baltimore, Md —
Mr. Coleman Sellers is deliv- high, the great canyons, the roaring cascades, the
ering a course of lectures on photography at the placid lakes, the craters of the Grand Geyser,
Franklin Institute. We hope to make a report the basins of the hot springs with their fantastic
of them after they are finished. — Mr. Henry formations of crust, the mud puffs, and the dizzy
Biddle, late of Hamilton, Canada, has opened a crags are most faithfully caught and brought to
all

new gallery at No. 344 Pearl Street, Cleve- our table, without any trial on our part with stub-
land, Ohio, which he calls the " West Side Stu- born pack-mules, alkaline dust, limestone water,
dio." Success to him. — The Photographic So- or dizzy, wearying heights to climb. The nega-
cieties crowd us month we have to lay
so this tives are as neat and clean as if made under the
over several valuable papers, among them Mr. most favorable circumstances, and withal the
E. J. Pulmnn's excellent paper read before the points chosen were directed by an artist's skill and
Photographic Society of the District of Columbia. good taste. Alpine scenery could not be more
— Please send us items of news as you have
little enjoyable or more strangely excite the desires of
them — We have engaged as one of our regular one to whom mountain climbing is a fascina-
contributors, Mr. G. 0. Brown, Baltimore, late tion, as it is to us. We
have never seen a more
editor of the Photographer'' s Friend of that city. charming series of Western views. They are
— Messrs. Kilburn Bros., Littleton, N. H., have mounted on a delicately tinted mount with pol-
issued a second supplement to their catalogue, ished red edges, the production of Messrs. A. M.
including a large lot of views of the Boston ruins. Collins, Son & which gives them
Co., of this city,
— Mr. Charles A. Saylor, Reading, Pa., has shown a very beautiful appearance. Mr. Jackson we
us his large gold medal recently awarded him by are glad to know has also made some ad-
the Berks County Agricultural and Horticultural mirable negatives for our journal, which will
Society for the best display of photographs. It is appear in due season, when we shall have more
very handsome, and his work deserves it. — to say on the subject. He has also made a
Photographic Society is about being started in series of 11 x 14 negatives, fully equal to the
Montgomery, Ala. Good for Alabama. Next I smaller ones.
 THE

Vol. X. MARCH, 1873. No. 111.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

IMPORTANT NOTICE. THE "BERLIN" PROCESS.

Members of the National Photographic About three years ago considerable ex-
Association, and all interested, will please citement prevailed among the photographic
take notice that the next Convention and fraternity,on account of the actions of a
Exhibition is to open on Tuesday, July shrewd New Englander, who was "going
15th, and not on May 13th, as before an- the rounds " selling what he termed the
nounced. Please read the proceedings of " Berlin " process. Some photographers
the Executive Committee on another page. paid him $250 for it. It came out soon
that the whole secret consisted in making
negatives in the usual way, but with the
The Year-Book of Photography. reverse side of the glass finely or coarsely
The Year-Book of Photography, for 1873, ground. The prints from negatives thus
which, our readers are aware, is edited by made were extremely soft and beautiful,
our esteemed friend and correspondent, Mr. having the appearance of being printed
G. Wharton Simpson, London, England, from finely retouched negatives. The great
has arrived for 1873, and we have had such drawback to the process, however, was the
enjoyment and profit with it, as we hope cost and difficulty of obtaining a good
many of our readers will have, now it is quality of ground-glass, and for this reason
available to them. It is replete with most the process fell into disuse, even by those
useful suggestions on nearly every branch who had paid so dearly for it. It was a
of photography, by gentlemen whose pity to see a process which promised so
thoughts appear in its pages annually, and much, lost altogether, for the effects ob-
by many new contributors. The articles tained by it were very beautiful. It is
are short and to the point, and one can likely to come into use again, however, and
scarcely open a page without seeing some this has been made possible by the introduc-
useful hint. The Year-Book is always good, tion of Mr. -Hance's " Ground-Glass Substi-
but this year it seems to have exceeded tute," which gives to glass coated with it a
itself. We congratulate our esteemed co- most beautiful ground-glass surface. More-
worker on his success in gathering so much over, this substitute gives us advantages
good into so small a space. We have re- over the old process, besides cheapness and
ceived a full supply, and for a full list of the ease with which it may be obtained.
the contents refer our readers to the adver- When albumenizing a plate in the old pro-
tisement. cess, the albumen which run over on to the
66 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ground surface, could only be removed by yourselves or assist the Association more
cleaning it with powdered emery, thus en- effectually than by sending photographs.
dangering the film. Now the " Substitute " It is not solely the fine work which will be
need not be applied until the negative is interesting or instructive.
entirely finished, even to varnishing. Of all the pictures exhibited at one of our
The whole process as at present worked, meetings none were more commented on
therefore, stands thus Albumenize the
: than some very bad pictures, in the same
glass and make the negative soft, thin., and frame with some quite good ones, all by the
full of detail in the usual way ; varnish same man. "Showing progress," as he
and coat the reverse side with Hance's modestly said. They did show progress,
ground-glass substitute, and print in soft and those few pictures outdid the best work
light. This is not a mezzotint process. The in the good they effected.
effect is apparent over the whole picture, Every one saw them, every one spoke of
and is not lost in the shadows we think it ; them, every one wanted to see the author.
only needs to be tried to be liked. Best of Old photographers took him by the hand,
all, it may be applied to negatives already spoke words of praise and cheer he felt ;

made with the best of success, so that it is encouraged, and continued his progress, and
easily tried, and no charge for the secret. to-day ranks as one of the leading photog-
Softness rather than sharpness is the great raphers of the country, and I have no
desideratum at present, and here is a really doubt looks back to that Convention as a
good way of securing it at a very slight ad- bright, if not the turning, point of his ar-
ditional cost of time and money. tistic career.

He has promised to be at this next Con-

vention, and has important instruction to

A CALL TO BUFFALO. communicate. He is under no necessity

now to exhibit poor work in order to show
" I am proud of having made
not a little
his progress.
the only paying exhibition," writes our
What such a man has done any of us can
former Local Secretary Ryder; an honest
attempt. But Iam wandering. The point
feeling which no man will begrudge him;
is to make outside interest. I believe that
a just boast, while it is the wish of your
this can be easily effected in Buffalo, if you
present Secretary to be able to veto friend
all take hold in the way indicated. "We
Ryder's further indulgence in after July.
have symptoms of interest already. The
How was it done, and how can it be done
papers have published articles calculated to
again ?
draw favorable attention to us, and the citi-
It was accomplished first by keeping ex-
zens are talking about us, and prepared to
penses down, secondly by exciting the in-
see a fine show.
terest of the citizens of Cleveland in the
Do not let them be disappointed. Give
Exhibition. If done again, it must be
us an exhibition that those who come will
brought about in the same way.
go away to talk about, send their friends to
I ask the help of every member of the
see, and come again themselves.

Full information how and when to send

will be given in due time.
"W. J. Baker.

to bring about this desideratum.

Apprenticeship. — Mr I. B. Webster, Louis-
ville, Ky., one of the Committee on Appren-
In a former article I endeavored to set
ticeship, says, that some months ago he
forth the advantage it would be to each received a communication on the subject from
man's self to be an exhibitor. You will some one whose name he forgets, which he lost
readily see also that in proportion as the before he could answer it. He promises that if
exhibition is large and various it will be the party will write again that he shall have
attractive to outsiders, so you cannot help full justice.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 67

Buchtel's Improvement in Photo- it was found to be important to make them

graphic Plate-Holders. in the manner for use on springs as herein
shown.
Many photographers do not realize how " By having the springs C movable across
much silver they waste in a year by means
the door it is found that the points of pres-
of the drip from the plate-holder, but it is
sure on the glass are much nearer the bear-
pretty generally conceded that said dripping
ing-points by the old method of
than
is a very active agent in the destruction of
pressure in the middle alone, this middle
plate-holders. Some three years ago we
pressure sometimes warping thin glass or
described a method of saving this waste of
plates out of focus but by pressing them
;

silver and destruction of plate-holders by

means of an ingenious plate-holder, the
invention of Mr. Joseph Buchtel, Portland,
Oregon Mr. Buchtel was not entirely
satisfied with his patent plate-holder, how-
ever, and wisely withheld it from the mar-
ket until he could perfect
thinks he has done so, and the cut below
represents his device.
at the corners all this .is avoided. For
large plates longer springs are used ; but
all made to fit in the dovetail-groove M.
are
"The cups F are made somewhat similar
to former ones, with the exception of the
bearing-place for the plate, shown by the
it. He now letter L. These are made a little wider at
the bottom than at the top, and continue
almost to the bottom of the cup."
The advantages of this device, which are
numerous and great, Mr. Buchtel details
fully in his advertisement, and (since we
have examined his plate-holder carefully),
we believe he does not overrate them. His
invention seems entirely practical, and we
are glad to know that Scovill Manufactur-
ing Company, New York, will manufac-
ture the holders for their (American Opti-
cal Company) excellent boxes.

TO FOREIGN EXHIBITORS.
The handsome goldmedal of the National
"The principal features of improvement Photographic Association is offered for the
are set forth in the drawing, where G G best display of work from any one foreign
are the uprights supporting the cups F F and country at the next Annual Exhibition at
bearing-points E E, with the springs C C, Buffalo, N. Y.
movable in the dovetail-guide M across the Last year's medal for Germany was
door of the holder. Two long slots are cut awarded Mr. F. Luckhardt. Vienna,
to
through each of the pieces G, forming the Austria, and for Great Britain to Messrs.
springs for cups F and points E. The Robinson & Cherrill, Tunbridge Wells,
springs C on the door, pressing on the glass England.
supported in the cups F and on the points This year it is hoped the competition will
E, press the pieces G against the rabbets D be much greater than ever before.
in the back of the holder, the pieces G not Competitors will pay their own charges
sliding on ways, as formerly, now making for carriage both ways, and their pictures
it much easier to keep clean. will be returned to them shortly after the
" By making the springs of the pieces G close of the Exhibition. No duties will be
obviates the necessity of attaching any required, as by act of Congress such pic-
spring material to the cups F, thereby tures will be admitted duty free. We give
making them much easier. Where cups a copy of the act, as follows, from the laws
were made of glass or other rigid material, of the United States :
68 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE.
[Public— No. 25.] of ourselves lead us to think so, for though

An Act to provide for the Admission of we cannot detect a flaw in the structure we
Paintings, Statuary, and Photographs for
have reared, yet an abler man may, and by
Exhibition free of duty.
his criticisms make us feel very humble in-
deed, if it does not tend for a time to dis-
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of
courage us. In fact the sage is modest.
Representatives of the United States of Amer-
Even though we reach a point beyond the
ica in Congress assembled, That all paint-
criticisms of our friends, who at best are
ings, statuary, and photographic pictures
partial, do not let us suppose our work
imported into the United States for exhibi-
" good enough," for it is not probable that
tion by any association duly authorized
they who have never made pictures a
under the laws of the United States or any
special study are as capable of judging of
State for the promotion and encouragement
them as those who have, for thus we will
of science, art, or industry, and not intended
stand in our own light by neglecting to
for sale, shall be admitted free of duty,
look for those trifling defects which, put to-
under such rules and regulations as the
gether, make the sum total of success or
Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe:
failure. would require a large space to
It
Provided, That bonds shall be given for the
enumerate those things which are too often
payment to the United States of such duties
considered trifles by photographic opera-
as are now imposed by law upon any and
tors. Each of us if we but stop to think
all of such articles. as shall not be re-ex-
and watch for trifles will doubtless find
ported within six months after such impor-
enough to keep us busy and because, on ;

tation.
guard, will constantly improve. The cause
Approved March 5th, 1872.
of superior skill in one person more than
It is desirable to have parcels shipped as another, is that the one has studied and ap-
early as possible to arrive here at least four plied his knowledge, kept rooting out the
weeks before the opening of the Exhibition. trifling errors and replacing them by the
Direct all packages to the National Pho- practical trifles which, in the ultimate,
tographic Exhibition, care of Edward L. make him what he is. Of course there is

Wilson, Secretary, Philadelphia, Pa. . much in natural or inherited genius or

Will foreign photographic journals please adaptability, but not so much as is gener-
copy the above ? For further particulars ally supposed ; for witness the many ex-
address the Secretary. amples of men where the
in all professions,
steady, untiring, plodding worker has
finally eclipsed the natural born genius, and
TRIFLES.
has risen to the highest honors the world
BY LYMAN G. BIGELOW. could confer. By joining the National
Some wise man has said, " Perfection is Photographic Association, and attending
made up of trifles, but perfection is no its annual meetings, we take so long a stride
trifle." Of whom is this saying more true' in advance as almost to insure success ;
in
than of practitioners of the art photographic ? fact it is success to the worker, and any who
"Where is precision and accuracy so all-im- doubt it have but to turn their attention to
portant in the small things of business as the work of those who are two years in
in our own ? We all say there is none, yet membership. Local societies, which ought
all of us in daily work deem something to serve as tributaries of the National
each hour "a mere trifle," and we almost Photographic Association, are also of great
always find in the future that our finished importance in advancing our knowledge
work lacked at least that trifle short of per- and promoting good fellowship. I hope
fection, and had we not neglected the trifle, at the next meeting at Buffalo to meet a
we would have made a more creditable host of new members, and that every one
showing of skill. Perfection, although the of " the old guard " will be present at roll-
aim of all ambitious workers, is never at- call, and that all will try to bring their best
tained, or at least we must not let conceit work for exhibition.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 69

SOME OPTICAL DIFFICULTIES We now come to another difficulty. The

small lens takes the rays almost parallel from
CONNECTED "WITH PRODUCING LIFE-SIZE
PORTRAITS DIRECT. the sitter, and simply converges them to a

BY JOHN M. BLAKE. focus ; but the large lens has to deal with
rays already strongly divergent, and it
Much expense has been incurred in the
must, in have double the converging
fact,
attempt to take life-size portraits in the
power. We have seen above that it will
camera, or to approximate to this as nearly
not do to increase the depth of curvature to
as possible. Most photographers know from
give it this power but we might manage
;
experience that almost insurmountable diffi-

culties arise by the time they have attained

in this way, —
construct two large combina-
tions on the model of the smaller lens, and
to even a fraction of the desired amplifica-
place them in reverse positions, the back
tion. It may be a matter of interest to
lens of one towards the plate and of the
many to have some explanation of the opti-
cal difficulties to be encountered.
other to the sitter. Thus we will require,

As a preliminary, we will consider what to complete our mammoth lens, eight large

can be done with a small lens in regard to

lenses of flint and crown, each two feet in

The rapidity of diameter; the greatest thickness of an in-

shortness of exposure.
dividual lens being four or five inches. Of
working of a lens, for the most part, de-
course one of the great difficulties to be
pends upon the ratio of its aperture to its
encountered to obtain colorless and per-
focal length. A practicable aperture for a
is

fect glass of these dimensions.

portrait lens is diameter one-fourth of the
focus. They can be made of larger aper- It is quite probable also that the depth of

ture, but in attempting to do this difficulties focus would be so small that the lens would
increase in a rapid ratio ; since with the be of no practical use, provided it could be
ordinary formula increased depth of curva- properly constructed.
ture is required, and the opposite aberra- And further, it may be remarked, that
tions which opticians introduce to correct as we go on decreasing the focal length of
one another, cannot be made to balance our lenses until we arrive at dimensions as
perfectly over the whole extent of the small as can be of any practical use in por-
curves. traiture, we find that the difficulties of
We may now proceed with the first illus- correction diminish, although the same re-
tration. For simplicity we will assume that lation of aperture to focal distance is pre-
a lens of twelve inches focus, and of three served ; also, at the same time, the depth of
inches aperture, is found to give a passable focus is increased. We may expect accord-
depth of focus and rapidity of action, at a ingly that these difficulties will increase as
distance of sixteen feet from the sitter to we go up in the scale, and. long before we
the plate. image will be
It follows that the attain the desired dimensions present an
one-fifteenth of life-size. Now keeping the insurmountable obstacle to further prog-
same distance between the sitter and plate, ress.

let us inquire what sort of a lens would be So we may rest assured that it is useless
required to give a life-size image, and also to expect that a lens can ever be constructed
have the same rapidity of action as the to produce life-size portraits with the same
smaller lens. One of the conditions for rapidity that smaller images can be ob-
copying equal size is well known to be, that tained by a lens of moderate size, and
the lens must be halfway from the subject short focal length. It follows that we must
to the plate. The focus of the lens under remain content with direct negatives far
these conditions of distance must therefore short of life-size, and for the rest trust to en-
be eight feet, and the aperture required to largements. The improvements that have
give the same rapidity in the large lens, been made during the last year, with the
being one-fourth the focus, would be two latter, open a new field in portraiture, which
feet. It can be easily shown mathematically has before been barred by the optical diffi-
that the rapidity of these two lenses will be culties connected with the direct production
equal. of large negatives.
70 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
WORKING A SOUTH LIGHT. result, since which time I have always
Having seen a letter from Francis Strauss, practiced it,and always get pretty good
of York, Pa., in your January number, effects, in fact better than I could in any

on the subject of "south lights, "and also other way.

your desire to receive any ideas on the sub- Now, the trouble with Mr. Strauss is,

ject, I have concluded to give my expe- that his skylight and side-light glass not is

rience of running a south light for five frosted heavy enough, and as he says noth-

years, both here and in the South, hoping ing about curtains on his side-light 1 sup-
it may benefit all who may be unfortunate pose he has none, and of course has too
enough have one and unable to control it.
to much light from that direction, and flattens
In the first place my top-light is about all his pictures.

10 x 15, side-light about 8 x 15, with a pitch I don't think there is any danger in hav-
of about two feet from the highest part of ing too much light, for if you don't want it
the top-light to the top of the side-light. you can very easily shut it off.
I have six curtains on my top-light, di- Inclosed you will find a few samples of
vided in the centre, so that I can slide them this manner of lighting.
either way, as they run on wires, without Now if the above will help to enlighten
being held fast at either end. any photographer on this subject I will
My side-light has ten shutters, which can feel satisfied.

be opened separately or all together if the There were several attempts made at pho-
light is weak ; and, lastly, my glass is pretty tographing in nvy present place of business,
heavily blue-frosted. 202 South Second Street, but abandoned,
Now, suppose I have a victim to sit. I on the ground that it was impossible to
place him under the centre of the skylight make a good photograph under this light,
and draw down all the curtains and shut oft' and was laughed at when I attempted it,
I
the side-light. Now there is no light at all but think that I have at last succeeded in
on the subject or at least a very subdued mastering the difficulty as far as possible.
one. I then open my last side-shutter, Yours respectfully,
which is about four feet from and in the Charles S. McCormick,
rear of the sitter, and light up the side 202 South Second Street, Philadelphia.
of the head and top of the forehead, and
this manner of lighting also throws a very
We have examined some of Mr. McCor-
mick's work made as above, and it is excel-
soft effect back of the head, giving detail
to the hair and rounding the figure up.
lent. We do not think he could make
Now better with the best of lights. He deserves
we shadows are a little
find that the
srreat credit for what he does. Ed. P. P.
too strong on the other side of the face, and
to remedy this 1 draw back the left half of
my first or second curtain (I am now sup-
posed to be facing the sitter), according to Proceedings of the Executive Com-
the time of day, enough to give the desired mittee of the N. P. A.
effect, and use no side screen (which I con- A Stated Meeting of the Executive
sider spoils the effect of every picture in Committee of the National Photographic
which it is used). Association was held in Philadelphia on Fri-
I prefer this way of lighting to any other, day evening, January 31st. Present, Messrs.
as I think it gives better effects, and a Bogardus (presiding), Adams, Moore,
good many photographers to whom I have Rhoads, and Wilson.
shown some of the results coincide in that After the reading of the minutes and
opinion also. the hearing of the reports of committees,
This way which was new to
of lighting, new business was proceeded with. Letters
me, I found out by accident, by being com- were read from Messrs. Hesler and Fitz-
pelled to make a sitting late in the evening. gibbon, members of this committee, assent-
1 opened the back side-light in order to ing to the change of place made for the next
shorten the exposure, and got a very good Convention ; from Dr. C. R. Morgan,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 71

Philadelphia, accepting the office of Pho- of $30,000, the said papers being in the
nographic Secretary for 1873 and from ; hands of Hon. A. C. Harmer, M. C. of
Messrs. Howson and Bell, with their opin- Pennsylvania, in the House of Representa-
ions on the " Shaw " patent. tives,who had pledged himself to do all he
Mr. Adams reported having procured and could for its passage.
forwarded the medals awarded them at the was resolved that the Secretary convey
It
St. Louis Exhibition to Messrs. F. Luck- to Mr. Harmer the thanks of this commit-
hardt, Vienna, Austria, and Kobinson & tee, for his willingness to represent the
Cherrill, Tun bridge Wells, England. The interests of our Association in Congress,
Treasurer, Mr. Moore, reported a balance and that all photographers, and especially
of $129.89 in the treasury. the members of the Association, be urgently
Mr. Adams's motion, that previous to their requested to address the Congressmen repre-
names being dropped from the roll, that senting their several districts, and ask them
the Secretary once more ask delinquent to do all in their power for the passage of
members to pay their back dues, and if no the bill and the granting of the petition.
response be made by the 15th inst., that Mr. Adams offered the following
their names be dropped, was carried. Whereas, Sundry protests having been
It was resolved that the medals for the made to the Local Secretary, President, and
best display of foreign work be offered this Permanent Secretary, against the time
year as heretofore. The Committee on Life chosen by this committee for the next Con-
Membership reported having received vention, as being too early in the season,
Messrs. W. Irving Adams and Elbert An- it is

derson of New York, and E. H. Train, Resolved, That the motion fixing May
Helena, Montana, as life members, and asked 13th be reconsidered. Carried.
the committee to sanction the same, which Mr. Adams then moved that the time
was done unanimously. be changed to Tuesday, July 15th, 1873.
The subject of making the next Exhibi- Carried.
tion free to the public was discussed, and A
letter was read from Local Secretary
the President, Secretary, and Treasurer were Baker, reporting the arrangements he had
appointed a committee to further discuss so far made
for the Convention, and on mo-
the matter with power to act ; the feeling of tion of Mr. Rhoads, the Secretary was in-
the committee being that a free exhibition structed to inform Mr. Baker that this com-
would be best. mittee so far approved of his actions.
The same committee were authorized to Mr. Moore offered the following :

make regulations for the admission of pho- Resolved, That this committee requests
tographers and members to the meetings all photographers in and around Buffalo to

of the Association at the next Convention render Mr. Baker all the aid in their power
the feeling being that those not members of to make the next Convention a success.
the Association should not be admitted Carried.
without first paying a fee. A new badge Mr. Wilson proposed that in addition to
for the next Convention was also suggested, the publication of the constitution, revised
and the matter referred to the same com- list of members, &c, that the regulations
mittee. concerning life membership and the new
Mr. Adams was appointed a committee price list be printed, the whole to be called
of one with power to procure a charter for the Manual of the National Photographic
the Association in the Legislature of New Association, to be supplied to members
York, to report at a future meeting of the only. The motion was carried.
committee. Mr. Adams moved that a circular of in-
Mr. "Wilson presented a copy of a bill for structions how to use the Kent Handscreen,
and a petition to Congress, asking for the together with a license, be issued to the
establishment of a National Photographic members of the Association free. Carried.
Institute for the education of photogra- On motion of Mr. Rhoads, the President
phers, and asking therefor an appropriation and Secretary were made a committee to
72 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
regulate the proceedings of the business and it is not, but now pyroxline), was attended
scientific meetings of the Association at the with much and uncertainty, and
difficulty
next Convention. became a great stumbling-block to the
Mr. Bogardus offered the following progress of the art. For three long years
Whereas, The next Annual Exhibition it was a sore trial and vexatious job, to keep

will probably be made free to the public, up a supply of good soluble cotton. In
therefore it is many instances it was not soluble, in others
Resolved, That an entrance fee of $10 be only comparatively so, and even when it
charged all dealers, manufacturers' agents, was perfectly soluble, the film would at
and others who exhibit their goods or manu- times be so tough that it would dry in
factures at the said exhibition. And that ridges to such an extent as to be utterly
the Local Secretary do not permit the exhi- worthless for the purpose for which it was
bition of such articles until the said fee be made, and then on the other hand some
paid. Carried. samples of it would be so rotten, that the
Mr. Wilson presented the "National first drop of water from the tap would go

Price List" for photographs, which was dis- through it, making it impossible to work it.
cussed, adopted, and ordered to printed in The cotton was at the bottom of this trouble
the manual for distribution to the members in nine cases out of ten. It was not in the
of the Association. acids long enough in the first case, and
The opinions of Messrs. Howson and vice versd in the second. It was not until
Bell on the "
Shaw " patent were read and a commercial view was taken of it by An-
discussed,and it was unanimously thony and a few other enterprising men,
Resolved, That the opinions of Messrs. that the difficulty was overcome, and the
Howson and Bell on the Shaw patent be making of collodion rendered easy. It is
printed, and the Secretary authorized to not, however, making collodion as practiced
supply a copy to all members of the Asso- these days, it is simply compounding a few
ciation who make application to him for ingredients that are furnished by dealers in
the same ; the resolutions of this commit- a pure form for the mixture. It is never-
tee on the subject to preface the same. theless of great benefit to the art to have
After a long, interesting, and harmonious ingredients to our hand, for I can assure
session, the committee adjourned. my inexperienced brothers in photography
Edward L. Wilson, that were they obliged to travel that rough
Secretary. road over which the pioneers travelled, I
doubt very much their long continuance in
the business.
The present workers in photography have
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT.
nothing to do now after securing a supply
BY I. B. WEBSTER. of Atwood's alcohol, Powers & Weight-
Tenthlt, On Collodion. —As late as 1852, man's ether, iodide of cadmium, iodide of
and from that to 1855, this compound was ammonium, and bromide of cadmium, and
very little used in the production of pic- Anthony's pyroxyline, but to compound
tures, and, in consequence, those who at- them after the formula known to them,
tempted to use it photographically must whether learned from books or worked out
needs make their own soluble cotton. There by themselves. We often see it hinted that
were many who also compounded the iodides formulas are of no avail in mixing chemi-
and bromides, used as excitants. I have cals for our use. This is simply ridiculous.
formulas for the production of all these, There is not an operator in the world that
and many more articles, now so common does not use a formula. To be some of
sure
(but then so scarce), that the photographers them do and in some
a great deal of guessing,
of those days were almost always compelled instances you will see where "brains" are
to prepare for themselves, among which added. From what animal the brains are
was "nitrate of silver." The making of to be taken never has appeared, and in con-
soluble cotton (then called gun-cotton, which sequence we are left to infer, as we are by
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrKAPHEK. 73

many others, who in an article will say rafy. Nearly every art-tickle on fotogra-
that a certain ingredient will produce a fy of late hez hed " branes " in it. Nearly
certain effect, under certain circumstances, every fotografer yuses branes in hiz man-
but they fail to cite the circumstances or to nippelations. Some men don't yuse " branes"
inform us how to use the ingredients. Thus that way, bekoz thay hain't got more than
it is with the use of brains. Every person thare share, and want to ekonomize. Thare
that mixes (or compounds) collodion does heds is level. I belong to that klass of
so by a set rule, and then if it does not work individyuals myself. I am opposed to
well he is qualified to doctor it. If it is yusing branes that way unles you hev a
made by guess he is completely at fault as surplus to fall back on. I new a man
to a remedy for any evil existing therein. wuntst who red a art-tickle on fotografy,
This fact being established, it behooves us and it red to put branes in the negativ bath.
to learn the most simple formulas as well And he went strate way and bot a kaff's
as the most expeditious. There are times hed, and skooped it out, and poot the
when we cannot spare three or four hours " branes" in his bath. And it didn't wurk
in the mixing, and then wait two weeks for wuth a kuss. And he kum to the konklu-
it to ripen before we can use it. That is sin that branes wuz a humbug. My opin-
folly for the practical man, whose time and yun of branes iz that it is a gud thing in

means are limited. Since commencing this its plase. But the plase fur branes iz not in
paper I have tested my "old reliable" col- the negativ bath. I wunst new a Dutch
lodion formula with the following results : girl who sed hur branes was in hur stum-
Mixed it in twenty minutes on Thursday mick. A
man's branes might az well be
afternoon, filtered a portion of it the next in hiz stummick ez
to be layin round luse.
(Friday) morning, and at 10 o'clock made The best plase I no ov fur branes iz the
a No. 1 negative with it, and have been hed. Branes regilate the mind, and if a
using it constantly since. I will here close fotografer will mind what he is about, hiz
this paper by giving the formula wurk will shough thet he hez branes, and
thet he hez yused the aforesaid.
Atwood's Alcohol, 8 ounces.
Ether, .

Pour both liquids in a 20-ounce bottle, into

which add 40 grains iodide of cadmium, 40 THINGS USEFUL.
ammonium, 40 grains bro-
grains iodide of We have much pleasant and profitable
mide of cadmium shake until all is dis-
;
correspondence with some of our subscri-
solved,and then add 80 grains Anthony's bers, and as our pages witness, we filter out
pyroxyline (gun-cotton), and shake as be- all the items which may be useful to the
fore. When all is dissolved let it rest over general reader. Below we give some ex-
night, and filter, when it is ready for use. tracts from recent letters from Mr. J. H.
This is as simple as " falling off a log." Hunter, Jonesville, Michigan, a gentleman
who " hideth his light under a bushel"
more than the good of our art justifies him
BRANES. in doing. We wish our pages were double
BY J. I. M. NASTICKS. in number, that we might print everything

MiSTUE Edittjr : I promised to rite

you
we get — if they could contain them all.

a art-tickle for Mose's Akes. But ez I live " I have been called a fool, because I in-
so fur north, the wether hez bin two cold sinuated that mercury was a very poor in-
ov late to rite. What with sawin wood, tensifier, that it had a tendency to make
and makin and swepin sno oft the
fires, negatives harsh, and because I remonstrated
skilite, I hevn't hed time. You wanted that it was poor economy to use hypo the
me to rite an art-tickle on Branes. I kon- second time to fix prints in ; and this same
sider the man that invented " branes " done party I asked if he subscribed to the journ-
a big thing. If it hedn't bin fur branes we als. He said Anthony sent the Bul-
'
Yes,
kudn't hev hed so menny boox on fotog- letin to him, but Anthony could not teach
74 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGEAPHEE.
him anything.' I very mildly suggested tor was wellnigh impossible, and if obtained,
that it was possibly so. So I asked him if the formulas were in a mutilated condition.
he ever read the Photographer, or the How different it is now. I was taught many
World, or the Mosaics'? He said 'No, he years ago '
How pleasant it is for brethren
did not believe spending his money for to dwell in unity.' I have seen that practi-
books; he bought a copy of Mosaics once, and cally illustrated ; but to see the universal
in some one advised the putting of white
it good feeling that exists now among the
sugar in the developer; that satisfied him ;
craft, is truly wonderful. Formulae, with
he did not want to read more.' Well, after nothing kept back, to be had for the asking.
some more talk he came to business, and If you are in a fog, and cannot get out,
his business was, to obtain instruction and your neighboring photographer will assist
get my formulas. He offered me the large you out. If there is anything you are not
sum of ten dollars and his services for an thoroughly posted on, you can get posted,
indefinite time. him I did not want
I told just for the asking."
his services or his money, but that he was "I have read Anderson's book a second
welcome to my formulas. So I commenced time (that is, the practical part of it), and
with developer : 10 oz. iron, 10 oz. white there is much good in it. The chapter, or
sugar. Said he, 'Stop! what did you say, rather section, devoted to 'art as applied to
10 oz. white sugar?' I told him I did. photography,' is most excellent, as well
Said he, '
You use sugar in your developer ?' as his 'details of manipulation.' It is

I intimated as much.
Well, he put up his entirely different from any other publi-
pencil and paper, turned to me and said, cation, and in this is its chief value ; it
'Well I did not think you were such a cussed
, has opened the way for others of the same
fool;' put on his hat and left; that sugar sort and the next book, if
; written by a
business was a sore point with him. Now good practical man, will be as much better,
that man is one out of a hundred just like as Anderson's is better than any written
him, no more fitted for a photographer than before his."
a jackass would be, and this State is filled "You say send such little dodges as I
with just such as he. They don't know know to be good. Now I do not know that
anything, they will not be taught, and they I have any. My whole method of manipu-
think buying photographic publications is lation is much the .<-ame as I have read in
throwing money away. I could write you the Philadelphia Photographer dozens of
pages of just such incidents as this. Such times. I can call to mind but a couple that
men are the kind who make, as they express I have not seen. They are, when I am to
it, anything on a 5 x 7 plate for 50 cents." take a baby's picture (a negative), I coat
" I tried the experiment of putting a the plate and let it remain in the negative
strip of plate across No. 2 Ross, as per my bath at least double the time I am in the
method of Mr. Rhoads, and found that it habit of doing I find by so doing the plate
;

made no perceptible difference in depth, is more sensitive, works in half the time.
only lengthened the time of exposure. The The other is, in place of ink to touch out
fact is, the Ross lenses have about all the white spots on the photograph, use a mod-
depth that a lens can have, and work quick erately hard Faber lead-pencil I use a ;

enough for gallery use. They are hard to 'Siberian H. B.' It is much better than
beat." ink ; does not rub off. This may be old,
" Mosaics is very good this year. The but never having seen it, I send it to you."
articles have less of the shojy and more of a " I see in the article by I. B. Webster, he
good feeling one towards the other. I can in common with many others, advises the
well remember that to be invited into a placing of glass plates in concentrated lye,
brother photographer's dark-room, and see and then in sulphuric acid washing be- —
his manner of working, was not to be ac- tween the lye and acid of course. Now, I
complished without the almighty dollar. To have tried this method and found it good,
obtain a formula for collodion, toning bath, but for all that I do not use it I simply ;

or developer from really a first-class opera- use commercial nitric acid, diluted one-half
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 75

with water. I know this is old, but it is manufacture, or sold for mounting purposes,
good,and not half the trouble of Webster's would the photographer find the cause of
method. I know that it will remove var- hismisery and failure.
nished films and impurities on the glass. An elaborate series of experiments with
(By the way, rusty glass is something I silver prints which had been damaged in
never buy, and if I did, I would not take various ways, clearly proved that the sole
the trouble to clean it.) I use first quality cause of discoloration and of spots
is to be

Trench negative glass, and never have any found in the imperfect cleansing of the
trouble getting it clean, as well as varnished paper from the traces of hyposulphite of
glass,simply using nitric acid. In albu- soda brought from the fixing bath.
menizing, my method is about the same as In the new number of the Society's offi-
his. The varnished films will come off in communication from MM.
cial Bulletin, a
from twenty-four to forty-eight hours." Kohaut and Hutinet to the Society has been
(To be continued.) printed, and, with the discussion thereon,
deserves, we think, the careful attention of

Back Volumes of the Photographic our readers. If photographers were more

World. careful in washing we should hear infinitely

about fading. The following a trans-
We desire to call attention to the adver-
less is

of
lation of all the essential parts this
tisement wherein we offer the back volumes
paper
of the Photographic World, for $3 a volume
We can freely recommend these volumes to We have the honor to submit to the Pho-
tographic Society of France, the conclu-
our readers as being very useful and very
sions arrived at as a result of some new
valuable. Besides comprising particularly
researches into the causes of the spots which
the record of foreign photography during
attack some photographic proofs. Prints
the years 1871 and 1872, they contain many
pasted on cards which have been strongly
very excellent articles written especially
charged with particles of bronze powder
for them, and a series of papers on " Posi-
tion and Composition," and another on
become spotted with marks of a greenish
" Landscape Lessons," both of which, treat- tone or gray green, and sometimes brown,
but only after a long subjection to a moist
ing as they do, upon the aesthetics of our
atmosphere and as samples were exhibited,
art, come particularly useful now when art ;

illustrative of this fact, which had been

principles are being better understood, and
placed for several days in a cellar, several
therefore studied the more. Besides all
other samples were shown which had been
this, the volumes of the World contain
twenty-five elegant photographic studies,
mounted upon paper charged to the same
extent with the metallic powder, but these
which are alone well worth the price asked
for the whole.
having remained in a dry place, showed no
alteration whatever, although they had been
We have a few sets left, and offer them
low, as we want the room for other use.
mounted for fully six months. This leads
to the conclusion that moisture alone is the
Secure them before they are all gone.
cause of the development of the stains, for
without it the oxidation of the bronze could
Analysis of the Manufactures of not take place. But spots generally ob-
Messrs. Rohaut and Hutinet. served are, however, whitish in tint, and
In the proceedings of the Photographic seldom or never assume either of the two
Society of France we notice that a series of colors above mentioned.
experiments has been undertaken at the in- Another sample was a print sent to the
stance of the above firm, with a view to test firm ofM. Schweisfurth, a gentleman who
the chemical purity of their manufactures. believed in the baneful influence of bronze
We notice also that they stood the ordeal powder existing upon the surface of the
perfectly, was made clear that neither
and it cards. In order to avoid any contact of
in the composition of their cardboards nor the silver print with this dangerous metal-
in the pastes and gums employed in their lized surface, M. Schweisfurth isolated the
76 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
former from the latter by placing a leaf of place where there is a localized medium for
paper between the photograph and the card. setting it afoot.
In appeared in the same
spite of this, spots M. Davanne observed, that after the
persistentmanner, though not at all of the above exhaustive observations upon the in-
kind produced by the action of damp upon fluence of the mounting glue, it only re-
the cards as above indicated. They were mained to point out that it was desirable for
the yellowish-white spots of hyposulphite every photographer to be the maker of his
of soda. Thus, it is clearly indicated that own paste. Those sold commercially, al-
the discolorations are not due in this sense most invariably contained acids, whose
in any degree to the nature of themount. presence were due either to the fermenta-
In fact, this experiment leads us to accept tion of the farinas or to alum, or to the in-
in its entirety the explanation of M. JFranck, tentional addition of chloride of sodium.
who attributes the spots to a fermentation He further made the remark, that one result
of the mounting paste, produced by piling of the joint researches undertaken by M.
the prints upon the top of each other before A. Girard and himself, was to establish the
they are individually dry. The sample re- fact that the image of the photographic
ferred to, has simply been subjected to a print is formed neither of pure silver nor
double gumming, and hence has produced of pure gold, but of a sort of combination
intensely the same effects which usually fol- of the two metals and the organic matter.
low such treatment when the picture is only It followed, therefore, that whatever cause
underlaid by a single layer of paste. produced an attack upon this organic mat-
Two further samples were shown in sup- ter would act as a powerful destructive agent

port of this theory. These showed, instead upon the picture.

of spots, elongated streaks —brush-marks,
in fact. The markings indicated clearly
the greater or less thickness of the layer of A New and a Good Project. — Mr. Lyman G.
paste, according as it had been deposited or Bigelow, Grand Rapids, Michigan, a gentleman
dragged away by the action of the hairs of who is already well known as an instructor by
the brush. Manifestly the paste here has means of his excellent Album, &c, has declared
a distinct evil effect upon the picture, due his intention to make a tour of instruction

to damp or insufficient drying. through the country, and he offers to make en-
gagements with any one who desires his services.
Still this is but a means of evil, not the
Instructions under the following heads will be
root of it, and, as MM.
Kohautand Hutinet
given : Lighting and posing, practically and
justly remarked, the experiments of M.
theoretically chemical manipulations in every
;

Baudrimont are confirmed rather than

otherwise, by this singular action of the
gum. It really amounts to no more than
this Prolonged exposure to damp causes
:
department practically applied under your own
showing how necessary harmony is be-
light,
tween the collodion and bath, and the developer
and exposure giving a book of printed formulae
;

fermentation in the mounting agent, spread in all the departments the same as you will

unequally, as above stated, by the action of see practically applied ; retouching negatives ;

the brush. In proportion to the thickness finishing in India ink ;

finishing in water colors ;

of this layer is the strength of its action, the arrangements of the glass studio as regards

and the effect of that action is to quicken curtains and reflectors ; how to make ivory-
types, &c, Ac. $50 per week. We
Charges,
the latent powers of the hyposulphite of
consider this a capital idea, and wish Mr. Bige-
soda allowed to remain in the pictures.
low great success in this truly "missionary
This theory does not at all invalidate the
work" among photographers. As a gentleman
remarks of M. Davanne, that hyposulphite, and so great is our
and an artist he is first-class,
from its solubility, must be diffused equally confidence in him that we have made him our
through the tissues of the paper, and could authorized agent for obtaining subscriptions,
not therefore act unequally ;
for it may be <fec, &c. We commend him to all who would
quite true that the salt in question should improve their work as one eminently adapted to
be universally diffused, and yet equally true this new project. He is not a process peddler,
that its pernicious action can only take but a teacher. That much and no less.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 77

l?^ ^^L1 ^^ > L-,. n l^~ L- l |

L- L L1 Ln
,
7 L^ ^ ^ Ln L- L-,l^
1 solution add one drachm of glacial acetic
and by making
acid. This is a stock-bottle,
six or eight ounces, it will be sufficient for
a large number of plates, and has the ad-
vantage of keeping any length of time in
good condition. Before developing a plate
it is necessary to reduce the strength of the

saturated solution. Take a small wide-

mouthed bottle, and to every five drachms
. - j

of water add two drachms of the stock so-

l^ ^fa^ faEaSg^bl^l^ .faUnL-.bbUibbL-.tobL-iL-.Uai lution. The developer is now ready for use.
lueries. Time may be saved by marking with a file
A communication was received from Mr. or diamond upon the bottle the exact amount

John Terras, Markinch, Fifeshire, Scotland, of water desired, and another mark for the
asking that its contents be laid before the iron solution. The proportion of five to
Hypo Club ; but as the World has ended two is the formula that I generally prefer,
the Club, we give it to Sphynx. but it can readily be altered to suit the sub-
Mr. Terras, it appears, has a great liking ject by increasing or decreasing the amount
for the double salt ofammonio-sulphate of of iron. When the bath is new no difficulty
iron, but says, "I am compelled to give it will be experienced in flowing the developer

up on account of its giving a sandy deposit evenly over the plate, but by constant use,
all over the negative Mawson's, Thomas's,;
alcohol and ether being absorbed into it, the

and Vogel's collodion give the same result. developer may require the addition of a
As no mention is made of the strength of little alcohol to make the solution run per-
the solution, was the general impression
it fectly even. After standing for some hours
that the developing solution was used too a crystallization will take place at the bot-
strong. This is the first complaint of that tom of the stock-bottle, but that is to be ex-

nature that has been received, and the mem- pected and will do no harm to the solution."

bers regret that no particulars were given. The use of pure water was urged as a most
Ammonio-sulphate of iron is now used important part of this development, to-
quite largely, both in Europe and America, gether with plenty of time in exposing the
by many of the best photographers, who plate.

claim that it produces a remarkably fine A collodion salted as described will give
quality of negative, full of detail, and yet good results

free from extravagant high-lights. One of Alcohol, . . .5 ounces.

the members stated that he had examined a Ether, . . . .3 ounces.
negative developed by this double salt under Cotton, "Parys'," . 5 grs. to each oz.

a microscope, and upon comparing it with of mixture.

other negatives that had been developed Iodide of Ammonium, . 5 grains.

with different solutions, it was found that Bromide of Magnesium, 2£ grs. to the oz.
of mixture.
the precipitation of silver was deposited in
finer particles than in either of the other
—Ed. P. P.

negatives. In proof of this Mr. Albert I would like to tell Sphynx a little expe-
Moore, of Philadelphia, solar enlarger, has rience I had with an old negative bath, and
advised in his pamphlet the use of this salt, ask it a question.
on account of the uniform softness of the in question had got albumen in
The bath
negative. it,from the backs of plates, I suppose, and
It was suggested that Mr. Terras should would fog immensely. I tried many ways
prepare his developer in the following man- of clearing it, with success generally, until
ner, as suggested in Photographic Mosaics, I had dipped a dozen or so of plates, then
page 16, 1871, by John C. Browne :
" Make the fog would commence, and I would have
a saturated solution of ammonio-sulphate of to clear it again (I made fresh albumen,
iron in water, filter, and to every ounce of white of one esre; to 20 ounces of water, and
78 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER
four or five drops of ammonia). At last I than upon the common bromoiodized collo-
tried Mr. Clemons's way of clearing a bath dion. If the film when dry presents a
of albumen, namely, by adding alcohol and spongy surface and absorbs the varnish,
then burning, afterwards evaporated the such a fact may arise from several causes.
remaining alcohol and filtered ; there was It may be that the alcohol used in its manu-
some burnt albumen in the filter, but the facture was of a poor quality, containing a
liquid after passing through the filter was large per cent, of water, or it may be old
straw color. I added water to reduce to 40 and have been insufficiently corked, which
grains, and behold, a beautiful white, allowed the ether to escape. Sometimes the
flaky precipitate was immediately formed, nitrate bath is in a condition to act on the
which fell at once to the bottom. I filtered collodion film so that it will dry spongy.

again, and found my bath intensely acid, If, however, such is the case, or otherwise,
although I had neutralized it with liquid can be determined by trying samples of
ammonia before burning with alcohol. I different collodion. I have some of the
next tested the alcohol, and found that collodion, without bromide, made by my-
slightly acid also. The white precipitate self about three and a half years since, and
on the filter I found to have very strong ex- it will make now as fine a negative and give
plosive powers, in fact, came near having as good a film for varnish as any collodion,
an accident with it. Now what I would new or old. For varnish I use gum shellac
like to know is, what is the substance and gum benzoin, in the proportion of
formed, and just how it may be formed? three ounces of the former and one of the
My supposition is that it is fulminate of latter, dissolved in one quart of alcohol,
silver, and I have since been told by a drug- adding one drachm of ammonia. This var-
gist that it was formed by nitric acid in the nish I use, and have for years, and believe
alcohol. It readily explodes on the appli- it cannot be improved upon by the addition

cation of heat, but I tried a very small piece of any essential oil or balsam. There is no
by striking it with a hammer, and did not doubt in my mind that such additions even-
explode it. tually make the varnish powdery and brit-

I would like to hear the opinion of some tle. I published quite a number of years
of my learned brothers in the art, concern- since my gum benzoin in varnish.
use of
ing this doubt would
substance, so no I think was in Prof. Seeley's American
it

others no better versed in chemistry than Journal. It had not been used prior to

myself. I have kept a small sample of the that as I am aware of, and my experience
precipitate, which I could show any one if has not changed my estimation of its supe-
desirable.— C. H. P. rior qualities. —
H. J. Newton.

In collodion sensitized wholly or in part

Some time ago I wrote you in regard to

with potassium, there is seen almost inva- some spots or stains that were troubling me
riably more or less, usually more, of white by appearing in the shadows of my nega-
tive, and at last I have found how they got
precipitate ; now the questions are, what is
there, but what makes them I cannot tell.
that precipitate ? and how can it be avoided ?

I. Pass. The reason they do not appear in the lights

of the pictures is, they are so thin ;
that they
Can you give me a receipt for making a
do no harm, and are not noticed. While de-
varnish which can be used in connection veloping one can see them on the surface
with Hance's and Newton's anti-bromized of the developer, and when it is drained off
collodion ? I have tried four kinds, and
a part of them adhere to the plate, and the
have lost five or six valuable negatives, more they are washed the closer they seem
which were instantly destroyed on applica- My bath is of good strength, and
to stick.
tion of the varnish. H. — no scum is on it that I can see still the ;

Answer to H. —There is nothing in the particles when floating on the developer

chemical constituents of the collodion in while on the plate have the appearance of
question, which would make the action of a sort of scum. Can you, without taxing
the ordinary spirit varnish upon it different your time too much, tell me what the trouble
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 79

is? My collodion is iodide of ammonium, A. Hawkes & Co., hailing from No. 19
bromide of potassium, and lead, mixed with Tribune Building, Chicago, and who seem
some of Anthony's cotton used, Hance's.
;
to be hawks by nature as well as hawks by

Developer: iron and ammonia, water, and name. Their plan seems to be to induce
acid; and with this trouble comes a com- photographers to act as agents for certain
panion, in the form of semi-transparent, engravings, copies of which they supply on
round spots, about the size of the head of a commission, yet obtain a note for the same,
pin. If I asking too much of you just
am and when the prints are sold, the note to
now, ventilate it in the Photographer, as it be paid and returned ; but instead they ne-
is a great source of annoyance to me, and I gotiate the notes, which are placed in bank
am in the dark what to do. Julius Hall. and payment demanded or a suit threatened.
Our correspondent tells is no
us that there
Answer to Julius Hall. —Use protosul-
such firm at the place stated warn-; so take
phate of iron instead of sulphate of iron and
ing, and avoid doing business with any one
ammonia. Filter the developer always.
whom you do not know, and especially
Fault cannot be with the bath between
the collodion and developer.
;
it is

Try a new
avoid giving notes to such parties. Mr. J. —
K. Bundy, New Haven, Connecticut, al-
sample of collodion, and if no better the
most a veteran in the art, says, "Every
fault is, as I now think, in the developer.
book pays if properly studied and the in-
Sphynx. structions given in them applied to the

Answer to E. W., in last issue. Yes. — work. I cannot afford to do without them."
Pyro solutions should always be made up — Mr. Frank Thomas, Columbia, Mo.,
says, " I have Mr. Trask's book, and think
fresh, a short time before wanted for use.

Charlie.
it is the best thing I ever saw, — all plain
and simple instruction." — Mr. L. Black-
burn says, " Many thanks to Mr. Trask for
writing his book. I am more than pleased
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. with it." — Mr. John Best, in the News, se-
Mr. J. Landy, Cincinnati, Ohio, is pre- cures intensity and an excellent printing
paring a fine collection of pictures for the color in his negatives by mixing with his
Vienna Exhibition, and for Buffalo. developer a few drops of dilute albumen
Messrs. "Wearn & Hix, Columbia, S. C, solution. —
Try it. Mr. Woodbury has been
have recently erected and fitted up a mag- giving Marcy Sciopticon Exhibitions in
nificent photographic establishment in their —
London. Dr. Ozanum, of Paris, has in-
city, where prosperity has attended them vented an apparatus for photographing the
for over eighteen years. —
Mr. Lon Black- variations of the pulse. — Mr. Anderson's
burn, Youngstown, Ohio, says he has re- article in Mosaics, 1873, has been the inno-
ceived Mr. Anderson's book and Bigelow's cent cause of quite an animated" battle of
Album through Mr. Nason, of B H Howe's words" among the English and Scotch cor-
stock-house, Columbus, Ohio, and that they respondents of the British Journal. An
are worth $50. —
Mr. Leon Van Loo, Cin- Englishman said the article was "funny,"
cinnati, Ohio, has been hunting "Buffalo but that a Scotchman couldn't see the joke,
Bill," and his warriors. He found them, whereupon several Scots reply, and say
and, with the aid of the sheriff, collected a they can see anything but an English joke.
bill for some three thousand photographs, Still, withal, Mosaics is in great demand in

the which bill Bill tried to escape by fleeing England as well as at home. The Year- —
to the war path, — another triumph of pho- Book of Photography (English) for 1873
tography. How brainless for a man to try is to hand and is capital. There seems to—
to run away, leaving three thousand pho- be a real desire among contributors to pho-
tographs behind him, each one a detective. tographic literature at present to commu-
— A correspondent in Carthage, 111., de- nicate matters of real practical value. This
sires us to caution our readers against the is a healthy sign among others which we
operations of a firm calling themselves M. see for the future good of our art.
80 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Photographic Association of the PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF
District of Columbia. PHILADELPHIA.
The fourth stated meeting of this Asso- Stated meeting held Wednesday, Feb-
ciationwas held at Mr. Bell's gallery, ruary 5th, 1873 the President in the chair.
;

Tuesday evening, February 4th, 1873. The minutes of the last meeting were read
The following gentlemen, having been and approved.
proposed for membership, were duly elected: The Secretary reported that a package of
Charles Trought, H. B. Hatchaway, Amos prints had been forwarded to the Photo-

J. Kice, M. P. Bice, L. C. Dillon, and graphic Society of Paris, together with a

Samuel Ott. A resolution was passed in- letter acknowledging the receipt of the

viting apprentices to attend the meetings of journal published by the said Society.
the Association. Mr. Alex. Gardner read a Mr. L. T. Young, Mr. Philip S. P.
paper on " Betouching the Negative, "taking Conner, and Mr. L. J. Marcy, were duly
the ground that it was generally overdone. elected members of the Society.

He considered the question from both a On motion of Mr. Tilghman, it was re-
commercial and aesthetic point of view, and solved that another lantern exhibition,

while admitting that retouching the nega- similar to that given in December last, be
tive often made a more salable picture, he given by the Society. On motion, a com-
claimed that it as often destroyed its true mittee, consisting of Messrs. Wilcocks, Cor-

beauty. Mr. Ward read a paper, entitled lies, Moore, and Carbutt, was appointed to

"Divers Dodges," which contained valu- make the necessary arrangements.

able and practical dodges. A copy of the revised constitution of the

The advantages and disadvantages of the
alkaline bath were then discussed, the ad-
vantages claimed being that it was always
ready for use, gave less trouble, and worked
Chicago Photographic Association, together
with a letter of good-will and compliment
from the said Association to the Society of
Philadelphia, was presented the Secretary
;

much quicker than the acid bath. was instructed to acknowledge the receipt
The question, " Have we not too much light of the same.
in our dark-rooms?" was raised by the Presi- The President presented a package of
dent. He stated that his experience led some very handsome and new styles of
him to conclude that such was the fact, and mounting cards, made by Messrs. A. M.
that he had noticed that generally the most Collins, Son & Co., of this city. Among the

brilliant negatives were produced on cloudy samples were some of the " Slee " ready
days. prepared cards for mounting without pre-
All the members were requested to con- viously pasting the print. The cards were
tri bute specimens of their work made within distributed among the members for trial,

the month to the next meeting for exami- and a vote of thanks was tendered to the
nation. Messrs. Collins for their very handsome
gift. The President remarked that he had
Our next meeting will be held at "Wheeler
given the "Slee " cards a trial, and found
& Angerman's gallery, February 25th, 1873.
that they were excellent.
E. J. PULMAJtf,
After adjournment, Dr. Seiler and Mr.
Secretary.
Dixon exhibited some microscopic enlarge-
ments in the sciopticon. The subjects were
mostly specimens of the anatomical struc-
THE PENNSYLVANIA PHOTO- ture of insects, such as a section of a spider's
GRAPHIC ASSOCIATION. head and thorax, the sting of a bee, &c,
The February meeting of this Association &c. They were enlarged from twenty-
was entirely taken up by a lantern exhibi- eight to seventy-five diameters. In making
tion. We question the propriety of such a the negatives, a low power object-glass with
proceeding. The lantern is of great use to full aperture and instantaneous exposure
all societies, but it should not be allowed to in reflected sunlight had been used.
monopolize the whole time. Mr. Carbutt also exhibited some beautiful
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 81

specimens of colored and plain Woodbury Society the leading one of the States, and
slides. A series of crying babies, from he generally succeeds in all his attempts in
negatives by Mr. W.
H. Rhoads, attracted the photographic art. J. H. H.
much attention. Some views
in the Yose-
mite Valley, from negatives by Mr. Charles
Bierstadt, were very much admired and Proceedings of the Photographic Sec-
complimented. tion of the American Institute.
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr., The stated meeting of the Section was
Recording Secretary. held Thursday evening, February 4th, H.
J. Newton, Esq., presiding. Mr. 0. G.-
Mason, the Secretary, read the proceedings
of the last meeting, which were approved.
NEW ENGLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC Mr. Anthony read some very interesting
SOCIETY. extracts from the eminent French photo-
February 6, 1873. graphic journals, and among them the com-
The regular monthly meeting opened at munication of Messrs. Bohaut & Hutinet on.
the studio of Mr. J. W. Black ;
some seventy the cause of spots on albumen prints.
members were present. An interesting discussion followed on the
subject of precipitating cotton from old col-
The yearly election of officers took place,
with the following result lodion, &c, in which Messrs. Chapman,
Mason, Gardner, Chisholm, and others
President, Mr. J. W. Black ;
Vice-Presi-
took part. Spots on photographic prints
dent, Mr. E. J. Foss Secretary, Mr. J. H.
;

also came in for a share of discussion, the

Hallenbeck Treasurer, Mr. E. F. Smith
; ;
common opinion being that hyposulphite of
Executive Committee, Messrs. E. L. Allen,
soda was the general cause.
F. C. Low, A. Marshall.
The subject of Bembrandt Pictures-
Several names were proposed for mem- was now brought up. The President, ex-
bership and were given to the committee to hibiting a number, said: These pictures are
act upon. Mr. J. H. Hallenbeck (upon a copies of the old masters, some of them' from
resolution by J. W. Black) was elected an the French Museum, and some from the
honorary member of the Society. National Gallery in Trafalgar Square, Lon-
Mr. Black called the attention of the don. Most of them are originals of Bem-
members to several 17 by 21 prints, which brandt's some by Bubens, Baphael, Sir
;

were made from Edwards's enlarged nega- Joshua Beynolds, Correggio, Guido Beni,
tives ;
the negatives are reproduced from and others.
made from small nega-
positives on glass My object is to give to photographers a
tives. Mr. Everett, the agent for Mr. correct idea of what a Bembrandt picture
Edwards, wished from twenty persons the is. The generally accepted idea is that it

sum of $30 each, before imparting the is a picture on the side of the face from
lit

mode of making the positive. Some twelve you. Bembrandt never painted a picture
names were subscribed, and the other eight lit in that way, except possibly some figures
will probably be given in this week. in a group where it was absolutely neces-
Mr. Halihan, from Whipple's galley, sary and it is
;
rare to find such a picture by
some fine views
offered to loan the Society any of the old masters. The point of the nose
of the fire, for the purpose of having divides the face, viewed directly in front,
them exhibited by Mr. Black, who will use into two equal parts. If the face is turned
his stereopticon at the next meeting. All either way, the side presented to view is
members were invited to bring specimems larger; and, as a rule, that larger side is

for the same purpose.

In conclusion I will always There have been deviations
lit.

state that the meetings during the present from that rule lately, but I think photog-
year will be of uncommon interest to all raphy introduced them. I do not know
engaged in the art, as I understand Mr. that I have ever seen such a picture until'
Black (the President) intends to make this within three or four years.
 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHEE.
Photographers generally do not seem to prints of a beautiful color, and as fine as
understand the philosophy of shadow. They prints of that size could be expected to be
waste a great deal of time in discussing the by any process.
pitch of the skylight, when the important Mr. Kurtz moved a vote of thanks to
point is the position of the body. A sitter Mr. Paxton for having solved the problem.
is artistically lighted when upon a flat sur- Mr. Mason. I think a vote of thanks
face is obtained a picture in relief, so har- would be appropriate, for I know that for
monized as to have no lack of detail either the hist two years Mr. Paxton has been ex-
in the shadow or the extreme high-lights. perimenting in this direction, and has spent
If you depart from that in the high-lights, a good deal of time and money in perfecting
it must be a minute point. Eembrandt the process. The subject of making large
illuminated the face so as to make a strong prints by artificial light has been discussed
contrast. His shadows were heavy but very for eight or ten years, but no man has before
clear, and as full of details as the high- been able to produce satisfactory effects.
lights. Mr. Paxton has persevered and stuck to the
Mr. Kurtz. These pictures were not problem until he has thoroughly solved it
called Eembrandt because lit up in that and I think he is entitled to our thanks for
way. I am the father of these Rembrandts, having carried it to a successful issue.
and I simply tried to produce a picture The motion was agreed to.
with a great deal of shadow and very little Mr. J. B. Gardner exhibited pictures
light. It is impossible to photograph a pic- showing the effect of a new varnish, enabling
ture as Eembrandt painted them. Every the photographer to color his pictures with
portrait painter will keep his high-lights dry colors in the same manner as daguerre-
for the head. The same light that strikes otypes are colored.
the head will strike the hand, and there is The President. "We will now listen to
no trick in photography that will cure that. Mr. Chisholm, who will show us how to
The only way to overcome it is in the effectually cure a bath when it is sick. He
printing. takes the silver out of it, pure and metallic.
The President. I agree that the painter Mr. Chisholm. This month '$, Philadelphia
has an immense advantage over the pho- Photographer says that the last tiling that
tographer in being able to place his shadows can be done with an old worn-out bath is to
and high-lights where he pleases. In Rem- convert it into a chloride of silver, and then
brandt's group of the woman taken in adul- throw it into the waste. I have here a sil-
tery, there is just one ray of light on the ver bath, dirty, and full of starch, from
woman, who is on her knees, and all the rest which I will precipitate the silver. I have
of the group seems to be illuminated from here a piece of zinc, on which I put a little
that. That makes a strong effect, but it is hydrochloric acid to give it a clean surface.
not to my taste. Every artist, every pho- I then put the zinc into the bath. It has a
tographer has his own ideas and his own kind of galvanic action, and the result will
tastes. His works are as distinct as his be the same whether the bath is acid, alkali,
handwriting. You can distinguish them or neutral. The metallic silver will be pre-
anywhere. cipitated. After it is all precipitated, the
nitrate of zinc in the solution is washed out
COPYING BY ARTIFICIAL LIGHT.
by decantation, &c. I then put a little

Mr. Paxton exhibited a life-size copy of chemically pure hydrochloric acid with the
a head, magnified from about an inch. He metallic silver, to redissolve any particles of
used a jet of oxyhydrogen gas, burned upon zinc, and the condense
silver will at once
a magnesium made of compressed
pencil, into solid granules,which are to be washed
oxide of magnesium. The copy was pro- thoroughly to free it from the hydrochloric
duced in two and a half minutes. acid, shaking it up so that no trace of the
Mr. Anthony stated that he had been acid shall be left.

invited by Mr. Paxton to see the operation, The President, Mr. Gardner, and others,
and he produced in ten minutes two large warmly commended the process described.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 83

Mr. Shepard exhibited some pictures, THE MARYLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC

and then the Section adjourned. ASSOCIATION.
The was held, February
stated meeting
6th, at the stockrooms of Messrs.Din more
BROOKLYN PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
ASSOCIATION. & Wilson. Minutes of last meeting read
and adopted. It was resolved that the Con-
As you say you like to hear from the
stitution be left with the Treasurer, in order
Photographic Associations, I drop a line to
that any eligible photographer could sign
let you and your readers know that the
and become a member, without the neces-
" Brooklyn" is not only alive but kicking,
sity of an application, until such time as
and is bound to kick down all obstacles,
the Association may see proper to close the
and become an honor to the fraternity as
Constitution. Also moved and adopted, that
well as to the city of its adopted name.
the Secretary be instructed to have circu-
This requires energy and perseverance, and
lars printed, and forwarded to all the pho-
although the organization is quite young,
tographers in the State, informing them of
I do not hesitate to say it has already within
the organization of the Association, and in-
its folds the right elements of success. Our
viting them to become members and co-
meeting was held at Knowlton &
first Mac-
operate with the same. A motion was
Gregor's; second, at C. H. Williamson's;
adopted, that each member be requested
third, at Alva Pearsall's ; Frank
fourth, at
to pay in 25 cents monthly, to be used as
E. Pearsall's; fifth, at Knowlton & Mac-
a sinking-fund, for the purpose of procuring
Gregor's, on the 15th inst.
all photographic literature deemed neces-
The last was well attended, and quite
sary. Upon motion of Mr. Shorey, a Com-
enthusiastic, four new members being ad-
mittee on Literature was appointed, with the
mitted. A very interesting and practical
President as Chairman, the President select-
paper,* by Prank E. Pearsall, upon the
ing, as the remainder of the committee,
'•Development of the Negative," was read
John Holyland and Geo. O. Brown.
Messrs.
and received with applause, a unanimous
Upon motion of Mr. Bachrach, the action
vote of thanks being passed for the same.
of the Executive Committee, in having the
•
Vice-President Honney also read an in-
following advertisement in the daily papers,
teresting paper upon the benefits derived
several issues, was sanctioned and adopted :

from an Association; the social feeling it

tended to foster and how by the inter-
; PHOTOGRAPHY.
change of ideas and practical experiences, The public
are informed that with the
more real valuable knowledge could be ob- advance of this art in the last few years,
photographs of adults can be made in cloudy
tained than by any other means closing by
as well as in good weather, and for sitters
;

exhorting the members to stick together, with light complexions and weak eyes better
and to exert themselves individually in in- results can be obtained on cloudy days.
ducing others to add their names to the roll. Maryland Photographers' Association.

Drawing, and the art of photography, Amotion was made by Mr. Holyland,
and the best means of gaining a thorough that all contributewhat books, &c, they can
knowledge of the same, were debated, and spare, in order to start a library. Adopted.
most of the members present entered into The Secretary then produced some photo-
the discussion. graphs made by the collodio-chloride pro-
The "Transparent Positive" will be the cess, by Mr. James Inglis, of Montreal,
subject for discussion at the next meeting, Canada, which elicited considerable praise,
each member being requested to make a the lighting and great rotundity of these
transparent positive of the human eye, to specimens being very excellent. Consider-
be used in the lantern for the purpose of able controversy ensued as to what kind of
making drawings. Alva Pearsall, a light they were produced under. Associ-
Cor. Secretary. ation adjourned until March 6th, 1873.

G. O. Brown,
* Will appear in our next number. Ed. P.P. Secretary.
 84 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
THE INDIANA PHOTOGRAPHIC it was agreed that amount was not suf-
this
ASSOCIATION. ficient to spoil a bath,and that his trouble
The regular meeting of this Association probably came from some other source.
was held at J. Perry Elliott's gallery, on Mr. Brent then read a very creditable
Wednesday evening, February 5th, and paper, showing that he was interested in

was the largest meeting the Society has photography in general and in our Associa-
ever had since its organization, showing
tion in particular, after which the Society

that the interest is not waning, hut in- took a recess of a few minutes, immediately
creasing. following which came the criticisms on the
After the President had called the meet- pictures brought in by Mr. Murdoch. The

ing to order, the Committee on Selection lateness of the hour and the character of

of Books for our Photographic Library re- the pictures, made extended criticism out of

ported a which they had selected,

list the question.

among which was Bigelow's Album of The Hoosier Heliographist was then read,
Lighting and Posing, to which there were but "correspondence" was as "scarce as
some objections made, but, after con- hens' teeth," and the editorials were not

siderable discussion of the mattei a motion 1 extensive or exhaustive, so the reading

,

was made to test the question, and the So- occupied but little time.
ciety voted to retain the book in the list. A
prominent member perpetrated a joke
On motion of Mr. Adams, the amount of on himself by reading as an item of news a
$25 was voted from the treasury to the Li- paragraph from the Scientific American, re-
brary Fund. lating to Mr. Newton's experiments with
The Secretary moved that, in view of the red glass to shorten the time of exposure
World having come to an end, the two for negatives, a full account of which had
bound volumes of the same be added to the been published in the Philadelphia Photog-
list already selected. Agreed to. rapher. Moral — Better read the journals.
Harry Fowler was chosen Librarian, and J. Perry Elliott,
authorized to take charge of all photo- Secretary.
graphs, &c, belonging to the Association.
On motion, a committee of three was ap-
pointed to draft rules to govern the office
of Librarian.
Chicago Photographic Association.
An application for membership was re- Kegtjlar meeting of the Chicago Photo-
ceived from John Cadwallader, and a ballot graphic Association, held at the store of
resulted in hisunanimous election. Charles W. Stevens, 158 State Street, Wed-
Mr. Brent had, or thought he had, been nesday evening, February 5th, 1873.
troubled a good deal from too much acid in Meeting called to order at 8 o'clock,
his bath, and asked for information as to sharp, Or. A. Douglass in the chair. Secre-
the best way to get rid of the superabun- tary Copelin being absent, H. G. Thompson
dance of that article. Messrs. Adams, Claf- was appointed Secretary pro tern. In the
lin, Judkins, and perhaps others, proceeded absence of the Secretary with the records,
to enlighten him, proposing neutralizing the minutes of the last regular meeting were
and sunning, boiling, and in extreme cases read from the Philadelphia Photographer,
fusing, although in practicing the latter and, on motion, approved.
"treatment" they had made a great many The reading of the reports of the retiring
failures in the way of obtaining metallic officers being next in order, the President,
silver, and spoiling their evaporating C A. Douglass, submitted the following
dishes, &c; but finally the Secretary sug- report for the year 1872, of the President
gested that it might be well to ascertain of the Chicago Photographic Association.
certainly whether the bath really contained Here the President gave the Association a
too much acid, and, when Mr. B. stated littleprivate scold, and then said:
that he had introduced only about twenty- The question is simply, Will it pay to be
five drops into thirty-six ounces of solution, a Society, and shall I take sufficient interest
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 85

in it, to think and talk, write and read, each addition comes more knowledge. Then
propose and debate, questions you can easily we must have this knowledge for the benefit
answer, and of vital importance to the So- of ourselves and others : in this way are we
ciety of which you are a member? accomplishing the object of our Society,
We must (and this is not the first time it and doing a good work. I have little doubt
has been urged) make our meetings of some but that all who are not yet with us have
interest and profit; it is not enough that we ambition, and would gladly join us in
meet from time to time, at appointed places, building up a Society, whose influence for
often long after the stated hour, and then good will be most marked, were they aided,
only for the purpose of wrestling with some by the example of the members showing
trivial "point of order " or " question." their interest in the art, and in the Asso-
As an Association, the constitution and ciation.
by-laws are necessary to give it backbone, I am means of prog-
led to suggest as one
and to guide it but remember, we are no
;
ress theforming of a Class in Drawing,
grand parliamentary body, looked to by and under a competent teacher this idea ;

Argus-eyed constituents, or guarded by a can be debated and settled at some meeting

watchful press, neither are we a body cor- in the near future. The Chemistry of our
porate for purposes of trade, where fine and art can be looked to in the same manner.
careful legislation in managing its affairs We have in our city chemists of skill and
become necessary to guard against possible reputation, and at a small cost a class in
litigation in the future; nothing of the kind; chemistry can be arranged. These topics
we are simply an association formed for mu- are of particular value to the students of the
tual improvement in the art photographic, art, and many of which are now members
and for the dissemination of knowledge with us, and we hope to enrol them all
useful to the fraternity. Our constitution both these questions should have your early
and by-laws are framed to guide, and to attention ; it will pay, both individually and
give tone to the organization ; they are not, as a society.
gentlemen, the Association itself.
Again, our meetings should be more fre-
If we can subdue tendency to become
this
quently held, at least every two weeks. I
acute legislators in a very small way, and
am sure when we get into the harness and
turn our attention to the actual business of
fairly at work at the foundation, and com-
the Society, and with united effort make our
mence earnestly to build up the Chicago
meetings schools for the study of our art,
Photographic Association, you will find
then are we performing our mission and that meetings even once a week will pay
living in the spirit of our preamble, useful with interest sufficient to give free attend-
to ourselves and to others. ance. I say this will be the result when you
What a field we have here in our own get down to the work before you
and this ;

city for improvement, and for the benefits is what we propose doing from this time
just
of intelligent effort through a Society such forward so, gentlemen, when you leave thi's
;

as this can be, if it will. Here are some place of meeting to-night, make up your
forty-five photographic galleries ; these minds that you have something to do, and
forty-five or more galleries will aggregate having satisfied yourself of the fact, go to
at least one hundred and fifty devotees of work and do it; write a little at least on
the art of photography. How many of this some subject, and if it is only haif a dozen
number have we associated with us?
Less lines bring it in as your share; once started
than one-third of the actual number in the you will find it very easy to keep the " ball
art in our city are with us in this associated rolling." Now if you do not feel like
effort for improvement and progress. Now writing, hunt up something in the journal's
here is a chance for us to show our mettle. or the text-books, and bring it in for reading
Make this Society, with its present mem- and discussion.
bership, "a bright and shining light," you I will leave the field of suggestion and
will find that it will flourish ; candidates for appeal, and say a word about our Association
admission will knock at our doors, and with —
and its affairs regarding the "sinews of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGK APHER.
war." Not have we had much use
as yet and do this? If such be your determina-
for a treasurer or treasury, but I hope in tion, and when we have accomplished, even
the future both will he useful and necessary ;
a part of the desired work, then will the
we will buy knowledge of some kind, in Chicago Photographic Association be what
—
some way something to benefit us. it was intended and hoped to be, a bright

Article 5, section 3, of our revised consti- and shining light in the photographic
tution plainly states the amount each mem- firmament.
ber shall pay annually. I trust those who "We expect to be called upon to entertain
have not already paid, will place this small and arrange for the Convention and Expo-
sum in the hands of our Treasurer we will ;
sition of the National Photographic Asso-
then count it and try and find some use for it ciation, either this following year, 1874, or

Sixty-two names appear upon our record, the next year, 1875 ; then this Society will
and I believe all are in our city but eleven have work to do. When called on, Chicago
those absent are Messrs. L. S. Anderson, S. must do its duty, and this Society assume
U. Allen, John Dillon, John L. Gihon, John its share of the labors and honors.

Hamer, F. M. Hayes, M. Kenyon, A. P. Standing upon the threshold of the New

Newdick, and 0. F. Weaver. As some of Year, it is well that we individually, and
the gentlemen named have made a perma- as a Society, make some new resolutions,
nent residence abroad, I would suggest that as individuals, to progress in our art; to use

their names be placed on the record as honor- hands and brain intelligently together, and
ary members, agreeably to section 2, article note the results and benefits which accrue
5. The names I propose are John L. Gihon, to ourselves and others to have pride in ;

John Hamer, and Benjamin Swasey. The this Association, and to do all we can for
others, now absent, most of them I think will it; resolve to try it one year; to think
from time to time be ableto meet with us, and for it ; to offer your knowledge to it for its

be glad to be retained on the list of active benefit and use and, if needs be, put your
;

members. I would here ask you to instruct hand your pocket for a dollar to sustain
in
your Secretary to furnish all non-resident it in its work believe in the Association and
;

members a copy of the revised constitution, attend its meetings ; as a Society, resolve to

and render a bill for dues, with a cordial work in harmony for the advancement of
invitation to add to the interest of our meet- the photographic art we must go ahead ; ;

ings and the success of the Society by con- progress is the spirit of the age, and vigor-
tributing papers on such subjects as they ous strokes are needed to keep pace with the
may choose. new light constantly breaking.
I trust from the reports to be submitted Mr. Douglass, the retiring President, then
by your Treasurer and Secretary, you will introduced Mr. A. Hesler, the President
find everything relating to their office and elect, who, in taking the chair, thanked
duties satisfactory and if anything is
; the Association for honor conferred, and
needed to push this new effort along, that stated that he wished the members to pledge
you will act promptly. themselves to renewed interest, and to leave
I respectfully urge frequent meetings and persistent debate over " points of order "
harmonious action, making through the me- and unnecessary questions severely alone,
dium of our meetings, the art we have chosen giving their whole attention and support to
for a livelihood a study ; doing this we are the study and advancement of photography.
on the highway to success, and from thinly He would promise faithful attendance upon
attended meetings we shall reach good, its meetings, and do all in his power as pre-
wholesome gatherings, and our membership siding officer to make the business of the
will swell, not only from the ranks of pho- meetings profitable and successful, closing
tographers in our city, but from the fra- his remarks with some valuable hints and
ternity in the surrounding cities and towns suggestions as to the future course of the
.the craft will become interested, adding members and Society.
.their names to the roll because they can A vote of thanks to the retiring President,
learn from us and with us. Shall we go on Mr. Douglass, for his able report was then,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
on motion, carried unanimously. Mr. Doug-
lass, the Secretary elect, then assumed his
©hair and the duties of the office.
Mr. Hesler, the retiring Treasurer, made
a verbal report of the funds in his hands
his book of accounts of the Society having
been mislaid made it impossible for him at
this meeting to present his report in form.
Funds in hands of Treasurer estimated at
forty-one or forty-three dollars, and a bal-
ance of ten dollars of the Relief Fund un-
expended.
Secretary being absent, no report pre-
sented. The Chairman of Executive Com-
mittee being absent, no report presented.
On motion, members in arrears for annual
dues were requested to pay the amount to
the Treasurer.
The following
letters were read, ordered
on and Secretary instructed to acknowl-
file,
edge the same: from Pennsylvania Photo-
graphic Association by the hand of its Cor-
responding Secretary, Edward L. Wilson
Brooklyn Photographic Art Association by
the hand of Frank E. Pearsall Photo-
; and be prepared for intelligent debate if nec-
graphic Association of the District of Co-
lumbia by the hand of E. J. Pulman.
The President in calling attention to these
communications, said it was a glorious sign
to see the hand of fellowship extended from
sister societies, and hoped that this present
year would see the chain extended until
every city and town large enough would
have its association, working together in
harmony in the grand scheme of elevating
the art and its devotees to the highest stand-
ard.
On motion, J. Hirsch, Professor of Chem-
istry,and discoverer of improvements in the
departmentof photography, relating to etch-
ing on zinc, was elected an honorary mem-
ber.
The names of L M. Melander, Z P.
McMillen, and D. H. Cross, having been
proposed for membership, and referred to
usual committee, were reported on, and the
gentlemen elected to membership.
Mr. Greene suggested that it be under-
stood that an article from some of the jour-
nals be read at each meeting. The sugges-
tion was received with favor, and indorsed
in a few remarks by the President.
The Secretary having stated that, by the
87
courtesy of the Photographic Times, he was
copy of the New York Tribune
in receipt of a
containing a report of the lectures on
full
"Light" by Professor Tyndall, it was pro-
;
posed by the President that the Secretary
make the same the property of the Society,
and read such parts of the lectures as would
be of interest and benefit to the members.
The President then appointed Messrs. J.
H. Abbott, A. Hall, and J. Smith, to pre-
pare papers to be read at the next regular
meeting.
Mr. , remarked
in this connection,
that although he had followed the business
of sun painting some twenty-five years, still
he felt incompetent to write a paper to offer
the Society, but as he he did not wish to
shirk from any duty, would do his best.
It was suggested by the President that
the members appointed to prepare papers
should, as far as practicable, name the sub-
ject they would on the evening ap-
select
;
pointed, as the members would then be able
to give the subjects some previous attention,
essary. It was further stated by the Presi-
dent that the appointment to prepare a paper
would not debar them from selecting articles
of interest from the journals which could be
offered in lieu of the paper.
The Secretary was then called on to read
in full Mr. W. J. Baker's able paper, page
29 in Mosaics, 1873, entitled " De Legibus "
After the reading of the paper, Mr. Hall
stated that being absent from the last meet-
ing he knew nothing of the discussion on this
paper but from hearsay, and judged that Mr.
Baker at that meeting had no friends. Mr.
Hall stated that he had given the subject
some thought, and was firmly of the opinion
that Mr. Baker was right, and knew exactly
what he was talking about; thought "De
Legibus " the best article in the Mosaics,
and that Mr. Baker was very modest in his
statements; believed that Mr. Baker offered
something new and desirable something —
that one should give heed and earnest atten-
tion to. As the paper, "De Legibus," had
been discussed once before, Mr. Hall ques-
tioned whether they knew really what they
were discussing. What is the English of
" De Legibus?" This question was not
promptly met; and Mr. Hall answered his
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
own question by stating that the English of it not oppose itself to a quality of a much
itwas " by the law," or, "according to law." higher kind, by counteracting entirely that
Mr. Hall then read the following paper in fulness of manner which is so difficult to
support of Mr. Baker and " De Legibus." express in words, but which found in per- is

Mr. President and Gentlemen I am : fection in the bestworks of Correggio and,

quite surprised at the criticisms made on we may add, of Rembrandt.' "
the article entitled De Legibus," written
'' Mr. Ruskin remarks " This solidity, or :

by Mr. W. J. Baker, of Buffalo, ISf. Y., projection, is the sign and the evidence of
and printed in the Mosaics for 1873. the vilest and lowest mechanism which art
Why, I should thinkby the remarks of can be insulted by giving name to.
some, that the principle or law of art, " I would not now have you think, by the

brought forward by the gentleman in ques- foregoing quotations, that you are not to
tion to prove that extreme relief in a picture strive for and attain any relief in the pic-

is vulgar and inartistic, was something new ture ; on the contrary, a certain amount of
and original with Mr. Baker, and that a few relief is necessary to produce roundness and
arguments of the humble photographer was body to the work, as a certain amount of
going to prove the fallacy of such an idea. contrast is necessary. But do not overdo it.
But, Mr. President and gentlemen, it is a Violent contrasts in light and shade produce
law in chiaroscuro, which has been firmly harshness violent contrasts in colors are
;

fixed for ages, that relief can be carried inartistic and vulgar ; and too much ap-
only to a certain extent, without sacrificing pearance of relief produces a hardness, as if

the more important and beautiful principle, the picture were cut out of wood or marble.
breadth; therefore, extreme relief can only The nearer the sitter is to the glass, the
be admired by those uneducated in these more solid will be the effect retiring from ;

principles of art. the glass produces more the appearance

"What Mr. Baker has said is only a re- of bas-relief than rotundity. The amount
iteration of what has been said by the best of light has nothing whatever to do with it."
artists for ages. Now we will see how Robinson treats this
To prove this, I will read a few extracts subject in his Pictorial Effect in Photography,
from different authors. Pirst, I will read page 109.
what Elbert Anderson says on this subject, " It is not the fact of reality that is re-
in his work, The Skylight and Dark-room. quired, but the truth of imitation that con-
He says "something, though not much," on stitutes a veracious picture. Cultivated
page 191, as follows :
minds do not require to believe they are
RELIEF. deceived, and that they look on actual
"As regards relief in a portrait, do not nature when they behold a pictorial repre-
run into extremes. Too much of this is sentation of it. An educated observer does
inartistic, in the same way that too gaudy not, like that Moor to whom Bruce, the
and brilliant color is vulgar. Sir Joshua African traveller, gave the picture of a fish,
Reynolds says: This favorite qualit}', which
' believe that the artist had made a reality,
De Piles and all the critics have considered and say If this fish at the last day should
:
'

a requisite of the greatest importance, was rise against you and say, " Thou hast given

not one. of those objects which much en- me a body, but not a living soul," what
gaged the attention of Titian. Painters should you reply?' Art is not the science
of inferior rank have far exceeded him of deception, but that of giving pleasure,
in producing this effect. This was a great the word pleasure being used in its purest
object of attention when art was in its and loftiest sense." Then again, on pages
infant state, as it is at present with the 116, 117, and 118, in explaining the mean-
vulgar and ignorant, who feel the highest ing and object of chiaroscuro, Robinson
satisfaction in seeing a figure which, as says: "It will be seen that I have omit-
they say, looks as if they could walk around ted relief as one of the objects of chiar-
it. But however low I may rate this pleas- oscuro. There is no doubt that a certain
ure of deception, I should not oppose it, did amount of relief is of advantage to a pic-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 89

ture, but to strive for too much of this Eegarding chiaroscuro, Mr. Bobinson
quality would be sacrificing a much greater says: "In photographic portraiture, the
advantage —
breadth —
for the sake of an chiaroscuro is, to a very considerable extent,
effect which could not, in a picture, be made under the control of the artist: there is,

to compete with the perfect manner in therefore, not so much excuse for imperfect
—
which it is given in a toy the stereoscope. and faulty lighting as there is in landscape
Belief is not the object of the picture. If photography. The tendency of the lighting
it were, the artist would have to first see the in photographic portraiture has been to daub
place where it was to be hung, that he might patches of black and white, or to miserable
see the direction in which the light would softness, full, it is and half-
true, of delicacy
fall upon it, and his chief consideration tone, but insipid and without character.
would be that the objects in the picture Neither of these varieties possess what could
should be lighted by the window of the be strictly called chiaroscuro, which term
room, his chief aim to produce an illusion, implies some notion of the arrangement and
perhaps the most vulgar thing in art. management of light and shade. There is
Twining, in his Philosophy of Painting, something more in light and shade than
says on this subject: 'Although relief may what is shown in the modelling of a face.
be considered as an additional advantage, The object to be attained in lighting a head,
and deserves attention as long as other considered as a head only, without reference
points are not sacrificed to it, the artist to the general effect of the picture, is round-
would decidedly take a false view of the ness, and a certain degree of relief; not the
calling of art who would set it up as a goal, relief attained by the stereoscope, but that
directing towards it all his exertions ; and, degree of projection which is seen in all
fortunately, to strive as some have done, for good pictures."
thiskind of eminence, generally involves To show you that too much reflected light
the neglect of other attainments which will produce inartistic relief, I ask you to
ought to have stood foremost. We cannot consider what Buskin says in a lecture de-
expect to see those powers, which, like pro- livered before the University of Oxford.
jection and relief, may be termed practical, "In vulgar chiaroscuro the shades are so
imitated in perfection, with those which, full of reflection that they look as if some
like expression and beauty, are the fruits of one had been walking round the object with
the imagination and sentiment our phys- ;
a candle, and the student, by that help,
ical nature is opposed to it. But in the peering into its crannies."
picture, chiaroscuro, or light and shade, "What I have just noted from different
has other purposes to fulfil than those which authorities, only proves that artists who
in nature serve to mark the rotundity and make relief their principal aim, are cater-
projection of form.' " ing to vulgar tastes, and at the same time
To show the importance of breadth, I will disregarding the highest and best laws
quote the words of Mr. Bobinson again : known to art. It also proves that the bin-
"Objects, which in themselves possess no ocular toy, the stereoscope, which blends
interest, are frequently made to delight the two pictures in such a manner as to make
eye, from their being productive of breadth.' simply a cheat,
the objects appear in relief, is

This cause seems to account for the pleasure a fraud, and has no more claim on fine art
we receive from many massive, heavy ob- than a rough shed has on Corinthian archi-
jects which, without this charm, and con- tecture.
sidered singly, are positively ugly. Some I have heard some photographers argue
pictures,though bad in every other respect, that stereoscopic pictures are artistic be-
but possessed of breadth, attract and arrest cause they appear so much like nature, and
the attention of the cultivated eye ; while the nearer our productions approach nature
others, admirable in detail
and color, but in the more artistic they are. To such persons,
which the harmonizing principle is want- I say, if they knew simply the definition of
ing, will often be passed over as unin- art, to say nothing of its principles, they
teresting." would not advance so absurd a theory ; for
90 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE.
if this be true, the crying of a child is more Mr. President and gentlemen, it has been
artistic than the song of Parepa or Nillson, suggested that we secure a teacher, and form
and there would be more art in the rough a class for the purpose of improving our-
block of marble than in the finely wrought selves in the chemistry of our profession.
column. But, sir, I think it is far more important
have serious doubts of our right to call
I that we form a class to study the principles
photography a fine art. Kuskin acknowl- of Many times an imperfect chemical
art.
edges it to be an invaluable means of record- effectcan be covered up by resorting to
ing some facts, and for giving transcripts dodges often practiced by the trade. But a
of the drawings of great masters. He says, picture void of artistic principles, no matter
" Let me assure you, once for all, that photog- how finely finished, is irreparable, and
raphers supersede no single quality nor use of worthless trash to the artistically educated.
fine art, and have so much in common with
Further interesting discussion followed,
nature, that they even share her temper of
by Messrs. Green, Hesler, and others.
parsi mony. "He further says of ph otographs,
Mr. Hall stated that he did not under-
"They supersede no good art, for the defini-
stand Mr. Baker to condemn the stereoscope
tion of art is human labor, regulated by
and the stereoscopic picture. It was the
human design, and this design or evidence
picture as an artistic work, a principle in
of active intellect in choice or arrangement
art, that he brings up and questions. Mr.
is the essential part of the work." He thus
Hall said itwas well known that the common
ignores our right to place photography
law is considered a stronger and a better
among the fine arts. But let us not trouble
law, and has nothing added to it by statutes
ourselves about that, for it is an art never-
or enactments. Mr. Baker, he said, told us
theless, and it matters not whether it is a
of truths and laws that had been established
fine or a mechanical art.
500 years. You listened to my remarks
It is our duty to know the true principles
I do not propose to offer my opinion against
and laws governing the fine arts, and then
the authorities I have read to you.
to produce our pictures by them as near as
Adjourned to Wednesday evening, Peb.
our means will admit; doing this, we shall
19th, and to the store of Charles W. Stevens.
be true to our profession, and prove that the
Twenty members present, and quite a
miserable caricatures so often turned out,
number of visitors, not members of the
are not the fault of the art, but of those who
Society ; among the latter was the popular
are pleased to call themselves artists.
stockdealer of Detroit, George R. Angell
Robinson says, "The application of pho-
Z. P. McMillen, of Galesburg, and J. W.
tography to portraiture has reformed and
Wykes, of Quincy.
almost revolutionized that art throughout G. A. Douglass,
the world." Yet ninety-nine out of every Secretary.
hundred photographic portraits are the most
abominable things ever produced by any art,
and the originals of them may often truly THE WESTON BURNISHER.
say, with the old Scotch lady, who saw her Ouk readers will notice the advertise-
own portrait for the first time, " It's a ments of this very attractive machine. We
humbling sicht ; it's indeed a sair sicht." had purposed "burnishing" our picture
This is not the fault of the art itself, but of with it this month to show our readers the
those who, on the strength of being able to effect, but the pictures were delayed by bad

dirty a piece of glass with chemicals, are weather and reached us too late for our pur-
pleased to dub themselves artists. Pho- pose. In our next we shall have more to
tography is a noble profession, although it say about the burnisher, and perhaps give
is a mean trade. Photography has hitherto you an example of its work. Meanwhile
been a refuge for the destitute : send to Mr. Bass for specimens. We have
"A mart where quacks of every kind resort, not yet seen any photographer who was not
The bankrupt's refuge, and the blockhead's pleased enough with the burnisher to lease
forte." one.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 91

MATTERS OF THE several communications, complaining of the

early time (May) fixed by the Executive
Committee for the next Convention. We
have not given place to them because they
would take a great deal of our space, and.
no good be accomplished. The wish of the
writers seemed to be to have a later time
The next Annual Convention and Exhi- fixed, and since that has been done the
bition of the National Photographic Asso- matter might as well be dropped. Sundry
ciation will he held in Buffalo, N. Y., remarks made on "rings," "usurpation,"
beginning Tuesday, July 15th, 1873. Mr. "secession," and so on, made by one or two,
W. J. Baker, Local Secretary. must have caused the authors to feel ashamed
The Permanent Secretary invites papers of themselves after they mailed them so we ;

from all who choose to offer them, and spare their feelings by giving them no fur-
requests that they be handed in to him ther attention.
before the opening of the Convention, that
place may be made for them in the order of
" Opinions " on the Shaw Patent. —
business.
As announced elsewhere, the opinions of
Messrs. Howson and Bell, on the validity
The Boston and Canada photographers, of the Shaw silver-saving patent, may be
it is expected, will make a fine display of had by all members of the National Photo-
their work at Buffalo. "We earnestly hope graphic Association, on application to the
they will. Permanent Secretary.
The National Photographic Association The Manual of the National Photo-
price-list has been completed by the Execu- graphic Association has been sent to all
tive Committee, and is presented to all the members of the Association, whose names
members of the Association in the new have not been dropped from the roll for
manual. Of course the rates suggested are non-payment of dues. If any have been
greater than those charged by some pho- overlooked, they will please notify the Per-
tographers, and less than those received by
manent Secretary at once.
others, but as they are only suggestive, of
course its adoption is optional with all. Of The Executive Committee would be glad
course nobody will come down to them, but
if members in arrears would pay their dues
at once to Mr. Albert Moore, Treasurer,
we do hope that many will creep up to
them. There are two reasons why prices No. 828 Wood Street, Philadelphia. This is
positively necessary, as the committee needs
should be kept up if no more, viz. 1. :

funds to further the interests of the coming

Every picture you deliver is an advertise-
exhibition.
ment for you for good or for bad. If you
get a good price your pictures circulate To ^ecome a member of the National
among people who can pay for
afford to Photographic Association costs $4 $2 for ;

their pictures, and they bring you a pajdng entrance fee; $2 for one year's .dues, in ad-
class of trade. 2. If you get good prices vance; employees, half rates life member- ;

you can afford better operators and better ship, $25. Apply to Edward L. Wilson,
materials, and in that way also attract the Permanent Secretary, Seventh and Cherry,
best of trade. The national price-list has Philadelphia.
been made up systematically, and
excessive. If those who are weak on
it is not
Life Members. — One hundred are
the
wanted at once to put the Association on a
subject will insist that it is the scale adopted
fair business basis. The last additions to the
by their Association, we think they will
list are Messrs. M. F. Benerman and A. M.
have but little trouble in getting their pa-
Collins, L. B. Williams,
Philadelphia;
trons to accede to its demands. All it wants
is the backbone to enforce it.
Utica, N. Y , W.
H. Jackson, Wash-
and
ington, D. C. L. G. Bigelow, Grand Rapids,
;

Change of Time.— We have received Mich.; W. D. Gatchell, Cincinnati, Ohio,

92 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
You can aid the Association very materially with our young magazine upon the voyage
by becoming a life member now. The new of photographic life, one of our very first

certificates are beautiful. patrons and most enthusiastic helpers was

Benjamin French. Again in our late
The following have been added to the
struggle for the rights of our fraternity he
veteran list since our last issue E. Long,
:

was our willing adviser, and when some one

Quincy, 111., 1842; B. French, Boston,
was wanted to receive the funds which our
1844, J. H. Hallenbeck, Boston, Mass.,
enthusiastic friends hoped to collect to re-
1845.
turn to us our loss, Mr. French, though
busy man that he is, generously assented to
do the work, and now regrets that there
is not more of it to do. This is like him.
OUR PICTURE. In 1856 Mr. French introduced the Jamin
We have great pleasure in presenting & Darlot (now Darlot) lenses into the
with our current number, a portrait of an- American market, and in 1859 took the
other representative man in photography, agency of the Voigtlander lenses, for both of
Benjamin French, Esq., of Boston, Massa- which he holds the agency for the United
chusetts. States. This one act of his has done much
Mr. French entered the service of pho- to improve American photography. In 1867
tograph}' in Boston, in 1844. At that time he visited Europe partly for recreation, but
he was the principal of a business-college, the interest which the Exposition at Paris
which still has a flourishing existence. The excited among the leading photographers
daguerreotype fever seized him, and he of Europe renewed his zest, and afforded a
purchased a gallery and started an operator favorable opportunity to make examina-
in the business. He soon became fascinated tions of the instrumentsand photographic
with the art, and in 1844 entered into the materials there exhibited he also made ;

picture and supply business regularly with diligent search for a better lens than the
Mr. L. H. Hale. In 1848 he found busi- justly celebrated Voigtlander, but without
ness growing so rapidly in his hands that success, that lens still retaining its su-
he left picture-making, and devoted his premacy among the eminent photographers
whole time to supplying others with their of Europe.
materials and requisites. He is now a Mr. French's long connection and great
veteran stockdealer and a wealthy, pros- experience in the business, has given him a
perous merchant, which facts alone speak "prestige" and position enjoyed by but
more for him as a man of strict upright- few, while his high sense of honor, his re-
ness and business integrity, than all the markable sagacity and tact, have made him
praise we could pen. "We have ourselves the success/ul merchant that he is.

been in pleasant business intercourse with Whenever the fraternity has needed
him for nearly a dozen years, and are free pecuniary assistance in anything concern-
to acknowledge our indebtedness to him for ing them, he has been among the most
much good counsel, continued kindness, liberal to contribute to their cause. He is

and good will. Moreover our esteem for a firm friend of the National Photographic
him as a man, is such as to make us proud Association, has attended nearly all of its

of his friendship, and proud of his connec- conventions, and is a life member.
tion with our art. Would that masses of May he long live to give us the pleasure
such men would choose photography for of his genial friendship and his invaluable
the exercise of their honesty, tact, skill, aid in the advancement of our art.

thought, energy, and integrity. There are The negatives and prints were made by
many photographers doing prosperous busi- Messrs. Warren & Heald, Boston. These
ness now, who
are indebted to Mr. French gentlemen have tried their very best to
which has made them wealthy
for the start give us an excellent and characteristic like-
and honored men as well as good photog- ness of our friend, with great success.
raphers. And when in 1864 we embarked In a letter to us Mr. Heald says :
" I use
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 93

no secret or wonderful process, but work in tion of the iodine is continued for too long
the ordinary way with nothing but the best a time, the dark subiodide is converted into
of chemicals, and use the Voigtlander & the yellow iodide, and the plate will appear
Son lenses. And I here will state that after as thin as before but if the plate is placed
;

having thoroughly tested lenses from the dif- in the light, darken and prove con-
it will
ferent makers, I must emphatically give my siderably strengthened.
preference to those made by Voigtlander & Our mutual friend Simpson claims the
Son, as possessing every quality necessary method as being published by him as far back
for the production of artistic work. The as 1863. The error on my part is self-evident

negatives of Mr. French were made with of a matter of fact character, for in my next
my No. 6 Voigtlander &
Son lens. For letter I stated that a Mr. Unger had pub-
collodion I consider the Vogel iodide su-
' '
lished a similar method before mine. I be-
perior to all others, and would advise all lieve that I have always proved just to every
to try it." one, and I would certainly not be unjust to
The paper used was the S. & M. Dresden my friend Simpson, but I did not know of
extra brilliant albumen paper, imported by his publication of 1863, as I have received
Mr. G-. Gennert, of New York, a brand the News only since 1869.
which we are told is used by many leading Lastly a retouching composition has been
photographers, and is having a large sale. sold here, which is very advantageous in
The beautiful card mounts, with the fac- retouching negatives. Mr. Hauck has pub-
simile of Mr. French's signature, were sup- lished the receipt for it. Twelve grains of
plied by Messrs. A. M. Collins, Son & Co., the finest damar resin are dissolved in the
Philadelphia, and were made especially for and this
finest rectified spirits of turpentine,
this picture. solution rubbed with a cotton pad on the
is

place to be retouched; the spot is now

rubbed over with a dry pad, and a few
minutes later it may be retouched with lead-
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. pencil. The varnish may also be applied
back of the negative, and the retouch
Reinforcing with Tincture of Iodine — Re- to the

touching Composition —Denier 1

s New Por-
with lead-pencil applied to the same; this
has the advantage that in case it turned" out
traits without Retouching.
wrong it may readily be removed with a
In a previous letter I spoke about in- little spirits of turpentine.
tensifying^ varnished plates with tincture If the plate is left for too long a time be-
of iodine. I have
employed this method fore it is retouched the varnish becomes too
since then repeatedly, and it has always hard, and no longer takes the lead-pen-
proved successful in my hands. Those cil lines, but a little fresh solution is easily
who have no experience in this process applied.
may "easily feel disappointed, for some- The court photographer, Denier, in St.
times the plates do not appear to get any Petersburg, has made the interesting at-
darker by pouring iodine over them but, ; tempt do without retouching altogether,
to
when we print, we notice directly the or to employ it to a very limited extent
greater intensity. This method of intensi- only. He sent a number of portraits which
fying is based on the fact that an iodide of looked very delicate and soft, and resembled
silver containing less iodine is formed. somewhat the mezzotints of Meinerth, but
There is, besides the iodine compound Agl that they had not been made in his manner
(which has a yellow color), another iodine is evident from the fact that in St. Peters-
compound containing but half the quantity burg the sun is rarely, if ever, at the dis-
of iodine, the formula of which is Ag 2
I, posal of the operator. The portraits excited
and the color is dark brown or dark green. a good deal of attention, but the way how
If iodine is poured on the plate subiodide they have been made has not become known.
of silver (Ag 2 I) is formed at first, and this It is probable that Denier obtains this effect
produces the intensification ;
but if the ac- in the camera by double exposure, by first
94 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
focussing sharply, and next moving the lens The
question, which was first ventilated
a little in or out of focus, which gives to the in America, what effect is produced by
picture a very soft appearance ; for this pur- lighting before and after exposure, is now
pose it is necessary, however, that the ob- nearly a year old and still continues to raise
jective should be constructed with great the dust. We have not only made many
exactness, as otherwise double outlines experiments here, but the question has also
would be the result. been thoroughly discussed, and the result is
The process is still kept secret, but I that we are really not any wiser than a year
will give you a hint which may possibly ago, when Mr.Gutzlaff brought out his
lead to an explanation. Mr. Szekely, in new and his new theory.
glass
Vienna, published, a few years ago, a pro- 1 must mention here, in order to avoid a
cess by which he made the so-called brilliant misunderstanding, that I believe from my
photograph. With a binocular camera he own experience that an illumination, before

takes two pictures simultaneously. Both or after exposure, is advantageous. But I

pictures are developed, but not intensified, do not believe that the chemically more effec-
and finished the plate is then cut, and the
;
tive rays exercise an influence in this after-

two pictures are placed one on top of the illumination. Mr. Gutzlaff started the
other, in juxtaposition, and printed in dif- theory that the chemical action of rays can
fused daylight. The placing of the two be continued by rays the length of the
negatives one above the other has the same waves of which is greater, provided the
effect as intensifying, and while the one length of the waves is 1J times longer than
prints very sharp the other gives a rather that of the former. But we find in his
diffused outline, and the two combined give communication facts which do not har-
that softness which is peculiar to the mez- monize with his theory, for if his theory is
zotint. I hope to be able to give in my next right, the red rays must exercise an influ-

further information in regard to Denier's ence also,* and still he states himself that
method. the red glass is perfectly ineffectual. Mr.
One of the most annoying mishaps which Prum has also experimented with red glass,
may happen to the photographer is the in conjunction with Dr. Zenker, and the

breaking of plates, and unfortunately this result is absolutely negative, although Mr.

is not so very rare an occurrence. Curved Prum went so far as tti expose a negative in
plates, and more frequently splinters of the plate-holder, under a red glass for sev-
glass which remain in the printing-frame, eral minutes, to the full brilliant daylight.

are the causes. The printing-frames with From the report of the New York committee
caoutchouc lining are a very questionable we learn, however, that Gutzlaff's glasses do

preventive of this evil. If the crack ex- not permit the blue rays to pass, but a great
tends through the shadows of the pictures, quantity of chemically active rays. We
it does not matter much, particularly with learn further that an illumination before ex-
landscapes, but it is worse in the portrait. posure is as effective as an after illumination,
In the Vienna Photographic Society the that is to say, the so-called rayons continua-
question was recently ventilated, how a teur, which are said to have no effect by
broken plate might be mended in the best themselves, act after all as well as the so-

way. The proposition was made, to place called effective rays (excitateurs). After
the pieces together, to line it with paper, reading these facts, I believe I am justified

and to varnish it ; the varnish will enter in persisting in doubting the existence of
into the crack, and give to it a certain continuously acting rays, and I also feel
transparency. Mr. Luckhardt recommended convinced that an illumination before or
to pasteon the back of the negative letter- after exposure is only effective when actinic
paper of even thickness, which overlaps at rays are employed. If Becquerel has found
the edges the paper on drying contracts,
;

and presses the pieces of the glass so closely * The length of the indigo wave is for instance
together that the split is no longer percepti- 43; this taken 1£ times is 63.5, which is the
ble. length of the red wave.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 95

"rayons con tin uatenr " and " rayons excita- intensity will not be darkened by the de-
teur," I believe this must be due to a want veloper; if we now give to this plate an ad-
of precaution in making the experiment, ditional illumination of the intensity which
and that all the foreign light was not ex- we will call 5, then all the parts 9, 8, 7, 6,

cluded. Even in the common spectro- 5 will become capable of development,

scope this precaution is but imperfectly while 4, 3, 2, 1 will still remain unaffected.
carried out, and in the spectral experiments The result is, therefore, with a correct
of an older date, still less care was taken in calculation of the intensity of the light, by
this respect. no means a general veiling of the picture,
The total effect of illumination before or but additional detail. This problem in ad-
after exposure is hence nothing else than a dition which everybody can make for him-
problem in addition. A certain intensity self is not new, Mr. Sutton has stated the
of light is necessary in order to make, in a same before.
given time of exposure, an impression on The only practical result which has been
the iodide of silver film, which is capable brought about by this after-exposure, has
of development. been, with us, in exposing the under-ex-
Suppose we designate the intensity neces- posed pictures of children, for a short time,
sary to make this impression, by the num- to the lamplight of the dark-room, previ-
ber 10, then all the parts which have re- ous to development.
ceived 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, .3, 2, 1 parts of the H. Voqel, Ph.D.

Pictures Received. — We have some fine on their good taste in its finish. We should be
examples of their work from Messrs. A. W. Cad- glad to have them make a picture for our
man, B. Gray, Alfred Freeman, Potter <fc Bro., magazine.
A. S. Hood, and A. McCormick, the latter send- Stereoscopic Views. — We have some nice
ing us a carte of Ezekiel West, Esq., a Chester stereoscopic views from Mr. G. L. Crawford,
County gentleman, 18 years 1 old. We are glad Georgetown, Cal., and Potter & Bro., Mansfield,
to see constantimprovement in the work of all Ohio. Mr. H. J. Jacoby, St. Peter, Minn., has
these gentlemen. Messrs. Blessing & Co., Gal- sent us a photograph of a cake of ice, wherein
veston, Texas, send us some cabinet cards which the air and action of water have formed a space
are excellent. Mr. E. Z. Webster, Norwich, resembling a huge goblet or cake-basket in
Conn., in whose gallery we imbibed our first love form. It is one of the most curious and beauti-
for photography, nearly twenty-five years ago, ful things for the stereoscope we have seen for a
has sent us some fine pictures, which prove him, long time. Mr. H. A. Kimball has sent us a
although a veteran, equal to the progress of the photograph of "The Old School-House Ceme-
times. tery." where rests the remains of our good old
friend, Mr. Kimball has also
A. F. Clough.
Genre Work.— Mr. W. H. Hodges, at T. S. sent us some capital lantern slides of White
Johnston :
s studio, Chicago, has sent us some Mountain scenery, and of views in Quebec, Mon-
very creditable genre pictures, mainly represent- treal, <fcc. He has improved the quality of his
ing scenes out of doors in winter. They are slides greatly. From the same negatives be
very well done indeed, and we hope presently to prints stereographs. Mr. C. M. Marsh, Havana,
show our readers what these gentlemen can do. N. Y., has favored us with a large series of
views of the beautiful glen near Havana, giving
Southern Work. — We have had a pleasant' us vivid pictures of the wondrous scenery there.
surprise in the shape of a large number of very Mr. Marsh is about to issue these in a series, a
excellent photographs from Messrs. Smith & description of the view to go on the back of each
Motes, Atlanta, Ga. We congratulate these picture. Dealers would do well to look into
gentlemen on the excellency of their work, and this.
96 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Items op News. —The partnership heretofore surpassed by any foreign production we ever
existing under the firm name of Bogardus & saw. Dealers will find it in great dmnand.

Bendann Brothers, photographers, is dissolved

(the Messrs. Bendann retiring). The business An indefatigable secretary is Mr. G. A.
will in future be conducted by Mr. Bogardus, Douglass of the Chicago Photographic Associa-
who will, as far as possible, give his personal at- tion. He remains at his office (Charles W.
tention to every sitter at the old place, No. 1153 Stevens, 158 State Street) every Wednesday
Broadway, New York. — A photographer has had evening until 9 o'clock, for the transaction of

the assurance to call us "the photographers' the business of the Association and to meet its

assistant." We accept and hope he tells the members. We would call attention also, as

truth. — Mr. Coleman Sellers has been delivering another proof of his interest in the cause, to- his

a series of very interesting lectures before the report of the Society's last meeting. We think

Franklin Institute on Photography and Light. it is a model, and congratulate him on it.

Messrs. Kiiburn Bros, have sent us another

supplement to their catalogue, which brings
Postal Law and Postal Courtesy. — We
are perfectly willing to answer any queries our
their number up to 1052, and includes their
readers wish to make, so far as time and reason
series of views of the great Boston fire. — Mr. will allow, but we request correspondents to
Frank Bacon, at Estabrooke's gallery, New
remember to pny/W/ postage on their letters.
York, asks us to caution our readers against the
If they don't we have to do it, and what they
smooth tongue, and the soft speech, and the
pay is lost. Again, when writing on your own
"ways that are dark," of one Carvalho, who is
business alone, it is a good mark of courtesy to
a photographer from South America, and has
inclose a stamp for reply.
taken advantage of him. — Read Mr. C. W. Please remember.

Hearn's advertisement for a situation. He is We are again compelled to lay over much
an excellent printer. valuable matter crowding upon us together with
our Art Studies for All. In lieu of the last, we
Sailed for Mexico. — On Thursday, February refer our readers to the proceedings of the
6th, quite a strong photo, representation accom- Chicago Photographic Association. Correspond-
panied Mr. B. W. Kiiburn, of Littleton, N. H., ents please bear with us one month more.
to Pier No. 3, North River, New York, whence
he sailed on the " City of Mexico " to Vera Cruz,
A Bargain Offered.— So much good and
useful matter presses us for insertion that we
City of Mexico, and other cities adjacent, for the
are contemplating the enlargement of our maga-
purpose of finding food for the camera. He has
our best wishes for his success and safe return.
zine. The one thing that stands in the way is,
that we cannot afford it, and we do not want to
He has gone to a rich field, but he is equal to-

the task.
raise the price. We therefore make this offer to
our readers : If you will increase our subscription

One of the most persevering men in our art is

list by May 1st to 500 more than at present we
will increase our magazine eight pages per
Mr. C. R. Savage, Great Salt Lake City, Utah,
month. If you will add 1000 to our list we will
who not only ''runs" a first-class portrait gal-
increase the magazine to forty-eight pages.
lery, but does an extensive view busines-s. We
have recently received some lantern slides from
Every one of you can do something, and thus
some of his beautiful negatives.
make it mutually beneficial. It is worth try-
ing for.

"Moonlight on the Coast," is the name of It is possible to make an excellent large nega-
a new and exquisite chromo after L. Douzette, tive from a small one by a process the invention
by Messrs. L. Prang & Co., Boston. It is un- of Mr. B. J. Edwards, of England. His travel-
doubtedly the most charming work of art ever ling agent, Mr. Everett, who is not a process-
done by chromo-lithography in America. The sharper, offers in his advertisement to teach the
sky is full of splendid clouds, the moon behind process to any one desiring his services in their
them lighting their edges and the attendant own studios. We have a personal letter from
cloudlets brilliantly, and the rippling waters Mr. J. W. Black, of Boston, which speaks highly
below catching the reflections in a manner most of the process, and all who have purchased, from
impressive. In the foreground are two old whom we have heard, say it is very valuable.
hulks, which tell tales of woe that contrast We shall allude to the matter again, our space
strongly with the peaceful moonlight. The now being too crowded to do so. The results we
chromo improves on acquaintance, and is un- have seen please us much.
 THE

kilaielpkia §?Ji0t0<jra)rker.

Vol. X. APRIL, 1873. No. 112.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
Br BESTERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

National Photographic Institute. contains the Constitution; By-laws; List of

the Officers each year since organization
A petition has been presented to Con- ;

gress for the establishment of a National

Constitution of the Benevolent Fund Beg-
;

ulations concerning Life Membership ; the

Photographic Institute, with an appropria-
National Price List; List of Life Members,
tion of $30,000. The bill was presented by
and a revised list of active and honorary
Hon. A. G. Harmer, of Pennsylvania,
members, together with useful suggestions
passed a first and second reading, and was
referred to the Committee on Appropria-
concerning matters of the Association. No
tions, where it will lie until the next session
doubt every man who has received it con-
of Congress. When the time comes we siders it well worth a year's dues. We are

shall prepare matter for every live photog- sorry to see a number of names omitted
rapher in the land to send to his representa- from the roll, yet thirty-six pages of the

tive in Congress asking for the passage of Manual are required to insert the names of
this bill. advantage to
It will be of great
all the members. When we annex Canada
our art, but as we intend to argue the
or Canada annexes us and the rest of the
matter at length hereafter, we will only add
world, we hope to see a hundred pages filled
with names, for the National Photographic
now that meanwhile when you come into
Association is doing a good work.
contact with your Congressmen talk up the
matter, and prepare their minds for an ava-
lanche of petitions in support of the project.
The Edwards Process for Reproducing
Sundry newspapers have ridiculed the idea
and Enlarging Negatives.
of a photographic institute.If we get it
we will show them what good we can do. FPv0ai;'t'he, time of the. first issue of this

Some men are always ready to stab photog- •jnagazine,»our readers 'have been aware of

raphy, but it will no longer endure it meekly. our antagonism towards valueless processes
and the venders of the same, towards secrecy,
and towards anything which would impose
upon or mislead them, or take from them
Manual of the National Photographic
their money wrongfully, or without giving
Association.
a full equivalent therefor. We believe our
This little work has been prepared with record is clear we have
on these points, for
much care and has been sent to every mem- always advocated that the free interchange
ber of the Association by the Secretary. It of ideas is the best method of securing the
98 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
rapid and continual advancement of our Mr. Edwards, has been taking great pains
art. Yet, as there are exceptions to all in ourown city to elucidate his method, and
rules, we desire to speak of the results of a we are free to confess unqualifiedly our ad-
process which has been creating consider- miration of the results. Those of our neigh-
able stir in this city and in neighboring bors who have purchased his secret, some
cities for some time, and for which results twenty or twenty-five, we think, so far as
we confess to much satisfaction and admira- we have come in contact with them, have
tion. We say results., because we do not declared themselves delighted and well re-
know by what means they are obtained, for paid, and that they would not be without
the method held as a secret by the in-
is it; and the work they have produced gives
ventor, and we, of course, do not desire, great satisfaction. Mr. Everett brought
nor can we receive knowledge concerning letters to the same effect from Messrs. Black,
it,without the privilege of communicating Rowell, Marshall, and Allen, in Boston, and
it to our readers. our English contemporaries have for some
We refer to Mr. Edwards's method of time been very profuse in their praise of
multiplying and enlarging negatives. The Mr. Edwards's pictures. We
are happy to
production of one negative from another, be able to join in these testimonials to their
larger or smaller than, or of the same size excellencies, yet not only to theirs, but to
as the original, is no new
have idea. We those made by photographers in our own
already published many methods, which city, of all classes of subjects, and of all sizes.

may be found by referring, by which it can It will be understood that we can only
be done with more or less success. But in speak of the results. The process seems to
many cases the manipulations are difficult be one by which a glass positive with an
and uncertain, and as a general thing the absolutely structureless film is produced.
results are unsatisfactory, and the processes This much we know by examination of the
themselves very little practiced. The great- positives in considerable number, made by
est drawback seemed to be the impossibility several different parties. From these posi-
of avoiding the exaggeration in the enlarge- tives we have seen twelve negatives made
ment of the faults of the original, the latter from an original negative of the same size,
being caused mainly by the structure of the really superior in detail and printing quali-
film of the glass positive necessary in such ties. From a positive from the same nega-
processes ;
it being the usual way to make a tive we have seen a dozen negatives enlarged
glass positive from the original negative, and several diameters, losing no detail or sharp-
from it the duplicate negative, large or small. ness, or printing quality, or any more re-
It seems to have been reserved for Mr. touching than would be necessary (if as
Edwards to discover a method by which much), if the negatives had been made that
these drawbacks could be overcome. This large from nature. There seems to be no limit
he claims to have done after milch experi- to the extent to which this multiplying and
ment and cost, and prefers holding it a enlarging can be carried on. Once secured a
secret among those who may choose to pur- good positive, and you may go ahead to your
chase it of him, to patenting it. As this is heart's content. You can, by the same
a matter entirely of his own, we have no means, make not only a large negative from
cause to find fault. If what he produces a small one, but a small negative from a
appeared no better than what we have
to us large one. How often parties come to you
seen done otherwise; if those to whom he and want a large picture and a carte. You
has imparted his secret cautioned us against make two or more sittings. The expression
it, and declared it to be a humbug and a in one is much better than in the other, but
fraud ; if our esteemed contemporaries in it has always been impossible to use one
Europe, ever watchful in such things, negative for both sizes. It can now be
should warn us against it, our readers done. A
weaker negative may be made
should at once be placed on their guard. from a dense one; a denser negative from a
But the real fact is, during the past month, weak one; a solar negative if you prefer it,
Mr. K. J. Everett, the American agent for from an ordinary printing negative; pho-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 99

tographers who cannot afford large lenses, THINGS NEW AND OLD.
may dispense with them and make shift with Br R. J. CHUTE (ROLAND VANWEIKE).
the Edwards process; for lantern slides the
process is admirably adapted, the results Camera and Chemicals.
being exquisite in detail and transparency. In this journal for December, 1872, 1 gave
We are assured by those of our friends with some suggestions in reference to dark-room
whom we have conversed, that it is rapidly work, showing the importance of careful
and and cheaply. No expen-
easily worked, manipulation ; that being one of a series of
sive apparatus is needed. Testimonials and articles intended to illustrate the necessity
other matters of information concerning the of the work under the skylight and that
process will be found in our advertising pages. in the dark-room being in harmony, or, in
We cannot look upon this as an example other words, the two working together.
of "process-selling" in its ordinary sense. I propose now to consider still further
We are struck with the extreme fairness of the subject then under discussion.
all the parties concerned in
it. Mr. Everett Mr. Anderson, in his very excellent work,
came and offered us the process in all
to us The Skylight and the Dark-room, under
its details under the usual pledge. We " Details of Manipulation," in speaking of
could not withhold any secret from our making two exposures on the same plate,
readers. So we could not receive his kind- maintains that the last exposure should be
ness. Philadelphia is a bad place to sell longer than the first, in order to have the
any process, but Mr. Everett visited the development uniform. My experience has
establishments here, worked the process, proved to me that this depends upon certain
and by his very fair way has secured a fee conditions.
from nearly every first-class photographer The accompanying diagram represents a
here, besides amateurs. He offers in our plate suitable for two impres-
advertising pages to make arrangements sions. Now, if A be exposed
with photographers to communicate the and the developer flowed
first,

process by letter or correspondence. In this from the corner c, the end b

he will have the valuable assistance of Mr. will require an exposure of
John"M. Blake, of New Haven, a gentle- from five to ten seconds longer, in order to
man who has contributed many articles to have them develop alike. This will be
our pages and to Mosaics; who has under- found to be the case when no time is allowed
taken to communicate unreservedly to pur- to intervene between the exposures. To
chasers the result of his experience and in- obviate this, expose b first, and develop as
vestigations in connection with the process, before, and it will be found that not only
to insure its successful working. We think will the last exposure develop equally well
that photographers will,' on the whole, be with the same time as the first, but with
better served by this plan than by personal even less. I have worked both ways, and
instruction, as, apart from the saving of have found that by making the last exposure
time, no important points can be overlooked on the end of the plate over which the devel-
or forgotten, which might be the case if oper flows first, a difference of five seconds
communicated verbally, and in the short may be made, in an ordinary sitting, in
time of a call by an agent. Nothing can favor of the second exposure. By this
be fairer than this, except perhaps that the method of working, a difference of several
fee required is by no means exorbitant, we minutes between the exposures, with equal
think. However, our readers are intelligent time, is scarcely perceptible, unless a change
enough, we trust, to decide this latter point be made in the light, which should not be
for themselves, so we leave it with them, done on the same plate.
and refer them to the testimonials given in When a plate is found to be under-ex-
the advertisement, which we have seen and posed, that is, the development proceeds
know to be genuine. Moreover, we know slowly, an addition of strong developer
the parties would not lend their names to should be made at once, in the early stage
.anything not thoroughly good. of the process. In this way negatives are
100 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
often secured, with scarcely any deficiency, man, seeing that everything is kept clean,
that with the ordinary developer alone and free from dust a man who believes
;

would have been wanting in detail, and that " eternal vigilance is the price of lib-
almost worthless. erty;" a patient man, not discouraged at
failure, nor wearied in well doing, but per-
severing to the end, resolved to conquer all

REQUISITES TO SUCCESS IN difficulties. He must

not expect to accom-
PHOTOGRAPHY.* plish all in a day, or a week, or a year, re-
membering that it is " first the blade, then
BY E. J. PDLMAN.
the ear, and then the full corn in the ear."
In making a survey of the field of pho- Little by little we add to our knowledge,
tography one is surprised at the different day by day the structure rises, and we are
results attained by those even who are ad- to decide for ourselves whether we will build
mitted to be first class artists. Our leading a palace or a hovel The more material we
photographers disagree as to the best for- bring to the work the higher rises the walls ;

mula? for photographic productions. No
two scarcely secure the same result from the
same process. Each has his favorite for-
mulae which he is convinced are the best,
because with them he produces better re-
the more we observe, and think, and study,
the more material we bring.
The successful artist must be all we have
mentioned and more. He must be filled
with a love for his work for since " Love ;

sults than with others. Different workers never fails to master what he finds," he
produce different results with the same for- can work wonders here. The question natu-
mulae, and very nearly the same result with rally arises, can all be equally successful ?

different formulae. Yet effect follows cause I had, in my childhood days, a primer,
as surely as day follows night. Previous giving short biographical sketches of emi-
conditions being the same the results cannot nent men of the past, and on its title-page
vary. If this be true we must, of course, was this couplet
conclude that the conditions are not the " A pleasing truth it is to know,
same, and must look for the difference in What man has done, that man can do."
the manipulation of the different operators I used to love to read it, and it aided me on
in the manner which they work their
in more than one occasion to come off con-
light and chemicals. There can be but one queror when the difficulty seemed almost in-
best way, though there may be several good surmountable. Though correct in the ab-
ways. He that would secure excellence in stract, when applied to individual cases it
his work must look well to his manner of do- perhaps needs to be taken " cum grano
ing it. Good light, good chemicals, and salis." But the teaching is that, with the
good formulae are good things but with ; same effort put forth by us as by others, we
them all artists do not produce good pic- shall be able to produce the same results.
tures. The successful artist must be a close If we do not put forth the effort we cannot
observer of results, and search into their expect the result. To be a good artist is no
causes, and. note carefully the effects of dif- easy work, and the indolent had better seek
ferent manipulations, that he may be able some other field in which to display his tal-
to change some extent at least,
at will, to ents. But to the worker, the close observer,
the result to be produced. He must be a the studious, careful man, photography offers
studious man, searching into the mysteries a welcome and promise of abundant reward.
of science, especially chemical science, that Whatever is worth the having in this world
he may become familiar with the tools he is costs either effort or money, and the ac-
using, so to speak, and able to modify them quirement of the art of photography is no
at his pleasure. He must be a careful man, exception to the general rule. By perse-
exact in making his compounds ; a neat vering effort we gain the prize, but not till

we have run the race. We must endure

* Rend before the Photographic Association the toil if we would enjoy the pleasure.
of the District of Columbia. Not discouraged by failure, nor expecting
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 101

a too early or easy victor}', but persevering, object in a picture, if the object seems to
''still achieving, still pursuing, we must you to start out from its surroundings, be
learn to labor and to wait " for our reward. sure of two things, first, that you have not
To him that overcometh is the promise. acquired the power of correct vision ;

In our own hands is placed our future. Step second, that you are looking at a meanly
by step the patient traveller at length executed work. There are no exceptions
reaches the mountain height, and step by to these deductions."
step we must advance in our loved art, I said I read these things with surprise,
photography. In the words of Holland, and the more I consider them the greater
" Heaven is not reached at a single bound, my astonishment.
But we build the ladder by which we rise Of course the educated eye cannot be
From the lowly earth to the vaulted skies,
cheated into the belief that the relief which
And we mount to its summit round by round.' 1 ''

it seems to see in a picture is real. It un-

derstands that it is only a "deception,"
but, pray, what is a picture but a deception ?
RELIEF OR NO RELIEF-THE It is not a reality, but simply a resemblance
QUESTION IS. —a fac simile —
and yet, the greater the
In an article of mine which appeared " deception " the more satisfactory the pic-
in
the Philadelphia Photographer not long ture. That is to say, we sit a person out a

ago, I incidentally referred to the matter distance in front of the background or flat

of roundness or relief in a photographic surface when we wish make a photo-

to

portrait, and expressed my admiration of graphic portrait of him, and if we succeed

that quality by saying, that if it lay in my in making a fac simile of the scene photo-

power I would make all my portraits with graphed, he must still appear to be in front
stereoscopic effect. I have not in the least of the background in the picture.

changed my mind on the subject, though The celebrated writer quoted from, how-
since that time I have, with surprise, read ever, calls this " vulgar, cheap, and paltry."

a very learned article in one of your photo- Possibly it is, but I am satisfied that ninety-
graphic publications,* from one who ranks nine hundredths of all the persons engaged
high in the profession, severely criticizing in photography, as well as those who are

such views. not, are eminently pleased when they pro-

Speaking of the stereoscope, he says, duce or behold just such an " effect."
" Nothing can be hoped for or from it, for
He further says that we ought to bring
and ends with a violation of the
it starts
our taste to the point of honestly admiring
Alpha and Omega of all laws, truth, and in a picturewhose highest lights seem to be
place thereof gives a lie, a deception, to
about on a level with the sustaining surface,
which every pair of eyes must submit that and from this the shadows melt away, re-
ventures to peer into the binocular." tiring quietly as the tones grow deeper, and
yet he makes some of the Eembrandt-
firmest
Again he "The
educated eye can-
says,
ish, or shadow-pictures, which stand out
not be cheated into thinking it sees true
relief when it is only looking at a picture. in bold relief, and seem indeed to be almost

It knows all the while that it perceives entirely in front of the highest lights and
the sustaining surface.
nothing but a flat surface, and that exag-
geration of light and shade which deceives
In this I think his practice is far better

the uncultivated, and is called by them

than his theory.
' roundness,' '
boldness,' '
relief,' repels the
Now
whether or not the stereoscope does
cultivated taste as an
really " hold the mirrorup to nature " may
effort outside the
limits of art as opposed to be a question, though that is not the one
economy, as its

harsh and in bad drawing. under discussion, but I am persuaded that

If you are
tempted to think you can walk round some in some important respects it does it ap-
proximately and further, that the people,
;

* " De Legibus," by W. J. Baker, Mosaics, including photographers, will, in all proba-

18 73. bility, continue to patronize it and to wel-
102 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
come the deception if it be one, and I would to seal, but to tie with strings or rubber
regard it equivalent to an immense fortune strap. My customers complain that their
to be able to make all my photographic por- packages are opened, pictures removed, and
traits with stereoscopic effect, and am frank that they arrive with contents loose and
to acknowledge that I am not "educated " injured. Cannot we adopt some measures
sufficiently to look upon such a thing as that will influence Uncle Samuel and have
being outside the limits of art, except as it this nuisance abated? The old plan of leav-
is or may be beyond the limits of art possi- ing one end open was good enough, and the
bilities. contents could be inspected without seeing
" Where doctors disagree who shall de- the face of the pictures ; but these pretty
cide?" Will photographers speak out? faces going through the post-office with only
J. Perry Elliot. a string to keep the post-office clerks out is

too strong a temptation, and away goes the

string. If the subject is pretty, one or
more are abstracted, and the address taken
A Few Suggestions to the Members in order to follow up and annoy the subject.
of the N. P. A. One gentleman told me he would rather
1 want to say a few words and make have given a thousand dollars than had his
a few suggestions to the brotherhood of the daughter's picture removed (as it was) on its
National Photographic Association. At St way to New York.
Louis they elected me Vice-President for What else have I to say? I want to
Connecticut, and I took it as a compliment, thank Mr. Anderson for that 25-grain bath
not being present on account of sickness (at he told us about in the February number of
home). But I would like to know what a the Philadelphia Photographer. Our Mr.
Vice-President isany way ? Is it
good for Paradise says it works tip-top. I want to
N. P. A. requires?
his vices or his services the thank your Journal for all the good things
If the Association would give their Vice- it got off last year, and hope every photog-

President's some duties to perform (offi- rapher in the country will take it this

cially) through the State, so that we could year, and do all in power to sustain
his

be useful in stirring up the brethren, or the Journal and our good friend Wilson,
procuring statistics regarding the progress who through clouds and darkness, law-
of the art in their State, the number en- makers and law-breakers, process venders
gaged in it, &c, then we might be some- and libel senders, has stood our friend.
thing more than mere appendages to the As- So mote it be, from Connecticut's Vice.
sociation. Perhaps you will say all this can E. T. Whitney.
be done without being officially authorized
Where is Gib-em-fits, of St. Louis, on
to do this work v^ry true, at the same
;
this post-office nuisance ? Will he speak at
time it would be pleasanter to do it by
Buffalo?
order from the Executive Committee. I
should like to see Connecticut well repre-
sented at Buffalo. There are many good
artists in the State, not only in portraiture "WHAT'S TO HINDER?"
but in landscape photography, and if any Fruitful and beneficial as have been all

Connecticut man reads this, may his soul be the meetings of the National Photographic
fired with a desire to do something toward Association, it is candidly believed by those
the advancement of the art. Let him pre- of us who are taking an interest here in
pare some pictures and go himself to Buf- Buffalo, that the coming meeting will be
falo. the most successful yet held. And '
what's
Another subject presses on me that I wish to hinder ?" Anything?
ventilated prior to, and at, the Convention, It is the opinion of few who look satiri-
a,

that is, the insecure manner in which Uncle cally at everything, and who have not been
Sam compels us to put up our cards or pho- sufficiently humored and idolized, that the
tographs for mailing. We are not allowed " shining lights" of the profession have mo-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 103

nopolized, in the meetings heretofore held, The Proper Method of Development

"all the glory.'" lamentably
"While it is as Applied to Photography.*
true that our contributions have not been
BY FRANK B. PEARSALL.
universal, it is not quite justice to set down
the Association as a failure, and begrudge This article will from necessity be some-
the praise that has been paid those who what original, for in all the works on photog-
have given it life and birth. raphy that one may furnish his study with,
there is little or nothing as to the method
never more than justice to give to
It is
of carrying on the development, but a great
thosewho bear the " infirmities of the
deal about developers; and each author
weak" their reward, and I am glad for
seems to vie one with another as to how many
one, and willing, to them all the
give
formulae his book shall contain, and farther,
"glory" if it will recompense them for
how much information he can give nega-
placing the Association upon a living and
tively; he takes upon himself to say not to
sustaining basis, and for supporting it, not
do so and so, because it will spoil the result.
for their individual " glory " but for the
"glory" of us all. There is a poisonous
He rarely commits his book to a detailed

which
description just how to do the same, and
element in our nature, as a fraternity,
any one in any
insure a success. At least this has been
affects us, just as it affects
other relations of life. It is that feeling
my experience with photographic literature.
It is not the intention of this article to
that we sometimes see existing between two
deal with books or formulae, but to give a
men who are desperately in love with the
detailed description of what has come to
same girl, and if it does not terminate in a
my knowledge, derived from a number of
duel, seldom satisfactorily settled. Is
it is
years of practice, concerning the bringing
there anything to hinder our coming to-
forth of an image from a sensitive plate,
gether with better feelings towards each
after it has been exposed in the camera.
other? Is it not time we better understood
First. The condition under which the
that faithful saying, " In union there is
following manipulations are to prove satis-
strength?" Let us bury our personal feel-
factory, are that all the other accessories to
ings and prejudices so deeply that we shall
procuring a good negative must be in a fair
be enabled to greet each other with newness
condition to warrant success. For I do not
of life. We
cannot all be officers of the
wish to be understood to father any method
National Photographic Association or even
of development that will entirely compen-
local secretaries of its conventions, but
sate for a badly managed bath, collodion,
there is one thing, we can all be more hon-
or badly lighted subject; rather tbat the
orable and lucrative than all this we can — development, which takes place nearly as
be truer to each other.
the last stage of producing a negative, shall
Brother Baker has put his shoulder to the
be so managed in itself, that it shall exert
wheel, and he is not a man familiar with
a favorable controlling power over the
any such thing as failure. The citizens
image as it creeps forth under its influence,
here are already manifesting an encour-
to an embodiment of whatever was there in
aging and the whole prospect is
interest,
a latent state.
decidedly favorable. There is only one
To "develop," accepted in the ordinary
thing wanting, and that is your presence
photographic sense, is to pour a solution of
and your work. "We hope to see an abun-
iron, acid, and water over the plate, and
dance of both at the opening of the Con-
the image may come forth good or bad.
vention.
To me, the development as it should be ap-
Come then, all ye that photographeth
plied to photography, means that the word
;

bring your wives, and your sisters, and

is a cabinet of photographic writings, and
your daughters. Buy information without
each letter a volume thereon in other ;

money and without price. Come one,

come all.
G. C. T., * Read before the Brooklyn Photographic
Buffalo, N. Y. Art Association, February 10th, 1873.
104 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
words, development is a science, not to be ground-glass, or one of a southern expo-
governed by the rule of three or depending sure. In each one of these the light is of a
on formulae, but learned, yes, learned, I fear, different value, therefore the relative pro-
by many failures. A kernel placed in the portions of iron, acetic acid, and water must
ground does not shoot forth a stalk, but con- necessarily vary, that harmony may be
ditions being favorable development com- secured. Iron deposits the silver, acetic
mences, and nature in its mysterious and acid simply retards. Therefore, it is very
beautiful way, little by little, step by step, essential that these should be in that pro-
accomplishes itsSo in a negative, the
end. portion that accommodates the best use of
placing on and washing off a developer, either of the above-mentioned skylights.
does not insure a good result, granted that Taking a nitrate bath nearly free from
all other conditions are very favorable. alcohol,and an open light, 1 ounce of sul-
There are several methods of manipulat- phate of iron to 24 ounces of water, and
ing which have come under my notice. For sufficient acid to cause it to flow quite
reference I will clasify a few of them as fol- freely. One ounce do it. Let this
will
lows : First, that of the timid, hesitating, proportion be the thermometer of the bath.
jerking manipulator, whose ambition is to When it refuses to flow, do not add more
cover the plate. He seldom does, but in any acid, but change the bath. As the plate re-
case of a negative that is free from streaks ceives the first UgJiting under the skylight, so
and stains, he is sure it must be a first-class it receives the second under the developer.
result. Second. Mr. "Swiller," who prides That is, by the manner of manipulating, it
himself on the amount of developer he can can be made harsh, too intense, streaked
hold on the plate without its running off. and stained, fogged, flat, without detail,
Third. Mr. "Washer," who never has too soft, with too much detail ; all these,

streaks and stains, but has great confidence, and yet the same can be made just right, in
and boldly throws the solution on the every respect a good negative by the right
plate, when at an angle of 45°, and washes handling. One cannot consistently be
the picture and silver off. Fourth. Mr. changed without the other, so the bath
"Slinger," who in a knowing and myste- must be consigned to hotter regions to
rious manner, pours a little developer on evaporate. In nine cases out of every ten
one corner of the plate, and with wonderful it will be just at that time when also the
rapidity rocks from one side to the other, excess of iodide needs removing.
fans the air, moves about up and down, Having established a rule not to change
frescoes the ceiling, and if you are unfortu- the developer, I will proceed to show that
nately standing near he will surely iron the manner of applying and manipulating
you, and so on. while on the plate, is productive of remark-
I do not condemn all of these methods if ably different results. Let a negative be
in their place; I do condemn those man- managed in the several following ways
ners that treat all negatives alike, which First, pour on a little developer which
must be disastrous to six out of ten nega- barely covers, move the plate in all direc-

tives, for in this case what is sauce for the tions that the solution pass rapidly over it.

goose is not sauce for the gander. Because if Result, hard, dirty, dingy effect, high-lights
every negative is to be submitted to exactly strong and shadows black, thick, and
the same handling, then I am in error, and scummy from too much silver for the amount
the development of a latent image is not a of developer. Next, "swill" the plate
science. Holding that it is, I shall endeavor with as much as can be held on, holding it
to sustain m\ self,not so much by what not quite motionless. The image springs forth
to do, but just how and what to do. and as quickly goes down again. Result,
The developer must harmonize with the flat, solarized, high-lights print through,
general use of the light. That is, the same dingy, no depth ;
directly opposite to No. 1.

proportions would not answer for an open Again, holding the plate on an incline
skylight, or one where the light is subdued downwards, pour solution on from highest
by passing through thin curtains, or a point in quantity and force, washing the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 105

plate, allowing the developer and silver to enough in the deepest ones to give weight
pass off. image appears quite
Result, the to the In fact the same negative
print.
favorable, at first clear as a crystal, but on that came forth under the three previous
examination high-lights strong, shadows developments worthless, now stands out
too transparent, no half or middle tints. bold, rich, and blooming, in all the desira-
Now, lastly, take the developing glass, ble printing qualities. A proof that the
which should hold just the required amount development of the latent image in a nega-
of solution (an egg cup is a capital vessel tive is a science beyond a doubt.
for 8 x 10 plate), holding the plate level, I might apply the benefits of the different
and the light so arranged that it falls on manners of handling a negative while being
the plate, or by a convenient movement developed, to certain kinds of faces to pro-
passes through from the underside, that the duce desirable results. I fancy it unneces-
surface reduction and the intensity can be sary if I have made myself understood.
decided on rapidly. Proceed thus, com- It will readily appear.
mencing at the left, the cup or bottle just In conclusion, a few remarks not perti-
resting on the edge of the plate. With a nent to the subject, but to all of us. I would
steady motion to the right, emptying the been actuated
state that this article has not
cup at the same time, causing it to flow to by that flippant vanity that seems to be so
the top of the plate on a line with the cup, much in vogue at present, of a few know-
gently rolling over the plate, not displacing ing ones, whose success has been at the ex-
the silver or gathering it up leaving it on
; pense of some other genius, insinuate that
every part of the same, with an equal we know nothing. They knowingly punch
amount of developer distributed over the us in the ribs, and with cocked eye and
entire surface. No rocking to and fro with arms akimbo, drawing themselves to their
fear and suspense. The solution is as evenly full height, bellow out water, iron, &c, &c,
mixed with the iodide of silver on the plate and some brains. These parties write books
as if it had been weighed atom by atom. to beginners. There is not one exception
—
In an instant it appears first the faint where a beginner would not be hopelessly
tracings of the light, which have hardly befogged by trying to follow them through
time to herald the coming of the other parts. their labyrinths of formulas and theoretical
Now, judgment quick and determined, for ideas. This was my case.
this is the critical moment. Decide in- I have been eighteen years gaining the
stantly. Is it coming out too rapidly from information contained in this article ; not
overtime ? If so, allow most of the solution from books but by the constant use of the
to run otf quickly. Move the remainder developer.
rapidly over the plate. Not time enough ? That some might gain it in a briefer pe-
Hold the plate still that the dark parts may riod is my excuse for taking up so much
have time to develop. If not coming out time.
fast enough, roll the solution gently over
the plate once or twice. If too evenly
lighted, then imitate " slinger," and move
the plate about vigorously. On the con- TO OUR FRIENDS IN CANADA.
trary, if too strongly lighted, and likely by Prominent among the reasons for locat-
ordinary development to be harsh, keep the ing the Convention of 1873 on the northern
solution perfectly still, and not allow the line of this State was, that it is convenient
development to go too far. If free from of access from the Dominion.
the above, by watching the surface and by The Association wishes to stretch the
transmitted light, it builds up the proper righthand of fellowship to you across no
density, wash under the tap. Eesult clear, "bloody chasm," but over the flowing
brilliant, harmonizing in every part; high- water between us.
light sufficiently dense to print clear, with In the political sense we are not annexa-
no loss of modulation ; detail to connect tionists, neither are we Fenians in disguise,
light and shadow, which are just transparent but what of help and strength we can
106 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
gather or give, in a cordial union with you, It makes no difference, if you don't want
we wish. to be annexed, come in enough force to
As photographers our needs are the same annex us, and we will be better pleased.
in both countries. The times press us for- Already many letters from across the
ward ; to lag is to loose our hold on the border express the kindest sympathy, and
public. We have many things to teach the intention to be present in Buffalo, on the
public, and it, in turn, demands much of 15th of July next. The privileges of the
us, which we yet perform but ill. Exhibition will be free to all, and goods
"We believe, that in this union of our As- sent for exhibition are free of government
sociation there exist elements of tremen- duty both ways.
dous strength before the people, and also Any wishing to exhibit who cannot at-
an uplifting, recreating growth, which will tend will have their frames hung and re-
urge each member upwards in his indi- packed, and no charge made. See directions
vidual career. for sending hereafter.
We intend to help each man do his
to All of you are cordially invited to come,
best, and to better that. If you are doing and send samples of your work.
your best, come and see what others' best is, W. J. Baker,
and how it compares with your own. Local Secretary N. P. A.
There is always something to be learned,
even if the thing learned is not creditable
to the teacher.
We are trying to break down local strife
NOVA SCOTIA CORRESPONDENCE.
and jealousies. " Why is it that you photog- Yarmouth, N. S., February 3d, 1873.

raphers always pull apart?" was asked. Me. Editor : Feeling confident that your
" Why, the cartmen in the street are not as interest in photography is not confined to
hard on one another you are." as the dwellers within the limits of the Union,
Well, there are a good many reasons for but bounded only by the extreme points of
is

this; it would take too long to recite them th'e I claim the privilege of an old
compass,
here. When you see a thing, you can be subscriber, and am going to interest you
sure that there are plenty of causes for its deeply by giving you a brief account of how
existence. No doubt there were plenty of things photographic are progressing in our
reasons for the belief in witchcraft, that very small partof the Dominion. The Pho-
once raged in such fearful burnings, hang- tographer came to hand last week, and An-
ings, and other persecutions. So this derson's Skylight and Dark-Room, which
foolish isolation of photographers has its 1 ordered when renewing my subscription.
reasons, but they fail to justify the fact. I necessary to make a kind of an
deem it

We are sweeping it out of our Convention apology for not ordering the work before ;

halls, and we will sweep it out of the hearts my only excuse is that business has been
of our fellow-craftsmen in time. more than usually dull at this season,
Our Conventions are periods of instruc- which has made it rather hard to spare the
tion, of strongthening, of good fellowship. funds, a misfortune for which I blame a
Each member goes home a better photog- foolish custom among business men of re-
rapher and a broader man, thinking more quiring a settlement of all accounts at the
kindly of his neighbors, and feeling that he end of the year.
has been helped for one year to come. I trust that Mr. Anderson will not be
Many other good purposes are within the spoiled by too much commendation, but I
scope of the National Photographic Asso- must say book is the best work on pho-
his
ciation ;most likely none of us now realize tography I have ever seen.
all the good that will grow out of it. One I am sorry to have to do without the
thing is certain that it is an assured success. World this year, and hope you will soon
No many, can hinder it. So not
one, or no consider it advisable to resume it.
out of feebleness, but from the best of will, I have every year made efforts to get to
we raise the cry, " Come over and help us." the Convention of the National Photo-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 107

graphic Association, but have always been noon in making negatives of her in a va-
prevented. I shall make extra efforts for riety of positions. My reception-room
was
Buffalo in July, as you have in your notice at the same time full of customers waiting
of meeting extended an invitation to us in to be served. The lady did not order a
Canada. picture, nor even offer to pay me for my
I hope you will be successful in establish- trouble, although she admitted on seeing
ing a national price list. Nova Scotia, like the proofs that they were all better than
the rest of the world, is pretty well pep- any she had ever had, not excepting those
pered with that class of artists who make taken in the city of St. John at a branch
twenty-five portraits for as many cents. It of the establishment of the celebrated Wil-
may greatly encourage the Association to liam N"otman. I made allowance for the
know that at a meeting of the photogra- fact that her poor old father was only worth
phers of Yarmouth, N. S., two, they unani- $500,000, and refrained from urging what
mously adopted a scale of prices submitted would have been a fair claim. I was, of
by one of number, your correspond-
their course, foolish to refuse a dollar urged upon
ent, which, whileit pays us for our work, me by a bloated aristocrat of a colored
allows us a small margin with which to buy woman when I failed, after sundry at-
something to read, and thereby to keep as tempts, to get a picture of her copper-
near up to the times as our abilities will colored picaninny I Avould not for [the 1st
permit. We could not afford to take the volume of) the World (which I sadly want),
initiative in following a suggestion of a exhaust your patience by too long a com-
correspondent of the Philadelphia Photogra- munication.
pher in 1872, to do away with ferrotypes In conclusion, I cannot say with your
entirely, but in lieu thereof concluded to correspondent in the far West, that on the
get paid for them, and to give up the foolish day when the Philadelphia Photographer is
practice, now so common, of supplying due I sit at the window, listen for the
them ad lib. for the cost of the stock. whistle of the locomotive, and. look with
I am inclined to think, after having read longing eyes for the train by which it is to
Mr. Trask's ferrotype manual, that he must come, and on receipt of it ravenously de-
have learned our prices from some of our vour its contents, thereby losing my supper.
shipowners, who occasionally visit the city But I will say that when I witness the
of fraternal affection. In adopting them arrival ofHer Majesty's royal mail coach
he has shown he is not above taking a hint (an express wagon), drawn hy four noble
from those who are a few rounds beneath steeds, holding their heads proudly (between
him on the irow-ical ladder (excuse the vile their knees), and I hear the inspiring strains
pun), and has risen greatly in my estima- of the courier's bugle (a tin fog-horn), I
tion in consequence. wait a reasonable time for the mail to be
Longfellow in "Evangeline" very faith- opened, and in the evening when the toils
fully describes the Acadians. This people of business are over, I take great pleasure
forms a large portion of our population. in examining the contents of the Philadel-
Since raising our prices the sound of their phia Photographer, if I am not too sleepy ;

voices is heard no more in the studio, and and from purely selfish motives I wish it
the call for foriygraffs for twentee-Jive cent, prosperity and success in its tenth volume.
stannin up, has ceased to be a nuisance. Dooh.
We have one more serious evil to over-
come in this community, and that is, a firm The Robinson Trimmer. — This modest
impression in the minds of all classes that little article iswinning new friends all the
a photographer's time and stock are worth time. makes itself indispensable
It really
nothing. As a specimen I may instance to those who would take advantage of the
one lady who made an appointment to sit, new card mount designs now being intro-
and as she informed me she would be unable duced. A
sample of its work and testimo-
to come again, and would want three or nials are given this month, to which it will
four dozen cards, I occupied half an after- pay you to give attention.
108 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Broadside Notes Gathered by the the head and front of the photographic art

Wayside. business I have spoken of.

After examining the various yellow flags

When I called on you at Philadelphia,
liberally displayed about the city, with the
on my way to Louisville, I promised to
monogram " H. O." upon them, and learn-
give you an idea of what I saw there. In
ing their signification, I bid my friends of
due course of time I reached the point of
Louisville adieu and crossed the Ohio,
destination, with big expectations; but,
where I found another member of the
alas ! I found I had been led astray by the
N. P. A., G. W. Finlay, who has a small
wild flights of imagination, like a butterfly
but well-arranged gallery. He was glad to
in the desert, chasing the phantom "banner see me, and made it pleasant and agreeable
photographer of Kentucky." Upon coming for me. He took me under his protection,
to my senses, I called upon our worthy and I visited him some days, and then, with
brother Webster, of "mincemeat" noto-
his good wishes, ticketed myself for Indian-
riety; found him in a fine, well-arranged
apolis, the prettiest city I saw on my trip.
studio, fitted after his own notion, which Here I found our friends, Judkins, Elliott,
was all make one
that could be wished to
and Clark, the three leading lights of that
happy. Making myself known as a member section all of the N. P. A. notoriety all
; ;

of the N. P. A., he made me feel at home,

good men. There are other galleries there ;

and as though we had been fast

welcome as
some that don't confine themselves to their
friends for years. His entire gallery was
own work for a show. The work done at
open to me, and his company mine when at
—
Indianapolis is good some first-class and —
leisure. He is a man I would advise all to a credit to the city.
visit that go within a hundred miles of
But must skip over the ground, that I
I
Louisville. I could say a great deal of our
may my journey as soon
reach the end of
worthy brother, but he is too well known as possible, where I find myself hand-in-
to render it necessary, so I pass on to our
hand with our worthy president. Well, he
friend Washburn, on the same street, near
can run a photograph gallery and the
by. Here I also found a man that " is every
N. P. A. too. We allknow him, from
inch a man." He was very gentlemanly,
stem to gudgeon, so I leave him and clasp
and showed me over his spacious establish-
the hand of Brother Capper, another N. P.
ment as well as his style of manipulation, a
A. man, of Troy, N. Y. I found him flat
specimen of which appeared in the October
yes, down sick, or rather suffering from the
number of the Journal. The crayon and broken artery in his throat. I
effects of a
ink work equals, if not in many points sur-
was just in time to throw myself into the
passes, some of the leading works of our
gap that is, make myself useful, as he was
;

New York and Philadelphia high-toned unable to operate. Of course I stayed; I

galleries. The card and cabinet work, I
never pass a friend when I can help him.
doubt if it can be surpassed in this country.
I found myself next morning in his operat-
I have got some of his examples, and, if you
ing-room, doing the best I could, where I
doubt the above, will send them to you for
remained during the space of one month
your judgment. He, also, is an N. P. A.
(December) of course my own gallery had
;

man, and a good one, too.

to do without me. I will give you a hur-
Next in turn is our friend Frank Wy- ried description of Capper's gallery. On
brunth, and his right-bower, Hughes. Both the second story is his reception-room, some
these gents I shall ever remember, for their 24 by 80 feet, well furnished, beautifully
attentions to a wanderer many miles from hung with porcelains, plain and colored, ink,
home. They are both of the N. P. A. crayon and oil work, together with the
order. cameo card and cabinet that he makes a
There are others in the photograph busi- point on, specimens of which I sent you
ness there, whose signs and importations of when there. Let us now move up-stairs,
New York pictures speak for themselves. supposing we have our check for the ope-
Of course there is a tail end in every city rator marked " paid," for that is all that go
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 109

up, unless an N. P. A. what do we see ? ; PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT.

A very gentlemanly operator, Mr. Leo
— Upon
known Eleventhly. Developing. this
Daft, whose skill as an artist is well
subject there is a theory, which can be found
to the elite of Troy, and whose ability as a
in the writings of many students, much
photographer was displayed in making the
better explained than I am capable of doing,
views in the Hoosac Tunnel by the calcium
consequently I only take a practical view of
light one and a half miles under a mountain,
it and confine myself to practical details.
on the line of railroad from Albany to Bos-
ton. Let us look over this third story. The mixture called developer is not com-
Everything in order clean, well-arranged;
plete in itself until applied to its work, at

dark-rooms, plenty of room, and beautifully which time becomes a developer, and not
it

furnished ; two well-arranged skylights, until then. Suppose we prepare a plate for
after Anderson's illustration, in his book; the camera, and let it dry, either before or

a printing-room where is everything neces- after exposing it, does any one entertain

sary to do first-rate work. At the other end the idea that what is called developer would
of the floor is where Capper keeps his por- act as such ? If he does, let him try it
celain printer, for the porcelain picture is a and I have no doubt but his mind would be
specialty with him. This room is furnished disabused of that idea very soon. Why is
with everything necessary for that style of this thus ? The answersimply that there
is

work. If you ever go to Troy, make Cap- is no free nitrate of silver present. Now do
per a call; tell him you are an N. P. A. not ask how " dry plates " can be developed,
man, and he will show you up. Capper has if this is true; for if you do I will answer

illustrated the fact that first-class prices can by saying that my papers only treat on the
be obtained for first-class work, and verified wet process. Now, that being conceded, we
the truth that the chaps who make six bon- will "go ahead." For many years I worked

tons for fifty cents cannot compel first-class successfully after the following formula,
work to move out of town. That class of viz.: 1 oz. protosulphate of iron, dissolved

work has about used up the iron market, in 16 oz. water, to which was added 4 oz.
and stockdealers realize the advantage in acetic acid No
This method, however,
8.

the rise of iron. became troublesome; I found myself con-

Seeing the demand for the cameo picture, tinually out of developer, and in many in-

I tried it, and am glad to say it met with stances I would have to hurry up the sol-

perfect success ; and I would advise all that vent by pulverizing the iron, and even then
wish to add a dollar or two to their dozen, wait for it to become wholly fit for use.
to strike in on the cameo, and they will be About this time I concluded that my de-
well pleased and repaid for the fifty cents veloper was a little too strong, and after a
invested in Mosaics for '73, which gives in short study on the matter I hit upon this
full Capper's manner of making them. plan : I got 8 oz. protosulphate of iron and
Having fulfilled my promise, I say dissolved it in 64 oz. water. You will ob-

adieu ; hoping to meet you, with many serve that, according to the foregoing pro-
other friends, at Buffalo next July, when portions, this is exactly double strength.
we may all play Aidd Lang Syne on Ger- One point that I had in view was to reduce
mon's flute to the tune of Baumgardner' the strength, and the other was not to be
Grove. obliged to dissolve iron so often. The last
James Howard. point was gained by dissolving 8 oz. at a
time; the first point was made as follows:
I took a 24-oz. bottle and poured into it 7
Bigelow's Album seems to sell in Europe oz. of the iron solution, and marked with a
almost as well as it does at home. We have piece of Anthony's adhesive paper (a dia-
just shipped another large invoice to our mond scratch is better, because it stays
agents in London. The pictures are, with there) the top of it. I then added 4 oz.
one or two exceptions, entirely different acetic acid No. 8, and made another mark,
from those in the former edition. after which I added 9 oz. water and marked
110 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
again. Now, if you will observe, I had 20 "splendid" (?), requesting him to call the
oz. of solution (4 of which was acetic acid next day and see the proof; at the same
No. 8). In this 20 I had 420 grs. of iron. time the operator knows the sitter "moved,"
This, you will observe, is just 60 grs. (or -J-
or that the negative is not sharp, and is de-

of an ounce, drachm) less than the first

1 fective in general ; but then he reconciles
formula. I found it a great improvement, himself with the fact that there are others
in giving detail, and have adhered to it for impatiently waiting and that he is sure of
several years. The marking of the bottle his customer, because his rule is "payment
is very convenient, as is also the stock, in adoance." This is very poor logic, for,
double strength solution of iron. When on the other hand, the customer returns,
this is applied as a developer to the wet and finds in the proof such an abortion that
plate combines with the free nitrate of
it he immediately concludes the photographer
silver upon said plate, and then becomes a is not such a master of his art as his imagi-
developer, and not until then is it a developer nation had pictured. And many see di-
in reality. Free nitrate is one of the com- rectly how the case is : that they were
ponent parts of a developer, and without its rushed through, sacrificed, as it were, for
presence you might just as well attempt to the benefit of another subject.
develop the latent image on a dry shingle. Another time, the operator scrutinizes
When the image is fully developed, wash it the negative and discovers several imper-
thoroughly under the tap, being sure to fections, thinks of the wonderful hiding
cleanse the front well, and then turn the power of the " retouchist," and with an
plate over and wash well the back of it. inward chuckle exclaims " all right!" Oh !

After which examine it well. If it is a what a multitude of sins (photographic) re-

failure, lay it aside and try again; when touching covereth. Let us consider the
you have as good a negative as you believe negatives have been carefully varnished,
you can make, then proceed to improve its free from dust, the backs cleaned off, and

printing qualities by some of the future delivered in first-class condition to the

methods described in " Mincemeat," which printer ; which is hardly ever the case.
will commence (and perhaps end) in the Generally the printer has more frames than
next Philadelphia Photographer. he can properly attend to, and a "boy" is
I. B. Webster. given to him as an assistant (?). Cloudy
weather has caused them to be behind with
the printing, and the first bright day they
strive to find how many sheets they can

Errors in the Study and Practice of "print up;" valuing the day's work by
Photography. the number of sheets used, instead of the
perfect prints secured. They examine their
BY GEORGE O. BROWN.
prints, vignettes and all, by opening the
II. frames for inspection, so the direct rays of
Having in my former article shown a the sun fall on them. Not from ignorance
few prominent errors, which prove detri- is this done, but from carelessness and un-
mental to success, I will now endeavor to concern. The prints are then hurriedly
point out some that many photographers washed, and, as the printer is bound to get
are daily committing, for which there is through by 6 o'clock, having perhaps
not the least shadow of excuse. printed until nearly 5, his toning solution
In many galleries, claiming to be first- is made it should be
double the strength ;

class, there are many poor negatives pro- and, to use a printer's phrase, he " slaps
duced, when good ones might just as well 'em in" and "puts 'em through." If his
have been secured. Photographers, when toning bath begins to show any propensities
there are several customers in waiting, ex- for slow toning, without removing the prints
hibit too plainly to their sitters their anx- from it, he adds another dose from a solution
iety, in hurrying them off for the "next." of a strength unknown to any of the mod-
Often the sitter is informed, the negative is ern, aye, or the ancient, formula?. The
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. Ill

prints, of course, come out as various in real cause of trouble. Both expense and
tones as there were different shades in the labor might be saved would the printer tone
printing: many overtoned, vignettes dingy- only such prints as he knew would be worth
looking, and no brilliancy to any of them. mounting; but, generall3r ,
so anxious are
Who gets the blame ? Not the printer, for they to show a day's work by the number
he has an excellent reputation, is a first- of prints, that both prints too light and
class printer. Ask him, " Why is this too dark are toned. Often all are cut out
thus? ;
'
and he will reply, "Paper's bad; and mounted before any examination is
something's the matter with it; it must b^ made, and imperfect ones thrown out, re-
old," &c. To the stockdealer is conse- sulting in both a loss of time and material.
quently dispatched a letter, elevating him Even in mounting and cutting out photo-
in a " balloonisti' manner, for sending such
1
graphs they can be spoiled. There is a rule
trash. Stockdealer is astonished, for he has for cutting out pictures, which of course all
just, with the same mail, received a letter know, but I have seen, coming from galle-
from another party speaking in the highest ries that boasted of artistic perfection, cards
terms of praise of the same paper, and con- cut out with the head sometimes in the
taining an order for a ream of it. centre, then close to the top of the card,
There is in printing great chances to dis- and entirely too far down. Often the very
play discrimination, to exhibit skill, and pose the operator has taken such pains to
good artistic taste and judgment. Leave a secure is totally destroyed by the print
good operator to the mercy of a careless, being imperfectly or improperly cut out
indifferent printer, and in a short time his and mounted.
reputation is gone the way of the woodbine. There is an adage which reads, " Make
It is the little things in photography that men intelligent and they become inventive."
must be noted and observed. Rules and The more a photographer learns about his
regulations must be known and followed in profession the more convinced will he be-
all their minuteness, simple as some may come that, although he does perhaps know
consider them. Guesswork and thumb considerable, what he does not hnoiv is the
measurement is never, adopted by a wise most. During cloudy weather, or dark days
photographer. Perhaps some of my read- and stormy ones, is the time to study and
ers may remark, "We all know this." "Jess "read up," or, as Captain Cuttle says,
so," but how many heed what they know? "overhaul your cargo," clean up, rear-
Because they have the knowledge are in- range, and attend to things which the
clined to consider they can perform certain bright and busy days may have caused you
requirements or not? Their (in) discretion, to slight, neglect, or let accumulate. The
indifference, egotism, heedlessness, or what- best rule tohave posted in all departments
ever it is — I confess I hardly know what to of photography is, make haste slowly.
consider — allows them to neglect with
it

impunity some of the essentials, which in

the final result are sure to end in failure.
Then, again, the chemicals are to blame.
No matter what degree of trouble the pho-
tographer may meet with, the fault is inevi-
tably laid to the chemicals,' he never
in error. have known instances where
I On
impure water was used in making a nega-
tive bath, and because it did not "work,"
the manufacturer of the nitrate of silver
used was proclaimed dishonest, and the sil-
ver worthless, without any attempt whatever
to investigate. Other chemicals are often
similarly condemned, where imperfect
washing of dishes, graduates, &c, is the
Photographic Society of Philadelphia.
Stated meeting held March 5th, 1873.
The minutes of the last meeting were
(?) is read and approved.
behalf of the committee on the public
lantern exhibition, Dr. Wilcocks reported
that an exhibition had been given at the
Franklin Institute on the evening of the
22d of February, to the satisfaction of every
one present. On motion, it was resolved
that another exhibition be given in the
latter part of this month or the beginning
of next, and that the same committee be
112 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
requested to make the necessary arrange-
ments.
The Secretary read a paper on the collodio-
bromide process.
Mr. Young exhibited a print from a
stereoscopic negative on a dry plate made
with an emulsion by Mr. Stillman's for-
mula, containing eighteen grains of nitrate
of silver, four drops of nitric acid, and two
drops of aqua regia per ounce. Mr. Young
remarked that the sensitiveness of the emul-
sion seemed to increase by keeping, and
that in the case of the picture which he ex-
hibited, the plate had been prepared six
days after the mixing of the emulsion, and
had had an exposure of four seconds with
a six inch Wilsonian stereo lens.
A member exhibited an ambrotype which
had been found among the ruins of a house
recently burnt. The image was still visible,
and seemed to have been burnt into the
surface of the glass, for it could scarcely be
scratched with any sharp instrument.
Mr. Everett, who was present during the
evening, upon introduction by Mr. Schrei-
ber, exhibited some very beautiful samples
of touched and untouched prints made by
Edwards's new process for reproducing neg-
atives and making positives by contact.
All the prints were very brilliant and deli-
cate, and free from the granular effect so
often visible in enlarged photographs.
On motion, a vote of thanks was tendered
to Messrs. Everett and Schreiber for their
interesting exhibition ; also to the Secretary
for his paper on the collodio-bromide pro-
cess.
After adjournment, some of Mr. Everett's
transparencies and some slides from collodio-
bromide dry negatives were shown
sciopticon.
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr.,
Recording Secretary.
THE INDIANA PHOTOGRAPHIC
ASSOCIATION.
The regular monthly meeting of the In-
diana Photographic Association was held at.
J. B. Mendenhall's "Bee-Hive Gallery,"
Wednesday, March 5th. The attendance
was comparatively good.
W. K. Householder, of this city, and
Moses Tomlinson, of Plainfield, Ind., were
elected members.
The Library Committee reported that
they had ordered the books agreed upon at
the February meeting, and that all had
been received except the two volumes of
the Photographic World, which would also
soon be here. The books were ordered
through Mr. Henderson George, who gener-
ously threw off his commissions, and thus
enabled the committee to save to the Society
several dollars. The books were turned
over to the librarian, and committee con-
tinued. Mr. George received a hearty vote
of thanks for his generosity.
The committee to draft rules to govern
librarian reported a catalogue of "rules,"
which, after a slight addition and amend-
ment were agreed upon, were adopted as a
whole, and ordered spread upon the records,
but are hardly of enough interest to the
public to publish in the Photographer, I
presume, therefore to omit them.
Mr. Elliott, in behalf of Lon M. Neeley,
presented the Association with a relic of the
fire which so ruthlessly destroyed Mr. Nee-
ley's gallery a short time ago, in the shape
of a fused lens.
Mr. Sargent then read a creditable paper ;
after which a recess of a few minutes was
taken, which was improved by most of the
members present, in the way of examining
the new library books, and especially the
pictures contained in them.
The was
inevitable Iloosier Heliographist
then read ; which the President ap-
after
pointed Mr. Judkins to bring pictures for
in the criticism at our next meeting, and Mr. Cad-
wallader read a paper at the same time.
On motion of the Secretary, it was agreed
unanimously that this Association shall pro-
pose an exchange of pictures with the Chi-
cago Society, and the members present were
requested to prepare specimens at an early
day for that purpose.
On motion of Mr. Adams, the Society
agreed to discuss the subject of the " Nega-
tive Bath " at our April meeting.
J. Perry Elliott,
Secretary.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 113

ACTION OF THE BUFFALO The Committee appointed to draft resolu-

PHOTOGRAPHERS. tions expressive of the feeling of Buffalo

photographers towards the coming Conven-
The Buffalo photographers are alive in tion beg to present the following
the matter of the Exhibition, and have held
Resolved, 1st. That we have learned with
several enthusiastic meetings to make ar-
pleasure the decision of the Executive Com-
rangements. The reports of them only-
mittee of the National Photographic Asso-
reached us as we were making up for press,
ciation to hold the next Convention in our
and we can only add the resolutions passed
city.
by them, with a few other notes, which, how-
Resolved, 2d. That we unanimously wel-
ever, give the gist and spirit of the whole.
come and do extend a cordial invitation to
The meetings were held at the store of
all photographers to attend the forthcoming
Messrs. D. Tucker & Co.; Mr. D. Tucker,
Convention.
Chairman, and W. J. Baker, Secretary.
Resolved, 3d. That we will do all in our
At the second meeting, the minutes of
power to assist the Local Secretary of the
the previous meeting being called for, the
National Photographic Association, W. J.
Secretary stated that the principal business
Baker, to make the Convention a perfect
transacted was the passage of the following
success.
resolutions offered by Mr. Hambleton :

Resolved, 4th. That we recommend, in

Resolved, That the photographers present
cordially approve of and indorse the action
of W. J. Baker in his welcome to the Na-
tional Photographic Association, as pub-
lished in the Philadelphia Photographer of
January 1st, 1873; and be it further
Resolved, That we take measures to co-
operate and to secure the assistance of
Buffalo photographers in arrangements for
the Convention.
view of the importance attaching to the
business, scientific, and artistic meetings of
the Convention, that, as far as possible, the
photographers of Buffalo, during such ses-
sions,suspend the business of their galleries,
in order that they and their employees may
attend and reap the full benefit of the Con-
all vention.
Resolved, 5th.That we form committees
arranging the Exhibition and in
to assist in

After the adoption of the resolutions, the decorating the Rink.

Local Secretary made a brief statement of
the objects of the National Photographic
Association, giving the reasons why
intended to come to Buffalo this year instead
of Rochester, as originally proposed and
also statedwhat would be required in the
way of preparation for the meeting of the
Convention.
Mr. Samo offered the following:
The report was unanimously adopted. R.
H. Cline, Thomas Meredith, and Charles
they Boelker were elected Committee on Dec-
orations; and C. H. Nimes, Joseph Samo,
; George Farnsworth, Robert Hambleton,
and W. W. White, Committee on Hang-
ing Pictures, &c.
After discussing the subject of forming a
meeting adjourned.
local society, the

Resolved, That a committee of three be

appointed by the Chair, to draft resolutions
expressive of the feelings of the photogra-
We copy the following from a Columbus
paper of March 16th " Preston C. Nason,
:

phers of Buffalo towards the Convention.

B. H. Howe's right-hand man,' took his
'

The resolution was carried, and the Chair departure yesterday for a four-weeks' tour
appointed as such committee Messrs. Joseph of the Northern and Eastern cities, his pur-
Samo, H. McMichael, and Thomas Meredith. pose being to visit the larger manufactories,,
After some informal discussion the meet- examine closely into the latest improve-
ing adjourned till Tuesday, March 18th, at ments of such machinery as is best adapted
7.30 p.m., at the same place, at which time, to their wants, and purchase an engine as
the report of the Committee on Resolutions an auxiliary to their already immense
being called for, the following was submitted trade " Mr. Nason called on us with new
and read by the Secretary : orders. His sales of our books is immense.
114 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
CHICAGO PHOTOGRAPHIC ters,and would demonstrate the same to the
ASSOCIATION. members. Mr. Hodges then took several
untoned prints, and washing, as usual, toned
An adjourned meeting of the Chicago Pho-
them placing some of the prints in pure
tographic Association was held at the store ;

water, and others from the toning-bath

of Chas. W. Stevens, No. 158 State Street,
directly into a solution made with his blis-
Wednesday evening, February 19th, Vice-
ter-cure compound, from water and blistiT-
President Green in the chair.
cure solution. Prints placed in fixing-bath,
Subject for discussion, " De Legibus,"*
thence into water ; those passing through
continued from the last meeting, and par-
solutions, as usual, showed the blisters in
taken in by Messrs. Abbott, Hall, Hirsch,
force, while those treatedwith solution of
Green and Cross.
blister-cure were without a blemish, and
Mr. Green read a paper on the subject
greatly improved in tone. This demonstrated
criticizing several works of art by great
the perfect success of Mr. Hodges's dis-
painters, such as Bierstadt, Hart and Brad-
covery, and those who had suffered with
ford.
the disease were greatly rejoiced at know-
The discussion on the subject-matter of
ing a remedy was found and could be ob-
Mr. Green's paper was carried to consider-
tained. Mr. Hodges explained that he would
able length by the members.
put up the "blister cure" in packages, and
Mr. Abbott said he thought we had got
place it in the market, which met the ap-
into deeper water than any in which he had
proval of those present.
ever tried to swim thought Mr. Baker was
;
Mr. Hodges also exhibited a large matt,
attacking just what we had for years striven
filled with photographs of winter scenes,
to obtain.
— A member has said that we made under the skylight, all being novel and
Mr. Green.
effective,doing Mr. Hodges great credit as
have lost sight of the business of the Society,
askilful manipulator of chemicals, and light,
and turned our meetings into a school for
and as a genius in arranging the subjects.
the discussion of art. I think that is just
what is —a
needed, education in
little art.
On motion, Messrs. Hall and Copelin were
Mr. Hall. — I expected something to-
appointed a committee to arrange for an ex-
hibition of the stereopticon and sciopticon,
night to rebut the testimony I offered at
with a paper to be read " On the Chemistry
last meeting in support of art, its laws, and
of Lights Used, and the Making of Trans-
Mr. Baker, but nothing as yet has been
parencies." Adjourned.
given us that I consider of value, or that
goes to show that " De Legibus " is wrong. A regular meeting of the Association was
Mr. Baker admits, at once, that he has noth- held onWednesday evening, March 5th.
ing to say against the stereo it is set down ;
The meeting was called to order ; Pres-
as a scientific toy by every one. He has ident Hesler in the chair. After reading
been accused of being treacherous to his the minutes of the last regular and adjourned
art, but I differ with his accusers. He is meetings, the usual business in order then
an educated man ; has taken the trouble to followed.
investigate and post himself; he sees the Mr. J. H. Abbott read a paper on Print-
fine point; his love for the art urged him ing, Toning, &c.,* which was very prac-
to write "He Legibus." My own opinion tical and interesting.
s of no particular value, but the authorities The following gentlemen were proposed
I offer cannot be disputed. We have got for membership and duly elected: E. D.

to take a higher standard if we bring pho- Ormsby, G. W. Stote, A. E. Willis, T. W.

tography up to where it belongs, and we Pattison, F. E. Hesler, Henry Heyde, E B.
must come up where Mr. Baker says. Fredericks, Fred. Wurth, J. Steffens, J. M.
The President then stated that a member, Gains.
Mr. Hodges, had succeeded in finding some- Mr A. J. W. Copelin submitted his re-
thing to cure those troublesome pests, blis-
# We hope to print this paper at some future
=* For Mr. Baker's article see Mosaics, 1873. time.— Ed. P. P.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 115

port as Secretary for last year. He gave presented an interesting paper, entitled
the general average of interest and attend- " Water," which was read by the Secretary.

ance, but the main portion of his report was Methods of preventing skylights from leak-
devoted to a criticism of the action of the ing were discussed. The general opinion
editor of the Philadelphia Photographer in was that it is better to avoid the annoyance
devoting so much space to the proceedings from leaky lights by guiding the leakage
of societies, to the exclusion of other matter, where it will do no harm, by means of
and suggesting that the minutes of this So- gutters attached to each strip of sash ; said
ciety be not published. He alluded to the gutters leading into a pipe emptying on to
lengthy report of the proceedings of this As- the roof, or into the sink of the dark-room.
sociation given in the last number of the Many bits of photographic experience were
magasine. related, and topics of local interest were
Messrs. Hall/ Greene, .Melander, and discussed. The next meeting will be held
others, spoke against receiving the report at Pulman's gallery, Tuesday evening,
of Mr. Copelin, as it reflected on a gentle- April 1st, 1873.
man (Mr. Wilson) who was one of the So- E. J. Pulman,
ciety's best and tried friends, and one who Secretary.

in our hour of pressing need, after our great

fire, came nobly to the rescue with words of

cheer and appeals for money to relieve our Maryland Photographic Association.
suffering, which appeal was met with hearty The last meeting was held March 13th,
response by the fraternity of the United 1873, at Messrs. Bryant, Stratton & Sad-
States. Mr. Copelin defended his report, ler's Business College, 8 N". Charles Street.
and it was finally accepted, and ordered to Minutes of former meeting read (from
be forwarded with the minutes. Philadelphia Photographer) and adopted.
The President appointed the following The Executive Committee recommend
gentlemen to read papers at the next regu- the following rules to regulate the exhibi-
lar meeting: L. M. Melander, F. H. Davis,
tion of photographs, all of which were
and William Shaw. The latter gentleman adopted
stated that his paper would be on "Solar " Rule 1. Every member of the Society
Printing on Canvas."
is requested to bring one print of a certain
On motion, adjourned.
size mounted. Neither print nor negative
G. A. Douglass, to be touched or retouched. The negative
'
Secretary. to be exhibited at the same time with the
print, together with a card containing name
of maker, and month in which produced.
Photographic Association of the Dis- The print to become the property of the
trict of Columbia. Society.
The fiftb meeting was held at Wheeler "Rule 2. Every three months, members
& Angerman's gallery, Tuesday evening, are requested to bring a stopped-out picture
February 25th, 1873. Regular business of from a retouched negative, together with
the evening was transacted. Mr. Pulman the negative, subject to regulations as con-
presented a negative with peculiar trans- tained in Rule 1.
parent markings, and asked the opinion of " Rule 3. The Executive Committee are
members as to its cause, remarking, that he to determine the style and size of picture
often found it easier to remedy evils than to be exhibited from time to time.
to trace them to their causes. Various " Rule 4. At the first meeting in each
things were suggested that would produce year there shall be a competitive exhibition
such markings, but none seemed to fit the of pictures. The size to be determined
case in hand. under regulations to be hereafter adopted."
Only a few pictures were presented for The Secretary read the form of a circular
discussion, butwe hope to do better in that inviting the photographers of the State to
direction next time. Mr. J. C. Sarmiento become members of the Association, which
116 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
was approved and ordered to be printed. Mr. William Bell (our old dry-plate defend-
The following resolution was then passed. er) was present, and gave a very fine account
" Resolved, That each member be re- of his trip across the Plains. His description
quested to contribute monthly an original of the difficulties are certainly sufficient to
article, to be handed to the Secretary one deter any wet-plate worker from expecting
week before each regular meeting night, good results from such a trip. The water is

and that the Secretary be requested to ar- of such an alkaline nature that all of the
range all the articles and read them before iron would be precipitated from the devel-
the regular meetings in the form of a paper." oper, and as the wind usually walks along
Meeting then adjourned. at the enlivening pace of about thirty miles

G. O. Brown, an hour, and dust plenty, that alone would

Secretary. be sufficient to compel the use of dry plates
for such trips. An expedition fitted out
with dry plates, stereo
size, and afterwards
PENNSYLVANIA PHOTOGRAPHIC reproduced by a process something similar
ASSOCIATION. to the Edwards process, would be a great
The monthly meeting was held at
stated benefit to the department, and would give
the hall, S. E. corner Tenth and Walnut much better results.

Streets, Monday evening, March 17th, 1873.

His remarks were very interesting, and
Mr. Thomas Mahan and H. S. Keller pleased all who were present.

were elected members of the Association. Mr. Bell, in alluding to Mr. Edwards's
Mr. Carbutt reported from the Executive process, took the ground that a photographer

Committee that they were unable to obtain who has succeeded in inventing a new proc-
ess, should be paid for that invention by
the services of Coleman Sellers, Esq., for
those using it; and as Mr. Edwards had
the proposed lectures his engagements were
;

evidently succeeded in obtaining a result

full until summer session.
our
President Moore took the floor to take
much better than can be made by any of
the known processes, he is fully entitled to
exceptions to the manner in which the
the small consideration his agent asks for
proceedings of our last meeting were re-
its use.
ported in the Philadelphia Photographer.
Mr. Charles McCormick presented for
The reason the evening was mostly occupied
work made in
inspection several samples of
by the lantern exhibition was simply that
his south light, lighted, as he expresses it,
the Executive Committee had not offered
"obliquely from the rear," as described in
anything for discussion, and all business of
the last issue of the Philadelphia Photogra-
the meeting had been disposed of, and fur-
pher. The pictures were very fine, and
ther remarked, that Mr. Wilson having
introduce lantern exhibi-
would do credit to any of the north light
been the first to
advocates.
tions in our meetings, should not be the
Mr. John Clemons exhibited some pic-
first to find fault.*
tures of himself, taken byMr. H. J. New-
A recess was taken Mr. Ev-
to introduce
ton, President of the Photographic Section
erett, the agent for the Edwards process of
making positives, for the purpose of repro-
of the American Institute, New York,
These pictures were made by Mr. Newton
ducing negatives on an enlarged scale.
in his sixby eight light, screened with white
The specimens exhibited by him were fine,
muslin, with a " Peerless" lens, exposure at
and cannot be equalled by solar printing
nine o'clock on a cold morning of only seven
His process for making the positive is a
seconds, and considered about full exposure.
and is for sale, and said to be by all
secret,
The result was fine, detail was beautifully
who have purchased, very simple and easy
rendered, high-lights soft and very round.
to work.
This result was obtained by a mechanical
* The Secretary sent us no report of the last invention of Mr. Newton, which consists in
meeting, and we made our own, as it struck us, having a slot four inches by two on each
correctly. Ed. side of the tube, on the front of the box the ;
 THE PHILADELPHIA PKOTOGEAPHER. 117

opening was covered with an emerald-green raphy, the meeting adjourned to the second
through the glass at
glass, the light passing Monday in April, to meet at the rooms of
the time of the exposure of the lens. The Mr. Alva Pearsall.
result was somewhat similar to that exhib-
ited by Mr. Rhoads at our former meetings.
Mr. A. K. P. Trask exhibited a number
German Photographers' Society,
of enlargements made by the Edwards pro-
cess, which were favorably commented upon.
New York.
Our next meeting promises to be an inter- The first monthly meeting in the new
esting one, and we hope all will be present. society year of this Association was held

W. L. Shoemaker, Friday, March 7th, at their rooms, 64 and

Secretary.
66 E. Fourth Street, President W. Kurtz in
the chair.
In behalf of Messrs. Anthony & Co., Mr.
O. Loehr presented a bound copy of the
BROOKLYN PHOTOGRAPHIC ART "Bulletin" for 1872. A vote of thanks
ASSOCIATION. was passed and the Secretary ordered to
The regular monthly meeting of the express the same to the generous donors.
Brooklyn Photographic Art Association The principal business before the meeting
was held on the 10th of March, at the rooms was the election of officers for the ensuing
of Mr. Frank E. Pearsall, Vice-President year, and resulted as follows: Mr. W.
Hanney in the chair. Mr. B. F. Troxell, Kurtz, President; Mr. P. W. Weil, Vice-
Secretary. A fullattendance of members President; Mr. H. Schoene, Rec. Secretarj T
;
was present. After reading and adopting Mr. Edward Boettcher, Cor. Secretary; Mr.
the minutes of last meeting, a ballot was L. Nagel, Treasurer; Mr. O. Lewin, Fin.
taken to fill a vacancy in the Executive Secretary; Mr. H. Martin, First Librarian;
Committee, resulting in the election of Mr. Mr. W. Trapp, Second Librarian.
F. H. Eales. After hearing the very satisfactory report
The subject for discussion for the evening of the Treasurer, the meeting, on invitation
was, "The Transparent Positive." It was of Mr. Kurtz, adjourned to the club-house
then taken up and exhaustively treated by
of the " Palette," in order to view the above
debate and reading of papers, every member gentleman's exhibition of photographs for
participating, and giving his views and the Vienna Exposition.
mode of production. To prevent a bad arrangement in the
Messrs. E. & H. T. Anthony & Co., of hanging of the pictures, Mr. Kurtz has had
New York, made an offer to donate to the the happy idea to arrange them to suit him-
Society a copy of all the works on photog- self, and inclose the whole in a large, beau-
raphy now in existence, for which a unani- tifully worked show case, securing thereby
mous vote of thanks was tendered. Mr. the best possible effect. The members of
Charles Williamson also donated a stereop- the Society were unanimous in praising Mr.
ticon lantern, and received a vote of thanks Kurtz's artistic taste in the shape and finish
for the same. (•if the case, the choosing of the colors of
The committee on procuring rooms for matts and passepartouts, and the general
the exclusive use of the Association reported arrangement, making thereby as a whole an
progress. imposing impression. It is needless, of
Mr. Alva Pearsall gave notice that he course, to say anything about the photo-
would prepare a paper to be read at the next graphs themselves every photographer, in
;

meeting, on "Chemical Manipulations and this country at least, knows the work com-
Lighting of the Subject." Mr. Berger ing from Mr. Kurtz's studio. There is just
would also read a paper on "Retouching as good posing and lighting done elsewhere,
Negatives." negatives and prints made just as fine, but
After considerable informal discussion on for all that there is a something indescriba-
various minor topics relating to photog- ble in that gentleman's pictures, which
118 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHBK.
makes them quite different from any others, graphic Association has been sent to all
even so that they can be recognized without members of the Association, whose names
his name on them. have not been dropped from the roll for
After passing a A'ote of thanks to Mr. non-payment of dues. If any have been
Kurtz for giving the members this pleasant overlooked, they will please notify the Per-
opportunity to feast their eyes, the meeting manent Secretary at once.
adjourned. Members in arrears are urged to pay
Edwd. Boettcher,
their dues at once to Mr. Albert Moore,
Cor. Secretary.
Treasurer, No 828 Wood Street, Philadel-
phia, as the committee needs funds to fur-
ther the interests of the coming Exhibition.
MATTERS OF THE
To become a member of the National
Photographic Association costs $4 $2 for ;

entrance fee $2 for one year's dues, in ad-

;

vance; employees, half rates life member- ;

ship, $25. Apply to Edward L. Wilson,

Permanent Secretary, Seventh and Cherry,
The next annual Convention and Exhi-
Philadelphia.
bition of the National Photographic Asso-
ciation will be held in Buffalo, N. Y., Life Members and Veterans. — No
beginning Tuesday, July 15th, 1873. Mr. additions to the lists since the issue of the
"W. J. Baker, Local Secretary. Manual.
The Permanent Secretary invites papers
from all who choose to offer them, and re-
quests that they be handed in to him before GOLD TONING DISPENSED WITH.
the opening of the Convention, that place BY H. J. RODGERS.
may be made for them in the order of busi-
"Economy is wealth," provided we can
ness.
save without hindrance toward ultimate
Mr. I. B. Webster, our esteemed con- success. During the past five or six months
tributor, says: " I am proud of the success I have used no gold in my toning bath, which
of the National Photographic Association, is most assuredly a saving as well as improve-
and hope to see it nourish and grow to such ment. The process, which I will give to
dimensions as to embrace every man, be he my brother photographers, is simply as fol-
great or small, in its circle. I want to see lows:
it a power in the land, and
I believe it can In preparing the silver bath, 80 grains to
be if we with a will. It is
all pull together the ounce of water, add 10 drops of ammo-
of vast benefit to photography, and of in- nia to the quart of solution (omit the fum-
calculable benefit to photographers." ing process), and as many drops of saturated
The Scovill and Holmes Medals. — solution of alum. (Thanks to Henry T.
Competitors are notified that their applica- Anthony for the latter invaluable idea.)

tions and matters concerning the same must Float the paper from three to five minutes,
be in the hands of the Permanent Secretary according to the temperature. Print not
by June 15th, to insure the consideration of quite as deep as is required for gold toning.
the committee. Wash prints fifteen to twenty minutes, after
which immerse them from five to ten min-
The opinions of Messrs. Howson and
utes in the following solution :

Bell, on the validity of the Shaw silver-

Extract the juice from lemons; with
five
saving patent, may be had by all members
one pint of water, add £ ounce acetate of
of the National Photographic Association,
soda and ^ ounce of powdered alum, dis-
on application to the Permanent Secretary,
free of charge.
—
solve and filter keeping this for stock.
Now, then, from two to four quarts of water
The Manual of the National Photo- in washing dish add from \ ounce to 1
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 119

ounce of the above solution, in which let loveliest gradation of shade in the middle
prints remain five to ten minutes, when the tints.

beautiful changing effects so desirable will In the hypo bath the action is rapid at
be pleasingly noticeable through the given but in from twenty to thirty minutes
first,

time. Prepare the toning solution as ordi- the prints assume the most pleasing effects.
narily with water and washing soda (ex- Perhaps it would be advisable for photog-
cepting the gold), adding as a substitute raphers to work into this process by the fol-
alum in proportion of 20 drops of saturated lowing method, thereby relieving them-
solution to the quart of water. Let prints selves of the results in many instances pro-
remain infrom two to three minutes till duced at first, where a change of manipu-
the brilliant purple hue in the face changes lation is suddenly made.
into a warm (almost) flesh tint ; subse- Take 15 grains of gold, put it into 1 pint
quently changing the prints into water, of water, adding 3 drops of nitric acid.

then prepare for fixing as follows: Keep this for stock ; and when ready to use

Hypo, 3 ounces to the quart of water the toning bath already described, add about
alum (saturated solution), 15 drops to 1 J ounce of the gold solution. This will
quart of water. Fix from twenty to forty the first experiments.
assist in Keep the
minutes. Wash prints the accustomed toning bath. Ageadd to its value in
will

length of time, however, not far short of regard to fine and delicate working qualities.
five hours. Every few days add a few The 15 grains of gold, as above applied,
drops of alum to both toning and fixing will tone one thousand prints. After hav-
bath. My toning bath is at present five ing used, in connection with this process,
months old, and, like an old fiddle, works the stated amount of gold, then discard it
better each successive day, and is of a bril- entirely. After the prints have been mount-

liant wine color. I hold that the most ed and dried, I have the most sanguine con-
fastidious cleanliness must invariably be fidence that the results will give the utmost
observed in the printing-room; moreover, satisfaction. I shall look for some of them
that printing is too important a branch of at the Buffalo Convention.
the art to be intrusted solely with inexpe-
rienced boys and illiterate charlatans, as is

sadly too commonly the case.

OLD vs. NEW.
All printing should be done in a diffused BY P. C. NASON.

light, using either ground-glass, blue, or It has been but a very few years since
white tissue paper, as may be required for the (now unsightly) "Kustic " was born to
the respective intensity of each negative. the world. But in this, as in every other
utmost delicacy of manipu-
It requires the branch of art industry, there has been a
lation to produce a soft, brilliant, warm- complete revolution, and to-day the demand
toned print from a harsh, crude, coarse, for new and artistic productions in this par-

cold negative, and a very small amount of ticular line far exceeds the general design-

experience to produce a cold, metallic print er's skill ; and is owing in a great measure,

from an ethereal, soft negative. I send undoubtedly, to the art education of the
samples of prints toned without gold. masses.
N. B. Albumen paper tinted a purple Every man's motto, especially a photog-

shade (Olemons's)ispreferableforrich tones. rapher's, should be a progressive one, but

However, the beautiful sepia and brown how very few make it so. Stop, dear
shades can be produced on white paper by reader, and think for a moment. It is
printing darker than for the tinted paper. 1873. Are you aware of the fact ? If not,
I have had poor success with pink paper. let me beg of you to drop those old styles

With paper of a purple hue the whites are of oval and rustic frames, and introduce to
soft and pearly, strongly resembling porce- your patrons a better and more modern
lain. The shadows are azure-like and class of goods, and thereby improve their
transparent. As the utmost delicacy of tastes and your pockets.

the albumen is preserved the result is, the Columbus, Ohio.

120 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHER.
THE WESTON BURNISHER. which may be had. For an example of the
We only had space to make but a brief work of the Burnisher, we refer our readers
allusion to the Weston Burnisher in our last to our picture in our current issue.

number, promising our readers more

to tell Further on, some allusions are made to the
concerning it in the current number. We leasing of the Burnisher, and the terms of
have had opportunity watch the experi-
to the lease, to which we add some notes in
ence of several photographers with it, and answer to our correspondents.
the general verdict is highly in favor with
the Burnisher. As an illustration of its
capabilities, we have had our picture bur-
THE WESTON BURNISHER LEASE.
nished by Mr. Weston's invention, and we
Ik the February Photographer you ad-
think it more eloquently to our
will speak
vertise and editorially notice the Weston
readers than anything we can say. By ref-
Rotary Burnisher. In connection with that
erence to the drawing it will be seen that
subject, and in reply to the very novel prop-
the machine consists of a rotary feed and
osition that the Burnisher will be leased
pressure-roll, A, and stationary burnishing
tool, B, and is used for polishing photo-
not sold, permit me to submit for the con-
graphs.
sideration of photographers two proposi-
tions
Any degree of finish can be given by ad-
:

justing the pressure, by means of the screw, 1st. If an article has no merit, is it profit-
C, from a "roll finish" to the highest able to lease it at an annual expense of $16,
enamel. or any other sum ?

2d. If it has undoubted

merit, and will enable a pho-
tographer to so improve his
work that its use becomes a
necessity, is it safe to lease
such an article, it being pro-
tected by letters-patent of the
United States?
Mr. Bass's proposition to
lease may be all right, but for
myself I should hesitate long
before encouraging the manu-
facture of a club to break my
own head with, or in other
The tool is heated to about the tempera- words, place my affairs at the mercy of a
ture of a laundry iron, for glazing linen, corporation, which might increase the
and to glaze the print or card, adjust the royalty to a ruinous rate after the work
pressure, place itbetween the roll and bur- was introduced and a demand created
nishing tool, print side down, and roll it for it.

through. This with a slight degree of pres- You claim, and I believe have endeav-
sure, will produce a fine "roll finish;" by ored, to conserve the interests of the profes-
increasing the pressure, and repeating the sion with marked success. I respectfully
process, any degree of polish can be obtained submit whether the proposal to lease a pat-

as shown in our picture. ented article don't look a trifle suspicious?

Such a polish as this Burnisher imparts, Knowing something personally of the mer-
has been 'coveted a long while by photog- its of the Weston invention, I have deemed
raphers, and all sorts of means resorted to, it myduty to call attention to the very un-
to obtain it; the first step being the substi- precedented proposition contained in Mr.
tution of albumen for plain paper, but with Bass's card, and believe the interests of very
only partial success. Now, it seems that many photographers will be advanced by
there is no end to the degree of burnishing your publication of the foregoing, or call-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 121

Ing editorial attention to tbe peculiarities know that it is his desire to act liberally,
of the advertisement in question. and it is to his interest to do so. We are

Very truly yours, assured too that he is entirely reliable.

Ed. P. P.
J. Lee Knight.
We do not think our correspondent ex-
actly understands the conditions on which
the Weston Burnishers are leased. The TO OUR SUBSCRIBERS.
price for use after the first year is fixed by Premiums Extraordinary.
the terms of the lease, so that any one leas-
ing a Burnisher is not subject to any exac-
We are happy to state that at no previous
tions whatever beyond what he agrees to in time have the subscriptions to our magazine
his lease. True, the plan of leasing' is a come have during the
in so freely as they

new and novel one, but it is a good one in past three months. Thus encouraged, we
this respect, namely, it enables every one to contemplate increasing the number of our
have its advantages by paying a small sum pages, without extra charge, if the circula-
annually, while if the presses were sold, tion reaches the degree which will permit

and enough charged to cover their cost, and us to afford it

a royalty to patentee and manufacturer, the In order to make the matter a mutual one
price would be too high for the majority to with our subscribers, we are free to ask their

make the purchase. It seems to us that assistance in increasing our circulation, for

Mr. Bass's plan is the best one, and as it is which kind service we will not only give
optional with photographers whether they them the advantage of our premium list,

accept it or not, no harm is done. The one dollar's worth of photographic books of
lease says that the photographer is to pay a
our own publication for every new subscri-
certain sum, according to size, "every year ber for a year —but the premium of
special

while he shall retain the said Burnisher or six handsomely mounted, German Cabinet
press." Of course, if he returns it that Pictures of Ladies, by Fritz Luckhardt,
ends the lease. Vienna, Austria. These pictures are alone
Another correspondent who has a Bur- worth $3 for the set, and more is asked for

nisher and likes it, also desires us to caution such by dealers. Mr. Luckhardt was
photographers on the lease which they are awarded the gold medal at the St. Louis
asked to sign by Mr. Bass. He says :
Exhibition, and has just had another
awarded him at the French Exhibition,
"You will observe on reading the condi- and he is to-day considered tlie best photog-
tions of the lease, that parties leasing the rapher in the old world. Go to work early,
press are holden for the rent of them for so as to secure this really handsome set of pic-
seventeen years, whether they use them or tures, the premium, and the enlargement of
not. Probably there will be an improve- your magazine, for which you have already
ment, and we want the best " paid your subscription.

He is also wrong. The lease binds the If jt ou increase our list 500 by May we will

manufacturer to lease the press, but the add eight pages monthly.
photographer may surrender it at the end of If you increase our list 1000 by May, we

any one year, and notify the manufacturer
that the Burnisher is subject to his order if
he chooses to discontinue its use. Moreover,
he is entitled to any improvements that are
-made upon his Burnisher so long
fils the conditions of the lease, which to us
appear to be right and proper and just to
all concerned. Mr. Bass, moreover, has
promised us that future leases shall so read
that there can be no mistaking them.
will add sixteen pages monthly.
We make this offer as a matter of business,
and not as a favor to any one on either side.
It will pay you to give a year's subscrip-
as he ful- tion to your operator, or to your friend or
customer, in order to secure these pictures.
The Luckhardt pictures will not be sold
during March and April at any price, and
We are only obtainable for new subscribers.
122 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
ART STUDIES FOR ALL. original designs. Once master them and
you are ready to produce work characterized
II.
by your own taste and style. Self-reliance
(Continued from page 4.) is needed to sustain you The strength of
9. Taste is the caterer to the mind, and others will be of no avail to you. We do
accepts or rejects whatever is pleasant or notmean conceit when we say self-reliance.
unpleasant to it. Man
governed by his
is The former degenerates while the self-
taste usually, because it gives him the most relying are always improving and growing
pleasure, and his will falls in with what it stronger and stronger in their own might,
dictates. and they tower above their co-workers, and
10. Cultivation influences the tastes, so win fame and fortune in the world. But
that a man's tastes in turn are governed by without a knowledge of the rules of art, no
the influence of the objects around him, and one can hope for success. How can you
by his associations, as well. If a photog- advance in anything which you cannot
rapher reads and studies, his tastes will be understand or appreciate?
moulded by what he reads. If he studies We hope in our future studies to make
the work of others his tastes will be influ- these art principles and rules plain to you,
enced by that also, either for good or for so that they will give you both pleasure
bad. and profit.

11. In matters of art there is the natu-

ral, the cultivated, and the national taste.
The former is sure to manifest itself, MORE FIRES.
to impress itself upon the work of the artist We regret to record the loss of some
or artisan in spite of himself. His natural more photograph galleries by fire, and
taste is of course a part of his nature. Still among them that of our old and esteemed
the best natural taste needs cultivation and friend, Mr. J. C. Potter, of Elyria, Ohio,
study, and the companion of works of art who writes us as follows:
mature it.
Elyria, March 16th, 1873.
12. A person of cultivated taste must have
a correct understanding of the principles
Edward L. Wilson.

which govern the producers of works of art, Dear Sir: How natural it is during
as well as aknowledge of the principles that childhood when a little urchin pinches his
govern the adaptation of nature's works to finger or loses his favorite toy, to run to

the wants of man. To a person of refine- his paternal or maternal guide, and with
ment coarseness cannot give pleasure, and tears in his eyes and choking sobs, pour into
vice versa. To one not understanding the a willing ear the cause of his grief. Well,
technical beauties of a work of art, such a we are all children of a larger growth, and
work cannot appear clear or be understood. as we poor photographers look upon you as a

13. A
man's taste also governs his style paternal friend (at least by adoption), it is

and the style which characterizes his work, quite as natural for us to pour into your
as well as the style of an author, depends euer-willing ear our liltle or larger griefs,
upon the character of his own mind. What for be it distinctly understood we, as a class,
the rules of spelling, grammar, and com- get our full share of the ills with a sprink-
position are to authorship, the rules of our ling of Last night I was in
the good.
own light and shade and color are to the peaceable possession of a very comfortable
artist, and are indispensable to him not to — suite of photograph rooms, but to-day I am
be followed too studiously or exactly, or mourning for my lost ball.

closely, but generally —

to be influenced by At or about twelve o'clock last night the
them, but not ruled arbitrarily, to bend to alarm of fire was sounded through ourstreets,
them, but not to be broken down or tied and I, having been a member of our fire
fast by them. department for the past eight years, have
14. These rules are founded on the laws acquired the habit of getting to the desig-
of nature, and are the only true basis for nated point on double-quick. You can
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 123

imagine my consternation on seeing the NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE

largest block in our town, and in which my STUDIO.
rooms are, or were situated, on fire, and Br <J. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
hopelessly beyond the control of our fire-
Carbolic Acid as a Cure for Streaky Plates.
men. My first care was to try and secure — Glycerin in the Nitrate Bath Mosaics. —
my camera. I succeeded so far as to save
my 3 B. Dallmeyer, my solar, and a |-size
— My Anthony, an able and
friend, Dr.

H. B. H. ; three others were left to feed the

me some details of a
zealous amateur, sends

saved a good share of my large

remedy for streaky plates, which he has
flames. I

pictures, mostly custom work, and a few

found very efficient. He says :

large frames; everything else was doomed During the past summer I was so much
"

to destruction. I had some eight or ten annoyed by 'streaky plates,' evidently

thousand card negatives, about one thou- caused by the pressure of organic matter,
sand 4-4, and over two hundred stereo, that I thought it a good opportunity for

negatives (that had cost me much labor and working out the value of what had been
patience to get), and not one could I save. suggested as a cure for this evil, viz., the
My loss will be about twenty-five hundred addition of carbolic acid to the bath. I
dollars, and I had only one thousand dol- proposed to determine carefully, not only
lars insurance. Now, you must not sup- the quantity of the material required to
pose that I am going to sit down and mourn produce the desired effect, but also the point
over my misfortunes, and like the man in as to whether the addition of this agent
the fable pray for Jupiter to help me lift affected the qualities of the bath in other

the wheel out of the rut, but I am going to ways ;

that is, whether it modified the char-
try and lift it out myself. I shall from acter of the deposit in the formation of the
rough lumber build me a ground-room that image whether it made it hard or soft
;
' ' '
;

will answer until the block can be rebuilt, and lastly, whether it acted as an acceler- '

which I think will be done very soon, as ator,' or the reverse.

the owner of the defunct block has got the "Questions of this kind need care and
ability to replace it during the coming patience. I brought these to bear upon a
summer. number of experiments, which I need not
Now, friend Wilson, I know that I will detail; suffice it to say that I arrived at the
have the sympathy of all our fraternity, and conviction that carbolic acid cured the tend-
that stimulates me to try and do the very ency to streaks, while I could not make out
best I can under the very unpleasant cir- that it deteriorated the bath in any way;
cumstances. May it be long before another but I found that occasionally I had to add a
member of the National Photographic Asso- considerable quantity of carbolic acid before
ciation is called to pass through the ordeal of the obnoxious streaks ceased to be produced,
fire. as much as thirty drops to a pint of bath.
I am afraid I shall have to forego the " Now came a curious phenomenon. The
pleasure of meeting my craftsmen in Buf- bath loaded with ether and alcohol had to
falo in July, as I was anticipating. Such be boiled, which was done in a bottle placed
is life. in a saucepan of water over the fire, in the
Bespectfully, usual way, and for about the usual time
J. C. Potter. the bath fluid so treatedbecame as brown
"We admire the pluck of our friend, and as mahogany, and no amount of filtration
it will not be long before he is prospering modified this color; there was no muddi-
again. Such men do not stay down long. ness, but the appearance was startling, and

Mr. Dow, photographer at Ogdensburg, N. I was not hopeful as to the capabilities of

Y., was also burned out about three weeks this very suspicious-looking material but I ;

ago by a large conflagration in that city. was agreeably disappointed at finding that
In none of these cases did the fire originate my plates from this curious bath were per-
in a photographic gallery. Insurance com- fectly satisfactory, and continued to be so

panies please take notice. till it broke down in the usual way from
124 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
becoming poor in nitrate of silver and rich than the last, if such a thing were possible.
in iodide. It is a circumstance worth noting to find
" The practical point which we arrive at, the number of able contributors to such a
then, is, that these streaks occur in a bath work increasing, and the photographic com-
to which the usual quantity of nitric acid munity at large should be at once proud
has been added. Carbolic acid may be used and grateful to possess such an army of
freely with the happiest effects." workers and thinkers ready to aid their
Improved Character of Negatives from the brethren with the results of their experi-
use of Glycerin in the Bath. The use of — ence; whilst to the Editor it must be a mat-
glycerin in the nitrate-bath has often been ter ofdeep gratification that the elite of the
recommended means of keeping the
as a photographic profession with one accord
plate moist during long exposure, and in send to him from their treasuries things
some cases increased vigor in the negative new and be distributed,
old, all valuable, to
has been found to result. Dr. Anthony has through his agency, over the whole photo-
noticed another peculiarity which is worth graphic world.
recording. He observes:
'•I added glycerin to my bath for the
purpose of keeping the film moist in long GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.
exposures, and so preventing local and un- The Vienna Exhibition —How to Make Starch
even action of the developer. I was not Paste.
happy in this, but it brought out a series of Summer is coming, and with it the Vienna
phenomena which I recognized as peculiar; Exhibition, and when you see this letter,
that is, comparing with plates sensitized in
many of my American friends will already be
a bath of the ordinary constitution, those
preparing for the voyage. They may feel sure
from the bath containing glycerin mani- of a hearty welcome here in Germany, as
fested the following characters Develop- :
well as in Vienna ; they will have an oppor-
ment pushed to excess showed a remarkable tunity to see a beautiful city with beautiful
freedom from deposit in the shadows, with surroundings, and particularly they will wit-
an absence of the 'hard' character induced ness a conflux of people and a vast collection
by this forcing' system. The plate had a
'
of the products of the industry of Eastern
wonderfully bright look by reflected light, Europe. Vienna belongs already to the East.
but there was nothing metallic, no spangles It forms the rallying-place for Germans,
or appearance of reduced silver; on the Hungarians, Slavonians, Poles, Kouma-
dried plate the film had a light buff color, nians, andnumerous other tribes, of which
not altered by varnishing, while, by trans- the Americans rarely hear the name. To
mitted light, the deposit was amorphous, this will be added representatives of the far-
and freer from hardness than would be ex- away people of the Orient and Asia, such as
pected from the conditions of under-ex- Armenians, Circassians, Turks, Assyrians,
posure and over-development. Persians, &c. There will be a confusion of
" My experiments would seem to show languages, similar to that at the building
that glj'cerin added to a bath does much of the Tower of Babel. I have, so far, no
more than keep a plate moist; it has in general idea to what extent the people of
itself the power of materially modifying Western Europe will participate, the Eng-
the character of the deposit forming the lish,French, Spanish, and the people of the
image, and of this peculiarit} which, so far
7
, United States. Germany, of course, will be
as I know, has not hitherto been described, splendidly represented. The branch of pho-
I have thought right to preserve examples, tography is represented by one hundred and
to show to any one who may be interested thirty-five exhibitors. Portraiture is very
in the matter." fully represented amongst these, the other
Mosaics. — Before concluding these notes, branches but partially. It is particularly to
I must avail myself of the opportunity of be regretted that the extensive establish-
congratulating you on the excellence of ments for the reproduction of oil paintings
Mosaics for 1873. Each year seems better will only be represented by two exhibitors.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 125

The number of Austrian photographers ex- for instance, one for merit and one for taste,
ceeds the German number, while England &c. I am curious to learn the result. Un-
will send but few; so far but twelve names fortunately, the interest of our German pho-
have been announced, and the same may be tographers is so entirely absorbed by the
said of France. Vienna Exhibition that there is hardly any
Although the buildings are constructed on prospect that our photographers will be rep-
a most gigantic scale, still they are insuffi- resented at Buffalo.
cient toaccommodate all. Photography had Some of the readers of your excellent
to take refuge in an out of the way place, Philadelphia Photographer desire to know
and even then it had to share the space how we make our paste. This is done in
with musical instruments. You can please, the following manner : Starch is rubbed up
therefore, the eye and the ear both at the very smoothly with a very small quantity of
same time but very often you will hear but
;
cold water, and stirred well until the mass
poor music, which will annoy you and spoil is perfectly homogeneous boiling water is
;

the pleasure of examining the photographs. added, very gradually, until the paste be-
Still photography is much better off than comes thick; the mixture, however, must
—
German art I mean painting and sculp- be stirred well all the time, and the addition
ture. These will, perhaps, not be repre- of water should be stopped the moment that
sented at all, unless circumstances should thickening commences. When the water is

change in the meantime. The German art- not hot enough the thickening will not take
istsare dissatisfied with the space allotted to place. The process may be reversed, and
them, the more so as to the French artists the starch, after being rubbed up with water,
more space and better light is granted. The may be added to boiling water, the mixture
German artists have under these circum- being stirred until it becomes thick.
stances resolved not to exhibit at all, and I I learn just now that the Vienna Society
learn that the German artists of Vienna of Artists has offered to the German artists
have joined in this resolution. You see that the space allotted to them in the exhibition
it is sometimes well that photography is not building. It is possible, therefore, that the
classed amongst the fine arts, otherwise our German art exhibition will take place after
exhibition at Vienna would be at an end all.

before it has begun. Yours truly,

But another branch of the German exhi- Dr. Vogel.

bition will fail for want of room it is the :

exhibition of the products of German art

industry of all centuries. The finest furni-
OUR PICTURE.
ture, porcelain ware, works in metal, tapes- The porcelain picture, well made, has
try, and woven fabrics, had been selected for always been a subject of great admiration,
this purpose. It would have been a splendid because of the softness which it possesses,
museum of arts, instructive to all, particu- without any loss of brilliancy or roundness.
larly to the photographer. The want will Since its introduction, by means of the col-
not be felt in Vienna on account of the lodio-chloride process, the invention of our
abundance of other materials. Still every esteemed correspondent and co-worker, Mr.
lover of art will regret it. G. Wharton Simpson, many efforts have
In one particular the Vienna Exhibition been made in as many directions to imitate
isahead of all others this is the number of
: its good qualities in the paper print. Thus
medals. There is a medal of progress for we have the mezzotint, the double negative,
those who have improved since former ex- the reversed negative, the "stumped" neg-
hibitions then there is a medal of merit for
; ative, and so on, and, last of all, the Denier
technical advantages; then we have a medal (Russia) picture, described in our last num-
for taste for those who exhibit good taste in ber by Dr. Vogel. We have still another
their works; and, finally, a diploma of ac- method, however, and present a specimen
knowledgment will be distributed. A pho- picture made by the means of that method,
tographer, you see, may receive two medals in our present number, from the studio of
126 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. W. H. Jacoby, Minneapolis, Min., the is required by some of the processes named
inventor of, not a process, but of a very above. We
have made some experiments
ingenious printing-frame used as we shall with it, and find it easily worked, and the
presently describe. He calls it his " Imita- results very satisfactory and pleasing. In
tion Porcelain and Combination Printing fact, we consider it the easiest and best

Frame," and it consists substantially of all
the parts of an ordinary pressure-frame
with a self-adjusting spring-bed, clamping
springs, and vignetting attachment, &c,
and it is at once an ordinary printing-frame
and a porcelain printing-frame combined
For printing the imitation porcelain pic-
tures on paper, the sensitized sheet is held
tightly in place by means of springs, upon
the cushion of the frame, and when the
frame is closed the paper and negative are
in close contact, in which condition the
picture is printed, say three-fourths.
novel contrivance of springs, the paper and
negative are now separated about an
of an inch, the printing finished, and the
result is the soft porcelain effect shown in
method of securing the coveted softness
in paper prints, so that those who have so
long been desiring "lovely softness" as
against "cast-iron hardness," may now
secure it without any loss of detail in the
shadows or the metallic appearance of the
mezzotint and Denier pictures.
The negatives and prints were made by
Mr. Jacoby, on Trapp & Munch paper.
This paper is so well known in the market,
and so favorably, thanks to the efforts of
Mr. Willy Wallach, the agent, that we need
By a not praise it here. Mr. Jacoby desires us
to call attention to the fact that some of the
eighth prints may appear slightly yellow. This is
no fault of the paper used or of his print-
ing, but is owing to the unfortunate color

Mr. Jacoby's picture. The example tells of the mount chosen, which does not seem
the story so plainly that we need hardly to be the proper one for vignettes.
add more, yet there are a few of the objects The mounts are very beautiful, however,
attainable by the use of the Jacoby frame and were gotten up for us by Messrs. A.
that it may be well to point out especially. M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, are
Any may be used without special
negative known as their No. F. 14, and are supplied
manipulation the time required to print is
; on all colors of card, glazed and plain.
the same as by the usual method negatives ; The pictures were burnished by the Wes-
used in this frame need not be so elaborately ton Burnisher, in order to show our readers
retouched as those used in theordinary way ;
the new effect obtained by that means.
it adjusts itself to any thickness of glass ; it Further particulars concerning the frame
is a complete porcelain printing-frame; the may be had by referring to the advertise-
porcelain effect may be obtained in all ment, or by addressing W. H. Jacoby, Box
weathers, without waiting for sunshine, as 1758, Minneapolis, Minn.

We have received examples of excellent pho- A specimen of Mr. Jewell's work will appear in
tography from Messrs. J. P. Calvert, Abell, J. our next number. From Mr C. E. Orr, Sand-
McClure, J. W. King, operator for Mrs.
, wich. III., some fine cartes, including one of a
Raimheld, and K McKinnon, all showing whui- corpse, excelling anything we have seen of the
rable progress on the part of the gentlemen kind. Mr. Orr will give us his method of taking
named. We wish our space would allow us to such pictures in our next issue; from Mr. J. M.
notice them in detail. Also the following Capper, Troy, N. Y., a number of beautiful pic-
From Messrs. Slee Brothers, Poughkeepsie, tures of children, and some monogram cameo
N. Y., several prints from negatives of the old medallions, which latter are a specialty with
veteran photographer, Mr. S. L. Walker, which him and demand. His idea of print-
find a great
ure capital; from Mr. Frank Jewell, Scranton, ing on the monograms of the parties is good and
Pa., a number of prints from excellent negatives. the results are neat. From Messrs. Fosnot &
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 127

Hunter, Keosauqua, Iowa, examples of various purchaser. The edition of Dr. Vogel's Hand-
classes of work.Mr. Fosnot is young in the art book and of Trask's Practical Ferrotyper are al-
and promises well. most exhausted soon they will be at a premium.
;

Mr. G. Frank E. Pearsall, Brooklyn, N. Y.,

bas sent us some admirable cabinet portraits,
Caution. — Mr. C. E. Wallin, Fort Wayne,
Ind., desires to caution photographers against
which are fully up to the standard of American
one H. C. Jordan, hailing from Kansas, 111. Ad-
photography. Such work causes us to rejoice,
dress Mr. Wallin for particulars.
and the more because we are promised negatives
by Mr. Pearsall for a future number of our maga- The Sensitized Paper Co., Portsmouth, 0., urge
zine. Mr. H. J. Rogers, Hartford, Conn., sends upon photographers the advantage of using their
us a variety of pictures, large and small, toned ready sensitized paper. Give it a fair trial.
without gold, by the method which he describes
elsewhere in the current number. They are, Messrs. Claxton, Remsen & Haffelfinger,
in our estimation, fully equal to gold-toned the eminent publishers of this city, have just
prints. As to the new toning bath being as occupied their new and beautiful store, at Nos.
economical as it is we are not prepared
novel to 624, 626, and 628 Market Street, where they
say. Mr. Rogers also sends us a copy of a work have one of the most extensive establishments
of which he is the author, entitled The People's devoted to books and stationery in the country.
Guide to Photography. It gives a brief history The publication of several new books was simul-
of the art ; many useful hints to sitters; a great taneous with their opening of the new store, a
quantity of amusing and entertaining anecdotes, number of which are before us, as follows :

all being amply illustrated. It is altogether a "Hemlock Swamp, and a Season at the White
novel and instructive book. Sulphur Springs," by Elsie Leigh Whittelsey, is

Mr. John A. Todd, Sacramento, Cal., has sent a charming romance of that enchanting section
us a fine collection of photographs of race-horses, of Virginia named in the title ;
" Rouge et Noir,
&c, which rival the work of Messrs.
cows, sheep, a translation of Edmond About's
Baden- tale (of
Schreiber & Son. They are remarkably well Baden) of the same name, and " Dolly's Resolu-
taken, and do him great credit. Among the tions," by Hannah Maria. This latter work is
pictures we notice those of Goldsmith Maid, worthy of more than special mention. It is but
Nelson, Drfiance, Nettie Brown, Lucy, Occident, the simple story of a little, impulsive girl trying
Norfolk, Boneta, and many others. One of the to do right, yet it is told in such a natural, easy
no-horned cow Lone, and calf, is a beautiful way as to make it delightful and entertaining.
picture, and must have been taken very quickly. The authoress has ingeniously mosaicked a series
From Mr. H. T. Payne, Los Angeles, Cal., we of letters from abroad in her work, which ren-
have some most interesting views, from Godfrey's ders it all the more charming and makes one
negatives, of Southern California, including a constantly apply to his stereoscope and stock of
collection of the old, quaint mission buildings, views to verify the fresh descriptions here given
whose massive architecture makes such beautiful of places and things, and to have them verified
pictures for the stereoscope. The catalogue em- by the letters of " Aunt Annie." If this is the
braces over one hundred and fifty subjects. first effort of the fair authoress, there is a bright
future before her she but holds to the win-
Items op News. — The negatives from which
if

some, natural style of "Dolly's Resolutions."

the picture of Dr. Vogel, in our January num-
ber, were printed, were made by Mr. Julius
We have to thank the same gentlemen for copies
of Harper Brothers' beautiful Honsrkold Edition
Schaarwachter, a pupil of Dr. Vogel's, and not
of " Dickens's Works," elegantly illustrated of
by Loescher & Petsch. Mr. J. W. Black, of Bos- j

"Turning Points in Life," by Frederick Arnold

ton, made us a hasty visit on the 7th instant. ;

of "To the Bitter End," by Miss Braddon, and

He accompanied Dr. I. I. Hayes, the Arctic ex-
plorer, managing the lantern exhibition of views
in the polar regions. The lecture and the ex-
hibition both were most entertaining and in-
structive. Mr. James L. Forbes, the well-known
manipulator, has engaged with President Bo-
gardus, where he may be addressed.
Bingham, Kalamazoo, Mich.,
of Edward Bulwer's "Godolphin," all of which
are for sale by Claxton, Remsen & Haffelfinger.
Copying by Artificial Light. — Mr. Wm. H.
Rhoads, No. 1800 Frankford Avenue, Philadel-
phia, has shown us some excellent copies made
Mr. H. L. by aid of the oxyhydrogen light, which are far
offers his gallery ahead of many made by sunlight a great deal ;

for sale, ill health compelling him to seek a of the coarseness usually seen in such pictures
Southern climate. He has been making the best being entirely overcome. We congratulate him
of work, and agrees to give a bargain to a prompt on his success in this direction.
]28 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER
Mr. Anderson's "Low Salted" Collodion and no photographer should miss possessing it.
—
Formula. We have several communications on The supply is limited. Copies for sale at this
this! crowded columns compel us
subject, but our office for 50 cents ; mailed free to any address on
to lay them over with many other good things receipt of price, by Benerman & Wilson.
until our next number.
The Year-Book supply for 1873 is being
Photography in Baltimore. We — recently
rapidly exhausted, and photographers should se-
made a hasty call upon several of our subscri-
cure it at once.
bers in Baltimore, and found them all cheerful
and busy. Mr. N. H. Busey had 'just occupied More Enterprise. — We are requested to
his new art gallery, and now uses the whole build-
print the following :

ing. He is doing a prosperous business, Knd

Tilford's St. Louis Photographic Ware-
doubtless takes the lead. Mr. J. Holyland is house, Established 1848.
making excellent work and doing a good busi-
St. Louis, March 13th, 5873.
ness. Mr. T. P. Varley had just returned from
E. L.Wilson, Esq.
a successful tour with his magic lantern, in
Dear Sir: As a matter quite important to us
which branch he is an adept Mr. W. P. Shorey
j
and perhaps somewhat interesting to photogra-
was making artistic work, and Mr. E. G. Fowx
phers, we would advise you and your readers
we found a.s enthusiastic as ever over his porce-
that we have this day bought the stock and
lain process. Mr. Walter Dinmore is about to
goodwill of W. H. Tilford, Esq., of this city, and
engage in photography again, in a newly Stted-
shall take possession in a short time. As we
up gallery on N. Charles Street. Photography understand it, Mr. Tilford has not more than one
seems alive in the Monumental City surely.
or two seniors in the business, if indeed there

Baltimore, Feb. 20th, 1873. are any besides Mr. E. Anthony, who have been
Notice. — The copartnership heretofore exist- in it as long as he has, and therefore the retire-

ing between the undersigned is this day dis- ment of the old "veteran," though a young
solved by mutual consent. Charles A. Wilson man comparatively, is an era in the business,
will hereafter continue the business on his own and may serve up reminiscences among
to call

account, at No. 7N. Charles Street. many of the readers of your Journal. We are
Walter Dinmore, aware that we have a task before us to keep up
Charles A. Wilson. the reputation of this long-established house,
and will do all we can to succeed. Our Mr.
Photographs for Vienna. — The specimens of Hyatt will remove to this city, and take charge
photographic portraiture from the gallery of Mr.
of the business as soon as possible.
William Kurtz, intended for entry and competi- Respectfully, Gatchel & Hyatt.
tion at the Vienna Exposition, were on exhibi-
Surely with headquarters in the three great
tion for several days at the rooms of the Artists'
cities of the Southwest, these gentlemen must
Association "Palette," and attracted
N. Y.,
have great resources at their command, and be
much attention. The specimens are one hundred prospering finely. We always rejoice in photo-
and eight in number, representing all of the dif-
graphic development, and wish them continued
ferent styles of pictures known to photography,
prosperity.
which include plain photographs, portraits from
retouched negatives, and heads in crayon and on Mr. T. Hicks, Swansea, England, has sent us
porcelain. A crayon head of the late Professor some exquisite photographs of children, and
Morse was esteemed particularly commendable. some beautifully posed and lighted cabinet pic-
The several specimens are arranged in an ebony tures worthy of high praise.
frame of rare design and workmanship.

The Daily Graphic is the title of a new

—
Landscape Work Scovill Manufacturing
Company send us a magnificent view of the
evening paper, illustrated, published in New
Grand Central Railroad Depot, N. Y., made with
York. Photolithography is used as the means of
a 4j-inch focus, Morrison lens. It is a remarka-
producing the pictures, and in a future number
bly fine picture made by a remarkably fine lens.
we shall have more to say about them.
Mr. E. H. Train, Helena, Montana, has favored
The British Journal Photographic Alma- us with some fine views of that city. Erom Mr.
nac, for 1873, has been received from the pub- J. C. Potter, Elyria, Ohio, we have some beau-
lishers, and from Messrs. E. & H. T. Anthony & .tifully taken snow views, which are capital.
Co., New York. It is full of useful articles as From Mr. J. K. Bundy, New Haven, Conn.,
usual, contains a cabinet photograph by Sarony, some interesting stereo views beautifully taken.
 HA £

Ground Glass Substitute.

f£ THE PIECE OF GLASS ATTACHED IS COATED WITH

Hance's Ground Glass Substitute.

BSTITUTE
is in the form of a varnish is flowed and dried the same as varnish,
;

but dries with the granulati <

above.

WHEREVER GROUND GLASS IS REQUIRED,

HANCE'S SUBSTITUTE ANSWEBS EVEBY PUB POSE.
I
•
ROUND GLASSES FOE CAMERAS,
FOIl GLAZING SKY AND SIDE-LIGHTS,
% FOR OBSCURING STUDIO AND OFFICE DOORS,
FOR PRINTING WEAK NEGATIVES,
FOR VIGNETTE GLASSES,
§3 FOR A RETOUCHING VARNISH,
FOR SOFTENING STRONG NEGATIVES,
FOR THE CELEBRATED BEMLIN PROCESS.
e the first page of the March number of the Philadelphia Pnotographer, 1S73.]

Use the "

Use the " Substitute."
Substitute."
PRICE, FIFTY CENTS PER BOTTLE.
LARGE QUANTITIES FOR STUDIO LIGHTS, &c, AT A DISCOUNT.
M READ A FEW TEST MONIALS: J
Younostowv, Ohio, .Inn. 27, 187-').

Iround Glass Substitute came safely to hand. I selected ed it with the

I had one of the finest groan - it lour oi fiv
with it. The ''surface" is fine and delicate, and
: wouliJ ottle for ten dollars. Los Blackbukn, Operator, Le Roy's Gallery.
G Arch St., PhiijAdelph 17th,
'Iin our busin Iv con-
rail',"alter thorough trial, pi
'
h fur the past allery, I

sed, and no photograph t thin i

for tl . ad\
.: Ii.-l it bv the gallon.

(OVEB
 /
J .

HANCE'S PHOTOGRAPHIC

SPECIALTIES A]?E S~7.I

~~
.OWS:

Elbert Collodion,
Per pounc pound, 80 Cts.

Hanc ;ollodion,
Per pound f-pound, 80 Cts.

Curl llodion,
Per pound, f -pound, 80 Cts.

Hance's Peculiar Portrait Collodion,

Per pound,1£l.50.... Half-pound, 80 Cts.

Trask's Ferrotype Collodion,

Per pound, $1.50 Half-pound, 80 Cts.

Cummings' Grit Varnish,

Per Bottle, 40 Cts.

Hance's Silver Spray Gun Cotton,

Per Ounce, 50 Cts.

Hance's Delicate Cream Gun Cotton,

Per Ounce, 80 Cts.

Gill's Concentrated Chromo Intensifies

Per Bottle, 50 Cts

Hance's Ground Glass Substitute,

Per Bottle, 50 Cts

TRADE MARK.— THE BEST GOODS— FULL MEASURE.

TRY HANCE'S PHOTOGRAPHIC SPECIALTIES.
See Testimonials in former and future advertisements.

SCOVILL MFG CO., Trade Ag'ts. ALFEED L. HANCE, Manufac'r,

NEW YOKE. 126 K. 7th St., Philadelphia
i
r

W. H. Rhoads, Photo. Philada.

THE

SPECIMEN PEINTS EDWAKDS'PEOCESS

Are from negatives reproduced Maybe used for making a large
from the original card size nega- negative from a small one ;
for

tive by Edwards' new method of reproducing negatives in any

Enlarging and Multiplying Nega- quantity ; for lantern slides ;
for

tives. Photographers will find making a good printing negative

this process to open up a new from one too strong, &c.
business for them.

READ THE ADVERTISEMENTS AND TESTIMONIALS.

 THE

|?MfatUtyiu» §Jli0t0gt^liet\

Vol. X. MAY, 1873. No. 113.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSOX,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

THE STUDY OF ART. shall have them either opening studios of

It has been extremely gratifying to us to their own, or seeking employment through
see the interest taken by the Chicago Pho- our "situations wanted" column.
tographic Association in Mr. Baker's ar- This fact, taken in connection with the
ticle, " De Legibus," found on page 29 of
more remarkable one that during the month

Mosaics, 1873, an article intended to arouse of March, in this city alone, four photogra-

the interest of photographers on the subject phers were presented each with a daughter,
of art principles. the birth of one quickly following the other,
It is a healthful sign to
see photographers awakening on this im- seems to make the apprehension arise that
portant subject, and while some of the ut- the photography of the future is to be in

terances of our Chicago friends are entirely the hands of the gentler sex. If there is
erroneous, still we are glad to see them state anything in the "signs of the times," this
what they know, and at least show that assertion is entitled to some credit. We
much interest. Now, if they will only not like to lookahead any way, and are always
fall up authorities on the
asleep, but study willing to employ female labor wherever it

subject, who what great and good

can tell
can be made available. We
congratulate
results will follow from the discussion of Mr. three-fourths of the " fathers of photogra-

Baker's article, " De Legibus ?" This same phy" engaged in this juvenile enterprise,

knowledge of art principles and rules and and wish them much comfort and profit in

laws what our photographers want now

is their investment. The other fourth interest
more than anything else, and we do hope is our own.
they will give it attention continually.

THE EXHIBITION.
REGULATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS.
The Future of Photography to be in
The Fifth Annual Exhibition of the
the Hands of the Gentler Sex.
National Photographic Association of the
The " young ladies " (of variegated ages) United States will be held in the Bink at
now being taught the mysteries of photo- Buffalo, N. Y., beginning Tuesday, July
graphic manipulation by Prof. Hecker, at 15th, 1873.
the Cooper Union in New York, about one The meetings of the Association will be
hundred in number, are making rapid and held in the same city, at hours to be here-
satisfactory progress, and in due time we after announced.
130 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
The meetings of the Association will be 5. Screw each frame on to two cleats, and
free to members. also fasten the cleats to the sides of the box
Kegulations for those not members will with SCREWS.
be supplied hereafter. 6. Fasten the lid with screws ; use no
A cordial invitation is given to all pho- nails for this purpose.
tographers abroad and at home, whether 7. Put your name on the back of each
members of the Association or not, to ex- frame, or place your card under the glass in
hibit of their work, and space will be pro- front.
vided free of charge. 8. Put your name on the bottom of the
Space must be applied for at least twenty box inside.
days beforehand, that the Local Secretary 9 Direct the box to W. J. Baker, Local
may know what wall-space to provide. Secretary N. P. A., Rink, Buffalo, N. Y.,
The name and address of the exhibitor and on the inside of the lid put your own
must be on each picture, or supplied, so that name and address.
it may be conspicuously placed among his 10. You can easily see how mistakes and
contributions. much confusion will be avoided by strict
Two complete lists of each lot must be adherence to these instructions in every
sent to the Local Secretary, with date of case.
shipment by mail; and where a party sends 11. Pray follow them.
more than one package the packages should Articles for exhibition will be received at
be numbered, both on the packages and on
the Hall from July 7th ; not earlier.
the lists.
Arrangements with express and railway
The Committee of Arrangements will re-
companies are being made for a commuta-
ject any articles that are deemed improper tion of fares and freights, and the result
for exhibition.
will be announced in a circular, to be issued
No articles will be permitted to be with-
in due season.
drawn until the close of the Exhibition,
The list of hotels will also be given in the
without a permit from the committee in circular, and their rates.
charge.
A copy will be sent to all photographers
Excellence and novelty should be the first
who can be reached. Those who do not
considerations in selecting pictures for the
get it, may have copies by applying to
Exhibition. either the Permanent or Local Secretary.

D1KECTIONS TO EXHIBITOKS W. J. Baker,

Local Secretary, Buffalo, N. T.
At the next Annual Convention of the National
Photographic Association, to be held in Edward L. Wilson,
Buffalo, N. Y., opening July 15th, 1873. Permanent Secretary, Philada.
Estimate about the wall-space required
1.

for your work, and send, early, the compu-

tation thereof to W. J. Baker, Local Sec- EXPERIMENTAL.
retary N. P. A., Buffalo, N. Y.
MR. ANDERSON'S HIGHLY IODIZED COLLO-
2. Inquire of your express agent the time
required to forward a box from your place
DION AND WEAK BATH.

to Buffalo, N. Y., and send so that it will When my February number of the Pho-
arrive here not before the 12th of July next, tographer came to hand, I read an article
nor after the 15th. therein which is so entirely at variance with
3 At the time of despatching your box, the orthodox system of photography, and
mail a descriptive invoice of the same to the results claimed so different from the re-
W. J. Baker, Local Secretary N. P. A., sults of experiments made by me some years
Buffalo, N. Y., and place a duplicate of the ago, that I have been induced to again ex-
invoice in the box itself. periment agreeably to the invitation of Mr.
4. [Very important.) Prepay all E. Anderson. The article I allude to is the
CHARGES. one setting forth the merits of heavy iodiz-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 131

all cases operators have audibly smiled upon

mg, and decreasing the strength of the bath.
I made nine negatives, and prints of each
I reading it, but I never knew them to try it

inclose you, with a tabular statement of the and fail.

C. D. Shrieves.
experiments. I wonder if Mr. A. ever pro-
Norwalk, Ohio.
duced such prints? After I was through,
itwas suggested to me to use iodide and Our correspondent has varied his collo-
dion and bath, but forgotten to change his
bromide equal parts, even as high as thirteen
grains to the ounce. I shall try it. You developer also. We
submitted his proofs
commenced with and communication to Mr. Anderson, who
will see by the table that I
the usual formula —five of iodide and two very correctly answers as follows
and a half bromide — and have carried out Without going into a detail of the
the same ratio all through. While operat- gentleman's experiments, I will simply call

ing in Philadelphia my friends often laughed your attention to prints 1, 4, and 7. By

at me experimenting so much they held
fur ; reference to his letter we find them all made
(and still hold) the opinion that experiment- with the same collodion ; No. 1, made in
ing is all bosh but I like it, and if Mr. A.
; bath of 45 grains is the worst, No. 4, in 35
has any more formulae to work out let him bath is better, whilst No. 7, in only 25 grains
send them along. Here is the table. is by far the best, the white of the vase

Time of being full of detail. Now we gather from

No. of Iod. Brora. Bath. Expos'r. Develop't.
Neg. grains, grains, grains, seconds,seconds. this, that the weak bath has produced the
1 5 2£ 45 25 40 best print in the same time, thus saving (ac-
2 7| 4i 45 25 40 cording to his own showing) more than one
3 10 5 45 25 40 hundred per cent, silver. His neglect to allow
4 5 2i 35 25 40 the complete decomposition to take place I
5 4i 45 25 40 don't consider; that's his fault and not the
7i
6 10 5 35 25 40 bath-. have shown the prints ton dozen per-
I
5 25 25 40
7 2i sons without comments, and
all pronounced at
8 7£ 4i 25 25 40
once that No. 7 was the best good. The
9 10 5 25 25 40
gentleman, according to his statement,
You will see that I timed both the ex- iodized 5 grains iodide ammonium to 2£ bro-

posure and development as to the degree of mide cadmium. Well, this is wrong to

intensity; show for them-

the prints will begin with. Now let him try again with
selves; the object was not moved during the the following formula. Commence with a
whole time of making the negatives. Are bath of 30 grains, almost saturated with
not the prints beauties ? While I am writ- iodide— this is important —and very acid
ing I would like to know how Mr. Newton with nitric acid; let him increase the acid
makes only one hundred and thirty-five gradually
grains of chloride of gold out of a five dol- Collodion No. 1.

lar gold piece A five dollar piece weighs Iodide of Ammonium, . 5 grains to the ounce.

about one hundred and twenty-nine grains, Bromide " . . 3 " "

and ought to make nearly two hundred and Parys' Cotton, ... 5 " "

two grains of chloride. Ether, 4 parts ; Alcohol, 3 parts.

1 came near forgetting to say, that I have This collodion alone, is perfectly worthless
always found that the transparent lines or
Collodion No. 2.
"river marks" are caused by overiodizing,
and when they appear they can invariably Cadmium,
Iodide of . 1\ grains to the ounce.
Bromide " 4£ " "
be removed by adding cotton if this makes . .

the collodion too thick, add a

;

little ether and

Parys' Cotton, ... 5 " "
Ether, 4 parts ; Alcohol, 3 parts.
alcohol ; another remedy is to add silver to
the bath, but if the latter is about the right Preparation.
strength, the remedy is a certain cure.
first Dissolve the iodides in the alcohol ; add
I have written this "cure" on the wall of the ether; add the tincture of iodine to turn
every dark-room I have worked in, and in very red ;
filter perfectly clear ; add cotton ;
132 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
shake and let settle perfectly clear, say in attended with complete success. This fact
three or four days. alone is worth the trial, even if, at other
times, the success is only partial, and may
Mix of No. 1, 1J parts.
result in complete failure. There being
Mix of No. 2, 4 "
nothing to lose and much to gain, in the
Now pitch in! saving of a sitting, that cannot be re-
My bath is 22 grains and collodion 14 peated, we are induced to try what dops
grains, and working splendidly. sometimes succeed. So much for redevel-
Elbert Anderson. oping. Strengthening is of a different na-
ture, and is only to be used to improve the

We shall he glad to show Mr. Shrieves's printing qualities of a fully exposed and
interesting prints to any anxious inquirer. a fully developed negative. In other words,
Ed. a complete negative in all respects, except
it may have a lack of density. After well
washing front and back, examine as before,
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT. and if you find that you have a negative as
NO. 12. — KEDEVELOriNG AND STRENGTH- described, pour enough pyrogallic acid so-
ENING. lution into a small, clean bottle, to cover
The importance of knowing something of the plate, into which pour a few drops of a
these points is fully appreciated by the prac- twenty-grain solution of nitrate of silver;
tical man, and they are entitled to full con- shake it a little, and pour it on and off the

sideration upon the part of any one attempt- plate, examining, by transmitted light, each
ing to give written instructions for the pro- time, in order to know just when to stop,
duction of photographic pictures. Hence, for be it remembered that there is a chance
this paper. Eedeveloping is a repetition of carrying this too far. When the desired
of the original, or first, developing, and^can point is reached, throw the mixture in the
only be done by the use of the same ingre- wash-tub, wash the plate, and pass it into
dients. The most simple way is as follows: the fixing-tub. The pyrogallic acid solution
After developing fully, wash the plate thor- is mixed as follows: Dissolve 24 grains
oughly, both front and back. Now, exam- pyrogallic acid in 18 ounces of water ; to
ine it, and if it has the appearance of an which add 12 grains citric acid. When both
under exposure, but otherwise good, redevel- acids are dissolved it is read}7 for use.
oping is the best resort, unless there is a Thus far we have prescribed medicine for
chance to improve it by another sitting. only two classes of negatives. There is still
There are circumstances that often prevent another class which may need doctoring,
this; and then it is that we want to know and we will give the remedy. There are
how to improve the best we have. Proceed times when our only chance results in an
as follows Before fixing, place it upon the
: overexposure, and we would be desirous of
dipper, and immerse it in the bath solution, saving it. Sulphuret of potass is the best
leaving it there but a short time. Then that I know of. It is applied only after the
withdraw it; let it drain until the stream negative is fixed and well washed. The
stops, and the drops are not too close to- strength is quite unimportant. It need not
gether ;
then carry it to the developing-dish, be fresh mixed. Dissolve a lump of it in,

and flow over it the developing solution, as say, 4 ounces water, stop it tight, and it will
at first. This method affects the shadows as keep for a long time. As long as it retains
well as the lights, and often saves a negative a greenish color it is all right. When it

that gives very satisfactory and pleasing becomes clear, like water, throw it away,
effects. It can be repeated several times, if and prepare a fresh supply. It is flowed over
desired, provided care is had in the manip- the negative while wet, and can be carried to
ulation. various degrees. It improves an overex-
Do not understand me to say that this posed negative by rendering the shadows
method is always successful. I simply say more transparent, and increasing the den-
that it is redeveloping, and is, at times, sity of the lights. In case it is too strong,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 133

add water, or, what is better, pour out a that no party or parties whatever have any
little of and dilute with water. When
it, authority to use our name as reference in

properly handled, this solution makes beau- any circular, poster, or otherwise, in favor
tiful tones on transparencies. There are of any article or articles whatever. We
other methods for intensifying negatives, are compelled to state this by a firm enti-
which may appear in future "Mince tled "0. P. Howe & Co., Augusta, Maine,"

Meat." who use our name among their "references "

I. B. Webster. without any permission or authority from
us, a piece of presumption we feel called
upon to denounce. We know nothing of
THE BIGELOW ALBUM. the said firm, or of their responsibility,
SEW PICTURES AND A NEW KEY. neither have we any practical knowledge of
the goods they Please give no credit
sell.
The encouragement given to this really
to their circular on account of our name
excellent work, both at home and abroad,
being thereon, or to any other.
has induced Mr. Bigelow to make a series
of new studies for the Album, and to write a
more extended " Key " to their production.
The publishers have likewise adopted anew
PATENTS AND PATENT RIGHTS.
plan of manufacturing them, which will
The patent business seems also to have
revived, and we are receiving letters from
add to their strength and beauty.
Orders are constantly being received for
many of our subscribers asking "what
shall we do," or " what is best to do about
them from English and German dealers,
and at home also they seem to be held in it?" Now you might as well write us and
high esteem. We cannot see how any pho- say, "We are sick, what shall we take?" as

tographer, good or bad, can fail to be much to write us as many do, in the matter of
patents. " Circumstances alter cases," and
benefited by a careful study of Mr. Bige-
low's Album. in no case more emphatically so than in
patent causes. Nearly all the patentees
who have had litigation with photographers
FRAUDS AND IMPOSITIONS. have some rights, but the most of them claim,
Our country seems infested again, at the more than they have any right to. So that
present time, with all attempted
sorts of
when we are asked for counsel in such

frauds and impositions upon the photogra- affairs the inquirer should state his case fully
phers. From all sides we hear of those who in all its circumstances, so that we may
are offering matters for the purpose of ob- judge whether or not he has infringed. If
taining money from our craft, who give no you do this we are willing to give you all
real substantial equivalent. There
is only
the light we can, according to the knowl-
one way for you to act when such things edge we have ourselves. But remember we
are offered to you. If you know nothing do not practice law, and cannot therefore
about the matter offered, or the parties who give the attention to a case that it should
offer it, your safest way is to treat all with have. Whatever service we can render
suspicion. You need not fear that if you you we are glad to do.

do not purchase your neighbor will do so,

and thus get the advantage over you. In
the majority of cases, whoever purchases is THE PHOTOGRAPHER TO HIS
the one upon whom the laugh comes ulti- PATRONS.
mately. We thank our readers to ap-
will Now spring is at hand, the time is when
prise us, as many have already done, of all enterprising photographers should push
anything offered to them which seems ille- their business with all their enterprise.
gitimate or wrong, and we shall do all in Judicious advertising is good, and there is

our power to break up the same, or at least nothing better than our little leaflet, The
prevent imposition upon our readers. Photographer to his Patrons. Send for a
Azid in this connection we desire to say copy and examine it.
134 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
would be glad to get new ideas in retouch-
The National Photographic Associa-
ing if it would make them do better work
tion as a Means of Instruction.
and more of it.
BY MRS. E. N. LOCKWOOD.
Each day's experience proves to me that
Why cannot the Convention be made by a judicious use of the pencil and thought
still more useful, and in a measure supply we can invariably please the most fastidious,
the need for a photographic school ? There and make more sales than otherwise. I
will probably be, as has been formerly, have been thinking if it would not be well
many there who would be glad to avail to procure a room, exclusively for a retouch-
themselves of personal instruction in each ing school, at Buffalo during the Conven-
branch of the art could it be obtained, and tion, and let any who may wish to receive
there are some parts of the business in any new ideas in the art bring with them
which persons can improve themselves very their negatives and retouching-frames, &c,
easily if their mistakes are shown to them, and arrange with artists who maybe there,
and a few practical ideas given with illus- and are good (and will have samples of their
trations, under the direction of a practising own work, before and after retouching, on
artist. exhibition, proving their capabilities), to
From my own experience I must own spend one, two, or more hours, as they may
that 1 have learned more in an hour from wish, each day to show them the best way
a good teacher than I would have worked to retouch.
out in a year if left to myself and books. One person can teach six pupils at a time
And have good reason to believe there are
I as well as only one, keeping them all busy,
man} others whom it would benefit more to
7
each on their own negatives, which will
have an hour's instruction in some particu- serve as a good reminder of every word of
lar branch of the art, in which they felt advice given when they get back to their
themselves deficient, than in a year's prac- homes, and their work would so soon im-
tice alone, when they really did not know prove and business increase they would cer-
and could not find out wherein their troubles tainly feel thankful for spending time and
lie. money to attend the Convention.
Since the last Convention I have visited Competent instructors may feel that they
about thirty galleries, and, of course, saw can't afford to spend their time that way
many things that seemed to me might be when they would rather do something else;
changed for the better ; but lack of cleanli- and I will admit it is not an enviable situ-
ness and order was the most "prominent de- ation, but if love for the advancement of
fect, while the crude ideas some had of re- the art, and desire to do good to others, is

touching were amusing in the extreme. not sufficient temptation, I will suggest that
One gent remarked: "I don't retouch one hour be called a lesson, and that for
much I can't bear to sit down in one place
; such instruction the student shall pay one
long enough to work up a negative, so I dollar, which is the usual price for painting
just takemy negative in one hand, pencil and drawing. The teacher will take more
in the other, and hold my negative up under, interest and pains, and the pupil be more
the skylight awhile, then before firstone zealous to learn, and practice better, if they
window and then the other, and work that both feel the instruction is worth paying for.
way, but, of course, I don't set myself up And if, eventually, the Convention could
for a retoucher." I did not think he did. continue in session two weeks or more, and
Many have expressed the wish to learn to during the time have a temporary galleiy,
retouch, but did not know where to go. where the art in all its branches could be
Some are trying to do it from what they taught, especially the making of negatives
have learned from books alone, but are and lighting the face, to give not alone the
making sad failures because they do not finest effects, but the most truthful likeness,
know what the reason is they cannot make I believe such an arrangement would make
them smooth. the annual gatherings looked forward to
I do not believe there are many but what with still greater interest and pleasure, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 135

would serve also to assist those who were picture for our magazine. When we did
needing just such help to lift them one step invite him he seemed surprised, and said,
higher towards a successful future, and "Three years ago my work was rather or-
would be a still farther inducement for dinary, and what improvements I have
many to attend who never have, and do not made are due to hard work, and the hard
really seewhat good it does to go. study of your valuable magazines, and I
and readers of the Pho-
I hope yourself mustn't leave out the one Convention and
tographer may deem these ideas worthy of Exhibition I attended in Philadelphia, in
further consideration. 1871." Here is the secret of Mr. Jewell's
success —
hard work, hard study, and the
Convention and Exhibition.
SHORT ARTICLES. This year he says he will close his gallery
during the Convention at Buffalo, and take
BY B J. CHUTE.
all hands to enjoy the benefits that he en-
Theitem of importance next to the writ- joys. We commend him for his good sense
ing of an article, or putting one's thoughts and congratulate him on his good work.
in print, is to have it read. Some of the His picture needs no criticism. It is fine
best thoughts are woven into such a web of in all respects, except perhaps the negatives
words that they are found by but very few. are a little too smoothly retouched.
If the writers for our journals would con- With reference to his working, Mr.
dense their material it would be productive Jewell says
of much more good. The Year-Book of " I use Hugh O'Neil's collodion as de-
Photography, for 1873, is a model in this scribed in Philadelphia Photographer for
respect. From the pens of H. P. Kobinson, March 1870, page 7 1 in
, ,
' Mysteries of New
Valentine Blanchard, Adam
Salomon, Stu- York Dark Chambers.'
art Wortley, Walter B. Woodbury, and a " Negative bath from 40 to 50 grains,
host of others, we have brief articles some ;
strongly iodized with iodide of silver, and
of them not occupying a dozen lines, and made quite acid with nitric acid.
but few of them more than a page. All
our editor has said in praise of this annual DEVELOPER.
is well merited, and its merit is in nothing Iron, . 1 ounce.
more than in its short articles. So let us Water, 16 ounces.
make our communications brief. If our
"Enough acetic acid to flow smooth. I
thoughts are voluminous, put them in sepa-
never use it stronger, but sometimes weaken
rate articles. Short articles are sure to be
it.
read, while long ones are postponed to "a
"Fixing: Strong solution of hypo with
more convenient season," and are, perhaps,
a littlecyanide. Take the negative out as
never read at all.
soon as fixed. ,

" Printing bath, as follows :

" Silver solution from 35 grains to 60

OUR PICTURE. grains strong (according to the tempera-
The picture which graces our present ture), to which I add from 30 to 60 grains
number is a specimen of the handiwork of to the ounce of nitrate of ammonia. I
Mr. Frank Jewell, Scranton, Pa. Mr. have had much trouble to get good prints
Jewell is emphatically one of our progres- during this cold weather, and only got over
sive young photographers a man thor-
; it by strengthening my silver solution, and

oughly in love with and earnest in his chosen silvering longer. One day I had an 80-
vocation one who continually improves,
;
grain bath and silvered three minutes. Even
and one of those to whom his share of the then, some days, I was unable to get pass-
future of photography may be safely com- able results, and was compelled to print in-
mitted. We have watched him for some side with the windows down. Of course in
time without him knowing it, determining that case I reduced the strength of my so-
at the proper time to invite him to make a lution. The paper was floated from three-
136 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
fourths to three minutes (seldom longer than and leave them till the toning is done, when
one minute), and drawn across a glass rod they can be removed to the tank for wash-
and blotted off between sheets of unsized or ing. I didn't intend to write a chapter on
bibulous paper such as printers use. JPume toning, but the result gives me so much
usually ten minutes. satisfaction that I felt as if I must enter
into some of the details.
TONING BATH. "In regard to my light I will simply say
"The following toning bath is-also Mr. that I have a top and side-light with a
Hugh O'Neil's, and was kindly furnished northeastern exposure. The management
me by that gentlemen (to whom I feel in- of the light and the internal arrangement
debted and return thanks), and I must say are another thing. My first care is to ex-
that for easy management and most beauti- clude every trace of sunlight from the
ful results, I have ever tried equals
nothing room, without shutting out any more of the
it. longtime before I could muster
It was a light than I can help. .For this purpose I
up courage to try it (having tried his first use frames covered with tissue-paper that
one), but having done so I cannot say will raise and lower on hinges close up to
enough in praise of it, and I think those the glass. This answers admirably, except
who will give it a trial once will use no that the leakings cause the paper to tear.
other. Of course the prints must look rich (I shall arrange my permanent
light in a
and brilliant before toning or no bath will manner in a few weeks, which if it works
produce good results. well I will describe in Wrinkles and
'

" Take gold enough in the requisite Dodges.')

amount of water, to tone in about ten min- "I use over the head a light frame 4
utes, and make it quite alkaline with a by 3 feet, covered with tissue-paper, and
strong solution of washing soda. Add from fixed in a head-rest. This cuts off the di-
half an ounce to one ounce of common salt, rect rays of lightfrom the top, and by it I
and it is ready at once. regulate the shadow side of the face. I also
" Before immersing in the first water in use a small white screen on the shadow side
which you soak the prints, add enough sometimes.
acetic acid to make the water taste slightly " To up the light side I let in a very
light

acid. Leave the prints in this water about little lightfrom the side-light, which is cov-
ten minutes, and change them about continu- ered with frames about a foot Wide, and
ally. Change the water three or four times running from the top to the bottom, which
and they are ready for toning. work on pivots, so that when closed one
" I tone slow in an exceedingly weak light, will lap a little over the other. These are
and when the middle tints are just toned covered on both sides with dark blue mus-
slightly bluish while lying flat in the dish, lin, making two thicknesses. I can open
I take them out and immerse them in salt one or all of these at a time, as desired.
water. No matter if the rest of the picture " The negatives were made in 30 seconds
is as red as a soft brick, it willcome all in a moderately light day, with a 4-4 Voigt-
right by the time it is quite fixed. An as- lander short focus lens.
sistant takes them out as fast as they are " The prints would have been much better
toned, and immerses them in the fixing, had I had better weather and longer time
when they will first turn red, and afterwards to print them."
will come back to a beautiful tone by the Mr. Jewell has had a hard struggle
time they are fixed. Don't feel alarmed if through a most cloudy and stormy winter
they look quite red after they are fixed even, with these prints, but his success is a credit
as, if they are the right kind of red, they to him. His tones are particularly delicate
will dry up all right. Don't be afraid of and He used Hovey's Pink Rives
fine.

undertoning you are more apt to overtone

;
" After they are fixed, which will take
about five minutes, immerse them again in
salt water (which will prevent blistering),
paper, manufactured by the well-known D.
Hovey, Esq., Rochester, N. Y. Mr. Ho-
vey's paper has been well and favorably
known for many years, and when it gets
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 137

friends it holds them. The beautiful to a lug on the standard, and always re-
mounts -were designed for us by Messrs. mains horizontal. The entire apparatus
A. M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, and may be lowered so that the artist can work
are known as their No. F 12, the price of sitting, or the standard may be lifted to its

which will be found in our Specialties. full height, secured by the thumbscrews
In our next number we hope to give our shown, and the desk allowed to fall so as to
readers a pleasant surprise from abroad. form a perfect easel. By means of a collar
on the spindle, the table may be turned to
bring either side in front, so that the light
on the work may be instantly altered by a
Adjustable Artist's Table and Desk mere touch. In the ledge are provided two
Combined. commodious drawers for working materials,
The engraving below illustrates a very- <fec. The desk is mounted upon castors,
useful piece of furniture, which artists will handsomely finished in hard wood, and
welcome. It consists of a drawing-desk, fqrms a pleasing ornament to the work-
easel, writing-desk, and table combined, all room. It can be put to so many uses by
in one piece of apparatus. It is arranged photographers that we give place to a de-
it in our columns.
scription of
so as to be readily placed at any required
inclination or height. Its support is com- It is manufactured by the "Worcester In-
posed rtf a tripod surmounted by a hollow dustrial Institution. For further particu-
standard in which slides the spindle sus- lars, please see the advertisement in our
taining the desk. The portion of the latter current number.
on which the work rests, can be vertically
rotated on its attachment to the standard,
and as shown in the dotted lines of Fig 2,
WHAT I KNOW ABOUT MAKING
either laid horizontal, or at A, vertical, as
INTERIOR VIEWS.
at B, or inclined as represented shaded. BY MORRIS ISRAEL.
The secret of success in making interior
views, depends more upon clean manipula-
tion than any particular formula. The ob-
ject is principally to produce a sensitive
film, which keep moist during a pro-
will
longed exposure. A
gun-cotton with short
fibre gives 1;he best result, but any good
sample will do if boiled from half to one
hour in rain or distilled water. The boiling
makes the cotton homogeneous, and it will
absorb the sensitizing salts much better, at
the same time avoiding the very annoying
marble stains which are almost sure to ap-
pear if the film were of a horny gelatinous
kind. A large proportion of bromide ought
to be used for two reasons, viz. The salts :

of bromine are sensitive to the weak rays,

which is generally known and secondly,;

because they are very deliquescent, thus

keeping the film moist for a considerable
time. Make the collodion thicker than for
general use, not less than eight grains to
the ounce, and sensitize with iodide of am-
monium four grains, bromide of magnesium
The ledge on which the instruments, water three grains (I think chloride of magnesium
cup,&c, are placed, is connected by a rod would be still better, but have not been able
138 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
to obtain it), silver bath thirty-five or forty then add the water and ammonia, shake
grains, slightly acidulated. Immerse the well and let stand until settled, when it is
platewhen hardly set, and take it out the ready for use; decant into a small bottle as re-
very moment it is coated, furthermore quired for use next keep in your dark-room
;

hastening the process by moving the plate
all the time, not up and down, as the
jority of operators do, but in a kind of cir-
cular motion. Have
scrupulously clean, the slide and corners
well shellacked or waxed with paraffine, and
back the plate with a piece of damp red
blotting-paper. Give a full exposure no
danger of overexposing dark interiors,' and
if necessary, light up the shadows by re-
flected sunlight. Windows
camera should only receive a small fraction
of the whole exposure, otherwise they will
be solarized. The exposed
keep well for upwards of an hour without
showing any sign of drying.
then the strength of the bath must be re-
duced, and the collodion accordingly.
unnecessary to state that the bath must be
a dish of clean water,and when you make a
ma- throw the plate
sitting that proves a failure,
into the dish of water and let it remain
your plate-holder until you are through operating for the day,
then take the plates and wash thoroughly
under the tap, rub the plate with the hand
until you have removed every particle of
;
the old film, which you can tell by holding
up the plate. If the water does not run off
smooth, but wavy in spots, you will know
in front of the there are spots of the old film remaining
which must be washed off. When the
plate is perfectly clean, for negative glass
plate should flow with the albumen and drain back in
the bottle the same as collodion, then hold
If it does, it under the tap and let the water run on it
until it has washed off all the albumen.
It is Then set up to dry, either on pegs, or what
is as good, spread a clean paper on a shelf,

kept in a pure condition, and I have found set them on it and let it rest against the
nothing so efficient as frequent sunning. wall or any decently clean thing. When
In all photographic processes, but especially dry they are ready for use and will keep a
in this one, the success depends upon the long time, and if they get dusty can be
purity of the chemicals, good manipulation, brushed with a soft brush without injury.
and last, but not least, clear judgment. For ferrotype plates treat the same way,
except the albumen will not flow readily.
Drop a few drops of the albumen on the
CLEANING GLASS AND FERRO- plate when perfectly free from the old coat-
TYPE PLATES. ing ;
take the hand and rub it over the face
BY J. PARKER, JR. of the plate. Be sure you hit it all, then
By the following process the much- wash under the tap and dry the same as
it

dreaded task of cleaning negative glass and glass. When dry they are equally as good
ferrotype plates that have been used is done as before being used. Any ferrotyper that
away with, and any that have not used it has not used this, or something similar, will
will find, by giving it a fair trial, that it find it a great saving, for if you do not let

will prove a great saving in time, and that the plate get dry, or partially so, you will
they can use their ferrotype plates as many not need to lose a plate in a year. New
times as they choose, and that they will be negative glass treated to a solution of nitric
as good as new to the last. I have used it acid one part, water eight parts, for a few
for about four months and
wonder I often days, then washed and flowed with albumen,
how I used to get along buffing plates and as above, will work well,and it is but little
the vexations connected therewith. But work to prepare them. Try it, one and all,
this is not telling how it is done. So here goes. then you will know whether it is practical

Keep a stock-bottle of albumen prepared or not.

as follows
The whites of 6 eggs.
Try Waymouth's Vignette Papers. —
Water, . . . .6 ounces. They are great helpers in producing really
Aqua Ammonia, . . .1 ounce. artistic vignettes. Read the advertisement,
Drain the whites of the eggs in a bottle, and try the sample given in this number.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 139

ing censure. If one does well why not

WHAT A RETOUCHER CAN SEE
him so? or if one makes an effort and
tell

fails,
ON THIS TOUCHY SUBJECT.
they are as conscious of their failure as you
"When began to read the criticisms
first I
are, and their chagrin and disappointment
of the press on this all-important topic, is heavy enough withhold your censure,
;

which has so agitated the photographic tried though you may be, extend your sym-
world, it was with feelings mingled with pathy and encouragement, and they will
fear and anxiety, as though each shaft was succeed better next time I promise you.
hurled at my own personal efforts ; but But to return to the subject of which I
since I have become a little more proficient have as yet only " touched" upon, and to
in the art, and have better understood its which I determine devoting myself, not
principles and necessity, it has been a source only in this article, but also as & life pro-
of amusement rather than otherwise; yet fession. From earliest childhood I pos-
a person dependent on the world's approba- sessed an inordinate love for pictures, and
tion for a living becomes morbidly sensitive in myday-dreams believed that I should
to that world's approbation or criticism of paint some day (which idea I am far
their pursuit. The human heart yearns for from relinquishing), although I then looked
sympathy, and to the most
artist it is the forward to it as an accomplishment; but
essential feature of his life, and the most when I suddenly awoke from being a petted,
potent agent to nerve him on to greater spoiled child, to find myself orphaned and
endeavors, as he toils up that steep and dependent on my own resources, or the
rocky ascent, and is crowned at last with charity of wealthy, but taunting, jeering
the laurel wreath of triumph and success, relatives, I determined to try the former,
or for lack of encouragement and sympathy and following the bend of inclination,
sinks into the slough of despond. Victor which, of course, turned to pictures, and
Hugo says, " Be it true or false, a man's life being impressed with the beauty produced
is influenced as much by what may be said by the manipulation of the negative, I de-
of him as by what he may do." And in re- termined to master the art, and have pur-
gard to the labor of the artist the beholder sued that, as well as other branches of art,
does not see what he tried to do, but only thus far under the greatest difficulties. Of
what he did in the broadest sense of the course it is to be expected that I should ad-
word. And here let me ask (notwithstand- vocate this to some almost fraudulent prac-
ing it is a slight digression) that, although tice. My idea of retouching is to soften
much has been and is being said in regard lines and shadows, and obliterate blem-
to the photographer to his patrons, has ever ishes (all of which the untruthful camera
anything been said in regard to the em- has exaggerated almost beyond recogni-
ployer to the employed ? Surely, if he can tion), thereby improving the lUceness, and
be captious, fault-finding, and disagreeable rendering the modelling of the "human
to the elegant ladies that appear to him face divine" all the more perfect and dis-
under the skylight, and who pay him tinct. Then, too, in regard to the eyes,
politely for all he does or does not do for the light often strikes across the pupil, as
them, then what think you he must be to happens most particularly in the case of
the young ladies striving so hard to please, dark or black eyes, conveying the idea of
and who are subject to all, and more than blindness to the beholder. The moment
all, of his caprices behind the scenes; and this is interfered with on the print, instantly
by whom an ungentlemanly bearing is not all beauty and rotundity of those " win-
to be tolerated, and, if possible, works more dows of the soul " is lost and in this age;

against his interest than if preserved to- of progress I ask the anti-retouchers what
ward his patrons. For it is obvious that an is to be done ? Surely to let it pass is a dis-
effort to please, prompted by respect for an grace to all concerned, and I have never
employer, and love of pleasing one who yet succeeded in successfully remedying
can be pleased, is far more likely to succeed this defect and restoring "those speaking?
than when all trembling for fear of crush- eyes," except upon the negative; notwith-
140 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
standing I have tried many a time and oft,
and ifany of the anti-retouchers, who are
lovers of art and progress, have discovered
any other means of obviating this great
evil, surely I shall be happy to hear from
them, for as a fraternity we should combine
for mutual instruction and improvement in
this lovely art —
photography. Then, too,
what other means can you suggest for dis-
posing of an unruly lock of hair, or
straightening or lengthening a stiff, wiry
curl, or for setting right a carelessly ad-
justed neck-tie, or lifting a bit of crushed
lace to its proper place? Or still more,
how else can you dispose of those unsightly
freckles,and other blemishes, which appear
only too distinctly on the negative, even
when invisible to the naked eye. The
camera has a way of searching these things
out, and they suggest the idea of a swarm
of bees having settled promiscuously upon
the face of the subject. As proof that the
camera searches out what your vision had
failed to discover, place your instrument at
such a distance from a building that you
cannot read the sign, and you have them
distinct upon the print. To dispose of these
unsightly blemishes, to which the flesh is
heir, cannot detract one iota from the like-
ness. Every one wants a picture to flatter,
however much they may endeavor to assure
you to the contrary. Human nature is
weak. For instance, a young lady, not
over handsome, enters and desires a sitting,
assuring you that she does not wish to be
You take her at her
flattered in the least.
word, and produce her pictures, which a
few dexterous touches would have rounded
out and very much improved. "What is
the result? In the former case the pictures
are tossed back to you, accompanied wT ith
various adjectives, such as " Perfectly awful,
horrid, the worst pictures she ever had
taken, &c. She will pay for them if de-
sired, butthey are fated to be consigned to
the flames. She shall never distribute such
pictures among her friends, for they don't
bear the slightest resemblance to her." But
on the other hand produce the fairest pic-
tures you can, pictures that will really
natter her into the belief that she is pretty,
even if she never thought so before, and
you are rewarded by, "Oh, are they not ex-
quisite, love; so perfect of me." "Yes,
dear " (chimes in young lady number two),
"they are divine." Young lady number
one settles her flounces very complacently,
and you she shall recommend her
assures
dear hundred friends to give you a call,
five
as she bows and smiles herself out of your
presence. Every one who is acquainted
with the photographic art is well aware
that similar scenes are being daily enacted
in every considerable gallery and to study
;
what will please each particular individual
and to know how to execute, is a branch too
closely connected with the art to be neg-
lected. Human nature is, indeed, a great
study, and one with which the photographer
cannot afford to be wholly unacquainted.
And who has a wider field in which to
pursue it than he? To the retoucher,
whose labors are ofttimes not a little per-
plexing, it is none the less important, and
whose greatest danger is of overdoing the
work in the anxiety to produce something
very fine at whatever cost. Actuated, no
doubt, by fear that some one may or has
imagined that they are disposed to slight
their work which accusation is most un-
;
endurable by one who has not the least in-
clination to do so. Indeed, if I may be
allowed to speak of personal experience, one
of my greatest trials is to have the printer
(who is one of the partners of the firm
where I am employed) bring me a negative
on which I have expended the utmost care,
and which I may have despatched to the
printing-room with the most sanguine
hopes, and insist on my touching the blem-
ishes more strongly, and soften the lines
and shadows to a still greater extent. To
comply and touch the former I feel fully
assured will cause the necessity of touching
back on the print, which is a disagreeable
and unsatisfactory operation at best, and to
comply with the latter, must entirely oblit-
erate. And if I attempt to remonstrate
and explain my reasons for so doing, 1 am
curtly informed that I am wilful and dis-
obliging, and that he can do it himself.
Consequently I have the satisfaction of see-
ing his great burly form at my frame, and
of knowing that he knows literally nothing
about what he is doing, and that all my labor
is being utterly ruined; whereas if he
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 141

would kindly produce a print and point out periment with emulsions containing an ex-
the defects (of which, no doubt, there are a cess of free nitrate of silver made according
plenty), gladly would I remedy them, to his formula, as well as with that which
though it required a week to do it. Hith- he himself had given me, but failed at every
erto I have been often admonished not to point. The plates fogged so badly some-
work too natch on a negative, as it would times that an image was scarcely discernible.
destroy the contour of the face, which are Having by these experiments lost faith in
likewise my sentiments, and that a well- the theory of an excess of free silver, I
wrought negative must needs produce a proceeded as follows To a quantity of
:

beautiful result, cannot be justly
Shakspeare saj*s, " Spirits are
touched but to fine issues." May
same hold true with the negative?
The Collodio-Bromide Process.*
In asking your attention this evening to
a few remarks on the collodio-bromide pro-
cess, I feel that I am bringing before you a
subject that cannot fail to be of interest,
both to the professional and to the amateur
photographer. Especially in the case of one
who is about to adopt a dry process in his
regular practice does this process offer great
inducements in respect to certainty, facility
of preparation of the plates, ease of devel-
opment, and cheapness.
Having tried a variety of formulae in the
course of the present winter, and having
settled upon one by the aid of which I can
be tolerably certain as to my results, I will
ask your indulgence while I give you
details as briefly as possible.
have been entirely
In the first place, I
unsuccessful with all emulsions containing
even a trace of free nitrate of silver. I may
denied. emulsion containing an excess of free silver,
not finely and with which I had not been able to se-
not the cure any good result, enough bromide of
cadmium was added to neutralize the silver.
Jennie. The emulsion now worked perfectly clean
and free from fog both wet and dry, and
after thinning it down a little, I obtained
some satisfactory results.
Again, having at hand some emulsion
which contained bromide in very slight ex-
cess, and which gave good results, I pur-
posely added an excess of free nitrate of
silver. A plate was prepared with this
emulsion immediately after the addition of
the silver, and exposed and developed under
the same conditions with one prepared with
the same emulsion before the silver was
added. I could not perceive the slightest
gain in sensitiveness, but the plate was
clean. A plate prepared when the silver
had been present twelve hours showed de-
cided signs of fogging, and at the expiration
of ten days the emulsion was useless.
I have been somewhat disappointed in the
its
sensitiveness of emulsion dry plates; but I
feel convinced that they are not slower than
ordinary tannin plates, and will keep at
least as well the sensitized emulsion also
;

will keep for several months in cold weather.

mention in this connection, that while in
London last summer, I paid a visit to Lieu- The formula which I am now using stands
as follows for four ounces of emulsion take
tenant-Colonel Stuart Wortley, who very
....
:

politely prepared
plates in my
and developed several
presence, all of which were
Alcohol,
Ether, ....
Bromide of Cadmium,
1 ounce.
2 ounces.
24 grains.
very good, and at my departure gave me a
.

Bromide of Ammonium, . 20 "

bottle of his emulsion for trial. This gen-
Chloride of Calcium, . . 8 "
tleman maintains that an excess of free
Cotton 28 "
nitrate of silver in the emulsion gives films
Set this aside to ripen for at least a week
of greater sensitiveness than if free bromide
before adding the silver. To sensitize, put
be present, and that if proper care be taken,
seventy-six grains of finely pulverized ni-
no fogging need ensue. Immediately upon
trate of silver into a test-tube pour on it
my return to Philadelphia, I began t© ex- ;

one ounce of alcohol, and boil over a lamp

* Read at the March meeting of the Photo- until dissolved then add it to the bromized
;

graphic Society of Philadelphia. collodion, a little at a time, and shake well.

142 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Filter, and set it aside in a perfectly dark sienna rubbed up with gum-water and a
place for three days. Then filter again and very little glycerin, with a drop of carbolic
use. acid to prevent mould, will answer well.
The plates should have a substratum of The plates must not be overdeveloped.
albumen, and the emulsion should be al- The color of the film is generally reddish-
lowed to set thoroughly before dipping into brown and very non-actinic, and the plates
the water so as to favor adhesion of the film seem to have more contrast after fixing
in coating, take care to avoid crapy lines. than before.
In concluding, allow me to express the
PRESERVATIVE. hope that this process may be thoroughly
Tannin, 10 grains. investigated by the members of this Society,
Gum Arabic, for there are many points
which are by
in it
White Sugar, no means clear, and where careful research
Water, 1 ounce. would doubtless be productive of much
practical benefit
Filter, and add one drachm of a twenty-
four grain solution of gallic acid in alcohol.
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr.
This preservative keeps very well. March 5th, 1873.

The formulae for preservative and devel-

oper are the same as those used by Colonel
Wortlev. THE COFFEE-POT VARNISH
DEVELOPER. POURER.
Pyrogallic Acid, 96 grains.
.
Mr. A. Marshall, of Boston, gives us
Alcohol, 1 ounce.
some useful hints regarding the use of the
Carbonate of Ammonia, 64 grains.
well-known style of coffee-pot shown in the
Bromide of Potassium, 4 "
cut herewith, as a varnish pourer and as a
Water, 2 ounces.
Aqua Ammonia, 20 drops.
Water, 1 ounce.

Moisten the exposed plate with a mixture

of equal parts of alcohol and water ; let it
soak in for a little while, and then wash off
under the tap. To develop, take one ounce
of water and add to it fifteen minims of the
pyro solution; flow this over the film and
return to the glass then add a few drops of
;

the carbonate of ammonia solution, and re-

apply to the plate. A little of the weak
ammonia solution without bromide may be means of separating the clear varnish from
added from time to time to increase inten- the particles of dirt, &c, apt to get in the
sity but if the plate be underexposed, take
; varnish when coating plates. Mr. Mar-
a fresh portion of developer with more pyro shall says: "The engraving will show ex-
and less ammonia than before, and force actly how it works. A piece of cotton
until the necessary detail is brought out. flannel is made to fit into the inside of the
The plate will receive its full printing top portion, and on that some filtering-
density from the alkaline developer only. cotton. After flowing the negative the sur-
For fixing, use cyanide of potassium of plus varnish is poured back into the top,
the full negative strength. and by filtering back into the pot we have
Care should be taken not to have too the varnish always clean and nice. The
much light in the dark-room. If gas is bottom of the part marked 1, is covered
used, put ruby glass between it and the film. with a fine wire gauze. They can be ob-
I believe that a backing is indispensable. tained at any kitchen'furnishing store."
It need not be very thick —a little burnt It doubtless answers admirably.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 143

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF Five new members were received.

PHILADELPHIA. The Secretary presented a set of the six

cabinet photographs to the Association in
Stated meeting held April 2d, 1873.
The minutes of the last meeting were read the name of Benerman & Wilson ;
the said

and approved. pictures being those offered as a premium

Dr. Wilcocks reported that an exhibition for new subscribers to the Philadelphia Pho-
tographer.
of lantern slides had been given at the
Franklin Institute on the' evening of the The Association acknowledged the same
28th of March. On motion, the committee
by the following resolutions
Resolved, That a vote of thanks be ten-
was discharged.
Mr. Albert Moore presented a very hand- dered to Messrs. Benerman & Wilson, for
somely framed solar enlargement, from a the six photographs (the work of Fritz

portrait negative of Constant Guillou, Esq..

Luckhardt, of Vienna, Austria) received

late President of the Society. A vote of from them.

thanks was tendered to Mr. Moore for his
Resolved, That we, the individual mem-
bers of this Association, use our influence to
gift; also to Messrs. Benerman & Wilson,
increase the circulation of the Philadelphia
for a donation of six fine cabinet portrait
studies by Luckhardt, of Vienna.
Photographer, believing that no photog-
rapher is able to do without it.
The President exhibited a number of
drawings executed with thalleine varnish, One member stated that he was greatly an-
and gave the following account of this new noyed by a photographer (?) making photo-
graphs for one dollar a dozen, in his town.
substance: "Thalleine was discovered by
It was suggested that as he was a cheap man,
Prof. Henry Morton, of Hoboken, N. J. It
that he buy him. Complainant thought
is obtained from the residues of petroleum,

used for the manufacture of illuminating that such men would be dear at ten cents a
gross yet, he thought that if he could be
oils. Near the close of the distillation a ;

This influenced to join our Association, and to

thick tarry matter is produced. is

treated with alcohol, ether, and benzine, subscribe for and read the Philadelphia Pho-

and a body of a yellowish -green

crystalline tographer, he perhaps might be developed

color obtained, which is remarkable for its into a respectable competitor.

fluorescence. The drawings are painted over The subject of making and keeping the
with the thalleine varnish, and when a strong printing bath in order, and of sensitizing

light is thrown upon them through cobalt the paper, printing and finishing the print,

glass, the fluorescence will appear at once." was then discussed, and continued until the
Mr. Schreiber exhibited some prints and next meeting.
slides made by the Edwards reproducing On motion, adjourned to meet at the
process. i
rooms of Barker & Bulkley^ the first Wed-
After adjournment, Prof. Morton's thal- nesday evening in July next.
leine drawings were exhibited by magnesium J. F. Barker,
light, and attracted much interest. The Secretary.
fluorescence was of a delicate green hue in
some places, and light canary-yellow in
others. CHICAGO PHOTOGRAPHIC
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr., ASSOCIATION.
Recording Secretary. An adjourned meeting of the Association
was held at the store of Charles W. Stevens,
158 State Street, Wednesday evening, March
PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION OF 19th. Vice-President Green in the chair.
WESTERN ILLINOIS. A committee, consisting of Messrs. C. W.
The stated meeting of the Association Stevens, Hall, and Davis, was appointed to
was held, April 2d, at the gallery of Z. P. aid the officers of the National Photographic
McMillen, of Galesburg, Mr. T. M. Wells Association in securing excursion rates on
presiding. all railroad and steamboat lines running
144 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
from Chicago, for those desiring to attend tiful art is steadily gaining ground, and in
the National Convention at Buffalo, in July every city and town of any note societies
next. are growing up, aiding in the grand work
A committee, consisting of Messrs. Hesler, of knowledge — the National Photographic
Mosher, and Melander, was appointed to Association of the United States the mon-
look after the interests of photography in itor of all. have seen the daguerreotype,
1
the Interstate Exposition, to be held in our still claimed by some to be the most perfect
city in September next. The chair intro- production of the heliographic art, give way
duced Mr. Charles M. Chittenden, the rep- to the ambrotype — the ambrotype superseded
resentative of the Scovill Manufacturing by the photograph, that crowning effort of
Company, who spoke as follows : all. What is yet to come I know not prog- ;

Mr. President and Gentlemen of ress is stamped upon everything in this

the Chicago Photographic Associa- world, and photography keeps even pace
tion Friend Douglass, your Secretary, has
: with the foremost.
suggested my presence and proposed a Gentlemen, I am glad to have met yon,
speech. Now, that is one of the impossi- and the recollection of this evening, spent
bilities with me. I never made a speech in with the Chicago Photographic Association,
my life, and the simple truth is, I cannot; will be cherished as one of the happiest of
but this I will do, testify to you my pleasure my photograhic experience.
in meeting with you here this evening. I My best wishes are with you, and as I
knew that Chicago had a live photographic notice the journals from month tomonth,
society, and I am honored with the personal shall watch your progress with the greatest
acquaintance of many
members; but
of its interest, and right here suggests itself, that
I little thought that it would be my privi- never before in the history of our art was
lege, while in your city, to meet with you, the means of knowledge so extended as at
as I do to-night. the present time; instead of two journals
I wish that I were a practical photog- of limited circulation, and at rare intervals
rapher, if for this reason only —to say some- a text-book, we have monthly and bi-
thing to you this evening that would in- monthly journals, text-books written by
terest and benefit you but as I am not a;
practical men, and published, one following
photographer, must ask your indulgence, fast upon another, and many of them of
and if I can encourage you any in your such value that several editions are called
associated effort, shall feel well paid for my for, and still the demand for knowledge is
effort to satisfy friend Douglass and the gaining, the devotees of the art demanding
members here present. " more light;" and last, but not least, comes
It has been stated to you that I am "an the Associations, just such as I speak to here
old hand at the bellows," and could say a this evening, all aiding in the advancement
great deal if I would. Well, the first part of the art, until the time approaches when
of the statement is about right; the bellows the word photographer will be the synonym
gives the fire life, and I, in dealing out to for artist, in its highest and broadest sig-
the practical photographer apparatus, chem- nificance —embracing and sci-
the chemist
icals, &c, help them to start a "blaze," entist — the most comprehensive profession
give them life —this is the relation I hold in of the age.
your ranks —I " blow the bellows." Hav- Mr. George A. Ayres, representing E. &
ing been connected with the Scovill Man- H. T. Anthony & Co., was then called on,
ufacturing Company (a house well known speaking as follows:
to the fraternity) many years, I note in my Mr President and Gentlemen: Again
experience wonderful changes; and as I sat I have the pleasure of meeting with you,
here to-night listening to your proceedings, and noting your progress as an Association.
these changes were brought vividly before I am gratified to see so many here to-
me, and nothing so wonderful or striking night ;
faces almost all of them familiar to
as the fact, that associated effort in the me, reminders of years passed here among
grand march of improvement in this beau- you as one of the devotees of this great
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGK APHER. 145

photographic art; for although not a prac- shallhave the pleasure of meeting you all in
tical worker in the ranks of the "sons of Buffalo, in July next, when our National
light," still not less a laborer with you, for Society holds its Convention and Expo-
some there must be machin-
to furnish the sition.
by which you
ery, the material, and aids On motion, adjourned.
"secure the shadows" of men "ere their G. A. Douglass,
substance fades." Secretary.
It is, indeed, a pleasure to me to see the
The regular meeting of the Chicago Pho-
interest manifested in your Society by such
tographic Association was held at Copelin
a large attendance; it speaks well for the
& Son's gallery, Wednesday evening, April
Chicago Photographic Association, and for President Hesler in the chair.
"Ad, 1873.
you as individual members. E. B. Spencer and Samuel May were
I cannot speak to you this evening on
elected members.
topics that would interest you most, for I
An interesting paper on Collodion was
am not a photographer; but if words of en- read by Mr. L. M. Melander.*
couragement will aid you any in the good Mr. Melander's paper was discujssed, and
work in which you are engaged, I can offer
the able manner in which he had treated
them in all sincerity, You find in this
his subject was warmly praised.
Association, meeting as you do from month
The following members were appointed
to month, a chance for the interchange of to prepare papers for the next regular meet-
ideas, thought, thecomparison of formulas,
ing B Green, J. K. Stevens, and on mo-
: P.
noting improvements in apparatus, and aids tion, Mr. Hesler was added to the number.
for the productiou of your work, and in
The Secretary read a communication
healthy criticism of examples from your
from Benerman & Wilson, publishers of
studiosand the field, thus forming a school
the Philadelphia Photographer, accompanied
forimprovement of incalculable benefit for with a set of studies, made by Luckhardt
each and every one of you.
of Vienna, Austria; the set, six cabinet pho-
In the few years of my connection with tographs handsomely mounted, are given
the heliographic art I notice great changes, by them as a present to the Association.
one of the most marked, and certainly the These studies were greatly admired by the
best I see in these societies, springing up
members present, and all were convinced
all over the land a chain uniting the fra-
that they were worthy of most careful study,
;

ternity in one grand brotherhood, and lift-

and the fact that the set could be so easily
ing the art upward to a higher standard,
and cheaply secured, as noted in the pre-
improving in excellency of production as mium list of the Photographer, was con-
it rises,its devotees becoming artists and
sidered most liberal, and another instance
men of science, enlarging their knowledge of the unflagging efforts of the publishers
of the means which subserve their ends, of the Photographer to improve and elevate
knowing and controlling light, digging all who read its pages.
deep into the mysteries of chemistry, hand- On motion, a vote of thanks was ten-
ling subtle agents with comprehensive
dered Benerman & Wilson for the Luck-
knowledge and certainty of results, satisfied hardt studies and for their interest in our
only with productions bearing the stamp of
progress.
high art. These, gentlemen, are the ben-
The offer of Mr. C. W. Stevens, giving
efits and uses of such associations as this,
the Society a room over his store, No. 158-
and one of the brightest links in this fra-
State Street, for a permanent place of meet-
ternal chain (and I speak no empty com-
ing, was accepted.
pliment) is your Chicago Photographic
On motion, it was decided that an ad-
Society. May it grow in numbers and journed meeting be held on Wednesday
usefulness and I shall always hold it a rare
;
evening, April 16th, 1873, at which time
pleasure, when visiting your city, to meet
with you. I thank you for your patience * We are compelled to lay over the publication
in listening to these remarks, and trust I of Mr. Melander's paper uDtil oar next. Ed.
10
146 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGE APHEE.
Mr. Hesler be invited to show the Carbutt fair, and included several ladies. After the
slides(Woodbury process), and that Mr. usual routine, the Secretary remarked that
"William Shaw be asked to furnish his im- he had a happy surprise for the members
proved sciopticon for the exhibition.* present, in the shape of a present from
Mr. J. A. Anderson exhibited the patent Messrs. Benerman & Wilson, consisting of
focussing attachment of A. St. Clair, Cedar six beautiful cabinet card portraits of ladies,
—
Rapids, Iowa a useful article, and doing the result of the handiwork of Mr. F. Luck-
credit to Mr. St. Clair's genius. hardt, the photographist of
celebrated
Mr. John Haynes, a photographer of Vienna, Austria. These pictures were ex-
long experience, exhibited his new position amined and much admired by all present,
chair, with flexible side-arms and back and a hearty vote of thanks was given to
support, a most decided aid in making sit- the thoughtful, enterprising, and generous
tings and graceful positions. donors who offer them for new subscribers
Fenton Tinsley was elected a member, to the Philadelphia Photographer.
and on motion adjourned. Next came the reading of a paper by Mr.
G. A. Douglass, Cadwallader, containing some hard hits at
Secretary. thosewho keep dirty galleries, dark-rooms,
&c, but especially severe, and, as I think
justly so, were his hits on photographists
ANOTHER SOCIETY IN CHICAGO. who so far forget themselves as to chew or
Another society has been formed in smoke tobacco, thereby staining their shirt-
Chicago with the following officers :
bosoms, their moral characters, and some-
A. Hesler, President; C. D. Mosher, First times their photographs as well.
"Vice-President; A. Hall, Second Vice- Following this came the discussion of
President; L. M. Melander, Secretary P. ; " The Negative Bath," which was partici-
B. Green, Treasurer. pated in by quite a number, who seemed to
The Society has no name as yet,, but a have given the matter considerable thought.
committee has been appointed to draft con- Other matters of minor importance were
stitution and by-laws, to report at the ad- attended to, when the meeting adjourned,
journed meeting which was to be held to meet at Adams & Allison's gallery the
Wednesday evening, April 23d, at the studio first Wednesday evening in May.
of Mr E. L. Brand, and the organization J. Perry Elliott,
completed. The regular meetings will be Secretary.
held in the Chicago Fine Art Institute and
Art Gallery, corner Michigan Avenue and
Van Buren Street. The dues are to be $10 PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION OF
per amium, which includes tickets to the THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA.
free drawing lessons of the Institute, and
The sixth stated meeting of the Photo-
to the Art Gallery.
graphic Association of the District of Co-
We wish the new organization success
lumbia was held at Mr. Pulman's gallery,
and much usefulness, and hope every mem-
Tuesday evening, April 1st, 1873.
ber of it will avail himself of the advan-
The following gentlemen were duly elect-
tages of the instructions in drawing.
ed members: P. Tralles, J. W. Porter, O.
The Philadelphia Photographer was made
Robert, S. C. Mills, and Mr. Holmes.
the organ of the new society.
The Secretary read a letter from Bener-
man & Wilson, presenting to the Society a

Indiana Photographic Association. set of six beautiful German cabinet card

The regular monthly meeting of the In-

pictures by Fritz Luckhardt, Vienna, Aus-
tria; also a circular offering the pictures as
diana Photographic Association was held at
John Cadwallader's gallery,Wednesday a premium new subscribers to the Pho-
for

evening, April 2d. The attendance was tographer. The pictures were examined
and admired by all, and a vote of thanks
* This was done as arranged. Ed. tendered Messrs. Benerman & Wilson for
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TO GE APHER. 147

their kindness in making us so valued a The Secretary presented the Association

present. All members who were subscrib- with six beautiful cabinet photographs,
ers to the Photographer expressed them- made by Fritz Luckhardt, Vienna, Austria,
selves as ready to do everything in their which were kindly donated to the Society
power to aid in increasing its circulation by Messrs. Benerman & Wilson, of Phila-
and farthering its usefulness. delphia. They were greatly admired. On
The Secretary also read a contribution motion of Mr. Varley, the Association gave
from D. W. Curtis, an ex-photographer, Messrs. Benerman & Wilson a unanimous
on "Taking the Baby." It was Smith's vote of thanks for the valuable present.
baby, and the trials, troubles, and tribula- G. O. Brown,
tions of the Smith family on the eventful Secretary.
day that was to hand down to posterity the
physiognomy of its hopeful son and heir
were duly narrated; nor were the joys of
German Photographers' Society of
the patient (?) artist forgotten.
New
York.
The President, Mr. Ward, gave a short The general monthly meeting of this
dissertation on "Brilliant Negatives," in Society was held on Friday, April 4th, at 66
which he stated that he had used hydro- and 68 East Fourth Street; President W.
chloric acid in collodion for the purpose of Kurtz in the chair.
producing brilliancy, and with favorable* Messrs. J. Klein, A. Esselborn, and Fr.
results and no diminution of time. He Schmidt were elected members.
employed from one to two drops to the half The Secretary laid before the meeting a
pound of collodion. The negatives were setof six cabinet pictures, by Mr. Fr Luck-
soft, full of detail, and brilliant. He also hardt, of Vienna, received from Messrs.
exhibited some cabinet cards made with Benerman & Wilson. From a circular
collodion so treated, showing that in his issued by Messrs Benerman & Wilson, and

hands, at least, the results are admirable. received the same time, it was learned
Some little had on the
discussion was that these pictures were not for sale, but
subject of developer and the Secretary
;
only obtainable as an extra premium for
read an article from the Photographer, by new subscribers, and the above-named gen-
Frank E. Pearsall, on "Proper Method of tlemen received therefore, an especial vote
Development as Applied to Photography." of thanks for their kind favor. The con-
E. J. Pulmast, templated enlargement of the pages of the
'
Secretary. Photographer, dependent upon the number
of new met with general satis-
subscribers,
faction,and it was thought that this plan
MARYLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC for the mutual benefit of both publishers
ASSOCIATION. and subscribers would be sure to be success-
The regular meeting was held on Thurs- ful. The pictures elicited general praise ;

day, April 3d, Mr. Bachrach in the chair. the draperies especially were very favorably
Owing to a misunderstanding in regard to commented upon. The illumination and
notifying the members of the time of meet- choice of accessories were considered in two
ing, there were but few in attendance. or three of them not altogether faultless, but
The size photograph to be exhibited, on the whole they well sustained Mr. Luck-
print and negative (both to be untouched), hardt's reputation as an artistic photogra-
at the next meeting was decided would be pher.
the cabinet or imperial card of a gentle- Mr. E. T. Spahn exhibited, firstly, a
man. Moved and adopted, that the Secre- large elegant album, for the quicker and
tary be authorized to have notices printed, better display of pictures to customers ;

and hereafter notify members before

all the secondly, an ingenious model for the easier
each meeting. An amendment to the con- and more complete saving of silver in all the
stitution,which was to have been acted washing processes, both of negative or un-
upon, was postponed until next meeting. toned positives; and lastly, a patented cam-
 148 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
era attachment for saving time in all ma-
nipulations of focussing and exposing.
two black walnut slides,
It consists of
held together by a cross-bar, which is
screwed upon the front part of the cam-
era, so that the other ends of the slide
extend loosely over the top of the mov-
able part. These slides are guides for two
other grooved slides, which can be run
with great ease beyond the front as well as
the back of the camera box. Over the whole
length of these movable slides hangs a black
velvet curtain. "When the slides are drawn
backward, part of the curtain on each side
bends around by means of an elastic, form-
ing thereby a complete dark space behind
the ground-glass, and around the head of
the operator. When the slides are thrown
forward to their stopping-point, an addi-
tional curtain of black velvet falls right
over the tube, closing it up effectual^. For
exposing, this curtain is lifted by means of
a thin steel spring, fastened on each side of
the attachment. As this tube is protected
by a complete hood, formed by the velvet
over the slides, the opening of the tube is
—
hardly noticed a very great advantage with
nervous people and children. For long ex-
posures the steel spring may be set under a
little screen near by for shortones the finger
;
is kept lightly on it, to enable by its with-
drawal the instantaneous dropping of the
curtain.
The Societj' tendered Mr. Spahn a well-
merited vote of thanks for this valuable in-
vention, as well as for his endeavors in
general for the promotion of photography.
Adjourned.
Edw. Bokttcher,
Corresponding Secretary.
BOSTON CORRESPONDENCE.
I last evening had the pleasure of at-
tending a meeting of the Boston Photo-
graphic Association, and it is a noticeable
fact that the meetings are more fully at-
tended and a greater interest is taken in
the success of the Society, for at the last
meeting about forty members and visitors
were present. Last evening Mr. J. W.
Black (the President), exhibited a very ele-
gant thirty-five dollar f Philadelphia stereo
camera box and tripod stand. He stated it
came from the factory of the American Op-
tical Company, New York, and was a pres-
ent to the Society from Mr. W. Irving
Adams, a gentleman who for some years
past has labored earnestly and hard to ad-
vance the art in this country ; for in his
capacity of superintending the photographic
branch of the celebrated establishment of
Scovill Manufacturing Co., Mr. Adams has
been enabled to place in the hands of artists
apparatus that is unsurpassed and rarely
equalled. Mr. Black also stated that the
well-known house of Benjamin French &
Co., of Boston, with their usual generosity,
donated to the Association a pair of their
celebrated stereoscopic tubes and lenses, and
further, that Mr. Benjamin French had in-
., formed him any time the Society wished
if at
to offer another prize, he would contribute a
more valuable instrument, if by so doing
the members of this Association would be
benefited.
Mr. Black having concluded his remarks,
Mr. E. Smith proposed that a vote of thanks
be tendered to Messrs. W. Irving Adams
and Benjamin French & Co.
Mr. Halloran, from Whipple's, offered
the following resolution
" Whereas, Mr. W. Irving Adams, of
New York and Benjamin French &
City,
Co., of Boston, Mass., having in a most
liberal manner presented this Society a very
valuable camera box, view stand, and pair
of stereo tubes and lenses, be it
" Resolved, That our Secretary be in-
structed to return to the above-named gen-
tlemen the thanks of the members of the
Boston Photographic Association for their
beautiful presents."
The resolution was carried.
Messrs. Southworth and Powell thought
the prize was a most valuable one, and it
should not be disposed of too hastily, and
hoped a committee would be appointed to
attend to the matter. Messrs. Southworth,
Rowell, and Marshall were appointed by
the President as the committee.
Mr. Aitken, from Hardy's, exhibited a
very fine retouching stand, which was
thought to be a most useful apparatus for
that purpose.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 149

Attention was called to the set of Luck-
hardt's six very beautiful Vienna cabinet
portraits which Messrs. Benerman & Wil-
son were offering to any person who would
send the name of a new subscriber for the
Philadelphia Photographer ; the prints were
thought to be worth more than the price
cussed, the meeting adjourned to meet again
on the evening of the first Friday in May
and the Secretary wishes me to state in this
article that if any photographers in New
England do not receive a notice of the next
meeting, they must consider this as an in-
vite to attend so don't forget it; first Friday
;

which was charged for the journal, i. c, $5 a in May, at the studio of J. W. Black.
set, and the President, Mr. Black, stated Yours, in haste,
every operator should have a set, for he con-
Vox.
sidered them to be most admirable studies,
and far superior to any which he had seen
heretofore. Mr. Black also stated that the
publishers of the journal should be sustained,
THE BROOKLYN PHOTOGRAPHIC
for they were undoubtedly publishing the
ART ASSOCIATION.
best photographic journal he had ever read, A large and enthusiastic meeting of this
and as they had always been found ready Society was held on April 13th, at the gal-
and willing to aid the photographer, we lery of Mr. Alva Pearsall, Vice-President
should help them in return by subscribing Harvey in the chair, B. F. Troxel, Secre-
for the best photographic publication ever tary.
issued from the press. Many present stated After the usual form of opening, five new
they were going to have a set of the studies members were proposed and accepted.
even if they had to pay for them. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter
Mr. Holton was called upon for the de- from Messrs. Benerman & Wilson, present-
veloper used in the production of the supe- ing to the Society six cabinet photographs,
rior ferrotypes made at his gallery. Mr. by Fritz Luckhardt, of Vienna, Austria.
H. stated it was made as follows A vote of thanks was passed for the same.
Water, .

Sulphate of Potass.,
... . .
2
1
quarts.
ounce.
The pictures attracted considerable individ-
ual interest, and received a good deal of
Protosulph. of Iron, . . ]| ounces. criticism pro and con, but upon the whole
Double Iron and Ammonia, 2 " were accepted as being of a very high
Liq. Ammonia, . . .5 drops. standard.
Acetic Acid, . . .4 ounces. The Secretary also read a circular in
In hot weather he used half the quantity reference to the Philadelphia Photographer.
of all the chemicals. All were measured The Chair made some remarks in praise of
in the graduate and not weighed. He used the latter publication, and said that every
the light chocolate-tinted plates; the best member of the Society that was not already
he ever had was the Phenix, which he had a subscriber should become one at once,
purchased of Benjamin French & Co., of as it was not only to the interest of every
Boston never was troubled with fog, and
; photographer, but also every association, to
used a 40-grain bath. support a journal of such high merit.
Mr. Roweli stated the best compound he A paper on " Chemical Manipulations
had found for cleaning glass was nitrate of and Lighting," by Alva Pearsall, was read
mercury. and received with applause, a unanimous
Mr. Ritz stated he used cold potash and vote of thanks being passed for the same.
nitric acid. Mr. Anthony Berger also read a paper on
Mr. Adams, of Chelsea, was elected a "Retouching Negatives," and illustrated
member of the Society. the fundamental principles of retouching
Mr. Black wished the boys to get ready by pencil drawings.
for the next national convocation at Buffalo, Mr. Charles Williamson exhibited a very
and expected a large number would attend fine drawing of a child's head made by him-
from the New England States. self, using the lantern and a transparent

After many interesting matters were dis- positive.

150 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK.
Mr. F. H. Eales exhibited a number of I have heard a noted photographer ex-
excellent lantern slides, both views and claim, " Give me a man that can make a
portraits. clean negative, free from streaks, &c, and I
Mr. Alva Pearsall exhibited a camera will do the under the light," claiming
rest
box, arranged with green glasses, upon Mr. for himself all the merit due to a fine pro-
Newton's plan of shortening the exposure. duction. The Year-Booh of Photography
After inquiring if any of the members had for 1873, has an article entitled the " Ar-.
tested the idea, and none replying that they tistand Workman," which was written by
had, he gave his experience in experiment- a photographer who has, within a very few
ing with it, and said he had failed to pro- years, become quite prominent from the
duce anything satisfactory, trying glasses position be holds in one of the verj' first
of different shades of green, and in every galleries in this country. Now, either from
instance there was a perceptible fog, and to very great modesty, or a very great desire
this alone was due the shortening of the and his co-worker, he
to flatter the artist
exposure. The negatives were worthless, disclaims all merit in the production of a
and he condemned the principle, having fine picture, yet he has the confidence and
tried all the different methods lately pro- ability to write a book on photography, to
posed upon this subject. Some discussion disseminate knowledge among the frater-
ensued, and the sense of the meeting coin- nity. Now, why does he assume this anoma-
cided with Mr. Pearsall's views. The lous position ?

meeting then adjourned to the second Mon- I make the following extracts from the
day in May to meet at the same place. article in question
"In an exhibition was a splendid photo-
graph by a great artist, whom I shall call
Chemical Manipulation and Lighting.*
Brown the subject was grand, the pose be-
My object in writing upon this subject is
;

yond reproach, the drapery artistically fault-

simply to defend the chemical manipulator
less. The exquisite gradation of light and
or operator, as he is usually termed, it hav-
shade was marvellous." (As no mention is
ing suggested itself to me by reading two or
made or credit given to retouching the nega-
three articles in late publications, that did
tive, it is presumed the negative was not
not coincide with my experience in the
retouched.) To continue: "The negative
management of chemicals and the light.
of this photograph was made by an operator
It is surprising what a change has taken
whom I shall call Robinson. It was a mas-
place within the last few years upon this
terpiece.
subject. Formerly, chemicals were the " Oh, dear ! the praise that Eobinson got
great desideratum to the production of a
for that picture.Why Robinson could no
fine negative, and all thought and study
more have made that picture than he could
were centred upon this branch, with for-
have jumped over the moon. To Brown
mulae ad infinitum, and so completely were
and to Brown alone was due the credit."
the minds of the majority of photographers may
Now, while I grant that Robinson
absorbed upon it, that lighting and posing
not have been able to make the pose and
were wholly or quite ignored.
lighting of this "splendid photograph," I
The tables are now completely turned,
do claim that he was entitled to a share of
and lighting seems to occupy the photo- production.
the credit due to its
graphic mind to the same extent that chemi- " The exquisite gradation of light and
cals did formerly. The photographic pub- Robinson could
shade was marvellous."
lications of the last year or so have been
easily have destroyed this exquisite grada-
filled with the subject, and many photog-
tion by the manipulation of his chemicals,
raphers have become so enthusiastic upon
and instead, made the lighting short, patchy,
it as to quite ignore the value of fine chemi-
and hard. He must have had a feeling in
cal manipulation.
common with Brown, and prepared and
* Read before the Brooklyn Photographic Art manipulated his sensitive plate so as to give
Association, April 14th, 1873. an image that would harmonize accord-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 151

ingly, otherwise all of Brown's labor would the hand to bring forth whatever effect you
have been in vain. Again, this article may desire. This was illustrated at our last

says meeting, in the paper on "Development,"

" No, no, kind friends, let the artist do his showing the various effects that can be pro-
part of the work properly, and any chemi- duced by the same formula?.
cals in good working order will make splen- The collodion is no exception to this rule,
did work." This I grant, providing the and one sample can be made to produce
chemicals have intelligent manipulation, quite as many different results, for instance :

but not otherwise. From the same book I "We will suppose in every case the subject
make another quotation from an article en- receives the proper intensity and distribu-
titled " The Kequirements of Photographic tion of light, and the sensitive plate the
Portraiture." proper exposure. We prepare a plate by
"The knowledge of photographic chem- flowing the collodion on and off quite rap-
istry is soon acquired, and it must be the idly, at thesame time holding it nearly up-
study of the devotee to perfect himself in right, and rocking it to and fro while drain-
the lighting and posing of his sitters." The ing; such a plate will give a film of uneven
latter part of this advice is good enough in density. Now, if we immerse it in the silver
itself, but why should it be given in such a solution rapidly, and before it is quite set,
manner as to underestimate the importance and keep it in motion, and remove it from
of as much study in chemicals and their the bath as soon as the oily lines disappear,
manipulation have made these extracts
? I the result will be a film that no amount of
to show the tendency of the times to ignore caution in developing will prevent the image
the value of fine chemical manipulation in from being hard, and at the same time thin,
conjunction with lighting. and devoid of good printing qualities.
Now, I hold it is not only wrong, but ab- We will flow another plate, holding it

solutely pernicious to advocate such a doc- nearly horizontal, pouring on and off quite
trine. Wrong, because it lowers instead of slowly, and moving the plate gently from
stimulates the pride an operator feels in pro- right to left, as it drains, allowing the col-
ducing a fine photographic result; and per- lodion to thoroughly set. (The best test
nicious, because if practiced everywhere, being when the finger leaves an impression
photography would go backward instead of on the film that is simply on the surface.)
forward. Now immerse this plate in the bath with a
There should be no antagonism between steady, slow motion, moving it about for a
the two positions neither one should hold
; moment only, and allowing it to remain for
sway over the other, but both alike should four or five minutes after the oily lines have
receive the same study, care, and attention, disappeared. This film will give an image
as one is vital to the other and to produce ; that will be easily managed under the de-
a perfect result there must be absolute har- veloper, coming up boldly, but soft and deli-
mony between the two, one adapting itself cate, full of detail and a pequliar bloom, and
to the other by intelligent manipulation. while appearing thin, will have fine print-
The truth of this is more apparent to those ing qualities.
who manage both the light and the chemi- Again, if the collodion be set too dry, the
cals. The very best possible lighting is result will be a negative full of detail, but
easily destroyed without it; for although thin,and the image will simply be on the
you may, in every instance, discover the di- surface and while you may improve it in
;

rection of the light, the intensity and dis- managing the developer, it will never give
tribution of it may be wholly changed. what may be called a good print.
I maintain that the manipulation of chemi- A plate should never be hurried into the
cals is of more importance than the formulae. bath nor hurried out. I find it much better
By manipulation I do not mean simply the to keep two or three plates sensitizing at the
production of a clean chemical effect. This same time, to avoid any possibility of this
is the A, B, C, or first step. But intelligent in your anxiety to have a plate at the proper
manipulation is the poiver of the mind over moment for exposure.
152 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGRAPHER.

On the other hand, as to lighting, a sensi- OUR EXTRA PRIZE OFFER.

tive film in its proper condition, exposed to
Our extra prize offer has had a good effect,
a subject too violently lighted, giving too
but not the effect of securing the number of
great a contrast to the light and shadow,
subscribers we stipulate for in order to en-
cannot be remedied with chemicals, and had
able us to enlarge our magazine. So much
hetter be dropped into the sink at once (al-
encouraged are Ave, however, that we have
though such a lighting can be modified by
extended the time to July 1st, so that our
overexposure), and a plate that is underex-
offer holds good for two months more. The
posed, if it he only two or three seconds, is
premiums we give are really worth $5, as
worthless and had better be consigned to the
you may judge from the reports of societies
same fate. I do not believe in forcing or
upon them, and from a few extracts given
redeveloping under these conditions in ;

below from the letters of those who have

fact, I don't believe in it at all for por-
worked for and obtained them.
traiture. In my opinion more negatives
are ruined than improved by it. It is much
American Institute,
better to overexpose a sensitive plate than
New York City, April 4th, 1873.
to underexpose it. as it is more easily man-
Messrs. Benerman & Wilson :

aged under the developer, and the render-

ing of the details in face and drapery are I have the pleasure of acknowledging the
receipt of a package containing six cabinet
much finer and softer.
Collodions made with certain kinds of
pictures of ladies, by P. Luckhardt, of Vi-
enna, Austria. In accordance with your
cotton, work strong and vigorous, and with
request, the pictures were presented to the
other samples give the contrary effect, mak-
ing the subject appear in the negative, on Photographic Section of the American In-
stitute, at its last meeting, April 1st, where
developing, as if it had been in the first case
they elicited unqualified praise from the
too strongly lighted, and in the other too
weakly lighted. Good results can be ob-
members present.
tained in either case by manipulation of the
The high artistic merits of the pictures,

light and chemicals. and their great value as studies for the pro-
gressive photographer, were conceded by all.
From the consideration of these effects,

attainable at will, it is obvious there must not The general harmony in the details of each
only be an intelligent manipulation of the print, the management of light, and beau-

chemicals as well as of the light, but a certain tiful rendering of texture, were greatly ad-
harmony must exist between the two, in order mired.
I have the honor of transmitting to you
to obtain perfect results.
This is the secret of success, and not chem- the thanks of the Photographic Section of

icals nor formulae, nor lighting in themselves the Institute, which was expressed by a

individually, but in their harmonious com- unanimous vote.

bination, each adapting itself to the other. Allow me, while thus officially announc-
So in our enthusiasm for light, don't let ing the action of the Section, to express to

us strive the less for knowledge in chemical you my own thanks, as a member of the

manipulation, nor fail to give credit where profession, for the opportunity which is

credit is due. By so doing we will stimu- by your liberal offer given to all for obser-
late and encourage those that work with us,
vation and study, of the finest examples of

and make them feel an interest in the part photographic work.

they take in the production of a "splendid Most respectfully yours,
photograph." 0. G. Mason,
Alva Pearsall. Sec. Photo. Section American Institute.

Linn's Landscape Photography is the Mankato, April 14th, 1873.

popular book at this season, giving as it I think when we say they are splendid, it

does full information on making outdoor isonly a mild expression of what thoy will
work. Price 75 cents. See advertisement. bear. Please accept many thanks for them.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 153

Mr. Wysong. my new sub, says he is bound seems to be in many respects superior to its
to have a set of them, and is hard after predecessors. The large edition of Mr.
Some one that he may get them soon. Trask's work was exhausted in aremark-
E. F. Everett. ably short time, and as it is out of print and
no more to be had, the Guide will come very
We have many more such as these.
good. Already several thousand copies are
ordered for Europe, where the Phenix plates
seem to have created a demand, and the
WAYMOUTH'S IMPROVED VIGN- demand in this country is also great. Even
ETTING PAPERS. if you have the other work you want this.

Vignette pictures are not made by many Each page gives evidence that the author is
photographers because they cannot shade equal to the emergency, and having had
them properly. All sorts of clumsy blocks, others go before him he steers clear of their

colored glasses, cotton, tissue-paper, &c blunders, and gives us a perfect little gem
,

are used, but generally with ill-success, the of a book. It is written in popular style,
shading being either without gradation or and will do photographers as well as ferro-

blending, or showing a decided line and one typers immense good to read and study it.

even tint all through, as for example the The collodion receipts alone are worth the

pictures in our last number. A. vignette price of the book. It is amply illustrated,

picture, properly printed, renders the shad- and we predict for it a splendid sale. The
size and price are the same as that of Mr.
ing in a regularly graded effect from the
darkest part near the figure, off to nothing Trask's book, and we hope for it the same

as it enters the light background. This is

favor.

hard to accomplish without very careful

time-taking attention.
Anderson's Photo-Comic Allmyknack.
Mr. Waymouth, of Nailsea, England, has
invented an improved vignette paper, which
makes vignette printing Ss easy as ordinary HE announce-
printing; and since our publishers present ment of a comic
a sample with each issue of our magazine , ^ work on photog-
this month, we only have to refer our readers
'
raphy will no
to the same, and ask them to try them and doubt strike

verify what we say. We have given them some of our

very careful trials and are delighted with readers as very
the results. The papers are lithographed comical, to be
from very expensive drawings, and printed sure, and they
with the utmost care, and we are sure that will wonder if

photographers who have enough artistic our usually sober

feeling to like vignettes, will thank Mr.
Waymouth for his invention. Our pub-
lishers have purchased the copyright for
America, and offer them to our readers at
a low price, in their advertisement, which
will be found in the proper place.
THE FERROTYPER'S GUIDE.
Another new work on the ferrotype
announced by Scovill Manufacturing Com-
pany, New York, publishers, and with all
due respect to our own publication on this
subject, and to that of another, the Guide
and scientific publishers have not forgotten
themselves and their desires to elevate and
improve our art. But this new idea by Mr.
Anderson is no trifling or useless affair.
Although it is sparkling with wit. and
humor, side-breaking jokes, and mirth-pro-
voking illustrations in abundance, yet much
sound sense and wholesome instruction is
included. "All work and no play makes
Jack a dull boy,'' is an old saw we believe
is in, and so we hesitate not to publish and to
recommend to our readers Mr. Anderson's
Photo- Comic A llmyknack. It will do you good
to read it, and benefit you in your business.
After fo-cussing a baby or a disagreeable
154 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
sitter, on a dull, rainy day, take it up
or Becquerel himself has photographed the
and read and we guarantee a "clearing
it, whole solar spectrum from violet to red upon
up" of your ill humor, and the develop- a plate of subchloride of silver. The con-
ment of amiability. We shall have more tinuous action of the light consists there-
to say of it presently than our space will fore not in an action of the light on the
now allow. Meanwhile, buy it as soon as it chloride of silver, but in an action on the
is issued. previously formed subchloride. This is re-
duced and the metallic
to metallic silver,
silver forms with the undecomposed chloride
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. again a subchloride, as is explained by the
After- Exposure and the Theory of Becquerel following formula:
—
Washing Prints with Hypochlorate of Ag+AgCl=Ag 2 Cl.
Lime — Preserving Sensitized Paper — The This suffers again a reduction by the red
Formation of AldeKyd. light,and the process repeats itself.
The lecture of Mr. Newton before the That this action does not show itself with
American Institute has been read here with our iodide of silver plates, and when we
a great deal of interest, and apparently it employ a developer, is certainly due to the
has settled the question of the existence of fact that the coloration of iodide of silver
"rayons excitation," and "rayons continu- by the action of light is so slight as to be
ation." I have always doubted the correct- imperceptible, and the subiodide of silver
ness of Becquerel 's theory, and Gutzlaff which is formed is not affected by the yellow
also alludes in his article to these, my or red rays of the spectrum.
doubts, by quoting from the Photograph- Last year Mr. Newton proposed a short-
ischen Mittheilungen.Mr. Prim has re- ening of the wash process by means of a
cently experimented again on the effects of lead salt. Lately I have proposed iodine
after-illumination, and although he exposed for the same purpose, but the latter salt may
under a red glass and continued the exposure prove too expensive for a good many, or
for several minutes, still he failed to obtain when a great quantity of pictures has to
the least result. be made. Mr. Frierabend,
a chemist of
A practical result has so far not been Tilsit (Prussia),employs now chloride of
obtained from Gutzlaff's publications, al- lime; he shakes the same with water and
though much time and labor have been spent makes a saturated solution of it which is
on these experiments. I believe that Bec- filtered quite clear. Of this he takes for
querel 's experiments may be explained in a every sheet of pictures to be washed, three
much more simple way, than by the belief cubic centimetres of solution, dilutes it to
in the existence of " rayons excitation " and 100 c. c, and dips the fixed pictures which
"rayons continuation." have been passed through three waters into
Becquerel states that pure chloride of sil- it. The small remnant of hypo which has
ver becomes colored only in the violet and remained in the paper is destroyed by the
indigo of the solar spectrum, but if the chloride of lime, and it remains only neces-
chloride of silver has been previously ex- sary to rinse the paper once more in clean
posed for a very brie'f time to daylight, it water.
will be colored also by the yellow and red Kecently I made experiments to ascertain
rays and will blacken into the red parts of how many changes of water are necessary to
the spectrum. effect a thorough washing, and found that
I explain the matter in this way. By the it goes much
quicker than most people be-
action of light a little subchloride of silver lieve. Loescher & Petsch have a washing
(Ag 2 Cl) has been formed on the surface of apparatus which empties and fills itself four
the chloride of silver.We know, however, times during the night, and their pictures
from the experiments of Seebeck, Poiteven, keep faultless. I have their pictures several
Niepce, and Zencker, that this subchloride is years old, and traces of turning yellow are
not only sensitive to the violet rays, but also rare exceptions. The cistern in which the
for the yellow, red, and green ones. Even pictures are placed is very large, and this is
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 155

a very important point. Keissig has calcu- though he also employs carbonate of sodium
lated that if the hypo in the paper is diluted paper.
an extent that the solution has only
to such One of my correspondents, Mr. Feyera-
the strength of1 grain hypo to 1 million bund, has made a curious observation. It
grammes of water, the quantity adhering to is the formation of aldehyd (C H when-
4 4 2)
the paper will not affect theprint injuriously. ever an alcoholic silver bath is treated with
Now, in taking a print out of the water, permanganate of potassium. It is some-
about 25 grains of fixing solution will ad- times mentioned in photographic journals
here to it, which contain about 5 grains of that treating a bath with the permanganate
hypo. we would employ only one quan-
If does not always give good results, but pro-
tity of water in order to dilute the hypo to duces fog, and even the addition of nitric
the desired standard, we would require 5 acid will not remove this tendency. No-
million grains equal to 5000 But the
litres. body knew how to give an explanation of
case is quite different when we remove the this fact; now it is demonstrated by Mr.
sheets from one water into another. One Feyerabund that aldehyd is the cause. Al-
thousand c. c. of water, equal to 1 litre, dehyd is a reducing agent; it reduces silver
would once reduce the hypo 40 fold
at salts, and hence produces fog. In order to
if this poured off and another litre of
is remove the aldehyd the bath should be
clean water is taken, the reduction becomes warmed to about 150° Fahr.
1600 fold, with the third litre we reach 64,- Tours truly,
000, and with the fourth, 2,560,000; we
Dr. H. Vogel.
have reached now the necessary dilution,
and I have, in fact, been unable to trace
any hypo in a paper by employing chemical
tests, after it had been passed through four THE EXHIBITION.
changes of water. This refers, of course, Onevery prominent object of our Asso-
to but one sheet; if more sheets are in the ciation is, as in effect stated in the preamble
bath, more water and more changes will be to the constitution, to promote the produc-
necessary; but with ten sheets and eight tion of the best class of photographs ; to
changes of water I succeeded in removing this end the Exhibition is established, which
the hypo, provided the quantity of water it is expected will call out the best work of
was large, and care was taken that the sheets the best photographers at present standards ;

did not stick together.
Some years ago Mr. Lea recommended to
employ blotting-paper, saturated with car-
bonate of sodium and dried, for the purpose
of keeping sensitized albumen paper white
for some time. The suggestion is a very
good one. The late Mr. Grasshoff tried it,
and found that it worked well. Many pho-
tographers employ the carbonate of sodium
paper for the purpose of keeping the sensi-
tized paper, and it never fails.
Lately Mr. Schwier observed that the
carbonate of sodium paper injures the nega-
tives. He noticed brown spots, which are
increasing gradually, and these spots only
show themselves in the frames in which
carbonate paper has been used. It is pos-
sible that the carbonate of sodium acts on
the varnish, and different varnishes
affected differently, for Mr. Prumm
me that he has not noticed these spots, al-
and all are invited to bring samples of their
best work, so that not only shall there be
an interesting variety, but means of com-
parison be furnished on the spot, whereby
each man can ascertain where he stands.
Very wisely no official judges, nor medals,
nor premiums, nor awards of any kind
have been instituted (with the exception of
the case of foreign exhibitors), but every
man can form his own opinion, according
to his degree of taste, and the dangers of a
wire-pulling competition are avoided. In
this respect it is devoutly to be hoped that
the conduct of the exhibitions may never
be changed, but in view of the facts elicited
by four years' experience, it seems worth
while to inquire if anything could be done
to bring out a larger number of exhibitors,
may be for the one conspicuous fact is, a great re-
told luctance among photographers to place their
productions on view. Why is this ? Many
156 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
remark, "Well! I have got just as good come such, only by adhering to our legiti-
pictures at home as most of these." Why, mate productions, and trying to make pho-
then, are they not brought ? Is it from lack tographs with the least possible bolstering
of interest? I think not. Having talked with the pencil.
with many on the subject, I am of the opin- Besides, a photographic print ought never,
ion that the real cause of is that the men for its own sake, to be hung on the same

smaller means find themselves overshadowed wall with this " finished work." The glar-
by the owners of more wealthy galleries. I ing oils, the heavy black cra} on heads, and
T

hope to give offence no one by this or any to smoothly stippled gaudy water colors, di-
following statement, but it is this way A. : minish the effect of pure photographs; and
has a large gallery he is a zealous and en-
; when the former are large, and in flashy
thusiastic member of the National Photo- frames, they kill the latter quite. This kind
graphic Association he sends to the Exhibi-
; of work may be profitable to its producers,
tion many large boxes, at no inconsiderable it may take the eye of the public, and make

expense to himself ; the contents are mainly a fine advertisement, it may be even artistic
"finished large work," in showy frames in a true sense (though mostly it is not), but
they are placed all in one lot, and a sign it crushes the photograph, it discourages
erected, "From A.'s gallery in L." The , photographers, and defeats the prime object
consequence is that C, who perhaps can of the Exhibition. Moreover, the different
produce a better photograph than any in varieties of these kinds of work are not with
the collection of A., is not a little humili- any mutual advantage placed together. Oils
ated at the appearance his few frames of do not well contrast with crayons or water
photographs make, is inclined to be sorry he colors, or any of the above with either of
sent anything, and next year stays away as the others.
an exhibitor ; and not only is this effect Whatever course the immediate selfish-
wrought on C, but on almost all the rest of ness of individual photographers may dic-
the alphabet, till the Exhibition has fallen tate, the way out of these difficulties is clear
into the hands of comparatively a few. and simple. It is a way that will be just to
Let us look at this matter a little closer. all parties, that will enlighten the public as
Will any one pretend that a photograph, to the true merits of photographs, that will
" finished" in oil, or in crayon, or in water improve the general effect of the Exhibition.
color, or in ink, is any longer a photograph Instead of having the work classified by
at all ? Is not the genius of the photograph galleries, let the arrangement be to place
eclipsed in the precise ratio of the amount each kind of picture by itself. First the
of hand-work that has been placed upon it? photograph, then each variety of pencilled
The effect may or may not be praiseworthy, work by itself. The photographs should be
but in either case the photograph is reduced subdivided into silver and pigment prints,
to a secondary rank, has become a mere these again into portraits and views, the
substratum, is perhaps totally covered up. former, perhaps, into absolutely plain, and
Does, then, the exhibition of such pic- that from pencilled negatives, direct prints,
tures promote or encourage the production and enlargements, genre subjects, and sim-
of fine photographs? If so, it must be in ple likenesses. The views having the sub-
a very secondary and remote waj and is r
; division of stereographs. A sort of catalogue
not oftener the tendency to degrade the pho- might be issued to visitors descriptive of
tograph and the photographer, both in the these classes, and conveying some general
public estimation and in their own aims. idea of the method of production by this
;

"That will do," is often the excuse for a the public would be not only interested, but
poor negative when any kind of touching what is of great consequence to us, educated.
up is to support either the negative or the Is it not obvious, at a glance, that this is
print. We have a good deal of talk about the only correct way of arranging the Ex-
art, and call ourselves artists; the pro- hibition ?

priety of the term in many cases maybe an In conclusion, I would wish it to be dis-
open question, but we can, as a body, be- tinctly understood that I do not stand in
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 157

my present position as Local Secretary to Still, in order to reassure the skeptical,

carry out any pet notions or crotchets of and to prove to our readers his entire wil-

my own, but more or less as the servant of
the Association ; and that, as far as I can
understand my own motives, my advocacy
of these views is based solely on the idea
that such a plan will best serve the objects
lingness to have the results by this process
compared with those obtained by any other,
the agent presents you this month with a
reduction and an enlargement by the pro-
cess, from one of Mr. Khoads's negatives of

of its existence, and conduce to the greatest a little child. Neither of* these prints, it

good of the greatest number. Feeling that will be remembered, are from the original
such a plan would have the approbation of negative. There were on the original plate
and increase the interest shared by the ma- two negatives, one of which had been re-
jority of our working members, I should, touched. From this a number of negatives,
with their support, be only too happ} to T
reduced to a triflng extent in focussing,
undertake the increase of labor it involves. were reproduced, to make the large number
If, on the other hand, such ideas do not im- of prints required. In the case of the en-
press others as being of the vital importance largement was desirable, for the sake of
it

to the National Photographic Association demonstration, to have no retouching at

that they seem to be to me, I will, with equal any stage of the process, and the other neg-
alacrity, endeavor to do my best according ative on the original plate was therefore
to former precedents, hoping that in time selected for this purpose. This was not so
the majority will adopt such views, and en- sharp as the other, and the expression of
force them by an amendment to the by-laws. countenance less pleasing but the repro-
;

The time is now somewhat short to obtain duced large negatives retain perfectly all
a general expression of opinion, butif those the detail, and are, in fact, exact, but en-
interested, and especially those intending larged, reproductions of the original. Of
to exhibit, will take the trouble to send me course, retouching would greatly improve
their views, or to name them in this jour- them, as it would any negatives by any
nal, sufficient data to form my course upon process.
can, I think, be had. Nor need any fear The original negative was made in three
either that the wishes of the majority would seconds. From
any size up to life
it

be disregarded, or that a profitless discussion size may be made. By what other means
would be opened in these pages, for it is not can we obtain such a picture of a baby in
my desire to have an argument about this three seconds ?
matter with any one, as my opinion is It will be readily seen that the parties
already fully stated, and I now only wish concerned have not chosen the very best
to hear the general voice. Please speak dis- subject in order to illustrate the process,
tinctly and generally. in the one sense. In another sense they
W. J. Baker. have. For while a picture of a beautiful
woman might be more attractive, it might
be shown that it is possible to get the pic-
THE EDWARDS PROCESS. ture of an adult of any size, if she but sit
"We have had a great many letters from still, but of an infant, who would attempt

our subscribers concerning this process, to make a large picture of such an incorri-
since our last issue, and a number have gible subject
? It could not be done, even
purchased the secret for themselves. We with so good a baby as this one appears to
know no more what that secret is than we be.
did a month ago, but having since seen We have had many inquiries as to whe-
still finer results from those who are work- ther the process is really new ; whether it
ing it, our opinion that
it is a good thing, is not a modification of some other process,
is confirmed. We
have heard but one &c. Not knowing the process, we cannot
opinion concerning it from those who have answer these queries except by saying that
purchased it, and that is of unqualified sat- all with whom we have conversed on the

isfaction, and praise. subject, pronounced it to be quite novel in

158 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
its principles; and the published testimo- impressions could be obtained, by which he
nials quite confirm this fact. This is also solved the problem of utility and durability.
borne out by our contemporary, the British He had for a long time experimented, with
Journal of Photography, December 20th, this object in view, and had kept a record
1872, p. 600, which says of over a hundred different methods and
"At the last meeting of the South London over seventy different materials that were
Photographic Society, an agreeable part of used and abandoned, when the happy
the 'bill of faro provided for the members
' thought occurred to him to make use of the
consisted in the exhibition of a variety of sensitive qualities of the chrome gelatin it-

enlargements by Mr. B. J. Edwards. A self for a cement.

special feature in connection with this col- It is well known that the moisture to
lection was, that these prints were quite un- which these gelatinous films are subjected
touched, having been exhibited in the same would penetrate entirely through, and the
condition as they were after being removed film become detached from the plate upon
from the washing water and dried. Even which it is spread, were it not for this
in this state, but for the presence of one or method of hardening it by exposing the
two white specks, arising from imperfections back to the light, which makes it so in-
in the paper, or being possibly in the origi- soluble that moisture will not penetrate
nal carte negative, these pictures might, all through at all he also treated the same
;

untouched as they were, have answered for film to chrome alum, chlorine water, and
being mounted and framed. We mention other coagulating or tanning solutions,
this to give some idea of the great perfec- which had the effect of toughening it in

tion in which the close of the year finds the the parts that were not exposed to light;
production of enlargements. The process and by these methods it became possible to

by which these specimens were produced is print thousands of good impressions from
at present a secret one in a certain sense; one plate.

but, having seen the various manipulations, Of the many modifications of this inven-

we are in a position to say that, while it is tion,none have been successful that did not
simple, it differs in some of its details from use some of these methods for securing dura-
any others with which we are acquainted." bility.

In regard to the simplicity of the process, Experience has taught that the maximum
it is also stated in the same journal for is produced by spreading only
of durability
March 7, 1873, that " Any one who speaks a part of the solution required to make the

of Mr. Edwards's process as being ' very film,and hardening or coagulating this to

complicated,' must do so in entire igno- a greater degree than would be possible if

rance of the process ;

for it is, on the con- the whole were spread upon the plate at

trary, quite as simple as it is excellent." once, but still retain the surface in a suffi-
ciently adhesive state to unite with a second
coat of sensitive solution, and the two thus
PHOTO-MECHANICAL PRINTING become one homogeneous film.
PROCESSES. This method of dividing the solutions is
It is surprising to see the many appar- in practice by the proprietors of the Alber-

ently different methods of printing photo- type patent in this country, and they have
graphs in printing-ink that are being her- printed over four thousand impressions from
alded by industrious inventors and others, a single plate.

which in reality are based upon one simple This patent covers the use of a cementing
idea, the original of which is the Albertype. film to attach the gelatin to the plate, the

Early in 1868, Mr. Joseph Albert, the hardening of the back of a film by expo-
court photographer at Munich, Bavaria, sure to light whilst the face is protected

discovered a method of securing the film with a dark underlayer, and the use of
of gelatin, from which these pictures are chrome alum, chlorine water, or other co-
printed, to the plate upon which it is spread, agulating material in hardening the gelati-
and hardening it, so that a large number of nous printing films, &c.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 159

The "Photo-Plate Printing Company," April 21st. Present, Messrs. Bogardus,

of New York, under the management of Adams, Rhoads, Wilcox, and Wilson. The
Mr. E. Bierstadt, and the "Albertype business of the coming Exhibition occupied
Printing Company," of Boston, are the the main portion of the meeting, a full re-
sole proprietors of this patent, which they port of which will be given in our next
have secured at great cost, and they are number.
justified in defending it against infringe- Mr. Jos Buchtel, Portland, Oregon, was
ments. accepted as a life member.
Should the photographic fraternity be in- Among other things, it was resolved that
vited, by patent venders and others, to in- by the passage of the former resolution, re-
vest in rival processes, it would be well for quiring dealers, &c, to pay ten dollars for
them to remember that their right to work their space at the Exhibition, that the com-
the processes may be contested. As we mittee did not wish to deter any one from
have seen such processes offered for sale, we exhibiting, and if parties who find the
thought it desirable to caution our readers. charges grievous will apply to the Execu-
tive Committee for other terms, they will
be given attention.
Matters of very important interest to
Proceedings of the Executive Com- every photographer in the country were
mittee. discussed, a report of which will appear as
The Executive Committee of the Na- soon as they develop further.
tional Photographic Association met at No. Edward L. Wilson,
4 Beekman Street, New York, on Tuesday, Secretary.

We recently had the pleasure of a visit to Mr. Mr. Gennert's address. It is Nos. 64 and 66
W. H. Rhoads's studio, at No. 1800 Frankford Lispenard Street, New
York. The prints cer-
Avenue, Philadelphia. We say pleasure, because tainly recommend his paper very highly.
it is a pleasure to see such a neat, tidy, prosper-
ous place. The dark-rooms and skylights, under Mr. II. Rocher. Chicago, III., is making a
the care of Messrs. Smith and Quimby, and the series of magnificent cartes of celebrities, which
printing-room, in charge of Messrs. Marston and are exquisite, and fine studies for any photogra-
Sutter, are models, and Mr. Rhoads is another. pher. Messrs. Lovejoy & Foster are his agents,
whom address for copies. See advertisement.
Our friend, Mr. E. Liesegang, Elberfeld, Ger- Photographers should avail themselves of this
many, desires us to state that in the month of opportunity.
May a permanent, exhibition of photographs will
be opened in his rooms at Dusseldorf-on-Rhine. Mr. L. G. Bigelow's address is Grand Rapids,
American photographers are invited to send Mich. He called on us a few days ago on his
specimens of their work ;
and we hope they will "missionary and showed us a very in-
tour,''

do it. genious "print-washing machine," which will

be introduced soon. He also showed us some
Mrs. M. M. Griswold has sent us a number prettily printed "cloud effects," from his own
of formulce leftby her lamented husband, with original designs, and negatives which he sells so
permission to give them to the fraternity. We that any one can use his method. Address him
hope to do so as soon as the pressure upon our for particulars.
space will permit.
Mr. William Bell, 1200 Chestnut Street,

Superior Albumen Paper. — In noticing the Philadelphia, has favored us with a sight of his
paper on which the picture of Mr. French was grand views of the Colorado and Nevada scenery,
printed in our March number, we failed to give taken on the recent United States expedition,
160 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
under the charge of Lieut. Geo. N. Wheeler, New York, offers to insert advertisements for op-
U.S.A. They are the fruit of much labor, and erators wanting situations free of charge. — Mr. L.
are a great credit to Mr. Bell. W. Seavey, the world-renowned
background
painter, so many years at 684 Broadway, New
The Centennial. — If there are any of our
York, has removed to No. 8 Lafayette Place.
readers, especially in this State, who are patri-
Mr. C. D. Mosher, Chicago, has issued a little
otic enough to subscribe to the Centennial stock,
work called "Chit-Chat with my Friends,''
we should be glad to hear from them. The shares
which he sells for 50 cents. It is well written
are $10 each, and $2 on each share are payable
now. The Committee on Photographic Collec-
and neatly printed. —We sent twenty-five Bige-

tions are Messrs. Edward L. Wilson, Chairman,

low Albums to Germany last month. — We have
sent a circular to all the important passenger
William H. Rhoads, James Cremer, and George
agents of railroad companies, asking for terms
H. Fennemore. You will all want to exhibit in
for our fraternity to Buffalo and back. Go see
1876, and will eventually be proud to own stock
them, and help us. — Mr. H. L. Bingham, Kala-
in the great Exhibition.
mazoo, Michigan, cautions photographers against

A Journey to Egypt and the Holy Land one Mrs. E. G. Nunn, alius Miss E. Grace, &c,

in 1869-70. By Henry M. Harman, D.D., &c, who offers herself as a colorist, and who is

Dickinson College. Philadelphia : J. B. Lippin- not entitled to any such rank. — At the third

cott & Co., publishers. lantern exhibition of the Philadelphia Photo-

This is one of the most refreshing and satisfy- graphic Society, given recently at the Franklin

ing books of travel that we have read. It is a Institute, some splendid slides were shown made

plain narrative of what a traveller saw, who —

by the Edwards process. Wilson, Hood & Co.
went on purpose to see and to learn. Photog- offer to burnish " any card " sent them with the

raphers who give lantern exhibitions will find it Weston Burnisher. Mr. Albert Moore, Treas-
a very useful reference for descriptive matter urer N. P. A., sent them a whole pack of much-

for views in all parts of Europe, Egypt, and abused playing cards "to burnish." They re-
Palestine. We have enjoyed it much. main "untouched," " unburnished." Messrs. —
Zimmerman Bros., St. Paul, Minn., have sent

New Catalogue.— Messrs. R. Newell & Son, us a very neatly printed price list of their goods.

the enterprising commercial photographers, No. This is enterprise characteristic of them.

626 Arch Street, Philadelphia, have just issued

Visitors to the Vienna Exposition who exam-
a large and beautiful catalogue of their views, of
ine the magnificent pictures sent there from the
stereoscopic and larger sizes. Some of the latter
studio of Mr. William Kurtz, New York, must
readily sell in stores and galleries, and dealers
not forget to examine the rich and elegantly de-
in any of them would do well to consult this
signed standing-frame on which the pictures are
catalogue. From personal examination we know
hung. was made from designs drawn and
It
that the variety is beautiful.
originated by Mr. Kurtz after much thought and
Mr. Isa Black, Franklin, Pa., called upon careful study, and should itself stand as a com-

us last month and showed us some examples of petitor in the class to which it belongs. The
his work which astonished us. Mr. Black is a whole thing is so elaborate that it will not only
young, studious, and enterprising photographer, attract attention, but it will also have many

and his work does him great credit. One pic- imitators, the same as many other of Mr. Kurtz's

ture, of a lady in white dress, is particularly fine.

originalities have had.

—
Items op News. The Carbon Democrat, Munch A Visit to New Yore;. — After our duties as
Chunk, Pa., has quite an extensive notice of the Secretary of the Executive Committee were done
extensive stereo and view establishment of Mr. M. in New York last week, we visited several places
A. Kleckner, of that city, who has some 35,000 of photographic interest, a more extended notice
views already printed for his summer sales, of of which must lay over until our next. Among
" the Switzerland of America.'' Mr. Kleckner's them was the Photo-Plate Printing Company (Al-
work is first-class. — Mr. J. J. Burke, Canton, American Optical Company's
bert's process), the
Miss., sends us a photograph of the remains of Apparatus Works, and several photographic gal-
his gallery after a violent tornado had nearly leries in Brooklyn. At the American Optical
demolished it, which he calls "a photograph of Company's works we saw some magnificent boxes
a well-ventilated skylight. It is principally ven- with new movements, and among them a view
tilated."' — The Exchange and Market, edited by box, measuring laterally only 1£ inches, a per-
D. N. Carvalho (aD ex-photographer), box 3983 fect gem for strength and lightness.
EDWARDS' ENLARGING PROCESS.
$30. PRICE, THIRTY DOLLARS. $30.

ITOTIGB.
Specimen of Enlargement, and transparent positive to illus-
trate the above Process ivill be forwarded
on receipt of $2.00.
Owing to the universal demand for this Process, by Photographers residing
in all parts of the country, and owing to the impossibility of the agent visit-
ing them in anything like the required time, he finds it necessary to make
such arrangements as will overcome this difficulty and enable them to obtain
it forthwith. To effect this object, he respectfully requests Photographers
to apply for specimens, which will at once be forwarded on the terms adver-
tised above, together with such information as will enable all interested to
test for themselves the merits of the process.
To forward this arrangement as much as possible an enlargement by this
process is here presented to the subscribers of the Philadelphia Photographer.
This is cut down to adapt it to the pages of the Journal, but it may in the
estimation of some give sufficient idea of what can be accomplished, as to
save them the expense of applying for a larger specimen print. It is however
strongly advised that those who have a desire to look further into the process
before purchasing, should apply for a glass positive which will be sent by mail
for $1.00. From this they can make a large negative by following the in-
structions which will accompany it. This trial it is felt assured will prove
satisfactory to them.
All those who purchase will have the fullest information respecting the
working of the process furnished them, and if any further correspondence is
required, it will be entered into, and continued until each purchaser is quite
proficient.
This is a Process which every Photographer should have, the smaller his
business the more necessary that he should avail himself of the advantages
it possesses, and the saving of expensive apparatus it effects, and the price
required for it is sufficiently low to bring it within the reach of all.
Photographers purchasing under this arrangement, will not do so in any
way on more disadvantageous terms than those who have dealt with the
agent personally, as those have only had the same opportunity afforded them
of seeing what the Process will do, and have had to use their own judgment as
to its merits, and the truth of the representations made concerning it, as the
entire working details of the process have not, of course, from the nature
of the transaction been disclosed, until it has been absolutely purchased.
The testimonials which follow, will fully substantiate the statements made
in this notice.

Address
B. J. EVERETT, P. 0. Lock Box 55,
NEW HAVEN, CONN.
Please refer to the other .advertisements following this.
# * (OVER)
 IMPORTANT IMPROVEMENT IN ENLARGEMENTS.

EDWARDS' NEW PROCESS

7s the only process which produces satisfactory results.

It is simple and easy to work, and requires no expensive apparatus.

(See Testimonials.)

This unrivalled process is now offered to photographers on the most

reasonable terms. It has already received the unqualified approbation of
many of the first photographers of Europe and America, who acknowledge
that it furnishes the means of producing results far superior to any heretofore
known, and it is winning new friends here daily.
Enlargements produced by this method possess all the delicacy of texture,
and are superior in definition to large negatives taken direct from life. Very
little retouching or finishing is required on either enlarged negatives or prints.

The discovery of this process of producing perfect enlargements from small

negatives by a rapid and simple method will, it is believed, inaugurate a new
era in both landscape and portrait photography, and be the means of obviating
the necessity of using the large and expensive, and also imperfect, instru-
ments now used formaking large pictures direct from life.
It is well known owing to optical difficulties in making large lenses,
that,
large portraits taken direct require a much longer exposure than those of a
smaller size; and, while the large picture is less perfect in lighting and defi-
nition, the time of sitting is so prolonged that it is very difficult, and often
impossible, to obtain a good picture, especially of children. By this new
method it is only necessary to take a good small negative, and this can after-
wards be enlarged to any size required, the enlarged picture being equally
as good as the print from the original negative, and in many respects far
superior to a large portrait taken direct from life.

Among other advantages of this enlarging process, the following may be

mentioned

It is simple and easy, and can be worked successfully with very little

instruction.
It requires no expensive apparatus, nor any chemicals which are not to
be found in every photographic studio.
It does not need special negatives to be taken, but can be used for pro-
ducing large pictures from ordinary negatives which are already taken, thus
conferring great value on the stock of existing negatives, and placing a new
power in the hands of photographers, most of whom have already in their
possession many negatives which will at once repay many times the cost of
he process.
 Pictures enlarged by this process do not require to be expensively finished
by an artist, as is the case with other methods of enlarging. The plain
prints are perfect in themselves if made from good printing negatives.

Aside from the great advantages secured by this ready method of enlarge-
ment, it furnishes the means of quickly reproducing negatives of the same,
or any other size desired, thus making it possible to multiply prints rapidly,
and to any extent, and not limiting the number of prints that can be secured
from one valuable negative, to the necessary wear and tear of the same,
apart from the risk of accident. Thus it may give to a truly valuable nega-
tive a treble value. It also affords the means of controling the densit}' of a
reproduced negative, while securing at the same time all the detail that can
be seen through an original dense negative in a strong light. Thus often-
times more detail will be shown in a print from a reproduced negative
—
enlarged or otherwise than on a print from the original, in consequence of
the original negative not having been brought to the exact density required
for paper printing. This power of control is therefore to photographers as
invaluable as it is indispensable.
Positives made by this
process are the most transparent and beautiful that
have ever been produced. Fine in texture, rich in color, clear and brilliant, and
in themselves faultless. For the stereoscope and lantern slides they cannot
be equalled. They are made by contact printing in diffused light, thus
eliminating the defects due to bubbles and scratches on the back of the glass
of the negative, and softening and reducing, to a great extent, the effects
due to coarseness of film in the original negative, thus securing softness, while
at the same time the full amount of sharpness possessed by the original is
produced in the transparency and subsequent reproduced negatives.
The positives can be printed as well on cloudy days, and a bright day is
not essential for making enlargements.
"Mr B. J. Edwards exhibited some singularly beautiful prints on albumenized paper
which were described produced from large negatives. We had carefully examined some
as
of the specimens previously, and have no hesitation in saying that we should never have
suspected that they were produced from other than very fine direct negatives unless we had
been told. Gradation, modeling, delicacy, force; absence of 'blurring,' radiation, or rope-
like hair, all suggested the direct print rather than the enlargement. A secret is involved
in the production, which Mr. Edwards considers worth money; and although he is anxious
that photographers generally should share in the advantage, he thinks they should be willing
to pay for it." The Photographic News (London), October 18, 1872.

TERMS FOR THE PROCESS, $30.

Specimen Enlargement and positive, by post, $2.00. Positive only, $1.00.

Parties desiring instructions, or specimen pictures, address

R. J. EVERETT,
Agent for the United States,
NEW HAVEN, CONN.
Or,
JOHN M. BLAKE,
4 York Square, New Haven, Conn.
J3®~ See Testimonials which follow.
(over)
 TESTIMONIALS TO THE VALUE OF EDWARDS' PROCESS

Boston, Mass., February 10, 1873.

We, the undersigned, having purchased "Edwards' Enlargement Process, and having
made a practical trial of the same, hereby certify that it is thoroughly genuine, and possesses
all the advantages to photographers which are claimed for it.

J.W. Black, E. L. Allen,

Frank Kowell, Aug. Marshall.
I consider the process of preparing the albumen for ordinary purposes alone worth the
price of the process. Aug. Marshall.

Mr. EVERETT. Philadelphia, March 19, 1873.

Dear Sir The
process I purchased from you for making transparencies on glass I
:

consider the best process known. In it I possess a means of making enlargements which
could not be done by any other means. The process is so simple that any good photographer
can work it with perfect ease. Wm.
H. Ehoads, 1800 Frankford Road.
E. J. Everett, Esq. Philadelphia, February 2i, 1873.
Dear Sir: We
are very much pleased with Edwards' Enlarging Process, purchased
of you, which will prove invaluable to us in making our animal, landscape, and general
work. We
think that every photographer ought to have it, as it is really a new and novel
process. Truly yours, Schreiber Sons. &
Mr. E. J. Everett. Philadelphia, March 22, 1873.
Dear Sir I have received your note, asking me to give my opinion as to the utility
:

and practicability of Edwards' process for making enlargements and reproducing negatives.
In reply I can state, having purchased the process and given the same a thorough practical
test, that its merits are in no way exaggerated. The great advantages to be gained are these:
any photographer with a small tube can make a better enlargement by this process and pro-
duce a negative with finer printing qualities than he can with any large tube which I have
any knowledge of, and is thus quite independent of a large instrument in producing large
pictures. Again, the reproduction of negatives is a most useful and important part of the
process. Negatives I have duplicated by this process certainly possess more detail, delicacy,
and softness than the original, teaching us that we have the same capacity of control in mak-
ing the reproductions as we have over the original in exposure, &c, and thus doubling our
means of producing first-class work. The process as a whole is simple and easy, and will
prove a valuable acquisition to every studio. Eespectfully yours, A. K. P. Trask.

Mr. E. J. Everett. Philadelphia, March 25, 1873.

Dear Sir: After giving the " Edwards' New Process" a thorough trial, we pronounce
it not only all that is claimed for it, but a great deal more. We
have been astonished and
delighted at the results we have obtained. It is truly a step forward in our beautiful art,,
hastening the day when we will be master of the situation. E. Newell & Son.

Philadelphia, March 19, 1873.

I herewith testify that the process of Mr. Edwards, of London, England, for producing
enlarged photographs without solar camera is all that is claimed for it, and useful in many
other respects and that I have succeeded with it at the first trial, and recommend it as well
worth having. F. A. Wenderoth.

Philadelphia, Pa., February 22, 1873.

Having purchased Edwards' Enlarging Process, and thoroughly tested its practicability,
we willingly state that while it is simple and easy to work, it is founded on principles new
to photographers, and no one who wishes to make large pictures should be without it.
GEO. H. FENNEMORE. (Suddards & Fennernore.)

Mr. E. J. Everett. Philadelphia, February 24, 1873.

Dear Sir We think that the process of Mr. Edwards for making enlargements is all
:

that is claimed for it, or that can be desired. Eespectfully, &c, Garrett Bros.

fW~ Please read the three pages preceding this. "^

 THE

MlttiWjrlmi §Jb0t0jMpker,

Vol. X. JUNE, 1873. No. 114.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
Br BENERMAN & WILSON',
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

unmutilated, and as an extra gift to its sub-

TO ADVERTISERS.
scribers,we hope orders for extra copies will
As Permanent Secretary of the National be liberal and come early.
Photographic Association we are now
crowded with an unusual amount of work,
and the nearer the time of the Convention
approaches the busier we will be. Therefore,
THE N. P. A. CONVENTION AND
in order to have a freer chance to attend to
EXHIBITION.
the thousand and one necessities of our Only six more weeks and the Grand
share of the Convention and Exhibition Annual Exhibition and Convention of the
work, we shall strive to issue our July National Photographic Association will be
number about the 20th of June, and our about to open for the year 1873. May
August number will be closed before we much success attend it. The prospects are
proceed to the Convention. Advertisers fine and the arrangements, wo think, can
will please pay particular attention to this hardly be better, or better calculated to do
copy for
notice, for to insure insertion, the good. As the managers grow older they
advertisements must be in our hands before grow in experience.
June 15th and July 10th. Further on we give the usual announce-
The proceedings of the Convention entire ments of the Secretaries, which we hope
will appear in our September number there- every one will read and give good heed to,
fore, but it will also be issued early, say as well as to the proceedings of the Execu-
August 15th or 20th, so that our report will tive Committee, and to the various papers
not be much delayed, if any. We
think on the subject by other thoughtful corre-
this plan will be more satisfactory t^those ^pondents'.rv. The Executive Committee de-
who cannot attend the Convention than serve great credit for their efforts in striving
delaying the August issue. After the work to bring the matters of the Association
alluded to above is over we have another down Here-
to a systematic business basis.
announcement of a plan we have under tofore there has been no regular order of
way, which we hope will result in much proceedings, and at one moment the great
good for every one of our readers. body of good men and women would be
As our magazine is the only one that pub- considering some matter of practical in-
lishes the proceedings of the National Pho- terest, when some other party, just as good
tographic Association promptly, entire, but a little more thoughtless, would broach
11
162 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
some business project which would get the made for them at Buffalo. We have no
whole assemblage at sea, the result being a right to expect much from them otherwise.
great loss of time Now, the business proper They are constantly on the alert for the in-
and the scientific or practical discussions will and we know are doing
terests of the trade,
be separated. Twice as much can thus be a good work, serving both as a preventive
done, at least, in the same time, and with and as a cure for many hindrances to your
infinitelymore satisfaction. progress.
Another good move is in placing stric- Come and see for your-
to Buffalo, then,
tures upon those not members of the Asso- selves the workings of the whole affair.
ciation, concerning their admission. We About one month previous to the Exhi-
are sorry to say that each year we have ob- bition, the Permanent Secretary will issue
served that no inconsiderable number make the usual circular of instructions, concern-
nice calculations as to which is " cheapest," ing transportation, routes, &c. Those not
to " buy season tickets " or to "join.'' The getting a copy may do so on application to
money and
former, of course, costs the least ; him.
as they were admitted to the sessions of the
Convention free, thus deriving all the great
benefits of the instruction given there, and OUR EXTRA PREMIUMS.
only had to pay a dollar for a season ticket We are very much gratified with the
to the Exhibition, they had a " cheap " time earnest spirit displayed on the part of some
of it. But such procedure is neither noble of our subscribers in getting us new sub-
nor generous, or right, but a great injustice scribers. Those who have received the
to the Association. These Exhibitions and premium pictures for such service are de-
Conventions cost a great deal of money an- lighted with them. Witness what was re-
nually, and every man who would share the ported of them in the proceedings of the
privileges of them should, like a man, come different societies last month, and also a few
up and pay his share of the expenses. The remarks by others in our last issue and in
fees and dues are low enough much lower this.
than those of any other national association The wide-awake photographer seems to
we know of, and they must sooner or later comprehend the real value of the offer we
be higher. Then, we say, let all good, make, but as many do not seem to, we state
loyal, patriotic photographers, men and again what our offer is, as follows :

women, come and join the Association, for For one new subscriber for a year and
life if they can afford it, and help support $5, any of our publications to the value of
the best photographic institution in the $1 a set of six Luckhardt cabinet pictures,
;

world, and the one that will do them the worth $3 total value of
at least calculation ;

most good. premiums, $4.

If there are those who will not do this, Employers can well afford to present at
then they have no business at the business least one copy of our magazine to their
meetings of the Association, and if they squad of employees, and it will only cost
wish to share the benefits of the other ses- them $1. Employees can club together
sions, then they should be taxed for a part and get their employer (if he is a sub-
of the expenses. scriber already, and if not, it would pay
The charge for the privilege of exhibiting them to make him one) to subscribe for
their manufactures, &c, by dealers, was them and give them the premiums.
made to head off another class who use the Remember, this offer is only to present
Association, but who never contribute to its subscribers, or to any person sending his
support. Again, the treasury is empty and own subscription and another with it. We
the Executive Committee need the money do not agree to give the benefits of it to any
to carry on the affairs of the Association. one subscribing for himself. Our object is
They could do much more good for all, if to benefit our old friends and to make new
the means were placed in their hands to do ones.
it with. We
hope some provision will be There are those who are in localities
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 163

where they cannot even try to get new sub- probably more interesting, and that it

scribers,and such have complained that we would certainly be a novelty to descrite

ought to put a price on the Luckhardt set matters of interest arresting my attention,
and sell them, and give such parties the in preference to strictly adhering to my
benefit of studying them. After June 1st hitherto conceived plan of these articles.
we will yield that point and sell the set of In the meantime it may not be amiss to fa-
six, handsomely mounted the same as the miliarize my readers with the circumstances
premium sets, for $3. under which I write. some
Briefly then,

Please read our advertisement concerning months since, I accepted a proffered posi-
this matter and the following: tion from Messrs. Chute & Brooks, long
ago located in South America. These gen-
This day, per mail, have received the tlemen have been successfully practicing
half-dozen prize prints of German cabinet photography upon that continent, and are
portraiture. Please allow me to withdraw
now very much extending their former
from any encomiums on them. They need field of operations. Determined upon join-
none. In short, they are well worth striv- ing them as speedily as possible, I arranged
ing for, and the photographers who allow for our departure (the party consisting of
this set to remain outside their collection,
my wife and child, Mr. Murphy, a gentle-
really don't deserve them, that's all. When-
man whose capabilities as a printer I take
ever you have another half-dozen equal to great pleasure in acknowledging, and my-
these, send them to me with bill.
on or about the first of January, 1873.
self)
J. Pitcher Spooner, Although not at all relevant to our purpose
Stockton, Cal. 1 still feel considerable temptation to speak
incidentally of the voyage, and trust that
The beautiful cabinets you sent me were
the deviation from strictly photographic
received all right, and how can I thank you
boundaries will not be unacceptable. Ad-
for sending me such a splendid premium ?
verse winds, and a great accumulation of
They are by far the best specimens of pho-
ice in the harbor, prevented the possibility
tography of white drapery that 1 ever saw,
and the artistic part leaves nothing to wish
of our leaving New York until the fourth
of the month. The morning of that day
for. Photographers in this part of the coun-
was a most delightful contrast to so many
try have no chance to see such fine examples
of photography, and you will please accept
of its predecessors. A
sky and a
clear
beaming sun brightened up the appearance
my kindest thanks for your beautiful prize.
of all that surrounded us, and afresh breeze
Such pictures distributed through the coun-
gave motion and apparent life to hundreds
try cannot fail but result in good.
of inanimate vessels that had been lying
James Paris,
like chained logs to the many contiguous
Fond du Lac.
piers. Busy little tugboats, pigmies in size
Give one more good pull, and we shall though giants in power, were heard puffing
succeed. and whistling about the shipping. As the
ant carries away the comparatively enor-
mously proportioned fly, so did each one of
HINTS FROM THE RECORD OF AN these sturdy little steamers drag from its
ARTIST AND PHOTOGRAPHER. late berth some well-loaded craft. By mid-
BY JOHN L. GIHON. day a perfect fleet was in motion, and al-
In my communication I adverted to
last though now, for a few hours, all composing
the fact that I contemplated a change of it were gliding along in close enough com-

residence, no less a one than the removal pany, before night each vessel was to shape
from one hemisphere to the other. Fully its own course, and it is doubtful if there

aware that such circumstances will necessi- could have been named any part of the
tate some modifications of the manner in world but could have claimed one or more
which we conduct a gallery in the United of us as its expected visitor. Soon, our
States, I have concluded that it would be crew commenced their work, and almost
164 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
anticipating each order, loosened and set of some poverty-stricken child of misfor-
sail after sail until our little pioneer seemed tune. Sailors don't adore the ocean. Still
to have far greater effort to keep from there are attractions not to be despised,
under our bows than to aid us in our course. and chief among them all are the glorious
The city gradually became more indistinct, glimpses of nature, as we see her, uninter-
and the motion of the vessel told us that we fered with, unadorned by the arts of man.
were having different waves than those of Many of these influences that should be so
the river to float upon. Gliding by mark elevating, are, I am afraid, lost upon the
after mark the last buoy and the light-ship professional seaman. Long association with
were reached ;
then our tug cast off the line them has blunted his appreciation, and he
that had connected us; skilfully she neared looks upon his surroundings with a fear-
us, and cautiously approached our stern. fully practical eye.
The pilot, shaking hands with all, clam- A few evenings since I was vividly en-
bered over our rail, then stood carefully joying a magnificent sunset, and in my
watching his chance, then when it had enthusiasm invited one after another to
come sprang upon the deck of our little gaze upon it. Egad I could even have
!

aid, waved a final good-by and left us to called up the other watch from their berths,
our fate. We were started. Brilliant writ- and I cooled down only after a repetition of
ers have so often claimed the theme of an chillingremarks from the bystanders.
adieu to one's native shores, that I dare The captain, a gentleman of intelligence
not indulge in sentimentality. I confess and ability, led the opposition. "Why!
that meditation became preferable to any Mr. Gihon," quoth he, " I see nothing there
attempt at merriment, and that snatches of to admire. It's very cloudy !"
verses, read long since, started up fresh in Of course its cloudy, I replied, but what
my memory. The "child's " farewell song grand masses of vapor they are, and how
seemed to have acquired new pathos, and 1 magnificent^ the sun gilds and fairly bur-
needed no book from which to recall its nishes them.
lines. The Neversink Highlands were at "Oh! pshaw," was the answer, "they
last lost to view, obscured by distance and are ugly, double-headed affairs, and dirty
the fast gathering shades of night. Then weather is all that will ever come from
I cast off any inclination towards sadness, them."
and accepted the present and the future as Obviously the moral is, that sentimen-
all with which I had to deal. The pleasant talism is best indulged in the private apart-

weather was transitory. A storm soon ments of one's own skull.

gathered its forces, and under shortened A diary at sea, kept on a purely practical
sail and with a disagreeable chopping sea to principle, would become as tedious for gen-
aontend with, we were presently subjected eral readers as is a dictionary. Like the
;o an unlimited amount of pitching and latter its stories would be too short. The
tossing. I totally escaped the infliction of "log" is a record of latitudes and longi-
sea-sickness, and, in fact, even the gentler tudes and a statement of the direction of
portion of our little party had only a few the wind. The passenger, in accordance
days of sufl'ering. with a preconceived determination, gener-
How delightful it is "to go to sea." So ally makes notes of his voyage, but as a
say the delighted occupants of some tidy usual thing he is obliged to confine himself
little yacht as they cheerfully glide over the to the relation of very trivial incidents.
waters of a beautifully shored river, drift All journals, compiled under these circum-
with the current around delightful little stances, bear to each other a very strong
islets,or even endure the more bracing family resemblance. During our first three
breezes found in the harbor of a fashion- weeks "out," each day was but a repetition
able watering-place. Compare their little ofits predecessor. A heavy sea and strong
trips to the realities of a long voyage, as head-winds baffled our rapid progress. The
you would the ravishing dreams of an mysterious wonders of the ocean failed to
opium debauchee to the grinding hardships put in an appearance. It is true that one
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 165

day I drew a bucket of water and found it doctrine of the transmigration of souls, for
delightfullywarm. We were in the Gulf even yet some of the more superstitious
Stream. It is also true that we had ex- will tell you, half jestingly and half se-
changed cold blasts for those of a milder riously, how
the spirits of seamen have
temperature, and that great coats were no taken up their abodes in the bodies of
longer either necessary or comfortable All Mother Cary's chickens; how drowned
living creatures seemed to have avoided mates fly about as Cape pigeons; how the
our path, and we began to fear that we unfortunate captains claim dignities with
should be denied many anticipated sights. the more commanding albatross, and how
A few gulls mercifully enlivened the pros- the poor stewards are consigned to the ever
pect, and as they swooped about our wake, hungry gulls. All these have excited our
floated gracefully upon the crest of a wave, casual interest, and beside them we had the
or hovered apparently motionless over our clumsy booby, the rapid-motioned shear-
heads, they gave rise to admiration of and water, and the more rare Neptune-bird, with
speculation as to their powers of flight and his marling-spike tail, to attract our eyes.
endurance. Looking upon and into the The first finny representative that hon-
waters, all that seemed to claim our atten- ored us was an unfortunate flying-fish, that
tion was the sea-moss, for we were now in miscalculated his flight and tumbled upon
that region of the Atlantic in which it our deck. Sensation, making a grand
abounds. Carried along by the ocean cur- bound, next favored us with a whale, the
rents it forms in long straggling lines, monster, however, remaining but a short
accumulates in little fields, or is tossed time in our vicinage. Next, we had a
about in detached fragments. It appears school of porpoises, and were now indulged
as yellowish-brown weed, and certainly in a genuinely exciting sight. They ap-
does not promise the remuneration with peared about our bows without.premonitory
which a closer inspection will reward you. warning, and their number was literally
However, scoop up a mass of it, and if your countless. The entire party is broken up
bucket has been a large one, and you were into little groups, and the members of these
at all dextrous, you will have furnished indulge in the wildest antics. They dart
yourself food for hours of study. The into the air, roll upon the extreme surface
plant itself, with its stems, grass-like leaves, of the waves, tumble above and under each
tendrils, and berry-like appendages, is an other,and swim in every direction with
agglomeration of graceful and fantastic amazing rapidity. The vulgar name with
forms. Many of its parts are covered with which they have been dubbed from time
saline incrustations, ranged in lines, curves, immemorial, that of sea-hogs, suggests itself
and geometrical shapes, all putting to shame at once as curiously appropriate to them.
the best of man's boasted works. Animal There is a piggish motion, a sort of rooting
life is represented by the tenants of myriads propensity to obstinately disregard their
of tiny shells, and even more beautifully by neighbors, a peculiar kind of wallowing,
the minute and delicate little fish that have and certainly an approximation in regard
claimed its sheltering leaves for their retreat. to size that does not fail to appeal to our
You will eventually sail away from all sense of the ridiculous. have never seen
I
this,and cleaving strange waters will pa- one out of its native element, and our at-
tientlywatch for other novelties. Nature tempts to secure a specimen on this occasion
gradually made amends to us for the mo- was a signal failure. A harpoon thrown at
notonous introductory passages to our a fine big fellow succeeded only in wound-
voyage, and latterly regaled us with many ing him, but our dangerous intentions must
of her curiosities. have been at once understood by the entire
After we had passed the Tropic of Cancer collegiate assembly, for on the instant they
new visitants appeared, and strange birds all disappeared with the same successful
and still more curious fishgave us a chance unity of purpose that had been evinced in
for their identification. Sailors would have their advent.
made excellent adherents to the ancient (To be continued.)
166 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
PRINTING AND TONING * Many nitrates and chlorides have been
BY J. H. ABBOTT. recommended expense in printing,
to save
but I have found none so good as the nitrate
I appear before you this evening with
of ammonia.
many misgivings as to my abilit}' to give
Forty grains nitrate of silver, twenty
even the humblest photographer in our
grains nitrate of ammonia, to each ounce
midst any new information upon this most
important branch of photography Print-
of water, is my formula for a silvering so-
lution, and I find it to work well on almost
ing and Toning.
all brands of albumen paper— some requir-
The printing and subsequent manipula-
ing a longer silvering than others. Have
tion are usually intrusted to boys of little
used Hovey pink and the extra brilliant;
experience, instead of men of mature judg-
silvered forty to fifty seconds, and with
ment and cultivated taste; especially should
great success. In silvering, when your pa-
the toning be done by experienced and cul-
per is floated fairly over the solution, raise
tivated perception, for in this part of our
the dish which agitates the solution and
manipulations we are giving character to
keeps the silver evenly distributed, and
our work as compared with that of others,
each sheet has the benefit of the full strength
and are adding our little to the education of
of the bath. When your solution remains
the public as to what is the proper tone of
passive, the sheets last silvered will show
a photograph to make it pleasing to the
signs of weakness and will give you reddish
eye.
prints. When the paper after silvering is
A simple formula might me, suffice for
nearly dry, it is well to complete the dry-
but 1 know you all desire something more,
ing process by a gentle heat.
and whether I am able to meet your desires
As a matter of economy, I fume my pa-
remains to be seen.
per, use fresh liquor ammonia each time,
I have devoted many years to photogra-
and fume five to eight minutes. I find it
phy, and have always tried to please my
necessary often to warm the dish which
own taste in printingand toning, yet my
holds the ammonia. After printing, wash
taste in tone and depth of print might vary
the prints in three or four changes of water,
far from that of others.
the last change of water having a very little
There are many difficulties to overcome
common added to it.
salt
to secure good prints; we first want good
The toning bath should be prepared with
negatives in order to give good prints.
What I call good prints are those showing
the greatest care —made barely alkaline ; if

too much so, it dissolves the albumen from

all the fine details when toned, that you find
the paper, leaving your prints flat and
in the negative when viewed by transmitted
muddy. For toning bath, use one quart of
light. Having a good negative and a brand
tepid water in a large bottle; prepare in
of albumen paper of standard excellence,
another small bottle fifteen grains chloride
we will proceed to the silvering solution ;

of gold neutralized with chalk add to wa- ;

and here I wish to say that in relation to a
tertwenty grains acetate of soda about ten ;
certain troublemet with by many (spotted
minutes before toning, add half or more of
appearance of the print), and always laid to
tone while the bath is
the paper being greasy — do not rub any-
the gold solution ;

thing over the surface of your paper, nei-

slightly warm, adding gold as it is needed.

ther add alcohol to your silvering solution,

When the prints have nearly lost their red-
dish appearance when viewed by trans-
for by so doing you are sure to sink the
mitted light, they are toned enough. Fix
print deep into the paper and spoil the ef-
fect. Here is the simple remedy for your with six ounces of hypo, soda dissolved in
trouble reduce the solution with water
:
two quarts of water, to which is added a
small quantity of carbonate of ammonia,
untilyour paper takes the solution evenly,
which latter neutralizes any trace of acid
and the greasy appearance is removed.
in the soda. Wash your prints after they
* Read before the Chicago Photographic As- leave the fixing bath in three changes of
sociation. cold water, then in two changes of warm
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 167

water, and in thirty minutes you have your excel it are few comparatively. It is excel-
prints as effectually washed as though you lent.
left them in the vats a dozen hours. Now, if any of our readers are unable to
" afford " to support the best institution for'
them, that ever existed, take poor Horace
Greeley's advice and "go West," for our
LIFE MEMBERSHIP. brethren "of the West" seem to prosper
and to have " light " enough to see the ad-
A month
two ago we recorded the
or vantages of the National Photographic
fact that a "far "West" photographer Association. We trust there will be many
had been patriotic enough and far-sighted more from all quarters, who will "join for
enough to become a life member of the life " at Buffalo, and put the Association on
National Photographic Association. We a real, firm, working basis. It will do twice
now have another one to record. We ex-
the good, and have twice the power for
tract from the gentleman's letter. It speaks
good.
for itself, viz. :

" It is my intention now to start for Buf-

Method of Eradicating Blisters.
falo some time in June, where I expect to
BY D. H. CROSS.
meet nearly all of the photographic world. r

" As you desire one hundred more life Having a desire to return a little for the
members to the National Photographic As- much received through the columns of the
sociation in order to place it on a solid Photographer, I submit the following, and
foundation, with the above named money ask all who are troubled with blisters to try
order you will find another for the sum of it.

twenty-live ($25) dollars, which with my Alum, . . . . .1 ounce.

name use for that purpose. Perhaps you Water, . . . . .40 ounces.
may think it strange that one away off in
Dissolve and soak the prints in it for
the forests
' '
of Oregon should join the As-
eight or ten minutes after toning and before
sociation, but as we are '
travelling in search
of light,' your interests in the 'East' are
fixing. It may be used repeatedly.
The tone and gloss of the print are also
identical with mine in the '
West,' there-
improved, especially with S. & M. double
fore, you will perceive that it is not so
gloss paper. Should the paper show a ten-
strange after all. I entered as an 'appren-
dency to crack after mounting and dry-
tice '
in the '
art preservative,' and com-
ing, use a weaker solution, or remove the
menced taking daguerreotypes in Urbana,
prints sooner from it. I would ask a trial
Illinois, in the year 18-18. I am now forty-
of this, and the results reported.
two years old, and crossed the Plains to
Oregon in 1852. My knowledge of the art
has been obtained from the various journals
treating upon photography. Fours has MOSAICS-1873.
been my standard and guide ever since it
came into existence whether I have prof-
Have you read Photographic Mosaics for
;

1873 ? Its one hundred and forty-four pages

ited by your valuable suggestions or not, I
of condensed, concentrated, practical photo-
can only offer you the accompanying pack-
graphic good? If you have not, you are
age of photographs as proofs.
losing more than you know. Its cost is but
',' I have the honor to be
half a dollar, and it may put at least half a
" Yours respectfully, your pocket. A
thousand in list of the ar-
"Joseph Buchtel." ticles it contains has been given in the ad-
vertisement heretofore. The copies left are
As Mr. Buchtel's work will be on exhibi- limited in number, and lest you miss secur-
tion at Buffalo, we hope it will be carefully ing one, we apprise you of the fact, that the

examined. The number in the East who supply will soon be G- O — —N — E 1

168 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
American Photographers in Europe.
We are glad to learn that a number of
our subscribers are contemplating a visit to
Europe during the coming season the Vi- ;
enna Exposition, of course, being the great
incentive. Of this we are glad, and we do
hope they will make their first object the
study of works of art and art topics, such
as will improve and benefit them in their
chosen vocation.
Among those who are going are Mr. D.
H. Anderson, of Kichmond, Va. Messrs. ;
W. F. Osier and C. M. Gilbert, of this city,
and Mr. H. Eocher, of Chicago. Prof.
Towler is also about to make a second trip,
with his class, and offers a very cheap ar-
rangement to all who would join his party.
His circular will be found in our Special-
ties, and we are sure all who go with him
will have a grand, good time.
We commend all of these gentlemen to
our fraternity abroad, as being fully worthy
of any courtesies which may be shown
them. If the multiform duties of a maga-
zine could be easily shifted upon another,
how glad we should be to accompany them.
A Visit to the Works of the American
Optical Company.
We had the curiosity and the desire, a
few weeks ago, while in New York, to
visit the works of the American Optical
Company, Scovill Manufacturing Company
proprietors, and we did it in company
with Mr. Charles W. Stevens, the well-
known stockdealer of Chicago. That we
were surprised hardly covers the sensation.
The scene before us was a most busy one,
and, to the good photographer or dealer
who appreciates first-class apparatus, it was
an enchanting and a gratifying one. Here
were about forty men, under the foreman-
ship of Mr. Flamming, at work as busy as
bees. The first thought that struck us was,
how very Here is one
careful they all are.
man ponderous turning-lathe,
at a great,
merely "heading" and "pointing" little
brass pieces an inch long, used among the
intricacies of the mysterious multiplying
cameras ; there one adjusting the springs on
a holder ; another still fitting the carefully
dovetailed joints together a fourth making
a bellows
;
yet another at a stamping ma-
;
chine, pressing out the myriads of little con-
trivances and conveniences used to catch,
and control, and complete the camera-
boxes; another yet, at a stone, polishing
and smoothing these parts a whole squad ;
sand-papering, and sawing, and rubbing,
and polishing one part and another, until
we come to the man of the final touch, who,
like tbe refiner of silver and gold, labors
away until he can see his own image in his
work, and then sets it aside ready to tempt
the tastes and suit the notions of some en-
terprising photographer at the " Great
Central," or the " 0. C. S. H.," or at Wil-
son, Hood & Co. 's, or some other place as
good. Verily, it was a busy scene. Well
do we remember tbe time when the
"American Optical Company" employed
but one-fourth the men it now does, and
we looked upon the "proprietors" as we
do upon a hen setting upon her eggs, name-
ly, as having a promising future before
them. But they grew weary, and their
works were taken in charge by Mr. W.
Irving Adams, of the Scovill Manufactur-
ing Co., and with his customary energy
and persistence, care and caution, he has
built up an apparatus trade that is un-
equalled in the world. Photographers owe
much to this gentleman, for where would
the good work be if you had to depend on
the kind of apparatus supplied five years
ago?
Before leaving, Mr. Adams took us aside,
and uncovering a row of camera boxes
—
whispered, " These these are for the Buf-
falo Exhibition." We took the hint and
kept it a secret, and now it is yours.
We hope we have made it plain to our
readers that photography could not do
without the works of the American Optical
Company, and we hope it will be many
long years before we have to do without its
able manager.
Waymouth's Vignette Papers need
only one adjustment to the negative to print
any number of pictures. All other contriv-
ances have to be adjusted for every print.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 169

CONCERNING THE ANNUAL are "not art;" simply mechanical produc-

EXHIBITION. tions. If so, then I say let each display its

BY GEORGE B. AYRES.
own glories, —and by itself.

I do not think any true devotee of our

In the charming little annual Mosaics, profession will waste much time or criticism
1873 — which bids a " Happy New Year " to upon "photographs finished in oil, life

all the reading members of our profession, size," but rather seek the better collections
will be found the real beginning of this of genuine oil paintings accessible in every
chapter. city and where oil-work upon a photo-
;

I there enlarged upon my first point, that graphic basis would scarcely be tolerated.
" Progress in art development and techni- Surely there is in our own photography a
cal ability, as shown by a comparison of field ample enough to save trespassing upon

the exhibitor's pictures," year by year, any other.

"should constitute the fundamental idea of
the Annual Exhibition." Unless there
an advance the contributions even of our
most able men will render the Annual Ex-
hibition simply an annual repetition from ! —
which " Good Lord, deliver us."
II. I desire now to consider whether Oil
paintings are proper contributions, and per-
tinent to the object of the Exhibition.
think not.
It may be urged perhaps (1st,) that they
are solar photographs " finished in oil,"
III. "Retouching the Negative" is a
is subject which I believe has been voted a
nuisance, but I beg special permission for
my mind "it is a
reference to it; for to
custom more honored in the breach than
the observance."
Since excessive retouching has been so
generally condemned, and since we have
I had at previous exhibitions the most abun-
dant proof of ability in this superfine per-
formance, why not try a little in the true
and direction and endeavor to illustrate at
;

are therefore legitimate; whilst (2d,) they Buffalohow many good photographs can be
also add to the general attractiveness of the made with very little, or better still no re-
exhibition. Granted ; but since the paint- touching ! This would be a resuming of
er's work has not left a trace of the photo- first principles ; an effort to reach perfec-
graph — the colors being opaque in them- tion under the skylight and in the dark-
selves — how shall we know but that the room ; the production of healthy negatives
solar, as a solar,was hideous enough to scare which need no subsequent doctoring.
Albert Moore to death Nor would the
! To this end, therefore, I suggest that pho-
case be different if the solar had been tographers shall contribute sample prints
perfect; the result is, after all, dependent from negatives which have required little
upon and attributable to the skill or incom- or no retouching; and that the negative
petency of the painter, just as if the whole itself shall be shown as proof, and for ex-
had been executed without the photograph. amination. Let us see who will contribute
For that matter, indeed, it might be the best, the perfect negative !

proper to accept the works of almost any IV. I was not present at St. Louis, but
modern " portrait painter," since under pre- I desire to say that, in the printed record of
tence of saving time to the subject, but the Convention, there was nothing which
really because it is less difficult to draw from elicited my hearty commendation and
—
paper than from life it has become the afforded me more pleasure than the very
common practice to go to the photographer explicit, complete,and satisfactory report
first, and to the "portrait painter" after- upon the " Progress
of Photography,"
wards ! signed conjointly by Messrs. W. J. Baker
Secondly Whether this class of work
: and Dr. Vogel. It was a creditable coun-
enhances the general attractiveness is a terpart to the one rendered at Philadelphia.
matter of choice and taste. We know that But those who were at Cleveland will re-
the so-called fine art galleries are not usu- member the intense disappointment which
ally given to a display of photographs, how- followed the announcement there that the
ever meritorious, on the ground that they committee were not prepared to report. It
170 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
was like going on with " Hamlet" without them and set it in the sun ; when the prints
Hamlet. are dark enough, turn the cover over them
Beyond question this is the all-important again, and take and change.
in
among the various reports to be presented It can be made long enough to print any
at each annual meeting. I feel that nothing number you wish.
else should take Like the
precedence of
it. The cover A, is hinged at C C, and
" message " of the President or Governor, rests on a standard at D, so as to keep it
it should be the kej'-note and pivot of ac- from bearing on the printing-blocks.
tion ; the text of our proceedings. When it comes to mounting, just " tally
Instead of stating chiefly what has oc- one" for the Slee's prepared mounts coming
curred during the past year, would it not from A. M. Collins, Son & Co., of your city.
be well also for this committee to recommend I do not believe that any photographer will
for consideration in the Convention such go back to the paste-pot and brush after once
matters and measures as, in the " progress using them.
of photography," becomes necessary to
it I can mount two hundred in less time
discuss, if not to determine finally. Hence, than would take to mount one hundred
it

gentlemen, in making up your narrative for by the old way, and do it neater, cleaner,
Buffalo, please act comprehensively and de- and better every way.
cidedly, and I will venture to assure you of
the general approbation.
(To be continued.)
Important Modification of the Hypo-
sulphite of Soda Bath.
CONTRIVANCE FOR PRINTING Some two years ago I was called on to
MEDALLIONS. make some modifications, if possible, in
BY C. L. CURTIS. hyposulphite of soda crystals. The com-
I herewith send you a picture of a plaint was that they were too hard, and not
well for the want of a better name we will as readily soluble as desired.
call it a i;
concern," which I find very use- I can now control the size and hardness
ful when printing the borders of medallions. of the crystals to almost any desired extent,

After printing and trimming my photo- even to a fine deliquescent powder difficult

graphs, I take a thin board the size of a to keep dry, which is, of course, very readily
one-quarter glass and cover with canton flan- soluble in cold water.
nel, then lay the print on the board and In photography, its affinity for water being
cover with the oval centre, which is gummed thus so much increased, it is very readily
to a one-quarter glass, put two spring clothes- washed out of a film or paper, and a saturated
pins on the corners, and ready to print. it is solution being much stronger than usual,
When all my blocks are ready I stand them from a plate at once, and the
clears the iodide
on the "concern," turn the cover over solution shows no tendency to form a mass of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 171

water conducting crystals all over the dish, nib on his tube that much longer. To use
and down the sides, .thus syphoning off the ityou have simply to put the end of your
contents on to the shelf. syringe, as mentioned before, into the end
Has any one else made a similar dis- of the rubber attached to the glass tube.
covery ? But I find it well sometimes to draw the
J. VOYLE, rod out of the syringe, and dip the end with
Tuscaloosa, Ala. the cotton upon it into the solution. The
advantage of this is it swells the cotton and
makes it fit the cylinder of the syringe
A HOME-MADE SYPHON. better than when dry. Of course if you
wish to draw off any solution to the last
BY JOHN H. GRIFFITHS.
drop, you have simply to change the rubber
As I promised you some time ago to send from the end not cut pen-shape to that end,
you a description of my syphon for the and so reverse the pipes which go into the
benefit of my brother photographers and solution. If any of your readers have any-
others, here it is. Procure a glass syringe thing more simple and better for its purpose
with a pipe at the end, not one with metal than the above, I should really like to know
stops, as those with cork are the best. Get it. have used the above for the past
I
also a piece of rubber tubing any length eleven years, and it has never failed to
you wish, but the longer the tube the larger answer every purpose for which a syphon
must be the syringe. Now, insert the pipe is required. If you should think it worthy
of the syringe into one end of the tubing ; of a place in your valuable journal, you
put it (the tube) into any fluid you wish to can publish it for the benefit of others, and
draw off; pull out the rod of the syringe its whilst I am now writing you, I may as well
full length, then with the thumb and finger ask you how Mr. Woodward came to ob-
press the rubber close to the pipe of the tain a patent for his solar camera, or for
syringe; withdraw the syringe; conduct the camera he calls his. I am no lawyer,
the tubing into any vessel you wish your but I really cannot see how a patent can be
solution to run into; discharge whatever taken for a thing that has been known and
solution may have drawn into the syringe, described since about 1796. I have a book
and you have it O K. Instead of using in my possession called Emerson's School of
all rubber, I get two pieces of glass tubing Arts, in which there is an illustration and
any length I may require, and then I join description of a solarcamera* exactly on the
them together with a piece of rubber principle of the so-called Woodward's, with
tubing by inserting one end of each of the reflector, condenser, and object lens, as
glass tubes into the ends of the piece of used in solar cameras as at present used.
rubber, which forms a kind of hinge, which Should you think it of any interest to you
makes the glass not so liable to get broken or any of your readers, I will make a pho-
as it otherwise would be if it was simply tograph of the illustration in the book and
one piece bent in the middle ; besides it is send it you.
more handy to stow away. I then get
another piece of rubber about two inches
Of Mosaics for 1873 the Philadelphia Ledger
long, and put one end of the glass tube into
says :

it for about one-quarter or one-half
The other end of the other piece of glass I
grind or nip with nippers till I get it some-
thing the shape of a quill pen. The advan-
tage of this is that you can put
bottom of your bath-holder without disturb-
ing the sediment at the bottom. Of course,
should any dirty photographer have more
an inch. " This annual record of photographic progress
contains fifty-six essays, contributed by the most
prominent photographers, and by both amateur
and professional artists. The preliminary essay,
it to the by Edward L. Wilson, gives a valuable review
of the advances in photography during 1872,
and the other papers treat of subjects highly in-
teresting to photographers."

than half an inch of rubbish at the bot- * A solar microscope, perhaps. There was no
tom of his bath, he will have to make the use for a solar camera in 1796. Ed.
172 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. ing to her own choice (a very curious one),

Appreciation of Photography by the Public — the photographer took, a picture, and sent

Correctness in Panoramic Views Curious — her the first print from the untouched plate

Effect of Permanganate of Potassium — with the following letter

" I beg to sendyou inclosed the result of
Enlargements.
my machine and myself, but I must remark
Is photography appreciated by the public that the work has been principally per-
as it ought to be? I think not. Perhaps formed by the former (the machine). The
in America this may be the case, but here sensitive plate of the machine reproduces
in Europe it certainly is not. Some time everything, every line of the face, the sur-
ago a friend of mine happened to be in a roundings,&c, &c, with equal sharpness,
police station ; a gentleman left when he making no distinction between what is char-
came in ;
after closing the door my friend acteristic and what is not. It is the duty of
heard the following conversation between the artist photographer to remove or to re-
the two officials: duce the latter and to strengthen the former.
First. "Who is that man ? This is not so easily done, and I would not
Second. A photographer. like to undertake it until I have received
"
First. Is he innocent ? your answer stating that you are satisfied
Second. I do not find any wrong act men- with the picture in general, especially with
tioned in his passport. the position for which, as you know, I am
First. Pshaw ! any loafer who does not not responsible."
like to work, buys himself a box, and be- It is stated that this celebrated lady after
comes a photographer nowadays ; I do not reading thisletter, was at first very angry,
trust him. but she answered the photographer very
That is the opinion of a police officer, not amiably, and acknowledged that the first
of all, but of some of them under these ;
picture was the best.
circumstances you will not feel surprised if The photographer is a young man proud
our photographers of good reputation do recommend his action to
of his art, and I
not enter their names in the hotel register the fraternity.
as " photographers," but prefer writing In one of our late meetings a rather lively
"art editor," or "manufacturer," or discussion took place on the value of the so-
" apothecary." called panoramic or pantascopic apparatus.
Policemen are distrustful, and I will ex- This apparatus is provided with a revolving
cuse them, but it is a pity that many intel- camera moved by clockwork. It was in-
ligent people have also a very poor idea of vented by Marten, and improved by John-
photography, and that they place the pho- son & Brandon. Braun, in Dornach, first
tographer with his camera on a par with introduced it into practice. With an ordi-
the man who turns a hand organ. Here nary landscape lens this apparatus makes
is a very interesting instance : A celebrated pictures of an angle of view of 130°
and more.
poetess was invited by a photographer to sit Braun has taken with it hundreds of Swiss
for her portrait, to which she consented ;
views. These views have also found their
he succeeded, and sent the first print to the way to America, and are appreciated every-
lady. She was not satisfied with it, and where.
wrote to the photographer as follows " The : Lately we had occasion to compare these
picture is very well made, but the position panoramic views with other photographs
is very unnatural. I never incline the head taken from the same point of view, but with
in the manner shown on your picture, and an ordinary camera and an angle of view of
my eyes are more open than you have made about 60°. The majority preferred the
them but I see that you and your machine
;
latter pictures.

(the poetess calls the camera a machine) The panoramic apparatus is indeed very
work well; I will sit a second time, and se- good if you intend to take a panorama from

lect my position myself. a summit like Mount Washington, or the

She came, and selected a position accord- Kighi in Switzerland, but it is a mistake to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 173

use the apparatus when we have to take a hypo, and the consequence is that the mounts
view of only a small angle, as, for instance, contain a trace of chlorine. In white filter-
a narrow valley with rocks on both sides. ing-paper it is contained sometimes in such
If the apparatus is employed for such a pur- quantities thatwe can detect it, when fresh,
pose the camera is directed first perpendicu- by the smell.
lar to one of the rocky slopes, which is But there are other impurities which act
therefore taken in a front position, hut when very injuriously; for instance, chromate of
the camera revolves it is brought in an ob- alum in combination with gelatin is very
lique position to thesame side of the valley, often emploj'ed as a coating to the glazed
and the slope which had first been taken mounts. The chromate of alum reacts
from the front is taken from the side also. acid, and all substances with an acid reac-
The case is exactly the same with the other tion will turn photographs yellow. Not
side of the valley, and the result is that the long ago a number of pictures were sent to
picture does not look like a narrow valley, me by a photographer, who is acknowledged
but like a plane in the foreground we have
; to be a very particular man. They had
on either side two walls of rock, which are turned yellow to an astonishing degree, but
separated in the centre by a narrow vallejr . the fading had only taken place with those
The panoramic apparatus should not be which were mounted on a particular kind
used for such purposes. It is also a fault of of glazed Bristol board, while other pictures
this apparatus that straight lines which are which had been mounted at the same time
not situated in the horizon are reproduced on different boards remained white.
as curved lines. For instance, Braun's I examined the mounts and found but a
panoramic view of Geneva, Switzerland, small quantity of alum, but an enormous
has a curved bridge in the foreground. quantity of gypsum. Until now I have
Panoramic views in general give only a cor- not considered this substance injurious, but
rect impression of the object if they are I feel different now. I shall make further
curved so that the picture forms the inside experiments in order to find out how gypsum
of a cylinder, and you place your eye in the affects photographs, and call attention to the

centre of it. fact now, hoping that perhaps others may

Attention has been frequently called to the be induced to publish their experience.
disadvantages which may be caused by im- The American photographer reading the
purities in the mounting board. A curious European periodicals on photography, will
case of the kind I noticed last year in a hardly be able to suppress a smile at the
number of stereoscopes mounted on green many articles on enlargements. He lives
boards. The photographs turned yellow in —
under a clearer sky under a brighter sun.
four weeks, and became perfectly useless. Boston has annually one hundred and twenty
The cause of this was easily discovered — the cloudless days, Berlin has only twenty-one,
green color contained ultramarine, and this and London is still worse off, and the further
substance readily develops sulphuretted hy- we proceed northward the number of bright
drogen, the most injurious body in existence, days decreases. Thus it happens that with
so far as photographs are concerned. Our us so many branches which require sunlight
mutual friend, Simpson, mentioned last year become practically impossible, for instance,
another very injurious contamination with the mezzotints, and this is the reason also
hyposulphite of soda. The latter, by reason why the enlargement of photographs gave
of its containing sulphur, acts in a similar us so much trouble. The American pho-
way as ultramarine. The presence of hypo tographer simply mails his photograph, with
is explained by the process of manufacture a ten-cent stamp, to Mr. Moore, in Phila-
of paper. The rags are bleached with chlo- delphia, and for $2.50 he receives a life-size
rine, and in order to remove the last trace more beautiful than we can make it
picture,
of this gas after the bleaching has been com- in —
Europe a picture so full of effect, that
pleted, hyposulphite of soda employed. is we would willingly pay double the amount
Since photographers have complained of this if we only could get it. Under these cir-
evil, many manufacturers ha ve stopped using cumstances it seems to be a thankless job to
174 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
describe our clumsy methods of making en- being reflected from the back of the nega-
largements independent of the sun, and still tive, is entirely avoided. Only in dark
this process has interest for different zones, weather, or with very considerable enlarge-
for, practically, it is a reproduced negative, ment, when the intensity of light is already
whether it is larger or smaller than the considerably weakened, I expose towards
original makes finally but little difference. the clear sky. Another circumstance to be
Our friend Simpson writes in your Janu- taken into consideration, is the collodion
ary number about the method of Mr. Willis and the bath. Sometimes the ordinary for-
to accomplish the above purpose, as it is mula gives excellent results, but at other
necessary first to make a transparency (posi- times a fine precipitate ccvers the light,
tive), and afterwards a negative; he makes which I remove by adding five drops of

the first by simple contact printing on albu- nitric acid, sp. gr. 1.20 to every 100 cubic
men paper, which is backed by a piece of centimetres of collodion ; such a collodion
India-rubber, in order that the albumen will give, with an acid bath, perfectly clear

film with the picture on it may easily be transparencies.

separated from the rubber by dissolving the The collodion decomposes, however, quite
latter with benzine and transferring the film rapidly. Not more than necessary should
to glass. Although this seems to be very therefore be made. The bath I make always
simple, still it has its difficulties. more acid than usual. Such an acid bath
The preparation of the caoutchouc paper gives, with a sufficiently long exposure of a
is very unpleasant, and unfortunately it hard negative, a very soft positive. Of course
does not keep long. I have tried such paper it is necessary to time correctly ; mistakes
before, which had been prepared according are easily made in this direction. I have
to a formula of Mr. Sutton, and I got made negatives and positives by this process,
spotted pictures. Another drawback is, which I preferred in every way to those made
that it takes a very long time to print; by any other method.
four or five times as long as ordinary paper; It is to be observed that the acid does not
that is our climate, sometimes sev-
to say, in only give us the control of the silver bath,
eral days; this is tedious. In the camera I but also of the picture. I have obtained
scarcely require as many minutes as with from many too brilliant negatives, very soft
this process hours and I believe that with
; positives; and from many weak negatives
due care, a transparent positive may be by choosing the time of exposure properly,
made in the camera as clean as an albumen I obtained brilliant positives.
print. Lately, the quantity of the different ma-
The main points of the method are well terials which are used photography, was
in
known only in regard to the proper illu-
;
discussed in our society, and the rather un-
mination in taking positives, I should like expected result was brought to light that, in
to make a few remarks. Generally, the portraitphotography the expenditures for
camera with the negative which is to be mounts are greater than the cost of silver.
reproduced, is directed towards the sky. Truly yours, H. Vogel.
This is frequently wrong. The strong light
causes the transparent parts frequently to
be overexposed. With a subdued illumina- The Purity of Card Mounts.
tion we obtain much better results, particu- COMMUNICATION OF MM. ROHAUT AND
larly with the now customary thin negatives. HUTINET TO THE FRENCH PHO-
It is the same as with the printing process, TOGRAPHIC SOCIETY.
where a thin negative, under the subduing We have the honor to lay before you the
influence of a plate of green glass, yields much results of new researches and experiments
better results than printing with full light. into the causes of spots which appear upon
I general ly illuminate the negative by the re- some paper prints.
flected light from a white card mount this ; The prints pasted upon cards thickly
subdued light has the further advantage, that sprinkled, intentionally, with bronze pow-
a species of blurring, which is due to the light der (metallic particles) become covered with
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 175

spots of a green, grayish -green, and some- producing fermentation of the paste unevenly
times of a brown color, but only after re- spread, could actually incite, Locally, the ac-
maining a long while in a very damp place. tion of the hypo left by imperfect washing

The samples, Nos. 1 and 2, were left for in the prints. Neither would it invalidate
many days in a cellar. the remarks of M. Davanne, that the hypo,
The samples, 3, 4, 5, and 6, equally im- in consequence of its being in a state of solu-
bued with the bronze powder, but which tion,would be found equally distributed
were kept in a dry place, have undergone throughout the print, and not found in
no alteration, notwithstanding they have spots. This salt could really be uniformly
been pasted six months. This induces us to distributed, yet produce a local effect from
believe that moisture alone can produce the a local cause.
oxidation of the bronze and lead to the
green and brown spots. The spots generally
observed, instead of being either green or
brown, are white, like sample A. They THINGS NEW AND OLD.
must proceed, then, from another cause. by h. j. chute (roland vanweike).
The sample 7 is a print sent to us by Mr. Working Large Plates.
Schweisforth, of Eemscheid, who also be- Every operator remembers with what
lieved in the action of the bronze powder trepidation he handled and coated his first
located, so to speak, at the surface of the large plate. In the earlier days of the prac-
card. For the purpose of avoiding direct tice of photography, when a quarter or half
contact between the card and the print, he size was the largest plate in general use, the
separated them by a piece of paper, placed coating of an 8 x 10 was quite an achieve-
between, and nevertheless the spots con- ment, but now we are called upon to use the
tinued to appear. This result proves, in mammoth sizes from 14 x 18 to 20 x 24,
our opinion, in the clearest manner, that that really require skill in their manipula-
the card is not to be considered the cause of tion. And as now the enlarging processes
the spots. This experiment obliges us to are coming working
into so general use, the
accept the explanation of M. Frank, who of large plates willbecome a part of the
attributes the spots to the fermentation of practice of many who have seldom or never
the paste when the prints are placed one on used them before. Where large plates are
top of the other before being sufficiently used only occasionally it is well to clean
dry. The sample in question had been them as wanted. If albumenized and kept
pasted twice, and the amount of moisture read}' for use, they should be wrapped care-
must necessarily have been greater the ; fully in clean papers and kept in a dry place
effect also is more marked. free from dust.
The samples Nos. 8 and 9 strengthen Collodion for large plates should be a
this conclusion in fact one perceives on
; trifle thinner than for small ones, and should
these two samples, not only spots, but long be from a fresh sample; that is, a sample
stains following the direction of the brush that has not been used from before. Success
used in applying the paste and in examin-
; in coating a large plate depends much upon
ing the card one perceives the marks left the ease with which the plate is held and
by the paste, where it was left, by uneven the complete control the operator may have
thickness in being spread upon the card, in over it during the operation. Various
the exact shape and position as seen upon methods are practiced by different workers.
the proof. There is then evidently an in- One holds the plate by one corner while the
fluence exerted by the paste upon the print other rests on a shelf or stand another de- ;

if they had been properly dried the spots vises a support on which the centre of the
would not have occurred. plate rests, and is easily balanced by hold-
We do not think, however, that this ex- ing the corner. A method which I prefer,
planation in any way contradicts the rea- however, and which requires no special
soning or the experiments of M. Boudri- preparation or place to operate is, to balance
mont a prolonged condition of moisture,
: the plate on the open hand. A piece of
176 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
card-board, or clean paper folded several in every respect the same as with small
thicknesses, to place between the hand and plates.

plate, is necessary to keep the warmth of the The care and skill necessary to produce a
hand from affecting the film. Holding the good negative are required in the same ratio
plate in this way it is under perfect control as the increase in the size of the plates.

and may be manipulated with the same ease Large plates exhaust a bath very quickly,
and facility as in coating a small plate. An and are more liable to suffer from any sedi-
important item is to pour on the proper ment or particles floating in it, hence the
quantity of collodion to cover the plate necessity that the strength of the bath should
easily, and not pour too much on the floor; be kept up, and that it be filtered before
and also prevent, if possible, the collodion being used for large work. The careful
overflowing the edges of the plate and run- worker, with a little practice, will easily
ning across the back. A little moisture of overcome all difficulties and soon manipu-
the pad or paper on which the plate rests, late a large plate with the same confidence
will insure it from slipping while pouring and success as he does a small one.
oft" the surplus collodion. When the plate
is ready for the bath, it may be seized by
the lower left corner with the left hand, the

palm of the hand turned upward and the

fingers supporting the plate on the under BE WATCHFUL.
side ; let the plate drop into a nearly per- Our caution last month', page 133, on
pendicular position, and carry it to the dip- the subject of "Fraud and Impositions,"
per, which is to be raised to receive it, with was not an empty one. We had received
the right hand. It must be lowered care- word, among other similar things from our
fully and steadily into the bath, being care- readers, that a party was offering a matter
ful that there is no stopping or hesitation for sale, about which information was
until it be completely immersed. asked.
The next important point is the develop- We set to work our usual method of ob-
ment. This may be conducted by balancing taining knowledge in such matters, and ere
the plate on the hand, the same as in flow- long we received a brilliantly printed cir-
ing the collodion ; but as the flowing of the cular, with the N. P. A. monogram at the
developer is an entirely different operation head of it, and the name of a good Western
from that of flowing the collodion, it re- photographer at the foot, announcing that
quires a different handling and control of he was ready to impart to any one a " pro-
the plate it is done in a different light
; cess so simple that any one can work it,"
and necessarily in a different position. The for making enlarged negatives, for the sum
best method I have found is, to have a sup- of $3. Our next step was to obtain the
port that can be placed in the developing process, which we did at the cost of $3 and
tank on which the centre of the plate may some correspondence. Imagine our aston-
rest. A bottle, of the proper height, with ishment to find that nearly the whole " pro-
a cork in, answers the purpose well. Great cess" was, word for word, the same as was
care must be taken, if the plate comes under given by Mr. Simpson in our last January

the tap, that there are no drippings, for a number.

drop of water on the plate before develop- We immediately notified the gentleman
ment has ruined many an otherwise beauti- of our knowledge of his affairs, and we be-
ful negative. Holding the plate by the left- lieve he has stopped so we spare his name,
;

hand corner, so that it can be easily inclined hoping he will not continue, and cause us to
in any direction, flow the developer from a reveal it.

wide-mouth bottle, commencing at the left- We only state this case to show you the
hand corner and carrying the bottle across importance of being watchful, and how
to the right as the developer flows. Enough continually we have to be watchful, for
should go on to cover the plate without any your sakes.
hesitation, and manage the development Another instance occurred recently,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 177

whore another party, hankering after pho- MR. ANDERSON'S ALLMYKNACK.

tographic " flesh-pots," set out to sell a pro-
He found him-
HE ready inter-
cess of questionable value.
est in Mr. Ander-
self frequently in " a nest of the subscribers
son's new and no-
to the Philadelphia Photographer," and so
vel production, as
great was the opposition to, him that he
by shown
the
found sales difficult to make. The happy
prompt orders which have followed the
thought occurred to him that he could buy
announcement of it in our last, reassures
the Philadelphia Photographer, so he pro-
us that we have not mistaken the wants of
ceeded to our office, blandly explained his
our readers in securing its publication.
mission, offered his money " for an adver-
tisement and notice," but was told just as
Why should not photographers have
something to entertain them as well as
blandly that his process could not be adver-
other good people, and why should they not
tised at any price in the Philadelphia Pho-
have something gotten up especially for them
tographer, for it was not believed to be of
as well as any of the rest of the dear public ?
value. He could not show us good results,
and so he was forced to hunt an advertising
We see no reason why they should not.
It is dedicated to the National Photo-
medium elsewhere. We notice that he found
graphic Association, and we have delayed
it in a contemporary. Thus our subscribers
the publication of this effort of Mr. Ander-
will see that our magazine makes money
son's because the original intention of it
for them by what it keeps away from them,
was, to intermix by its means a little mer-
and on what they don't get, as well as by
riment and good humor with the more solid
what it teaches and gives them.
material, which will be found in plenty at
the great Butfalo banquet to make it a —
sort of light dessert, which should aid all in

Way-mouth's Vignetting Papers. the pathway to amiability, who have a cor-

ner in their hearts for such things.
" What we have so long wanted," is the
The Convention being postponed, of
general verdict with reference to the Way-
course, the Allmyknack was delayed again,
mouth vignetting papers. As many of our
in order to make it larger and better.
readers may have overlooked the specimen
It is nearly completed, and we hope to have
"paper" which we presented to them in
itready by the time you read this.
our last number, we desire to call their at-
Be assured that this is no catchpenny
tention to that fact, and again ask a trial of
book of empty nonsense. It is useful as
the same.
well as funny, and has many fine things in
You will not use cumbersome blocks and
it, which any smart photographer can make
breakable glasses, or other contrivances
use of in his business.
which have to be adjusted every time you
An example of the illustrations, and a
make a print, after trying these. Once ad-
partial list of the contents is given in our
justed, the Waymouth vignette papers need
advertising pages. It is a work which all
no changing. The whole order may be
photographers can find sale for among their
printed in the same time that ordinary
customers, and one which will interest and
prints could be made.
amuse them. For special terms apply to
One " paper " may be used for any num-
the publishers after first reading the adver-
ber of negatives, and sizes and shapes are
tisements.
made to suit all sizes and shapes of subjects,
from the smallest carte head to whole-size. More Pictures for Vienna. — Mr. W.
Great pains have been taken to make them R. Howell, of New York, gave us the pleas-
properly and well but if our readers find
; ure last month of examining the pictures
any suggestions to make, the publishers which he has sent to the Vienna Exposition
would be glad to hear from them. truly elegant specimens of photography,
Meanwhile please try the specimen sent well sustaining the American reputation for
you. good work.
12
 178 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHEE.

THE EXHIBITION. 8. Put your name on the bottom of the

box inside.
REGULATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS.
9. Direct the box to W. J. Baker, Local
The Fifth Annual Exhibition of the Secretary N. P. A., Rink, Buffalo, N. Y.,
National Photographic Association of the and on the inside of the lid put your own
•United States will be held in the Kink at name and address.
Buffalo, N. Y., beginning Tuesday, July 10. You can easily see how mistakes and
15th, 1873. much confusion will be avoided by strict
The meetings of the Association will be adherence to these instructions in every
held in the Hall near the Kink, morning, case.
afternoon, and evening.
Arrangements with express and railway
The business meetings of the Association
companies are being made for a commuta-
and Exhibition wili be free to members tion of fares and freights, and the result
presenting their badge.
will be announced in a circular, to be issued
No admission to the business sessions for
in due season.
(

those not members.

The list of hotels will also be given in the
Those not members will be admitted to circular, and their rates.
the scientific sessions on payment of fifty
A copy will be sent to all photographers
cents each admission.
who can be reached. Those who do not
A cordial invitation is given to all pho-
get it, may have copies by applying to
tographers abroad and at home, whether
either the Permanent or Local Secretary.
members of the Association or not, to ex-
and space
W. J. Baker,
hibit of their work, will be pro-
Local Secretary, Buffalo, N. Y.
vided free of charge.
Manufacturers, dealers, &c, are charged Edward L. Wilson,
$10 fee to help defray the expenses, unless Permanent Secretary, Philada.
the Executive Committee reduce the rates
to applicants in special cases.

DIRECTIONS TO EXHIBITORS. A Word Further to Exhibitors.

1. Estimate about the wall-space required But very few responses have been made
for your work, and send, early, the compu- to my proposition communicated in the May
tation thereof to W. J. Baker. Local Sec- number of this Journal, and while they
retary N. P. A., Buffalo, N. Y. have all been heartily favorable to the plan
2. Inquire of your express agent the time of arrangement there suggested, they are
required to forward a box from your place certainly not numerous enough to enable
to Buffalo, N. Y., and send so that it will either the Executive Committee or myself
arrive here not before the 12th of July next, to form any opinion, as to how well the

nor after the 15th. plan might meet the general sense of the
3. At the time of despatching your box, Association, unless we assume the truth of
mail a descriptive invoice of the same to the old adage that " Silence gives consent."
the Local Secretary, and place a duplicate We very much wish that a larger expres-
of the invoice in the box itself. sion of opinion would be given. It is not
4. {Very important.) Prepay all too late yet, and it can hardly be imagined
charges. that the matter is one of such entire indif-
5. Screw each frame on to two cleats,and ference to exhibitors as the lack of expres-
also fasten the cleats to the sides of the box sion seems to indicate.
with screws. Will, or will not, those most interested,
6. Fasten the lid with screws; use no the exhibitors, place me in a position in
nails for this purpose. which I can feel that I understand their
1., Put your name on the back of each desires ?

frame, or place your card under the glass in To secure good will and entire unanimity
front. is one of the first essentials in the conduct
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 179

of our Association. To effect this the change come " artists " in our own right, and
of time was agreed to, placing the date of while we obey the same laws, will not imi-
this Convention in what is to Northern tate the manner and tricks of painters or
photographers a busy season, and suit the engravers, but in our own section of the
leisure of our Southern members. realm of art, practice our own methods of
And in consideration of the fact that the representation.
proposed arrangement of the Exhibition is The appeal is to all of you to help this
an innovation on established usage, and good time come.
might by some be considered an abridg- W. J. Baker,
ment of their rights and privileges, if there Local Secretary.
Buffalo, N. Y.
should be one single exhibitor who expresses
his disapproval, the scheme shall be laid
aside for the present,till it can be discussed

and acted on in a business meeting.

Classifying the Work at the Buffalo

But in order that it can be carried out Convention.

successfully, it will be necessary that all It is with pleasure I read Local Secretary
exhibitors communicate with the Local Sec- Baker's ideas of arranging pictures and
retary by the last of June at the latest, and classifying them at the Exhibition of the
inform him specially, how much work they N. P. A. I have been an advocate of the
propose to send, and how much space each same for some years, at our annual fairs,
frame will occupy, and of what class the for the very reason that many meritorious
contents of such frames are. artists of small means will not exhibit their
Mr. J. F. Eyder, of Cleveland, in an an- work in competition with work styled pho-
swer to the May article, proposes that a tography that is made up of gilt and gaudy
" square appeal be made for plain photo- frames and the pencil of the professional
graphs, with reference to making a special artist, with but little of the work of the prac-

show of that class of work as being the test tical photographer showing. Admitting
of true and pure photography, and of skill that some of the work of those that are
on the part of the producer." styled our first-class artists is very beauti-
He goes on to say, " It is true that the ful and attractive at our exhibitions, and I

retouching of negatives and prints is so am them it would be consid-

afraid without
universally practiced that it must be done, ered a poor showing of our art (the way
as surely as a tailor must press and brush a pictures are exhibited at the present time),
coat before it can be offered to the customer. still it is not legitimate photography ;
it is

I know that much harm is done in this the work of dollars and cents called to its

way. I feel that a reaction must come; aid, and not practical photography.
whether it is yet time is the question." "What we should aim at and encourage
When that time will come no one can is plain photography, worked out perfect

tell; that it must come and will be a good with the aid of lighting the subject, chemi-
time all will agree, and what could help cals, instruments, posing, accessories, and

it along faster than the carrying out of O'Neal's formula, brains if you will use
;

our friend Byder's proposition. His plan the retoucher's pencil to do away with slight
can be made to work if you will each send imperfections caused by the freaks of nature
a few plain photographs, and if the severer or manipulation, do so. Such pictures are
cannot be carried out, there
classification made perfect daily by photographers who
can be no dissent or lack of time for his, are not known as our best artists ; so give
and it would be beyond a question the most such practical men a fair show to exhibit
useful feature of the Exhibition. their work.
To greater skill in plain photography we The daguerreotypist that excelled in the
must sooner or come. The public will
later early days of the art was known and recog-
in the end tire of, and detect the falseness of nized by his own handiwork, and not by
so much touching. Nature and not " finish " the aid of paid artists, as there was no ne-
will be required of us. Then we will be- cessity for them at that day, except to copy
180 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
from the daguerreotype. Young, ambitious being a present from Mr. Kent to the
photographers dislike to exhibit their work, members of the National Photographic
let it be ever so good (as many of them in- Association.
formed me at the last Exhibition in St. We need not allude to the matter for-
Louis), alongside of grand and costly dis- merly published on this subject of screens,
what you will to the contrary.
plays, say or to discuss who first used a screen to
Give them a fair show by either curtailing modify the light on the face of the subject.
the big show of colored work, or make it Mr. Kent does not claim that honor by any
so that plain work shall have the precedence means, and never did.
of light and position in our exhibitions
no ; But he' has invented a method of screen-
mixture of the two allowed on any consid- ing by hand, so to speak, which he fully
eration, — it don't matter who the work is explains with the photograph alluded to
got up by or belongs to ;
if our worthy above, for the benefit of his fellow-mem-
President or any one else have the two bers and it is well worth all it costs to
;

styles, them be separated in different

let become a member to secure the privileges

sections. Then there would be a stimulus so generously given by Mr. Kent. All
given to our practical photographers to show who join hereafter will have the entire
what can be done by them in plain photog- instructions, &c\, sent them.
raphy in competition with the biggest guns The Executive Committee have already
in our profession. There should be a com- sent Mr. Kent a handsomely inscribed vote
mittee formed for such a purpose to say of thanks, and we hope that after others
what was considered plain work and what have used the advantages he has given
was not, or it might be left to the judgment them that they also will have the courtesy
of the Local Secretary to decide. to tell him to what degree they are pleased.
By means, no doubt you would have
this
six exhibitorswhere you now have one by
the present plan. Something should be BUFFALO PHOTOGRAPHIC
done at the next meeting of the N. P. A. •
ASSOCIATION.
to bring about the much-desired change; The great good derived from associated
if not, in time you will have fewer exhib- effort has come to be recognized even by us
itors and but little legitimate plain work to here in Buffalo, and in accordance with the
show in competition against the man of spiritmanifested at previous meetings, the
means that has the almighty dollar to ex- photographers of the city met at the stock
hibit his show or buy his greatness. house of David Tucker & Co., on the 25th
I believe one of the principal features of of April, for the purpose of effecting a local
the N. P. A., to benefit the greatest num- association. The meeting was called to
ber at the smallest cost to them, is the reason order at 8 o'clock, and David Tucker, Esq.,
plain work should be encouraged by those was called to the chair. Mr. W. J. Baker
that have the welfare of the Association at was chosen Secretary pro tern., and the du-
heart. ties of the occasion began.
J. H. Fitzgibbost. Mr. Joseph Samo, from a committee ap-
pointed at a previous meeting to prepare a
constitution and by-laws, made a compre-
KENT'S HAND-SCREEN. hensive report of the same, which was
After much delay, which he could not unanimously accepted.
control, the Permanent Secretary, by order The following list of officers were elected
of the Executive Committee, will soon for- unanimously and by acclamation, for the
ward to each member of the National Photo- term of six months. "W. J. Baker, Presi-
graphic Association a photograph showing dent ; S. B. Butts, Vice-President; G. C.
the manner of using Mr. Kent's Hand- Farnsworth, Secretary, and D. B. Miller,
screen,and with full instructions how to Treasurer.
make it and how to use it, together with a Joseph Samo and F. Meredith constitute
license to the use of the same, the whole the Executive Committee for the same term.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 181

All present manifested an encouraging and Boettcher, was appointed, with instruc-
interest,and acquitted themselves to the and report.
tions to test
entire satisfaction of the Treasurer by sign- The following question was found in the
ing the constitution and by-laws, and pay- letter-box, viz.Is the frame that Mr. W.
:

ing one dollar. K. Howell sent to Vienna a copy from the

It is hoped that tbis harmony of feeling one sent by Mr. W. Kurtz?
and this union of forces will place the suc-
Mr. Schoene said he understood it to be,
cess of our coming Convention away be-
but would like to hear Mr. Kurtz himself
yond the possibility of doubt, at least so far
on the subject. Thereupon Mr. Kurtz sur-
as Buffalo is concerned.
rendered the chair to the Vice-President,
G. C. Farnsworth, Mr. G. W. Weil, and answered:
Secretary.
"Gentlemen, the frame in question is an
exact copy of mine, with the exception of a
few slight details, which Mr. Howell, my
German Photographic Society of colleague and neighbor, for some reason
New York. saw fit to make. Maybe he considered
The regular monthly meeting of this So- them improvements, but there were no ma-
ciety was held on Thursday, May 1st. Presi- terial changes."
dent W. Kurtz in the chair. Mr. Kurtz was then asked by a gentle-
Minutes of last meeting were read and man who had not seen either frame, whether
approved. it was not possible that Mr. Howell had the

The chairman called attention to the same idea? (Laughter.)

resolutions of last meeting, changing the Mr. Kurtz replied that it would be truly
meeting nights from Friday to Thursday. wonderful. He had gotten his idea from
Mr. Lewin asked for advice, if it were former experience in Europe. Knowing
possible that the silver bath could get that a photographic exhibition of small
spoiled by metallic salts contained in the black and white pictures in a large hall was
glass bath In explanation, he stated that
? monotonous to the public, and that every-
he had a glass bath, which whenever used thing depended on the framing, hanging,
resulted in streaky, funny-marked nega- arrangement, &c, he had sent the different
tives. He had attributed this first to the kinds of pictures, large and small, plain
dipper, but after using different dippers of and colored, nicely arranged in separate
glass,wood, and rubber, and using differ- frames, to the Paris Exposition, requesting
ent silver solutions which in ofher vessels the parties in charge to arrange them ac-
worked all right, with the same bad effects, cording to an accompanying plan. And the
he had come to the conclusion contained in he received from Paris made him
first letter

his question. Mr. Kleinhans, and in fact a savage stated that his plain photographs
; it

great many others, doubted that the minute were hung in one room and the colored
quantities of metallic salts, contained in work in another, as they (the French com-
glass, could be the cause, and after a short mittee) did not consider painted porcelains
debate a committee, consisting of Messrs. as photographs ; in fact, that the whole har-
Lewin, JSIagel, and Boettcher, were ap- mony was destroyed. He then made up his
make experiments with the badly
pointed, to mind that whenever he should send pictures
behaving bath in question. abroad again, without being able to super-
The undersigned called the attention of intend them personally, he would build a
the meeting to an article in Anthony's Bul- wooden structure an elegant
in the shape of
about keeping silvered paper longer
letin, piece of furniturehere, hang and arrange
white than usual, by using blotting-paper the pictures himself, screw them fast and
as backs in printing-frames, previously satu- ship them in that way; and this he has
rated with a solution of bicarbonate of done for the Vienna Exposition. His ex-
soda. As nobody had tried this yet, a com- perience at Paris gave him the idea. Mr.
mittee, of Messrs. Nagel, Schoene, Trapp, Howell has never sent pictures to Europe
182 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
before, and it is only there they make that although a poor one; but I am not willing
distinction. to be robbed in this way by anybody. He
Mr. Kurtz further stated that the Ger- had no right as a gentleman to imitate my
man Photographic Society had seen the design, when both of us are in competition
frame at the "Palette Club-rooms." It in Vienna. If it were here in New York
consisted of a structure 20 feet long by 14 feet I would simply pity the imitator and laugh,
high, with a base of about 2 feet 6 inches; but going to the "Palette Club-rooms,"
above that a space for large and small work, measuring and copj ing the whole thing,
r

colored and plain, divided by pilasters and getting it up in great haste, and sending it
columns in five sections of different heights on at his own expense at the eleventh hour,
and widths, covered with maroon cloth. as his idea and his taste, is —very wrong.
The centre was raised above the other sec- it was moved and
After a short discussion,
tions in order to admit a life-size picture. seconded to give Mr. Howell a vote of
Exactly the same has Mr. Howell. Above censure, for conduct unbecoming a fellow-
that I have my name. So has Mr. Howell. photographer, and that it should be pub-
In the lower sections of the design are lished in the minutes of the Society. The
cabinet cards on block mounts with gilt motion was unanimously carried.
edges, gray paper, &c. So has Mr. Howell. Adjourned.
Where Mr. Howell's frame differs from Edward Boettcher,
mine, where his is original, is on the base. Corresponding Secretary.

Mine is plain with a thin gilt edge. His

has a couple of tremendous gilt monograms,
extraordinarily large and plain. His also
differs from mine in the upper part of the
two outer wings. There I have two orna-
ments, which form part of the frame, hold-
ing the Paris and New York medals of
A CALL
To the Photographers of Wisconsin,
Northern Iowa, and Minnesota.
If all and every one of you who contem-
plate going to the Convention at Buffalo

award. These Mr. Howell naturally has will please notify me, to enable me to know
left out. His also differs in the choice of by the 5th of June how many might go
the wood; mine being imitation of ebony, by the route of Milwaukee, I shall make
and his black walnut with a great deal most strenuous efforts to obtain a reduction

more gilt and inlaid wood. But the change upon all the branches of the
of fare for you

I understood was a necessity, dictated by Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway.

the carpenter, who was obliged to complete Allow me to urge every one of you to
the frame in a great hurry, and the var- attend, not for the sake of the Convention,

nishing process for imitation of ebony takes nor for the sake of the National Photo-
a great deal of time, which Mr. Howell graphic Association, but for your own sake,

could not give, having ordered his frame for you may safely lookupon the incurring
(after mine was on exhibition) only two or expenses as seeds sown which will yield a

three days before the government vessel hundred-fold I expect to report, through

sailed, and consequently black walnut was the July number of the Philadelphia Pho-

the wood that had to be used. My frame tographer, with the kind permission of Mr.
was over three months in hand, Mr. How- E. LWilson, what I have been able to do.
ell's as many weeks, and strange to say he I have no other object in view than to

had applied for space at General Van Bu- see the fraternity occupy the position in the

ren's office long before myself. Why was public esteem which they ought to, and of

he not ready first? And whj did one of r which they have heretofore, to a large ex-
his employes tell me just four days before tent, been deprived by lack of energy.

the vessel sailed thatMr. Howell had given Hoping to receive enough reports to be
up sending Vienna; that they had not a
to able to charter a special car for the North-

single picture prepared? western photographers, I add my address.

I am perfectly willing Mr. Howell should Ph. E. Thuemmler,

pattern after me, in fact it is a compliment, No. 138 Reed Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 183

MY "ANOMALOUS POSITION." man, mind you) can do nothing without

New York, May 6th, 1873. the artist, and that " any chemicals in

Mr. Editor: After several days' delay,
my copy of the Philadelphia Photographer
(May, 1873) came punctually to hand, and
I sat me down to enjoy all the good things
good working order will make splendid
work." So they will. I further stated,
" that if you light and pose like some mon-
strosities which I have seen, my formulas

it contained, especially those articles written will reproduce them in all their hideous

by myself, which, of course, I think by far deformities." So they will. If they wouldn't

the most sensitive, you know. I came to they ain't worth a cuss. Again I said I

one article, however, which attracted my could no more turn out such work as I now
attention with very great muchness; written produce, without my master and friend
by a beloved friend, Mr. Alva Pearsall, of Kurtz at my elbow, than, "I don't know
Brooklyn, N. Y., entitled "Chemical Ma- what." So I can't, and I'll stick to it.
nipulations and Lighting." Now, darling, you say, "I do claim that
Now, it appears that some time during he (the operator) is entitled to a share of
the latter portion of last year 1 wrote an the credit due, for he could easily have
article for Mr. Wharton Simpson's Year- destroyed this exquisite gradation by the
Book, nominated "The Artist and the manipulation of his chemicals, and instead,
"Workman," which has been universally made the lighting short, patchy, and hard."
perused by all who have read it attentively, Good boy you're right, so he could, and
!

and among that crowd we find " our mutual that's just the point the manipulation.
friend" Alva. When Alva had read this I said never a word against the manipu-

he became him in a mighty wroth, and he lation ; my

words were " Let me try earn-
:

scratched his left ear with the marriage estly to induceyou all to believe me, and
finger of his dexter flipper. He arose him urge you to abandon now and forever that
up, crying out with a loud voice, saying: wildest of all chimeras, that this is done by
"This won't wash this is too, too thin I ;
rare and secret formulae, wonderful collodions,
;

can't see it; I'll up and have a shot at this and magical baths." what I said.
That's
fellow, if I die for it." And, lo! and be- You say: "He must have a
(the operator)

hold he shooted, and he fired him a whole feeling in common with the artist, and pre-
broadside of blank cartridges across my pare and manipulate his sensitive plate so
bows. So I took the hint, luffed up, trim- as to give an image that will harmonize
med my sheets flat aft, put my helm down, accordingly, otherwise the artist's labor will
and waited to be boarded. He soon came have been in vain."
alongside, and leaping with his accustomed Exactly, petty; but this very "feeling"
grace and activity aboard my deck, he makes the operator in some degree an artist,
raised his right hand, exclaiming: "Now and to prove to you how exactly I agree
sir, I'llbox your " (I involuntarily trem- with you, I said: "I will take certain
bled, and covered mine ears mit mine hands) meats, vegetables, flour, eggs, butter, lard,
" compass with you." " Oh !" said I, "ah !
&c. (chemicals), and a good fire (bath), will
yes, I see," and we went below where we place before two cooks (operators) a written
smiled convivially. " Now, "says he, taking recipe (formula). What will be the result?

out a little blue-covered book, " you have A. will make you a vile, unsavory mess
written something in this y'ere book,* what (cast-iron negative), whilst B. will cook a
I hold is not only wrong but absolutely dish to set before the gods" (one of Ander-
pernicious" (gracious! Alva) "to advocate son's negatives, for instance). You say, love,
such a doctrine ! Why do you assume this that my was written " either from
article

anomalous position?" Now, Alva deary, very great modesty, or a very great desire to
ease up your mainsheet a bit, and I'll put flatter the artist " (Kurtz). Bless you, pet,
in my oar. In my article in this Year- do you doubt rohich? No, of course you
Book, I claim that the workman (as a work- don't, and you are right, 'twas my very
great modesty. Oh dear, this cursed mod-
!

.# The Year-Book of Photography, 1873, p. 31. esty of mine has been- the very bane of
184 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
mine existence. "When I first went to THE TRANSIT OF VENUS.
Kurtz I didn't know one chemical from
The transit or passage of the planet
another (not that I do much now, by the
Venus over the disk of the sun, to occur in
by). Mr. Kurtz had no less than seven
December, 1874, will be the scientific event
operators while I was with him. The last
of the year, and extensive preparations are
one was and is a professor (and teaches
being made for its observance in all parts
photography in the Photographic Section of
of the scientific world. Our own- govern-
the American and
Institute in this city),
ment has acted for once in a liberal manner
even he didn't suit. Mr. Kurtz told them
towards the cause of science, giving us
that he wanted to produce such and such an
hope for the future^ and made an appro-
effect, and they had replied with commis-
priation of $150,000'for the expenses of ex-
eration that, "it couldn't be did." Mr.
peditions to be sent out to observe the great
Kurtz, nothing daunted, told me to do it.
phenomenon. The trial of instruments for
I did it (using no other than their own
photographing the "spot on the sun" has
chemicals, as I had never mixed an ounce
been going on some time, and we trust that
of collodion nor .made a bath in my life),
the suggestions of men of experience like
and I fancy with some degree of success; for
Mr. Kutherfurd will be accepted in prefer-
when I went to Kurtz, he was nowhere, — ence to some we have seen emanating from
and now he is about everywhere. I don't
gentlemen in the government service, but
mean to say I made Kurtz, bless you no, he
of very little experience in solar photog-
made me. I am the very pink of courtesy.
raphy. Mr. Zentmayer, we learn, is making
Kurtz was already made, I only helped to
the instruments for both home and foreign
trot him out, you see. His success is such
that tender babies cry out in their dreams,
use. We shall turn to this subject again.

and with a wail of grief, shriek to be taken

to Kurtz to be photographed. Fact.
In this same article I said " The opera-
The Albumen Substratum. — On page
:

tor could no more have made that picture,"

mind you, "picture" not negative. No
138, May No. Philadelphia Photographer, J.
Parker, Jr., says in his article for cleaning
more he couldn't. Finally, you say: "I
glass and ferrotype plates: "White of 6
maintain that the manipulation of chemicals
eggs; water, 6 ounces; ammonia, 1 ounce,"
is of more importance than the formulce."
&c. This makes a thick albumen solution
Why! what I
precious, isn't that exactly
difficult to flow, as he admits, and too much
said [vide thetwo cooks); don't I distinctly
ammonia, which is apt to injure the bath.
say " Throw formula? to the dogs?"
:

If instead he will take the white of one egg

For heaven's sake, sweety, let's hear no
to one quart of water, and about two drops
more of my "anomalous position." I see
of ammonia, he will find his albumen to
that your paper "was read and received
flow easily, on wet plates, either glass or
with applause, a unanimous vote of thanks
ferrotype, and to need no subsequent wash-
being passed for the same." I regret that I
ing ; only drain and dry, and set away for
wasn't present, for I would have applauded
thee to the echo, which would have ap-
use. — A. Hesler.
plauded again. I cannot commend too
highly your remarks in relation to flowing
the plate, &c. You are indeed to be con-
gratulated, making
you are, by far, the
The Daily Graphic, New York, continues to
as
interest the public, and is no longer considered an
best work in your city and last, and best
;
experiment, we believe, but a decided success. Its
of all, you have not been constrained to use
illustrations are mainly produced by the Leggo-
developer for eighteen long and dreary years, type process, we believe. Some of them we can-
for I may add, without " bellowing with not give credit for much good quality, but we
flippant vanity," thou hast far too much hope for improvement in that direction. We un-
brains, for that, my own. derstand that a Ross lens, costing $4000, is issecl

Elbert Anderson. for copying purposes by the Graphic Company,

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHER. 185

LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY. carried the box and stand. The lenses used
were No. 5 Zentmayer and a pair of No. 2
This is the season when photographers
Steinheil's. As dark-room I used a bag-
should brush up their outdoor apparatus
gage car. I had to fight wind and dust,
and busy themselves with such view-taking
and lost one negative only and my silver
as they may have on hand. The foliage in
bath, but luckily after I got through the
most localities having been very backward
job. I was very sorry to lose this silver
is now in just the condition to give the best
bath, though I had a reserve bath along,
results,but it will soon be greener and
but which I never had an opportunity to
darker and therefore more difficult to pho-
use. This bath was made in the proportion
tograph.
of £ ounce of glycerin, £ ounce of water, 30
And in providing for such work permit
grains of silver, acidified with nitric acid.
us once more to recommend the study of
Several times I had to walk over a mile and
that capital little book Linn's Landscape
back, but found no trouble whatever to keep
Photography. you many ex-
It will give
the plate in good order. But more anon.
cellent hints,which you may find out if you
"I have made a little apparatus which
work long enough, but it will save you that
does away with the evaporating of the silver
time and trouble, for it teaches the lessons
solutions in order to get rid of the accumu-
of experience. Read it before you go out,
lated alcohol. It consists of a tall bottle to
and put it in your pocket and take it with
hold the solutions to be doctored. The
you.
bottle is closed by a stopper perforated by
Again, in photographing foliage there is
two holes, through which one short and one
much, very much in the collodion you use,
long glass tube, reaching down to the bot-
the detail you get depending entirely upon
tom, pass. To the short tube an india-
that. If your own is good, very well. If
rubber tube is fastened, and the other end
not, permit us to suggest a trial of Hance's
of it is connected with a barrel full of water.
White Mountain and Niagara Falls Collo-
Now, as soon as the water is turned on, the
dion. For distances, foliage, and rock, the
air drawn through the long tube and
is
fdrmer, and for water, fully lighted subjects,
bubbles up through the silver solution, re-
&c, the latter. Some of both should be
moving all the alcohol in a very short time
kept in store for all classes of subjects.
This sketch will help you to understand it
They are capital.
I hope.
While on this we are reminded of a little

winter landscape excursion, just made by

our friend Mr. Eobert Benecke, of St. Louis,
and as he gives us some good practical hints,
we add a few extracts from his letter, viz.

"Since I wrote you last I have been

down through the Indian Territory as far
as Dennison, Texas. I send you a few
prints. was engaged bjr the president of
I
the Missouri, Kansas, and Texas Eailway to
accompany a couple of gentlemen sent there
by the editors of Scribner's Magazine. We
had a very pleasant time, although we got
stuck in the snow, going down, for over five
days. I took the most of the negatives
coming back, some twent} large ones and
r

about thirty stereos, and on 5 x 8 plates. "A is a hole to insert the funnel for fill-

I had to do the work in four days, and ing the barrel with water, now closed.
without any assistance except the young " The inclosed prints were made on Dres-
$p an who was detailed to point out to me den paper, and silvered on the following
the different places to be taken, and who silver bath: 1 ounce of silver; 1 ounce of
186 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
nitrate ammonia or potash ; 10 ounces of Mr. H. talks much about brains, thereby
water; 1 ounce of alcohol and a little alum imitating Mr. Anderson, as he followed in
scraped into it. In hot weather I add a few the steps of Hugh O'Neil. Did Mr. H.
lumps of sugar to it. No fuming necessary. ever suppose that he might lack a little
" Toning bath : Gold, boiling water, soda '
by accident a little sheep
brains.' or that '

to neutralize the acid, and a little acetate brains' might be mixed with his? In all
of soda. Use about an hour after it is truth I think this 'brains' business, like
made. retouching, might be better let alone; this
" Looking over this letter I noticed that parading of brains by the 'high toned'
' '

I forgot to mention that had to leave my

I (I do not just know what this means, but I
silver bath over eight or ten weeks standing suppose it will answer as well as any other
in the daylight, before I could use it. When phrase), in our profession is, very much in
new a bluish film or deposit in the shadows the nature of a contemptuous slur to us all.

would take place, but after leaving it stand- The quality of brains possessed by us may
ing in the strong light it never gave me the differ, but that we are to be contemned for
least trouble that is all wrong. A neighboring photog-
"In my next letter I shall mention a few rapher was in a few days ago I asked him ;

novelties which I introduced in my daily if he had read Anderson's book. He said

practice since January, 1872, and only 'No.' So I let him look at mine. He hap-
wish that other photographers would go to pened open it at Elbert Anderson's por-
to
the trouble to mention briefly, say once a trait collodion formula. Read it until he
year, what new ideas and wrinkles they came to the words I was just going to say
'

have adopted." brains He laid it down, with the remark,

'

Mr. Benecke's views are excellent, as his '

I guess I have not got brains enough for

work always is, and we are indebted to him this.' Now, we who occupy a lower posi-
for many useful hints. The last one he tion in the art than Mr. A. or H. have just

makes above we hope
will be regarded. Ed. as sensitive feelings as they, and because we
cannot comprehend a thing at once or make
a failure, we do not like to be twitted with
our lack of brains.' It is not gentlemanly,
'

THINGS USEFUL. it is not kind. They all lack charity. 1

(Continued from page 75.) do not want to sit in judgment, but I am
"I was much amused on reading the tired of this talk of brains, at least in the
latter part of the article in the January way the dose is given us ; it is nauseous ; we
number of the Philadelphia Photographer, all like our pills sugar-coated. Mr. Baker's
entitledOur Noble Selves,' referring to the
' foot-note on this subject is most excellent.
Western operator producing his revolver, Brains are not needed in the formula, for if
&c. Does the author of the article in one follows them strictly how can he go
question really think a Western operator astray ? The brain comes in under the
ever did such a thing? Does he think ' we skylight and in the manipulation. I know
of the West ' have no artistic feeling, no some are better operators than others, some
gentlemanly instincts, no courtesy, that we can work at the business but a few months
'push the sitter into a chair,' 'jam a rest and soon know it all, others will be years
against the head,' in short that we do not and still be indifferent; now this cannot be
know how to be gentlemen ? Let me assure attributed to a lack of brains, but simply
Mr. H. that his '
art education '
may be that one has chosen his profession wisely, the
perfect, but he lacks one thing, charity. If other foolishly. I would only say to Mr.
he should ever come 'West,' he will find A., H., and others, who are so fond of pa-
as many gentlemen in our profession as rading brains, to give us a less nauseous
there are East. We may not be so polished, dose, and exercise a little Christian charity.
our clothing so fine, our manners so per- None of us object to being taught, most of
fect, but for all that we are men, and hum- us are willing and anxious to learn, but we
bly trust, gentlemen. I also notice this want our lessons taught us in a gentlemanly
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 187

way ; if we lack brains do not twit us of it. was adjusted by him. Now, I would wager
I will leave this subject for fear I tire you, considerable that he never read a work on
and tell you a story almost as good as the photography." J. H Hunter.
sugar developer. One day, not very long
ago, a man came in to see me, and intro-
duced himself as Mr. and stated his ,
OUR PICTURE.
intention of opening a gallery in a little The very beautiful example of photog-
town some ten miles away. He represented raphy, presented with our current number,
himself as a photographer of over twenty was printed from negatives made by Mr.
years' experience, and I inwardly rever- F. Luckhardt, in Vienna, Austria.
enced him as one of the fathers in our art, Those who attended the St Louis Exhi-
but in the course of conversation I found bition last year will remember the wonder-
that he was not so much of a father as I ful specimens exhibited there by Mr. Luck-

supposed ; my reverence for him was oozing hardt. They were the constant study and
away. I found that his only object in call- admiration of many, and there was always
ing on me was to get information, not that a little group around them discussing their
I had any objection giving it to him ; at merits and the means by which they were
last our conversation turned upon lenses and probably produced. Many left them with
boxes. I showed him my No. 2 Koss. I a sigh, while others went away with a look
sat down, and he looked through it. Said I, upon their faces which seemed to say " I
<
It is a pretty good tube. Yes, said he, but
'
'
' ' will equal them if I don't bent them, before
I have got a tube to beat it.' Have you ?' ' I die." The exhibition of those pictures no
said I; 'what kind is it?' It is a French ' doubt did a vast deal of good, and the com-
tube, made by the celebrated Mr. Darlon mittee on the award of the foreign medals
(I spell it as he pronounced it) 'they are the ; did well when they awarded the handsome
best lens-makers in the world; they got the gold medal of the Association for 1872 to
prize medal.' 'Ah!' said I, 'I have used the Herr Luckhardt. It was a deserved tribute
Darlot lens, but I never liked them much, Our thoughts when looking upon those pic-
they are so much trouble to correct the tures ran in thiswise: "Oh! how beauti-
focus.' ' What do you mean by that?' So ful; how carefully studied in pose, in light-
I explained to him as I best knew how ing; in the management of the draperies ;

about the chemical and visual focus; so I in the choice of accessories ; in the chemical
told him that all kinds of lenses had two effects,and in the whole production of the
distinct foci, unless they were corrected. work how excellent Would that we could
!

At that he turned to me and said, '

Mr. place such examples of work before our
Hunter, I am an old operator, and when readers, and induce them to study them,
you attempt to cram such stuff down my and take pattern after them." This was
throat, you don't know who you are talking our covetous desire, and it did so take pos-
to.' I timidly suggested that I did not. session of us that we made it known to
At that he asked me, ' if he understood Herr Luckhardt. He responded most gen-
aright that the Darlon lens was of that erously by sending negatives of six lady
class, having two focusses?' I told him he subjects all fully equal to, if not exceeding,
understood me aright. 'Well,' said he, those exhibited at St. Louis.
'
you are a bigger than I took you for.
fool To enable our readers to see them quickly,
Good day.' And so he left me. What his we offered prints from the whole set to any
experience has been I do not know, but he one sending us a new subscriber. Many
was a man ten years my senior, and a very have taken advantage of this offer, and
nice-appearing person, and I do not believe are in possession of the whole six. We
he knew there was such a thing chemi- as a have used three of the subjects for our cur-
cal and visual foci. I forgot to mention rent number, and prints of the others will
that he bought his tube and box from appear later in the year. The subjects
Stevens, in Chicago, and it was fitted to the being all different we could make this ar-
box, and in all probability the ground-glass rangement. But even now, no one sub-
188 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
seriber will receivemore than two of the thinks I have not done "justice to the
we continue to offer the six as a pre-
set, so past." He thinks I forget, or am ignorant
mium. They are worth five dollars to any of the fact, that photographic journalism
one. Are they not? had its birth in America. He proceeds to
We mount the premium sets on hand- admit that the earlier American photo-
somely designed boards, 8 x 10 size for graphic journals were chiefly made up from
framing, and they will attract visitors to English and French publications at that
any gallery. time, as " there were not half a dozen men
Mr. Luckhardt is undoubtedly leading in the United States capable, or willing, to
his colleagues in Europe, to say the least, write upon the subject of photography,"
and visitors to the Buffalo Exhibition are whilst those that could preferred the " phil-
promised a number of fresh works by him. osophical and photographic press of England
We hope they will arrive in time, and that as the best means of being appreciated."
they will be well studied. In establishing the Philadelphia Photog-
The prints were made for us by Mr. rapher, he proceeds to say, Mr. Wilson con-
William H. Khoads, No. 1800 Frankford ceived nothing new, but simply continued
Avenue, Philadelphia, on the Trapp and the plan of a predecessor who failed by
Munch Rives paper, for which Mr. Willy being ahead of his times. Although this
Wallach, 43 John Street, New York, is the matter is a little am
personal to yourself, I
agent. This paper is exceedingly popular sure you will allow me one brief word of
and holds its reputation well. explanation. Let me hasten to assure Mr.
The mounts were made by Messrs. Ro- Snelling that I am familiar with the history
haut & Hutinet, Paris, France, and for- of American photographic literature and
warded for our purpose especially. These journalism, and with Mr. Snelling's early
gentlemen were the leaders in this line, and labors in that field. One of the earliest
have done much towards cultivating good books on photography which I possessed
photographic cards.
taste in the choice of was Mr. Snelling's Art of Photography,
An on the purity of their stock
article which I purchased in New York upwards
will be found on page 174. When we of twenty-one years ago, at Messrs. An-
present Herr Luckhardt's other pictures we thony's, where, if I remember aright, Mr.
hope also to give a drawing of his studio, Snelling was then personally engaged. I
and his method of working. have seen, I think, every photographic
journal which has been published in Amer-
ica, both by Mr. Snelling and those who
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
succeeded him in the same walk. I men-
STUDIO.
tion these things simply to show that I was
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F.S.A.
neither ignorant nor inappreciative of the
American Photographic Literature Provi- — literary progress of photography in America
dent Societies amongst Photographers A — when I wrote the article to which Mr. Snel-
Simple Method of removing Fog Stains — ling takes exception. Let me assure him
Wooden Baths. that I do not underrate the labors of the
American Photographic Literature. I re- — pioneer. But I was speaking of recent prog-
centlyhad occasion to call the attention of ress,and not referring to general history.
the readers of the Photographic News to the But since the issue is raised, I must dis-
great advance in American photographic tinctly affirm my conviction that Mr. Wil-
literature of late years. As the article was son did conceive and establish something
quoted in the Photographic Times, your new, and to that fact the vitality of his
readers may be familiar with what I said. journal was due.
I regret that one photographic veteran in There were other journals in existence
the United States seems less than satisfied holding the ground when Mr. Wilson
with my remarks. Admitting the fairness started his. Where are they now ? They
of my observations, so far as they go, Mr. have perished, whilst remains more vig-
his
Snelling, in an English contemporary, orous than ever, illustrating Darwin's law
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 189

of the survival of the fittest It is not im- English brethren. The precise form is not
portant here to estimate the causes of failure decided but I think that a combination of
;

and success in photographic journals, but I the principle of a provident society in

take strong exception to Mr. Snelling's which every member has a claim in defi-
explanation, that former journals failed nite ratio to his subscriptions, in sickness
through being " ahead of the times." That or old age, with that of a benevolent so-
being "ahead of the times" is often a dan- ciety by which, in case of necessity, more
gerous piece of cant. Few things fail extended aid can be given than the mere
through being ahead of the times, if they beneficial society could afford. Already
have only strength and vitality about them. you have, I believe, something of that kind
The chick which breaks the shell too soon in connection with the N. P. A. How
dies, not because it is ahead of its time, but does it work ?

because it makes its debut before -it has A Simple Method of removing Fog Stains.
strength to meet the vicissitudes of its po- —A correspondent sends me a simple
sition. I speak with all respect to a veteran method of removing the foggy stains which
worker, and to assure him that in exalting sometimes occur in pushing development or
recent American progress I was not depre- intensifying. He says
ciating the day of small and feeble things. " Having to photograph some race-horses
Provident Societies amongst Photogra- lately, some distance from home, I left the
phers. —After much advocacy and discus- intensifying and fixing until I returned.
sion during something like ten years, I One of the negatives, although sharp and
think that English photographers promise good, was rather underexposed, and in the
at last to secure the formation of some so-, process of intensifying fogged badly in the
ciety for the relief of the less fortunate shadows. Not wishing to take the trouble
amongst their number who may be over- of the journey, &c, again, I was anxious
taken with sickness, old age, or disaster. to try and save my spoilt plate. At this
It has been a curious thing to note for juncture I remembered that nitric acid dis-
years past, the history of the idea. Every- solved the deposit of silver ; so fixed,
body has been satisfied that the formation washed, and dried the negative as usual.
of a relief fund of some kind was desirable. I then poured a few drops of nitric acid on
Photographers have no immunity from a clean glass plate, and, taking a small soft
misfortune and the indigence which gener- brush, painted the fogged parts of the dry
ally follows in its track. Life in the dark- film, and, to my satisfaction, completely re-
room is not more than usually conducive to moved the fog, and of course saved my
the highest condition of vitality. Other negative."
trades and professions, younger and older Wooden Baths. —I recently reproduced
than photography, had formed guilds, in the suggestion of one of your correspond-
the purposes of which relief of distressed ents, Mr. Chute, I think, for using a wood-
members bore an important part; why en bath made waterproof by the application
should not photographers do likewise ? of tar. An English correspondent writes to
The wealthier members of the community me to suggest a modification of that plan. He
offered liberal contributions and encourage- says : ''Respecting the use of tar for making
ment ; but no one set about doing the prelimi- baths, might I suggest the use of pitch,
nary work. Everybody seemed to look for which is better, from two causes: there is
a Deus ex machina. And
hence no actual no smell, it is 'dry' immediately, and the
progress was made. A
few working pho- operation is completed. 1 have used it now
tographers have at length set to work, held four or five years, both for baths and trays.
a preliminary meeting, and formed a com- Purchase the pitch at any oil shop, place it
mittee. If the same prudence characterizes on the fire, and boil up once or twice. Then
their future efforts which appears to pre- stir it with a candle; this makes it more
vail now, I think I shall be able shortly to fluid, and makes it adhere firmly and pre-
tell American photographers of the definite vents its chipping off the wood. It is per-
establishment of a provident fund by their fectly safe for silver solutions."
190 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
There were about 4 ounces alcohol in about
80 ounces of solution.
Have tried to work it with 60 down to 25
grain bath, but not with results I used to
get.
3d. Made some collodion thus:
Alcohol and Ether, each, . 10 oz.
Iodide of Ammonium, . 80 gr
" Cadmium, . 20 "
Bromide of Cadmium, . 10 "
" Ammonium, . 30 "
•
Cotton " Snowy," . 5 gr. to oz.

Let settle and it will look perfectly clear.

1st. any safe method of separa-
Is there
ting an ambrotype from another piece of
Then gently shake and see the cloudy or
milky streaks. What's the matter there?
glass that has been cemented together, say
Don't like to ask Sphynx many questions
with Canada balsam. I have a job of re-
pairing several that look as if air had got
lest it have a " vision" and annihilate me,
between the pieces of glass, nearly spoiling as somebody must have been by the first
"vision." Gr. E. E.
them.
2d. Will those who are working T. & M. Is there any way to mount prints without

paper successfully, tell how they do it ? I having the mounts cockle and curl out of
used to work it to my entire satisfaction,
but can't do it lately. I floated on a new I have tried all ways I know of, and my
58 grain bath, slightly acid, two
min- cards as well as my larger mounts curl.

utes, fumed fifteen. Face of paper was Please state as explicitly as possible, and
nearly covered with a metallic-like surface, oblige A. L. M.
or as if the gloss had been eaten off by the I have had some trouble with albumen,
ammonia, leaving it very dull, which how- the prints getting soft, like a jelly, on the
ever cleared up bright when washed. What face, after the prints were toned and fixed.
was it and what caused it ? I used Clemons's paper. I could not tell
Floated other pieces, about the same time, what was the cause. Would like to know.
fumed less to avoid the above. Paper was Has not appeared the last two weeks.
so awfully mottled had to throw it away. Yours, Grit.

—
Pictures Received. From Messrs. Buchtel specimen of good work. Those about to get up
& Stolte. Portland, Oregon, we have received a such groups would do well to learn the modus
number of cabinet size pictures, which in pose, from Mr. Bushnell. Mr. Silas Selleck,
opera ndi —
lighting, chemical manipulation, retouching of San Francisco, California, favors us with some
the negative, and other good elements, rival the examples of excellent work. It is a pleasure to
greater part of the work done in the East, and have our subscribers feel that we have interest
are highly creditable to the gentlemen who pro- enough in them to be glad to examine specimens
duced them. We hope these gentlemen will of their work. It delights us to know of their
make a display at Buffalo. See Mr. Buchtel's progress, and we wish we had the time to respond
remarks on the National Photographic Associa- at length to all the pleasant letters we receive
tion on another page. — Mr. E. P. Bushnell, Jef- from such men as Mr. Selleck. We rejoice in
ferson City, Mo., has sent us a composition group your success, even we do not tell you so.
if

of original design of the Twenty-seventh Gen- Mr. Selleck is one of the oldest and best workers
eral Assembly of the State of Missouri, which on the Pacific Coast, and a man willing to give
evinces great skill and patUnce, and which is a his neighbors credit for their attainments too.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 191

Mr. T. S. Johnson, Chicago, has sent us some lished our last number, writes, after saying what
more genre pictures, the best one of which is a pleasure it was for him to do the work, " Why,
called "Putting on Skates" a young man and— sir, my reputation has already, by means of my
a young woman and skates, and you can imagine picture, reached Providence, and a photographer
the rest. Mr. Johnson improves in this specialty, there has written me '
that if I can average as
and we hope in due season to have one of his good work as would give me a situation
that, he
pictures for our magazine. —
We also have exam- at $20 per week.' '' Permit us to say to all who
ples of their ''everyday work,'' from Messrs. covet Mr. Jewell so much, that he owns a pros-
Fosnot Hunter, E. Finch, and S. S. HulI.Car-
<fc perous business in a live city, which business
bondale, Pa. The latter gentleman is making makes him a Jewell worth several sums like the
excellent work, and work that ought to shame one named per week.
his elders. He is evidently a most careful and
cleanly operator. —
Mr. J. W. Morgeneier sends Wanted, all who make stereoscopic views (or

us a photograph of himself of excellent quality, large) groups, composition photographs, novel-

the whole picture, negative, retouching, and ties, animals, &c, to send their address to the
print, having been made by his son at the age of subscriber, together with information of what
eighteen. There is much promise in that young they have, stating trade prices. Those having
man, and the future of our art defends on just them will please send catalogue, circulars, &c.

such as he. —
" What are you going to do about It is to the interest of all to comply.
it?" is the title of a picture from Mr. L. C. Address G. 0. Brown,
Mundy, Utica, N. Y., representing two ferocious 406 N. Eden Street, Baltimore, Md.
bull terriers, face to face, each waiting for an
Messrs. Lewis Pattberg & Brother, the
answer unanswered question. From the
to that
well-known and enterprising manufacturers of
size of their heads we judge that their intellec-
passepartouts, show-matts, velvet goods, gilt
tual powers exceed their physical.
frames, &c. , to whom the trade is indebted for
Landscape Work. — Some exquisite stereo- much skill and good taste in their special line,

scopic gems of views of Northern New Jersey have have removed to 709 Broadway, New York, a
been received from Mr. Doremus, Paterson, N. J. few doors above Fourth Street. Go see them.
Mr. Doremus proposes to do much of this class of

work during the summer, and will no doubt

The Crawshay Prizes. —Full and further
particulars concerning these prizes, offered by
make a success of it, for he has the eye of an
Mr. Crawshay for superior work, will be found
artist and the skill of a first-class photographer.
in our Specialty column. We hope our readers,
Mr. C. P. Hibbard, Lisbon, N. H., has sent us
who can do it, will not forget to compete for
some creditable ice views, but they could be im-
these prizes.
proved, as most work can. Good collodion is a
great essential for such subjects. —Mr. H. P. Books Received. — The Legend of the Wan-
Macintosh, Newburyport, Mass., has sent us
dering Jew, a series of twelve designs, photo-
some views of the " Haunted School-house," lithographs by the Rye process (Rockwood Pho-
'
where the spirits make the broom and the dust-
'
tographic Engraving Company, New York), from
pan fly about the room.'' Mr. C. H. Tallman,— drawings by Dore, with an explanatory introduc-
Batavia, N. Y., has issued a new catalogue of tion. George Gebbie, publisher, 730 Sansom
stereoscopic views of Watkins and Havana
Street, Philadelphia. $2. An interesting book
Glens. The views, so far as we have seen, are
for the students of Dore's works, and giving one
good.
a cheap way of obtaining some of them.
Items of News. Mr. G. W. Edmondson,— Manual of Photography, based on Hardwich
Plymouth, Ohio, has opened a new gallery, and (English), by George Dawson, A.M. Philadel-
issues a photograph of it with the local newspa- phia : & Blakiston, American publish-
Lindsay
per. Enterprising. —
Mr. Charles E. Wallin, Fort ers. $2.25. Hardwich's Manual was always
Wayne, Ind., has also opened a grand new estab- excellent. Mr. Dawson has clipped and interpo-
lishment, and lately had a fine reception attended lated much, but we cannot assent to the state-
by all the elite of the city. Mr. Wallin is a ment that it is improved. There is much of value
worker in all senses of the word. — In our last we in Hardwich (the original) which we cannot find
stated that Mr. M. M. Griswold was deceased. elsewhere, and it should be preserved. How-
It should have been Victor M., his brother. ever, there is much good in this.

—
Quick Keturns. Mr. Frank Jewell, Scran- Portraits Received. — We have received ex-
ton, Pa., whose excellent photograph embel- amples of their work from Messrs. J. G. Bar-
192 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
rows, W. A. Manville, R. B. Lewis, Flower & Mr. P. A. Mottu, our esteemed correspond-
Hawkins, J. Pitcher Spooner, and Orrasby, of ent at Amsterdam. Holland, has favored us with
Chicago. It is a splendid privilege to know that some beautiful examples of portraiture, fully
these gents are making such capital work. equal to the average work which comes from
Europe in all particulars. Holland not only
Italian Photography. — Our friend Sig. Otta- boasts of such photographers as Mr. Mottu, but
vio Baratti, of Ivrea, Italy, has sent us a very it also publishes a photographic magazine, De,
interesting work containing several beautiful Navorscher, of which Mr. Mottu is the editor.
photographs. The book consists of a series of Mr. Mottu has also sent us some excellent photo-
criticisms on the statues and paintings in the lithographs of outdoor views.
Second National Exhibition of Fine Arts, held at
Milan in August, 1872, and which first made Photographs op Diffraction Gratings. —
their appearance in the newspaper called the Mr. John M. Blake, New Haven, Conn., has
Pint goto, over the nom deplume, of " Yorick." sent us a glass picture of one of Mr. Rutherfurd's
The book is dedicated to Ishmael Pascha, diffraction gratings of 6480 lines to the inch.
Khedive of Egypt, and the style is light and The Edwards process was used to make it, and
facetious to a degree. the result proves the extremely fine deposit
The critic speaks in very high terms of the secured by Mr. Edwards's method. The pris-

statue (page 16) representing the genius of matic colors, as seen through this photograph,
Franklin, by Giulio Monteveide. If only one- are really finer than when viewed by means of
half of what he says of it is true it must be a the original ruling.
remarkable production. The statue is supposed
to be animated by the electric spark (you can Messrs. W. H. Allen & Brother, Detroit,
Mich., have sent us a specimen "porcelain
distinguish the rod), and "you see,'' says the
effect,"by the Van Deusen process, advertised
critic, " the head accompanying every movement
in our present number, and also burnished by
of the arms ; the back curving itself in delight-
the Van Deusen burnisher. The result is a very
ful undulations, the hands tremble, the fingers
successful one, by the procoss, and one far supe-
stretch themselves out, the legs hugging fast the
rior to the mezzotint, there being no harshness
stone, the feet contracting themselves, the wings
napping, &c, &c. The electric spark invades
about it at all.

all parts of the body, and puts in motion every

nerve, contracts every muscle.'' The whole work Mr. J. J. Atkinson, the eminent stockdealer
at Liverpool, England, calls his establishment
is beautifully gotten up.
the ''American Photograph Warehouse," and
Life Membership of the National Photo- has agreed to receive and forward parcels to the

graphic Association. All loyal members of the Buffalo Exhibition. American photographers

who can going abroad should surely call and make the
National Photographic Association af-

ford it should become life members. It is

acquaintance of Mr. Atkinson. They will be
well received.
cheaper and helps the Association now, when it

needs funds to make it a permanent thing.

Thanks to Mr. F. Gutekunst, of this city, for

Waiting at the Stile. — Messrs. Robinson & excellent examples of photography, than which
there are no better.
Cherrill, Tunbridge Wells, England, have sent
us a copy of *.beir magnificent combination pic-

ture, " Waiting at the Stile." It is an exquisite

Laid Over. — The press of matter in behalf of
the National Photographic Association, compels
work of art, representing a charming landscape
us again to lay over several valuable papers,
in a charming light, and a rustic maiden
Mr. Webster's spicy Mincemeat, Mr. Melander's
"waiting at the stile.'' As we look upon it we
excellent article on Collodion, and the proceed-
find ourselves humming
the old tender love song,
ings of several societies, received too late.
" Somebody's waiting for somebody "
Please bear with us awhile longer. It is as
" Thrice has she been at the gate,
trying to us as to you.
Thrice has she listened for somebody,
'Mid the nights stormy and late Atkinson's Safety Mail Envelope. — Pho-
Somebody's waiting for somebody." tographers who have trouble in mailing their
We shall have to do something to induce our pictures should read the advertisement of this
readers to practice this sort of work, so very new article. We shall describe it in our next.
beautiful are the results. Meanwhile, get a sample and try it.
 THE

§PluWdplmi §Iiot0jrapber.

Vol. X. JULY, 1873. No. 115.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WtLSOX,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

TO ADVERTISERS AND OTHERS. number in advance, in order to secure them,

as it will contain matter equal to three of
As announced in our last number, which
our usual issues, of great value, and will be
was issued earlier than usual, we issue our
in demand. Carefully read all concerning
current number also ahead of time, and the N. P. A. in this number.
shall likewise do so with our August num-
ber. This done in order to facilitate our
is

work in behalf of the N. P. A. Convention,

so we trust it will give dissatisfaction to no
A FEW CONSIDERATIONS
one. For the Considerate, Concerning the
The duties of the Permanent Secretary Next Convention.
are by no means light, and coming with The photographer who is wide awake and
our regular work makes us desirous of get- progressive is interested in everything that
ting ahead with the one to make room for pertains to or relates, remotely even, to our
the other. art. The science of physiology, for instance,
Our regular advertisers, and those desiring might be supposed to contain not much of
matter in the August Specialties, will please anything photography, but besides
to affect
make note of this therefore and oblige us the general statement that people should be
with their changes, &c, by July 10th. We in good health to obtain a favorable like-
cannot receive anything and guarantee its ness, we know that users of tobacco, subjects
insertion later than that. under the influence of liquor, children who
The report of the proceedings of the Con- are candy-fed, &c, are very unreliable sit-

vention we hope to give entire in our Sep- ters, apt to, move, to have stupid expres-
tember number, which will also be issued sions, and to be generally uncontrollable.
early, and matter for it must reach us by If thus field which seems at first
from a
the 10th of August. sight so remote, we can draw facts of direct
After that we hope to resume our usual interest worthy of study, how much greater
regular habits. is the necessity of accurate observation when

As all these changes we believe to be for we come to those branches of mechanics and
the good of the majority of our readers, we chemistry which we daily use. This is no
trustwe have not presumed too much in new thing we all know and feel it we
; ;

making them. Our agents should send in read the journals clear through, advertise-
orders for extra copies of our September ments and all ; take trips to the centres of
13
194 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEK.
trade, to inspect the novelties in apparatus push their enterprises to the injury of onr
and stock. To me — and I hear many say highest objects.
the same thing — it is very interesting to In view of all the facts of the case, as one
look through a collection of well-ap- individual member of the Association, I
pointed apparatus and nicely arranged hope our stock-houses well repre-
to see all
chemicals. sented in the approaching Convention. Of-
Our Conventions afford peculiar facilities ficially,I would say —
and in saying it I
for such inspections. We can see rival hope I do not overstep the wishes of any
boxes side by side and rapidly examine cor- —
member that in Buffalo we shall have
responding points in each : a very favorable plenty of room, and we want you all to send
manner of comparison ; so of head-rests, us something; we shall need something
camera stands, &c, &c. from each of you.
I trust that I will be pardoned for allud- In this Exhibition give the stockdeal-
ing to the fact that there has been a feeling ers A chance no one shall be pushed to
;

in our Association that the stockdealers the wall for it. Full information is given
ought not have much space that the
to ;
in the present number to all classes of ex-
show was for photographs, and that the hibitors when and how to make applica-
dealers should take the back seat. Un- tion for space, and how to send.
doubtedly the exhibition of specimens of W. J. Baker.
pictorial art is one of our main ob-
jects, but, what a convenience it is to most
of us at the same time to examine the va-
Photographic Mutual Life Insurance.
rious new* inventions of our mechanics
and chemists. It saves perhaps a tedious BY MRS. E. N. LOCKWOOD.
journey and time that could ill be spared. There is not a photographer in the United
" But," says one, " it is an advertisement to States but what has felt, in some manner,
them; they ought not to run this thing, it the influence of the National Photographic
is for photographers." Here are two ques- Association ; and yet there are many who
tions. Obviously the dealers could have an still stand aloof, content to receive what
advertisement without " running " the Con- benefit they may therefrom without exert-

vention. As to the advertisement, granting ing themselves to help sustain it, and realize
it, what possible harm is done? Is the ad- a still greater good.
vertisement out of order? What then are have a plan in view which will
I believe I
the magnificent exhibitions by some galle- have a tendency to arouse the indolent, and
ries ;
don't they advertise, too ? Is any one induce them to join with the workers, and
injured or offended at that? As to the at the same time make every member of the
" running," if the dealers should run us, National Photographic Association feel an
they might do it better, or worse, than we individual interest in its continued suc-
could for ourselves ; they might do it for cessand number of members, viz. :

their advantage, or for ours, or to mutual If the Association will enter into an
benefit. Charitable doubts, at least, can be agreement, that the family of any member
suggested. But what has the conduct of of the National Photographic Association
these men been? They have given consid- in good standing, shall receive on his or her
erable sums to forward our objects ; by one decease, the sum of one dollar from every
of them, annual medals have been estab- remaining member; also, should any mem-

lished. When a whisper arose, they, to a ber become disabled by accident, disease, or
man, retired from having voice or hand in age, and unfit for any work, they shall re-
the management; when our hall has been ceive the same appropriation, unless they are
ample they, in one instance, occupied con- addicted to intemperance.
siderable space, but to the exclusion of no I think this course will induce many to
one else; when there was less room, they join our numbers, for no one can be so blind
quietly curtailed their part of the show. as not to see it will equal a nice little sum in
On no occasion have thev shown a desire to the savings bank to benefit their loved ones,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGKAPHEE. 195

should they be suddenly called to leave has he to do with the brainless ones, or the
them forever, and it will be in a safer bank brainless ones with him that he should
than any other, for there no danger of the
is champion them?
managers running away or becoming insol- But no ratherJ let me mildly expostulate
vent. Neither is there any danger of the with him, let me soothe his ruffled feathers,
fatality becoming so great as to tax each and say that the article to which he takes
member equal to the common rate per cent, such grave exception was prompted by none
of the insurance companies. of the egotism and illnature he gives me
hope this question may receive some
I credit for.
thought from every reader of the Photog- Of the allusion to the Western operator
rapher, and be brought up before our next and his peculiar mode of handling his
convention, and meet with favor; for I sitter, I should hardly think it necessary
think much good will grow out of it, if ac- as I thought it wholly unnecessary then
cepted. to give the story in detail. Suffice it to say
that there is such a story, which I thought
was as well known as it is good, nor do I
see that its truth or ridiculousness affects its
BRAINS
merits as a story to be told or quoted. If
BY WILLIAM HEIGHWAY.
the gentlemen of the West are maligned in
To a man not endowed with the disposi- this instance, how many stories are told at
tion of an angel there is nothing so utterly the expense of the gentlemanly, educated,
exasperating, so well calculated to raise all polished, and talented butchers of art in the
the bile in his composition, as a hint that he East
is lacking in good nature. Now, here is a (N. B. —For fear of being misunderstood
gentleman who actually, with the ther- again, this is written in sarcastic vein.)
mometer boiling in the nineties, wants to But the real casus belli is the brain busi-
quarrel with me about— what do you think ? ness. I think no one can admit that, how-
of all the ridiculous things in the world ever large and level our heads are, there is

— BRAINS I no objection to an accession of talent, edu-

I averred (in January Philadelphia Pho- cation and brains. Believe me, we shall
tographer) that we, the photographic WE, not suffer by it the more culture and artis-
;

lacked brains, and my misguided assailant tic feeling we bring to the service of the
with immense ingenuity fits on the cap, and beautiful art we practice, the more we con-
finding it a tight fit, querulously queries, duce to the advancement for which we are
" Did you ever suppose that you might lack all striving —
to raise it above the mean
a little brains, or that by accident a little position it has lamentably taken, because
sheep brains might be mixed with it?" This brains were despised for so long a period.
is putting a head on me with a vengeance. Why] oh why, should a gentleman, pos-
Now let me
be calm? I do not wish to sessed talent which Mr. Hunter's
of the
make matters worse by abusing Mr. Hunter, article undoubtedly evidences, go so far out
though he has attacked me in a vital spot. of his way as to sharpen his quill in behalf
I might wildly rave at being misunderstood, of such a lame, lost cause ? And why should
and wonder that any one should take as a he glory to identify himself with men whose
personality a general charge, one that does boast is that they have no brains and don't
not really touch any reader of this maga- want any ? Perhaps Mr. Hunter feels that
zine, or I might forthwith assume the war no one would believe it of him, but very
paint, the insinuating club, and persuasive often a man's mock modesty is taken for
scalping-knife, and set out with monotonous truthful utterance.
chant on the warpath, to raise my irritable In bidding Mr. Hunter au revoir, let me
assailants "haar," and measuring out his express the hope that he will take stock of
brain in a graduate, set at rest the question his own mental capacity, and hold brains at
of his intellectuality forever. Again, I its own superlative value, and (with proper
might wither him with sarca-m. What modesty) place a proper estimate on the
 196 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
talents with which nature has bestowed him, A Fine Thing- to be a Photographer.
and strive toimprove his advantages. Yes, this is tbe idea exactly, the country
I was going to ask the meaning of the over, and many a young man, all buoyant
title of his article, but he has unconsciously with hopes, starts out, measuring the future
well named it, for among the list Brains by his great good heart and huge muscles,
comes first of " things useful." ignorantly classing the art of photography
with all other kinds of business easy enough —
to learn, of course; gets a situation, but upon

Our Extra Premium Pictures. trial he occasionally finds out (if not too con-

The ''taste" which we gave our sub-

ceited) huge muscles (though a
that his
credit to any man) are not of any special
scribers in our last number of the style of
use in dark-room "fining down," his large
tbe six elegant pictures we offer as a pre-
heart (though a God-send) is of no particu-
mium to them for a new subscriber has set
lar benefit to him in studying lights and
many of them to working hard in order to
shades, and if he is fortunate enough to see
secure them. As a result our subscription
for himself in season that the business on
list is swelling, hut not by any means as
the whole is of that kind calling more par-
rapidly as we should like. Unless more
ticularly for mental effort or if he should
"hard work" is done during the present, ;

not happen to find it out for himself, and

the last month of our offer, we fear the
number will not be great enough to induce upon being told by his instructor that such
us to enlarge our magazine as we proposed.
was the case, and if received kindly (it being
given in the same way), why then the young
We hope the thing will be taken hold of in
real earnest now and pushed hard. The man, whoever he may be, is certainly de-
serving of favorable consideration.
pictures alone are worth all the effort you
can put forth to secure a new subscriber, to
But there is a class of apprentices who
say nothing of the other good things you
"can't see it" in this light, and who are so
wrapped up in conceit, in addition to their
get to pay you your trouble.
for
natural aversion to all mental effort, that it
Mr. S. C. Wright, of Sattle Creek, says,
" In regard to the premium pictures they is utterly impossible by any effort you may
put forth to raise them to any higher plane
are perfectly elegant, and are much ad-
than that justly deserving the appellation of
mired by my customers and myself." Mr.
stupid daubists. Such persons could not be
W. E. McKecknie, Toledo, says, " I can
more kindly treated, to say the least, than
scarcely express my admiration of them. I
to be advised to seek any other occupation,
would not take twice three dollars for them
be it honorable, than that of engaging in
and be without them." Mr. J. D. Dunn,
one requiring, as it does, the highest order
Meadville, says, " They are almost photo-
of mental perception, and I would suggest
graphically prodigious, viewed from my
here, which I think is a duty all photogra-
standpoint. I shall place them among my
phers owe to themselves and to the frater-
jewels "
nity at large, viz., that in admitting appren-
We that the demand
hope, therefore,
upon us them will keep us busy enough
for
tices at first, make no specified bargains or
give no alluring encouragements take them
during the last month of our offer. Work ;

on trial for four or six weeks to see if they

hard ; the time is short.
have the element in them to make a work-
man good photographers know what
(all

that elementis), and if it is in them do your

Mr. E. P. Spahn, Newark, N. J., has sent us
best by them, help them to grow but if ;
a very useful contrivance, in the shape of a wall-
album, we may so call it. It is a huge album,
if
it is wanting, kindly advise them to seek

holding nearly one hundred cabinet-size to eight another calling. It must be apparent to

by ten pictures, and so contrived as to hang on the most casual observer that already we
the wall in a position rendering its examination have too many poor photographers in the
quite as easy as if lying on a counter. It will be country, men doing all, as it were, by main
found very useful indeed in the reception-room. strength and stupidity, mechanism first and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 197

last] everything regardless of atmospheric ever, ready, and a stalwart figure may be
changes is run in grooves, and when
made to seen, standing with admirable balance, on
the grooves fail, "the thing is played. " This some projecting point of our craft. He
is not at all necessary; all should study holds a veritable trident, and with unerring
to do better work upon intelligent princi- aim dashes it into one of the shining tribe.
ples never be sa tisfied with your present at-
;
Then follows a splashing of the waters, a
tainments; work for some glory as well as rapid hauling in of the line by which. the
all money; remember good negatives on weapon had been secured, and then, in an
hand are money at compound interest, instant, transfixed by the cruel prongs, we
and every picture sent from your gallery is have upon the deck, a gasping, struggling,
an advertisement and do
for or against you, and dying object, rivalling and excelling in
not flatter yourself that because you have its changes of hue the properties of the

succeeded in getting rid of a poor picture on famed chameleon. Dolphin is beautiful to

the strength of the sitter's ignorance, that gaze upon; dolphin is good to eat. The
It was not a bad job it will tell on you in capture is succeeded by others, and, per
time. Then I repeat, let us all who are in consequence, during the ensuing week our
the business study to do better work, and breakfasts, dinners, and suppers are made
those who think of learning and before
it, memorable by the presentation of dolphin,
investing too far, be sure that you have the stewed, fried, baked, devilled, and chow-
taste and the ability. dered. Dolphin becomes monotonous.
N. E. G., Another excitement attends the fishery
Warren, 0. department, and the history of it necessi-
tates a preface explaining the fact of our
having a little dog for a passenger. I
HINTS FROM THE RECORD OF AN
should relate how that suffering animal be-
ARTIST AND PHOTOGRAPHER. with little black jumping
came infested
BY JOHN L. GIHOH. things, common to most dogs, and how salt
(Continued from page 165.) water baths were recommended for their
Our latitudes are now being registered speedy extinction. Due regard to little
by single figures. The air we breathe is Juan's safety caused the master of the cere-
very analogous to that of our skylights " at monies to attach him to a bow-line previous
home" in July and August. My experi- to dousing him into the sea. On one of the
ments with the quadrant are very discour- interesting occasions, when this perform-
aging, for old Sol makes his rays glaringly ance was being enacted to the great delight
unpleasant. The pitch bubbles up along and Intellectual edification of a numerous
the seams of our deck, and jig-dancing audience, a new actor claimed our attention.
might be acquired with no other tuition A long, shadowy, sombre fellow he was, and
than would result from indulging in bare might have escaped notice had he not lag-
feet. We have lost the " northeast trades," gingly approached, and turning up his white
and the sea its white-caps. Long heaving belly, opened his capacious jaws, and en-
billows have replaced them, and on these deavored to re-enact the drama of Jonah
our bark sluggishly rolls with but little with himself and our four-legged Juan as
forward motion. We become more op- the leading characters. A quick jerk, pro-
pressed with " ennui," and are delightfully ductive of much yelping, brought the latter
startled when we discover brilliant masses performer safely among his sympathizing
of color gliding in the depths below us friends. As it would scarcely do to cut the
They gradually approach, and their before play off so abruptly, a piece of pork, into
indistinct forms resolve themselves into which an enormous iron hook had been cun-
those of half a dozen dolphin. Oh color- ningly insinuated, supplied his place. Mr.
men 3 where are the emeralds, azures, and Shark proved himself unmindful of nice
the golden hues; and where are the skilful distinctions, and as readily gulped the bait
hands that can ever image these glorious as he would have swallowed the living
creatures
? More murderous ones are, how- morsel-
198 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGR APHEE.
Instantly, a magic change possesses the seize their minds. Curious smiles enliven
group; from expectant sight-seers they be- the faces of the others as they express their
come insane actors, and a Babel of voices belief thatNeptune has heard of our com-
aids in making confusion worse confounded. ing. Saturday, and we know that
It is

Recognized authority finally interferes, and
by direction a bowline is passed, not with-
out great difficulty, around the monster's
body. Half a dozen strong men work with
a will, and presently there thumps upon the
deck a fearful mass of flesh, one of God's
most dreaded creations, one, whose fellows
have ever carried with them awe, destruc-
tion, and death. Sailors can scarcely be
blamed for their fiendish delight in mutilat-
ing such a carcass, and they certainly take
care to indulge in it upon all occasions. The
vitality of the shark is fairly incredible, and
I have seen their bodies exhibit powerful
muscular contortions long after having been
deprived of all vital parts. Attempts to
bleed them to death are often made, but
Gloster's command in reference to the Duke
of Buckingham is here reversed, and is lit-
erally rendered, " Off with his tail." Remov-
ing the peculiar appendage you will have
ample opportunity to verify the physiolo-
gist's assertion that fish are cold-blooded, for
an icy though gory stream will spurt out,
and in its long-continued flow will ensan-
guine all around. This fish is also edible,
but the universal sentiment was that of the
countryman who said that he " could eat
crow, but didn't hanker arterit." A sailor
desirous of endowing himself with everlast-
ing courage claimed the quivering heart for
his own lunch, another carefully cut out the
back bone to be fashioned into a walking
cane, and a third secured the vicious-look-
ing jaws with their rows of serrated teeth
during the night we shall " cross the line."
As the day wears away huge mountains of
clouds loom up around the horizon. Within
view, but at great distance, several heavy
rain-squalls darken the surface of the waters
beneath. The descending black lines of one
of them contract. The cloud itself seems
fearfully agitated, and a portion of it be-
comes funnel-shaped with its cylindrical
end dragging along with a serpentine, ir-
regular motion. A misty vapor arises from
the ocean and attaches itself to this dan-
gling end. The whole forms into a column
resting upon the sea, and apparently sup-
porting that roof of darkness. It moves
along as if trying to meet a far-off vessel
that we fear is perilously near to it. Now
the stem narrows at its base, becomes indis-
tinct there, and suddenly vanishes. The
funnel is drawn
up, and in its place we bo-
hold a rainfall that would remind us of the
deluge were we beneath it. We have seen
the birth, course, and dissolution of a water-
spout. A gorgeous rainbcw builds up its
arch, and then the setting sun sinks beyond
the waves like a mass of fire, the whole
scene likening itself unto our imagination
to the opening of some heavenly furnace,
streaming its rivers of molten light towards
our very feet. Twilight succeeds, and brings
a peculiar, melancholy silence. There is no
wind, the sails hang limp, and useless from
their supports, and the heaving billows are
unbroken by even a ripple. The noise of a
fish, darting into the air and falling back

as another trophy. A few strips of skin with a heavy splash, makes the all-pervad-
were secured as substitutes for sand-paper, ing quiet doubly intense. The tropics call
and then the loathsome mass was heaved upon the very heavens to aid in assert-
overboard, doubtless to be soon gulped ing their peculiarities, and as we lay upon
down by some other of his cannibal tribe. the decks, watching the mastheads describ-
And now we approach the mystic circle ing all sorts of eccentric curves among the
of the equator. Speculation is rife as to constellations, we are almost inclined to
whether the great sea king will honor us wonder if the moon, now so beautifully ris-
with a remembered that cau-
visit, for it is ing, is the same that nightly gilds our house-
tious and well-directed inquiries some time tops at home.
since discovered the mortals who had never Such a night under the equator — hold
before travelled this These unfortu-
far. our ship's bell is clanging furiously. What's
nates directly became very uncomfortable the matter ? Two or three blasts of a trum-
as the dread of certain traditionary rites pet ; the sounds are very like those made
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 199

by boys on Christmas eve. All bands rush The victim is stripped, and a brush well
forward, and behold a strange figure slowly charged with tar smeared over his person.
clambering over the rail. Fantastic and " What's your name?"
weird it looks in the moonlight, and if he " You know well enough my name's ;

is a man he is surely one made up from the ,'" and before the sentence is finished an

contents of a ship's lazaretto. Hempen assistant with another tar-brush obstructs

locks and beard reaching to his knees, chains further utterance.
rattling with every motion, and shreds of A few more questions, and as many half-
canvass and coils of rope trailing behind. choked responses, mingled with exclama-
He makes his way to the quarter deck, and tions more fervid than polite. The razor is

speaks with such a voice. applied with a motion vigorous enough to

" Avast there Captain ! ; so you're invad- from a scalded hog.
strip the bristles
ing my dominions again, and with a lub- "Wash him Wash him!" and at the
I

berly crew, and carrying strangers too." injunction the watery contents of half a
"Why, Mr. Neptune," quoth thecaptain, dozen buckets deluge the youth his legs ;

" it is true that there's a couple of young men are skilfully tripped up, and he plunges head
for'ard that have never paid you their re- foremost into the filled cask. Scrambling
spects, but as to the passengers, you know, out, he hurries on some dress, and is fore-
you'll have to be easy with them." most in aiding like services administered to
" Well, then, since you're so awful press- his successor. Those of the crew who had
ing, I will take a drink with you, and I'll never before "crossed the line" were in
attend to the lads, and as to the cabin folks, turn favored, and the washing of the last
there's such things as fines, you know, that'll victim was made more interesting by the
rid 'em of trouble. I'll think on it; I'll skilful discharge of the buckets, which was
think on it. Come, my hearties, is the so directed that our little party received a
barber shop all ready?" good drenching, it having been concluded

" Aye, aye, sir," from the crew. by the principals that any further tonsorial
The party, led by Neptune, proceed to attentions to us would be inadmissible. Dur-
the forecastle deck, and our own fears being- ing the laugh and confusion attendant upon
overpowered by curiosity, we are induced this denouement Neptune escapes down a
to join the motley throng. hatch, and as his old clothes are soon after
The sea-king draws from his girdle an tossed upon the deck, he is reported to have
enormous pair of shears fashioned out of a passed through the bottom of the vessel to
couple of strips of lath, and a ponderous his own realms. So much for ye ancient
razor, also of wood, but more ingeniously custom, now more frequently honored in
constructed. He thwacks an antiquated the breach than in the observance.
Dane with them alongside of his chops, and The moon is now on the wane, a light
dubs him the Royal Barber. The initialed breeze ruffles the surface of the waters, and
seamen were called upon to act as assistants. fills our sails. We retire to our respective
" Where's the little lad I smelt as I come rooms, whilst the occasion that gave rise to
along?" And at the question a couple of the last few incidents admonishes us that
tars search for and drag between them Tom, we have successfully accomplished much
a sturdy specimen of the John Bull genus. more than half of our voyage.
He is brought to the chair, that is, he is
made to stand very near to and rather above
a large cask ominously filled to the brim Mr. J. H. Morrow, the microscopic pho-
with salt water. tographer of New York, is in Texas, trading
"Lather and shave, lather and shave," mustangs, &c. Recently he traded for a
are at least the words of the song that is mustang, which rider and saddle in the
left

now acted upon. Night's obscuring mantle road and since then, even with his most
;

prevents too critical a view of performances powerful microscopic camera, Mr. Morrow
that daylight would discover to be decidedly cannot see a trace of his mustang. He
vulgar. does not think he will return to Morrow. —
200 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHEE.
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT. bered that good photographs are not black

Thirteenthly. We are now supposed and white, but light and dark. The whole
to have all of our chemical combinations
anatomy should appear in the high-lights,
prepared for the production of negatives, while the shadows should be sufficiently

and we proceed to make one. There are, transparent to allow all of the anatomy to

however, other arrangements necessary be- be seen through them (more upon this point

fore we can produce good work that will be

after awhile). Whenthe exposure has been

treated upon in future papers. The sitter made, proceed dark-room and apply
to the

conies up, and is shown to the toilet-room. the developer. I cannot describe that oper-

If a lady, ask her about how long before she ation as well as Mr. Pearsall did in the

will be read}', in order to give you a chance April Philadelphia Photographer, 1873, and
will refer to his able paper on the subject.
to dipyour plate in time for her, so as not to
keep it too long in the bath, nor to be obliged It accords with my experience so thor T

to hurry it up too much, as both of these

oughly, and is such an able paper, that 1

mistakes, as a general thing, produce bad recommend all to read it. Redeveloping
results. Take the plate, carefully remove and strengthening follows developing. I
whatever of albumen or dirt there may be treated upon those points in my last. I

on the back of it, hold it between the thumb therefore close this paper here, to be fol-

and forefinger of the left hand, at the lower lowed by other subjects in future Mincemeat.
left-hand corner, nearly horizontal. "With I. B. Webster.
the right hand remove the stopper from the
collodion bottle, and pour sufficient collo-
dion on the plate to cover it a little above
the centre, and by a gentle tip allow it to
POST-MORTEM PHOTOGRAPHY.
run, first to the right upper corner, then Havikg been an anxious and interested
over to the left upper corner, thence to the reader of your invaluable journal, the
leftlower corner (being careful not to let it Philadelphia Photographer, for several years
run against the thumb), and allow the sur- past, and not having read much on the
plus to run off the lower right-hand corner above subject (except from my friend John
back into the bottle, during which keep up L. Gihon), I thought, perhaps, a short
a gentle rocking fore and aft, to prevent article might afford assistance to some pho-
ridges. Do not rock too fast, or clouds will tographer of less experience, to whom it

be the result. Replace the stopper, and re- might befall the unpleasant duty to take the
turn the collodion to its place, and when picture of a corpse.
the collodion has sufficiently set immerse it My mode of procedure is as follows
in the silver bath, and tip the dish gently Where the corpse is at some distance and
forward, in which position it should remain cannot be conveyed to the glass-room, my
until coated. This position, with the back first step is to secure proper conveyance,

of the plate up, prevents whatever of foreign
matter the solution contains, held in sus-
pension, from falling on its
a great preventive of pinholes.
dish with a piece of velvet, and proceed to
arrange for the sitting.Sometimes the pos-
and focussing can all be done
ing, lighting,
before the plate is ready. I would not,
however, advise the whole to be done ready
for the plate until the plate is
time to them seems too long.
make a general preparation, and then have
the plate at hand, after which go into par-
ticulars. Expose long enough to secure/wM
detail in lights and shadows, for be it remem-
select and carefully prepare a sufficient
quantity of plates, pack necessary instru-
surface, and is ments, implements, chemicals, &c, being
Cover the careful not to forgetany little thing neces-
sary to manipulation. Proceed at once to
the cellar or basement of the building, that
being more spacious, and generally afford-
ing better opportunity of shutting off the
light than any other apartment in the house,
ready, as the setup your bath, have your collodion and
It is better to developer in readiness, your fixer, &c.
handy, secure sufficient help to do the lift-
ing and handling, for it is no easy matter to
bend a corpse that has been dead twenty-
four hours. Place the body on a lounge or
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 201

sofa, have the friends dress the head and CONCERNING THE ANNUAL
shoulders as near as in life as possible, then EXHIBITION.
politely requestthem to leave the room to
BY GEORGE B. AYRES.
you and aids, that you may not feel the em-
barrassment incumbent should they witness (Continued from page 170.)

some little mishap liable to befall the occa- V. Monotony is a thing characteristic of
sion. If the room be in the northeast or photographic exhibitions, to avoid which I
northwest corner of the house, you can al- think greater efforts should be made. It
most always have a window at the right and seems to be impressed on everything. It
left of a corner. Granting the case to be exists in almost every element which make
such, roll the lounge or sofa containing up the picture; in lighting, position, acces-
the body as near into the corner as possible, sories, tone, and finish. The inevitable cur-
raise it to a sitting position, and bolster tain, the exquisitely wrought chair, vases,
firmly, using for a background adrab shawl statuettes, &c. of refined life are mingled
,

or some material suited to the position, cir- strangely with the wolf and tiger skins of
cumstance, &c. Having posed the model, the savage, ad libitum, ad nauseam.
we will proceed to the lighting, which, with A.'s No 1 city gallery hits upon a new
proper care, can be done very nicely. I idea in manner or matter of a picture ; B.'s
arrange the curtains so as to use the upper city gallery No. 2 seizes upon it instanter
portion of the windows, allowing the light C.'s country gallery follows next; and so
to flow a little stronger, but even and on, applying the new idea without discrimi-
smoother from one side^ and just enough nation to every subsequent customer !

from the other to clear up the shadow Thus, when specimens of all these photo-
property ;
turning the face slightly into the graphs are congregated annually at the Ex-
strongest pencil of light you can produce a hibition it becomes really more like a
fineshadow effect if desirable. "family gathering" on Thanksgiving day,
Place your camera in front of the body with the family likeness in common, than
at the foot of the lounge, get your plate what it should be, a collection of distinct
ready, and then comes the most important ideas, differing as the " many men of many
part of the operation (opening the eyes) ;
minds" do in themselves. Considering
this you can effect handily by using the that the eye becomes tired, even in a good
handle of a teaspoon; put the lower lids fine-art gallery where the variety of subject
down, they will stay but the upper lids
; is yet more varied by distinction in subject,
must be pushed far enough up, so that they color, and handling, it is easy to realize
will stay open to about the natural width, how comparatively interminable the same-
turn the e3 ebail around to its proper place,
7
ness of our photographs must appear to the
and you have the face nearly as natural as looker-on who cannot appreciate their dis-
life. Proper retouching will remove the tinct and respective qualities and merits.
blank expression and stare of the eyes. If If be urged that monotony is insepara-
it

the background should not suit you, resort ble from the "business" aspect of our pro-
to Bendann's style of printing and make one fession, I answer that it is not necessarily.
that will. Such with me has proved a suc- True, the man who never thinks or studies
cessful experience. will make stereotyped work, and always be
Charlie E. Ore. glad to copy from his more ambitious breth-
Sandwich, Illinois. ren but if monotony does ensue to a cer-
;

tain degree in ordinary business, that is no

reason why variety shall not be consid-

Mr. Muybridge, San Francisco, Cal.,

J. C.
ered in making vp specimens for the Exhi-
has recently issued a new and magnificent series bition.

of Yosemite views, including one hundred 16x20 Has there yet been an exhibition where
size, one hundred medium, and seven hundred this painful similarity in photographs has
stereos. The examples sent us are from capital not prevailed? Shall it continue? We
negatives, elegantly printed. have all felt that, one-half of the pictures
202 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
being seen, the other half are, to all intents to resume it at another time but I close ;

and purposes, just the same ! It is really with the hope that, in making up the variety
vexatious to witness such painstaking in of photographs to be looked for at Buffalo,
almost every element but variety. It is, in- we shall see large contributions of plain
deed, pitiable to find, as we too often do, a paper prints. Who will show the best?
contribution so complete and admirable, VII. Finally, concerning the annual
and then overhear it said, " but they are all meeting itself, and the purpose and expec-
alike !" tations of our brethren in attending it.

The remedy monotony is plain:

for this photographers
I think, in the first place,
cleanse our ways, and do otherwise. If should go to the Convention rather than to
one's best pictures have the same lighting, the Exhibition go to learn rather than to
;

and all look one way (as twenty-four cartes see; to inquire and be inquired of rather
did in one frame at Philadelphia), put in a than to gratify the eye, or take notes with
few reversed, if they are only your second the mere intention of copying what they see.
best. In selecting photographs for the Ex- Further, has it not seemed in the past as
hibition,remember to do so with a view to if the National Photographic Association
how they shall hang or be arranged in your labored solely to get up a " picture show," in-

space there. Give the beholder a chance to order to entertain the local public at twenty-
escape strabismus, and remember that pic- five cents per head? If that same public
tures well "grouped" assist each other in were out of town, or " could not seeit," and
effect, whilst those selected and hung at did not respond, it was said that the Exhi-
random neutralize, perhaps "kill," each bition did not pay ! If the expenses for
other. hall, music, labor, printing, &c., were not
If "variety is the spice of life," let us liquidated by the door receipts it was con-
hereafter show ourselves both alive and sidered a failure! But was that true?
spicy —
I think not they did pay perhaps not !
—
VI. "With the exception of large solar in dollars, but in the spread of knowledge,
pictures there seems to have been hitherto and in the advance and elevation of our
no interest manifested in "plain paper" profession. The status of American pho-
prints. This has always been to me a tography in 1872 at St. Louis as compared
strange oversight or singular neglect and ; with 1869 at Boston prove it.
it is no less an unfortunate one, as most of But the fundamental error committed in
my brethren of the brush will join me in the past has been the apparent effort of the
testifying. National Photographic Association to pro-
I regret to be compelled to admit the fact, vide something —a picture show ! — for the
based upon my experience in working "for entertainment of the public instead of for
the trade," that not one in ten of photog- the edification and improvement of its mem-
raphers in general know how to prepare a bers! For this reason many are discouraged
"plain" print for the artist; the conse- from contributing because their work is not
quence of which is that not one in ten of of the superb class, and many pictures con-
the " worked up" pictures are what they taining points for investigation and discus-
should be. sion are left at home because they are not
Nowadays, when a gallery can scarcely altogether complete. This is unfortunate.
be found, even in the remote districts, that My humble opinion is that the public
does not advertise " Pictures copied and en- should be quite a secondary party ; and if

larged, and finished in India ink, water all that is beautiful, is to be paraded for its

colors, or oil !" it is lamentable to contem- gratification, then let an equal amount of
plate the time and labor wasted upon exces- space be devoted to the useful, the technical
sive retouching and other follies, some por- and instructive; and let members under-
tion of which might be put to far better use stand that prints of their failures will be as
in learning how to make (shall I say even welcome as prints of their successes.
decent?) "plain" prints. Why should not our gathering (to a cer-
No more on this topic now, as I propose tain extent) resemble that of a medical as-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
sociation, whither can be brought our
" cases " for inspection and decision. Does
the medical student learn most in the hos-
pital, or in the gymnasium ? Do not our
chemicals get sorely diseased, and do not
too many negatives and prints show that
the doctor is badly wanted?
There are
physicians, and balm is abundant in our
Gilead, but they that are sick must be
brought in. " Room for the leper V
As compared with the pleasure of inter-
changing thought, increasing fraternal love
and acquaintance, and the instruction to be
derived from the Convention, to my mind
the Exhibition should be regarded as only
a side-show ! In the former we seek for
principles and a foundation of good works
that we expect to carry home, practice, feed
upon, and live in the latter we see results,
;
which do us little good beyond a temporary
gratification if we lack the ambition to
overtake them, and we leave them hanging
on the walls.
Clemons's Advice to Printers.
Ik going into a gallery to take charge of
the printing, the first thing I would do
would be to see that the silver was all right,
i. e., if any organic matter was present that
was detrimental to making fine work, such
as albuminate of silver, &c. and to test for
;
any I would place one tablespoonful of the
solution in a saucer, and with it one tea-
spoonful of 95 p. c. alcohol, and then flame
it with a match. Let it burn until it ex-
pires of its own accord. This must be done
where there is no draft of air which can
affect it. If there is any foreign substance
present it will oxidize by heat and fall to
the bottom, and at the same time the silver
will test acid,* although it was strongly
alkaline before it was burned. Do not add
anything whatever to make it alkaline. I
am writing now as if it had been found so
by test; and then do the whole bath so, by
burning with alcohol. But when jou do a
* If you flame alcohol and water that has
been mixed together, though both neutral to test
paper, the mixture will test acid, after being
burnt, the flame having taken the oxygen from
the air while burning.
203
full bath you should evaporate it away about
two-thirds ; it saves alcohol. This should
be done about once a week if the bath is
used constantly, for by so doing you will
keep up the appearance of your work, and
it have a much better tone and sur-
will
face than if neglected. The next thing I
would look at would be the run of nega-
tives, to see if they were strong or weak in
their make. If made too strong I should
use my silver much weaker than if the
negatives were made weak, and that will
vary from 30 to 50 grains. And, this wilt
vary according to hot or cold weather.
This you would do well to make a study of,
and you will find it will repay you tenfold
by doing so.
John R. Clemosts.
N.B. It would be to the advantage of all
proprietors of photographic establishments
who read the above, to allow their printers
to attend the Buffalo Convention in July
next. There they will learn something
which will be of advantage to themselves
and the establishment which they repre-
sent, for years to come.
THE PHOTOGRAPHER TO HIS
PATRONS.
We feel warranted in again calling atten-
The Photographer to
tion to our little leaflet,
His Patrons, by the continued good-will
which it seems to meet from those who use
it. It is the very best means of advertising
your business, and at the same time it car-
ries a great deal of information to your
patrons, which it now takes much of your
time to give over and over again day after
day.
It has been demanded in English German ,
and Spanish two kinds of Spanish, in fact
— one for the West Indies, and one for the
South American trade, and over 501,000
have been printed.
An ingenious photographer has discov-
ered a way by which he can have all the
advantages we speak of without much cost
to himself. He secures the advertisements
of his neighbors for the cover pages, gets a
good price for them, and the balance he has
to pay for his leaflets is quite small. Now
204 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
we give to those who order the leaflet of us cheap picture business, and depreciate our
the privilege of placing anything they art. There are a great many who are
choose upon the four pages of the cover, we climbing to the top of the ladder, and while
care not what it is or whose it is. If our I would not wish keep a single one out of
to
patrons can get advertisements to help pay our profession who might prove
an honor
for what they order, we are perfectly willing to it, at the same time I think we ought to
and glad to have them do so, and make the have some standard as regards terms of
suggestion to those who think they cannot taking apprentices, and not turn out new-
afford to go it alone. fledged photographers of a few weeks' ap-
Mr. E. T. Whitney, Norwalk, Conn., a prenticeship, to operate against the good of
veteran photographer, uses them, and writes, the fraternity.
" I cannot say how much I am pleased with "Please let me have your opinion, Mr.
the little books. They do good service, and Wilson, as to what terms I ought to give if
I wish I had thousands of them." I take this man. I do not wish to take
The fact is, you cannot afford to do with- him, but if he is to learn the business I
out The Photographer to His Patrons. would like to see him do so as thoroughly
as possible. Please write me a line if it is

not asking too much."

This is a subject which we think ought to
have some positive attention at the Conven-
APPRENTICESHIP.
tion in July. It is not a new topic. The
A Western correspondent sends us the "fathers" of the National Photographic
following Association had it in mind when they wrote
" I would like to inquire if the subject of the constitution, and a committee was ap-
apprenticeshipis likely to be settled by the pointed in Cleveland to consider the matter
National Photographic Association, as re- and report upon some definite plan to regu-
gards terms of taking apprentices to learn late a system of apprenticeship. The com-
the business. I have at present a persistent mittee have done what they could, but the
applicant, who wishes me to take him to Association have alwaj's dodged the issue,
learn, but Ihave told him I did not wish being, apparently, not yet ready to take it
to take another apprentice until the Na- up. We think now the time has come to
tional Photographic Association had de- act in the matter. Our Association is over
cided the question of rates, &c, or estab- a thousand strong, and Buffalo will make it

lished a regular school. one-third stronger. All are aware of the

" I never have taken but one apprentice scarcity of good help,
and almost all are pain-
(whom I now employ) at four months' fullyaware of the evils caused by unfledged
time, without charging any fee for instruc- photographers who cut down prices and
tion, but photographers have
the fact is degrade the art. It is in your power, gen-
been in the habit of turning out apprentices, tlemen of the National Photograjmic Asso-
after a few weeks' or months' learning, to ciation, to correct these evils. Awake out
prey on the public, not being thoroughly of sleep and do it.

learned, nor having that sound basis from
which to grow into first-class photographers.
The consequencehas been, that because those
same apprentices could not turn out strictly
first-class work, at first-class prices, they
would go into the cheap picture business,
and thus cause great damage to the art. I
feel that in this photographers have been
We hope the committee having the matter
in charge will report actively on the subject,
and recommend a plan that is feasible and
business-like. Pending that report we would
say a word or two to employers.
First. We would, by all means, take ap-
prentices. The need for good photographers
is great, and the only way to get them is to

to blame it looks to me like cutting off our

; make them.
own heads. Second. The main condition should be as
" I am aware that all who undertake to to time. Compel the apprentice to serve for
learn do not turn their attention to the a good, reasonable time — not weeks but
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 205

years — before yon allow him to scatter his it carefully, and bottled it, sealing the cork
work to the world. with wax. To-day it is as bright and fresh
If he will not submit to that, do not teach as ever, and has not lost a grain in weight.
him. Pulverized iron for developer would be a
Third. The matter of compensation to great convenience, saving of labor, and
one party or another is a minor considera- would sell at a premium.
tion. The thing does not hang on that at Thirdly. Why does not some enterprising
all. No rule can be established to regulate individual in one of our larger and more
it. It is a matter of business between you, central cities open a "Photographic Ex-
but make an apprentice serve out the estab- change" for the convenience of all parties
lished time, and the result we all desire, i. e., wishing to exchange second-hand apparatus ?

good photographers — will surely follow, no photographer in the land that

Is there a
matter how much or how little money has not some good lenses, camera boxes, and
passes meanwhile from one to the other. stands, bath-holders, &c, or a scenic back-
Let us develop no longer, but fix the ground of which he is weary, that are use-
thing at Buffalo. less to him, but desirable to some one else?
I believe not. Is there one who would not
be willing to pay a reasonable commission
to a competent party to effect an exchange
A FEW SUGGESTIONS. of some of these for something he does
BY B. F. HALL. want? I believe not. You may suggest
that, to such, your advertising columns
I "wish to make the following suggestions
afford an easy and cheap method of com-
" to whom it may concern," which, if car-
munication, but I beg to assert that such a
ried out, will substantially aid all practical
house, established by a responsible party,
photographers.
could solicit and would obtain consignments
First. We want a contrivance that will
of thousands of dollars' worth of apparatus,
cut ferrotype plates, cardboards, &c. , into
any desired size. An arrangement some-
which the owners would never advertise,
thing similar to those
and which would, in consequence, remain
used in printing
in the rubbish-room, dead stock.
offices for cutting leads or cardboards, only
a combination of the two. At present, pho-
tographers who buy their plates 10 x 14
size, by the box, which is decidedly the ON COLLODION/
cheaper way, are compelled to mark each
BY L. M. MELANDER.
and cut with the
plate to the size required,
shears, which is tedious and inconvenient, In bringing the subject I have chosen
to say nothing of the danger of soiling by before you, this evening, I feel that I am
finger-marks, which is difficult to avoid. entering upon a well-trodden path. I am,
A machine of the right kind could be however, convinced that it is a subject so
made at a trifling cost, which could be intricate in its nature, that however well
gauged to cut any size perfectly true, clean, and carefully studied, you may find some
and expeditiously. little gem of truth unearthed by the experi-

Secondly. Why do not manufacturers of ence of another. I desire your attention

chemicals grind or pulverize their sulphate for a short time to the subject of this paper.

of iron before doing it up for sale, instead Collodion.

of sending it out in large quartz-like crys-
I will not attempt to trace the many and
tals that are hard to pulverize at best,
and
varied modifications since it was first sug-
require, not only a large outlay of muscular
gested by M. Le Gray, of Paris, but will
strength, but the expense of a mortar and
confine myself to collodion as we find it to-
pestle, and any quantity of time and pa-
day, and endeavor to show how we can com-
tience? I know it will keep just as well, if
properly bottled, for I have tried it. Five * Read at the April session of the Chicago
months ago I pulverized a quantity, weighed Photographic Association.
206 THE PHILADELPHIA PH OTOGEAPHEE.
pound collodion understandingly, adapted
to our various wants in photography. We
find so many recipes in publications, and
otherwise, that it would seem easy to select
and adapt, but I have found that it requires
the greatest nicety of judgment. " Brains "
seems to be a pet phrase with many writers
on photography, and it certainly requires
for agood quality of collodion. Collodion
made from such alcohol would have a ten-
dency to render your film bluish, transpar-
ent, lacking the vigorand peculiar bloom
so valuable in a negative with good print-
ing quality. Should you doubt the purity
of your alcohol, you can easily test it, by
simply setting fire to a small quantity of it

brains. I do not suppose that any one en- the alcohol will burn and the water remain.
tertains the delusion that one sample of col- To correct and purify it, add to every quart
lodion will answer for every variety of sub- of alcohol two or three ounces unslacked
ject. This would be simply folly, and you lime, broken into pieces; let it remain for
would thereby underrate the means at your a few days, occasionally shaking the first

command, placing photography among the two days, then let it stand until perfectly
most ordinary mechanisms of the day settled clear ; decant careful \y, and the alco-
when, by properly comprehending and hol will be ready for use. The affinity the
adapting those means, you might place your lime has for the water will cause it to take
W^rks among the arts of the land. up all the water in the alcohol and leave it

Let us glance at a few types of subjects pure.

in portraiture, that day by day present

Concentrated Sulphuric Ether.
themselves at our studios, that we may ap-
preciate the importance of grappling with The ether we can buy of any reliable

the requirements. stock-house. It dissolves but few of the in-

gredients of collodion, and then only spar-
You find the man of business, the "girl
ingly. It is, therefore, necessary to dissolve
of the period," the fop, the sturdy farmer,
your different salts in the alcohol before
the delicate child in mother's arms, and
its
adding the ether. It becomes acid by con-
then you have copies to bother and perplex
tact with air. It should be neutral to test-
you, solar negatives to worry and vex you,
paper hence, at all times keep it well
;
transparencies often to tax you, but smile
corked.
and endeavor to please. These, with a score
of others, constitute the variety. You Gun-cotton.
spring to your collodion vials, there to We find so much difficulty in procuring
meditate and scratch your head (and if you good, reliable cotton in market that every
happen to be the president of a photographic good operator has become accustomed to
association you will find it necessary to eye every box with due suspicion, and not
carefully and properly adjust your eye- without good reason, for the cotton we
glasses upon your nose), but your customer bought one month ago may be far better or
must not wait. It is not only your duty, worse than the cotton bought to-day, both
but an absolute requirement that you exert bearing the same maker's name.
yourself to the utmost of your ability to do We have the Helion cotton,- generally, a
justice to all these different subjects, for in long fibre cotton, very good where a tough,
proportion as you succeed or fail in this strong film is desired. It should only be

will depend your future reputation as an used for collodion where great contrast is

operator. sought, as in collodion for copying, &c.

We will first consider the different com- The Anthony cotton, Nos. 1, 2, and 3, a
pounds commonly used; what they are, &c. very reliable cotton, gives us a very good
Alcohol, ether, and gun-cotton are the in- film, but does not generally give the deli-

gredients of plain collodion. We find that cacy to collodion that some others do,
we cannot get absolute alcohol, but as far as though very good for general use. Then
my experience goes, Atwood's alcohol an- wehavetheHance'sand Parys' cottons; both
swers very well. The alcohol commonly very fine and well adapted for a delicate
found contains at least ten per cent, of film ; excellent in collodion suitable for so-
water, and in this state it is not pure enough called Rembrandt photographs. There are
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 207

many other cottons in market, but those strong iodized and bromized collodion. The
already mentioned are the only ones I am cadmium salts also have a tendency to
practically familiar with. I have used the thicken and glutenize collodion when those
papyroxylin, but never advantageously. excitants are used. It will be necessary to
Any one at all acquainted with the process make due allowance for this peculiarity of
of manufacturing gun-cotton will not be these salts, and thin your collodion occasion-
surprised at the difficulty makers experi- ally. I have also observed that collodion
ence in giving us, at all times, the article having alcohol in excess of ether will work
we so much depend on of a uniform quality. better with a new silver solution than with
I will not attempt to explain the process a bath contaminated with alcohol and ether
will simply say that a good quality of cot- by long use.
ton (previously boiled in a solution of car- We will now glance at the different com-
bonate of soda) immersed in a mixture of
is pounds used as excitants. The salts com-
nitrate of potash and oil of vitriol heated to monly used are the iodide and bromide of
150° Fahrenheit, after which it is thor- cadmium, the iodide and bromide of am-
oughly washed in running water, then im- monium, the iodide and bromide of potas-
mersed in water containing a small quantity sium, the iodide of lithium. We also find the
of liquor ammonia, to neutralize the acid iodide of sodium, the iodide and bromide of
and dry spontaneously. I would not advise magnesium, and the bromide of arsenic, but
any one not acquainted with the process to with these latter salts I have never been
attempt the experiment of making gun- able to compound collodion in any respect
cotton, as it is attended with much difficulty better than the cadmium, ammonium,
and might disarrange things if by accident potassium, and lithium excitants. In se-
it should come in contact with the flame of lecting your excitants great care must be
your heating apparatus. Should you chance exercised, as many fall into error by not
to get a sample of cotton that has become thoroughly comprehending the nature of
acid by coming in contact with the fumes the ingredients, as I will endeavor to show.
of some acid, you can correct it by thor- You may use three (3) grains of iodide of
oughl}' rinsing it in pure water in the last ; ammonium in one sample of collodion and
water add a few drops of liquor ammonia ;
three (3) grains of iodide of cadmium in
spread it on a clean piece of glass, to dry another sample. It does not therefore fol-
spontaneously, in a room where no fumes low that you use the same quantity of iodine
of chemicals can reach it. in both, as the combinations of iodine and
The alcohol, ether, and gun-cotton are bromine differ in their proportion with the
commonly used in compounding our plain base of the salts. This is not only true with
collodion, in proportion varying according the compounds, but the elementary sub-
to the temperature, the quality, and nature stances differ materially in their atomic
of your, excitants, the state of your silver value ; it will therefore become necessary
solution, but generally in proportion of to acquaint ourselves with those substances,
equal quantity of ether and alcohol, and not only in the light of the chemical equiv-
from four (4) to seven (7) grains of cotton alents, but also in the light of the difference
to the ounce of collodion. In summer ether of weight of atoms.
evaporates quicker than in winter, you The atomic theory furnishes us with a
would therefore use more ether, or occa- systematic method by which we can readily
sionally add ether to the collodion as it comprehend the rarity or density of atoms
evaporates while in use. I would advise of the principal elements commonly used in
having a sample of thin collodion on hand, the compounds of our salts. We know that
to thin with, as by evaporation it becomes allsubstances are composed of atoms so mi-
too thick; for you must bear in mind that nute that perhaps no one can possibly com-
every plate you flow changes the nature of prehend them, and still it has been proven
the collodion in proportion as the ether that those atoms are distinct and individual,
escapes faster than the alcohol, as well as in held together by natural laws, but differing
proportion as they both escape, leaving a in their proportion and chemical combina-
 208 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
tion. Hydrogen gas being the lightest sub- pounded) will give better printing quality
stance known, is marked one in the scale, to a negative than any other collodion.
and all the other elementary substances are The iodide and bromide of ammonium
comprehended by this. Thus we find iodine contain a greater quantity of iodine than
marked 126, bromine 78, cadmium 55, lith- any other of the excitant salts, and being
ium 6, potassium 39, magnesium 12, &c. of a very deliquescent nature liberate more
We are taught by this theory the value of iodine in the same space of time hence the
;

these substances in the light of their chemi- fact that ammonium collodion can be used
cal combination, and the first step is to note sooner after being compounded, and will
their difference, if we would compound col- work hard and harsh in a short time. This
lodion understandingly, for in proportion is due to the excess of free iodine liberated,

as they differ in this respect will our com- naturally enough, when we consider that it
pound but as we do not use
salts differ; contains four times as much iodine, as the
these chemicals in their elementary state, same weight of iodide of cadmium. We
—
but in combination not iodine, but iodide; find three kinds of iodide and bromide of
not bromine, but bromide of ammonium, ammonium market: the white, the pale
in
&c. — itbecomes necessary to find in
also yellow, and the brown. I prefer the brown,
what proportion they are combined, or their when it can be obtained, but it is a French
equivalent value; for instance, iodide of chemical, and as we do not always find it
ammonium is combined in proportion of in this market, I have made the yellow an-

one part iodine to four parts ammonium; swer, but have found it necessary to add
iodide of cadmium, one part iodine to one tincture of iodine to the collodion when the
of cadmium iodide of potassium, one part
;
white or the yellow iodide of ammonium
of iodine to one part potassium; iodide of has been used.
lithium, equal parts, &c. You will readily
Iodide and Bromide oe Cadmium.
comprehend that you may vary the iodide
and bromide very materially, if you allow Cadmium has a tendency to glutenize
that each salt contains the same amount of collodion when used in excess. It has
iodine or bromine in a given quantity by greater "keeping" qualities than collodion
weight. If you should compound one sam- made with any of the other excitants, and
ple of collodion, using a given quantity by samples of collodion made with iodide and
weight of your sensitizing salts, and another bromide of cadmium have been kept even
sample using three times the quantity, they for years, and have improved the older

may both contain the same amount of iodide they became. Cadmium liberates free iodide

or bromide. very slowly, partly from the fact that the

Iodide/and bromideSare the required sub- atoms of cadmium are closely knit together,
stances to form the bromo-iodide of silver having an atomic weight of 186, and partly
in your silxer^solution ;
this forms the latent from the affinity cadmium has for iodine
Wcc image/^.; the ammonium, cadmium/ ^6?, and bromine combining firmly with both of
merely hold these in suspense or combina- these substances.
/(

tion. I do A* think the bases of the salts

1

are essential^ only as they liberate the Iodide of Lithium

iodide and bromide true, they impart cer-
; Combines with cadmium in collodion very
tain qualities to collodion peculiar to them- nicely. Cadmium having an atomic weight
selves, as-for instance-the iodide and bro- of 186, and lithium only 6. You will see
mide of potassium, the potassium has very that if combined it would give an atomic
great affinity for oxygen. Water ? being value less than ammonium. The lithium
composed of oxygen and hydrogen," it at- contracts the atomic firmness of the cad-
tracts the oxygen and liberates the hydro- mium. To illustrate the difference with
gen,^thereby«freeing the collodion of water. which you may introduce iodide or bromide
This gives to potassium great claim, and I into your collodion, by using equal quantity
believe this theory explains .the fact that by weight, of different salts, let us com-
potassium collodion (if properly com- pound two samples of collodion.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE. 209

No. 1. "With these samples of collodion in good

Iodide of Ammonium, 3 grs. to the oz. condition, well filtered and settled, you
"" Cadmium, 1 gr-
" " will be prepared to adapt to almost every
Bromide of Ammonium, . 3 grs. variety of subject in portraiture that may
present itself in the ordinary routine of
No. 2.
work, as your practical experience may
Iodide of Cadmium, 3 grs. to the oz.
" " dictate. I would advise not to blunder into
" Ammonium,
" 1 gr-
" " experiments, but fully acquaint yourself
Bromide of Cadmium, 2 grs.
" " Potassium, " " with the nature of the ingredients you use
1 gr.
in making collodion.
Each of these samples contains 7 grains of
You mustnot, however, be surprised at
excitants, but if we compare the equiva- failures you may often be disappointed in
;

lents we find that No. 1 contains 25 parts

the very formulas you have placed the ut-
of iodine and bromine, to 7 parts of cad- most reliance on. I have never been able
mium and ammonium; while No. 2 contains to make one sample of collodion that would
only 10 parts of iodine and bromine to 7 work alike at all times, as the atmosphere,
parts of cadmium, ammonium, and potas- the light, and, above all, the silver solution,
sium. The iodine and bromine vary in are constantly changing. You will find it
proportion of 25 to 10. necessary, therefore, to keep the most dili-
The collodion I am now using is as fol-
gent watch. As for exhilarators I have
lows : have four (4) samples on hand
1 at
never found the least advantage in them
all times, which we will designate as Nos. 1,
always destroying better qualities in col-
2, 3, and 4.
lodion. This fact may arise from an im-
Formula No. 1. proper use of them, but I have discarded
Alcohol and Ether, equal parts. them entirely.

Iodide of Ammonium, . 2 grs. to the oz.

" " Cadmium, . 2 " " "
Bromide of Ammonium, 3 " " "
Parys's Gun-Cotton,
.

. 4| " " "

MATTERS OF THE
Formula No. 2.

No. 1 1 part.
" 3, . . . . . .2 parts.
"4, 1 part.

Formula No. 3.
The next annual Convention and Exhi-
Alcohol and Ether, equal parts. bition of the National Photographic Asso-
Iodide of Lithium, 2i grs. to the oz.
.
ciation will be held in Buffalo, N. Y.,
" " Cadmium, . ]£ " " "
beginning Tuesday, July 15th, 1873. Mr.
" " Ammonium. 1 gr. " "
W. J. Baker, Local Secretary. A full list
.

Bromide of " . 1£ grs. " "

" " Cadmium, " " "
of routes, &c, will be ready in a few days.
. 1£
Parys's or Hance's Cotton, 5^ " " "
If not sent to you, write to the Permanent
Secretary for a copy.
Formula No. 4.

Alcohol and Ether, equal parts.

The Permanent Secretary invites papers

Iodide of Potassium, . 3 grs. to the oz.

from all who choose to offer them, and re-
" " Cadmium, . 2 " " " quests that they be handed in to him before
Bromide of Potassium, . 2 " " " the opening of the Convention, that place
Anthony's or Helion may be made for them in the order of busi-
Cotton, . . . 6 " it a ness.

In addition to these I keep a small quan- The Scovill and Holmes Medals. —
tity of tincture of iodine to use as occasion Competitors are notified that their applica-
requires, when collodion is too new or tions and matters concerning the same must
when the white ammonium has been used. be in the hands of the Permanent Secretary
14
210 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
by June 25th, to insure the consideration of Look for the blue badges and stained fin-
the committee. Do not forget this. gers when you roach Buffalo. See page 215.
Life Insurance. — Read Mrs. Lock- We regret to learn that Mr. J. W.
wood's paper on this subject on page 194. Husher, Terre Haute, Ind., an active mem-
ber of the N. P. A., lost his wife June 4th.
Mr. Frank .Jewell, Scranton, Pa., says:
" I shall shut up shop during the National Mr. P. E.Thuemmler, Milwaukee, Wis.,
Photographic Association Convention, and regrets his inability to "move" the rail-
will be at Buffalo with all hands.'" If all roads, as he expressed a hope that he could

would do this photography would fairly hum do in our last, but volunteers to secure
during 1873-4. round trip tickets from Milwaukee to Buf-
falo for $20.66.
To become a member of the National
Photographic Association costs $4 ;
$2 for
entrance fee; $2 for one year's dues, in ad-
vance; employes, half rates; life member- THE EXHIBITION.
ship, $25. Apply to Edward L. Wilson, REGULATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS.
Permanent Secretary, Philadelphia.
The Fifth Annual Exhibition of the
Life Members. — Mr. J. P. Buchtel, National Photographic Association of the
Portland, Oregon, is added to the list. United States will be held in the Rink at
Veterans. —Mr. Alfred Hall, Chicago Buffalo, N. Y., beginning Tuesday, July
(1848), is added to the veteran list. 15th, 1873.

What a Texas Man thinks. — You The meetings of the Association will be

doubtless recollect the long road I had to held in the Hall near the Rink, morning,
travel last year to reacb the N. P. A. at St. afternoon, and evening.

Louis ; but I made it, and home again, all Badges will be supplied to the members,
safe; and, sir, I w as
r
so highly pleased, as dues received, and new members admitted,
well as benefited thereby, that I fully in- at the office of the Treasurer in the Rink and
tend, Providence permitting, to be at Buf- Hall. For latest information apply there.
falo inJuly next. In a little less than The busi?iess meetings of the Association
three days and three nights after waving and Exhibition will be free to members
adieu to tbe verdant plains of our romantic presenting their badges, and to their wives.
State, I will find myself landed in the streets No admission to the business sessions for
of Buffalo, N. Y. Surely our favorite occu- those not members.

pation is commanding that respect and that Those not members will be admitted to

admiration from the highest and most re- the scientific sessions on payment of fifty

fined circles of society, that it should induce cents each admission.

us to leave no stone unturned, no exertions The business sessions will usually be held

withheld, and no duty unperformed, that in the forenoon, and the discussions, lec-

should be calculated to insure success. And tures, &c, in the afternoon and evening.
then the hearty, cordial greeting from tbe A grand programme is under way for the
whole fraternity. Oh ! that July were but latter, and matters of great interest will

to-morrow. E. Pinch. come up at the former.

Waxahachie, Texas. A cordial invitation is given to all pho-

Our Empty Treasury. — The treasury tographers, abroad and at home, whether

of the N. P. A. is about empty, and some members of the Association or not, to ex-

billsremain unpaid. A thousand dollars or hibit of their work, and space will be pro-

more are due by the members. Will you vided free of charge.
not remit your dues now, to enable the Ex- Manufacturers, dealers, &c, are charged
ecutive Committee to arrange the Exhibi- $10 fee to help defray the expenses, unless

tion matters satisfactorily? Loyal mem- the Executive Committee reduce the rates
bers, attend to this. Mr. Albert Moore, to applicants in special cases.

Treasurer, No 828 Wood Street, Philadel- Arrangements with express and railway
phia. companies are being made for a commuta-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER. 211

tion of fares and freights and the result SOCIETY GOSSIP.

will be announced in a circular, to be issued (For time of meeting of American Societies, see
in a few days likewise, the list of hotels
; "Society Calendar" in " Specialties.")
and their rates.
A copy will be sent to all photographers
Note — We are glad to see the number
of photographic societies growing, and will
who can be reached. Those who do not thank the Secretaries of all of them to send
get it, may have copies by applying to
us a full record of the proceedings at each
either the Permanent or Local Secretary.
meeting promptly. With our present crowd-
ed pages we can hardly agree to print all
DIRECTIONS TO EXHIBITORS.
they send, but will make such extracts as
1. It is necessary to put in a large amount are most useful to our readers under the
of extra gasfitting at the Rink to render
head of " Society Gossip." We hope this
the evening illumination perfect. Will not will be satisfactory, and that the societies
exhibitors at once send me their estimates
will rival each other generally in their ef-
of the space they want, in order that the forts to be the most useful. Will the Sec-
light can be centralized as much as possi- retaries please give us their reports written
ble, and thus economized and made more on one side of the sheet only ?
effective. Please read the general instruc-
tions to exhibitors given elsewhere, and Maryland (Baltimore), May 1st. —The
chairman of the Committee on Literature
favor us with an immediate response.
(Mr. Busey) reported that the committee
2. Inquire of your express agent the time
had concluded it advisable to secure for the
required to forward a box from your place
Association only the British Journal of Pho-
to Buffalo, N. Y., and send so that it will
tography and the Photographic News, both
arrive here not before the 12th of July next,
published in London, England and recom-
nor after the 15th. ;

3. At the time of despatching your box,

mended members of the Association
that the
should encourage the American publications
mail a descriptive invoice of the same to
pertaining to our art by subscribing to them.
the Local Secretary, and place a duplicate
of the invoice in the box itself.
The proposed amendment to the constitu-
tion, "
That no legislation of any character,
4. (
Very important. ) Prepay all
charges.
whereby any member will in any way be
interfered with in the conduct of his busi-
5. Screw each frame on to two cleats, and
ness, shall be passed by the Association,
also fasten the cleats to the sides of the box
with SCREWS. without the consent of three-fourths of the

6. Fasten the lid with screws; use no

members of the Association," was postponed
nails for this purpose.
until the next meeting night. During a
7. Put your name on the back of each brief recess the negatives and prints, both
frame, or place your card under the glass in
unretouched, were examined, and their
merits discussed.
front.
This method of exhibiting pictures for
8. Put your name on the bottom of the
friendly criticism and study is a capital one
box inside.
9. Direct the box to W. J. Baker, Local District of Columbia (Washington),
Secretary N. P. A., Rink, Buffalo, N. Y., May 6th —Mr. A. M. Hall, of Alexandria,
and on the inside of the lid put your own Va., was elected a member.
name and address. Mr. Ward exhibited a transferred nega-
10. You can easily see how mistakes and tive, explaining the modus operandi of its

much confusion will be avoided by strict production, and its advantages in many
adherence to these instructions in every respects over the ordinary negative.Mr.
case. Gardner said they could be retouched by
W. J. Baker, first coating with a thin solution of gelatin.
Local Secretary, Buffalo, N. Y. Considerable time was spent over the sub-
Edward L. "Wilson, ject of the National Photographic Conven-
Permanent Secretary, Philada. tions, and the benefits arising therefrom,
212 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHBE.
both to photographers and the public, were
discussed.
A number expressed themselves as
tending to be present at the Convention in
July.
Several being present who were not at the
last meeting, the Luckhardt pictures were
again examined, criticized, and admired.
Mr. Thorp exhibited a few pictures to illus-
June 7th. Regular monthly meeting, at
which Messrs. Henry M. Pettitt and Alex-
in- ander Helmsley were elected members. Dry
processes were discussed generally, and the
Society adjourned to October.
Photographic Institution (Chicngo),
April 23d —
This is a new association,
sprung from the older society in Chicago ;

trate the correct principle of lighting faces. many holding membership in each. The
new one includes the study of drawing, the
Philadelphia (Philadelphia) May 7th. dues being fixed to cover instructions in
— The President said that since the last that important and invaluable art, useful to

meeting he had learned that in the varnish all photographers. At the adjourned meet-

used for the fluorescent drawings, which ing of above date a constitution and by-
were then shown, there were two distinct laws were offered and discussed, and other
substances, petroleneand thallene, each giv- preliminary work done.
ing fluorescent effects peculiar to them- On May 12th another meeting was held,
selves. the President, A. Hesler, Esq., presiding.
Mr. William H. Smith, Jr., was elected Mr. Brand addressed the meeting on the
to membership. duty of the members of a society to each
Mr. Bell gave an interesting account of other.
his photographic experiences in the deep The subject of arranging a room with
canons near the Colorado Kiver. The dif- suitable adjustments for making large
ficulty of obtaining good water was very groups of societies, &c, was introduced by
great, and he had often resorted to dry Mr. Brand, who stated that he contemplated
plates. Many successful negatives were building such a room on a vacant lot ad-
made on plates, preserved with a mixture joining his studio. Mr. Hesler spoke on the
of two ounces of albumen to a quart of ale ;
subject, giving his ideas how such a room
and in some cases the development was should be built. He said he would build a
deferred until twenty days after exposure. building, open at one end, where he could
Conversation then ensued upon dry pro- arrange a very large circular background
cesses in general; after which Mr. John with rocks and rustic work. He would so
Moran exhibited a very fine series of views arrange the walls that he could change the
on the Wissahickon, and in the neighbor- light to any point he wished to, &c.
hood of Philadelphia. Mr. Moran remarked Some remarks on ground-glass, lights for
that photography was a more plastic art summer uses, &c, were made. Mr. Green
than was generally supposed, and that by and Mr. Hesler volunteered to read papers
judicious touching or etching out of the at the next meeting Mr. Green on the
;

negative much could be accomplished. subject of Relief, and Mr. Hesler on Light-
Several prints were shown where branches ing and Posing. After which the meeting
of trees had been scratched into the film, adjourned, to meet the first Monday even-
thus very materially aiding the composi- ing in June, unless previously called.
tion. A print from a negative of the Old Chicago (Chicago), May 7th.— After the
Swedes Church at Wilmington, Delaware, opening,&c, President Hesler made an ad-
was shown, which had had twelve large dress on the subject of Lighting and Posing
white tombstones removed from the film, having lost a paper he had prepared on the
and bushes, &c substituted. Mr. Moran
, subject. Among other excellent things he
also spoke of the fine effects to be secured said:
towards sunset when the light is weak, and "Try and cultivate the faculty of reading
the imposing effects of masses of shadow your sittersthe moment they enter your
with but little detail, which are obtainable studio, and having noted the 'points' you
at that hour of the day. think necessary to make a natural picture,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAFHEU. 213

go on quietly as -master of the situation,' process were then discussed, and all agreed
and produce that 'speaking likeness' that as to its great value.
will please the suhjects, and yourself.
"In lighting our subjects we have been
Indiana (Indianapolis), May 7th. — This
Association elects its officers twice a year,
using toomuch light, but I think it is giving semi-annual
and this was the meeting.
way to a more reasonable and satisfactory After the usual routine, a paper by Mr. In-
mode and with great results." graham and the fixing of the 21st of May
Mr. Hesler further said: "A word re- for a specialmeeting for a discussion on col-
garding the results of some experiments I
lodion, the election was held, with the fol-
made some months ago, and of which you lowing result :

saw the product in a few examples of cab-

President, J. Perry Elliott;
inet photographs I placed before you at a
Vice-President, C. B. Ingraham;
meeting some two months since. I told
Corresponding Secretary, W. K,. House-
you then the time in making the sittings was
holder
reduced more than one-half. I now state ;

the means of producing the results, that you

Recording Secretary, D O. Adams ;

Treasurer, Henderson George

may further investigate the subject, and if
Editor, D. B. Claflin;
of any value to note the same for the bene-
Librarian, Harry Fowler.
fit and use of the fraternity I find that if a
;

After the transaction of further local

bath, made 25 30 grains strong, is kept
to
business, the Association adjourned.
at a temperature of 100° with a developer
atsame temperature, the time of exposure Brooklyn (Brooklyn, N. Y.), May 13th
isreduced as stated. Temperature of my —Four new members were added to the
dark-room averages 65° to 70°. roll,and one other proposed. The session
" My developer is simple, and made as was mainly occupied by the exhibition of
follows: A saturated solution of sulphate pictures —
enlargements by Messrs. Wil-
of iron and water, kept in a quart bottle for liamson and Troxell, and pictures by the
stock. For use take a one pound wide-mouth Edwards Process by Mr. Alva Pearsall.
bottle —I use a cyanide bottle — put in say Mr. F E. Pearsall exhibited a 14 x 17 trans-
one-half inch of the stock solution of iron, parency of his skylight, which was pro-
fill up with water nearly full, add two nounced exceedingly fine.
ounces acetic acid, No. 8, shake, and use. A 14x17 plain photograph, large head,
1 find that a developer, used at a tempera- exhibited by Mr. Knowlton as being made
ture of 1(0°, gives a very fine deposit." with an extra 4-4 Peerless lens, was remark-
Mr. P. B. Green followed with a useful able forits sharpness and detail.

paper on Collodion, which we hope to pub-
lish shortly. A lively discussion followed of
that kind which is sure to do good; when
good operators light for their own pet for-
mula it is always interesting. [
Mr. Borker showed some photographic
views of an azure blue tint (or tone), which
looked very sketch}', and decidedly non-pho-
tographic.

June 9th. The following important reso-

T. E. Wood, L. Luplan, J. O. Oleson, lutions were introduced by Mr. Alva Pear-
and Wm. Page, Chicago, and C. H. Pease, and seconded by Mr. Charles William-
sall,

Goshen, Ind., were duly elected members. son,who also added an amendment, which
Mr. Manville, of Marshalltown, Iowa, were then put to a vote and adopted by the
gave the Society a few examples of his Association.
work, which were favorably noticed. Resolv.ed, That photographic portraiture
Committees on Transportation for N. P. being now recognized as one of the fine arts,

A., and the Photographic Department of it is entitled to a higher consideration than

the Interstate Exposition reported progress. to be classed with mechanical inventions
Mr. Hesler stated that he had correspond- and productions by the awarding of di-

ed with Mr. Everett, agent for the Edwards plomas.

Process, and had secured a reduction in Resolved, That photographic portraiture
price for a club of ten. The merits of the being an individual effort, and as such par-
214 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
taking of the artistic feeling and talent of paper would keep white when rolled in
each photographic artist, it may be repre- newspaper, or paper covered with printer's
sented in many different styles but of equal ink, was advanced. Several had tried it
artistic merit, the same as many other works with success. The death of Mr. Arthur
of art, making it quite impossible for judges Green, photographer, was announced, and
to pass upon the same and do equal justice. several spoke of his interest in our art.
Resolved, That we, as members of the Some instantaneous pictures were shown by
Brooklyn Photographic Art Association, do Mr. De Saussace, who promised to give his
appoint a committee of three to wait upon method at the next meeting. Mr. Chapman
the managers of the Kings County Indus- explained his method of photographing dif-
trial Institute, with a copy of these resolu- fraction gratings, which we hope to give in
tions, to request that in future no awards our next, our space now being so crowded.
or diplomas be issued for photographic por- President Newton exhibited photographs
traiture or photography, and to make a of the new fountain recently uncovered at
report of same at our next meeting. And Central Park. By resolution Messrs. Ma-
we pledge ourselves individually to make as son and Chapman were appointed a commit-
good a representation of the photographic tee to request the American Institute to
art, as we otherwise would if we were com- make an appropriation to purchase a stere-
peting for prizes or diplomas. opticon. Adjourned to first Tuesday in
September.
AMENDMENT.
That associations desirous of
Buffalo (Buffalo), June 4th. — Mr.
Resolved, all
Farnsworth, the Secretary, writes: The
our beautiful display of photography, be
second monthly meeting was held at Mr.
recommended to allot space and room Samo's gallery, 294 Main Street, President
equally attractive, well-lighted and fur-
Baker in the chair. The attendance was
nished as that for oil paintings, free of cost,
large, and the interest was all that could be
giving to each exhibitor a season ticket of
desired. Eight names were added to the list
admission.
of membership, making a total of thirty-

Pennsylvania (Philadelphia), May five active members. Mr. Jos. Samo read
19th. —The resolution passed at the last an interesting paper, entitled " Our Associ-
meeting, that the minutes be approved be- ation, and What we Hope from it." Mr.
was reconsidered and lost.
fore publication, Voleskie also read a paper before the Society
Mr. F. L. Stuber, Bethlehem, Pa., was on "What Makes a Pleasing Picture, "call-
present as a visitor, and, being called upon, ing attention in particular to the artistic

exhibited some fine work His backgrounds department of a picture. The paper was
were particularly admired, looking like
instructive, and enjoyed. The thanks of the

delicately painted ones with beautiful fig-

Association were duly returned to the gen-

ures. These he obtained, he said, as fol-

tlemen for their efforts. Mr. Meredith and
lows Procure a lace curtain of any pretty
:
the Secretary were appointed to prepare

it upon a wall, and paint it

pattern, stretch
papers for the next meeting. On motion of

with a distemper color a shade darker than
the background it is to be used over When
dry, hang the lace over a plain background,
and use way. The effect is ex-
in the usual
cellent. Mr. Stuber also explained his
method of printing and toning. The rest
of the session was occupied with Associa-
tion business.
Photographic Section American In-
stitute (New York) June 3d. Mr. Mari-
on's new carbon process was read and dis-
cussed at length. The fact that sensitive
Mr. Samo, the meeting resolved itself into
a committee of the whole, to take action on
matters concerning the coming Convention.
The President explained the nature of the
work to be done, the committees to be ap-
pointed, and expressed the hope that all the
members of the Association would heartily
co-operate with what was being done. The
expression of all the members on the sub-
ject was indicative, in the broadest sense, of
— united and harmonious action. Mr. Mere-
dith, chairman of the Decorating Commit-
tee, called for more help, and llenry Miller,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
S. B. Butts, Byron Pruden, H. Samo, Mrs.
Coolie, and Miss Cook, were added to the
list, which numbers altogether nine. The
President appointed Miss Crocket, Miss
Delano, Mr. Pruden, and Mr. Farnsworth
Committee on Badges. These badges are
to be worn by all members of the Associa-
tion during the Convention season. The
badge will consist of a light blue ribbon
with the letters "B. P. A.," and will be
worn on the left side. The President will
appoint at the next meeting a Reception
Committee, who will be in waiting at the
depots to direct photographers where to go.
They will be known from other people only
by this blue badge, and a few black stains on
their fingers. It is hoped that photogra-
phers will make a note of this, and be pre-
pared to detect; and let me add that we
.have a great many ladies in
tion — workers, too, and if
should appear at the depot with a blue badge,
it ishoped that photographers will not be
overcome by any kind of modesty, but walk
right up and make known their wants.
ART STUDIES FOR ALL.
III.
(Continued from page
15. Theand last great object of
first
study should be the drawing of the human
figure. By this we mean the form and pro-
portion of the various parts, their relation
to each and the manner in which
other,
they are brought into action. Remember
that you may distort them by means of your
camera and by j our lighting and posing.
7
It is this study, followed by practice, which
will give you a "skill of hand" which will
be invaluable to you.
16. Ifyou would attain excellence in this
respect you must work according to rule,
and the first step is to acquire an accurate
knowledge of form, and then the ability to
pose a figure with a correct outline.
a photographer is apt to think that he being
a natural genius, rules are superfluous to
him. He had better be cautious, or he will
be left behind. His art will grow beyond
h i in
215
17. Leonardo da Vinci says: "The prin-
cipal and most important consideration re-
quired in the drawing (with us, posing) of
figures is to set the head well upon the shoul-
ders, the chest upon the hips, and the hips
and shoulders upon the feet "
18. All the great masters were incessant
in their study of drawing, and diligently
practiced it. Sir Joshua Reynolds says
"When they conceived a work, they first
made a variety of sketches ; then a finished
drawing of the whole after that a more;
correct drawing of every separate part,
head, hands, feet, and pieces of drapery
they then painted the picture, and after all
retouched it from life." So should photog-
raphers take a model, and make negative
after negative in leisure times, each time
examining the result, searching out its short-
our Associa- comings, and correcting them in the next
any of them effort, until satisfied that the last picture is
according to rule. It is no credit to you to
say that you made a great number of nega-
tives in a given time, unless they are all
good ones. One good, faultless negative is
worth any number of indifferent ones, and
will pay best. Besides it is something well
done. When you go to judge of your work,
do not let the test question be ''Will that
do?" but "Is it the best I can do?"
19. This spirited mode of performing a
122.)
work, showing a ready mind and a practiced
hand, is termed by artists execution. The
term is applicable to photography, not alone
because making pictures is "taking off
heads," but because the ignorant mind and
the unpracticed hand of the photographer
as well as the painter aremade apparent by
his work. work of the one
Compare the
class with that of the other. The one will
have a "wide-awake" appearance, while
the other will seem " fast asleep." Let your
pictures look as if they had been " struck off
at a blow "
20. With a thorough knowledge and
practice of this the grammar of photography,
rules will not restrain your freedom in pro-
Many ducing the effects just described.
The ancient gladiators were exercised
21.
with heavier arms than those with which
they fought; the ancient tragedians accus-
tomed themselves to declaim while sitting,
for it is more difficult than the same exer-
 216 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
•cise when standing, for the reason that if a posing at random, and see what a conglom-
person is accustomed to perform things more eration of ugliness and awkwardness you
difficult than the ordinary exercise of his will succeed in producing.
employment makes it easy of ac-
requires,
complishment. Take a hint from this. Se-
lect a model, and as you have time, work,
and work, and work at it, setting yourself
DIRECT PRINTS FROM LIFE BY
more difficult tasks than you ever expect to LARGE LENSES.
have in your ordinary studio work, and you Last winter a writer in this magazine
will find the exercise of immense advantage undertook to about the probabilities
tell all

to you. You may have to conquer an in- of a large lens being successful. He said
disposition to do this. If your inclinations optical difficulties occur to prevent. I can
do oppose you, fight yourself until you win. see such difficulties in the way of dollars
We find that we often have to battle against only. He speaks of a twenty-four inch diam-
our own will and inclinations, hut when we eterand eight feet focus lens, taking the
conquer we often find that the work we ac- ground that the same general ratio should
complish, fighting for it inch by inch, is the be carried out about length of focus and
most satisfactory to ourselves. Try it. diameter of lens which has always been
22. Verj- often we know what we want, practiced.
but do not know how to attain it. It is a Now if you are going to make large pic-
grand victory to know what you want, to tures large lenses must be used. Solar
begin with. "Work up to the extent of prints and enlargements are copies at best,
your knowledge, and then think reach out — and no man can produce the roundness
as it were into the depths of knowledge, and which we see in a life print by either of the
you will gradually accomplish the desired copying processes.
results. A little talent is susceptible of great I want to see a lens made twenty-four
improvement, and may be so developed as inches in diameter, with the same curves as
to produce most excellent work. our six inch, and not over a thirty inch or
23. The value of the cultivated ear is well thirty-five inch focus.
This will give a
understood, but it is not so valuable as a cul- flood of lightthrough the front end of the
tivated eye You can possess the latter by box, and do away with using colored glasses
hard practice under If you would
rule. in the box to light up with, or letting in
cast a beautiful figure,you pour the molten light either before or after exposure.
metal into the mould, and not at random This lens will make a picture in thirty
upon the yielding sand. So must you be seconds on a twenty-four inch plate, say four
governed by the rules of art in order to pro- to six inch heads, and life-size heads in one
duce the best results in your profession. minute, and with a diaphragm not less than
Just as the outlines of the mould drive the twelve to sixteen inches in diameter. With
metal into shape, so will these rules gently such a lens a new power would be given
shape you when at work, suggest expedients immediately to photographers.
1o you, and enlarge your field of invention. It is true that only a limited number
24. All the guiding principles of art may could obtain such a lens on account of cost
be learned in the human figure, and in this but the minds of the public have got to be
respect photographers have advantages convinced that such improvements are
which they cannot overestimate. It is no really made before any real benefit would
credit to you to be able to boast that yon are be derived. "Artists" all over the globe
a self-taught artist. Do not attempt to are to-day crying down
photography as
teach yourself if you really ever desire to being nowhere in comparison with produc-
acquire the principles of Music that
art. tions by hand. I mean "brush artists"
is not true to key and measure condemned is paint and ink slingers. I would do it my-
for its discords. Try working your chemi- self if I were in their profession but we ;

cals contrary to rule, and see the mess you photographers have got to help ourselves
will make. Go on with your lighting and in starting improvements and following
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO&EAPHEE. 21'

'them up with good results, and then after a Ross, Voigtlander, Usener, Drs. Vogel and
while the public will see and believe. Simpson.
The time to start this is now; and, in my Yours respectfully,

opinion, this is the quickest way to do it: T. R. BURNHAM.

Boston.
Invite every photographer in this country
to offer assistance by subscription to a gen- P S.- — Inclosed find prints made by a
eral fund, to be used by competent parties, little 9-inch diameter lens made by Usener
and build one instrument, to be owned in 1868 for me.
jointly at first by all who help build it; let

it be used by all such a short time to try

and make experiments with, and satisfy
themselves of its usefulness. I mean, let it CONCERNING "RINGS."
be shipped through the country at the rate, A fewwords only, to quell the fears of
say of one week in each city or large town, some good friends of the National Photo-
which would be long enough to give it a graphic Association, who have intimated
good trial, and every subscriber make pic- that they thought it was "in the hands of
tures with it, and when it had gone round, a ring, who are determined to control it for
let the one buy it who would give the most, their own interests and not for the interests
and the money then to be divided pro rata of the fraternity at large."
who built it. In this way the
to the parties In all societies there is work to be done.
expense would not be heavy on any one. It was always the fact and always will be,
The cost would probably be more for a wfc imagine, that the main portion of that
firstone than for others; but if every man work is done by comparatively a few, who
in the business would give the small sum are either more earnest, more zealous, or
of five dollars, this alone —
allowing ten more industrious than the second and largest
thousand in the country — would be fifty class who are content to share all the privi-
thousand dollars. leges without sharing the labor. There is

I think it could be built for $5000 or less also a sort of a half class, we hardly know
and from time of starting it.
in one year where to place them, who grumble and
Now two hundred heavy men in the
if mutter and insinuate and misconstrue and
business would give $25 each, it would indirectly find fault, making themselves
bring $5000; or four hundred men at $12.50 utterly useless and hampering the useful-
each, make $5000; and so on, according to ness of all the rest.
means. Such a class unfortunately exists in our
There would want to be a good box, glorious institution, the National Photo-
shields, bath, and all appliances to work it, graphic Association, and they have already
so no one would have any excuse in the been repeatedly rebuked by the President
matter. and by others in the open sessions of the
Now when this is all done, what will it Convention year after year. Their great
amount to? It will elevate our art in the cry is that "there is a ring," but they do
estimation of the public tenfold more than not ferret it out and expose it for us so that
paying $30 for this, $20 for that, and $5 for it can be broken up and peace restored.
the other, trifling copying processes now Now, good friends, we hope that you will
being peddled out over our entire land. not carry these mutterings with you to
I would suggest that the matter be Buffalo. On the contrary, try to promote
brought up in the session of the National peace and harmony there. If you see any-
Photographic Association in July, and dis- thing that displeases you, frankly and
cussed at length, and if thought of impor- openly and manfully make complaint to
tance enough, then start it. your officers or to the open Convention,
I would like an expression of opinion in whose sessions now are only open to the
regard to the practicability of such a lens members of the Association, and have your
by any scientific man in Europe or America, grievances adjusted.
including Zentmayer, Clark, Dallmeyer, True, the affairs of the Association are
218 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHE R.
managed by a few whom you have chosen phy it has too often happened that he who

to do the work. How can good govern- announces an improvement or discovery of

ment be promulgated otherwise? Is it not any kind becomes forthwith the victim of
so in all state, national, and civil bodies? clamor. His motives are suspected, his
But then you say, "The Association is word is doubted, his character is impugned ;

run by stockdealers, or in their interests." his process is not new, his statements are
Now how absurd and foolish. Where is untrue, and his results are worthless." How
the overcrowded treasury to tempt the cu- true this is we
know, and, we will add,
all
pidity of stockdealers ? Where the tempt- that the men who have worked the hardest
ing perquisites to entice them to such efforts and who have done the most towards mak-
asyou imagine to "control" the National ing our Association what it is are the ones
Photographic Association ? Where the im- who are calumniated the most by the class
mense profits to be drawn from these annual we specially address. Fortunately for our
conventions and exhibitions? Do not be- art, men who form
these this dreadful
lieveany such insinuations. We know that phantom "ring," who have the good of
the dealers are your best friends. True, photography at heart, look above and ahead
they " make their living out of photogra- of the absurd clamor which aims to hinder
phers," but what would you do without them on their way.
them ? Would you go back to the good There is but one " ring " that we know of,
old days when the photographer must make and we confess to being " in " it. Within
his own chemicals and his cotton and work this " ring " we include the whole photo-
with all sorts of awkward apparatus? graphic fraternity. Let any one come
Would you go back to the good old times within it to injure the interests of that
of patent taxes and process pillaging which fraternity, and woe betide him. It has
the stockdealers have given their thousands been tried and is being tried all the time.
to help you wipe out? Would you? Come and join this " ring," if you are not
Doubtless you would not; so let this cry of heartily in it, and make it your rule to ap-
a "ring" be stopped. It is unjust and un- prise us promptly of anything you see or
kind and unmanly. hear tending to disturb its interests or its
It does seem mysterious what a disposition peace. We are determined to do our duty
there is in poor human nature to miscon- to its members, come what may. If you
strue and to insinuate against the motives could know
the effort put forth in your
all
of its best benefactors. It is true that late behalf by the " ring " you complain of,
national and civic corruption tends to arouse who often leave home and business at short
suspicion, but it should not make us suspect notice to devise means for your protection,
those who are really benefiting us. But the and whose purses are often drawn upon
tendency is in that direction to a lamentable without your knowledge for your good, you
degree. would drop the cry of " a ring" in shame
In a recent address, President Angell, of and never take it up again.
Cornell University, said: "Above all, to Come to Buffalo and elect men in whom
my mind hard for a man to retain his
it is you have confidence, and then trust them
generosity and his confidence in his fellow- and believe they are doing their best for
man, enough to open his hand, when his you. It is the most comfortable way at
motives are misunderstood at every step, least.
and even the noblest deeds he does are
turned into shafts to stab him to the heart
Mr. J. D. Waymodth, Nailsea, England,
with."
sends us a copy of our leaflet The Pliotographer
How sad it is that this is so In a re- !

to His Patrons, printed in England, with the

cent issue of our highly valued contempo-
rary, the Photographic News, our good cover so arranged that a little circular photo-

friend the editor, in commenting upon the graph of his gallery may be pasted on it. Ir, is

fact that " every discoverer is a benefactor a neat idea, and we are prepared to supply our
to the community," says, but " in photogra- patrons with it for a similar purpose.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 219

MR. ANDERSON'S BOOKS. —

Experiment 4. Print from type or en-
graving (by simple pressure) with some
The second thousand of Mr. Elbert An-
substance containing ferrocyanide of potas-
derson's Skylight and Dark-Room is rapidly
sium (on dry paper), and develop with sul-
being sold. Of Mr. E. Z. Web-
tbis book,
phate of copper solution.
ster, Norwich, Conn., a veteran in our art,
sa'ys :
" I do not think there is an operator Experiment 5. — Mix ferrocyanide of po-

or photographer, old or young, who cannot tassium with thick glycerin ; dab or roll
out on type with this pass electric current
get ten times the cost of the work out of ;

the same. It is the most practical and val-

through it in usual way ; develop with cop-
uable book on photography that I have ever per. Try iodine and other substances in
seen." What Mr. Webster says is very same way. Try other mixtures with above
(to thicken) besides glycerin. This formula
true. Mr. Anderson's "Allmy knack," which
embodies instruction with amusement, is is fordry paper. If paper cannot be made
the same shape as his other work, and is a to answer for a bed, try fine iron filings or
beautiful, useful book. You should by all dust, or other metallic dust which is a con-

means have it. ductor. If Prank's platina points could be

made to pass through glycerin or other sim-
ilar substance containing the sensitive ma-
terial, or if the points could be charged
Jottings from the Journal of an
with the fluid like a pen, dry paper could
Experimentalist.
be used, and the whole operation very much
Under this head, by the courtesy of his improved and simplified. If the electric
excellent wife, we some
are enabled to give point carrying the sensitive solution will
jottings from the journal of the late Mr. not act readily enough, add an extra point
V. M. Griswold, of Peekskill, N. Y., who in front of each, to carry the sensitive solu-
was a well-known and industrious experi- tion in lines, or charge the electric points
mentalist. His hints, as recorded by him with the sensitive medium as above, and
at the time they were suggested to his pass dampened paper under them without
mind, were never made public, and his life other preparation. This same idea might
was cut short before he could develop be applied to the process of printing by
them. They are now given to the frater- electricity. Dab the type or cut with the
nity with the hope that if they prove of sensitive substance in glycerin or other
value to any one, that the widow and chil- suitable medium, and use under it paper
dren, who were left in a needful condition, simply made damp with water. Many sub-
will be substantially remembered by those stances could be used in this way which
who are
benefited. Mrs. Griswold's ad- cannot be used by the present method.
dress No. 242 East 74th Street, N. Y.
is Experiment 6. —
Let a piece of paper
Among other things, Mr. Griswold was strongly charged with bichromate of po-
experimenting in the direction of direct tassium be floated on a sufficiently thick
^carbon printing, and sent us some very gelatin solution to give a nice glazed sur-
promising examples some time previous to face (sugar might be added), and when dry
his death. Our first quotations from his expose gelatin side under a negative, mount
notes are on this subject, as follows: on glass, gelatin side down, and develop
—
Experiment 1. Prepare paper with bi- fiom back. Color as by my process or —
chromate of potassium containing ferrocy- add the pigments to the gelatin before coat-
anide of potassium, and develop after wash- ing the paper. Bichromate of potassium
ing with sulphate of copper. Try this with and ferrocyanide of potassium might be
and without gelatin or gum arabic. used together as a sensitive medium, and,
—
Experiment 2. Try ferrocyanide of po- after development, colored with copper as
tassium alone in the same way. in Experiment 1. The gelatin side might
—
Experiment 3. Add silver to gelatin or be mounted on paper or cardboard also be-
gum arabic, and develop with bichromate fore development, and colored a- above.
of potassium. —
Experiment 7. Take a steel, platinum,
220 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
or gold pen, charged with the sensitive me- The business card may be printed outside.
dium and attached to the positive pole of a They appear very convenient, and as they
battery, and write on paper simply damp- are advertised in the proper place, pho-
ened with water. This will test this class tographers can test them for themselves.
of experiments. Pens of different metals
would be expected to give different colors,
&c. Fix or recolor in proper medium.
—
Experiment 8. Try whether paper satu-
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
STUDIO.
rated with metallic salt will not pass the
BT G. WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F. S.A.
electric current when dry. If so, number-
less experiments will naturally suggest A 'perfectly Air-tight Cork for Collodion,
themselves. Acid, §c. — Another Novelty in Portrait-
Experiment 9 — Make sensitive collodion ure.

tablets, either by the introduction of oil A perfectly Air-tight Cork for Collodion,
into thick collodion or coury or other gum, Acids, Sfc.—A very useful little contrivance
or coury, collodion, and oil together; or was brought under my attention a few days
make the tablets to be sensitized afterwards ago by a correspondent. It was new to
like glass plates. me, and may possibly be new to you, al-
(To be continued.) though we rarely think it possible to teach
anything in the shape of ingenious con-
trivances to our American cousins. This
Atkinson's Safety Mail Envelope. consists in a perfectly air-tight cork which
Photographers who have pictures to is not easily injured by chemical solutions.

mail to their customers have often been The value of a perfectly air-tight cork, not

greatly annoyed by having their parcels liable to easy injury by various kinds of
tampered with, and the whole or part of chemical solutions, must commend itself
the contents stolen. Or they have been to photographers without many words of
put to considerable trouble by exacting detailedeulogy. For collodion, varnish,
postmasters to put up their parcels in a and many other preparations, such a cork is
way to send them at the cheap rate of post- pre-eminently desirable. Glass stoppers are

age. rarely Corks readily

perfectly air-tight.

Mr. Atkinson, the inventor of the Safety stick and get broken in removal, and are,
Mail Envelope, having had a good share of moreover, readily injured by acids, &c,
these annoyances, has, he thinks, overcome and are themselves injurious to silver solu-
them all. His envelope is made of stout tions. A correspondent has brought under
paper, of a peculiar shape, and not sealed our attention an admirable contrivance to
together. Instead of that, the envelope meet the difficulty. It consists of the well-
comes to us outspread, with three of the known ingenious cork introduced a few
four extremities of the paper gummed. It years ago in this country as Fleming's pat-

is now ready to receive one card or two ent cork. It consists of two pieces of wood
dozen. The pictures are simply laid upon with an india-rubber band between. A
the sheet in the centre, the flaps folded screw causes the wood to compress the
over them firmly, and the parcel is ready band in one direction and distend it in an-

for mailing. The peculiar shape of the en- other, making the perfectly air-tight stop-

velope enables the photographer to leave per which you are doubtless familiar with.

a small part of the corners of the pictures The sole contrivance by which this is ren-

exposed. It will thus be seen that the pic- dered suitable for use in photography con-
tures are compactly held, so that they can- sists in pulling over it an india-rubber

not slip from the parcel or be pulled out, fingerstall, which fits tight, is elastic, and
and yet, the corners being exposed, the par- protects it from acting on or
perfectly

cel can be examined by the postmaster being injured by almost any solution used
agreeably to the conditions of the postal in photography.

law. Another Novelty in Portraiture. —Another

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 221

mode of finishing portraits has recently

been patented in this country, the result
being entitled a u chromo-erayon photo-
graph." There is nothing strictly new in
the method, which bears analogy to various
other modes which have from time to time
been introduced ;
but the result is pleasing.
The process reminds me of an old American
method of finishing pictures, the result of
which was, if I remember rightly, called
the "Ectograph." The portrait consists
of a transparency on glass, generally an The intention of Sphynx is to give pho-
enlargement, exposed and developed so as tographers an opportunity of asking each
to give' the best result by reflected, not by other questions, and of answering the same.
transmitted, light. It is coated with a We do not want querists to expect Sphynx
ground-glass varnish, or something which to answer them, but we do want practical
will give it an opalescent effect, and finally photographers to do it. Will they not as-
backed with drawing paper, tinted or sist us in imparting instruction in this way ?
shaded so as to produce the desired result. —Ed. P. P.
One of my correspondents sends me an ac-
Can you prevail on the "Sphynx" to
count of a method by which he has for some
publish a sure and simple formula for mak-
time produced similar results. Having ob-
ing good ferrotype varnish ? Let the answer
tained a good transparency, he says
" Take flake white and mastic varnish
:

come soon, please. — B.

and a little turpentine make it of a con- ;
Please tell me what kind of a picture
sistency like collodion; pour it over the "German finish" is. We have four galleries
plate in the same manner as with collodion ;
in our town, and one of them puts out a big
put the remainder back into the bottle, and sign at the door, "German finish, up-stairs."
let the film dry after it is dry, examine it
;
Please tell me what kind th'at is. Geeen-
on the front, and you will find it looks as horn.
if it were taken on opal glass, only it has a "Greenhorn" has the best opportunity
bluish tinge. This is the medium, as it has of any one to find this out. Send a friend
been called. The next thing done is to be to get you one. Did you never think of
to sharpen up the eyebrows, eyes, and hair ;
that ? Sphynx.
Queries.
also stipple the face. You can apply either
water-color, crayon, or oil-color, as artistic
To-day I opened a bottle of ether; after
getting out what I wanted, I noticed some
taste may dictate. If some of your readers
bubbles start from about the middle of the
are not up to the art, .they can supply the
deficiency with colored paper at the back,
bottle,which increased for a few minutes.
I then put the bottle in a bucket of water
or color the face with colored powder (as
done on glass positives). The background
for a short time and the bubbling ceased.
can also be made up with colored paper
What was the matter? —W. A. Stallard.
suitable to the complexion. Backgrounds What sort of arithmetic does Elbert
can also be graduated, if necessary, with Anderson use make, on page 131, May
to
water-color, by dipping a piece of sponge No., " Collodion No. 1 Iodide ammonium,
:

in water-color, and applying it on the pa- 5 grains to the ounce, bromide ammonium,
per, and then softening it off with the 3 grains to the ounce. And in Collodion
finger, and applying it to the portrait. No. 2: Iodide cadmium, 7-J bromide of ;

The drapery can also be backed up with cadmium, 4£; and mix 1£ parts No. 1 and
colored paper —such as white paper to the 4 parts No. 2," to make these foot up 14
shirt front, paper of different colors to the grains to the ounce? Will he please en-
face, &c, or as will best suit the artist's lighten us ? One in search of light and
taste." knowledge. Stupid.
222 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Answers. tainments, which are made instructive as
" Stupid's " questions are easily answered. well as amusing. Whether singing, play-
It will be necessary for him to understand ing, or reading, she carries herself with a
that a collodion containing 5 grains of vivacity and naivete that never fail to warm
iodide of ammonium and 3 grains of bro- and attract her auditors.
mide of cadmium =8 " A short sketch of her life and exploits
grains per ounce ;

but as the iodides and bromides here con- was some time ago published in a New
tain a great deal more iodine and bromine York paper, and we had intended to repro-
than if he used 5 grains of iodide of cad- duce it here as worthy of interest in con-
mium and 3 of bromide of ammonium, the nection with the picture, but it has been
latter would require 7J iodine and \\ bro- mislaid.
mine to equal the 8 grains of the former. "I cannot close without thanking my co-
Thus I assume the weaker sensitizers as my adjutors for the prompt and kindly way in
standard. Let him make his developer 25 which they responded to the suggestion
ounces of water, 1 ounce of iron, and 2 that has made this picture what it is, —
ounces of alcohol, and J ounce of acetic contribution to the reimbursement of Mr.
acid. Bath 30 grains work down to Wilson in the matter of the libel suit.
;

25 and 22. " The friends are John R demons, Phil-

Elbert Anderson. adelphia, who gave the paper Messrs. J. F. ;

Magee & Co., Philadelphia, who gave the sil-

ver and gold and A. M. Collins, Son & Co., ;

OUR PICTURE. Philadelphia, who presented the mounts.

" Whatever failure there may be found
The which graces our
beautiful picture
current number is work in the quality of any of the prints, you may
a specimen of the
of our good friend, Mr. W. J. Baker, Buf- rest assured, is not chargeable to any of the
falo, 1ST. Y the Local Secretary of the
above-named gentlemen, but to the diffi-
,

N. P. A. and a gentleman whom

for 1873, culty of maintaining uniformity through so
large a printing as is required to illustrate
we and from
shall all soon see face to face,
this journal.
whom we are sure of a cordial welcome.
" Hoping soon to have the pleasure to
He has given us some facts concerning
meet all of you face to face, and of receiving
the picture, which so close our mouth that
your assistance in making the fifth annual
we must add them before going further.
convention what we expect it will be, less of
He says :

"Having repeatedly given my formulae a baby, but a larger child than any of its
predecessors, I am,
and also an explanation of the plan of my
operating-room, it seems quite unnecessary
"Your very obdt. Local Sec,
to sayanything about them now. " W. J. Baker.''
" The negatives were made in dull winter Thisone of the greatest as well as one
is

weather none of them received less than

; of the most gratifying surprises we have
one minute with the full opening of a 3 A ever had in our photographic experience.
Dallmeyer some of them a minute and a It
; is not the intrinsic value of the pictures
half. They were not originally intended so much as it is the kindly spirit evinced by
for a journal print, but to fill orders for the the gentlemen whose names are mentioned
lady who is, as may be known to many of above. We had looked upon the loss which
the readers of this, a musical celebrity, but befell us in sustaining the rights of our fra-
she very kindly at once consented when ap- ternity as a thing of the past, mainly to be
plication was made and with a cor- borne by ourselves, yet never forgetting
to her,
diality that only those who have tried to the few noble friends who responded to the
get subjects for the purpose can fully appre- call, headed by Mr Baker, in our behalf.
ciate. This awakens all the old memories, and it

" No
one musically inclined can spend a is we should make a public ac-
fitting that

more pleasant evening than in listening to knowledgment of the substantial sympathy

Rosa D'Erina's unique and sparkling enter- thus shown us. Yet we must not do so until
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 223

we have included another good "friend," trial, know how such an act of kindness as
whom Mr. Baker has forgotten to mention, this touches the inner man. We shall not
namely, his own good self, for he it was comment upon the picture or upon its ac-
who started the idea, who called the he cessories. It will speak for all these, and
others to his aid, and he who gave the labor we commend it to your careful study.
necessary to print and mount the pictures. We all know that Philadelphia is cele-
All we can say in addition is, that it is just brated for photographic manufactures, and
like him, and those who go to Buffalo will that no one makes better cardboard than
find it out. Only those who know what Messrs. A. M. Collins, Son & Co., better
labor it is to print enough pictures for our chemicals than Messrs. J. P. Magee & Co.,
edition,know what Mr. Baker has done, or better paper than Mr John
R. demons.
and only those who have felt alone under May prosperity long attend them !

\X]?°~ Meet us in Buffalo. a week at least beforehand, say by July 4th,

that we may arrange the programme.
In noticing a late issue of the Philadelphia
Photographer, the Age says: "It always grati-
During the Convention we hope that every
one of our subscribers present will give us a
fies us to notice this magazine, because it fulfils

manner the part of guide and chance to shake them by the hand and have a
in a very thorough
instructor in the art to which it is devoted. No word with them. We ask this pleasure because

practitioner or amateur should he without it."

it is about all we get at the conventions, our
duties as Secretary compelling us to be on the
Correspondents will please remember that our drive most of the time, yet it is a pleasure to us
duties to the N. P. A. will require our presence to see others enjoy it.

at Buffalo, N.Y., from July 12th until July 21st,

Did any happy editor ever have a more grati-
where we may be addressed. If delays occur in
fying testimonial of appreciation of his humble
our responses, please be lenient and patient.
services than the picture in our present number,
Our present number will, we think, be found given to us through the kindness of the donors?
a model one of interest and usefulness. Our We appreciate it in all respects.
reading-matter is varied, and many of our ad-
vertisements are new and fresh. They will all Waymocth's Vignette Papers seem to take,

bear reading ; and do not forget the always use- over 5000 having been sold already. They print

ful Photographic Times. best with glass between them and the negative,
or at a little distance from the negative.
Philadelphia is the most convenient locality
in this neighborhood to start from for the Buffalo Mr. Anderson's very funny Allmylcnaclc is

Convention. Arrangements will probably be ready. 75 cents.

made for a parlor car for parties leaving here on

Mr. J. J. Vanderweyde, Montevideo. —
Saturday the 12th inst. , and for another on Mon-
Your communication has been received, and we
day the 14th. Parties desiring further informa-
shall be glad to hear from you frequently.
tion not in the regular circular will please ad-
dress us. Messrs. Bendann Brothers, having dis-

solved partnership with Mr. Bogardus, have

Black's New Stereopticon Manual, and purchased the new Fredricks' gallery at 1134
Catalogue of Stereopticon Transparencies, is a Broadway, New York, where they have very
new work by Mr. J. W. Black, Boston, which handsome rooms and will be glad to see their
he sends free to applicants. Its title explains its many friends.
use, and its author is the best posted on the sub-
ject.
Robinson's Photographic Trimmer trimmed
the pictures in our last number, and our mounter
Parties who have papers to read at the Con- finds that the little instrument saves her a great
vention would- oblige us by sending them to us deal of time. It wins firm friends wherever used.
224 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Photographs of Chickens Mr. E. M. Van — Mr. W. M. Lockwood and his wife, Mrs. E. N.
Aken, Lowville, N. Y., sends us several excel- Lockwood, Ripon, Wis., and from Messrs. Rob-
lent stereo groups, from nature, of an old hen erts, of Urbana, Ohio, and R. B. Lewis, of Hud-
and chickens, and of a group of grown fowls. son, Mass.Progress and improvement is
stamped upon the work of all. Mr. J. Pitcher
Mr. L. E. Walker, Warsaw, N. Y., favors us
Spooner, Stockton, Gal., also sends us some ex-
with his catalogue of interesting stereographs,
quisitely soft effects of lighting, which show him
together with a number of capital views of Wat-
to be master of that branch of the art which he
kin's Glen and other beautiful scenery, and a
loves somuch. Evidences of improvement sur-
number of well-arranged groups of a series he
round us on every side. It is sure to come wher-
calls "Pleasing Studies for our Young Folks,"
ever our art is intelligently prosecuted. Here
equal to those by Weller and Griswold, made by
is an example of it: Mr. W. C. Tuttle, Belfast,
his photographer, Mr. C. W. Buell. Dealers will
Maine, sends us a parcel of flat, expressionless
do well to refer to his advertisement.
pictures, badly posed and lighted, and with hor-
Items of News. — The Boston Society issues rible chemical effects. These he made in 1870.
its notices on postal cards. — Mr. T. R. Burn- In another envelope he sends us some that pos-

ham's new gallery, at 419 Washington St., Bos- sess all the qualities of modern good work, and
ton, was destroyed by the late fire in that city.
showing immense progress. He says: "I send

— Mr. Romain Talbot, 11 Karl Strasse, Berlin, them that you may see whether or not while

He a reliable
reading your journal I have been improving,"
has sent us his price current. is

dealer, and worthy of any foreign commissions. and adds, "Three years ago I could hardly af-
— Messrs. Wager & Churchill have just opened ford to take the Philadelphia Photographer, but

a new and first-class gallery on the ground floor.

now I cannot afford to do without it. It is to

— Mr. W. E Bowman, Ottawa, 111., has issued a me a stimulant to photographic study, a cheer-

new and elaborate catalogue of his stereo views. ful companion, a practical daily guide, and a
— Messrs. Cramer, Gross & Co. have occupied source of great benefit." We congratulate Mr.

their new rooms, corner Choteau Avenue and Tuttle on his progress.

The " opening cere-

Fifth Street, St. Louis.
Of Course. — Mr. G. H. Sherman, of Elgin,
monies " were held on May 20th. — Mr. W. F.
Illinois, writes as follows: "I have read with
Bacon, formerly of Estabrooke's, New York, has
pleasure of your effort in trying to establish a
formed a copartnership with Mr. A. K. P. Trask, I am more
photographic institute or college.
Philadelphia.
and more convinced of the necessity of such an
Mr. J. Kirk, Newark, N. J., has obtained a institution, from the fact of the prevailing igno-

patent for producing an image on both sides of the rance of a great majority of the photographic

negative at one exposure. The resulting prints profession, especially in the country. Yesterday
I had a call from a rural photographer. I asked
are soft, and similar to those by the Berlin pro-
him about business; it was dull. Did he take
cess.
the Philadelphia Photographer? No. Did he
Mr. Well G. Singhi, Binghamton, N. Y., belong to the National Photographic Associa-
know
sends us some of his excellent work to if it tion? No. Did he attend any of the conven-
is good enough to warrant him in asking the tions? No. Did not think there was much to
National Photographic Association's prices for be learned. Did not think the pictures ex-
'

it. He says, "I mean to stick to the N. P. A hibited were such as country photographers
prices, if I burst." We commend his work, and would ought er paternize after.'
commend him for his energy and pluck. " ye shades !

"I asked no more questions. I gave him a

A Fact. — Mr. W. J. Oliphant, of Austin,
copy of the Constitution and By-Laws of the
Texas, writes us, viz.: "With Anderson's Sky-
National Photographic Association told him it ;

lightand Dark- Room and Bigelow's Albztm of

was a good thing advised him to join, and also
;

Lighting and Posing, there is no excuse for

subscribe for the Philadelphia Photographer
any one of common sense to make poor pictures
I don't think he will do either.
— though, of course, there are many subjects
but
"Inclosed find a little of the indispensable for
from which it is almost impossible to make good
the indispensable Philadelphia Photographer.
photographs, and they can be found every-
" Business is good.
where."
'•
Count me in for Buffalo."
Examples of Work Received. We have — Of course business is good with such wide-
some beautiful specimens of photography from awake men as Mr. Sherman.
Hfc'
 THE

IrilatWirftia IPlwtujjtapltM.

Vol. X. AUGUST, 1873. No. 116.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

THE N P. A. CONVENTION. GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE.

Owing to the early issue of our current
— —
Vienna Exhibition Photographic Institute
number, those who stay at home and can- —
Osborne Prints Denier Pictures Action —
not get away will be perusing its pages
of Permanganate —
Nero and Curious China
while the Convention at Buffalo is in full
Vessels —
Actinic Action of the Spectrum —
"blast. We wish that all of our readers
Action of Colors in Photography Effect —
could be there enjoying the feast; but, as
of Long and Short Exposures.
that cannot be, we promise to give them in
our next issue a full report of all that takes The World's Fair has opened. This news
place of interest to the fraternity. As these you have heard already some weeks ago by
reports are usually long, we shall probably cable. The same reporter has informed you
have to issue a triple number and, judging;
of the present condition of this gigantic
from the programme already arranged, it undertaking. was there at the opening
I ;

will be the best number we ever published. at that time therewas almost nothing to be
"We will only add that the cost of issuing seen of photography, and I am, therefore,
these reports is very great, and we trust our unable to say anything about it. Dr.
readers will carefully read and benefit by Zencker, the delegate of our Society, who
the extra matter we take pains to secure for undertook the arrangement of the German
them. exhibition, has returned he also left the
;

Dealers who wish extra copies should or- exhibition in an unfinished state. Let us
der them in advance, as the demand will be hope that everything will be finished when
great. Aside from the report of the busi- these lines reach you. I shall return to
ness affairs of the Association, which inter- Vienna few weeks as judge on pho-
in a —
est every photographer, the report of the tography, you will say, but no, my diploma
discussions on all photographic departments —
says judge of the multiplying (?) arts and
of work, and the papers read will form a industrial drawing. To the multiplying
fresh and invaluable photographic work, arts photography belongs, of course, but 1
which every photographer in the land shudder at the idea that, besides this, I shall
should have. be the judge of lithographs, wood-cuts, &c.
We shall issue the number as early in or that the lithographers, copper-plate en-
August as the great labor entailed will gravers, and draughtsmen shall sit in judg-
allow. After that our numbers will come ment on photography. Every one for him-
to you at the usual regular time. self; too many cooks spoil the broth; and
15
226 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGEAPHEE.
when this does take place every one who between the negative and the paper after
has helped in the cooking will get his share the print is about three-fourths finished ;

of the blame. I confess, therefore, openly printing is now continued until the desired
that I do not look on my position, as a intensity has been reached. I remark, how-
member of the jury, in a very, rosy light. ever, that these pictures are not liked in
I have had too much experience in this di- Berlin ;
they are more in favor with the
rection. As I have to defer my report on provincials.
the Vienna Exhibition to my next letter, Mr. Peyerabend, of Tilsit, communicated
for the reasons stated above, I will in the lately some observations on the effect pro-
meantime speak of sundry other things duced by permanganate of potash on the
which have happened elsewhere. nitrate bath. We have frequently heard
With a kind of envy I read of the efforts the complaint that this substance not only
that are made in your country to establish did not restore the bath, but made it worse.
a photographic institute. We wish you I, myself, was perhaps one of the first who
We, ourselves, do
all possible success. not employed permanganate, and in my hands
even venture to make a proposition of the the results have always been satisfactory. I
kind, because we know that it would be always succeeded in removing organic sub-
useless. Photography with us is still the stances from the bath by its aid, and for

Cinderella amongst the arts, and will remain this purpose only should it be employed. If«

so for a long time to come. In our high its employment affects the bath injuriously
schools it is only suffered on account of its too much of it has generally been used.
scientific and technical application ; the ar- Mr. Fey'erabend has demonstrated that,
tistic point is not appreciated ; no wonder, under these circumstances, aldehyde is
therefore, that the want of well-schooled formed. The alcohol, which is always pres-
is felt here as much as with you.
operators ent in an old bath, becomes partly oxidized
The German photographers have to rely on by the permanganate, and forms a substance
themselves for the present. Help yourself midway between alcohol and acetic acid,
is the motto on both sides of the Atlantic. i. e., aldehyde, C 4H4 2
. This substance has
Our mutual friend, Prang, of Boston, laid a reducing action, and hence fogginess is

before our Society a number of splendid apt to result. This tendency to fog is not
photolithographsmade by Osborne. They removed by acid, but by heating the bath
were generally appreciated by practical to 80° Celsius, when part of the silver will be
men they are the most perfect specimens
;
precipitated in the metallic form, and the
of photolithography that I have ever seen. remaining aldehyde will be evaporated. I
The discussion of the Society still turns believe, however, that all this trouble may

on the mezzotint effects of Denier and Ja- be avoided by employing the permanganate
coby. I have tried Jacoby's method with in very small quantities. I have never ob-

good success still there are many other

;
served the above-mentioned formation of
ways by which the same result may be aldehyde. I use a solution of one part per-
reached; for instance, by holding two glass manganate to fifty parts of water of this ;

plates in front of the objective, and moving I add a single drop to the bath, and if the

them in opposite directions during exposure. pinkish color disappears rapidly on shaking
Very good results are obtained in this man- the bath, a second drop is added drop by ;

ner. Still another way is, by taking the pic- drop is added in this manner until the color
ture on the ground side of a piece of ground- becomes permanent for at least three min-
glass. The results obtained in this manner utes. Should the bath give veiled pictures,
are also satisfactory, but neither process is a drop of nitric acid will remedy it.

applicable when it is desired to have a mez- While talking of the nitrate bath I have
zotint print from an old negative ;
for such to mention a peculiar dish which I have
a contingency Jacoby's process, which was lately used for holding the silver solution,
published in the April number of your ex- and with the best success. It is nothing
cellent magazine, is the best. The process less than a Chinese tea-tray. The beautiful
is .practiced here by placing a gelatin film varnish of these trays attracted my atten-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 227

tion long ago. Alcohol may be poured upon Possibly the bright American sky, and the
it and burned without affecting it. I tried brilliant summer sun of New York, act with
if these beautiful dishes could not be used so much more power as to impress the yel-
for photographic purposes. To t§st the low and red on the sensitive film.
question, I put a freshly-made nitrate bath This sensitiveness to color is for the pho-
in one of them,and left it for forty- eight tographer a question of great moment, not
hours; a negative plate, which had been only in copying oil paintings, but also in
prepared in the bath, showed slight streaki- portraiture, for on the human head we have
ness, as if organic matter was present three ; to suffer enormously by the difference of
drops of permanganate of potash solution color. Blonde hair and blue eyes, more or
remedied this defect, and the bath worked less reddish or yellow color of the skin,
splendidly. Since four weeks I use the all cause great difficulties, because every-
bath. The silver solution remains in it for thing has to be taken by one exposure; and
twenty-four hours and longer at a time, and yet the blue eyes are overexposed before the
not the least disarrangement is apparent. yellow hair has commenced impressing the
The convenient shape, the edges are rounded plate. Betouching has to remedy this, and
off, the extreme lightness of the wood, not it does remedy it; but, and I confess it

much heavier than cork, has made this dish openly, it more the ap-
gives to the skin
the favorite with all my scholars. These pearance of leather or wax than flesh. The
trays are sold here a great deal as articles wonderful transparency of the skin which
of luxury. The price is about two dollars ;
we notice, for instance, in the eyelids, the
and I recommend them to photographers as lips, &c, is lost in the photograph, and the

very convenient. It is a curious fact that parts appear dull and heavy. I know very
the delicate gilt figures are not affected in well that thousands, nay, perhaps millions,
the least by the solution. are satisfied and even delighted with photo-
A person who has travelled much in China graphs, and I do not wish to spoil their
states that these dishes or trays are made of pleasure, but when I see a portrait by Kich-
calves' hair; the hair is soaked in varnish. ter or Kraus, I feel how much more truth
I can hardly believe and make the state-
it, to nature is in them than in the best of pho-
ment with due allowance; but no matter, tographs.
they are good, and we will find in the fu- My friend Petsch, who is now an indus-
ture these China dishes, which come from trious painter, has struggled for years to
China and are not china, in all the photo- overcome these shortcomings. He declares
graphic stores. now that all his pains have been for naught.
The committee of the American Institute Still we must be just to photography. It
for examining Gutzlaff plates and the effect is perhaps wrong to compare it with oil

of before and after illumination, published
a report last year on the photograph of the
solar spectrum, and stated that all the colors,
even yellow and red, affect the sensitive
plate. This assertion, which seemed rather
strange to me, induced me to make some ex-
periments with the spectrum.
experiment on a very bright day, and used
a spectroscope of great light-intensity. Al-
ready in twenty seconds I obtained a picture
cf the spectrum to the line b in the centre
of the green. I extended the time of expo-
sure to eight minutes, but obtained only one
impression to beyond E; the action beyond
E towards the yellow did not extend further
than the distance from E to b, and no wid-
ening of the slit would alter the
painting: the comparison is much more fair
when we take those arts which, like pho-
tography, produce pictures in black and
white, and every unbiassed person must
confess that a good photograph, i.e., por-
trait, gives much more satisfaction than the
I made the best lithographed portrait.
I have stated before that Petsch has bid-
den farewell to photography. I learn from
Paris that Adam Salomon has also aban-
doned photography. The reasons are not
stated, but 1 suppose that he finds sufficient
employment Salomon is as
as sculptor, for
good a sculptor as he was a photographer.
In conclusion, a few remarks on the effect
of long and short exposure. It has fre-
result. quently been stated that a picture taken
228 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER
with an instrument of great light-intensity ON STELLAR PHOTOGRAPHY.
and short exposure is much more brilliant
than one which has been made with a slow-
BY C S. SELLACK, PH.D.,

working lens and long exposure. Dallmeyer, Professor of Physics at the University of Cordoba,
South America.
amongst others, expresses this view. My
own personal and practical experience did 1. The Object of Stellar Photography. — The
not coincide with this view, and in order to fixed stars are to us such infinitely small ob-

he satisfied 1 made several experiments. I jects that we may observe them through the
took a Dallmeyer stereo camera, and stopped strongest enlarging apparatus that has ever
one of the lenses until its light-intensity been constructed, and yet they appear only
was fifteen times less than that of the other. as pointswithout any appreciable size. So
A plate was now exposed, the one lens re- they are rather queer objects to be photo-
maining exactty fifteen times longer uncov- graphed. As their image is a luminous
ered than the other. The plate, on being point, their photograph is nothing but a

developed, did not show the least difference small speck, the smaller the more the lens
between the two pictures. They developed is correct and the state of the atmosphere
with equal rapidity, and the relative con- favorable. All this even if the largest lens
trast between light and shade was in both is used which gives beautiful pictures of the
pictures exactly the same. An objective sun with his spots, the moon with her moun-
feeble in light gives therefore the same re- tain ridges and chasms, the planets with all
sult as one of great intensity, provided that that has been observed on their surface,

the time of exposure is suitably lengthened. Saturn with his rings and zones, Jupiter
This experiment did not satisfy me, how- with his belts. The object of photographing
ever. The assertion that a plate exposed fixed stars cannot be to get a likeness of

for a short time under an objective of great them. Their photographs are all alike,

intensity is more brilliant, has been made on little dots, the size of which depends
more
too good authority that I should feel satis- or less on the time of exposure, yet if we
fled to deny its correctness at once. This could bring our camera nearer to them a
led me to the supposition that the quantity fair number of billions of miles they would

of silver which adheres to the plate has per- all show individual appearance. The mil-
haps something to do with the result. This lions of miles which we are carried about

quantity is for short exposures, of course, by the earth in her yearly way round the
greater than for long ones. The greater the sun do not do at all for this purpose. How-
quantity of solution the greater will he the ever, this motion offers chances which are

intensity of the picture, for the reason that used in stellar photography for other pur-
during the development an intensification poses.

(of the lights) takes place. I exposed simul- The object of stellar photography is the

taneously two plates, the one for ten seconds, photography of constellations or of the rela-

and the other, with an objective of fifteen tive positions of stars. The determination
of the positions of the fixed stars has been
times less light-intensity, for one hundred
and fifty seconds. Each negative was de- always one of the chief objects of astrono-
veloped immediately after exposure. The mers. It might be supposed that the cata-

result was that the plate with short expo-

logues are complete, and that the matter is

sure was more intense, but it did not show settled. It is not ; the catalogues of stars,

a particle more detail in the shadows than as far as photography can be now applied
the other. to them, that is, to the ninth magnitude,

This proves that the greater brilliancy of are not complete; besides all measured

the plates exposed under objectives of great quantities are capable of correction by vary-

light-intensity is due to the larger quantity ing and refining the methods. The photo-
of silver solution adhering to the plate, and graphic process has scientific importance,
not due to the lens. because it offers advantages in facility and
Yours truly, correctness of results. But what after all

H. VOGEL. is the use of knowing with all possible ac-

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 229

curacy the positions of thousands and mil- is the principle by which the distance of the
lions of fixed stars? If they are and will nearest fixed stars has been found ; it is bil-

remain the same since creation, why not lions of miles.

leave that work to generations thousands of By combining accurate measurements of
years after us, when all things more useful the positions of neighboring stars for years
to mankind will have been invented and and centuries, a change can be ascertained,
recorded ? and the proper motion of the stars measured ;

The fixed stars are not, what their name by combining the differences of position
indicates, without motion. All nature is periodical during a year, the distances of the
restless, so no end of studying it.
there is stars can be measured. It is obvious that
The fixed stars, indeed, change their places perfect photographic records, which can be
so slowly that the builders of the pyramids, kept and measured again at any time, must
four thousand years ago, saw the constel- be of the greatest value for these two great
lations very nearly the same as we do now. problems of astronomy.
The most refined astronomical methods only 2. The Methods of Stellar Photography. —
show, in some cases, that change within a Persons whose picture is taken are very
small number of years. The study of the liable to move if the time of exposure has
proper motions of the fixed stars has been some length ; stars move continually, and
just begun, and requires accurate measure- the exposures for faint stars must be pretty
ments continued for ages. long. However, stars move regularly, so
The matter has another interesting view. that the difficulty can be overcome by mov-
The fixed stars are not motionless, and they ing the camera equally.
are not fixed either to a huge sphere encom- The camera used in stellar photography
passing the heavens ; their distances from is the equatorial telescope. Its construction
the earth are different, though those of the will be easily understood, though it will be
nearest are astonishing. The photographer lengthy to remind and explain some elemen-
who wants to take a picture of any object tary astronomical conceptions. A common
will always try to get different views of it. photographic camera, the image of which
Two an object at a moderate dis-
pictures of we observe with a focussing-lens, is scien-
tance, taken from two points a few inches tifically the very same thing as a telescope.
apart, appear different to the eye, and pro- The ground-glass of the camera serves
duce, combined, the stereoscopic effect. No merely for the fixation of the focus if the ;

distance on earth is sufficient to give differ- image on the ground-glass is sharp, and the
ent pictures of the constellations. However, ground-glass then taken away, while the
within a year we are swung about the sun focussing-lens is kept in the same position,
in a circle of one hundred and eighty-six the same sharp image is seen, only brighter.
millions of miles diameter, so that after half Of course, the astronomical telescope does
a year we are at a place in space one hun- not contain a ground-glass. The peculi-
dred and eighty-six millions of miles distant arity of the equatorial telescope consists in
from our present. That enormous distance its mounting ;
its object is to follow the stars
is just sufficient, in some cases, not for the in their daily motion.
unaided eye nor the stereoscope, but for the Everybody knows that in reality the earth
most refined astronomical methods, to show rotates every day round its axis, and re-
a change in the relative positions of some volves within a year round the sun ; but the
stars with their neighbors. When we ride old abolished error to consider sun and stars
on the railroad over plains, and see spread moving round the earth is still easy for de-
trees in the distance, the nearer onesseem monstration. The stars rise and settle like
to go back, while the distant ones seem to the sun, and rise again after twenty- four
keep up with us. If we know the speed hours ;
in fact, they get some minutes ahead
with which we go on, and measure the ap- of the sun every day, and after a year these
parent change of position of a very distant minutes have summed up to a full day.
and of a less distant tree, we can compute This is the reason that the midnight sky
the distance of the less distant tree. That changes its aspect through the year, but is
230 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the same again after the lapse of a year ; it graphic rays. When the focus has been as-
is the reason that for a thorough survey of certained approximately, it is correctly de-
the stars a period of about a year is required. termined by photographing a star at different
The motion perfectly uniform
of the stars is positions about it the place of the most cor-
;

they seem fastened huge sphere, which

to a rect image is ascertained, and by repeating
rotates round an axis of which one end or the trial, the focus of the lens of thirteen
pole is seen in the northern hemisphere, feet focal distance can be determined to the
while here far south the other pole is up. hundred and fiftieth part of an inch. Of
If an axis put up pointing exactly to the
is course, all celestial objects have the same
visible pole, and that axis is revolved by a focus.
clockwork, making, like the sphere of the No lens can give an image of large field
world, one rotation in twenty-four hours, it with perfect correctness; on account of the
will be the same thing for appearance as if absolute correctness which stellar photog-
the sphere of the stellar universe had been raphy requires, the field used is very small,
invisibly fastened on that axis, and was re- about one and a half degrees in diameter.
volved by it. Therefore if we fasten to that Deficiencies even within this field can be
axis, the polar axis, in any way a telescope, by photographing an exact scale
ascertained
pointing it to a star, thatappear star will and comparing the picture with the origi-
perfectly stationary in the telescope as long nal. A field of one degree and a half com-
as the clock is going and the star is above prehends the well-known constellation of
the horizon. The fastening of the telescope the Pleiades, or three times the diameter of
is effected so that the polar axis carries a themoon it corresponds to
;
the view of a
piece containing another axis, vertical to human face at about forty feet distance.
the first, at the end of which the telescope If the photographer would not be allowed
fits. That is the parallactic mounting of the to employ a larger angle of field in portrait-
equatorial telescope. ure, he would want very big lenses, as the
For common astronomical purposes the usual lenses at forty feet distance from the
which
equatorial telescope has an eye-piece sitter do not give large heads to his good ;

can be slid over the field of vision for the luck people's faces are not so mathematically
observation of the images of stars produced regular, and most are not at all fond of ab-
by the front or objective Jens; this sliding solute likenesses.
motion is effected by means of an exact This photographic lens, mounted in an
screw, the micrometer, and can be measured equatorial telescope, which is driven by a
correctly. In the photographic telescope the perfect clockwork, gives, with short expo-
sensitive plate receives the images of the sures, the images of bright stars as small
objective lens. As the photographic nega- round dots, only perceptible by an ej^eglass
tive permanent record of what the as-
is a with long exposures the pictures become
tronomer sees, it can be measured and meas- larger and easily visible to the naked eye.
ured again at any time, and can be meas- With long exposures their size depends fin-

ured with a more perfect micrometer than ally on the intensity of the shake of the at-
that which can be attached to the movable mosphere, which appears to the eye as scin-
telescope. tillations of the stars. With exposures of
Stellarphotography was first introduced eight minutes stars of the ninth magnitude
into science by Professor Bond, of Cam- are photographed, that is, stars ten times
bridge, Mass., some twenty years ago, but fainter than the faintest which can be seen
it is Mr. Lewis Rutherfurd, of New York, in a clear night, straining the naked eye
who brought the methods to perfection, and their pictures are very small dots. It would
constructed a photographic objective glass of be very difficult to distinguish these small
eleven inches aperture, and about thirteen dots from particles of dirt on the plate.
feet focal distance. This lens shows in a very After the first exposure of eight minutes the
high degree what is called difference of telescope is slightly moved to another posi-
focus, kit does not give a definite colorless tion,and a second exposure of eight minutes
image for vision, but it is perfect for photo- made, while the driving clockwork is going
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 231

and keeps the image steady in this second fish, the star seems to us always higher than
position. So each star on the plate has two it is This elevation of the stars
in reality.
images very near each other, the distance by refraction is not uniform, while the stars
and relative position of which is the same are coming up higher and higher; it follows
for all stars of the plate. These double a complicate law ; the amount can be calcu-
images can be easily found and identified on lated for all stars at different altitudes above
the plate. the horizon, and for the latitude and height
When the telescope stands still, and the of the place of observation. The clock
star-images in consequence move on the driving the telescope can be adjusted indeed
plate, bright stars leave a trail, as walking only for uniform motion, but from the ta-
persons do in the photograph of a landscape. bles the time can be chosen for photography
This trail is of great importance for the fix- when the amount of refraction is nearly uni-
ation of the direction east to west on the form for eight minutes, so as to allow a cor-
plate. With by which no trail
faint stars, responding correction in the clock-rate. In
is produced, a third exposure serves for the this way the motion of the image can be re-
fixation of this direction, made after having duced to less than one ten-thousandth of an
stopped the telescope for some minutes. inch during an exposure of eight minutes.
I have to come back to a point of great 3. My Work done with a. Broken Lens. —
importance : the adjustment of the driving I went last year to Cordoba, South America,
clockwork. The polar axis, though the tele- to take, at the National Argentine Observ-
scope is perfectly counterbalanced, otfers a atory, photographs of southern constella-
considerable resistance to rotation ; the tions,under an arrangement made with Mr.
clockwork, in order to move it steadily with Kutherfurd in New York. I expected to
perfect regularity, must be of particular use the photographic lens, of eleven inches
construction, with spring escapement and aperture, I have spoken of before, formerly
capable of delicate adjustment. When the owned by Mr. Kutherfurd, since some years
star-image moves during exposure the pic- the property of that observatory. On my ar-
ture is no more circular, but lengthened. rival in Cordoba I found that precious lens
As in measurement, the centre of the pic- broken the back lens of the system was di-
;

ture is by the eye it must

to be fixed exactly ; vided in two by a crack near the middle. My
be correctly circular; besides, the faintest expedition seemed to be an absolute failure.
stars capable of giving an impression during The observatory has another lens of the same
eight minutes' exposure will not give any dimensions for optical purposes it was tried, ;

impression if the image moves. but it would not do for photography. If

I said before that the stars move with anything at all was to be accomplished, I
perfect uniformity, so that in the telescope must make the broken lens work. By using
driven by a good clockwork their images only one-half of it, the intensity of light
are stationary. That is not precisely so by would have been reduced too much for the
the effect of the refraction of the atmosphere. intended purpose, so it was necessary to fit
If we look obliquely on a surface of water, the two pieces again together. That was to
and see a fish, in the water, it is not really be done in a small city in the interior of
in the direction where we see it, and, shoot- Spanish South America, which, indeed, does
ing in that direction we will not hit it ; to not offer many facilities for such work. Of
our eye it seems to be at less distance from course, the two pieces of the broken lens
the surface; to its eye we seem to be higher could not be stuck together; that might
above the water than we are. The light I have been done with a small photographic
coming from the fish is deflected when it lens, and for common purposes. A delicate
passes into air, so that it makes a smaller adjusting apparatus had to be constructed,
angle with the surface outside than inside worked by screws. With the assistance of
the water; the light coming from us makes a watchmaker I succeeded in constructing
the same way in opposite direction. So the such an apparatus with sufficient accuracy ;

lightcoming from a star is deflected by the each piece of the lens is kept in position and
atmosphere, and we make the mistake of the made adjustable by three pairs of screws.
232 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Then the adjustment of the lens began. way, the glory of the southern heavens, has
It could be done only by photographing a a number of much denser groups. I have
bright star, the defects of the picture had to selected and photographed near thirty star-
be examined, the lens was taken out of the clusters, of which the richest yielded, in the
telescope, the right screw had to be tight- most favorable night, one hundred and twenty-
ened or slackened the right amount, and three stars.
that operation to be repeated and repeated The Argentine government is going to
again. was not a simple lens, the parts
It provide for the Cordoba Observatory a new
of which were to be adjusted; that would photographic lens from Fitz, in New 5Tork,
be relatively easy. It was the concave lens and I have been asked to continue the work
of a system. It had to be studied before- with that lens, which, of course, promises
hand, what effects displacement and defor- superior results.
mation of the parts of that lens exert on the
shape of the star-image. While the lens
had been in its perfect state, the parallel
ON COLLODION *
rays of a star were refracted by the lens into
a regular cone, the point of which is the BY P. B. GREEN.
sharp focus, yielding a very small circular My method is to prepare plain collodion

dot as the star's picture; taking a picture in quantity, say three or four pounds, more
outside of that focus, appeared as ait still or less, as the nature and extent of my
perfectly symmetrical circular spot, only business may require. Plain collodion will
larger. In the beginning the broken lens keep any length of time. After making,
gave in focus two distinct dots with irregu- put away to settle and for use.

lar prominences the image taken half an

;
My sensitizing solution I prepare as fol-

inch outside of focus consists of two sepa- lows :

rate spots with irregular appendages. Each Alcohol, ] ounce.

half of the lens gave its own image deformed Iodide of Ammonium, 32 grains.
by bending and pressure; these images had Bromide of Cadmium, 24 "
to be made by corrections regular and coin- Let settle before using.
cident. The pictures taken outside of focus Collodion for Use. —Take \ lb. of plain
are particularly fit to recognize the faults collodion, add 1 ounce of sensitizing solu-
in the different parts of the lens. After tion shake well and use. This I call Col-
;

months of wearisome trials and corrections lodion No 1. I also prepare

the lens has been so far adjusted that the
images are nearly perfect, and the lens No. 2.

works almost as well as in its former intact Plain Collodion, 1 ounce.

state, but with some decrease of intensity. Iodide of Ammonium, 3 grains

Iodide of Cadmium, . . ] grain.
There was another severe difficulty which
Iodide of Potassium, . . 1 "
frustrated the success when the lens had
been set right : the insufficiency and want No. 3/

of delicacy of the driving clock, which Plain Collodion, . 1 ounce.

could scarcely be overcome. Bromide of Cadmium, . 3 grains

The scientific results can be comprehended Bromide of Potassium, . 2 "

photography Bromide of Ammonium, . 1 grain.

here in a few words. Stellar
is of course particularly applied to condensed I make up \ lb. of each kind for use.
groups of stars. The northern sky has two Mix No. 2 or No. 3 with No. 1, equal
prominent dense groups of stars, the gener- parts, and you have a collodion to suit any
ally known Pleiades, and Prasseps, a group subject. Nos 1 and 2 make a harsh collo-
which appears to the naked eye as a lumi- dion, and useful where strong contrast is
nous eloud both have been photographed,
;
required good for copying
;
Nos. 1 and
and within a field of one degree and a half
give respectively thirty and forty-five stars. * Read before the Chicago Photographic As-
The brilliant southern ring of the milky sociation, June 7, 1873.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 233

3 make a very delicate collodion, and just with it, put them in parallel sunlight, and
the thing for white drapery and babies' pic- expose instantaneously. The development
tures, giving plenty of detail if you have isdone with pyrogallic acid and acid silver.
managed your light correctly. There must be a large amount of citric
I use all the bromide I can, in my collo- acid in the silver to prevent a deposit. It
dion, consistent with strength and vigor. takes five to ten minutes to develop the
For views I use Anthony's negative and plate. You will easily see the spectra on
my No. 2, equal parts. I expose my land- this plate. You cannot see the lines with
scape negatives longer, I think, than most the naked eye ; but if they were not there
photographers, and never want to see any you would not see the spectra.
pure white anywhere in my pictures.

A FEW GOOD IDEAS.

PHOTOGRAPHING DIFFRACTION BY E. Z. WEBSTER.
GRATINGS. Again, do you have any trouble with
At the last meeting of the Photographic blisters in your prints ? if so, just tone your
Section, American Institute, New York, Mr. prints and throw them back into the water,
Daniel C. Chapman said In the Philadelphia
: as usual ; then give them a bath in a strong
Photographer there an article on " Photo-
is solution of alum, and wafer ; from that to the
graphs of Diffraction Gratings." The dif- soda (hypo). Try it; it stops blisters for
fraction gratings are glass plates ruled with me.
diamond lines of various widths, from four to About that "south light?" Yes, I've
twelve thousand to the inch, for the purpose had the mumps, the measles, the itch, the
of measuring the wave-lengths of light. The varioloid, and a south light. Just as fine
light passing through these gratings is cut work can be made by a south as by any
up, and the vibrations come together again other light ; but unless the operator is pa-
on the opposite side, producing by their in- tience, perseverance,and piety personified,
terference a spectrum, the same as would be the working of a south light will have a
produced by passing the light through a tendency to develop profanity.
prism, but with this difference, that in this Deaden your walls with some dark or
spectrum the blue and the red have the same neutral tint, or use reflecting (white) screens
dispersion. and sent
I ruled a glass plate, for dark weather, and absorbing (dark)
it to Mr. J. M. Blake, in New Haven, and he screens for "shiny" weather. Manage to
sent me a photograph which was very tine. shut off the upper half of your fop-light and
It looked as well under the microscope as the lower half of your s£e?e-light when the
the plate I sent him. I then went to work sun shines. You see, there is too much
by the ordinary photographic process, with glare when the sun shines; the "bluing"
dry plates, and after a few trials I succeeded and screens, or rather curtains, diffuse the
in making plates as good as those made by light, and with light walls and reflectors
the Edwards process. I have here one of there can be no proper shadows produced,
these photographs. There were 6780 lines consequently the face, the drapery, and all

to the inch, the lines and spaces being each is flat. It is not very difficult, with the
Ygig^th of an inch in width. I coat my proper use of reflectors, and absorbers, &c.
plate in the bath, and wash it sufficiently to (according to shady or shiny weather) to
remove the oily surface. I then put it into obtain the desired light and shade upon
a strong solution of —one part
albumen al- your subject; but when it is constantly
bumen to three parts water — and leave it changing from cloud to clear,and from
there long enough to convert all the remain- clear to cloud, then it sometimes occurs
ing silver into albuminate of silver ; I then that the operator feels inclined to step into
wash it, and lay it away to dry. Then I the dark-room, and —and make a, few appro-
use a fifteen or twenty-grain solution of priate remarks. After all, the best way to
tannin ;
and put the plate away, and let it work a south light is to put it into the north
dry. I put the ruled glass plate in contact side of the building.
234 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
THINGS NEW AND OLD. and give you all the landmarks as though
BY R. J. CHUTE. their formulae never got out of fix, and
were suited for all climates and all the short-
THE ALUM BATH BEFORE FIXING.
comings of the weather, and pay but little
In the June Photographer D. H. Cross
attention to failures, their causes, and reme-
recommends a " method of eradicating blis-
dies. Now must you say that because you
ters." It is no doubt effectual for that, and
have a good library that you have all the
more besides.
and that there is no
light that can be given,
Mr. George W. McCurdy, printer for
need for asking for further information.
Bush by & Hart, having been troubled with
Certainly not, for there are many who en-
a softening of the albumen in toning, and
tertainno thoughts of authorship, who can
partly dissolving in the hypo, saw the sug-
and will answer any question you may ask,
gestion of Mr. Cross for blisters, and deter-
and give you information that the author of
mined to try it for his trouble. The result
your books probably knew nothing about.
has proved in every respect satisfactory.
So my motto is to read, experiment, and
There is not only no softening of the albu-
ask questions, and then by way of variety
men, but instead of the prints being dull
I again read, experiment, and ask questions,
and flat when finished without the alum
they retain all their brilliancy and depth of
and by so doing hope to learn. Am I not
right ?
tone by its use.
So,Mr. Editor, you need not be surprised
He uses the solution quite weak, say fifty
if you receive notes of inquiry from me
or sixty ounces of water to an ounce of
every semi-occasionally asking for informa-
alum, and lets the prints remain in from
tion. I care not whether it be simple or
five to ten minutes. There has appeared no
profound, I will ask it anyhow ;
laugh or
disposition to crack, but a beautiful brilliant
no laugh, I want to learn all I can about
finish is imparted to the work.
my business.
I was just thinkingwhat a fine figure I
would cut in Mr. Anderson's studio in Ni
ASK QUESTIONS. York Cittie, plying him with all sorts of ques-
BY J. M. DAVISON. tions as to what this is for and what that is
Why not use " Sphynx " more, oh, ye for and why this is so and why that is so
; ;

photographers? If a man simply reads and and if it ain't so, why ain't it so ? I bet he
does not ask questions he will stand a poor will say I am the most consummate bore,
show to understand what he reads. Some- if not donkej', he ever saw.
times it occurs that a question presents itself know full well it is hard
I for a country
at a timeand in such a shape that a man hunk who has never travelled to go into one
cannot find a satisfactory answer by ref- of those fine palaces of art in your great
erence to his books, or, in other words, a cities and feel at ease. I know I will not
person might get into trouble, and his books be able to find a place to hide and my feet
throw too little light on the subject, when hands all at the same time, in fact I imag-
by asking a few questions he will get the ine I would feel just like I was yelped up
views of his co-workers, and thereby get out and scraped at, notwithstanding all of which,
of a trouble which might cost weeks of un- if ever it is my fortune to visit your cities
necessary experimenting and much money north and east, which I fully intend to do
{which latter worth one's while to save
is viell some time, I just intend to back my ears
in these later days) hence, although I do
; and go right in, and make myself as com-
boast of my library, 1 feel myself none the fortable as the surroundings and circum-
less justified in asking questions. Aye! stances will admit of, and then when I re-
even though they may appear simple to turn to Texas I will try and show by my
some, perhaps had they been situated in like work why I asked so many confounded
manner they would not have appeared so foolish questions.
simple and again most of the books are
; If our friend comes this way we assure
written by men who give good formula?, him of a heartv welcome. Ed.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 235

TO MAKE A SMALL FIGURE ON my dropped a plate

assistant accidentally

A LARGE PLATE. into on emptying to remove which I

it,

tested and found it to be only twenty-four

BY JAMES MULLEN.
grains strong, but working equally well
A short time having occasion to
since, and as rapidly as when first made.
make a small standing figure on a 14 x 17
plate, and my ceiling being low back of the
skylight, preventing my getting the desired
height of plain ground above the head of
THOROUGHNESS.
the subject without showing the top of the BY D. BENDANN.
background and ceiling, or finishing in The modern system of "cramming" for
vignette, which was not desired, I finally certain specialties, and not studying our art
hit upon the following plan, by which 1 methodically, has thrown a mass of un-
accomplished it perfectly, and thinking it educated men upon the profession, who su-
might be of benefit to some others similarly perficially and glibly may be able to talk of
situated, send you my method of working it. the various parts they profess to be able to
I took a piece of straw board and attach- fill, but who fail lamentably when occasion
ing it to a head-rest, placed it a little above calls for their display. We seem to be
and in front of the lens, in such a position ceasing to practice, because we are ceasing
as to blend perfectly with the background apparently to prize the simple, but supreme
above the subject's head; thus I obtained virtue of thoroughness. When the tolerable
all the height desired. You will observe comes to be accepted as readily as the ex-
this method will admit of graduating the cellent, the intolerable is near at hand.
background, making it either lighter or We are gradually confounding the man
darker, as may be desired, by simply who does the most with the man who does
changing the position of the board in front the best ; of course, the natural result is

of the camera. quantity, not quality. The above has been

I inclose you a double card photograph, strikingly brought home to me, at various
one exposed without the cut-off, showing times, in endeavoring to fill places of va-
the ceiling; the other graded, as above di- rious kinds in my business by those apply-
rected. ing for them. After a few days, those most
Whilst I am writing, let me tell you how decided in their own ability as masters in the
I saved nine dollars through one item in art I found not only to show their ignorance
"Anderson's Book." I had, until invest- to perfection, but that those who recom-
ing in said book, been in the habit of using mended them had made statements which a
a forty-five grain negative bath (our early lawyer would call entirely inconsistent with
impressions are often hard to eradicate; I fact. As artistic reasons could not prevail
remember when we thought it impossible with a man who does not even know the
to make a 'negative without a sixty-grain A B C of art, I generally contented myself
silver solution). 1 concluded to try Mr. with giving him my blessing, but not my
Anderson's thirty-grain solution, and found recommendation. Another grievance I have
that it not only produced better effects, but grievously to complain of, is this : many of
that it really required a shorter exposure our prominent photographers are either so
than I had been giving. good-natured or so unreflecting as to give
As it took one and a half pounds of nitrate an A 1 copper-fastened recommendation to
of silver to fill my bath-holder with a forty- almost any one applying for it, thus entail-

five-grain solution, you will perceive I saved ing troubles and tribulations on those un-
just half a pound of silver (by making a fortunate wights who pay any heed to i,t.

thirty-grain solution), which, at eighteen Criticismnecessary and useful to both

is

dollars per pound, was a saving of nine the public and ourselves hence I make no ;

dollars. apology any that I may perpetrate. At

for
I worked this solution for three months, the same time I am ready to join protest with
only adding to it to keep up quantity, when every and any one who has a laudable de-
236 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
sire to see our beautiful art make progress, All my readers must be aware that the
against being misled by unwarrantable crit- applicability of the laws of composition are
ics, whose untenable opinions are launched greatly curtailed by the comparatively lim-
into print with the boldness of scribes, and ited adaptability of the photographer's tools
who prove themselves ignorant of the first that with them in their present state of de-

elements of the art which they profess to velopment, it is only possible to reproduce
teach. the objects of nature as they are presented
to them, but then the artist's knowledge is
brought into requisition to mould the object
ART AND PHOTOGRAPHY. to present an aspect conforming to the rules

BY WILLIAM HEIGHWAY.
of art. A sitter comes into the gallery and
languidly throws himself into a chair what ;

The day coming for photography when

is can be more natural and easy ? Just the
the rules of art and laws of composition will time to take his picture, says the unedu-
have their proper place in the estimation of cated one now you have the chance of
;

the workers of the profession, and it will getting a graceful position (because natu-
become necessary for the student to have a ral !) and repose. Natural enough, but not
taste for them and a determination to make artistic. Here is fieldfor the artist. His
his picture in accordance with those rules, practiced eye leads him to select the beau-
as much as a specimen of skilful and beau- ties of nature, and the same knowledge in
tiful manipulation. It is already to be seen the photographer directs him in his selec-
that a photographic picture is not alone tion and gives him the faculty to ascertain
judged by its merits as the work of the dark- in what these beauties consist and aids him
room operator, but to an increasing extent in the choice of a subject; and the laws of
as it evidences artistic skill in the pose and composition assist him in the arrangement
the lighting. and the management of light and shade.
Without daring to prophecy the extent To say that the photographer has no con-
to which art may be applied to photogra- trol over his subject would be to say one
phy, to what point of excellence it may photograph is no better than another, while
ultimately attain, there is no doubt in my no one can deny that not only has a great
mind that there is an artistic eminence pos- advance been made in this direction^
sible for the work of the camera yet un- art within a few years, but that the work
thought of. We have not certainly, in our of a few men stands forth brilliantly from
lenses and chemicals, the facilities the sculp- the general mediocrity. The same object
tor and the painter possess in the chisel and represented by different men will produce
the brush, wielded by genius-directed hands. different results is any dif-
; not that there
To us it is impossible to make material al- ference in the instruments and chemicals
terations in our subjects, to catch fleeting used, but because there is something pe-
expressions, or to impress little characteris- culiar to each man's mind which is repro-
tics on our sensitive plate, but by reason of duced in the work of each, stamping on it
all these drawbacks under which we labor, an individuality as marked as in the pro-
should we call to our aid all the arts of the ductions of the chisel, the brush, or the
painter to make the most of our subject by graver. Admitting this (and who can fail
a strict and judicious attention to the rules to do so?) it follows that original represen-
of art in posing and lighting. tation of nature is possible to the photogra-
Many among us think that " sharpness" pher, and that the thought of the artist
(a quality which, carried to excess, is posi- student stamps its impress on his work, the
tively painful)and a rendering of detail result presenting a marvellous contrast to
with absolute and microscopic minuteness the caricatures perpetrated by some, by
is all that is necessary in the photographic means of our beautiful art. It will be
picture to constitute perfection, and the found that it is not only the artist's eye that
straining after this effect leads us to ignore demands good artistic work in photogra-
the higher power of artistic arrangement. phy, but that the uneducated and ignorant
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 237

feel a pleasure, though they cannot recog- Emperor at Chiselhurst, and you will con-
nize the cause, in the sense of fitness and fess that nothing could have been more ap-
beauty in the art composition which is lack- propriate than that same weird and concen-
ing in the work of a bungler. It behooves trated light. It saved the picture and
us then to study to make our works
pictures stamped its maker a true artist.
of art as well as perfect specimens of ma- But our principal cause of failure lies in un-

nipulation. skilful posing. All our subjects are not heroes,

nor should they be made to look like such.
A quiet and unobtrusive man is made to look
almost like " Ajax defying the Lightning,"
A VOICE FROM SOUTH AMERICA. and we wonder why the picture is not more
It is high time we should fully recognize appreciated. Unfortunately the gentleman
the fact, that what the public expects of us himself is unable to give his reasons for not
is not so much mere excellence of chemical liking it. He may be flattered at being
manipulation or sharpness of the image, as made and handsome but he
to look so bold ;

a pleasing and natural picture. Probably intuitively feels that there is something in-
ail photographers have, at some time of their congruous and out of place somewhere, and
career, been confronted with pictures which to illustrate his meaning shows us some
seemed to them to embody all the vices a villanous production of a village photog-
photograph could be guilty of, yet which its rapher, and informs us that that is the sort
possessor seemed to look upon as inimitably of picture he wants. "I went in with some
good. We attribute this infatuation, and friends," he says, "not intending to be
are justified in so doing, to a hopeless igno- taken by Jove, it's the best picture I
; but,
rance of art, or to the curious habit which ever had." We have all heard it and felt
many have of underrating anything new, how hopeless was the effort to make him
when comparing it with what they have understand that his "gem" was but a bit
long looked upon as their standard of excel- of worthless quartz.
lence. But in this we are presumably not If there are "lessons in stones," rest
quite impartial. If we com-
will carefully assured that there are also lessons in every
pare their picture with our own more la- photograph, however worthless the picture
bored production, we will, perhaps, be able may be from a professional point of view.
to discover why it is that, in spite of our It is true that our difficulties are attribu-
advantage of good lighting and superior table, in a great measure, to the sitters
workmanship, the poor picture finds the themselves. We want them to be natural
most favor. It is truer to Nature. and and we know that to attain that
at ease,
Our failure generally lies in that we at- object they must be severely " let alone."
tempt too much. A brilliantly concentrated But they will not let themselves alone and
and weird light, with its attendant heavy be natural; but insist on sitting for their
shadows, is obviously unsuited to an inno- portraits with a certain straightening of the
centyoung girl. However meritorious as a spinal column, which no amount of argu-
work of art the resulting picture may be, ment can and an awkwardness and
relax ;

we are forced to admit that it is not true to rigidity of the hands, which no eloquence
Nature, that it gives a severe, stern char- can put off its guard, and no drapery can
acter to the face, which is utterly at variance conceal.
with its and everyday expression.
real Such people, the writer of this article,
Look at that picture by Sir Joshua Rey- strange as it may appear, has found it his
nolds (" Little Miss Bowles and her Dog "), best plan to tire out. The stiffness of posi-
which has recently been reproduced in the tion was in an inverse ratio to the number
Graphic, and fancy that sweet face in a of times they were taken and where the ;

" Rembrandt " light, and then ask yourself first picture was awkward and affected, the
whether Sir Joshua would have so painted seventh was natural and Unconstrained.
her. Natural positions are, unfortunately, not
Turn now to that picture of the dead always graceful ones. But, mark this, just
238 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGPAPHEK.
as the landscape painter leaves out some abominable crosspatch it would have ap-
hideous fence or unsightly building, or bar- peared but for this aid.
ren patch of ground, which would other- Now it is some satisfaction to poor Johnny,
wise mar his picture, and the novelist and whose skin is as variegated with freckles as
the poet make no allusion to the grovelling a turkey's egg, to have his "face tooken"
and petty details of their heroes lives, so and give to blue-eyed Susie at school ; for,
must we in our pictures cultivate the taste while she gazing at the nicely retouched
is

which sees and the tact which overcomes the carte, "that looks just like him!" with
glaring defects which continually confront wide eyes of admiration, the big boys can't
us in our daily work. Photography is so sniggle and snicker around her, and call
faithful a servant and so closely searches him that "old speckle face 1"
out and holds up to view these defects, that Now, it is possible for Matilda Jane,
our art must ever be to learn what to leave gentle and patient, but with, alas ! a crooked'
out more than what to put into our pictures. nose, to sit for photographs. A skilful
Our sins must lean more to omission and touch of the merciful pencil has straight-
less to commission. Statuettes, vases, and ened her nose, and the little girls, as they
carved tables in one part of the picture tend secretly smuggle the picture across the
but to render offensively vulgar an other- school-room, nudge each other, and whisper
wise merely commonplace looking indi- behind their spelling books, " Lor Matilda !

vidual in another. Jane's nose aiut crooked!" Sensitive Ma-

Do not think I propose to discard alto- tilda feels of her nose, looks at her pictures,
gether these valuable accessories to photo- and gives them away with such prodigality
graphic art — valuable only when used with that she soon returns for more.
great discrimination and judgment. Now, when Arabella sits for cartes de
That a picture should be a little "moved," visite, and says, " Pl-e-e-e-a-se make them
is by no means the greatest defect it can as nice as you can !" it is some pleasure to
possess ; that it should not be quite " sharp " her to distribute them, when the scarcely
will not altogether condemn it ; that it as yet discernible wrinkles that are' just
should even be lacking a little in detail and touching her fine and the lines down
face,
brilliancy, we may overlook and forgive; show so hide-
the side of the mouth, that
but that it should be stilted, stiff, and false ously in the untouched photograph, are
to Nature is unpardonable. softened down to just a trace in the pen-
J. J. V. cilled picture, making it really the most
Montevideo, S. A , April 15, 1873. truthful likeness of the two. And should
she send one to Squire Squeers, in answer to
his matrimonial advertisement, and he be-

" come enamored of it as to propose. on the

so
RETOUCHING."
spot, and come right on to marry and,
Being greatly interested in the contro- " Thunder!" shall he, therefore, indict Cam-
versy, pro and con, on the vexed question era as a swindler, for making photographs
of " retouching," I am going, woman-like, appear some few years younger than the
to have my " say " with the rest subjects ? Rather let him go down upon his
From my observation of a year and a knees and bless the beautiful art that
half in this direction, I am ready to declare brought him the acquaintance of an esti-
itone of the greatest blessings of the nine- mable woman whom, otherwise, he would
teenth century never have had the good fortune to meet
Now, it is some comfort for a fond young And when Judge Sawkins comes in and
mother to bring her baby to have its picture exclaims in a Cromwellian spirit, " Take
taken when, by retouching, its little frown-
; me as I am, wrinkles and all !" Mr. Cam-
ing, puckered-up forehead invariably oc- — era, if he knows his " biz," will make his
casioned by the unaccustomed light is — best bow, and, Tall eyrand-1 ike, respond,
cleared up and smoothed out, and it looks "No art can add to that face!" and hand
like the cherub it really is, instead of the the negative to his retouchist, with the di-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGEAPHEE. 239

rection, "Here, this old chap thinks he is instead, as, "They are so bewitching!"
handsome enough without working up a ; while the piquant, curly-pated little chit,
general softening will do!" and it comes with the dignity of a small kitten, will
out a splendid likeness. The judge is de- order the majestic lineaments of Minerva.
lighted, and orders six dozen. The happy- And the men — oh ! how my pen falters.

recipients of his cartes are immensely grat- Yet I am about certain sure that all the
ified, put them in their best albums, show very small men will want faces after the
to allnew-comers, and all with one accord Roman gladiators ; and the large magnifi-
exclaim, " How wonderfully the judge cent men, with strong commanding features,
holds his age!" But should Camera be of will unanimously approve of the infantile
those who see, not only "through a glass countenance of that most petite of dwarfs,
darkly," but through one of a decided em- and "cunning little darling," Admiral
erald tinge, and give the judge his photo- Knox !

graphs from the untouched negative, just Yes, from the objections people daily
as it was taken, with every line exagge- make to their own faces, even with the
ratedly harsh, every shadow intensified, most flattering aid of the retouchist, I am
" Bless nin ! what poor pictures they do confident that this will be the "last new
take here!" he thinks, and, like Podsnap, dodge " photographers will be compelled to
"puts them behind him," with other un- accept, in order to keep strides with the de-
pleasant memories, and goes across the way mands of a progressive public. Great is
" where they take better ones!" Photography, and the "retouchist" is its
But the retouching that is indispensable profit
for babiesand children, and admirable for A. B. D.
Arabella and Judge Sawkins, I can hardly Buffalo.

approve of for old Grandfather Sniffles. I

really don't think it quite the thing to take
his negative, and work out all the wrinkles,
EXPLANATORY— THE BEAUTI-
fill up the shadows, puff out the hollow FUL IN PHOTOGRAPHY.
cheeks, build out the sunken chin, scratch BV H. H. SNELLING.
open his eyes, and make his photograph years ago I heard of a man who
Several
appear by some odds younger than that of was grievously vexed with an obstinate
his youngest grandson. No, no venerable !
sore. He had tried many physicians and
old age should be sacred from too much re- spent much money for its cure, but instead
touching! of getting better rathergrew worse. Driven
Betouching is yet to become perfected. to despair he saw only death, a lingering
I rejoice to think that in another decade we death before him. In this strait he was rec-
shall probably work up negatives as people ommended to apply to an Indian doctor
would like to look that we shall have a
!
who had become celebrated for his success in
stately row of marbles representing all the treatment of such cases, and, as a last
types of beauty, from the strictly classical resource, he went to him. The Indian im-
to the latest fashion-plate pattern from the
;
mediately built a large fire of logs, and
Apollo to — to — I had almost said, that most when he had accumulated a good supply of
usual model of male beauty, the tailors' lively coals, he directed his patient to strip
block. And, after the negative is taken, and lie down before the burning logs. This
just as he would speak of frames, Mr. Cam- done, the doctor took a large shovel in his
era will ask, directing attention with a hand and danced around the man chanting
graceful wave of the hand toward the stat- an incantation. When he had sufficiently
uary, "And what style of beauty will you distracted the attention of his patient he
have it worked up in, Madam,— or, Sir?" suddenly cast a shovelful of the hot coals
The tall, queenly lady with a square brow, upon the sore, of course burning the man
clear arched nose, and firm set chin, will of severely, and causing him to leap to his feet
course want her own nose left off", and a instantly. He jumped about the room in
little mite of a saucy stuck-up nose put on agony, vociferating and gesticulating vio-
240 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
and heaping all kinds of maledictions
lently, accuracy with which it renders natural ob-
upon the head of his tormentor. The In- but I must make it. The fact that
jects,
dian looked on unmoved by his abusive thousands of photographs are yearly foisted
language and threats until his patient had upon the public, falsifying, as it were, this
exhausted himself, when he replied, "
Cure proposition, does not actually contradict if.

burn easy." Although the man had no For this reason, if we take the examples
cause at the time to be pleased with his we may see two pictures of
daily before us,
treatment, he was truly thankful and grate- the same head taken by different photog-
ful for the final result. Just so is it in every raphers, in the same position and from the
case where disease requires unusually severe same standpoint. I am speaking of pure
measures for its eradication. The physi- photographs. One will be an accurate like-
cian not only receives no thanks, but the ness, full of detail, sharp without harsh-
most odious epithets are lavished upon him ness, finely modulated in light and shade,
until his practice hasproved his wisdom. animated in expression, and in every way
It is equally at first a thankless office for indicative of the physical and mental char-
a man to assume to correct the errors or acter of the individual ; while the other
ignorance of his fellow-men, or even to will none of these qualities. Ex-
possess
point them out; nor will he assume it amine the last without seeing the first, and
without hesitation and reluctance; in fact, photography is condemned while the first, ;

nothing save an overpowering desire to under the same circumstances, would elicit
benefit others will or can induce him to exclamations of surprise and admiration at
run the gauntlet which he knows lies before its beautiful results. Now take a magnify-
him. Now I never intend to place my- ing glass and examine both pictures; we
self in this relation to the photographic will then learn that the difference consists
community. I rather desired to advise as in the method of manipulation, and in the
a father dees his son. If I have appeared state of the collodion film.
more like the former than the latter, it is Examine two landscape pictures of the
because I could not help it, and I would say same view, taken by different men from the
to your readers, as the preacher said to his same standpoint one is rich in detail, with-
;

congregation in his initiatory sermon out flatness or unseemly deep shadows,

"Find all the fault you please with my while the other is nothing but masses of
doctrines, but do not blame my manner." shadow and splashes of light. The first is
The reason is obvious. I take not to heart true to nature, the last is not. The first
differences of opinion, nor the manner of would be called beautiful by a person in
expressing them, but I am not singular in whom the sense of the beautiful is inherent;
objecting to wrong motives being attributed the last horrible. We
have had just such
to my words or acts, or to the application examples before us, with several men and
of unseemly epithets, particularly when women of taste examining them, and there
they partake of the slang of Billingsgate. was not, nor could be, any difference of
Is friend Heighway answered ? I have no opinion in regard to their merits. The
heartburnings towards him. He has been question has often been asked me, what is

among the most gentlemanly of those who the cause of such variance in photography ?

have drawn swords against me. Neither My answer has always been, it is in the
do I grieve over the opinions in this con- head and hands of the men who work it.
nection of " any other man," and as it is Having eyes, they see not; having under-
very distasteful to me, I hope I shall not be standing, they understand not; and having
obliged again to refer to myself, explana- hands they do not know how to use them.
tory or otherwise, while lama contributor It is written that artists know how to
to the pages of the Philadelphia Photog- soften down the harsh shadows of the nat-
rapher. ural view, and take other liberties which
I do not know but that I may again touch render their pictures more pleasing and
upon tender ground in the assertion that artistic, and some say more truthful to
the beautiful in Photography consists in the nature, which photography cannot do, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 241

therefore they are more beautiful. I had itself. We

the opportunity yesterday of looking upon
two pictures of a friend. The one an
quisitely executed line engraving, the other
an equally exquisite photograph. They are
both of what is called cabinet size, and hang
beside each other, one the copy of the other.
In both was the same sharpness of outline,
the same detail, the same beautiful modula-
tions of light and shade, but this difference,
the photograph (untouched) was a perfect
likeness, exhibiting the long head and smil-
have massive ruins of ancient
cathedrals, and fountains, and idols, and
ex- prisons, and temples, and sacrificial stones
strange street scenes, inhabited caves, or-
ange groves, palace gardens, thatched cot-
tages, clumsy buildings of adobe or sun-
burned brick, cactus groves, groups of
natives, mountains nearly twenty thousand
feet high whose summits are perpetually
covered with snow, strange remains of Az-
tec cities, native characters, such as the
mendicant, the muleteer, the flower girl,

ing face (habitual) of my friend, while the the marketmen, &c, all as strangely fasci-
engraving gave him a broad, short face with nating to the American eye as the strangest
stern aspect, which, I venture to say, no views in Egypt or Arabia. They seem to
person ever saw in the countenance of the us as coming from a country never heard
original. The engraving was an exceed- of before, and now for the first time ex-
ingly fine one, truly artistic, but it was not humed by Yet there are good
the camera.
truthful,and therefore not beautiful. portrait photographers there in Vera Cruz
As I looked " on this picture and then on and the City of Mexico, and the Philadel-
that," I felt a satisfaction that in this in- phia Photographer has found its way there
stance at least, photography had triumphed for several years. The Kilburn Bros, have
over the art of engraving although I have
; wisely withheld these views until they
seen it do the same over other branches of could supply them quickly to the trade,
fine art Now I say (don't take it dog- which they are now able to do. Tbey issue
matically) that if photography can render a special catalogue of them of some 140 sub-
nature accurately and produce beautiful re- jects,and get them up very tastefully on a
sults inone instance, she can do so again peculiar mount. They have also taken the
and again, and do so more uniformly than wise precaution to copyright them. We
can the painter, in the hands of the right wish them the great sale their enterprise
kind of men. If the public would refuse entitles them to.

all the trash that is offered, the truthful and As a sample dozen we would recommend
beautiful in photography would be the rule Nos. 1191, 1081, 1082, 1086, 1087, 1088,
and not the exception and that man who
; 1107, 1144, 1145, 1154, 1076, and 1204, and
boasted that he could " sell more bad pho- all the rest are just as interesting. Dealers
tographs than good ones," will be non est. undoubtedly will find great sale for them.

PHOTOGRAPHY IN MEXICO. PHOTO-MECHANICAL PRINTING.

Some months ago we announced the de- HISTORICAL.
parture of our friend Mr. B. W. Kilburn, Photo-mechanical, or rather photo-
of Kilburn Bros., Littleton, JN". H., with collographic printing, has now assumed so
his camera for Mexico. He made a safe much importance that it will be well to
passage, and after several months of hard place together, under a single heading, the
labor he sends us a series of prints from his historical facts connected with its develop-
negatives, which are most interesting and ment.
unrivalled in their excellence. As exam- As long ago as 1839, Mr. Mungo Ponton,
ples of photography our friend himself a chemist of Bristol, England, announced
never excelled them, excellent as is his the fact that sized paper, treated with a
work. As views, we thought that only bichromate, was subject to alteration by
Egypt contained such picturesque subjects. the action of light, the effect of which was
Each picture is a pictorial treat — a gem in to render insoluble the sizing or gelatin

16
242 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
(glue) which the paper contained. It will centrated solution of albumen, fibrin, gum-
be seen that herein lies the germ of all arabic, gelatin, or similar organic substance,
photo-gelatin processes. It is clear that and a concentrated solution of a chromate
after this publication it was only open to or bichromate of potash, or of any base
others to discover or patent particular ap- which does not precipitate the organic
methods of applica-
plications, or particular matter of the first solution. This single or
tion of this principle.Accordingly we find compound layer or film is then dried, if the
that a variety of processes have since then photographic impression is to be produced
been from time to time worked out, all de- by contact ; or it may be used in a moist
pending on this principle such for instance
;
state when the photographic impression is

as carbon printing, photo-galvanography, to be produced in the camera obscura. In

photo-zincography photo-lithography
, ,
Wood- producing the impression by contact the
burytypie, &c, and photo-ynechanical or surface is covered with a photographic-
photo-collographic printing. negative picture or an engraving, or other
In carbon printing each picture is itself a transparent or partially transparent object
sheet of gelatin of varying thickness hav- or screen, and then exposed to light as in
ing coloring matter imprisoned in it, and the ordinary photographic process. After
each individual impression is produced by a sufficient exposure, if the surface has be-
exposure to light. In photo-lithography come dry, or has been used in a dry state,
and photo-zincography a transfer is made on it is moistened Avith water by means of a
stone or zinc, respectively, by means of sponge, and while moist the greas}' ink or
gelatin. In photo-galranography a sheet of matter is applied to the surface by a ball or
gelatin having the parts not acted on by dabber, or by a roller or press, or otherwise,
light, swollen by water, is made to serve as and it will be found to adhere to those parts
the basis of electrotyping. In the Wood- only which have been affected by the light.
burytype, a sheet of gelatin, from which the The print may be retained on the surface
parts not acted upon by light have been on which it is first produced, or it may be
washed away, is used as the means of ob- transferred or printed upon paper or other
taining ,by hydraulic pressure a metal suitable material, and the operation re-
mould. This mould is filled for every im- peated."
pression with gelatin, containing coloring On account of the difficulties surrounding
matter, and the print an emboss-
is really the working of this discovery it did not
ing, so to speak, of colored gelatin on the come and the patents were aban-
into use,
sheet of paper. In photo-mechanical or doned. Here then was a particular appli-
collographic printing gelatin itself is used as cation of Mungo Ponton's principle, and it
the printing form ; it is with this last mode is clear the ground was covered so far that
of working that we have now to deal. subsequently only particular methods of
In 1855 M. Poitevin, a French engineer, application of Poitevin 's process could be
discovered that bichromatized gelatin when invented or patented.
acted on by light possessed the properties of MM. du Mothay and Marechal,
Tessie
and might be used as
a lithographic stone, in France, were the first who succeeded in
such. He announced that gelatin in pres- introducing a practical form of photo-
ence of a bichromate was converted by mechanical printing, about 1863 or 1864.
the action of light into a substance of a The novelties introduced by them consisted
waxy or resinous nature, which took litho- in the substitution of trichromates for bi-
graphic ink freely, but refused to take chromates, and in the addition of pyrogallic
wat< a r. He secured patents Tor this dis- acid to the gelatin film. This method was
covery, of which the English one is dated worked by them with considerable success,
December 13th, 1855, and contains the fol- and is continued, we believe, by their suc-
lowing description of his process :
cessor, M. Arosa, to the present day. (See
" I apply upon the surface which is to British Journal of Photography r vol. 15, p.
receive the design one or more layers or 361.)
films of a mixture of equal parts of a con- Subsequently an Englishman by the name
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 243

of Courtenay, proposed the addition of claims are for the special form of working
other substances, such as hyposulphite of described, and for certain specified appa-
soda, for the purpose of modifying the con- ratus used in connection therewith. This
dition of the gelatin. method is practiced by Messrs.
and Ohm
Still later in the list we find Herr Albert, Grossman, of Berlin, under the name of
of Munich, who followed in the publication " lichtdriick."
of pictures printed from a gelatin surface. At a later date Herr Obernetter, of Mu-
His patent for this country is dated No- nich, published a method of working, of
vember 30th, 1869, with a reissue bearing which the novelty consisted in dusting on
date April 11th, 1871. The novelties in- to the film of gelatin, after exposure to
troduced by him consisted in the use of light, certain fusible powders. The plate
glass plates as supports for the gelatin was then subjected to heat, which fused
printing surface, and in the method of these powders, which in their fused state
attaching the gelatin printing film to the were intended to make the plate durable.
by means of a cementing film of
glass plate It does not appear that any step has been
gelatin previously spreadupon the glass, gained by this method, which would hardly
and rendered insoluble by light passing seem to be practicable yet the example by
;

through the sheet of glass from the back Herr Obernetter, which appeared in our
thus forming a composite plate, consisting last volume, was excellent.
of three parts mutually dependent, viz. Two American patents for improvements
a printing film of gelatin, a cementing film in photo-mechanical printing, and in print-
of the same material, and a glass base. His ing forms, have been issued to Ernest Ed-
process was elaborately described in our last wards, of England, dated, respectively, De-
volume, June number, page 204, by Prof. cember 10th and December 31st, 1872. ,The
Towler, and his full claims, as contained in two patents contain together nine somewhat
the reissue of his patent, are as follows elaborate claims, the greater part of which
had been previously patented in England in
" I claim as my invention
the years 1869 and 1870. Without going
" 1. Preparing photographic plates for into these in detail it may be stated that
printing with fatty inks by subjecting a they cover the essentials of what is known
film of chrome-gelatin, or other suitable as the heliotype process (and of which a
material, spread upon glass or other trans- description is given on another page).. Be-
parent or semi-transparent substance, to the yond the use which is common to all, the
action of light, or otherwise hardening the processes of the principle enunciated by
film to render itupon the surface
insoluble Poitevin, it would appear that this process
in contact therewith, and preserving the has no single detail in common with the
outer surface in a sufficiently adhesive con- other methods. The main points covered
dition to unite with a second or sensitive
by the claims contained in these patents
film to receive the photographic image, sub-
are: 1st. The hardening of the gelatin
stantially as herein set forth.
while in solution, and during the prepara-
" 2. The employment of a fixing or ce-
tion of the film, by the addition of alum or
menting film to unite the sensitive film to other substances tending to produce insolu-
the glass for printing in fatty inks, as sub-
bility of gelatin. 2d. The removal of the
stantially set forth. printing films from the surface on which
"3. The employment of glass plates for they are prepared. 3d. The more conve-
the printing of photographic pictures in nient exposure of the films to light, and
fatty inks, substantially as herein set forth." their attachment to metal or other plates
for greater safety and convenience on the
In 1870 an American patent, dated No- press. 4th. A special kind of inking-
vember 22d, was issued to Emil Eye, of roller. 5th. The use of two or more inks
Copenhagen, Denmark. In this the main of different densities on the same plate.
novelty appears to consist in the addition of 6th. A
method of producing an india or
certain sums and resins to the gelatin. The other tint. 7th. Methods of printing in
244 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
colors. 8th. A printing form of gelatin about it, photographers make some sad
complete in itself, without a base, as a new breaches of these principles.
article of manufacture. 26. The application of straight lines is

This important that we append

last is so essential to the correct representation of ob-
the exact words in which the patentee states jects as they appear to us in nature, because
his claim everything is made visible to us by light,
" The forms thus produced are of such a and light moves in straight lines.
thickness and of such a degree of consist- 27. In nature the horizon line is found
ency throughout, that they possess a body to be just the height of the eye, because
and strength sufficient to permit of their the earth is under it and the sky above it,

being lifted while the photographic image
is being produced for the purpose of exam-
ining the print, rolled up, or handled in any
manner, without injury to the plate or de-
facement of the image or engraving thereon.
" Having described my invention, what
I claim as new, and desire to secure by
letters-patent, is
"As an article of manufacture, a gelatin
printing-form complete in itself, without a
base, which has the printing image pro-
duced upon it by means of light, and which
can be used in the printing-press for a num-
ber of impressions, put away, and at sub-
sequent periods used again for an additional
number of impressions."
This brief sketch affords, we
resume of the various steps of develop-
lair
ment in the art of photo-mechanical print-
ing, and indicates all the essential points
which have been covered either by patents
or by publication. Other modifications
have been from time to time proposed, but
they have been of so slight value as not to
render it important to chronicle them.
ART STUDIES FOR ALL.
IV.
(Continued from page 216.)
25. We shall only attempt to explain the
fundamental principles of perspective in
this place. Instruction in it may be had
from our great teacher, Nature, every way
and consequently the two meet exactly on
a level with the eye. In arranging your
pictures you should first decide this point,
for it controls all the other lines in your
composition, and never change it after it is
once chosen for a picture.
28. Too much attention cannot be given
to the internal and external lines of your
picture, for it is through their medium that
the eye is led from one part of the picture
to another. There is no arbitrary rule for
their regulation except that they unite. If
twenty men desired to move a great body,
while they might not all be able to seize it
so as to pull or push it in the same direc-
tion, yet they would all so apply their
believe, a strength as to unite in moving the object
towards the desired spot, there would be a
harmony of purpose and of action. So
should the lines be in your pictures.
29. These general laws of harmony must
guide you in your choice of line, and you
must choose according to the nature of your
subject. And whatever character of lines
you choose should pervade the whole subject.
30. You would not pose an old lady with
a long sweeping trail, neither would you
place a full-grown man upon a chair with
one leg curled up on the chair and the other
over it. Neither would you give a child the
position of an aged grandparent. No rule
can be given you, for each subject would
change the rule if there was one, but the
principles we have laid down will aid you
if you will take them up and practice them.

we turn. Although the human body is the There is the wild sweep, the majestic go, the
most complicated of God's creations, yet it gentle repose, and the actual lack of any
is not a complicated subject for drawing, as sentiment whatever, which pervades the
its "distances and dimensions" are not work of far too many.Use them in the
relatively great, and we have but little right place, study about it, and you will
room for the application of the principles of find new delight in your work. Moreover, if
perspective to it when photographing it. you produce a good thing once, then you can
But in arranging the accessories around and do it again, for you will know why it is good.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 245

Device for Shading the Lens. ers are protected. The most commodious
BY J. A. W. PITTMAN. way do this is as follows
to :

Place on a shelf, in the immediate vicinity

The thought occurred to me that a little
device that I have been using to shade my of your bath, a common saucer; when re-

lenses while operating would prove useful moving your plate from the bath place it in

to some that have not a more expensive and an inclined position with the lower corner
complicated shade. It is simply a card- in the saucer, the upper resting against the
board cut to shape, and fastened to the brass- wall, which is varnished for that purpose.
Hold the plate in this position with the left
hand, while with the right one you take
a piece of thick cardboard three inches
square, and scrape the silver down into the
saucer. Instead of cardboard some other
contrivance might be employed. I have
tried soft india-rubber half an inch thick,
but that absorbs a part of the silver, and
finally becomes hardened on the edges.
Cardboard lined and varnished answers ad-
mirably, and is perfectly harmless. The
saving of time, silver, and plate-holders by
work. The drawing, I think, will explain
this mode is so great that no operator, who
it. I also send a card cut in shape as I use
loves economy and cleanness, can fail to
it. I use for my 4-4 and extra 4-4 lens an
approve it. The operator will be astonished
8x10 cardboard, cut as indicated, and dark-
to know how much silver he has been wast-
ened on the under side or better, paste a thin
;

ing when he adopts this plan, and after the

piece of black cotton velvet on the under
first busy day's work he empties the saucer
side, with an elastic band one-half or three-
into the filter. From one mammoth plate
quarters of an inch wide run through the
alone he saves from one-half to one whole
slotsA, B, C, D, and cut the proper length,
ounce of solution. He will find no more
and sew tbe ends together, bending the
need of cleaning and varnishing the hold-
card into a curve and slipping the elastic
ers every evening, and no need of draining,
over the head of the tube where it can be
and time wasted thereby. My plate-holders
easily adjusted.
have been in constant use for four years,
have never been varnished, and are yet
as correct in focus, and free from silver-
SAVE THE DRIPPINGS. stains inside, as when new.
BY J. WOLFENSTEIN. Los Angeles, Cal.
Sir: In your valuable journal, the Phila-
delphia Photographer, as well as in other
publications, Ihave often found new inven-
tions and new hints to prevent the silver HOLMES'S AURE0L0TYPES.
drippings from the sensitized plate penetrat- Your readers may find use for the follow-
ing the wooden work in the plate-holders, ing mode to copy pen-and-ink sketches,
but I have seen none similar to the manner drawings, and engravings, also for repro-
by which I have for years protected my ducing copies from unmounted photographic-
holders from the slightest trace of silver. prints that are sufficiently transparent for
There is certainly but one way the most the object, dispensing with the camera and
economical, and that way is the best. It glass negatives altogether.
may yet be new to many operators that the To do this, insert the original to be cop-
silver-dripping from the plate does not ied in the printing-frame with the regularly
come from the collodion side, but from the prepared silvered paper, albumen or plain,
plain side. Thus, immediately clear,
it is and expose to light in the ordinary way
that if that side can be wiped off, the hold- until the impression is made sufficiently
246 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
negative ; then wash, tone, and fix, and that part of the sheet nearest the bottom is

when dry, proceed to print from the nega- stronger than top or centre, which, when
tive impression by contact, which produces printing as we do, in whole sheets, invari-
a fair positive, enough so to make the mode ably show a decided difference in the two
interesting and useful. ends.
For reproducing large copies great saving To avoid this, and cause a perfect distri-
of time and expense is acquired. bution of the fumes, I have constructed the
I have named the pictures done by this above box. We have used this box con-
mode the " Aureolotype." stantly for nearly three months, and fumed
If you consider them of sufficient import- hundreds of sheets in it, and can with con-
ance to make mention of the mode in the fidence offer it as doing everything I claim.
Photographer; you are at liberty to do so. The amount of ammonia no greater
is

S. A. Holmes, than formerly used ; fuming is

the time of
596 Broadway, New York. increased two to three minutes. In all the
old boxes in which no draft is used, the
paper becomes damp or limpid and quite
decomposed on a warm, sultry day. In
Shoemaker's Fuming Box. this box the paper remains perfectly dry,

Thk subject of fuming has not occupied no matter how long fumed.
any attention lately, and perhaps improve- There is another advantage : when the
ment in that direction has generally been box is opened, after fuming, it does not
overlooked; have seen, many are
or, as 1 leave fumes into the room.
using the method that was taught
first A sheet of paper is tacked, or fastened by
them, and consider it good enough. the American clothes-clips, to the bottom
of each slide j another is laid on the top.
When all are filled, pour ammonia into the
dish below, close the door, open the draft-
slide, and the fuming goes on. The box we
are using, and from which the above was
copied, is intended for full sheets, 18 x 22.
The dimensions of inside (fuming cham-
ber) are as follows 26 inches deep, 19 inches
:

wide, and Yl\ inches high. The slides

are 19£ inches wide, 24J inches long. The
space below, for fumes, is 2J inches high.

The fumes are carried to the back end of the

fuming chamber, which has an
floor of the
opening \\ inches across its whole width,
The cut above represents a box, which I which allows the fumes to ascend into the
offer to the fraternity. As I do not intend first slide space. The first slide fits flush
to patent it, I will feel sufficiently repaid if against the back of the box and has a space
I hear of any adopting it in their establish- of 1J inches across its front end, which
ments. allows the fumes to ascend to the second
I claim as an improvement an entirely slide space. The second slide has its open-
novel method of causing a perfect and even ing at the back end and allows the fumes
distribution of the ammonia fumes upon all to come into the third slide space, and so
parts of asheet ; so that, if properly silvered, on r until we reach the top of the box. The
the sheet will give a perfect and even print. chamber for carrying off the fumes has its
We have, in Mr. Moore's establishment, opening at the front end of the box. The
used for nine years a box which conveyed the pipe for conveying off the fumes is placed
fumes from the space in the bottom through at the back end of this chamber, on the
holes into the fuming chamber, the sheets top of the box. We use a 2-inch tin pipe.
standing upright. But the objection is, It is necessary that the pipe should be
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE. 247

attached to a chimney-flue, or attached, as

Ave have it, by what iron-workers call a
"jacket," on the stove-pipe. This is the
best way, as you are always certain to have
a good draft, which can be regulated at
the sliding front of the door of the fuming
space.
I offer the above, after a faithful trial
and certain approval of others who are ac-
quainted with the principles of radiation.
It pronounced correct in principle, and
is

does the work in the best manner and is

I have was new
a silver bath. When it
given without price, hoping the thinking
it was 40 grains worked it
to the ounce. I
ones may try it.
awhile until my ferrotype plates began to
"W. L. Shoemaker,
have metallic stains and markings on them.
(With Albert Moore),
I concluded the bath was to blame, so I
828 "Wood Street, Philadelphia.
added bicarb, soda until it turned red litmus-
paper blue, then I put it in the sun three
or four weeks, then filtered and added nitric
acid until it turned litmus-paper slightly
Dr. Vogel's Photographer's Pocket red. I then coated a ferrotype plate as
Reference-Book. usual and put it in the bath and left it in

How we all felt the need of a

often have
the usual time, then took it out, when lo ! the

work ready reference which would an-

for
collodion film was as transparent as when
swer the hundred and one little questions I put it in the bath, and not a creamy,
opaque film, as usual with the same lot of
which come up in our daily practice, such
terms we collodion nothing daunted, however, I put
as the definition of the use, the ;

weights and measures, the formula for this it in the camera and made the exposure,

and for that, and so on —a dictionary of the took it to the dark-room and poured on the
were. Feeling this common need developer, but if I had put the plate in clear
art, as it
much labor, has water at first instead of the bath I would
himself, Dr. Vogel, after
completed such a work, alphabetically ar- have had about as much of a picture. Upon
ranged, and several thousand copies of the taking the bath to the light had the ap- it

German edition have already been sold. pearance of milky water, and upon stand-

We would be derelict in our duty should ing awhile the reduced silver settled at the
bottom in black powders. I then tested it
we not give our readers a complete trans-
lation of it ; and after some six months' with the hydrometer, and it marked forty

care and labor upon it, we hope to give grains to the ounce.

it to them before the end of this present 1st. I want to know what these forty

month. If not, very soon after. Dr. Vo- grains are. They surely are not silver after

gel calls it his " pocket-book, " and it is working the bath about three months,
of shape and size convenient for carry- though very slightly. 2d. What caused
ing in the pocket. "We commend it to our those metallic silver stains? They generally
readers as being very useful; and what more appear in hot weather, when in cold weather
can we say in justification of its being they disappear with the same bath and col-
brought to your attention ? No doubt the lodion.—" Sabine."
many friends of Dr. Vogel will welcome
Answer to Sabi?ie.
this new contribution to the advancement
of our art from his pen, and give it a hearty You added to your bath too much bicarb,
welcome. of soda. It requires but a few grains to
The advertisement of it appears in proper neutralize the acid, and if more than this
place. quantity is added an equivalent amount of
248 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
nitrate of silver is decomposed, carbonate of ceeded in getting a negative of the city of
silver being precipitated and nitrate of soda Venice, minus the buildings and gondolas.
left in solution. As the hydrometer shows Please ask Sphynx or Mr. Anderson how I
merely density, it would sink to about the can prevent those river marks. Alpena.
same point in this solution as if it contained
nitrate of silver only. — J. P. M. In the July Sphynx "A. L. M." wants
to know how to mount prints so the mounts
will not curl and cockle. I will give my
I have
some time past had an article
for
way, and if you think it worth it, you may
for you, but have waited to watch effects.
publish ;
if not, put it in the waste-basket.
Mr. E. Anderson's article on the weak bath have a
I strip of sheeting as wide as the
draws me out. I usually make my nega-
mount is long, and two or three yards in
tive bath 45 grains; less than 40 grains length ; this I saturate with water, and wring
would not work well. About two months it out slightly, then take two cards, place
ago I made a new bath of the usual strength
the faces together and lay them on one end
itwould not work right. The same collo- of the strip of cloth, fold the cloth over
dion and developer produced good results in
them, then put on two more cards, and so
another bath. The negatives were coarse
continue until you have them all folded in
and streaky, just if from a bath too strong,
the cloth, then place a weight on the top
but on testing it was right. I thought I and let them stand over night, and in the
would try diluting it, so I took out a small morning they will be just damp enough, so
quantity, and put it into a half-size bath- they will not curl in mounting of course ;

holder and diluted to 35 grains. I noticed this will not work with Slee's most excellent
a slight improvement; at 30 it was better, mounts. 0. 1ST. Stevens.
at 25 better still, at 20 very good, and at
that strength I used it. It is still in use. P. S. Can Sphynx or any one else tell of
I have never obtained finer results than I a method to produce stereos from a single
obtain now. I inclose prints from negatives picture; is the thing possible, and have the
made in five seconds, so that you can see that relief the same as those taken from nature ?
it is not slow, for the negatives are full of C. N. S.
detail with that short exposure, and often
come up to full strength by the first devel- No; can't be done. Sphynx.
opment with iron and ammonio-sulphate,
and with the same collodion in ordinary
use.
Now
can you, or any of the different so-
me what is the cause of this bath
cieties, tell
THE "JACKSON" DIPPER.
acting so strangely? I don't understand BY B. PENNINGTON.
it.
Allow me to introduce you to my Jack-
I will, however, add this: I have for sev-
son dipper, which is made out of white
eral years past prepared my own nitrate of
hickory, well tarred or shellacked, which is
silver. That from which this bath was
easy to make and a great pleasure to work
made was prepared for a quantitative pur-
with. I have no patent on it and do not
pose. I do not know certainly that it was
intend getting any. I consider it too use-
anj purer than usual, but was more care-
7

ful an article to the fraternity, and besides

full} made.7
There may be something in
that I have no particuliar liking for pat-
this worth looking into. The bath is only
entees. The cuts accompanying will show
just acid enough to give good clear shadows.
at a glance advantage over common dip-
its
Please ventilate this. Jos. Voyle.
pers. At C there is curve sufficient to keep
the plate at a proper distance from the
I tried Mr. Anderson's last formula (last handle, which enables the operator to dip
I have seen) for sour bath, 22 grains strong, the plate film side toward him. B is a
and highly iodized collodion, but only suc- silver slide, made to slide up and down, so
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 249

that any size plate can be used, and at the Mr. Carbutt read a paper on the albumen
same time is held secure by the silver slide, process for the production of glass positives
which is made in the shape of a saw-tooth, for lantern purposes, or for the reproduction
the tooth part sliding over the plate, hold- of negatives.
ing it fast, so there is no danger of ever In each part of the manipulation he gave
losing a plate in the bath. The handle is the authorities from which he made the
made a little larger at abstracts comprising his paper.
the top at A, so by He exhibited a number of positives de-
sliding it towards the veloped both by the acid pyro and the
top, the slide adjusts alkaline pyro. Those made by the latter
itself. The slide is were pronounced the best.
soldered on to the Mr. Carbutt stated that all these things
handle tight enough had been known and practiced, more so in
to work easy. Having England than in this country; and would
fully realized the ad- offer the process as he worked it, at the
vantage of working Convention of the National Photographic
with such a tool as Association to its members.
this, I want others to On motion, adjourned to the usual night
have it if they will, in September, to meet at the gallery of W.
and can say to any one H. Ehoads, 1800 Frankford Avenue.
after giving it a trial
that they will never
Brooklyn Photographic Art Asso-
go back on it, for all
ciation (Brooklyn, New York). —In our
last Gossip we published a series of resolu-
the plates being coated
tions adopted by this Society, relative to
film side down, the
the award of medals, &c. Our want of
result is clean plates,
space compelled us to omit some of the ex-
all (if any
the dirt —
there should not be any)
cellent arguments in favor of those resolu-
adhering to the back of the plate. And now,
tions, from which we now make the follow-
having said all about this very necessary
ing extracts. Mr. Alva Pearsall who offered
little article that may be required, if you see
the resolutions said :

proper to give it a place in your very valu-

able Journal (our Journal, excuse me) you "Now, while I approve of exhibiting our

may works on every possible occasion, believing it

do so, and if any one is benefitedby it
has a tendency to elevate the art, I always
I have then accomplished my object.
have disapproved the issuing of diplomas or
medals for the same my conviction having al-
;

ways been that instead of elevating photography,

it had a tendency to lower it.

"After all, what does it establish (providing

SOCIETY GOSSIP. the judges appointed are competent to pass upon
photographic portraits, which I doubt) ? If So-
Several of the Societies have adjourned and-so should be awarded the first medal or di-
until autumn, and of course our Gossip will ploma in Paris, Vienna, or London, for the coun-
be scant until then. try he represents, does it establish the fact that
he is the best photographer in that country? By
Pennsylvania (Philadelphia), June no means. In order to establish such a fact

16th.—The Secretary, Mr. every photographer in that country must be

William L.
Shoemaker, presented several photographs represented at the exhibition. And the same
holds good in respect to diplomas cities. First,
of a new fuming-box which he has invented,
have been awarded where there was no competi-
and gives to the fraternity without cost.
tion whatever. Now, if thereis any value in a
Mr. Ehoads spoke in favor of a room, to
diploma, outside of its being an advertising
beat all times open to the members, and on medium, and as such it is to be deprecated, does
his motion the Society will vacate the pres- it not deceive the public in the respect I have
ent rooms at the end of this session. mentioned, and under the same circumstances?
250 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
" T have always looked upon photographing as Photographer and the Photographic World
a profession, and my great desire and study has were on hand again, and remarked that he
been to do all I could personally to make it
was supplied with them free of charge.
recognized by the public as such, and also as an
It was moved and carried to give Messrs.
art. Now, the classing of photographic por-
traiture with mechanical inventions and produc-
Benerman & Wilson a vote of thanks for
their liberality.
tions in the awarding of diplomas I believe fatal
to this end, and I know from personal conversa-
The committee appointed last meeting to
tion upon this subject that many of you share experiment with paper saturated with bi-
this belief with me. I would ask why is it that carbonate of soda, for the use of backs in
diplomas are not issued for portrait and land- printing-frames, reported very favorably.
scape paintings? Is it that they are not worthy Prints made with these backs not only kept
of it ? Or is it that they are above it? I think white longer than others, but toned quicker
all of you will agree with me that it is the latter. and better too.
And claiming photography to be an art, we Mr. H. Poeher, who was present in the
must emulate it by refusing to exhibit our works
meeting on his journey from Chicago to the
if not accepted as such, and that we are also
Vienna Exposition, gave his experience
entitled to the same considerations as regards
about air-bubbles on double albumenized
entrance fee and the issuing of complimentary
artist's tickets as the representatives of any
paper. He said that be had been troubled
with, them lately to a great extent, even so
other branch of art. Now, by making this de-
mand, and the voluntary asking of the abolish- that they showed already in the fixing solu-
ing of awards and diplomas, we will do more tion. After trying almost everything, the
to elevate photography and place it on a higher only remedy he found to be of any effectual
standard before the public than by any other use was the addition of a little alcohol to
means in our power. the bypo.
"Now, photographic portraiture being a per-
sonal effort, wherein the artistic feeling and talent
of the photographer is apparent, it follows that
many styles are the result from individual con-
ceptions in lighting and posing, another in the
To Prevent the Skylight Leaking.
arrangement of drapery and accessories, another BY E. W. MEALY.
in the chemical effect, and so on to the end of
Some one proposed a plan in the April
the chapter, and yet may be of equal artistic
all
number of your Journal of applying gutters
merit. Now, I would ask how any judges can
to a Well, now there is
leaky skylight.
pass upon such pictures and still do justice to
nothing more annoying than a leaky sky-
all ? The impossibility of such a thing being an
acknowledged fact is why the award-
the reason light, but as he did not explain how the
ing of diplomas causes so much discord and dis- gutters were attached, I will explain how I
satisfaction. In New York city this has been have been using them with success. Every
the case for years, and the epidemic broke out photographer knows that a skylight seldom
in this city (Brooklyn), last year at our first ex- ever leaks except along the ribs of the sash,
hibition. Now, aside from the objection to di- unless there be a broken pane. My plan is

plomas on the ground of art, this is another this, and can be applied to either wooden
it
reason why I am opposed to them, having the or iron sash, by drilling holes through the
success of our Association at heart, and desiring
latter if the sash is wood, brads may be
;

to see no discord or ill feeling among its mem-

used. I have made gutters as described
bers. With these few remarks, which I be-
below to run the full length of each rib, the
lieve were hardly necessary, I will read the
same shape of the rib but a little larger, so
resolutions, and ask respectfully that they may
as not to allow it ' to touch. See drawing
be adopted.''
further on. I use only half of the gutter,
German Photographic Society (New and it is tacked on in such a way as to
York), June 4th. — Messrs Clausnitzer and catch the drip. It should be put on so that
W. Klauser were elected members. The the edge barely touches the glass on either
librarian,Mr. Martin, reported that all the side of the rib, and flares out a little in order
missing back numbers of the Philadelphia to receive the drip. These gutters should
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 251

allconnect at the bottom with one gutter, " Having thoroughly cleaned two plates,
with a pipe that carries the water outside which we will designate by the numbers 1
and 2, I enter my dark-room and proceed
to coat No. 1 with collodion about a month
or so old, and of a deep cherry color. This
I put at once into the bath, and after a
minute or so plunge it up and down rather
quickly till all the greasy lines have disap-
peared. It is then taken out and set upon
a pad of blotting-paper to drain. No. 2 is
of the building. If you think this
worth is now coated (but with collodion which has
a space in your Journal, you are welcome been freshly iodized, and is of a pale cherry
to give it for the benefit of those who may color) and sensitized in the usual manner,
be unfortunate enough to have a leaky sky- but without hurry, for No. 1 does not lose
light. I do not claim that it is anything any of its sensitiveness, but rather increases
new, but I have never seen this plan, which in that respect (why, I do not know). Hav-
certainly is a very sure one of getting rid of ing taken No. 2 out of the bath, I then
the annoyance. place it in the carrier of the dark slide first,
and at the top and bottom I place a thin
strip of blotting-paper, just sufficient to
prevent actual contact with No. 1, which
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE is now upon it. The plates are now
laid
STUDIO. exposed, and taken back to the dark-room.
BY G. AVHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F. S.A. " To develop the pictures, I take No. 1
out of the slide and place it upon a, develop-
Printing a Portrait from Two Negatives at
once. —Skill in Manipulation. — Mons. Ma- ing stand and gently cover it with the de-

rion's Carbon Processes.

veloper. —
A faint image in fact, shadow
Printing a Portrait from Two Negatives
would, perhaps, be the better word gradu- —
ally develops itself, but I now leave it cov-
at Once. —That a print produced from two ered with the developer while I develop
negatives, one superposed upon the other, and intensify No. 2. Having washed No. 2,
possesses many charms there can be no I then wash No. 1, and intensify that also,
doubt. It is sufficiently defined because it
which being done, I fix both with cyanide
is printed in close contact with a sharp neg- of potassium. The developer is the ordinary
ative. and diffused defini-
It possesses soft protosulphate of iron, and the redeveloper
tion because another image printed through
pyro, glacial acetic acid, and silver."
the thickness of the glass impressed at
the same time. The
is

chief difficulty consists

On Skill in Manipulation. —I should think
that very many of your readers must have
in getting the two identical negatives. One
read the paper of Mr. Alva Pearsall, read
method you recently described. Here is an-
before the Brooklyn Photographic Society,
other, sent to me by one of my correspond-
with the profoundest astonishment, and that
ents. He says
Mr. Elbert Anderson and Mr. Gihon must
" I was led to try the use of two plates crushed and humiliated beyond measure
feel
because I was unable to retouch some of my at the exposure of the pernicious nature of
negatives, and resorted to this method as a their teachings, in venturing to suggest that
means of securing good results. After re- art is greater than manipulation, mind su-
peated experiments and numerous failures, perior to matter. The time was when it
I at last hit upon the following plan, and was the reproach of photographic societies,
which I put into practice whenever time of photographic literature, of photographic
will allow, for by this means I get far bet- conversation, that their be-all and end-all
ter and much more certain results than I seemed to be processes and formulae. Mr.
can obtain by the use of a single plate. Pearsall bewails the passing away of this
And now for the method employed. once common reproach, and condemns what
252 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBR.
he regards as the extravagant laudation of object, of the portraitist is to produce pleas-
art to the detriment of manipulation. As ing pictures ; the likeness must of course he
the complaint arises out of two articles con- true, but as pleasing always as truth will
tributed to my Year-book, by gentlemen permit and this end can only be secured
;

whom I have never seen, but have never- by the interposition of art.
theless learned to esteem, I cannot forbear Mons. Marion's Carbon Processes. Mons. —
one or two observations on the subject. I Marion, a veteran experimentalist, has re-
am tempted to ask Mr. Pearsall what is or cently made some decided steps in carbon
should be the aim of the portraitist? Should printing. He has, indeed, distinctly estab-
it he to produce a mere mechanical tran- lished a new principle, namely, that the
script of the person or thing set before the actinic influence set up in a bichromated
camera; or to produce something which, film can be transferred to another similar
besides being true as a transcript, shall film by mere contact. That the- result pro-
possess pictorial charms? Is it, in short, duced by the action of light upon a bichro-
simply a photograph or a picture ? If the mated film was cumulative has been already
former, skill in process, formula, and man- proved. Mr. Johnson, Lieutenant Abney,
ipulation must bear the palm if the latter, ;
and others, have shown that an image once
art-skill must inevitably take precedence. impressed by light upon a bichromate film
It may be admitted at once that no good continues to deepen until developed; and
picture can be produced without care and
Mr. Ahney, as also Mr. Baden Pritchard,
ability in the most mechanical details of the
made good use of this principle in the pro-
art. Photographic skill, in its narrowest duction of carbon prints. The pigmented
acceptation, simply comprehends the power tissue, sensitized with bichromate solution,
to produce a perfect image of an object he- was put under the negative and exposed to
fore the camera, no matter whether the ob- light for a period of a few minutes only,
ject he beautiful or ugly,whether the pose and then withdrawn and put away in a
be graceful or awkward, or whether the dark-room. An incipient image was pro-
light and shade bo pictorially arranged, or
duced upon the tissue by this short exposure
commonplace and ineffective. But, alto- to light, and hy keeping this for some
gether apart from the pictorial value of the hours, the action set up continued, until at
result, a considerable amount of skill is nec- last a vigorous image was formed capable
essary to produce a really perfect image
of being developed.
perfect chemically and mechanically, we M. Marion has now taken a step further,
—
mean of the object before the camera. and discovered a very beautiful scientific
The collodion must be in good condition, fact. It is briefly this : he finds that the
the bath in proper order, plates perfectly impression made by light upon a sensitive
cleaned and properly coated, exposure right, bichromate film is capable of transmission
and development duly managed, so as to be to another similar surface placed in contact
in harmony with exposure and condition of with it. Thus any bichromate print taken
chemicals. Each chemical must be in good fresh from the printing- frame will, if put
condition, and each in harmony with all face to face with another bichromate film,
others to produce a good print of a thing, produce upon the latter another impression,
as simple as, say a chess-board. All this the solarized action being transferable from
may be easily admitted, and will be ad- one surface to another. This is a most in-
mitted hy those who most insist on the im- teresting point; we have, as it were, stored
portance of art-capacity in securing good up in our original print a quantity of sun-
results. But it is because all this is so easily light, which has been absorbed by the print,
admitted, because at this period of photo- and the latter is able to excite another sur-
graphic history it is, in fact, so self-evident, face exactly in the same way as if it had
that seems no longer necessary to dwell
it been exposed to the sun.
upon it, whilst it is necessary to insist on Two processes have been wrought out by
the importance of art culture. One of the M. Marion. One he calls Marioiype by
most important aims, if not the primary pressure, and the other Marioiype by con-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 253

tact. In the first he takes a sheet of gela- OUR PICTURES.

tin, sensitizes it in a bichromate solution,
It will be observed that our present num-
and exposes it under a negative. The solar-
ber is embellished by two very beautiful
ized image thus obtained he uses as a print-
groups of heads, apparently fine steel engrav-
ing-block to secure other impressions. The
ings, but in reality the production of a new
gelatin-block is swollen in cold bichromate
photo-mechanical process, which we now
solution, and is then put into a press, just
first have the pleasure of introducing to our
like a lithographic stone or collographic
In- readers. In another part of our current
printing-block, for striking off copies.
stead, however, of inking the stone or — number we give a brief history of this class

block, rather — it is rubbed over with more of photographic printing and the process;

bichromate solution, a sheet of sensitive described as the " Heliotype," the invention

tissue is applied, pressed down against the of Mr. Ernest Edwards, is the one by which

surface of the block for a couple of minutes, the present examples were printed. Those
and withdrawn. A second sheet of sensi- of our readers who were present at the Ex-
tive tissue is applied in the same way; a hibition at Buffalo, were privileged to see
third, and so on, the contact of the tissue Mr. Edwards work his process there in per-
with the block for this brief period being son. For the benefit of those who were not
sufficient to produce upon the tissue an in- present, we give the following
cipient image, which rapidly becomes vig-
Description op the Heliotype
orous on keeping, and may then be devel-
Process.
oped in the ordinary way.
In the second printing method Maria- The principle on which it is based was

type by contact —the prints are secured ex- discovered by M. Poitevin more than
actly as in silver printing, the paper being
twenty years ago, which is, that gelatin,
sensitized upon a bichromate solution in- which ordinarily absorbs water very read-
stead of upon a silver bath. The prints are
ily, yet when treated with a bichromate

of a pale-yellow color, and, to render them

and exposed to the action of light loses this

of a desirable tint, they are pressed in con- property to a greater or less degree, accord-

while moist, with sensitive pigmented ing as the action of the light is greater or
tact,
paper. The solarized action upon the sur- less ; so that we can produce by light on a

face of the yellow print eats into the pig-

sheet of bichromatized gelatin, by means
of a photographic negative, the same result
ment after a time ; and when we come to
that is produced in lithography by drawing
develop the pictures the print separates,
dragging with it portions of the pigment
on a stone with a greasy ink that is to say, ;

which covers the whole of the image. This where the light has acted, just as where
attachment of the pigment to the bichro- greasy ink has been used, water is repelled ;

mate image is not a mechanical, but a chem- where light has not acted water is absorbed
ical action, the pigment not adhering uni-
and grease repelled, and where light has
formly in patches, but in most delicate gra- partly acted, as in the half-tones of a nega-

dations, according as the light has acted tive, water is partly absorbed and grease

more or less vigorously upon the original partly repelled. Ordinary gelatin is dis-

gelatin surface. solved in warm water, and a sufficient quan-

tity of is added to ren-
bichromate of potash
Both processes are ingenious, elegant,
der it and of alum, to make
sensitive to light,
and novel how far valuable, in a practical
;

it very hard and durable. This is poured

sense, remains to be determined.
on a level surface, previously rubbed over
with wax, and is dried by means of heat.
As soon as dry, or when required for use,
the sheet of gelatin is stripped from the
plate, and printed under a photographic
Dr. Vogel's " Photographer's Pocket negative. When the picture appears suf-
Reference-Book " will be ready this ficiently plain, the sheet of gelatin is taken
month. Examine it. from under the negative, and made to ad-
254 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
here to a metal plate. The method of ad- of this beautiful process in Boston, and
hesion used is that of atmospheric pressure. gather the notes which we append. Hav-
The sheet of gelatin and the metal plate are ing also seen several photo-mechanical pro-
put together under water ; as much of the cesses worked, we were surprised at the sim-
water as possible is got rid of from between plicity and ease of this one, which of course
the two surfaces, the gelatin absorbs the re- conduces to cheapness of production. The
mainder, so that a vacuum is created, and results speak for themselves. Mr. Edwards
the picture is thus attached to the plate by proposes to remain in this country to work
the weight of the atmosphere. The super- his process, and he could not have fallen
fluous chemicals are soaked out with water, into better hands for its development into a
and the plate, with the printing surface of most important branch of art than those of
gelatin attached, is placed on an ordinary the well-known publishing house of Messrs.
platen printing-press, and inked up with Osgood & Co. We spent several hours at
ordinary lithographic ink. As in lithogra- the heliotype branch of the establishment
phy, it is necessary after every impression in examination of this most interesting and
to damp the plate with water. A mask of promising development of photography.
paper is used to secure white margins for But we discovered more in it than we
the prints, and the impression is then pulled have yet alluded to. During the past few
and ready for issue. Two or more inks
is years many of our correspondents and we —
are sometimes used in the production of one plead guilty in the same direction— have
picture, as it is found that where the light said to you, "Study art!" "Examine the
has acted deeply a stiff ink is required, but •works of the old masters ! " " Pore over their
where it has not acted so deeply —that is, in poses arid linger over their lighting ,"and so
the half-tones — a thinner ink may be used; on, and so on, without ever once explaining
so that a stiff ink is first used for the shad- to you where and when you could have the
ows, and a thinner ink afterwards for the opportunity of doing so. We now " rise to
half-tones. In this manner three or four explain/' The opportunity is before you.
inks may be used in printing one impres- Messrs. Osgood & Co. have acquired the
sion. The effect of India or other colored right to reproduce the celebrated "Gray
tints is obtained by using, instead of ordi- Collection" of engravings owned by Har-
nary water for dampening the plate, water vard College. This collection embraces the
with some color in it. The paper absorbs a best works of all the old masters, and now
certain amount of water out of the plate, we can share its benefits at trifling cost,
and with it a certain amount of color. The compared with the thousands of dollars ex-
ordinary rollers are not found to be satis- pended for the originals. We have made
factory, and a mixture of gelatin, glycerin, selections of several of them such as we
and castor oil is used. think would most benefit photographic stu-
The heliotype process is worked in this dents of art, and have arranged with Messrs.
country by Messrs. James R. Osgood & Co., Osgood & Co. for their sale at reduced rates,
of Boston, who have purchased the Ameri- the particulars of which are given in the
can patents. The word " heliotype," which advertisement. We now not only recom-
was, we believe, coined by Mr. Edwards, mend who aspire to greater excellence
those
the inventor of the process, in the early in their own lighting and posing to study
part of the year 1870, and adopted by him these works of the old masters, but we open
to designate his invention, as well as the the way for them to obtain them.
company which was formed to work it in The two pictures which we present you,
England, has been registered in the Patent of a size reduced for our purpose, are
Office in "Washington by Messrs. Osgood & Groups of Cherubs and Angels, engraved by
Co. as their trade-mark, derived by assign- Toschi, after frescoes by Correggio in the
ment from the English company. Church San Giovanni Evangelista, at
Afew weeks ago, by the courtesy of Parma, and are heliotype reproductions,
Messrs. Osgood & Co., and of Mr. Edwards, from the Gray Collection.
we were privileged to witness the workings We offer them, of course, only as studies
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 255

in lighting the face. As such they are and it is a long, long time since we have
worthy of mind you can apply to the
all the given you pictures from which you may
proper understanding of them. The light, learn more than from these exquisite repro-
of course, comes from one direction, but the ductions. We trust that you will refer to

variety of pose in the faces gives you every them constantly, and that their lessons will
conceivable variety of lighting top, front, — not he lost but on the contrary, influence
;

right, left, upward, downward, oblique you in your work, and create in you a thirst
all of which you may produce in your studio for further light in the same direction for ;

when desirable. They are really invaluable, it is in this direction that you must study.

We are indebted to Messrs. Frank Jewell, of things, i. e., until Mr. Newell took the view.
Potter & Bro., J. A. W. Pittinan, and A. S. Bar- — President Bogardus writes us that he shall call
ber, for examples of their latest work. We rejoice all his Convention expenses his " Buffalo Bill."
in the number of really good photographers that —Mr. W. L. Bailey,Jefferson City, Mo., was
now graces our profession. shot in the abdomen and dangerously wounded
recently, while assisting the sheriff in the arrest
Wewere favored with a very pleasant call
of some desperadoes. He wrote us that he hoped
from Mr. L. P. Vallee, of Quebec, Canada, a few
to recover in time to be at Buffalo. We hope so.
days ago. Mr. Vallee presented us with some too.
exquisite examples of his outdoor work, which
are in technical excellence first-class. His stereo- One of our subscribers in Florida has sent us a
graphs are good, but he seems to excel them "healthy young alligator," about a yard long.
greatly in his whole-size and full-sheet prints. Everybody leaves our yard whenever that yard
One of Montmorency Falls in winter is a splen- of alligator approaches them. We can appreci-
did view. We are glad to see him pushing this
ate such jokes, but we hope no one will send us
branch of our art, and hope he is greatly pros- a bear or a buffalo. We prefer new prepaid sub-
pered in it.
scribers. The alligator is still "healthy" and
well cared for.
From Mr. Isaac Chandlee we have a fine pho-
tograph of one of the Bridesburg Manufacturing
Company's " ring.frames," which is hard to excel
—
Fire. At the late fire in Westboro', Mass.,
Mr. Theo. N. Gates lost his gallery and stock
as a photograph of machinery.
entire, with some 5000 negatives. He saved $26
Me. W. L. Gill, Lancaster, Pa., has favored worth of stock only, and his loss is about $2500.
us with whole-size and stereo views of the grave The fire did not begin in his gallery, of course,
of Thaddeus Stevens, and the monument thereon. but was the work of a next door incendiary. Mr.
Mr. Gill offers to sell copies to the trade. Gates hopes to be at Buffalo, nevertheless, and
we hope he will soon be doing a prosperous busi-
—
Items of News. Mr. R. Newell, of this city,
ness again. It is in him.
was photographing an iron pulley-wheel a short
time ago. After he had made a negative, he The Nursery is a child's monthly magazine,
turned his back, the wheel began to turn, and published by Mr. John L. Shorey, Boston, Mass.,
rolled on a ratand killed it. A few days after, at $1.50 a year. It is amply illustrated, and we
Mr. Newell had occasion to make a street view. hardly pick up a number without seeing several
He of course attracted the usual crowd by his cute little positions for children which any pho-
camera and focussing-cloth. The latter was too tographer can imitate in his gallery.
much for a new Irish policeman, who, after eye-
ing the machinations of Mr. Newell, finally Mr. George B. Ayres, artist (author of How
crossed over and said, " Aont of thess naow ! to Paint Photographs), has lately removed from
Thake away ycr gamblin' tings." He thought Buffalo, N. Y. , to Philadelphia. He will con-
Mr. Newell was running a " keno " machine, and tinue his professional services for the trade.
wouldn't believe it until he took another view Address him at 1232 North Sixth Street. Mr.
256 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrKAPHEK.
A. will be at Buffalo with us, and read a paper new work, just published by them, entitled,
on a subject of which he is fully competent to Manual de Fotografia, by Dr. A. Le Plongeon,
write. which is, as its title indicates, a complete man-
Fitzgibbon's Patent Adhesive Ferrotype ual of modern photography, including the mak-
Mounts. — This is the invention of ex-Local Sec- ing of ferrotypes, with the fullest details. It

retary Fitzgibbon, and consists of the usual fer- contains 226 closely printed pages, with a copi-

rotype mount with a piece of " sticking-paper " ous index, and will no doubt be very acceptable

attached to the back. This will be found a great to photographers in South America, Cuba, and
convenience and saving of time to ferrotypers. in Spain.. The author has taken the most con-
Besides, it will secure better and neater work. scientious care, as we happen to know, in writ-
ing his work, and it is a great credit to him. He
We had the honor of a from Mr. A. A.
call opens his work with a brief history of our won-
Hickox, representative of the well-known stock derful art, and then in turn treats upon the stu-
house of Messrs. John Taylor & Co., San Fran- dio, the apparatus, the collodion, bath, glass.
cisco, a few days ago. He is on this side of the lighting, posing, &o , and through all the stages
continent hunting novelties for his customers, of successful picture making by the most modern
and being eminently able to make selections for and successful methods. We congratulate him
them, they cannot help but reap advantages from on the completion of his work, and hope that
his absence from his post. The Philadelphia both publisher and author will be pleased with
Photographer is a great favorite on the Pacific the reception it is sure to receive. Price, $5.
coast, and so are our other publications, for
which we are in a great measure indebted to Mr.
Hickox, who understands the policy of keeping
Mr. R.. B. Lewis, of Hudson, Mass., says :

" I frequently get from one number of your mag-

his customers well "read up."
azine more than the value of one year's subscrip-
Use Postal Cards. —You can get them for a tion. One little hint or reminder sometimes
cent each, and when you send inquiries to us to saves a great deal of perplexity and trouble.
be answered by post, you can save us postage None of us are too old or too wise to learn.
by inclosing a postal card for answer. Only good workers admit this fact. There are
none who may not derive benefit from your mag-
Schools op Art and Design. It is not gen- — azine, and Mr. Anderson's book is the best in-
erally known that Prof. D. A. Woodward, "the vestment of the kind to be made."
solar camera man," is the able and popular
principal of the School of Design at the Mary- Important Suit Against Photographers. —
land Institute, Baltimore, Md., where there are Mr. J. H. Tompkins, photographer, of Grand
some 438 pupils in the different classes. The Rapids, Mich., requests us to call attention to
Twenty-sixth Annual Commencement was held the fact that Mr. S. Wing has commenced sev-
recently. The exercises were most interesting. eral suits in the State of Michigan for damages
for infringing the sliding plate-holder patent,
Mr. R. H. Blair, Smyrna, Del., has sent us
and Mr. Tompkins requests that all parties who
a whole-size view of the State-house at Dover,
know anything about the use of any sort of a
Del., where the notorious Dr. West was recently
tried for murder. — sliding plate-holder previous to 1855 will please
communicate with him at once. It is undoubt-
The Fourth Cincinnati Industrial Exhibition edly to the interest of the fraternity to give Mr.
will be open from September 3d to October 4th. Tompkins all the information they can. We
Full particulars may be had of Mr. W. W. Tay- earnestly hope that some one of these suits will
lor, Secretary, Cincinnati, 0. Photographs are forever decide this long-standing grievous matter.
Class No. 76, and by request no premiums are
offered. This is right. A new material for coating the inside of pho-
tographic baths, pans, and other vessels, has
Messrs. L. S. White, Indianapolis, Indiana,
been invented and patented by Mr. R. Newell,
Zimmerman Bros., St. Paul, Minn., and C. A.
626 Arch Street, Philadelphia, which seems to
Wilson, Baltimore, Md., each favor us with a
be what has so long been needed. The days of
beautifully gotten up catalogue of their goods,
broken baths and pans seem to be numbered.
which they will mail free to all of their custom-
The vessels are made of wood, and coated with
ers on application
Mr. Newell' s mixture, and stand pure nitric acid,
A Spanish Photographic Work. From Sco — silver solution, or .anything of the kind. We
vill Manufacturing Company we have received a hope he will soon put them in the market.
G. f. b. PSftRSftLL, BROOKLYN, N, Y.
 THE

kiladrfpkia $i$ttyw$htt>
Vol. X. SEPTEMBER, 1873. No. 117.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSOX,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

Fifth Annual Meeting- and Exhibition rangement of the uprights for hanging pic-
tures was similar to that of former exhibi-
of the N. P. A.
tions. It reminded us of the Cleveland
The voluminous report of the proceed-
Exhibition. There was fully as grand a
ings at Buffalo which follows, will give our
display as at Cleveland, and the average
renders a much better idea of it than any
quality of the work was better. There were
brief summary we can write. The whole
some magnificent examples of photography,
grand affair was eminently and pre-emi-
— and some of them from quarters which sur-
nently, a success more so in many ways than
prised us greatly, and which convinced us
any previous one.
that there is revival among the
a great
Local Secretary Baker proved himself
The German Photographic
craft at large.
entirely competent to fulfil the duties im-
Society of New York united in their dis-
posed upon him, and the highest praise from
play, and erected a magnificent ornamental
the photographers of the United States is
stand of their own on which to hang their
due him for his labors. His plans seemed
pictures It was a great credit to them,
to have been not only most systematically
and hereafter we hope to see other local
arranged, but most satisfactorily carried
societies follow this excellent idea. The
out, without any breach of quiet, or clash of
dealers and manufacturers also made a
any kind. The work was done and well
grand display, and the whole Exhibition,
done. Nothing that was needed seemed to
when several hundred photographers were
be wanting, and we did not hear a single
present with their blue badges on, gathered
word of censure or dissatisfaction. On all
in knots, discussing a lot of pictures here, a
this we congratulate him heartily, and as-
formula or a method of lighting there, was
sure him of our best thanks for the support
. .a sight to thrill and gladden the heart of
which he gave us in our multiplicity of
any earnest friend of our art. It was a
duties as Permanent Secretary, which were
grand sight.
never more arduous. No doubt it was a
The music was sweet and the attendance
great pleasure to Mr. Baker to see so many
of the citizens was most gratifying and en-
enjoying the work of his hands, and no
couraging. With all due respect to other
doubt he has done much real good.
Exhibitions and their managers, this may
The Exhibition. safely be placed at the head of all, and called
The Exhibition was held in a large skat- the greatest success of all. Never forget
ing rink, brilliantly lighted, and the ar- to honor Local Secretary Baker for this.

7
 258 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The Meetings. among intelligent persons. But Mr. Sell-
The meetings were undoubtedly the best stedt has so tersely and clearly vindicated
ever held by the Association. As arranged the nature and functions of the artistic
previously, the business sessions were held faculty, as distinguished from the merely
in the morning and the scientific sessions in mechanical, and has so skilfulty indicated
the afternoon. This excellent plan proved the line between the true and the false in
good, and everything worked as smoothly as art, that the careful perusal of his paper
body of human beings.
possible in so large a cannot fail to give enlightened ideas. The
The President was in good spirits and good same may be said of the capital paper from
health he was supported in his decisions,
;
the pen of an unnamed sculptor, which was
and as a gentleman assured us who is in the read in the Convention the day before, and
habit of attending such bodies, and who at- which we can scarcely be wrong in as-
tended every session of this, it was a re- cribing to Mr. Charles Akers, formerly a
markably peaceful Convention. The at- resident of this city. It speaks well for the
tendance was large and enthusiastic. We character and aspirations of the guild of pho-
never saw such interest taken in the matters tographers that their national meetings are
that were brought up, and one day with the thus made an agency for the advancement of
mercury among the nineties, the assembly genuine art culture and its dissemination
-sat three consecutive hours and attentively among our people."
(listened to the discussions and papers read Thus it will be seen that the proceedings
and when the last speaker said, " I will close, of this Convention will not only tend to
for I see I am tiring you," cries of "Go educate those immediately interested in it,

on'! goom!" were heard in all directions. but will step outside and educate the people,
That was wonderful and much to their and when we get them interested, oh! ye
credit. It was grand to see it, and promises photographers, better days will come for
"a good time coming" for photography. you! Hold fast then, and if you have not
The attendance of ladies was unusually already taken hold, do so now and main-
•large, and they did their part of the work. tain this best of all institutions for you
As will be seen by the report, the variety the National Photographic Association.
•of subjects discussed was very great, and Join it for life, and it will aid you now, and
embraced nearly every topic of interest to care for your families after you are gone.
the. fraternity. While chemical manipula- It must never go down. It needs sup-
tions in and out of doors, and lighting and port now. Come to the rescue and then
posing were not overlooked, there was un- share the immense dividends.
usual attention given to the subject of art We now hand you our report, and ask
•education and art culture. This was so re- your careful and attentive perusal of it.
markable that the Courier of Buffalo noticed We have striven to make it complete and
it, and in a special editorial said: entire, and as it will not be published in any
" While the chief interest attaching to the other form, we hope you will carefully pre-
meetings of the National Association of serve the copy you receive for reference.
Photograpbers must necessarily be of a pro- A word of thanks to our friends whom we
fessional character, there is a fair quota of met at Buffalo, for words of good
their
the reported proceedings which should have cheer, and we are done. We shall never
.a decided value for the cultivated non-pro- forget your cordial greetings and your kind
fessional reader. For example, we may words of encouragement given to us there.
.refer to the paper read yesterday afternoon While you are reading these pages we
by L G. Sellstedt, Esq., of this city, as an shall be riding upon the deep. We go to
•altogether admirable interpretation of the look after your interests, and those of our
mysteries, the meanings, and the mission of art entirely. We trust a visit to Europe
art to the popular mind. This is a subject will be for our mutual good, and if we are
which is usually enveloped in unnecessar}7 spared to return, let us all try to cheer the
vagueness and fog, and concerning which heart of the only Hesler b}' overwhelming
the wildest misconceptions are abroad, even him with our presence in 1874, at Chicago.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 259

FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING AND but five months, since increased to seven ;
but
EXHIBITION we resolved to do our best to mount from the —
OF THE summit attained at St. Louis one step higher ;

for our Association must never go backward in

National JJfjotograpryic Association meeting the needs of the photographer, and at
OF THE UNITED STATES, our Conventions should be spread out to feast
Held in Buffalo, N. Y., beginning July 15th, 1873. the eye and to satisfy the mind all that has been
accomplished in the art and all that has been
FIRST DA Y—MORNING SESSION. discovered in the science through the year. Not
The hour for the reassembling of the As- only this: we eall ourselves artists, —a proud
name, one which has opened the door of palaces,
sociationhaving arrived, the President,
which has commanded the aspirations of youth,
Abraham Bogardus, of New York, said
the smiles of beauty, the respect of age, and sat-
The National Photographic Association,
isfied the yearnings of ambition ; a name to
at its last annual meeting, held in the city which men were not only born, but which they
of St. Louis, voted to hold the Conven- earned.
tion this year in the city of Bochester, in If it has been this to be an artist, how are we
this State. Circumstances beyond our con- deserving the heritage that has fallen to us ?

trol rendered it inexpedient, and in fact How we using that heritage 7

are Certainly

impossible to hold it in that city. The there must be for us a glorious accumulation of

Kink which we had engaged, or partially their wisdom and experience if we are the lineal

engaged, was disposed of and altered into descendants of such men as Phidias, as Michael
Angelo, and Rembrandt. If we wear their man-
stores, and placed in such a shape that
tle, if we enter into their labors, is it too much
we could not make it available, and as the
to be expected of us that we should devote our
city of Buffalo stood next on the vote as to
lives to thesame searching after order, harmony,
selection, and as our brother, Mr. Baker,
and beauty which they gave their lives to ? And
seemed willing to accept not only the labors by study of the principles they followed, may it
but the honors of the position, the Execu- not be anticipated that our results would be
tive Committee saw fit to make him Local assimilated to theirs, though the methods must
Secretary and to order the Convention to be remain widely dissimilar?
held in this place, —the city of Buffalo. Is it to be expected that the camera and the

Hoping you may have a pleasant, profit- chemicals can give us Nature, set forth under
able, instructive, and harmonious Conven- the limitations which pictorial representation
imposes and the artistically educated mind de-
tion, I now take pleasure in calling the
mands, when guided only by the ability to draw
National Photographic Association of the
a focus and manipulate a plate?
United States to order.
In a word, is not artistic education the pres-
ent all-absorbing and imperative need of our
MR. BAKER'S ADDRESS OF WELCOME. day? And to obtain it, must we not look to the
Ladies and Gentlemen op the National past to find out how that whieh has been accom-
Photographic Association In standing here
:
plished has been done, by the painter and by the
at this moment, after the months of preparation sculptor, rather than longer remain a law unto
that have sped, I must confess that I am unable ourselves, or seek to evolve a new order of
to choose words which will fully assure you of beauty, or even to rediscover for ourselves those
the genuineness of the welcome which, on behalf principles which for centuries have been fixed
of the fraternity of Buffalo, I would extend to and determined ?

you and, on the other hand, any effort at ex-

; In the affirmative answer to these questions
pression on my part would perhaps be quite you will find the keynote to my intention in
superfluous, after the assurances you have re- doing what I have done to give direction to the
ceived through our organ, the Philadelphia order of exercises now opened for I am firmly ;

Photographer, and which are now to be opened convinced that our results must be rendered
to you in the obvious result of our labors. analogous to the immortal works of high artists
As you all know, it was only at the New Year before we can justly claim their title or demand
that the N. P. A., through its Executive Com- such consideration as they have received ; and
mittee, took us of Buffalo
by surprise by request- one of my chief pleasures in now standing before
ing that room be found here for the next Con- you is the assurance that this Convention will
vention. The time seemed short there counted; not close before you will have an opportunity of
260 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBE
hearing many of the most important artistic to join you in the welcome rather than in the re-
principles set forth by men who well know how sponse, because lam at home in this my own State.
to use them, and who are in fields different from I feel as I am sure every son of this State will
ours, daily creating beautiful work on the foun- feel ; he will join with you and me in welcoming
dation that we also should seek to build upon. every member from every other Stnte. But, sir,

That the American photographer is awaking in the name of the Association,

thank you for I
to a sense of his highest needs, is evident. This your words of welcome, your words of encour-
is why improved apparatus is in demand. This agement, and as we look at the work already
is why the form of light is so anxiously dis- done,we feel that we owe you and the working
cussed. This is why there is so much request committee of the Buffalo Photographic Associa-
for processes of retouching. All excellent things tion a lasting debt of gratitude for the amount
to have and to know, but not filling our deepest of labor you have performed.
wants. The Scotch boy said it was a grand time when
It is this sense of need which has brought us the minister came round visiting, but it was hard
together here to-day, and I trust that none will on the chickens. So I think it is a grand time
go away empty who came here to seek. There for us photographers to gather at these conven
isno doubt but that to this Association photog- tions, but it is hard on the local secretaries. I
raphy owes mainly its recent elevation. Within am glad, sir, to add your name to the roll of
my recollection, to be a photographer was to be honor with Loomis, of Boston ; Ryder, of Cleve-
barely respectable. We had, as a profession, no land; Rhoads, of Philadelphia, and Fitzgibbon,
social standing. Among ourselves all was strife, of St. Louis.
ill will, jealousy, concealment, egotism. No city We anticipate a grand time for photography

was large enough to keep two photographers and all interested in

it. We hope this Conven-
friendly toward each other. Now how this pic- tion will be the means of giving it a bound up-
ture is changed ! We have taken more than one ward and onward toward its high destiny.
step into popular esteem ;
and wherever this A little girl went out to find her hen's eggs ;

Association comes, the eyes of the people are she came back and said she could not find any

opened to the importance and weight our art eggs, but saw lots of hens standing around doing

has now attained. nothing. Now, if we have come here to stand

The National Photographic Association. around and do nothing we shall go away empty ;

Ladies and gentlemen, its members, do you yet but. if we come here to study and work, we

comprehend how broad and noble an institution shall go away better and wiser.

this is ? Over twelve hundred members scattered We have laid out a vast amount of work, and
over our land, from Maine to California, and mean to do it if possible.
from Florida to Minnesota! All, each in his or I see before me the reporters, men who so

her own place doing their best to work out the faithfully chronicle the acts and sayings of all

problems of our art, and the fraternity of its public bodies, and send them forth through the

votaries. press to the intelligent world. I am glad to see

Consider how the old strife has given place to them, and hope they will picture our proceedings
cordiality, the secrecy to open doors, the jeal- as faithfully as we photograph the human face.
ousy to the right hand of friendship. As I look I hope our meetings may be the means of dis-
on these cheerful, happy faces before me, and pelling all petty jealousies between us because

think of the exertions and sacrifices some of you we are engaged in the same profession.
have made to be present here, I feel that we are At St. Louis, when the members of that great
all of one mind and in taking this hasty glance
;
Convention were out enjoying a ride given us by
at what our Association hns accomplished within the photographers of that city, some one (seeing
the last five years, and at what it is pledged to the long line of carriages) asked, "Is this a
for the future, I know that that mind is, as is funeral?" "Yes!" said a brother, "the funeral

the spirit of your welcome to Buffalo, to sustain of animosity." That was grand, and I hope this

to the uttermost the National Photographic As- Convention will not mourn its death or erect a
sociation of the United States of America. monument over its carcass, but bury it still deeper.
In the language of another, which may well
PRESIDENT BOGARDUS'S REPLY. be adopted by us all

My Brother : Our annual gatherings have been " The doors of art we open wide,
held in several States of the Union, and to-day we The realm of thought is free ;

meet for the first time in the Empire State. As you On this wide world there's room enough
''
so warmly welcomed us, I almost felt as if I ought For you as well as me.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 261

mutual introduc-
I hope time will be taken for The President : The next business is

tions and hand-shaking. It does men good to the calling of the regular roll.
come together and feel that they are sustained The Secretary then called the roll of
and sympathized with, and I am sure in our diffi- members who joined the Association pre-
cult profession we all need it. We have no par- vious to this Convention.
ticular grip, but let it be the grip of friendship.
The President: The next business in
It is a great privilege to have the best men in
order will be the reading of the Treasurer's
the profession stand up here before you and sub-
report for the past year.
mit willingly to be catechized. 1 wish Daguerre
and Niepce could stand here and see this Exhibi-
Albert Moore, Philadelphia, Pa. La- :

tion and Convention, they would be ready with

dies —
and Gentlemen As your Treasurer, I
our great and good Morse to say :
" What hath would make the following report:
God wrought?"
I have received as per balance, . $215 63
Again, in the name of the Association, I thank
For fees and dues, for the year, . 1773 00
you.
For life-members, 550 00
The President : The next thing in order
Total, $2538 63
the reading of the minutes of the last Con-
. . . .
is

vention. I have paid out the following sums for

A. Hesler, Chicago : I would move, as these different items:
the minutes of the last Convention are very
B. Weaver, Phonographic Secretary, $60 00
long, and have been already published and 281 00
Expenses St. Louis Convention,
read by all of us, that the reading of the 93 73
minutes be dispensed with.
Agreed to.
The President: The next business is
B. Weaver,
B. Weaver,
....
....
700
58 00
33 70
(10

American Bank Note Company,

the very important one of the roll call
do not want that dispensed with at all.
; I
Printing, ....
Permanent Secretary, postage, envel
20 18
14 00

E. T. Whitney, Norwalk, Conn.: Con-

necting it with the request that every mem-
ber rise when his name is called.
Bill left
.....
opes, printing, expenses,
Envelopes,
over from Philadelphia
43 57
4 10
12 00
The President: I was about to make
Messrs. Howson & Son, 175 00
that request, Mr. Whitney. It is a pretty
Permanent Secretary, expenses, post
long operation to read ten or twelve hun-
dred names, but I think it ought to be
age, &c, ....
Messrs Howson & Son (additional)
32 00
100 00
done. J. H. Fitzgibbon, balance. . 35 53
The names of the Life members were first Postage and envelopes, for dues, 12 00
read by the Secretary.
The Veteran list was then called, and re-
sponded to by a number.
ual, ......
Sherman & Co., bill for printing Man-

Permanent Secretary, cash paid for

228 00

A Delegate : 1 move that those who postage on life-membership and

getting out certificates, 30
ought on that list, stand until their
to be
Scovill Manufacturing Company for the
names be put on the list.
gold medals to foreign exhibitors, 80 00
Mr. Wilson I would say that the
:

Of which they made a donation of

reason that they are not on, is because they
did not send their names.
The Chair : It is moved and seconded,
$25.00.
Sherman & Co.,
Expenses of Exhibition,
..... 15 00
120 40
that all the gentlemen present who have
Executive Committee, 50 00
been engaged in the profession twenty-five
years or upwards, whose names are not on Total, .... 1 28

that list, The following

will please rise. You owe the Treasurer some fifty-eight
gentlemen rose: Mr. Van Aken, Mr. Black, dollars ; therefore the treasury isworse than
Mr. Eyder, Mr. Koot, and Mr. Southworth, empty. I respectfully ask that an auditing
and their names were added to the list by committee be appointed to see that these
the Permanent Secretary. items are correct.
262 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR A PHEE.
The President: Mr. E.
I will appoint Committee: William H. Rhoads. A. Hesler, V.
T. Whitney, of Connecticut, Mr. William M. Wilcox, J. H. Fitzgibbon, and W. Irving
P. Slee, of Poughkeepsie, N. Y., Mr. John Adams, and A. Bogardus, Albert Moore, and
E. demons, of Philadelphia, and Mr. E. J. Edward L. Wilson, ex officio.
Since then we have held ten regular and spe-
Chute, of Lynn, Mass., as a committee to
cial meetings, of which we beg to submit our
audit the Treasurer's accounts and report.
minutes and the following report
The committee will now retire with the
The year that has past has not been attended
Treasurer, and report to the Association as
by any matter in particular which imperilled the
soon as they can do so.
interests of the fraternity, yet there
have been
The President : The next business in two or three cases wherein great watchfulness
order is the Eeport of the Executive Com- was necessary, and where it was thought best to
mittee for the year. I always regret that take counsel. We think that the immunity from
one of the sessions have to be taken up with harassing legal contest that you have enjoyed
this routine business but it has to be done,
; during the year is owing to the caution which
to keep ourselves organized. will get We has been exercised in your behalf. We cannot
together at three o'clock and talk photog- predict how long this pleasant state of affairs

raphy right through, and you will not hear will continue. Yet while we fear that storms

routine matters from anybody. Still, we are brewing, we trust that the wisdom of our
are glad to have
successors whom you may elect will be able to
you sitwith us and hear
do much to avert them, or at least to protect you
this routine matter. It wants all our heads
from evil results. These matters lie so much
to make it out right. The report of the
with yourselves, that we can only mention them
Executive Committee will be ready in a now, and await future developments.
few minutes. At our meeting held in St. Louis, May 12th,
The Secretary has a few letters to read, 1872, Mr. A. Bogardus was elected chairman of
which he will do now. this committee, and Mr. Edward L. Wilson,
The Secretary have a letter of re-
: I Secretary.
gret from J. Lee Knight, Esq., Topeka, At that same meeting your Permanent Secre-
Kansas being unable to be present, he
;
tary was authorized to memorialize Congress for
sends greeting and best wishes. an appropriation of $30,000, for the establish-
I also have a letter from J. Perry Elliott. ment of a Photographic Institute, for the in-

Indianapolis, Indiana, who is generally at struction of pupils in the art of photography in

all itsbranches. This duty was attended to his
our conventions. (Letter read.) j

memorial passed the second reading and was re-

Likewise a letter from W. L. Bailey,
ferred to the Committee on Appropriations, where
Esq., Jefferson City, Mo., which I will
it will lie until next session. We recommend
read. (Letter read.)
that a circular letter be issued by you, and that
Mr. Bailey was injured by a gunshot copies be supplied to every member to send to
wound and came near losing his life but ;
the representatives of their several districts, ap-
for that he would be here to-day. pealing to them for favorable action in this im-
The President Last year he said he
: portant matter until our object is accomplished.
would come if he had to pawn his camera A system of life, membership has also been in-

to get here; but it has really happened stituted by committee at your request, the
this

that he cannot come. regulations concerning which you have already

We will now hear the report of the Ex- had published to you. We had hoped to see this
ecutive Committee for the year. The Sec- matter become more popular, for the reason
that the additions which it would make to our
retary will please read it.
treasury would relieve us from great embar-
REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE rassment whenever matters of vital interest to
COMMITTEE, 1873. you all come up, requiring speedy action and
To the Officers and Members of the Na- some little funds to act with. This, and the
tional Photographic Association, as- prompt payment of dues are matters deserving
sembled at Buffalo, July, 1873. of special attention by you.
Ladies and Gentlemen: At your annual The medals awarded to foreign exhibitors last
St. Louis May, 1872, it was your
meeting held in year have been forwarded, the Scovil! Manufac-
pleasure to elect the following as your Executive turing Company allowing the use of their dies
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 263

for making them, thus saving the Association ciation with that amount, and a resolution of
considerable expense. thanks was sent him by this Committee.
The manual of the Association hns been issued, You will observe that our treasury is over-

including the National Photographic Association drawn, and we feel it incumbent upon us once more
scale of prices, which we hope you have all been to cull upon members in arrears to settle. More
able to work up to at least. promptness in this respect would relieve the

Mr. Kent's hand-screen has also been made

Executive Committee from much embarrass-
ment.
free to you all, with a photograph illustrating
Atourlast meeting held in this city, July 14th,
its use and directions, sent to each member of
the Association.
instant, we held' conference with our Local Sec-
retary, Mr. W. J. Baker, and commend to your
The matter of raising the dues has been dis-
attention the care which he has exercised in the
cussed considerably by us we refer it to you for
;

arrangement of the matters pertaining to ou,r

action. It is one which should have wise con-
Exhibition and Convention now open.
sideration.
The incorporation of our Association has not
The Local Secretary at St. Louis reported the
yet been effected, but we hope that it will be
close of the very successful Exhibition and Con- done during the coming year.
vention at that city, and said the expenses of
We have endeavored to discharge our duties
the Exhibition were $1494.28, and his accounts
with your best interests in view, and respectfully
were found correct, and have been paid by the
ask the careful consideration of the suggestions
Treasurer.
we make.
At our November meeting we were somewhat
ABRif. Bogardus, Chairman.
surprised to find that we could not hold this
Albert Moore, V. M. Wilcox,
Convention at Rochester, but were relieved from
W. Irving Adams, W. H. Rhovds,
our embarrassment by good Local Secretary
A. HeSLBR, J. H. FlTZGIBBON.
Baker, who said, "Come to Buffalo," and the
Edward L. Wilson, Secretary,
change was accordingly made.
Executive Committee.
Mr. Jehyleman Shaw having obtained a re-
issue of his patent, we obtained the opinion of The report was referred back to the com-
counsel as to a report of which may
its validity, mittee for correction on motion of Mr.
be had by application to the Permanent Secre- Fitzgibbon, and appears above as corrected
tary!, Mr. Shaw has also made a communication and afterwards adopted.
to this committee, which we respectfully refer to
The resignation of E Y. Bell, E-sq., was
you for action, it being beyond our province to
read by the Secretary, as follows :

consider it.

At this session you will have opportunity to New York, July 10th, 1873.
test the changes made in the regulations of our Abraham Bogardus, Esq., President,
Association meetings. Our Association is at And Members op the N. P. A.
that age now which should enable it to maintain
Gentlemen I have the honor of resigning
:

its dignity, and to demand that all who share its

my official position as your attorney and counsel ;

great privileges should also contribute to its

the same to take effecton and after the Ifith
support. In the years that are gone many of
instant. Wishing you prosperity and continued
those who are vot members of the Association,
progress in the development and elevation of
have had their full share of the former without
your beautiful art,
showing any disposition to attend to the latter.
I remain, yours very respectfully,
It was to end this imposition that the new rules
E. Y. Bell.
were made, and we ask your support in enforc-
ing them. For the same reason a fee of $10 is
The President: Mr. Bell's resignation
charged all those who exhibit articles other
is before you. What is your pleasure ?
than photographs, for sale or for advertising pur-
poses. By this means we increase our treasury,
A Delegate : I move it be accepted.

and also head another imposition that has

Motion seconded.
off
been practiced largely heretofore. A viva voce vote was then taken on the
After the convention at Philadelphia, a bill
motion to accept. The"President being un-
of $94 was due George W. Childs, Esq., pub- able to decide, put the vote again ;
and still

lisher of the Philadelphia Ledger, for advertis- being unable to come to a conclusion, called
ing. Mr. Childs has since presented the Asso- for a division of the house, which resulted
264 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
in favor of accepting the resignation, and Gentlemen of the Association. I have been —
itwas accordingly declared accepted. asked to interest myself to have our meet-
The President: While the Auditing ings once in every two or three years. I
Committee are getting ready to report, if have told these gentlemen, No we will go !

any of the members have any business to to this place, and that, and then we will go
bring hefore the Association, they may fa- to a new place; and if not more than a
cilitate businessby presenting it now. dozen or two meet here, we will have new
Mr. Fitzgibbon I would like the Sec- : members, together with the few old ones
retary to read the programme for this after- that may be with us.

noon. So, I hope, Mr. President and members

The President : It will be done before of the Association, that although we may
we leave. It can be done now just as well not have too great a multitude here, still

as this afternoon. we have a great many new ones ; and we

The Secretary read the programme. shall be like a camp-meeting, moving
The President: We have endeavored around here and there until the whole
to make out a programme for each day, photographic community throughout the
and each session and propose, as far as
;
United States will join us. I want, there-
possible, to carry it For instance,
out. throw my whole influence in favor
fore, to
"Skylights: how to Build them and how of having a meeting next year.
to Work them." We expect to place be-
The President: There will be a good
fore you a full resume of the entire subject. many more here at our next session. There
Such as have not been able to come in per- are a. great many more on their way, and
son have sent us written articles, which
will be here to-night or to-morrow morn-
will be read, and then the matter will be
ing I hope to see not less than seven or
thrown open for discussion and we are ;
eight hundred.
ready to hear the opinion of every member
Mr. Southworth : I did not make that
present here who can talk about skylights.
remark feeling that there were few here,
It will ventilate the matter pretty thor-
but it was in reference to having our yearly
oughly. Each subject is to be opened by
meetings continued.
one or two prominent men, and then it will
be open for discussion to all.
The President: have been spoken
I too
to with regard and it is the
to that point,
Mr. Lockwood: My name was put on
" universal feeling that we cannot from the
as one of the men to talk upon " skylights
nature of our work, adjourn over for a
through a mistake. The subject I propose
greater time than one year, with advantage
to talk about during the session is the
to ourselves. 1 would say we are constantly
" Photometry of Colors in connection with
bringing out new things every year, and we
Photography." I have no objection to join-
must get together and disseminate.
ing the discussion on skylights. 1 have no
new ideas to advance that I think it would Mr. Hesler, Chicago I see there is a :

be worth while to state. I would like to motion to adjourn. I wish the President
have my name stricken from the list. would announce that motion carried.
The President : I think it probable that The President: We cannot adjourn
this afternoon we may have time for that until we get the report. If you insist upon

paper. your motion I will put it.

Mr. Lockwood : I would like to present The Association will please come to order,

it rather late in the session. and hear the report of the Auditing Com-
The President : I shall be glad to hear mittee on the Treasurer's account. Mr. .

from you very much. Whitney, of Conn., the Chairman, will now
Mr. South worth: I do not want to make make the report.
a motion ; I want to take a few minutes. E. T. Whitney, Norwalk, Conn. : The
The President : You can have what- committee, consisting of Messers Slee,

ever time you desire. demons, Chute, and myself, have audited
Mr. Southworth : Mr. President and the accounts of the Treasurer of the Na-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 265

tional Photographic Association, and find raphy show progress. Some more marked than
them all correct. others, but none are retrograding or standing

On motion, the report of the Auditing still. We have been led to hope for many im-
Committee was accepted. provements, particularly in lessening the time of
exposure, and other matters of equal importance,
On motion, the Convention adjourned
but the suggestions advanced have not amounted
until 3 p.m.
to much value to the practical photographer, at
AFTERNOON SESSION. the present writing. We ask your attention to
The hour having arrived at which the what may be considered some points of interest

Convention adjourned, it was called to in the progress of photography.

order by President Bogardus, who said :
Photographic Societies have rapidly multi-
There seems to have been some misunder- and the more lib-
plied over the United States,
standing with regard to the hour of ad- eral communication one with another produced

journment. The matter having been left thereby is a subject for sincere congratulation.
in the hands of the Executive Committee, Until within a few years photographers had no

they changed the hour to three o'clock in- bond of union, but now almost every State has
stead of two, as was announced. As the itssociety for the advancement of photography ;

a nucleus around which persons interested in the

committee who are to report on the Progress
art can rally and improve their minds with valu-
of Photography are not here, I will call
able suggestions and experience. Go on with
upon Mr. Lockwood for some remarks on
the good work, and let every State in the Union
the subject to which his attention has been
have at least one society representation at the
directed.
next meeting of the Association.
Mu Lockwood : Mr. President, I shall
This National Association has done and is
beg to be excused this afternoon for two doing much substantial good in the interest of
reasons. One is the talk that I expected to photography. Slowly but surely it has grown,
have with members I have not yet had. I from a small representation of active men, to a
wish to get as many as possible to thinking powerful body meeting together for mutual im-
on this subject, not because I have any patent provement, and it should have, fellow-members,
pending, for if there are any new ideas on your warmest sympathy and support.
the subject that I present they are gratui-
Portrait Photography. It is perhaps im- —
tous. Another reason is, that by some mis- proper to claim that the past year has witnessed
take some of my apparatus failed to get here any great advance or novelty in this department,
till to-day, and it will be a relief to me if it but compare the pictures of the present day with
is delayed, as I have business of other artists those of two or three years ago, and we feel satis-
to attend to while I am here. fied that the verdict will be that the average

The Chair then upon Mr. Bigelow

called work of America has improved in a marked de-

to open the discussion on "Skylights," gree since that time. Art principles are more
carefully studied, and greater attention is paid
but before he began, the Secretary arriving,
to lighting the sitter. Fewer negatives are
the subject was not entered into.
spoiled by careless attempts at intensification,
The President The report of the Com-
:

and on the other hand a much less number of

mittee on the Progress of Photography is
exaggerated shadow pictures are to be met with.
now in order. The fine effects of a skilful retouching of nega-
Mr. Wilson read the report as follows :
tives is very apparent, and it has done much to
elevate the art of photography but retouching
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE ;

must in all cases be done with a skilful hand,

PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.
and even then be kept within proper bounds or
To the President and Members of the Na- the pictures will fail to give satisfaction.
tional Photographic Association.
Landscape Photography. — With the excep-
Gentlemen •
The Committee on the Progress tion of stereoscopic views, this department shows
of Photography, appointed at the last meeting of but little advance in comparison with other
the Association, would respectfully report, that branches. It is to be supposed that photog-
while they have no discoveries of importance to raphers are sufficiently alive to their own inter-
announce, it is gratifying to the committee to ests, but we regret to notice that outdoor work
mention that all of the departments of photog- receives but little attention. The subject of
2C6 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
dry plates continues to occupy a host of ardent in relation to the progress of photography in all
experimenters who are working in that direction. its branches.
Various modifications of the collodio-bromide Celestial Photography, — Scientific men have
process are strongly advocated both in Europe long recognized the value of photography as a
and America ; and there is no doubt but what most important adjunct in connection with the
excellent results can be obtained with the emul- telescope, and we desire to record that the United
sion process, either used wet or dry, with an ex- States government has made a very liberal ap-
cess of bromide or an excess of silver, but which propriation for the purpose of observing the
is the most reliable is a question difficult of transit of Venus, to occur in December, 1874.
solution. An emulsion containing an excess of —
Mounting Cards. American manufacturers
undoubtedly the most rapid, but in the
silver is
have fully realized the wants of photographers
present knowledge upon the subject somewhat
upon the subject of cards for mounting their
more difficult to work successfully than where pictures, and your committee take pleasure in
an excess of bromide is present. We trust that recording with pride that, as regards variety of
something more practical will be developed in styles, exquisite finish, and purity of paper they
the emulsion process during this year. are second to none.

Solar Enlargements. —
It would seem as if Camera Boxes. — This all-important subject
but more could be reasonably expected in
little
has received much attention during the past few

the way of improvement in this branch. The years, andwe venture the assertion that no better
results are wonderfully successful, which fact boxes can be obtained than those now manufac-
has been repeatedly demonstrated at the meet- tured in the United States. The great advan-
ings of this Association. Specimens of American tage of metal guides and ghiss corners in our

solar printing sent to Europe have repeatedly boxes is evident to all who have suffered from
received the unqualified approval of scientific the vexations attendant upon the use of foreign

men. boxes having wooden guides and wire corners.

We would also call attention to the beautiful
Mechanical Printing.— This eminently prac- results produced by the sand-blast process of Mr.
tical branch of photography is becoming each Tilghman. Negatives of line engravings can, by
year more useful and valuable. Books, maga-
the carbon process, be transferred to a piece of
zines, and daily papers are frequently met with
clear glass, developed, and exposed to the action
profusely illustrated by the aid of photo-mechan-
of the sandblast, producing a charming picture
ical printing. The future of this department etched upon the surface of the glass. Recently
cannot be otherwise than successful. & flushed glass of a dark color has been substi-

Skilled Operators. — As in every vocation of tuted in place of the clear glass, with excellent

life, skilled labor is difficult to obtain and always effect, the picture being represented upon a dark
commands a premium. Photographers all over ground.
Respectfully,
the United States are constantly exercised with
this subject ; high remuneration is offered in
John C. Browne,
Chairman.
many cases, but thoroughly trained operators
Germany.
are not always to be had, and the negative or
printing department of the establishment suffers
When we glance over the results which the
exertions in the realm of photography have pro-
during weeks and months for the want of capable
assistants.
duced during the last year, we cannot help, in
spite of all our enthusiasm for our art, to desig-
The question of a photographic college or
nate the past year as one of disappointments,
school for a thorough instruction in the art has
for many fond hopes have not been realized,
been alluded to in former reports, and it appears
although at first the photographers were san-
to your committee that such an institution prop-
guine of success. We have no new style, not-
erly managed might be of incalculable value to
withstanding Salomon's new backgrounds we ;

the photographic community.

have no instantaneous portraits, notwithstand-
Photographic Literature has received many ing Gutzlaff and Gaensli, and the sacred promise
valuable additions recently, and there is no of reducing the time of exposure to one-tenth of
longer an excuse for any lack of knowledge upon the present ; we have no infallible dry-plate
the subject. With the exhaustive works on pho- process, only promises as fallible as the infalli-
tography that can be procured everywhere, to- ble pope. We witness with regret that a man
gether with the journals published in Europe bids farewell to our art who for ten years has
and America, readers are kept thoroughly posted worked zealously and successfully for its ad-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 267

vancement — we mean Mr. Petsch — he leaves our the objective during exposure. There are cer-

fraternity because photography does not satisfy tainly other ways and means to produce this

him any longer; because it is not capable of ex- effect, but the above-mentioned ones will suffice,

ecuting his artistic ideas. "With still greater and although the pictures look beautiful, still the
regret we see a man suffering under the most process cannot be employed with every face, and
severe judicial sentence, because he fought for it should be used with great caution. With us
—
photography I mean Edward L. Wilson, who they have not taken.
has done so much for the National Photographic The question of the use of an illumination be
Association. fore and after exposure has given rise to many
Experience of this kind is not encouraging for experiments. I do not think that this question
others, and we cannot feel surprised if, instead would have been taken up with so much earnest-
of seeing an increase in the number of those who ness if it had not been based upon the authority
toil in the interest of photography, we actually of Becquerel, for all the world believed in his
notice a decrease. Those who speculate on the rayons eontinuateurs. The experiments have
stupidity of their fellow-creatures thrive more proved that, at least in the wet-plate process,
than those who endeavor to enlighten them. " rayons eontinuateurs" do not exist i. e., rays ;

In this country the interest of photographers which have no chemical action, but there are
centres in Vienna and form for the season the the rays which continue the chemical action of
theme of conversation. I do not believe that the actinic rays. Chemical rays did pass through
ever such a number of photographs have been Gaensli's plates, and they acted even after a pre-
exhibited before in one place as in Vienna, and liminary exposure. Pure red and yellow light
not only is the quantity enormous but a great has, according to the experiment of Prumm, no
deal also is beautiful. From my own personal effect whatever. If Becquerel, in his experi-
observation I can only report of the smallest ments with chloride of silver, did find such con-
portion. I was present at the opening, but tinuous chemical action, it is due to the fact
hardly anything had been unpacked, and it that by the exposure to actinic rays subchloride
will take some time yet before everything is in of silver was formed, and this is affected by the
order. red rays.
The American department was (I say it Particular attention has been paid the last
openly), at the time when
was there, a perfect I year to the preparations for observing the transit
chaos; of Kurtz, Rocher, and others, I discov- of Venus. It has been decided thatphotography
ered not even the boxes, much less the pictures shall play the most important part in these ob-
themselves. servations. Germany will equip four expedi-
Fortunately the Exhibition willremain open tions — one Muskat, on the Persian Gulf, one
to

until November 1st, and my American colleagues to the lonely Kerguelen Island, in the Indian
will have time to visit it after the Buffalo Con- Ocean ; one to the Aukland Island, south of
vention has adjourned. I hope that it will be New Zealand, and one to the northern part of
my good fortune to salute many of my American China. I shall accompany the latter, and hope
friends in Europe. that when I return, in the spring of 1875, by
Of other objects, our attention has lately been way of San Francisco and New York, I will have
drawn to the efforts that are made to discover the pleasure of meeting again my American
the means by which the Denier effect is pro- friends.

duced ; consisting in a certain softness which in- Another application of photography, which of
terferes materially with the sharpness, and which late has attracted a good deal of attention, is
isobtained without recourse to negative retouch. the direct copying of drawings. It is the same

In the April number of the Philadelphia Pho- process which Mr. Walker, in Washington, em-
tographer there is a beautiful picture of the kind, ploys, but it is much easier managed, as the

by Mr. Jacoby, of Minneapolis, and the gentle- sensitized paper can be bought ready for print-
man is also kind enough to state the way how it ing. Our engineers and architects employ this
was made. Our experiments here have demon- method to a considerable extent.
strated that there are a good many ways how Photographio literature has, in the stoppage
this effect may be produced, not only in the of the " World ''
sustained a severe loss ; on the
printing, but also directly on the negative, by other hand, " Bigelow's Album and for Lighting
placing in the inside of the camera, between the Posing" and Anderson's new book are valuable
sensitive film and the objective, a plate of very acquisitions. Let us hope that the new year
fine ground-glass. Another way is, to move two will be rich in valuable publications.
pieces of glass, one above the other, in front of The most important step for the future of pho-
268 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER
tography is the founding of a photographic col- the tree-climbing inhabitants of Orizimba and
lege. The idea was first started by Mr. Wilson. Africa. But the proof that each though differing
The and well-schooled
difficulty of obtaining able so widely in form, is worked with equal success,
photographers as assistants will only be removed teaches us a lesson of strong import, viz. :
" A
when the young beginners shall have an oppor- perfect studio does not alone make a perfect
tunity to become thoroughly educated, practi- artist."We must have good instruments; we
cally as well as theoretically, in all the branches must have good chemicals but that we must ;

and
of this manifold art, this is only possible in have a studio of just such proportions, and al-
a photographic academy. ways a northern exposure, I deny. I venture to
H. Yogel. say Anderson, Sarony, and others could produce
work under two out of three of the lights
as fine
The President : What shall be done throughout the country as they now do habitu-
with the report ? ally under their own. They may not, could not,
Mr. Carbtjtt: I move that the report do it as easily and rapidly, but do it they would,
be accepted and printed in the regular pro- for they are masters in the study of light, and
ceedings. will not expose a, plate until the sitter is properly
Agreed to. lighted. Generally lights are large enough, and
The President : The subject for discus- by the use of curtains and reflectors the light
sion this afternoon is, "Skylights, how to may be modified and controlled at will. Just
Build and how Work
them." The dis-
to
how these are to be made and used is the ques-
tion to solve in each particular case, for general
cussion will be opened by L. G. Bigelow,
principles will not apply here, the direction and
followed by Mr. Hesler, of Chicago, and
form of light having a controlling influence.
Frank Jewell, of Scranton, Pa. I now take
The most work successfully is
difficult light to
great pleasure in introducing Mr. Bigelow
a very high top-light. was called into consul-
I
to the Association.
tation where such a one was in use, or rather
Mr. Bigelow addressed the Convention as where they desired to use it, for no work had as
follows yet been done, which was qualified to be deliv-
The construction and use of skylights for ered even in a country town. The light was
photographic portraiture is a theme upon which 12 x 12 feet, quite flat, and 15 feet from the floor,

many able writers have written much, and which with square angles where the side-walls began at
has come up for discussion before every photo- the roof. It was a hopeless case, apparently.
graphic society, probably, of the world; and yet T had come some distance, and did not wish to
the question of the best form has not been wholly acknowledge myself vanquished, or to discour-
decided, for witness the multitude of forms in age the photographer who had been to consid-
which they have been constructed within the last erable expense in fitting up the place, and the
few years. Every man who builds has an idea only apparent way was tried with strong misgiv-
that he knows just how it ought to be constructed ings of the result, but proving a success. The
to justify his experience in the business, and a work was so much better than we expected that I
new lightseldom constructed after the plan of
is will try to explain to you the arrangement, and
the old one, and when completed he feels sure though I would. not advocate the construction of
that it will give artistic lighting, and though a such a light, yet a description of it may be found
deluge may pour upon it a drop of water can useful in the management of lights of a similar
never enter. Probably there is not a photogra- construction now in use in fact, do not go into
;

pher in this room but knows just how to construct business in any p'ace until you can have a light
a light embodying all the virtues which from his somewhat suited to the business. A mason might
standpoint they ought to possess and yet how
; as well attempt to build a brick mansion, with
many who have built, find their ideal realized^ only the raw clay to begin with, as for a photog-
their work. rapher to build a business of magnitude from
There are certain principles to be followed in work under such a light. JBoth might succeed,
the construction of a photogrnphic studio which but there are stumbling-blocks enough in the
ought not to be disregarded, and which if fol- way without making new ones. For the light in
lowed will insure a light which may be worked question, I first constructed a frame 10 feet high
successfully, though the resemblance of it to an- and 1 2 feet long ; it was then covered with white
other which may be equally as successfully muslin. This was arranged so that it might be

worked, may be no stronger than that between inclined forward or backward, forming what we
the highest type of our physical manhood, and call a swinging reflector. This extended nearly
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 269

to the ceiling, and was as long as the skylight. enables us to place our sitters well forward, and
By using this I found there was a strong side- under the light, and still have sufficient front-

light effect, but not sufficient to balance the top- light on the sitter. Light falling between the
light Then I had another frame constructed 9 background and sitter, gives an appearance of
feet wide and 11 £ feet long for the skylight ; this relief to the figure.

was also covered with white muslin, and then
fastened by hinges upon the side of the skylight
opposite to the side-reflector first described.
the opposite side cords were attached which ran
over pulleys fastened to the top-light sash, which
enabled it to be inclined at any angle,
A few weeks since I worked a few days with a
perpendicular side-light, 12 feet high, and 10
To feet wide. worked charmingly for single
It
figures, and for the Rembrandt or shadow light-
ing was equal to the best I ever saw- I would
so as to not advise the construction of such a light, for it

exclude top-light without excluding the side- is only adapted to single figures.
light from the big reflector. Under this light In the Year-Bool- of 1873, Mr. Valentine
was made some very good average work, except Blanchard gives an account of having made a
in very dark weather. I said at the beginning group of nine persons, in an artist's studio.
of this article that there were general principles Another question of importance is the exclu-
which ought to govern the construction of every sion of sunlight from your glass-room. For a
light however located. It is a rule with portrait north light of the usual inclination, there is no
painters to represent their sitters in a light, fall- better way than to erect a solid screen of suffi-
ing from the side, at an angle of about 45 u .
cient height to accomplish the object. I have
This gives the best light for the majority of faces, tried inside and outside blinds of canvas and
and to secure such a light should be the aim in solid material, but no system is so free from ob-
constructing the light for a studio. jection as the roof-screen or shade. Any system
The model light exhibited at the Philadelphia which keeps the sun from the glass is, of course,
Exhibition was in very good proportions, and a very great consideration in summer, on account
almost any desired effect could be produced with of the lessening of the extreme heat. The way
it, with ease and certainty. A steep light, about mentioned does and does not exclude light.
this,
50° incline, extending to within 5 feet of the For a south light of course there is no opportu-
floor, and not less than 15 x 15 feet square, is nity to apply this system. I believe there is no
probably a form of light more easily worked and way so good as curtains, made as easily adjusta-
with better results than any other, for small ble as possible, and enough of them to accom-
groups and single figures. Such a light is always plish the object. Another system which is very
from the right direction, and even a novice in practical and easily managed where there is
lighting would scarce find difficulty in producing plenty of room, is first, one set of white curtains
very acceptable pictures. Lights are often con- for the light and an inside room, mounted on cas-
structed with the top-light inclining toward the ters, and covered on both sides and top with sec-
position usually occupied by the camera, giving, tional curtains of white muslin ; the form of the
of course, more frotit-Mght than in the usual room to be as our glass-rooms are usually con-
plan where the incline is toward the side-light. structed. It must be high enough for a half or
Such form of light may be in a few excep- three-quarter length figure. It should be provided
tional cases of benefit, but in the majority of with a semi-opaque screen which may be ad-
sittings a disadvantage, because the tendency to justed over the head of the sitter, and another
make a flat picture is sure, and in many in- which may be used at the side to increase the
stances to entirely destroy the delicate modelling strength of the shadow if necessary. This for a
which indicates the form of the forehead. There south light is the best arrangement which I have
is so much of character in this feature, that the ever seen. It is well adapted to an east light
preservation of it is of very great importance in during the forenoon. The framework should be
finishing a characteristic and an artistic picture. very light, but well joined together. It need
The front-light is well enough in sittings of not weigh over 80 pounds ; 8 feet wide, and 8
aged people ; but by a little care as good re- feet high. It can easily be made to be taken
sults may be obtained under a light of ordinary down and set up, aswould sometimes be neces-
construction, by facing the subject more than sary for an east light, if there was not sufficient
usual toward the side-light, and diminishing the room for it during the afternoon when not re-
strength of the top-light. A light of fair depth quired for use. I think that most photographers
is desirable. By depth, I mean parallel with fail in the construction of their glass-rooms, be-
the side-light, or in the direction usually inter- cause of not giving the matter sufficient thought
vening between the camera and sitter. This regarding its size, direction, and specific con-
270 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
struction. They depend too much on their efforts of his mind had put an edge to his tools,
ability to do good work under any form of light, which made them effective. The photographer
scarcely considering that if their light is made to also, feels better when after a few hours of fog,
embody in its construction those qualities which he emerges into the charring sunlight of a chemi-
enable the work to be done quickly and easily, cal day. He having detected the
feels better at
that thereby they are putting money in their faulty chemical, and also because having seen
pockets and honor on their heads ; for in this the effect and found the cause, he has added an
case surely the best is cheapest. Good pictures item of knowledge to his chemical storehouse.
may be made under a very poor light, but only Do you go into the fields and see beauty in the
at a great expense of time; and uniformity is foliage,grandeur in the clouds, and pleasure in
impossible. It is no proof of a good light because the sunlight? Does the song of the birds, the
good work has been done under it. Even after whispering of the leaves, and the beautifully
a light has been built, and built on the most colored flowers give you pleasure ? Do the spark-
approved plan, the same thought and considera- ling waters which mirror the landscape, the
tion must be made apparent in the curtains and floating clouds which cast their ever-varying
screens with which it is to be controlled. lines of shade, and the hills and mountains with
There is no better color for shades than white, their lines of beauty, more graceful than ever
for you are enabled to judge correctly the strength artist drew, cause you to feel a thrill of delight
of every light, and the depth of every shadow. and of gratitude? Then you have within you the
For semi-opaque shades, a drab color will never feeling which with suitable aids will make you a
confuse by false impression of the density of true artist, and render your vocation a pleasant
your shadows. and a profitable one. (Applause.)
With regard to the tempering of shadows by
direct light or reflecting screens. I see no choice, The Prksident: I now have the pleas-
provided the source of the light is distant enough ure of introducing to you Mr. Hesler, of
to give diffusion, or on the other hand the screen Chicago. I hardly think it is necessary;
is large enough to answer the same purpose, and still I take great pleasure in introducing
is kept at the proper distance. The reflector is Mr. Hesler you all know him so well.
;

certainly the most easily adjusted, and the re-

A. Hesler, Chicago, 111. I do not know :

sults are not distinguishable from the effects

hardly what to say about the " skylight."
obtained by direct light, which was lighted by a
There is so much of it, you cannot tell
single large window at the side. The effect was
where to begin. Mr. Wilson wanted me
said to be equal to the average groups made with
the combined top and side-light. The exposure to write a paper. I was not accustomed to

was 30 seconds with a 2 B Dallmeyer, largest writing, or much talking. I thought it

stop. would be a good idea, before reading what

I mention these facts to show you that good, I had written, to illustrate on the black-
salable work may be made under almost any board my idea as to the skylight, so you
light built for the purpose of picture-taking, could form some idea, but to fill up the
and to encourage those among you who go forth time, while they send for the chalk, I
from the exhibition gallery feeling discouraged, will read my paper. I have named this
and attributing their want of success to their
paper, for the sake of giving it a name,
want of facilities in their business. If you can
afford it build or rebuild a light to suit you, but

if you cannot, learn to use the light you have to POSING, LIGHTING, AND EXPRESSION.
the most telling advantage. To go into explanatory detail on this sub-
If your light is difficult to work you will find ject would require more time than is here al-
that each time you produce a good picture you lotted, and abler hands than mine to execute.
are gaining information, which will add percepti- We all may feel it, and be able to produce the
bly to the value of your work when the ideal proper result, but it is quite another thing to
studio you are striving to possess is your owa. express it. I will briefly mention a few sugges-
There is another pleasure you will gain, also, tions that present themselves to me as of the
if you can produce good work under the inferior utmost importance, and will leave the rest to
light. The so/ifactio//- of overcoming dijf.c/thws. the skill and good sense of my hearers.
A man feels brt/er after exercising self/leni/l. If Much has been written and said on this subject,
he produces good work with poor tools, he feels but it is not exhausted. We are just entering
a laudable self-piide, in that the well-directed the threshold of the door, wherein lie the hidden
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 271

we must give
treasures of our art, to find which, good and noble qualities
likeness, reflecting the

them our utmost study and attention, and be- of the subject, he Now comes the point
is right.

cause we have given us the living model and where we need art and self-control to go to work
scientific apparatus and appliances, we no less pleasantly. Make your sitter at ease with him-
need to know the rules of art and as this is a ;
self, draw out his finer feelings, and, if possible,

progressive age, so improve on the past, that the bring all that is good and noble within him to
world will acknowledge us as artists. We need the surface, and being prepared, you light in

to know what constitutes lines of form and harmony, watch and catch the right expression.
beauty, and it is expected we should differ in As a photographer you may be ashamed of the
our ideas of what this standard may be. resulting picture, but you have reflected from that
face the soul and beauty within. In the first
Our chemical effects may be faultless, our pic-
place you gave a fine print, but a dead and lifeless
tures ever so sharp, but without proper pose,
image ; now you give out a poor photograph, per-
lighting and expression our resulting pictures
haps, but it is full of life, animation, and soul.
will only be stiff, hard, soulless images. With-
Do you doubt which will be chosen and do you
out this soul and lifelike animation that proper
the most good, artistically and financially ?
care can obtain, and may always be found in
Kind words in sympathy, or perhaps a little
every face (be it ever so dull), we fall far short
judicious flattery, do good. Get at the calling of
of what our art is capable of producing, and the
your sitter, and go into his hobby, thus make him
good to which we all should aim, and to which in good humor with himself; if a child, be a child ;

we all can reach, if we only apply the means enter into childish sympathies. We cannot too
placed before us. There is something good, much study faces in all times and places study
;

noble, and beautiful in all men it is not always ;

the face, its anatomy, and the lighting that will
manifest, but it is there, and only needs our give the most pleasing and harmonious effects.
art and skill to bring it forth. To be able
So familiarize yourself with this, that in a mo-
always to see this and call it out in others ment we can tell what will please or interest.
as wanted, is a talent we should covet. We When your sitters come to the chair, make them
must first cultivate the good and noble in our feel at ease and forget they are being taken ; keep
own breasts, then we can, by artistic care, make up the conversation with them, if possible, on
our sitters manifest it to us at the proper mo- some subject in which they are interested, or
ment. No arbitrary rule can be laid down in place before them some pleasing or amusing toy,
detail for this tactand art, for art it is in its watch the face, and when in its best mood catch
highest sense. may, by cultivation, study,
All
it in the shortest possible time. Never tell them
and care acquire and use it according to his own to sit still, or look at a dead inanimate spot or
taste and judgment. One of our most important thing, nor let them know when you make the ex-
aids is a pleasant face always, no matter what posure if you can avoid it. If you fail the first
disturbs within; a pleasant face must be presented time, don't get out of patience, but pleasantly
to your sitter if you expect to have such reflected
try again and again until the desired expression
back to you. We all like to see a pleasant and
is attained.
cheery expression on the face of a friend as we The moment you tell your sitter you are about
meet them, and how natural for us to reflect it
to begin, in nearly every case, no matter what
back. If we have a picture of a friend at all, it
the expression or feeling was before, up comes
is this kind of expression we wish to look at and every muscle of the face and body as stiff and
cherish in our memories, and this is what our rigid as iron, or else a forced grin intended for
best and most cultivated customers will exact a smile, that twists the mouth to one side, the
of us.
eyes and rest of the face do not respond, and you
How we produced a picture of a
often have get a dead, soulless picture Many times, after
person, that for sharpness and chemical effect working with a subject until ne.irly exhausted,
was almost faultless, and sent it out with pride to catch him at an unguarded moment, I have
as a gem of a photograph, and have it returned at length succeeded, and told the sitter I was
with the sitter, who, with a clouded look, greeted through with him, at which he would exclaim,
you with, "This is a poor picture, &c Ac." , "What! did you take it then ? Why, I wasn't
Your heart at once sinks " down in your boots." — fixed; I don't want that; I know it won't be
You know it's a fine picture and can't be beat. good; won't have it," &c. I have mildly told
Your sitter claims to the contrary, and declares him to take the proof to his friends, and if they
it is no likeness, a horrid, miserable picture, &c. condemned it I would willingly take one when
In one sense you are both right, yet both wrong. he was "fixed.'' The result invariably has
As a photograph simply, you are right ; as a been the return of the sitter, with the proof, all
272 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER
smile?, and with, " This is the best picture you east light. The easiest and best light is the
ever made." I want so many, double or treble north light, with a side-light to it ; and my
the order first intended. That person is your experience has been that one important
fast friend and lasting patron. thing — that is often neglected in building
In studying faces our aim should be to find out
what view or light best becomes it. This should
skylights — is the color of the glass. Many
of the skylights are constructed of blue,
be a constant study in every gathering of people
green, or yellow glass, neither of which
thatwe see we must search for effects of light
;

and shade, and beauty and harmony of form. should be used. The photographic ray does
When a sitter enters your studio, at once look not penetrate them but very feebly. We
him over, read him, watch for anything pleasing should use white glass, or even a light-blue
or beautiful, and when he comes to your chair glass; the chemical ray penetrates this
use all your art to catch and hold it. glass, while the other rays are absorbed ;

In this matter the portrait painter has great the chemical rays pass through.
advantage given him over the photographer. To Then, as to the subject of leaky skylights.
the first a man expects to give his time, all his It does not cost much more to build one
painter may require to study him up, and if he that never leaks than one that is leaking all
be skilled in his art he will draw him out, and the time. The form of guard should be
paint him accordingly but to us poor photogra-
;

made in this shape.

phers a man comes in, " Can you take my pic-
ture now? Can'tspare more than five minutes.
In this time you must look him over, and read
his character, call out his nobler qualities, and
catch them.

it

us resolve to do
acknowledged
No man can
the good and noble in others without
ing the rule and guide of his
this,

art indeed.
successfully portray

own
Let
and make photography an
first

life.
mak-

It will
^y
come down (the rain) and run to
Mr. Hesler continued: My friend Mr. the sash, and meet this gutter, and run out-
Bigelow spoke of the high skylights, and doors, and the room is always dry. My
of using a set of screens; but the effect of skylight has not leaked a drop since was it

this is to flatten the eye instead of leaving built, and I do not suppose it will in a hun-
it round and clear. If you have a set of dred years.
screens that reflect the light, and it strikes The President Are those bars of iron ?
:

the eye, it fails good effect, but

to give a Mr. Hrsler: They may be either iron
gives a flat appearance to the eye and face, or wood. In that way I used one in Chi-
and you fail to bring out the eye round and cago ten years, and it never leaked a particle
clear and with one single high-light upon
; until the fire burned up the city.
it you lose the life of the eye. Now, as to the angle of light. Forty-five
I have had occasion to work under high degrees I consider too much of an angle for
skylights, and small ones, and an expedient the light, from the fact that you have too
that I have resorted to is to use a mirror. great an amount of space away above the
It is a good thing to have in every studio. sitter's head. It does you very little good.
You can throw off the top-light as much as If the light is at this angle, you can screen
you like, and use the mirror, and hang it it in any way you choose. No light is a
on the screens. You can shut off the light complete light without screens, and a good
from the top-light and Use your side-light. many. I think they should be about a yard
You can put it on either side you please wide, and two sets of screens. There ought
shut off the top-light entirely, or get a little to be in every room a set, of light, opaque-
of it —
enough to soften your shadows. blue and a translucent white, arranged so
In reference to the building of side-lights, that you may roll them up.
I do not think it makes so very much dif- As to the rules for lighting the subject,
ference in the pictures. The pictures I have it must be the study of every one, according
been making have been produced under an to his own judgment, by studying the face
 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGE APHEE. 273

and harmonizing the light on the faces that our chosen, and, on my part, much-loved pro-
come before you. I do not know that I ought fession, it is with much gratitude to those above

to take up any more time. me, whose ideas have done very much towards
The President "We would be glad to :
my advancement, that I present this, my first

effusion of the kind, for your consideration, and

hear you.
shall state my views in as simple and plain a
Mr. Hesler : With regard to the time
manner as my poor organ of language will per-
of retaining the expression, I do not know
mit. As a speaker or writer on any subject I
that that comes under this head.
was never distinguished for my eloquence or
Some time last winter I tried an ex- ability, and offering this as an apology for any
periment. Of course we all want to get a shortcomings that may arise in this paper, I
time always on pictures, at the
sufficient proceed at once to the subject in hand, and,
same time we want to give sufficient time since we cannot light the model until the pose
with the shortest possible exposure. I find is made, we will begin with
that by keeping my bath and silver solu- —
Posing. Out of many hundreds who visit
warm, so hot that you can hardly our galleries for sittings we all know that very
tions
few are naturally graceful and easy at that
hold them in your hand, and by keeping
time. There is a certain feeling with them that
my developer at the same temperature, very
11010 they must be different, and instead of
nearly, I can use the developer very much
being themselves, try to be like some one else,
weaker, and the bath may be very much
whose picture they have seen and admired.
weaker ;
producing fine, clear results in
With such you can do nothing until you can get
at least about one-quarter of the time that them by conversation or some other means to
it would take if the bath was at the tem- forget where they are or what they are there for.
perature of sixty degrees, and never be No easy matter, I can assure you. Then again,
troubled with pinholes from overiodizing, when we have studied the subjects, and have de-
when the bath is warm. It is only when the termined in our mind just the position we would
solution is cold that you are troubled with like to give them, when we come to the trial,

pinholes from the overiodizing. Trusting alas, how often the case that our most sanguine
expectations are unrealized, and instead of the
I have served you, I now take my seat.
beautiful, easy, graceful position we anticipated,
The President : I would merely state
it is stiff, ungainly, and, worst of all, unnatural,
that there is a gentleman in the room who
and a complete failure. In the posing of the
has thought enough of our gathering here to
model, it should be our first care to see that
close his gallery for one week and to bring
each and every part of the figure is natural, and
all employes with him. It is hardly
his
that the muscles of the body, and especially the
necessary to mention the name, any further neck, are relaxed and easy. Avoid sharp angles
than to introduce to you Prank Jewell, Esq., and straight lines, and as a general thing, the
of Scranton, Pa. I take great pleasure in head and body should turn in different direc-
introducing to you Mr. Jewell, who will tions, and a gentle curve of the neck will fre-

address us on the subject of quently give ease to the whole position. Some
attention should be paid to the drapery, and
POSING, LIGHTING. AND EXPRESSION. hands, should they show. See that the folds of
mr. jewell's address. the drapery are broken and running in contrary
Ladies and Gentlemen of the National directions, and pose the hands in some easy,
Photographic Association: The invitation graceful manner, so that they will not be exag-
from our esteemed President to take part in gerated and made to appear as large as the
" our practical discussions " suggesting " Posing, head. Usually the hands are very difficult to
Lighting, and Expression," as the subject, was manage, and with many had better not be shown
received by me with many doubts and much at all. The wrist and arm should be curved and
apprehension that I might not be able to do that not angular. At all events do not make the
justice to the subject which in its importance it hands and body the prominent parts of the pic-
demands, for it is, in my opinion, the most im- ture. Remember that the head is the most im-
portant, most difficult,and most beautiful part portant,and should receive our best attention,
of any connected with portrait photography ;
and although we should strive to make the
but believing that the least of us may always do whole position pleasing, we may not do so at
something for the advancement and elevation of the sacrifice of the head. There are always two'

18
 274 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
sides of a face (strange to say), and in most face must be shaded more and more as they re-
«ases one side will give a more pleasing view tire,but care must be taken that they become
than the other. We should make it our business not too dark and lose definition. As a general
to select the side, and also the view of the face, thing, too much light is used (I suppose for the
that will take, to the best advantage. I will not purpose of shortening the exposure), but this is

attempt to describe each and every kind of face, an erroneous idea. The light should come from
nor how each subject should be posed, but a one direction, and more from one side than the
careful study and good, sound judgment are other.
sure to meet with success in the end. To go There are three kinds or qualities of light
into all the details of posing would require a used in portrait photography, viz., diffused, di-

longer paper than I could write or you would rect, and Of these three, diffused
reflected.

listen to. No established rules for posing can light bears the most important part, and is the
be given. It is an art in itself, and can only be one used in the largest quantity : reflected light,

acquired by diligent study, careful observation, the one used least. A diffusion of light, how-
and profound thought. See that the pose is ever, over the whole face would render it flat, and
natural no matter how graceful and easy it may
;
with a lack of vigor. now comes Direct light
be, if it is such a one as no human being takes to our assistance, and
by a judicious use in
naturally, it is simply absurd. Having secured small quantity lights up the prominent parts of

the position in the proper part of the skylight- the face, rendering the whole image bold and

room, we will proceed to the vigorous and it is sometimes the case that a
;

Lighting of the Model. — This important and little reflected light may be used with advan-
interesting part of our art is seldom given that at- tage, " but should be used judiciously. Suppose
tention and study which, from its importance, it we are now ready to light the face : we bring
should receive what does it matter how nice
; for the sitter well out under the light ; now draw
and and sharp a picture may be,
clear, brilliant the screen overhead until there is a soft diffused

if it lacks those beautiful half-tones and fine

light over the whole face ; the light coming from

modulations that make fine pictures so attrac- one side will naturally light up that side, and
tive. We see many pictures that are nicely will cause a soft shadow on the other, but there

manipulated, the focus is perfect, and the chem- is a lack of contrast between the prominent and
ical effeet brilliant, but when we look at the retiring parts, so that the face is rather flat and
face it is perfectly white and flat, looking as weak. We now open a small part of the side-
though it had been whitewashed. Such pic- light, well in front of the sitter, and perhaps a
tures are ridiculous, .and may please a few, but little more of the top-light, letting in a little

photography has obtained a more elevated posi- direct light, when we see at once how round,
tion than it held a few years ago, and the pub- bold, and vigorous, yet and harmonious the
soft

lic of to-day are becoming so well educated in head will appear. See that the extreme point
the photographic art, that they easily discrimi- of the nose is the lightest part of the whole face,

nate between artistic productions and mere ma- and is rather a spark of light, and the spectrum

chine work. in the eye is a small sharp speck, and that it

Before we begin to light the model we should comes in both eyes alike ; also that the edge of
study the face befoie us to determine which style the bridge of the nose nearest the light is a dis-

of lighting we should employ — whether by the tinct high-light, and ninety-nine times out of a
old method or in the new, or shadow style — for hundred the face will be illuminated in an artis-
in almost every case one or the other is best for tic and sensible manner. The shadow side of
each particular face. (I will say here, that lor the face, while it should be darker than the other,
the shadow style we turn the face towards the should be soft, transparent, and full of detail,
strongest side of the light, and for the other mode and may be lighter or darker than the back-
away from it. Otherwise the lighting is just the ground, according to circumstances
same.) Having determined the style of lighting On Expression, I have but little to say ex-
to be employed, we proceed. cept that it is the most trying and perplexing part
There is no part of the human face that should of the business, and, taken into consideration
be represented in a portrait as white. There with the fact that it is under the control of the
may and must be parts that are lighter, but operator to a very limited extent, makes it also
these parts should never be white. The whole the most unpleasant. However, the expression
face should be shaded, while the most prominent is to a certain extent under the control of the

points, such as the nose, brows, chin, &c, should thinking and careful operator, and the manner in
'be touched with light. The retiring parts of the which the face is lighted has considerable to do
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 275

with it ; for instance, elderly ladies whose faces country. I thought then I was a good operator.
are covered with wrinkles and depressions should Now I find I am just beginning to learn, and
not be placed too near the side-light nor too far the more I learn the more I find there is to
under the top-light, as the farther from the light know. This Association is doing a world of good ;

the less the contrast. Enough of the top-light sustain it. and it will when we
elevate you, and
should be cutoff to diffuse the light more evenly- meet again next year look back and see what
over the face, thereby lessening the contrast improvement you have made.
and lighting up the wrinkles, &c. It is these
The President The matter of skylights
:
linesand markings in the face, such as the lines
is now thrown open for discussion, and we
from the nostrils, at the corners of the mouth,
shall be glad to hearfrom you all. Gentle-
and between the brows, which frequently make
a pleasant, benevolent face look cross, sober, or
men rising, whom I do not know, will con-
fer a favor by giving me their names. Let
sad, when otherwise, with good lighting, it might
be all that could be desired. Too strong a light us have short speeches and lots of them.

also will be apt to distort or contract the face Now you may commence.
out of its usual expression, when, were the light Mr. H usher: Mr. President, while bro-
more pleasant, it would remain easy and natural. ther Hesler was talking about the arrange-
There is a class of subjects who come to us, ment of the bars for his skylights, the ques-
who us the thing that "they never had
tell first
tion came up in my mind, what would we
a decent picture;" and no wonder, for upon
do who have skylights that were leaking,
placing them in the chair they assume all kinds
and we did not want to build new ones ?
of expressions and look like anybody but them-
That might be a query in the minds of some.
selves. Such sitters are hard to manage, and
I simply wish to make a statement as to the
all you can say to them about expression will do
no good, for the more you say to them the harder
remedy, and that is, to get some strips of

they try. My plan for such is to say nothing to zinc and form them in the shape of a gut-
them until I am ready to expose the plate, and ter, and tack them right on the lower part
then I speak of something entirely foreign to the of this bar, so it will catch the water and

matter in hand, and which, for the moment, carrjr it off.

makes them forget what they are doing, tell Mr. Lockwood: I think that any man
them to sit quietly, and before they have time who works any kind of a light ought to
to change the expression I uncover the lens, and
have some scientific reason why he works
generally I am successful.
it so and so. Now, as to those gentlemen
There is another class who come to be photo,
who have advanced their ideas of skylights,
graphed, who, when placed in position, sit there
I would like to inquire why they substitute
just as you put them, and with an expression as
that angle. They probably have some good
if they had been forced to do something dis-
reason. I want to get it, and then I will
agreeable to them. With such, a word or two
of fun will go a great ways to give them an ani- have something to say.
mated expression, and while they are in this fix, Mr. Hesler: The reason was, the light
now's your time. They will continue to think isalways nearer the sitter, and with a large
about what you have said, until you are through, group, wherever you place them in the
and the result will no doubt be good. And so room, you have got a uniform light over
on to the end of the chapter. them. If you have a high, pitched-up light,
Now, it seems to me that I have taken much when you get these nearer the side-light—
time to say so little, and the whole matter may the lower edge of the light — the light will
be summed up in a few words. Strive to do be quicker. Another reason you have a :

the best you can for each sitter. Don't expose

less amount of room to heat in the winter.
the plate until you are satisfied that every-
Mr. Lockwood: I believe the day is
thing isassaear right as you can make it. Keep
coming when photography has got to be
your heart and mind on what you are doing.
Think! read! study! and observe!
worked on scientific principles, and no one
Don't be
afraid of doing too much, and success is sure to
who understand the science of
except those
follow. Only a few years ago I made very ordi- make good photographs.
the business can
nary work. It was clean and brilliant, but Although there may be good reasons in
lacked that artistic lighting so necessary to pro- their way, they to me are not palpable rea-
duce work that is now being made all over the sons, and I yet shall ask for a scientific
 276 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
reason for a flat light. If any one can give Direct rays of light, upon striking any
the answer, I want to get it. body, whether it be water or a solid body,
The President : I am glad we differ in always diverge.
these matters ; that is the way to bring out Those of you who have practiced the putting
the truth. Let us hear all sides. If we all of a stick in water may notice that the stick
agreed we should not learn anything. appears to bend towards the perpendicular.
Mr. Hesler: I do not want to take all The more solid the body through which the
the time. If any one wants skylights at an rays pass, the more the rays diverge. That
angle of fifty or ninety degrees, I have no ob- is the only reason I oppose a shallow light.
jection to their having them ; 1 only offered I have got an idea, and I will make a dia-
what I considered the best. The light gram on the board to illustrate it. You can
should strike as flat as you can have it, and ask me any question. I came here to learn,
a low skylight is the easiest to work, as a and came a good distance, too.
rule, for you have a pretty uniform light. The President: I would state that Mr.
"We know in cloudy weather a skylight will Lockwood is from Ripon, Wisconsin.
not work as quick as a side-light will. Even Mr. Lockwood: Suppose this to be the
in a clear day it will work quicker when the figure representing the outline of the room.
skylight is flat and no sun on it than it
would on a clear cloudless day. The side-
light is right the reverse, and works much
quicker in a clear sunny day than in a
cloudy day. The reason is, when the sun
shines against the side-light the light is

reflected back to the side-light, and thence

into the room. If we have a skylight placed
at an angle of forty-five degrees, we get the
light from the skylight. You want a good
deal of side-light in cloudy weather, and Suppose the line a b represents the angle of
then it will work as quick away from the forty-five degrees. To my mind it is objec-
bottom of the light as it will if it is a flat tionable. admits direct solar rays,
First, it
light. which are a nuisance to photographers.
Mr. Gillespie: There was a question Those who do not believe it can try to take
arose in my mind, in reference to the ar- a picture out of doors. In addition to that,
rangement of that whether the direct
light, it admits heat rays, which are objectionable

rays of light passing through the skylight in photography. These are the two scientific
travel at right angles with the pitch of propositions which I would stick to in any
the light, or otherwise. If they do, then argument.
there can be reasons assigned for a flat Now, gentlemen, I want to know if you
light, as the casemay be. It is a question can tell me the difference between the light
which has frequently bothered my mind, in this pitcli and the light from one of
and which I confess I do not understand. this pitch. Supposing this point b runs
The direct rays of light you speak of, with as high as c. What is the difference in
which you light the sitter, as to the direct these lights? Suppose this runs up high
light or the diffused, whether that light enough to exclude the solar light, except
passes through the skylight at direct angles in the longest days in summer. Can you
or at right angles with the pitch of light, or tell me the difference in the chemical prop-
otherwise. I would like to have the ques- erty of the light? That is a defect flat
tion answered if there is any person to an- lights must have from some scientific reason.
swer it. I want you to tell me the difference. When
Mr. Lockwood: I think I can answer you can tell me the difference, as I have
that question, and I think when Mr. Gil- said, I can tell you the result of my experi-
lespie goes home he can satisfy himself of ence and practice. That is one reason why
the truthfulness of it. I would like to know.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 277

That you may have something to think 45 degrees pitch you have all sorts of rays
of, I will say this, and any one may ask me and all sorts of screens to cut them off. The
any question and I will answer. The steep screens can be entirely done away with.
light excludes the solar rays, and they also That is my proposition, and when you want
exclude the heat rays. That is one very to discuss it on scientific principles I am
essential point, especially in warm weather. here. (Applause.)
In addition to that, we get nothing at most Mr. Southworth Mr. President and
:

except actinic rays, of which light com- is gentlemen, you will excuse me for any re-
posed. Those who have studied the compo- marks controversial in this matter. I had
sition of light know that it is composed of intended, before I came here, to make a few
red, indigo, purple, and so on, several well- remarks upon lighting the face. I have
defined colors. All of them are blended in arranged in my own mind a little of my
the white lii^ht or direct solar light, but in habits and practice, and I will tell you what
the reflected light which we get from the I do and what I should do in the first place.
north, from skylights which exclude the I understand perfectly well that instead
solar rays, we do not get heat so much, and of our being able to control our lights, that
we do not get the red ra3 -
s that we get in nine-tenths of the photographers before me
all flat lights. have not such a light as they want, that
Now this time last year I went to Mr. nine-tenths of them are between high brick
Shippen's gallery ; he has a very flat light, buildings —
wide, high buildings on one side
I should think at an angle of 35 or 40 de- and high buildings on the other side, some-
grees. I asked him, "Do you like that —
times on three sides and with a little means
kind of light?" He says, "It is a splendid they have adapted themselves to the posi-
light." "Then why," I asked, "do you tion in which they are placed; they have
use your curtains to cut off the light? You cut such a hole in the roof as they could,
admit the light and then cut it off'; I cannot paid for it, and have gone to work to make

see the philosophy of that " The gentle- money, and that we have had any con-
man may sa3' it is to get certain effects, but trol of our lights I deny in toto, and if I
he never gets the value of the curtains. They were to ask for a vote, nine- tenths would
sell at sixty dollars or more, according to rise and assent to my statement. I built
the size of the skylight. It never was any the first skylight in America. I went into
invention, so far as "concerns the curtains, a room —
it was an attic room that had a —
and they are a humbug, because they undo passably steep roof with 12 feet flat on the
what you attempt to do in the first place. top covered with metal. It was 45 feet
That is the point (Applause.) Suppose a long and 21 feet wide. I went in, got the
man has a steep light; if the light runs to privilege of doing what I chose in the room,
this point c (indicating), supposing the sitter swept the room out; overhead the rafters
to sit here, you find the face is nicely lighted and everything else were left exposed. I
away from the light. I have some photo- put in, 18 feet above the floor, a 12-feet
graphs made under the skylight without any square light, about the centre of that roof.
kind of a shadow. Of course they are not I did the best I could do. That was in 1842.
the best that can be made, but I am not I was not satisfied with it, but did the best
ashamed to show them any of you, and
to I could. I went to work with it, and under
those who think made under
that pictures it Imade my pictures. It was a hard light
that light are flat are mistaken. I expended to work in, but I could make just as good
last year three hundred dollars in travelling pictures in it as in any light I ever saw.
through Illinois, Wisconsin, and Michigan, "What is the philosophy of arranging a
visiting the galleries, to get at the ideas of face under the light? What is the first
pitch of light, and have built at a pitch of thing to be done? The first thing is to ad-
65 degrees, and 1 would say if I were twenty mit as much diffused light over the whole
years in the business that I would build at face as you can I will say pretty near as
;

65 degrees, so steep that you get none of the much as the eye will open and shut com-
heat rays, whereas, if you have a flat light fortably in, as will not affect the eye at all,
278 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
or oblige you to close it. So that you can these lines of the brow, these lines of the
open the eye naturally so that it shall not; nostrils. I want to show the shadow fall-
make you blink or want to look down. You ing off to this direction so as to give the
want a light that will be diffused over the shape of the I do not want to
nostrils.
whole face and figure. show were standing under you
it as if 1
The next thing to be done. In the next and looking up into your nose. I do not
place a diffused light will not give you want to throw a shadow on the noblest part
shadows it will not give you roundness it
; ; of the human countenance. What is that
will net give you any relief; it will not give made for? What is the difference between
you form, because if you could light every- the lion's head and the snake's?
thing here in this room, all exactly of the Now I want
show these forms, this
to
same strength, would be just like a piece
it brow and want to show
these nostrils, or I
of white paper, there would not be anything that from the corner of the mouth. I want
like form to he seen here. If you light the to show that beautiful eye. 1 want to show
form of the column on the wall just as light the lines just as nicely as they can be shown,
on this side as on the other there will be no and give as much better picture as we can
shadow there. If you light the centre of it give. want to arrange
I my lines. Here
as much as the edge you will not see any the light comes down and strikes ; here on
form at all. Kemember I am not speaking one side it is a little stronger. It throws
of the face particularly, but it is for the sake light enough to make this shadow appear
of illustrating the chemical effect, making a little. Here it shows the same strength
the light diffused in the room natural and of light, and here the shadows going off
comfortable to the eye. gradually, not charcoaly, not inky, not
Now we come to the next step, which is muddy and dirty, like your shadow pic-
to light the face; I increase the light so tures ;
the most hateful things that were
as to make the shadows fall. You see as ever met with. There
no such thing in is

I stand here the shadows, somewhere here; nature. You may

from the darkest
take it

the light is not quite uniform ; as I turn place, or the darkest place you can make
around it goes away again ;
you see the dif- not building out into the broad sunlight.
fused light. There is not a face you can make appear
Now remark has been made about the
a like one of these pictures, because the mo-
and
light falling at an angle of 45 degrees, ment you see that face the light goes up
as to the pitch of the room. The pitch of from the shadow part, all warm and light.
the room I do not care for. You may erect I know that is the clear part of it, but
a skylight just as you please, make it flat or shadow must be represented and color also;
pitched like a roof, you cannot tell the dif- if it does not represent it, it is like a
ference in the operation for the world, and piece of sheet-iron which has not been
there is no difference. So we will not talk worked, and to give this effect in shadow
about that. When a gentleman wants to pictures it is smoothed over, and there is no
do something else, and exclude the sunlight, light there.
then it becomes a matter of difference. He Now I have arranged my light. I have
should not have the sunlight there at all. got all the light necessary, but then I don't
He should have ground-glass in his skylight, keep it always forty-five degrees. How
no matter where it comes from, north, south, shall I change it? By changing the sitter.

east, or west, and then he can work it. It If sitting here does not suit, I get a sharper
is diffused, by this ground-glass in every angle here, and further off a less one.
possible direction, except the ground-glass Now happens that the light is not
if it

has a semi-transparency. proper for the face, I have my room so

Now I come to my light after placing large as to go to the other side, instead of
the sitter so the light is diffused. I open the placing my camera in that direction to take
light for forty-five degrees usually. Why the shadowy side. And what shall I call
use that angle? Why not straight up over- one of those shadow pictures that we see
head ? The reason is, that I want to show advertised " shadow pictures?" Rembrandt
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 279

style ? I would like to know what the Rem- Now about the way that you should build.
brandt style Have we ever had a good
is. You will still have to do as you have done.
copy of a Rembrandt? Did he make such Probably by and by, if everybody who goes
pictures as these? Not a bit of it. Now into the business lays out as much as he
the idea of the time is to place your sitter pleases in it, they can be sure that if they
in a positionwhere you can get all around lay out much they never will get it back.
him with the camera, and if on the wrong If you want to make good pictures, control
side, and you want a certain light, and you the light.
want to take some pictures in the shadow, Now I want to say another word or two
and get other lines, move your camera; go upon rather a serious matter. A few weeks
around him, almost entirely around him. ago I saw in one of the publications a refer-
It was hard work to make pictures in our ence to the taking of pictures of deceased
room we never knew where our camera
;
persons. This was both important and in-
was going to stand, or where the sitter was teresting.

going to sit, when the sitter came into the When I begun to take pictures, twenty
room. We
arranged the sitter as well as or thirt}' years ago, I had to make pictures
we could, according to our judgment, the of the dead. "We had to go out then more
way the face ought to be represented in the than we do now, and this is a matter that
picture, and when we had got the place to is not easy to manage; but if you work
sit ourselves there it had to go. carefully over the various difficulties you
That, then, to sum it up in a very few will learn very soon how to take pictures of
words is my My reading and
philosophy. dead bodies, arranging them just as you
my observation simply this: Have a
is please. When you have done that the way
room where you can control your light thor- is clear, and your task easy. The way I
oughly and perfectly. Have a room where did was just to have them dressed and laid
you can give as much on the diffused light on the sofa. Just lay them down as if they
face, without makingone particle more on
it were in a sleep. That was my first effort.
one side than on the other, than the eye can It was with a little boy, a dozen years old.
bear comfortablj then grade it. Then open
, It took a great while to get them to let me
your high-light just as you want it. Open do it, still they did let me do it. I will say
your high-light wide enough to make it like on this point, because it is a very important
the light here, to give this light on the nose one, that you may do just as you please so
and forehead, giving the shadows as they far as the handling and bending of corpses
ought to come, just as open as that (indi- is concerned. You can bend them till the
cating), and you have your light right for joints are pliable, and make them assume
the subject; and for the different lights a natural and easy position. If a person
change your subject around the room, and has died, and the friends are afraid that
if the nose happens to be a short one you there will be a liquid ejected from the
have got to manage it, or if it is very long, mouth, you can carefully turn them over just
and if there are wrinkles, your diffused light as though they were under the operation of
lights them up, you can see that your high- an emetic. You can do that in less than
light places the person further off It will one single minute, and every single thing
not be quite as high, and they will not will pass out, and you can wipe out the
show at all. The most wrinkled-up face I mouth and wash off the face, and handle
ever saw, I had to make a picture of. It them just as well as though they were well
took me four days to do it. You may lake persons. Arrange them in this position
any ten persons there are here, and there (indicating), or bend them into this posi-
are not as many wrinkles in them all as tion. Then place your camera and take
there was in that one. I learned little by your picture just as they would look in life
little,and I learned the littles in the hardest if standing up before you. You don't go
possible way. That is the reason I know so down to the foot of the sofa and shoot up
little now. It took so long to learn the few in this way (indicating). Go up to the side
littles all the way along. of the head and take the picture so that part
280 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of the picture that comes off from you will fectlyround and clear, not as if reflected
come off above the horizontal line. So it from the screen. Make
the eye natural,
would be as if in a natural position, as if comfortable; make
round; define every
it

standing or sitting before you. There is part of it. When you have fully secured
another thing which will be useful to you this, don't light it with a paint as if a

in carrying out your operation, and that is gimlet were bored in it. Let it be that
a French plate mirror about four feet long which has the reflection in itself, which
and not very wide. This will suit some shows of its own reflection. Do not make
cameras, arranging the mirror so the reflec- it as if it were done with a gimlet don't let ;

thrown upon it in
tion of the part}7 will be it be done as if scratched with the point of

an easy, graceful, natural way, and then a cambric needle by a small child that did
take your picture from the mirror. You not know anything about it.
can do it with the mirror without much It still comes back to that one point which
trouble. I make these remarks because I I have held up to you in one or two short
think that they may be very valuable to addresses. Learn to look and see the differ-
somebody. ence under different lights in the same faces.
Without occupying too much of your Learn to see the fine points in every face,
time, I would say I had hoped that from for the plainest faces in the world are human
the light of this room in the middle of the faces, belonging to human beings. There
day we could just come in here and pose are some lines that are preferable to others,
heads, getting the effect of the light by open- for they are not all bad. I have often made
ing and closing the blinds. We can pro- a picture, and have the person say, " It looks
duce effects in that way that will be quite handsomer than the original." I would say
amusing and entertaining. We could do to them, " You never saw that." I would
this for hours, watching the effect of the go ten miles, and live on bread and water
light on the face. for three years to see a face that was ever
Before the President came in a gentleman flattered at all. There is not a single face
was sitting here in as beautiful a light as ever made up to nature. There never was
his face could ever be placed in. It is easy a painting ever made up to the original,
enough to get it again. He changed around made up to give you all that you ought to
and went out there, and I observed his face feel by looking at the original face. There
as he came here. I observed it with a great is a soul and feeling in the natural face, or
deal of interest. we should feel that it might be there, even
The President's picture could not be taken if the persondead if they were alive,
is ;

where be is, because the light strikes by that it might have been there, for the Al-
A Voice: You could get the shadow! mighty made it for the very purpose that
(Applause.) you must see it, and you can see it. You
Mr Southworth (resuming) : Now I must feel that the human face is handsomer
want word as to the taking of pic-
to say a than the finest artist ever painted. I say
tures. I am growing old, but I do not want it. I believe I am right. Excuse me for so
my hair taken gray. I want it represented much feeling.
just as it is. I am a little proud of it. (Mr. Mr. Lockwood : I rise to make an objec-
Southworth has a head of fine black hair.) tion to my friend Mr. Southworth's state-
The first thing you would do would be to ment. He states that there is no difference
light it up. Some of the ladies' heads are between the angles of light. I say, gentle-
lighted upas if powdered all over. It is an men, there is a vast difference. There is a
old saying and a true one, that it is a long greater difference between the pitches of
road to travel before you do good work. light than in the chemical manipulation
(Applause.) Now I toll you, you must when you once know it. It is well known
cover the top of the head in such a way that that the flatter the light themore parallel
the screen will not cast shadows. Make the rays you get, consequently the more parallel
hair up with as much care as you do the rays you get the more intense are the shad-
face, on the shady side. Make the eye per- ows If you don't believe it, try in the sun
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE. 281

and then in the shade, and see if you don't color to give some color on the image.
get stronger shadows than in a steeper light. Now I say this : if is no color
there in your
If you do not, I have to learn something. lenses it is an injury, though if it is blue
Mr. Sotjthworth : A man would he it is not a great deal, if it is green it may
very foolish to eat potatoes raw rather than not be a great deal. If you can, improve
to have them cooked. No photographer your printing by placing piates over it in
would take any flat light to work in. If the shade. If you can hasten the time of
he does not know about light lethim study printing the negative, you can hasten the
pictures. If he wishes to learn the phil- time in which you can affect the glass put
osophy of light let him take Herschel, or into the camera, also the sitter, and you
Smith's Optics, and study from beginning may put that same thing over your tool.
to end. Let him take these ; it may take The President : The subject is still

him ten years to understand them if he before you. "We shall be glad to hear from
wants to learn how best to let the light fall any others let us improve the time.
;

on the face, or the way a glass roof is made. Mr. Carlisle It occurred to me, while
:

The way that is made is this If you are : brother Southworth was speaking, that he
going to get the rays of the sun through it, somewhat diverged from the subject when
you must arrange it so the rays of the sun he spoke of deceased persons. Rather a
will fall on it. If the glass is white, the grave subject, but I have an idea I wish to
light that is reflected is the same as is bring before you also, and it is in reference
reflected from that region. There may be to the difficulty encountered from the dis-
a little more green in one glass than in colorations about the neck of deceased per-
another, but you will never find it out sons. I have found the use of a mixture of
and if you can build your skylight as you equal parts of creasote and essence of pep-
please, be careful to build your north light. permint will entirely change and remove
If anybody wishes to see a painter's light, the discoloration, then you can go on and
they must see the "Washington studio get good results.
arranged as he arranged it. They will see I have a word to say about the bath. My
his light was from the north, a large room firstthing to learn in photography was to
in a large lawn, nothing inside, with a master the secrets of a good bath, but for
great window, and great shutters to slide three or four years my chemicals worked
up and down by machinery, giving tone slow. I supposed it was in my bath, and
and range there. Now there is an artist's my attention has been turned to filtering
light, and the first artist in his lifetime light instead of the bath.I experimented
the very first in America. There has been in a small way, with a model skylight, to
none before nor since to equal him. The suit myself. I used a colored glass and

philosophy of light is not of much conse- ascertained that my prints would be finished
quence. We can arrange that. We don't more rapidly under certain circumstances
control our lights ; we are obliged to build than others. In doing so I came to the
and arrange our lights just as we are. We conclusion that we can filter light. I re-
can, if you wish to make the trial, go on to moved my and put in a new one, as
glass
the shady side of the building and take a white as I could procure, and I am satis-
glass and print through it. fied, on bad days, when everything worked

I suggest this as it comes to my mind.
You may arrange them in this way or that
way, then you may print them. You may
tone your prints. Some attempt to do it
in printing to bring the prints and the lights
all uniform.
That brings me to one point that I wish
to say a word about. There has been much
printed in the books about blue lenses,
green lenses, and clear glass,
very slow, I have filtered my light, and
everything worked quicker in consequence.
Mr. Kent was here called for by several
delegates, and responded as follows: I made
up my mind that I did not know anything
about skylights, and would have nothing
to say about them. The fact is, the only
thing I care for is to get light enough.
If I have light enough, I do not care if I
and some have no screens whatever, I can make a
282 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
picture. And I will just say to you, while tion. About twenty years ago I was very
I am up, that I did not expect to say any- jealous of brother Hesler's pictures; they
thing at all, but perhaps some of you here were the most beautifully lighted daguer-
have seen some of my pictures, and know reotypes in this country. The eye was as
what kind of work I produce. If you round as it could be made with a beautiful
have, you know their character. They are, light on the face. I wondered how he could
perhaps, a little peculiar in their lighting. produce these pictures. I sent out to Chi-
I have worked six months frequently, and cago to learn as to his light, and his light
not changed a screen. I have it so ar- was some 18 feet high. Now, I want to
ranged that I could if I wanted. I found know why he has changed his mind as to
out that I did not want to. By changing using the light flat or at an angle of 45 de-
the position of the sitter and sitting him in grees.
different parts of the room, and other tricks, Mr. Hesler I would say that when I
:

I manage to get the picture I desire. went Chicago the only room that I could
to
The President : Do you use back- get was a room a little larger than this, with
screens or side-screens ? a ceiling about this height. I had to do,
Mr. Kent : I use neither ; I sit my as Mr. South worth says, the best that I
subject under the open light anywhere in could with it. I put in the lights, the lower
the room that I please. I think there has side 18 feet, the other side 25 feet. Several
been a little adversion to my method of photographers came into the room and said
lighting amongst the photographers. I do I would not do anything with that light at
not wish to urge it at all. If any of you all,and that I could not make a picture. I
wish to see it, you can do so ; I will be wish I had brought two or three of those
glad to see you, and show you my plan daguerreotypes with me, so that you could
of operating. see them, but they were too bulky; if you
The President : The object is not come West I will show them to you. I
that we shall all agree, but we want to hear used them, as I said in my article, to prac-
the different views ; we should like to hear tice what I believed, as to the slope of the
the conflicting views. light and the manner of using it. You can-
Mr. Kent: have no especial views to
I not lay down any rules that all may follow;
offer on this subject, Mr. President. I have every man must work according to the
a method by which I worked I explained ;
things he has before him. At that time I
it once before a meeting of this kind. My used a mirror that I could raise and lower
views have not changed. I am enabled by and place at any angle my skylight was ;

my method to produce good results, and very high, so that I had to get my reflected
such results as I require, and others, I sup- light in that way ; I could get no reflected
pose, have other methods that to them are light inany other way in any part of the
equally good and perhaps better. I find we room; there were no side windows to it, no
all differ in regard to the manner of using windows at all except at one end, and it was
the light. This idea that the light must be not practicable to use them. I used my
constructed this way or that way, in order mirror as I have said, and lighted my sub-
to make it useful and more easily worked ject, got my face fully lighted as well as I
I think is all nonsense. If you get light could, and then produced mj' high-light
enough in your room it is all that is re- with this mirror. It can be done under any
quired, then with the experience and skill
light ; a handy thing to have in any
it is
that we all acquire we can work out the rest. light, I do not care how low the light is.
Those who have had experience know that This is a light that is handy to work by.
pictures can be made in that way. That is can hang the mirror on the screen, and
You
the way I use my screens and make my pic- it is a splendid thing if you use it right. I
tures. like to use one, especially if you have not
Mr. Whitney: I want to ask one ques- got a north light. Except when you have
* A photograph of Mr. Kent's hnnd-screen has a north light, especially in country towns,
been sent to every member of the N. P. A. E.L. W. — where you have not so many advantages,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 283

green glass is one of the best things that you any difference in the light, or having it

can have. If you have white glass in cities down here (indicating a lesser angle) ?

there is and where

a good deal of flat color, Mr. Soxjthworth Not a : particle, un-
you want dark days, espe-
to get pictures in you have ground-glass.
less

cially about Christmas time, green glass is Mr. Kern: Suppose you run it up?
very hard to work it gets full of dirt and
; Mr Southworth : You may extend it
works very slow. At such times I want a higher than that ; it will not make anj dif- T

clear, white glass. ference you get no more light. In your

;

Mr. Veeder: I am an outdoor worker, room you can go only ten feet any way
and know nothing about your side-lights you cannot get any more light than that
and skylights, but from the remarks made will give you. You may raise it up to twenty
on the comes up in my
subject, the question feet, or you may make it ten feet above, it

mind were going to build a skylight

if I will still give you ten feet in the room.
which would I prefer of the two, the one at Mr. Chamberlain : It seems to me that
45 degrees or the other at 65 degrees. It most of our brothers prefer to have a north
seems to me I would prefer the one at an light, and I think if the facts were known
angle of 45 degrees for this reason, that I it would be found that six out of ten in this

would be the master of the light, and I room do not have a north light that is my ;

could shut it out if I wanted to. On the idea of it. You cannot all have a north
other hand it seems to me the light would be light. I have a northeast light.
my master in many cases ; in the first case Now there is one point I wish to ask
I would be its master under all circum- about with reference to these steep lights,
stances. and as to the difference in the light received
Mr. Hall : My venerable friend Hesler, from a light at forty-five or sixty-five de-
trying to explain, in relation to his light, grees. My idea is that a light of sixty or
made an allusion to an important subject sixty-five degrees is much the best ; one
upon which I have had occasion to differ reason is this, for comfort. "We want to
with him before; now, I believe no one has make our rooms we can
as comfortable as
mastered it either way, and that is the sub- for every one. When we buy any article we
stituting of heat in your chemicals for the get it to suit ourselves when we build our ;

length of time allowed in the exposure. rooms we want to make them as comforta-
He claims, I believe, that some 90 degrees ble as we can. Now my idea is that with
or 100 degrees of heat will lessen his time a low light the room is from ten to twenty
about one half in exposure. Now I cannot degrees warmer in summer. We should
see myself how heat is going to substitute have our skylight just so that the sun will
light, and as I have said, I have differed strike it.

with him on this subject, but before even Mr. Wilson : I do not want to take up
expressing my own
views on the subject I time in talking on a subject of which I know
would like to hear as to it from others. very little, because I confess I know very
The President This subject is quite : little about skylights comparatively. I
interesting, and if there is anything more think if we were to study the theory of
on the subject of skylights I should like to management of the
light itself as well as the
hear it. Let us exhaust the subject. skylight,we would do well.
Mr. Kern: I am not good at talking, You must remember while posing a sitter
but will go to chalking, and got from you that all rays of light travel in straight
some few ideas in that way. I want to ask lines, and all bodies, the subjects which we
a few questions ; I am not going to explain. photograph, are more or less absorbents or
I merely propose to ask a few questions. reflectors of light ; and that persons with
Suppose the light is obtained from a sky- shiny, sweaty faces, or ruddy complexions,
light at a pitch of forty-five degrees, and I will reflect more light than persons with
have a screen to keep out the light, I want pale faces, because pale faces absorb the
to know if I run it at that angle (indicating light.
a greater angle), whether there would be Now the reason why the light is more
 284 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
diffused under a high skylight, made in the floor. It was entirely surrounded by build-
way our friend Lockwood's is, is because ings, and I had no clear light from the sky,
the light travels further and meets with as it were, and in order to get the light I
more resistance, therefore it is diffused more. had to whitewash the walls, all around me
I do not know how I can illustrate this before building my skylight.
better than by giving you a homely ex- I made a theoretical light and drew it

ample. out on paper, and that is my idea; whether

You take a common watering-pot and it is true in philosophy or not, it has worked
take off the rose, and the stream of water out true in practice. Instead of building
goes out in a hody. You put on the rose, my side-light straight I put it at an incline,
and it causes the water to flow in little inclining into the room fifteen inches from
streams and scatters it. The same effect is the perpendicular, from the base, nine feet
produced on the light coming through the six inches in width. This was about twenty-
atmosphere; the atmosphere divides it, eight degrees.
scatters it, diffuses it. We take and strike My theory was that I was making use of
the surface of water gently and you will a large angle of light. I worked it first

drive the water in all directions, or accord- without, and afterwards with screens, be-
ing to the direction of the blow. So it is cause I had so much reflected light that I
with light. It comes through a steep sky- had to control it. I had to construct the
light, and it has to pass through the atmos- other screens of four sizes, so that I could
phere and the farther
to get to the subject, draw them to either end of the room and
it falls more it is diffused.
the watch the light on my sitter. I could thus
I think you will bear with me if I give control the light and work from either end
you another illustration. When you come of the room.
to light your sitters, you will find it a great An artist in Paris, I forget his name

deal to your advantage to know these Mr. Wilson: Eeutlinger?

things. I have been in the habit of using e Mr. Carbutt (resuming) Yes he has : ;

homely illustrations, and am in favor of a light very much of that shape. He is on

object teaching. Now
what has object the top of a building, and he is troubled
teaching to do with this? Why when you ! with reflection. His light is subdued with
come to look at your sitter you should ob- green glass, and it is pretty much of this
serve whether you have a pale face, a ruddy, shape.
shiny, or a greasy face, and you should recol- Now this is what would be called a long-
lect that the one will absorb the light and angled light, in which the light is all dif-
•the other reflect it. So you will have to fused,and in using the long working lines
study your faces to know how much light to you have a slow-working tube and you get
give in each case. You want to know how a quick-working light, and one in which
to get enough light, and not a great deal of the rays of light are all perfectly distributed.
light, but the right kind of light, on the Such a light as that may have been seen by
subject. Remember that light travels in some who are here present. 1 have made
straight lines,and that even the atmosphere pictures under it before taking the curtains
will drive it from its course. That is the up. I made pictures which I never before
reason why a high skylight causes more dif- or since have seen equalled or surpassed.
fusion of the light, and gives softer results Mr. Lockwood I would say my light
:

than a low one. works quick, two seconds of time on certain

Mr. Cakbutt I have built a few lights in
: kinds of complexion, whether it is a long-
my time, and have felt a great interest in the focussed light or not. I should differ with
discussions which I have heard, and it re- brother Carbutt on the angles.
called to my mind the form of a skylight It must be strictly borne in mind that
that I had seen, and it is this: it is a light in striking glass is diverged; it does

foreign one, and the one which I built in not travel in parallel rays. You will find
Chicago. There I had to build my light to it out in practice ; it is good in theory, but
suit the circumstances; it was in the first not good in practice. That is my objection
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER 285

to it. Those who think a steep light does thick it goes straight through it. If it

notwork quick are much mistaken. I have comes at an angle like that then it is bent
made pictures in two seconds with a Voigt- up in this direction ; when it meets the
lander lens, using the second stop. glass at a right angle then it passes straight
Mr. Webster: Although it is not very through, and generally each ray of light
opportune to this discussion, I want to relate passes through the glass in the same plane
a little circumstance which occurred in our at which they strike the glass. If it strikes
city, to fortify the remarks of Mr. Wilson. here it is bent in the same proportion, and
A gentleman thought one great difficulty he then passes on through, but it leaves the
labored under was the climbing of so many glass on this side at precisely the same angle
stairs, and the idea occurred to him if he as on the other side.
had his operating-room in the first story of Now I am working a beautiful light in a
his building he would obviate all the diffi- car ; it is 12 by 30. I use a light 12 feet
culty. He put in his 12 feet skylight, and square; in front is the reception-room, a
I want to say to you that he was six months small room; it is a box. I have five feet
before he discovered that he could not coax taken out between that twelve and the re-
that large volume of light down through a maining part of it. The dark-room is made
trap-door. so as to occupy but small compass the room ;

Mr. Southworth : Suppose this to be a is 6A feet in width, 9 feet in length, and it

square of light falling on this object. It is is 7 feet from the floor of the car to the

bent, emerges, and then passes on in a light. It starts at that light from the side of

straight line ; or supposing there were two the car and runs to this height (indicating),
glasses, it could be made with two glasses, and runs at this angle (indicating) the re- ;

and if the light was made to pass through, the mainder comes down like this; of course it
rays would be bent a very little (indicating is only 12 feet across. The side-light is

the point of contact), and then pass still on constructed of two widths of 20-inch glass,
in a straight line in that direction to that making 40 inches of side-light. Now, I
one, and to this one the rays would come found that by using ground-glass I got my
down here, and coming from all directions, diffused light, and got the light all around
the rays of light passing through here are the sitter, with the screen nearly two-thirds
bent a little, so in passing there they are off. If I want to get what I call a direct
bent just a little, and then pass on straight light, a bright light, one that brings out
in this direction. the sharp points of the cheek-bone, and a
Therefore, following out the law of light, light that will give the bright spark in the
a ray of light falling in this direction upon eye, I am obliged to take two-thirds of the
this, would be bent here and pass away here. top off, for all that I am using ground-glass.
Suppose that line is equally bent. Here it Now I have tried that, and I have made a
is 10 feet and here 10 feet, and then that is wheel, I call it a wheel, that will throw the
all the light you can get. There is just as rays of light about the size of that line (in-
much as this will make if you will swing it dicating). Suppose that you are looking
up in this way, but if you extend it the light right square at the light. I have made a
will strike by. big wheel, or had it made, that touches the
Mr. Hovey : I am only a beginner, I may corners of my light in that way, resting on
say, in the business. What little I have had rollers (indicating). I have blocks with
to do with the light I think agrees with the rollers, and make it move easy, and have
ideas advanced as to the flat light. Mr. little pieces of different stuff set on all the

Southworth has given some illustrations way across ;

six inches across, nine inches in
about light passing through glass, and he ex- width, and tipped at an angle of two inches
plains how the plane of light is bent. On that at the top, made perfectly stationary,
point I differ with him, and say that rays of painted white on the top. The rays of color
light passingthrough a pane of glass at right almost all redden on the lower side. I have
angles are not affected at all they pass ; got a rope hitched to one side to pull it

directly through if the glass is an inch

;
round. By the way, I should say I am
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
working a southwest judging from thelight, practical. If it is, the photographers of the
way my car stands. back of my I turn the country should have the benefit of it. Let
lens towards the rays of the sun no matter ; us talk the thing over, at least. The idea is
where they come from, I get the very soft this, to have the lower edge of the side-light
sort of ray of colored light in my room. hung on hinges". Every time I see a cam-
Ground-glass I find, instead of having a era, I see that the lower edge is on hinges.
smooth surface on the lower side and merel}- Would it not be well to have the same ap-
stopping the sun's rays, it gets into the pliance on the side-light. The other three
shape more like diamond points, no two of sides I would have arranged with pulleys,
them reflecting the light in the same direc- so I could lower or raise the light accord-
tion. They are sending in the light in a ingly as the sun was higher or lower in the
thousand directions, the rays the size of the horizon. I have worked several skylights,
end of your finger, consequently you can- but never have found a skylight I wanted.
not get a direct light from that. We all The sun shines through the skylight because
know that the effect of their being cut up in the skylight is so flat. If the sun strikes it

that way compels us to screen off two- you have necessarily to screen it out. You
thirds of it. I found if I had plain glass in never want the sun to shine through the
the place of the ground-glass I could do skylight. As to the management of the sky-
better work. That is all I have to say. light in the winter-time, my custom is to
Mr. Hesler: I want
one word to say lower my light. The direct rays should
with reference to the colors of glass. Blue pass right over, and not strike the glass. If
glass has been recommended and tried by this care is taken, you never have its annoy-
some I would say I once put in a blue ance by its reflection from off the furniture
glass light. It worked very beautifully, and everything else.
but I was obliged to take it out. I think if I don't know that this could be made
we could get glass for photographic pur- practical. I believe if such a skylight could
poses very slightly blue, or a milky blue, be arranged would come the nearest to
it

just to prevent the rays of the sun from satisfying you. I have lowered the sky-

passing through, that would be the best we light so the light would pass under it. I
could have made. I think if proper effort don't care whether I have a side-light or
was directed to it, we should reduce the time not. If I wanted to work from the south I
for our sitters, and make a great advance in would do so. Have the light in the face of
the progress of our work. the subject. If I had the heavy lines I
Another thing. In the experiments I would have some screens and screen the
made last winter in reference to photograph- light, bend it and reflect it on my subject,
ing the prismatic rays of the solar spectrum, or turn my subject around and work the
I found, and it is well known, that in a other way with the light, and have the light
dark, totally dark ray you meet the violet, from the skylight answer the same purpose.
which is the chemical ray. A thought has Mr. Nimms: Mr. President, something
been suggested to me. Might not some in- has been said about the use of green glass in
ventive genius in this assembly get up some skylights, and as to the difficulty of keep-
sort of experiments so as to have only the ing it clean. My skylight is glazed with
actinic ray, so as to have the photographic plain glass. I use green glass shutters,
profession benefited in this way ? turn them at any angle I please, have a
Mr. Kichards: I have an idea. What plain skylight in the room, and plain light
is the difference between the side-light and from the sky if I please,- or I can shut them
the skylight? The more you raise the light up if I please, and handle the whole of them
the more you advance and extend this line with one lever. I have a ground-glass
the less skylight you have, and when you light and a plain light, and I can use either
extend it far enough you bring the side- as I please.
light to where there is nothing of it. The President: The gentleman has
A Member: I wish to say I have an idea spoken of his skylight and the manner of
as to a skylight. I do not know that it is using it as a bellows. It reminds me of the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 287

skylight I ever saw for taking pictures.

first light. The onehad was not very conve-
I
Itwas in a granite building on the corner of nient. back room several
I got a sort of
Broadway and Chambers Street. It was a feet from the ceiling. The ceiling was
good many stories up. about twelve feet above. Five feet above

Mr. Southworth: Mr. Moran's? that came the pitch of the roof. I cut
through and put the skylight in fifteen by
The President: Mr. Moran's, I think; twenty feet. The pitch was about forty-
I am not positive. It was arranged with a
five degrees, but the skylight came down
erank to turn. You could always have
sixteen feet high. Prom the foot of the sky-
your background just where you wanted it
light to the highest point of the skylight
by just turning it around to suit the light.
was twenty-six feet. I think it was one
You could at will get the light from any
of the brightest lights I ever worked. I am
point of the compass. I don't know whe-
rather partial to high light, if you can get
therit was ever copied. It just struck me,
a volume of light, because it diffuses a
remembering that light, that
great deal more than the low light. The
Mr. Chamberlain: I expect the prin- low light comes very sharp to the sitter.
ciple was mmh like that the monitor sprung Mr. Whitney: wish to say a few
I
from words in relation to blue glass. I think it
The President: Very likely. is the most important thing that could come
Mr. Southworth: I remarked at that before the Association.
time that Mr. Moran made the most perfect About fifteen years ago my eyes were
pictures that I ever saw. very much affected by the use of cyanide.
Mr. Hall: I would like to talk a little I went to see Harrison, the instrument-
in reference to the angle of light. I have maker, who recommended blue light. At
been very much interested in what has been that time, under such circumstances, I pro-
said, but I must say that I do not think it cured a blue light, which was very beautiful.
makes much difference. It is only as to I used that light for fifteen years with the
convenience, and it is as convenient to make greatest success. I recommend you to do
pictures at the angle of forty-five as at sixty- that, if it is possible. Procure the blue glass.
five degrees. I don't imagine it makes any The only reason it has gone out of use is,
sort of diiference. It works equally well in because they could not get the color of glass
both waj's. and I do not think it is all-im- that they wanted, of a deep-blue color,
which
portant. I am glad an allusion was made Hesler alludes and which has the effect
to,

to blue glass. It is well to find that ef- of producing the death-like hue and look
beyond the vision.
florescent light, the light upon the face. Light-blue glass ground on
This what does most of the chemical
is the inside has a most beautiful effect. I
work, and that without the heat rays, for have used it fifteen years.
the red rays, the strongest heat rays, do but Mr. Webster: With the permission of
very little. Now here in the northern cli- the chair, I would like to say a few words
mate the white ground-glass, in my opinion, on this subject. My idea is that ground-
is the best that can be used. It diffuses the glass will not do. I advise no man to put
rays better than anything else. But on the ground-glass into his skylight. It cannot
line of the equator and in the southern re- be used at all in Pittsburg, Cincinnati,
gions I imagine blue glass is a great deal and the other southern cities where they use
better. It cuts oft" a certain portion of the the soft coal, on account of the smoke thus
luminous ray, makes it easier, even for the produced. It renders it useless, in those
sitters and others. We want the light so places where you do not have more than
essential to do the chemical work. one or two days in the week. Last three
Some years ago, in Massachusetts, I was months we had two half-pleasant days, and
employed in making daguerreotypes, and in five months there were only three whole
the question of side-lights and skylights ones. Such glass cannot be used in such
came up. I thought I must have a top- an atmosphere. It may be said that you
288 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
cannot put such glass in a skylight in Pitts- tography twenty-five years ago, which al-
burg. I think the subject is an interesting most makes me a veteran.
onV, and also very important. Mr. Webster: Mr. Wilson promises to
Mr. Clark: Mr. President, we have publish this and the drawings, and they will
heard a great many different views with appear in the Photographer with this paper.
regard to the skylights. Some of them cor- I simply introduce it because I feel very

respond with my former experience, over proud to learn that my brother thinks
thirty years ago. I commenced in the old enough of the Association even to write to
style, as to> making pictures. Opened the it, and I am sorry that he could not be here

first gallery that ever was opened in Syra- with us.

cuse, twenty-five years ago. I had a very The following is the paper alluded to
fine gallery in the city of New York.
ON SKYLIGHT CONSTRUCTION.
Mr. Southworth : Thirty-nine or forty
I send the subjoined remarks, together with a
years ago, Prof. Morse was the first to make few simple drawings, which may serve to convey
his pictures with light coming through two a more intelligible idea of the subject under
glasses filled with a blue liquid. He thought consideration.
this would be an important thing, if it "How to build a skylight" is no new thing,
could be done, and made a great effort to and the purpose of this article is not to discuss
do it. He then went up to the University the subject further than is necessary to point out

and built a lighted room with blue glass.
These were taken away and done away with
in less than a year from the first time he
began. Those who see or practice the ex-
periment can never want to try blue glass,
unless we have too much light, for not one
takes away from the actinic light; there is
no difficulty at all, therefore we use white
glass and get all the rays.
Mr. Webster: Mr. President, the ques-
tion of skylights has already been very
some of the worst faults and suggest such im-
provements as will be useful and attainable.
I believe that every photographer will admit
that a northern exposure, free and unobstructed,
is the most desirable, because the light is more
uniform, consequently it is more easily managed.
Still, an east, west, or south light sometimes has
a decided advantage. An east light for early, a
west light for and a south light for dark
late,
weather. Of course, I have reference to emer-
gencies. After all, my own experience proves
that photographers generally have to take the

thoroughly discussed. Yesterday I received be.-t they can get, andmake the a. ost of it. But
a paper bearing upon that point, accom- there are who might have something
others

panied by various drawings. better, if they only know what they really ought
to have. I have seen some outrageously defec-
It would be almost impossible to under-
tive lights, when it was simply the fault of the
stand it, unless you had the paper and the
liners (see Fig. 8). Here was originally a pass-
drawings to refer to it.
able sidelight, western exposure, with an 8x8
This paper, I am very proud to say, came
feet skylight, flat on the roof. Now this was
from my brother in Connecticut it was sent ;
not so dreadful bad, but the artist concluded
to Mr. Wilson. I do not propose to read that he must "go for a northern exposure.'' with
it, but only to give you an idea of it. the result as you see. Now, he might about as
Friend Wilson's intentions are that it well have sat his "patients" in an old-fashioned

shall appear in our proceedings, published chimney-corner, depending upon what light came

in the Philadelphia Photographer, the same down the chimney. Of course the side-light took
I do not want to off some of the deep shadow under the eyebrow,
as all the other papers.
nose, and chin, and the reflectors "countered"
consume your time in reading it, because you
on the other side still, so many cross-rays put
who do not take the Philadelphia Photog- ;

goggles on all except "pap" eyes, and the best

rajtherought to take it, and when you do
results obtainable were unartistic, because there
take and the proceedings come out, this
it,
was no harmony of light and shade.
paper will appear; and I have no doubt Mr. Figure 9 is a drawing of a much better light;
Wilson will also give us the drawings and, in fact, for some styles of work it is good
Mr. Wilson I shall be very happy, in-
:
enough. Still exactly the same results and effects
deed, to do it. The gentleman who wrote would have been produced if the light had been
that paper gave me my first love for pho- laid flat upon the roof and down the side of the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 289

building, thereby saving the disfigurement of the the most discouraging and annoying things con-
house, and also of the room. nected with the business is a leaky skylight ; in-

No. 7 is the most common form of skylight deed, there such a strong aversion to putting
is

(in the Eastern States), but it is by far the most such a nuisance into a good building, that often
expensive, costing twice or three times as much, a nice location is lost to a photographer, and the
and not one whit better than a plain fiat sash, rental of a nice suite of rooms is lost to the owner.
laid out at an angle sufficient to insure the rapid I have often seen skylight-rooms where, if a
passing off of the rain. Three advantages have sitting were attempted in rainy weather, the
been claimed for this plan (No. 7) : 1st. Greater operator would need a rubber coat and boots,
strength. 2d. Less leakage. 3d. More light. and the sitter would have to sit under an um-
The first claim may be tenable, although the brella.

extra weight of glass vitiates the claim. In 1852 we put a skylight into our gallery
The second claim holds good to a certain ex- the sash was about twelve by fifteen feet — it was
tent, because the steepness of the pitch overcomes laid flatupon a shingled roof, and the builder
some of the back-flow of the water. said that it was as tight as any skylight could be

The third claim is all a fallacy. The opening made, but it leaked and annoyed us dreadfully.
through the roof determines the quantity of light, During one storm, when a strong wind blew the
and no amount of flat glass, stood up on edge, or water back against the laps, we "sopped up"
fixed up in any shape, can increase the amount seven pails of water from the oil-cloth under the
of light. light in less than that number of hours. But I

But I have made special mention of these three watched the "process" and saw just how the
plans merely because they serve to illustrate what thing was done. The water, under the influence
I have to say further on, and not because they of capillary attraction, aided by the wind, was
constitute either all the bad or good plans, nor drawn up between the upper and lower panes of
do I intend to advise my brother photographers glass, at the laps, until it reached the upper edge
upon the manner of working their light. Every of the under glass ; it then ran along tbe upper
one has his own ideas, and if he is a real artist edge until it came to the sash-bar, down which
he will show it in his work, and if he is only a it ran and dropped off upon the floor, drop by
machine artist his pictures will tell. But one of drop, all over the room.

19
290 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOT OGEAPHEE.
I went to the builder, and told him my plan of the glass rest. This does no good, because
for a remedy ; but he said it would do no good ;
the water leaves the glass as soon as it come? in
"there never was such a thing as a tight sky- contact with the wood.
light; it couldn't be done." I then asked him Fig. 3 is a sectional view of a sash-bar where
to get out some strips, as long as the sash-bars, the gutters are on the side of the bar. This plan
one-half inch thick and one and a half inches was patented five or six years ago, and a model
wide, with a shallow groove near each edge, on sash is at the Patent Office. But, of course, this
one side of the flat sides. These strips I nailed is only another form of my invention, and the
upon the under edge of the sash-bars, so that the patent "won't hold water," nor is it as good as
grooves formed a gutter under each edge of the mine. First, the gutters may get loose from the
sash-bars, which caught each drop and carried it sash and spill the water ; second, they obstruct
to the lower end of each sash- bar, where a tin the light.
gutter running across the lower end of the sky- More than twenty years ago, I gave a descrip-
light received the water and a small leaden pipe tion of my plan
H. H. Snelling, for publication
to
carried it off outside. We occupied the same in the Photographic Journal, but it got mislaid
rooms for several years afterwards and never and was never published. Mr. S. asked me to
experienced the least annoyance from leakage. rewrite the article, but I did not. I have given
Fig. 2 shows this plan. A is the sash-bar, sec- my plan to architects, and have prescribed and
tional view ; B shows the end of the grooved applied my remedy to quite a number of dropsical
strips. The strips should not be too wide, be- lights with uniform success.
cause the light is diminished by any unnecessary Hoping these remarks may prove of service to
obstruction. some who are seeking light, I remain
When we put in a new light, we have always Yours truly,
had the grooves made in each side of the sash- E. Z. Webster.
bars and let the ends of the same run out upon
the roof. (See Fig. 10, where the sash is raised Mr. Bigelow (after making a sketch of
up.) his skylight) said: This is a drawing of a
Fig. 1 is a sectional view of the sash-bar. A skylight which is about eighteen feet square,
shows the end of the bar ; B, the groove or gutter ;
the walls carried down to the right propor-

C, the putty; D, the glass. This is the best plan ;

and, after more than twenty years' of constant

use, I am satisfied that it is the only successful
one.
Many other plans and devices have been tried,
but all have proved unsatisfactory, or but par-
tially successful. Some have recommended rais-

ing the lower end of the upper glass at the lap,

about one-eighth of an inch, to lessen the effects
of capillary attraction, but a strong wind against
the laps drives the rain back in torrents. (See
Fig. 6.)

Another plan was, to cut the lower end of the tion. The total width of the operating-
upper pane at the lap (as seen in Fig. 5). This room is twenty-eight feet. This is for a
was also designed to overcome capillary attrac- single light. It is the best light I ever
tion ; but it didn't. Besides, the dust and dirt worked under, and I have worked under
will settle between the panes, where there is a over thirty, for different parties, for from
broad lap, thereby weakening the light. Others two to three weeks to six months lately.
placed their reliance upon fresh putty — filling
Mr. Collins I would like to ask, if we
:

the lap with soft putty. This answered the pur-

go and build this light up to the ceiling, on
pose while the putty was fresh, but it soon hard-
either side of the light, would it leave the
ens; and the glass, expanding and contracting
room light entirely round, with a room
with the heat and cold, soon becomes detached
twenty-three feet wide and thirty long?
from one or both surfaces, and capillary goes to
work again. "Would you cover this part up (indicating)
Fig. 4 is a section of another sash-bar, where or leave it open, giving that a slant ?

the groove or gutter is at the upper edge of the Mr. Bigelow: I should judge it should
shoulder or ledge, upon which the sides or edges be left open.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 291

The President Decidedly so. While : est possible time, giving a picture in about half
I am up, I would say Mr. Hesler made an the time necessary by the old method, but more

assertion about putting in blue glass. Why soft and sharp. The only necessary mechanical
did he not also remove the blue curtains
arrangement is to arrange the tube so that the
stop can be moved without jarring it. The mode
which he said he was using?
of procedure is as follows : Take the focus with-
Mr. Hesler : The blue curtains I used
out the stop, then put the stop in, and when the
instead of others, to obstruct the light en-
exposure (using the old method) should have
tirely. They are what is called blue opaque,
been thirty-two seconds, expose eight seconds
and no light passes through them. with the stop in, and then, without shutting off
Mr Bigelow I think black would be :
the light, pull out the stop and expose another
much better, because blue diffuses the shad- eight seconds, when the plate will be found fully
ows. exposed. have fully tried the experiment in
I
The President Mr. Fitzgibbon has : several galleries lately among which is our ;

something he wishes to say to you on the worthy President's, and others. I think he will
subject of Shortening the Exposure. We bear me out that it will do all that is claimed
will hear him now. Then, if you like to for it ; if not more, in time, by further experi-

continue the discussion, we are ready. ments.

Mr. Fitzgibbon : I shall detain you but (Keceived with applause.)

for a few moments ; what I have to offer Mr. Fitzgibbon There is a : negative,
you is something on shortening the time of one side made in thirty seconds, the other
sitting. side in ten.
Mr. Fitzgibbon then addressed the Con- The President I would just state, that
:

vention as follows in using a camera with a diaphragm that

Mr. President : No
bers of this Association have heard of or tried
the various dodges, as they are called, for short-
ening the time of sitting before the camera.
have myself tried most of them, and have not
met with the success which has been claimed for
them, nor do I think there is any member present
works in forty seconds, ordinarily make your
doubt most of the mem-
time twenty seconds the first half with the ;
diaphragm in, and then slip it out, give it
the other half; or do it ten seconds with the
I
diaphragm in, which sharpens the picture,
and the next ten seconds without it, and it
is done just as much as it is with forty

working any of the same improvements with the seconds with the diaphragm in. If you
success that they have been accustomed to in the wish to discuss this subject further you can
old and regular way of working. I now wish to do so.
impart to this Convention a certain way of short- Mr. Hesler : I wish to state, that I
ening the time one-half in sitting, without any found when the plate has been exposed in
dodge in the manner of working and for the ;
the camera, let it set a little time after
same I am indebted to F. A. Wenderoth & Bro-
without fully developing. The action begun
ther, of Philadelphia.
in the camera will continue, till you begin
From the negatives and proofs I now lay before
to develop ; in that manner you can shorten
you for examination, you will perceive that there
the time very much. In taking children,
is no difference in the printing qualities of the
negative, after exposure, let the plate stand as long as
or lack of sharpness, roundness, or
detail in either. This improvement in shorten- you can before the development. Do not
ing the time of exposure is based on the well- let it dry; then you will have a full-time

known fact that, when a sensitive film has been plate.

impressed by light, the action continues to a cer- Mr. Wilson offered from Mr. John L.
tain extent after the said impressed film has been Gihon, a gentleman well known to many
removed from such action. Therefore, as the col- personally, and by his writings to all, and
lodion film is first impressed with a sharp, well-de- who, although now living in South America,
fined picture, almost only a contour, as the sharp-
has not forgotten the National Photographic
ness of a picture is most perceptible in the deeper
Association, the following :

shadows, it is sufficient to expose the plate long

enough to obtain these deeper shadows, after A CONTRIBUTION TO THE POW-WOW.
which the full light of the lens is used to impress Again, I am obliged to regret the impossi-
the half and finest tints on the plate in the short- bility of my attendance at the annual gathering
292 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of the National Photographic Association. Even whose pages I had before but glanced over, I
these lines I am forced to pen months in advance have now thoroughly reviewed and blessed with ;

of the occurrence, that I may at least have the the possession of an admirable collection, have
satisfaction of extending a written greeting. been enabled to leisurely consider the different
Were communicating with the noble body
I stages and the progressive advance of our science.
yclept, the "Hypo Club," I should most cer- Oddly enough, and probably governed by the
tainly claim relationship with the sodium family, same incomprehensible law that regulates our
and insist upon NO representing me in the dreams, the memory of an essay, read many
minutes of the Society. I am thoroughly im- years ago, flashed upon my mind. As I recollect
pregnated with that most useful but rather too it,the production was that of a clerical gentle-
abundant element. Air, water, provisions, cloth- man, and his pages were devoted to quite an ex-
ing, and self are all alike well salted, and I feel haustive treatise about "Veal.'' The farmer
thoroughly prepared for any further packing pro- or drover who should patiently have spelled out
cess. I am now being carried over the surface of its many paragraphs, would, at the conclusion,
the South Atlantic with as much speed as a good have tossed it away in disgust and advised the
ship can command. I am enjoying a most wel- author to have turned his attention to something
come respite from labor —a perfect immunity he knew more about. It is true that clergymen
from the everyday trials of our craft, and am are looked upon rather as shepherds than herds
only reminded that I am one of the profession men ; but in this instance our friend cunningly
by being surrounded with cases containing the abstained from betraying his ignorance of the
necessaries for photography. The magnitude of practical bearings of the subject, and so said
these warn me of the extent of the contents, for nothing about them. He very wisely did not
alcohol by the barrel, ether in proportionate recommend any particular breed or pasturage,
quantities, gun-cotton in sufficient bulk to and being most likely a bachelor, he did not
awaken the scruples of the most lenient in- even venture an opinion as to the proper market
surance agent, iodides and bromides by the price of the meat. No! no ! He treated of veal
—
pound all, all intimate the coming of an excit- in its theoretical and resthetical relations. He
ing campaign. In one of his interesting letters, held up as a perfect emblem of immaturity; of
it

Prof. Towler narrated his experience in the prac- that which is in a state out of which it must
tice of our art on board of a steamer. He even grow of that which will in course of time grow
;

asserted the practicability of some enterprising older, better, and probably very unlike its
genius becoming the resident artist of a vessel, present living condition. You may possibly at
and assumed that such a one would find most once surmise why I have mentioned my recol-
profitable employment. The Professor, however, lection of this curious article. I think that in
tells us that the termination of his experiments accepting it as a type of the present state of our
was somewhat hastened by the discovery of his calling, we will not go far astray. You must not
apparatus in the close embrace of a sailor, and deem it an insult that I propose to designate our-
by the sight of his silver solution streaming selves but a collection of calves, or that I select
through the scuppers and making new chemical one of those animals as a new crest for our coat
combinations with old ocean. He was confident of arms. I am in all seriousness in perfect sym-
that pictures might be satisfactorily made, pro- pathy with the author of whom I speak. You
vided the camera and subject could be prevailed see, that if blessed with its full share of exist-
upon to remain still. Aye there's the rub ! ! ence, a calf will most certainly become a cow or
During this last voyage of mine I have endured an ox, and it is a mere matter of individual de-
so far, five weeks of incessant pitching and roll- velopment how soon that important metamor-
ing, and can think of but one photographic phosis will take place. There is hope for all of
operation that would be facilitated under the us. Let us then accept veal as typical of imma-
circumstances, i. e., the preparation of an albu- ture creations, opinions, and tastes. Which one
men Shaking of the bottle by hand
solution. of us can look back with entire satisfaction upon
would be altogether superfluous. I have had no the productions of his earlier days. Some de-
desire to attempt the verification of the experi- gree of astonishment and an innate sense of dis-
ments of our illustrious leader, and in accepting gust will probably be the accompaniments of a
the entire correctness of his theory, I would yet candid retrospect. We are obliged to acknowl-
hesitate inbecoming the zealous martyr that the edge that our have been very vealy. We
efforts

establishment of a floating atelier would require. can remember the complacency with which we
I must not encourage the inference that I have admired some favorite work and displayed it to
been altogether idle in the service of art. Books our friends ; and now that the novelty has worn
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 293

away and we have examined things so much indexing these. I have scores of articles treat-
better, made by other hands, we are, perforce, ing of the same matter; but I also find that I
obliged to think that at the time we must have have no less than eight hundred and sixty-eight
been very great fools or very well-defined calves. genuine and distinct captions. Every one of
After-thought brings with it the satisfactory re- these has a positive relation tosome item of in-
flection that we have not been alone in our em- telligence useful to the workman. Chemistry,
bryonic condition, and that now we are able to physics, optics, manipulatory details, and many
do so much better. But here occurs a most other branches are all spoken of, and each para-
serious difficulty. Fortunately or otherwise, it graph seems not only useful, but indispensable to
yet remains an undisputed fact, that but few men a thorough comprehension of our undertakings.
think alike. When are we to conclude that we Where then is the man who can absorb all this

have reached our standard? That which recom- in two weeks or as many months? for such
mends itself to us as excellent will probably be periods have often been allotted as the time
termed execrable by our neighbor, and his necessary to acquire the "business.'' One can-
choicest labors will, in turn, be treated with not but feel chagrined that our most delicate
contempt by our own judgment. Oh, for a gauge operations are so often treated with indifference
with which we could with certainty determine by those who produce them, and the thinking
our merit before obtruding into the combating man cannot but acquire feelings akin to disgust
masses ! I must favor our simile but a step fur- when he silently watches a licensed practitioner
ther and object to the supposition, that in ap- handling and combining substances about the
proaching maturity it becomes but a question of composition or nature of which he knows noth-
time, and that ultimately all will arrive at an ing, and whose effects are regarded as simply
equally perfect state of development. On the mechanical, as the admixture of clay with water.
contrary, there is bad beef as well as good, and I do not hold it to be at all requisite that the
as assuredly so, superior veal as well as that photographer must be a complete analytical
which is lean and unwholesome. Unfortunately, chemist, a profound physicist, or that he should
the bads have it in the case of the quadrupeds, be capable of solving the most intricate of the
and you can decide for yourselves as to whether optician's problems but I do maintain that he
;

the condition of affairs is not the same in our should have a general comprehension of all

own herds. After all, it is public opinion or the these sciences ; that at least he may remark
voice of the majority that must decide upon intelligently upon the accidental incidents that
personal merit. by no means partial.
Criticism is occur in his working, and so profit by them. In
The last few years and the happy influences that fact, I am even one of those who uphold that
the Association has begotten, have been the the superior excellence of a photograph can now
means of instituting a certain generous and un- be best attained by devotion to art and its prin-
biassed examination of each others' efforts. ciples. The day has happily passed when we
Formerly, the practice of covertly extolling one's worked under continual alarms, lest we should
own labors and slashing into the pretensions of be overcome by some insurmountable "stick;"
a rival prevailed to an alarming extent. The when streaks, stains, and pinholes were the banes
principle resolved itself into a law of Nature, of our existence, and when we daily entered
most aptly if not elegantly expressed by Dean our galleries with undefined feelings of all
Swift, who says that sorts of impending calamities. We have learned
to look upon the'contents of our dark-room with
"Big fleas have small fleas
the same sensation that a musician regards the
Upon their hacks to bite 'em;
And these fleas have other fleas,
keys of an instrument. The master knows that
And so, ad infinitum." his touch can produce the coveted result, whilst
he also knows that the pretender is powerless
Ah ! gentlemen, there amount yet to
is a vast with the same accompaniments.
be learned, beside that which we may have al- I have no doubt but that many gentlemen at-
ready acquired. Until lately I had no idea of tending this Convention, will follow the examples
the immense number of subjects having a bear- of hundreds who were at the preceding ones.
upon the pursuit
ing, either direct or otherwise, Armed with note-books, they will zealously seek
of picture-making. For years I have been for the producers of the most enticing specimens,
prosecuting the habit of collecting and preserv- and importune for formulae. It is in vain that
ing such scraps of information relative to our the assurance is given of the absence of any
profession as magazines and periodicals could hitherto unknown combinations. Our superficial
furnish me. Lately I have been classifying and operator insists upon looking at his professional
294 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
labors as the mechanic regards the product of of deference to some valuable and esteemed pa-
some superior piece of mechanism. He blindly tron. But now we have every day the '' three,
seeks for tools and totally ignores the skill by four or five" argument. And who dares to say
which they are controlled. The merit of our what the end will be ? It's not an occasional cus.
higher classes of work consists in the adaptation tomer making the above demand, being a good '
'

of recognized rules of art to the end in view. subject," tastily dressed, and all that is requisite
Study of the effects of light and shade, of the to make a fine picture but we are coming to
;

graceful disposition of lines, and of the judicious have a regular instalment. If the fashions ap-
aid of simple accessories, will do more to enhance pear simultaneously with a change of weather,
the value of one's work than the collection of all the two combine to fill to overflowing our recep-
the receipts ever concocted. The editors of our tion-room, and the happy one that first secures
magazines fully understand this, and we now find Mr. Photographer thinks she can any have
them devoting columns to that class of instruc- number any number
of plates manipulated, see
tion calculated to elevate the taste for the truly of "proofs" and then order "half a dozen"
picturesque. made up of "one of this kind, two of that, and
For further approaches toward perfection in one each of the other three." Two-thirds of
our chemical department, we must trust to the them to be returned and new negatives made,
researches and experiments of scientific ama- and the same process gone through every time
teurs. These gentlemen have advantages for the fashion changes, and the " bill to Pa."
prosecuting studies in that direction that are Who "will see whether the ladies are suited
denied to the working portraitist, whilst on the yet or not?"
other hand we can never expect them to be able This may be a successful mode of bookkeeping,
to enter a photographer's atelier and succeed in but as far as my few years of experience serve
creating the results that daily practice and the me (eight), one fact is pre eminent., viz., by bow-
handling of numberless human subjects make ing and scraping to the nonsensicalities of such a
the professional so expert in rapidly accomplish- class of patronage, the poor photographer is

ing. drawn into a whirlpool of vexation, and perhaps

I must enter an apology for not being able to financial disaster. And
when our brother
yet
swell the present catalogue by any contribution photographers are "doing thusly " how can we
of pictures ; but I trust that at the next meet- refuse?
ing I shall be prepared to forward works that I When the ablest and best of our craft are so
have been instrumental in producing, having at overwhelmingly suave and agreeable to "any
least novelty of subject to recommend them. number of sittings you wish, ladies," what has
John L. Gihon. any one to expect but the same privileges the
Under the Equator, Long. 26°. world over ?
February 10th, 1873. has seemed for some time to your humble
It

Mr. Wilson I also have a short paper

:
servant that the way to avoid in a measure all

from a live member of the National Photo- this amount of extra expensive manipulation is
to quietly, but firmly, make only two negatives,
graphic Association, living on the Pacific
or ifany unseen erroneous move spoiled one of
slope, and unable to be present, on a subject
these, say three, but two good negatives, and
of practical interest to you all. It is from
make proofs, and finish to order from them find- ;

Mr. J. Pitcher Spooner, Stockton, Cal., and

ing, with increased treasury at the end of a few
is as follows :
months, a renewed assurance of confidence in the

HOW MANY POSITIONS SHALL WE MAKE —

minds of general customers confidence in ability
as an operator and business capacity at the same
TO OBLIGE THE FASTIDIOUS PATRONS
OF OUR PHOTOGRAPHIC ART?
time. A small action would make a great and
much-needed change in this part of our working.
Circumstances, of course, all will allow, must
Such action, if your honorable body choose, could
at intervals govern the operator. But is it pos-
easily be taken by you, and be one of the notable
sible, as we meet in yearly convention, to lay
features of the session of 1873.
down some rule that may in a small degree serve
J. Pitcher Spooner.
as an answer to the daily repeated question,
Stockton, Cal., June 3d, 1873.
"Oh, you will make me three, four or five nega-
tives, and let me choose from the proofs, will you The President: To-morrow morning
not, Mr. Photographer?" A short time back is for business. The afternoon will be used
one negative was quantum suff., then it came, for the discussion of the subject of photog-
occasionally to be customary to make two, out raphy in its various departments.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 295

"We shall be very glad to hear a general probably be considered to denote inferiority in
discussion of such matters. the photographic execution.

This evening we all meet in the Kink In the award, regard must be had to artistic
;

effect, combined with skill in chemical manipu-

there is to be no regular meeting.
lation.
On motion, adjourned.
I wish the judges to be appointed by the Na-
SECOND DAY—MORNING SESSION. tional Photographic Association in the following
manner, viz. : Three amateurs in New York, and
Wednesday, July 16th.
three in Philadelphia or Boston ; the pictures to
The Association was called to order by be submitted first to the New York tribunal,
the President. whose award is not to be made known until that
Mr. Wilcox: My partner presented a of the judges in the other cities has been pro-
communication to me which I wish to be nounced.
brought before the Convention. If these awards should differ, the final decision
The President: If the Association will I wishmade by the President of the National
listen I will read Mr. Edward Anthony's Academy of Design, or such member of the
communication. Academy as he may appoint as his alternate.
If any one of the parties selected as judges
I might state here that we receive so
should be prevented from acting by any cause,
many articles, that it is impossible to read
his place shall be filled by a majority vote of the
them all but this being a proposition in
;

others.
which we are all interested I will read it.
The photographs intended for competition
MR. EDWARD ANTHONY'S OFFER. should be sent by mail to the President of the
National Photographic Association, New York,
To the President of the National Photo-
who will hand them over, without examination,
graphic Association.
to one of the judges appointed from that city.
Dear Twenty years have passed since I
Sir :
The time limited for the reception of the pho-
offered prizes amounting to $500, in the shape of tographs is February 1st, 1874 the prizes to be ;

a silver pitcher and goblets for the best daguerre- awarded by the judges as soon as possible there-
otypes. after.
The award, in that case, was made in the Each competitor is requested, but vot required,
handwriting of the late lamented Prof. Morse, to give the details of his method of working,
whose memory is so dear to us all. viz., the composition of his collodion, and devel-
The gentleman who received the prize pitcher
oper, any peculiarity of his mode of printing,
on that occasion, Mr. Jeremiah Gurney, is still
toning, fixing, &c, the lens used, and the time
prominent in the photographic brotherhood and
of exposure.
;

will have an opportunity to compete again for a After the award has been made it is my desire
which has undergone such extra-
prize in the art
may
to retain the photographs sent in, that I
ordinary changes during the last two decades.
bind them in an album as a record of the present
My object in addressing to you this communi- state of the art ; and I would earnestly request
cation, is to offer the following list of prizes, to
that photographers from all nations will enter
be competed for by photographers of all countries,
into the friendly contest.
viz. :

Yours very truly,

$100 for the best bust picture of a lady.
E. Anthony.
$100 for the best child's head (boy), less than
six years old. Mr. Pears all : I move that the President
$100 for the best child's head (girl), less than
of the National Photographic Association
six years old.
nominate the committee.
$100 for the best group of two children under six.
Agreed to.
$100 for the best landscape.
The President : This communication
All the prints to be of the size ordinarily
requires a committee of amateurs, and not
known as 4-4, or about 6J x 8£ inches, mounted
professional photographers.
on 10 x 12-inch cards.
I make no restrictions as to retouching, though Agreeably to the above request the Presi-
I think it likely the judges would not give the dent appointed as jurors: Prof. J. W.
prize to a picture that owed most of its excellence Draper, H. J. Newton, Esq., F. F. Thomp-
to retouching. Too much retouching would most son, Esq., New York; E. Borda, Esq.,
296 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGK APHEE.
Coleman Sellers, Esq., Philadelphia, Pa. we can then not only command
to this standard

Prof. Cook, Boston. but demand paying prices for our work. Our

Mk, Ryder : I move that the Association difficulties are great. We require great patience,
must always be ready and willing to gratify our
tender a vote of thanks to Mr. Edward An-
customers as far as possible, and then with it all
thony for his interest in the progress of pho-
we cannot suit everybody. When people want
tography.
pictures of themselves as they actually are, then
Agreed to.
the photographers' millennium will have come.
The President : If you will give me Some operators work hard but do not accom-
your attention a few moments I will read plish anything, because they work wrong. It
my annual address, which the constitution has been said, fill a dry well full of pumps, and

requires me to write. keep them all agoing, you will not get water ;

and so of our work it is vain to work and get ex-

:

ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. cited, and perhaps angry, when all the time you
are working without judgment.
Members of the National Photographic
Association of the United States I have in :
Most of us have the bump of self-esteem too
former years, in this annual address which the
large. Each is apt to think himself eighteen
constitution imposes on-me, stood up and apolo-
feet high. We will all do better when we find

gized for the existence of our Association. our level. These annual exhibitions have been
I
have done with that. The few years of its ex- the means of dissipating much of this. We see
istencehave shown conclusively its worth, and work exhibited here by persons almost unknown,
the good already accomplished shows its neces-
and are compelled to acknowledge ourselves
beaten.
sity. day when the photograph-
It will be a sad
ers of the United States cease to have a union
These exhibitions give us all a grand oppor-

of this kind it would be a blow from which

tunity to compare our work, and instead of
;

our art would hardly recover. I have tried to

being discouraged we should be stimulated to do
better see in what respect we are surpassed,
answer its enemies and traducers, but its work ;

has effectually silenced them. It cannot have and determine to remedy the defect next year ;

an enemy when its objects are understood, throw all the knowledge gained by comparison
into your work, and what a stride forward we
unless it be from jealousy or sheer ugliness ;

shall take. If A. has done better work than B.,

persons actuated by such motives are beneath
the notice of any intelligent body of men. perhaps next year B. may be far ahead of A., or
The regiment before it goes on its march, first C. may outshine them both. This comparing

"marks time," and it may be that the National work will of necessity push us forward, and to
Photographic Association has been thus far only keep up with our neighbor we are forced to im-
"marking time." you may rest assured
If so, prove. Do this, and we shall soon beat the
its work is before will march with an
it, and it u-orld. I want the humblest man amongst us to
irresistible force, elevating its followers, and show his work; perhaps we can help him to do
giving to photography a dignity and a standing better; if so, he is benefited. Some humble
with every intelligent and well-informed person. man here to-day may yet stand most prominent

Allow me to picture to you what kind of a in the photographic firmament.

person a photographer of the present day should A Persian legend tells of a little drop of

be. He must possess taste, skill, ingenuity, be a water, pure from the sky. It falls in mid-ocean.

careful man, a patient man, quick to see cause What do? and what shall become of it
shall it

and effect. (How many a man works away at his in such a vast ocean? Water above, beneath,

bath when the trouble is in the collodion, or around. Soon it is taken into the mouth of the
changes his collodion when the fault is in the oyster, and in time is taken by man. It has

bath, or becomes disgusted with both when they become a pearl, and finds its place— one of the
are both right, and his developer is making all brightest gems in the crown of the king.

the trouble. Therefore I say he must be quick I think the man who does all the work of his

to see cause and effect ; this requires experience.) pictures, and does it well, is entitled to more
He must be a progressive man, ready to adopt honor than should be given for the work coming
every new phase that is an advance, a clean from large establishments, where each depart-
worker or he is sure to be a poor worker. We ment of the work is done by some one who does
want photographers to be men of truth, solid, nothing else. Our art is so comprehensive that
honest men, men whose word is taken where but few succeed in all its requirements. The
they are known, as authority. When we get up camera is like the piano ; one man can do more
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 297

with it than another. Let an unskilled per- ing at least some of the publications, will soon
former sit down, and he only gives you discord : find himself behind his fellows.
but let one of acknowledged merit touch the The subject more particularly before the fra-
keys, and you are charmed. So let a dabbler ternity is the desire to do away with the hypo-
work the camera, and the result, as one has sulphite of soda as a fixing agent.This we
said, could be worshipped without sin, as it must do before we can make permanent paper
bears no likeness to " anything in heaven above, pictures.
or on the earth beneath, or in the waters under Mr. Sherman, of Milwaukee, last year showed
the earth." I would give all honor to those of us something that looked like a success.
our profession who have sent specimens of Amer- Mr. Newton, of New York, believes he has
ican photography to compare with the European succeeded.
productions at the Vienna Exposition ;
yet I We hope to have this subject well discussed
cannot but regret that some of them have not before we separate.
thought it worth while to exhibit their work As an evidence of the fact that photography is

here. advancing in the eyes of the world, I will read

I want to say a few words about new inven- an article cut from a New York paper. It tells
tions and discoveries. We have been dreadfully its own story.
swindled sometimes ; but while we are ready to "Photography as an art has just reached a
condemn humbugs, let us avoid the other ex- —
new dignity it has got a professor's chair and
treme, and not condemn all, as many new in- a professor to fill it. The fortunate man is Dr.
ventions are labor-saving as well as work- Vogel, photographic instructor in the Berlin
perfectlng. Manufacturers and skilful mechan- Royal Industrial College. This academic action
ics are constantly at work designing articles is very proper, and only just to the profession,

for our aid. AYhile we may not be able to buy which is fast growing in thoroughness and in
or try all, yet let us hold fast that which is conscientious zeal for improvement and new dis-
good. covery. To compare photographs taken in 1863
A3 to general progress, there is, I believe, and in 1S73 is the best way in which to realize
more care and attention given to manipulation. what the art is doing for itself."
Printing and toning is not, in my opinion, I In three years the Centennial, or one hun-
am sorry to say, in advance of several years ago. dredth year of American independence, will be
And yet the printing and toning is the most im- celebrated, and I would recommend that this
portant part of picture-making. To take all Association take immediate steps to insure that
negatives and print them alike, dozen after photography be represented in the great exhibi-
dozen, is The printer
just a waste of material. tion according to its importance. Let us make
must be capable of judging how to make the the photographic section of the Exhibition one
best print from a given negative : one may of its most important sections. Let us show not
print best vignetted or another solid ;
one wants only to our American citizens, but to the world,
to be printed in the sun. another in the shade. the importance of our art.

These things must be studied and great judg- I hope the Association, before it closes its
ment used, and the toning must be done by a present convention, will take the necessary steps
competent person, and not by experiments or to carry this out thoroughly.
guess-work and we shall never have uniform,
;
Let us each promise to do our best for another
good work until this is done. The printer must year, and let every member exhibit something at
be capable of getting all there is out of the the Exhibition and Convention of 1874.
negative. Let a good printer take a very ordi-
(Received with applause.)
nary negative, and he will get a better print
from it than an ordinary printer will get from a Mr. Pearsall : In connection with the
superior negative. There is more in the print-
suggestion that the photographers should be
ing than we have ever conceived.
well represented in the Centennial Exhibi-
The up of cards is done much better
finishing
tion at Philadelphia, I would suggest the
than formerly. Card mounts are made with
idea that is presented to us by the New
more taste. Many new and beautiful designs
York German Photographic Society
are now furnished. Stockdealers vie with each
other in giving us apparatus to facilitate and
That the societies of the different States
perfect our work. would be represented in a manner similar
Our photographic literature is multiplying, to that, in composing their pictures into

and the man who does not keep posted by read- a design, is very desirable. Each, one can
 298 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
suggest their own way, and have their own in money of the stock at that time subscribed,
design. I think it would be much better, and issue to me not exceeding $150,000 of the
and form a more elegant and harmonious stock ;
and I will then give them such suitable
exhibition if different societies were repre- time thereafter as we can agree upon in which to
obtain the balance of the subscription and col-
sented in this way, than it could be in a dis-
lect in the balance of the amount subscribed,
connected manner. In our different exhi-
over and above the first five per cent., which
bitions if each State has a society, those
must be paid down, and the balance paid over to
societies can combine together and group
me as fast as collected. Truly yours,
their pictures in one connection. They may
J. Shaw.
make their jrosing in the manner they like ;

only for each society to group together. What is your pleasure concerning this

The President : I now have a very im- matter ?

portant communication which I wish to Mr. Hesler: I move that it be laid on

the table; I do not see but that this is an
read, if the Association will keep as quiet as
possible.
individual interest. It seems to be a pri-
It is known to the most of you that, a vate matter ; I do not see that the Society
little over a year ago, Mr. Shaw, the holder has anything to do with it. If Mr. Shaw
wants to raise stock he can go to individual
of the silver-saving patent, commenced a
suit againstmyself and some others. That photographers and raise it; I do not think
suit I defended before the court, and the
that this is the place for it.

case was decided in my favor. After that

Mr. Sotjthworth Mr. President, : If,

case was decided Mr. Shaw obtained a re- and and gentlemen of the Conven-
ladies
tion, an association vote would be proper,
issue, which I believe is the fourth or fifth
reissue of his patent. He now sends to the on a question that comes up in this way, it
Association the following proposition :
is well to present it to the Association. If
the vote of the Association would not be

A. Bogardus, Esq. proper, or if good for nothing, then it is

Dear Sir : In accordance with your request not proper to bring it here. I say that it

of this morning, I submit the following proposi- isan individual matter, and in Philadelphia
tion in regard to my patent for " recovering gold I supposed it was understood that indi-
and silver from spent photographic solutions vidual matters should not be brought up.
and washings." With all due respect to the other members
I would suggest that a company composed of who apply for a patent (and patents and
such photographers as choose to join in it be
inventions have done as much, and are now
here formed, for the purpose of purchasing said
doing as much as anything in the United
patent. The capital stock of said company to
States for the good of the country), with
be not than $300,000.
less
all due respect, it is not considerate, and it
If subscriptions can be obtained for the entire

amount of stock, I will accept the sum of $200,000 is not legal for associations to take hold of
in money for the patent five per cent, to be paid
;
patents by voting to oppose them in any
down, and the balance in instalments within one way. It is not legal for the State to vote
year; or I will accept $75,000 in money, and money away for special private interests,
$150,000 of the stock of said company, as full and clearly if it is not legal for the State
consideration for my patent. to do it it is not legal for us to do it. The
The balance of the stock, or money over and courts have said that the agreements of
above what is paid me for the patent, shall be- associations are void, and are made void for
long to and be the property of the original stock-
want of individual acts.
holders who subscribed for their stock at or be-
One thing now I say for the purpose of
fore the organization of thecompany, to be di-
having this Society move along in the prog-
vided by them as they deem fit and proper.
ress of photography ; I say, I wish these
If subscriptions to $25,000 or more of the
capital stock can be obtained here before this purely individual matters might be entirely
Convention closes, I will then consent to the and wholly kept out of it. I would treat
organization of the company, provided the com- with the most respect Mr. Shaw and every-
pany will, when organized, pay me five per cent. body else.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 299

I wish the same spirit of mind would minutes of the proceedings of the Associa-
follow in this case that followed in Phila- tion. I do not know that I am willing that
delphia, and that we should still live up to it should be published at large outside of the
that same feeling, devoting our time and fraternity. I therefore propose this motion
attention to the individual interests of the to the President, that that paper, if you still

society,improving our work, improving refuse to read it before us, be handed to Mr.
our minds, enlarging our minds, and learn- "Wilson to be published in the proceedings
ing to study that which is really required of this Convention.
of us to do, before we as individuals can The President: You all hear the mo-
take any great high stand, as we cannot tion, that you will have the article published
without it. .
in the Philadelphia Photographer. Mr.
It will not be disrespectful to anybody. Wilson will publish it at your request, I
I move
that the paper be laid on the table. have no doubt.
(The motion was seconded by several Mr. Wilson: What is the question?
members.) The President: It is a motion to pub-
The President Is that your pleasure ?
:
lish acommunication which I have received
Are you ready for the question ? from D. D. T. Davie.
(Cries of " Question ! Question!") Mr. Wilson: Let the whole matter
The President: All who are in favor alone; the more you stir up that man the
of laying Mr. Shaw's communication on the worse it will be for all. The Philadelphia
table will signify it by saying Aye. Photographer is open for anything you want,
(A tremendous aye.) but I tell you, you will have to enlarge the
The President: Contrary-minded, No. journal if you commence an argument with
(No one voted in the negative.) Mr. Davie.
The President: It is a unanimous Mr. Southworth Mr. President, I am :

vote. (Applause.) exceedingly sorry to oppose any motion that

The President : I want the stenogra- my friend from Kentucky (Mr. Webster)
pher to be very careful now, because this is makes here, for I regard him as a man of
a very important matter. judgment, but I tell you some of our stom-
Before I came here I received a commu- achs are such that we could not stand nui-
nication from a gentleman, from a man, sances unless we are very sick. I wish
from a person, asking me to read a commu- from sympathy that he would relieve us
nication which he should send here in re- from it.
gard to a Photographic College. I told Mr. Webster: My object in making
him I would read his communication if he this"motion was sincere. It was that we
would send it here, perhaps not stating the who have not been able and will not be able
words, but meaning, of course, it should be to see this article itself might know what
a respectful communication. He has sent a it is.

communication, a printed one, in a paper, I am satisfied with the condemnation of

the name of which I will give you, the Al- our President, perfectly satisfied, but at the
leghany County Reporter, published at Bel- same time I would like to see the paper. I
mont, N. Y., of July 9th, 1873. The article is think perhaps the profession generally
a most scandalous attack upon our Associa- might like to see it without publishing it to
tion, and a falsehood from the beginning to the world, but since the remarks of Mr.
the end (To the reporters Put it down care- : Southworth, of Boston, I withdraw my
fully); and although I agreed to read his motion.
communication, I now take back those Mr. Harris : I presume that the gentle-
words. I shall not read it before any de- men from the country, and many of the
cent body of men. members, perhaps, present would like to
Mr. Webster: In regard to that paper, know what is in that communication. I
Mr. President, I feel that any communica- have only just got here, and have not had
tion that is sent to our President referring an opportunity to look over it. I cannot
to our Association, ought to appear in the speak as to its contents.
300 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE,
Now if it is not occupying too much time, in a batch of nominations for the office. No
I would move, as the gentleman has with- one likes to object, and virtually one man
drawn his motion and the President has re- may approve of and really elect the officers
fused to read it, that some member be ap- of this Association.
pointed to read it, that this Association I should prefer that this council be com-
shall know what is in it. posed of a good man from each State, and
(Motion seconded by several.) from States where there are a good many
Mr. Wilson: Mr. President, the memory members. More than one man might be
of a thing sometimes affects us more than the chosen by the members of the National As-
act itself. The memory of something that sociation resident in the State ; they then
we have done that was a wrong often will represent the members from that State.
clings to us for a lifetime, although the By that means our nominations for officers
wrong may have been have forgotten. I will be madein a deliberate manner, and not

heard that communication, and I would with the rush and hurry that they always are
give fifty dollars if I had not heard it, and in large assemblies, where the individual
I hope you will not insist upon its being opinions of members are not consulted at
read or published. I would not puhlish it all ; and while, I may say individually, I am
in the Philadelphia Photographer, because I satisfied with the result as to the working
would not disgrace my magazine with it. of this Convention and the organization of

It is all that President Bogardus has said. it, and now while there seems to be gen-
I think you will all he a great deal happier eral harmony in this Association, that is the
if you would not read it. It is already time to provide against the possibility of
printed, and you can all get copies of it if there being dissatisfaction in the future.
you want, I would ask, for information, it'this should

The President : I will put your motion. be necessarily in the nature of a constitu-
Mr. Harris I will withdraw
: it. tional amendment, and if the constitution
The President: The whole subject is requires a day's notice?
withdrawn. The President : Under the constitu-
The next business in order is the com- tion, all amendments to it have to lay over
mittee to nominate officers for the ensuing until the next session of our Association, not

year. the next annual meeting.

Mr. Thorp : Before we proceed to the Mr. Thorp : I would like to bear the
formation of that committee I have a sub- views of some of the other members of the
ject that I would like to bring before the Association in regard to this subject.
Association, that may make
unnecessary The President : It seems to be rather
the appointment of this committee. in the nature of a proposition, not a reso-
The subject is the election of an executive lution.
council, to be composed of at least one mem- Mr. Thorp: I merely make that as a
ber from each State; this duty, as well as suggestion, and would like to hear from
some others, may then properly be referred some other gentlemen.
to that executive council. I would say in The President There does not seem :

support of that proposition that I believe to be any other gentleman inclined to speak
that the appointment of such a council on it.

would give general satisfaction to the Asso- Mr. Southworth : Mr. President, there
ciation, and that as our business has been are a great many ways of doing everything
conducted heretofore, while individually I well. This last gentleman's way is a first-

have been perfectly satisfied with the result, rate one, but why is it better than the way
and with our organization as it has resulted that was taken last year, under the present
from that mode of doing it, still the manner circumstances of this meeting, or under the
is a very improper one for so large a body circumstances of the meeting two years ago ?
as this; any one gentleman may move the Why is it better? Our officers, elected as

appointment of a committee of names al- they were, have served us well. A perfectly
ready prepared, and that committee brings new set, if nominated and elected, would
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 301

serve us well; some of them would serve us
just as well as the old ones have done, and
with as much zeal, and some of them would
not be as well qualified, because they would
want experience.
I have lived away one side from the gen-
eral centre, and have regarded that this
Society has been most wonderfully favored
This committee will have the authorita-
tivemedium of the official journal, through
which to obtain the sense of the Association.
So far as consuming the time of the As-
sociation is concerned, I don't think it will
consume a very great amount of time.
The gentleman says the organization has
been harmonious before. So it has I agree ;

with men who have been found in the with him. I am well satisfied with the of-
centre, and who would act as secretary and ficers we have had heretofore, and I think
treasurer of this Association, and thus help now that the organization is in a harmoni-
it live and move along. The president and ous condition. Let us lay well the founda-
the other officers have helped it move along tion, and keep it so by providing against

just as well as it could move, growing all possibility of any disagreements in the

stronger and stronger each year. If any- future.

body feels disposed to nominate new officers Experience has taught us all that there
this year, I have no objection to new ones, have been dissensions in all bodies when a
but I say the parties could not be improved large portion feel that their wishes and
upon. views are not consulted at all and not at all
Let us not then take up the time of the represented, and have no medium through
Association in alterations of the constitu- which to make their dissatisfactions and
tion just yet, and farming this Society out grievances known.
into States. I have no objection to State The danger is that there will be a disso-
societies, and State committees, and State lution of the Association, an event which
executives. What difference is there be- I should be very sad to see, and against
tween the executive committee formed by which I wish to see the proper precautions
the members from the State and an execu- taken
tive committee as we have? Any one of The President : There is no motion be-
them would resign if a third part of the fore the house, still we will hear the re-
Association were dissatisfied with them, or a marks.
quarter part of them, or if any great dissat- Mr. Hesler : I believe the executive
isfaction were expressed they would resign. committee have power to get information
Gentlemen, let us move along just as we through the vice-presidents.
did last year, and see if it will not do just Mr. Pears all : It is simply to take the
as well for us, and save our time. place of these vice-presidents that the ex-
Mr. Thorp : Allow me to say that the ecutive council is wished, and that it is

gentleman has probably misunderstood the more in accordance with the workings of
nature of my proposition. I do not pro- other bodies. Thej- amount to nothing.
pose to do away with the executive com- With all due respect to those gentlemen,
mittee that we have now; experience has one of whom I happen to be myself, we
proved that it is necessary to have an ex- amount to nothing, and have practically
ecutive committee residing in one part of done no good to the Association. An ex-
the country, so that they could meet. We ecutive council of this kind, gives the action
have tried it with them residing over the of the executive committee, supported by
country, and practically there was no meet- that council throughout.
ing of the committee. We want that com- There are questions coming up within the
mittee as now proposed, and we want that next year that are going to be of great im-
executive a medium through which they can portance to the Association. It is proposed
obtain a sense of the meeting, as they can- that we ask Congressional assistance in be-
not now. If we have members from each half of a Photographic Institute.
State, they can speak to the members of We probably shall ask that assistance in
their State and vicinity, and thus represent spite of the communication of the 9th of
them. July. We probably shall ask that assist-
302 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ance when the time comes if we do ask ; Me. Webstee had a few remarks in
: I
that assistance the members of Congress my head to make. view of the chang-My
will want to know by what authority we ing of our constitution is, that it amounts to
present ourselves there. If it is stated that nothing unless it is done constitutionally,
there is an executive committee, and this and it is impossible to change our constitu-
question, this running, fitting-up, and con- tion in one day. The only proper way for
ducting a college, coming up after this As- this to be introduced would be by a resolu-
sociation is dissolved for the year, they tionfrom the mover, passed up to the Sec-
can see once that this executive com-
at retary,which will lay over until our con-
mittee are not acting by the authority of vention in 1874. That is the only proper
that Association ; that is to say, upon these way it simply
that this can be reached, for
new questions of fact coming up. They amounts changing our constitution.
to
have not taken the sense of the Association. The resolution was then put by the chair,
Itis impractical to communicate with each and lost.
member, but the communicating with the The Peesident The : subject is now be-
vice-presidents, the sending and the getting fore you, of appointing a Nominating Com-
their views, isThey are not delegates
not. ;
mittee.
not members. They are simply officers of Me. Allen: As I understand it, this
the Association, having no more connection Nominating Committee is to be the regular
with the State than they have with the Executive Committee?
people of other States. The Peesident: No, sir; only a com-
The President : The interests of the mittee for the nominating of officers. They
Association require that I shall expect a are to nominate the Executive Committee
resolution, before I allow any more time to as well as the other officers. A motion to
be taken up. nominate that committee will be in order.
Me. Peaesall : For the purpose of pro- Me. Hall I move that the Nominating
:

posing this change in our constitution, I Committee be appointed by the chair.

move that this subject of the appointing of Agreed to.
the Nominating Committee be deferred The Peesident I suppose that I might :

until our next session. (Seconded.) name them now. I think I will.
Me. Sotjthworth : I wish we could all S. Eoot, Dubuque, Iowa

realize what this Association is. We be- Alfred Hall, Chicago, 111

long to all the United States. We are not C. L. Moore, Springfield, Mass. ;

a State association ; nor we are not a Na- James Mullen, Lexington, Ky. ;

tional association, made up of State associa- Wm. H. Rhoads, Philadelphia, Pa.

tions. We are The National Photographic That committee will please report to-

Association of the United Sta.tes. morrow morning. It will be necessary to

Why localize anything, when it is not a report to-morrow morning that the election

political association ? I will suppose for a may take place to-morrow.

moment that we compare it with the Royal The next thing in order is the appoint-
Art Association of England. The members ment of the important Committee on the
of that association are very much scattered Location for 1874.
abroad, and here we are members of the Me. Singhi : I move that the chair ap-
National Photographic Association. And point the committee on the fixing of the
our meetings are held here and there, first location for 1874.
perhaps in New York, then in Boston Agreed to.
and going around to the different cities all Me. Claek : I move that the committee
over the States. Perhaps next year in to be appointed consist of one from each
New Orleans, Louisville, or in any good State, so far as the States are represented.
place we choose to go to, and we belong there. The Peesident : To do that the Asso-
We belong all over the country. Let us me.
ciation will have to help
not localize or sectionalize at all. Let us The names of the States were then called
be the National Photographic Association. over, and a committee selected, with Mr.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE. 303

G-. M. Carlisle, of Providence, E. I., as Chute, Mr. Frank Jewell, Mr. G. Frank E.
chairman. Pearsall.
Mr. Allen : You have not mentioned The President: The next thing in
one from Ontario. There are several mem- order is the report of our counsellor, Mr.
bers present from Canada. Bell. I do not think he is present with us.
The President : I am obliged to appoint If he is in the room without my knowl-
the members from the United States. We edge, he will please read his report for last
would be very glad to honor these gentle- year.

men were it in our power. Mr. Bell was not present.

Mr. Sotjthworth Before you read : that
The President: We will now hear a
report of the Committee on the Scovill and
committee I would say that as to New Eng-
Holmes Medals for the greatest improve-
land, there are two or three States omitted.
ment in photography during the year.
It would be well to have one or two from
each State. Likewise Delaware is not rep-
resented. Tou might put in two from New REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE
York and two from California and Oregon, SCOVILL AND HOLMES MEDALS.
and take two or three, perhaps, from Massa-
Mr. President and Members: Your com-
chusetts, so as to have as large an expression
mittee appointed to investigate the merits. of the
of feeling about it as we can get.
improvements in photography during the past
The President: I have got twenty- year offered in competition, beg leave to make
three. the following report :

Mr. Sotjthworth : I am satisfied, if the After a full and careful examination of the
rest are. various articles presented, your committee rec-

Mr. Fitzgibbon: I think it superfluous ommend the awarding of the Scovill gold medal
to W. L. Shoemaker for his improved fuming-
to put so many on the committee; I don't
box, and to R. Newell & Son, Philadelphia, the
think that they will half come. I withdraw
silver Holmes medal for their improved field
the motion.
bath-holder and acid-proof composition.
The President The chairman of the
:

Respectfully submitted.
committee proposes to get to work as soon
A. M. Collins, A. K. P. Trask,
as possible. Two o'clock has been suggested
A. Moore, J. R. Clemons,
as a favorable time ; the committee will
J. Carbutt, Secretary.
therefore please to come together in this
room at two o'clock, and meet the chair-
man, Mr. Carlisle.
The President What will you do : with
that report ?
The President: The chairman of the A Member : I move that it be received.
Nominating Committee, Mr. Boot, re-
Agreed to.
quests that I shall call that committee to-
The President The report is accepted.:

gether immediately after the adjournment

Will the Association adopt that report and
of the present session.
discharge the committee?
The next business in order is a motion to
The report was then adopted and the
nominate a committee to make the award
committee discharged.*
of foreign medals. A motion to that effect
The President I have been requested :

will now be received.

to say that Mr. H. J. Sogers has a book
A Member: I move that the chair ap- for sale in the Exhibition, and he donates
point that committee. twenty-five cents on every copy sold to the
Motion seconded by several, and agreed Association. The purpose of the work is to
to. elevate our art in the minds of the people.
The President I have made out that
:

committee already, in anticipation of your * As will be seen further on, this action was
imposing that duty upon me. reconsidered, and the report referred back to
I have named on that committee, Mr. the committee for modification. It appears
•Daniel Bendann, Mr. J. H. Kent, Mr. K. J. above as modified. — E. L. W.. Per. Sec.
 304 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER
I will now call for the reading of the Ee- of the Association to serve the balance of his

port on Apprenticeship, by Mr. Fitzgibbon. term, and from him receive his diploma.

Mr. Fitzgibbon : No doubt many of you Resolved, Third. Any student leaving his em-
ployer without an honorable discharge shall be
have not heard this report ; I will read it
considered unworthy of the confidence of, or em-
to you now.
ployment by, any member of the Association.
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON Resolved, Fourth. All applicants for studentship
APPRENTICESHIP. should come well recommended, and be taken on
Mr. President : Your committee, appointed one month's trial without compensation, when,
at the Convention held in Cleveland, Ohio, in if found acceptable, writings of agreement to be
]870, to consider a plan for the better regulation entered into by the parties, stating terms on
of apprenticeship, have concluded to refer this which they come and the time they are to stay
Convention to their report made to the Conven- to entitle them to their diploma.

tion held in Philadelphia, 1871, which was laid Resolved, further. That we most urgently rec-

over for further consideration.* ommend the establishment of a " Photographic

We also make an amendment to our last report, Institute," as suggested by Edward L. Wilson,

in the form of a diploma, to be given each stu- our esteemed Permanent Secretary, and that we
dent graduating from the studio of any member willdo all in our power for its establishment,
of this Association. and urgently request the co-operation of every
We deem it of great importance that this Con- photographer in the country for its consumma-
vention should give this subject their immediate tion.

attention. A. K. P. Trask, D Bendann,

We most respectfully submit to you our report, I. B.Webster, J. H. Fitzgibbon.

and ask for its adoption and our discharge. E. Decker,

A. K. P. Trask, I. B. Webster,
E. Decker, J. H. Fitzgibbon. This, gentlemen, is the report of the
d. bendann, committee, which they now offer for adop-
tion. We have been for the last two years
[form of diploma.]
trying to adopt the one first reported. We
National pfjotcgrapfiir ftssoriation have since that time conversed and had let-
OF THE UNITED STATES. ters from many prominent photographers
This is to Certify, That Mr , of ,
throughout the country, giving or embody-
County of State of has completed a regular ing most of these same ideas. After con-
studentship in the Photographic Art with Mr of siderable deliberation we have come to the
, County of , State of conclusion that we cannot offer any better.
His term commenced on the of ,
18 — . His A Member: 1 move that the report be
age at that dale years. He served with three accepted and adopted, and the committee
yean and months. His term closed ,
18 — discharged.
* His moral character while in employ The President What is your pleasure?
:

He has become proficient in the following branches A Member: I second the resolution.
Question called for by several.
Excels in
Mr. Webster: Mr. President, I do not
like to consume the time of the Convention
We offer the following resolutions to be adopted on this question without stating the facts.
by the National Photographic Association :

It has been now would say

nearly, I
Resolved, First. That three years shall be the fully, three years since I have been on that
term of studentship in the art of photography, committee. During that three years it has
excepting students under seventeen years of age, been the study in my own mind, and the
who shall serve until they are twenty.
subject of conversation between myself and
Resolved, Second. Any student leaving his em-
others, photographers throughout the coun-
ployer before the expiration of his term, if he has
try, and we found it one of the most diffi-
an honorable discharge, shall be entitled to the
cult points to settle that has ever been
privilege of making application to any member
brought before the Convention. At the
* See Philadelphia Pholograjiher, page 228, same time I make this broad assertion, that
July, 1871. it is one of the most important subjects
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEA PHEE. 305

ever brought before this Convention, hence resolutions. They are, as Mr. Fitzgibbon
the difficulty of settling it. has said, the best that we can offer ; so they
The report was read in Philadelphia ; it are with our present advices. The question
was accepted, and the committee almost now comes up before you, will you give us
discharged, and it would have been dis- advice?
charged except for me. I made the same I call upon you to express yourselves upon
assertion there that I make here, that the this —
one point the subject of apprentice-
question is of too great importance to pho- ship to photography. This is the subject I
tography to be treated carelessly. Hence, wish to hear something on.
just at the time the resolution would have The President : The question is before
been passed, and an adoption of the report you.
of the committee would have taken place, Mr. Saylor have only a word or two
: I
I made a motion that the report be laid to say in reference to this subject. So far
upon the table. At St. Louis I could not as I can see, it is most important, and the
get it considered. views now so ably expressed by my friend
"We now propose to settle it if we can. I from Kentucky (Mr. Webster) coincide
think it is the duty of every photographer with mine. I think, if this resolution is
to say what he knows about apprenticeship once as recommended by your
adopted,
in photography, for if you study this sub- committee, would be doing a most needed
it

ject one moment you will satisfy yourselves work and it is what I have been doing for
;

it is a most important subject, and the most the last eight years past. I have been car-
important ever brought here for the future rying out what has been recommended in
of photography. Photography is progres- these resolutions; and I will tell you how I
sive. It is necessary that an amount of have been doing the work. I have been
education in other branches should be taught. taking men off the street and putting them at
At the same time we should take our position the preliminaries of the business. I would
before the people of this country, and con- set them at work, and say, " Now stick
vince them from the position that we do at that work. I will give you at first but a
take, that we
some consequence to
are of small compensation, and as you advance in
the world through which we are passing. the business so your wages will advance.
Hence, I say, do not adopt this report Make yourself proficient in all the depart-
without thinking about it. Do not accept ments, commencing down below in order
this report and adopt these resolutions until to get up." I have a young man with me
you think a little of it. Look at the im- now, who has been with me eight years. I
portance of it. I am called upon very have had two others, who came since then.
often, and asked, " What are your terms for I have two now. One has been there two
teaching men photography?" What is my years, or very nearly. He commenced down
reply? " What do you want to learn ?" "I below. Did not know anything, except that
want to learn how to make photographs. he had real good ideas. Some of his ideas
How long does it take?" "I have been about printing and toning have been in
working at the gallery twenty-seven years, the Philadelphia Photographer, and I have
and I do not know the business. Now how now one with him, who commenced about
quick can you learn it ? That is the point. a month ago; and in our town, according
Do you want to learn it ? Do you want to to the living, they seem to be able to get

serve an apprenticeship, or have you got all along by commencing as I did, on a salary
the facilities to make a good ferrotype?" not very high. I learned on a salary of two
These are the points. I am sure every dollars a week. In some cases it might be
member of the committee has studied this too much. My universal experience has
point. I do wish you would consider this been that it is full enough.
subject a little; just a little. It will be The President: How many plates do
very gratifying to this committee to hear they spoil a week ?

from some of you who have studied it, be- Mr. Saylor: I really would not like to
fore you accept this report and adopt these say.

20
 306 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The President Go on, and : please to clined to take any apprentices ;
and I have
excuse me for interrupting you. invariably found, in my experience, that
Mr. Saylor That : is the way we do. It some men would know more in six weeks
issimply carrying out what the committee than others would ever know in their life-
recommend. That is all that I can sug- time about photography.
gest. I think it is just what we want. We I noticed the other day a very fine pho-
want it to be adopted — it ought to be
it is — tograph in the Philadelphia Photographer,
recommended by the committee. We should made by a young man whom I learned the
act upon it, and stick to it, and we will have rudiments of the business. He only stayed
photographers and artists, instead of jobbers, six weeks,and went out to a farm during
who take up our art just as some one else the summer. In the fall he came to me to
takes and picks rags, because he cannot do see if I could give him a situation. I told
anything else for a livelihood. him no, but that I thought that I knew a
Mr. Collins: Speaking of giving two man that would. I wrote to the gentleman
dollars a week, reminds me that a gentle- as to taking him on. He replied he had
man wanted to learn photography, and I been thinking of changing; that he had a
wrote to him to know what his terms were, man with him who had been with him
and he replied he would come and learn at some years. He did not like him. I rec-
eighteen dollars a week, if I would let him ommended this man to him, telling him
come. (Laughter.) what I knew of him, and what the pros-
Mr. Bingham This matter strikes me
: pects were of his becoming an artist, and
something in this way: I think something he intimated to me that if he had a mind
of this kind is very much needed, and, we to be at the expense of coming to his place,
particularly through the smaller towns of he would talk with him and see what he
the West, see the need of it, as we fre- could do. I told the young man, and he
quently have applicants who come into our went to his place, some twenty-five miles
rooms for situations. They may apply for away.
a situation as printer or assistant operator. He told him to go
a week, and
to work
You ask them where they have served their he would see. In
than six months
less

time, and they will tell you of some place there arose a competition for this young
you never heard of befure. You wish to man's services and he has gone on until
;

know how long they have worked at

and it, he stands among the first in New England,
—
they will tell you some two months, some while others that I have taken never ac-
three some make believe that they have
5
complished anything and never amounted
served six. And even a young lady said to to anything. I could tell in ten days' time
me that she served two months, and knew that they might as well leave it as not.
all she wanted to know about the business They had paid me for the privilege of
and she could do everything that was done studying (laughter), and of course I had
in the business. Now
we want something to let them stay.
to regulate apprenticeship. We want some- Now, under such circumstances, is it fair
thing to say that they shall serve a certain to bind a man down for three years, unless
length of time before they can be recom- you pay him in accordance with his ser-
mended as competent to perform any part vices, whereas another one at the end of
of the business pertaining to the art. This three years will not know anything about
is what we want. I think it is the very the business, cannot attend to it, and will

thing to do it. not attend to it ? If you are going to pay

Mr. Hall: There is one difficulty that him anything like the compensation, I
/ comes in the way of a definite time for the think there an equality that we should
is

apprenticeship of young people in our busi- make, or rather we should make an equal-
ness. ity by culling out, and if we find an ap-
Some years ago, in New
England, I used prentice who is not adapted to the business,
to learn quite a good many for from $25 at once tellhim so and send him away,
to $40 apiece, but of late years I have de- which perhaps would be the best way.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 307

A Member : Perhaps there is another and keep them sixty or ninety days, or six
idea connected with this report. It is gen- months, and turn them out full-fledged art-
erally conceded that if you want a lad to ists. I have been thirty-two years work-
learn a mechanical business, he must go ing at this profession, and I consider to-day
and stay some time until he has got it
for that I am not perfect.
into his head, and experience has taught Mr. Barber would like here to say
: I
that he must go and stay at it three or four that I am young men that have
like the
years. The time was that he would go and been referred to. I made the first ambro-
stay a few weeks, and in two or three type that I ever made after I saw one made.
weeks learn to make a ferrotype, and then That is all. I never had any other instruc-
go out and make his living. If this report tion, and I believe I paid twelve dollars for

is adopted which the committee has brought learning to make that ambrotype. All the
in, by and by the general public will learn, rest of my experience is self-gained, and all

young men will learn, and parents who the rest who have had that experience know
wish their boys to learn the business will it to be an uphill road. I say in duty to
come to learn that their boy has got to de- apprentices, we should have some such sys-
vote his time to it, or he cannot learn, and tem as is recommended. I for one am in
that, too, for three or four years, and they favor of its adoption.
will find out he cannot learn all about the Mr. Thorp I think we had better accept
:

business in three weeks. and adopt this report at the same time I am
;

Mr. Hesler : I think the compensation aware that this is only a temporary expedi-
is covered by the resolution, if the man is ent. We miih-'t look beyond this for the so-
competent. The only change I would rec- lution of our difficulties. This is simply at
ommend is that instead of its being three the best a man writing after his own copy.
years, that we make it seven. A man goes If a man learns the business and knows less
to an academy and a college before he can than me, I keep him, or I discharge him if
be a minister, or a physician, or a lawyer, he knows more. It is simply writing after
and he has got to serve his seven or nine our own There are some gentlemen
copy.
years of study, and in any other kind of of the Association who could turn out good
business they have got to serve their time. apprentices in that way. There are others
A shoemaker, blacksmith, and carpenter, who could not turn out apprentices in three
all have to serve their allotted time of ap- years or five years, that would compete with
prenticeship, and stay at it until they attain some of the best, and those of us who are
a certain age. I see no reason why we not very expert at the business. Our ap-
should not adopt the report. prentices will not be expert or accepted as
Mr. Fitzgibbon : The case which Mr. employes by those who are more so. At
Hall cites is a very uncommon one. You bestit is only a temporary expedient. It is
will not find such a man in a thousand per- the best thing that offers that I see, yet I
sons that apply to learn photography. am in favor of taking it, looking for a bet-
Under that resolution, we are to take him ter solution of this question in the future.
one month without compensation. Either We have got to have institutions of learn-
the President or any member who is here ing in this business, or we are not on a par
present can tell, who is conversant with with the other professions.
photography, can tell enough in thirty At this point there were several calls for
days if the person has the metal in him to the question.
make a photographer. If he has not, dis- Mr. Hall : Perhaps my remarks may be
charge him. The taking of men for $75 or considered as speaking against the report.
$60, and putting them through in sixty I did not have any such intention. I did
days' time, will give us no artists. not quite understand how we were to get
There are some men whom you can take at the trying of the apprentices in the
hold of and make good artists in time, but first place, for it is well known that some
everything takes time. I do not see why would never make photographers. I
we should be compelled to take young men thought that point had been overlooked.
 308 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The explanation of Mr. Pitzgibbon satisfies come and take him home. I was afraid he
me on that point. would get lost.
The question was again called for. Mr. Wilson : I should like to see this
report not only accepted and adopted, but
The President If you will hear me I
:
its suggestions thoroughly carried out. I
will give you a couple of illustrations or
believe if there anything we want at
is this
examples of my early experience.
time it is something of this kind.
Mr. Weston, an old photographer of By we do not mean the
apprenticeship
New York, once told me this That a man :
old idea of apprenticeship we mean taking ;

came to the city of New York to learn a man, woman or child, and keeping them
daguerreotyping from him. To show you a certain time under instructions. As our
people nowadays have found out that they friend has said, aman cannot go into a
have got to study a li-ttle, and to show you machine shop and see a sledge-hammer or
the difference at that day. He came to nail-hammer used and say he is a full-fledged
learn daguerreotyping of Mr. Weston, and machinist. Certainly not. Neither can he
came and made a bargain for his camera go into a photographic establishment and
and a set of instruments to go to work. learn our art in all its details in a short time.
•
Mr. Weston buffed a plate by the old back- I think that we should make
this matter not
breaking process, coated it, tried it, and the only a matter of interest, but a matter of
picture came out all right. The man said duty. I think that it is the duty of all who
if that was all there was to it, there was no are in position, and can do it, to take ap-
need of his staying there paying hotel ex- prentices who apply to them, or seek them
penses. So he took the camera and went out, and instruct them in photography.
away. In about two weeks he came back My reason for this is because we need
with the camera, holding it by the tube, skilled photographers in the business. We
saying, "It is not worth a cent; it will all know how difficult it is to obtain good
not work at all ;" and that was his idea of help. Now it seems to me there is no other
doing business. He only wanted to see it way than to instruct it. The establishment
done once. of apprenticeship is to place a gate in the
Now I you an account of a
will give way of any entering the business without
young man and what became of him. proper instruction. Therefore I think it is

A young man came to me to learn daguer- the duty of all who can, to take apprentices,
reotyping. You all remember, who are ac- and so instruct them thoroughly. The only
quainted with that operation, that we used to way is to make it a question of time. The
take a pint bottle and put in so many grains question of pay you can settle for yourselves,
of hyposulphite of soda, and another bottle and make the time three years, and instruct
with so many grains of gold, and one was to nobody until they agree to stay that time.
be poured into the other. If we poured the If we can accomplish this we shall take

hypo into the gold it would spoil the gold ;

and it will tend
a step in the right direction,
must go into the hypo to prevent and never towards the progress of photography. (Ap-
make any mistakes. I always had the gold plause)
in the little bottle.had in vain tried toI The President : Gentlemen, are you
teach the young fellow how this ought to ready for the question on the acceptance
be done he could not learn. You readily
;
and adoption of the report of your Com-
can understand that the contents of the large mittee on Apprenticeship?
bottle could not be poured into the other. The question was loudly called for, put,

You will see the ridiculousness of the thing and unanimously carried.
when you think of it. I asked him about Mr. Sotjthworth I think that we :

it,and he said he could not tell. I let him ought to have a vote of thanks given to the
go one day more, and then asked him if he committee also.
remembered which bottle was poured into The President Your motion will be in
:

the other. He said he was sorry but he order.

could not tell. I then sent for his father to Mr. Sotjthworth: I move we express
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 309

our appreciation of their (the committee's) of sufficient importance to be taken into con-

labors for the past three years, and express sideration, I shall feel it an honor in having in-

our thanks for their services. I think that troduced the subject.
I also regret not being present, as I intended
they deserve a vote of thanks as well as any
to have practically demonstrated the working of
of the officers.
a special dry-plate process, simple and sure.
(Carried.)
The President: I have a communica- I am, with much respect,
Yours fraternally,
tion which it will give me great pleasure to
read. As it covers considerable ground, I Jex Bardwell.
will read it carefully. It is worthy of our Me. "Webster: I move that the sugges
attention at all events. tion be adopted, and that the President be
To Abram Bogardus, authorized to appoint a committee to take
President of the N. P. A., action upon it.

Greeting :
A Member: I second that resolution.
I send to the members of the Association, at Mr. Thorp: I do not quite understand
this, the fifth annual meeting, my best wishes the motion.
for their health, happiness, and instruction, and The President: The resolution is, that
hope every individual member may leave the this matter may be referred to a special
meeting chock-full of satisfaction. I feel sure committee to report at the present meeting
that this meeting will be a success, and am only
of giving the Vice-Presidents something to
sorry that I cannot be with you and behold its
do, and that the chair appoint.
treasures, and listen to the voice of wisdom and
Mr. Thorp: I second the motion.
experience.
Mr. Whitney: About three months ago
Not being present, I cannot introduce a sub-
perhaps some of you saw an article in the
but I can suggest one. and hope some mem-
ject,
ber may be impressed with its importance, and journal —
introduce it to the notice of the Association in The President Yes, sir saw it.
: ;
I
the form of an amendment to the constitution, Mr. Whitney (resuming) was in re- : It
or at least ask that the matter may be referred lation to the same subject. I hope that
to a special committee ; to report, if possible, at matter will be adopted by the members
the present meeting. present, that the Vice-Presidents of this
The subject is, theduties of the Vice-Presidents, Association may have something to do.
as at present it is nothing more nor less than an The President: The matter will require
honorary office. I would have it a working one. an alteration of the constitution.
He should be to the State what the Local Secre-
Mr. Wilson: You can do it by a reso-
tary is to the Association. He should be the
lution.
State representative the local interest of the
;

The President The question before you

:

State should pass through his hands. would

It
isupon the appointing of this committee to
lessen the work of our Secretary. It would tend
to increase the membership of the Association, give something to each of our Vice-Presi-
and to consolidate the interest of the photo- dents to do. I am ready to hear from you
graphic fraternity in his State. Could, or per- further on this question.
haps should, call a meeting of the craft at least Resolution agreed to.

once a year which, in our State, could be done

; Mr. Hesler: I would suggest that the
to advantage at and in conjunction with our Permanent Secretary be added to that com-
State Fair at which time could be held an ex-
;
mittee.
hibition. He should, if possible, be located at
Mr. Wilson He : has got enough to do.
the commercial centre of his State should look
;
The President: I think he has got
to the transportation, and such like matters, and
enough to do.
members
to the interest of absent ; collect dues,
and look up new members in fact
Mr. Wilson: It will not be possible for
; it is nothing
more nor less than a system of a division of liibor. me to act upon the committee.
But I will not take up more of your valuable Mr. Webster: I am not willing to ac-
time. I could talk this matter more in five min- cept your suggestion. While I believe Mr.
utes than I can write in an hour, and perhaps Wilson has got the interest of the Associa-
with much better success. Should it be deemed tion at heart, still he has labor enough upon
310 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
him to do without adding another burden. to the original resolution already; don't
Give the work to the committee that is the ; give me another.
place to put it. Mr. Husher: I was going to suggest, if
Mr. Wilson : I thank Mr. Webster for itcould be embodied in this resolution, that
that. those who persist in keeping their galleries
Mr. Hesler: I withdraw my sugges- open on Sunday be declared unfit for mem-
tion. bership in such a body as this.
The President: I will name the com- Mr. Webster: I believe there was no
mittee later in the session. I read second to that. I am prepared to say, Mr.
President, this much, that there are a large
Marion, O., July 2d, 1873.
mass of respectable citizens in the United
Edward L. Wilson,
States who do not believe that what Mr.
Secretary N. P. A.
Husher may term the " holy Sabbath day "
Dear Sir : The subject embraced in the in-
closed preamble and resolution was talked about,
is the Sabbath. They do not believe it, and
and considerable discussion had in reference
the very moment you bring politics and re-
thereto, at the St. Louis convention, but no ac- ligion into this Association, it goes up.
tionwas taken. If no one has a similar docu- This is not a religious or political associ-
ment to present before the Association, will the any way, shape, or fashion. It is
ation, in
Secretary please read the inclosed paper at the founded and based upon the principles of
proper time and place, and oblige a member of the photographic art. I believe in the Sab-
the N. P. A. ?
bath day. I am a member of and hold
T. B. Prentice. communion with the members of my church
Whereas, Many
at home. I am respected in my church. I
photographers who are mem-
bers of the National Photographic Association of
know But the very moment you bring
it.

these questions into this Association you

the United St;ites keep open their galleries and
studios upon the Sabbath, and perform labor had better drop the Association.
upon that day in direct violation of the law of I oppose the resolution in that way, or in
God as embodied in the Fourth Commandment :
any way, shape, or fashion, for I know that
Therefore, Resolved, That we, as a national or- there are before us respectable photogra-
ganization, discountenance all such desecration phers who believe in, and prefer, Saturday
of the Sabbath, and recommend its observance to Sunday. I know it therefore I say you ;

in an appropriate manner as eminently proper have no right to draw these lines and let it
and becoming on the part of a civilized and go out to the world that there are lines of
Christian people.
this kind drawn here.
T. B. Prentice.
It is well known that the Bible cannot be
The reading of this communication was read in the public schools, or in a great
received with prolonged applause. many of the public schools, of this country.
Mr. Decker: I move the adoption of You cannot read the Bible there. I was
the resolution. raised, from a child, to read a verse in the
The President: The motion is before Bible every morning and evening. When
you on the adoption of that resolution by I attended school, I did this. I do not
this Association. blame these people that they were raised
Mr. Ehoads : I would amend that with differently from myself. But I say to you
the request to all photographers of the they are just as respectable as I ever pre-
United States to close on Sunday whether tended to be. Therefore, I say, Mr. Presi-
members or not. dent, wipe out anything in the shape of
Mr. Hesler There is no one thing that
: politics,and everything in the shape of re-
much debase our art as men
tends to so ligion drop the temperance cause, and
;

working on Sunday. I sincerely hope that place yourselves firmly upon the photo-
this resolution will be carried out. graphic foundation. This is what we are
Mr. Husher: I offer this as an amend- here for, and nothing else.
ment Mr. Veeder I agree with Mr. Web-
:

The President: I have an amendment ster. I have been a professor of religion

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 311

for nearly thirty years, and to-day, after Mr. Fitzgibbon : The very moment you
fairly and thoroughly investigating the introduce that question, you take away the
question of the Sabbath day, I stand on foundation of this Association. Bring in
the ground that we are not under Moses, religion or politics and we are gone. I
but under Christ, and that the law of shall second themotion of Mr. Webster, to
Moses is not to us, but that the Sabbath lay the whole matter on the table.
day is holy, and we must keep it so. I do
Mr. Bendann : When I joined the Na-
hope, as Mr. Webster says, that this will
tional Photographic Association (I believe
not be inflicted upon the Association.
I was one of the original founders of it), I
Mrs. Thompson: I wish to say that no was not aware, sir, that I joined a religious
organization that is not founded upon association and as Mr. Webster said, as
;

Christianity stands for long, and I say, as

soon as you introduce politics, you are gone
a member of this photographic association
forever, and from that moment.
of America, that I would not give up the
Mr. Thorp: With a motion to lay on
practice of keeping the Sabbath even for
the table, I would pray you
the sake of this Association, which I hold
in so high esteem.
The President The motion to lay the
:

Mr. Wilcox : I was about to say I can whole matter on the table is before you; it
bring a practical illustration before this is not debatable. Are you ready for the
assembly. have a competitor, and I pre-
I
question ?

sume is here present, as he

to say that he Question called for and agreed to unani-
was to be here to-day. Every Sabbath mously.
morning he opens his gallery, say at nine The President There is another com-
:

o'clock, and keeps it open until five in the munication to be read. The Secretary will
afternoon. He has more to do on that day read it.
than on any day in the week. He has, how- Mr. Wilson Last : year there were
ever, a certain class that I don't care about several parties who had papers to read, who
Mr. Thorp : Allow me to rise to a ques- did not report them until the last day of
tion of order. The gentleman is intruding the session ; they were therefore not read. I
upon personalities.
specially request if there are any members
Mr. Wilson I call for the question.
:
who have papers to read, they will please
The President I was not listening :
Permanent Secretary as soon as
notify the
particularly to the gentleman's remarks.
we can give them a place on the
possible, so
Mr. Wilcox : If I am saying anything programme.
that I ought not to say, I ask the Associa-
tion's pardon. It was not intentional. I
The President : We shall meet this
afternoon at three o'clock instead of two
would say this, as the lady from Massachu-
o'clock, and then we will hold the session
setts has said, that the respect for the Sab-
until six o'clock you will be tired out pretty
bath is worth more to the National Photo- ;

well by that time, of course.

graphic Association than the Association is

to its members that it (the Sabbath) is

;
The programme for the afternoon was
worth more to the photographers of the read by the President, who also said that,

United States than the National Photo- in the evening, at 8J o'clock, there would

graphic Association. be delivered a lecture on " New Train A

Mr. Wilson : I merely wish to say one of Thought," illustrated, by G. Frank E.
word, and that is, I think that this matter, Pearsall.

like the amount to be paid to the appren- I will now appoint the committee in re-
tices, is one to be settled in the individual gard to the duties of Vice-Presidents, and
member's own heart and conscience, and I I want to appoint some gentlemen here
therefore call for the question. whose names I cannot call. As Chairman,
Mr. Webster: I am really not willing A. S. South worth, Boston, and Messrs.
to have that question brought before the Bingham, Folsom, Harris, Kawlins, and
Association. I move it be laid on the table. Whitney.
312 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Mr. Hesler Could you add the Dis-
: bers, whom we will now listen to with
Columbia ?
trict of pleasure.
Me. Sotjthworth I think Mr. Whit- : Mr. Chute : Mr. President, Ladies and
ney has duties on another committee that Gentlemen — When I prepared this paper I
would prevent us all getting together until did not know this question would claim so
another day. much attention before the Convention. I
The President: If you report any am glad that it has. Perhaps you will be
time before we adjourn it will be sufficient. the better prepared to receive all that I
It is not necessary to report to-morrow a ; have to say.
motion to adjourn is now in order. Mr. Chute read as follows:
Mr. Wilson: There is just another
ART EDUCATION.
matter that will take but a minute. On
Gentlemen of the National Photo-
Friday, I think it is, we have our discussion
graphic Association: The question of ap-
on collodion and so forth. Mr. Bingham plying the principles of art to photography,
of Michigan has a very important matter and producing pictures with "pictorial effect,
on this subject which will require in the has agitated the fraternity for several years,
meanwhile some experiments to be made and has received, in some measure, the attention
He would like to have the President ap- that its importance demands. But no definite
point a committee to assist him say five ;
move has yet been made to supply the necessary
good dark-room workers. Perhaps the means of education which alone can accomplish
best way would be for some persons to the desired end, though plans have been de-
volunteer who are willing to work on that vised, committees appointed, and the matter
considerably discussed. I refer to the questions
committee.
of apprenticeship or the establishing of a pho-
The President : I am afraid you will
tographic college or colleges, but whether these
have everybody up on the floor.
schemes contemplated the study of art from its
Mr. Wilson We want five good dark-
:
rudiments up as a part of the requirements of a
room men. The committee who volun- photographic education, has not been developed
teered were Messrs. Long, Webster, Black, by any report yet made.
Collins, and Bawlings. Now, the necessity of art education is felt and
On motion, adjourned. admitted by none more than by the aspiring
photographer who finds himself deficient in that
SECOND DA Y— AFTERNOON SESSION. respect. He studies and strives, and year after
year witnesses the improvement he makes till he
The session was called to order by the
comes to hold a place among the highest and
President, who read a letter from H. G.
best — a place that has cost him years of patient
Petter, Logansport, Indiana: "Inclosed,
study and practice ; while his neighbor, who
find five dollars. I am sorry, you may be commences with an art education, takes his
assured, that I am compelled to forego the place in the front rank at once and becomes a
pleasure, for the firsttime, of enjoying my- standard for others to copy or emulate.
self with you all, both socially and photo- The question then is, how can a knowledge of
graphically. I am suffering from an acci- the principles of art best be acquired ? This
dent which the above item will explain. question is beginning to press itself upon us, and
Be pleased to remember me to my friends," every year its demands will become still greater.

&c. It is a question that not only requires provision

He was thrown from his wagon and se-

for the present, — that all photographers at pres-
ent in practice may qualify themselves so as to
riously injured, and disabled from meeting
produce work according to the rules of art, ex-
with us, which we all regret.
cept such perhaps as are situated in remote
The article we will listen to a
first

paper on Art, by an eminent sculptor, to

is
localities, — but it demands that we should pro-
vide also for the future. The photographer of
be read by Mr- Baker. the future — of say the next generation — must be
Mr. Baker 5s engaged, but will be here an artist in every sense of the word ; and as pro-
presently. ficiency is seldom acquired except by long and
The next paper is one on Art Educa- patient study or practice, it should commence
tion, by Mr. B. J. Chute, one of our mem- with the elementary teachings of youth, and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHBE. 313

grow with the growth, so that in the mature de- fail to have a higher and finer sense of all that
velopment of the mind art will hold as promi- is beautiful and good, and consequently enjoy a
nent a place as the three great branches of more refined and advanced state of civilization.
learning that used to constitute the sum total Now, it is to this elevated condition of so-
of a common-school education — viz., reading, ciety we will have to cater in the future, and it
writing, and arithmetic. behooves us to be on the alert that the school-
We are all interested in some particular direc- boy does not get ahead of us in his knowledge
tion some special part of our practice holds a
;
and appreciation of what we do. In order to
more prominent place with each one of us than command confidence and respect, the artist nntst
anything else ; but I believe it is with a very be in advance of his patrons in knowledge, taste,
large number of the members of this Association, and artistic feeling in his particular depart-
as with myself, that art-knowledge is the first ment.
and most important requirement of all. This plan of art education as now practiced in
The suggestions I have to offer for your con- the common schools of Massachusetts is one that
sideration at this time are no wild or visionary should interest us as a class, or as an association
schemes, however, — impracticable in theory, in the interests of photography, as much or more
untried in practice, and perhaps impossible of than any other industry in this country. And
fulfilment, — but are legitimate in every sense of as this Association is the only organization in-
the word ; an authority for their
having no less terested in this matter that is national in its
practical utility and ennobling aims than the composition, it holds the best position for giving
ever-progressive and intelligent State of Massa- an onward impulse to this glorious movement.
chusetts. The following, from the laws of that I therefore commend to your earnest considera-
State, was approved May 16th, 1870. tion the proposition to authorize the Executive
'
' Section 1 The first section of chapter thirty-
.
Committee to memorialize the State Legislatures
eight of the General Statutes is hereby amended throughout the country, where no action has
so as to include drawing among the branches of been taken in this direction, and appoint a com-
learning which are by said section required to mittee of one from each State to see that the
be taught in the public schools. matter is properly presented through some able
'
Section 2. Any city or town may, and every
'
member of each Legislature, for the passage of
city and town having more than ten thousand a law in reference to art education similar to
inhabitants shall, annually make provision for that in Massachusetts.
giving free instruction in industrial or mechani- I would also suggest the propriety of urging
cal drawing to persons over fifteen years of age, upon local associations the adoption of the plan
either in day or evening schools, under the di- I am glad to see has been put in operation in one
rection of the school committee. of the societies of Chicago, until the passage of
" Section 3. This act shall take effect upon its a law that will insure them free instruction.
passage." With such a course of study in our local socie-
Here, gentlemen, is the solution to this prob- ties.I believe a new interest would be developed,
lem. Here is the door thrown wide open that and, side by side with the beautiful productions
insures instruction in the principles of art to all of photography, might be shown the proficiency
who will avail themselves of it, "without money acquired in drawing and the knowledge of art.

and without price." This is one of the grandest With a competent teacher, blackboard exercises
educational movements that has ever been made, might be introduced during a part of the session
and will in a few years, if adopted by other of the regular meetings, thereby giving greater
States, revolutionize the art industries of this variety, adding a new interest, and imparting the
country, and perhaps of the world ; so that in- instruction so many of us need.
stead of nearly all our elegant designs and Now, this is no scheme for the benefit of any
choice works of art coming from abroad, we will particular individuals, but is presented with the
be able to lead them of the Old World in the hope that every photographer, from Mai«e to
finer realm of thought and feeling as we have in Texas, and from the Atlantic to the Pacific, will
the general enterprises of the day that have be benefited by it.

given us such growth and prosperity as a na- If there are any that doubt the practicability
tion. The boys and girls of to-day, in the old of a movement of this kind, they have only to
Bay State at least, will be artists by education investigate the matter and see the influence that
when they become men and women and with ; art education has had upon the people in the
the musical education which now goes hand in countries of Europe, where it has been regularly
hand with art in the public schools, they cannot taught, to be convinced of its utility. Give us
314 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
art schools in this country as they have in Eng- make national art education possible, it must
land, France, and Germany, and we shall soon commence with the children in public schools."
be no longer imitators in photography as we have
Mr. Chute (resuming) : Mr. Chairman,
been, but will show sufficient originality and ver-
I present at this time the propositions that
satility of resources to be considered masters in
our profession, and be copied rather than copy.
are laiddown in this. I hope they will be
properly brought before the Convention to-
Massachusetts saw the need, and took hold in
morrow morning, during the business ses-
the right direction. Two annual exhibitions
have been held in Boston, which attracted thou-
sion, and acted upon. (Applause.)
sands of people, and showed the progress being Mr. Wilson: I desire to present a paper
made. The whole movement there is under the on a subject which is of interest to us all,
direction of Prof. Walter Smith, State Director by Mr. George B. Ayres, author of How to
of Art Education, a gentleman who has had a Paint Photographs. Mr. Ayres expected to
wide experience in the art schools of Europe. read this in person, but writes me that he is
Since occupying his present position, he has unavoidably detained in Philadelphia. His
written an elaborate and interesting work on paper is as follows
" Art Education." and I will close this paper with
an extract in reference to "Art Education in Pub THE RELATION OF THE PHOTOGRAPHER
lie Schools." In speaking of the influence of art
AND THE ARTIST.
knowledge in "improving all branches of indus- BY GEORGE B. AYRES.
trial trades and manufactures," he says: There are two parties in our profession that
need to be better acquainted; I mean the pho-
"The success of these experiments has been
tographer and the artist. Perhaps it would be
so great, that several European states at the
more correct to say that these two parties are
present time owe their prosperity in no slight
not acquainted at all
degree to the artistic excellence of their manu-
We hear a great deal about " harmony ;" har-
factures, brought about mainly by their cultiva-
mony between the operator under the skylight
tion of art education.
and the manipulator in the dark-room, harmony
"The time has arrived when the government between the collodion and the bath, harmony
of the State of Massachusetts has viewed the between the silver and the toning solutions. We
matter in the same lightand thus we are upon
;
also strive for harmony between the photographer
the threshold of a new fabric, —
a system of art and his patrons but who thinks of or considers
;

education for the State, which will undoubtedly the harmony which should exist between the
foreshadow a national system of secondary edu- photographer and the artist? Yet how plain is
cation. the case and how great the necessity for such a
"The means whereby such a system would be relation They labor conjointly for the same re-
!

best organized to meet the requirements of all sult, upon the very same basis; but "how shall
classes of society, and keep supply and demand two walk together unless they be agreed?"
in their true relationship, has been a great prob- Can the builder rear the edifice if the architect
lem to the educationists of this locality, as it has furnished an impracticable design, or mis-
has been previously to the educationists of the calculated his ground-plan ? Can the steamship
Old World. There are three sections of the pub- traverse the trackless waters if the engineer be
lic to be educated : children, adult artisans, and heedless of the pilot's signals ? Can the artist
the public generally, who come under neither of produce a good specimen of brushwork in color
the first two divisions. How this has been pro- or ink if the photographer gives him any sort of

vided for in most of the European states I may a print ? No ; success is no more to be expected
here shortly describe. For children, elementary in the latter than in the former cises.
drawing is taught as a part of general education There are many galleries throughout the coun-
in most of the public schools ; for adult artisans, try in which the worked up " pictures are con-
'
'

night schools and classes have been established sidered a sort of bugbear, or altogether a nuis-
in almost all towns or populous villages ; and ance ! The customer's order is accepted with
for the general public, museums, galleries of fear and trembling numerous attempts are made
;

art, and courses of public lectures on art sub- to get a print which the photographer feels that

jects are becoming general. Upon the compara- he dare send to the artist no care has been ;

tive value of these several means there may be taken to secure information in detail with refer-
and is much difference of opinion but upon one ; ence to color ; the artist receives his print with
point there is a general agreement, viz., that to the photographer's stereotyped apology, " It's a
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHEE. 315

poor thing, but the best I could do ;" and the hand just what the builder can do, and what
result — would it be strange if it were otherwise ought to be done.
than failure ? A precisely similar relation exists between the
In this way failures often accumulate to such photographer and his artist, and the sooner my
an extent as to dishearten the photographer, and hopes for a more intimate knowledge of each
he almost concludes to accept no more jobs of other is realized the sooner will brushwork be-
the kind. come easier, better, and more profitable. While
That such a condition of affairs is wholly un- I am happy to say there are, those of our fra-
necessary is perfectly manifest to any one who ternity who appreciate and carry out in their
will properly consider the matter. Investigation daily labors the points I urge, I regret to add
will show that it arises simply from the. lack of also that years of practical observation in my
attention to the matter of plain paper printing as artist-life compels me to admit that perhaps as
a fundamental and necessary item of photography many as three-fourths of photographers, in
as well as indifference to the fact that an artist general, have little or none of the knowledge of
cannot return good work unless he be furnished which I have already spoken. How soon shall
good prints. Photographers will spend days
u'ith we see manifested a disposition to learn?
and weeks and exhaustless patience in unneces- But methinks they inquire wherein do these
sary "retouching," who really seem not able to deficiencies exist? I cannot, of course, answer
afford a single hour for experiments in salting in detail here, and especially without examples
and silvering. Indeed, it has been deemed a to illustrate : but I think I may venture to say
matter of such slight importance — and so simple that if you bring to me one hundred prints, on
and easy too! — that experiment is useless and the average —just as they are commonly sent to
unnecessary. the artist —I will pick out seventy-five of them
Why, gentlemen, (would you believe it ?) there as being susceptible of correction and improve-
are hundreds of photographers — outside the ment, to say nothing of those utterly unfit, and
National Photographic Association, of course, give a good reason for my doing so.
who do not know there is a right and a wrong Some will be found too light or too dark in
side of the paper itself; perhaps cannot see it
shade, considering what the subject is too gray
;

after they do know, or tell winch side should be or too red in tone; yellow, or speckled, or
printed upon !
muddy; too angularly and sharply vignetted;
Many think too, that the back side of an albu- badly located on the paper ; with unsightly edges
menized sheet is just as good for a print as genu- when cut out from the background ; spots re-
ine plain paper. Also, that matters of shade, maining, especially in the lights, and which
tone, proper vignetting, suspicions of hypo, and should have been touched out of the negative ;

other considerations, are not to be regarded in a certain amount of pencilling to fix the high-
the least degree. Blissful ignorance ! lights or relieve the intenser shadows of the
Neglect of these things, however, is a serious flesh ;
softening of harsh lines without obliterat-
mistake. The qualifications necessary in suc- ing them ; and " many other things too tedious
cessful plain paper printing are not simply aux- to mention."
iliary toworking with albumen. They occupy Remember now, if the photographer under-
theirown sphere and have their own honorable stood, even in a general manner, the routine of
importance. Wherever plain paper is but the artist's working, and had also a desire to

"second fiddle" to albumen, the work and the make these "crooked places straight and the
results will be alike second-rate. rough places smooth," these prerequisites would
To repeat a comparison I have already made, naturally suggest themselves to him, and he could
I will liken the photographer to an architect and make his print irreproachable.

the artist to a builder ; for, assuredly, does not But, unfortunately, it is not thus. The pho-
upon and according
the artist raise his structure tographer is too apt to compliment (!) the artist
to the foundation as given him by the photog- by presupposing an amount of recuperative
rapher? ability which he does not possess, or even aspire
Now, it is evident, we would decide that archi- to and the customer is not unfrequently as-
;

tect to be a very incompetent one who should sured with respect to certain difficulties or objec-
furnish an impossible plan, or one which would tions, "Oh! yes, the artist will fix that.'' But
at least make it a matter of serious concern for can he, always ?

the builder to accomplish. What follows then? Furthermore, how many photographers, I
Why plainly that the architect must so far under- wonder, ever think to consult with the artist be-
stand the builder's business as to know before- forehand ? There are many prints made in one
316 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GKAPHEK.
way, and perhaps the poorest, for which the ing my hope for a better acquaintance between the
artist might suggest another and a better. The photographer and the artist; a more intimate
experienced artist may often discover in a very union in sympathy, consultation, responsibility,
ordinary picture the basis for something very and compensation.
good. He will also point out the expediency of To my mind the result will be sure, in better
making a certnin copy large or small, or of feeling, better work, and better pay.
making one print dark and another light to attain
The President: You will now have the
the desired result. In his mind's eye he sees the
end from the beginning.
pleasure of listening to a paper on Art, by
an eminent sculptor.
If the photographer grieves over the want of
focus in a child's restless fingers, the artist meets
Mr. Baker: Mr. President, Ladies and
the emergency with a rose ! He adds an acces-
—
Gentlemen The paper which I am now
sory or puts something into the background which about to read to you, is one of great im-
gives meaning to a position that would other- portance and value, and I want to ask you
wise be seemingly idiotic. He metamorphoses to pay great attention to it, because it is of
some objectionable mass, which the photographer the greatest importance and my voice is ;

cannot get rid of, into a flowing curtain. In- not so strong as itmight be it is rather ;

deed, his ready brush is only too seldom brought fine, so you will have to keep pretty still.
into requisition in this way, and, of course, the Mr. Baker then read the following:
profession is deprived of a valuable instrumen-
tality for good, and the credit of producing re- ADDRESS BY A SCULPTOR.
suits containing ideas which shall not always be A great critic speaks of Giotto's famous tower
denominated "mechanical" and unartistic. at Florence as a " fine question pointing heaven-
Aword now about compensation. "What is ward." I think this phrase may subtly charac-
your price-list for the trade?" is too often the terize man, so long as he is in progress, and
first idea, rather than " Let me see the quality maintains a teachable spirit. The attitude of
of your work ;'' and the former point too often asking more light seems most fit and profitable
decides whether or not the artist shall be em- for himself. So I have been trying to find out
ployed. In general, photographers estimate the what is meant by some of our common and great
artist's ability according to whatever sort of words and phrases. The entire depth and breadth
picture he has been able to make with their of a word is not easily grasped. For instance,
prints, which is a tremendous error ; for, as can when a definition of the word "art" is wanted,
be readily proved, there are prints by the thou- plenty of definitions are found but they are
;

sand, from which Raphael himself would sLrink !

incoherent. The ancients said, ' art is a sport or

An ordinary worker will be quite as likely to do play," but it is something more than that to some
all that can bedone with a bad print as a su- of us. I have heard a blacksmith talk of the
perior artist ; whilst it is also very certain that art of shoeing horses, and asking him what he
the bad print requires decidedly the greater meant by it, he said the art of it was the best

amount of time, and labor and, consequently, the

, way of doing it. Art is the best way of doing a
artist demands the more fay ! Thus it is evident thing. The two definitions, different as they are,

that photographers stand in their own light by touch each other ; for the most skilful work is

non-attention to these requirements ; and I say akin to play. So there is an art of horseshoeing,
without hesitation that from one to five dollars and an art of shipbuilding, and a lost art of

can be saved on the majority of pictures, if pho- cooking ; indeed, an art of everything which
tographers would furnish such prints as will save man does with a purpose. So far as any of these
time and work to the artist. arts give pleasure independent upon utility,

I believe, and I always publish, that I expect they may be characterized as fine arts. The
to be paid a fair compensation for my time and tie between bull-baiting and historical painting
work (the quality being also considered) given is not very evident, nevertheless it is there, and
to the particular job in hand, while I also assure there is probably an artistic way of baiting bulls.
my photographer-patron that he shall reap all the It seems to me that the term fine arts applied
advantage I can give him in the matter of price. exclusively to a few of the more costly modes of
Thus I may, at different times, have two prices artistic activity, as music, poetry, and painting,
for the same size, according to the amount of is confusing. The decoration of a chair should
work which each picture requires to complete it. be a matter of fine art, as the construction of a
Feeling that I may have already trespassed statue or cathedral ; there is no radical differ-

beyond proper limits, I will conclude by reiterat- ence, only a difference of degree. I am led to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 317

these prosaic remarks by certain discussions I dent — that he mixed his colors with brains — fits

have seen showing that

in the papers, laboriously the photographer just as well. Formulas are
photography is a fine art, and now and then a good, but individual study and cultivation must
protest against such assumption. Taking into be added or there is no art. All the brushes and
account the pleasure photography has bestowed paints in the world cannot make a painter. One
upon the human race, and how remote its best of our artists who draws exquisite likenesses was
achievement may yet be. such discussions appear asked about his method of handling. He said he
unprofitable. didn't know anything about it — he tried to get
the light and shade as he saw them in the subject.
To consider how it is a fine artand the relation
it bears to pure hand-work is worth a passing There is no danger, however, that photographers

thought. A friend of mine once sat for a pho- will yet awhile rest upon the infallibility of pro-
tograph and was not pleased with the result. cesses which they well know are not infallible.
Such things occur. But no one recognized the In no other art, I think, is there less disposition

likeness. She took the proof back to the artist to settle down and consequent man-
into schools

and proposed to sit again but he said it must be nerism. In no other art is there more coherence
;

right —
the apparatus couldn't lie and risked her — and friendly emulation, or more stimulus of or-
whom it did resemble if not her. She couldn't ganization. The spirit of enterprise and mutual
produce anybody that the likeness fitted, and so aid reminds one of the ancient guilds.

had to take it. This photographer was not an The time has passed by when artists are dis-

artist — that is to say he had no individuality, for posed to underrate photography. I have seen
that makes the artist. Pictures were all the the first portrait painter of this country, and one
—
same to him the sun and the chemicals mnde of the first colorists of any country, working
them and it wasn't his business to meddle. He patiently day by day for years to construct his
had faith. But one can easily see what is due ideal portrait of Shakspeare. Four little photo-
to individual effort in photography by sitting to graphs of a plaster cast are the basis of that head,
several photographers for a likeness. Results whatever it may prove to be. In this case the
will exhibit differences as marked as those of means are slow and tedious but without these ;

portraiture in oil or marble. Photographs will photographs there were for him no means at all.
eventually be stamped with as strong individual It may almost be said now that no artist works
character as the canvases of Rubens and Titian. without the aid of sun pictures in one way or
Such study as the painter bestows cannot be another. In these days few people die without
given to photographic portraiture ;
but in the leaving a more or less complete record in pho-
matter of lighting the what background
sitter, tography. Thus artists have gained greatly in
he shall have, what accessories, what attitude, material. A mere plaster cast of the face after
there is an infinite choice and room for any death is authority relating only to the skull and
amount of originality in style. The art is yet in long projections —but the photograph supple-
its infancy, and already many photographers of ments this admirably. Then the subtle play of
artistic temperament are beginning to be felt in light on the features, and the marvellous minute-
the character of their production. We see pho- ness of the photograph in drawing, are a means
tographic art which represents the hard outlines of education already felt throughout the pictorial
of the pre-Raphaelites, and also other work sug- world. I have seen rock studies in photography
gesting the soft grace of Correggio, or the calm which were, at first, the despair of the landscape
majesty of Titian's portraits; and we see much painter, and finally one of his best means of suc-
that does not resemble Rembrandt. It is clear B
cess for, however minute and faithful the draw-
;

that there is opportunity for individual growth ing might be, he could still add color, and the
and fancy. Any good photographic artist will glamour of the imagination. The fineness and
be found to have his ideal, just as any good plasticity of the photograph is a just rebuke to
painter or sculptor. An ideal towards which he slovenly and insufficient drawing. The disposi-
is striving, and from which he is always remote. tion to look at nature through the Claude Lor-
He wishes to interpret the inner truths of nature ;
raine glasses has been carried too far, and the
the impossible tempts him. He points his cam- photograph brings just that kind of truth and
era, like Giotto's tower, toward the infinite. severity needful to set us right. It seems to me
And no one knows better than he that he cannot that a careful study of photography is, after the
rely upon his instruments, that cameras and study of nature, one of the best helps to any
chemicals are but means of growth ; that for all beginner in art. It must surely correct that
finer results he must depend upon himself. Sir tendency to shirk the hard work in drawing
Joshua Reynolds's arrogant answer to the stu- which has been fatal to so many Turners and
318 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Claudes. It keeps the multitudinousness of transitory effect. No part of the face or head is

nature ever in mind, it seems to place the vision put in deep shadow, alland sunny.
is clear
of a vastly superior eye constantly before us. There is no flinching from hard work. Wherever
So much, and more than I have power to indi- shadow is used, the modelling is continued per-
fectly throughout the whole. In the best faces
cate, is photography helping the hand-worker in
of Titian no shadow is apparent, yet there is no
art. Is it not possible that hand-work has some-
thing to give in return ? Retouching the nega- flatness; they are full and round, like nature

tive has grown somewhat unpopular from excess

herself. And some of the best heads of Rem-
or lack of skill, but seems to me quite legitimate
brandt, fond as he was of shadow trioks, are
painted in this broad and sunny way. These
work. But that is not the kind of aid of which
great artists studied to give the sum of human
I am thinking. I have lately been examining
some of the best plain photographic portraits I life — not five minutes of it. We feel in the pres-

can find, and they seem to me to be, as the artist

ence of one of their portraits that we have the

says, " out of keeping." At first sight they ap- whole individual beforeus, his achievements and

pear perfect, and all right, but they don't wear his possibilities.They are as beautiful as in-
well. After a little study they grow weak, and fancy and as immutable as death. If there are

unlike good art, they do not reveal some fresh accessories, no one thinks of them. The sim-
The plicity of such work is striking, but it is the
beauty every day. likeness is there, but it
is thin and spectral — the inner light fades out of simplicity of vast and varied knowledge. Cut a
them, and in a little while they are lifeless and square half inch from any of their flesh surfaces,

automatic. Looking carefully for the cause of

and you will find it graded with an infinite fine-
ness.
this, I think it is found in the lack of artistic
cultivation in the photographer. Of course I am Certainly the photographic artist, with such
not competent to say how much of it is due to standards in his mind, will be ever lessening the
the imperfections of machines and materials, but faults in his work which are evident, and so

the difference between an artistic photograph much more evident to him than anybody else.

and a bad one is already so great that I believe Few artists, of course, can study Titian or
much more may be accomplished with the ma- Rembrandt's works first hand ; but the photo-
terial now in use. Whatever improvement may graphic art itself brings Titian into all our
be made in the means, I still think true progress houses, at least in his sketches, which in some
is to be gained by the study of photography as a degree reveal his method. And for a dollar or
fine art, using exactly the same methods em- two one may buy an autotype of hands by Albert
ployed by the great artists of all time. First, of Durer, which contain more modelling than all
course, comes the closest study of nature in all the sun-painted hands I have ever seen. A
her moods ; but, to supplement this, familiarity plaster cast of any good antique statue will afford
with the work of her best interpreters is of a cer- the same aid in training the sight. Take the
tain advantage. I have said that the best like- well-known figure of the Venus of Milo, and
nesses in photography seem out of keeping; the study the wonderful gradation of form in the bust
light is so distributed upon them that certain and torso. There is delicacy and strength be-
features are too prominent, others too receding. yond expression in words. The artist's eye,
The bridges of noses are widening, the ends made once accustomed to refinement of good hand-
bulbous, and often the neck is without modelling. work, will thenceforth demand better things of
There are flat spaces and empty spaces. This is the camera, and I doubt not will find a way of
not the case in nature. However little there may getting them We shall have less distortion of
be in the head, there is plenty of modelling on forms, less dead surfaces, dark or light and we
;

the outside. Nature leaves no blank, all is finely shall miss these stereoscopic effects, where the
modelled and diversified. It is so with the work subject seems not only starting out of the frame,
of great artists. Often a work of art is easier but out of its senses. This stereoscopic work
to study than nature. One needs sometimes a indeed is characteristic of most modern art, and
teacher, and the best pictures are the best mas- the hand-workers are nearly as bad off as the
ters. If every photographic artist could have photographers. Our portrait statues seem as if
one of Titian's portraits hanging in his studio, they were made to start out of obscurity for an
the result would soon be seen in our likenesses instant and then disappear forever. Only a few
In these portraits there are no dead surfaces, of our best artists attain anything like the grand
there is no distortion the soul looks ; forth from tranquillity of the ancients. It is the result of
its windows with a lofty tranquillity. long study — the simplicity of wisdom — not of
In these likenesses there is no striving for any ignorance.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGR APHER. 319

The better the picture the less need of what must depend upon the artist's individual feel-
are called "effects." I know no way so surely ing.
to train the eye and elevate the taste as Greek There can be no doubt that this feeling, this

sculpture and the portraiture of the fifteenth cen- sense of fitness and harmony, may be cultivated.
tury And if men
one wishes to see how other It may be developed by familiarity with the
study these matters and master them he may works of artists who possessed it conspicuously.
read the works of two men wide apart as the — There are some artists who in their best days
poles, yet converging in art — Winckelmen
and could not make a mistake. You will find false

Ruskin. The former gropes among the tombs composition in their work as rare as discords in
for beauty long departed ; the latter reveals it Mozart. Any work of a good period of Greek
with his flaring torch on palaces and cathedrals ;
art will also be found faultless in this respect.
but both have found the underlying principles The Laocoon is not of the best period, but it
of art, and few students can afford to neglect would puzzle a convention of modern artists to
their teaching. It may be thought that I exag- rearrange it. The infinitely subtle nature of
gerate the necessity of this study of art to the the art of composition is shown by the failures
photographer ; but believing, as I do, that pho- made in restoring mutilated statues as, for in- —
tography, as an art, rests on just the same basis stance, the utter impossibility of replacing the
as all the other arts, I cannot see how a photog- lost arms of the Venus of Milo.
rapher can even place his sitter in the best light This art of composition is a part of photogra-
without an understanding of the laws to which phy, just as it is of music or architecture, or of
good art is subject. any ether of the fine arts. It enters into the
And it seems to me that the photographer may construction of the simplest picture. One view
further advance himself by the study of good of a face, unless it is well chosen, is often of
hand-work in the matter of composition or ar- little value as a likeness. Suppose we catch a
rangement of his picture. I have not much to swift glimpse of a stranger's profile ; it is very
say upon so profound a theme as this, and it is we know of his face and character until we
little

hardly necessary to remark that it is the subject have seen more of him. But a momentary
of all others which the student can least afford glimpse— one look of the face is all that a pho- —
to neglect. It is indeed of the last importance tograph likeness gives us. The moment you
in photographic, as in other portraiture, how begin to arrange your sitter to get the most of
the figure is placed, how the drapery is disposed, him before the camera, you are studying the art
how the head is turned, where the hands shall of composition. Every change of position, every
rest. The least change of action produces a new object you introduce, every bit of light and
combination, which may be right or wrong, shade augments or diminishes the value of the
pleasing or harsh. The old definition of beauty picture. It must conform to the ancient law of
must be kept in mind; variety in unity. It variety and unity, and the more variety intro-
must be done, but the difficulty is how to do it. duced, the harder the problem of unity becomes.
Doubtless there are laws of composition, but no- It seems reasonable that the study of the masters
body knows them, at least nobody expounds in pictorial and plastic art would be of advan-
them intelligibly. tage in photography as it is in the other arts. I
So also there are laws of color, but every need only suggest among the many the names of
great picture defies analysis. When all the ob- Turner and Rembrandt as great masters of com-
jects are grouped harmoniously, and when the position. Tintoret is another, who has hardly
light and shade are properly combined, we feel an equal ; but, why, I cannot understand, his
it just as we love harmony without understand- work in any form is almost inaccessible to us.
ing counterpoint. This art of composing, which I would place the study of Greek sculpture
is akin to invention or creation, must always be highest of all, as the composition of the human
a matter of feeling. figure seems to me the most difficult of all art ;

It depends as much upon inspiration as any and in this the Greeks attained such consum-
human work. We do not know how or why an mate power that it seems they must ever remain
idea comes to us, and I doubt if any artist who the light of the world. It is not difficult, in the
has hit upon a happy arrangement of his theme larger cities, to find at least a few of their master-
can state how he found it. Certain elementary pieces, which look down upon us from remote
notions there are, as that there must be a lead- ages as if they were immortal souls. The mate-
ing idea to which all the facts of the picture rial is cheap, but it holds the loftiest ideals of
tend —a leading light to which other lights are an exceptional people.
subordinate. But, after all, the composition The service that photography is rendering to
320 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
hand-work in art is, I believe, in this way re- be very easily obtained in some of our
paid already, if the photographer chooses to be cities,some are accessible here in our art
an artist as well as a photographer. galleries, you will derive much good.

Mr. Baker : You will observe that it

Our art gallery is very near the Rink,
exactly in front of the Rink you can go in
is here stated that in Titian's portraits ;

there for a small sum and see them.

no part of the face or head is in deep
shadow. That of course is very different
There is the Venus of Milo. There are
several others, quite beautiful and valuable
from the way Rembrandt worked. We do
works of art, the names of which I do not
not mean to imply that Rembrandt is
remember.
wrong; still, Titian's way, the way of re-
I imagine it would pay any one to visit
vealing everything, is considered to be the
that place, on purpose to see these things.
finest, most noble, because, obviously, the
(Applause.)
principle of art is to reveal, the object of
The President : I will name as the com-
portraiture is to give a portrait of the per-
mittee on Mr. Anthony's prizes the follow-
son, but conceal nothing.
ing gentlemen :

This way of concealing part of the face

is with many painters a trick, and it is pe-
Prof. J. W.
Draper, New York;
H. Newton, Esq., New York
J.
culiarly so with many photographers. ;

P. F. Thompson, Esq., New York

It is a trick, because thereby painters, ;

E. Borda, Esq., Philadelphia;

not photographers so much perhaps, es-
Coleman Sellers, Esq., Philadelphia;
pecially painters can conceal their lack of
Prof. Cooke, Boston, Mass.
skill,they can use a mass of shade with
very little detail, they can slight and can We will now give you something practi-
skim the work over. Rembrandt did not cal, on the " Treatment of Sitters, "by E.T.
do so. However deep his shadows are you Whitney, Esq., of Norwalk, Conn.
always see the details It is due to Mr. Whitney : This is not a long docu-
my friend to say that I have had no oppor- ment I have prepared. It is something I
tunity of reading this but just once. This consider as practical and for everyday use.
manuscript is in an entirely unfamiliar
hand, which renders the reading a little THE TREATMENT OF THE SITTER.
bungling. How can we treat our sitters in the operating-

Perhaps it would be well to state my room so as to make them feel at home, and secure
a good expression ? I have always considered
friend is a man of great attainments as an
that of more consequence than such exquisite
artist,and he very modestly withholds his
nicety of detail. How many pleasant expres-
name, and characterizes this as a rough
sions have been lost by an overstrained care in
sketch or draft of what he would have done
adjustment, in focussing, in fussing? What
for us if he had more time, but for myself would any of you care for fault in drapery, or
I must say I regard this paper as one of even a cramped hand (for these faults could be
very great importance to us all. It ex- vignetted out), if instead of a pleasant face of
presses very much my own sentiments, and some dear friend, you had a tired, weary, dissat-
I would, but not on that account, ask you, isfied look. No, no, my brother ;
put yourself
when it is published in the record of our in the place of the anxious husband or father.

proceedings in the Philadelphia Photog- But my object is to secure both. A skilful poser

rapher or elsewhere, to read it over very will arrange a subject gracefully and quickly, and

carefully, and to make the article a study,

so interest as to throw them off their guard (for

they all make up minds before they come

their
and you cannot derive considerable
see if
that they are going to do this or that), but you
benefit from it, particularly from the
must have your own way in such a manner as to
carrying out of some of the suggestions
seem, to comply with their wishes.
that he makes.
Many years ago a distinguished man sat for
From the study of the works of our his daguerreotype at my rooms in Rochester (I
artists, some of the
the plaster casts of was green then). I knew he had been in the
Greek artists, containing the finest model- hands of daguerreotypists all over the country,
ling and posing in the world, and it may and I asked him if he had any choice in position.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 321

He replied, "I always let the operator have his the position is lost. Some ladies have long,
own way." I handed hiin a piece of paper, crooked necks, making the head awry. The
"Will you be kind enough to write that down only cure for this is the back view: face the
and sign it?" He wrote, "The experience of person to the light, and turn the head over one
one who has often been daguerreotyped is to let shoulder. In cases where the nose is crooked,
the operator have his own way. Gerritt or inclined to one side, let that side be toward
Smith." That paper I kept pinned on my re- the camera. Where persons show their teeth
flector, and when sitters came in with, " There .'
when must be taken,
talking, a quick picture
I want this, and want that," I would ask them and the subject constantly animated by conver-
to be seated while I prepared my plate, thus giv- sation. These are hard cases, but difficulties
ing them time to read that paper, and when I must be overcome and never allow a person to
;

came out, they would remark, " Well, Mr. Whit- leave dissatisfied, if in your power to prevent it.
ney, I guess you know best about my position.'' Children are the next and last, but by far the
When your comes in the operating-room
sitter most important they are the key to your suc-
;

(presuming that all arrangements about size, cess in business, therefore be patient, be kind,
style, and price have been arranged in the recep- and play with them ; never lie to them. If you
tion-room), greet him or her by name (that, you cannot use a head-rest, get them to lean on their
see at a glance from the ticket handed you). hand, or against the back of a chair then, with
;

During the greeting and remarks on state of the a movable toy, to keep their attention, and the
weather, &c, you run your eye over the subject, mother, nurse, and all the rest behind you, so
regarding the dress, its color, style, and trim- that they will not feel as if left alone, your suc-
mings, and remarking as to what color this or certain. I don't care how many persons
cess is
that will take, and all the time studying the face are in the room, if they keep and the
still, as-
and expression. Request the privilege of looking sistant at the camera watches his chance while I
at each view of the face turning the body first
have the attention of the child, for one second.
one way, then reverse the figure. You will per-
which your
Regarding the object to sitter's
ceive at a glance which view is best. State to
attention should be called, during the exposure,
the subject (if a lady) which side you wish to
is of the highest importance. I use a head-rest,
take, so that any change she may wish to make
with two pictures them tell them to
; describe
in hair or ornaments may be done. Then show
;

look all over that picture, to wink freely, but

her into the dressing-room, while you arrange
quickly. And never open your camera until you
the light, and your operator prepares the plate.
see that the expression is natural.
No operating-room is properly constructed unless
you can place your sitter under the centre of the
Mr. Whitney illustrated his ideas as to
light,and work from either end (advantage of
posing and the treatment of sitters by posing
Kent's hand-screen), and your apparatus and
the President, when he remarked :
backgrounds should be so arranged that you can
change quickly. In three minutes you should
When a sitter comes into the room I

be ready for the pose. Now comes the tug of might pose him in this way (indicating).
war. Here gentle but persuasive authority Drop the chin, and then take a position in
must rule. this position (indicating). Now, in this
The sitter (if a gent) wanting a bust picture, position, the nose running off. Taken inis

will generally sit down and slide out in his chair, that view you would have a very unpleas-
throwing his head up. This with some men is a ant expression. (Excuse me.)
difficult case. Take him by the shoulders with With this view of the face towards the
the request that he will sit well back on the seat,
camera he (the President) makes a very
and droop the shoulders as if resting easily at
handsome picture. (Applause.)
home. If this fails, illustrate by personal ex-
ample.
The President I might look pretty :

Ladies are more easily posed ;

if a three- well if Mr. Whitney were not here.
quarter figure is wanted, an operating chair with (Laughter.)
movable side-arm is the best and (if a young ;
The President The subject now before :

lady) she will almost invariably take an easy the "Negative Bath;
us for discussion is
attitude if requested to sit on one foot. The arm
How to Make and Use it." Mr. J. W. Black
of the chair should be raised just high enough
will lead. You do not want any introduc-
to catch the elbow, without allowing the figure
tion, as you all know him. (Applause.)
to fall one-sided. If you allow the subject to

turn and twist about, to arrange drapery, &c, Mr. Black I am very happy to say,
:

21
322 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ladies and gentlemen. When our meetings effect of shortening the time of exposure, and ot
first commenced we could not say that. softening the shadows in a most satisfactory
I have been requested to say something manner. An excess of acid, however, made the

as to the acid bath.

negatives flat, feeble, and difficult to intensify
by the ordinary treatment.
Mr. Black then read as follows There is not probably a person present, who
has not in his experience found himself making
THE ACID NITRATE BATH.
some of his best pictures after he had used his
I have been requested by our President and bath for a long time, and when, of course, it had
Secretary to mnke a few remarks in regard to become very much weakened, and full of iodide
my nitrate of silver "acid bath." At each of of silver. In my own experience, many years
our conventions, for the past three years, I have since, when I often used a bath up to sixty
had something to say to you in relation to the grains, my very best effects were produced when
bath I have used and am still using, and I I supposed the bath exhausted and unfit for
therefore feel it to be too old a story to be re- further use.
peated. I am aware that the bath has been In the early days of collodion negatives, we
tried by a great many persons, both at home considered it indispensable to have our silver
and abroad, with but very indifferent success, bath of at least sixty grains to the ounce; but
yet a few have found it to be all that I have ever to-day no one thinks of having a bath much
claimed for it. Mr. Ingalls, from Montreal, has stronger than thirty grains to the ounce.
been in my closet, seen the practical working of In printing, the old formulee required some-
this bath, and, I trust, he will be able to state thing like eighty grains of nitrate of silver to the
to you the facts as they are. ounce, while at present thirty grains are con-
You may perhaps feel interested to know the sidered ample.
circumstances which first brought this bath into In both the negative and printing-bath, the
use. Several years ago, when the celebrated general tendency, of late, has been to use much
" Bromide Patent" case was on trial, and when less silver than formerly. Take, for instance,
evidence was being taken in Boston by the at- the bromide of silver emulsion process, and you
torneys for the defence, it was thought desirable will observe what a very small quantity of silver

to ascertain if we could not do as well without isrequired to produce a good, strong negative,
the use of the bromides as with them. To test and generally without the employment of any
this question I prepared a quantity of collodion, free silver in developing. Of the silver we use
and substituted chlorides for the bromides, using in our negative baths, but an exceedingly small
the ordinary silver bath of the strength of about percentage really goes to make the negative pic-
forty grains to the ounce. After several trials, ture. The effects produced by a weak or strong
pictures were made of Mr. Howson, the attorney bath are undoubtedly more of a mechanical than
having charge of the case, and also of Mr. Wil- chemical nature. And, by the way, I wish to

son, our worthy Secretary. The pictures, for say that this is a matter which I think has been
those days, were esteemed quite good, and could too much overlooked by a vast majority of our

not be distinguished from those made by the fraternity. I believe that the extreme sensi-
ordinary mode of working. These experiments tiveness of a plate depends much more upon the

were so successful that I felt encouraged to pro- structure of the film than on the precise propor-

ceed further with them, and soon found that the tion of the chemicals used, or the particular kind

strength of the silver bath, and the amount of of sensitive salts employed.

acid used, changed the results in a very remark- As the result of many careful experiments, I
able degree. I found that a silver bath of about have found but little, if any, difference in the
eighteen or twenty grains, when made very acid, various iodides and bromides used, other things
with nitric acid, gave much better results than being equal. Several years ago, I prepared a
stronger or neutral baths ; in fact, that almost gallon of collodion, and divided it equally in
any result could be produced by adding more or thirty bottles. I sensitized itby beginning with
less acid. For example, if I wished to prepare all iodide in the first bottle, and adding bromide,
a bath to copy lines, as for an engraving, where and reducing the iodide, until the thirtieth bottle
intensity only was required, I used only a small contained all bromide. The result was truly
quantity of nitric acid ; but if I desired to make wonderful, showing a very wide margin where
negatives from life, or objects from which I de- no difference in sensitiveness could be detected.
sired to secure delicate shadows, I added a larger These samples of collodion were carefully tested
quantity of the acid, which had the practical in an even light on the same subject. Subse-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 323

quently, the whole lot were thrown together and V^and study to learn to see lights and shadows as
thoroughly mixed, and the whole worked well. they actually exist, and to know how materially
You will find in practice that a soft, spongy forms are altered by them. To utilize such
collodion will always be highly sensitive, for the knowledge after it is acquired, so that, at least,
reason that its mechanical constitution is such we can avoid making bad worse, involves long
that the molecules of silver move more freely practice and close observation.
within and throughout it, — that is to say, with I do not imagine, and I am sure you do not,
less friction,and rearrange themselves, by the that any bath, whether acid, alkaline, or neu-
action of the light, more readily than they do tral, or any collodion, whether soft or hard, will

when enveloped in a tough or hard collodion. enable everybody to produce just such a portrait
No doubt, a part of the success of the "acid or other picture as may be desired ; for such a
bath " is due to these facts, for the great quan- result must be attained by the knowledge and
tity of acid tends to make the collodion film experience of the operator, whatever the charac-
peculiarly tender, velvety, and soft, and thus af- ter of the chemicals or other instruments may
fords the most delicate gradations of light and be, through which his work is accomplished.
shade. I will give you the formulae for collodion But what I wish to fix upon your attention is

and bath, such as I am now working, and will the fact that, with my "acid bath," very weak
only say that, like all other formulae, they must in silver, and more or less strong in acid, I can,
be used with judgment. Chemicals, particularly and do, not only take pictures quicker, but get
soluble cottons, are not always uniform, and the also a softerand more delicate tint, more detail
formulas must be modified to suit varying con- in the lighter portions,more strength in the
ditions. For general work I use collodion made darker shadows; in short, nearer to nut tire i\\&n
as follows what we usually consider a good photograph made
Alcohol,
Ether,
....
.... 6
9 ounces.
"
in the ordinary way. This process rests entirely
upon its own merits. I do not ask any one to
Soluble Cotton, . . .108 grains. pay anything for it. I can only reiterate that
Iodide of Ammonium, . 18 " in my practice, for the past three years, it has

Iodide of Cadmium, . . 18 " proved uniformly successful, and, any

if it is of

" value to you, you are all perfectly welcome to

Chloride of Calcium, . . 9
use it.
The nitrate of .silver bath I make of nitrate of
silver, 20 grains to the ounce of water, and for (Applause.)
every two quarts of the solution add half an
Mr. Black continued Mr. Nichols was
:

ounce of C. P. nitric acid.

in my place, and saw the bath work suc-
The amount of acid used must depend upon
circumstances you will probably require more
cessfully. He told me he should not know
;

acid. I often use as much as two ounces or more

the difference between the working of that
with success in two quarts of solution. bath and die ordinary bath.
To develop, I use from fifteen to twenty grains I believe there is one gentleman in Louis-
of protosulphate of iron to the ounce of water, villewho has seen the working of the bath,
with enough acetic acid to cause it to flow and may support me in what I am saying.
smoothly.
All practical photographers know how utterly Mr. Black was often interrupted by ques-
impossible it is to give an exact formula that tions,which he answered as follows :

will work to the satisfaction of an expert opera- In all these experiments there was a very
tor. The foregoing statements, therefore, are wide margin, indeed one-third at least, in
given only as a basis, to be managed and modi- the two experiments. We could scarce de-
fied according to circumstances. And allow me tect the difference in the work.
to say that this is no secret process, but only a
Use sufficient acetic acid to allow it to
matter of make it uniformly a success.
skill to
flow when the bath is new. It will take less
I do not recommend the '' acid bath " because
acid than when it grows older. Then gradu-
it is cheaper, and requires less silver, for that
ally increase the quantity of acid as the
which gives us the best results is, in the end,
the cheapest and best. What we are all aiming bath is used.

to do is to reproduce on paper, or other material, The amount of acid depends upon cir-

exactly what we see by the eye in light and cumstances. It is made acid purposely;
shade. In the first place we should reflect that a small amount at first, afterwards it will
it requires many years of constant application require a good deal more.
324 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
A solution with twenty grains is a very two weeks, and it began to give out, and I
high percentage. used more acid (applause and laughter),
For the last three years I have used that and that has been my way of working for
•constantly. I have never 'been troubled the last two years.
with it. JSever have been troubled with Whenever I find, after working the bath
the bath full of iodized silver, or full of pin - for three or four months, that it gives
holes ; very rarely crystallizes. Those views out, I take it out, reduce it, filter it, neu-
in the Rink were taken with the acid bath. tralize it with ammonia, set it in the sun,
Some of those plates were coated in the and, after it has all settled and filtered
room. Some of the plates were taken out again, I reiodize it and put acid in. And
without any preparation to keep them. We I have not had a particle of trouble since I
had some kept an hour and a half, and then have been working the acid bath.
developed with perfect success. If it had Furthermore, I used to have a good deal
been a strong bath that would have been of trouble in albumenizing the plate, but I
impossible to do, because the amount of am now using nitric acid for albumenizing
evaporation which would take place would my plates, and have not had a particle of
have crystallized the silver all over the plate. trouble with them. come out They all
I predict that in five years to come the ma- clean. I have for the months used last six
jority of operators will use the acid bath, nothing but the old plates from a gallery
and not use the neutral baths they used to which was sold out, when I bought the old
do. The tendency is the other way. I ad- plates.
mit it takes some courage to try a bath like I used half an ounce of albumen, twelve
that. Mr. Klauber assures me that he is ounces of water, and about fifteen drops of
using that bath with great success. To use nitric acid.I wash my plates first in nitric
his own language, he says " he is acid from and rinse them, and flow them
acid water,
his toes to his head." with albumen, and have no trouble what-
Mr. Klauber: Ladies and Gentlemen, ever.

I am no speaker ;
you must excuse me. I would go on and state a little further
I will give you just my practical work. that I am using acid in my silver bath for

Two years ago when

met Mr. Black at
I the paper. I am using an acid bath for sil-

Boston, I was very happy to meet him and vering myalbumen paper, and I find it
get acquainted with him. We had a chat works first-rate. So, as Mr. Black says, I
about acid baths. I had been working the am acid from the tip of my toe to the top
same as we all work. of my head, and I shall always work with
When I came home, to use an expression, the acid.
I found my boys "in the mud." Well, The President : I am much obliged to
the first thing I did was to take my 45-grain you, Mr. Klauber.
bath and reduce it to about 30 by pouring We will now listen to a paper written by
in water, filtering it, setting it out in the Mr. Elbert Anderson, of New York, on the
sun, neutralizing it, and then, as Mr. Black silver bath. The Secretary, Mr. Wilson,
told me, used the plain acid. I took for the will read it.

gallon of solution which I had, about an Mr. Wilson Mr. Anderson expected
:

ounce and a half of nitric acid. My oper- to be present in person, but was prevented
ator was perfectly astonished, and thought on account of the absence of Mr. Kurtz. I
I had ruined my bath. After putting the
take pleasure in reading his excellent paper
bath back, I did not have any collodion for him on
made up. I used my old collodion I had,
although it looked a little red. I coated a
THE NEGATIVE BATH:
plate,and it worked a good deal better than Its Preparation and Subsequent Treatment.
it worked before. I thought I would work
In offering you these remarks, at the request
the thing through, and I put in some more of our President, on my method of preparing,
acid. I found the acid had done me good. and the subsequent treatment of the negative
(Applause.) I worked the bath for about bath, I must state that I regard a new bath like
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 325

''New honors, which come upon us
Like our strange garments
mould,
But with the aid of use."
Dissolve the silver in the water until the hy-
;
cleave not to their drometer indicates that the solution contains
twenty grains of silver to the ounce of water.
Next dissolve iodide of ammonium and bro-

Tike, for instance, a new shoe it pinches,

—
mide of cadmium say twenty or thirty grains

presses on our corns, squeaks

:

when we walk, &c.

—
of each in three or four ounces of water, and
add this, a little at a time, to the solution. It
It has grown into a saying with us,
will be observed that a whitish-yellow precipi-
"As easy as an old shoe." tate takes place. This is iodide and bromide of

So with an old bath. A perfectly new bath can

silver,formed by what is known as " double de-
never be so well ''iodized" from the start but
composition" for the iodine in the ammonium

by the continual dipping of plates, and this is a

and the bromine in the cadmium combine with the
point of the very first importance, as the bath, silver in the solution, forming, as I have stated,
to work well, should be kept on the verge of iodide and bromide of silver, whilst the ammo-
saturation with iodide of silver. The first dozen nium und the cadmium combine with the nitric

or so of plates dipped in a new bath are apt to acid of the silver, and form nitrates of ammo-
be harsh and wiry, lacking in mellowness and nium and cadmium, which nitrates dissolve in
the solution.
bloom there is nothing soft about them.
;

There must exist a certain amount of harmony, O^p* Please bear this well in mind, as it is an
so to speak, between the bath, collodion, and the important point, and we shall come to it again
developer, in order to produce the finest chemical presently.

results. The iodide and bromide of silver thus formed

It is for this reason that I never (or except will, however, be dissolved upon shaking the
under extraordinary circumstances) make .and solution, and must be added until the solu-
use a new bath, preferring rather to strengthen tion refuses to take up any more. This may be
and renovate the old one. known by the solution turning milky, and the
We are continually advised to throw down the excess of iodide will be precipitated. The solu-
old bath as chloride, or to put itamong the tion is now saturated, and, after thorough shak-
wastes, and recommended to make up a new one ing, must be filtered, that this excess may be
rather than "tamper" with the old one. removed. Filter through three or four thick-
Against this I must earnestly protest ; it is nesses of Swedish filtering-paper, when the liquid
ruinous and extravagant in the extreme. My will run through perfectly clear (else filter again),
old bath has been renovated and "tampered whilst the excess of iodide will remain behind in
with " ever since I made it, years ago. the filter.
The bath-holder should contain from two to The solution is now placed in an evaporating
three gallons of solution ; certainly not less than dish over the fire —a gas-stove will answer. As
one and a half gallons. A less solution is soon soon as the solution begins to steam, drop in a
out of order from a great variety of causes, and piece of reddened litmus-paper. Next make a
the loss in silver is much greater, in proportion, solution of aqua ammonia one part to water six
in renovating a small bath than a larger one. parts, and add this to the solution if the paper
I have, on former occasions, written at some remains red, a little at a time (stirring the
length and placed great stress on the necessity while), until the blue color of the litmus-paper
of procuring pure nitrate of silver and pure wa- is restored.
ter for the bath. This has been done more for As the ammonia is added, it will throw down
the benefit of learners and beginners — making a dense brown precipitate namely, oxide of —
great allowance for their inexperience — and have silver. Finally, allow the murky solution to
thus, perhaps, gone to extremes, which will evaporate until it is reduced one-third or more.
hardly be necessary at the present moment. Whilst the solution is quietly "boiling," I
I doubt much whether any impurity in the will give the reasons for what I have already
nitrate of silver — such as you would be likely to stated.
buy, or even make for yourselves, nor in the First. The water may or may not (more likely
water, would have any injurious effect, if the may) contain a certain amount of impurity, and
bath be prepared in the manner I shall describe. the boiling or evaporating causes the particles
Therefore, take the nitrate of silver, such as of the water to expand or separate, and thus the
it may be, and draw the water directly from the impurity held in solution is the more easily sep-
tap ; or from the river or from melted ice you
;
;
arated and thrown down.
need not be particular. Second. The bath is purposely made up so
326 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER
weak in order to allow of this amount of boiling great quantity of fine black matter, resembling
and yet not carry it beyond the normal strength, sand, will be thrown down, and which deposits
namely, thirty grains. itself on the sides and bottom of the dish. This
Again, a strong solution of silver tends to pre- is, for the most part, organic matter (impurity)
vent the elimination of impurity — more so than and oxide of silver.

a weaker one. When one-third or more is boiled away, suffer

Third. Though iodide and bromide of silver the solution to cool. When perfectly cold, it

are insoluble in water, yet they are soluble, to a must be tested as to strength in silver. If less
certain extent, in water containing nitrate of than thirty and more than twenty-five, it will
silver in solution, — the solubility of the iodide answer. If more than thirty, reduce to this with
increasing with the strength of the solution ;
water. Now filter it.

consequently when the solution is saturated at 02P* No attempt must ever be made to filter

twenty, and afterwards boiled up to thirty, it the solution until it is absolutely cold, otherwise
will be but two-thirds saturated, which is the it will very likely not run through perfectly clear,
amount desirable at the outset. but carry some impurity with it, and thus you
It will be evident, then, from what I have will have lost your labor.
stated, that if this ("iodizing") be neglected, Next add nitric acid, chemically pure, little

and plates dipped in such solution, coated with by little (shaking the solution after each addi-
iodized collodion, the iodide formed on the sur- tion), until it turns blue litmus-paper red.
face of the phite would be attacked by the silver Do not be afraid of the bath working slow on
and be, in a measure, dissolved
solution, thus ; account of the acid : that's nonsense. Give it a
we have taken the precaution to partially satu- liberal dose.
rate the solution. I should be very sorry to show disrespect to
Fourth. The solution is filtered in order to any one whose opinion differs from mine ; nor
remove the excess of iodide before boiling, other- do I intend to. I only wish to express my own
wise, though saturated at twenty grains, it very forcibly in regard to "sunning" the bath.
would, as it boiled, increase in strength and That is all bosh It can possibly do no harm
!

dissolve still more, leaving the bath completely and does some good but half an hour's boiling
;

1 '
saturated at thirty. is worth a year's "sunning.

Now we do not want this absolute saturation, Finally, add about one-third of an ounce of
because as we continually dip plates, each plate alcohol to every gallon bath solution. The batb-
introduced carries in more iodide, which cannot holder may now be filled and the solution allowed
be dissolved, inasmuch as the solution is already to remain at rest until next day.

full : therefore the excess of iodide will be pre- fj^=" Now that you have your new bath made,
cipitated, and, floating about in the bath, be- never make another.
come lodged on the surface of the plates, cover- A collodion to work well in harmony with such
ing them with fine crystals, which eventually a bath may be made as follows
give rise to pinholes.
Iodide of Ammonium, . 250 grains
Fifth. The ammonia is added to the solution
Iodide of Cadmium, 250 "
in order to make it alkaline, because if the solu-
Bromide of Cadmium, 200 "
tion be at all acid (which it might be from the
Bromide of Potassium, 100 "
silver salt), this acid dissolves organic matter,
Cotton, 400 "
and thus holds it in solution, preventing the
Alcohol, 40 ounces
impurity from being thrown down during the
Ether 40 "
boiling. t(
Tincture of Iodine, .

Sixth. The ammonia is added after the "iodiz-

ing," because, though ammonia is only sparingly PREPARATION OP THE COLLODION.
soluble in a solution of nitrate of silver in water The potassium salt is to be pulverized in a
(hence the dense precipitate, oxide of silver), glass mortar. It is well known that bromide of
yet abundantly soluble in the solution if
it is potassium is very sparingly soluble in alcohol,
the latter contain nitrate of ammonium, which but if the potassium be reduced to powder and
it now does; for you will remember, when we thoroughly incorporated with the iodide of cad-
"iodized" with iodide of ammonium, I told mium, a double salt is produced by the addition
you to bear well in mind that we formed nitrates of alcohol, when the entire mass may be dissolved
of ammonium and cadmium, which nitrates were without the aid of a single drop of water. When
dissolved in the solution. all the salts are dissolved in the alcohol, the
As the boiling progresses, we shall find that a solution must be filtered perfectly clear, after
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 327

which add the ether, a little at a time, shaking If thishappen a second and even a third time,
after each addition. At first a precipitation and yet the harmony between the bath and col-
takes place, but, upon shaking thoroughly, this lodion be perfect, better add again more alcohol
will be dissolved again. When all the ether is than disturb this harmony.
added, the solution may or may not be slightly 02?
= But when the bath contains so much alco-
milky ; color to a deep orange, and filter. Fi- hol that even an unusual allowance of alcohol
nally, add the cotton, and use, when settled per- to the developer cannot prevent streaks and
fectly clear. stains during development, we must resort to
boiling.
THE DEVELOPER,
"Boil" the bath in the evaporating dish
to work harmony with such a bath and
in collo-
(without neutralizing) up to its normal strength
dion, may be made as follows :

and when
(30 grains), -perfectly cold, filter. If
Water, . . . . .24 ounces. any trace of "fog" occur after boiling, add
Protosulphate of Iron, . . 1 ounce. nitric acid sufficient to get a clean plate.

Acetic Acid "No. 8," . . i ounce. When the bath is so saturated with iodide that

Alcohol (accordingly). it yields pinholes, add to it an wuodized solu-

tion of the same strength as the reduced bath,
Now, to return to the bath. and boil the whole to normal strength. I greatly
The plate should remain sufficiently long in prefer my bath on the verge of saturation, and
the bath to produce a rich and creamy film. A never, on that aeccunt, remove the iodide.
failure to do so, under the circumstances as have advocated this at times,
[I it is true, but
stated, can only be from three distinct causes :
this was chiefly in relation to small baths, other-
1. Excessive cold. wise those dipping many plates would have to
2. Insufficient iodide in the bath. "boil'' every day or two.]
3. Plate not left in the bath long enough.
FOGGING.
Should the bath "fog" upon trying a plate,
and the cause be in the bath, add five or ten
When, after long use, the bath "fogs," and
filtering produces no good effect, and yet the
drops of nitric acid, stir well, and try another
bath is acid, it is charged with organic matter,
plate. 0GP" Should any -part of the plate be
and must be neutralized, and again boiled.
clear, the fault is not in the bath, and there is
Place the bath in the dish, and add sufficient
acid enough.
The both will never "streak" the plates if
uniodized solution to make up the desired quan-
tity, care being taken to reduce the strength of
the latter are moved about in the solution as
the solution to tweiity grains.
soon as dipped, and kept in motion until
When the solution is hot, neutralize with am-
smoothly coated. This is necessary, more par-
monia, exactly as described for making a new
ticularly when the bath is charged with ether
bath. Boil to normal strength, when the same
and alcohol. The alcohol mixes with the solu-
or more amount of black sandy matter will be
tion, but the ether rises to the surface, and some-
times causes scum.
thrown down. When perfectly cold, filter and
then acidify.
Should the "lighting" be correct, and the
This may be done indefinitely
bath yield harsh or black and white plates, it

can be from two causes :

You need never take the iodide from the
bath.
1. Insufficient time of exposure.
2. Insufficient iodide in the bath.
You need never make a new bath.

Should the latter be the cause, coat the largest The President Is Mr. : L. C. Mundy
plate the bath can take on both sides with collo- here? He has promised to read us a short
dion, and leave it in the solution overnight, or
paper on this subject. Mr. Thorp will
at such times the bath is not in use.
read the paper presented by Mr. Mundy,in
RENOVATING THE BATH. his absence, concerning the negative bath.

After using the bath at some length, you will

Mr. Thorp read as follows :

notice the developer refuses to run smoothly,

and is repelled by the collodion film. This is a CONCERNING THE NEGATIVE BATH.
sign that the bath is acquiring alcohol from the There has already been a great deal said on
continual dipping of plates. If, however, the the subject of treating and working the negative
chemical effects are otherwise good, add alcohol bath and how strange it seems that with the
;

to the developer, sufficient only to overcome this. same materials, different people obtain such
328 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
various results. My method will perhaps not collodion, and see that it is made of the choicest
differ materially from other ways of working. materials, and that is the point to which one of
Yet I fancy that I have been favored with great my friends attributes my little difficulty in keep-
success in keeping my baths in order, perhaps ing the bath in order. With the new method,
owing to nothing more than good luck, but I lay with weak acid baths, and highly excited collo-
it to my personal attention. When the same dion, I have no experience, and it is a question
bath that I worked with perfect success, was left whether there is any economy in it, considering
to the care of assistants, I would soon have the price of haloid salts. It probably takes as
numberless complaints that itwas out of order, much silver to make the negative in the one
and would not work well. I have always found case as in the other. If there is any lesson in
after a careful examination of thesame that it my experience it is only that of extreme care
was my assistants who did not work well, and and cleanliness.
this same bath that was condemned by them, I
The President I promised you this :

have worked three months, dipping from twenty

morning that Mr. Edwards, of England,
to twenty-five plates per day, by simply filter-
ing perhaps once or twice, and keeping the solu-
would speak on this subject, but he desires
tion to the required strength. While visiting to be excused, not being prepared. He
leading galleries in foreign countries, I remem- promises to read a paper on development
ber several times asking those in charge, How when that subject comes up.
long they worked their negative baths? One Mr. "Wilson has a short paper bearing on
operator, to my astonishment, replied six dark-room work, from Mr. S. P. Wells.
months. He informed me that they were par- Mr. "Wilson: Mr. "Wells being one of
ticular to keep it clean, and when it did give the helpmeets of our worthy President, I
out, they laid it aside for waste. In working take great pleasure in offering you his re-
my negative bath, I obtain a sufficient quantity marks (in his absence), as follows:
of distilled water to fill my bath, simply adding
the nitrate of silver, and testing it till it comes TO MANIPULATE WITH IRON.
to the strength required, filter it, try a plate or BY S. P. WELLS.
two, and I find it ready for use. I never iodize
When we consider the subject of development,
it, but sometimes find a sample of silver to
we have so many different points to consider in
which a few drops of nitric acid must be added.
order to fully understand the one fact, and there
I keep in solution some nitrate of silver, from
is so much to be said upon the subject, that I
80 to 100 grs. to the ounce, and when the bath has will mention only one or two important consid-
been used some days, I add to it what it requires
erations.
to keep it of a uniform strength. Some operators consider a weak negative full

For the past two years I have boiled my bath of detail a proper negative for any printer, and
but twice. I generally keep from two to three expect crispness and relief, which qualities are
baths going they contain about two or three
; not in the negative. Others consider that a nega-
gallons each. When I find it necessary to make tive of good strength with but little detail can be
a change in my bath, I test the strength ; if I made to produce a proper print. How much
find it below 40° I add sufficient silver to bring more beautiful a picture can be made if the
it to that point, either crystals or strong solu- operator first develops a negative full, strong, and
tion ; I then sun it, and after it has deposited its rich in detail, with delicate softness, which is
sediment, bring it in, filter, and cleanse the sure to yield a print of the requisite qualities,
bottle, standing it in the sun again until it is namely, good, pure contrast, depth and breadth
wanted for use. I have found this method much of shadow, with softness and delineation resplen-
better than boiling, and am not troubled with dent in the strong lights.
excess of ether or alcohol. Experience shows Now, as to the subject of development. In order
that the bath should be stronger in win- made to produce the results mentioned, we commence
ter than in summer, and that the dark-room to develop the plate, supposing the collodion
should be quite warm and cf a uniform tempera- bath and exposure to be perfect. We want to
ture. The collodion and bath should always produce a negative brilliant in contrast, trans-
harmonize. I excite the former 8 grains to the parent and solid. First, let us make a developer.
ounce in proportion of 4 iodide to 1 bromide, and Iron, 2 parts.
enough cotton to give an easy-flowing film, Epsom Salts 1 part.
creamy when taken out of the bath. Acetic Acid 1 part.

I am very particular never to use a poor lot of Hydrometrical test — Iron, 15 grains.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 329

This I consider the most perfect combination in solution, therefore it is necessary to add
for a developer ; Epsom salts
as the astringent more acid to retain it in solution. That is
reduce softly. The iron, you all know full well. simply a point which has not been well
Then there must be the proper amount of acid in understood, as to the action of the acid in
the iron to insure a slow and continued deposit.
the bath.
Of course, a continued deposit depends mninly
Mr. Kichards: I would like to ask just
upon the condition of the bath, which must not
one question. I would like Mr. Black to
be too acid.
tell us the method of cleansing the bath when
Again, in order to get the proper constitution
must form slowly and digest what it gets out of order.
in a bath, it

acid is applied for days, in order to insure a con- Mr. Black: In the first place the bath
tinued action in the development and positive rarely gets out of order, other things being
transparency of shadow. Now commence again ;
in good order. When a bath has become
with the full strength of iron, it forms a strong, exhausted, then is the time that it gets out
rich deposit, but it requires tone and delineation, of order. We rarely let a bath run down
as does the picture of the artist painter after he lower than eight grains to the ounce, con-
has laid in the foundation of his picture with sequently it does not get out of order at all.
broad, rapid, and masterly handling.
A Member: How do you test it?
Now, in order to get delicacy further in our pic-
Mr Black: In the usual way by the
ture, reduce the strength of iron on the plate by
hydrometer. Generally the silver is less
adding water, and an entire change takes place ;

than the hydrometer indicates, owing to the

the silver deposits finely over the entire expo-
sure, softening the strong outlines in contrast,
acid in it. When the bath goes down very
and giving a roundness and delicacy not pos- low, we take the bath out and put in a new
sible with one strength of iron. one, without doing anything but adding
But the subject is inexhaustible. Let the enough silver to bring that old bath up to
positionist produce breadth and solidity in his twenty grains, adding acid in proportion,
drawing, and the manipulator consider depth and adding the old bath, or part of the old
and transparency, and we have the main quali- bath ; we save that for redeveloping, so the
ties of a fine picture. Do not remain satisfied bath that we take out is generally not lost
with a good picture, but seek elegance, and be
but used for redeveloping until that bath
happy.
becomes exhausted again, and that is done
The President: The subject is now be- over and over. I do not use filtered water
foreyou for discussion. for my bath I take the common Cochituate
;

Mr. Thorp As there : no one to give is water from the pipes without any prepara-
this discussion a start, I just wish merely to tion whatever. That water is comparatively
make a remark in relation to Mr. Black's pure ; there is some organic matter and some
very able remarks on his bath. Perhaps it traces of iron in the water, and free nitric
has not been well understood what the action acid must be used very weak. It has a very
of this acid is in the bath. Mr. Anderson strong affinity for organic matter, and there
says that the acid retains the organic matter must be a vast amount of it in my bath to
in solution. I conceive that that is just the enable me
put so much nitric acid in if
to
benefit of using the acid in the bath ; that that is the only chemical effect it has. I
the organic matter in the bath can be re- have not tried it, but would be willing to
tained in the solution; cannot injure the it take distilled water, which does not contain
plate ; it is only when
comes in excess in it any trace of organic matter in any way
the bath of what the acid can contain in whatever, and still use the same amount of
solution, and it is deposited on the surface acid with the same effect. 1 have used that
of the plate, that it works the mischief; so long that I feel confident that that is not
therefore it is that when the bath begins to the real reason of the taking up of the or-
fail he adds more acid. The reason is very ganic matter which makes tho use of so
plain, that there has been so much organic much acid possible.
matter incorporated into the bath by con- A Member: Are you obliged to rede-
stant use, and that there is a greater pro- velop your plates ?

portion in the bath than the acid will retain Mr. Black : Occasionally ;
generally use
330 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
them so that they will require a trace of re- the spot, and it gradually redevelops. I
developing. We generally work our plates have done very much of this work. When
so that they will require little redeveloping; you let it strike you will see that at that
in many would be just right, but
subjects it point it will redevelop more rapidly.
it is very bad to be overdone it is better ; Sometimes you take a picture of a person
generally to let it be a little flat, and I can with very hollow cheeks; it is the custom
redevelop and get along with a higher light \Vith many to put them in a side-light, and
and those that are in the shade are rede- throw the light up on the cheeks, and the
veloped, the upper part of the face or the lower part of the face, and in the hollow
lower part of the face, with careful manage- parts where the lights are stronger than
ment. have made a great deal of model-
I down here.
ling in large pictures by my skill in rede- The President : Unless they stood on
veloping thus I have redeveloped parts of
; their heads.
the face more than others. Mr. Black : Sometimes it is advisable,
Mr. Webster : We have a first-rate and you want to obviate the high cheek-
subject here on the stand. 1 wish to ask bones. You should make the picture a little

him a question. He has used the term flat, and then you can bring out a little

"redeveloping." Will Mr. Black please stronger light without injuring the rest of
explain what he means by redeveloping, the picture ; it is quite usual to do this, and
and how you redevelop one part more than without injury. That is what I call rede-
another ? The question is now redeveloping. veloping it is using the same developer
;

Mr. Black : I use it as acommon term the second time.

that is in common use. It may not be a A Member: How strong?
proper term to use, and I perhaps have Mr. Black : Very weak. Use an ounce
misused it. or two ounces of the iron solution, a table-
Mr. Webster: I wanted to get an ex- spoonful of the silver solution, two or three
planation of the redeveloping; I want to grains to the ounce. If I want to bring up
get out his idea and his method of rede- a vigorous action I make the silver solu-
veloping. I take this ground about it, that tion stronger, and use more of it.

redeveloping is a retp&tition of the first de- A Member: I would like to ask one
veloping; it cannot be anything else. The question as to the plan of his redevelopment,
next thing is strengthening. The question that when he redevelops with his old bath
now is, does he strengthen or does he re- if there is would
plenty of acid in it. I
develop? that is the point. * like to ask if he can redevelop as fast and
Mr. Black : After my plate has had the as often with acid in that redeveloper as he
first development, which is allowed to con- could by mixing up plain silver and water,
tinue as long as any action takes place, I have it neutral, and then redevelop with
then sometimes wash it, and sometimes I silver, neutralizing it by adding it with the

do not I then take a little of the devel-

; other ?

oper which I have been using, of the iron Mr. Black That is an experiment I
:

solution, for instance, in the same vessel, never tried comparatively that is, I never ;

take a little of that and pour it out in a tried both ways with the two different solu-
small stream, after I add a little weak so- tions. I never had any trouble in using the
lution of silver perhaps. This old bath acid solution in redeveloping, so I thought
contains eight grains to the ounce, and we some of you would like to have it. It is very
further weaken it down to three grains to possible you may be right that pure plain
the ounce, and put than that more or less neutral silver would do better, but, I should
in as experience teaches you. Suppose that think it would be very likely to precipitate
this negative has a large head, and sup- quicker.
pose that it is flat, and I do not develop Now, this weak silver I take from the
much, and I want to bring a high-light on bath will hold up quite long enough to do
the forehead. I take this weak developer, any developing you wish but sometimes ;

which acts slow, and pour a thin stream on you have copies which are very flat, and it
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 331

isthe redeveloping which makes them worth
anything at all. You redevelop several
times until you bring them up.
And as many an old daguerreotype we
used to take them years ago,
thought them the highest excellence of art,
was to get both sides as white as a piece of
—
paper is brought to be copied, when I
come to redevelop I can bring out the shad-
ing,which was scarcely visible in the da-
guerreotype itself. That question of silver
in redeveloping never occurred to me,
whether it was better or not to use it as you
suggest.
Mr. Chamberlin : I have
using the iron. The formula is one-half
grain of pyrogallic acid and one ounce of
water, one-half grain of citric acid to the
— ounce, and about twenty or thirty drops of
when we glacial acetic acid, which would be equiva-
lent to half an ounce of acetic acid.
There is another point that may be new,
and that is, that the picture should be well
made, and in the next place that in taking
the pictures of children it often happens
that you get the lights before you get the
shadows out. You cannot go on develop-
ing, because you make the picture too dense.
If you stop and expose it to a strong pyro-
tried both, gallic acid redeveloper twenty grains to the

and like the plain silver best. ounce, you can work up the details with-
Mr. Black : I think I shall try it on my out making the shadows too intense.

return, and am glad for the suggestion. I think that little hint is new to most of
you, and if you try it I think you will be
Mr. Chamberlin: There is no novelty
pleased with its results.
in it. Take plain silver and water.
Mr. Carbutt: Mr. President, a letter
Mr. Hesler In regard to developing,
:

was handed to the Committee on the Holmes

and redeveloping, and strengthening, I
and Scovill Medals too late to be acted upon,
have used iron both before and after, and
in which is given a new method of pneu-
have had various and beautiful results
matic development. It would be proper to
these can be obtained in the negative if the
negative is full of detail, and only wants a
read it now. The idea bears closely with
the remarks of
Mr. Black on redevelopment,
little strengthening, and you want a fine
pouring on the plate the developer, and
deposit. I have found that pyrogullic acid
thereby its action being quickened. It is the
or using the silver with acetic acid, will
invention of Mr. Ernst Kriiger, of N. Y.
give you any amount of strength you may
want, and in any part of the negative, by
By this method the details are developed
quicker and with more clearness, and de-
taking care of the direction in which it

strikes on the negative. If the negative

signs produced whereby lights and shades
are brought out. This method consists in
lacks detail you can bring it up by develop-
the following operation
ing with the pyrogallic acid before, with
less liability of staining, any amount you Take a small india-rubber ball, with tube at-
choose. tached to it, and direct a current of air onto the

Mr. B. J. Edwards, of London, Eng- deep shadows. By this operation the collodion

land : I can indorse Mr. Hesler's experience film becomes more sensitive, and the develop-
as to the value of pyrogallic acid for rede-
ment goes on quicker, whereby greater precision
and distinctness is given to the details.
veloping. I have tried iron for redevelop-
ing, and have never found the results so The President: no disposi-
If there is

good as when I used pyrogallic acid. I tion to discuss the matter of bathsany fur-
used it in the usual way before or after ther, we will pass on to something else.
fixing. I think not the least part of its Mr. Thorp Not wishing to consume the
:

value is that it gives such a beauty to the time of the Convention, I merely wish to
non-actinic color. I think the former may make an explanation of a remark I made
with the pyrogallic acid redeveloper often do before.
a great deal too much. You can use acetic Mr. Black claims that in my remarks
acid if you choose, and if you take a little made in regard to the action of the acid in
acetic acid andasmall portion of citric acid, the bath, I say that the action of the acid in
you will get a much better print than in the bath is not rendered necessary by the
332 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER.
presence of organic matter unless the or- say, I presume, in the proceedings of the
ganic matter becomes in excess of what the Convention.
silver will hold itself, in solution; then in- You remember that I read a paper in
deed when it has become in excess of that, St. Louis on photographic manipulation
the addition of more acid becomes necessary. this is a continuation of that paper. I did
That is the reason why a bath that has once not know that I could hit upon a subject
failed can be restored to working order by that would be more beneficial to photogra-
the addition of acid. I suppose that Mr. phers than this one — (Betouching). That is

Black is working with perfectly pure fused placed in parenthesis. Why it is called re-
nitrate of silver and pure water, and a good touching I am not prepared to say. I have
negative may be made from a solution down always supposed that retouching was a repe-
as low as eighteen grains, and I have clone tition of what was done before. It has been
it myself from a perfectly pure and as near called retouching. I will not quarrel with
neutral solution as I could get it of fused ni- the term.
trate of silver and ordinary collodion. The Mr. Webster now addressed the Associa-
benefit arising from the use of the acid is that tion as follows, on
such a bath as that, after the taking of one,
MANIPULATIONS CONTINUED.
or two, or three plates, will show signs of fail-
ure because it is too weak. If working Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen :

Photography is so pregnant with themes for a

with acid, then the addition of acid clears it
paper that I am at a great lot1* in selecting one
up, and puts good working order. It
it in
for this occasion. I believe, however, that prac-
is practically the benefit we derive from the
tical papers and discussions upon the practical
use of Mr. Black's formula.
workings of photography should occupy the most
The President I would give notice
:
of our attention, "when in convention assem-
that we have an address by Mr. I. B. Web- bled.'' I have therefore chosen for my present
ster, who will presently deliver it. Mr. J. theme
W. Black, for his stereopticon exhibition, MANIPULATIONS CONTINUED.
has secured St. James Hall for Friday even- We are now supposed to have a rack full of

ing. All members will be admitted on negatives ready for varnishing, and we proceed
showing their badges or tickets. to perform this part of the work, remembering
that every part of the business requires care,
This evening, at half-past eight o'clock,
this as well as all others.
Mr. Pearsall will give his lecture, the sub-
In warm weather no artificial heat is required.
ject being " A New
Train of Thought."
It is only necessary to place the negative in the
Mr. Wilson adds that the lecture is very
sun, away from the draft, and it is soon warm
interesting and very beautiful.
enough. But in cold weather artificial heat is a
Wewill now hear Mr. Webster's ad- necessity. Do not overheat, as many good nega-
dress. tives are broken in cooling, or spoilt by the var-
Mr. Webster: I feel rather reluctant nish being applied while the plate is too warm.
to take that position to-day. had not ex- I Only a little warmth is required, say, to the
pected to take it and there
until to-morrow, touch, it feels warm only. Now flow the varnish

having been a hitch somewhere they have as you would collodion, and drain thoroughly
put me into the breach, and I will do my the surplus back into the bottle. When it stops

duty this time as well as at any other. dripping, then warm again gently, as in the first

instance, andyou will find the work well done.

What I propose to say to you is simply
There are two extremes to be avoided. If a
practical. I do not propose to give you any
steam arises upon the application of the var-
new ideas, I do not propose to advance to
nish, you may be assured that the plate was too
you any new theory, but a few hints on
warm, in which case your chances for a good,
straight-out and practical work, such as I
durable printing negative are slim, besides the
have been in the habit of doing for the past danger of its breaking in cooling off.

twenty-seven years. With these prelimi- On the other hand, if it is too cold, when the
naries I willcommence, as soon as I can varnish is applied, there is a strong probability
be heard, premising by saying that those of its chilling, which will necessitate revarnish-

who do not wish to hear can read what I ing, which is sure to make the varnish too thick,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 333

rendering the negative unstable. " Haste makes principal points to be considered, although there
waste," is an old axiom, but trite, and applies is another, of perhaps as vital a character as any
to photography throughout. of them. I need not ask you whether you have
When we have our negatives nicely varnished, or not, heard a very common objection to the

we take them to the retouching frame. Ah, my photograph, expressed in no very gentle terms,
brothers, with awe I approach it ! Wise men for I feel assured that you have. I will therefore

have said that this is an innovation that it be- ;

repeat it as near as I can.

longs not to photography that we have no busi- ; The lady comes in, and inquires about every
ness with it, as it takes from the chemical pro- other style of picture, such as the porcelain, oil,

duction. Others, perhaps not so wise, advocate water, pastel,' or other surface-finished work,
it with considerable force. In the face of such and when have been shown she is horrified at
all

conflicting sentiments, advocated with such the cost. "Oh, I do not want such high-priced
learned and convincing arguments, I repeat that work, I want something cheap." "Well, ma-
I take my negatives to the retouching frame with dame, how do you like this?" showing a ferro-
awe. However, I take them there, believing that 1 type. "Oh, no, that is too common; my ser-
can improve the general appearance of the print, vants get that kind.'' I then say, "I suspect
without interfering in any way with the indi- that you want the plain photograph," and I am
vidual anato my . It has been said, and truly so, met with the oft-repeated assertion: " I do not
that this work has been greatly overdone. I like photographs, because they are so coarse.'''

have, within the last three years, seen many Oh, you skeptics ! let me inform you that the
"eggshell" representations of the human face, retouching board has done much towards wiping
that while a general likeness still remained, out that objection. By carefully using the pen-
individual anatomy was nearly, if not completely, cil, the pores of the skin are refined, and the
lost. Is this the kind of likeness that our coarseness, heretofore complained of, has nearly
friends would delight in when our faces are seen disappeared, and that, too, without disturbing
no more among men? I answer, No. Then the anatomy. It is folly to undertake to improve
how about others, whose darlings have been that, and it is equal folly to depend upon the
sent to us for a " true delineation " of what to pencil for your high-lights. These should be
them is so dear ? Let us work conscientiously, made under your skylight (or side-light, as the
and there is no fear. Let us apply the " golden case may be), and nowhere else. Let the camera,
rule" in every Ketouching (though why
case. chemicals, and light do all of that work. But
it is so called I cannot state) is of great advan- I am too fast here. Retouching is now the
tage to our business when properly done. I point. There are a score of methods, and only
remember that a discussion was had at St. one can be successfully adopted by the same
Louis on this subject, when nearly all agreed person. I will proceed to explain mine as near
that it was, as a rule, overdone. The most as I can.
amusing part of it all, was the fact of calling I have at hand a cake of water-color, called
upon some one to explain "how he would pro- neutral tint. Upon a piece of china (porcelain)
ceed to touch up the face of our Mr. Cleraons?" plate, drop about two drops of clean water.
I remarked at the time that they were then at Now take the cake between the thumb and fin-

work upon a positive, when the subject then ger, and rub one end of said cake a very short
under discussion was the retouching of nega- time in those drops of water, and a sufficient
tives. quantity of the color will be deposited upon the
There are many negatives taken that require white plate to last a long time. Do not attempt
very little, if any, retouching. The retouching to use it until the water has dried out of it,
frame, however, is the best place to determine which consumes very little time. Now provide
that, and consequently I take my negatives yourself with a two-ounce wide-mouth bottle ;

there for examination. There are three points half fill it with water, and set it upon the table
that can be made here upon this subject 1st. : near the white plate with color on it. You will
Are there skin blotches, that would make the also need two camel's-hair pencils, with long han-
print unpleasant, if left as they appear upon the dles, and a pot of Gihon's Opaque. Let's see now ;

negative? If there are, remove or soften them.
2d. Has some unfortunate circumstance pro-
duced more or less holes in it ? If so, stop them
up. 3d. Were you unfortunate enough to get
too strong a contrast between the lights and
shades? If so, blend them.
is there anything else needed? Yes, you need a
painter's rest-stick. To do this well, your hand
must be perfectly stendy, and at the same time
flexible. You must have a stick of some sort,
and this is the best. Well, how about the re-
These are the three touching stand? I never had but one kind, and
334 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
as I am incompetent to give a clear description financial condition to enable you to take that
of it, I have made a negative of it in position, position;but as for me, I must "get the loaf
which I purpose handing to Mr. Wilson with when I can," and in order to do this I make the
and if he will have it engraved you
this paper, best negative I possibly can under the circum-
can see the utter folly of purchasing so useless stances,and with my knowledge of the uses of
an article as any retouching stand now in the various " methods for improving," I produce as
market that has come under my observation. good work as you, when you are only willing to
make a negative when it can be perfectly done.
I am no advocate of poor work ; I only take this
position in necessary instances, and am willing
to do all I can to teach the art of " overcoming
difficulties," some of which consist in the vain
effort to make a first-class negative under all
circumstances
Retouching helps much at times, as does re-
developing, strengthening, &o. They are all

useful at the proper time, but should be used

only when absolutely necessary. There is, how-
ever, a stern necessity for the practical man
knowing how and when to use them. He cannot
get along without this knowledge.

When the negatives are ready for printing

(which means that they have passed through the
retoucher's hands), take them to the printing-
With the articles that I have mentioned first- room, and enter each name, size of negative,
class touching can be done by care and patient size, style, and number of prints wanted from
practice. One great advantage of the water each, in a book, with the day and date plainly
color over the pencil is the facility with which marked, leaving space for tallying each print as
the work can be undone if not satisfactory in the taken from the press.
it is

first, second, or even the tenth effort. In some This book in some cases is worth much as a

eases the pencil is good, especially if there is "book of reference," when a party doubts your
very little to be done. Even when using the having made for them as ordered. The prepa-
pencil, do not use any modern means recom- ration of the paper is so closely connected with
mended to roughen up the surface of it to what this operation that I scarcely know where to
is termed tooth. All this can be effectually over- introduce it, but thinking this as good a point
come by first whittling the pencil down to a long, as any, I will take it up here. It is not my
slender point, and finishing by means of sand- intention to give a set formula for chemical
paper. Whenever the pencil fails to deposit on preparations — manipulations being my theme.
the negative as required, pass it over the sand- I therefore confine myself to the handling only.
paper a time or two, and it goes off all right I have, on two occasions, heard Mr. Clemons
again. Rather a hard pencil does better in explain his method for sensitizing paper, and
my hands than a soft one. This, however, de- while I cannot describe it in a creditable man-
pends somewhat upon use. The practice, how- ner, I may perhaps be allowed to refer you to
ever, of disturbing the varnish by the use of him and his ways, and say that there is one
pumice-stone, fish-bone, emery, &c, to secure point which I do remember, and it is a point of
tooth, is too dangerous to be successful. I would great importance. It is this: in floating paper,
therefore advise you not to practice it. we, as a rule, bring one end of the paper in con-
When the skin blotches are too deep to remove tact with the silver solution first. Now, after
with the pencil, then the neutral-tint and brush carefully removing all air-bubbles, and allow-
come in first-rate. ing the paper to float as long as we deem neces-
There is not a practical man, whose bread and sary, we first lift the end of the sheet from it

butter depends upon his trade (and that is the that was the first to come in contact with it.

class to whom I am speaking), that can at all This gives a uniform coating, and assures us that
times, and under all circumstances, produce a some parts of the paper will not be more brilliant
perfect negative. "Ah, but," says Mr. B., than others, and assures us that our prints next
" when I cannot do that, I propose to do day will be uniform in strength and brilliancy.
nothing." All right, Mr. B., you may be in a If one is good, all will be good, and vice versa,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 335

provided always that care was used in the print- portance. I am prepared to say that a good
ing. Do not rush the paper off of the solution, photograph printer is of more value to a photo-
but raise slowly and evenly, which allows the graphic establishment than an average negative
silver to run off the paper while raising it, so maker. The former can, from an average nega-
that when it is completely off, there will be only tive, make first-class photographs, while perhaps
a dropping from it. Now hang the sheet with the latter cannot produce first-class negatives ;

one corner lower than the other, under which for be it remembered, that all sittings are made
place the silver bottle, in the neck of which is under the then existing circumstances, which
the funnel with filter. While preparing another cannot always be of the best. To enumerate
sheet of paper this will have dripped as much as would take too much time, and I return to the
it can, and is now ready to be moved to another printer, to whom I wish to give a few general
place to dry, leaving room for the next sheet. instructions. Fifty-two cartes can be made from
In this way very little silver is lost or wasted, one sheet of photograph paper, and in some
and not only is this the result, but the paper is instances fifty-four. This is an item, not on ac-
in better condition, from the fact of its having count of first cost, but in consideration of time
been through a certain routine, which results in and trouble in preparing. By strict attention
making it more general The in results. surface every particle of prepared paper can be used in
of albumenized paper should never come in con- the print. Be sure that the back of the negative
tact with any hard substance while damp, as.it is clean, and that the contact is perfect before the
is certain to interrupt the evenness of the sur- negative is exposed to the light. When you wish

face, and present in the print an unevenness that to examine the print, go slow and sure. Do not
attracts attention. allow the negative or paper to slip from their posi-
When the paper is surface-dry, pin it at each tion, as that is sure to spoil the print, and result
corner, allowing something for shrinkage, to pre- sometimes in spoiling the negative. Over- or
vent the pins from tearing out, as you will find under-printing is equally bad. The first results

a great waste resulting therefrom otherwise. in an unpleasant heaviness, while the latter

In Elbert Anderson's book you will find a cut loses individuality. Watch the bleaching effects
representing an arrangement of clothes-clips of the toning-bath, and fixing solution, and print
worthy of notice in this connection. This ar- to it. Anticipate the tone before you reach it,

rangement prevents the paper from curling or and print to conform to it.

twisting out of shape, which is of great advantage A photograph printer is worth his price just in
to the printer. If the paper drys under a strain, proportion as he uses care in his work. The
it is much easier to manage in printing than if printer must be held responsible for his silvering,
allowed to dry free from it, as it is sure to curl printing, and toning, with no redress. He can-
and twist, in which case there is great difficulty, not lay the fault upon the negative-maker, nor
especially in large prints, to bring it in close upon the toner. If he understands his business
contact with the negative. he is invaluable. If he does not understand it,

When the paper is thoroughly dry, it is ready he had better turn his attention to something
for the fuming-box. This, of course, is a fixed else, for I boldly assert that the photograph
habit, which I do not propose to enlarge upon, printer is the most important man in a gallery.
but I wish to say here that the more tension you My practice may not conform to your precon-
bring upon it (the paper) while it is in the ceived notions of washing prints, and I will not
fuming-box, the less trouble you have in making take your time upon that point. In regard to

close contact with the negative and in trimming mounting, I will, however, suggest that all

(if large in size) afterwards. As for me, I trim prints beremoved from the water, and mounted
my card size before printing, and, by being par- while For cartes I use Slee's prepared
wet.
ticular in locating the paper, I have no further mounts, and only regret that I have not been
trouble. Imperial, 4-4, 8 x 10, 10x12, ] 1 x 14, able to get the larger sizes, as I am free to say
and 14 x 17 sizes I trim after printing and before that I consider them among the greatest improve-
toning, which gives me the benefit of mounting ments in the practice of photography.
while wet. The object of this is to require the Instead of pressing the prints down with a
albumen surface to dry but twice, viz., after piece of paper coming in contact with the albu-
silvering and before printing, and after washing men surface, I apply the paste to the back, lay
and mounting. I assure you that every time it upon the mount, and "lick it down" with
albumen paper dries, its brilliancy is decreased. the tongue, thus securing perfect adhesion, and
Now in regard to printing. I would be glad, removing the surplus dampness from the surface
yea, rejoiced, if I could make you realize its im- at the same time. Now spring the mount towards
336 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the back a little, and when it is dry, you will Mr. Webster : That is something I am
have very little curl or cockling in it. positively against.
And now, my "confreres, " as this paper is
Mr. Chute It has been strongly recom-
:

long, I propose to close here, remarking, by way mended by some.

of parenthesis, that I thank you for your atten-
Mr. Webster: Mr. Chute reminds me
tion,and hope you will forgive me for consuming
it has been recommended to draw the paper
much of your valuable time in the reading of a
paper replete with what many of you "knew
across a glass rod to remove the silver from
long ago." I could carry you along to the finale
the surface of it. I take a positive stand

of the whole proceeding, but deem it better to

againstit. That is why I put this here, and
retire at this time, and give way to what may why I stated it here.
prove of more importance to the N. P. A. as a Mr. Pearsall: I would like to ask a
body. question.

I would like to say, in conclusion, all (The reporter did not hear this gentle-
you who are not subscribers to the Philadel- man's remark )
phia Photographer should become so, just as Mr. Webster: Mr. Pearsall calls my
soon as you have time to write the letter. attention to this fact which is in my paper,

(Applause.) which I stated positively. When you raise

The President: Mr. Wilson will have the paper from the silver solution you must

to make a speech now. (Applause.) raise it slowly. That is what I recommend

Mr. Wilson got up and applauded Mr. in this very paper.

Webster in lieu of a speech. (Laughter.) For card size pictures I always trim the
Mr. Webster was then cross-questioned paper to a proper size, and give it the proper
considerably, and answered as follows :
position on the negative.

. The work will be benefited with the

. .
A Member: Before printing?
use of the pencil if the work has been over-
;
Mr. Webster: Before printing, and
done, which is very often the case, it can be then locate it properly for printing.
corrected by the free use of the pencil if a ;
The President: Did I understand you

deposit has been made from the pencil, then to say that you cut the pictures card size?
there is scarcely any remedy for it; it is Mr. Webster: Yes, sir; card size. By
very difficult to take it away but if you use ;
the way, ladies and gentlemen, there is one
the neutral tint, with camel's-hair brush, point I wish to interpolate here. I want
if you have done it too much, you can just to callyour especial attention to it. There
put it under the tap and wash it off, and is a term applied to a certain sized picture.

start again and you can do it fifty times a

;
Some call them cabinets, some card cabinets,
day if you want. This is the best way, some cabinet cards.
especially if there is very little to be done. I think is the duty of the National
it

Practical men can get along without this Photographic Association to give the proper
knowledge, hence I have taken the pains term to that size picture. Do you know
to give you the points which I know will the size picture I have reference to ? Some
help you along under these difficult circum- call them card cabinets and cabinet cards.
stances. It is really the imperial card, and no pho-
I want to repeat that again. Photogra- tographer should ever acknowledge any
phers ought to think about it. That when other term.
the albumen surface is wet it is liable to be A party comes in, and says, " I want a
injured by coming in contact with anything, cabinet picture. What will you charge?" I
no matter what it is, and I want you to read say, "I will make you one for fifteen dol-
that part again, when published. lars. " " W h at ! Fifteen dollars V " Yes ;

The surface of the albumenized

paper that is my price." " What do you mean ?"
should never come in contact with any hard " I simply mean the cabinet picture. I
surface while damp. will charge you fifteen dollars for it." "Mr.
Mr. Chute: How about drawing it So-and-so makes them for seven dollars a
across a glass rod, as has been recommended dozen." "Oh, I know now what you
by many ? mean card cabinets or cabinet cards. I did
;
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 337

not know what you meant." "I mean ronize such a man who has such exorbi-
card cabinets." " Now let us look through tant charges, consequently I have here
the room, and you show me the size." It in my paper corrected this thing.
is the imperial picture simply. " Well, I A Member: How do you distinguish
» will give you a dozen of these pictures for your sizes from 11 x 14 as to the picture ?

eight dollars. That is the lowest price, and Mr. Webster: Cabinet, everything up
if you want only half a dozen, 1 shall charge to life-size. Life-sized pictures would be
you five dollars." cabinet.
The carte is one, the Victoria comes next, A Member: It would be rather indefi-
the imperial comes next; and those men nite for a customer to ask what you charge
who manufacture the mounts for the frater- for a cabinet size.
nity are doing us an injury. They are Mr. Webster: Not at all ; it could not
hurting us when they put on the ends of be you would understand one
possible;
their boxes, " Cabinet Card Mounts." A thing. There is one thing you certainly
party comes to me and says, "I want a would understand, and that is, that he don't
carte," and another says, "I want a Vic- mean an imperial picture; he means some-
toria." All right ; I know exactly the size. thing above a 11 by 14.
Next comes a man who wants an imperial A Member: Would you make him a
or a cabinet. I don't know whether he 16 by 20 at the same price ?
wants an imperial or a cabinet. Mr. Webster: I did not say price; I
Now I think the National Photographic am not talking about the price ; I am talk-
Association should spread this reform and ing about the size.

give this size its proper name, and don't Mr. Satlor : May I ask one ques-
let us be confused by the people. We tion? How many carte pictures do you cut
are the educators of the people in pictures, out of a whole sheet ?

then let us educate them in the terms of Mr. Webster I have not done my :

the size as well as in the pictures. paper. You will see something directly.
A Member Why : not call it cabinet as A Member: When you take it out after
well as imperial ? printing can't you dry it ?

Mr. Webster : I will tell you why. Mr. Webster remarked that you : I
First you have your carte, the Victoria is would injure the albumen surface in cutting
the second size, the imperial comes next. and handling by putting it in a frame
;

We all know what the 4-4 picture is you must certainly disturb it.
then follows the 8 by 10 negative, and the A Member In printing and cutting you
:

10 by 12, and 11 by 14; then comes your must handle it.

cabinet. That is the reason. That is my Mr. Webster : I said the handling while
objection. It is the confounding it with wet. That is what I said, pointedly and
a larger size known as " Cabinet." distinctly.
A Member : I would ask brother Web- Now, with regard to the printing. I
ster what the size would be called that is think there something in this address
is

20 by 30, or 30 by 35? that will interest you. I would be glad if I

Mr. Webster : I answer, that artists all could make you realize its importance. . . .

the world over have acknowledged that a Some of you do, but there are some who do
cabinet picture is anything less than the not. I am prepared to say that a good pho-
carte size. There is one now (indicating), tographic printer is of more value to a pho-

the Washington picture, on this wall; any- tographic establishment than an average
thing less than that. If you do not observe negative printer. I take that positive ground
these distinctions, it confounds the people too. The former man from average nega-
in their ideas of sizes. tives will make first-class pictures. I say
When they come to me and say, " Mr. average negatives ; understand that. I do
Jones will make half a dozen for five dol- not say the poor ones; recollect, we grade
lars " — I want fifteen for one of them — what them, good, better, best; and the average
is the consequence of it? They don't pat- comes in there.

22
338 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
Mr. Chute What is a negative-maker ?
: tive-maker, can make a first-class negative
Mr. Webster I will not tell you you
:
;
—for is always made
a first-class negative
may learn. under different circumstances you cannot —
A Member: I move you that these con- always say which will be the best; to enu-
stant interruptions be discontinued and that merate would take too much time. I return
Mr. Webster be allowed to continue with to the printer, aboutwhom I wish to give a
his paper. few general instructions I boldly
The President: It is not necessary to assert the photographic printer is the most
put the motion. Needless questions must important man in a photograph gallery.
not be asked, While we think, perhaps, we can hire boys
Mr. Webster: It is not necessary to for from five to seven or eight dollars a
have any motions. I can tell him what a week to do our printing, we are grandly
negative-maker is without any trouble, but mistaken. I would rather have a boy in
we will pass on. my operating-room to do the work than to
Mr. Chute: I proposed that question, have a boy in my printing-room. I can
and would say, in explanation, that I wanted take a man, and put him in there, and in
to know whether Mr. Webster meant the six months' time his negatives will produce
individual who makes the sittings or the better work, provided he is experienced,
one who operates the chemicals. than can be produced the other way. Hence
Mr. Webster: If you divide it in that I boldly assert the photographic printer is

way, Mr. Chute, it may be a little more the most important man in the gallery. . . .

difficult to answer, from the very fact that I hold that the less you disturb the albu-
I have no doubt that nine-tenths of the men surface while wet the better your print
members of the N. P. A. do it all. They will be.
do the work, not only in the dark-room, Instead of pressing the board down with
but in the light-room. Some of them do a piece of board, and it coming in contact
the printing. So it is a very difficult thing with the albumen surface, I place the face
to answer in that respect. to the back — that is, when the mount is not
I take this position about it : If I give a large. If I had larger mounts, I would use
man a piece of rolled glass, that has never them.
been touched, except to manufacture it, to Now I say apply the paper to the back
import it, and say to him, here, I want a and lick it down with the tongue — that is,

negative; and he takes that piece of glass if the tongue is clean.

and gives me a negative that will make a There is a point in that — that is, you
good photographic print, I will say to you, thus secure the perfect adhesion and re-
gentlemen, that he is worth more than the move the surplus dampness from the sur-
man that can do nothing but print a piece same time. You make two points
face at the
—
of paper I mean that can do anything but by that operation. Now spring the mount
go in a dark-room and coat a plate I say — backwards a little.
he is a photographer far above a man who Your mount is supposed to be flat. The
never goes outside the dark-room far su- ; picture lays on the back of it. After you
perior to the man who does all his work in have gone through the licking process, you
the light-room, and who never goes in the will make them stick in two or three les-
;

dark-room. I say he is far superior to the sons you will learn; you do not know how
man in the dark-room, to the man in the much licking does. There is the point, in
light-room, or to the man in the printing- not disturbing the albumen surface while
room — far, far superior—and he is entitled wet. Do you disturb it with the tongue?
to a thousand per cent, more credit for it, I guess not. Certainly the tongue is a
and he is on the road to practical photogra- great deal better than a piece of paper.
phy more so than the man who retouches
;
After you have accomplished it, you spring
or prints. I say the printer who can, from that back in this way and spring it in that
an average negative, make a first-class pho- way, and hold it just an instant. Then lay
tograph, while perhaps the latter, the nega- it on a clean piece of paper in that direction
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 539

when it it will dry pretty near

dries flat, of the question. I am very careful about

and you have very little cockling.

will what have experienced. I understand one
I
Kemember, spring the mount. of the ladies wants to know something about
Now, my friends, as this address is long, the chewing of tobacco in connection with
I propose to close here, only remarking, by the licking down of the print.
way of parenthesis, that 1 thank you for I simply want to make this explanation
your attention, and hope you will forgive about it. I chew tobacco, but I do not lick
me for consuming so much of your valuable down my prints. I want to say I employ

time on a subject about which you knew young people to do it, their tongues are

everything long, long ago. fresh and smooth, and they can do it right.
I could carry you along to the finale of The Secretary: The members of the
the whole proceeding, but it may be better Experimental Committee are expected to
to give way to what may be of more im- meet at Mr. Baker's rooms with Mr. Bing-
portance. ham at half-past one o'clock to-morrow. I
A Member : Does not your albumen would be very glad, if there are any of them
stick down that way sometimes, and are here, if they will remember it.

you not troubled with it that way ? A Member : I wanted to ask the gentle-
Me. Webster There is one question
: man one question as to the trimming of the
which has been asked me here that I will paper before printing and handling the al-

answer. The question has come up whether bumen surface. Does the trimming of the
or not, as I lay the albumen surface down paper comprise the entire cutting of the
here to dry, I was not disturbing the sur- paper.
face while wet. The tongue is a great ab- Mr. Webster The paper is folded and
:

sorber. I made this point in regard to it. we only touch the back of it. Fold it, rec-
I noticed one thing, that I have absorbed ollect, when the surface is dry. I am afraid
a good deal of time with mine. I think I there is one point you are losing sight of
prefer it in that way. (Applause.) As the that you should not disturb it while wet.
tongue passes over it in that way, it takes We do not propose to trim it while wet.
off all the surplus water that is on the pa- Mr. Wilson: Mr. N. D. Randall, of
per ; then, in licking it down, there is Oneida, N. Y., has handed me a few useful
hardly anything to come in contact with, hints, which I think will come in good here.
at the same time it does its work. They are as follows :

Mr. Bingham I wish to ask brother

:

Webster he doesn't think that licking

if
A FEW IDEAS.
with the tongue would not be rendered Mr. President, and Ladies and Gentlemen
of the National Photographic Association
valueless by the different conditions of the
:

I have no new processes to disclose, no new

mouth, whatever it may be — acid, alkaline, theories of lighting, posing or manipulation, as
orwhat not ? Do you not think that has
it is but two years since I concluded to turn
some effect upon the albumen surface?
photographer, so I cannot assume to teach any of
Now, I have a little point here the gentle- — you. I merely have a few wrinkles, in daily use
man is present who learned me — as to the in my own gallery, which some of you might wish
mounting of cards, although he is not very to copy. Many of you have tally-boards of dif-
old in it. He takes a very clean towel, ferent kinds to show how many you have printed
three or four thicknesses thick, lays the wet from e;ich particular negative. I think I have
photograph on the mount, turns it over a better plan. In each of my printing-frames I
upon the block, rubs it off very clean. You have let in to the wood a piece of ground-glass,
have no water on it and no saliva on it, with white paper backing, and have hanging by

and you have not disturbed the surface of a string where I take off my prints a lead-pencil.

the albumen.
Now Mr. John Jones wants a dozen (say) prints
from this negative. As I take off each I mark 1
Mr. Webster : I want to say a word or
on the ground-glass in the frame with the pencil
two as to the question raised by the ladies.
hanging ready, so I can tell the number printed
I want you to understand when the ladies
at any time without the handling and exposure
raise a point, they have looked at all sides to light, necessarily made by counting the prints.
340 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Next, as to vignettes, many of us use tacJrs to EVENING SESSION.
fasten our boards to the frames, thus very soon Wednesday, July 16th, 1873.
spoiling them. I had a number of springs made The hall of Company D was crowded to
from the thick brass used for springs in our print- excess this evening to hear the illustrated
ing-frames, and, after arranging my vignetting
fine art lecture by Mr. G. Frank E. Pear-
board, card or what not, simply fasten it with
sail, of Brooklyn, N. T.
these, which are made in this shape ZD . They
He was introduced to the audience by Mr.
are very simple, convenient, and easily managed.
Edward L. "Wilson, with the following re-
Now another thing. You often have paper which,
from bad management in flowing, shows red dis-
marks :

colorations. I utilize nearly all of such in this Ladies and Gentlemen: About four
way. Varnish a glass, drain, and then, when years ago it was my pleasure to call upon a
nearly dry, take into full light and sprinkle care- photographic friend, then an operator at the
fully with sand, to form a regular surface. I put studio of Messrs. J. Son in New
Gurney &
clean white sand, after thoroughly drying it, into York. We had a pleasant chat upon pho-
a bottle, over the mouth of which I tie a piece of tography and its future, and I found him
gauze or tarletan, to sift through. Use this in-
earnestly striving for its progress and ad-
stead of plain glass for printing the outsides of
vancement. He was consciously making
your medallions. It gives a very pretty marbled
many blunders then, and by his blunders
effect, in which the red spots are not noticed,
he was learning.
thus utilizing many pieces of paper which would
Something like four weeks ago I called
otherwise be lost. Another thing which may be
upon him in his own studio in Brooklyn
new, and therefore valuable to some of you, is,

how to draw off your bath. Get a piece of rub- —

the finest I ever saw he the sole proprietor,

ber tubing, say four feet long, put one end in the and making such elegant work as you may all
bath and drop until all is eovered except just see in our Exhibition near at hand. I found
your finger hold ;
pinch lightly, pull out, and in him same thirst for progress and
the
insert in the mouth of a. bottle. When that is knowledge, and coupled with it the generous
full, pinch together until you direct into another desire to impart it to others and to awaken
bottle. In this way, simply by having the tub- in them the desire for advancement the —
ing reach the bottom of the bath, and discharg- true evidence of advancement itself. That
ing outside at an inch or two lower, you can gentleman is the lecturer of the evening,
draw off your whole bath without mueh trouble Mr. G. Frank E. Pearsall, whom I take
and with no waste. Thanking you for your
great pleasure in introducing to you. I am
attention, I herewith close.
sure he will both entertain and instruct you.

The Secretary: Mr. Edwards, of Eng- (Applause.)

land, who spoke to us this afternoon, is the Mr. Pearsall used the "Wonder camera to
proprietor of the Edwards enlarging pro- show his illustrations, and entertained the
cess. A number have bought that process. large and attentive audience over an hour
Since he is in this country personally he with the following lecture on
proposes to give personal instruction to
A NEW TRAIN OF THOUGHT.*
those who have bought it, at Mr. Baker's
The subject I have chosen to bring before you
studio, atany time you will arrange with to-night covers a wide range in connection
him. You have all seen him, and you can with practicing photography as a profession and
recognize him you can fix the time to suit
; art, though the points I may cover under this
yourselves. title will not be positively new, as there is

"nothing new under the sun;" but I wish to

Mr. Black, who is to amuse us to-morrow
call your attention to them in an original manner,
evening with his stereopticon exhibition,
trusting there may be one among my hearers that
has printed a pamphlet, in which he tells us
will receive a new impulse, awakening a deeper
how to get one, how to use one, and all
love for his profession, as I have from studying
about the stereopticon. This is given free
to all who may come up to the platform for * Mr. Pearsall has kindly consented to supply

one. those desiring them with a full set of his illus-

trations at a nominal price. Please see notice in

On motion, adjourned. Specialties.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 341

the points and preparing to bring them to your pears so. Her manner, address, and general
notice. This has given me many new ideas, and deportment were pleasing; in she was ac- fact,

as I stand here to-night, conversing and illus- complished ; was an atmosphere

therefore, there
trating by photographs the result of those surrounding her that was inviting. One hour
studies, I will have occasion to turn them over in her society, and one was impressed, using a
once more in my mind, and imparting them to usual term, that she was quite pretty. Behold
you with all the earnestness that I am capable what the camera, that never lies, has done for her !

of, it must also be of value to myself, as I hope (No. 1.) Follow my pointer a moment, and see
they may be of interest to some of you. I wish how great a deception has been produced. First,
to say as little of myself as will be consistent the contour has no symmetry, no balance the ;

with the handling of the subject ; but, before I outline is meaningless, and, take it altogether,
proceed, allow me to say, and I fervently hope there is a certain blase air about it. The pic-
that I will make myself understood in this direc- ture appears coarse, homely, silly, and discon-
tion. Listen no feeling of pomp or vanity
; nected. The hands and arms do not belong
prompted me to appear before you to-night. to the picture, and the throat is horribly rep-
No; if was a chance of this, my
I thought there resented. The story told here is false. You
first effort, being interpreted by you as a desire would be induced to believe by looking on this,
on my part to a display or show of brains, and that the original was a washerwoman dressed in
swell out with individual importance, which I good clothes. Let us see. (No. 2.) By viewing
fear is becoming a fashion in the photograph another picture of the same lady, you must agree
literature of to-day, I would desist at once. My with me that the two results are as different as
friends,though many years have I toiled in possible. Now these two photographs were made
your ranks, I am but an humble follower, who under exactly the same conditions, with but one
has surmounted many difficulties, sustained exception. The same skylight and appoint-
many sore defeats, and I have arrived at many ments, same chemical operator, same time of
high aims, only to find myself still a student, day, all conditions as favorable to one as the
and may God grant that I ever may be. I am other, except that the first one was made without
no professor, neither am I ambitious to be styled art-knowledge, but by a worthy and good man,
a star in its zenith, but simply one whose heart whose name has been a household word in pho-
and life's energy has been, and will be, bound tograph circles. The second was made by my-
up in art photography, until that day when it self. The first I proved to you was a failure.
shall have shaken off those mechanical shackles The second must tell its story. It was made
that grind it down to the level of mere copying. about five years ago. Now what is the basis of
By an educated and intelligent will, the vast so great a difference in these two pictures? I
resources may be grasped, and made to record will tell you. To the first picture again. There
those works that will portray feeling, sentiment, is no conception or creation of a single idea. It
passion, and not nature as it is, but as it seems is a jumble placed before the camera, and me-
and art's mission.
to be, for that is art chanically copied by the chemical operator.
Having defined my position, I ask your indul- This you may say is natural, because she must
gence and attention while exhibiting the photo- have looked just so, or the photograph would
graphs. These in themselves, and what they not be so. The second is the result of my art
represent, are facts, as they were given to the education. This seemed to me, and
is as nature
public, and fell into my hands. Not one of the what I willed the chemicals and camera to pro-
pictures I use to-night, to illustrate my remarks, duce for me, as an embodiment of not only the
has been made for the occasion ;
therefore I outward form of nature, but the soul, the intel-
wish to show them to you in a manner that ligence, and the refinement the lady possessed.
cannot be impeached. had made transparen-
If I Thus I have demonstrated to you by these two
cies from each, and enlarged them by the magic photographs that the truthfulness of photography
lantern, some might say I misrepresented or ex- lies only in the truth of the conception of him
aggerated to secure my instructions. To escape who directs it, and the educated and trained
such implications, I have, at considerable ex- artistic mind should stand pre-eminent, pho-
pense and time, constructed my apparatus on tography only a ready and willing slave to it.

the principle of the "Wonder Camera" (first Just one moment before we puss on. As most
picture). men's ideas of art are governed by their inner-
The first two pictures that I wish to call your most feelings, I will give you my definition of
attention to are of a young lady. Though she art. Listen it is an educated sight the power
;

might not be styled handsome, she certainly ap- of seeing nature as it appears to be, not as it
342 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
absolutely is. I have now four pictures of the Mr. Greeley as a booby, the author of this
late Horace Greeley, taken about the same time, should be awarded a medal. I say this with
but so unlike are they, even with Mr. Greeley's all reverence to Mr. Greeley, as this is but a
characteristic features, were it not for his pecu- caricature of him. The author — well, I do not
liar whiskers, you would hardly recognize them know him, but what I say of his effort in illus-
as representing the same person. The first one trating, my remarks are in nowise intended for
is from a very bad negative. (No. 3.) Here the him personally, any more than for others. Nei-
likeness by its being bleached out in fact,
is lost ; ther shall I fling at him the pet expression be-
it is nothing but patches of black and white, tink- cause he failed in sufficient knowledge or missed
ered by bad retouching. The second one is from a his calling, that he possesses no " brains."

much better negative, but the likeness is almost From your attention
this picture I wish to call

disguised by the effect. (No. 4.) Tou will observe to the follyand unsuccessful attempt at imita-
that on looking at this picture, the first impres- tion. Follow the arrangement of the accessories.

sion received is of a powerful contrast of shadow Tbe curtain, the table, desk, and chair, even the
and light. As a photograph of such it may be placing of an open book on the desk; then the
considered a fair success ;
otherwise it is a total hat — which is also a light object — on the table
failure. to give balance to and convey a symmetry
it,

With this example before you, let me call your to the entire arrangement, show the result of a

attention to the importance of guarding against trained and thoughtful mind (except the chair,
this rock,which will wreck the foundations of which perhaps was moved out of its place by ac-
—
any portrait viz., the sacrificing the identity cident). Here, in the disposition of these acces-
of the original to mechanical effects, or to a sories, was the stepping-stone to a fine result

certain style that will stamp the author in but the first glance at the figure shows plainly
bolder relief than the subject. This may be ad- the design to have been copied ; for no one with
missible in genre works, but in portraiture they the knowledge to have started so well, would
have no place. have ended in so unpardonable a failure as this.

In these two pictures the man is lost and the Observe the awkwardness of the feet, the idleness

know of the hands, the sogginess of the body, the

mechanical is portrayed in his stead. I
peculiar cringing effect given by this shoulder
that works are only of interest to those who
my ;

value the likeness, and to a casual observer they

and the face is expressionless, from a desire of
whoever retouched the negative to make Mr.
excite but little attention. This I am ambitious
to accomplish. I desire no prominent position Greeley look pretty. How absurd ! All this

in my pictures, only as the last consideration

from want of ability to know what to do.
;

for if you call on me to portray one dear to you, You see, the moment Mr. Greeley was asked to
I only fulfil my professional duty when I secure sit,how completely the author of this abominable
in the result that individuality, that indescriba- picture was at sea. He had a guide to pattern
ble something which surrounds every soul, but from in furnishing the picture, but of the figure
around no two alike, and convey to your heart he had none. The result is that he wrote himself
a semblance of it. Mark me, I pray you. Not an ass for attempting to palm off others' ideas as

an iota of myself must appear until the connect- his own.

ing cord between that dear one and your heart But no more so than the next two pictures
is touched ; then do I receive my reward in the will illustrate. The aim of these two pictures is
satisfaction my labor has created, and not other- to produce an illusion, to represent an outdoor or
wise ; for if on presenting this picture to you as park scene under the skylight, in a pictorial man-
a likeness, you should exclaim, What a splendid ner. I have only to place the two pictures on the

attitude what a beautiful photograph

! ! then it screen for you to remark how widely they differ.
is a failure, inasmuch as the aim was to create The first one, the one now before you (No. 7),
a likeness. shows plainly that the ideas were borrowed, and
The third photograph of Mr. Greeley, you so little understood that a shocking use was
must judge of its merits and demerits, — I being made of them. Here is a child dressed in even-

the author, it must speak for itself. (No. 5.) If ing attire, or for a party, perched on what the

it presents to those who knew him but a faint

author would have you believe was a hillock.
idea of his greatness, I am content. One point Look again : she seems to be suspended to the
I am sure of — it is less a caricature of Mr. end rails of a snake-fence, broiling in the noon-
Greeley and has more claims to representing day sun, under a leafless tree ; a pond of water-
him intellectually, than the one to come after lilies and last of all, a representation
at her feet,
(No. 6), for here, if the idea was to represent of the ocean, with headland in the distance, all
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 343

apparently under her. and a feeling of fear is next subject I wish to call your attention to, is

suggested by the frailty of the fence. If per- proportion, and I have two pictures of Madam
chance it should give way the child would be Parepa Rosa, a lady whom I presume you all

lost. The picture now on the screen was made by have seen and heard ; also a third picture of the
myself (No. 8), about six years ago, during my same lady, to illustrate to you how ridiculous
engagement with Mr. Gurney. The conception and absurd an estimable lady may be made to
was original. I had never seen a foreground of appear. First, I present to you a picture that has
an indoor picture that had any claim to imitate pleased this lady above all others that have yet
nature. My idea was to produce that illusion in been made. (No. 13.) I will tell you why. Here
connection with a likeness. How far successful is represented a large, noble-looking woman, the
I was this picture will show you. These pic- relative proportion being good, a commanding
tures had many faults but were successful in their height, broad shoulders, and a delicate waist.
way. First they were much sought after, and What lady would not be proud of such a figure?
made a deal of money for my employer ; second, But presto, change, and behold what an ungainly,
the requirements of the pictures brought to our monstrous figure is here represented. (No. 14.) I
ranks a man much needed. The artificial rocks ask the question, could the author of this picture
in this picture were the first Mr. Seavey ever have had a conception or knowledge of what
made for that purpose, and was at my earnest
it treatment a subject like this required? I think
solicitations that Mr. L. W. Seavey entered the the result speaks for itself that he had not, for
photographic world. Third, nearly all photog- failure is plainly written here. Every one pres-
raphers, at that time, found it necessary to ent to-night, I think, will agree with me that to
attempt this style. The next picture represents a portray a lady and represent her as gross, and
sensational style (No. 9), though not half as bad awkward, would be to incur her everlasting in-
as many that I have seen, and which I earnestly dignation. But pass on to the first picture (No.
advise no man to try. Here is a straining after 13) a moment, and let us consider the causes
something different, and the author has prided governing it, and compare them with the second.
himself in making a position that never was seen First a low chair finds its value in giving a taller
before, and in so doing believes must be a
it appearance to the figure : again, the Madam had
whether or no, for
success, either from want of recognized the necessity of looking tall by wear-
knowledge or defiantly so, he has disregarded all ing a very long dress; not the trail, but here,
laws of form, balance, or drawing, and produced from the waist to the floor. I was not slow to
an unmeaning and disgustingly silly picture. take advantage of this, and caused her to stand
This passion for fancy, high-flown attitude is on a three-inch plank. This was a happy idea,
foolish. In nine cases out of every ten the a trick you may
it, but the result desired
call

anatomy of the body is so contracted and dis- justified the act, asby adding this much to the
torted, that it is painful to look upon. Such a height I took away from the breadth again by ;

picture fails to please any but a vulgar taste. presenting a full view of the shoulders the waist
Action is hard to express in photographs, and it was made to look small, by comparison and ;

must be in a mild form, of which I will give you though by no means least, the size, which
lastly,
three illustrations. (Nos. 10, 11, 12.) The action is a trifle smaller than the usual length of an
here is fairly expressed ; one can almost imagine imperial, and the placing of it lower, giving a
the figure to be walking away. The group (No. large space over the head.
11) is the oddest conceived picture I ever made; One moment, just observe the general con-
in that it was a success, but otherwise it is
tour of this before we pass on. It has some
slightly overdrawn. claims to a pleasing success, excepting this large
In my
works of later years I have studiously
all space of background, which has some appearance
avoided anything approaching affectation. It of being "to let ;" but even that is pardonable
may be tempting where one is handling from when it is borne in mind that so much vacant
twenty-five to thirty subjects daily, for the sake space had its influence in reducing the figure.
of variety ; but believe me, for here I wish to (No. 14.) Too much ground cannot be com-
establish a point for your consideration, that in plained of here — rather too much humanity.
art portraiture, as we practice it, the highest Here, you will observe, the treatment has been
aim is in securing ease and grace positions that ;
directly opposite to the other in every particu-
are so fitting and so becoming, that they are a lar, especially about the waist and shoulders.
part of the subject as much so as the hands, or Here the waist is larger than the shoulders, and
other parts of the body. It must not appear that the line of the back is unfortunate — made more
the position has been dictated by any one. The so by its happening to come just in front of the
344 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
light on the ground. Here you have a heap of is it just to portray such men to look like idiots,
picture for your money, the head being nearly like two of the pictures of Mr. Greeley I have
at the extreme top of the card. shown you (Nos. 3 and 6), and the example
I need not say more on this point, as you have now before you (No. 17) ; to photograph the
doubtless caught the drift of my argument ere rough, unpolished surface, without a glimmer of
this ; and having a great treat in store for you the soul within? No do not copy nature here
;

in the next picture of this lady, we will pass on. asyou find it, but let the likeness of this or that
Here you have it. (No. 15.) Remember, this pic- one be portrayed by your willing slave, photog-
ture is of a dignified and talented lady. I saw raphy. As he appears to the world, his intellect,
this for sale, and, being struck with the absurdity talent,and benevolence shine out and lend their
of it, I purchased it for your benefit. Who the power to soften down those hard-cut features and
author whatis, or it is intended to represent, I light up the weird faces. This can be done not
do not know. To criticize it — ''Well, I give it by retouching, as many suppose, but by study,
up." I am powerless to do it justice. Let me and placing the best which is in all faces fore-
remark right here that I do not wish to be too most, as I have labored to do in this picture now
severe on this photographer, for I doubt not but before you on the screen. (No. 18.) Do you rec-
that this worthy lady desired to have a picture ognize it as the same individual? It is; but
representing some scene in which she took part, how vastly different
and insisted on placing herself for it. But that Look at the great depth in the head there is ;

it should be published and sold, is beyond my room enough to store a world of knowledge.
comprehension. Moral : Never attempt to pho- And here take note of the perceptive organs ;

tograph a character-picture, unless you feel fully see how remarkably they are developed. I fancy
"equal to the occasion," which will be illus- things seen by this man are always remembered.
trated by the next picture (No. 16), which is a Was this shown in the first picture (No. 17) ?
beautiful result, and speaks for itself. No; on the contrary, this very feature, the per-
ceptive organ, was so copied that it gave him
By the following two pictures, which are of the the appearance of a shovel head. Here (No. 18)
same gentleman, I hope to awaken a new con- the nose and mouth give great character to the
sideration — viz., the theory of phrenology as face, which is also increased by the solid manner

worthy of study. I know many do not believe in which the head rests on the shoulders. Can
in it but I only wish to speak in a broad and
; there be a doubt concerning these two pictures?
general sense as commonly accepted. Those Have I erred in presenting this man to his friends,

prominent characteristics that convey the idea with his intellectual characteristics the most
of intelligence, just enough of the principle of prominent? I fancy you will say I did not.
phrenology to guard against photographing an My friends, I have never seen a subject but of
intellectual man to look like a dunce. which a desirable and satisfactory likeness could
Please observe in this picture the unfortunate be photographed, if it was studied intelligently ;

impression conveyed by it. (No. 17.) See how the and of all the failures I have made, and there
forehead retreats, the ape-like resemblance given have been a great many, for my practice has

to thehead and face by the position selected the ;

been extensive, not one need have been so had I
eyes, nose, and mouth fail to give their proper been equal to the task. I have heard from every
character, and the awkwardness produced by the side about bad subjects. It is a delusion, for

facial line falling behind the centre of the body. with proper study these subjects termed bad be-
Then any place to store away knowl-
the lack of come the best ; for what credit is there in secur-

edge about and I am through. Now,

this head, ing smooth, pretty-faced pictures? and yet it is

this man possesses intelligence, and must have a weakness we all have in displaying our handi-
had a keen business tact, for he has been suc- work. We will invariably present a handsome
cessful inlife, and only through his ability. Is woman (No. 19) or pretty child (No. 20) for in-

it expressed here ? No. spection; and when I tell you that some of the
And so it is in many cases that God in his in- best efforts of my life, representing careful study

finite wisdom has given to man and woman rare — the ones to me the most choice (Nos. 21 and
intellects, that surround them with an atmos- 22) — have been passed by for a pretty face, I

phere of learning, and who possess great minds doubt not that many of you have experiences
and noble hearts, but unfortunately nature has the same.
hewn them out and clothed their outward ap- With the next two pictures I shall illustrate
pearance with rough and irregular features how the lighting and the strength of photography
figures that are not Apollos, &c. But is it fair, affects the result. There are many faces that
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 345

are too much photographed ; I mean the photo- much worked on them. The anatomy of the
is

graph is too bold and forcible ; toomuch relief is features is lost, and a pufled-up and bloated

produced by strong contrast of light and shade, appearance produced, like blowing the features
and hard, short-timed negatives. This picture, full of air with a quill. I most earnestly entreat
now on the screen, is a sample of a very unfortu- you to guard against this evil. Let the founda-
nate class of photographs. (No. 23.) It is an tion of the picture, or the conception, be in
exaggerated likeness, and conveys an unfavor- harmony with each face, and you will find less
able impression of the original. You must admit use for the pencil with a far more satisfactory
this on looking at this next picture, of the same result. On my works I allow no more retouch-
lady (No. 24), which is from a negative not re- ing than can be obtained by simply using the
touched, — no touch of the pencil has aided in pencil on a hard lustrous varnish.
this wonderful and happily different result. With a brief review of the facts that I have
Please note, and let me impress upon you the drawn from the contrasting of these several pic-
value of this illustration; that relief, that stand- tures and I am done. I have talked to you over
ing-out effect of which so much is said, is not an hour, and I trust that I have interested you ;

always necessary to a good and pleasing result. but not one word of formula or receipts. In
Hard faces, and hard photographs combined, this much I am successful if in no other way. I
produce the first picture (No. 23) ; the same felt that you had been bored enough in that way
-
hard face, under the influence of a soft, mild, by books ; the only exception is Mr. H. P. Rob-
retiring photograph, comes out gentle and with inson's Pictorial Effect in Photography, which is
a winning expression. (No. 24 ) Why, one would a gem, the par excellence of all photographic
almost pronounce this a good-looking woman, books. Its pages are full to a letter of choice
and I know the lady's friends, those that hold and valuable instruction. If there is one who
her in high esteem, consider her so. Why? be- has not read would advise him to do so at
it I
cause they do not estimate her likeness from a once. The information that I have endeavored
mappy standard ; therefore the first picture to place before you to-night comes from high
(No. 23) would be discarded by her friends as places. The pictures that I brought here pur-
doing her a great injustice ; and rightly so.
posely to pick to pieces, came from galleries that
Look at the mouth, as represented here. It is two or three short years ago all looked up to.
positively repulsive. Not so in this one (No. 24), I did this purposely, for if I point out the defects
for here it is pleasing. Observe the cause of in the work of those who have been considered
this. It lies in the lights and shades ; the shining lights, it will be comparatively easy for
mouth, in the first picture, is ten times too you to see the defects in the works of the multi-
strongly brought out. tude of lesser lights.
With these two pictures before you can you I desire your earnest attention for a moment
still cling to the theory that all photographs must longer. The first examples I showed you demon-
be truthful? If so, how can you reconcile your- strate that the trzith of photographic portraiture
self to thesetwo opposite results with the same lies in the direction of it. This suggests study,
subject? In making the last picture (No. 24), I for in your daily practice hardly two subjects
found myself, to use a homely expression, nearly will admit of similar treatment. Also, that in
stumped, for it was no easy task, I assure you ; endeavoring to impart knowledge to others I in-
and this was only obtained after a protracted struct myself.
study and several sittings, and that it is obtained
2d. The information I would have you receive
and is a fair success demonstrates beyond a
doubt what I have already stated, that there is
from my illustrations to-night is that study is a
necessity. I would have you educate the eye
no subject but of which a good and pleasing
and train the mind to see the best in nature, and
likeness can be secured. One more fact is illus-
relieve yourselves of the great dependence on in-
trated by these two pictures, that retouching is
struments, the exact manner of building sky-
of minor importance, a secondary consideration.
lights, formulae, &c. ; these have their place,
This is as it should be I speak of it, as the ma-
;

which must be secondary.

jority of negatives produced nowadays are very
much overtouched. First, the knowledge to observe correctly,
The country is flooded with all kinds of var- then all else pertaining to securing the best you
nishes, and methods to prepare the surface of a have seen will follow. What I wish you to un-
negative to work upon. In my opinion these derstand me to say is, you must first possess a
are unnecessary, and hurtful in making the knowledge of what you wish to photograph before
negative so susceptible to the pencil that too you can possibly make the most intelligent use
346 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of skylights, instruments, chemicals, &c, in pho- LANDSCAPE AND ARCHITECTURAL
tographing it. PHOTOGRAPHY.
I will relate an incident that will further illus-
For general outdoor photography it will be
trate this to you. I have had photographers call necessary to have plenty of lenses, and the most
on me when at work, stand by my side with a improved camera box. Attempting to do work
perfect view of the sitter before them, and wait of all kinds with a single lens and an old-fash-
until the instrument was focussed, that they ioned box will not answer. For instance, with
might look through it "just to see the light." an old-fashioned camera box and
rigid, portrait
Now what effect had the camera on how the a 4-4 portrait tube, trying to take a view of a
light fell on this subject? None; and yet these five or six story building in a narrow street, or a
men were artistically blind ; they could not see view of a fine dwelling inside of a row of trees,
what was before them. Why? Because they the front of the camera, not sliding up and down,
had no educated sight. the box has to be pointed upwards at a sharp
3d. That the practice of photography should angle, and the result is a picture without parallel
be personal, and in the aim of that personality vertical lines. No wonder that customers com-
liestruth or falseness also therein is the only
;
plain that there is something wrong, or, as one
claim photography has to be classed as a fine art.
remarked to me, that his house looked as if all
4th. That, imitating the conceptions and crea-
his cider barrels in the cellar had burst, and the
tions of others without understanding them is picture was taken as the house was going over.
wrong and hurtful. And, lastly, it has been my Another instance I have seen this summer, viz.,
aim through all these illustrations to show that a professional photographer taking stereoscopic
the art we practice is not mechanical, but based
views with a rigid portrait box cocked up as
on knowledge and genius. There are those in mode
usual and but one lens. This is, I believe,
the world who would scoff and jeer when I talk
about the first used in making stereoscopic views,
of art photography ; but. my friends, I will say
but has been long discarded for the twin tubes.
this as my closing remark to you, that the art of
For stereoscopic work I use the latest im-
photography lies in representing nature as it ap-
proved swing-back Success camera box, Z, for
pears to the intellect and delights the soul.
5x8 plates and, by removing the partition, I
;

Mr. Pearsall was repeatedly interrupted can take single views the full size of plate, either

by applause, and his lecture was a gjand vertically or horizontally. First, for buildings,

success. interiors, ravines, waterfalls, or anything at close

THIRD DAY—MORNING SESSION.
Thursday, July 17th, 1873.
The Association was
President.
The President occupied a few moments
with some notices handed in of situations
quarters, I invariably use a pair of the Dall-
meyer stereoscopic rectilinear lenses. Second,
in the field for ordinary work, I use the Dall-
called to order by the
meyer quick-acting stereoscopic landscape lens,
either 4j or 6 inches focus. Third, for groups,
any ordinary quick work, I use the Dall-
horses, or
meyer rapid rectilinear lens for the full 8x5
;

wanted, galleries for sale, &c. single view I use a 6£ x 8 j Dallmeyer rectilinear
He then said I have got Mr. Koche's
: or Dallmeyer's new wide-angle landscape lens,

process here, and as he is well known as one 6£ x 8*.

of the best outdoor workers among us, it For 10 x 12 plates the new compact view Suc-
strikes me that we should appreciate his cess camera is the lightest and best for field work.
kindness in giving I believe he It takes up but little room in packing. With one
it to all.
of Dallmeyer's No. 1 or 2 wide-angle rectilinear
has given every member present.
it to
lenses and a 10 x 12 rapid rectilinear, you are
Mr. Southworth: I think that is one
prepared for any orders on that size of plate,
of the most important communications that
buildings, interiors, groups, shipping, &c.
has been presented to us. The gentleman
The use of the swing-back cannot too strongly
isone of the most hard-working men we be insisted upon.
have among us. I propose that we give The tent which I have lately used, and which
him a vote of thanks. (Agreed to.) I like the best, is one of the Francis tents, sold
A Member: I propose that Mr. Koche by Messrs. Anthony & Co., of which there are
step out, that we may see him. three sizes. These tents are very portable and
The President: I hardly think that he compact, and can be used by placing on a tripod
will do that, as he is a modest man. or by suspending from a tree or a fence.
The following is Mr. Koche's process: Formulae. — I do not albumenize my glass. I
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TOGEAPHEE. 347

take off the sharp edges all round either with feet above the sea, and had it ready for work at
the file, sandstone, or by rubbing the edges to- sunrise. I have never found this mode of treat-
gether. I then soak them in a weak solution of ing a bath to fail. The bath is the photogra-
nitric acid and water, and thoroughly wash off pher's main stay. Watch it closely. Don't
under the tap ; when dry, I clean with cotton abuse it, or it will serve you some dirty tricks
flannel, a little alcohol, rotten-stone, and a few for neglecting your attention to its wants.
drops of ammonia. My developer for field work is

My negative bath is as follows :

Double Sulph. Iron and Am., 4 ounces. .

Nitrate of Silver, 4 ounces. Water, . 64 to 70

. . .

Distilled Water, 40 Yellow Rock-candy, 3 to 4 ". .

When the silver is all dissolved add eight Acetic Acid, No. 8, . 5 to 6 "
grains of iodide of potassium dissolved in one If the silver bath has been in use long, the ad-
ounce of water ; shake the whole well up and dition of one ounce of alcohol to the above devel-
filter. In trying a any sign of
plate, if there be oper will cause the solution to flow more freely.
fog, not from overexposure, add one or two As a general rule this developer reduces the
drops of C. P. nitric acid. After constant use a time for dark details at least one-third ; for stu-
bath becomes saturated with excess of iodide, dio work this developer is too strong, and should
alcohol, ether, and organic matter. When in be reduced with water to suit the light.
this state it is almost impossible to get anything In going but a short distance from home, you
like clear work. The quickest and best remedy, will only require a dark box or tent with all nec-
then, for rectifying the bath is boiling. For a essary chemicals, camera, tripod, and negative
bath of forty ounces pour a pint of distilled box; but for an extended trip you will need a
water in an evaporating dish ; now pour the bath chemical box or miniature stock depot, divided
solution in and mix up with a glass rod ; then up into square compartments, to pack your bot-
add three or four drops of liquid ammonia and tles and extra stock in, as on railroads they are
mix up well. Now test the bath for alkalinity handled rather roughly. In travelling over moun-
with red litmus-paper ; if it does not turn blue tains on mule-paths, you will require boxes long
add more ammonia, enough to show a decided and narrow. They can be packed readily on each
blue color on the test-paper. Place the evapo- side of the mule, and can be well tied, so that,
rating dish on a stove, or use any other mode of in case the mule should roll over, he cannot hurt
heating, so as to bring the solution to a boiling- anything. It is always best to make out a care-
point. When the heat begins to act on the solu- ful list of everything needed, for if you wish to
tion it will turn pink, brown, dark -brown ; as it do good work, go prepared for it do not begin —
approaches the boiling-point it will become quite to make excuses about this or that article. Take
black. It is better to let it boil five or ten min- all inconveniences you may meet with in good
utes. When the solution begins to boil it will part, and keep your temper and powder dry. It
clear, and all iodides and organic matter will is better, if you have the time, to reconnoitre the

separate from the solution, and the ether and place on some day previous to working. Pick
alcohol will evaporate. The next operation is to out your standpoints, and look out for what will
set away to cool, and, when cold, filter until make good stereo views and 8 x 1 or larger sizes ;

clear; then test for strength. If too strong, re- mark down the time of day the light is most
duce with distilled water ; if too weak, add silver suitable. In this way you can start in the morn-
to the proper strength, 35 grains for summer, 40 ing with your traps, keeping the sun two-thirds
for winter. This bath is now alkaline, and it is or three-quarters on your work, and follow him
necessary to add, drop by drop, C. P. nitric acid all day, except for strong cloud or moonlight
to it until it shows a slight acid reaction with effects. For these you will require a box with
blue litmus-paper. The bath will not require the lid over your lenses, and will have to work
reiodizing. As a general thing, with Anthony's directly towards the sun. Watch until the sun
new negative collodion, this bath will give clean, is capped on the edge by a cloud, and then ex-
brilliant negatives, full of detail and free from pose for one or two seconds for the clouds. Then
hardness. This mode of treating a bath in the close the lid half down, and keep slightly moving
studio or field is quick and certain, involving it up and down between the horizon and fore-

no sunning or waste of silver, and it has been ground for detail in the picture. As a general
thoroughly tested for the last fourteen years. I thing, this class of views is intended more for
have boiled my bath in this way of an evening cloud effects than a picture full of details or half-

on the Sierras, at an elevation of ten thousand tones. The best moonlight effects are got near
348 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
sunset ; then you have to work almost instantane- who are working in the field by the wet process,
ously. I shall be abundantly rewarded.
My latest mode of working is to give a good T. C. Roche.
exposure for details ; and, in developing, get out
all you can, but do not overexpose or develop The President : I have a letter here
so as to get a foggy or flat negative. For gen- from Uriah Scales regretting that he can-
eral work a well-lighted picture will not require, not come, and hoping that we may have a
if your chemicals are in good working condition, nice time generally, &c.
any redeveloping or intensifying, by using An- Mr. Sotjthworth : One of our members
thony's new negative collodion.
desires to bring before the Association a
Some of our best landscape photographers
new use of photography in the multiplying
have been for some time developing in the field,
and enlarging of handwriting and signatures
and finishing up at home in the evening or next
in case of forgeries, &c, and he would like
morning. The mode is as follows : After devel-
to have a committee appointed to hear him
oping the plate, wash off with water; then flow
over a solution of glycerin
on the subject. They can examine the
specimens and report to this Association.
Water, 4 or 5 ounces.
The President What is your pleasure :

Glycerin, . 1 ounce.
in regard to that? I hope the committee
Alcohol,
will be appointed.
Or you can dispense with water in washing off Mr. Wilson: I move that the committee
the iron, and flow on a solution of
be appointed.
Glycerin, . 1 ounce. The President To-morrow morning :

Water, 4 ounces. Mr. Southworth will meet all who come to

Acetic Acid, 1 ounce. meet him and explain his process.
Flow on like collodion and drain ; then flow I have a communication here from Mr.
on a second time, and put the plate in the nega- J. Shaw, which I will read.
tive box. In this way you lose no time in fin-
A. Bogardus, Esq.,
ishing up, but can keep on taking negatives.
President of the National Photographic
Plates with glycerin on them will keep a week Association, in Convention assembled.
or more with safety. When you reach home,
Dear Sir : I observed that my proposition of
wash off the glycerin, and fix in weak cyanide ;

yesterday was very scornfully laid upon the table.

then force up, if required, by any of the well-
I think that this action upon so important a
known methods. I prefer, after fixing and wash-
matter was hasty, to say the least, and I now ask
ing, to flow over the plate a solution of
that it be reconsidered, so that members who
Acetic Acid, No. 8, $ ounce. wish may at least have an opportunity to express
Water, 5 ounces. an opinion.
This is a matter which interests every member
I then drain and flow over a solution of pyro-
of this Association, and I will venture the asser-
gallic acid, No. 1, mixed with a few drops of
tion that no more important question has or can
acid silver, as per formula No. 2.
be brought before its deliberative assembly, and I

No. 1. see no good reason why it should not receive at

Pyro. . . . .60 grains. least a respectful consideration.
Water, . . . . .20 ounces. You no doubt will recollect that I proposed
Citric Acid, . . . .20 grains. yesterday to the members of the Executive Com-
mittee to sell this patent to the Association, but
No. 2.
that idea was discouraged, hence the reason why
Silver, 20 grains.
I suggested the formation of a company but it

.....
;

Citric Acid 10
still seems to me to be one of the most sensible
Water, 1 ounce.
things which this Association could do to pur-
This will bring the negative up to a good chase any good and valid patent, which must of
printing color, which will not change. Dry and necessity be used by all, for the very purpose of
varnish the negative. Keep the shield and cam- giving the free use of member of our
it to every
era free from dust in working, and take a gen- Association ; and as there are now, and probably
eral interest in your apparatus. always will be, more photographers outside of

If the above may be of some benefit to those this Association than there are in it, unless we
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 349

should adopt this plan of holding out such an in- Mk. Ehoads: I move that the matter be
ducement as is here suggested, that would no referred to a special committee of five, to
doubt prevail upon large numbers who now stand act in conjunction with the Executive Com-
aloof to come forward and join us. At least I mittee.
think the plan worthy of our consideration, aside A Member: I second the motion.
from any personal interest of my own. If the
Mk. Southworth : Before that motion
Association were the owners of this patent its
isput I wish to state in the first place that
own members could be allowed the free use of it,
I am very sorry the motion made at this
is
and lay a tax upon the outsiders, and as the out-
siders are now by far the most numerous, an
present moment, because I moved to lay it
amount could be collected from them which on the table.

would not only pay a good interest upon the sum Mr. Shaw is under misapprehension in
paid for the patent, but, in my opinion, would regard to the look of scorn or anything
also support the entire Association, paying all of pertaining to it in laying it upon the table.
its expenses and relieve every member from the It was an act strictly parliamentary, per-
further payment of annual dues, and also allow, mover. It was on
fectly honorable to the
if we saw fit, to throw open the door of our ex- the table wherewas ready to be taken up
it
hibition-room to the public without money and whenever anybody moved to take it up
without price, and at the same time I think that
and therefore he is somewhat mistaken in
the prospect of the free use of such a patent,
the whole mater.
which every one was compelled to use, would be
In the next place, Mr. President, had
the very strongest inducement for the outsiders
this motion not been made just at this in-
to join our Association, and thereby save them-
stant, I should have made a motion to take
selves the tax, as well as all fear of an expensive
lawsuit. that paper from the table, and to hand it
back to Mr. Shaw, and that a meeting of
I brought this matter here, as I stated in my
all the members who chose to meet after
introductory circular (which, no doubt, most of
the members have seen), for the purpose of this meeting has adjourned should come to-

giving every one a fair chance to consider the gether to eonsider Mr. Shaw's case, and
matter, and if he wished to, talk it up with his that the action of that body be separate
associates in business — and I cannot for the life from that of this organization, entirely so.
of me see the impropriety of bringing it before I should be glad to have such a motion as
you here, where all are interested. If, however, that accepted instead of the other. It is
you upon making
insist it a personal matter, I
with Mr. Shaw's consent that I make this
am ready to meet you all before the court, or
suggestion.
elsewhere but my idea was to give every one a
Mr. Webster
;

I really hope Mr.

:

chance to escape the expense and trouble of liti-

Ehoads withdraw his motion and allow
will
gation. If this plan, however, does not suit you.
I am ready to consider any proposition looking the substitute which has just been proposed

to an amicable settlement which is suggested by by Mr. Southworth to prevail. I hope it

any member here present. But you can all rest will, for I believe that is the best way.

assured that the unceremonious tabling of my Mr. Ehoads : It seems to me the very
proposition will not by any means end this mat- best plan is that of conferring with Mr.
ter; it may defer it, but if it does I am sure that Shaw he may have some other proposi-
;

you will all regret it. I trust, however, that for tion than this. I think a few can do it
your own sakes as well as mine, you will recon- and bring the matter before this Convention
sider this hasty action, and let us see if some better than a large body of members could
amicable arrangement cannot be arrived at. If
do.
the majority of the members here present will
Mr. Southworth That is just what I :

come forward and take a license, I will meet any

wish to do. They should act as an organi-
who choose to do so — here, in this room, after
zation of individuals, and not be considered
the close of this business meeting and am ready —
to make any just and equitable arrangement to
as acting for the Association at all, without
do away with the necessity for further litigation. the gentlemen choose to do Mr. Shaw it.

consents to its being done that way.

Very respectfully,
J. Shaw. Mr. Klauber: I think that a few ap-
Buffalo, July 17th, 1873. pointed on a committee would do a great
550 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
deal more than the whole Association. Mr. Shaw ; and that all the persons who
For that reason I seconded the motion to choose to meet may come and they here,
appoint a committee, and that the commit- may hold a meeting among themselves and
tee, as such, could confer with Mr. Shaw choose their chairman and secretary, and
with reference to the arrangements that take up as much time as they choose. And
have been made, and for them to report to we will meet Mr. Shaw, and consider it as

the Association. They cannot do anything individuals.

without the Association's consent. I think The President: Do you all understand
a few can do the work hetter than many. the motion ?

Mr. Rhoads I would say that the mat-

: Mr. Webster: No, sir, we do not under-

ter has been before the Executive Commit- stand it : one point we do not under-
there is

tee for months, and they have postponed stand. I hear a voice behind me, who says
action, for the purpose of bringing it before he does not understand it.
this body. I think a special committee, The whole object of this thing is to take
outside the Executive Committee, can ar- it out of this Convention.
range the matter with Mr. Shaw with A Member: What is it that you are
more satisfaction than any other body. going to take out ?

Me. Southworth Mr. President, I do

: Mr. Webster : We want to take out
not like to take up the time with a discus- individuality. That "is what we want to
sion of this subject. I think that it would take out —that it shall be separate from the
be a good idea whole matter out
to take the principles of photography. This Associa-
of the Association as an organization and tionis based upon photography, and not

consider it individually. It is not worth upon individuality. Here is a matter com-

our while to bring it before the Association. ing out that we should consider individually
To save the time, I wish to say, Mr. Presi- and not as an association. Therefore the
dent, that this is out of the course which motion is that the matter of Mr. Shaw,
matters took in Philadelphia with regard which was laid on the table yesterday, be
to another patent which was precisely in taken up and handed back to its author,
the same situation as Mr. Shaw's is now. together with the paper presented this
As it was not considered best to consider morning and that immediately after this
;

that then in the Association, I do not session this morning, those who feel them-
propose to consider this now. If this was selves interested can meet in this room and
brought up among us as individuals, we consider the question with Mr. Shaw. Then,
might discuss it just as long as we please. if there is any proposition to make to this

Now, I insist that we ought to keep this Convention, it comes from us as individ-
out of the organization, and occupy our uals.
meetings regularly with matters that be- Mr. Klauber : Allow me to say a few
long to the Association. These are matters words. I am not a fluent speaker, but I
of business that we have met here to get think we are driving to a very bad course.
through with, and organized ourselves and I think that this Convention is an associa-
chosen a President and Secretary, to do the tion gotten up for the benefit of all, and
best we can for ourselves as an association not for one or two. I think the Association
but we do not work on individual account. is gotten up for the protection of us all, and
The Chair Are you ready for the mo-
: I think that when an individual comes
tion ? with a patent which we cannot make, or
Mr. Khoads: I withdraw my motion. which, as a body, we can get in such a way
Mr. Southworth I am much obliged
: that it does not come on us heavy, I think
to the gentleman. that the body has to do with it, and not the
The President : A new resolution will individuals of it. I think that it is necessary
be in order. for the members of the whole body to stand by
Mr. Southworth : I move that the pa- each other, and to take up all such questions
per laid upon the table be taken from the and patents, and, if possible, defeat them,
table and most respectfully handed back to if there is an unjust claim in them. Let the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 351

Association take it up, and do the best it The President The question em bodied
:

can for our members, but not to take it out also the taking of that paper from the table.

of the Association, and let those patentees Mr. Chute : The paper I read yesterday,
handle each one of us separately, where he perhaps, is a matter not well understood, if
can make a heap of money or make a heap it has not occupied the attention of the Con-
of trouble. When we get the thing where vention or of photographers generally but ;

it ought to be, we can each, by paying in it isone of great importance to us. And
a few dollars, do a great deal where we our action, now, perhaps in this matter,
could not as individuals. For instance, if will be seen in the future. If we do not reap
that patentee comes to Louisville and sues the benefit of it ourselves, those who are
me, and goes to Jefferson vi lieand sues an- coming after us will reap the benefit of it.

other, and goes to another place and sues I propose to make a motion that the Ex-
another, in that case we are all standing sep- ecutive Committee be authorized to memo-
arately. But if the Association takes hold rialize their State legislatures throughout
of this work as a body, we can defeat him, the country to pass a law similar to that
or, if necessary, if we find that it is a valid passed in Massachusetts, which I read yes-
patent, we can buy up from him an interest, terday, and that a committee of one from
and he would let us have it for a small sum. each State be appointed by the President to
For that reason I am opposed to that mo- intercede with the members of their legisla-
tion. ture, and have this matter properly brought
Mr. Southworth : I did not suppose before them.
that this matter would occupy over three Massachusetts has the matter in full opera-
minutes, when you were reading that com- tion at the present time in the public schools,
munication. also in the day and evening schools, and
The President : It has taken up a good great progress is being made. It is not only
deal of time already. being taken hold of by the State, but by
Mr. Southworth: In answer to what? individuals, and by the parties who have had
I say that it is impossible for an association money left them in trust. In Boston there
of individuals to combine to oppose a patent. is a Hall's fund left for educational purposes.
It is a criminal offence to do it, and it can- The trustees of that fund have organized a
not be done. That is the first point, and school for art instruction, and they have a
that is the law; for I have been several fine class there, and have made wonderful
years in this business. Now, sir, if we take progress, as was shown in the exhibition
this out, we can treat it as individuals sepa- held in Boston in May, where the hall occu-
rately; we shall be satisfied, that is, those pied by the first convention of this Associa-
who Those who have not treated will
treat. tion that was held there in 1869, was filled
have the same privileges as those who have. with specimens of drawings from the public
I want to get it out of the regular meeting, schools, and of the other classes, and of the
and take it and act upon it individually. school of technology. The specimens ranged
We will do what we can for Mr. Shaw. all the way from rudiments of the
the first

Those who want to, and are ready, can sign school-book of the where he
little scholar,
their names to papers but we may pass as
; commences to make straight lines, and join
many resolutions as we please, they will lines together, up to the finest finished
not bind the Association to one single cent. water colors, and beautiful drawings, as I
You cannot do it legally. The only way said in my paper yesterday. Members of
for each man to put his name to the paper.
is, this Association, most of them, feel the need
A Member: That is what I should like of art instruction. We saw an illustration
to do. of this last evening in Mr. Pearsall's lec-
The President Are you ready for the
: ture; and in his illustrations which were
appointment of a committee of the whole, thrown on the screen, we saw what art
to meet Mr. Shaw, after we adjourn, and education would do for those who have it, in
consider this matter? comparison with those who have it not.
Agreed to. I was reminded of that thing on coming
352 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
here on Monday. On the train, in coming connection with this. Probably some of
through a town —I
do not remember the the members may have seen the circulars
name of it — I saw a large sign with very that have been distributed in the Kink, in
large letters, in which the word scale was reference to the College of Fine Arts, by
spelled skale. Everybod}- could read it ; it the Syracuse University. I will offer the
spelt scale, and nobody could doubt it. You following resolution :

could not make anything else out of it. He Resolved, That we, the members of the
was not scientifically posted. was a pic-
It National Photographic Association of the
ture ;
but, if you make a you must
picture, United States, regarding with peculiar satis-
be sure that it is a picture of what you are faction the action of the trustees of the Syr-
after. Oftentimes pictures are made that acuse University in organizing the College
do not express the subject properly. That of Fine Arts, in which photography is made
iswhat we want and what we need. Art one of its studies, and in the faculty of which
education is desirable, and I hope the mem- we have a photographic professorship, we
bers of the Association will see the impor- assure the trustees of our appreciation of
tance of it, and will give this their support ; their action in this matter and return our
and I hope proper action will be taken. thanks for their generous recognition of our
The President Is the motion seconded ?
:
beautiful art.
Several members seconded the motion. Mr. Webster: I move that the resolu-
Mr. Wilson I would amend Mr. Chute's
:
tion be adopted.
motion, if he will permit, by, instead of This motion was seconded by several.
having the President appoint a committee Mr. Webster: And that we take the
of one from each State, to make the Vice- vote by rising.
Presidents that have been elected, to do The President : Before we take that
that work, in order to give the Vice-Presi- vote by rising, I would say that Mr. San-
dents something to do. Most of the Vice- ger is the professor, and is a member of the

Presidents are now present. National Photographic Association, and is

Mr. Chute I will accept the amend-
: in the room this morning.
ment very gladly. The resolution was agreed to.
Mr. Soitthworth There seems to be a :
Mr. Adams I move that
: it be the sense
committee appointed with regard to this of this Association that we appreciate the
business, &c. I should like the Vice-Presi- great benefit that Mr. Peter Cooper, of New
dents to see what can be done. I have not York, has conferred upon photography, in
the resolution before me, but as I happen forming a class for the instruction of begin-
to be one of the committee, I should be ners in the art, and the appointment of a
very glad to resign my position to Mr. professor for their instruction.
Chute. I think that Mr. Wilson's sugges- A Member : I second that resolution.
tionand Mr. Chute's motion are both good, Agreed to.

and would properly come up to the results The President : The report of the Ex-
expected of the committee. ecutive Committee is now in order. That
Mr. Chute : The gentleman seems not report was referred back to them for altera-
to have understood the motion fully ; it tions.
was, that the Executive Committee be au- Mr. Wilson Mr. President, the report
:

thorized to memorialize the different State which was read on Tuesday said, the Local
legislatures, and to send a circular to that Secretary of St. Louis reported the close of
effect to every State legislature throughout a very successful exhibition at the Conven-
the country, and also place in the hands of tion,and said the expenses were $1494.28
these Vice-Presidents in each State the duty over and above the receipts. The words
of interceding in their own section, so as to "over and above the receipts" should be
have the matter properly presented. stricken out, and it should merely read, the
Mr. Southworth : I second the motion. expenses were $1494.28.
Agreed to. We now ask for the acceptance and adop-
Mr. Chute: I have also a resolution in tion of our report.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 353

A Member: I move that it be adopted. would wish to withdraw from as commendable

Agreed to. an object as that.
It struck me very forcibly that it would be a
The Chair The : next thing before you
very simple and easy matter to arrange a similar
is the report of the Committee on Nomina-
society, in conjunction with the one already or-
tions. Mr. Alfred Hall, of Chicago, is the
ganized, and not be obliged to elect other officors
Chairman.
than those we already have, thus doing away
While that committee is getting ready to
with very many expenses, which the company
report, their chairman not being present, referred to has to undergo, for beside the salary
we have a paper here on Insurance, by Mrs. to the officers they have their annual meetings
W. M. Lockwood, of Kipon, Wisconsin, and expenses of their delegates to pay for, and
one of our members, which Mrs. Lockwood only the one object to work for; while the only
requests Mr. Wilson to read. benefit they receive is the pleasure of aiding one

Mr. Wilson Mr. : President, this letter another's families as their turn comes, and the

or paper came to the Secretary, expressing knowledge that their own will receive the same

a desire that something should bind us to- assistance some time.

While with us any preliminary business could
gether as a fraternity more closely than any-
be done at the annual meetings of the National
thingnow existing, and as self-interest is al-
Photographic Association, and by-laws so ar-
ways the predominating trait with all of us,
ranged that every person would feel an indi-
therefore Mrs. Lockwood proposes a plan
vidual interest in keeping their dues paid up,
which is new to some, perhaps, but not new
and also to have their friends join the society, as
to all of us. She proposes a sort of mutual every member would count one more dollar
life insurance, and this is her paper. towards making the amount to be received by
SHALL WE BE INSURED? each family, sooner or later; and would be
equivalent to the same amount deposited in any
The question of insurance has been talked and
other baDk.
thought of, more or less, for some time, yet
To those who might be left wealthy a few hun-
nothing definite has been decided upon.
dred dollars would not seem of much account,
In thejirst place we are too young and small a
but to those less would serve a good
fortunate it
society to have a great amount of cash or credit
purpose, and keep them from want, and utter
to draw from, therefore must devise some method
discouragement.
differing from ordinary insurance companies.
With these introductory remarks I leave the
A few years ago the railroad conductors or-
matter to the consideration of the Convention,
ganized into a mutual insurance company,
and if the idea is received favorably by all the
&c, pay-
elected president, secretary, treasurer,
members assembled, I would suggest three or five
ing each a salary, and on the death of any
persons be appointed or chosen to draw up a
member, or if they became disabled, or too in-
plan and by laws for such a league, and in har-
firm to work, each member was to pay to the
mony with our present by-laws for the National
secretary the sum of one dollar, and after de-
Photographic Association, and if it can be made
ducting necessary expenses the balance was to be
so as to cover also the same ground as that in-
given to the family of the unfortunate one.
tended by the "benevolent fund," why not add
With them the fatality and accidents, of course,
to that sufficient changes, and means, to make it
far exceed ours, as also their present numbers.
an insurance for loss by fire, for photographers
As in one instance, during the month of March
only ?
last,they had five deaths, one appropriation for
I think with such arrangements there will be no
an infirm and aged member, and one for a per-
photographers in the land who will have the face
manently disabled one to pay for, making the tax
to ask, " What good is the National Photographic
seven dollars for each remaining member, during
Association?" and assert they are just as well
one month but it did not seem very much for
;

off as if they belonged to it.

any one to part with, and each recipient was
Mrs. E. N. Lockwood.
made the possessor of over thirty-two hundred
dollars, and that was of course the amount left Mr. Wilson The question now is, Shall
:

after deducting the necessary expenses. In nearly we be insured The question of insurance
?
all those cases the family had nothing else to
has been thought of, and talked of, more or
depend upon, and would have been very desti-
less for some time.
tute without this friendly aid.
I do not think there is one amongst us who The President: If you have any motion
23
354 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
to offer with regard to that matter we will Secretary. The present incumbent has, since
hear it with pleasure. the birth of our Association, declined to draw
Mr. Webster: I move that the com- the sum allowed him by the constitution for an
mittee suggested in that paper be appointed assistant, or any part thereof. His duties in-

by the Chair, and that that paper be referred crease so rapidly that, in nominating him again,
we urge that it should be a matter of business be-
to them for their earliest report.
tween him and the Association, and if he is re-
Agreed to unanimously.
elected, that it is the distinct understanding
The President: I will appoint the com- that he receive the allotment made him by the
mittee as follows :
constitution.
I. B. Webster, Louisville, Ky. Mrs. E. we
;
If are not overstepping our duty, we would
N. Lockwood, Kipon, Wisconsin Mr. W. ; also suggest that some action be taken by this
M. Lockwood, Ripon, Wisconsin; Prof. W. body with reference to services already rendered.
V. Eanger, Syracuse, New York Mr. L. ;
Alfred Hall, Chairman.
G Bigelow, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Samuel Root,
The President: The Committee on C. L. Mooke,
Nominations are now ready to report, Mr. James Mullen,
Alfred Hall, Chairman of that Committee. William H. Rhoads.
Mr. Hall : The following is the A Member: I move that the report be
accepted and the committee be discharged.
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON
After a few amendments were made to
NOMINATIONS.
the list of Vice-Presidents nominated, the
Mr. President, Officers, and Members- o>f
report was received.
the N. P. A. Your committee, appointed to
:

The election of officers was now proceeded

nominate officers for the ensuing year, would
with.
respectfully report the following : For
President — Abraham Bogardus, of New York.
Mr. Wilson : It gives me more pleasure

Secretary— Edward L. Wilson, of Philadelphia. than I can give vent to to move that Mr. I.

Treasurer — Albert Moore, of Philadelphia. B. Webster, of Louisville, Ky., cast the

Executive Committee — W. Irving Adams, N. unanimous ballot of this Association for
J. ; W. J. Baker, N. Y. ; W. H. Rhoads, Pa. ;
Abraham Bogardus for President.
A. Hall, 111. ; I. B. Webster, Ky. ; V. M. Wil- Mr. Ehoads I would amend that we :

cox, N. Y. ;
Daniel Bendann, N. Y. ; C. L. include the vote for Mr. Edward L. Wilson
Moore, Mass. to save time.
Vice-Presidents. — J. H. Lamson, Me. B. W. ;
The President Before any such action:

Kilburn, N. H. F. M. Rood, Vt.; G. B. Critch-

taken I have a word to say.
;

is
erson, Mass.; G. M. Carlisle, R. I.; E. T.Whit-
I have promised myself every year that
ney. Conn.; G. Frank E. Pearsall, N Y.; A. W.
itwould be my last one as your President.
McGarvey, N. J. Frank Jewel!, Pa. N. H. ; ;

Busey, Md. M. Miley, Va. J. Brown,. W. Va.

The duties devolving upon me are very try-
; ;
;

C. W. Yates, N. C. William Wiseman, S. C. ;

ing, and there are a great many of them,
;

William Smith, Ga. Miss E. P. Brown, Fla. ; ;

more than any of you have any conception
J. H. Lakin, Ala. J. W. Braid, Tenn. James ; :
of. I do not know but it is flattery, but
Mullen, Ky. E. Finch, Texas; E. II. Train,
;
there are matters brought to me to annoy
Montana; E. Decker. 0. D. R. Clark, Ind. ;
;
me almost constantly ^ for instance, since I
Z. P. McMillen, 111. ; S. P. Tressler, Kan. ; Miss have been here I have received no less than
Webster, Mich. ; C. A. Zimmerman, Minn. ; S. six, perhaps eight or ten, causes of little
Root, Iowa; W. H. Rulofson, Cal. ; James Fen- disagreements between two men in one vil-
nitnore,Utah ; J. H. Fitzgibbon, Mo. ; W. H. lage. They come to me to settle them. While
Sherman, Wis. ; F. Thorp, D. C. ; Joseph Buch-
I like to be a peacemaker, I cannot settle such
tel, Oregon; E. L. Eaton. Nebraska.
things as that. It does not devolve upon
We make no nomination for counsellor-at-law,
and would ask the Convention to empower the n\e to settle all the quarrels in the United
Executive Committee to employ counsel, if States ; if I did I should be more than
needed, during the year. human. (Applause)
Your committee feel some embarrassment in Another thing. I feel entirely out of
making a nomination for the office of Permanent place here. It is a very trying position.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 355

I have never taken my place here in the Mr. Webster: want to call attention
I
morning or at any session but what I felt to the report of thecommittee made on ap-
as if I was out of my place entirely, there prenticeship yesterday. If you remember,
are so many questions brought here, and I the diploma could not be given except after
know so very little about parliamentary three years' practice. We have no other
rules, and if you were to ask me what I except our President, and we could not give
know, I should tell you nothing. I feel a diploma to any other, because he only has
that there are a greatmany men who ought had three years' practice.

to occupy and I ought to be re-

this place, The President: I have had five years.
lieved. I have served you five years as Mr. Webster: That is so much the bet-
faithfully as I knew how. It is nothing ter.

more than fairness that somebody else should The President: If it is so much the
not only share the place, but also the hon- better, I ought to have my diploma, and go
ors, if there are honors. I have had all that out.

I want, and I think it is no more than fair Mr. Collins I think you are entitled
:

that some other man should now relieve me of to it, and

you will serve us another year,
if

the labors that I have endured for five years. we will give you two diplomas.
I hope that you will make some other nom- The President: I hope I am under-
ination. If you will do so, I shall be obliged stood. I am not the man to give up and
to you. I should feel much better to sit say I shall not serve. I do not like to do
down there among you as a high private, that ; but I would say that I do ask that I
and I am sure I can fill my position just as should be relieved from my position. It
well there. I shall feel as much interest in has been a very trying one, and there have
the Association as I have ever done, and I been a great many things this session that
hope that you will relieve me of the position have annoyed me. I will not say anything
that I now hold. about that, but I do hope that you will
Mr. Southworth: If we were going on nominate some one else, and elect him to
a steamboat from here to Quebec, we should the position, and relieve me.
want a man who was used to going through Mr. Southworth: I would inquire if
the Kapids. We are in the rapids now. there is anything in the constitution rela-
Let us keep our old on deck, and if
officers tive to this.
in the place of the men who are now at our Mr. Bingham: I would say that we do
head we have to call help to hold the helm, not wish to impose upon him. He asks it

call upon a few of us old fellows. We will as a favor that we relieve him from these
clinch it at the risk of life itself. (Ap- duties, so that he can retire. He has served
plause.) us well. I do not think it is right to ride a
Let us elect our old officers. Not because free horse to death. It is no more than we
there is nobody else, but they have got used ought to do, and I think it is no more than
to the machinery and used to the members. right that if he wishes to be relieved, that
They are used to it, and to-day we are none we should relieve him. He asks it as a favor.
of us equal to the positions. They have We do not want to lose him, but he wishes
held this Society together for five years, and to be relieved from his duties. I think that
they have kept it along in its steady course it is no more than right that we should do

until it has got strength, until we feel that so. We hate to lose him.
we can all of us be captains. AMember: That is my view of it, ex-
Mr. Hall Mr. President, the commit-
: actly. I think that there is no man who
tee very well understand Mr. Abraham Bo- could serve us any better than he has served
gardus's position and feeling in the matter, us. He has served us long and well, and I
but we came to the conclusion that the gen- would be in favor, for the sake of his own
eral who had led this army along for five feelings, to nominate another.
years, and had won in every battle, was (Calls for the question.)
just the general that we wanted to march Mr. Fitzgibbon: Gentlemen, I would
under. (Applause.) say to our President that if he promises to
356 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGrKAPHEK.
serve us this year,we will promise to let out after awhile. I must say I think less
him off next year. of the Association
to-day than ever I
Mr. Wilson Before the President an-
: thought of thought they would have
it. I
swers that, I would say that with that had a little more fairness than to elect me
promise, we reserve the right to change again. But, gentlemen, I will do the best
our minds about it. in my power to serve you another year.
The President : That's the way the But if I thought there was only one man
thing works exactly. It is pretty hard for in the Association to be its President, I
Mr. Eitzgibbon pledge his successors
to should move its dissolution to-morrow. I
next year, for we go to some other place cannot think that. You can have your
next year. minds made up for some one else next
Mr. Collins : I think this Association year.
had better give our President a vote of A Member Two diplomas next
: year.
thanks, and then look around and get an- The President: No, no, no.
other man, if we can find one, and be ex- Get your nominations ready for Secretary
ceedingly thankful for what he has done and Vice-Presidents. The Constitution re-
for us. I think it would be impossible to quires it to be done by ballot, unless other-
find any man to do any hetter. I think it wise ordered.
would be hard to find any one to do as well. Mr. Webster: Upon that point, in St.
Excuse me. Louis, in 1872, it was my duty to stand at

Mr. Beckwith: I have a suggestion to my post for two hours, as one of the tellers,

make. I do not know that it could he put in order to elect one

It was set of men.
in the shape of a resolution at this present two whole hours it took us to do it, and
time. It is to appoint a man as Vice- that was done by ballot. I make these re-
President, to assist the President in his marks to guard you, if possible, against the
duties. adoption of the ballot vote. It is better to
The President You : will have to alter do it similar to the election of the Presi-
the Constitution to do that. dent, if we can. It is much better. I there-
Mr. Fitzqibbon : I call for the ques- fore make the motion, Mr. President.
tion. The President Suppose we take, with :

Mr. Wilson Mr. President, the motion

: your consent, the Treasurer and Secretary
I made was that Mr. Webster, of Louis- together, and then the Executive Commit-
ville, cast the unanimous ballot of this tee, and then the Vice-Presidents ?

Association for Abraham Bogardus for its Mr. Webster I was going to say that:

President. we should let the nominations of the va-

The President The : question is before rious officers be taken collectively, so far as
you. Are you ready for it? All in favor the officers are concerned, and separately
of the motion will please say aye. in regard to the nature of the duties. That
Agreed to unanimously. is the understanding and idea that we take
Mr. Webster: Mr. President, accord- one ballot for Vice-Presidents, and another
ing to the unanimous vote of this Conven- ballot for Executive Committee, and so on,
tion, in session assembled here this morning, and that it be done collectively, and that
I cast the vote for President of the National we cast but one ballot.
Photographic Association for Abraham Bo- Mr. Wilson : We do not need any mo-
gardus, of .New York. (Tremendous ap- tion to do that. The Constitution allows it
plause.) and fully explains it. We can try the other
The President: I now have the hard- way first. If we cannot elect them, then
est time to make a speech I ever had. (Ap- we can try the ballot.
plause.) Mr. Chute If any one has an idea that
:

Mr. Wilson : That's the reason he did it is not by ballot, they are mistaken. It
not want to be re-elected : he has run out is by ballot only. This Convention author-
of speeches 1 izes one individual to express the minds of
The President : It would run any one the whole by ballot.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 357

The President : If the Association tofore, and have missed it in many direc-
agrees, I think that would be the way. tions I know. I will try to do better here-
If the Association agrees, we will appoint after. While you are reading my report
some gentleman to cast the ballot of the of this Convention, I will be crossing the
Association for Secretary and Treasurer. Atlantic. I go purposely to gain informa-
A Member: I move Mr. Khoads
that tion which I trust to find there, for our
cast the vote for Secretary and Treasurer mutual progress and advancement in the
separately. future. My love for our art and my desire
The President: It is a motion, gentle- to be useful to its votaries, is the great in-
men, and I am ready to hear you on it, centive to go. I hope for your good wishes
that Mr. Khoads cast the vote of the Asso- and a safe return to my field of labor
ciation for Secretary, and after that for the among you. (Applause.)
Treasurer. I suggest that they be sepa- The President : Shall the teller vote
rated ; we want a speech from each one of for the Association for the nominee for
them. Treasurer ? Will the Association instruct
Mr.Wilson : I had a long speech thought him?
of in reference to this matter, but since I Mr. Webster: That is included.
have seen the bloody battle over yourself, The President You are right, Sir :

and your total defeat, I think it is best you will now vote for the Treasurer.
probably to sit down. But I would reit- The vote was cast for Treasurer.
erate what the President has said in ref- The President I announce that the :

erence to riding one horse all the time. vote cast by the members for the person to
JSTone of you know hardly the labors of the act in that capacity is forMr. Albert Moore,
secretaryship, and if I did not think I could of Philadelphia. I hope Mr. Moore is
benefit the Association by being re-elected, present.
I would not consent any way but I do ;
Mr. Moore not being present did not
think that there are plenty of others who respond.
would do just as well. I would like very The President : The next business will
much to be relieved. I have got something be the election of the Executive Committee.
to do this year, in the interest of photogra- Mr. Sotjthworth : I move that Mr.
phy, that will benefit you just as much in Ehoads cast the unanimous vote for the
another direction, so I would like, if I could, Executive Committee.
to be relieved from the post of secretaryship. Mr. Thorp : I move, as an amendment,
The President : It is necessary that that Mr. Ehoads be instructed to cast the
the Association should instruct Mr. Ehoads unanimous vote of the Convention for the
who to vote for. first five nominees. The constitution pro-
Mr. Webster : For the nominees, Mr. vides that the committee shall consist of
President five ; more than that would be unconstitu-
The President : All in favor of that tional. Therefore I move that he cast the
will say aye. vote for the first five.

Carried. Mr. Ehoads: I do not think it hardly

The President: It is ordered unani- proper for Mr. Ehoads to vote for himself,
mously, that Mr. Ehoads vote for Mr. Wil- as he is one of the first five.
son as Secretary. Mr. Webster: In that case I would
The vote was cast. suggest the name of our friend Mr. South-
The President I take great pleasure : worth to take his place.
in announcing that Mr. Edward L. Wilson, The President Will Mr. Southworth
:

of Philadelphia, is elected Permanent Sec- act in that capacity If so we would like

?

retary of the National Photographic Asso- him to. Will you instruct your teller to
(Tremendous applause.)
ciation. vote for the nominees the first five? —
The President: Mr. Wilson, get up. Mr. Thorp Can I move an amendment
:

Mr. Wilson : All I can say is, I will do to elect the first five nominees for the Ex-
the best I can. I have tried to do so here- ecutive Committee?
358 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The President : It is not seconded. Mr. Pearsall I believe a motion was :

The Chair: We will take the sense of made to elect the names as reported by the
the Association on the amendment. committee, and I believe a motion was
Mr. Rhoads : I believe the original mo- offered here which was not seconded. I
tion was, for me to cast the unanimous vote think we all voted that the names the com-
of the Association for the Executive Com- mittee reported should be elected.
mittee. There were eight names on the The President : Just one of those ques-
list, and it was amended and I seconded it, tions comes up here that I am so annoyed
that we take the first five. by. I know nothing about these questions,
Mr. Fitzgibbon : I wish to speak to the and even Schuyler Colfax could not run
amendment. I should like to know why this Association. Here is a committee who

the first five should be selected by one man nominates more officers than the constitu-
in preference to selecting the others. That tion allows, and a man gets up and says we

is certainly not the choice of the Associa- can only elect five. Now, will some man
tion. let us know what I am to do? I shall not
Mr. Thorp: I demand, upon constitu- stand here and be annoyed by this kind of
we cannot elect eight
tional grounds, that thing.
members without changing the constitution.^ Mr. Webster: I move the nominations
I simply propose to make the motion, in of the Executive Committee be referred
order to bring it before the house; and in- back, and that they shall strike out three of
struct the man who is to cast the ballot, to the names.
cast it for the first five. I do not assume The President : What is your motion ?.

to have a right but I have a right to make

;
I really do not know, but I think it is out
a motion of that kind, and demand that the of order from the fact that the committee
committee shall not consist of more than has been discharged.
five, without an amendment to the consti- Mr. Webster : In that case my motion
tution. is certainly out of order.
Mr. Fitzgibbon : I do not want more Mr. Wilson : First, the report is made ;

than five elected but I do not see why the

; afterwards we receive it ; afterwards we
three lower ones should be left off and the adopt it. We have only received this
first five names elected. Why not give all report. We have not agreed to elect
a chance, and have a ballot taken? these gentlemen ; if we did, we should
Mr. Wilson It is to save time.
: agree to break the constitution. We can
Mr. Fitzgibbon: Eight have been se- only elect five.

lected as nominees; now, then, why drop Mr. Copelin I call for a reading of the
:

the last three? They may be three of the names of the first five. I move that we
best men. I do not know who they are. leave out the names of the officers from the
Mr. Wilson : It is merely to save time nominations of the Executive Committee;
for last year, in St. Louis, we tried the other you will then have about five names left.
plan and we were over two hours occupied Mr. Wilson The gentleman is out of
:

with and afterwards the tellers had to

it, order. The constitution makes three of the
adjourn and report at another session. Mr. officers members of the Executive Commit-

Webster explained the delay of balloting tee, and there is a motion on the floor.
only a few moments ago. (Much confusion, and calls for the ques-
Mr. Fitzgibbon: Then I would like to tion.)
ask the object of nominating eight when The President : The question before
only five are to be elected ? you is that Mr. Southworth, as teller of this
Mr. Wilson : You must ask the com- Association, cast the vote of the Association
mittee for an explanation of that. for the first five names nominated for our
The President: I suppose the commit- Executive Committee. Are you ready for
tee can explain. that?
A Member : I would call for the reading Cries of " Question, question !" were then
of the names of those who were nominated. heard from different parts of the house.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 359

The question was then put. Thus, there is one of the nominees that I
The President : I shall decide that the think ought to have been on that list of
ayes have it, unless a division is called for. five; he ought to serve on this Execu-

Gentlemen, you have elected as your Ex- tiveCommittee anyhow. The one I have
ecutive Committee : is Mr. V. M. Wilcox, of New
reference to
W. Irving Adams, New York ; York. There are members on that commit-
W. J. Baker, Buffalo, N. Y. tee at the present timeamong the first five,
W.H. Ehoads, Philadelphia, Pa.; who have been on for several years and also ;

Alfred Hall, Chicago, 111.; there are new members. We do not know
I. B. Webster, Louisville, Ky. the routine by which the Executive Com-
A Member: I would ask, for informa- mittee have been selected. Now then, there
tion, if it has been the custom heretofore to was last year a great dispute about not rep-
add the Permanent Secretary and Treasurer resenting the two principal stock-houses of
of the Association, as so many additional the country on that committee, and one gen-
members to that committee, by virtue of tleman resigned so that that firm could be
their office? The constitution provides that represented. Now this year that same party
they shall be added, and I suppose that they off again
is left for what object I do not
;

are added by virtue of their office. know. I think that these gentlemen of the
The President: You are right. committee ought to give us some explana-
Now, the next thing in order is the elec- tion.
tion of the Vice-Presidents. The President : There is no question
Mr. Pearsall : I move that the election before the house.
of the Executive Committee be recon- Mr. Wilson : I rise to make a motion,
sidered. that Mr. Southworth cast the unanimous
Mr. Southworth : A ballot election vote of the Association for the election of
cannot be reconsidered. the Vice-Presidents nominated.
The President : Will any one explain Mr. Baker: I will speak to the motion.
this. It seems to me that the motion is out of
Mr. Thorp : Having had some oppor- order ; that the election has been ordered
tunity of studying parliamentary practice and carried ; and I wish, with your per-
in the Senate of the United States (I mission, to make a few remarks.
would was not as a senator, but by
state it The President I hope you will speak
:

courtesy, I was admitted to the floor of to this matter very confusing to me

; it is ;

the Senate for two years), I would explain and one of those very things that will in-
that if this committee was merely a com- -duc.e_.me to resign unless we carry on this
mittee that was elected temporarily, or business with more order.
anything of that kind, a motion for a re- Mr. Baker (resuming) I think that :

consideration of that question could be we cannot work well when we are widely
taken. As it is a committee provided for separated. On that ground, thanking you
by the constitution, it is an election just the for the compliment that you have conferred
same as of any other permanent officer of upon me by placing my name on the Ex-
the Association, and a ballot for them can- ecutive Committee and electing me, I beg
not be reconsidered. leave to tender my resignation, and suggest
Mr. A. Pearsall : If that motion was that Mr. Wilcox, of the firm of Anthony
out of order, I believe it was not a unanimous & Co., be elected in my place.

vote of the Association that the first five Mr. Webster: Mr. Wilcox is
should be elected. There was a division The President The motion : before us
called for. It cannot be constitutional, ac- is that we go into an election of Vice-
cording to the by-laws of our society, for Presidents.
one man to control the vote. Mr. Baker: I regret very much
Mr. Eitzgibbon would ask the Nom- : I Mr. Webster: I had something to say
inating Committee if they were aware that on that question, but Mr. Baker stepped up
the first five names were to be taken ? and violated the courtesy of the floor.
360 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
Mr. A. Pearsall : I think Mr. Baker Nominating Committee, and we honored a
had the privilege of the floor by the courtesy lady with a place on a committee.
or sense of the Convention. Mr. Webster : Then my remarks are
Mr. Baker I wish to know:
all out of time.
The President I believe that : I shall The President I suppose Mr. Webster
:

resign my position if I cannot have my will be satisfied when he knows there are
feelings respected as well as other persons. two ladies on committees now.
I am not willing to stand in this place for Calls for the question were heard.
a thousand photographic associations.
The President put the motion and it was
Now, as I said before, I know nothing
agreed to.
about parliamentary matters, and it has been
done year after year, and yet I am annoyed
The President Mr. Southworth : will
cast the vote for the Vice-Presidents nomi-
by the most intricate questions of a parlia-
nated.
mentary nature, and by members of the
The vote was then cast by Mr. South-
Association, who ought to know better. 1
worth.
speak feelingly now. If you will put a
motion before the house I will put the
The President: I will announce that
the vote has been cast as you directed for the
motion carefully, but I will not put motion
gentlemen and ladies named by the Nomi-
after motion and mix them up in this style.
nating Committee. They are consequently
Mr. Wilson It seems to me that the
:

President has that all in his own hands

elected for the coming year.
by virtue of the constitution and by-laws. Mr. Southworth: Mr. President, we
There cannot be a second motion entertained sometimes get a little mixed when we mean
when you have a motion already in hand. not We are now just a little mixed,
to.

A motion to amend is always in order, but and you are willing and ready it is easy
if

you cannot receive an entirely new motion for us to clear the path and straighten it.
;

and it is the duty of the chair to rule any Mr. Baker wishes, and desires, and means
one out of order who makes such a motion. to resign his position on the Executive

I call for the question. Committee. Mr. Wilcox lives in New

The President: Mr. Wilson insists on York, and I saw when I was asked to cast
his call for the question. As I certainly the ballot just where we were coming to,

understand it, his motion is that we go into

and that we should want Mr. Wilcox. But
an election for Vice-Presidents. I could not help myself; there was no time

AMember I second the motion.

:
to correct it. Now this is the way to correct

Agreed to.
it, easily and comfortably.
Mr. Wilson: I move that Mr. South- I move, in the first place, that Mr. Baker's

worth cast the unanimous vote of the Asso- resignation be accepted.

ciation for the Vice-Presidents named by the Mr. Baker: After your rebuke, which
Nominating Committee, as our Vice-Presi- I justly appropriated in a great degree to
dents for the coming year. myself, I would not press my resignation.

Agreed to. As I am informed the thing is in order now,

Mr. Webster : Mr. President and breth- I ask that it be accepted.

ren, it is with the greatest pleasure in the Mr. Wilson : It has always been the
world that I listen to the reading of the habit of the Nominating Committee to re-
name of one of the female members of our ward the Local Secretary for his arduous
Photographic Association, to be placed in a labors, by placing him on the Executive
position of honor. I hope we will all take Committee. This courtesy has been ex-
that view of it. I am sorry, and have re- tended to our good Local Secretary Baker,
gretted since the organization of this body, and I do hope his name will be continued
that the lady members of our organization on the Executive Committee, and, rather
have never been honored. Allow me to than have him cut off, I would resign my
say— position, and you can supply somebody to
Mr. Hall : Two vears ago I was on the take my place.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 361

The President : Now it js still
worse.
The question before you is on accepting
Mr. Baker's resignation. Are you ready
for the question ? to receive the allotment made him by the
The question was voted upon, and Mr.
Baker's resignation was not accepted.
Mr. Baker: Gentlemen, I thank you
for your partial support. I now demand
to resign. If I had been sustained by a
unanimous vote I should have accepted.
Mr. Southworth: It seems strange that
when a man tries to make everything just
as agreeable as he can that his motives shall
not be so received. V/e were in a difficult
spot, and Mr. Baker said he wished to re-
sign, and he spoke for Mr. Wilcox, and
for that reason, when he said it, I supposed
he meant it; and then when the motion is
put he demands to resign again.
Now I am hardly able to understand Mr.
Baker's position in every particular, in
the last position he took especially.
a little nominating him again, we urge that it should
be a matter of business between him and
the Association, and if he is re-elected, it is
with the distinct understanding that he is
constitution."
It is the report of the committee, and I
would suggest that some action be taken on
the subject, with reference to the services
already rendered by the Permanent Secre-
tary also.
It will be needless for me, Mr. President,
to enlarge on this subject. This expresses
it all. The services of the Permanent Sec-
retary of this Association are onerous. His
communications and correspondents are ex-
tensive. It takes his time and money.
The constitution allows him $500 a year
for an assistant. Thus far he has refused
to receive it. His reason for doing so was
from his generosity, and from the fact that
the Association was not flourishing pecuni-
Now arily for the last few years. Still it is a

I want have him serve, and under the

to
circumstances, supposing I was going to
help the Society out of the difficulty, I
the motion as I did, not that I did not want
Mr. Baker to serve. Mr. Baker should not
attribute any such motive to those of us who
vote for the Association, because
posed that he was perfectly fitted,
were doing it as peacemakers. But
lasttime I shall take that position.
Mr. Webster : Before this matter is
debt that the Association owes to the Per-
manent Secretary of the Association, and,
made Mr. President, I move the adoption of this
whole report. At the same time when I
move that, I move that we pay Mr. Wilson
the money that is allowed him by the con-
we sup- stitution. That is the point that 1 wish
and we you to understand. That is the reason.
it is the The President put the motion, and the
report was adopted.
The President The next thing in order
:

dropped, there is another point to be put is the report of the Committee on Location
before the Convention. I want to read a for 1874. The chairman of that committee
small portion of the Nominating Commit- will please make their report.
tee's report. Mr. Carlisle Mr. : President, your com-
There is a motion to adopt the report of the mittee having convened at the hour ap-
committee; I want to add to that a motion pointed yesterday, and having organized
that the recommendation here embodied and selected a President and Secretary,
shall be adopted. If that meets with a sec- they opened the discussion upon the merits
ond, I will read it. of the various places suitable for holding our
AMember: I second the motion. next Convention. The feeling seemed to
Mr. Webster: I read from the report, be decidedly in favor of the West, and as
viz.: "Tour committee feel some embar- the Cleveland people have recently had the
rassment in making the nomination for Per- pleasure of entertaining the Convention, the
manent Secretary. The present incumbent choice seems to be directed towards Chi-
has, since the birth of our Association, de- cago. Therefore
clined to draw the sum allowed him by the The Committee on Location beg leave to report
constitution for an assistant, or any part that, after consultation, Chicago, Cleveland,
thereof. New York, and Washington, were put in nomi-
" His duties increase so rapidly that in nation. After some debate the ballot was taken,
362 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
and Chicago was found to have a decided ma- amine all matter passing through the mails at
jority Cleveland coming next.
; By motion of less than letter rates of postage, to see that it is
Mr. Webster, Chicago was unanimously selected properly sealed and to detect fraud. Matter con-
as the place to hold the next Annual Convention tained in a sealed envelope, notched at the cor-
of the National Photographic Association, and ners, cannot be satisfactorily examined without
Mr. A. Hesler recommended as the next Lo-
is defacing or destroying the wrapper, and is there-
cal Secretary. And by his advice we recom- fore subject to letter rates of postage.
mend the second Tuesday in July, 1874, or there- This Department can see no reason for making
abouts, for the opening of the Convention. an exception in favor of photographs, and must
G. M. Carlisle, therefore adhere to the above ruling.
Chairman Committee. Photographs herewith returned.
Very respectfully, &c,
On motion of Mr. Bingham the report of
the committee was adopted.
James H Marr,
Acting First Ass't. Postmaster-General.
The President Mr. : Fitzgibbon has a
J. H. Fitzgibbon, Esq.,
matter he wishes to bring before you with No 116 N. Fourth Street, St. Louis, Mo.
regard to the postal law.
Mr. Fitzgibbon: Mr President, I will I would also state that I inclosed to the
detain you but a few minutes. This is a Postmaster-General two packages of pic-
matter which concerns all of us, although we tures; one put up with the corners of the
do not get much satisfaction from this docu- envelope cut, so that they could be exam-
ment. ined without handling, the other according
I hold in my hand a letter from the First to the present ruling, leaving the envelope
Assistant Postmaster-General in reference entirely open, with a gum-elastic strap
to the sending of photographs through the around it, so that they could be fully exam-
mail. ined. I do not see why the Department
Because of the many complaints I have should be so strict to the letter of the law
heard, and what I have myself experienced, in regard to photographs, when we are
as to the loss of pictures, and to their being aware that there is hardly an article going
soiled in handling on account of the insecure through the mail, under the ruling of the
manner in which under the ruling of the Department, ever opened for examination ;

department we are compelled to put them
up, in sending pictures to our patrons, I
made an effort in behalf of the Association
to have the same ruling modified, so that
there might be some security from the evils
the roll being put up so that they could not
examine them, unless destroying the enve-
lope in part, which it certainly would if the
letter of the law was carried out, instead of
the spirit of it.

complained of, not only to photographers, This subject during the session might be
but to the public at large, who now com- taken up, and some motion made to the
plain that there is no certainty of their pic- effect, that we ought to petition the Post-

tures going through the mails, on account master-General to modify the present ruling
of the prying attaches of the department in on the subject.
small towns, who examine them, and keep Mr. Webster: I move that Mr. Thorp,
the pictures of the prettiest young ladies. of the District of Columbia, be appointed a
I do not see that we can do anything in committee of one, to take charge of the pa-
this matter, except protest against the pres- pers presented by Mr. Fitzgibbon, and that
ent ruling by calling the attention of the he represent our case at Washington he ;

public to the same, who are more inconveni- living there can do it much better than we
enced by it than ourselves. I will now read can.
the letter. The motion was seconded.
The President Are you ready : for the
Post-Office Department,
Appointment Office, question ?

Washington, D. C, June 9th, 1873. Mr. Whitney If he needs any assist-

:

Sir : In reply to your letter of the 3d inst., I ance, I move that the Yice-Presidents of the
have to say that postmasters are required to ex- several States aid him.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 363

The President Are you : ready for the Mr. Pearsall read his paper as follows :

question ?

The question is, that Mr. Thorp, at Wash- PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATIONS.

ington, act as a committee of one, to look As there have beenso many papers read before

our interests at the Post-Office Depart-

after this Convention on the practical parts of photog-
ment, in regard to the postal arrangement raphy, and others will follow, it occurred to ine

for forwarding our pictures b}r mail.

thismorning that perhaps a few remarks on an-
other subject might prove of interest, to wit,
Agreed to.
Photographic Associations.
The President now announced the pro-
On looking over the list of associations yester-
gramme for the afternoon. day, I was particularly struck with the small
He also said: In the evening there will number in existence in the United States, com-
be illustrated lectures by Messrs. W. J. pared with the large number of photographers
Baker and Edward L. Wilson, at St. James and the numerous galleries to be found in all our
Hall, at 8^ o'clock, in reference to lighting large cities, and for that matter, I might add,
the sitter, and how to manage the lines. the small cities.

On motion, the Convention adjourned to From the record of the Fkiladelyhia Photog-

3 o'clock. rapker, and this is the only one I know of, it

seems there are only about 12 local associations,

averaging probably 30 members each, making
THIRD DAY— AFTERNOON SESSION.
the number of photographers belonging to local
Thursday, July 17th. societies about 360 only. Now, it is estimated

The Association was there are at least 5000 galleries in the United
called to order by
the President. States, and not less than 15,000 practical pho-
tographers ; therefore the 360 now belonging to
The President: introduce to I will local societies is a very, very small percentage
you Mr. Albert Moore, of Philadelphia, of the whole number. Now, taking these figures
Pa., the gentleman whom you elected your into consideration, there is no reason why there
Treasurer. should not be at least 100 societies, as there are
certainly more than 100 cities with a population
Mr. Moore: I joined the Association in
of over 40,000 each, which will support a suffi-
its infancy. It has advanced since then. I
cient number of photographers to form a very
joined it for life. I am perfectly willing if
respectable association.
I can serve you best to take the front rank The advantages derived from these associa-
all the time, or to take the rear rank but ;
tions are too apparent, I think, to need any
when I was in the militia they kept me out lengthy argument in support of them ; suffice it
of the front rank because they said I spoiled to say, that in unity there is strength, and by
the alignment in the rear rank. I will try our frequently coining together and becoming
to serve you faithfully, and when you are better acquainted with each other we will drive

tired of me, gentlemen, I am willing to out whatever spirit of envy may exist among us.
give up the account of my stewardship but Again, there is no better way to keep photogra-
;

I do not want it for life. phy prominently before the public than through
I will stick to the
these local associations. The local papers will-
Association for life, but not for the treasury-
ingly publish in their editorial columns the
ship. I would not mind being the Treas-
minutes of the meetings so, through this chan-
;

urer you had something in the treasury.

if
nel, it is plain that it remains with the photogra-
This dunning of folks is out of my line. pher whether the public shall have a high estima-
Mr. French said that in early life when he tion of our profession or notand again, through
;

taught bookkeeping, and he found his pupil
had the balance on the wrong side, he told
him he could not have it there, and he said
it was the first illustration he had seen that
the balance was on the wrong side.
The President: The next thing will
be Mr. Alva Pearsall's paper on Associa-
tions.
the same channel, it gives the profession a dig-
nity and higher tone; and, aside from these, the
harmony and good feeling engendered among the
members of the fraternity by coming in contact
with each other, is of itself one of the strongest
arguments in favor of these associations. We
all know the great advancement photography
has made in this country through the National
Photographic Association, and where there are
364 THE PHILADELPHIA P HOTOGK APHER

now local societies the impulse given at these remarks on the issuing of diplomas. In the
annual meetings is kept up during the year. meeting before last of the Brooklyn Associa-
It is only six months ago the Brooklyn As- tion, I introduced a set of resolutions, that were
sociation was formed, and we have now about adopted, asking the Brooklyn Industrial Insti-

thirty members working earnestly for the welfare tute to abolish awarding of diplomas in future

of our chosen profession. And the prominent for photographic portraiture. This they have
position photography has suddenly taken in this done, and I am glad to see that the Cincinnati
city (Brooklyn) can be attributed mainly if not Industrial Fair Association have done likewise.

wholly to this society. All the local papers sup- I think, instead of submitting our pictures to the
port us. and notice editorially our monthly meet- judgment of two or three men — that never gives
ings ; thereby giving a prominence to photogra- satisfaction — it is much better to let our works

phy never before had in our city. And it is this be our diplomas and the public our judges.
very experience that gave me the desire to urge As in about six weeks from now the season
upon you the forming of societies throughout the commences for state, county, and city fairs and
country. exhibitions, I think all photographers exhibiting

Now what would be if there

a grand thing it
at these should make a similar request ; and I

were one hundred societies, and at our annual

trust that all these fairs will follow suit and
conventions each one of them were officially rep-
abolish diplomas, and in future we shall have
resented by delegates Here I wish to speak of
!
still greater harmony and good feeling in the

the splendid and praiseworthy example of the

fraternity. I am certain also that whatever envy
'
German Photographic Association of New York
'
there may be now lingering among us will dis-
appear forever.
City," in their handsome representation of pho-
tography as a body, and the taste and beauty of The President "We : shall now have the
their display. Now supposing we had, say fifty pleasure of listening to our brother Moore
societies, representing themselves at our annual on Plain Paper and Solar Printing.
conventions in a manner similar to this, with At the bottom of this programme it says,
also the individual representation, would not our " catechize him."
display be grand, and would not give a new
it
Mr. Moore: I hardly know where to
impulse and greater importance to these meet-
commence. I think as far as plain paper
ings? Making, as it were, our annual conven-
printing is concerned that brother Clemons,
tions a congress, represented not only by the
delegates from the local associations, but repre-
whom you love to catechize better than you
do me. knows best he stands it better than
;
sented in the exhibition by their works under
the head and name of each society.
I do; he can give you all the instruction
that you need in reference to solar printing.
It seemed befitting to me to call your atten-
tion especially to this subject, as the country is
I think it would be better to let me know
so widely represented here, in the hopes that by what you want. It is a pretty difficult

doing so, that when you depart for your cities thing to go through the whole matter, as I
and towns you will do so with the firm determi- have learned it as my trade and my busi-
nation of forming a society, let it be ever so ness, but there are one or two points for those
small, and having that society officially repre- who have direct solar cameras.
sented at our next annual meeting, both in dele- I speak of placing the spark on the
gates and pictures. It is my firm conviction amplifying lens. I always place it to cover
that this is what should and I sincerely hope
be, as much as possible out to the brass-work.
that you all share this conviction with me, and keep you doubling up, if you have
It will
on reaching your homes will move at onee in the
a lens, if you keep it off the mark more
matter, and at our next annual meeting that we than that. I have been asked bow I would
may be able to report at least fifty associations
make a background where the card is cut
instead of thirteen, as now.
out. I simply take the negative and paint
I will say, as corresponding secretary of the
it around with Gihon's opaque. That is
Brooklyn Association, I shall be pleased to hear
what I use, then print a contact print, cut
from any one that will make an effort in his
it out with the scissors, and place the paper
city or town to form an association, and will be
happy to furnish whatever experience I may between the glass. That keeps it from
have gained, and also furnish a copy of our con- moving. Then print what I want, take the
stitution and by-laws should any one desire it. picture and cut it out and then double it up,
In this connection I wish also to make a few the same as in contact printing.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 365

In reference to toning the plain paper I Mr. Moore The only way I know where
:

think one thing would cover nearly all. The the negative valuable and you are afraid
is

great art in toning you go

is not to force it; to cover it on account of not covering all
too far. In plain paper you want your ton- the negative, was followed in a case which
ing bath reduced to half the strength used I will cite. One or two months ago a nega-
for albumen paper. Stop it before you go tive was sent to me of an old locomotive,
too far, unless you want a cold tone. the first one that was used on the Camden
The President : Please repeat that. and Amboy Road. It was called the
Mr. Moore: In plain paper printing you "Johnny Bull," having been built in Eng-
mostly tone too far. I reduce my toning land, and they wished to preserve it. They
bath for albumen paper one-half always, ordered twenty-four copies, and sent me
and stop toning before it goes too far, as I the negative. Well, they might as well
would with albumen paper. If I salted my have sent me a door-plate, as far as strength
paper, for smooth paper, I prefer floating it was concerned. It passed light, still it
in salt, but for rough or tooth paper I was so strong it took the best instrument
prefer immersion. About two grains of salt; I have got —
a sixteen-inch condenser to —
I use ammonium and sodium. make one print a day, and I do not like to
I do not know what you want to know; run my shop like that. I sent it to a friend
if any one asks me questions I will stand it of mine, and asked him if he would not
as long as I can I will answer the questions
;
make me a transparency by a process which
you put. I am like the old lady who said he was then working. I think it would be
that there was one thing she did know, and better to be away, and get out of it. He
that was when bluing was good; take a said he would have some plates prepared
piece of the size of a pea and place it in a and try it. He made the transparency and
glass of clear cold water, and whether it I made the negative. I printed those
should sink or swim she did not know which, twenty-four copies in two days and a half.
but that was what she knew. I am ready If anything they were better than the first
now. —I got better tones and more half-tones.
The President Are : there any ques- How that was done, Mr. John Carbutt will
tions ? tell you.
A Member: I should like to know where Mr. Harris 1 would like to inquire
:

to make the spark. if you have practiced reducing negatives

Mr. Moore Instead of placing the spark
:
where they are intense?
as you have been taught, or having a spark Mr. Moore: I have practiced it like a
at all, I cover it. good many other things I mean only —
Question : Would you set it with a practiced on my own plates I am afraid ;

spark? to touch what is the property of another.

Mr. Moore : do not
set it with a spark,
I I never broke any in my life that were not
I have that covered. In reference to the "immensely valuable." I do not like to try
getting rid of the ghost which some are those experiments. Sometimes my princi-
troubled with, a small piece of cardboard —
pal agent the sun will crack them —it ;

perforated will do it in a measure, but it is a will crack them right across in festoons.
pretty difficult thing to do it; some parts The sun cracks them in wavelike lines, and
will not be as much affected as the others. it always cracks them in the very worst

Professor Woodward told me that was about places. Sometimes my boys say when they
as nice a way of getting away from the ghost bring me a negative broken, that the sun
as could be given. broke it. I always look for these wavelike
In reference to the reflecting camera, I lines in the one place. The picture will be
do not know. I know Professor Woodward cracked right across in wavelike lines if the
would give you all you want to know. sun breaks it. When the boys break the
Mr. Thorp: I wish to ask a question as glass and say the sun broke it, I say, let me
to the process of printing from an intense look at it, and if it is broken in that way I

negative where it is very valuable. know the sun did it.

366 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
A Member: I would inquire how Mr. we connect with the stovepipe. That gives
Moore prepares his bath ? a draft, and draws the ammonia up. Put-
Mr. Moore In the winter : I mix up a ting the sheets on this side and on the top,
forty-grain solution of plain silver ; in the fumes will go up and pass out, being
summer-time run it down to twelve or
I drawn up by the draft. The draft comes
fifteen, and, with the aid of my young through and over each sheet over the back
man's fuming-box, I am a little better sat- of the box, and in this way perhaps you get
isfied than if the paper comes off drier. a good idea of it. By the use of this box
In a little time fume ten minutes. We there are no fumes in the room. When he
tone with plain borax. We have used this first tried ithe asked me if I had any ob-
for eight or ten years. It don't bleach as jection to his using it. I told him that he
much as some others. We want to shut up might try it, and see how it would work. I
the box so we can make the paper with a wanted him to show me where the differ-
good tone. ence was in his new box. He tried it, and
Question : How long do you flow a fif- it worked satisfactorily. I have used that
teen-grain solution? for four months, and it works with perfect
Mr. Moore : Half a minute by the sand- satisfaction.

glass. The President : I now take pleasure in

Question : Will you explain the fuming- introducing to the Association Mr. L. G.
box ? Sellstedt, who will give us a lecture on "Art
Mr. Moore: It is not mine, but Mr. and its Kelation to the Photographic Art.''
Shoemaker is using it in my place. I can
show it perhaps better on the blackboard. ADDKESS BY L. G. SELLSTEDT, ESQ.
Mr. Clemons has a photograph of it, and In its broadest sense, every result of man's in-
will show it to you after a while. It was genuity is art. In one less broad, it covers the
fully described with a drawing in the Au- realm of domestic uses when beauty of form or
gust issue of the Philadelphia Photographer. Narrowing the
color, or both, gratifies his taste.
In our original box, making this the face definition, means skill in the production of
it

of the door, we had merely a frame at the objects or agents which do not directly minister

ends through them, and the ammonia was to our physical life, but are calculated to give
placed in here (indicating), and went up pleasure to our sensuous nature. In its highest
and most limited sense it applies to the power of
through the openings. All through that a
projecting poetic ideas. The highest art
slight covering. We did not want to use rather than seen or heard. It is the echo in
is felt,

man
them. Here we find about one-half of the
from the voice of nature, the sympathetic rap-
paper which stood down could not be got
port between matter and spirit. Art may be
the same as on the top. The printing is compared to a lofty pyramid whose broad base
more deep. My friend had an idea that he rests on the ground, its apex being lost to view
could construct the box in this fashion in the empyrean between its gross foundation
;

Make this the front; in here we place our and its iridescent crown steps succeed each other,
ammonia. You readily see that this is not at first distinctly separate, but seeming to melt
an artist's work ; this is merely a drawing. into each other above like those upon the famous
We have a small orifice here (indicating) tomb of Cheops. Truthful representations of

to allow the draft to draw the ammonia nature, by whatever means produced, belong to

through the entire width of the box to the its higher degrees, but their exact place cannot

back, about an inch and a half, and the well be determined, since they seem higher or
lower, according to the acuteness or dulness of
fumes come up here and enter into this first
the vision of the beholder.
chamber. This is the side of it, and this is
How high or how low a place photography oc-
the front. One sheet will go this way.
cupies in this scale I will not stop to speculate
Here is the top of the door. It comes up upon suffice it, it may and should be an honor-
;

here, and the fumes go off through the pipes, able one,, since it is difficult to assign a limit to
going over one sheet, and then over another, its uses in the economy of human happiness.
and so on until we get up to the top. There The starry heavens yield their secrets to the
we have a two inch and a half pipe which ever-prying camera no less than the surface of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 367

our own abode. Nor are the gloomy caverns of compass, and are ready to give the lie to all art.
the earth longer permitted to veil their crystal Art demands homage and the most careful study.
beauties from its gaze. The influence upon sci- She will not yield her treasures to the flippantly
ence, too, of Daguerre's discovery can hardly be superficial or to the scorning proud, but she stands
estimated, nor can we imagine its importance in ready to reward with her most endearing smiles
future researches. the humble and honest devotee.
Uses like these would seem to throw sufficient Art- knowledge depends upon the study of na-
glory round the science of photography, and yet ture in its aggregate relations. In a good picture
they are almost forgotten in itspower to fix the these are judiciously preserved ;
everything is in

fast-flitting beauties of light and shade or deli- keeping and harmony ; not any one object or
cate outline which form so great a part of ordi- part is absolutely true to the extent of deception,
nary nature's loveliness. for if it were, the others could not be, but all
Photography usurps not the reign of plastic are true with relation to each other. Such a
art. Not only does she not jealously crowd her representation of nature may not satisfy the

from her throne, but she becomes a valuable ad- mind that has recorded only some isolated facts

junct and lends her kind assistance in keeping and is ignorant of others, but to him who has

her firmly fixed. In return, she courts the aid kept his eyes open to God's works in their har-

of her older and more experienced sister, be- monious unity it will be a revelation of their
coming more and more graceful and true under author. Said a recent
writer on art, whose

her guidance. works may be read with pleasure and profit,

The scope of photography is limited from the "Nature is very rich and art is very poor na- ;

very nature of things, while scarcely any bound- ture has a millioD to spend where art has five

aries can be fixed beyond which plastic art may hundred. What is the most precious thing for

not successfully venture, for true art is not a art to do? There are two ways of imitating
literal transcript of Nature even when her own nature. Art may spend side by side with nature,
Neither painting nor degree for degree of light, coin for coin till her
scenes furnish the motive.
resources are exhausted, and then confess herself
photography can portray the sun in his actual
splendor. The effulgence at once strikes the a bankrupt. Or she may establish a scale of ex-
penditures suited to her resources and, aban-
camera to blindness, and the most vivid pig- ;

ments cannot successfully vie with the very dust doning all hope of rivalry with nature, set herself

of the ground when lighted by his glorious

to the humble task of interpreting her. And
here is the first essential difference between pho
beams.
Neither painter nor photographer can, there-
tography and painting; a difference which of

copy nature. He can only present a itself is sufficient to separate them forever. Poor
fore, truly

picture which shall be received as true by the photography spends degree for degree with rich
nature, and is of course very soon exhausted, but
mind of the spectator in proportion to its seem-
judgment being as often
ing nearness to her, his
poor painting husbands her resources and spends
a penny for light where nature spends a pound."
based upon ignorance of art or limited knowl-
edge of the nature of the objects represented as I may remark here that in my allusion to pho-

on the actual verity of resemblance. This fact tographic art I refer to pure photography, at

is well known, and the ignorant sometimes do

least as the impression comes from the re-

not even look for any real truth in pictures, but touched and perfected negative. In the case of
are satisfied with any suggestion, however crude, pictures finished by hand in India-ink, colors or

that can be framed and hung. No wonder that charcoal, it is often difficult to determine to
even poor attempts in photography to such seem whom the honor or disgrace belongs, whether to

marvels of art. But it is not alone with stupid the operator or the poor artist who finds his
ignorance that the lover of the true in art has bread in his employ.
trouble. He has to contend with two other Any attempt to do with photography what can
quite opposite classes. One of these is the only be done with colors is abandoned by the

highly imaginative, who cover the falsehood and intelligent photographer. There are other diffi-
poverty of weak art with the rich drapery of culties, however, especially with regard to
their own fancy, and find tongues in brooks which figures,which bar the camera from competition
cannot run, ''sermons in stones" that have no with the brush, which I fear are not, except by
relation to geology, and, therefore, cannot preach, the most cultivated members of the profession,
and "good " where none exists. The other class so well understood. I may mention one or two
is composed of the wholly unimaginative, strong of these. The camera can only tell the story
seers of facts who measure nature with rule and which is before it. The most intelligent operator
368 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
can but arrange his figures for the instrument to squalor, poverty, nay, to vice itself, an interest
copy ; he cannot infuse an idea into his picture or pathos which appeals to the finer feelings of
except through the immediate instrumentality of man so as to call out his most delicate sensibili-
the model. In painting there exists a mysterious tiesand sympathies. This is art. Rules of com-
connection between the mind of the artist and position in art form no exception to rules in
the work. Every touch, even when drawing general. They are simply laws which reduce
from the model, is modified and made to agree the imagination to order and translate its visions.
with his previously existing idea. This is ideali- Their use even in tasteful groupings from nature
zation, and by thismeans the artist's poetic no more produce pictures worthy of the name of
thought is impressed upon the spectator. Diffi- art, than a strict adherence to the rules of gram-
culties, owing to the focal distances of lenses, mar gives birth to poems.
too, interfere sadly with choice of attitudes and Is photography, then, incapable of producing
true perspective with certain subjects. It is poetic pictures? No. She, too, has her possi-
manifest that among these that of history is to bilities. Said a lady to me once: "I think
the photographer the opprobrium magnvs. His- Heaven has bestowed no more beautiful gift upon
torical representation requires not only truthful us than photography, since its discovery." With-
drawing and artistic composition, but dramatic out quite sharing her enthusiasm, I could not
force, suggestive accessories and backgrounds but sympathize with her when I remembered
harmoniously adapted, wholly incompatible with how much pleasure and benefit I, too, had re-
any tableaux vivants, however artistically com- ceived through the same source. To Fay nothing
posed, from which they could be photographed. of the treasures reflected from the faces of living
The same may be What-
said of allegories. and of loved ones who have passed be-
friends

ever relates to the purely imaginary must come yond the veil which are wholly priceless, the
from the mind of the artist, or it will impress no ability to visit the uttermost ends of the earth

other mind. He may be and by the

is assisted and to gaze upon its "cloud-capped towers and
living model, and even by the photograph, but gorgeous palaces " at will, enjoying not only the
ordinary facts are so modified by his own poetic noblest works of man, but the beautiful and sub-
ideas that scarcely a trace of them is left upon his lime in nature, is a pleasure which may well

canvas. I do not believe that poetic ideas, except weigh heavy in the scale against any derived
in rare instances, can be transmitted by means from the swift messenger, "the sightless courier
of the natural facial expression of the individual. of the air."

Use what attitude you may, if the real likeness- All nature, uncontaminated by man's necessi-
individuality remains, it will generally be a bar ties and depraved tastes, is full of poetry. Every
to fancy. This, of course, does not exclude cor- result of God's natural laws invites the closest
rect drawing or natural coloring, which are the examination. His love demands grateful praises
" si?iequa non " of all good pictures. not less in its minutest workings than in its

In the department of art known under the gen- grandest operations.

eral name of genre, especially with simple sub- Not only in her aggregate grandeur is nature
jects, the photograph may be more successful, beautifuland poetic not only in her visible
;

though the best specimens that have come before harmonious details, but in the details of her de-
my observation have been immeasurably inferior tails, till far, very far beyond the power of nat-
to the same kinds drawn by the hand of real ural vision, the failing microscope hints at the
masters. Genre pictures may represent scenes divine within.
in open air, or they may be interiors ; they may It is in its power to reflect the subtle details of

represent action or repose, animal or still life; nature that the camera has the advantage of the
but whatever the motive, successful treatment hand ; for, supposing it possible for the eye to
requires not only a picturesque arrangement, follow their intricate tracery, in the time neces-
graceful lines, and chiaroscuro, but a harmonious sary to draw them, the ever-moving light changes
relation of parts too subtle for any instrument their appearance and relation. Nor is this all j

but the thinking brain and accommodating hand. living nature never rests ; she is ever on the
Only living thought can envelop common nature move — germinating, evolving, or dying.
in that atmosphere of poesy without which any Photography can be made the vehicle of re-

picture in vain addresses itself to the mind with- j

flecting with accuracy the delicacies of contour
out this divine aid the most judicious selections of cloud and mountain, with their transient mys-
and poses, secundem artem though they be, fail teries of light and shade. But it is not here
to give real poetic interest even to objects of where her real power lies. To be sure, such
beauty, while with it the skilled hand gives to pictures are of great value not only as views
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 369

but as studies of otherwise unrecordable facts to ever be regarded as trifles. I speak now of lit-

the painter but if they are rendered so as to be

;
eral renderings by ordinary daylight, not when
of value for such purposes, the foreground is the subject is steeped in the halo of gorgeous
necessarily sacrificed. As pictures therefore color or mantled in the sombre mystery of
they are incomplete, since all their parts do not chiaroscuro.
bear harmonious relations. To the reflecting mind these thoughts may not
The same objections hold good when the glit- be new. I have long felt their truth but without
ter of light on water is attempted, such ventures attempting an analysis of was my feelings. I
being altogether too dark elsewhere. I know Mr.
pleased, therefore, to find, on looking over
that such defects may to some extent be avoided Ruskin's preface to the Harbors of England, by
by combination-printing, and can conceive the Turner, that this great art thinker and master
possibility of wholly or nearly overcoming the of language, with his usual terseness, has given
difficulty by numerous exposures for a single a beautiful and clear form to my own shadowy
purpose ; but it has not been my fortune yet to idea. I shallmake no apology for quoting the
see a picture where this has been done, and, passage, and I commend its import to every
though among the possibilities, the difficulty lover and student of true art. He says :

must in a majority of instances be too great to "No great art ever was, or ever can be, em-
bring such photography into general use. ployed in the careful imitation of the work of
If this be so, it follows that photography, so man as its principal subject. That is to say, art

far as it aspires to the art of picture making, will not bear to be reduplicated. A ship is a
must confine itself to a smaller range. The noble thing, a cathedral is a noble thing, but a
most successful efforts of this kind of art which painted ship or a painted cathedral is not a noble
I have been able to note have been bits of pic- thing. Art which reduplicates art is necessurily
turesque scenes limited to a small space of aerial second rate. I know no principle more irre-

perspective, where the beautiful details have fragably authoritative than that which I had
been brought out with inimitable charms, fairly long ago occasion to express : 'All noble art is

catching Nature's refrain in her most musical the expression of man's delight in God's work,
mood. not his own.' " Mr. Ruskin must be understood
But photographic views, even with the draw- as applying to the newly-made work of man, for

backs above mentioned, are of very great value further on he again says with truth : "A ruined
and convey a truer idea of certain features of building is a noble subject, just as far as man's
nature than any method except elaborate and work has therein been subdued by nature's.''
careful painting by masters of the art. This is And further on still he says :
" A wrecked ship
particularly true of representations of mountain or shattered boat is a noble subject, while a ship
forms and geological wonders. The poor lover in full sail, or a perfect boat, is an ignoble one ;

of the sublime or the invalid owes a debt of not merely because the one is by reason of its

gratitude to the enterprising artist who, incum- ruin more picturesque than the other, but be-
bered with his camera and often at the risk of cause it is a nobler art in man to meditate upon
life, has succeeded in placing in his home scenes fate as it conquers his work, than upon the work
of which he otherwise could have had no con- itself."

ception. Perhaps no class of subjects better exhibit the

The advantage of the photograph over all possibilities of photography than portraits. Here
other methods in representing ruins, inscrip- in a well-constructed studio the intelligent artist
tions,and architectural wonders, is too well is comparatively muster of the situation. Here
known to need comment. The stereoscope gives he need not grope his way in obscurity nor lose
these kinds of pictures an appearance of reality it altogether in excess of light; for it is under

truly marvellous. All are ready to bless the art his control. The rays of light which refuse to
that can so cheaply show the wonders of the affect his collodion he as far as possible ex-
world. cludes from his lens. He has choice. Though
But there is a class of pictures, photographs the study of composition and chiaroscuro is of
as well as paintings, with which I have but little vital importance in departments of art, it is
all

sympathy. I refer to such as portray architec- here more than ever that he can make his knowl-
tural structures of common form, lifeless inte- edge available. True art looks to simplicity;
riors, void of historic interest, and other results but to the simplicity which rt suits from abun-
of man's genius, ingenuity, or pride, all in their dance, not that which grows out of poverty. In
newest gloss. Such imitations are the lowest a photograph portrait the interest ought, as in
forms of art, and by the earnest art student will painting, to be centred in the head, for it is the

24
 370 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
human head after all that contains the intelli- phy any practical advice that can be
to offer

gence which makes man the beauty of the world, of and were this not so, this is not the
use,
the paragon of animals nothing in art is so; time nor place to do it. The photographer must
difficult to handle with success, and the feeble delve in the same mine for the treasures of his
generally resort to accessory subterfuges which knowledge that yield them to the painter. I
deceive none but the ignorant to cover up their know not how much of the knowledge of com-
faults and shortcomings. As the camera, if well position, light and shade, and perspective may
constructed and commanded, need not fail to stand for genius in picture-making, but I do
give sufficiently correct drawing and beautiful know more you study them the more
that the
modelling, the photographer can well afford to likely you are become imbued with the true
to
practice the most rigid simplicity. I do not say spirit of art. Familiarity with any study will
that accessory details except in bust-portraits bring a love for it, and love is capable of work-
are inadmissible, but they ought to belong to ing miracles. To what miraculous degree of
the subject. In the hands of the man of genius height photography may in time be carried will
they enrich, in others they incumber. This is as depend upon the honesty of purpose of its devo-
true of photography as it is of painting ; and the tees, their ambition, and their self-denial. In
command of the greatest technical skill in one art as in science, patient investigation, humility,
will no more be substituted for real art feeling and persevering effort are necessary to success.
than in the other. We must stoop to conquer.
The utmost capacity of photography can only
Mr. Wilson: Mr. Sellstedt is an artist
be reached when with complete control of his
of this city having nothing but good will
materials the operator is possessed of a cultivated
toward photography, and, with that good
mind, master of the principles which govern art,

and deeply imbued with taste

its spirit. Mere will has given us this excellent paper I ;

is not sufficient he must have thought, too,

;
therefore move that we return to him a
and thought is the result of culture. Like the vote of thanks.
architect, sculptor, or painter, he ought to be a Agreed to, amid loud applause.
man of observation and able to segregate the The President: We shall now have the
essential idea from the unnecessary rubbish pleasure of listening to a dialogue between
which surrounds it. Drawing, modelling, or Mr. Fabronius, the portrait painter, and
painting are the means by which poetic ideas Mr. Baker, of Buffalo.
are unfolded in plastic art photography the in
;
I may say that as Mr. Fabronius speaks
chemical action of some of the rays of light upon
English very imperfectly ; he has requested
a sensitized film or medium stands for two of
Mr. Wilson to read his part of the dialogue,
these, and, when within their proper sphere, they
after which we will take up another subject
are used by corresponding intelligence, bear cor-
Their results ought to be that will give us all a chance to say some-
responding fruits.

preferred to thoughtless skill, for they give bet- thing.

ter satisfaction. Mr. Baker : I will simply say that this is

With regard to the claim of the photographer a dialogue which actually took place ; it was
to the name of artist I have only this to say I :
reported by a stenographer.
shall always be as ready to acknowledge it in Messrs. Baker and "Wilson then read, viz.
the photographer who possesses the true art-
THE FINE ARTS.
spirit as I shall be unwilling to yield it to the
painter who does not. The earnest seeker after
A Conversation between Mr. D. C. Fa-
bronius and Mr. W. J. Baker, at the
truth does not stop to consider by what name he
Tift House, Buffalo, July 1st, 1873. -

is culled. Words without their corresponding

sense are trifles light as air. No fear but that Mr. Fabronius. As I look at photographs, I
the man of genius whose words prove his worth find a great fault that the photograph has lost
will be known and recognized as artist, while no its expression by retouching the negative.
unsupported claim that professional pride can Mr. Baker. That is very often the case ; the
set up will be likely to be treated other than plain print from the negative is often better. If
with the contempt it deserves. Without love I had a photograph which I wished to save for
and self-sacrificing devotion to art a man cannot posterity, I would not have it tampered with at
be artist in the only sense that can make it all. I would sooner have every spot, freckle, and
worth the aspiration. line left standing as it was.
I am too ignorant of the technics of photogra- Mr. Fabronius. That is the reason I would
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 371

not have a negative retouched. The first pho- the shades transparent, and have full knowledge
tographers in this country, who have received of the anatomy of the head not to destroy the ;

the medals from abroad as well as in this country, bone and make the face a kind of dough, as if it
for their photographs, ruin the anatomy and ex- were made out of a potato, putty, or anything
pression, as well as likeness, of the person by of the kind.
too much finish, or by finish that is not properly Mr. Baker. The touch, in your opinion, then,
understood. It requires an artist to finish a pho- generally quite fails of the object that ought to
tograph — to touch the negative. It is not enough attend it ; it produces merely an outside me-
in retouching a negative to take the wrinkles chanical finish, merely a kind of smoothness, in-
out, and smooth, and soften down the lights and stead of adding to the general beauty and har-
shades, if, when it is finished, it does not look mony of the picture.
like the person. The difficulty in the first place
Mr. Fabronius. Retouching is misunder-
because they touch up parts that ought to
is,
stood entirely. A negative being made, when
remain, and they destroy expression, shades the proof is produced, it shows wrinkles, it shows
that ought to remain, or strong lights, and by
spots, it shows lights too strong, or shades too
doing so, they destroy likeness, expression, and
deep. Well,we are going to retouch the nega-
anatomy. And that is the one great fault in the
tive properly. Now, here is a little line or mark
retouching, in this finishing a negative. They
that shows you the place of a bone ; these little
print from it afterward, and produce a nicely
lines, if the person does not understand any-
finished picture, and people ask, " Who is that ?"
thing about bones, he will destroy, and the bone
They do not recognize it ; it was good enough in
is gone. Here is a little mark, a little light
the beginning.
which forms a dimple in the cheeks or in the
Mr. Baker. It is a finish of the same kind hand, he will destroy that. Suppose it is a little
that cabinetmakers put upon their work, a sort strong and ought to be subdued, he destroys it
of varnish outside polish. entirely, and that little dimple is gone, which is

Mr. Fabronius. Oh, yes, you might call it so. one of the beauties of the face. Well, the same
You can compare it with a man who makes a of the nose. I have photographs brought to me
cast in plaster or iron, then another finisher of which the nose is entirely destroyed. There
comes and smooths it down and destroys all the is no bridge to it ; there is no bone in it ; it is

anatomy of the artist he destroys the bone and

; entirely destroyed ; it is a person without a
muscle and little details by scraping and scrap- bridge to his nose, an empty line without any
ing. A man opposite here brings me a cast, and significance.
there are some rough edges. I scrape, and take Mr. Baker. In your opinion, then, as prac-
great care to scrape it properly, and if I know ticed at present, the pencilling 6f negatives had
here is a muscle that ought to remain, and here better be dispensed with entirely,
a small nerve that ought to remain, I do not de- Mr. Fabronius. It is overdone, by want of
stroy them. I finish it, with due consideration knowledge of expression, or knowledge of the
to preserve the anatomy ; that is an artistic person who sat for the portrait. In nine cases
finish. It is the same with the sculptor. Take out of ten they destroy the likeness for the
Crawford, for instance, the eminent American want of knowledge of the person who sat. They
sculptor, who died recently in Florence. He retouch it, and never mind who it is they re- ;

would have several men at work for him. He touch it without even knowing the person whom
would say to one man, a common workman, it represents.
" You cut this off into this shape ;" then to an- What would you think now if I were to take
other man with a Utile more skill, he would say, a portrait, work at it until the last two or three
"You cut this a little nearer to this clay model, days, I knowing the person very well, then put
and you see that you do not begin to get inside it in the hands of a young man, and say, " You

of these lines ; but you cut as near as you can finish this portrait for me." He would say, " I
without entering into details." Then he takes don't know the person, but I will smooth it

another artist, who goes a little nearer, then down." Will that be a likeness ? The likeness
Crawford himself puts on the finishing touch. comes in the finish of those last two or three
A man ought to be a good artist to retouch days.
negatives. In the first place he ought to know I can name to you several persons who have
the expression of the person whose negative he worked for me, who made negatives for me, and
retouches ; he ought to know lights and shades ;
gave me proofs of the negatives without retouch,
he ought to have sufficient taste to not make the according to my request. I would, perhaps, state
negative too glaring nor too subdued, but keep that they would answer my purpose. They say :
372 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
" Now I have got a beautiful thing now I am ; instance, of ten thousand inhabitants, you
going to make some specimens of that to put in would starve to death ; in a place like New York
my show-case." They retouch it, and by the it is better than it is here. There is a class of
time they get through it is no likeness at all. people who are educated, and know what good
Mr. Baker. We find generally that the par- work and in a large city you can depend
is,

ties themselves, and their friends too, take the upon There are but few in a place like
those.

touched photographs instead of the untouched ;

Dunkirk, and none at all in Tonawanda.
that is my experience. They demand it they ; Mr. Fabronius. It is a mistake ; there is some-
will have their pictures smooth. thing of truth in it, but not so much us that.
Mr. Fabronius. They demand it, but you Some day, if they know you to be an honest
They do not demand
should retain the likeness. man, and you tell them the reason why you
that you destroy the expression, or touch the charge them so much, people will pay you for it.
eye when it ought to be kept light. If I were a photographer, and you came to me

Mr. Baker. I think this nice change which for tintypes, I would say to you, " Look here, it
is about time that you stop this nonsense of
you speak of as having, in a really fine sense, de-
stroyed the likeness, most people are oblivious to. getting horrible photographs and ferrotypes you ;

Mr. Fabronius. We are not working for those have got to have something decent. You won't
people now we are working for the fine arts.
;
get more than one lot or so in a lifetime, why
Mr. Baker. The photographer has to work not go sincerely about and pay a dollar or
it,

for those people in nine cases out of ten. two more, and let me make you something
Mr. Fabronius. We are not supposed to be good ?"
working for ignorant people, but for people who Mr. Baker. I have done business on the
have a knowledge of the fine arts. We must not principle that you advocate the consequence ;

work to please ignorant people; we must work to was, I did not pay my expenses for three years.
please those who have knowledge. There is no I would have people come up, twenty in a day,

use of talking abou.t that ; it is a mistake. We perhaps, and want me to make tintypes, and
have got to bring the people up to our taste. It they would go away because I did not make
is not for us to go down to their taste ; they have them. I have now a very good business, but it

got to come up to us. was at the expense of four or five years. And
Mr. Baker. I recognize that, of course. often now I find one of those former tintype

Mr. Fabronius. Take a large establishment customers come because they are recommended
where they take probably fifty negatives in a by their friends. But if a chance customer
day. How much difference will it make in the comes for a tintype, there is no use of talking
cost of a negative, whether the firm pays a man photograph to him we never try to argue or
;

one thousand a year or two thousand? And talk with them, we find it is of no use. I think

what is more, the public is willing to pay two or your experience is very different as a portraitist,

three dollars more on a dozen to have a better in doing a limited quantity of work, than if

thing. I always found that I was just as busy you had tried to wholesale your work. But
at crayons at $300 as at $100 each, or $50. I probably this is not a subject that is very profit-

am longer over it and do not make any more able to discuss.

money, but I give better work, and the people Do you recollect any of the line of talk we
are willing to patronize good work. I believe had about lighting and sitting, and arranging
that a man can make twice as much money by the light, at the time you were at my place? I
charging double if he gives double the value for was speaking there about the skylight, and speak-
the money. So if he charges twelve dollars a ing of it as a poor kind of light. You preferred
dozen, and he proves to the public that his work a side-light. You spoke about the light the
is worth twelve dollars a dozen, the people are photographer used not being definite enough,
willing to give it. I am sure that if I were to not massing the lights and shades enough.
start to-morrow, and could prove that I would Mr. Fabronius. I go into a room where neg-
do better work than you, yet charge more, I atives are taken —
could get the work. Mr. Baker. Skylight or operating room ?
Mr. Baker. You could of a few people. Mr. Fabronius. Skylight room. The lights
Mr. Fabronius. I don't care if of a few, if I are in every direction. Properly we should
could make more money in a year. never think of such a thing in an artistic point
Mr. Baker. I don't know I doubt that you ; of view, but have the light come from as small
cou'd. Take it in a smaller place where there a place as this window is. (Mr. Fabronius here,
are still fewer people of taste — in a town, for by way of illustration, closed all the shutters to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 373

his window but one of the upper ones.) You narrow side of the face, but Rembrandt lighted
do not want light coming from below the in his pictures on the broad side of the face.
knee the light must come from the side
; ;
Mr. Fabronius. Yes !

nothing below, nothing on the other side, but Mr. Baker. A copy of Rembrandt's that I
light like that gas, which is a positive light.
have was lighted upon the broad side, but the
It would be as if I should close one of these
photographer would not call it a Rembrandt
upper shutters and leave the other open —just unless he got the sitter between him and the
positive light, so (indicating) —a light that
light.
covers six feet square.
Mr. Fabronius. That is a mistaken idea
Mr. Baker. Do you consider six feet square altogether the Rembrandt light means a
; lim-
large enough for a photograph ? ited strong light, not all over the face, but just
Mr. Fabronius. Let it be twelve feet square merely on the forehead —a small portion of the
or twenty feet square if you want to, only let it forehead — and a little on the nose. The rest of

be positive from one direction ; do not let it be the face not total darkness, but you can see in
all over the ceiling. If it is to be skylight, do the darkness cloir obscure —light in the shade.

not let the ceiling be all glass. Let it be There Rembrandt again. The Rembrandt is
is

northern light if possible, then there is no sun dark and yet you see everything in the picture,
to shine through in the morning or afternoon. because it is all transparent. It is just like
The northern light is always steady. Let it be going into a cellar you do not see any-
; at first

above the head of the person sitting, and then thing, but as you remain two or three minutes

do not have the reflections too strong : the you begin to see everything. That is cloir
resulting picture should be warm. What we obscure —light in darkness — everything visible

call a warm picture is one that is not too pale and yet in the darkness.

not too strong a light. Have the highest light Mr. Baker. Do you note any other wrong
on the top of the forehead, the next strongest practices in photographers?
light to be here on the ridge of the nose, the
Mr. Fabronius. They are using white pow-
next on the cheek-bone, and then, you have if
der for the face, which I notice as a very great
that kind of light, you have the whole face mistake. A girl powders all over because she is
shaded.
brown and wants to take light and when she is ;

Mr. Baker. Your objection to the skylight done, we have everything white as if she were
consists not in the nature of the light so much covered with snow. Her hair is like a cobweb.
as in the use of it. If I have a skylight I If they wish to powder, why cannot they use
place my sitter so that the peak of the light is Naples yellow? It would not destroy all the
at the side of the sitter, and from that the light warmth of the photograph.
slopesdown to within seven or eight feet of the Mr. Baker. That is a mistake entirely. The
floor. Now, that would produce the same kind powder is of no use whatever except in the very
of positive light as you want on a sitter. A deepest tints of the hair, and very delicately put
light that comes bearing down on both sides
on, so as not to destroy the texture or flow of
produces a bad light, — two equal sides of the the hair. The light blonde can be produced
face.
without a particle of powder on the face. There
Mr. Fabronius. Of course, you can manage is a great difficulty in putting powder on at all :

the light as is pleasing to the artist. It is a it remains in patches, and the texture of the
general fault to have light all over here and all skin is gone. No artist's work can regain it.

over there, and streaks this way, and streaks that Not only that, but the shape of the face is gone
way, from and specially
all directions, in the also. My practice leads me to take grounds de-
Rembrandt. To have the whole face in the cidedly against the use of powder.
shade, or the face lit in every direction, is entirely Mr. Fabronius. If they must be powdered,
wrong. I will show you what the Rembrandt let them be powdered with something warmer
light is. (Mr. Fabronius here adjusted the shut- than white. I don't know that there is anything
ters so as to admit the light through a very in the drug store that would take the place of
small aperture.) Have the light strike on the white and not injure the skin but it seems to ;

forehead and a little on the nose, and the rest me Naples yellow would give a warmer tint. We
in shade, the principal light limited to the top
must have a tint all over the face.
part of the forehead and nose.
Mr. Baker. No white spots !

Mr. Baker. Photographers call these Rem- Mr. Fabronius. If you have any white spots,
brandt pictures where the light comes upon the it will be the high-light on the forehead and the
374 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
light on the nose or catch-light in the eyes. We process. We shall be glad to hear from
don't want black and white in photographs. him.
Mr. Baker. In treating drapery, a man's Mr. Carbutt read the following on
shirt-bosom is much whiter than his face,
would you deepen the tone of that below the HOW TO MAKE ALBUMEN POSITIVES FOR
would you allow it to be whiter?
face, or REPRODUCING NEGATIVES.
Mr. Fabronius. By all means. When I use Mr. President and Members of the N P. A.
the white, I always use it for the shirt-front. I Five years ago, on the formation of the
hardly ever use any white for my face even. If National Photographic Association, it was hoped
it is drawn on very dark paper, I use the white that secrets in photography, among its members
solely for my shirt-bosom. It gives warmth to and the process-monger, would be a thing of the
the face by the contrast. past, but, like the Wandering Jew, we regret to

Mr. Baker. You allow it to remain white ? say he isstill alive. Our constitution tells us
Mr. Fabronius. Yes, sir.
that the aim of this Association is to improve
the art and science of photography by diffusing
Mr. Baker. Suppose you could place your
scientific knowledge among its members, and to
sitter so that it would be shaded, would it not
discourage and oppose any unjust imposition
be a gain?
which tends to hamper the progress of the art.
Mr. Fabronius. You cannot gain anything Now, the encouragement given during the year
at all. My idea is that a little bit of white is a
in purchasing several secret processes, by mem-
relief in a picture, to contrast with the face. If
bers of our Association, is in direct opposition
you put a little white on the shirt-bosom, it
to the object for which we come together.. I
brings a warm tint out. A little touch of white
therefore make no apology in laying before you
relieves the face and gives it tone. It gives
a process I believe will produce results identical
actually the appearance of flesh, where there is
with those of the secret process of Mr Edwards,
no flesh color.
further than to say it is done in the general in-
(Mr. Fabronius here illustrated his proposition
terest of photography.
by alternately covering and uncovering, in the
Being invited to read a paper on the pro^
glare of the gaslight, his white shirt-front, by duction of positives before thePennsylvania
the lapels of his black coat.)
Photographic Association, I prepared a brief
Mr. Baker. Your face naturally has but paper on the making
albumen positives,
of
little color; but as I look at it to-night it which was read on the evening of June 16th. The
seems full of color — full of different shades. general formulae and instructions for working I
Mr. Fabronius. You see what nice color it collated in one evening from my photograph
gives to the face. This white gives quality of journals, with one exception, the iodizing of the
color. If a lady has a white dress, it is very albumen. I adopted what I deemed would best
important to have a little contrast by having serve my purpose. Since writing the paper just
black velvet or ribbon to relieve it. We have referred to I have adopted the quick alkaline
got to put the same taste in a picture with mode of development in place of the slow acid
which a lady dresses to go to a ball. She puts developer of M. Ferrier ;
therefore, I now
a flower here or a leaf there to relieve other col- place before you my nevj process, which is every-
ors and bring them out. So we have got to do body's process.
with pictures. We have got to do it in photo- In the July number of the British Journal of
graphs and oil-paintings, and we have got to do Photography, 1870, is a modified collodio-albu-
it in crayons. men process by G-. Markham, in which plain
Mr. Baker. Well, Mr. Fabronius, I must say collodion as a basis for the albumen is recom-

good-night, or I shall soon have to say good- mended ;

this process was republished in An-
morning. There are many more things that I thony's Bulletin, and recommended for produ-
should like to talk with you about, but I am a cing positives from which to make enlarged
thousand times obliged to you for this opportu- negatives; also at p. 240, Towler's Silver Sun-
nity. beam, is a modified albumen process in which
either iodized or non-iodized collodion is used.
The reading of the dialogue was atten- I therefore adopted thin, plain collodion with
tively listened to, and was frequently inter- which to coat the plate, and after setting,
rupted by applause. immerse in water, wash and flow with the
The President Mr. Carbutt will now
:
iodizedalbumen prepared as follows.
give us some remarks on a new enlarging The formula was first published by W. Ack-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. !75

land in the Photographic News for 1865, and funnel, and set it to drain on one corner on
repeatedly republished by writers on the eollo- several thicknesses of blotting-paper. When the
dio-albumen process. plates are surface-dry finish drying by heat,
To Prepare the Stock Albumen. letting them get quite hot. To sensitize them
prepare the following solution :

White of Fresh Eggs free from germ, . 8 oz.

Water, . . . . . . 1 oz. Nitrate of Silver, . . 1 ounce.
Glacial Acetic Acid, . . . .24 drops. Water, . . . .12 ounces.

Mix the acid with the water, then add the Glacial Acetic Acid, . 5 drachms.
mixture to the albumen, stir together with a Or take 10 ounces of any negative bath, free
glass rod one minute, then, after resting one from alcohol and ether, and add to each ounce
hour, strain through muslin, and to the strained 30 drops of glacial acetic acid. In preparing a
liquid add half a drachm of strong liquor am- new bath it should be saturated with iodide of
monia. This prepared albumen will keep good silver. Place in a fiat dish, raise the end nearest
for years. I iodize two ounces at a time as to you, stand the plate on the upper side of the
wanted, and there is no objection to iodizing the dish, lower the plate and dish at the same time so
whole quantity, but I find albumen thus prepared
as to cover quickly and evenly the plate with the
the best in every respect for the preliminary
solution, which is left in the bath thirty or forty
albumenizing of glass for gallery and field use,
seconds. With a thin strip of silver bent at
by diluting one part with water 20 parts, and
right angles you can raise the plate, and place
strongly recommend its adoption.
it in a dish of water. I usually sensitize six
Iodized Albumen. before proceeding to finish them. Take the first

Stock Albumen, . . 2 ounces. plate, wash well under a tap for about a minute,
Iodide of Ammonium, . 10 grains. place for a few seconds in a 10-grain solution of
Bromide of " .4 " chloride of ammonia, wash off and flow over a
Chloride of .2 " 2-grain solution of gallic acid, and place to dry
Rock Candy, . . . 6 " on blotting-paper in the dark-closet. Those who
Dissolve the dry ingredients in one drachm of have never seen a simply excited albumen-film
will no doubt be surprised at its transparency,
water and add to the albumen ; strain through
as compared with a collodion film containing a
moistened cotton in a glass funnel into a beaker-
glass. To prepare the plates, coat thin glass
similar amount of excitants. When making
previously coated with weak albumen, above transparencies by the coffee and other dry pro-
as
recommended, and dried with the following plain cesses, I invariably place at the back a piece of
collodion, prepared a day or two in advance. yellow or dark-red paper, but owing to these

Mix as follows
plates being so transparent I found in them a

.....12
:

tendency to blur. Having some backing ready

Alcohol, 2 ounces.
prepared I tried it, and found it to remedy it.
Aqua Ammonia, . . drops.
As a backing for these and other dry plates,
Negative Cotton, short
Ether,
When cotton
....
is dissolved
fibre,

add 2 ounces more

20 grains.
2 ounces.
nothing is better than Gihon's Opaque.

Exposure of the Plate under a Negative. —

find it best to place the negative in a frame pro-
alcohol.
vided with plate-glass, and strong springs to
When the collodion is set on the plate place
insure close contact ; expose to a north light five
in a dish of water until the ether and alcohol are
to sixty seconds for acid pyro. development, and
displaced by the water, and in case of using bromo-
one to six seconds for alkaline pyro. The mode
iodized collodion until the iodides and bromide
of development is peculiar. (See article in the
is washed out, stand to drain while you coat
Photographic News Almanac, for 1868, on M.
and immerse another plate with collodion. Flow
Ferrier's method of working the collodio-albu-
over the plate the iodizedalbumen in such a
ruen process.) After washing off the backing,
way as to drive in one wave before it the
flow over the following developer, which is a
moisture on the plate, and off into a separate
modification of the one in the article referred
vessel. Flow on again three different times, run-
to, and that used in the Eberneum process.
ning it off from a different corner into the filter-
Photographic News Almanac, 1869.
ing-funnel ; lay the plate on a tumbler or bottle-
mouth made and pour on enough albumen
level, Pyrogallic Acid, . . .25 grains.
to freely cover let remain while you wash
it ; Citric Acid, . . . 10 "
and place to drain a second plate, then take up Acetic Acid, . . .
1
J ounces.
the plate and run off the albumen into the Water, . . . . 9 "
376 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
Take one ounce, warm over a spirit-flame or out fully the detail in the high-lights in order to
gas ; after being on tbe plate one minute, return produce roundness in the enlarged negative. A
to tbe developing-eup and add two or three drops transparency for the lantern should be slightly
of a ten-grain solution of silver. Bring out the underexposed so as to enable the lights to be as
image with the use of as little silver as possible, transparent as possible.
otherwise the blacks which should be transparent In the production of enlarged negatives the
will be more or less opaque. If the image comes simplest means often produce superior results,
out quickly, stop the too rapid development by therefore no expensive, large cameras or bath-
adding some cold developer ; if, on the other holders are required.A small room, with a
hand, the image comes out very slow, use the darkened window, with an aperture to admit
developer hotter. When all detail is fully out in light reflected from a white card, to illuminate
the high-lights, wash off and clean the surface the positive ; a small camera and portrait tube,
with a wad of fine, wet cotton. Fix in a solution with the transparency occupying the place of the
of hypo soda. AVash well and dry. I do not rec- ground-glass, placed on a level support in front
ommend their being toned for reproducing nega- and centred with the aperture ; an upright easel,
tives. with a cross-piece to hold the sensitized plate,
To develop by tbe alkaline method, recent and a flat dish, large enough to sensitize the
writers on the collodio-albumen process recom- plate in, is all that is required. Give full ex-

mend development of those plates as is now com- posure, using a small diaphragm. For developer
monly practiced by collodio-bromide workers. I the following is good :

have succeeded in developing plates in the most

satisfactory manner, both by the formula as used Sulphate of Iron, . . 480 grains.

by Price, Giberne, and others,and by the recent Water, . 27 ounces.

strong alkaline pyro, as recommended by Colonel Acetic Acid, . 3 "
Stuart Wortley, which I use in the following man-
In reproducing negatives of the same size, pro-
ner. Prepare the following solution :

ceed in every respect as in producing the positive,

by exposing a plate under the positive previously
Alkaline Bromide.
made.
Water, . . . 3£ ounces.
Aqua Ammonia FFF, . £ " Mr. Carbutt was loudly applauded, and
Bromide of Potassium, . 40 grains. thanked by the President.

Alcoholic Solution of Pyro. Me. Carbutt (resuming) : You will find

Pyrogallie Acid, )6 grains. frequently deposited on your negatives a

Alcohol, 1 ounce. membranous matter which should be re-
moved. After that is removed your albu-
Wet the surface of the exposed plate, wash off
men will keep for an almost indefinite
the backing, add to one ounce of water fifteen
period, if corked up tight.
minims of the pyro solution, and flow over the
1 will endeavor to illustrate the method
plate. Then add thirty minims of tbe alkaline
bromide and return to the plate. Applied quickly of sensitizing a plate. It is very important.
and evenly, the image will appear in a second or Suppose this is a dish ;
you slightly raise it,

two, and develop about as quick as an ordinary up, and take one of the plates in your fin-
negative. When considered sufficiently out, wash gers ; on the upper edge, and lower it
rest it
freely, and fix in a strong solution of hypo. If the in this way. The solution comes back and
exposure has been correct, the color of the deposit covers it one way. If there is the slightest
will be on the olive-green tone ; if overexposed, on hesitation in this the plate will be covered
the reddish-brown tone. The plates require no
with marks. Then we take a strip of silver
cleaning with cotton they are singularly clean
;

and raise it up.

and bright. Should they be required for lantern
It should be placed towards the light.
purpose, they can be toned in the old hypo and
gold bath, but I strongly advise those who may The President: Again, with your per-
desire to produce albumen transparencies to bear mission, I thank Mr. Carbutt for his paper.
inmind that a transparency suited for enlarge-
(Immense applause.)
ment is not suited for the lantern, and vice versa ;
and for the following reasons: A transparency The President "We have received a :

for enlarging should be so developed as to bring communication from the Grosvenor Library
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 377

at Buffalo, which is a free library and read- such as starch, casein, arrowroot, tapioca, these
ing-room, as follows substances having been found useful in aiding
the reduction of the silver, or in other words, in
Grosvenor Library, giving sensitiveness to the paper, while at the
Buffalo, N. Y., July 16th. 1873. same time they retain the print upon the surface,
Wm. J. Baker, Esq., thereby giving it vigor and brilliancy not other-
Secretary National Photographic Association, wise obtained.
Buffalo.
The preparation of the paper previous to the
Dear Sir : This institution is desirous of
silvering has come to be considered a separate
obtaining reports of all scientific bodies, and if
branch of the photographic art. The work of
there has been an annual report published rel-
the printer is understood to begin with silvering
ative to the photographers' general assembly,
the paper, and this he is obliged to undertake
we would like to have a copy of the said reports.
without knowing the kind or quantity of the salt
We should also wish to have it arranged so that

each year the General Secretary of the Associ-

employed in its preparation. He must therefore
findby experiment, or he must be informed by
ation send us a copy of its proceedings.
some other person who has found by experiment
If not regularly published, then please send
(or otherwise), how to proceed with each different
copies of what have been.
quality of prepared paper to obtain the results
I am, Sir, yours, &c.
desired.
Alex. J. Hubbs,
Secretary. A knowledge of the kind and quantity of salt
I refer you to inclosed circular. employed in the preparation of the paper would
undoubtedly enable experimenters to arrive at a
Mr. Baker : I move that the thanks of more definite and satisfactory understanding in
the Association be tendered, and that our regard to the subsequent treatment. One sample
Permanent Secretary be instructed to fur- of paper, by reason of the strength of the salting,
nish the Grosvenor Librarj^ with the copies may require a correspondingly strong silver bath.
and future
desired, copies. One brand of paper, owing to some property it

Agreed to. possesses, may give beautiful results if silvered

The President : I take great pleasure after some unusual formula; for example, the

one of our members, Mr. W.

in introducing bath consisting of nitrates of magnesium and
sodium and a salt of lead with the silver nitrate
H. Sherman, from Milwaukee, "Wisconsin, ;

while with another paper the compound will

who will read his paper on " Printing, Ton-
work discomfiture and defeat.
ing, and Finishing."
The different nitrates formed by the reaction
Mr. Sherman read his paper, viz. : which takes place when the paper is silvered,
will produce variable results. If the paper is
PRINTING, TONING, AND FINISHING. salted with chloride of ammonium, nitrate of
The silver print is formed by the action of ammonium will be formed in the paper and bath,
light, through the negative, on a sensitive sur- AgN0 3+H4NCl=AgCl+H4NN0 3 . Chloride of
face consisting of certain salts of silver and cer- sodium will give nitrate of sodium ; chloride of
tain organic substances. The salts of silver calcium, nitrate of calcium. These nitrates are
chiefly used are the chloride, AgCl, and the ni- all deliquescent. On the contrary, the nitrate
trate, AgN03. The principal organic substances of barium which would form if the chloride
are cellulose, gelatin, and albumen. of that metal were used, requires eight or ten
Pure nitrate of silver is not acted upon by the times its weight of water to dissolve it. Again,
light. Pure chloride is reduced on exposure to if chloride of ammonium is used, 68 per cent, of
a violet subchloride, AgiCl, which dissolves in this salt is converted or transferred to the chlo-
the fixing bath used to remove the unreduced ride of silver which is produced, while only 32
chloride. By adding an oxidizable organic sub- per cent, goes to the new nitrate. Chloride of
stance, and using both nitrate and chloride, the barium, on the other hand, furnishes only 34 per
silver is reduced by the action of light to a sub- cent, (only one-half as much as the chloride of
oxide, Ag 20, which is not dissolved by the fixing ammonium) to be converted into chloride of sil-
agent. Accordingly the paper upon which the ver, while 66 per cent, is set free, and is, with
print is to be formed is sized with gelatin or al- the nitric acid liberated from the silver, used in
bumen. Other organic substances having the forming nitrate of barium. From these exam-
property of absorbing oxygen, and serving to fill ples it may be deduced that to complete the
the pores of the paper, are also sometimes used, study of the science and art of printing, an exact
 378 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
knowledge of the substances employed in the 100 grains to the ounce, yet it can be demon-
preparation of the paper is necessary. strated that a 40-grain bath will produce prints
We find a great variety of formulas for print- equal in every respect to those produced by
ing-solutions, and no small amount of conflicting stronger solutions.
testimony in relation thereto. Some say the so- Now paper requiring a bath of 100 grains
lution should be acid ; some that it should be should contain, for each unit of surface, two and
neutral ;
others that it should be made and kept a half times as much of the soluble chloride as
alkaline. Some recommend the use of ammonia ; that requiring a 40-grain bath. It follows, then,
others condemn its use in the bath. There is
that each sheet silvered on a 100-grain bath
also a great diversity in the strength of the so- should convert two and a half times as much sil-
lutions recommended. Different experimenters ver as the 40-grain bath, while the free nitrate
set about their investigations in different direc- of silver withdrawn from the bath by the paper
tions, and arrive at various conclusions. will contain the same proportionate excess. It
Notwithstanding the great diversity in the for-
will not be much out of the way to say that an
mulae of different photographers, it is not true, ounce of silver made into a 40-grain bath will
as might be expected, that a difference equally silver two and a half times as many sheets as the
great always exists in the quality of the prints same quantity of silver in a 100-grain solution.
produced. The formulse may differ through This is on the supposition that the strength of
broad limits, while the forces of nature, while the salting varies in the same proportion as the
not seriously obstructed, work out similar re- silver. The 100-grain bath
will give more free
sults. It is true, however, that some processes nitrate to be washed from the prints, and more
are attended with disadvantages which impair unreduced chloride to be removed by the fixing
their value, while others possess advantages bath. Figure it as you will, it is a matter of no
which recommend their use. small importance on the score of economy, whe-
Take, for instance, the silver printing bath ther a strong or weak solution is used, provided,
given in one of the most recent of modern works as is claimed, the weaker solution is not used at
(Mr. Anderson's). According to this author the the expense of some quality of excellence in the
strength of the bath should be from 60 to 80 resulting picture. But as above intimated, much
grains to the ounce, and be made slightly acid depends upon the preparation of the paper, for
with nitric acid. This bath will give first-class the salting may be such that a 40-grain bath
prints. There is no question on this point. would dissolve part of the albumen, sufficient to
What then are the objections to it? These are impair the brilliancy of the print. Suppose a
given by the author a little further on. He paper salted with a chloride whose base gives a
says. " Add to it an ounce or two of kaolin, and very deliquescent nitrate which has not the
shake it thoroughly, when it may be exposed to property of coagulating albumen. It is probable
the sunlight until next morning; when filtered that on floating this paper on a 40-grain bath, so
it will be ready. In a short time, however, the much silver would be converted into the chloride
bath turns brown and becomes charged with or- from the solution in immediate contact with the
ganic matter, chiefly albumen. The remedy in surface of the albumen, that the impoverished
this case is to boil the bath well away, filter it, solution, aided,it maj be, by the new nitrate,
T

and dilute it to its proper strength." would dissolve a portion of the albumen. In
The disadvantages of this bath then are — such case the silver bath must be strengthened,
1st. The kao'in, which makes a muddy mess, and I remember to have used paper that for the
and is a nuisance. best results required a bath 120 grains strong.

2d. Setting in the sunlight until next morn- There are several brands of albumenized paper
ing. now in market, well known and in general use,
3d. In a short time it turns brown. that give excellent results with a printing-bath
4th. Boiling it well away. of from 30 to 50 grains to the ounce. With these
These are troubles enough for one little bath ; several qualities of paper I have experimented
bigger ones in proportion. But they may, all more particularly and carefully during the last
and several, collectively and individually, be year, with the special purpose of finding, if pos-
dispensed with. sible, some definite relation among the various
The strength of the printing-solution has been operations concerned in the production of the
the subject of much comment, and it is one of print. I will now state my method of proceed-
considerable importance. Although the authors ing, which is the result simply of my experi-
of nearly all the works on photography agree in ments and of such information as the various,
recommending strong solutions, say from 60 to plentiful, and somewhat contradictory literature
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 379

pertaining to the subject affords. You will take the solution is poured into the filter, through
it for what it is worth without any admonition which it passes as clear and free from impurities

to that effect. as when first prepared. Another bottle of suffi-

The standard printing-bath is prepared as cient capacity, containing clean water for rins-

follows :
ing, with funnel and sponge, is at hand. The
pan is rinsed and sponged, the rinsing-water re-
Nitrate of Silver, 8 ounces. turned to its own bottle. The solution, when
Water, 80 fluid ounces. filtered, is tested by the argentometer. If too
strong, a little of the rinsing-water is added
Dissolve ; then add
through the filter, and it is ready for use. By
Concentrated Ammonia, 4 drachms. this method the solution varies less in strength
Nitric Acid, C.P., . 4 than by the usual method. The evaporation is
sufficient, frequently more than sufficient, to keep
Make slightly alkaline by the addition, if
up its strength.
necessary, of a few drops more of ammonia. It
Managed in this way, this bath never requires
is kept slightly alkaline. kaolin never needs to be set in the sun never
Silvering the Paper. —A table somewhat
turns brown
;

; does not require boiling

;

; dis-
larger than the sheet of paper is covered with which, when
penses with the use of alcohol,
velveteen. Upon this the paper is laid, and the
freely used, becomes an expensive luxury. It
albumen surface is briskly rubbed with a bunch
positively improves by use by acquiring nitrates
of cotton, or, better, with a soft pad covered and
of the bases employed in salting the paper,
with silk. The pile of the velvet upon which
may then be used at from 3 to 5 grains less
the paper is laid serves to hold it from slipping.
strength than at first.
The rubbing prevents the silver solution from
drying in drops or tears, which frequently occa- Fuming. — When the paper is thoroughly dry,
sion great annoyance. I imagined the effect it is fumed. And although nothing further need
produced by the rubbing might be due to elec- be said upon this part of the subject, I will ven-
tricity, and this idea suggested silk as a substi- ture to describe my fuming-box, —a little piece

tute for the cotton. I prefer the silk, but the of apparatus which I devised several years ago,
electrical question remains undetermined. The and is so much of a convenience, it seems to me
paper is then rolled up in the form of a scroll, that others might also find it useful. It consists

which is held in the left hand and placed upon of a tight box made of matched stuff and well

the solution (previously poured into a pan of put together, and a drawer. The box is fastened

suitable size), while the free end is drawn over up against the wall in the printing-room, in an
the surface by the right hand, the unrolling inverted position, so that the drawer is opened
being regulated by the left. This manipulation by sliding downwards, and, of course, shut by
being skilfully performed, the possibility of the sliding up. The drawer is the principal thing
formation of bubbles on the paper is precluded. in the contrivance. It is wide enough to accom-

In warm weather the paper is left in the solution modate a sheet of paper, and is some 6 or 8
about one minute ; in cool weather, two or three inches longer than the sheet — say 30 inches long
minutes. The paper is then lifted slowly from by 20 inches wide and 5 inches deep. The lop
the bath, so that but little of the solution is end of the drawer is omitted, instead of which
drawn up by cohesion. Lastly, it is reversed two pieces of twine are stretched across, from
and hung up to dry by the end which was last which, by means of clips, the paper is suspended.
to leave the bath. Hardly a drop will leave the The sides of the box extend down two feet be-
paper after it is suspended. low and serve as guides for the drawer when let
down to put in or take out the paper. A stop is

Management of the Silver Solution — By fastened to the wall, upon which the drawer
the following method the solution is maintained rests when so let down or opened. A spring
in as good condition as when first prepared :
made of common strap iron is let into the left
After silvering the paper supposed to be re- guide-piece, in such a position that when the
quired for the day :
s use, the solution is left drawer is closed it is held by the spring in its
standing in the pan until again wanted. Mean- place ; a slight pressure with the thumb of the
while the organic matter acquired from the left, hand allows the drawer to open. A bottle
paper, and which if poured into the bottle of ammonia is placed on the lower end of the
would in a short time discolor the solution, drawer, where always at hand for use as
it is

rises to the surface, oxidizes, and forms an in- occasion requires and a small glass tumbler, ;

soluble scum. When again required for use, from which the fumes are given off, completes
380 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the arrangement. By this device, the fumes of a weak negative, one which, the paper and bath
ammonia, which are lighter than air, are allowed remaining the same, will give a print in which,
to remain in the fuming-box when the paper is when the high-lights and half-tints are suffi-
removed ; and in all respects the machine is as ciently printed, the shadows are under-printed.
convenient as possible. Reduce the strength of the normal solution to
There is a question of some interest relating 30 grains by adding 1 part of water to every 3

to the variable strength of the printing-solution parts of bath. Print in the shade. The shad-
required by negatives of different printing quali- ows now will print deeper during the time re-

ties. On this subject there seems to be a variety quired to print the high-lights and half tints, or,

of opinion. in other words, better contrast will be obtained.

In a work by Hardwich, published fifteen In speaking of prints from weak negatives,

years ago, the following remark occurs: "An "better contrast" means more contrast; in
exception may be made in case of negatives of speaking of prints from too strong negatives,
great intensity, which are printed most success- the reverse is implied.

fully upon a weakly sensitized paper." In an If I have given a true account of this experi-
edition by the same author published in 1866, ment, it must follow that a stronger negative
after directing that the bath should be 90 grains will require a stronger bath. A negative is too
strong, he says :
'
' A bath prepared by the above strong when, with the normal bath, the shadows

formula is stronger than actually necessary. and half-shadows are sufficiently printed before
But it has been found that paper floated on the high-lights and half-tints are sufficiently

weak solutions is more or less deficient in printed. The drawing in the light parts of the
vigtir. picture is too faintly rendered. The picture is
Mr. Anderson says: "The strength of the flat and harsh. As before stated, it may be im-
positive bath must be regulated by the strength proved by printing on a strong bath.
of the negative. The stronger the negative, the When the print comes from the printing-frame,

weaker the bath may For a moderately be. it contains several substances which must be re-
strong negative, the bath may be between 60 moved. There are the violet subchloride, AgaCl,
and 65 grains to the ounce very thin and weak ;
the red or yellowish-red suboxide, Ag 20, and the

negatives require a bath of 70 to 80 grains." AgNOs- The free nitrate being solu-
free nitrate,

In the July number of the Philadelphia Pho- ble, is removed by washing after which the ;

tographer, Mr. Clemons, in his advice to printers, subchloride and unreduced chloride must be re-
says: "If made too strong, I should use my moved from the print, as they are capable of
silver much weaker than if the negatives were further reduction by the light. Who has not
made weak." wished that the print might be taken from the
From all these authorities, it appears to be frame just at the right moment, and so pre-
held that the printer, in order to obtain the best served? But that which constitutes its beauty
results from a weak negative, should use a of color at that point is the violet subchloride

stronger bath, and for an overstrong negative on a su.bstratum of the red suboxide. If it is

he should use a weaker bath, than is required now placed in the fixing-bath, the subchloride
for a negative exactly right in respect to print- is dissolved, and the suboxide left. But the
ing qualities — that is, neither too weak nor too color in this condition is not satisfactory. So a
strong. substance was sought for to supplement this
In face of this conclusion, I beg to submit the suboxide, and compensate for the loss of the

following experiments. I am using paper that, subchloride. The search was successful and the
with a vigorous negative possessing good inten- result admirable. Gold came to the aid of its
sity in the high -lights, with intermediate grada- nearest of kin and here in the toning-bath
;

tions to transparency in the extreme shadows, takes place another of the beautiful transmuta-
will give a vigorous and brilliant print with a tions, of which so many are concerned in the
silver bath 40 grains strong. We may call these production of the photograph. The toning- bath
three conditions normal — to wit, the bath at 40 is a solution of gold. We wish to put " apples
grains, the paper adapted to this bath, and the of gold in our pictures of silver." After wash-

negative from which, by means of the other two, ing away the nitrate of silver from the print

the perfect result is obtained. The negative (for the reason that the nitrate would only cause

supposed normal absolutely and always

is the ;
a useless waste of gold), we place the print in
paper and bath relatively. That is to say, the the toning-bath. Now the chloride of silver

bath at 40 grains is normal in respect to the cannot be toned by gold ! Why? Because the
paper under experiment. Suppose now we have chloride of silver will not take any of the chlo-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 581

rine away from the chloride of gold. But the There appears to be some choice in the method
subchloride will take a little ; enough to change of preparing the gold solution, and it is not un-
it from the subchloride, Ag 2 CI, to the chloride, likely that the condition of the printing-bath
AgCl, that is, one atom of chlorine for every has much to do with the kind of toning-bath
atom or molecule of the subchloride. This ac- required. If, for example, the printing -bath is

counts for the bleaching which usually takes acid, the toning-bath may better be alkaline ;

place —
the violet subchloride being changed to whereas, if the former be alkaline, it may be
the chloride, which is white. But, if the bath only necessary to neutralize the gold solution to
be acid with hydrochloric acid, the subchloride obtain the best results.
is quickly changed, and then some of the sub- Having stated my method of silvering the
oxide gives way, and is converted into the chlo- paper, I will now give my treatment of the

ride again. Hence the more hydrochloric acid gold, which I find to be well adapted to the
the more bleaching. But the toning takes place printing process.
upon suboxide of silver, which is being converted
into the chloride by the chlorine of the chloride Toning Bath — Stock Solution.
of gold, and the gold takes the place of the silver Chloride of Gold, 30 grains.
thus removed. Acetate of Sodium, 30 "
The chlorine from the gold probably acts in Water, 30 ounces.
this way: first, it changes the subchloride of sil-
ver into the chloride, that is, in the high-lights AVith my prints, I find no difficulty in using it

the print becomes white ;

then the violet color immediately, but prefer not to use it until a few

begins to return on the reddened print, that is, hours after making.
the suboxide is changing into subchloride, and When required for use, I take water sufficient
at the same time the gold is depositing and dark- to contain the prints made from four sheets of

ening the color. When this is carried to the paper, and to this I add one ounce of the stock

desired extent, and the print is transferred to solution. This is sufficient to tone four sheets.

the fixing-bath, the first thing that takes place It will be observed that the stock solution con-

is the removal of the subchloride, that is, the tains one grain of gold for each ounce of water.

violet color of the print quickly disappears. The It follows then that one grain of chloride of gold
toning-bath then should not contain hydro- will tone four sheets of paper. This may be
chloric acid. It must not contain nitric acid, considered too much paper for the amount of
for this would produce aqua regia, which would gold, seeing that the usual direction prescribes

dissolve the gold. This is what I suspect takes a grain of gold for each sheet. Dr. Vogel, re-
place when the prints are measly. As before ferring to this subject (see Handbook, p. 139),

stated, nitric acid is set free in the printing-bath says, "We have to calculate 0.06 gramme equal
when the paper is silvered. In my practice I to one grain of gold for every sheet of paper,"
intend to keep this solution a little alkaline, and whereas my regular practice is to tone the num-
while it is so that disease never makes its ap- ber of sheets stated, and I have frequently, for
pearance. If it happens to make its appearance experiment, put as many as seve?i sheets at once
in the toning-bath, I invariably find the silver .into the bath, with only one grain of gold, and
bath acid. The trouble might be in the toning- have suceeeded in toning the whole quantity
bath itself, if the nitric acid, used in making the well and thoroughly.

chloride of gold, were not disposed of. It might There are three things to notice in relation to
be presumed that fuming the paper would neu- this method of procedure :

tralize all the acid derived from the printing- First. There is no alkali added to this toning-
bath, but I believe the measles prove the contrary. bath at any time.
There are various modifications of the gold Second. Nothing different from the stock solu-
toning-bath, as now generally used, in all of tion is added to the toning-bath when used, to
which the essential features are that the free cause precipitation of gold.
hydrochloric acid is neutralized, and the toning Third. Placing the whole number of prints, to
isperformed by the chloride of gold some slight ;
be toned by a given quantity of gold, in the
but unimportant variations in the result being solution at once insures more complete utiliza-
caused by the different agents employed, such tion and equalization of the toning agent through
as carbonate, tungstate, biborate, phosphate, the entire number of prints. The large surface
and acetate of sodium. Nitrate of uranium, exposed to the action of the toning-b-ith at once
chloride of calcium, chloride of lime, carbonate prevents rapid reduction, and there being in the
of lime, and magnesium are also sometimes used. bath nothing but the prints to precipitate the
382 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
gold, the toning takes place with deliberation will accomplish the object it cannot be too
and uniformity. strongly recommended. But suppose the salting
The rationale of this process is as follows : is omitted, and that a little free nitrate remains
The chloride of gold usually containing a small after washing, as it surely will in this ease, then
portion of hydrochloric acid, part of the acetate it must be in a very dilute solution. Such a
of sodium is decomposed, the acetic acid being solution of nitrate of silver will not decompose
displaced by the stronger acid, and chloride of the acetate of sodium. This can be shown by
sodium formed thus, HCl-f-NaC 2H3 0.;=NaCl+
;
experiment. Dissolve ten grains of acetate of so-
HC2H3O2. So the solution then consists of chlo- dium in one drachm of water in a test-tube ; into
ride of gold, chloride of sodium, acetate of so- another test-tube, containing one-half drachm
dium, and acetic acid. The chloride of gold of water, add two or three drops of a twenty-
should contain but a small portion of acid, and grain solution of nitrate of silver, and pour a
then there will be but little acetic acid formed, part or the whole into the acetate. No acetate
which does not interfere with the toning. of silver is formed. Therefore it is not probable
In a recent number of the British Journal of that a little free nitrate, that is, such a quantity
Photography (Feb. 14, 1873), Mr. Sutton con- as is generally left in the prints when put into
demns the use of the acetate of soda in the gold the gold bath, would be converted into the ace-
bath, arguing that it may conduce to the fading tate of silver. But it is not in the gold bath
of the prints. He says : that the mischief is done with which the acetate
"When the print is put into the gold bath of sodium is charged. The cause originates in

there is generally a little free nitrate left in it.

the gold bath, the evil is accomplished in the
This will be converted, by the excess of the ace- hyposulphite. That is, supposing acetate of
tate of soda, into acetate of silver, which is in-
silver to be formed in the toning bath, and car-
soluble, and remains in the paper until it is put ried in the prints into the hyposulphite bath,

into the hyposulphite. The acetic acid is then "then the acetic acid is set free, and will occa-

set free, .and will occasion the liberation of sul- sion the liberation of sulphur," &a. If this is

phur, which will cause the prints to fade.'' true, it can be easilyshown by experiment Into :

"The same reasoning will apply to the phos- a test-tube, containing one drachm of the acetate
phate, borate, tungstate, &c. gold baths. The solution used in the former experiment, add a
,

use of all these salts I regard as a great mistake, few drops of a twenty-grain solution of nitrate
and very foolish.'' of silver. Acetate of silver will be formed, as
Notwithstanding this strong denunciation of may be readily seen. Now add this to a solution

these favorite salts, I like the acetate so well of hyposulphite of the strength usually employed

that I am unwilling to discontinue its use with- for fixing. It very soon disappears, leaving the

out examining the cause of alarm a little fur- solution as clear as before : nor will the solution,
ther. on standing, exhibit any turbidity to indicate
Is there any such danger as claimed by Mr. the liberation of sulphur. And this is what

Sutton? We will waive the charge of foolish- might be expected from theftict that the acetate
ness for the present. If the former does not of silver is a monobasic salt like the chloride of

exist the latter may be difficult to sustain. • silver, and therefore from analogy it might be

First, he claims that "when the print is put anticipated that the reaction in the hyposulphite

into the gold bath there is generally a little free would be similar. The following equation rep-
nitrate left in it." I believe the usual practice resents what takes place AgC 2 H 3 2 -|- Na 2 S 2 H 2 4
:

is to wash the prints in several changes of water, = NaC 2 H 3 2 -4- NaAgS2 H/) 4 Acetate of silver .

and finally in a dilute solution, of common salt, added to hyposulphite of sodium is converted by
to insure the removal of the last trace of the free double decomposition into acetate of sodium, and
nitrate. From the salt water they are removed the double hyposulphite of sodium and silver,

before toning to another vessel containing an both of which are soluble. If the "liberation

abundance of water. It is not evident that after of sulphur " did take place it would be indicated

this treatment there is any free nitrate left. If by the milky appearance of the liquid, and the
there is, the test, which is present in sufficient odor of sulphurous acid.
quantity (namely, the chloride of sodium re- I have thus endeavored to give a full answer
moved with the prints from the salting solution), to Mr. Sutton's objection to the use of the ace-
should show its presence. Now it is certainly tate of sodium in the toning bath, not only on
advisable to remove from the prints all the free account of the high authority which pertains to
nitrate before toning. Nitrate of silver is not that gentleman's writings, but also because a
wanted in the toning bath. If salting the prints principle is involved which carries, with the ace-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 383

tate, nearly all the other salts commonly used uncertain, in prescribing the same formulae,
for neutralizing the acid of the gold salt, and remedies, &c, for all those in certain different
that, too, by many of the best photographers in experiences, as well as conditions and circum-
this or any other country. According to my stances. There is a greater or less degree of in-
practice, as before stated, all the trouble required dividuality stamped upon our work, as is notice-
in the use of the acetate bath is the preparation able in our penmanship. We may diligently

of the stock solution. This remains slightly practice the principles ofthe samesystem, employ-
acid, consequently there is no precipitation of ing the use of the same paper, ink, and pen, and
gold. It is added in such quantities and at such after all the writing may be essentially all the
times ns required, whereas, in the use of the car- same style ; yet we could easily recognize these
bonate so strongly recommended by Mr. Sutton, original differences of taste which exist in our
whenever the gold added carbonate of soda
is minds. Undoubtedly it may be said with truth
should also be added. I have never been able that each operator here, connected with printing
to tone as many prints with a given quantity of and toning, has some established peculiarity of
gold with the carbonate as with the acetate. The belief, strongly flavored with prejudice, in rela-
reason of which may be, that when the carbonate tion to their theory and practice, and our warmly
is used all the gold is precipitated, but when the advocated methods which individualize one from
acetate is used, a portion of that not utilized, the other still, however much we may differ or
;

although incapable of commencing the toning cling to our hard-earned experiences, most hap-
action, may yet aid the fresh chloride to do more pily we all at present seem to be more than ever
work than it otherwise would. before impressed with the fact that "in union
I will now close my remarks upon the subjects there is strength."
under discussion, leaving the consideration of the My method of printing and toning is materi-
remaining subjects pertaining to the photographic ally the same as given in the April number of
print to others. the Philadelphia Photographer and the Bulletin
Mr. Sherman was frequently applauded, for May, as far as formulae are concerned. In
and interrupted by queries. my opinion the silver bath should incline to be
weak, or at most of moderate strength (rather
A notice was then read that a meeting than strong), allowing more time for the albu-
would be held in the Hall 'to consider Mr. men to become impregnated with the requisite
J. Shaw's proposition, at 7 o'clock in the amount of silver. The benefits which we may
evening. derive from this are a more thorough and a finer
Mr. Wilson: Mr. President, I have also and deeper deposit of silver. The prints surely
papers here on the subject of printing, become not only possessed of a greater degree of
vigor, brilliancy, and evenness of color and shade,
toning, and finishing, from Messrs. H. J.
but, what is desired above all, durability.
Kogers and C. W. Hearn, gentlemen who
expected to be present to read them but as
And then again it seems to me a piece of folly
;

and inconsistency to print four or five shades

they are not, I move to have them printed
deeper than is required in the final and result,
in proper place in our proceedings.
use equally radical means in the reverse direc-
Agreed to.
tion to bring the print up to the proper shade.

PRINTING, TONING, ETC. Is this not rough treatment, this printing below
the likeness, and then on the other hand employ-
BY H. J. ROGERS.
ing strong bleaching reagents to effect the desired
The subject of printing, toning, finishing, &o., result? This recalls forcibly to my memory the
having been assigned to me to open for discus- absurdities which sometimes '
' stick out " in boy-
sion in this Convention, I will, therefore, with hood, and one in particular, and that was a slid-
deference and fraternal respect, submit a few ing down-hill occasion which we can all remem-
simple and practical suggestions for your inves- ber, when, not being over and above satisfied
tigation, although there is no doubt in my mind with the natural slide to the bottom of the hill,
that there are many before me who could prop- we would turn over on our sleds face down, and
erly rendermore complete justice to this subject with the toe of our boots force the slide a few feet
than can your humble servant. further. Many slide their prints into the shades
Manipulators in our art are so widely peculiar of oblivion, beyond any possible identity of the
and diverse in their respective methods of pro- subject. Would it not be more conducive to suc-
ducing the same general results, that it may per- cess in obtaining perfect naturalness in pictures
haps be considered somewhat difficult, or even to adopt more moderate and delicate tactics in
384 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
printing? Print in a diffused light under white obey the invitation of our worthy President, and
or blue muslin put up in shape of an awning. of our popular Secretary, Mr. Edward L. Wilson.
Do not print much below the shade required, and Thinking that we all ought to share the labor
then after the washing firmly set the color
first of advancing the interest in these annual meet-
thus far obtained, toning and fixing in weaker ings, I have persuaded myself to contribute this
solutions, adding all the time necessary for the paper as my share, after thinking that although
manipulation. I think it is a matter of absolute it may not do you much good, yet I trust that it

impossibility to produce a soft, fine, and exquis- will not do you much harm. I will now pro-
itely beautiful print by means of a coarse, harsh, ceed, hoping that you will overlook my short-
crude agency, either in formula or handling. comings at description, &c.
Remedy this, and you need not apprehend the
least trouble from the paper blistering and a
Printing. — This tasty and neat department of
our art is really as beautiful in its results, to
thousand and one other defects.
myself at least, as the lighting of the model is
And as regards the final washing of prints,
to the operator, or the clean, chemical effects to
which seems the most effectual, a lively washing
the manipulator, for there is always some neat
and changing in fresh water for an hour or two,
little idea constantly occurring to the mind of
or this letting them lay and soak and decompose
the watchful printer, which for the time being
during the night? you have no more regard
If
makes him forgetful of his material existence in
for a hundred gems of sun-painting than you
the workings up of the results of his watchful-
have for so many ham-rinds, and consider them
ness.
equally repulsive to water, then of course I
Our printing-bath may be so made that the
would not argue against long soaking.
shadows of the negatives, when reproduced upon
And finally we come to that object of much paper, floated upon such a bath, will bronze up
discussion and diversity of opinion the hypo — very much before the face is printed, and when
bath. become settled in my convictions
I have
it is printed the whole print will appear flat in-
that this bath works better and more vigorously
stead of being quite bold, as we might suppose
as regards effect each successive time the same
would be the case on account of this bronzing ;

bath is used, by adding a small quantity of fresh

for it is generally an acknowledged fact that
hypo a few moments before use each day, at the when there is considerable bronzing to the prints,
same time making the solution so weak that it it is owing to the silver being too strong for the
will require 20 to 35 minutes to fix the prints temperature, paper, &c.
thoroughly. To be sure, in the generality of cases that is
With the formulas for printing and toning, so, but when in connection with flatness to the
&c. which have been published, and these few
,
prints this bronzing is plainly evident, then the
simple questions, I, of course, can only give my other ingredients used in connection with the
individual experience, and most respectfully sub- nitrate of silver in the composition of the bath,
mit them for what they are worth. I am confi- has considerable to do with it. Por instance,
dent we shall one and all reap an abundant har- this bronzing up, in the printing, of the prop-
vest of good-willand information by an inter- erly exposed shadows of the negatives, is very
change of ideas and experiences. observable in the addition of nitrate of ammo-
Indeed, most happy am I, my friends, to meet nium to the positive silver bath, too much of
you here and when we here separate
fraternally, which will give the case as just described.
to return to our homes, may we feel that we have The best proportion in the composition of a
all joined one more endurable link in fraternal bath containing this ammonium is an equal
friendship, and that the artistic stimulus re- quantity of it to that of nitrate of silver, and
ceived at the Buffalo Convention may encourage the strength of each for average cases of tem-
us onward in the march of progress with the perature, negatives, &o., should not be less than
motto "Excelsior'' for our beacon-light in the thirty grains, or more than forty grains strong
sun-pencilling art. I thank you, ladies and to the ounce of solution.
gentlemen, for your kind attention. It is only when the slight shadows of the face,
such as those under the eyebrows, eyes, neck,
PRINTING, TONING, WASHING, AND &c , bronzes too much during the printing of the
FINISHING PHOTOGRAPHS. negatives, that the nitrate of ammonium is to
by charles w. hearn. be blamed : taking into consideration that those
Mr. Prksident, Ladies and Gentlemen of places in the negatives are as they should be,
the N. P. A. In preparing this paper on the
: i. e., sufficiently timed, and properly lighted, so
above subject, for reading at this Convention, I that they ought to print better.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 385

To doctor such a bath, add of a plain sil- dering it an easier thing to obtain finer tones,

ver solution of such a strength that, besides although still considerable skill is required.
bringing up the strength of the silver in the Mr. H. T. Anthony, of New York, has the
bath, it will reduce the strength of the nitrate honor of this discovery.
of ammonium, on account of the ounces of solu- The clearing up of the positive printing bath
tion added, which contains no nitrate of ammo- is usually done by some one of the following
nium, and consequently the number of grains of methods
the ammonium is less than before. I will here 1st. Permanganate of potash. This is for a
describe the making and working of only two time very effective, and is also at the present
different baths, having used them both at different time very much in vogue.
times, for several successive months. The first A solution of permanganate of potash is made
one of these, and which I will designate as No- by dissolving about ten grains of the permanga-
1, is very good indeed, for requiring very little nate in an ounce of distilled water. When you
trouble in its management. are ready to clear your bath, add a couple of
I have used this bath for six or eight months drops of this solution, at a time, to it, until it
without having it once hardly more than •per- has cleared about six drops being all that
; is
ceptibly discolored, even after a hard day' s work. generally required.
It is made as follows :
The chemical action permanganate of of this

Nitrate of Silver, 40 grains. potash, which takes place as soon as it is added

Distilled Water, 1 ounce. to the bath, is explained so nicely in Mr. An-

derson's excellent work, The Skylight and the
To every eighty ounces of solution add of a
Dark-Room, that I would advise those, who do
Sat. Solution of Sal Soda, . \ ounce. not already understand it, to its perusal. It is
found on page 143.
Upon adding the sal soda, the bath will turn
creamy in color, let it settle for awhile and then 2d. "The Gum Camphor Solution." This is

filter the decanted solution. There will be a

made by dissolving one ounce of gum camphor
deposit in the bottle which will take the organic
in six ounces of 95 per cent, alcohol. Add a
little of this solution at a time to your bath,
matter from the bath, and render the solution
until it has cleared, shaking well between each
always clear. This deposit, which is the carbo-
addition, and then filter.
nate of silver, should always remain in the bot-
tle,and the solution poured into it after use, This solution is considerably used, and it is a
then shake up, and it is ready for use again in a very good one for its purpose. Kaolin is also

very short time. By the use of this bath the sometimes used.
solution will always be clear, and the only thing When your bath is not in use, always keep it

required in its management, is to add solution in strong sunlight, and it will greatly improve it.

from a stock to keep it up to some number of A very fair way to silver the paper can be
ounces, eighty, for instance, and in every few days learned by those who do not already know it, by
to add a few drops of the sal soda solution. It the perusal of an article on that subject in the

is an excellent bath. February number of the Photographic World,

No. 2.
for 1872. A glass rod is much used at the
present time for drawing the paper over after
Nitrate of Silver, . . 35 grains.
"
silvering, and a book of bibulous paper is made
Ammonium, .35 "
for blotting the surplus solution of the silver off
Distilled Water, . . 1 ounce.
from the paper. I use them both in my daily
Filter this solution through filtering-cotton, practice, and think that the paper is decidedly
after having placed a piece of alum about the improved by their use.
size of a small filbert in the funnel, and then the For a long time I was prejudiced against the
solution will take up some of the alum, which it use of blotting-paper, and would not even try it,
surely needs. but finally did so, and after a faithful trial I was
This alum, by the way, is one of the best convinced that the paper for printing is thereby
things that can possibly be used in the bath out- improved, besides having a number of other
side of the silver, as all photographers who have advantages, which for want of time I will refrain
used it, can vouch for. Both and nitrate
it from mentioning. Any brand of paper in the
of ammonium, besides coagulating the albumen market will work well (for it has done so
on the surface of the paper, also improve the tone by others), if you will try it a little while, and
of the unfinished print, giving remarkable rich- not abandon it, if the first attempt does not
ness and beauty to the whole print, thus ren- prove successful. For bath No. 1, I have used;
25
386 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the " Berlin," and for bath No. 2, the Hovey's, unfinished print, for with proper management of
both of which are excellent brands. I use alto- the toning-bath, both mean and flat prints are
gether the pink paper, because it gives a flesh thereby in comparison rendered bold, when they
color to the whites of the portrait. might have been worse, if considerable care had
For printing medallions, see Mosaics for 1873, not been exercised in the toning of such prints.
page 52. For arch-tops, the printing is done as Almost any toning-bath can be worked so as to
in medallion printing, except a different style of obtain fine tones, but there are, of course, some
mat is required in the making up of them. baths which are better than others. When in
As to printing vignettes, always endeavor to the first you are hesitating as to what bath
place
have your halos soft, which is accomplished by to use, think of some bath which has been
raising your vignetting arrangement at a greater recommended to you as good, and ask yourself
or less distance from the negative, and covering the following questions; note the replies, and

it with tissue-paper. thus decide on the merits of the same. Try

Place your block, card-board, Waymouth's bath after bath, and then accept the one on the
vignette papers, or whatever it may be, on to principle of " the best one wins."

the negative board rightly, and it will print as Is it simple in construction?

it you place it out face to the
should, providing Is it apt to be changeable ?
strongest sunlight. Always have good proportion
What are the best kinds of tones obtainable
to your vignettes, and study to improve your
by the use of this bath?
prints. .

Are the tones more beautiful than those of any

The trimming of the prints is by far one of
other bath ?
the most difficult parts of printing, and it should
Are there any strong alkalies used in the com-
always be done by the most tasty printer in the
position of this bath, in such abundance as to
gallery,and not by a boy who has hardly ever
affect the albumen on the paper?
seen a print, with the exception perhaps of the
last two or three weeks. How does this bath tone a weak and flat print ?

Never have the nose or chin higher than the What are the advantages and disadvantages

middle of the print, if the head is of an ordinary of this bath ?

size, and the print is printed down plain. By following the above many baths can be
Allow a trifle more space on that side of the passed over, and you will probably settle down
print towards which the head is turned. on the best one, at least according to your ideas
If the print is to be a carte de visite, and the of what is required in a toning-bath. For two
head is very large, it ought to be cut higher in years I used regularly the bath known by the

the print than otherwise, so as to obtain plenty name of the "Citric Acid Toning-Bath, " which
of the body to balance the head. is an excellent bath by the way, but it did not
In cutting out a print where the person is give me the exact tones I wanted. For the last
leaning on a table, chair, &c, always cut in three months I have been using a bath which I

enough of the thing leaned on, so as to give an think is excellent, because of the beautiful

air or look of solidity to the base of the print. soft and velvety tones obtained by its use. It
Always lay your glass, when you are about to answers all of the above questions splendidly.
trim the prints, in the same direction as the It is very simple in construction, and is in ex-

body is, providing that itis not leaning on a cellent working order in five minutes after it is

table, for then of course you must represent the made.

idea of leaning, but in the former case, when The most beautiful tones can be obtained with
there is no such idea to be conveyed, then trim, it, the high-lights and half-tints of the face
as before said, so that the body will not appear being of a very clear tone, whilst the shadows,
to be leaning too far forward or backwards, and draperies, &c, will be of a rich, warm color.
thus give the beholder an idea of falling. As before said, there is always a velvety look to
Exercise all of your taste and skill in trim- the print, on account of the very fine delicacy of
ming photographs, for it is no easy thing, and I the tone, which is always so much admired, but
frequently find that I have need of all the brains so very difficult to obtain, as we all have more
that I have, to trim them as they should be, said or less observed in our past experience at toning.
brains at times being severely taxed, I assure First, in the making of this bath, so that the
you. quantity of chloride of gold used can be ascer-
Toning. — This, probably, is the most difficult tained, it will be best to make up a gold solu-
part of photographic printing, and upon it in tion, say fifteen grains of chloride of gold to
a very great measure depends the beauty of the fifteen ounces of pure water, thus making a
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 387

solution of one grain of chloride of gold to the be deceived, and take them to be undertoned,
ounce of water. Now take of the when by examining them while lying flat in the
dish, they will appear to be toned plenty.
Chloride of Gold Solution, 2 ounces.
Pure Rain Water, . 24 " The prints are toned when the high-lights and
half-tints of the face appear clear, and a little
Make the above slightly alkaline with
blue whe?i they are lying down in the dish, and
Saturated Solution Sal Soda, about 6 or 8 drops. examined in a weak light.

Chloride of Sodium (common salt), Take them out immediately, even if upon look-
in weight, . . . . . £ to 1 ounce. ing at them in a stronger light the shadows and
In making this bath I first put in my gold draperies should appear as red as fire, for the

solution,and then place in the dish where you prints are toned. For them when they
proof, see

have placed your gold, a piece of blue litmus- are fixed. Tone for the lights and half-tints, and
paper, which will immediately turn red. Add let the shadows take care of themselves. The salt

the drops of sal soda, and after it has turned in the above bath is the improvement of this bath

blue again put in the requisite amount of water, over the common sal soda bath, and it is by the
and last of all your salt. Mix all thoroughly, addition of this salt that such beautiful tones
and let it stand, as before said, about five min- can be obtained. This bath tones a weak print
utes. Make up nightly, and throw down the better than any bath that I have ever used, and
gold in the old solution with protosulphate of in case you should happen to overtone any print
iron. In toning with this bath, or in fact with the tone will be a pretty blue.
any bath, and it should become exhausted, then The above bath was recommended to Mr.
add the ingredients used in the first place, in Frank Jewell, Scranton, Pa., by Mr. Hugh
exactly the same proportion as was needed in the O'Neil, of New York, and it was at the gallery
making of it at first. One of the greatest mistakes of the former gentleman that I first heard and
made in toning is by toning the prints until the saw the working of it.
draperies, &c, are about the right shade, thus
As to fixing the prints, do not use the soda
disregarding the face, which is the principal
solution too strong ; one liquid ounce of the satu-
attraction of the portrait and in toning it ;

rated solution of hypo to every six ounces of

should always be the object of attention to the
water being plenty strong. To prevent blister-
toner.
ing, place them after fixing in salt water, or
With the toning just described I will here
during the fixing of the prints weaken the
give the mode of working, which if followed out
strength of the hypo three or four times, and
will not fail at once to give you most beautiful
then the density of the liquid will gradually
tones. Supposing the prints to be sufficiently
reach that of common water.
washed and acidized, we will now commence to
tone them. Washing. —A washing apparatus got up on
This should be done in a quite weak and even the siphon plan, and emptying itself every
light, and at a little distance from the window. twenty minutes is a very good thing. The sides
An idea of the quantity of light required, may of a large tank should slant outward as they
be had by bearing in mind that all, you wish, is proceed towards the bottom, and then by having
to see distinctly and clearly without any guessing. a pipe to run around the tank, suspended about
Take a couple of dozen prints, and let them half-way down, but close to the sides of it, you
lay in your bath solution, face up, but under the can thus supply yourself with fresh water. This
surface, and keep them in motion while in it ;
pipe should be perforated with small holes, send-
the action is as follows : At first the prints will ing minute streams of water in the same direc-
not perceptibly change, but very gradually the tion, but striking different parts of the surface.
high-lights and half-tints of the face will lose On the bottom of this tank evenly distribute
their red tint, and will commence to border on about two inches of small pebbles. The water
the rich purple, and then they will quite quickly is drawn out of the tank by the siphon, the

arrive at that stage, when they are to be removed entrance of which is on the side but close to the
to a bath of running water. bottom of the tank, and at which place there are,
This stage, at which the toning is to be discon- of course, no pebbles. By a neat arrangement
tinued, is perhaps at first a little difficult to de- at this place the water can be drained clean
termine, but after a very few batches are toned from the tank, without sucking the prints
and fixed, you will readily see when the stage through the orifice. The pebbles should be
has arrived. Never take the prints up in your washed every time before use. By the use of
hands to examine them, for you will then surely the above arrangement the prints are very thor-
388 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
oughly and quickly washed, and on the whole it fumes of the ammonia mix with the atmos-
isa very good way. phere, on the principle of the diffusion of

Finishing the Photographs. Mount the — the atmosphere, and strongly charged it is

prints upon the cards, either by means of a with ammonia atmosphere being
; the
strained solution of thin glue or prepared starch, strongly charged in the morning with am-
and immediately rub them down with common monia, after it has been used the day before.
writing-paper. The dirt-spots on the prints are Printing Negatives. It don't follow from —
touched out by means of some water colors, mixed this that similar results can be obtained on
to the proper tone of the prints. A little gum- the other side I say that they can be.
; I do
arabic should be mixed with this color, so as to not dispute those who have asserted that a
give the touched-out spots a surface like the rest strong negative requires a weak bath, and
part of the prints. The rubbing can be done
vice ve?-sa, but that can be obtained in this
very nicely by means of Weston's rotary bur-
way : there is a certain relation which you
nisher, but can be done very well with almost any
get ; it throws out, I presume the same sen-
In using this burnisher avoid so much
;

press.
sitiveness produced, and a similar result
is
gloss as to give the prints the appearance of a
French toy-box.
may be obtained when the print comes from
the printing-rooms.

Mr. Sherman was again called and ques- Mr. Wilson: I have a paper from Father
tioned. Snelling which I would like to read, but as
our time is growing short, I will print it
He said : The paper is laid upon the solu-
with the proceedings.
tion at one end. Suppose this to be the
dish. It is supposed to be horizontal, laid BEAUTY AND PHOTOGRAPHY.
upon the silver in this way. Roll the paper. BY H. H. SNELLING.
The scroll is held in this way, and is un- "What is beauty ? and what is the beauti-
rolled in that way (indicating).
ful?
A Member: 1 would ask if it is very Ask these questions of one hundred dif-
easy to regulate the unrolling against the ferent bipeds and you will, undoubtedly, ob-
end of the pan. tain one hundred different answers. There
Me. Sherman: The end of the pan, is a man
just coming out of a drinking-
which is smooth, enables it to be drawn right saloon ask him, and he will tell you it is
;

out in that manner (indicating) the whole ; "the nicest thing in life," and if you ask
sheet is to be drawn out over the solution; him what that is, he will answer a Tom
there is no formation of bubbles; it is down and Jerry, or brandy smash. There is
there in an instant. another making his exit from a livery
This manipulation being skilfully per- stable; ask him, and he will say, "A finely
formed, the possibility of bubbles is pre- developed horse or dog." Ask the satisfied
cluded. husband, and he replies, " That which I love
The old idea that it is very important to best ; my little wife," and yet that wife may
get the paper off from the solution as quick be as "homely as sin" in the eyes of others.
as possible I do not think important. I That pretty little Miss, tripping so lightly
believe soluble chloride should be converted along, finds it in her pet canary, and that
into the chloride of silver. have I left the old maid in her poodle. Pat's " shillalah"
paper on fifteen or twenty minutes in cold is a " beautiful stick," and Hans's pipe is a
weather. I do not think it is favorable to beautiful meerschaum. And so it goes all
let it soak through the paper. The paper is around the world.
then slowly lifted from the bath ;
it is lifted Even among men of taste disagreement
up slowly in this manner (indicating), and is the rule and not the exception. Some
when up it is easily thrown together thus consider beauty the expression of the agree-
(indicating) this end is taken hold of in this
; able ;
others think it consists in symmetry of
manner (indicating), and it is thus hung up. form, be it of animal, vegetable, or mineral
I do not find it necessary to have any development, according as their tastes run
draft through the box, because the gases and in either of these directions. Others again
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 389

declare it to be the grouping together the in the purlieus of her own parlors for her

harmonies of nature or art; while another radiant attractions and brilliant mind has
class insist that it is the exhibition of strong startled you by her commonplace appear-
contrasts in unity, so as to render the object ance? What has caused these anomalies?

pleasing to the eye and mind. In fact ideas Is it because nature has suddenly changed
of beauty and the beautiful are as various her mind and miraculously re-created these

as the nationalities.
forms and features ? Not at all. Both were
How then shall we treat a subject so really lovely and beautiful women of their
diverse in upon the human mind
its effect styles, but dress had wrought the wonder-

in a manner "It can't be

to please all? ful metamorphosis. With beauty nature
done, Mr. Speaker," and as it cannot I shall had given to the one refined taste for the
not try, but just give my own thoughts and becoming in dress, while the other pos-
feelings. sessed not this essential.

I, firstly, believe in Hogarth's " line of In art man has arrived at the beautiful,
beauty," and when 1 see a form, whether it not by ideal conceptions, but by the study
be man, woman, horse, ox, dog, or any of nature, and the errors of sculpture or
other animal, a vehicle, vase, or other manu- painting are the results of vitiated tastes
facture, a statue or painting, possessing an and corrupt minds, and not from defects of
agreeable blending of this line of beauty, nature. As in the case of the adorning of
with equally agreeable contrasting and con- the person, a refined appreciation of our
forming lines, all in perfect harmony, that own needs is required to enable us to pre-
object strikes me as beautiful. I, therefore, serve the beautiful, so the execution of a
consider beauty to consist of an agreeable beautiful statue or painting demands a right
combination of the harmonies and contrasts appreciation of the harmony of outlines and
of nature, and when these lines are accom- colors as they exist in nature, as well as of
panied by judicious and harmonious color- graceful position and symmetry. The fact
ing, a picture of that object is also beauti- that the exquisite perfection of the details
ful. Taking this as the standard idea of of the human form as they occur in the
the beautiful, I say, in opposition to some sculptures of the Greek and other masters
theorists, beauty is in almost every produc- of art, are not found universally among
tion of nature — in every object, in fact, not men is not incompatible with the views ex-
unnaturally deformed. have been,
pressed, because such perfections
Perfect beauty is not, as some maintain, and may be again, discovered.
an ideal conception. It is, on the contrary, To give rules and laws for the realiza-
abundantly to be found in nature, if we tion of the beautiful in art is a work of
look for it; not only in color, but in form ;
supererogation, as, even in the portrayal of
not only where symmetry and harmony the human form different individuals re-
prevail, but where strong contrasts exist. quire different treatment, and the same sub-
Even in objects, or groups of objects in ject may be treated by half a dozen genuine
which parts, where they alone would be artists in as many ways and yet the beauti-
homely, perhaps appear deformed, beauty ful be perfectly preserved. Whatever may
dwells. In the human form each individual be the exercises of the mind by which the
part may not be perfection, yet, taken as a artist arrives at the conception of the beau-
whole, the idea beauty may be conveyed to tiful we know that it must be, in large
the senses, and exquisite pleasure imparted measure, through the study of nature, not
to the mind. Per contra, perfect beauty only in the aggregate, but in its minutise.
may be so adorned (?) as to look hideous. There are those who deny the possibility
Were you never in an assembly of beautiful of attaining the truly beautiful in the works
women and looked upon one with inexpres- of photography, because, forsooth (as one
sible admiration, and exclaimed sotto voce, reason), it copies nature so exactly, and yet
How beautiful ! whom, in ordinary attire, some of these very critics and artists have
you had before considered simply comely been heard to say, while looking upon the
while another you have almost worshipped photographic representation of a noble old
390 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
tree, How beautiful ! What an aid to the sufficiently near the camera to produce the
artist is such an exquisite copy of nature effect spoken of. The well-known fact that
Now, if photography can render a repre- distortion is the result when objects ap-
sentation of an old tree, in its beauty as proach too near the camera, or within a
well as its stateliness, so perfect as to make certain line of demarcation in reference to
the photograph itself worthy the study of the focal distance, if observed will remedy
the artist, surely photography, in the hands such evils. The proper elevation, accord-
of competent men, is capable of developing ing to circumstances, of the camera is as
the beautiful ; or, in other words, the pho- essential to success in taking a photograph
tographic picture may have in itself the in- — whether it be for portrait or view as its —
herent qualities of the beautiful, and hence position or point of sight. The beautiful
convey to the mind of refined taste that sen- in nature can be represented by photography
sation of exquisite pleasure alone compati- as well as by the eye of the artist, but pho-
ble with the idea of the beautiful. "When tography is not a thinking animal, and
photography is at fault in this matter we therefore must have men to manage it who
must look to the mind of man for a solution have ability to think for it and make proper
of the cause, and not to nature or the errors use of their thoughts.
of photography.
For example, take some of the copies from Mr.Lockwood Mr. President and :

the "old master" painters and compare ladiesand gentlemen of the Association,
them with the originals, it will be almost when I left Ripon a week ago I had fully
incomprehensible how the copyists could
determined to make some optical experi-
produce such daubs with the originals be-
ments before this Association, showing up
fore them but when we reflect that these
the new theory as to the focal length of
;

copyists are, in general, of the lowest grade

colors. As I found out it was going to in-
cur considerable expense to bring the ap-
of artists,who work, not for reputation, but
simply for the dollars, basing their hope of paratus, I concluded to change my position,
so I will give the discovery as it occurred
profits solely on the fame of the originals
and the ignorance of their customers, our to me ; and perhaps it will be more inter-

surprise vanishes. when we look upon

So, esting than if I gave the scientific theory,

a photographic portrait or landscape, we because most of you would not understand

must expect it to reflect the mind and taste the technical terms.

of the photographer, and whatever is repre- There was another point I regret very
hensible or commendatory in it lies in a much. I shipped from Ripon a set which I
great measure with him, and not with na- called actinic screens, one entered for the

ture, or photography. gold medal, but I wish to bring the matter

Take, for instance, the case spoken of by before the Association. These things are
Dr. Vogel, in his Handbook, where the not patented, and I do not charge for the
effects of an otherwise beautiful view was idea; I wish to bring the things up before

destroyed in the photograph by a pig-stye the Association. I very seldom speak be-

and heap of straw in the foreground, repro- fore an assembly. Through some hitch of
duced out of all proportion with the rest of the express office I did not get my screens

the picture, and which unseemly effect he
lays to the charge of unavoidable defects in
photography, but which in reality are, in
my estimation, owing to the stupidity of the
until last evening; therefore, if you have
any gold medals to award if I shall have
saidanything to you, if I have made any dis-
covery, you can award to me the golden

photographer. No man fully conversant medals of opinion. I will leave you to be

with the capacity of his camera and with the judges.

the requisite taste and discrimination would Mr. Lockwood now read his paper as fol-

so place his instrument or choose his ground

lows:
so badly as to include such deformities in [Mr. Lockwood :
s paper is unavoidably
his picture. No object should be brought omitted, because of its loss in the mail or
into the field of view of the camera which is otherwise. It has not reached us.]
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBE. 391

Mr. Lockwood continued I want to : thereby reducing all the rays to a mean
ask you if you wonder so many photo- focal length. That is true as far as the
graphs are spoiled. It is on account of wave theory is concerned. Now, gentle-
our not understanding the photometry of men, I think you will see that point.
colors. We
must understand how the vio- I disagree with Mr. Pearsall, who spoke
let ray is reflected from the face, and the last night. He said that a great many pic-
yellow light of the yellow ray. This is tures were made that were total failures,
seen in many individuals. You will all because they were not representing the in-
understand that each one of these rays has dividual photographed. Gentlemen, since
a different focal length. I have made a I have been experimenting upon this little
computation that the white light attacks the discovery, I have made up my mind, to use
face ninety-one millions of times. It is so an old couplet
rapid in its course it has all the advantage " The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our
over the other rays. That is the point; so stars, but is in ourselves that we are under-
you can see that would be the more
it lings."
powerful ray. You take a gentleman who In other words, we do not know how to
works out of doors ; he has a face that re- handle the science before us. have not We
flects light in a peculiar way, and the light yet got to the bottom of it, and I hope in
would strike his face in different ways, and, this Convention each one will do something
according to experience, the lower part of in a scientific way, because, I assure you,
his face would require forty-five seconds to everything is based strictly upon science,
make a good picture, and that is the time and I believe the time is coming when sci-
you would give it. You want to treat ence shall reduce photography to as fine
these pictures so that there will be harmony ; and as certain an art as any other science
you want to neutralize the mean distance now known in Christendom.
of this focus. In the remarks that Mr. Sellstedt, who
Now you back to where I
I will carry preceded me, made in reference to the pho-
made theexperiment with white
first tographing of colors, I have an idea to pre-
ground-glass and a piece of yellow glass. sent to you. I disagree with him also. I
I told you I found a piece of yellow glass have been making some experiments in that
reflected a well-defined shadow by placing line, and although they have not been fully
the yellow glass over the white glass. I successful, they have been partially so, so
told you that the shadows were nearly all much that I feel satisfied in saying that that
of the same density. After I had thought difficultycan also be remedied, so far as the
over the matter I thought it was possible reflection of solar light and color is con-
to have a collodion that would attack the cerned, to a greater extent than any of you
colors and leave the high- lights out, at have thought of. The theory is a similar
least in which the high-lights would not be one. Of course I had to use screens, and
operated on so much. 1 gave up the theory this idea has been known all over Christen-
that they could not do it, and I went dom, but, gentlemen, I did not make them
back to my first principles and my remedy ; as I wanted to, because I could not get the
is— and I presume some of you may smile proper materials. You know when you
because you ought to take it home and come to photograph out in the field the
think over it, it is worthy of your atten- hardest thing to photograph is the green.
—
tion my remedy is a homoeopathic one. You know how dense the foliage is in some
If you have a man with a yellow face or seasons of the year, with an extreme high-
with a white face, instead of flooding his light and a solar atmosphere, to solarize
face with white light, I provide myself with those beautiful parts of the picture before
yellow reflectors, and reflect yellow light they are capable of being reflected. If you
over his face. That harmonizes the colors, will go home and bring several glasses of
and my theory is to exhibit the darkest great density, and put your glasses in front
color in a man's face, and reflect that light of your lens andmake your photographs
which shall be in proportion to that color, through them, you will get some of the
392 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
focal lengths. I have made some experi- the first place, to give a scientific exhibition
ments on water. I am satisfied that in this to you, thinking this fundamental lecture
we have the only solution of this difficulty, or talk would do better as a beginning. I
and I am willing to be criticized, because I feel very much interested in this subject,
have not worked it for two or three months. and I shall be pleased some time to write an
I have brought some of the photographs that article for the Philadelphia Photographer, if
have been made upon this new principle en- Mr. Wilson sees fit to publish it. (Ap-
tirely. plause.)
Now, gentlemen, before I show you them Mr. Wilson : I will, gladly, of course.
I want to say to you plainly that I did Mr. Lockwood: I shall be pleased to
not bring those photographs to show what make diagrams and give you a little more
wonderful things I could do in writing, and abstruse or scientific exposition of this new
therefore I tried not to make a great show, theory. In the meantime, before you criti-
in fact, I rather undid myself. I made them cize, I want you to think the matter over
as cheaply as I possibly could, because I well, because I have been thinking it over
wished to show you the new theory of pic- well for the last two or three years, and I
tureswhich I have on exhibition. They would not like you to criticize these failures.
are all labelled, My new theory. Some of You understand the position, all of you, but
you may think that I reflect colored lights we all do not understand the science of
on the face. That is not so. I will tell chemistry, because it is not in our line. I
you why. The red and the yellow in your do not want to give the opinion, because it
face being received and overcome, the solar would tend to clear somebody. I would
light is stronger than any of the reflected be grateful if some who understand the
rays, rays that would go through upon your theory perfectly would try this new theory.
face unless I used an intense magic lantern, I say something which is far superior,
it is
or something of that kind. If you light as far as the beauty of the printing work is
your sitter with screens, the yellow light concerned, to anything that has ever been
that you reflect upon your screen, not being made. If there is anything in this that can
of the same density as the face, acts as a be of any use to you, you are welcome to it.
modifier. You can increase it at will. There is no patent right upon it. If you
These experiments will repay you with a will visit the Eink you can see those actinic
great deal of satisfaction. screens I will be there, and will be glad to
;

If you retouch the negative it will reduce show them to you.

the expense of retouching seventy-five per
cent. this is not an idle theory.
; I have
been a practical photographer for twenty
years. I know what it is to come up out
of the valley and shadow of death, as far as
theory is concerned. I have died a good
many times.
Mrs. Lockwood, who does the greater
part of my retouching, is here,
ask her any questions on this theory of re-
touching you please. The most of my neg-
atives that I have made were retouched
in from eight to fifteen minutes, by this
new process and theory, and retouched quite
enough, if I am any judge. After this ses-
sion will have concluded my pictures are—
here I brought them as an exponent of the
; ducing the mean photographic focus, while
theory, not as a representative of what I
—
can do and I want you to look at them in
such a light. I had purposed, as I said in
I hope next year you will have some new
ideas to add to it. I have been experiment-
ing on collodion, to see which sensitizer
would be the best adapted to the purpose,
and to the different colors. Perhaps when
I come across those ingredients which you
have so much of in this State, called brains,
I shall find it if I have not got it yet. I
and you can believe every photographer who has experi-
mented knows that, you cannot use the
same sample of collodion for every face,
from the fact that every face reflects a dif-
ferent quantity of light and wants a different
quality of treatment. Those who photo-
graphed these things know how to do it
and I have been more successful since re-
in my photographic course I have nothing
more to say.
Some time during this fall I shall be
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 393

pleased to write an article on this subject; come here is to study one another's ideas of
in the meantime those who wish to have a photography. This is the first time I have
copy of my reflectors and screen, if you will arisen since we have assembled this time to
write me a letter to Ripon, Wis and in- , speak upon this subject. I can do it. I have
close ten cents, to pay the postage and other nothing written, for I do not want to put you
expenses, I will send you a photograph of all asleep. I will speak on my subject from
them. I think you will like them. an hour and a half to two hours, and I will
A few photographic friends who have guarantee that I will make it interesting for
been using them, tell me they would not be you all — that
on the subject of printing,
is,

without them, and I think you will come to toning, and finishing of prints, or anything
the same conclusion after you have tried in the art of photography.
them. I will further say there is another I am not in the secret service I hold no ;

idea of throwing the colored light on the secrets whatever, and all that I know I will
face,which can be done by a lamp or by impart to my brother photographers from
having additional colored glass over the one end of the land to the other. But there
lamp or reflector this accomplishes the
; is one thing here which has taken up my

same result at more expense. attention, and I cannot allow it to pass

The President : Without waiting for a without notice, and that is, our Association
formal vote from the Association, I am sure has been formed for the object of instruc-
you will sustain me, when I take the pleas- tion. I think that all instruction should
ure as well as the responsibility of thanking be free, but within our halls there is a secret
Mr. Lockwood, in the name of the Associa- process,and that is sold to individuals from
tion, for his able paper. (Applause.) one dollar up to one hundred and twenty,
The President : I wish to give notice which I can prove. Now I am opposed to
that H. L. Bliss will take the annual pic- all such things.
ture of the Association to-morrow morning I have many things to say which will be
at nine o'clock in front of the Eink. Mr. of benefit, but would be useless to attempt
it

Bliss does not regard the situation as very to address you at this late hour. I am in a
favorable, but it is the best that practically position which none of you can command.
could be obtained. I am nothing but a simple albumenizer,
I am also requested to say that it has been but I am in the hearts of photographers,
arranged by some persons present to make and if I want anything I can go to them
an excursion to Niagara to-morrow. I would and get it. I don't care whether it is a
Mr. Nason,
refer such as propose going to secret or not, and that secret I will divulge
who has made We have
the arrangement. if it is in my power to obtain it, and I will

got almost too many things on hand, and obtain it if I can, and I will go through
don't know how to do them all. We will thick and thin to get it, so that you can have
do all we can. If you wish to hear any advantage of it at some future time. I will
further discussion of the subject we can con- be on hand, I will guarantee.
tinue the discussion now. The way things have been conducted
I should like to hear from Mr. Pearsall. they have interfered with the plans I had
Mr. Hesler: I should like to give notice laid down, and which I intended to follow.
to photographers going West, either to I never wish to deviate from my way.
Chicago or further on, that I would like to The President: Go on, Mr. Clemons.
meet them here in a body after the close of Mr. Clemons : I came here with the in-
the meeting to make arrangements for re- tention of speaking on a certain subject, but
duced rates. I cannot give the subject justice to-day.
The President: A motion to adjourn The President That is just what I say. :

isnow in order. Mr. Hesler If I can be heard five

:

Mr. Clemons Mr. President, bj the pro-

:
r
minutes
gramme I learn that the subject for discus- The President The question : is whether
sion is the printing, toning, and finishing of we shall continue the discussion or adjourn
prints. The principal object for which we until to-morrow morning.
394 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Me. Hesler : Five minutes is all I ask. that for our present purpose I shall not recog-
I do not ask it myself, but a great many nize two kinds of taste, as common expressions
have asked me about my toning. indicate. Good taste! The adjective is super-
(Calls for the question were heard.) fluous. Bad taste! There is no such thing.
Mr. Hesler: I can give it in five
Taste is — taste, the faculty of discriminating be-
tween bad and good, of recognizing and loving
minutes.
the good and of eschewing the evil.
On motion, the Convention adjourned.
Degrees of taste there may be, but opposing
kinds of taste never.
THIRD DA Y— EVENING SESSION.
In addition to the difficulty of stating, is that
Thursday Evening, July 17th, 1873. of receiving artistic ideas. They are quite as
At James's Hall a large body of mem-
St. much, or more, a matter of ocular perception,
bers of the Association, and others, assem- and of the corresponding interior feeling as of
bled to hear the lecture on " Lighting the precept. We may be convinced that the law is

Sitter," by Mr. W. J. Baker; and another right, because stated by undebated authority,
but even when intellectually apprehended, the
on "How to Manage the Lines," by Mr.
law remains a dead informed by
Edward L. Wilson. A violent thunder- letter till it is

the discovery of its correspondence, with our

storm delayed the proceedings. Mr. J. W.
own perceptions of the beautiful. So it follows
Black officiated at the lantern and projected
that by the time we are able to apprehend the
the illustrations upon the screen, in his
statement and see its force, we have often discov-
usually perfect style. Mr. Baker proceeded ered for ourselves the principles on which it rests.
as follows The must fall dead and barren
clearest statement
on a mind not opened by culture.
LIGHTING THE SITTER.*
It is a matter of slow growth to work ourselves
Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: up to the point of seeing why this and that is so,
There is no one in this assemblage who could and we are often able to work artistically, by a
feel more diffidence in attempting to treat on the
kind of instinct, before we can intellectually
subject announced than do I, and this for several
justify our procedure. In fact it almost seems
reasons. In the first place, it is a task of the
to be the most important function of artistic
utmost difficulty to convey artistic ideas of any laws, to enable us to justify what we have
kind. They are intangible, easily elude the already done, rather than to lead us on to new
grasp, and always evade the attempt to reduce achievements.
them to anything more than a generalization. Further, there is the impossibility of saying
That a picture is good or bad, may be easily the least new making an original
thing, or of
seen in a particular instance, but from the ex- statement or discovery in the field we purpose to
amination of any number of works of art, we traverse to night. The theme is a trite one, and
should fail to deduce specific formulas that would, has been often treated by able minds. All that
with any approximation to certainty, enable us I have to say you can find clearly and explicitly
to construct a single faultless composition. A laid down elsewhere, and I can only hope that
critic may point out this or that defect, and this occasion and the special aspects that present
award his praise with some degree of certainty. themselves to my mind, may reach some who are
He may be persuaded that there exists in his seeking such an opportunity and who otherwise
mind a type of the beautiful, approximating to would remain without it.
the absolute, but to set this forth in words that I have endeavored to show you that taste is
cannot fail is not possible. So art teachings lack superior to law in art, and more to be depended
the element of certainty and precision that those on; that the law shows the method which taste
of science have. Instead of facts we have taste has used, rather than that taste goes to the law
as the basis of judgment. And here let me say, to be told what is open to it.

In photography the point where taste comes

* Mr. Baker has also consented with Mr. most usefully and conspicuously into play is in
Pearsall to supply copies of his illustrations at making the sitting. In none of our operations
about the cost of production, for the benefit of can it its power be-
be dispensed with, but here
those desiring to study them in connection with gins and culminates. The subject is before us ;

his lecture. There is much to be learned from into the space of a few minutes must be com-
them which the necessary haste of a lecture pressed our action, in carrying out what our judg-
could not permit. ment tells us is most suitable, to each of the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 395

great variety of individual cases that come be- would alter the lighting, and you have the two
fore us. effectson the same plate, probably neither of
In the posing and lighting the sitter the pho- them very good, but clearly enough defined to be
tographer shows himself to be or not to be an classed separately as belonging to the two sys-
artist ; and while it is hardly possible to over- tems.
rate the importance of either section of the task, Here* (No. 2) is a double impression, obtained
the study of light and shade is decidedly more as described.

abstruse than that of position, and if I fail to In the succeeding illustrations we shall try to
elucidate my subject as comprehensively and make in each, some one defect of the illumina-
clearly as our friend and Secretary will his, I tion very obvious, and to explain its cause and
trust that you will bear kindly with me while remedy ; we will, of course, deal with those
I endeavor to deal with the principles that should failures and weak points which are most usually
guide us in "lighting the sitter." met with in average photographs. We shall

We will limit ourselves to the consideration of suppose too that the chemicals are all in perfect

bust pictures, both because they are, and have order, and that the exposures are just right to

for some time been, our usual and because give, as nearly as possible, the effect the eye
style ;

all the rest of the person, with the draperies would see on the face of the sitter. For you
and accessories, must in any case be subordinate understand that we are to deal with lighting
to the good lighting of the face.
only, not focussing or developing, or strength of
If that is ac-
complished we must in a manner take the rest as bath, or posing even (except so far as position

it may come, sacrificing, if there is any need, all

affects the visible effect of the light), and all im-
the inferior portions to the head.
proper manipulations must be cast out of our
problem. We are to obtain in every case what
When the large heads called "Berlin cards"
we see.
were first introduced, there was probably no pho-
Perhaps among beginners there is no more
tographer but found he had something to learn.
common error than the employment of too much
The first idea was that we had got rid of a great
light. The natural instinct of the artisti3ally
deal of trouble. Awkward limbs and big ex-
uneducated mind seems to be to surround the
tremities ; ugly dresses of unsuitable shades cer-
sitter with light, to throw it in on all sides, and
tainly were left out, but the face was all the
as much on one side of the face as on the other.
more conspicuous, and demanded all the more
How grave a mistake this is, most likely all of
skill in its treatment to bring out its beauties or
us have discovered, but the probability is just as
to soften its asperities ; and many of us can date
strong that each operator here has, this very
our first really artistic step from the grapple we
summer, on some bright day found his room
made with those difficulties.
too full of light, and produced some such effect
We have said that we should to-night confine
as this. v
ourselves to the consideration of bust pictures.
Here is (No. l)f a poor subject to begin with
Now there are two classes of effects that can be
a leather color tanned face, faded dull eye, and
produced on a face, the old-fashioned or broad
a light coat ; the whole set upon too dark a
lighting, similar to that now most in use by
ground ; the picture looks almost as though made
painters, and the so-called Rembrandt or shadow
in the open air ; one can hardly tell where the
effects. In the one case the most of the face
main body of light comes from ; the shadows are
is in the light, in the other the illumination is
so broken with reflections from all sides, the
as confined as possible. We have in Nos. 13
light filling the eye contracts the pupil, and gives
(Rembrandt) and 20 (broad light) an example
a dull fishy effect ; the coat might be made of
of each kind. You observe that the differ-
cast-iron as far as texture shows. All the natu-
ence is, that the shadows of one have taken
ral unsuitableness of the subject is augmented
the place of the lights of the other, and vice
by the treatment. Too much light, too much
versa. The general features of the plan we
side-screen, and yet some people call this picture
must adopt to produce either effect are as sim-
a " Remembrandt ;" for my part I don't want
ply as possible outlined, when we say that
to remember it much.
in one case the camera points from the
the
Here (No. 2) is another, in which the failure
source of light, in the other is directed towards
it. Place a sitter under the light so that some- * This illustration is omitted in our publica-
what of a side-light effect predominates, let him tion as of no consequence.
keep still, while you with a sliding camera t Also see No. 3, b, No. 5, b, and No. 6, B, as
take first one side and then the other
do not ;
examples of too diffused lighting in different
move the side-screens, or adjust anything that ways.
396 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
is made hardly less conspicuous by the agony of For the third variation let her bend her head to
a better subject. See how he frowns, and the the left (No 4, d), and the side-light at once pre-

eye closes, how black the shadows are, and how dominates the right of the face becomes flat
;

fiat the lights, no half tones, no delicacy. and chalky, the left black and dirtily shaded ;

Here is too much light, but in a different way the light is too broad, the shadow too dense.
from before this is too direct, that too diffuse.*
;
The line that separates these masses is too sharp
You may regard these two pictures as types of and marked.
their kind of failures, producing in exaggeration Here are three more pictures showing sub-
defects very often seen. By keeping them well stantially the same effects, but produced by
in your mind you may be able to trace the type shifting the place of the subject under the light
through many milder modifications down to pic- while she maintained her pose.
tures, that while they don't look just right, yet In this first (No. 5, A) she was brought out
are almost good. Many operators use too much right under the light ;
you see again an excess
light, wellenough knowing it, but pleading that of top-light. Next (b), she is placed far back,
their patrons will have white faces with no shade. and it is all front-light. Lastly, she is carried
This seems to me a mistake. What I find the to the right(c), and side-light predominates in a
uneducated object to, is not fine delicate shading, faulty way.
but to harsh, dirty shades, or to price. In looking From these experiments we infer that there is

at samples, at least, they never say of a really a proper point under the light on which to place
soft and roundly shaded face that it is too dark, the sitter, and a pose suitable for that point.
but that it is too high, and inquire the price of Further we may state, that the point and pose
bon-tons. will vary with different physiognomies.
In Dr. Vogel's Handbook he gives four little This opens a very interesting field of inquiry,
photographs showing the effect of excess of top. but one requiring such extended treatment and
side, and front-light; the last being the well- illustration that we must puss it by, as our in
lighted face by a proper combination of the vestigations are intended to be of general appli-
three. The subject is there treated so exhaust- cation.
ively, that save for the sake of completeness, it We have now seen Jive fundamental errors in
would hardly be worth while to enter upon it the management of light for portraiture, whereby
here. The next four illustrations were obtained, the normal presentation of the features is frus-
not as were Dr. Vogel's. by altering the arrange- trated ; the picture varies from artistic limits,
ment of screens while the subject was stationary, becomes confused and repulsive.
but by moving the subject while the arrange- There is a sixth error of different source, but
ment of the light was not disturbed. And first as fruitful as any of the others, or even more so.
we will have the.face in a proper light, and then
The Injudicious Employment of Reflect-
show you how a slight variation of pose affects
the distribution of the shades. Here (No. 3, A)
ors. —This indispensable power has been much
abused, both by those who have declaimed
the principal light comes in at about the angle
against it and practically by those who employ
of 45°,. strikes the forehead on the right, makes
it. Its misuse is perhaps more easy to discover
all that side of the face the most conspicuous,
than its exact and proper function.
leaving a transparent, well-worked-out shadow
Run your eye through any album, and of the
on the left, while all the modelling is full of
fifty pictures therein, the chances are, that not
agreeable half tone, showing the shape of the dif-
one of them but would have been better for less
ferent features very perfectly.
side-screen,though it may be that one or two of
Now the subject lifts her face, turning toward
them could have been improved by a little more.
(No. 3, b) the centre of the light. At once how
When too much light is reflected on the shaded
the front-light predominates, and how flat and
side of the face it prevents the spectator from
uninteresting the face becomes ; what a loss of
tracing the direction of the principal illumina-
modelling !

Again (No. 4, our subject bends down, and

tion, and trivial as this statement may seem to
c),

we see the effect

those who have not considered the subject, it
of too much top-light. The eyes
involves the most important characteristic of a
sink into deep shadow, the cheeks are hollow,
picture, that of unity. Unity cannot be ob-
the forehead becomes too prominent, all the pro-
tained without breadth, and the quality of
jections of the face being exaggerated, and the
breadth is entirely dependent on the eye being
receding portions unduly diminished.
able to trace with facility the direction of the
# So also are Nos. 4, c, b, 5, A, c, and 7, b, illuminating force. The idea is a perfectly
examples of too direct or positive lighting. natural one. The sun's rays at any given mo-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 397

merit sweep through the entire landscape, cast- screen is indispensable, probably without ex-
ing shadows in but one and the same direction, ception.
and this is the type of breadth. It establishes, In this illustration (No. 7, a, b) we try to give
by association and the analogy of nature, a law you an idea of a face with and without the proper
in our minds, to which all representations of reflections. In the one case a screen of black
natural objects should conform ; and the simplest velvet was placed to intercept as much as pos-
form of picture, that containing but one object, sible all cross-lights, which might strike the
as a face, is just as much subject to this law, as shaded side of the face. On its removal the gain
the presentation of miles of landscape, with its is quite apparent, in breaking up the strong,
infinite diversity of objects. cast-iron effect of an entirely direct illumina-

Here, on the one hand (No. tion.

6, A, b), is the
properly-lighted subject, the light striking the The reflected lights, as you see, are found

top of the forehead with the greatest force, the

mainly on the edges of the shadows. They are
ridge of the nose receives a less amount, the considered of the utmost importance by artists.

cheek-bone a little less, the round of the chin If any further justification for them is needed
still less ; the retiring portions of the face are it is only necessary to note how like breadth

duly shaded, the side from the light presenting they exist in nature. The darkest point of a

the deepest shadows. In the second picture rock or tree-trunk is not that farthest from the
everything remains as it wns in the first same ;
sun; this receives reflections from other natural
arrangement of the skylight, same position of objects, which take the place of our side reflect-

the subject and camera, same time of exposure ors ; but as when we have too much reflection,
j

but a side-screen has been approached to the it is likean illumination by two suns.
shadow side with simultaneous confusion of the Very much allied to the notions of unity by
play of light and shade, and instead of a well- breadth is that of massing the light and shade,
modelled head there is left only a map of the keeping each in its separate place, the lights
subject's face, with the different features topo- on one side of the face, the shadow on the other.
graphically indicated ;
one side of the face has as The same illustrations which show the first law
much and from the opposing
light as the other, exhibit the second. Where a simple object (No.
direction. There is no mass of shade the face is ; 8), as a cube or a globe, is presented to the sun,
one monotonous blaze of light without variety, we see easily the separation of these masses,
no sparkle in the eye, nor elasticity of muscular sharply divided in the two sides of the cube,
action in the features to give expression. What graded into each other in the globe ; and it is

was a rich and vigorous portrait is now conformed quite as essential to the unity of a composition
to the flattest Elizabethan ideal, a face with no that the shadows be united into one mass, and
dark streaks. the lights into another, as that the direction of

If then the results of a side reflection are so illumination should be discoverable and single.
disastrous, should it not be discarded altogether ? As in the other cases the type has its founda-
We think not, and will try to show its proper tions in nature and the laws of the mind, and
use, which is to soften the shadows and make obtains in complex as well as in simple forms.

them transparent with delicate reflected lights, If our globe were at all rough or irregular, it

which while they may oppose the principal light would follow that the grading of the masses
yet have no vigorous contention with it, and are must correspond. The human head is approxi-
mere echoes of its intensity. These little reflected mately an irregular sphere, and we find the
lights, like the reverberations of a musical sound masses of light and shade it presents broken and
from the walls of a room, really strengthen and varied.

enrich the original tone. Without them the Commencing with an example of massing too

shadows, even if well worked out, become rigid sharply defined (No. 4, d, and No. 5, c), we show
and give a too solid, hard appearance to the one agreeably blended (No. 3, A, No. 6, A,and
head. No. 7, a), and pass to another in which the
The proper effect is often produced without principle is ignored (No. 3, B, No. 4, c, No. 5,

actually employing a white screen, but that is A, b, and No. 6, b), and we might say of them,
because the walls and objects in the operating- toomuch side-light, too much front-light, too
room take its place and supply the reflections. much top-light, and this about right.
Their influence always is felt, and in bright These masses should be opposed, balanced,
weather is usually quite sufficient, if the face is and united. They are opposed by falling on
placed at a proper angle to the light ; unless we opposite sides of the face, balanced by such
are taking a shadow picture, when a regular side- equality of power as shall strike the beholder as
398 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
being necessary to the elegant presentation of the light, gives as much or more breadth, and
the particular aspect of the subject, and united being more difficult of production is fortunately
by subtle grades of half and half
lights, half tone, not so usual and hackneyed. There are many
shadows. Any one of our six fundamental errors modifications and combinations of these effects
destroys one or the other mass, prevents their possible. I have not been able to prepare illus-
balance and unity. When these errors are trations of them, but they will be easy of dis-
avoided, we obtain the masses naturally without covery and application when the full force of
especial effort, and more or less agreeably dis- these two shall have been digested.
tributed as our subject allows. While grading and variety are essential on the
We are now able to make in artistic phrase- background, a sharp grade or abrupt break that
ology the distinction between shadow pictures would divide it into two or more masses (No. 10)
and the old style of lighting. In the former the is not admissible. This effect is very bad ; while
mass of shadow is the largest, in the latter the it gives variety and contrast it destroys the
mass of light, but the laws that command bal- unity, that a soft, gradual focussing of the light
ance, opposition, and unity are the same, and as enhances.
imperious in the one case as in the other. The drapery too should be presented in a mass
The law by no means confined to
of massing is by itself. We are considering, you know, busts
the head. The background should present a only. In a sweep of full dress a light overskirt
mass by itself sustaining those of the head, and or wnist and dark underskirt, or the contrary,

by sustaining being in unity with them, and also may come in with good effect, but in a bust the
enforcing the other idea of breadth, continuing dress should be more homogeneous in mass. It

or commencing the discoverable direction of the is very difficult even to cross a white dress
light, thus carrying the sweep of light through with a dark lace shawl and make no harsh
the whole picture. line that awkwardly divides the dress into two
To do background should be graded.
this the masses, leaving one a white spot. The light silk
A few years agoweprided ourselves on being able ties now much in vogue, on dark dresses, are
to produce a perfectly even, flat, monotonous very objectionable, and generally come out dis-

background. If was darker on one side than on

it agreeably for the same reasons. Dresses of con-
the other something was amiss, and if one of the trasting stripes or checks, or figures of any kind,
pictures, now so common, with an elegantly are under the same ban.

graded ground, had been shown us, nine out of ten More especially, if possible, to be eschewed
photographers would have pronounced it wrong, are those dresses which present a mass of the
the other would have looked doubtingly at it, hes- same tone with your background if to accom- ;

itating to confess the pleasure he might have felt. modate such a drapery you darken or lighten
To such extent had precedent and pride in me- the ground (as in No. 1), it comes into false rela-
chanical dexterity blinded us, so far removed were tions with the face, though to modify it as
we from the sympathy with nature, which comes much as possible in this direction without mak-
only by long study and converse with her. The ing the fault too conspicuous (and there are al-
background, while in general tone considerably lowable limits), is all you can do, unless you can
below the face, and in one mass, should have its provide a different drapery on the spot or per-
variety, and the idea of contrast would lead it suade the sitter to come again.
dark side opposite the light side of the
to place its The dress should give a mass either decidedly
face (No. 3. A, No. 6, a, and others), and vice above or below that of the background. If
versa. This also conforms to the idea of breadth, above, care should be taken that it does not
and enables us to continue tracing the direction of overweigh the light mass of the face, and sink
the light, which striking the top of the forehead, the most important part of the picture into in-
sifting down over the minor portions of the face, significance. With care almost any white dra-'
interrupted by the shadows on the retiring sur- pery can be used, and particularly with the
face, glows again on the background. Another shadow picture gives beautiful effects. Turning
very beautiful effect is the anticipation of light the shoulders from the light, shielding the dress
ere it reaches the face (No. 9), and fading, from the light by an opaque screen, subduing
dying away, as it falls downward to the ground. the general illumination, are very effective
This evolves a very delicate and spiritual feeling means for producing softness and securing detail
in the beholder. It is perhaps allied to the halo in white drapery.
which old painters have placed round the head Care must be taken that the bust is not so
of sacred subjects. It, equally with the other placed as to divide, by the effect of the light,
method, assists the tracing of the direction of the drapery in two masses (No. 17), one dark, the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 399

other light. The effect is as disagreeable as that right that thrust out this cheek-bone so sav-
of two masses in the background. The example agely. Here (No. 14) is a distorted jaw, that by
was obtained, as you would guess, by turning one the same process is traced to overplus of low side-
shoulder violently from the light, so that the light.

whole front of the bust is in the shadow, making I will not weary you to point out farther ex-

the dark mass, while the shoulder and arm that amples of this class of defect ;
you only need to

take the light form the light mass. train your eye to find plenty of them.

We have now indicated in a general manner But before closing I would bring to your minds
the principles that must govern us in producing the importance of mingling the principles now
our effects. To briefly recapitulate, they are, to before you with your daily practice. How is

employ a soft but not too diffused an illumina- this to bedone? Not without assiduous effort.
tion, combining the proper proportions of front, We must become and remain students. Each
top, and side-light, to soften and break the edges failure must be used as a stepping stone on

of the shadows with delicate reflected lights, to which to rise to higher ground. A part of each
define the distribution of light and shade by day at the commencement might with good ad-
keeping them in masses, to secure breadth by vantage be set aside for practice with a selected
making the direction of the light perspicuous. model. Conduct at first for yourself the experi-

If we accomplish this we shall have a picture ments we have placed before you ; make a set of
similar prints, label them, and keep them by
in which artistic intention will be manifest. The
parts of the picture will fall into their positions of
you. Examine your daily work and classify its

relative importance. Each part supported by the defects by the type of such models. When you
see a print of great excellence, or a peculiar
other parts performing its own function in pro-
ducing the general harmony, and however far it effect, endeavor to find out by experiment the

be from technical perfection, the picture will be

means that produced it, and note them. Make
pervaded with a charm that sharpness and clean a study of effects in different lights, artificial

brilliant chemical effects will alone fail to pro-

light, the light of aroom when any of these ;

duce.
seem good, try for them in the operating-room.
In making such experiments be careful that you
Yet it is quite possible that when we have ap-
obtain as accurately as possible the effect that
parently submitted to our laws, a careful scru-
the eye sees. There will always be a great di-
tiny will discover defects, and to a critical eye
serious ones. The perfect photograph has prob-
vergence, but be sure that you come as near as

ably not yet been produced.

you can.
It is in the interior drawing or keeping that
Do not let yourself be a mere imitator, and
lose your own individuality. In this way you
the best photographs are yet very defective. Do
are in danger of cultivating faults, for if you
not misunderstand me. We will grant you a
start out to make pictures like so and so's, you
perfect non-distorting lens. That each feature
may make them like his bad ones, or may be
shall be in its correct place, by measure on the
misled by a reputation above merit.
flat surface of the picture, but the difficulty
is that some points continually seem to come Rather seek to form in your own mind a type
too near the spectator j the cheek-bone, for in- of beauty, the approximation to which will
stance, catches too much and seems to
light, stamp all your work with the seal of your indi-
thrust itself out a foot or two beyond the rest vidual purpose. Be true to yourself. Admit no
of the face. These and similar defects arise half work ; make it your first object to please

from a light admitted from a wrong angle. yourself, or rather to gratify your artistic in-
The angle of incidence being equal to the angle stincts,and the pleasing your customers a sec-
of reflection, this simple rule of optics will often ondary consideration. There is always a conflict
enable us to judge from what point the excess of between taste and ignorance carry it on as ;

light comes. courteously as you may, but yield no jot. In

Run an imaginary line from the camera to the time you will be supported by those who really
point that is over-illuminated (No. 12), consider can discern, whose opinion is received by many
what angle this line makes with the particular who do not judge for themselves.
feature, then run another imaginary line up to When you find that the public have faith in
the skylight, having the same angle with the you, keep faith with yourself and them by doing
same feature, and it will point out with tolerable always your best.
accuracy the source of error. You can readily "Joy is the object of art,'' not a base joy in
see that following out this analysis it must have smoothness and prettiness, which enervates and
been too much top-light (No. 13) towards the palsies the mind, but a noble joy arising from
400 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the consciousness of a worthy effort, from the welded for you by our friends Messrs. Pearsall
stimulation of all the powers of the mind, from and Baker.
results which are sure to coincide with the eter- If I can interest you for a short time, and
nal laws and harmonies of the universe, and render you the least service, I shall be the better
which make those laws more perceptible, intelli- able to bear the chagrin which I am sure will
gible, and satisfying. follow.
What the photographer of to-day most needs
Mr. Baker was frequently applauded, and is the educated eye. He has attained such sleight
his illustrations were splendidly adapted to hand that he able to manipulate the most
of is

his remarks. The pity is that those inter- obstreperous chemicals, and produce chemical
ested could not have a longer time to study effects that should satisfy the most craving. I
them together with Mr. Baker's excellent have only to refer you to the really wonderful
remarks. Such things will teach even the collection of photographs in our fifth annual ex-

wisest of photographers. His lecture is one hibition to verify this assertion. But withal,
calculated to do much good, and all who in examining those beautiful results, the trained
eye observes mistakes and blunders in another
would improve will study it most carefully.
direction which I am sure would not be allowed
As soon as Mr. Baker had finished, Mr.
if you also, who exhibit them, possessed a
"Wilson proceeded with his subject, as fol-
knowledge of art principles, and eyes educated
lows:
to detect any transgression of those principles.
The study of these is of vital importance to you.
HOW TO MANAGE THE LINES.* You should cultivate the habit of seeing what
passes before you, and if you see that which
Ladies and Gentlemen: You have had the is beautiful, you should be able to explain to
difficulty of imparting and of receiving art in-
yourself why it is beautiful.
struction so fully explained in the instructive and
Go with me to the Exhibition Hall for a mo-
eloquent lecture which you have just heard, that
ment again. Step over here into this alcove.
I need not detain you to further demonstrate
Do you notice what a majestic sweep, so to speak,
that point.
characterizes the work of the man whose pic-
Nothing but an earnest desire to lead you to-
tures hang before you? Do you not feel that
ward a branch of study which you must take up
there is a something about his work which im-
if you would keep pace with the growing art
presses you favorably, and yet, for the life of
which you represent, could induce me in this
you, you cannot explain what it is?
public manner to even attempt to instruct you
Now turn you about, and see what a contrast !

iu the great principles which should govern you

Here is work equally attractive, possessing the
in the management of your sitter. For I am
same power of mystification over you, hard to
quite sure, that if I live to be three years older,
explain. There is a gentle go about it which
and have the time to read over this address,
you like, so different from the other, yet equally
that I shall be heartily abashed at what I am fascinating. Now we step across the Rink, and
saying to you to-night, and wonder how I could
The reason
—
we have other work chemically all we could
ever have been induced to say it.
desire —
the " light and shade " fully up to Mr.
is, that I also am a mere student of the princi-
Baker's standard, and yet there is something
ples of art, and I hope to know so much more
wrong which mystifies you as much as the beau-
about them three years hence, that I shall regret The figures seem to be wilted
ties of the others.
that I ever attempted to explain them to any
and to hang helpless and spiritless, with an ab-
one with such a faint understanding of them solute lack of sentiment and feeling so far as
myself.
position is concerned.
And yet, knowing that my audience is in the
Now, what is the cause of all these differences ?
main alike ignorant with me, I will gladly re-
It in the management of the lines! The
is
hearse before you what I have learned concern-
work of each master is impressed with his indi-
ing the manageme7it of the lines, thus adding and we can almost read his character
viduality,
one more link to the chain which has been in his We know what he thought when
work.
he was making it, what he desired to accomplish,
# Copies of the illustrations used by Mr. Wil-
and how far he succeeded.
son in his lecture — except a few unnecessary
ones, simple drawings — may be obtained by Let us then proceed to investigate this matter,
those desiring to study them with the lecture. and see if we can understand more fully the mys-
See notice in Specialties. tery which has so often bewildered us.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 401

You have observed that all objects partake And, since all objects partake of one or more
of the form of the square, the circle, or the of the three great forms alluded to, the forms of
pyramid (1), or of one or more of them com- composition of the figure are usually the angu-
bined. The next drawing (2) presents only a lar or diagonal, the pyramidal, and the circular,
feeble illustration of the various figures which or of two or more of these combined. Then we
may be made up of the three great forms already have for our study in these, internal lines and
mentioned. (3) In this beautiful engraving you external lines.
will notice how the figures seem to be soaring In bringing these forms of composition to your
through the and how we may detect even
air, attention, do not allow me to lead you to sup-
here the great fundamental forms just alluded pose that it is desirable for you to slavishly
to. A beautiful study too in lighting but I :
compel yourself to make every picture you pro-
overstep my purpose if I touch on that subject. duce to conform to any precise rule. I merely
(4) The same characteristics are found here also wish you to understand and appreciate them so
in most beautiful variety. (5) You have doubt- that when arranging your compositions you will
less observed the lines of the human face, how a be just as sensitive to any ungraceful line or in-
slight change of position changes them to the congruous accessory as you are, my good friends,
camera but it is of the lines of the figure that I
; to the most trifling change
your chemicals. in
more specially wish to allude to. Returning to our (11) In the figure before you we have examples
subject proper, then (fi) as a further example, wit- of the first form of composition to which I have
ness the great Pyramid and the wondrous Sphinx alluded to, — the angular. Here the greater
of Egypt ; how vividly they present to us these part of the lines are directed diagonally. AYe
several forms in part or in whole. (7) All lines see it in the single line, in the clouds, in the
again are more or less horizontal or vertical, or coast and marine view, and in the groups of fig-
what is a combination of the two, diagonal. ures. How beautifully varied they are, too,
Again, we have straight lines and wavy lines, as every line being full of grace, uniting most win-
shown in the figure, the one giving the idea of ningly one figure with another, and every curve
dignity and repose, and the other of uncertainty or bend having a corresponding curve or bend
and motion. (8) Witness the contrast in the in the opposite direction, thus maintaining the
view of the leaning tower of Pisa, and of the old most perfect balance. (12) Another illustra-
cathedral where Galileo studied out the problem tion, from nature, will show you how this form
of the pendulum ; the former giving us the idea of composition may be obeyed even in outdoor
of motion, and the latter that of quiet and re- work. Imagine, if you can, a better position
pose. In further proof of this we have but to for the camera to take this combination of the
refer to the thousand works of nature which works of nature and of man, embodying all
surround us on all sides. Need we go further varieties of line and full of beauty, than
than the awe-inspiring Niagara, whose roar we the spot chosen by our artist. (13) We have an
may almost hear at this moment, and where we engraving here which is too beautiful an ex-
may find lines wwmanageable of all sizes and of ample of lines to pass over them. You with
forms ? trained eyes will notice that we have in it vari-
In the management of lines there are three ous forms of composition, and unity, balance,
broad principles which we must not forget, i. e., repetition, — all the elements of an artistic pic-
Harmony, Unity, and Balance. By means of ture, and yet how natural! But we need not
the last we give proper strength and solidity to leave the studio for studies in this direction.
our picture by the second we unite the parts
; Here we have some further examples, actual
one with the other, and by the first we are en- and therefore, the better to show you
portraits,
abled to tell the story of the picture, and to what you may yourselves accomplish. (14) This
complete it. By the scattering of the rays of is not a carefully posed picture, yet it ap-
sunshine, bymeans of the distant misty clouds, proaches our form, and I exhibit you it that
we are given most beautifully colored sunsets, may practice your eyes upon it and compare
but the scattering of the lines of a picture irri- it with those which follow. (15) Here we have
tates the assthetic eye, and destroys all pleasure a group of boys, apparently arranged with
in the composition (9 and 10). Witness the ex- little care, yet you observe our principle care-
amples now upon the screen, pictures absolutely fully carried out. (16) Here, also, we may
void of all purpose or feeling or arrangement. understand the intent of the artist, and how
Again, we have minor principles, such as sub- careful he has been to balance the lines of the
ordination, repetition, and variety, all of which dress by the use of the cushion. The variety of
I shall explain presently. lines here is also beautiful, making up for the
26
 402 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
rather bad lines of the dress. (17) Here we will follow with some portraits. Three of our
have a most beautiful example of diagonal engravings are from works of Sir Thomas Law-
composition, the lines of the arms opposing rence, admirable studies of pose and of line
those of the dress, and the accessories withal composition. The fourth is badly engraved from a
giving beautiful harmony and variety. (18) The photograph by Mr. William Notman of Montreal,
same remarks apply to this picture. (19) The to whom I am indebted for many of my splendid
next is similar in style ; the arms are somewhat illustrations. We
have an approach to this
(24)
changed, and hardly for the better, yet the va- form of composition here, but the lines are very
riety is even more pleasing. (20) Here we repulsive, exaggerating the height of the figure,
have a remarkably fine example; the figure as and causing but little pleasure to look at it,
full of graceful lines as it can be, made more (25) In this the lines are better, but from the
vivid by contrast with the upright lines of the head to the waist observe what a length of line,
furniture and accessories. We have a story only made worse by the introduction of the um-
told too. Remove the letter from the hands of brella. (26) Here we have a much more grace-
the figure and we destroy the harmony and ful flow of lines, but still they are hard and un-
unity of the whole. It tells no story. (21) graceful, and a subject dressed so tryingly as
We now have a more exquisite example even this one should never be taken in a standing
than any of the others. Here we have a story pose. (27) How much more grace we find here.
told us which we cannot mistake a wistful — The drapery is full of beauty in its arrange-
maiden has read her billet-doux, despondingly ment, and the opposing lines obtained by means
cast it down upon the chair, and resting her head of the draped chair are very appropriate. The
upon the secretary, gives us the most perfect ex- line where the light joins the dark, however,
ample of the principles I have tried to explain should have been broken up, and the arms
of harmony, balance, unity, and diagonal compo- posed differently so as not to form such a square.
sition, as it will be my pleasure to show you. But we must proceed with our subject proper.
(22) We now proceed to the next form of com- (28) We have here a very ordinary example, and
position, the pyramidal. In many respects it yet extraordinary for its ugliness. Do not imi-
resembles the angular form, the only difference tate when you can help it. There is more
it

being that while the angular form may, and opportunity to make a picture by posing a figure
often does, contain within itself many of the (29) in this way. You see the difference and
pyramidal parts, yet the angular predominates, the increased beauty gained by showing less
and vice versa. Three-fourths of the single por- head and more figure. How simple and easy
traits partake of this form, and I hope to gain by its the pose, and yet how graceful and beautiful.
study now the better appreciation on your part (30) Another example here, full of beautiful
fine

of where and in what manner to introduce con- lines internal and external, the head opposing
trasting or complementary lines. In arranging the arms, and the latter the dress. How very
groups, this form will often be found most use- fine. I hope you can all see with me the beau-
ful, and I would again call your attention to ties of these pictures. (31) A less conscientious
the very great importance of having gracefully care shown here, yet we see the intent of the
is

flowing lines either internally or in that which artist, and the picture is full of artistic merit.

constitutes the leading outline. Again I say, ^32) To make this more of a pyramidal than a
I do not advocate anything like a close prox- diagonal composition the lines of the accessories
imity to this form, but just as you may detect are used to oppose that of the figure, and it is

the air in the tenderly varied musical strain, so capitally done. The arms, too, and the hands
should you be able to see design in the varied are carefully disposed. (33) The same may be
lines of the compositions of this form, and under- said of this, although so much care has not been
stand the motive of the artist. While a grace- bestowed upon it. (34) Here we have a most
ful outline is obtained, do not overlook, but be enchanting picture, where the careful placing
very careful in arranging the internal lines. of a stand and a chair has secured the full in-
E\ ery part should have care. No part is trivial. tent of the artist. (35) A sweet little group of
The folds of the dress, the position of the acces- two young girls follows, magnificent in all its

sories, all should be studied. And whether a details. You must see them. Time is wanting
single figure or a group, have variety in the flow to point them The studious care given
out. (36)
of the leading outline. If a group, a turn of to the lines of the picture by artists will be ob-
the head, or of the figure of one in opposition to served in this picture. True, it is one you would
that of the others should be looked after. (23) hardly be called upon to repeat; but it is an
As examples we give you the drawings, and example which you may study with great profit
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 403

so far as artistic principles are involved. Aside beautiful flowing lines of the female dress. We
from that I shall not say anything about princi- have here two various examples of the other
ples. (37) Here is a pyramidal composition of forms of composition. (42) Here likewise we

the strictest sort. The principal outlines give us have a charming group, or rather a series of cir-
one, while we have another in the oldest child cles or other forms in one scene. On each side
seated, and yet another in the youngest child, we have a circle, in the centre a pyramid, and
and a third in the one standing. And yet how all about us angles and curves sparkle in beau-
beautiful, and easy, and graceful in every re- tiful harmony. (43) An example of genuine cir-
spect !
cular composition, however, we withhold until
the last. How decidedly a circle, how studiously
I trust I am not tiring you. We now proceed arranged, and yet how full of forms of all classes.

with a brief explanation of our third form of It embodies all the lessons I have tried to make
composition, the circular. (38) We have here plain to you, and its beauty and excellence are
one of the grandest works of architecture in the owing to the fact that the skilful artist who
world, and although built ages ago, and now made it knew how to manage the lines.*

partly in ruins, it is annually visited by thou-

Mr. "Wilson's illustrations were mostly of
sands, that they may admire its beautiful and
subjects as finely posed as he could secure
wonderful proportions. It is the Coliseum at
Rome. Its circular form is one of its chief at- from famed photographers, hut owing to
tractions, and it is abounding in curves and cir- the lateness of the hour he was obliged to
cles, pleasant to the eye. In everything circles hurry them, and, of course, his lecture was
are most pleasing to the eye, because the natural not as well understood as he wishes it may
formation of that organ causes it to accommo- be. He abbreviated it also, the evening
date itself more quickly to such forms than to the being hot and the audience tired with the
square or angular. For this reason the gradual
labors of the day. Such lectures doubtless
flowing and curved lines in a picture are so pleas-
do much good, and it is hoped they will be
ing, as we have before seen.
read over at your leisure.
Circular composition proper, however, is only
available in portraiture in arranging groups, FOURTH DAY—MORNING SESSION.
some examples of which I shall show you. First.
Friday, July 18th, 1873.
a few hints on the arrangement of groups. It is
pleasantest to have each group to tell a story? The President The : first thing in order
and that story should be well told. The figures is deferred business.
should be linked to each other harmoniously, Mr. Wilson : The report of the Execu-
and the parts assigned to each be natural and tive Committee, laid over, is one matter and
appropriate the general outline should be
;
there are two or three others. One is a
pleasant and graceful, and the grouping should photographic another one is the
institute,
afford opportunity for a judicious display of
subject of life members, another is that of
light and shade. The lines of the group and the
raising dues, or making an assessment to
light should both be made to point to the prin-
pay the debts of the Association. These
cipal figure or figures. A double swing-back
camera is a necessity for such work.
now all come up, and if there is any one
The few examples which I am about to show who has anything to say, they can say it
you of this form of composition are from the studio now.
of Mr. William Notman, of Montreal, to whom I would state in reference to the photo-
I am indebted for much that I know about lines, graphic institute, that last year I was ap-
and who stands our peer in this class of work. pointed a committee of one to memorialize
(39) We have here a group of snowshoers, Congress for an appropriation. I did that
evidently making ready for a tramp. The com- through one of our Congressmen in Penn-
position approaches the circular, yet we may de- sylvania, A. C. Harmer, Esq. The bill
tect other forms in it, as here and here (40). The was read and passed to the Committee on
same remarks apply to our next —a similar
Appropriations. It will now have to be
group. (41) A charming example is now pre-
brought up again.
sented to us. You are at once fascinated with
the scene. I will not agree, gentlemen, that it
* In the illustrations offered for sale, Nos. 1, 5, 6, 7,
is all owing to the fact that the figures are fe-
8, 9, 10, 22, 28, and 38 are omitted, because they are
males instead of males. It is because of the familiar to our readers and unnecessary.
404 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
I should like to have your ideas on what regular academy, so that you can send all
should be done. The
object of the scheme your sons and daughters, or go yourselves,
is to establish a school, where we can send and receive full, thorough, scientific, and
young men and young women, to be in- proper instruction. The great object ahead,
structed in the photographic art; where that we most all look for, is the progress
they can come and receive instruction in all and improvement in photography.
the branches. I think if we can get this It seems to me that this is a step in the
appropriation from Congress, that we can right direction. Why should not photog-
get just as much more from other sources, raphers have such an institute, as well as
and thus establish it. I think there will be doctors, dentists, and members of other pro-
enough interest in the matter to discuss it fessions? Surely none need it more than

for a few minutes at least; and then you we do.

can give us some suggestions as to how to Mr. Webster : I move that this report
follow it up. be received, and that the business be con-
Mr. Thorp can probably give us some tinued with the committee.
ideas on it. A Member: I second the motion.
The President: Mr. Thorp, if he is Mr. Wilson: I amend that motion by
present, will be kind enough to give us moving that Mr. P. Thorp, of Washington,
some ideas on the photographic institute. D. C, be appointed on that committee as a
Mr. Wilson: I should be happy if some special officer to intercede in this matter
committee might have charge of the matter for the Association, and give him special
for another year, for the reason that I do charge or special direction of the matter
not like to act upon any committee alone. any way you choose, so as to give him
If there no motion before the house, and
is and power
special authority in the matter
they do not take enough interest in the to act.
matter to discuss it, I move that it be Mr. Webster : I second the motion.
dropped. The President The motion is now be-
:

The President: Will you take any ac- fore you. You may speak to that.
tion in regard to the photographic institute, Mr. Thorp Mr. President and gentle-
:

gentlemen ? men of the Association, 1 have tried, in the

Mr. Webster: It is very unfortunate time intervening since yesterday and this
for uswho are sitting back here, that we morning, to lay aside entirely any personal
did not hear the remarks made by Mr. feelings in this matter, and consider it only
Wilson consequently those who did hear,
;
in reference to the interests of this Associa-
know what to say. tion. Therefore what I am about to say I
A Member : Will Mr. W ilson repeat his believe will be entirely dispassionate, and
remarks ? I believe I will leave my own personal
Mr. Wilson: There are plenty of seats feelings out of it. I shall endeavor to
in front; if the gentlemen will only sit up do so.

nearer they will hear and it will be a

; In my opinion, this project is one which
great deal better for both of us. in importance overreaches everything else

The President: I hope as far as possi- which has been before the Association for
ble, that the front seats will be reserved for the past two j'ears. It is the only way in

the ladies. which I can see a solution of this difficulty

Mr. Wilson then repeated his remarks, of apprenticeship — a solution that will ever
.and said : I do hope to hear some expression satisfy us, or one that we
shall adopt in re-

of feeling in the matter, and to know what gard to apprenticeship. It can only be
that committee ought to do; and that a temporary, and a temporary relief from
larger committee should be appointed with the grievances that we have endured, and
full authority to act when the time comes. in a great many other ways not mentioned
The object of the photographic institute is now.
to instruct others in the science of photog- I consider this the most important project
raphy, and all its branches. To have a we have had before us. Viewing it in that
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 405

light, I came here to this Convention with I believe it better to postpone this matter
a well-organized and systematic plan for until we are prepared for it, because it

accomplishing this purpose. Probably seems to me must certainly fail, and

that it

wisely you have concluded not to make it was a question of doubt anyhow whether
any arrangements that I have asked for. it could be accomplished or not.
They defeated my plan entirely. I ac- But now we need the whole strength of
quiesce in your decision. Now I ask you the Association to go into the fight. Now,
as a convention to let this matter rest for under the present circumstances, it would
another year. You are not ready for it be almost certain defeat, and I cannot see
yet; you do not understand the importance any reasonable prospect of success. If I
of it, and you do not appreciate it, and could, I would most willingly do the work,
therefore your effort must necessarily fail, and lay aside my own plans for some plan
because you will not give it such support as that is better. But no plan has been offered,
it needs. I have reluctantly arrived at this and no one suggests itself to my mind. I
conclusion, and I feel it strongly. And tried earnestly to think of one that would
for the interests of this Association I hope answer in place of the one proposed, and
you will not make this attempt this year, yet I cannot see any possibility of accom-
because a failure will be worse than no at- plishing it.

tempt at all.
But, as I said before, I will lay aside all
At the best, it is a stupendous job to get personal feelings, and take hold of the mat-
this appropriation. It is not one that ap- ter. But I do not like to take hold of any-
peals to the public sentiment of the coun-
thing that is sure to be defeated. And I
try sufficiently strong to secure its passage, will assure you that when you are ready to
which could only have been done by per- have it accomplished, I am ready to do all
sonal solicitation of the members of Con- have done so. It is a
I always
I can.
gress themselves, and you have concluded matter of considerable importance to the
not to adopt the only plan that I can work Association. I laid aside my own business
under with any degree of confidence of suc- to attend to it, and I spent three weeks to
cess to accomplish this.
get foreign photographs admitted free of
Having done this, I thought it better, duty. I will always do what I can when I
and hope you will pass upon it, and let it can, when I can see a reasonable prospect
go by for another year. Take time to con- of success. But I am sorry to say I cannot
sider it, and come here prepared either to
see it now.
drop it altogether or to work in earnest to
The President : The present question
accomplish it, and lay aside any other little
is on additions to the committee.
petty matter that you may have in hand
for this It is worth trying for,
one cause. Mr. Webster : I understand that Mr.

and worth trying for, it is worth

if it is
Thorp declines serving. That is my under-
dropping almost everything else, and going standing of we are ready to
it. I think that

in as a body and working for it with all our act the very moment we get hungry, and we

strength. are hungry now we are hungry for the

;

We should not ask him to go into the institute. Let us build it while we are
front of the battle unprepared. hungry.
Let us give
him and give him all the advan-
a start,
Now is the time we want it. We do not
want this coal of fire in Washington to go
tages necessary for its accomplishment. I
think it would be unwise, as I say, to do out. We want to fan it into a flame, and
get it into a glowing blaze.
otherwise. I say, let us lay aside personal
feeling in this matter. Men would nat- The President: I hope everybody has
urally feel just a little personal grievance laid aside personal feeling ; and I hope that
at having their plans rejected, and their committee will be continued, and that Mr.
wishes not consulted in the matter at all. Thorp will serve upon it.

And now I care nothing for that. I only Mr. Baker: There are probably very
say that for the interest of the Association few of us who have any idea of the amount
406 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of labor which it takes to get a bill or an Mr. Collins I do not think we have a
:

act passed by Congress. member or representative in Washington,

This is one of those bills in which hardly or president, or vice-president, but what
anybody or any members of Congress feel would have a good photograph of
like to
any interest in protecting, or aiding, or himself or of his friend, and would think
serving in any way. more of it than he would of an exceedingly
On the contrary, they are more apt to be poor tintype. If they do, I do not think
a little opposed to an ex- it because it is they are fit to hold their position.
pense, and an appropriation, the good of Mr. Thorp : 1 do not like to consume
which the people at large, at least, will the time of the Convention. I wish to be
not see and their constituents at home are
;
understood in this matter, in this light,
apt to find fault with them and it will ; that for the last year I have been engaged
need a vast amount of personal influence in some good hard work for the institution.
with every member of Congress to get this I do not propose ever to cease to do that
thing through. And Mr. Thorp is there, work ; but, if you wish me to use my
where he is well able to judge of what suc- efforts in this matter, is it not due to me
cess might attend any such effort. And he and to your own interest that my manner
has given us his opinion that we could of working shall be consulted? I believe
not have success this year. now, under the present condition of affairs,
I think we had better take his advice, that it is better not to bring it directly
and let the matter lay quietly until the before Congress.
thing has ripened, so that we can bring The President : Let the committee act
such a force upon Congress that we cannot judiciously.
be defeated. Defeat now would be disas-
Mr. Thorp I am not willing to take an
:

trous. would be a defeat for a third

It
important place on a committee that is sure
time, and might be a total failure. 1
it
to meet defeat. I am in favor of a repre-
therefore move that Mr. Thorp be added to
sentative committee, and of doing the work
the committee, and the committee be in-
thoroughly and well.
structed to do what they can, but not to
force the thing.
The President : Let me put you on the

Mr. Chute : I would like to inquire

committee, and you will find how it will go
pretty quick.
how this matter stands. It has been ex-
plained perhaps, but I did not hear it, and Mr. Thorp : we can
I think the best thing

I do not understand just what has been do is to create public sentiment in favor of
done. What is the adverse decision that this object. The Senate being in its nature
Mr. Thorp has alluded to ? a permanent body, let us bring our influence
The President: Mr. Thorp made a to bear upon the House of Kepresentatives
proposition to the Convention which has in this matter. The House of Kepresenta-

not been acted upon. tives,where this matter originated, changes

Mr. Chute What committee: is he to be once in two years. The fortieth Congress
added to ?
commenced the 4th of March last. The
The President : A committee to pe- first session will convene on the first Mon-

tition Congress to appropriate $30,000 for an day in December. I think we had better
institute. We do not think we can get the work upon .the feelings of these men and
money now. When we try, we want to be not bring it directly before Congress until

sure to get it.

the second session of Congress.

Mr. Wilson : I do hope the matter will Mr. Webster : I rise to a point of order.
not be allowed to grow cold now we have In all due respect, I do not think my motion
started it. It seems to me it will certainly is understood at all, even by Mr. Thorp.
be disastrous if the amendment is carried; My motion was that the report given in
and hence I call for the original resolution. by Mr. Wilson, the committee, be received,
If I have to work alone I will do so, so as and that this subject in hand be continued
to keep it alive the coming year. in its present hands.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 407

The President : Then there was an been pursuing a year, that we shall avoid
amendment. the position of instructing him.
Mr. Webster The amendment was that
: Mr. Wilson: I would say to those who
Mr. Thorp be added to the committee, which are here present, that if a circular reaches
undoubtedly will be carried unless he says them any time during the year, asking
he will not positively serve. When that them to appeal to their representative in
committee come before us with their report Congress in behalf of this matter, that they
then they can have it taken up and dis- will make it a personal matter, and do all
cussed, but let us not discuss it now. they can for it, and if they feel that way

Mr. Wilson Mr. Thorp's acceptance of

: now, I hope they will vote for this question.
a position on this committee does not neces- I will do all I can.
sitate his doing more than to watch and wait The question was then agreed to.
this year; but as he seems unwilling to act The President: The matter is in the
on the committee, I withdraw my amend- charge of Mr. Wilson, who is the committee.
ment in order that he be excused. I now The next business in order will be on the
call for the original question. subject of membership. I wish to say
life

The President Will : the person second- a few words on life membership. There are

ing the amendment also consent to the with- a great many who could pay $25 for a life
drawal? Mr. Chute, did you second Mr. membership, who would not feel it, and the
Wilson's amendment? money would help the Association. Almost
Mr. Chute: I did. every year we have been called upon in ad-
The President Mr. Wilson : withdraws vance for funds to carry on the exhibitions.
it, will you also consent ? The exhibition this year 1 do hope will
Mr. Chute Yes, sir. : come out a little better. Still, if there is

Mr. Thorp: I understand the original any gentleman who is disposed to join with
question is now before the house ? the life members, we shall be glad to add
The President Yes, sir, it is now be- : his name to the list.
fore the house. I would say I meant to be the first name
Mr. Thorp have one word to say about
: I down there, but Mr. demons is the first.
it. I hope, if this committee is continued, He got the start of me. You have got to
that they will be instructed not to have the get up pretty spry to get the start of him.
bill introduced at the first session of the The next matter to be brought before this
next Congress. body is the subject of raising the dues.
Mr. Baker : Do you object to serving on There has been a proposition, there is no
this committee, personally? motion before us now, to raise the dues,
Mr. Thorp : I will answer that in a very that we may have more money to meet the
few words. While I will say that if the wants of the Association.
bill is presented under the present circum- What is your pleasure as to this matter ?
stances its defeat is sure, therefore, for the If there is any motion, I will hear it.
sake of the success of the project, I must act Mr. Southworth: I would inquire, Mr.
under favorable circumstances ; but it is not President, whether we are in debt.
before the house now. I would hope that Mr. Wilson: We have been in debt
the committee would see the propriety of over two years. There are bills of two
not presenting it at this next session, for at years' standing that have never been paid.
the second session there would be a much Mr. Southworth: How much?
better chance for success. We will then be Mr. Wilson: In reality, three thousand
better organized for it. If it comes before dollars, but there are pressing bills of two,
the coming session of Congress, and is de- or three, or four hundred dollars, I cannot
feated, you cannot introduce it at the next tellwhich. I cannot tell exactly how much
session. we are in debt. The Treasurer is not here.
Mr. Southworth : I hope when we ap- I know that there is an advertising debt
point a committee on a matter that we know which has not been paid, and a bill of $350
nothing about, and a matter which he has which has not been paid. The expenses of
408 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the exhibition, we do not know what they pay the debt, and am willing to give five
will be,whether we will come out fully paid dollars to help pay it.
or not, but the Executive Committee have Mr. Thorp If the Association needs
:

been cramped when they desired to under- money individually I am willing to double
take certain measures, on account of the my dues or make a voluntary contribution,
want of money. but it is my firm belief that under the pres-
I do not know how it stands. ent organization the amount of dues and
Mr. Carbutt : I think the dues are really the initiation fees of this Association keeps
insignificant as compared with the amount out a large proportion of the photographers
of valuable information imparted to the who would be the most benefitted by it. If
members from year to year, as there are we increase, the dues, the number of delin-
many new photographers, and there are but quents would be increased, and I do not
few societies throughout the country in believe the amount of money would be in-
which the annual dues are as low as ours creased in the treasury. If we increase the
are, and yet, as Mr. Pearsall remarked in dues we decrease the number of new mem-
regard to the organization of societies, how bers gentlemen would be less anxious to
;

much more do we learn at this meeting than come in, and members who are not now
at all the other societies put together? able to pay for the journals and for the
Thus we have found by experience that membership would be cut out entirely.
our dues are not sufficient to carry -out the They would borrow the journal and get the
objects of its existence. I move you, sir, information. Let all those who are willing

that the dues he doubled; that the employ- and patriotic make a contribution, or repay
ers pay four dollars, and the employes two their dues ; I am willing to do it.

dollars. Mr. Collins: Do I understand that this

I am my share to it, and
willing to add is a proposition for the raising of the initia-
pay again my dues for the coming year. tion fee as well as the dues?

A Member: I second the motion. The President : No, sir ; that is not the
Mr. Sotjthworth Mr. : President, I motion.
may say I was one who was in favor last Mr. Collins: I think we had better put

year of this very idea of paying our debts. the initiation fee at five dollars for employ-

1 do not know but that I got to be obnoxious ers and four dollars for employes.

to some of the officers on account of my per- Mr. Pearsall : It seems to me the dues
sistent advocacy of that one point, and per- of this Convention are very small indeed.
haps it is not safe to say much about it this It seems hardly possible that many here,
year. I do not know but I had better make making tintypes, could make payments of
a contribution for my part, and let it rest a dollar a year. Our local association has
there. That would be a very fair way. an initiation and a yearly
fee of five dollars,
Now I wish to say I am positively ashamed fee of three dollars, and no distinction made
to be in debt or have tbis Association in between employers and employes. We
debt. I have money enough to raise my had no difficulty to fill our Association; we
share, if not, I will pay what I have and have been organized only five months. We
raise money to get back to Boston. I do do this simply to improve ourselves. The
not care how it is done, let us get out of giving of one dollar a year would be a small
debt. amount to join any association one would ;

Mr. Collins : I think it is impossible to spend that in twenty-four hours for cigars.
run any kind of association or anything else Mr. Southworth : This is really an im-
and be always in debt. I think
successfully portant subject to our life and prosperity,
if it is to be run at all, it should be run so absolutely so our life and prosperity do
;

as to pay. Any institution will go along a depend upon it just as exactly as the fifty
great deal smoother with money in the cents or a dollar a day would be to the life
treasury than it will with a debt to be paid. of the one you employ. I should be glad
I am like Mr. Southworth, I am willing to to bring every photographer in the United
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER. 409

States under the influence of this Associa- you can go and work on the railroad until
tion. I take it that our meetings are con- you get five dollars, and then come in. (Ap-
ducted and managed for the Association plause.)
about as well as can be. It has improved To succeed in this art requires the best
this year on last year, and better last year men, men of genius, and education, and cul-
than it was the year before. We com- tivation from childhood to old age, until
menced with exhibiting our pictures we ; you can see that it is worth anything. If
thought the exhibition would bring us in you find that you have made a mistake, go
some profit, but instead of profit we have and do something else. For one I should
had to pay for the halls and for the labor. think the dues should be increased. Instead
Instead of making a profit we have made a of being a dollar a year, it ought to be ten.
loss. I suppose the reason of that is that Every one of you ought to pay ten dollars.
there is no Barnum among us. If we had I ought to pay ten. What is the reason we
some humbug who could get up an exhi- do not? We all ought
pay ten dollars.
to
bition not worth anything; but we are not It is a small matter, a very small matter.
humbugs. If we had stayed in Boston three You could not go into any of the respect-
weeks longer we would have made a profit, able literary societies or scientific associa-
but it was in the hot weather, and we could tions without paying down ten dollars,
not get anybody to go in to see our pictures. thirty dollars, or one hundred dollars but ;

They would say they are only photographs. you do not want that. What is ten dollars ?
Now we have got to support the So- If you cannot earn that in any gallery, why
ciety by our dues. I read in the Photogra- you can save it. If you want the benefit of
pher that we were not going to ask any- the Society, you can earn it. I had no idea
thing at the door, but I think that would that we were three thousand dollars in ar-
be unadvisable. "When we go to Chicago rears. There are men enough here to pay
next year I would like to know who is there our debt here before we leave this place.
who would give us three hundred dollars Let us leave money enough in our treasury
for our seats ? to pay our debts somehow. I see no way
Mr Baker: I will say that, the weather but to raise our dues. The only next way
permitting, we will take a thousand dollars would be to have a committee to see how
at the door here in Buffalo. We have over much it would be to settle the debts all up,
four hundred dollars, and the rain last night and let the dues stand. That would be a
knocked us out of three hundred dollars. tax on the Association, and it would be a
If this weather would only clear off, we perfectly fair way. I understand perfectly
could take five hundred dollars to-night. well that there are a thousand members
Mr. Southworth : was only referring
I who would feel that it was a terrible tax.
to the past. I was judging the future by I know how hard it is to collect old debts.
the past, and perhaps I drew it a little too I remember how we used to collect postage
strong. in California. We had to carry the man's
Now, sir, I would be glad to bring all letter around for a week to get the postage,
those who are members, who are called the after we got the letter, but it must be done.
poor members of the Association, but how Mr. President, it would rejoice my heart if
shall we do it ? Shall we invite them to put the debt was paid, and I never expect to re-
their names upon our books ? If they do, ceive one cent of money from the Associa-
they cannot come here and attend. Of these tion in the world. I do not see how this
members, very few of them can come, and Association is going to help me more than
those who can come have not much money. it is other men. I should be heartily glad
If you can make money in your daguerreo- if every member who came into the Associ-
type rooms to pay the reasonable expenses ation paid ten dollars. Let it be four and
which are incurred, I can live in this city five.
for one dollar and a half a day, and live Why I am remarking in this way is to
just as well as I want to, and you can put try and make you want to do something-,
that by in your business, and if you cannot and do that something now. Make a sac-
410 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
rifice. We know how it is when a society tion is so ably supported by my old friend
builds a church ;
they get in debt, it hangs Southworth. Certainly I concur with the
and hangs, and by and by they have a good amendment. I think the increase in the
meeting and take it off. Now that is the dues of the employers can be paid by them
case with us. We can just as well do it now by their saving less than ten cents «a day,
as at any other time. Every single cent of and by the employes, by saving less than
the debt should be paid that rests upon us. five cents a day double your dues, and you
;

Mr. Bingham: I would like to make a can easily prepare yourselves to meet it.
motion. You can all save ten cents a day, and at the
The President There is a motion be-
:
end of the year you will not feel it. I hope
fore the house you make it as an amend- my original motion will be carried, and
;

ment to that motion.

that all those persons who have the disposi-
tion so to do, will voluntarily step up to the
Mr. Bingham: There is no motion be-
Treasurer's desk and pay their dues over
fore the bouse.
again ; that is a little thing that we can all
The President : Yes, sir, there is a
do and not feel any the worse for it, and
motion to raise the dues.
then let the next annual dues be for the
Mr. Bingham: I make an amendment employers, four dollars, and for the em-
to that motion, that the Executive Com- ployes, two dollars.
mittee instruct the Secretary to issue a cir- Mr. Southworth: Don't let us have
cular to the members of the Association any idea of waiting until next year. Con-
calling for a voluntary assessment, and gress can go and vote themselves back pay.
making it entirely voluntary with them (Applause.) Let us here as an Association
whether they comply or I do not not. go and vote ourselves back debts. (Cries of
think any of the members of the Asso-
Hear! hear!) Congress has gone into the
ciation would be so small as not to send foulest disgrace. I think every man of
something. Some may send five dollars,
them is disgraced forever. The man who
some only one or two, it all helps us: I makes an effort to pay his debts, if he can
think that is the best way to get at it. 1 only half pay them, stands just as high as
make that as an amendment. he can stand in the scale of honesty, as if he
The amendment was seconded by several. had done his best not to contract dishonest
Mr. Southworth: I rise to speak on debt, and had failed entirely. Let us do
that amendment. Last year I made the our best to pay off our debts, and pay them
best effort I could to get contributions from now, and not wait until next year.
the members of the Association. It was a Mr. Barbkr: I wish to say that prob-
very important matter, and I made the ably I represent the smallest gallery, or one
very best effort I could make, and put in of the smallest that is represented in the
ten dollars myself. I raised $150. If there Convention, and I indorse Mr. South-
isany member here that will take it in his worth's remarks, in regard to the raising of
hands to raise five hundred dollars, I will the dues, and think myself that they ought
for one, make the free offer that he shall to be raised. Still I think he is belittling
have he raises over that. I have been
all us in our little galleries. I do not believe
through the mill and I understand it. we who run the little galleries intend to
Now, gentlemen, you have to say what is shirk the expenses of the Association. I
best, and what and what is right.
is fair, remark, mine is a small gallery, but I can
Then all of us who want to make individual afford to come here and bring my wife to
contributions, can do so, and the amount the Association and pay my expenses, and
from me shall be as large as I can make it am also willing to raise the dues to four
individually, if we try to raise it indi- dollars a year. I do not believe in assess-
vidually. would say we are now owing
I ments, or in any other means for the raising
$3000; when you have raised all you can, of the money to support this Association,
we shall still owe $2800. therefore, I shall support the original reso-
. Mr. Carbtttt : I am glad to see my mo- lution.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 411

Mr. Collins I should like to put an

: upon voluntary contributions, therefore I
amendment to Mr. Carbutt's resolution. oppose the amendment. It is better to make
The President Please do not put an
: it a pleasure to the people to pay it. Give
amendment to the amendment, if you don't them some interest in paying it ; they will
find it necessary to do so. then feel it Let us make it
worth while.
Mr. Collins: Put it at five dollars. I three, four, five, or Let us
ten, dollars.
don't think that there is a member in the raise the debt, as Mr. Southworth says let ;

house poorer than I am, and yet I would us tax ourselves back and it seems to me
;

rather pay fifty dollars, and pawn my clothes, we can and will raise money in that way.
than not meet with the Association. That Mr. Southworth : I would like a little
isme, exactly. I went to Philadelphia bor- ; statistical information as to how many of
rowed every cent of the money. It cost me the members have paid their dues since
forty-two dollars and when I came back
; this meeting here ; about how many are
my wife scolded me
but I must say it was
;
there present who have paid.
worth a thousand dollars to me. I should The President: Mr. Moore will tell
have gone to St. Louis, but was turned out
you.
of doors just before I started. I came here,
Mr. Moore: I can hardly give you the
and I tried to persuade my wife to come.
information that you want. I have not
I would not miss what 1 have learned here
gone over the number of names. I think
for half my gallery I think it is worth
;

only those who have paid, and there are a

$2500. And this will give you an idea
number who have not paid. I notice the
what the Association is worth to the poor
face of one person I have seen at every
man. I would add, my gallery has been
meeting, and I have been looking over the
closed ten days to enable me to come here.
list in vain to find whether he has given
Mr. Hall I have heard it said that if
:

me his name.
palaces were sold for ten cents, there were
always some that could not buy the step- Mr. Southworth If we knew how :

ping-stone, and you will find that in every many were present, and about how much it
class and in every profession. There are was necessary to raise, we could make some
some who would not do it if they could, estimate and we could have some system
about it. I should be very glad myself to
and there has been an argument very often
used for keeping up the price of photo-
have the admission fee five dollars, and
then, Mr. President, I don't know but what
graphs. They say that the people even if —
the pictures are not any better will pay — I should be very glad to open the doors to
photographers to join us. Let them come
high prices, and that they always value them
in at the door at a quarter of a dollar. I
according to the price, and that it is sure
to bring you the better class of custom.
do not know but I would do it. I presume
Now the matter of two or three or four dol- there are a great many who receive all the

lars' admittance to this Association is but a

benefitfrom the meetings of this Associa-
tion who do not pay us anything. But let
very small matter compared with the ex-
pense of the coming to and going from the them all come.
place to any one. Now, if we make the dues I just want to get at some definite report
large enough to carry this Association on in so as to have a fair understanding whether
a swimming and respectable way, and keep four or five dollars would do. The five
out of debt, I think that every member that dollars would be better. I think, on this
pays the larger amount will appreciate it point, the Executive Committee could give

better, will think more of it, and it will be us some information. I believe the spirit

likely perhaps to increase the popularity of is to pay it, to pay whatever is fair. I be-
it, and bring about perhaps a better class lieve the Secretary, President, or some of

although we have got about as good a class the members of the Executive Committee
of members as can be found. could give us some information.
Mr. Copeland I wish to say, Mr. Presi-
: Mr. Bingham: I made my amendment
dent, that I do not think we can depend thinking it would raise the most money.
412 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
It has raised a great deal of discussion of us have paid our dues; and if we were
I therefore withdraw my amendment. to pass a resolution to pay them over, it
The second also withdrew his second. would look like compulsion but I certainly ;

Mr. Collins I wish to make an amend-

: do hope that those who feel so disposed
ment to the motion, to have the employers will voluntarily do so.
pay five dollars and the employes five. We cannot compel them, of course, to
The President: That is a new motion; pay the increased dues for the past year.
I cannot entertain that now. The President : If that is not under-
Mr. Moore: I think I have received a stood I will make it so. All will be ex-
little over $300. That is all the Treasurer pected and asked to pay by the Permanent
has. As to what we will owe I do not Secretary.
know. I think T have paid out $100, and Mr. Soijthworth : But that does not
that with the $50 you owe me would make pay our debt.
$150 left. I think I had better secure Mr. Thorp : In order to get the sense of
that. this meeting, I move that the life member-
The President: "When this Association ships be taken up and disposed of. And
was organized Boston there was a very
in further, that the published matter of this
decided feeling there in favor of having Association be copyrighted, and furnished
the admission fee five dollars and the dues to no one out of the Association for if we ;

something about the same. I was a strong have to pay a high price for it, we should
advocate, and I think it was carried by my have the exclusive right to it.
advocating it, that we make the admission The President After that motion is :

only two dollars and the employes just seconded, I will have a few words to say.
half that. I wanted to put it at the very Mr. Rhoads : I am entirely opposed to
lowest cent, so that every man connected this kind of action. As all of our proceed-
with photograph}7 should feel himself able ings are to be published by Mr. Wilson in
to unite with us. These amounts were cer- the Philadelphia Photographer it is not right
tainly small enough to satisfy any reason- that it should be confined only to members
able man. of this Association. I think that others
Now if it is found, after five years' ex- should have the benefit of it as well as our-
perience, that these amounts are not enough, selves.
then I am an advocate for raising the dues. Mr. Collins We have several workers
:

I do not wish any man

driven out on to be who belong to the Association who said that
account of the dues being raised, nor any it was not necessary to come here, because
man kept out on account of the admission they could get all the information in the
fee. We
have had five years' experience, Philadelphia Photographer, and it would
and if we have gained anything by the cost them nothing.
Association, and if it is worth anything, A Member: It seems to me that a man
let us make it self-supporting. has the right to publish anything he pleases ;

The motion Mr. Carbutt, making the

of if our proceedings are hard to get hold of,

dues four dollars for employers and two it would be different. But it is impossible
dollars for employes, was then agreed to. to prevent others from getting hold of them.
Mr. South worth: Is that made to be- If one journal does not publish them an-
ginnow ? other will, consequently, it seems to me,
The President : I will call on Mr. that it is better as it is.

Carbutt for information as to whether it is Mr. Clark: I cannot see any better way
to cover the past year. to remedy this. If you wish to keep those
Mr. Carbutt : It is for the coming who are not members of the Association
year, — from now. out of it, then print the proceedings with the
The President : It is for the future. I formulae of this Association in pamphlet
do not see that we can compel any one who form, and send one to every member with
has paid his dues to come and pay back. the Photographer, and the publications in
Mr. Thorp: I see the difficulty; most that journal, only mentioning the meeting
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 413

and giving the proceedings without the The President It : is a very little
formulae that are stated in this meeting. thing, and a man who does not think
And in that way it would induce many who enough of it to pay his dues we do not want
are not members of the Association to be- in the Association.
come members. I think that if it was pub- A Member: You did not put the ques-
lished privately, and sent to each paying tion on the amendment.
member of the Association, that it would The President: No, sir; the amend-
be better than having the whole -published ment was withdrawn, and we voted on the
in the Photographer, as has been heretofore original question.
done. I am called on to appoint a Committee on
Me. Southworth : Here is a new ques- the Progress of Photography, and would,
tion sprung upon us, but it cannot be that therefore, appoint Mr. ~W. J. Baker Chair-
we are going to reduce ourselves to such an man, with Dr. H. Vogel and Mr. Gr. Whar-
illiberal position as to listen to such a motion ton Simpson as corresponding members.
moment.
as that for a I may add that the trustees of the Relief
Mr. Rhoads: The extra expense of print- Fund which commenced its operations this
ing the proceedings of this Convention in year have gone to work, and that consider-
the Philadelphia Photographer is over $500; able money has been donated this year it ;

this includes a very large sum for the extra is for the benefit of disabled photographers.
matter printed on account of the proceed- It was voted that its action should not com-
ings of this Association. mence till the Association had been in ex-
If the formula? were printed separately istence for five years. That time is now
from the journal they would cost the Asso- about up, and the Relief Fund will soon
ciation a great deal more money than they commence its operations.
are able to pay. I think it is a serious mis- The next thing before us is printing,
take. I think it is our duty to diffuse toning, Mr. Clemons did not get
&c.
knowledge, so that others can see the bene- started hardly, and we want him to get a
fits to be derived from our Association and fresh start and go straight along.
come in and join us. Mr. Clemons : I will speak on printing,
A Member: I should think if there is toning, and finishing.
any worth in the Association we ought to Mr. Harris: I do not wish to occupy
have the benefit of it. the time of this Convention a moment. I
The President The motion is that the
: have a suggestion to make, which I think
proceedings of this Convention be copy- will express the feelings of nine-tenths of
righted and furnished only to members. the members
of this Convention.
Are you ready for the question ? Now, have only come here to learn,
I
Mr Hall: Iliad thought that this As- and I can say truly that I have learned a
sociation was organized for the diffusion of great deal but I have not learned many
;

knowledge, and that we were to go against things that I wish to learn, and for the
secrecy. very reason that many of the subjects that
Now, are we going to resolve ourselves, have been taken up by the gentlemen who
after five years, into a secret society ? have presented them to the Association,
The President: I shall call for the have occupied so much time that there
vote without further debate. was no chance to ask any questions, and
The question was not agreed to. questions that many of us who have been
Mr. Harris: I would like to inquire if but a short time in the business would
there is nothing in the constitution or by- like answered. I, who have been but a

laws by which a member who neglects to year and a half in the business find that
pay can be expelled from the Association ? there are a great many things I would
The President: We have expelled two like to ask. Little things not touched
hundred this year. upon. 1 feel that it is so with many other
A Member: You had better expel two members of the Association. Now, for one,
hundred more if they don't pay. I do not know but that this would be the
414 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
best plan. If we can only ask Mr. demons can spoil every print that comes from it.
the questions we can get what information But I will leave that; you have all as good
we want. He told us yesterday he would judgment on that point as I have.
occupy us for two hours, and interest us I ;
The time is coming, and coming very
have no doubt he can do it. Perhaps it fast, when the printer will obtain as much
would be better if he would state the man- for his services as the operator. It has al-
ner of his proceedings in silvering and ready come in Philadelphia. I have been
toning, &c
and allow us an opportunity
, requested by several to show how I would
of questioning him then we shall perhaps;
float a sheet of paper, and before I proceed
some of us get some information. to do that I will say that I will make up
The President That is just what he is: my silver solution. I only wish it was
going to do; you have hit the nail on the practicable to go through the whole opera-
head. I have learned something this ses- tion" of printing, toning, and washing be-

sion. I have learned that another year I fore our Convention.

am going to bring it down to ten and fifteen Every printer should work his paper to
minutes speeches, if possible; and am going his best advantage, and use no paper but
to have them just as practical as it is possi- that which gives him the greatest satisfac-
ble to make them. With the assistance of tion.
our friend and Local Secretary, next year, It makes no difference who the maker is.

we photography right before you,

shall do When I am called on to test a printing
if it is nothing more than to clean the glass. bath, as I told you at St. Louis, and gave
Mr. demons is before you, and I guaran- you an experiment, I go to work to test the
tee that he is ready to be catechized to any silver, and see what the matter is; to see if
reasonable extent. any albumen is present, by charging it with
Mr, Clemons Mr. President, we will
: alcohol and flaming it; also by the addition
have a "love feast" (laughter) and an ex- of camphor and alcohol.
perience meeting and, of course, you know
;
I understand since I came to this conven-
that you are to assist. tion, that many have tried that, and would
I do not wish to do all the talking my- not discontinue it.

self. A Member : Give us your method once

A Voice: Louder. more.
Mr. Clemons: You wilt have it loud Mr. Clemons : I take one ounce of cam-
enough after a bit.
phor or thereabouts to five or six ounces of
A Member: We want to hear it all, and 95 per cent, alcohol.
make it straight.
Mr. Bingham: Will you allow me to
Mr. Clemons Yesterday afternoon was
:

say that I tried that myself. I used the

set apart for printing, toning, and finishing
alcohol pure, and I tried my best to get it
of prints and my name was down for that
;

on fire, but it would not burn. What

day.
would you do in such a case as that ?
I was very sorry that I could not em-
many
brace the opportunity to speak, for
Mr. Clemons: It was not good alcohol.
who wished to hear me have departed. Mr. Bingham : It was as good alcohol as

They had paid their money to come here you can get.

and hear me, arid receive their instruction Mr. Clemons : The alcohol will not in-
in toningand finishing of prints. terfere with the working of it, if it is done
The man who works in the printing de- properly.
partment is the man of the establishment. Mr. Bingham: I could not get it to
He is the man and he should
of the times, burn, that is all.

have brains. He must have a clear head. Mr. Clemons: would do it right here
I
The man who produces the negative, is not before your eyes, I had the appliances.
if

the man if he cannot produce the oest nega- I tried it within two weeks, and it never
tive that is going; for he may produce the worked any better.
best negative that is going, and the printer Mr. Webster: I think that these inter-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 415

ruptions not only trouble him, but interfere continue to burn for five minutes and this ;

with all of us, who are trying to hear him. must be done in the dark-room. You must
Mr. Clemons : I am willing, if parties try the experiment there. You will find
ask me questions, to answer them just at that there is a sediment after it has gone

the very point. I think it best that it out in the bottom of your saucer. That
should be done at the time, for that is the sediment then is pure and white As soon
time you want to know. as you bring it out into the open day, it
begins to change to chloride of silver; and
Mr. Webstkr : It will take him all day,
he interrupted.
you will find it does not throw down any
if is
precipitate while it is in solution. But
Mr. Clemons : I am willing to stay here
how will we come to that? It is still there
all day, any satisfaction and I am
if it is ;

and continues to be there and when you go ;

willing to answer the questions of every one,

through the performance of burning it out
no matter what they are.
with alcohol, you will find it there and if ;

Mr. Bingham : I would say it is for

you collect it, and put it on a piece of char-
information that I ask this. I used the
coal, and use a blowpipe, you immediately
alcohol, and tried the process, and the alco-
convert it into pure silver. I am only
hol united with the water, and, as I found,
giving those points that you may study
I could not get it to burn, to save my life.
them yourselves, and try the experiment
I could not make
any way. I it burn in
to your own satisfaction. Next year the
poured in eight ounces of alcohol, and it
question will come up again, and some one
would not burn it united with the water. ;
will get up and say that he tried it, but it
It did not float on the water at all.
would not work but that is not my fault.
;

Mr. Clemons: I certainly think you Mr. Hall I would like to ask one ques-
:

have made a mistake. If you will come tion. If no discoloration takes place, and
with me to any gallery I will perform it the solution is perfectly clear, is it necessary
for you. to go hunting for this albumen ?
Question : Please repeat the formula. Mr. Clemons answer brother
: I will
Mr. Clemons: I use one ounce of cam- Hall right away. have been called in I
phor to five or six ounces of ninety-five (95) oftentimes to see what was the matter
per cent, alcohol. That is only for dis- with the paper generally " Clemons's pa-
;

charging albumen from the printing bath. per," for they all know me. I would look
Question: How much solution? at the print, and I would say, " Well, you
Answer: A barrel makes nofull; it have got albumen in your silver, or some
difference. You have until you
to add it other injurious matter."
get it all out ; and you can only tell by " Oh! my silveT solution is pure."
shaking it. Add it to your silver. You " But how is this ; it takes you half an
immediately shake it up. If you stand it hour to print?"
down, the bubbles float away, one after an- " How do youknow that ?"
other the albumen is all grabbed by the
; I say, " You are toning through dirt you ;

camphor. It is tacked to it. Then if you are wasting a great deal more gold than you
filter, as it passes through the filter, it falls ought to. Why don't you get some alcohol
down and there are no bubbles. There is and burn it out?"
no albumen, and you know that, so that "Oh! I never did it. I never thought
you have to add camphor until that takes of that."
place. If you have a barrel full, you must I say, " You give me a saucer and I'll do
add camphor sufficient to expel all the albu- it for you " He will look in astonishment
men ; but that is not all that there is in the , and say, "That is something very queer,"
silver bath. There is organic matter there and you will find that he had almost one-
beside and this you can test for.
;
half part of his silver solution pure dirt.
Now, if you take that silver solution, and I would find that he had sixteen (16)
you add a little more alcohol, or sufficient ounces there, and there were seven ounces
so when you ignite it with a match, it will of pure dirt.
416 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. Hall : I am satisfied that that is a will not require as strong silver, nor will
fact. his paper require as long floating. And
Mr. Clemons When your : prints are now as to the paper. It would be very
not right, make up your mind that there well at the commencement of a new ream,
is something the matter with the silver. to tear up one sheet, and float it on the sil-

Now wehave got as far as discharging ver bath different lengths of time, say,
the albumen, and getting out the silver forty seconds, fifty seconds, one minute,
which is held there in suspension. Now, I two minutes, two and a half and three and
would say in reference to it, that there is so on up to five. Now print all those from
something about it a little bit out of the negatives, then you can mark your print
routine of things. In this there is a chlor- and see what it is.
ine which does not actually mix with the Now, for a negative which has poor de-
silver until it is discharged by the heat. It tail, no middle tints or shadows, the silver

is held there in some way or other, I cannot should be so conducted that every detail in
tell how, but it is there all the same. It is the negative should be presented. When
the same with the egg. "When the printer the print is definite, there should be nothing
is dealing with the egg, he is dealing with wanting. It should not be clogged up with
a, funny creature. I find it so, all the strong silver, for if it is, you will mar the
time. You may boil an egg as hard as it print and other portions, so that there would
is possible, and you may open it and take be no given point as to the strength of the
out the yolk, put it in a mortar and pound which you use, nor as to the
silver solution

it, put it in a bottle and shake it up, and time of floating.Float and use your silver
you willfind it to be pretty near full. and use your prints as will suit you best
Why ? Because in that egg there is a par- when they come before you. Every man
ticle of albumen that you cannot coagulate. who conducts a gallery should know what
It is mixed with the glycerin which is prints suit him, the best. If they do not
found in the egg ; for you know there is come right to him, he should have them
glycerin in the yolk. come right, and if he don't, there's money
Now you cannot place a sheet of paper out of the till.

upon any strength of silver, but what a Now, a piece of paper will vary in
small portion of this will be discharged strength or weight, according to the time
from the paper and passed to the silver so- of floating. If you are using silver at forty
lution, and this goes on day after day until grains, and floating for two and a half
the silver solution becomes charged with minutes on silver which has heen prepared
albumen, and after a certain time you will properly.— the albumen removed from
all it

see on putting your prints up that they will — and then take a negative and print from
not have the gloss that they had before. it, you will find that you
have nearly will
The trouble is in the silver solution, and all the detail requisite in That will be it.

then you must discharge your albumen near the point. If you find it is not, and
from the silver. Unless you do, you will your shadows are clogged, you can reduce
have bad-looking prints. And every day your time of floating. You can come down
it will require more gold to tone them. if there is not enough, and you will still

Now in my experiments, of course, I require more silver or a longer floating.

have any gallery
not got but I have ; And when you take up the negatives in the
a place in Philadelphia. Mr. Draper has morning they should be looked at. All
given me permission to use his rooms for those which are good, set by in their place;
my experiments. I can try any experi- all those which are strong, set by, and fume

ments that I wish to, and I embraced the accordingly.

opportunity, and have done so for this Con- The paper for weak negatives requires a
vention alone. longer fuming, taking into consideration
Now, as to floating. That will have to also the printing. If you fume too long,
be regulated according to your negatives. they print too blue. Then you have got to
A man who is w orking
T
a strong negative, regulate your silver again, and bring it
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 417

down, and be on the watch all the time, as do not freeze it all ; it does not all freeze ;

I said before. it is there.

The printer should be brains clear to his Mr. Hall : If you will allow me, I will
heels, or elsehe will- not get along success- give my ideas on this point.
fully. You have often seen and taken Mr. Clemons: Go ahead; that is what
notice that from certain negatives from we are here for.
which you had prints before that were bad, Mr. Hall I presume I am here
: for that
you will see them come down in time, and purpose. I may be wrong, and that is the
they will be a great deal better than the reason I want to be set back. If I under-
first. Why — because of the improved sil- stand the action of the substances, that is,

ver solution ? No
no better than be-;
it is the chemical action of different substances,
fore it is the same negative and the same
: you cannot put two substances together, and
solution. It may be that you will have re- have them retain their identity.
peated calls for that picture, and they will Now, the little albumen that comes off
vary every time that is, if the printer — from the paper and goes back into the silver
don't know his business they will vary con- solution, unless there is a chemical combi-
tinually and you will often hear people
;
nation, retains its identity ;
but if a cata-
say, " Why, these are not like me or like lytic action takes place forcing it into combi-
the lot I had previously ;" and you cannot nation, that issome third substance which
tell the reason why. will unite; and if I understand it, that is
Mr. Hall: As the gentleman is speak- the case when the albuminate of silver
ing without notes, I will interrupt him. forms; and the moment that forms, that
There is one important thing that I feel he combination takes place, and produces an
is forgetting. He has not mentioned the albuminate of silver, which is a sort of red-
albuminate of silver. dish substance, and you will always see it,

Mr. Clemons : I had thought of it. I when that change has taken place. The
thought you would ask about it. I always formation of the albuminate of silver in
think when persons want anything, they your can always be detected
silver solution
will ask for have my bulk-window
it. I by the reddish appearance of the solution ;

open, and anything you do not

if there is and no man would be foolhardy enough, to
see and want, you must ask for it. go on and silver his paper when his silver
The President That's the way. : solution was all muddled up by the albu-
Mr. Clemons There is such a thing as : minate of silver, but would probably take
the albuminate of silver. If you take and the means to precipitate it, get it out, or
put albumen into a solution of silver in a dissolve it.

certain quantity, it will not mar it at all. The correct way of doing that, I believe,
If you burn that out —that is, the albumi- is to make it alkaline with ammonia or

nate of silver gets mixed, it is then it is alum, and then precipitate it; for instance,
mixed with it. You take the flame, and to an acid reaction. Now, if I am wrong
you can extract the silver from it. It is in this, and it is the albuminate of silver
the albuminate of silver as much as if I when it dissolves out, and is in there before
took ammonia and acetic acid and I got this action takes place, and produces this
the acetate of silver by its combination. If coloring, I would like to know it.

I take silver and put chlorine into it, I Mr. Clemons : I would too, ladies and
form the chloride of silver. It is only a gentlemen. I do not know whether you
combination of albumen and silver. It is have heard Mr. Hall on the albuminate of
the albuminate of silver. What else would silver or not. He is mistaken, that is all.
you call it ? You form the albuminate of silver, and
Mr. Hall: I would like to know how then he says he puts ammonia in and then
there could be albuminate of silver in the redissolves that,and still he gets the albu-
solution, and yet be perfectly clear? minate of silver, and when you redissolve
Mr. Clemons It is there still, just as: you form the albuminate of silver in your
much as if you froze a barrel of cider. You silver bath, by putting albumen in, and if

27
418 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE.
you want to see it, all you have got to do Question When you mix up your sil-
:

is your camphor and ninety-five per

to use ver, do you mix it up and let it float on the
cent, alcohol, and you will see it burn and top?
be discharged. And that is the albuminate Mr. Clemons Stir it around with a
:

of silver, and nothing else, my friend Hall little and leave the alcohol on
glass rod,
Mr. Hall : If I am mistaken, Hardwich the saucer, and then flame it, and it will
is mistaken too ; and that is all. burn up, and you will see it cook. The
Mr. Clemons: You put the albumen in camphor will grab it and leave your silver
and burn the silver you have got the albu-
;
solution in the right condition.
men then, and it is the albuminate of silver, Now, when you see this solution, you
because it is mixed with the silver, and you will see the substance on the top swimming
collect it and burn it. What do you do? around, and there you will see it is the al-
You discharge the albumen, and you have buminate of silver coming up. Have you
your silver in a button. Hardwich is a first- got any more questions, Mr. Hall ?
rate book, but many men have made mis- Mr. Chamberlain I do not seem to :

takes. I have made them too. I have understand as to the arrangement of the
changed my opinion this last year, and a saucers. We would like to have that ex-
wise man will change his opinion, but a plained again.
fool never does. You have your bath full of albumen, and
Mr. Hall: I am much obliged for the your papers do not give that gloss that there
compliment. You may change your mind should be; what is the proceeding?
before another year. Mr. Clemons: If we put a silver solu-
Mr. Clemons: If I do, I will let you tion of one hundred and twenty grains
know. I will write you.
'

strength and make that into a bath

Mr. Hall : I am very much mistaken if Mr. Chamberlain: We have already
thealbumen in the silver solution is an al- heard it.

buminate of silver. Mr. Clemons : I am trying to tell you

Mr. Clemons : It is there, and what else as well as I can. It is there, and you must
would you call it. burn it out as well as
try to you can and ;

Mr. Hall : It is only in the solution ifany one says it is not there he does not
mechanically. There has got to be a chem- know anything about it.
ical action before there can be albuminate Now you want to know how this thing
of silver. is to be carried on. You get a silver solu-
Mr. Clemons: He is on the road. At tion,and know it is foul now you go to ;

that point I have got you, so that I can work and boil that down two-thirds. The
fire away at you, and knock you over. object is not to save the alcohol. Use alco-
Now, you have brought in a third party hol of not a very high price ; it is cheap, at
there; you have brought in the heat, that is fifty cents a gallon.
where that combination takes place, and Nowyou go to work and set fire to your
that is what does take place. You go and mixture in the saucers. Pill them half full
place your sUver and alcohol together,, and of your solution and fill them up with alco-
flame them, and then comes in another hol, and flame them one after another, and
power. After that has transpired, it was let them burn four or five minutes, and you
alkali before, it is acid now. Where does will find all the detrimental matter at the
that acid come from ? bottom of the saucer. Now you filter it,
Mr. Hall: Is it necessary to create an and your solution will be acid, but do not
enemy for the sake of burning him out ? neutralize it whatever. I tell you it will
Mr. Clemons You say you bring : in be acid. I do not care if it was ever so
heat, which produces a chemical change, strongly alkaline previous to that, it will
and it makes the albuminate of silver. now be acid.
There aremany things that you cannot pre- If you take simple alcohol and water,
vent, and this is one of them. That is what both neutral, flame them the same way, and
I am here for, to keep it out. test afterwards, you will find that they are
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 419

acid. You float a sheet of paper, after it more porous, and is very easily torn in wash-
has been prepared — after the bath has been ing, but is the best paper to give good re-
prepared of the proper strength — and see sults:but many of you would not work it
the difference between the prints you float on account of its being so easily torm in the
on it now, and what it was previous to that, water.
•when foul with the albuminate of silver. Question : How strong would you use
Mr. Webster: You do not understand the solution for Rives paper ?
the question asked you. You have been Mr. Clemons : About one ounce. I said
changing about and thinking of Mr. Hall's last year before the St. Louis convention
question. The question is, how do you put that glycerin was the best known detective
the alcohol into those fire-pans ? of bad silver. I repeat it here.
Mr. Clemons : I told him as plainly as Question : Will Mr. Clemons state how
I could that I evaporated the solution two- strong he makes his bath ?

thirds away, and then I had saucers suitably Mr. Clemons: I have just stated that.
arranged, and I would them half full of
fill A Member: If he will wait till Mr.
—distribute the solution among
the solution Clemons gets through T he will tell us all
the whole of them — then I would them fill about it, and do it as quick as he- can. We
up with alcohol and set fire. A little waste do not understand the chemistry of it,, and
of alcohol once a week is not much com- we will get through with it and understand
pared to having good prints. it better if we go clear round it.

Mr. Chamberlain: Why do you not Mr. Clemons: Last night in the Rink I
put it in your flat toning-dish ? was all surrounded by my friends for two
Mr. Clemons: If you want to reduce hours and a half, with people wishing me
your evaporating dish to a smaller size you to answer here upon the stage precisely
can do it it will j ust crack the evaporating-
; what I am endeavoring to do now. But I
dish all to pieces. That's just it. Just do must hoe my own row. I will come to the
it, and you will see; that's all. toning-bath when it is proper. I cannot
Question Suppose your silver is all
:
fly backwards and forwards like a weaver's

right, which is the best neutral bath, and shuttle.

what bath would give the best results? A Member r I would like to ask just one
Mr. Clemons: That would be according question in reference to this purification of
to the paper. the silver bath, and that is this, If the sil-

A Member: Suppose it was the "Clem- ver bath be evaporated to dryness and fused,,
ons paper?" is the effect as good as when cleared up by
Mr. Clemons : They are working that the use of alcohol ?

in every way, so I am told ; and so am I. Mr. Clemons You may fuse the albu-
:.

But I told you at the start to work your men and silver bath until it all comes down
paper so as to produce the best results ; the in a diffused state, and you take that silver
way you like it, do it. But I do not use and put it in solution.
any ammonia but ; if you find that am- Now place it into a bottle ,- shake it, and
monia will do best, why use it. see if it is free from albumen.
Question : How do you make the bath A Member: I do not know; I want to
at the start? know.
Answer : I make it plain. I use glyc- Mr. Clemons: It is easy to try when
erin. Take an ounce (troy) of silver, then you get home. You may drop me a letter
put it about forty grains to the solution. I about it, and I will answer it.

take one ounce (troy) of silver ; that is four Mr. Tresize wish to ask Mr. Clem-
: I
hundred and eighty grains. I make that ons if he knows himself whether albumen
into a forty-grain solution, adding one and itself will burn like a piece of wood, or other
a half ounces of glycerin if I use Saxe ligneous matter.
paper. Mr. Clemons: It swells up; it don't
If I was using Rives paper, I would not burn like wood.
use it near so strong, because that paper is Mr. Tresize : Can you reduce it to a
420 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
charcoal or carbon, and expel all the other privilege to make a personal explanation,
elements? If it is carbon, can you do and I will not consume more than one
that? minute of time.
Mr. Clemons : I do not think you can The President I would state that I :

in toio ; for if afterwards you place it in a have a pretty long programme, and we
silver solution shall not be able to get through half of it
Mr. Tresize : That is not the question I this forenoon.

asked. I want to know if albumen will Mr. Clemons : I will hurry through this
burn, and if it can be reduced to charcoal matter rapidly. I have been interruped by
as a piece of wood can For when you
? different questions, or I should have been
fuse your silver in solution, you burn the further ahead.
albumen bath and reduce it to carbon, Question Tell us about toning.
:•

which you can filter out and unite that with Mr. Clemons: All right, my friend, I
silver in the shape of carbonate. shall go right at it. I see you want it; but
Mr. Clemons : This subject is foreign to I should like to answer Mr. Thorp, the
printing and toning. If Mr. Tresize will question he asked me yesterday, when the
try the operation, he will find out. I am question of solar printing was on the carpet.
only giving you precisely what I know my- He wished to know, I believe, how to pre-
self. I am not a theoretical man I am a
; pare a strong negative; how to make an en-
practical man, and I give you just precisely largement with a strong negative that is, ;

what I know myself. a cast-iron negative, or an iron-clad. You

Mr. Webster : There was a very unfor- will have to prepare a silver or salting so-
tunate omission yesterday in our proceed- lution for this purpose; that is, one of those
ings, and I have interrupted Mr. Clemons which requires at least an hour in the sun-
just at this point in order to introduce it, light to print. You will take one hundred
so that I might leave the hall and attend grains of pure chloride of ammonia; not
the committee meeting. It is something of the purest, but chemically pure and five ;

great importance to all of us, and I will try ounces of water. On this you lay your
to make a report before we adjourn. The sheet of paper down and lightly sweep it
omission was in extending what was really over with a piece of cotton regularly, until
due to the past officers, or the officers of you get it all down.
this Association for the past year. I have Now go to work and make up ammonia,
thereforecome here to present a resolution. nitrate of silver, two hundred and twenty-
Of course any one else could have read it as fivegrains. Doyouhearthat? Thenyouwill
well as myself. My object was to preface take when the sheet is dry and silver it and
it with remarks. place that upon the camera, and you will
Resolved, That the thanks of the National print it in one hour and a half, according
Photographic Association be unanimously to its density.
voted to the officers of the past year, for 1 worked for Mr. Wenderoth as foreman
their efficient services in their capacities, all in the printing department. We had four
of which have been given voluntarily for negatives that were iron-clad. It took one
the benefit of the Association. hour to print. I then did the solar work.
The motion was seconded. I think that he had orders from each one.
Mr. Jewell put the question, and it was They were whole-sheet size and were $200.
adopted unanimously. We had to work in and out to produce
Mr. Thorp: I believe that it has been transparencies, so that we could make solar
commonly understood that these forenoon camera negatives. But such a thing could
sessions were for business. We want to not be obtained. He ordered me to print

hear Mr. Clemons more on this matter. them ; I told him I would have to salt my
It is getting pretty late, and I hope that he silver.

will be allowed to finish his remarks this Now he not a stingy man by any means.
is

forenoon, if possible. would merely ask I on one whole day, and it did not
I tried that

what is the right of every member, and the make a mark on the paper, and they would
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHBR. 421

not finish up from the first of June till the prints up, and when the last drop is about
falls of eternity. I believe that is satisfac- to drop, let it drop into a solution which
tory so far, is it not ? you have prepared, and if it don't cloud,
Now, I will go on with the toning. I there is no hyposulphite of soda present. I
always wash my prints, so as to get rid of have got through toning I believe.
the free nitrate of silver before toning
Fixing, $c. —I had complaints this last
After being thoroughly washed I use a ton- winter, mostly from the Northern States,
ing-bath made with have a satu-
borax. I
about the softening of albumen. It is pro-
rated solution of borax I take one ounce of ;
duced in the coldest seasons, and in the
that to six ounces of water. Now I give you coldest weather when the silver has very
that proportion, and I use about one drachm The albumen semi-coagu-
little action. is
to a grain of gold. This gold I make my- lated. It can be cured by taking the silver
self by taking a gold dollar and putting it solution and warming it up to a proper
in three-quarters of an ounce of aqua regia; strength, summer heat. You get shut of it
that just eats up the gold dollar. at once if the silver is strong enough, or you
I put eight ounces of water to that. When can put alcohol in, which assists in the
this solution becomes cold, that makes it coagulation. Alum is a coagulator of albu-
only about three grains strong, and of that men, one of the greatest known, and Mr.
I use about a drachm to a drachm and a Anthony gave us the information he was ;

half to that quantity of solution, and I gen- the first one to use it all the credit is due to
;

erally use half a gallon of that solution to him. It is an excellent thing in the silver
the bath. solution, for when the silver leaves the
To that bath I work half an ounce of salt paper it arrests it and coagulates it.

to an ounce, according as the print wants Silver will work longer that way than
it. do not always work it the same, hut
I without it. I has been
have used it since it
so as to produce the best results. That is brought before the public, and Mr. An-
my toning-bath. Then I place the prints thony should have a gold medal for it.
into hyposulphite of soda; that varies ac-
Question: "Would alum dissipate the
cording to the thickness of the paper. I
you coat in excess ?
silver if
work a very strong solution myself, and I
Mr. Clemons You could do it in excess
:

immediately take them out of that when

and it would not be any great detriment. It
fixed and place them in a strong solution of
would only take up a certain amount, and
salt, that is to prevent blistering.
only require fuming a little longer; when
If you have paper which blisters, you
you come to tone, the tones would be all
should place it in a strong solution of salt
right I never saw any difference.
; It will
it destroys this tendency, and you will have
print readier, and when you come to tone
none of it at all. But that is not the only
it is right.
office it fulfils. There is a battle going on
I believe I have got all through that
there, which drives out the hyposulphite of
square.
soda. At the same time you take a strong
briny solution of salt and take your print
Question In the hyposulphite solution
:

that you speak of, using a large quantity of

directly from the hypo; place it in there
glycerin, do you have any trouble in dry-
and allow it to stay five minutes. Take
ing ? Grlycerin when mixed with a watery
it from there, and wash it off, and hang

it up.
solution is apt to retard the drying. Do
Question: How
long do you wash it in
you ever have any trouble ?

the water ; did you say five minutes ? Mr. Clemons : None whatever. The
Mr. Clemons: You wash your prints paper when it comes out will naturally turn
afterwards. If the prints are well washed black. It will naturally turn black, and
previous to toning they do not want over willdry out straight.
two hours ; where the water will change, When you use an ounce and a half of
eight times. You can by taking
test that glycerin it is apt to do that on a light kind
the nitrate of mercury and holding the of paper, because there is a moisture there.
 422 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
You cannot avoid it. Always use alum in thirty-seven grains more, and that will vary
connection with the glycerin. according to the time of floating.

Question : You spoke of a longer or

Question: My question is with refer-
ence to floating a longer or a shorter time
shorter time in flowing. Now every albu-
menized paper has a certain amount of
in the same bath. How do you account for
the difference in the prints as you state.
—
chlorine in it chloride of sodium and
Answer : The heft of the paper makes
ammonium, or whatever chloride the albu-
menizer may use. Now, according to chem-
the difference in the chloride. Heavy Hives
paper, ten kilos, requires a longer time than
istry, chloride and nitrate of silver will
the nine kilo; that is, when the sheet lies
combine in definite proportions which we
level, but not always.
cannot alter. If I float my sheet of paper
Mr. Harris: Will Mr. Clemons please
long enough to convert all that chloride
whether there should be any differ-
tell us
into the chloride of silver, what benefit do
ence between a strong and a weak bath
we derive from floating any longer time than
when the paper is allowed to float as long
it is necessary to accomplish that? Will it
as has been stated by the gentleman last up ?
not destroy the brilliancy of my print by
There is a certain amount of chlorine in
floating it so much longer, thereby allow-
the paper that will only reduce so much
ing the silver solution to penetrate more
silver. I cannot see for the life of me why
into the paper than it is desirable according
the same result is not accomplished by leav-
to my notion ? Is it not better to keep the
ing it a little longer in the bath, than by
action on the surface of the paper ? This
making the bath stronger.
is an important question, and needs expla-
nation.
Mr. Clemons: I will answer the gentle-
man. When you float paper on a silver
Mr. Clemons : All manufacturers of pa- bath, you are leaving a little beyond the
per manufacture paper differently. As to amount of silver that is required of the
the quantity of chloride of ammonium used first few sheets. Now if you float these
I use five grains for albumen paper. About first few sheets, it becomes equivalent ; after
the quantity of silver employed for albu- you float bejT ond that, it is not its equiva-
men paper is precisely the right strength lent ;
if you take that bath and try it by
for plain paper. the volumetric test you will find this out.
If there is one grain of salt employed in You float your sheet of paper when you
the paper you will require a fraction over have thirty-five or forty grains now you ;

seven grains of silver to be equal to it. float twelve sheets of paper and test it, and
Three grains would be the chemical equiva- you will find that you have reduced your
lent ; three to one is the chemical equiva- silver and you have to renew it. If you
lent. have twelve more sheets or less you will
You must remember that the chlorine is not print. I am sending around a picture
imbedded in the albumen. now. It is printed and mounted on one
I am now salting five grains. For strong piece of paper. In drying it separated in
negatives it wants about thirty-five grains one part. You can see it. One part was
of silver; for weak negatives it will want printed. After that was printed it did not
forty. You cannot go over it. Now if you print right. I turned it over and the other
take a sheet of paper and weigh it previous is printed pretty near right.
to silvering it willweigh 205, 207, or 208 Mr. Harris That : is a point that I could
grains. Now silver it; after you silver it not see the reason for.

dry that sheet of paper and weigh it, and Mr. Clemons: Now photographers get
you will find it has gained twenty-six ideas into their heads.One man says he
grains that is twenty -six grains of silver
; must have his bath alkaline, another says
have been added to it. Now you may that he must have his bath acid. One man
make a calculation as to how much silver heats up his bath to a hundred degrees and
you are taking out of your bath. If you another puts his bath in a refrigerator.
are using glycerin in it, it will require One man wants his bath weak, and another
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE. 423

wants it strong. There is reason in all pins them on a board, and exposes them all

things, but all of these things cannot he at once. That is the case I believe.
right. I have tried my paper on a hath at Mr. Clemons: Yes, sir.

40 grains, taken the same sheet, cut it up A Member : I think it would have been
in strips, and floated one piece on a bath fair to have printed all of the same inten-
at 40 grains ;
another on a bath at 50 sity. Then I think your experiment would
grains ;
another on a bath at 60 grains ;
have been fair.

another on a bath at 70 grains, and an- Mr. Harris have done that same
: I
other at 80 grains, so as to see the effect of thing, and I am man who can
yet to find a
the strongest silver, and have never found tell me with any certainty which had been
an instance where the light did not attack floated the longest.

the one floated in the weakest bath as it did The President announced the programme
the one floated in the strongest bath. I for the afternoon

cannot see how there is any difference any- Mr. Clemons I wish you : to wait one
way as there can be only a certain amount moment, I have a nice thing here. It is

of silver taken up. You say that if the custard. I always like dessert left until the
bath is strong it requires less time to do it. last. It is to make porcelain prints with

Mr. CHAMBERLiiN: For instance, if you albumen only.

leave a small bath with an assistant, and Albumen, . . .3 ounces.
tell him to boil it down two-thirds, and to AVater, . . . .1 ounce.
add glycerin, and he goes and boils it all Chloride of Ammonium, 30 grains.

away, what would be the effect of that? Liquid Ammonia, . . 3 to 5 grains.

Mr. Clemons: It would leave the dish Beat the egg and water together well,
and go to the ceiling. then add salt.

Mr Chamberlain: The reason I asked

Question: How much salt?

the question was so that some would under- Answer : 60 grains. In one case I used
stand the effect.
80 grains. I made a large bath. You will
have to take 8 ounces of water to make up
Mr. Clemons: I am very proud to an-
4 ounces of silver. You make that up to 60
swer you the question, and I will give you
grains. You then take out 3 ounces and
the reason in short metre. If it goes down
use the ammonio-nitrate. is done by This
to a certain degree there is a fatty matter
pouring out 3 ounces of the solution and
there, and a bubble gets under that, and
adding ammonia to it until a precipitate
away she will go.
forms. Kedissolve that precipitate, and
Question : What does it form ?
after that is done add nitric acid until it
Answer It : forms glycerin. becomes slightly acid. Now after you take
A Member: It explodes. and albumenize your porcelain plates, you
Mb. Clemons : There is nothing to ex- dry them, and after you have dried them
plode. 1 would say that I believe you can- you take and put them into the bath, leav-
not form nitroglycerin until you add sul- ing them there five minutes that the silver
phuric acid, but you can do it without by may permeate the film clear through. Now
putting in nitric acid, but if you want to after you take from the bath you pour
it

form nitroglycerin you have to have sul- the alcohol on, take a piece of cotton and
phuric acid there. They call it nitroglyc- go over it. It is greasy you take a little ;

erin. alcohol and flow it on. Leave it a minute

Question: Is not that the fulminate of or two and dry off. The reason of this is to
silver? get the surplus silver off. The reason is, if
Answer That : is produced by ammonia you did not would run when you toned.
it

and sulphur only. After printing, it is washed and finished

A Member: I was going to speak in precisely as the albumen-paper is produced,
reference to the first experiment. -Mr. except in the toning. You will find one
Clemons says he floats a piece of the same toned enough and another not toned enough.
paper on solutions of different strength and You can go over it again, pushing them in
424 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
the hyposulphite of soda. Now, gentlemen, front of the camera ; it is a telescopic exten-
I think I have had my
bulk window open sion ;
this extension slips in, and it is but-
for a long while, I think it is time that we toned in, in place of the front. Of course,
adjourn. I think I have tired you all out as I say, I select my tube, which is on a
with my talk. board ready for the camera-box, to put it in
The President: A motion to adjourn here, then draw the camera-box in that ;

will be in order. slide this out to thedesired length, screw this

Mr. Clemons: I move that we adjourn. in its place;it is held there, of course, and

Agreed to. it you any length you want, be-

will give
The Convention then adjourned to meet sides giving you the convenience of slip-
at 3 o'clock. ping the tubes out and putting it on here ;

FOURTH DA Y—AFTERNOON SESSION. any one can make one just like it.
Friday, July 18th, 1873.
Mr. Hall continued
The Association was called to order by the
ON COPYING, ENLARGING, ETC.
President.
The President : The first business in
On receiving an invitation to give my practi-
cal experience here on the subject of copying
order is a paper by Mr. Alfred Hall, of
and enlarging, I found myself on the former
Chicago, on " Copying and Enlarging."
question in about the same predicament as a
Mr. Hall Mr. President, on receiving
:
certain minister, who had preached to a congre-
an invitation to give my practical views on gation for two years, at the end of which he
this subject, I prepared the article which I concluded that duty called him to another sphere
will read, premising by saying that I have of action. One of bis parishioners asked him
heretofore tried to describe, in an article why he had concluded to leave them ? His reply
published in the Mosaics, a little piece of ap- was that he had them all he knew on the
told
paratus which my operators all call very subject of theology, and did not think it would
convenient, and the best we have ever used be interesting to hear him repeat it.
;

it is an extension for copying. It is used So it is with me. On page 97 of the Mosaics

in those cases where you want to raise a

for 1873, you will find about all I know on that
subject.
copy from a small picture to a larger size.
As far as enlarging is concerned, the old pro-
I will try and give you a little idea of it.
cess of using the solar camera under a cloudless
sky isundoubtedly as practical as any.
Eor anything new or interesting in this line,
you must look to those who practice it more ex-
tensively than your humble servant.
The manner of enlarging by first making a
transparency, then producing an enlarged nega-
tive from that, has been attracting considerable
attention of late, and I believe it to be the most

feasible plan known for enlarging in cloudy

weather, and were it not for the expense of pro-
ducing the large negative, it would be likely to

Mr. Hall then explained his model, say- supersede solar printing altogether.

ing: This, gentlemen, is simply a little The copying camera, or apparatus necessary
to produce the transparencies, has been so often
model of the extension I use, the thing itself
described that it is hardly necessary to repeat it
being too cumbersome to bring.
here ; the same apparatus will answer every pur-
Suppose this to be the front of the camera,
pose for producing moderate size enlargements
and this knob the camera-tube. Now I have
from transparencies; but as camera-boxes will
three or four different sized camera-tubes,
not draw far enough to produce anything like
fitted with little bars like this, which fit
life-size from a small transparency, it will be
the front of the camera; of course, put in necessary, in order to do a general enlarging
like that. Now if I have a copy to make, business, to have a room, say ten or twelve feet
1 adjust a tube in the camera which I wish long, darkened, except one light of glass, that

to use; of course I slip this out from in to be ground, the ground side out; or tissue-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHO TO GEAPHEE. 425

paper will do this, to be boxed around inside of Enlarged negatives, made with care from
the room ;
the length of this box will depend these transparencies, with any good sample of
upon the size and focal length of the lens to be collodion,and developed with iron in the usual
used the front of this box to be furnished with
; way, will produce prints equal to any enlarge-
an opening groove and button, the same as a cam- ment which has come under my observation.
era-box, so you can slip conveniently the lens
By this process we have been producing some
from one to the other the box to open on the
;
very satisfactory results; but I was told, and I
side, and grooves on the inside of the top and
read, of the simplicity, the superiority, and the
bottom, to receive a frame holding the trans-
advantages of the Edwards process. Well, I
parency The transparency should always be a invested, that is, I exchanged my hard-earned
few inches from the ground-glass.
By this arrangement you exclude all the light
currency for a secret — a thing which I have said
I never would retain in connection with our
from the room, except what passes through the
beautiful art, for I believe a secret in any science
transparency and lens.
tends to narrow the mind and belittle the soul
An adjustable stand or frame, with pegs to
of its possessor. But there are times when a
hold the sensitized glass, completes the arrange-
man's curiosity gets the better of his judgment.
ment of transforming the room into a cheap
When this happens he is pretty sure to get
mammoth camera-box ; a piece of cardboard
fooled. I would gladly tell you all about this
answers every purpose to focus on.
process, and give the formulas, with my limited
With this cheap and simple arrangement, every
experience, were not my pen muzzled, and my
photographer can have all in the way of a cam-
lips sealed with a bond of five thousand dollars.
era that is necessary to do the largest work.
Consequently I will pass on to a subject, which
room should be pro-
It is necessary that this
may seem a little out of place at this time but ;

vided with a large sink and plenty of water. If

as it is a subject which has forced me to give it
you have no large bath, a tray will answer every
itsdue share of attention, and one which has
purpose to sensitize your plate in.
not been often publicly discussed, I take the
The quality of the enlargement depends very
liberty to give my idea as to the cause and pre-
much on the fineness of the transparency. There-
vention of blistering of albumen paper, which
fore the utmost care should be exercised both
has been a pest that not only causes vexation,
with the chemicals and manipulations.
but a serious loss also.
The formulae for transparencies, which in our
The generally accepted theory, and one which
hands have given the best results, are the fol-
I believed in for a long time, was that one sur-
lowing :

Collodion. face being albumen and the other paper, one

absorbed more water than the other, causing an
Ether and Alcohol, . . equal parts.
unequal expansion, thus separating the albumen
Iodide of Potassium, . . 2 grains.
from the paper.
Iodide of Magnesium, . . 2£ "
Several remedies have been used to prevent
Bromide of Cadmium, . . 2£ "
this, such as salt, acetic acid, alum, <fcc, none
Parys's Cotton, . . . 3£ "
of which alone ever proved successful in my
Bath.
practice. Inasmuch as this unequal expansion,
Ordinary 40 grains Negative Solution. as we have been in the habit of calling it, never
Developer. causes a blister until the paper has received the
action of the chemicals, I began to think that
To 12 ounces of Water, add 36 grains of Pyro-
this theory must be wrong, and lhat we must
gallic Acid, 2 ounces of Acetic Acid, and
look for some force beyond this that causes the
12 grains of Citric Acid.
mischief.
This developer will not act rapidly like iron. To prove this I soaked albumen paper in
You must give it time to work out all the de- water a long time ;
then I submitted paper to
tails, equal to those in the negative, which it all the chemical changes except silver ; neither
will do with proper exposure, if the chemicals showed the least sign of blistering.
are in perfect working order. From this I came to the conclusion that the
Before manipulating this developer, be sure difficulty arose from some chemioal action on the
to remove all traces of iron from your fingers, silver salt, and subsequent experiments have
for the least particle coming in contact with the proved clearly to my mind that the interchange
pyro will be sure to cause stains. or crossing over of the elements from compound
Fix in hyposulphite of soda or cyanide of po- to compound, during the process of toning and
tassium, as you like. fixing, frees oertain gaseous elements faster than
426 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
they can easily escape, which, under certain with the very best of judgment, is like a ship
conditions, cleaves the albumen from the paper without a rudder. You know not whither it will
to make room for their expansion. drift you.
It is well known that all gases, when freed We use the double-gloss S. & M. Dresden
from their combinations, expand largely. paper. Float from thirty to sixty seconds in
The circumstances under which these gases summer, longer in winter, on a sixty-grain sil-

tear the albumen from the paper are these : ver solution. Fume from four to five minutes
All alkaline substances, such as fuming, ton- insummer, and nearly twice that time in winter;
ing, &c, tend to dissolve the glazing of the wash our prints in three or four waters, to re-
paper, thus weakening the adhesion of the albu- move the free nitrate of silver then immerse ;

men to the paper. Under such circumstances them for five minutes in a weak solution of sul-
they yield easily at all weak points to the ex- phuric acid, say an ounce of acid to a gallon of
pansive force of the gases generated. water; then remove the acid by three or four
Heavy albumenized paper is more liable to washings.
blister than the light, on account of its thick- Tone in a weak gold solution, made slightly
ness resisting the escape of the gases. What alkaline with carbonate or acetate of soda.

these gases are, not being a chemist, I will not " Never use bicarbonate " after toning; sub-
venture to say. My idea is, with the present ject them for five minutes to an alum bath,
compounds used for producing photographs, the about two ounces of alum to a gallon of water.
generation of these gases cannot be prevented, This can be used over several times, but as it
and the remedy must be either an acid reaction costs but a few cents per pound, I prefer it fresh
before and after toning, to neutralize the alka- every time. Remove them from the alum to the
line properties in the prints, thereby retaining hyposulphite solution, which should never be
the adhesion of the albumen to the paper, or by stronger than twelve ounces of hyposulphite to
using something to retard the action of the hypo- the gallon of water. Dissolve the hyposulphite
sulphite of soda on the silver salt, acid, or an hour or two before using ; remove the prints
alum ; alum, having an acid reaction, accom- from the hyposulphite bath to a strong solution
plishes the former, while common salt accom- of salt; after remaining a few minutes in that,
plishes the latter. give them running water a few hours. Keep the
But I find that albumen paper, strongly in- prints face up in the fixing-bath, and put them
clined to blister, cannot be prevented from so in the water the same way, for the gas will rise
doing by the simple treatment of either of these through the albumen freer than it can through
remedies, but will require all : and I think sul- the paper.
phuric acid far better and much cheaper to use By following the above directions, you can
than acetic ; it imparts a beautiful red color to use any kind of paper without a sign of blister-
the prints, that changes gradually under the ing.

action of the gold, which enables the operator to My theory as to the cause of the blistering of
produce perfectly uniform tones with the utmost albumen paper may appear a little gassy to
ease. some.
The alum neutralizes the alkaline properties In fact, it has been said that it was one of my
imparted by the toning, which will be sure to hobbies. Well, let it be so. I believe in hob-
dissolve the glazing of the paper if allowed to bies. I believe they have advanced science
continue its action. more than any other, perhaps more than all

It gives brilliancy to the prints by hardening other, means, although they are like idols, wor-

or tanning the albumen, thereby supporting the shipped only in absence of a proper knowledge of
image, and preventing its sinking under the ac- the true principles. Yet I believe it is better
tion of the fixing solution. to worship them with errors than to worship
The salt, after fixing, furnishes a chloride for nothing.
the hyposulphite of soda in the prints to act Tupper says
upon, thereby preventing its vigorous attack "For there is no error so crooked but it hath
upon the real substance of the picture, which in some lines of truth
it ;

event is sure to generate gases fast enough to

Nor is no poison so deadly that it serveth not
cause blistering, especially in double-gloss some wholesome use."
paper.
To give a clear idea of my management of So let us ride our hobbies, for, sooner or later,
printing and toning. I will give our formulae. the errors will break down, and leave us en-
But, gentlemen, a formula, unless managed throned on the altar of truth, and the quickest
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 427

way for us to arise at this high station is to bring made a little better preparation than I have
our hobbies before the public show them up ; made.
just as we see them bring all the arguments we
;
Now, to begin with, I will promise to be
can to sustain them ; do not be afraid of being very brief. I will first show you the very
laughed at, for the truths they contain will be
extensive model* my wife had the kindness
sure to accomplish their good work, while the
to makeme; there might be some little
for
errors will likely be pointed out by some one.
Then it has been said, "That the cackling of
difference between my apparatus and the
pattern, which I will try to explain.
a goose once saved Rome from falling into the
hands of her enemies.'' And why may not our In making transparencies, I have found
noise save some deserving member of our pro- that the secret of the enlargement is, that
fession from falling into the hands of a Judas, it requires very fine artistic manipulation,
who is ever ready to betray his Master for the and the finest operation or management of
pittance of thirty pieces of silver. the chemicals.

Mr. Hall (resuming): This developer Now, when you once get a transparency
of just the right density, then you are just
will not act like iron ;
you must give it time
to work out all the details in the negative,
on the right path to make a first-class en-

which it will do with proper exposure, if

largement. When I have large pictures to

the chemicals are in proper working order. make, would suggest the necessity of en-
I

Before manipulating this developer be sure larging the transparency unless you have

remove extra apparatus, or an extra convenience

to all traces of iron. I think the
couple of small pictures show what the
for making the enlargement. In my place,
negatives would have been anything larger than fourteen by ten we
produced in a if
larger form, perfectly plain, without any send to Albert Moore, Philadelphia, to be
retouching, or anything of that kind there enlarged by the solar camera process, and
;

is one thrown up from a small negative. I

others I enlarge at home by my process.

have also the transparencies that they are I have a box with a cone on it, instead of

made from. a box with parallel sides, like this. It is a

(The pictures were then passed around.) cone in which I use a Voigtlander lens. I

We have been producing by this process think the Steinheil lens is better, if you can
some very satisfactory results. I would say get one. There are more facilities for en-
we have been using double gloss paper, and larging.

have had serious blistering which has called You put your cone on your box, put
my attention to it.
your cone in, in place of the 4-4 tube;
I avoid the salt when I can, and save my have on your cone a shoulder from which
prints, for I believe it injures the brilliancy the light comes in this way be sure it fits
;

of the print. nicely and tight, like this. By shifting this

I find albumen-paper strongly inclined to inside the box over the glass, and having

blister. The salt I avoid, because as I have this aperture so you can slip in your nega-

said before, I think it injures the brilliancy tive as you like, in the plate-holder, be sure

of the print. that it is all stopped up so there can be no

Anybody who wishes air admitted. Unless you do, you will have
to examine this
little piece of apparatus can do so. a solarized transparency. If it is entirely
The President: Mr. Hall came to me stopped up so no air can pass in, you will
this morning and said that he was afraid he get good results.
was going to be too long. I think his paper I have a rack on which I place itand
was just the right length, and, if anything, shift it up to the side-light. The reason is
too short. to cut off all diffusion of light that may
Now, we have our friend Lockwood, who come outside of the light that conies
will continue the same subject. through the screen, because every extra ray
Mr. Lockwood Mr. President, 1 did :
which penetrates through this glass nega-
not know until I got home last night after
ten o'clock, that I was to say anything on # A pasteboard model of an extension, the
this subject at all. If I had I should have same in principle as Mr. Hall's.
428 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
tive will uniformily tend to solarization. in other words, I would make a saturated
The way would be to have the front
better solution of citric acid, very strong, and
and the backs made exactly the same the ; add a little to the developer. 1 cannot tell

plate-holder is made with a slide to draw you how much ; I would say a teaspoonful
out; when you have the thing to shift, to a five-ounce bottle. I think this helps
shove the box right up to the screen. I to retard the development. If your plate
would use cloth instead of ground-glass be- has been the right length of time in the
cause it gives a finer quality of light. I bath it tends to make it develop more
will tell you why if you make a frame
: smoothly. The image instead of flashing
three feet square or two feet square, which out will come up very nicely, just exactly
will be better, have it large enough, make it like one of your best ambrotypes; and
with two-inch doors, to come together this unless it comes out, and unless you have
way, like a square box-frame ; cover it on the perfect management of your chemicals
both sides with fine muslin; you can get the at hand, so you are sure it is coming out in
cloth folded in two inches or two inches and this way, it will be a failure.
a half square ;
now, by putting on two pieces Now in developing, lies the secret of the
of cloth or three pieces of cloth, the cloth whole thing. Supposing your plate and
is entirely out of focus, and you get a soft, and the collodion is right
glass are clean,
diffused light. If you use one piece of when you develop it, carry it just to the
cloth the lines and shadows will extend, point to give it sufficient density for the
and, although you cannot see it in the neg- purpose you require.
ative, you will find that it helps to spoil But
if you never have practiced it, you

the negative. After you have seen it, put will have to try it some time to find out how
this little box veryif you have it
close ; thick the transparency must be. It must
made with and lens shove it
a plate-holder be exactly right, or the negative will pos-
clear up, so that you get nothing but the sess imperfect qualities. If the transpar-
direct diffused light of the very best ency does, it is a failure. I have often had
quality. cause to go over the whole thing again. Ex-
Then, as to the formula of my first col- perience has told me that the manipulation
lodion for making the negative and getting of the chemicals in such cases as this require
the very best collodion you you know of; if attention and particular attention.
cannot make any yourself, buy you it; Now when I get my transparency thus
want a first-class collodion, not too heavy ;
far, I fix it. Tou can fix it with any weak
you want one to flow just as smooth as the solution of cyanide. I do not like cyanide.
glass. The glass on which the transparency I fix in a weak solution of soda, a solution
is made must be fine and perfectly clean, that will take ten minutes to fix. If you
otherwise the result will be a failure. are in a hurry,and the day is not too warm,
You must be sure the glass is perfectly you can use your transparency for enlarging
clean and the collodion of the right density without drying and varnishing. I never
and thickness to flow nicely. Coat it in the varnish them if I can help it it gives trou- ;

bath in the usual way, expose it from five ble when flowing the varnish over the
to sixteen seconds, according to the atmos- transparency. You are likely to get some
phere. If clear it will require less time to little blemish you wish to take off. If you
make good transparency.
a More good can use your negative without it, it is much
transparencies are spoiled by overexposure better.
than any other way. Some fine negatives Now having the transparency, you wish
have been made in only three seconds of time. to make an enlargement with your box ; slip

Then in the developing process reduce your over the cone, and pull this out (indicating)
developer, and I would suggest the condition until you get the size to make the negative
necessary for a good developer you get a : to copy; and this little inside part coming
good developer made in the usual way what ; out to a certain extent, you must have ar-
I mean is the sulphate of iron, the acetic ranged with a thumb-screw something like
acid, and you can add a little citric acid ;
friend Hall's. You have to rearulate the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 429

size. Be sure in all your manipulations tive, or a transparency from a negative, or

that you allow no light in that; that is, a negative from a copy — all of us have to
when you get ready to work, not a particle exercise scientific judgment. If we do not
of light excepting the light you want to do it, our business naught our work
is for —
use. Then after I have got my transpar- is a failure. If you have a very hard nega-

ency, suppose it pleases me in every respect tive, and one which has been made a long

and in every detail, but the high-lights time before, be very careful you give your
which mark every picture you must be transparency sufficient time to counteract
careful with. I am very careful when I the defects in the first negative, so that they

use my apparatus at home that everything will not be repeated in the transparency.

is perfectly clean. Be sure to be slow, and In the first place the secret is in the trans-

be sure that everything is exactly right. parency. It is easier to manage in the first

Then go ahead and use your negative col- step than in the second. That is the point.
lodion the same as when making a negative If the negative weak, lessen the time in
is

of an ordinary person. Although I have ex- proportion. Therefore save all your pains
perimented a great deal with collodion, I for the transparency. That is the point;
have obtained with common negative collo- that is where the secret is.

dion that would make good negatives, sat- The President: If there are any more
isfactory results in this way by enlarging. questions, let us have them now.
After you have exposed this to the second Mr. Lockwood Gentlemen, there is :

exposure it will require more time, say nothing but great care required in this busi-
thirty seconds. You use this diffused light ness; nothing but absolute care. If your
after you have developed in an ordinary first glass is right, and if you work with an

negative developer. Fix in the ordinary eye to your business, you will work with
way with soda. If you have been careful in first-class success. If you work otherwise,
the manipulation the negative in , all respects you will have failures, and for your re-
will be so nearly like the first negative that ward you will have empty pockets and a
no one but a first-class artist could tell other- great many anathemas. I have had a great
wise. The whole secret of the enlarging pro- many anathemas and a great many empty
cess is in being particularly nice in making pockets but I have found by sticking to the
;

the transparency, and 1 guess that is the thing, and not giving it up until I had
experience of all who have ever made trans- sounded it to the bottom, I have been en-
parencies, after which you can proceed as abled to overcome difficulties and meet with
with any other negative. This is the pro- success. But the whole secret in the man-
cess which I work. agement depends upon the thorough knowl-
If there is any one who wishes to ask a edge of the business.
question, I will answer it now, or if there Mr. Baker : I would announce in refer-
are any little points which you do not un- ence to the picture of the Association, that
derstand, now is your chance. I did not if there are a hundred copies taken, they
expect to expose Did not know it was
this. can be had at a dollar apiece, and fifty

wanted, but you are welcome to it. cents on each copy will be given to the
Question What kind of diaphragm do
: treasury by Mr. Bliss.
you use? The President : I will order that, as at
Answer : I use about the third size dia- every gathering of the National Photogra-
phragm. phic Association we have been taken in a
Question Suppose you have an iron-
: group, and whereas we consider those groups
clad negative, and you want to use it, would to be the best that can be had, therefore I
you make more than fifteen seconds' expo- order that at least one of every gathering
sure for the first time ? be properly framed and placed on exhibition
Answer : You your
will have to use at the time and place of holding every gath-
judgment in every part of the photographic ering, that is, the groups taken at Boston,
manipulation, and every artist, in making Cleveland, Philadelphia, and St. Louis, and
a negative, whether a negative from a nega- the group taken to-day, and to be taken at
430 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
each exhibition, that we shall have them chance of being led into an expensive litigation
framed, and that they shall belong to the which might cost each one of us from $1000 to
Association, and always be placed there, so $2000 before we are through with it. We recom-
that it will be a little memento that you
mend that the propositions submitted by Mr.
have been in this party to-day and that Shaw to us be considered by all, and determine
whether it would be best for us to make individ-
party to-morrow. They will always be
ual settlements with him, or form a company for
there and belong to the Association, and
the purchase of the patent, as suggested in his
next year we can look at them at Chicago,
third proposition.
and they will afford us great pleasure with- H. L. Bingham,
out much expense to the Association. We Frank Jewell,
will just ship them at the close of the session I. B. Webster,
to the next place we propose to go to, with- Samuel B. Revenaugh.
out sending them back to any other place.
I will order that without a vote from the Now, Mr. President, I will read the
Association. propositions. That which
have read is I

Mr. Webster has a notice to give in re- simply the suggestions of the' committee
gard to the Shaw matter. There is no and the conclusion arrived at by them after
action to be taken, only a notice, after a long consultation with Mr. Shaw.

which we will have the pleasure of listen- Now I will read you Mr. Shaw's propo-
ing to the Eev. Mr. Frothingham. sitions. Here are three of them :

Ik. Webstek : Mr. President, the im-

I propose that if each photographer wishes to
portance of this subject causes me to bring
settle this matter with me individually, that I
it before you now and interrupt the regular will grant to each a license to use my patent
proceedings of the meeting. My object in upon either of the two following conditions :

doing that was that at our next session we First. If any one see fit to send me the waste
will probably lose some of the members saved by him to be reduced, I will work it for
who are now present. We have had a him, and return three-fourths of the amount re-
former notice, but I will simply read these covered from all of his wastes.

papers, and give you notice, nothing fur- That is simply giving him twenty-five
ther, for there no action to be taken
is
per. cent.
bring in your resolutions to-morrow morn-
ing instead of this evening. I will first Second. If, however, he chooses to dispose of

read the suggestions of the committee, and his waste in some other manner, I will then grant
him a license to use my patent, upon the pay-
then I will read the proposition.
ment by him of a small royalty; say, about ten
It is suggested that the entire patent, together
per cent, of the amount of his waste annually.

with the opinion of the official counsel of the The third proposition is something in the
Association, E. Y. Bell, Esq., of New York, to-
order of the first. I will read it, however;
gether with the propositions of Mr. Shaw and it is as follows :

the suggestions of this committee, be published

as an advertisement in the official organ of the Third. If any members or photographers here

National Photographic Association, the Phila- present wish to form a company, to buy my pat-

delphia Photographer, by the Association, for ent outright, for the purpose of giving to the

the information and benefit of its members. members of such a company free use of the pat-

It is also suggested that as the members of the ent, I will take the sum of $200,000 for my
committee, as individuals, having met and con- patent ; or if they will organize a company with
sulted with Mr. Shaw upon the specifications a capital stock of, say, $300,000, I will accept

and claims of his patent, and having also heard $75,000 in money, and $150,000 of the stock of
from Mr. Rhoads, of the late Executive Com- such a company as consideration for my patent.
mittee of the Association, in regard to the re-
ports obtained by them from the counsel of the
Now, Mr. President, I do not want to
Association, have come to the conclusion that make a speech I cannot make one at any
;

itwould be far better for us as individuals to rate. I do want to impress upon you the
make some amicable arrangements with Mr. importance of inquiring into everything
Shaw for the use of his patent than to take the pertaining to photography, that is why I
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER 431

have busied myself for the last two days to in the deepest respect for the art and the aim
get on the inside track of Mr. Shaw's claim which brought you together. It surely is an art
;

and it is necessary for us as photographers and affords noble opportunity for the develop-

and practical workers, and it is our bounden ment of the artist spirit. Then, as we ministers
are glad to welcome laymen into our assemblies
duty to inquire into this thing and to give
and to hear our work presented from their point
Mr. Shaw a fair hearing. "We must do
of view, so I venture to think that you may not
that or we may not be able to do anything.
object to hear from an outsider who knows that
Give Mr. Shaw a fair hearing in every in-
he knows nothing about your work, and will not
stance and in every case, then you can settle presume, therefore, to instruct in regard to it,
it individually; and I think as to its com- but simply looks at it from the view-point of the
ing before the Association as an association great public whom you try to serve. Into the
I shall certainly vote against it. Conse- adyta of the temple of the sun, of which you are
quently I read this simply as a notice, and the priests and priestesses, he will not presume
I say what I do to warn you against any to enter ; but with his lay feet entering its outer
harsh and severe proceedings. Treat Mr. courts, will venture simply on the expression of

Shaw as a gentleman, and inquire into his two things which the great public desire and
claims. need at your hands.
And first, I feel quite safe in saying that they
The President: I would inquire if the
want good pictures. This seems very little to
specifications of the patent are here ? We say, I know, and yet much and perhaps
it is the
would like to know what his claim is.
very best that can be said. The public, let me
Mr. Webster: The question was asked repeat it,want good pictures, and in both
then,
in regard to the specification. senses of the word. They both want them and
A Member: I remember discussing that need them. It is true they do not always know
question. good from bad. Sometimes in our ignorance we
Mr. Webster: The only information I are misled into taking the bad for the good, and
want to give, the question was asked if this do not at once recognize the best. Sometimes
was read why we should not suggest its we accept those which you know to be
as the best

publication in full, with the specifications the worst. This is all true. But none the less
is it true that we want the good, and in their
of the patent.
name as well as in that of your own noble art, I
The President: I would ask Mr. Wil-
pray you make a note of it. You may depend
son if it will appear in the next journal ?
that the public never will look at a picture which
Mr. Wilson : Yes, sir; everything that it has once found out and knows to be bad. It
has occurred here. may be deceived and misled.
The President: We will now have the Quackery has but too much power. But one
pleasure of listening to the Rev. Mr. Froth- thing it cannot do, it cannot keep us thinking

ingham. the worst is the best. For the moment it may

mislead, but only the best will command endur-
MR. FROTHINGHAM-S ADDRESS. ing approval. So we want the best you can give
Permit me, ladies and gentlemen of the Na- us. We want it to be ever advancing. Your
tional Photographic Association, to begin what work you cannot make too good. I hold this to
little I venture to say with a word of congratu- be a wholesome and cheering word. It has sure
lation at the meeting of such an assembly as hope for all who are trying to do noble work and
this, and of grateful appreciation of the honor to be thus artists indeed. Let them take com-
of being invited to address it. So large an fort. The best work will tell. It will tell even
assembly of men and women whose aim is some- on the quacks. The good worker will get recog-
thing higher than making money an assembly — nition. Good photographers are like artists in
invoked by the name and thought of art— is in- —
any other sphere of life in sculpture, law, paint-
deed something to rejoice at. And one may well ing, medicine, commerce, preaching sure, if —
ponder how he shall best use the only opportunity they will but be patient and loyal, of acceptance
he can reasonably expect ever to have of address- and honor at last. But they must bide their
ing such an assembly. If I undertake to sny but time. They must wait until we of the public,
little it is not because I do not want to say much, ignorant as we are, knowing nothing of their ait,
but from unwillingness to trespass on your time save its finished results, have found out that their
and attention. The little I shall say is conceived work is good. Only good work can stand the
432 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER
test. Only good work can keep favor and grow guilt. And is it not the hard lot of the teacher
in favor. And once favor sets in, for the artist to have to furnish not only knowledge, but ap-
it is a flowing tide. plication and brains ? So you are sometimes
The next thing we of the public ask of you, is expected to depict ugliness as beautiful, old age
education. We not only want the best, but we as young, awkwardness as graceful, and coarse-
wmt also to know what is best. That, no one ness as refined. It seems hard and absurd and
can teach us so well as yourselves. We are ig- wrong. In a sense it is so, and it lays on you a
norant, and we know it. In our ignorance burden which an honest man and a true artist
there is a great humility, else would we not sub- does not quite know how to bear. He knows
mit to what is sometimes put upon us. A man, that he cannot do what is expected, and he will
whom I know of, was called in one day to see a not prostitute his art into being a vehicle of
photograph of his father. It was large and falsehood or deceit.He will answer as a good
costly, and finished. The photographer placed it shoemaker once answered me when I asked him
in a favorable light. Then, folding his arms, if he could fit me :
" I think I can, sir ; but only
seemed to say, "There, what do you think of on condition that we start fair. If you want a
that?'
;
He was somewhat astonished when the handsome shoe, I cnn make you one. If you
man answered, after close examination of the want a shoe that will fit I think I can promise
picture. " That is not my father." " Why," re- you that. But if you want a shoe that will fit
plied the photographer, " everybody calls it a and be handsome too, I can't make it unless
perfect likeness." "I can't help that," he your foot be handsome."
answered, "that's not my father." And then So the honest artist will say " If you want a :

he pointed to the hard, soft, round, black, puffy good picture, I will make you one. If you want
face, every delicate line blotted out in which the a handsome one, I will contrive to promise that.
Divine Artist had written the record of a long But I cannot promise that my picture shall be
and honorable life, and from which its noble re- both good and handsome unless the subject be
finement was as effectually expunged as though handsome." And yet I fear that just this irra-
Decay's effacing fingers had passed over it. In tional and impossible promise is sometimes ex-
servile deference to a false popular expectation acted of him. I fear that he finds or thinks he
or to some unworthy conventionalism rather than finds that we of the public care less about his
in reverence for his own highest sense of truth- honesty and the truthfulness of his work than
fulness, the photographer had as effectually about the good impression that work shall make
killed what might have been a noble living pic- concerning us. It is sorrowful and a shame.
ture, as though he had struck down its original There is no true spirit of art in it. And as
with a knife. We of the public are ignorant. Joseph Fouche said of quite another thing "It :

We have queer notions, as you know full well. was worse than a crime it was a blunder. " So
;

We have very odd expectations, as probably you this is a blunder. Any one who has deeply
have found out. Our ideas of you and your art studied any work of God —a human face, for
are strangely absurd and extravagant some- example — knows that there isno human coun-
times — even ludicrous, were they not so trying tenance which has not in its own individuality a
and so sad. You are in the same case as doctors, more striking and expressive character than any
ministers, lawyers, and teachers. If a doctor human hand can give it.
cannot understand every disease at a glance, The appreciative mind is keenly aware that
cannot arrest it straightway, and even pluck the there is unspeakably more nobleness in the
dying out of the jaws of death, he isn't much of wrinkles of even the most scarred and furrowed
a doctor. —
countenance those seams and lines the tracery
minister must of course not only know all
A in which the great artist has sketched the history

about the Bible, be able to tell the meaning of of alife —

than there can be in any, no matter how

every passage and word, even where it has no in- "soft" looking contrivance, with two eyes, a
telligible meaning, but all about the inscrutable nose and mouth, which is made to serve for a
counsels of God, and — well I will not say what face instead. More nobleness did I say? I
else he is expected to be able to do and say — unless take back and say that in it alone is noble-
it

itbe to talk instructively about their own matters ness, inwhose preference the other is not worthy
to an assembly such as this. A lawyer, why he to be even named. The true artist knows that
isn't worth his bread and butter unless he has what ought to be done, what alone is noble, and
the law at his fingers' ends, can browbeat the alone is true art there, is as perfectly as possible,

court, carry the jury, and acquit his client, as richly and fully as may be, to catch and re-

though steeped to the ears in the evidence of cord that which is presented to it.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 433

And so it is "worse than a crime," even a In your hands is power. The power of the
blunder for any one of us to ask aught else to be wonder-world of art. Do not underrate it. But
done. It is a sin. It asks another to present whether it be great or little is of small account.
us as other than we are — nay, to make even the It certainly is real, and, as real, the true artist
sun and Him who made the sun to bear false will have it what it ought to be. He will
witness concerning us. But it is a blunder too, teach all whom he can reach that in the perfect
and therein lies a point of true interpretation to truth alone is the perfect beauty ; that every
be put upon it. After all, is there not something thing and every person who has a right to be at
profoundly pathetic in this desire to seem better all has a beauty of its own that his own aim is
;

than we are, and which the artist mind should simply to discover and most perfectly to render
seek fully to recognize and so correctly interpret ? the highest, exactest, and completest life of each ;

Does it mean, after all, "I want you to lie for and that in a word in the highest character is

me and make me out other than I am?" Does the perfect art.

it mean rather, "I feel within me something

better than the shallow eye can see ; a grace, a Mr. Frothingham was continually inter-
youth, a refinement, in a word, a higher self, rupted by applause.
which is my warrant for existence, which I look The President : In the name of the
to you to recognize and record." Association, I have the pleasure of thanking
Blindly, coarsely blundering though it be put, Mr. Frothingham for his paper. I was not
I venture to think this the real appeal made in aware that he was going to give us a prac-
the desire expressed to you to make us appear
tical paper on photography but that is one ;

better than we seem an appeal thus understood,

if we have had one since we came here.
;

as honorable to you as on the other understand-

Here is an intelligent gentleman from the
ing, it is degrading. You can answer to it not
people, and not connected with us in any
only with utter self-respect and honor, but with
the noblest delight and inspiration. The story
way he rises and tells us what the people
;

is told of the picture of a good but quite plain expect us to do. "We have some very sin-
woman that some one remarked, struck by its gular requests, and we often wonder what
beauty, "She looks as she will on the morning people mean, and he has had the intelligence
of the resurrection." Is there not high scope to give us a great deal of information, and,
for artistic study and worth in catching rapidly in the name of the Association, again, sir,
and richly the best and amplest and most pro- I most heartily thank you for your words
phetic life of a countenance, and in so arranging of encouragement to us.
the pose of the figure and the fall of light and
We now have the pleasure of listening to
shade as to make a perfect record of it? Is not
our friend, Mr. Southworth, on " The Use
that good work for the artist spirit ? Does it not
of the Camera."
do good work for him in whose behalf it is done ?
Mr. Southworth: Mr. President, I will
A man does not like to be lower than he seems.
Help him to feel that there is a higher beauty
make myself as short as possible, and bore
and good in him than his surface shows, and you as little as I can in introducing to you
surely you have done the divine artist's work of the order in going through generally of
helping him to be a better man. what I should do if I were in my gallery,
But my point now is appealing to you to inter- and you should come in and want a pic-
pret thus nobly our bungling and blundering ex- ture, beginning with having a plate pre-
pression, to ask of you to teach us that the way pared, ready to be brought to me the in-
of reaching the very end we seek is not through stant I needed it. And to begin with, I
concealment or distortion, but through richest heard a gentleman remark, since I have
and most ample utterance of the truth. You are
been here on the stage, of receiving a card
authority here as no one else is. If an artist
tells a man that his own face in its strictest in-
of the name of the sitter. When my
sitters come into the room I want to be ac-
dividuality immeasurably better than any em-
is

endations can make it that what he needs is not

;
quainted with them. A card with their
to blot out a point or efface a wrinkle, but with
names on it would not suit me at all. I
deepest fidelity to preserve and render every one, would take them by the hand, and relieve
only striving to penetrate to and reveal the full- them of their drapery that they wish to lay
est and characteristic life, he will be believed off; make them comfortable; point them to
as no one outside of art's charmed circle can. the room where they can take care of and

28
434 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
dress themselves as appropriately as they or massy it is not admissible, except for
please ;
then I ask them into the light-room. fancy pictures. If the figure is good, the
I do not leave them always in the dark. I fashion of the dress should show all hand-
bring them into the light-room that their some lines or curves and hide all that are
eyes may be accustomed to the light in not so. If the figure is not well proportioned
which they are going to sit. You go around the fashion of the dress should make it ap-
into the room, and show them the objects pear so as nearly as possible. It is ridicu-
of interest; view their faces in the different lously absurd for all females to adopt the
lights, and get familiar with their counte- —
same fashion one exact size and pattern
nances, and endeavor to call out their for all would hardly be more so. "Whatever
ideas. the fabric selected, avoid large figures or
Kemember that expression is everything broad stripes.
in a photograph. All else — the hair, jewelry, Figures of the same material and color,
lace-work, drapery of dress, and attitude- as watered, striped, or figured dark silks,

are only aids to expression. It must at least or very narrow-striped light silks, are well
he comfortable, and ought to be amiable. suited to the photograph.
It ought also to be sensible, spirited, and Dark colors are generally more appropri-
dignified, and usually with care and patience ate than light. Fair complexions may, if

may be so. A little practice, with a friend the figure is represented on a small scale.
toprompt, before a mirror, will save time, Eemember that positive red, orange, yel-
and very likely be the means of much in- low, or green, are the same as black, or
creasing the satisfaction of those for whom nearly so and violet, purple, and blue, are
;

the likeness is made. nearly the same as white and arrange your ;

The hair in itsarrangement should assist costume accordingly. Rich figured shawls
the proportions of the head. If the head is or scarfs and dresses usually show well in a
too long and the face thin, the hair should picture. Full promenade, carriage, or rid-
widen and round the features. If the cheek- ing dresses look well as such, although not
bones are too high and too broad, the breadth suited for a simple likeness.
of the head should fall lower down, so as not Infants, too young to sit upright, should
to exaggerate features already too large. be taken in their long frocks ; but when a
The hair may be smooth or lay evenly, but little older, their feet need not be covered ;

should never be sleeked or matted down but the whole figure may be prettily taken
and the practice of shaving the forehead or if they can be kept quiet four or five seconds.
pulling out the hair is altogether too bare- As a good rule, let the frock be very low in
faced for a lady. It should be arranged in the neck, with short waist, not tight, yet
curves, waves, or curls, avoiding angles and fitting the form, reaching to the foot; the
horn-shaped protuberances. Caps, turbans, sleeves very short and loose, ornamented
lace, and jewelry should conform to the with narrow lace The skirt should be of

same rules in aiding the general contour woollen fabric, not too full, reaching about
towards good proportions. half way from the knee to the ankle, and
All lace-work should be light and thin, worked, figured, or scolloped around the
never massy though it may be white or
: bottom. No other underclothing should be
black, to suit the occasion. Plowing curls, worn except of the thinnest and most pliable
low-necked dress, or for
for misses, over a material.
young ladies with handsome outlines of If' the child is taken half-reclining the

neck and shoulders, are picturesque and bottom of the dress can easily be arranged
pleasing, but thin necks and projecting col- to show parts of the bottom of the skirts,

lar-bones require high dresses with lace, and the feet and ankles, and all be in good
whether in fashion or not. The same re- keeping and taste. The color of the frock
marks apply to arms and hands. If not may be pink, drab, blue, or any color which
filled well, with good outlines, let them be will show light in the picture.
appropriately covered in a picture. Sim- it be permanently im-
Especially should
ple jewelry may be taken, but if heavy pressed upon the " sitter " for a photograph
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 435

that the artist has in reality no control over all to him. If qualified for his business he
the actual expression of the subject, which, will soon be able to transfer your likeness
is the important part of a photographic so as to render prominent the best features,
likeness. Having disciplined the features and at the same time conceal or diminish
of the face until controllable, select an hour those having least beauty. Aid cheerfully
for sitting when you may be in your best his exertions and if, with the best efforts
;

mental as well as physical condition. Ar- of both artist and subject, the result is a
range dress and drapery in your most taste- failure, charge it not upon his demerits nor
ful and graceful manner, so that it shall be be discouraged, but try again, and you will
at least to your own satisfaction. A figure thus eventually be successful.
laced to suffocation, a foot aching under the Again, have confidence in art itself.
pressure of a too diminutive shoe, or the There is far more danger of undervaluing
hair drawn and twisted so tightly as almost than overrating it. It may not, like paint-
to lift its wearer from the floor, thus im- ing and sculpture, be susceptible of the ex-
parting stiffness and awkwardness to ex- pression of feelings and emotions which
pression even in repose, are but a few of have been awakened in the mind of the
the obstacles with which it will be useless artist, and more nearly realized in his own

for an artist, however patient or earnest he conceptions. Though it be not to his inner
may be, to contend. fancy in the creation of scenes, and charac-
The hour of departure on a tour or ters, and forms, which might have existed
travel, afew hasty moments snat'ched from in a state of higher perfection and rarer
a shopping excursion in town, or between intellectual refinement, yet the genius and'
hurried morning calls and dinner, will not spirit of poetry must possess the artist, so
be likely to find one in a sufficiently fresh that he can ever elevate his characters in
and quiet mood to yield to the hints the portraiture far above common nature. He
artist may desire to throw out expressly for must have power to embody the beauties
the sitter's benefit. been said that
It has and perfections of his subjects, and at the
"the most terrible enemy the photog- same time make clear resemblance and
rapher has to contend with is human identity. He must keep ideality uppermost,
vanity;" this is in a great degree true. and thus infuse it into the mind of the be-
The repeated trials which the artist finds holder, so that he be not degraded to a ser-
it necessary to make to avoid time's vile copyist, and his art to- a mere resem-
rude finger-marks, to overcome the rigid- blance. And although, as has been already
ity, languor, or sadness of expression, which hinted, he who in painting and sculpture
diseases or affliction may have produced, can work to his own ideal, has a wider range
are among and discourage-
his difficulties in portraiture, and can bring colors as well
ments. Let not these be increased by the as forms of nature to his aid ;
yet in the
infelicities of time or condition above re- nice production of light and shade, whiGh
ferred to. On your own account, as well is the perfection of modelling, the photo-
as for the sake of those who will value a graph will be found to surpass the artist's
correct portrait of yourself, choose the best efforts ; being capable of representing
most favorable opportunity, as already sug- independently action, expression, and
gested, and afford the artist ample time, character, to a great extent;, and in some
without haste or nervousness, for his labor. instances it approaches very nearly if it

Next, select the artist in whom you have does not equal these higher branches thus ;

confidence, and whose efforts are to merit developing beauty in grace of motion, and
and sustain a high reputation attend to ; in repose, which is the first object and the
his suggestions, and feel at home in his supreme law of all art.
rooms that you may relieve him from all Now, in the first place, if the President
embarrassment and put him equally at ease will excuse me, I will place him in the po-
in your presence. If you have ideas of sition in the gallery, as I would if I would
your own, as to the light and shade of view take his picture.
of the face, suggest freely, and then submit I am standing now in a bad place ;. but I
436 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE.
cannot go further back than this. The first Mr. President, stand up I am about to ;

question is, where shall I place my camera? show you the figure of a man. Here is the
Suppose his position is right, it happens to figure of a man. I do not think there is
be a very bad one suppose it right, where
;
any mistake about it there. I can now let
should I place it, about here in this posi- the camera down in that place, just one
tion ? I place my camera or tube here I ;
head below, and not eight or nine or fifteen
am going to set his chin right down against feet off. We will let it down so much (in-
his shoulder,and bring the background up dicating). Here
have the shoulder down
I
there, and on this side in the same way, against the background, and the chin com-
leaving three inches of background of his ing up here, and here back against the back-
face against his coat-collar. I carry it to ground.
the top of his head ; I am so near him that Now, ladies and gentlemen, please re-
there is no chance to turn. member some of those awkward I will —
Now, gentlemen, one-half of the pictures not say awkward, they are beautiful —those
in your hall are in that same condition, and prints, chromos, and French pictures ; they
they are not worth burning up. (Sensation.) are put upon paper boxes and furniture,
Do not think 1 am harsh I am talking art. ; just remember what sort of necks they have,
I want to send our pictures to be hung in the how they are arranged, and see whether you
Vatican with those of Titian and Michael see the chin coming down here; bear that
Angelo. What sort of Moses would it be, in mind. I do this so as to set you to
if the head of Moses were sent down there thinking.
and his coat-collar coming up three or four Now I wish to make a picture of Presi-
inches above his head ? I intended to ask dent Bogardus. I will ask him to arrange
some lady to take this position, but I cannot his position. Suppose this is his position.
do so now. Now I ask him to stand in a position of
Suppose the light is going to reach twice strength. That is not a position of strength ;

as far as this (indicating), I carry the line he is standing on one foot. Place yourself
across the top of the shoulder. You see I squarely on both feet, and stand easily and
am not far enough off yet ; I will still ex- squarely and firmly. Stand so that if I pull
tend it farther out. I cannot get far enough you I would not pull you down. Now you
away in this room to get his chin by here. stand without tiring your muscles.
I run the line from the top of his shoulder Now, gentlemen, I want to go twenty-
to this position, set up comfortably and four feet from Mr. Bogardus, and I want to
strong, as if there was no back to this chair lower the instrument one foot Now E do
at all. not say you can have this position always.
Mr. President, I sympathize with your I want the largest lens that you can possi-
lungs ; 1 am afraid they will give out. That bly give me, or that I can get, to take his
is just the position for a photograph. I picture twenty-four feet off; that is, to make
cannot help thinking that the muscles are it the size of common cartes. I do not
aching. 1 want you to sit as though you want to be any nearer. I mean those large
had dropped down there, not using a single heads on the common cartes, called John
muscle. That chair is not high enough for Bull cartes, common cartes, common carte
you. size, large heads.

The President : I am free from the Now I do not want to be less than twenty-
back of it. four feet off. I want the largest lens that I

Mr. Southworth : I will have to ask can get to properly focus for that size. Your
vou to straighten your figure if possible, lens should be at least no less than five
and turn your head towards me. For this inches in diameter. Now my friend Fitz-
purpose I go far enough to carry the line gibbon, of St. Louis, suggested a very nice
of the cheek to this position. 1 am down way of shortening the time, but now I
on a line now, and I carry it back to this want to make it just a little bit shorter.
position. If I bring the camera up here I Instead of using your instrument dia-
am in a wrong position. phragmed at all, use itentirely open without
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOT OGEAPHEE. 437

any stop, and that will shorten your time, half the pictures are thus made. The eyes
and when it takes thirty seconds the old way, are this way and that way. They are just
it will now take sixteen. I will make the cross-eyed. Now, if a person is cross-eyed,
same in and have the eyes as well de-
ten, he never should be drawn so to that extent.
fined as you can ask. If there are any In some of those larger pictures, the eyes
spots or blotches, you have to touch them are looking at you as if you were only eight
out on the negative. You will thus have a feet distant. Now, what is that for expres-
softer picture than you can make by retouch- sion? It is You cannot wake any
dead.
ing, for to save your lives you cannot touch life in it. The expression is not good for
it without hurting it, and men who are anything ; the eye is not good for anything.
making good pictures do the same thing. I want you to look at the finest pictures
I do not say if there is any defect that I you can in some of the gentlemen's parlors
would not put a piece of soft prepared chalk or in the galleries in New York, Boston, or
on, but I say let it alone. As to the shad- Philadelphia, or in foreign countries. Go
ows, you cannot touch a shadow without in- and look at the finest pictures, and see
jury. You must place your picture so as to what sort of eyes you can find. But you
have a good light upon it without shadow never see any eyes like those I have de-
and without retouching. scribed. That way of looking spoils the
Now I have placed my camera out here. picture.

I will say to him, Mr. President, I have I saj7 , then, with regard to the direction
taught you this before, but I will have to of the eye and the opening and shutting of
say it again. Before I begin to raise my cam- it, it should be perfectly natural. Now I
era, I have said to my sitter, now there are have arranged the have a skylightlight. I
some things I would like to have you not that is pretty high. I cannot have too
think of. I cannot help it when they are sit- much room. I have just enough light, so
ting for a picture, and after I think I am that the sitter can open and shut his eyes
ready for it, I will direct them as to the line easily without blinking. I wish the light
of vision. You will please to look at that came in at the top ; if it does, I put it out
point you want the picture to be looking
if of the way, so it goes over the hair, but
at you, and I must make it so that it falls do not let it touch or cover the forehead
directly on that line on the edge of the tube at all.
or over it, and I want you to look as though Now, gentlemen, I do not want to use
you were looking ten miles out at sea. You any hand-screen. have arranged my light
I
can open and shut the eyes with the most so it will be comfortable. I have cut it off".
perfect freedom. You must give a light in I want to know how it is going to look
which they will not blink. I make it as from beginning to end. Somebody else
comfortable as I can, and pay attention to might do it I do not want to do it.
; I
that point while I am taking the picture. want to see that it is an accompaniment to
The eye must be used at its longest range. my picture. It must not be large — not
You must tell them to look just as far as larger than a lady's parasol with the handle
they can, and let them practice on that broken of plain green silk no matter
off; ;

look, and when they look up they will place if therenothing else, you may have a
is

the eyes in just the same position as if look- transparency put it a little back of you
; ;

ing from the top of the Statehouse down do that, and you will not have the woolly
Boston harbor. heads such as are seen in the pictures hang-
Now I have instructed him in that posi- ing in the galleries. I tell you that one-
tion. Now
we will see what sort of picture half of them are spoiled for the want of
we make. The sitter will please now look that very thing. The lights are unnatural,
at that spot. As you are looking, the line and we do not want to see such lights. If
of vision of this eye coming here, and you we happen to be in a position where the
will have it right in the picture. You will light falls so, we do not want to have the
not get it cross-eyed. You go into that picture so.
hall to-morrow and you will find that one- So much for the arrangement of the
438 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
light. A single word now should he said and place up there your red, orange, and
with regard to reflected light. Having ar- yellow, so that the light from them is all
ranged the light so as to give the shadows reflected on the face, and you will not
the diffused light and shadows as I want change the time of taking his face one single
them, then I want to look out for this little second, and you could not tell that they
point, and that is, to the light in the eye ;
were there at all.
and if you get two points, it will be bad, Gentlemen, I spent something like six or
but if you get one, and this reflects the eight years in experimenting with all sorts
light, why, it looks like one of those that of colored glasses. I have got them all. I
has a film growing over it. The eye is do not know how much they cost, but there
dead. The first thing is to get a good eye, is a dreadful pile of them. I have used
and more than that, the eye must be so ground-glass in every shape, and in every
made in addition that it will look like a position, in relation to the camera. I have
but one light.
little star, one prism which cost me four or five dol-
There is another thing, ladies and gentle- lars a large handsome prism which left
;

men, and I wish you would look out and the sunshine on the wall. It is very good
see if you can find it. See if you can find to look at, but it is not worth anything. It
the reflection deep down in the eye which is very singular how minds follow when

gives the eye its transparency. "When you experimenting alone, in the same direction,
get that transparency, you will find it is when they are following experiments in
the same reflection deeper down in the eye, thatway without science to guide them. In
and a little off on one side. It will bring these experiments in that way, it takes
the eye out and round it to you. Tour eye years to find out little small truths.
will be looking at you somewhat flat; if I say then, have your tubes as large as
you do not look out you will make your eye your tubes can be, make your pictures as
fiat entirely. I come then to the reflected far off as you can get the camera, twenty-
light, this is to be used near to the face ; if four feet distant ; with the smaller cartes,
you bring up a reflector to the face you can get a little nearer, or go further off, and
give a light shiny strip here. You will find you will find that you will make your pic-
the effect is not a good one. If you do it, ture You will not need to retouch.
soft.

you must reflect the light in such a way as You have a good effect where you have
will
to diffuse it over the face this softness you will have light where you
;

I now come to another thing.

Suppose have black, or the kind of blacks you have
this to be the hardest face you ever saw in now. Nearly all of the so-called Kem-
your life, instead of the fair fine face it is, —
brandts I speak of them so as to call your
now I will turn him into the shadow, take attention to that class — certainly one-third
him away from the light and be three times of all there are, indeed, nine-tenths of those
as long in making his picture as I would be made in the Kembrandt style, are not look-
otherwise. ing as I have described. Take it while the
A gentleman, yesterday, told us about light is run into the shade; on that side of
using the yellow and the red, and some the face there is not one bit of that black or

other light, and throwing them on to the hardness on the face. It is warmed up with
face. I will not go into the philosophy of reflected light and with color. This is ter-
that. I will let you study it out. If what- rible; it is terrible to the artist; it is not
ever he does, prolongs the time on a hard true ; it has simply been quackery from be-
face it will help him to make a better pic- ginning to end, and the worst kind of
ture, but I will say to you that in the ac- quackery, to take a person's face with the
tinic rays, there is not one particle of the shadow next to you it is all proper the
;

action of the' yellow, or one particle in the warmth and theshadow are there, so when
red, or one particle in the green. The you look at it you will understand it. You
actinic rays gobeyond the purple and be- want to make the picture so that every
yond them all. They are another class, and time that you take it up you will see new
you may light this face up in a good light, beauties in it, and so you will love to turn
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 439

over an album of such pictures, every single completely absorbed by the water, and in
day examine the effect of fine photo-
to parts not at all absorbed by water. Now,
graphing, and I tell you it is done a great if we take such a sheet of gelatin, and put
many times, by a great many artists con- grease on to it after the water has been put
stantly, and by some constantly, but gentle- on to it, where there is no water it will
men it is not done by true artists at all. adhere — that is, where the light has acted
Gentlemen, you will excuse me, I am only completely, the grease will adhere, simply
talking for the very highest reach of our because there is no water — where the light
art, but you will tell me that I have aimed has partly acted it will partly adhere, and
a above it. I did not, but never mind
little where it has not acted it will not adhere,
the aim you must aim high and you will
;
because the grease will not mix with the
not be down there long, you will be coming water.
up, and if you never get to the top, you Now that is the principle which is at the
willhave a feeling that you are making the bottom of all photo-mechanical printing
very best effort, and perhaps, if you live processes. It was discovered nearly twenty
long enough, you will reach it. I believe years ago, and was patented in almost the
that is all. (Prolonged applause.) words I have given to you. Now, after
The President : I would merely say, remained only for workers in the
that, it
in confirmation of the remarks that Mr. same direction to discover a practical appli-
Southworth has given us, and the ideas cation of that method. In my practice of
which he has brought out, that Mr. Fisher, the heliotype process, my method is, after
in New York, who is a celebrated portrait all, very simple and sure one, and a short
a
painter, I remember that he always told one, too. I will describe it, and not occupy
me that I never would take a good picture much time in doing so. I am very sorry
until I had a platform twelve or fifteen that I have not here now a printing-press
inches higher than the common platform ;
to show you the actual operations of the art,
and when he placed me for painting, he and although I had secured the loan of a
placed me on a platform so as to look up at press, I failed to get an expressman to bring
me. It is as Mr. Southworth says let us ; it here, but I hope to have it in operation

remember it, and, instead of pointing the in the morning in the Rink. My method of
camera down, let us point it up. operating is this : A sheet of slate or a slab
The next thing on programme is the
the of marble, or in fact, any surface perfectly
" Heliotype Process," by Mr. Edwards; rubbed over with a solution of wax
level, is
and immediately after that, " Outdoor in ether on to this is poured gelatin dis-
;

Work," by a number of our own members.
Mr. Edwards, of England Mr. Presi-
dent, the heliotype process is an attempt
simply to put photography into the print-
ing-press. It is founded, like
inent photographic processes, on the action
of light in the presence of bichromate of
potash. The action of light on gelatin
simply this: gelatin absorbs water very
solved in hot water, to which is added bi-
: chromate of potash to render it sensitive to
the light, and burnt alum or tannin, or
some equivalent substance, to make it fine
all the prom- and durable; after this has got hard, it is
taken off in sheets, and reared up against
the wall in almost any convenient drying-
is room, and, in the course of a few hours, is
dry the wax on the back is then removed
;

readily in its and if gelatin

ordinary state,
has added to it the bichromate, and is then
exposed to light, it no longer is absorbed
by the water, so that we take this substance
and expose it to the light, under a photo-
graphic negative, and certain parts of the
gelatin will be acted on by the light, and
certain other parts will not be acted on,
and certain parts partly acted on by light,
we shall have the sheet of gelatin in parts
from this support, and it assumes simply
the form of a thin sheet of paper.
In this form and condition it is used just
as a sheet of ordinary photographic paper.
It is exposed to light under an ordinary
photographic negative in an ordinary pho-
tographic printing-frame; as soon as the
image is impressed on it, and it needs no
chronometer to show when the print is im-
pressed, you simply have to open the frame
440 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
in the ordinary way, and as soon as the im- But you cannot witness the operation of
age is visible, the action is complete. Of pulling an impression. Here now is an im-
course it would be impossible to make a pression which was pulled from that plate.
print in such a condition as that ; we have You can see it and examine it for your-
to attach it to a support, in order to keep it selves ;
here is a piece of gelatin with the
in a proper condition for printing in the picture upon it, and here is an impression
printing-press. To do so this sheet of gelatin taken from that sheet of gelatin.
is taken and put under water along with a There is one small point, gentlemen, in the
sheet of nietal or some convenient compo- process of printing. It will be remarked,
sition ; this one is simple pewter ; a sheet of it is necessary to wet the plate over with the
gelatin, and pewter plate, are brought to- impression just as the wetted stone is wetted
gether out of the water, and we want now over in order to keep up the requisite mois-
to get rid of the water between the two sur- ture. Now the paper, that is not wet, but
faces ; for that purpose we use an instru- a certain amount of moisture is transferred
ment called a squeegee, which is a combi- which produces the desired effect in single
nation of wood and other material. Such printing. Without any other press we can
a machine is used for cleaning sidewalks. get the effect of an India print. We- mix
"With this squeegee we squeeze out the water with the water some coloring matter, and
between the two surfaces, or nearly all the by means of the pressure a certain amount
water. The gelatin is a natural absorbent is squeezed out into the paper so here, you ;

of the water, and naturally sucks it up, for see, in this case we have a copy of a Bem-

in the course of two minutes we have a brandt picture. We get the copy of the
sheet of gelatin, attached to its metal sup- tints also, and have a beautiful picture. I
port by atmospheric pressure, and in that may say that here are a number of pictures
condition it may be used, and placed about equal to the engraved copy in every way;
in almost any position. I do not say that they are equal in all re-

Now, in this condition it is ready for the spects, but they are equal to the silver pho-
printing-press. It is put into an ordinary tographs, and I mean to say that they are
Washington printing-pi-ess, and an ordi- much cheaper and can be had for a variety
nary lithographic printing-ink is taken, with of purposes. This manner of working can
an ordinary letter-press roller, and the op- be used for the illustration of books and
eration of the inking is simply that kind of periodicals, and works of art, and you get
an operation, and we find the gelatin has the effect of a photograph — all the lights and
this property beyond the property of the shades —and they are of a great deal of value.
ordinary lithographic printing. The President: Mr. Edwards hopes to
It is done with the parts partly printed have the printing-press in operation in the
on lightly with a thick ink, then the parts morning, in the Eink.
more acted on by the light, they attack the A Member: Are we to understand that
ink with a little oil, which will only adhere this process is free to anybody who wishes
to the deepest shadows ; if we take a thin- to try it ?

ner ink, we shall get the half tones, and not Mr. Edwards: Well, no; I am sorry
the depth of the shadows, so we combine to say that it is not free for everybody, and
the two. Sometimes we use three or four for this reason : I have spent a great por-
inks; first a thick ink, then an ink not so tion of my life in experimenting with it,

thick, we take in
and so on succession thin- and it is only fair that I should try to get
ner ink; then we take the impression, and something out of it. I may say that, as to
this completes the picture. I would say this country, it is in the hands of Messrs.
that the use of this paper on the outside is James E. Osgood & Co., of Boston, the
simply for the purpose of keeping the mar- well-known publishers.
gins clean. I am very sorry that I cannot The President: Mr. Bowman wishes
show you the operation and working of the me to announce that the stereoscopic groups
press, but from my description, you can Nos. 1 and 2 can be obtained by addressing
have a fair conception of it. him, at Ottawa, 111.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 441

The Committee on Insurance will meet necessities for outdoor exercise to what account
afterwe adjourn. I could ; and how could I do it in any better

We will now hear some remarks on " Out- way than to gratify my desire to photograph na-

door Work." ture as it came from the hands of the Supreme

Architect?
I am glad to introduce to you Mr. J. C.
Now there are a great many photographers
Potter, one of our members :

who are anticipating giving up their profession

Mr. Pottkr: Perhaps you will be glad on account of poor health, induced by close con-
when I inform you that I have not much finement to indoor work. Now let me volunteer
to say on this subject, and therefore shall my advice to all such. Turn your attention to
occupy but very little of your time, and outdoor work, for a few days at a time, and I
shall not bore you with any formulae, and am positive in the assertion that you will be
shall not tire you out by any chemical benefited by the change. Carry the tent and tri-

analyses in this process whatever. I will pod for a few days ; climb the hills or descend
just give you something practical on into the ravines, look up your subjects, and
make from ten to fifteen exposures in one day,
WHAT I KNOW ABOUT OUTDOOR and you will be very apt to get an appetite
WORK. whether you get any good negatives or not. A
Mr. President, Officers, and Members of littlemore of God's pure oxygen is what every
the National Photographic Association :
artist needs,and he cannot get it if constantly
When I received a letter some weeks ago from confined within brick walls, and more especially

our esteemed Secretary, Edward L. Wilson, in-

in our large cities. What has benefited me may
forming me that President Bogardus wished me benefit others. I did not expect to make out-
to take an active part in the practical discussions door work pay, financially, but in that I was
at the Buffalo Convention, and intimated that he disappointed.

would be glad to have me tell "what I know When I made passable good stereoscopic work
about outdoor work," I was somewhat non- I had a demand for my pictures. I devote (or did
plussed, and it was no easy matter for me to before I was burned out) several days during the
make up my mind as to what I had better do in summer and winter to photographing such ob-
the premises. The question revolved itself in jects of interest and beauty as I could con-
my mind in about this form : Should I do, as I veniently reach by a two-hour drive from my
feared a good many would do, refuse to exhibit locality. I am aware that all photographers are
my ignorance before all the savans of our Asso- not conveniently situated to good subjects for
who had made outdoor work a specialty
ciation, outdoor work, and yet but few are so situated
formany years, or should I try, at least, to that they cannot find some objects of sufficient
make our coming together as interesting and in- local interest to make it an inducement to try
structive as I could, by showing a willingness to their hands at outdoor work. With all the
contribute what I could of my ignorance, and beautiful scenery surrounding my little town,
thereby perhaps call forth from the more learned and which ought have awakened or stirred up
to
and experienced something that would«enlighten a little me to photograph it, yet I
enthusiasm in
and benefit the lesser lights of our progressive did not do so until I had been there about ten
Association? I chose the latter "horn of the years. I had frequent calls for pictures of our
dilemma," and consented to give what little in- scenery from strangers and visitors, who had
formation I could, in my way, on the subject of spent a few days in our quiet little town, and
outdoor work. when I would inform them that I had nothing in
I would state right here that I am not a pro- that line they would seem astonished that I had
fessional landscape photographer, and did not plied my vocation so long and so near such good
resort to outdoor work simply for its pecuniary scenery and never taken the time and trouble to
benefits alone, but was in a measure driven to it photograph it. A want of time was invariably
by circumstances as well as to gratify my taste, my excuse. And I presume that is the excuse
which runs in that direction. Some three years of the majority of indoor operators.
ago I came to the conclusion that I would be There are many good subjects for stereoscopic
obliged to give up photographing on account of pictures in almost every locality, though they
a lung difficulty which threatened me quite seri- may not be noted for any peculiarly romantic
ously. I had noticed, however, that a few days features. Rocks, in close proximity to water,
of recreation in the open air always relieved my with an old mill, or a waterfall, an old dilapi-
difficulty, and I resolved, therefore, to turn my dated building, and hundreds of other things,
442 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
seemingly insignificant, are or may be made in compounding them as the nature of the object
beautiful if properly copied from the best stand- to be photographed requires. If a winter view
point. Many scenes which have no particular is to be taken, I use a light (or thin) collodion,
attraction to the photographer may be the very which gives plenty of detail but not great inten-
beau ideal to the eye of a purchaser of a picture. sity. For summer views I use a heavier (or
Some views which I have considered of no par- thicker) collodion, especially when the object is
ticular value, while making my negative, have not well lighted. I always carry my collodion
proved to be some of my most salable pictures. into the field, winter or summer, in such a
All who buy views are not judges of good work form that I can change it to suit any subject, by
or beautiful scenery any more than all are good using more or less of the heavy or light collodion
judges who sit for and frequently take a poor and mixing them as the occasion demands. If
picture, because they think more of their own properly mixed it can be used in the majority of
judgment than they do of the honesty and good cases without any change being necessary in the
taste of the operator. No photographer should field but I have found subjects quite frequently
;

underestimate the beauty or value of the scenery which would not give a satisfactory negative
surrounding his locality until he has weighed it only when I used a very light collodion with a
in the balance and found it to come far short in weak developer aDd, vice versa, good results
;

a picture. only from some subjects when I used a heavy

If outdoor work will improve a man's health, collodion with a stronger developer. I gene-
that consideration alone should be a sufficient rally use the simplest developer ; iron and acetic
reason for his devoting a portion of his time to it, acid, and only enough of the acid to make it

if it does conflict somewhat with other business. flow evenly. Alcohol I never use in a devel-
But I do not propose to treat so much upon oper, unless driven to it by necessity, and I
the subject to be photographed as upon the pro- always try to avoid the necessity by removing
cess of securing certain results from the subjects alcohol from my bath by evaporation, as often
when properly selected. No two photographers as it begins to annoy me. A few drops of alco-
would discover the same beauties and attractive hol in a developer may not be injurious, but I
points in a landscape. What might seem tame never could see any good results from it as long
and uninteresting to one with no specially attrac- as the bath was in a good condition. I work as
tive features might appear to the other full of near as possible a neutral bath. Only a slight
interest and beauty. Therefore every photogra- trace of acid is sufficient, to keep the deep shad-
pher, who turns his attention to outdoor work, ows from fogging. I use in my bath from forty
must be left in a great measure to follow his own to forty-five grains of silver to the ounce.
inclinations and taste in selecting and grouping I never fix my negatives until I return to my
objects of interestand beauty. Experience will gallery. After developing and rinsing I flow
soon teach the outdoor worker that much de- them with glycerin and water mixed, about half
pends on some one object embraced in the fore- and half, or enough water to make the glycerin
ground not too conspicuous, but standing in
; flow evenly. There is not the slightest danger
such relation to other objects as to add beauty of their spoiling if they are not fixed for one
to the perspective. Sometimes it is necessary (in week after. A good rinsing before fixing is all

photographing objects which we are anxious to that is necessary. Redevelopment may be re-

represent in their proper magnitude) to intro- sorted to, or intensifying, as may be necessary.
duce some living object —a man, boy, or dog Here I would caution the amateur, or he may
anything which will create in the mind a start- spoil his first batch of negatives as I did mine,
ing-point from which to judge of heights, depths, by getting too much intensity.
or breadths. The peculiar snowy appearance which is char-
As a general thing there is much more interest acteristic in nearly all stereoscopic landscape
in a short view than there is in a long one, views can be avoided only by keeping down the
which comprehends a large amount of territory. high-lights. Sunlight is very apt to give a ste-

There maybe instances "where distance lends reoscopic view that snowy appearance, more or
enchantment to the view," but it is seldom less, when all due precaution is taken to avoid
the case in landscape photography. Mountain it. Careful exposure and development is abso-
scenery may be an exception. lutely necessary, losing none of the silver by
So far as my experience has gone, the chem- carelessly slopping on the developer.
istry of outdoor work does not differ materially Now, Mr. President, if in these few remarks I
from indoor work. I use precisely the same ma- have dropped a hint, or made a suggestion that
terials that I do in my gallery, with such changes will in any way assist a new beginner in outdoor
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER 443

work, my object hag been accomplished. To the The President : We have heard a very
professional outdoor photographer I have not a interesting paper on outdoor work, and we
word to say, for he has long since learned all, now have several others, — some by gentle-
and much more, than I have here said. men who are present, and who will read
The two collodions which I use for field work them, and others by those who are disap-
are as follows
here, but who still
:

pointed in not getting

No. 1.
felt enough interest to contribute to the
Alcohol,
Ether,
Iodide of
.... Ammonium, .
.

.
10 ounces
8 "
81 grains.
value of our meetings.
I am' glad now to introduce to you Mr.
Bromide of Cadmium, . . 35 "
Husher, who will continue the subject.

Cotton, . 90 " Mr. Husher read as follows

No. 2.
LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY.
Alcohol,
Ether,
Iodide of
....
Ammonium, .
.

.
10 ounces.
10 "
100 grains.
Mr. President and Brothers op the
N. P. A. : The duty assigned me is a very
Bromide of Potassium, . 45 "
pleasant one, and I feel myself honored in being
Cotton, . 120 "
selected by you, Mr. President, to discharge that
duty ;
yet while I appreciate the honor con-
No. 1 is working fine detail,
a light collodion,
ferred, I nevertheless feel my inability to ful-
but not great intensity. No. 2 is a heavy col-
fil the task, knowing that there are those here
lodion, working less detail and quite intense.
who have had much more experience in this de-
Combining the two properly gives you almost partment of photography than I have, and con-
any result you may desire. Good judgment and sequently are much better prepared to furnish a
careful manipulation should make you master practical paper on the subject. And, sir, allow
of the field.
me right here to state that the only reason I
consented to furnish this paper was that I might

Mr. Potter was listened to with great at- be of some benefit to those of my fellows who,
like myself, are toiling to obtain all the infor-
tention, and concluded amid applause.
mation they can concerning our beautiful,
The President: Mr. "Webster would
grand, glorious, and almost divine art.
like to make a remark or two, and then we
To say that I love landscape photography,
will proceed with our subject again.
would not be a strong enough term for me to use.
Mr. Webster : I am not going to bring
I love our noble art in all its departments yet ;

any business here before the Convention, when I am engaged in this department of the
but I would like to reiterate the remarks work, I feel almost an inspiration, and engage
made by our friend from Boston (Mr. in it with all my soul and power. How can he
South worth). It has been my intention who loves nature desist from wandering forth
from the beginning of this Convention to amid its beauties and grandeur ? I often wonder
the end, at the first opportunity, to apolo- why so few photographers take an interest in
gize to you and to others who have been landscape work. And yet I might ask, why are
here for my
forwardness in the action of there so few who take any interest in the busi-

this Convention. ness whatever ? Why is it that, among the thou-

I regret to say that I saw things lagging sands who are engaged in the Picture Busi-
ness, there are so few who attend these annual
at first, and felt it to be a necessity, and my
gatherings, or take any of our valuable journals ?
only excuse for my forwardness here has
I presume they know enough ; they could learn
been that I was anxious to facilitate busi-
nothing here. I suppose they like the business
ness, and if I have succeeded in it I have
because they can make a living at it. They are
accomplished my object, at the same time mechanics, (and very poor ones at that), not
presenting myself before you a great many artists ; they see no beauties in it at all ; they
times when I did not want to do so. I felt know — Well, read Lee Knight's "Tinkering
that the business was nagging, and some Jim," and you have the idea.
one must take it up, and that is my apology. But to the subject to be developed. Land-
(Applause.) scape photography is so wide, so deep, so exten-
444 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
sive, and opens up to the true lover of art such carload of materials with you for field work,
a vast field of beauty, extending as it does from many of them only taken for fear you might
"pole to pole," and from the "rivers to the want to use them. There are many points that
ends of the earth ;
yea, to the starry dome above might claim attention here but time will not ;

us amid the clouds." How the soul of the la- permit more than a mere mention of them. I
mented Linn must have swelled within him, shall not take up your time by telling you what
while in bright sunshine above the storm-cloud time of day, what kind of day, what kind of
he photographed that grand scenery as those light, what position with reference to light, or

clouds dasbed and rolled in grandeur along the time of exposure, are to be observed in order to
sides of old Lookout Mountain! Or go with produce the most pleasing effect in the resulting
Waldach, as he, with camera, brings to the light negative and print. Although there is an illim-
of day the beauties of the Mammoth Cave. itable field here for the artist's study, each indi-
While others, by the aid of our noble art, lay vidual student must be governed by his own
before us the grand scenery of Yoseruite, the tastes, judgment, and surrounding circumstances
Yellowstone, the Rocky Mountains, and hun- in these matters, provided, however, these do no
dreds of other wonders of our own country ;
violence to true art.
while still others show us the cold, frozen ice- If he has a love for the beautiful and will per-
fields of the far northern regions, —I may ask severe, he will surely succeed. If, on the other
what other than photographic art could repro- hand, he simply goes mechanically to work, no
duce, with such unerring accuracy, these, with art in his soul, he will make a miserable failure
thousands of other grand scenes of earth ? and a more miserable picture, if picture it might
There is so much in this subject, such a vast be called.
field spreads out before the mind, that I know
I have tried many ways
to simplify and bring
not where to begin or what part of the subject to
into as small a compass, and have with me, just
touch.
as few things in landscape work as possible, and
I shall, therefore, confine myself principally to
I have found nothing so simple, compact, and
my own experience, so far as the practical part
easily worked, so far as chemicals are con-
of this paper is There has been a
concerned.
cerned, and at the same time so sure in their
great deal of theorizing, speculating, and experi-
results, as that given by Mr. W. T. Wilkinson
menting with the various dry processes known,
on page 182 of the Photographic World for 1872,
and that, too, by many eminent landscape pho-
and yet I have, to some extent, in my practice
tographers, with a view of simplifying and re-
simplified that.
ducing the materials used to as small a compass
as possible yet, so far as I have been able to
My plates I always prepare by albumenizing

see, they have

;

all fallen far short of the end in

them. My negative bath I use 3ft grains strong
in warm, and 40 in cold weather, slightly acidi-
view. Where they have gained in one point,
fied with C. P. nitric acid, diluted with six or
they have lost in another, and all have had, to-
eight parts water, and added to the bath a few
me, this objection : that of uncertainty in their
drops at a time until it produces the desired
results. I have found none of them that gave
satisfaction in all points. And while I object to
effect. My collodion, I use

these various dry processes, I admit that it

Ether and Alcohol, . . equal parts.
would be of almost incalculable value to the
Anthony's Soluble Cotton, No. I, 4£ grains.
landscape photographer, could there be a dry
Iodide of Cadmium, . . . fi "
process discovered (and not patented) that
Bromide of Cadmium, . . 3 "
would be sure, safe, and could be relied on in
the certainty of its results. And, at the risk of made July,
I have a lot of this collodion last
being called an old fogy, I must say, as yet
and works most beautifully.
it
there has no dry process been discovered that
Developer, I use the same as given in the
gives the desired results in all particulars they
article referred to above of Mr. Wilkinson, and
:

may have their advantages, but their disadvan-

will say it is the best I ever saw.
tages more than counterbalance.
In my practice I use a wet process altogether, Water, 66J ounce
and, with the exception of bath, collodion, and
developer,
and I am
is as little cumbersome
sure the certainty of results
as the
more than
dry,
Iron and
Iron, .... Ammonia,

Sulphate of Copper,
1

1
pound
"
ounoe.
makes up for the little addition of bulk. Gentle-
men, it is not necessary that you should take a This I denominate No. 1.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 445

Water, 64 ounces. veloper and flow with the solution, remem-

Acetic Acid, 6 ounces. bering to remain on the plate but a
let this

This No. 2.
few minutes, keeping the plate slightly in
motion drain this off, and repeat the opera-
;

To mix for use, I usually use half an ounce of tion, say two or three times: when that is
No. 1 and five and a half ounces of No. 2. This done set your plate out in the open air and
gives me a developer of about fifteen grains. Of
there let it dry, and then you can take the
course you can make it either stronger or weaker
plate home with you. You can fix it when-
as you may require.
ever it is convenient, that is, one week, six
Now, when your negative is fully developed,
drain off the developer and flow the plate with
weeks, or six months it don't make a bit of :

solution No. 2. Let this remain on the plate a difference the plate is good, and the reason
;

minute or two, keeping the plate slightly in mo- of this is obvious. The benefit I derive
tion : drain this off ; repeat this three or four from this is that you do not have to take a
times ; drain and set your plate in
it off nicely, particle of water with you to wash the plate ;

the sun or open from dust, to dry

air, free you take it and flow it with that solution,
when dry, you can place it in your plate-bos washing' the developer, and that is all.
and keep it until you are ready to fix, if that is (Applause.)
not for six months. But observe this, when you
get ready to fix, wash the negative well under
The President: This is just what we

the tap before you place it in the fixing bath.

want. Mr. James Mullen, of Kentucky,
also has a paper on this same subject. Mr.
I always fix with cyanide of potassium, using it

quite weak. As soon as the negative is fixed, Wilson will read Mr. Mullen's paper, at
wash thoroughly, and you will find a beautiful the request of the latter.
fine negative, complete both in detail, contrast, The Permanent Secretary read Mr. Mul-
and intensity. Should you, however, find it
len's paper as follows:
necessary to increase the intensity of your nega-
tive, you can do this either with a weak solution
of mercury or with sulphuret of potassium.
LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY.
I might extend this paper much further, and Mr. President and Fellow-Members op
take up printing, toning, trimming, and mount- the Association I received a short time since
:

ing the prints. But I presume I have already through our worthy Secretary, a very kind and
occupied too much of your time, hence will close flattering invitation to prepare a paper on " Out-
by saying that if, by the presentation of this door Work," to be read before the Buffalo Con-
hastily-written paper, I have benefited any one vention.
here, or have said anything that will increase I approach the subject with considerable hesi-
your zeal and earnestness in pressing forward to tation, as so many abler heads have already gone
higher attainments in the study and practice of over the same ground in its every detail ; but my
this very interesting and beautiful branch of our love for the art and
advancement prompts me
its

art, I shall feel amply repaid. to give a short sketch of what I have learned
from practical experience, and gathered from the
(Applause.) study of nature and the works of others.
There being such a variety of " Outdoor
Mr. Husher (resuming) : I would sim- Work," I shall treat only of " Landscape Pho-
ply say that I have a lot of this collodion tography," and make it as brief as possible.
on hand, made a year ago, and it works as Too many photographers imagine that it is
well as any collodion I ever tried. only necessary to point the camera at anything
The developer is the same as referred to out of doors in order to obtain a landscape,
in the article above. you a I have given utterly regardless of light and shade, composi-
developer of fifteen grains strong you can tion of the scene, or general effect to be pro-
;

duced.
vary this as circumstances require, by
It is equally as necessary to study the effect of
making it stronger or weaker.
lightand shade, and composition of a view, as
Now a most important point I consider it is head or group under your skylight.
of a
in outdoor work to be in the management Select the view you desire to picture, and
of the work of the photographer is, that study it under all the effects of light, shade, and
when your negative is flat, turn off the de- shadow, from "early dawn till dewy eve.''
 446 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Photographs taken each hour through the day,
without changing the position of the camera,
will produce quite a variety of effects, some of
them appearing as unlike others as
were of different views.
By studying nature closely under
phases, you will shortly learn, when looking upon
a scene at any time of day (by simply consulting
your pocket-compass), just the proper hour to
visit the place with your camera in order to ob-
tain the best possible effect.
As the introduction of the Rembrandt or
shadow picture has been the means of awaken-
ing a deeper interest and causing a more thor-
ough study into the and shadow
effects of light
in portraiture, it should also awaken the same
feeling in landscape photography, and be pro-
ductive of great benefit to the photographer and
art student.
One who truly loves and studies nature,
constantly beautiful pictures on
whilst travelling over the country.
It does not always require a grand scene of
rock, river, and mountain, to make up
Very simple things, which a person not accus-
endeavor to carry out as nearly as possible, the
rules of art in regard to composition, balance of
lines, breadth, and contrast, in your picture.
though they You cannot remove a large tree, a mountain,
or other prominent object, from one part of the
all her scene to another with the facility of the land-
scape painter, but by a slight change in the
position of your camera, you can ofttimes pro-
duce quite a decided change in the composition
of your picture for the better, and also avoid
objects that would probably have been not only
inartistic, but out of harmony with the balance
of your picture.
Do not introduce figures into your picture
unless they can be made to appear a part of the
same, or to belong to the scene. Many a photo-
graph that would have been faultless otherwise,
is by the indiscriminate introduc-
totally spoiled
tion of one or more figures which are entirely
sees out of harmony with the scene and only mar it.
every side I would advise all photographic art students
to obtain a copy of Mr. H. P. Robinson's Pic-
torial Effect in
Photography, one of the best and
a picture. most complete works ever published on the sub-
ject for the benefit of photographers. Read it

tomed to observe would pass by unnoticed, will over and over. Every page teaches a grand
in the hands of one who has the knowledge and lesson.

tact to properly picture them, be made very at- But study nature always, and you will soon
tractive and artistic too. grow to perceive beauties in objects you have
Small bits of landscape I would advise as heretofore passed by as unsightly or unworthy
preferable for the beginner as being more simple, of notice. Every tree, rock, shrub, will possess
and a variety of composition and effect can be an interest unnoticed before. You will find
produced with greater ease and simpler means.
"Tongues in trees, books in the running brooks,
The foreground being one of the main points
Sermons in stones, and good in everything."
in a picture, and generally required to be bold
and effective, can, if not naturally so, be made In regard to apparatus and chemicals, I will
so in a great measure by a little labor in the only remark it is well to have several lenses of
way of rolling up an old log or stump in an different foci, arranged so as to be easily substi-
effective position, or placing a bush or clump of tuted one for the other, as the occasion may
large-leaved weeds where they will be of service require ;two or three samples of collodions
also
in making a proper balance or contrast as may working with greater or less contrast and detail.
be needed. The qualities and adaptabilities of different
And let me advise you here to always have lenses, and the varieties of effects produced by
with you on your photographic trips, a spade the many chemical formulae and manipulations,
and a good axe; the latter particularly will have been so fully ventilated through our jour-
often be found "a friend in need," when it is nals, that the reading photographer is thoroughly
remove a branch
desirable to cut a small tree or posted, and has them all convenient for refer-
that would otherwise obscure some important ence. Those who do not read the works of the
point of your view. present day devoted to our art. having gradu-
I remember on one occasion finding it neces- need no instruction.
ated, of course
sary to cut down four large forest trees, in order In the matter of outfit, I prefer a covered
to get a view of a peculiar formation of rock- wagon, which can be readily converted into a
work, which could not have been obtained other- dark-room, but also have a small tent, or port-
wise, and oftentimes have been obliged to remove able developing box, to use in places inaccessible
limbs from trees in order to get a proper view. to the wagon.
Study the works of eminent painters closely, Use care in the selection of your instruments
and in selecting your views, keep in mind and and chemicals, strict cleanliness in your manip-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 447

ulations, a little judgment and study in the se- free to lay before you a few ideas on landscape
lection of your view, and success will generally photography.
attend your efforts. Impelled by a somewhat lengthy experience,
I have always classed outdoor photography as
Lexington, Kentucky,
follows: landscape and bread-and-butter photog-
June, 1873.
raphy. (I beg pardon for the homely term.)

In -my experience the two have seldom gone

(Received with applause.) hand in hand.

Mr. Husher: I will not take more than Among a thousand or more view negatives, the
result of five or six years' labor, or recreation, as
two or three minutes. I wish to speak in
I sometimes call it, having been made at inter-
reference to the printing and cutting of
vals, when seeking a respite from the labors of
prints. My manner is to cut the paper so
the skylight, there are but few, if any, that pos-
that it would be ready for printing. Cut it
sess any real merit as landscapes. 'Tis true,
in strips twice as long as your prints will be they have some of the elements — sky, water,
when mounted, so that when doubled in the foreground, near and middle distance ; but, alas !

middle it will be just the length of the that is all.

mounted prints. Now, when you have Popular taste controls or influences directly
done that double your paper in the middle, or indirectly every profession. The love of the

with the albumen side out, so the ends come sensational is inherent in the masses, whether it

be the morbid curiosity attending a murder or

together in that form (indicating), and
suicide, a fire, a riot, curious or misshapen
then we can transfer it to the mounts with-
rocks, gnarled trees, the most sensational will
out any difficulty. You take your negative
always find the greatest number of worshippers.
off and turn it over print that side, and
;
I believe I am correct in saying that landscape
then turn it over and print the other side,
photography in America has to too great an extent
and there you have it altogether and you ;
resolved itself into sensational, or local interest
can mount it as it is. (Applause ) views. These find a ready sale, because the
It is obvious that if this is done in this tourist, "our patron," demands such; and a
way they are bound to come together in beautiful landscape, unless of local interest, also
every case. When you double the paper very rarely finds a purchaser. Whether it be
the other way you have a space in the centre due to their quality or to their quantity, or
to be cut out, and when you double the pa- whether, from a spirit of competition, photogra-
phers are to blame for it, I will not here discuss
per together so (indicating), and print the ;

but certain it is, there has never been a time

picture, you have to trim off the ends and
when views commanded a poorer price ; on ac-
sides of the paper. If this idea of mine is
count of the small remuneration there is but little
carried out it will be a great saving of
incentive to any one to engage exclusively in the
paper.
making of good views.
Question : Do you mark your negatives ? Good views will pay, but only at a good price.
Answer: I mark the negatives so as to This the dealers refuse to give, saying, "The
keep the lines perfectly parallel. general public does not look to quality as much
The Permanent Secretary also presented as to subject, and, furthermore, are no judges
from Mr. C. A. Zimmerman, St. Paul, Min- whether the pictures be good or bad.''
nesota, the following paper A pertinent remark a widely-known landscape
photographer made to me a short time since,
when I remarked to him that he was perilling his
ON LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY.
reputation by the quantity of views he was turn-
Having a lively interest in the doings of the ing out, as they could not be uniformly good.
National Photographic Association, I regret ex- Said he : "I once thought as you do, but now I
ceedingly my inability to attend the present am forced to say, give me bread and butter, and
Convention. Conscious also that it is every one's let others starve on the reputation."
duty to give countenance and encouragement to Neither is good work made by chance or for-

this great and good object by their presence, I tune ; the most patient application and percep-
deplore it the more. While I am confident that tion of the requirements of the subject, together
I cannot advance anything materially new or with a proper support in the different branches
novel to my seniors in the profession, I make of the art, are necessary. Any one, with a genu-
448 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ine love of the beautiful in nature, combining appreciation of his efforts in our behalf, and indi
endurance with perseverance, will make a suc- rectly furthering our own interests and advance-
cessful outdoor worker; and, if he has plenty of ment.
time and money, will soon make a reputation as (Applause )

a landscape photographer and artist.

The Secretary: I also have an inter-
While I would advise every one who has the
esting paper from Mr. Alfred L. Hance, of
inclination and opportunity for outdoor work, to
prosecute it as a recreation in connection with
Philadelphia, who cannot be with us, but

portraiture, I could not so advise as a source of

who evinces his interest in us by the follow-

income for, to attain to any excellence in either ing excellent remarks on

;

branch is possible, but scarcely in both.

There are but few in this country who devote
COLLODION AND ITS TROUBLES.
themselves exclusively to outdoor work, but where
this is done we see results equal to anything There has been so much said and written on
abroad. Witness the productions of Bennett, of the subject of collodion that it has become a diffi-

Wisconsin; Watkins, of California ; Kilburn, of cult matter to find anything new in relation to it.

the White Mountains Barker, ; Curtis, and Bier- Its merits and demerits have been demonstrated
stadt of Niagara, and others ; all of their pro- by the experiments of many of the devotees of
ductions are not only gems, but many of the the art of photography. Scientists have thrown

rarest merit. their whole faculties into the good and valu-

In good weather and under favorable circum- able work of its improvement and advance-

stances you may expose — be it under the sky- ment in all its various branches, and the result
light or under the "firmament blue*' — half a of their studious and exhaustive labor has been
gross of of perfect manipulation and
plates, spread before the photographer in many inesti-

chemical and yet have amongst them but

effect, mableworks. Hardwich, Vogel, and others have
one truly artistic result. This is not to be won- almost mastered the subject, and have reduced
dered at when we reflect on the important details it to such a science that the careful operator can

such a picture is made up of, how many ways scarcely err if he follows out the instructions
of treatment, and perchance but one point of they have so plainly and understandingly de-
view, one effect of light and shade, together with monstrated. So many good and valuable for-

careful manipulation, that can justly represent mulae have been published by those who have
or express the subject as it appears to the careful entered into all the various difficulties and intri-
observer. cacies of its manufacture, that the photographer
exercising proper care and discretion cannot often
Let not these apparent difficulties deter any
go amiss if he uses perfectly pure, fresh, and re-
one from making the trial, but commence with
liable chemicals. This has ever been the greatest
a determination to succeed, and these fancied
V, trouble with those who are unaccustomed to
difficulties will vanish and the road to success be
clear as day.
manipulate the various compounds necessary to
effect the desired results, more particularly with
That landscape photography in America has
those located at a distance from a convenient
not kept pace with portraiture is not surprising,
source of supply.
as the improvement in the latter in the last three
years has been surprising, and I think all will
There are many well-established manufacturers
agree very much more is needed. from whom a reliable article can always be pro-
And here let me ask, do you realize to whom cured, and the photographer can commit no
and to what we, on this side of the water, are greater error than to attempt to economize by
purchasing cheap and untried chemicals, and
indebted for the rapid and general advance and
improvement in our beloved art? I answer, first
thus risking his time, labor, and reputation.

of all to Edward L. WiL^on, whose ably edited Another and a too common error among the
and illustrated journal of photography has fraternity is the negligent and indifferent manner

month after month brought us examples of good in which they keep and handle their chemicals.
work, stimulating us to renewed exertions for Unless the greatest precaution is exercised in
improvement which comparison made imperative. this respect, success cannot be assured. The dif-

Let us not forget this and selfishly take all the ferent preparations should be carefully corked in
credit to ourselves, but rather let us, each and their respective packages, to exclude the air and
every one, give him and the National Photo- prevent the absorption of any antagonistic or
graphic Association all the material aid in our deleterious vapors or substances in their vicinity,
power, thereby showing in a tangible way our and they should be kept in a dry, dark, and cool
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 449

place, each vessel being properly and distinctly When perfectly dry and free from alkaline,
labelled. this cotton not only adapted to the manufac-
is

Collodion, "particularly in warm weather," ture of pyroxyline but makes a most excellent

evaporates very rapidly unless kept in tigbtly- filtering cotton for collodion. I would advise all

corked bottles the ether, evaporating more rapid- photographers to filter their collodion before
;

coating the plate, its glutinous properties render-

ly than alcohol, it is necessary in thinning the col-
ing it liable to collect dust that is not discernible
lodion to add more ether than alcohol to counter-
act the excess, using the utmost care not to add to the eye, but causes ruination to the picture.

too much ether for fear of reversing the fault. It is always best to keep a stock of old collodion
Careful experiments and constant practice can be on hand. New collodion will seldom give the

the only sure guide to success in photography, but strength and detail requisite for a first-class pic-

such experiments should not be undertaken when ture, and an addition from the stock-bottle of
you have important work in hand ; they should an older sample, in proper proportions, will gen-
always be made in leisure hours and when you erallymake up for all defects.
have an opportunity to try them on unimportant Not wishing to further encroach upon your
subjects, when the faculties are clear, and not valuable time at present, I shall endeavor to go
hampered with the exactions of impatient cus- into more detail in future communications.

tomers. After being satisfied that the ether, Trusting that you may be well repaid for your
alcohol, iodides, and bromides are all that can generous co-operative labors,
be desired, another formidable and precarious I remain, respectfully yours,

ingredient presents itself and plays such an im- Alfred L. Hance.

portant part in the manufacture of collodion that Philadelphia, July loth, 1873.
its claims cannot be overlooked without the prob-
ability of all former labors being set at naught. The President : I wish to call the at-
Gun-cotton has always been the great bugbear tention of the members to the preparation
of collodion, and I would advise no one to enter for making wooden-ware tight, or at least
into its manufacture in a small experimental way, so it will hold acids. This is a very valuable
expecting great results, and to realize something preparation of Mr. Newell, of Philadelphia,
new and more perfect than the few reliable prod- and seems to furnish what is desired by pho-
ucts now to be found in the market. It can tographers.
only be brought to moderate perfection by the
Mr. Hesler: It is a capital thing. I
most assiduous care and labor. It is necessary
would say that I have used for the last
to treat it with such exactness and nicety of
twenty years past a preparation for keeping
detail that but few can withstand the pressure
upon the time and nerve necessary to secure suc-
wooden dishes tight; it is made of beeswax,
rosin, and tallow, or beeswax and paraffine,
cess. There are so many ways of making gun-
cotton, and its manufacture requires such careful by beating it and forcing it into the wood
and particular manipulation, that it would be it makes the wood acid tight, so that you

impossible to describe it understandingly in a can put anything into it, only you must not
paper to be read to your society. heat it. If you want a preparation to ren-
In the manufacture of pyroxyline it is neces- der wooden dishes tight for hot liquids, you
sary to procure the finest cotton-wool, such as is take asphaltum and coat the inside of the
put up in the old-time pink and blue tissue- vessel with it, and it will make a dish that
paper wrappers, a cotton free from all admixture you can put anything in; it will stand the
of extraneous substances. This cotton, prepara- heat and light.
tory to its manufacture into pyroxyline, must pass Question: Will it stand the acid?
through a process to clean it of all its impurities
Answer : Yes, sir.
and extract the gum and resin from the seed
Question : You know the acid goes
which, if allowed to remain, will cause serious
through everything we can get.
trouble. To prepare cotton-wool for pyroxyline
dissolve in 72 ounces of builing water
Mr. Hesler: It will hold almost any-
1 ounce of
thing.
carbonate of potash ; in this immerse 2 ounces of
cotton-wool. Keep it well stirred with a glass rod Question: Will it stand concentrated
(over heat) for two hours, remove the cotton, and lye?
wash in ten changes of clean water, wringing Mr. Hesler: It will hold concentrated
well after each washing, and dry on clean lines lye, I believe.
in the open air. The Chair: The next subject we will
29
450 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
discuss will be " Retouching the Negative," in this manner and little or no objections are
to be opened by Mr. J. W. Morgeneier, if made.
he is here. We, however, know that it is wrong to cause a

The gentleman not being present, a paper photographic portrait to resemble an unnatural
fineness or else the coarseness of a poorly exe-
by him on the subject was handed over to
cuted engraving. I have seen photographs in
the Secretary for publication, as follows
which the nostrils were pierced to give the ap-
pearance of sharpness. Therefore the principle
RETOUCHING NEGATIVES. to produce negatives that need little retouching

BY J. W. MORGENEIER.
only is best, to satisfy the craving of art and the
public. The negative, when coming to the hands
Friends of Photography: I desire in the of the retoucher, should be without exception,
commencement to say that in giving some items so that only such unavoidable blemishes as
of practice I do so from the fact that I have heen freckles, moles, or other impurities, and very
a close follower of the various improvements. contracted features which the face possess, need
Perhaps an experience of this character given to be removed and these should be retouched to
;

the public may benefit still the followers of our such an extent only to retain every possible re-
beautiful art ; I shall be satisfied, however, if and much-desired gradations
to secure the
only a part of my brethren be benefited — "for lief,

from the deepest shadows to the high-lights.

where abundance of light exists no more is re-
By following these principles the retoucher is
quired'' —I will be more than repaid for the enabled to add that which could not be obtained
little trouble in penning this communication.
in the preceding operations : a portrait true to
Retouching negatives! this popular branch of the original and free from the easily detected,
our art must not be overlooked popular be- ;
exaggerated retouch, because those parts of the
cause it is now practiced in all regular first-class
negative which need no retouching force the re-
galleries. Yet it has been attended with much
toucher to follow the original tone of the light-
trouble, and it is but recently that it has been
ing.
reduced to a system and placed in its proper
I beg the liberty to observe the following, on
class as one of the necessities of art manipula-
a negative requiring retouching, for an instant
tion. Every one should avail himself of its
A negative taken from a very aged person, whose
improving effect. Much has been written for
features are disfigured in all directions by innu-
and against it ; but to present it is proved that
merable wrinkles. &c, &c. In such the entire
the retouching is an unavoidable necessity, to
forehead crossed by deep furrows and small
gratify the demand of the public. I shall en-
cross-wrinkles; deep-laid eyes, with spreading,
deavor to explain my views on this point to the
crow-foot wrinkles; flabby, hanging tear-bags;
many questions addressed to me.
prominent cheek-bones ; hollow cheeks a high,
;

First. On what principle is the necessity of re- crooked nose, the sides of which appear very
touching based ? Notwithstanding skilful light- dark, and sunken upper-lip, caused by the loss
ing, posing, and chemical manipulations, with- of teeth, producing a hard, dark, unharmonious
out exception the result obtained is always such shade ; further, between the under lipand chin,
that we are forced to reduce the too hard, a part which appears especially uneven and
troublesome contrasts formed by the impurity of scarred, often from the mouth downwards, cir-
the skin, such as freckles, scar's, and other un- cling wrinkles appear, and the neck on account
pleasant features, which by an ordinary glance of great leanness is a mass of cords and wrinkles.
at the subject are scarcely perceptible or wholly Such a subject I illuminate in a manner to give
unnoticed. Blemishes also may occur in other as little relief as possible without producing flat-
parts of the negative which call retouching into ness, and then by slight retouching harmonize
requisition. the gradations of light and shade without de-
Second. Why has it been tried to condemn re- stroying the expression and the natural undula-
touching, to even consider it superfluous and tion of the skin. Let us try to make our nega-
unjust? The latter is done more on the part of tives by lighting, <fcc, <fec , as near as possible
the photographers than the public, because the true to the original, and let us consider retouch-
limitsand rules of retouching are wrongly under- ing only as a medium to produce prints to ap-
stood by a large majority. Applied excessively pear more clean. I use this word from the public
the negative is changed in such a manner that of the past ; when prints were made from un-
all natural effect of lighting and development touched negatives, the general expression was,
is destroyed, although the public is flattered
'
' The likeness is good, but it appears as if my face
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER 451

was not clean.'''' Ever since proper negative re- are erased, thereby destroying the likeness, and
touching, this phrase has disappeared. In re- causing the picture to appear flat. In working
touching let us confine ourselves, as much as up a negative never overdo it. This is the great-
possible, to finish with the aid of the pencil that est mistake, and one generally practiced the ;

which cannot be obtained by the use of light, in- face in such work appearing like the smooth

struments, and chemicals, and we shall satisfy stretched head of a drum, or in disagreeable

the public and ourselves in producing natural, splotches, termed chalky. Another method is
artistic photographs. to produce what is called eggshell surface, the
whole appearing as speckled as the surface of a
guinea-egg reduced; this is the most objection-
Also the following, by Mr. Robert M.
able, as it entirely misrepresents the surface of
Morgeneier, son of the other gentleman.
the skin, and yet some artists take special pains
to produce such pictures, which, to any one of
IDEAS ON NEGATIVE RETOUCHING. artistic taste, The right
must seem ridiculous.
Retouching means to improve by touches manner remove glaring imperfections,
is to

What is negative retouching ? It is the act of or hard shadows, and to regulate disagreeable

improving and beautifying photographic por- features in such a manner that the marks of the

traits, on account of some defect in the model pencil do not show in strokes or dots on the

itself, and which, in the photograph, appears finished print.

with more prominence than can be seen by Robert Morgeneier,

viewing with the eye. It is the practice of ju- Retoucher.

diciously removing the chemical imperfections,

imperfections impossible to avoid even by the A paper on the same subject by Mr. N.
most skilful manipulator; of blending light and H. Busey, of Baltimore, Md., was also or-
shade in sharp angular features where it is im- dered to be printed, that gentleman being
possible to obtain the proper softness and har- absent. The discussion was omitted.
mony in lighting without sacrificing the relief
;

Mr. Busey's paper is as follows :

and solidity of the picture the whole done ;

with nicety and care, not as if it were a me-

chanical operation. No ! as the artist with his RETOUCHING.
brush, so shall the retoucher give every touch BY N. H. BUSEY.
with feeling and a certainty of correctness.
Retouching the negative is a subject which has
Negative retouching should be an advancement
of late years occupied the attention of photog-
of the art and all who have a desire to further
;

raphers to a very great extent, and like all ad-

and improve our magic profession, and raise it
vance steps in art and science, has met with
to the highest point of perfection, should make
strong opposition from many quarters, and has
themselves acquainted with this useful branch
given rise to numerous controversies, in which
of the art. To remove all the faults that occur
each side brings forward apparently unanswer-
in the operation of photography, as well as to
able arguments its opponents arguing that it
satisfy the varying demands of the public to ;
;

destroys the truth of a photograph, while its ad-

appease the most fastidious, a thorough knowledge
of correct retouching is of the utmost necessity.
vocates contend that it only corrects those parts

Retouching cannot produce a perfect picture of the picture which are incorrectly rendered by

from a really bad negative and yet, neverthe- ;

the camera. It is still growing in favor all over

less, there are photographers who, before re- the world, and has taken such a hold upon the
touching was generally used, worked with the public, that the photographer who does not now
greatest ambition to produce the very best work, retouch his negatives is invariably deserted by
have now become careless, "as all that can be his customers, who show their appreciation of

helped by retouching.'''' To such, instead of im- retouching by bestowing their patronage upon
provement, it is a drawback, and they must those who do practice it. Retouching, like any
reform or eventually be superseded by the more other good thing, is liable to abuse, and it is due
zealous and careful ones of the craft. A com to this abuse that the opposition to it has arisen.
petent retoucher should be acquainted with the Unfortunately, in a great majority of eases, the
general anatomical features of the face, a slight retouching of a negative is intrusted to unskilled
knowledge of drawing at least,and a thorough hands ;
persons who have no idea of the drawing
understanding of the effect of light and shade, and modelling of a face, the artistic effect of the

that when working, none of those soft shades touch, or even the printing requirements of a
and little wrinkles which characterize the face negative. This is all wrong. Retouching should
452 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
only be done by an artist — I mean a person with pened in photography. It has also had a very
artistic taste and ability (for all of the so-called beneficial effect upon the public in overcoming
artists do not possess these qualities) ; and yet we their prejudice against shade on a photograph.
see in every journal applications for situations But to come to the practical part of our sub-
like the following: "Wanted, a situation in a ject. In the first place, it is necessary to have
photograph gallery as printer can retouch neg- ; penoils that are perfectly free from grit, as a
atives;" or, " Wanted, a situation in a photo- pencil that has grit in it will be continually
graph gallery as saleslady ; can retouch nega- scratching little places in the negative.
tives." I almost expect to see one after this In my practice I have found the patent pencil
manner :
" Wanted, a situation in a photograph with movable leads, made by Faber, the best
gallery as bootblack; can retouch negatives." for retouching, as the lead is of very fine quality
Now the retouching of a negative does not consist and perfectly free from grit they are also much ;

in the mere smoothing of the face, until it looks more convenient than the ordinary lead-pencil,
as if it was sandpapered, but comprehends a as they do not require to be sharpened. I have
great deal more, and is, in the hands of a com- tried metallic and most every other kind of pen-
petent artist, a power by which the negative cil, but find these the best. A pretty hard lead
may be very materially changed, a shadow light- is work on small heads, but for a
best for fine
ened, an obtrusive wrinkle modified, one part large head, where the strokes are to be bold, a
darkened by heightening the light in another, softer lead is required. As a general thing it is
the expression altered, the shape of a feature not necessary to roughen the surface of a nega-
changed ; all done harmoniously, and a more tive, as the varnish will have sufficient tooth to
natural likeness secured than before. It is true, take the pencil, but when the surface is too
that frequently the negative is intentionally made smooth, or it is necessary to put a great deal of
to flatter by the retouching, but this is perfectly heavy retouching upon a negative, pulverized
consistent, as even those parties who do not re- pumice will be found to be very useful just dip :

touch, use every means in their power, by light- the finger into the pumice, knock the loose
ing, posing, &c, to flatter. powder back into the box, and gently rub the
It is an undeniable fact that true likeness can- finger over the part of the negative required to
not always be claimed for photography, as the be roughened ; this will be all that is necessary
likeness is affected very considerably by the in most cases. Such things as grit-varnish, &c,
mode of lighting, the position, &o. But I think are not only of no service, but decidedly detri-
in the great majority of cases the photograph mental, making too rough a surface entirely.
comes nearer a true representation of the subject The retouching-frames sold by the stockdealers
than any other kind of picture. One great are very useful, and are all that is required ;

trouble in photography is the want of color, but I prefer to substitute for the mirror a piece
everything being depicted in black and white. of white cardboard, and to remove the ground-
This naturally causes all shadows, lines, and glass from the frame, which gives a soft agree-

spots in the face to be exaggerated, as what is able light, that does not in the least dazzle the
a warm tint in nature is rudely shown in black yes. If you have a ground-glass window to
on the photograph. It is just here that re- work by, the mirror will do. It is much better
touching is of advantage ; by judiciously soften- to work in a darkened room where there is no
ing these shadows and lines, we produce a much other light than that which comes through the
more natural One very important effect
effect. negative from the reflector. This is about as

retouching has had upon the art that I do not far as any definite instructions can be given, the
remember ever having seen commented upon rest depends upon
skill and artistic taste but ;

is, that it gives greater liberty in lighting. This I will tryand make a few suggestions that may
is very plainly shown by the Rembrandt picture, prove of use to some. When you place your
a favorite style of picture, but one which, if it negative on the retouching-frame, examine it
were not for retouching, could not, of most sub- carefully to see what necessary improvements
jects, be satisfactorily made ; for if the com- are to be made in it.

plexion is in the slightest degree rough, it will If there is a crooked nose, try and straighten
be very harshly exhibited in the heavily-shaded it by making the high-light appear as it would
portions of the face. if the nose were straight ; cut the corners of the
The introduction of the Rembrandt picture mouth lighten the shadow under the eyes fill
; ;

has been a great stride forward, and has been up the sunken cheeks modify any unfortunate ;

the cause of a greater study of art by photogra- wrinkles sharpen the eyes by intensifying the
;

phers than any other event that has ever hap- white and drawing the line of the upper and
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 453

lower lids. Now proceed to smooth the com- will last for a lifetime if protected in that
plexion, but be careful not to smooth all the way, by the asphaltum varnish.
roundness out of the picture ; see that you do Question How do you make
: it?
not reduce the high-lights too much by bringing Mr. Hesler You can buy it
: for seventy-
up the shadows and half-tones. But if there
five cents a gallon atany paint store.
appears to be a flattening of the face, judiciously
Mr. Southworth I was appointed, with
:

intensify the high-lights, avoid, of course, too

several others, on the committee to arrange
great a distribution of the high lights, which
some duties for the Vice-Presidents. There
will give the picture a glistening or choppy
One of the greatest things in retouching,
has not been one minute of time for a meet-
effect.

and one that requires considerable practice to ing of that committee since its appointment.
attain, is an artistic touch. By this I mean so I have been on other committees, and we
manipulating the pencil as to produce that trans- have been hard at work all the time, all of
parent and peachy texture, which may be ob- us, and it is now Friday night.
served in a fine water color or india-ink picture. The President: I appointed the com-
This effect is produced by a series of hatches mittees as soon as I could, so that they
done in a perfectly true and free manner, each might have time to work.
stroke of the pencil being put exactly where it Mr. Sotjthworth : Mr. President, I
belongs, and not overlapping its neighbor, and
think, for one, that that committee should
producing that spotty and unquiet effect so ob-
be abolished.
jectionable to the educated eye. Do not take the
pencil, and start in with the purpose of labor-
The President : If your committee have

iously stippling the whole negative, regardless of

not had a session you will have to hold one.
what comes in the way, whether it be light or Mr. Sotjthworth : In deference to my
shadow, so that the picture comes out as if it colleagues cannot say anything, but I
I
had been sandpapered. Such a manner of work- would propose we have a meeting immedi-
ing produces nothing but a tame and insipid ately after this meeting. As some of them
effect, and has been the cause of most of the may be absent, I wish you would name one
objections to retouching. Hoping that the future or twomore to act with us.
will demonstrate more fully the beauties of good The President: I think Mr. Pearsall
retouching than this article has done, I will
was one, and Mr. Frank Jewell was an-
bring it to a close.
other.
The programme was now read for Satur- Mr. Southworth : I do not know their
day morning. names.
Mr. Wilson: I move that the report of The President: I will appoint as an-
theCommittee on the Award of the Scovill other and additional member of that com-
and Holmes Medal be reconsidered. mittee, Mr. I. B. Webster.
The reason I make this motion is this, Mr. Southworth : I presume that those
the committee have rather overstepped their gentlemen will recollect.

usual custom, by mentioning the articles The President: Mr. Whitney was on
which were in competition and not as usual that committee.
making the award of the silver or Holmes Mr. Southworth : We will have a meet-
medal ; also, I think if the committee had ing here, after this meeting has adjourned.
known that, that they would not have done The President: It appears that section

so. It rather has a tendency of creating a first, article five, of our constitution reads
feeling in the matter, and therefore I make in a certain way, providing for five mem-
a motion that the action on the report of bers on the Executive Committee. It is

the committee be reconsidered and their re- moved committee be composed

so that that
port referred back to them. of seven. You will have to read this for
Agreed to, and the report was referred. me, Mr. Wilson I cannot make it out. It
;

Mr. Hesler: I would like to speak of is the intention merely to introduce it.

an asphaltum varnish for tablets. You var- The Permanent Secretary read a resolu-
nish the tablets occasionally and the silver tion from Mr. Copeland, as follows :

solution will run off over it, as it would I desire to give notice of the following:
over grease, and a set of tablets with care Resolved, That section first, article five,
454 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of our constitution shall be so changed as to assemblage of the citizens (who paid) a
read, "The Executive Committee shall be grand stereopticon exhibition at St. James
composed of seven members," instead of Hall. A crowded hall greeted Mr. Black
five, as it now reads. when he made his appearance, which put
The President : It is merely a notice him in his best humor, and his views and
of a motion to alter the constitution. When his oral descriptions delighted his audience
itcomes up, at the proper time, we shall for nearly two hours. He showed his Lab-
have something to say about it. rador series, many comical views, a fine
If there is no other business, we will ad- series of transparenciesby the Woodbury
journ. process, which process he described, views
Mr. Webster: Seeing no one on the in Europe, &c, &c, and seemed reluctant

stand except the President and the reporter, to stop, as he always seems to be when

I thought I would come up and fill the gap. doing any good service for others. A more
There is one little material which is very pleased audience never left St. James Hall,
useful in photography that I want to give we are sure.
to you, and I will say to you that I have
used it for nearly twenty years. That little FIFTH DA Y—MORNING SESSION.
material simply consists in taking ordinary Saturday, July 19th, 1873.

beeswax and ordinary rosin, and melt them, The meeting was called to order by the
and combine them with heat in equal parts. President.
Now if you have a dish that leaks, a tin Mr. Sotjthworth: I read in the paper
dish that water will rust out a little hole here this morning that in the course of his re-
and there, or your roof leaks, and your marks, " Mr. Southworth yesterday took
painter is not there, and you cannot get it occasion to deny the action of the actinic
painted just at that time, or you have a leak rays, saying, after a long experiment, that
in the skylight and you want to stop it, or colors could not be put into pictures by the
you have a wooden dish you would like to use of colored plates."
coat so as to hold water and acid if it was ; I call attention to this to correct the ob-
leaking, all you have to do is to use it warm. vious error, that it is only the actinic rays
One batch of that, one-half pound, will last that produce the effect. I would further
you about twenty years, and you will find state that the colored rays were not entirely
it the most useful paint you ever had about separated, but have actinic rays in them.
your establishment. I think so far that there is an actinic ray in
The President : Before we separate I the colored ray, and that explains the oper-
cannot help saying a word. I feel better. ation of it.

I think we have had three hours here of The President The : first thing in order
practical photography. It has done me will be to hear from our friend Mr. Bing-
good, and now, gentlemen, a motion to ad- ham, on collodion.
journ until to-morrow will be in order. Mr. Bingham I wish to make an apol-
:

You remember Mr. Black's exhibi-

will all
tion here to-night, and the one at the Kink.
Mr. Hesler: In regard to coating tin
dishes, I would say that the asphaltum var-
nish must be put on while hot. It will dry
and flow over the edges, and in that way
you have a dish that will answer for almost
ogy for the first thing, and to say that I am
no speaker, and never made a public speech
in my life. I hope you will excuse all
blunders, and everything that you notice is
not as fluently said as it would be by an elo-
quent speaker. I am a practical man, and
nothing else and what I have to say this
;

all purposes, even for silvering paper. morning will be very brief and practical.
On motion, the Convention adjourned. I was called upon by our Permanent Sec-
retary for an article on collodion. At first
EVENING SESSION. I utterly refused to write any article. I
Friday, July 18th. never wrote one, and I told him I would
This evening Mr. Black gave the mem- make a few extempore remarks. I shall
bers of the Association (free) and a large not take five minutes in what I am about to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 455

say, and what I tell you I practice in my I have no hobby. I give you these ideas,
business every day. because they are practical.
Collodion is a thing it seems to me every Here is another one, made with the same
one ought to understand thoroughly. It thing ; different age, that is all.

does not seem to me as though there could In No. 2, the collodion was not prepared
be anything new said on the subject, still the same way. I would say, gentlemen,
we all have our peculiar way of making that these negatives were made by men
and working collodion, and each one's way who were entire strangers to the apparatus
is the best. or the dark-room, and everything else ;
that
I make my collodion as a great many do, they were made by the committee.
with one exception. I make this collodion Here is No. 4, marked "conundrum."
with equal parts of alcohol and ether. I Mr. Baker will explain that to you I do ;

make a double iodide of potash and cad- not know anything about it.
mium, take of this two grains and a half; The President: I suppose it is a new
of iodide of ammonium, two grains and a chemical conundrum. He will have to ex-
half; of bromide of cadmium, two grains; plain that.
that is the way I make my collodion. Mr. Bingham That is something that I
:

That is my standard collodion. I take know nothing about. These are different
this collodion, and by the way, 1 see this collodions that are used in the market.Mr.
collodion is not as perfectly white as it Baker will have to explain his mixture. I
should be : the ether was not good. This do not know how he made it. I think it is
collodion is made of the double iodide, of a terrible mixture. I suppose you do not
an iodide and a bromide. It is composed of want to examine it.
the iodide of potash and the bromide of This gentleman will tell you more about
cadmium. I take of the bromide of cad- it than I can. Here is a negative that
mium, two grains, five grains of the double must not be criticized. You see that the
iodide, and I keep this in a bottle to regu- collodion was not good, for the very reason
late my other collodion, to make it work that it is a chlorized collodion, consequently

good. it wants a peculiar bath to work with it ;

I sometimes want have a different col-

to
lodion for this purpose, I have a number
;
of flowing-bottles, so that I can have three
or four working collodions so as to be able
to adapt them to the subjects that I have in
working. I have made a few practical ex-
periments.
I tried nine different kinds of collodion.
You may say that is not a fair test. In
many cases it would be fair, perhaps. We
will now show you the results of our ex-
periments with the collodion.
We propose to pass these negatives around,
so that you can see them, and see the
ferent effects produced.
No. 1 was made with a collodion iodized
with a double iodide of cadmium and pot-
ash. Please take it and look
the effect produced.
This was made with the other collodion
worked with a combination of the two. I
wish to say further, I have no hobby. This
is not any hobby of mine, because it is a
thine; I never think of when I am at home.
might work as well as the other.
I would say, gentlemen, that there is
more in the manipulation than in the col-
;
lodion. Any good collodion can be made
to make fine negatives. It is the manipu-
lation and the understanding of the col-
lodion which make the negative.
It is not any peculiar form of collodion.
We have a great many good collodions.
Any man thoroughly understanding his
collodion produces the best work.
Here is a negative made by Mr. Baker's
collodion, under the same circumstances,
dif- and I will say further that these negatives
were made in the same light, and under the
same circumstances.
Here is one that was made by the com-
at it, and see mercial collodion of David Tucker & Co.
I do not know that I have anything more
to say on collodion.
I would say, in addition, that the object
of these experiments was simply to bring
before you the effects of different collodions.
We give no personal opinion in the mat-
456 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE.
ter. I might give you my personal opinion, that Mr. Shaw's patent, together with his
but I will not do so. The committee will specifications and the opinions of Mr. Bell,
make their report on the negatives. "We all be published in the Philadelphia Photog-
know the chemistry of the different salts. rapher, the organ of the National Photo-
I do not think it is necessary to explain graphic Association, with our proceedings.
them, for we all have had a good bit of ex- We think everything connected with pho-
perience in that way. tograph y should receive mention, that we
I would say further, gentlemen, the may be fully posted with regard to the
novelty in the double iodide is this : that claims of Mr. Shaw. That is the object of
you combine the iodide of potassium with the the motion and nothing else.
iodide of cadmium, and you know that the Mr. Webster: I take this position, and
iodide of potassium is not soluble in alcohol, it is a broad one, that this organization, the
but only sparingly so. You combine it with National Photographic Association, is a
cadmium, and it is more soluble than any of school of instruction.There is not a point
the salts we have. connected with photography that we ought
It will dissolve quicker in alcohol than not to study. It is our bounden duty to
the iodide of ammonium. It is very deli- study every point connected with the art.
quescent. You have to keep it in a tight I look upon it as a school of instruction, and
bottle, or it will rapidly deliquesce. the best one that we have got.
Mr. Webster: Perhaps you remember We go for information in-every direction.
a notice that was given yesterday evening, We do not confine ourselves to collodions ;

and you remember that the committee re- we do not confine ourselves to silver baths
ported upon the business that we had with or silvering-paper, toning or mounting, or
Mr. Shaw. anything of that kind but we cover the
;

I move now, Mr. President, that the sug- whole ground of photography from the
gestions of the committee, or rather, I move word go.
here, that that report be received here and We cover the whole ground; and what
the suggestions of the committee be carried does that mean ?

out. It simply- means every question pertain-

Mr. Bingham : I second the motion. ing to our art ; and the question of the
The President: It is a motion in re- patent is one of them. Every man in the
gard to the report of the committee on the business must study this question of patents,
Shaw Patent. and I therefore call for a publication in
Mr. Bingham In behalf of : the com- full of Mr. Shaw's claim, with his specifica-

mittee, 1 move that we extend a vote of tions, and with the opinions already paid for.

thanks to Mr. Baker, for the use of his And I want it spread broadcast throughout
rooms and light, and everything in the the land, that they may be able to talk in-
preparation of the negatives. telligently to Mr. Shaw when he calls to

This was agreed to. see The reason that I make

them. this

Mr. Webster: The reading of those motion this morning is, that I want this

papers have been called and I will say

for, published and that I mean nothing else.

that they cannot be found just now, and so
I will give you the gist of them. That is
the best way, as I do not like to appear be-
fore you and take up your time.
I have been at work on this point for
three days, and I am qualified to say some-
That is all, Mr. President. I renew the
words in which I put the motion.
The President: The first is, that the
suggestions of the committee be carried out
and sustained by this body. The sugges-
tions of that committee are, the publication

thing on it. I do not pretend to say any- of this matter.

thing more, however, than to explain as The vote was now taken, and the motion
near as I can the purport of that paper, agreed to.

that I want adopted this morning, or the The President: I will read a communi-

suggestions. cation from Mr. A. T. Urie, one of our

The suggestions simply amount to this members in St. Louis.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 457

St. Louis, July 15th, 1873. present, I believe, and I think it is the duty
President Bogardus. of this body to call him to account for fail-

Sir I regret that I cannot be present at our

:
ing to give us some report.
approaching annual convention; for in addition and I believe, that it is our duty.
I think,
to the pleasure and profit which I, in common I know was on one committee for three
I
with my brother members, have enjoyed in our years, and we did not get it through until
social intercourse, and in an interchange of views day before yesterday. I was three years
and opinions, I had intended making some sug- upon that committee.
gestions relative to the introduction of a bene-
We got through but a few days ago. This
ficiary feature in our organization. I would
committee of which I am speaking has been
suggest that a committee be appointed to inquire
in existence only two years.
into the expediency, and if practicable, to report
I am willing enough to give them the
a rule entitling the family of each member at his
death to a sum equal in amount to one dollar for
next year, but I am not willing to give them
every member of the Association. A fund may beyond three years. I would not be will-
be created for this purpose by at once levying an ing to extend it beyond that time. I think
assessment of one dollar upon each member ; at thatis about long enough.

the death of a member the Secretary will pay to These are our articles of agreement for
the family of the deceased, from what may be our Mutual Life Insurance League, for the
termed the "beneficiary fund," the sum to members of the National Photographic As-
which they are entitled and each surviving ;
sociation.
member will be again assessed one dollar, to be
I would like to make a report on that
paid to the Secretary within a given time, and
committee. That is all. I will read for
so on.
you the
There is, also, another subject which I think is

deserving of some consideration. The published

journal of proceedings of our Convention some-
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
times contains valuable scientific information, FOR " THE MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE LEAGUE"
profitable to the profession, which I think should OF THE MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL
not be furnished gratuitously to persons of our PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION.
profession who are not members of the Associa- 1. All members of the National Photographic
tion. I would, therefore, suggest that the circu- Association, in good standing, shall be considered
lation of such documents should be confined, as also members of the Mutual Life Insurance
nearly as may be, to the membership. League, and entitled to all the benefits arising
Some such action as I have already referred therefrom.
to, I think, will strengthen the bonds that unite 2. On the decease of any member or his wife, or
us, and advance the interests of our Association. her husband, the family shall send notice and
Very respectfully yours, proofs of the death to the Secretary of the Nation-
A. T. Urie. al Photographic Association, and it shall be his
duty to notify every remaining member, as soon
The President These matters have :
as possible, by publication in the Photogrwpher,
both been already disposed of. and printed notices, and shall be entitled to sub-
Mr. Webster: Unfortunately for me, tract enough from the funds collected to pay all
I was placed upon a very important com- necessary expenses incurred by him.
mittee, and we had but very little time to 3. It shall be the duty of every member, on

work upon it.I do not want to consume receiving said notice, to remit the sum of one

your time, and I am not going to do it.

dollar to the Secretary, to be held in trust by
him until applied for by the family of the de-
But, as for myself, this committee is ready
ceased.
to report this morning ; and if you will lis-
4. The family shall be at liberty to draw the
ten to me, I will give it to you.
amount thus obtained after the expiration of
However, I want to premise this report
sixty days from the time the notioe is sent to the
with these remarks. Secretary.
Two years ago a committee, and a very 5. All members failing to remit the amount
strong one, was appointed for the purpose expected, within thirty days from receipt of
of investigating the question of fire insu- notice, shall be fined one dollar extra for every
rance. The chairman of that committee is month's delay ; and should they not respond
458 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
within ninety days, their names shall be published upon those members that will cause them
and stricken from the membership of the League. to remit promptly their dues every year,
6. Any member who shall be in arrears one
will help this Association to swim upon the
year for annual dues to the National Photo-
surface of the water.
graphic Association, at the time of his or her
There are two points, gentlemen, to call
death, shall not be entitled to receive the benefits
your attention to, in regard to all associ-
of this League
ations, and one is, to avoid accumulating a
7. Any member who is not addicted to
fund.
intemperance, who may become permanently
disabled to do any kind of work, through acci-
Avoid the accumulation of a fund, by all
dent, infirmity, or sickness, shall cause their
means, because, the moment you accumu-
case to be reported at the annual meeting of the late a fund, that moment there is a strife
Association for deemed
consideration, and if for the treasurership.
best, and deserving, by that body, the same The next point is to avoid getting into
appropriation shall be made for the family as in debt.
case of death. Now let us get out of debt if we can.

(Of course, the Secretary referred to here Mr. President, I move that this paper be
is the one mentioned in the other report ) published in the Philadelphia Photographer
He is the Permanent Secretary of the with the proceedings of this Association.
National Photographic Association. A Member: I would like to know if

This is the report of the committee. that makes any provisions in regard to

Now, Mr. President, there are two points honorary members?

that I wish to call your attention to. Mr. Webster: Honorary members?
One of them is embraced in this second yes, sir. It does not say active members
article. I will read a portion of it, and you I do not know whether that includes hon-

will see what the point is.

orary members or not.
On the decease of any member or his A Member: I was going to move the

wife election of Brigham Young as an honorary

It may seem at first sight that this would member of the Association.
be unjust. The object of putting it in this Mr. Baker : I move that this report be
way was this seems on the face of
: that it accepted.
it to be unjust, that all photographers are Agreed to.
not married men. The President: Is it your pleasure to
(Laughter and applause.)
adopt this ? The acceptance will cause it
The object here is to induce every pho- to be printed.
tographer to get himself a wife. Well,
Mr. Hesler : I move that it be pub-
there is another point I wanted to speak
lished, but not adopted at present.
on, the sixth article.
The President It cannot be adopted
:

Any member who shall be in arrears for

unless it be so determined by this body.
one year for his annual dues to the National Mr. Webster: I did not ask its adop-
Photographic Association, at the time of tion want its publication.
I only
;

his or her death, shall not be entitled to

The President: The next business is
reap the benefit for the family. the report of the Committee on the Scovill
The point that we propose to make in the and Holmes Medal, which was referred
clause is this : The National Photographic back to them yesterday.
Association needs the dues of every mem- Mr. Wilson Mr. Carbutt left his re-
:

ber belonging to it. If we had the dues

port to be read.
of the members who had pledged their
The Committee on the Scovill and Holmes
word to us that they would give us two Medal beg leave to modify their report by
dollars a year, it is more now, and if we striking out the names of the unsuccessful
had the money that they have pledged their competitors, and it now reads.*
word to give, we would not be in debt to-
day one cent. Therefore anything that we
can bring to bear upon this Association and * See page 303.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 459

Mr. Wilson : I move the adoption of position will be held in Philadelphia, July 4th,

this report. 1876; and,

A Member: I second the motion. Whereas, The President of the United States
has issued a proclamation inviting the world to
Mr. "Webster: I did not hear the re-
exhibit their products, &c, at this time, thus
port.
making it a World's Fair ; and
Mr. "Wilson reread the report.
Whereas, Photography should be represented
Mr. "Webster "We have a great deal of
:
on that occasion through the N. P. A. of the
confidence in that committee, and whatever
United States ; therefore,
they suggest I will vote for.
Resolved, That Abraham Bogardus, President
The motion was then agreed to. of this Association, and Edward L. Wilson, the
Mr. Baker Gentlemen and
: ladies, I Permanent Secretary, be and they are hereby
have just received an invitation for you to appointed a committee with full power to repre-
visit the Historical Society's Rooms, the sent this Association before the United States
Grosvenor Library Enoms, the Society of Centennial Commission.
Natural Sciences, and the Buffalo Fine Resolved, That the said Abraham Bogardus

Arts Gallery. These four institutions have and Edward L. Wilson, be, and they are here-
by, empowered to add three gentlemen (members
to-day placed their rooms open, and to your
of the Association) to this committee, if they
disposal. I trust as many of you as can
deem it necessary provided, however, the three
;
will take the pains to visit the Society of
names be approved of by the Executive Com-
Fine Arts and the gallery which very
mittee of the N. P. A.
nearly surrounds us.
Ottered by
Mr. Hesler: I move that a vote of W. Irving Adams.
thanks be tendered by this Association to
the four different societies for their invita- Mr. Webster: I move the adoption of
tionsand their hospitality. the resolution.
Agreed to unanimously. A Member: I second the motion.
Mr. Baker then gave directions as to The President: The motion is before
visiting the several places. you, and I feel it is an important commit-
The President: It devolves upon me tee, and I do not know how I am going to
now to appoint some committees before we make preparation for it.
get time to
leave. Mr. Rhoads You have got three
: years
I would appoint as Committee on our before you.
Belief Fund, The President : It will take a good
"W. Irving Adams, New Jersey; deal of time.
V. M. Wilcox, New York; The motion was then agreed to.
J. W. Black, Boston, Mass. Mr. Sotjthworth: I will be short on
this point. I should like these gentlemen
As Committee on the Scovill and Holmes
Medals,
to wait a minute. We are told in this As-
A. M. Collins, sociation that we are to be considerably in

J. Carbutt, debt. What is the best way we can fix it,

Albert Moore, when we leave here? It comes from the

John R,. demons, officers.

A. K. P. Trask. Therefore, gentlemen, I move that our

Executive Committee, with the Treasurer,
Mr. Rhoads :Mr. President, a few days be instructed to bring forward at their next
ago you remarked that it would be neces- meeting, a plan to free ourselves from debt,
sary for us to make some arrangement in so that we shall commence our next session
regard to the Centennial Exposition in
free from debt; and I hope also that they
Philadelphia at the coming anniversary of will then bring forward a plan by which
the independence of the United States. I
we shall be free from debt for the future.
have a resolution to read on that subject, And this will be a point. We must start
viz.
somewhere.
Whereas. The United States Centennial Ex- Therefore I move that our Executive
460 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Committee be instructed to consider this It looks like gettingup to make a speech
matter, and to bring forward some plan empty benches.
before
which shall free us from debt. The President: As I take it, the chair-
The motion was seconded and agreed to. man reports progress, and asks to be dis-
The President 1 would state that the
: charged.
Executive Committee last year had this Mr. Webster: Mr. President, I move
matter under consideration, as they have that the subject be held by the same chair-
had all the time. As one item towards man, and that he suggest as coadjutors on
paying our expenses, we have passed a reso- the committee, the names of some members
lution that all who exhibit in the Exhibi- he would like to have on the committee,
tion articles for sale shall pay ten dollars, and then perhaps there will be something
and we have collected, I believe, from most done by the committee.
of such exhibitors —quite all, I believe. It is Mr. Elrod: The Committee was too
no more than fair, that persons exhibiting large. That is what was the matter. Make
articles for sale should pay their part of the it a small committee, and have but few on

expenses, and our judgment was that each it. There are but three members.
firm and person was to pay ten dollars. Mr. Webster : As published in the Pho-
Mr. Southworth announced that the Com- tographer there were ten.
mittee on the Duties of Vice-President had
Mr. Elrod : I invited some thirty mem-
held a meeting, and adjourned to 1874 Con-
bers to co-operate with me, and I visited
vention.
Baltimore twice, and wrote a great many
Mr. Webster There is a portion of the
but received no replies. And
:
letters, it is a
insurance business which has not been set-
pretty hard thing for a man to work with-
tled. I move that it be called up now.
out results
I move further., that J. C. Elrod, the
Chairman Committee on Fire In-
of the
The President : What will you do,
gentlemen, with regard to this committee ?
surance, be called upon to make some state-
I would say, that after the appointment of
ment in regard to the action of that com-
that committee, although I was not on, I
mittee.
made some considerable inquiries, and
The President : We shall be glad to
hear from that committee; found that the project was a larger under-
it is a report
taking than we had calculated.
that has been long due.
Mr. Elrod : In reference to that com- It is a good deal of an undertaking to get

mittee, I should say, that I was appointed stock taken in an insurance company. It

on that committee. I entered upon the requires a good deal of money —a great

work with a great deal of zeal. many thousands of dollars. As soon as I

I was promised support by the President, found it out, I got discouraged and stopped.
and by the editors of the different journals, I believe that it would be a grand thing to
by all the prominent men in the Society. get up a company that we could all patronize

There were two other men put on the without paying an exorbitant price for in-
committee, and I worked hard for the first surance, because it is an undoubted fact that

year. The results, I must say, have been we are paying a much higher rate than we
very poor. ought to, because they say it is extra-hazard-
I have received no support whatever. It ous. But you will find that we get burned
seems though it was impossible to get
as out often enough but somebody else burns
;

either one of the journals to say a word us out. That is the usual style, but I hardly

about it, without begging for it. think we are repaid for it. You must
I must say that I have simply concluded, judge.

to ask to be excused from any further la- Mr. Sherman : I move that the report
bors. of the committee be accepted, and the com-
The President: That is reporting prog- mittee discharged from further service.
ress, and asking to be discharged. Mr. Hesler: I want to say that when
Mr. Elrod: This looks discouraging. we meet in Chicago, that I hope you will
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 461

all come, and we will entertain you, and gratified with it, and wishes that the paper
make it a success. be published.
The President The motion of Mr. : Mr. Shaw: I would say that I am per-
Sherman is seconded, that the report be ac- with the action of the mem-
fectly satisfied
cepted and the committee be discharged. bers, and with the treatment that I have
The motion is agreed to. received here, and I wish to apologize
The President I now : call for the re- that any member has been served, and I
port of the Committee on Foreign Medals. would say that any member who is here
Mr. Wilson: I will read the can return the papers. I wish to discon-
tinue all the proceedings, and without ex-
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE pense to them.
AWARD OP THE FOREIGN MEDALS. Mr. Wilson I move that Mr. Shaw's
:

Mr. President and Members of the N.P. A.: paper be received, and published as his
Your committee cannot but regret the limited apology, mentioned by him.
number of foreign exhibitors and while we ; The motion was agreed to.
take pleasure in making mention of the beautiful Mr. Shaw: That is perfectly satisfactory
specimens of " burnt-in enamels," by Robinson to me. I thank the Convention for the
& Cherrill, we still feel unanimous in awarding manner in which they have treated me.
the medal to Marshal Wane, of the Isle of Man,
for his elegant specimens of pure and artistic COMMUNICATION FROM J. SHAW.
photography.
Mr. President I would like, and I think I
:

J. H. Kent,
owe it to the members of this Association, to
Daniel Bendann,
make a few words of apology for some things
R. J. Chute,
which have taken place here and in order that
Frank Jewell, ;

Pearsall.
the subject may be fairly understood a few words
F. E.
of explanation seem necessary, but I will be
as brief as possible.
On motion the report was adopted. I would state, therefore, that about one year
Mr. Baker: I have another invitation ago, immediately after the reissuing of my pres-
for you which has just come in. It is from ent patent, I called upon President Bogardus,
the Buffalo Mechanics' Institute. This in- and informed him that a reissue of my patent
vitation is in reference to an exhibition to had been granted, and asked him if he would
be held in the fall in the Kink, inviting take a license under the reissue. He seemed
members of the Association to exhibit ; the very much astonished at the idea that I had ob-
tained a reissue, and replied that he would like
time and place will be published in the
a little time to consider the subject ; that he
Philadelphia Photographer.*
would call the attention of the Executive Com-
The President: I wish to announce
mittee to the matter at their next meeting, and
that the papers which have been received
perhaps they might deem it best to investigate
by us, and not read, on account of want of the subject, and probably might take some legal
time, will be published with the printed re- advice, and if it should be found that I had a
port. good and valid patent, he should be the very last
I have a telegram here from Mr. Z. P. to oppose it that, at all events, whatever action
;

McMillen, Galesburg, 111., saying, "All they might take, and without regard to the opin-
hail It is only the body that is absent I"
!
ion which the Executive Committee might arrive

(Applause.) at, I could rest assured that he for one should

If you have any new motions, let us have never again contest my patent before the courts,
and he did not believe that there was a single
them right away.
member of the Association who would that the
Mr. Wilson Mr. Shaw hands up a paper
:
;

Association would not at all events, and he ad-

to us, which contains an apology, regretting
vised and requested me to let everything in re-
he has served summonses upon some of the
gard to the matter rest just where it was, until
members, and he feels satisfied with the they had time to investigate it fully. I agreed
treatment that he has received so far and to do so,and I have kept the agreement faithfully
until I came up to this Convention.
* See advertisement in this issue. Ed. In the meantime I had learned of the action
 462 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of the Executive Committee in taking legal ad- procure it before leaving for home, as you can
vice, and had obtained a copy of the legal opin- thereby save me a large amount of time, money,
ions taken, and had also received from our Sec- and correspondence, for which I shall feel very
retary, Mr. Wilson, a copy of the resolution grateful.
referring the subject to this Convention. Now,
I ask you, gentlemen, if, under all the circum-
The President: If there are any new-
stances here presented, I was in the least out of motions I should like to have them pre-
order in presenting the paper which I did for sented at once.
your consideration on Tuesday morning last? I Mr Southworth Mr. President and :

was present when that paper was read, and saw Members —This
matter of debt I should
the manner of its reception, and the disposition like to speak about; I am a little one side
made of it and the impression conveyed to my
;
of it just now. We have had a long session,
mind by that action, and the disposition made and, take it altogether, to me it has been
of the paper, was that every member present
supposed that to be the final disposition of the
a very unsatisfactory one. We have had a
great amount of literature brought in here
whole subject and I must confess, gentlemen,
;

to be printed, and, now I say I stand here

that I was aggrieved, and did feel that I had
been treated in a disrespectful manner by this
on my own motion, and not by suggestion
Association, of which I am a member. And I or by the invitation of anybody. Our Per-
did go forward and have several summonses pre- manent Secretary has served us for years,
pared, and I commenced having them served, as and has not received the money from the
I came to the conclusion that if this Association treasury allowed him by the constitution.
deemed the matter beneath notice after all the He has also always published our proceedings
time they or its officers had taken to consider it, free of charge ; is going to publish these pro-
that the individual members would certainly so ceedings in the Philadelphia Photographer.
consider it beneath their notice, and had a per- But he begins to feel it. I see it when he
fect right to so consider it, and, therefore, it
is looking at it. He begins to feel that it is
was absurd for me to expect any consideration ex-
going to be a load to be dreaded. He has
cept in the courts, and as no other resort seemed
been in the habit of sending the reports of
left to me, I came to the conclusion that the
these conventions, in the Philadelphia Pho-
sooner I took But after com-
it there the better.
summonses at the Tifft House, tographer, all over the country. These re-
mencing to serve
President Bogardus came to me and promised to ports help us,and every new member helps
have the matter reconsidered. And I will say us. These reports bring in new members,
that now, since the matter has been reconsidered, not as was suggested yesterday, that they
that I am perfectly satisfied with the action make this an excuse for not joining; and
taken, and I am ready now, if the gentlemen generally it helps them to join us. We
who have summonses will return them
received have voted here to have paper after paper
to me, to cancel them, and discharge all of the printed, and we have not voted the expenses
suits commenced, and without cost to the defend-
for them, and we are in debt besides.
ants.
Mr. President, I rise to move that the
I would like to state further, that I am here Executive Committee consider the extra
now prepared to issue licenses to every one who
expense of the publication of the proceed-
wishes, for the use of my patent, upon the terms
ings of this Association. So much of it as
of either of my first two propositions, and I
isone side of the private property of Mr.
would be glad to meet any of you after this
Wilson, such as our votes, &c, to print cer-
meeting closes, at any place most convenient for
you, for that purpose.
tain papers, so much of it be borne, that
is, the expense of the printing, be borne by
I would state also, that if there are any here
the Association.
present who would like to consider my third
proposition, in regard to the formation of a com- I make a distinction, and a distinct mo-
pany, I would be glad to meet them in a body tion that so much of the report that is extra
together, at some time and place most conveni- above what is usually given to the regular
ent for them, to consider that question. subscribers, and so much as we have voted
That is virtually a matter for your individual to have printed, that the Executive Commit-

choice ; but in regard to licenses I should deem tee arrange with him to pay the extra ex-
it a favor if everyone here who wishes one would pense of printing and paper.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 463

Mr. Singhi : I would like to second that price it is offered at. So much on that single
motion for this reason : I expected to come point.

out here, and it would cost me forty or fifty My nest idea is the one I have suggested
dollars, perhaps more than that; but I three times. I repeat it again. We have
would say that instead of that I have made come nearer making this Convention a
four hundred dollars; one hundred dollars school of photographic art than ever before.
in shaking hands, and three hundred dollars We have come nearer to it to-day and I ;

in knowledge. (Laughter and applause.)
Mr. Collins : I think the
not alone. I claim more than
would not half pay me.
The question was then called
unanimously agreed to.
Mr. Sotjthworth:
your time three minutes without a motion,
and then I have done for this year. When
you go home in your societies, and when
you form new societies, if you have them
not, go in for a library of photographic
knowledge. (Applause.)
Go book that ever has been
in for every
published photography, even the
upon
very first one that was put out in New
York about the time that Prof. Morse
spread them broadcast.
scription of daguerreotyping.
would say to you and to all the Executive
gentleman Committee, as an inividual, I want to see
is
on the platform every kind of apparatus for
that; that
making our off-hand illustrations. We can
have them before the audience. Then I
for, and
want these gentlemen who have come a
long way, and at great expense, to get the
I will not occupy
benefit of the operations which are done
before them, and then we can go through
all the operations of the art, and that will
save the time of the Association, and we
shall not be obliged to listen to papers for
more than two hours at a time, and the
time of the Association will not be spent in
reading formula? which no one of us know
three minutes afterwards. If we must read
them in the book for ourselves, we can then
take them down in pencil, and not have our
It is a little de- time occupied in the readings of long essays,
Get that into some of them most splendid nor let it be ;

your libraries; get what is useful to you,
and keep the other for curiosity, and you
will then see the improvements in photog-
raphy that are going about every day
taken up with other things, but let us have
intelligent conversations and discussions.
Let us encourage those who are learning
the A B C of the art and it is better that
;

through the country. they should not come here and ask us ques-
Two months ago I started this idea in tions in chemistry before they know a thing
Boston, and carried in my books and con- about Let those who are lecturing on
it.

tributions as a commencement of the library. chemistry, as Mr. Clemons was,let him go

Go and do the same, and, in doing so, don't through the paper without occupying half
you forget to put in the periodicals of the the time in asking questions which the
day — the photographic literature — the Phil- merest tyro should know. Do not let us
adelphia Photographer, and Anthony's Bul- encourage that in beginners. I know it is
letin,and the Photographer's Friend, pub- difficult todraw the line; that is one thing
lished in Baltimore, and, although I have which takes up our time so much.
not had that for the last two months, I Mr. President and members of the Asso-
receive the other two every month. There ciation, excuse my forwardness and feeling
has not been a number published last year in this matter. My time is over thirty
but what is worth more than two years' years — it is a generationI am about — and
—
subscription not one single number. At done. What I do, 1 must do quickly. Ex-
any rate, there has not been a number that cuse my zeal, it has overcome me. If I
I would part with. And then I would say have injured any one in their feelings, it
this, I cannot conceive how a book like the has been unintentional. I hope every one
Philadelphia Photographer, with a picture will go away with comfortable feelings, and
in it, can be sold for fifty cents. It is no the most hearty good-will, which I have to
price at all. I do not see how a man can all of you. It has been one of the pleasant-
publish it, and get out of it at all, at the est weeks of my life, and yet we have worked
464 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
hard. And yet I must say it has heen one ways than we can tell, and we have seen
of the most pleasant weeks of my life. and felt her influence and her work in her
(Applause.) quiet way. I therefore nominate her for
The President : May I ask Mr. South- honorary membership of this Association.
worth where that little Morse book can be I hope this motion will be seconded and
procured ? carried.
Mr. Southworth: Mr. George W. Price Mr. Collins: The Association has so far
would be likely to find one for you. been a success. When we go home we
The President: I would give five dol- want to put out a great deal better pictures.
lars for one to-day. The President We have a motion be- :

Mr. Wilson: I would republish it, but fore us now.

I have not a copy. Mr. Collins: Excuse me; I did not
The President : We do not like to give hear it.

promises for next year, but we shall change The President: Is that motion of Mr.
the whole course of the Convention next Wilson's seconded?
year, and it shall be more practical. We The motion was seconded by several par-
have learned that the papers were entirely ties, and agreed to unanimously.
too long, and all such matter had better be Mr. Baker : Ladies and gentlemen, on
printed privately, and be put aside for the behalf of Mrs. Baker I thank you for the
more practical work before us. We have honor you have done me. It is quite unex-
discussed the matter with Mr. A. Hesler, pected to me.
and he bus said that a skylight shall be built Mr. Wilson I wish I had a whole day
:

next year, to be worked by the different to make a speech in, in favor of the vote of
members, not only working it chemically, thanks I am about to offer to our Local
but every other way, and use it for posing. Secretary, Mr. Baker. I know he will ap-
I have spoken to two or three gentlemen preciate it the more because it is short;
who are noted as positionists, and they say therefore I move a hearty vote of thanks,
they would try to be there next year, and to be taken rising, to Mr. Baker, our Local
give us examples of posing both good and Secretary.
bad, and other things of that kind We The vote was then taken rising, and was
hope to carry that right through next year. unanimous.
Mr. Webster: I have attended all these Mr. SinghiI would stand on my head
:

conventions with the exception of Boston, all day were necessary to carry that.
if it

and am ready to say and give my voice Mr. Baker This is no time for speech-
:

that it has been a grand improvement thus making, but you are heartily welcome.
far, so far as business is concerned, over all A vote of thanks was then tendered to
the other programmes
arranged hereto- as the reporters of the city of Buffalo, to the
fore. I do not know who arranged it. express companies of Buffalo, to the Photo-
The President Mr. Wilson. :
graphic Association, to the telegraph com-
Mr. Webster : He has made a capital pany, to the proprietors of the street rail-
hit, and the President has done his best to road cars who have allowed us to put our
carry it out; therefore I think this Conven- advertisements on the cars, and also to the
tion has transacted more business and done proprietors of the steam railroads and hotels.
it better than any of the others. We have The President : Here is another vote
done it systematically, and the nice arrange- of thanks. A vote of thanks was tendered to
ment of the programme was the cause. I Mr. Fabronius; to the proprietor of the St.

am willing to trust it in the hands of the James Hall, and to the citizens in general.

same party next year. Mr. Wilson : I move that if anybody

Mr. Wilson have a few words to say.
: I has been forgotten, that their names may
In the first place, Mr. President, I would be referred to the Executive Committee. I
nominate as an honorary member of this have tried to remember everything, but
Association Mrs. W. J. Baker. She has may have forgotten something.
assisted our good Local Secretary in more The motion was then agreed to.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 465

The President: Is there anything National Photographic Association now ad-

more, gentlemen ? If there is not, I would journ.
say before we separate that these expres- The Convention then adjourned sine die.
sions by some of the members are certainly Edward L. Wilson,
very gratifying; and I would say, first, that Permanent Secretary.
this Association and Convention has been a C. R. Morgan, M.D.,
greattask to myself as well as to Mr. Wilson. Phonographic Secretary.
We have prepared for it with a great deal of
care and attention, and we have given a
great deal of time to it, more so than any one
would expect, and it has been in a measure, THE EXHIBITION.
There are some things,
I feel, a success.
So far as quality is concerned, the Exhibi-
as I said yesterday, that we can remedy,
tionwas undoubtedly the best one ever held
and I hope, another year, for we have all under the auspices of the Association. The
got to learn. It is a new business, and number of exhibitors was perhaps not so
especially I feel that I am in a new busi-
large as at Cleveland or Philadelphia. We
ness, and that I am entirely out of place; can account for this, because of the absence
but, if we have made mistakes, I hope we of several of our leading photographers,
shall learn how to right them for I must ;
who are now in Europe, and who could not,
ask, in regard to my own conduct, that if I
of course, make their usual display. The for-
have wronged any one in my decisions, I eign display was also meagre; caused, first,
ask your pardon and if I have otfended
;
by the Vienna Exposition, and, secondly,
any member it has been unintentional on by the delay in getting the articles through
my part ; it has only been on account of my the red tape of the custom-house. Some
zeal to carry on the operations of the Associ- elegant things did not come to hand until
ation successfully and smoothly. I believe
the last day of the Exhibition. One party
we must agree, generally things have gone in Paris was so anxious about his pictures
along very well here, although in a large being here that the Atlantic cable was used
body like this there will be differences of to further their delivery. Yet, after all,
opinion ;
but again I ask pardon of any they came too There were pictures
late.
one whom I have offended, and I thank there, however, from India, and from many
you all for coming here and listening so other foreign countries, and the foreign pic-
attentively and patiently. I hardly know tures were all fine.
of any body that could be brought together The Exhibition was held in the Eink, on
in such excessively hot weather and long Pearl Street, near Niagara. It was none
days, and listening for three hours in one too large, and enabled Mr. Baker to arrange
continued session to such papers as we had his uprights to great advantage. The ar-
before us, interesting as they were. Cer- rangements throughout were perfect. The
tainly some of them were very interesting, front of the building as well as the interior
on that extra hot day, and were more tedious was decorated with evergreens, mottoes,
than they would have been in cold weather. &c, and did credit to Mr. Baker and his
Now I would say, personally, before we assistants. An elegant orchestra discoursed
adjourn entirely, I would invite every one sweet music in the evenings, while a famous
here present to be with us next year, orchestron enlivened the day exhibition.
hoping that we may not only interest but It was a thrilling sight to see the aisles
instruct every one that will come. With and alcoves crowded with interested people,
these few remarks, a motion to adjourn is and an encouraging thought that American
in order. photographers had "awakened out of sleep "
Mr. Singhi : I move that we adjourn sine to such a degree as to support such a glorious
die. institution as the National Photographic
Mr. Sotjthworth: I second the motion. Association to even this degree, and it made
The President: It has been moved and one feel that there is a bright day ahead for
seconded, ladies and gentlemen, that the us all.

30
466 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
As has been said, the quality of the work F. Thorp, Washington, D. C, Cabinet Card
shown was far superior to that in any former Photographs.
exhibition. Some of the pictures were the J. M. Elliot, Columbus, 0., Photographs.
A. Hall, Chicago, Photographs.
best we ever saw. More taste and care in
Alva Pearsall, Brooklyn, Cabinet and Card Pho-
the arrangement and framing of them was
tographs.
also very apparent, and throughout the de-
C. D. Mosher, Chicago, Cabinet and Card Pho-
sire on the part of the exhibitors was evi-
tographs.
dently to do their very best. They deserve
J. Barhydt, Rochester, Photographs.
the greatest praise. At almost every hour E. Decker, Cleveland, Cabinet Card Photo-
of the day and evening little groups of pho- graphs.
tographers could be seen earnestly discuss- G. F. E. Pearsall, Brooklyn, Photographs.
ing the work: one criticizing and describ- S. Root, Dubuque, Iowa, Photographs.
ing,and the others all attention. This, too, A. Hesler & Son, Evanston, Illinois, Photo-
was an encouraging sight. The good which graphs.
will follow can never be told, but it will be Well G. Singhi, Binghamton, N. Y., Photo-
incalculable; and next year, at Chicago, we graphs.

shall see the evidence of it, and even our M. Marsh, Havana, N. Y., Views of Havana
Glen, and Card Photographs.
present sanguine expectations exceeded.
J. Landy, Cincinnati, 0., Photographs.
Over two hundred new members joined
Bendann Bros., New York, Photographs.
the Association. All suggestions to have
German Photographic Association, New York,
these grand gatherings only once in two or
Photographs, Landscapes, plain and colored.
three years instead of each year were hooted
Contributors: W. Klauser, W. Kurtz, 0.
at indignantly, and the determination is Lewin, L. Nagel, G. W. Pach, H. Schoene,
stronger than ever to uphold and upbuild L. Pattberg & Bro., H. Renger, R. Benecke,
the National Photographic Association. F. Gutekunst, G. A. Flach, T. Gubelman,
The Exhibition opened Tuesday, July H. Oehrens, H. Rocher, Schwindt & Kriiger,
15th, at 2 p.m., and was open daily there- R. Walzl, P. F. Weil.
after from 10 A.M. to 10 P.M. The public N. H. Busey, Baltimore, Photographs.
attendance was encouraging, and Saturday G. W. Harris, Lancaster, New York, Photo-
evening the rush was perfectly immense. graphs.
Thus we grow and increase in influence and American Photo-Relief Printing Co., Philadel-
in doing good for our art. phia, Prints on Paper and Glass.
J. Loeffler, Staten Island, N. Y., Cabinet Card
Photographs.
List op Exhibitors.
Copelin & Son, Chicago, Photographs.
FOREIGN.
Cook Ely, Racine, Wis., Photographs.
F. Grasshoff, Berlin, Photographs. S. F. Gay, Fall River, Mass., Cabinet Card Pho-
Loescher & Petsch, Berlin, Photographs. tographs.
Adam Salomon, Paris, Photographs. F. Stuber, Bethlehem, Pa., Photographs, large
Robinson & Cherrill, Tunbridge Wells, Eng, and small.
one large Composition Photograph, three H. J. Rogers, Hartford, Conn., Photographs.
Photographs burned in enamel. J. C. Andre, Buffalo, N. Y., Photographs of
F. Luckhardt, Vienna, Austria, Photographs. Flowers.
R. Mitchell, Holley Bank, Astley Bridge, Bol- Van Dusen, Detroit, Mich., Photographs.
ton, Eng., four Di'3* Plate Views.
J. W. Black, Boston, Mass., Views of the Bos-
Marshal Wane, Isle of Man, Photographs. ton Fire, and Porcelain Photographs.
Claus Knudsen, Christiania, Sweden, Photo- Balch Bros., Boston, Cabinet Card Photographs.
graphs. Frank Jewell, Scranton, Pa., Cabinet Card Pho-
Brown & Shepard. Calcutta, India, Views. tographs.
J. Levy & Co., Paris, Transparencies and Paper Miss C. Dudley, Tompkinsville, N. Y., Speci-
Prints. mens of Colored Photographs.
DOMESTIC. J. C. Mills, Penn Yan, N. Y., Mezzotints.
George C. Farnsworth, Buffalo, Photographs. Irving Saunders, Alfred Centre, N. Y., Photo-
C. L. Pond, Buffalo, Views of California Scen- graphs.
ery. Albert Moore, Philadelphia, Solar Prints.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE. 467

E. T. Whitney, Norwalk, Conn., Photographs. L. Schwartz, New York, Picture Frames.

Joseph Samo, Buffalo, N. Y., Photographs. Fairbank, Murphy & Co., Baltimore, Passepar-
J. Fletcher Woodward, McMinnville, Tenn., touts.

Photographs. A. M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, Cards,

B. F. Battles, Akron, Ohio, Photographs. and Mounts for Photographs.

D. R. Clark, Indianapolis, Ind., Photographs. W. P. Slee, Poughkeepsie, Cards, and Mounts
J. C. Goetchius, Titusville, Pa., Photographs. for Photographs.
Geo. L. Crosby, Hannibal, Mo., Photographs. F. C. Weston, Bangor, Me.. Rotary Burnisher.
Benerman & Wilson, Philadelphia, Vienna Anderson & Bixby, Chicago, Chairs, Stands,
Premium Pictures. Boxes, <fcc.

W. J. Baker, Buffalo, N. Y., Photographs, W. H. Mardock & Co., New York, Photogra-
Plain and Colored and in Crayon. phers' Chemicals.
J. F. Ryder, Cleveland, Ohio, Photographs. S. Wing, Boston, Stands, Chairs, &o.
T. S. Estabrooke, New York, Ferrotypes. E. AH. T. Anthony & Co., New York, Photog-
J. A. Folsom, Dansbury, Conn., Cabinet Card raphers' Materials.
Photographs. Wilson, Hood & Co., Philadelphia, Photogra-
Abraham Bogardus, New York, Photographs. phers' Materials.
J. H. Kent, Rochester, N. Y., Photographs. Charles Cooper &Co., New York, Photographers'
Bonta & Curtis, Syracuse, N. Y., four Crayon Materials.
Photographs. L. Pattberg & Bro., New York, Passepartouts.
A. S. Barber, Willimantic, Conn., Composition Mrs. M. A. Thornton, Perrysburg, Ohio, Photo-
Photographs. graphic Refrigerator.
W. V. Ranger, Syracuse, N. Y., Photographs. R. Newell & Son, Philadelphia, Photographs,
E. M. Van Aken, Lowville, N. Y., Leaf Prints. Wooden-baths and Dishes for Photographers.
Charles W. Buell, Warsaw, N. Y., Views and L. W. Seavey, New York, Photographs and
Photographs. Backgrounds.
H. L. Bliss, Buffalo, N. Y., Photographic Views. Alfred L. Hance, Philadelphia, Photographic
John G. Henning, Buffalo, N. Y. Ferrotypes. , Specialties
J. A. Mather, Titusville, Solar Prints and Cab- Morris Bird, Syracuse, N. Y., Universal Head
inet Cards. Screen.
J. Q. A. Tresize, Springfield, III., Solar Prints.
J. R. Osgood & Co., Boston, Heliotypes, from the
Gray Collection at Harvard College.
L. C. Mundy, Utica, N. Y., Photographs.
George Barker, Niagara Falls, Stereoscopic
OUR PICTURE.
Views. A few weeks ago we had the pleasure of
Mr. Babbitt, Niagara Falls, Transparencies. visiting the magnificent new studio of Mr.
J.W. Morgeneier, Sheboygan, Wis Photographs. , G. Frank E. Pearsall, No. 298 Fulton Street,
Bradley & Rulofson, San Francisco, Cal., Large Brooklyn, N. Y. We had heard much
Views. about it previously, so that our expectations
J. Gurney & Son, New York, Photographs. were considerably elevated, yet we confess
Smith & Motes, Atlanta, Ga. Photographs.
,
that we anticipated nothing so elaborate
B. J. Edwards, of " The Grove," Hackney, Eng-
and beautiful and convenient as the reality
land, Enlargements by a New Process.
proved to be.
Miss M. M. Luther, New York, Specimens of
The first floor is 128 feet deep by 22 feet
Colored Work.
wide, and on it are located the reception-
H. C. Wilt, Franklin, Pa., Photographs.
A. M. Hardy, Boston, Imperial Cards. room, dressing-rooms, offices, studio, labora-
D. Ginter, Conneautville, Pa., Display of Ferro- tory,and dark-room.
types. We enter the reception-room, 22 feet by
60 feet, which is carpeted and furnished
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS, APPARATUS, ETC. with excellent taste, and the walls are gor-
geously, yet most tastefully, frescoed. This
Scovill Manufacturing Company, New York,
Photographic Materials, and American Op- latter fact does not injure the effect of the

tical Co.'s Apparatus. pictures which hang upon the walls or stand
David Tucker & Co., Buffalo, Photographic Ma- upon easels on the floor. The whole has
terials. the appearance of a magnificent picture
468 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
and any one entering it intent upon
gallery, it will do with Mr. Pearsall at work in it,

having a picture taken, yet dreading the we have proof of in the picture accompany-
ordeal, is sure to be soothed into submission ing our magazine this month. It is a model
by the influence of this beautiful entrance of delicacy, softness, and cleanliness, and
parlor. Desks, &c, for the transaction of full of technical beauty. Any effect at all
business are at the rear end of this, and op- may be attained in this gallery, Mr. Pear-
posite to them are tidy dressing-rooms, sall assures us, and we are sure we cannot
while the passage between leads to the see why not, for in such an elegantly appor-
studio. This latter department is where we tioned studio a good photographer ought to
are the most interested, of course, and we be able to do anything. Not only his studio,
present a drawing of it, which is as good as but his work is a great credit to the energy
we can get, although it gives only a feeble and good judgment of the enterprising
idea of the elegance of the studio itself. We young proprietor.
never saw before any studio which at once The second floor is supplied with most
impressed us so sensibly as being just what complete arrangements for printing, toning,
a studio should be as this one did and finishing, and heating apparatus, for the
It is 42 feet long by 22 feet wide, con- prints are fixed, toned, and washed in warm
taining a plate-glass skylight 12 x 14 feet, or hot solutions. The washing-trays are
and a side skylight 7 x 14 feet, glazed with porcelain-lined, the paper is cut before
plate-glass; the skylights have an iron printing, and Slee's cards are used for
frame. They are located in the centre of mounting.
the ceiling, making a right and left hand We would be surprised to see anything
light. The frames of the backgrounds, but first-class work turned out of such a
screens, side-screens, &c, are of solid black place.
walnut. The most approved spring-roller The prints were made for us by Mr.
curtains are used inside, and
outside are also canvas cur-
tains, used to prevent the en-
trance of direct sunshine at
certain hours of the day.
Under the side-light are slid-
ing pieces which, when
moved from side to side,
leave openings for ventila-
tion; also three large venti-
lators in the ceiling. The
ceilings are neatlyand hand-
somely frescoed, and the floor
is covered with a magnifi-

cent English Brussels carpet

of appropriate pattern. The
furniture is very elaborate,
including many useful pieces
not usually seen, and a ward-
robe of laces, draperies, &c,
for use when ladies forget
such essentials, making the
whole appear more like a
cosy parlor than a studio, which has a good William H. Rhoads, No. 1800 Frankford
effect again upon the mind of the sitter, Avenue, Philadelphia, and were trimmed
old or young. with a Robinson trimmer. We hope they
As we have said, our drawing gives but will be studied carefully, and their lessons
a feeble idea of what the studio is. What be of value to our readers.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 469

GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. —
But to our purpose to photography at the
Photography The — Vienna Exhibition — Vienna Exhibition. More than three hun-
North A merica — Brazil— England. dred photographers are represented — a very
handsome display, but very unequally dis-
For the past eight days I have been again
tributed. England is very feebly repre-
in Vienna, not only for the purpose of en-
sented, so also is France (Adam Salomon
joying the exhibition, which is now in com-
is amongst the missing ones). The United
plete order, but also to study it and to sit ;

States are better represented ; not so well

in judgment on its merits, for, O horror ! I
Germany, Russia, and the Austrian do-
am again on the jury, a position in which
minions.
so far Ihave not had a pleasant experience.
Unfortunately I am not in the position Regarding the American exhibition, I
yet to communicate the decision of the
would like to exclaim, with the German
professor, " I see a good many who are not
judges, and many a beating heart will have
there I"
to wait anxiously for it, for the labors of
the judges will hardly be concluded before Where are the splendid enlargements of
the first of August. If, therefore, the Moore, of Philadelphia ? Where are Ruth-
coveted distinction is slow in coming, the erfurd's celebrated sun and star pictures ?

Americans may console themselves with the Where are Kilburn's stereos? Where
fact that they are photographically well, Scholten's portraits ? Sarony, Bogardus, and
nay, very well represented, and here few the Zentmayer lens? Nothing of all this

but good ones will certainly find acknowl- is to be seen ; but in spite of Amer-
all this

edgment. ica may rest satisfied, for although much

The exhibition is of gigantic size, and is wanting, still there are present excellent
extends like the skeleton of a mastodon. It representatives of American photography,
contains more of the beautiful than the and I must confess that your country has
French Exhibition, but the beautiful is never before been represented so well in a Eu-
hard to find, and those who are not pro- ropean exhibition. Only now the European
vided with a good guide will pass by thou- public has had an opportunity of forming
sands of objects without noticing them par- an idea what beautiful pictures are made,
ticularly, as the search in the enormous and can be made, in America.
space fatigues, time and strength is lost, and There for instance is Kurtz, the eminent
one despairs of finding anything. Mr. New York Mr. Howell, Anthony,
artist,
Horing, the President of the Vienna Pho- Bierstadt, Rocher, and from the Far West,
tographic Society, deserves great credit in Watkins, Houseworth, and Muybridge. The
this respect, for he has written a Guide-Book American section is small, but very advan-
to the Photographic Part of the Exhibition, tageously located. The first wing of the
which in a small compass enumerates all great palace, nearest to the city, is devoted
the places where photographs can be found, to and the most frequented western gate
it,

and indicates at the same time what they leads the visitor directly into the American
represent. exhibition, and the first step which he
If no such guide existed, photographers takes in the palace, nay, even before he has
and jurors should be pitied. Only one thing paid the first guilder or half guilder ad-
more is wanted to make everything com- mission fee, he is confronted by the gigantic
plete, that is a velocipede, but I doubt tableau of Mr. Kurtz, a magnificent frame
whether this will be permitted, and the decorated in the most artistic manner, with
distances have to be trotted on foot. There is, architectural designs, which contains in its

however, one consolation for the weary covered sections, perhaps, the best which
wanderer, provided he is not a temperance ever has been made in America photo-
man, for on his way he meets everywhere graphically. It is difficult to determine
with refreshment, particularly the splendid which is the best. I state the worst pho-
Vienna beer, the finest in the world and tographer may sometimes make a good pic-
manj a temperance advocate has already ture accidentally, and the best photographer
been converted by it. may sometimes make a bad picture without
 470 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
any fault of his. A good picture does not, cago. He has not sent us any Rembrandt?,
therefore, indicate an artist, but the artist but he tries to place the figure in harmony
selects the best pictures that he has pro- with its surroundings, and to bring about a
duced, perhaps, sometimes by lucky acci- happy arrangement of person, furniture,
and leaves the poor ones at home; in
dents, and background, which set off the person to
short, that he himselfknows what is good the best advantage. In fact, we forget the
and what inferior. This critical selection atelier in looking at these pictures, and
we often miss. Many make a fine picture believewe see a real room. We can only
and do not know its merits. This want of approve of these pictures; it is the way
knowledge becomes evident in public exhi- which Loescher & Petsch first indicated.
bitions. "We notice three or four handsome Less fortunate is Van Loo, of Cincinnati.
pictures of the same firm, and become favor- He also likes backgrounds and a picturesque
ably impressed, but all at once we see some arrangement of the figure. The painted
awful ones made by the same person, and background, however, is never so agreeable
our judgment is at once reversed. "The as the real plastic background of Rocher.
man does not know himself what he is Original are the still-life pictures in which
making, else he would not have sent these many splendidl}" posed boys are represented,
pictures," is said of him. and which requires only a plastic back-
When we place ourselves opposite to the ground. Nothing is more difficult to make
frame of Mr. Kurtz, and examine it thor- than a photographic still-life picture. The
oughly, we must confess that it does not person, the costume, furniture, background,
contain a single picture which lacks taste. action, all have to harmonize if the result
Scarcely a second one has made his selec- is to be satisfactory.
tion with such a fine appreciation. I share The large heads of Schwindt & Kruger
this opinion with many others and express in New York excite particular interest.
it openly. They are taken directly from nature, and,
Very interesting is a comparison with the considering the technical difficulties, they
tableau of Mr. Howell. Both are very simi- deserve much credit.
lar, and said that Mr. Howell's design
it is America has, however, not only sent
is a copy of Mr. Kurtz's. It is well that portraits but landscapes also. I mention
Mr. Howell takes such a model, and very only the glories of the Yosemite, which are
flattering for Mr. Kurtz, but the difference now spread over the whole world, as well
between the two exhibitors strikes the eye as the Niagara by Anthony and Bierstadt,
at once. As much
admire the easy tech-
as I as stereos. Unfortunately the manner in
nical execution of Mr. Howell, and ac- which they are framed makes it impossible
knowledge that in many instances the to look at them as stereographs. But above
illumination gives great effects, although all we must mention the large sheets, 45-55
many are beautiful in pose and drapery, centimetres, scenes from the Yosemite
still one feels that the finished art-feeling of Valley, by Watkins, Houseworth, and
Kurtz is wanting. Muybridge. These are glorious specimens
The school of Kurtz manifests itself also, of landscapes, worthy of the magnificent
if I am not mistaken, in the excellent pic- scenery which they represent. There is
tures of Landy, in Cincinnati. The Rem- plastic sharpness, air, perspective, harmony,
brandt illumination, which, curious enough, and softness. Muybridge, above all others,
the father of the Rembrandt effect (Kurtz) is distinguished by superb cloud effects,
but rarely employs, the graduated back- which, in these large pictures, look extra-
grounds, and a certain peculiar, perhaps a ordinary fine.

little too hard and abrupt transition from American apparatus is also very well
light to shade, distinguish these pictures. represented. The American Optical Com-
With his baby pictures, Mr. Landy sur- pany, New York (Scovill Manufacturing
prises photographers as well as artists. Company), show some exquisitely finished
A certain peculiar technical method dis- apparatus as complete as they can be —
tinguishes at present Mr. Rocher, of Chi- strong and elegant. Anthony sends several
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 471

of his cameras, camera-stands and

best technical execution as we would hardly
scopes. Spahn exhibits a very original excuse from the merest beginner, — streaks,
camera-stand which, by an easy move- want of sharpness, spots, monotony, or hard-
ment of the hands and without screws or ness — in short, all the virtues of a negative
levers, can be raised and lowered; it car- character, and, on the other hand, so much
ries besides a black screen, which when sense for art, that we cannot help but admire.
moved backwards dispenses with the focus- She undertakes things with much boldness.
sing-cloth, while when moved forward it By the aid of a costumed woman she repre-
protects the objective from side-light. I sents St. Agnes she ties wings to the backs
;

notice with pleasure the astonishment of of two boys and represents them as angels;
European photographers when they exam- but she selects her models with much skill,
ine the peculiar construction of American and knows so well how to use them, that, in
apparatus. A plate-holder from which the spite of many doubts, one has to acknowl-
shutter can be entirely removed during ex- edge the result.
posure, a plate-holder with glass corners, It seems almost as if she had found in
are almost unheard of here ; so also is the England imitators. A Mr. Crawshay, for
American stereoscope.have to We will instance, exhibits life-size heads which tech-
learn in this respect from the Americans, nically are better than those of Mrs. Cam-
as well as we have profited already in eron, and which are intended to represent
another respect, in the consumption of something, but actually represent nothing,
American drinks, such as cream soda, for when I write under the picture of a
sherry cobblers, &c which have found a, black-haired, and by no means handsome
great many admirers here. woman, ever so many times the words
While speaking of America I will men- " Black Diamond," I would not give a cent
tion at once the productions of South for these diamonds still less do I feel my-
;

America they are in the same building as

: self drawn to an indifferent face of almost
the American section. In the midst of more than life-size, under which the words
fans of parrot-feathers we find some pic- "Full-blown Kose " are written. Of the
tures by Henshel & Bengue of Eio other large heads which distinguish them-
amongst them, two enlargements, the one selves more by the title than by anything
representing a native, the other is an his- else, I will not speak.
toricalcomposition with living pictures Colonel Stuart Wortley, " the dry-plate
Judith with the head of Holofernes. The man," has also sent large heads from life
head belongs, of course, to a living person, (43x35 centimetres). According to his state-
whose body is very much covered by. ment, these are made on dry plates and we ;

the dress of Judith. These pictures belong have to admire the patience of the sitter, as
to a branch of art which goes beyond the much as the patience of the photographer.
realm of photography such pictures do ;
I like his well-executed shore and sky
not make the impression of an historical studies much better. Of his dry-plate ex-
picture, but at most of a scene at the the- periments I have not seen anything, with
atre. A still-life picture is always very the exception of the above heads. Beasley,
difficult to compose, but historical pictures on the other hand, has exhibited landscapes
cannot be made at all, no matter how much made on dry plates, which are verj success- 7

of antique furniture, drapery, and costumes ful. We find plates which had been exposed
we drag together ; finally, a modern man or one hundred and twenty days after they had
woman is in it, which cuts a modern face. been sensitized, and which were developed
The case is different when such attempts twenty days later. Unfortunately, Mr.
are made in order to furnish the art-student Beasley does not describe his process.
with samples. In this respect the sheets of Of landscape photographers, we miss Mr.
Mrs. Cameron are interesting, and which Bedford, England, and Mudd.
leads me to the English exhibition. Mrs. and Robinson have exhibited some land-
Cameron is a riddle. We discover in her scapes.
pictures such great shortcomings in their Robinson & Cherrill exhibit some of
472 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the finest landscapes in the exhibition ; for omon's style, but avoid his hardness. They
instance, the surf with flying sea-gulls ; a have furnished some handsome single por-
wood landscape with evening effects and ; traits as well as groups. A peculiar group
some splendid cloud pictures not to forget ; I will mention before I close. It is a
a beautiful little picture, " Waiting at the picture of about thirty inches; a carbon
Stile." print,which makes the impression as if it
London Photographic and
I mention the had been copied from a drawing instead of
Stereoscopic Company, which exhibits hand- from life. More anon.
some cards of celebrities of the day, and Yours truly,
also Koane & Douglas, who work in Sal- Dr. H. Vogel.

Our Report. — Some of our good friends at —

Our Visit to Europe. If matters progress as
Buffalo seemed to think that they could gradu- we now expect they will, we sail from New York
ally see us growing more and more dismayed as on the Cunard steamer Cuba for Liverpool, Aug.
the proceedings continued, at the amount of 13th, and from thence we hope to make a tour
matter we should have to publish in order to through parts of England, Scotland, France, Ger-
make a complete report of the proceedings of the many, Switzerland, and Italy, returning about
Convention. Not we. We have " stood up" to November 1st. Ample preparations have been
and you have it in your hands, we believe,
it all, made for careful attention to the interests of our
complete and entire. We would be immodest if readers during our absence, and they will please
we were to suggest that our readers ought to address the publishers whenever they need any
commend the publishers for their enterprise, in assistance they can render.
giving them the whole — a number equal to six Although we have labored hard for photogra-
months of our magazine — about three weeks
in
phy during the ten years since we assumed the
after the close of the Convention, and that we
care of this magazine, and physically need a
feel that they ought to try very hard to secure
change and a cessation from work, yet we could
us many new subscribers (for we assure you they
not be induced to absent ourselves from our post
are needed to support such extravagance as this),
at this time did we not believe we could better
so we will not say it. We leave it to you, and
subserve the interests of photography by doing so.
trust that you may derive much benefit from the
perusal of this interesting report.
We shall go with " eyes and ears open tight,"
and expect to gather much useful information
In our next number we hope to give a general
from contact with our co-workers abroad. What
review of it, and to point out some matters need-
we do learn, of course you shall have the benefit
ing special attention.
of. The great Centennial Exposition, to be held
The National Photographic Association. in this city in 1876, must also have the careful
— What ought we to do about the N. P. A. ? attention of us all, and we go to Vienna with the
Ought not an association that is instrumental in special purpose of making notes for our great
collecting and diffusing so much real, solid good world's fair.

for the enlightenment of photographers be better We trust that no one will be inconvenienced
supported than this? We cannot calculate the by this absence, and that our friends will act
good that it does ; but itmust languish unless it with their usual generosity and apprise our pub-
is better supported. Its officers have spent of lishers of all matters of interest that may come
their strength and of their money to support it up during our absence. We hope to come back
they now rightly look for aid to you. The to our work well strengthened for another ten
money is needed at once. The Conventions are years' strife for the uplifting of our art and its
a big expense over and above the receipts. Re- votaries. With this we hope we give you enough
mit your advanced and back dues promptly ;
to keep you busy until our return. Farewell.
and, where you can, make a voluntary contribu-
tion. The Executive Committee will ask you to We are obliged to lay over much good matter
do it. Do it -now and get altead of them. for our next. The reason is obvious.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 473

SUPPLEMENT.

As will be seen by the report of the proceed- After a discussion of these propositions, the
ings of the National Photographic Association committee made the following suggestions to the
at Buffalo, N. Y., July, 1873, to which this is a Association :

supplement, certain propositions* were read

from Jehyleman Shaw respecting his patent for SUGGESTIONS OF THE COMMITTEE OF THE
recovering gold and silver from spent photo- WHOLE ON MR. SHAW'S PROPOSITIONS.
graphic solutions. It was ruled that the Asso-
Buffalo, N. Y., July 18th, 1873.
ciation could not, as an association, act in the
matter, and, after adjournment, a committee of It is suggested that the entire patent, together
the whole met Mr. Shaw, when he made the fol- with the opinion of the official counsel of the
lowing propositions :
Association, Mr. E. Y. Bell, of New York, and
the propositions of Mr. Shaw, and the sugges-
MR. SHAW'S PROPOSITIONS. tions of this committee, be published as adver-
tisements in the official organ of the National
Buffalo, N. Y., July 18th, 1873.
Photographic Association, the Philadelphia
I propose that, if each photographer wishes Photographer, by the Association, for the infor-
to settle this matter with me individually, I will mation and benefit of its members.
grant to each a license to use my patent, upon It is also suggested that as the members of
either of the three following conditions :
this committee, as individuals, having met and
1st. If any one see fit to send me the waste consulted with Mr. Shaw upon the specifications
saved by him to be reduced, I will work it for and claims of his patent, and having also heard
him and return three-foui ths of the amount re- from Mr. Rhoads of the late Executive Commit-
covered from all of his waste. tee of the Association in regard to the reports
2d. If, however, he chooses to dispose of his obtained by them from the counsel of the Asso-
waste in some other manner, I will then grant ciation, have come to the conclusion that it

him a license to use my patent upon the pay- would be far better for us, as individuals, to
ment by him of a small royalty — say about ten make some amicable arrangements with Mr.
per cent, of the amount of his waste annually. Shaw for the use of his patent, than to take the
3d. If any number of photographers here pres- chance of being led into an expensive litigation
ent wish to form a company to buy my patent which might cost each one of us from one thou-
outright, for the purpose of giving to the mem- sand to two thousand dollars before we are
bers of such a company the free use of the pat- through with it. We recommend that the prop-
ent, I will take the sum of two hundred thousand osition submitted by Mr. Shaw to us be consid-
dollars for my patent; or, if they will organize ered by all, and determine whether it would be
a company with a capital stock of say three hun- best for us to make individual settlements with
dred thousand dollars, I will accept seventy-five him, or form a company for the purchase of the
thousand dollars in money, and one hundred and patent, as suggested in his third proposition.
fifty thousand dollars of the stock of such a
H. L. Bingham, Frank Jewell,
company as consideration for my patent.
I. B. Webster, Sam. B. Revenaugh.
J. Shaw.
The suggestion as to printing Mr. Shaw's spe-
* See pages 298 and 348. cifications, and Mr. Bell's opinion, were adopted
 474 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
by the Association (see report of the proceed- as protosulphate of iron, muriate of tin, soluble
ings), and they are accordingly given below. sulphuret of potassa, &c. — would operate as pre-
eipitants of silver.

MR. SHAW'S PATENT. I discovered by experiment and observation

that in the practice of photography only about
4970.
or less than one-fourth of the silver used remained
United States Patent Office. in the picture, and consequently at least three-
fourths of all the silver used ran to waste in the
JEHYLEMAN SHAW. OP BRIDGEPORT, washings, and I set to work to devise means for
CONNECTICUT. the economic recovery of the silver from the
washings but upon the application of the best
IMPROVEMENT IN PROCESSES OP RECOVERING ;

known preeipitants, viz., salt and muriatic acid,

GOLD AND SILVER FROM WASTE SOLUTIONS.
I discovered that these preeipitants would not
Specification forming pari of Letters- Patent No 35,842, serve the desired purpose at all. I found that
dated July 8, 1862 reissue No. 1651, dated April 5,
;
these preeipitants. though the best in use in
1864 ; reissue No. 3506, dated June 15, 1869 ; reissue
connection with such solutions as were before
No. 4030, dated June 14, 1870 ; reissue No. 4970,
dated July 1872.
known in the arts (because they would throw
9,
down the silver in pure chloride of silver, un-
Division B. mixed with other metal), were useless as preeip-
itants of the silver of these photographic wash-
To all whom it may concern: Be it known
ings, because in the latter there was such a
that I, Jehyleman Shaw, of Bridgeport, in the
minute quantity of silver compared with the
County of Fairfield and State of Connecticut,
quantity of solution, and because of the totally
have invented a new and useful process for re-
different chemical character of these diluted
covering the gold and silver from what are
solutions, I found that the salt, which would
known in the arts as the washings or waste solu-
throw down most of the silver in the usual
tions of photography and I do hereby declare
;

"nitrate" solutions used in the arts, would not

the following to be a sufficiently clear, full, and
answer as a precipitant of the new kind of solu-
exact description thereof to enable those skilled
tions which possessed so small an amount of
to understand and use the invention.
silver, and were made up of the iodide and
Previous to my invention it was customary in
bromide of silver, tog-ether with the cyanide of
the practice of the art of photography to allow
potassium, hyposulphite of soda, Ac, and which
the washings or waste and ipent solutions to run
would hold the silver in solution, no matter how
off, and the gold and silver therein contained to
much salt might be added, and I found that
be lost, because there was no known process or
muriatic acid could not be used with any prac-
method by which the gold and silver contained
tical success, because it would not precipitate
in very small quantities in such solutions could
unless enough were added to decompose the
be recovered economically enough to render the
alkalies, and this would cost more than the silver
use of such process remunerative or advanta-
to be recovered was worth.
geous. It had long been known that various
Finding the nature of these new solutions (in
chemical ingredients would operate as "precip-
itants " of gold and silver held in solution ; and
which existed the silver to be recovered) was
" entirely different from that of solutions before
in the arts some of these known " preeipitants

were generally employed, the most generally known in the arts, that the same course of
used in the aits for the precipitation of silver treatment for "precipitation" could not be
being common salt for "nitrate solutions" of successfully applied to them with any advanta-
silver, and muriatic acid for the "cyanide solu- geous results, and finding nowhere any instruc-
tion to those skilled in the arts for recovering
tions." These two solutions of silver were in
fact about the only ones in use in the arts at the
work to
the silver from such solutions, I set to

time photographic waste solutions came into learn the precise nature of the and solutions,

existence (as consequents to the collodion pro- what preeipitants could be successfully used
cess of photography) , and in the extraction of with them, if any, and how such preeipitants

the silver common salt was most used and best should be applied.
adapted to be as a precipitant of the nitrate It will be understood that, as in the photo-
solution (of the assayer), and muriatic acid as a graphic art, there are several different kinds of
precipitant of the cyanide solution of the electro- washings or waste solutions, it was necessary to
plater; though, as I have said, it was known to experiment with each separately, as what might
chemists that other materials — such for instance induce to a certain chemical action on one might
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 475

not affect another, and that as the question of continual fresh contact with the "precipitant,"
economy employed and in the
in the ingredients and so that the particles precipitated will be
working of the process were vital essentials, prevented from flowing off or escaping with the
because of the minute amount of silver obtain- water and its other contained ingredients.
able from a very large quantity of the washings, The construction and operation of the appara-
itwould be necessary to find some simple and tus alluded to will be found fully described in
cheap process by which all the washings could another application filed simultaneously with
be treated and all the silver recovered. In the this, and forming the subject for Letters-Patent
course of a long series of experiments I discov- for said apparatus.
ered that while salt would throw down most of It will be understood that in the treatment of
the silver in the -'negative bath" solution, such solutions as those to which my invention
and that many other precipitants would throw relates the quantity of gold and silver to be
down the silver from some of the solutions, many recovered (or contained in them) is very minute
of the precipitants would answer for one and not
compared with the quantity of solution to be
for another of the solutions that some were too ;
treated, and that the whole amount of contained
expensive, and some were so slow in their action,
silver does not exceed the percentage of silver
that too much accumulation of the solutions and
which generally remains in the assayers solution
complication of apparatus would be required in
after he has performed on such solution the usual
practice and I discovered that, of all things
;
process of precipitation ; and it will be under-
known in chemistry as "precipitants" of the
stood that in the treatment of the mixed wash-
silver and gold held in solution, the sulphuret of
ings with the sulphuret of potassium, as described,
potassium was the only material which could be
the washingscome into contact with the precipi-
successfully employed to precipitate the gold and
tant and dissolving portions of it
(receptacle)
silver from the mixed washings or waste solu- mingle therewith, and a reaction takes place
tions and as the problem to be solved required among
;
the elements present, the silver, leaving
the treatment of all the solutions together, or the
the elements with which it was combined, unites
treatment of the "mixed washings," the dis-
with the sulphur, and, forming a precipitant,
covery of the capacity of the sulphuret of potas-
settles down to the bottom of the vessel. As
sium to effect this result enabled me to accom-
the waste solutions are slowly and almost con-
plish the new object aimed at, viz., the recovery,
tinually entering the vessel (during the progress
in a practically successful manner, of all the
of the business of washing the pictures), they
silver from all the waste washings and spent and
come into contact with the precipitant, as
solutions of the photographic establishment.
the freshly-supplied solution is entering into the
It will be understood, then, that based upon process of precipitation that which has under-
which consists
this discovery rests ray invention, gone it is gradually passing on toward the
in the use, in any suitable apparatus in which bottom of the vessel, and thence up to the exit,
the spent solutions or mixed washings of the and the precipitate passes on down and settles
photographer are accumulated, of the sulphuret with the mass or deposit at the bottom of the
of potassium, to precipitate from sueh solutions
all their contained gold and silver. In practicing my process for the recovery of
In carrying out this precipitation of the metals the silver from mixed waste washings of pho-
the precipitant should be so applied that the tographers I propose to use such an apparatus
washings will come into contact all the time as described in and made the subject of the other
with it to keep up the chemical action, and so application filed by me simultaneously with this,

that its action cannot be impeded or impaired but it . will be understood, however, that the
by any accumulation about it of the sediment or invention made the subject of this application
deposit and to gain these objects, which are
; may be practiced in a different apparatus, the
essential, I propose to provide a suitable vessel gist of my invention resting in the idea of
(adapted either to catch the washings from the extracting the silver by bringing the mixed
sinks or basins, or to answer as a substitute for washings and spent solutions into contact, sub-
such receptacles for washings) in which is pro- stantially as described, with the sulphuret of
vided a bag or cage for holding the precipitant, potassium.
arranged near where the washings enter the Having explained my invention so that those
vessel,and some distance above the locality at skilled can readily understand it, what I claim

which the deposit will form I propose to have as new, and desire to secure by Letters-Patent,
this vessel divided into compartments and other- is

wise so made that the washings can come in The within-described process for recovering
476 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
the silver and gold from spent or mixed pho- entire case. A mere theorist cannot accomplish
tographic solutions and washings by the use much in any undertaking much less can the
;

of sulphuret of potassium, substantially as de- lawyer who shuts out from his mind the facts
scribed. which should largely govern his action in obtain-
In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my ing a result.
hand and seal this 1st day of June, 1872. Mr. Howson, in his commendable work en-
Jehyleman Shaw. [l. s.] titled American Patent System, has well said :

"Few theorists think alike, and their efforts to

In presence of
elucidate a simple subject often result in con-
J. N. McIntire,
fusing it; precisely as scientific experts in poison-
Jacob Felbel.
ing cases, and in not a few patent cases, by their
opposite views, frequently succeed in confusing
OPINION OF E. Y. BELL, ESQ,.
judges and juries, and in obscuring the truth."
43 Wall Street,
New York, January 11th, 1873.
It is my aim in the discharge of the present
duty to make my views as far practical as the
To the Executive Committee of the N.P.A.:
subject-matter under consideration will permit.
Gentlemen : In compliance with your request What I have to say regarding the theoretical or
for my written opinion upon the last reissued chemical portion of the case, is derived from an
patent of Jehyleman Shaw for an improved ap- experience, an intimate connection for over three
paratus and process for recovering gold and silver years, with the history of the invention and
from waste solutions, I have the honor of sub- patentee, and from a recent and careful review
mitting the following views. My recent illness of the large mass of testimony used in the vari-
of nearly two months' duration prevented me ous protracted trials, where the invention was
from responding earlier to your committee. elaborately discussed by witnesses, experts, and
It is quite a difficult matter for a lawyer to counsel. In the two late defeats which Mr. Shaw
write a decided opinion upon the validity of any suffered in the courts regarding his old reissues,
patent; especially so when the subject-matter of he failed to sustain his patent because of the
the invention relates to both mechanics and vagueness and insufficiency of his specifications
chemical science, which, in themselves, are vast and the imperf'ectness and broadness of his
and intricate, and invite the research and criti- claims.
cism of the accomplished adept in the knowledge The question as to Shaw being the first and
of their origin, character, and development, original inventor was fully argued by counsel,
rather than the superficial examination which a but never considered and passed upon by the
lawyer necessarily makes regarding the same. court. The opinions of Judges Blatchford and
Bear in mind that the lawyer, as well as your Benedict were to the effect that the patent upon
honorable committee, can only give his opinion its face did not then show an invention.
upon the subject under consideration, leaving the That whether the patentee claimed an ap-
adjudication or final voice respecting the validity paratus described, meaning "any ordinary ves-
of the patent to the judge upon the bench or the sel," or construed to cover the method of pro-
jury in the box. ducing the effect described, which meant the use
What might appear to the counsel and to the of any known precipitant to throw down silver
committee as rational premises upon which to and gold in solution in any of the known solu-
build and decide the argument, would be to the tions ; in either contemplation of the case there
judge in court or the jury there an unsound was no patentable invention.
position; or, in other words, they might look at In the last reiss'ie before me I find that Mr.
the points and facts of the case in an entirely Shaw, in order to be as clear and practicable as
different light, and so disappoint the profoundest the law permits, and to avoid the legal objections
lawyer or the most intelligent committee. which his last reissue contained, divides his in-
In this changeable and intensely mixed age vention into two parts, and concurrently obtains
legal opinions are not of very great value and two patents.
importance, and particularly upon subjects which First, under Division "A," he describes and

partake of a scientific character. claims an apparatus for recovering gold and sil-
The basis of examining the subject-matter of ver from waste solutions; and, second, under
a patent like the present one, is generally founded Division " B," he describes and claims a process
upon some particular theory, which the lawyer for the same purpose.
often maintains with obstinate indifference to It is a principle of law applicable to the de-
the real facts, and hence his opinion is not a fair termining of the validity of patents, that practi-
one, or it is not an intelligent discussion of the cal views rather than subtle distinctions, must
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 477

govern in construing the specifications and claims no evidence which proves the fact, except that
of the patentee. This rule, however, need not pointing to the publication of a description of a
be applied strictly to the last reissue of Mr. similar apparatus in the London Photographic
Shaw, as his last two divisions " A " and " B " Journal some years previous to Shaw's applica-
clearly, fal\y, and sufficiently exact, set forth tion for a patent in this country. I am of opin-

his alleged invention and claims so that any one ion that the vessel or apparatus described in the
at all acquainted with the subject can see at a journal referred to, and which is now in my pos-
glance what the nature of the alleged invention is. session, do not anticipate Shaw's invention de-
His claim to the original inventorship of the scribed in Division "A," and even if they did,
apparatus described in Division "A" has never the law holds that such publication must be before
been judicially passed upon by the courts, and the invention of the patentee, and also that the
there is no positive evidence before me that he is idea or thing discovered must have been put into
not the inventor of the apparatus described. some useful or practical form, and carried into
Aside from this, however, the patent is prima operation.
facie evidence on this point that Shaw was the The invention of Shaw was made some years
and original inventor thereof, as well as to
first previous to the alleged publication in the English
the novelty and utility of said apparatus, and journals. See Shaw's evidence, and witness Judd
must control the question, unless countervailed in the Bogardus and Pendleton suits.
by the party's evidence who attacks it. The I cannot see wherein the doctrine of double
patent is prima facie evidence that the grant of use applies to this division of his patent, and,
right in it is valid; thatthe invention described therefore, in conclusion, I am of the opinion
by Shaw is new and useful in the saving of pho- that Shaw's claim to the apparatus is a good and
tographers' waste ; that it required invention, and valid one.
that it is the invention of Shaw ; and such prima In support of my legal views upon this branch
facie evidence must have full effect, unless re- of the case, I respectfully refer you to the fol-
butted by sufficient countervailing testimony. lowing decisions and patent law :

Whether the apparatus is deficient in part, as Section 6, Act of Congress, 1836 ; Allen v.

to utility, is not a bar to his claim to the patent; Hunter, 6 McLean, 313, 314; Brooks v. Bick-
it would only affect his claim fatally, providing nell, 3 Id. 261 ; Poppenhusen v N. Y. G. P.
the apparatus was proven wholly worthless for Comb Co , 4 Blatchford ; Pitt v. Hall, 2 Blatch-
the purposes designed. ford, 231 (Nelson, J.) ;
Waterbury Brass Co. v.

The patent itself raises a presumption of nov- N. Y & B. Brass Co., MS. Opinion. Ingersoll,
elty and utility — the degree of utility of the J., N. Y. So.Dist., 1858; Potter v. Howard, MS.
apparatus is not a matter of consideration. If Opinion Ct., 1858; Vance v. Campbell, Ohio
it was useful at the time the patent was granted, Repts., 1859 ; French v. Rogers. MS. Opinion
the patent is valid ; and if it has become useless (Kane, J.). Pa. Circuit, 1851 ;
Howson " Ameri-
since by the discovery of some other method which can Patent System," pp. 47, 48, 58, 59 Section ;

dispenses with it, this gives no person the right 3. Act of Congress, 1870; Moody v. Fiske, 2
to use the apparatus. Mason, 112; Wyeth v. Stone, 1 Story, 285;
The fact that the apparatus described in Shaw's Washburn v. Gould. 3 Id. 142 (Mass.); Hovey
original patent had been in public use in the in- v. Henry, 3 West. Law Journ., 154 (Mass.).
terval between the issue of the originaland the In approaching the discussion of Shaw's in-
reissue, does not prevent him from resuming his vention, speeifiedand claimed by him in Division
claim to the same in his last reissue. "B," to wit, a "process for recovering silver
Again, there may be more than one reissue of and gold from spent or mixed photographic solu-
the same patent. The surrender and reissue are tions, and washing, by the use of sulphuret of
allowed to follow each other as often as the in- potassium," I am conscious of the responsibility
ventor is content to be more specific or -modest in which rests upon me in the discharge of my duty,
his claim, i. e., if Shaw was defeated to-morrow and the grave importance with which its conse-
by reason of faulty specifications and claims, as quences may be fraught.
in his last patent, and not upon the merits of his Section 24 of the Patent Act provides that any
invention, he could instantly avail himself of still person who has invented or discovered any new
another reissue. The vital question as to whether or useful art, machine, manufacture, or compo-
the apparatus described and claimed by him had sition of matter, or any new and useful improve-
been known before, and used for the same pur- ment thereof, not known or used by others in
poses named, is a matter of future, proof, and this country, and not patented or described in any
hence cannot affect the present case. I know of printed publication in this or -Any foreign country
478 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
before his invention or discovery thereof, and claims to theprocess described in Division "B,"
not in public use or on sale for more than two of his patent reissue, is a proper subject for a
years prior to his application, unless the same is patent within the scope and meaning of the above
proved to have been abandoned,
may, upon act, and the invention is intended financially as
payment of the duty required by law, and other a benefit to the photographer who employs it.

due proceedings had, obtain a patent therefor. His specifications are very full and clear. He
This, in brief, is the law of conditions requisite states that previous to his invention it was cus-
to be complied with for " any person " in this tomary in the practice of the photographic art
country to obtain a patent. washings or waste and spent solutions
to allow the

First, in Shaw's described invention in Divis- to run and the gold and silver contained in
off,

ion " B," embraced among the patentable sub-
ject-matters mentioned in section 24, or in other
words, can the process of recovering the silver
and gold from spent or mixed photographic solu-
tions and washings by the use of sulphuret of
potassium, in connection with the apparatus de-
them were thereby lost, because there was no
known process or method by which the gold and
silver, contained in very small quantities in such
solutions, could be recovered economically enough
to render the use of such process remunerative
or advantageous.

scribed in Division "A," be made the subject This statement of Shaw must be taken and
of a patent ? accepted as substantially correct and true, until
Photography is an art and science, and by pa- overthrown by competent proof to the contrary.
tient and industrious toil on the part of those The evidence in the recent trials failed to estab

who have grown old in its discipleship, it has be- lish that Shaw's method of saving waste was
come one of the most beautiful, useful, and at- known and practiced in this country before his
tractive callings in the realm of art. The prac- invention in i 852.

tice of the photographic art not only requires the Among the witnesses for the defence whose

most refined and delicate taste in the execution testimony stood uniuipeached, the fact was dis-
of its artistic embraces a practi-
features, but it closed that the precious metals had not been pre-

cal use of chemicals and mechanical instruments, cipitated by them earlier than 1856 or 1857, and
which represent two of the largest and most va- that they made but little progress in the recovery
ried departments of knowledge in the world. of them from the mixed washings until 1859 or

In the introduction and development of the 1860, which was about the time that Sh aw began
to introduce his process.
collodion process, the solutions and washings
found in it were entirely different in character, These facts in my opinion corroborate the state-

and composed of different elements from the so- ment made by Shaw, as to the state or condition
of the art, relative to saving waste. &a. at the
lutions found in any other branch of art and ,

science. Photography, as I apprehend the fact, time he claims to have made his invention.

has given to the world a class of solutions which After a further statement as to the condition
from the very absence of the art were before un- of the art, previous to his alleged discovery, he
known. In all the various solutions there were says that he found the nature of these new solu-

more or less gold and silver contained, and the tions named by him to be entirely different from

metals being of so precious a character, we can solutions before known in the arts generally. I
readily see how the busy mind of the inventor do not doubt this statement of Shaw respecting
would set about the accomplishment of the pur- the peculiar elements that compose the photo-

pose of saving the wasted substance. graphic solutions, as contradistinguished from

Both in mechanical and chemical science there solutions in which are contained gold and silver

have been many and frequent discoveries and found in the assayist's and jeweller's business.
improvements within the last half century. The Shaw further claims that the course of treat-
application of steam as a propelling power, the ment adopted to precipitate from solutions which
origin and development of the electric telegraph, previously existed, such as the nitrate solution
the long and eventful experiments, and at length of the assayer and refiner, and the electroplating
splendid triumph in blessing the world with the solution, could not be successfully applied to the
sewing machine ; the invention of the daguerreo- new solutions which the collodion process devel-
type,and the introduction and world-wide devel- oped, with any advantageous results. And it is

opment of the collodion process, together with at this pointof his specification in Division " B"
numberless other improvements in machinery that we are introduced to his real invention.To
and chemical science, have all rested their claims use his own language, he says: "I discovered
to a patent birthright and legal protection, on that of all things known in chemistry as precipi-

the 24th section of our Patent Act. Mr. Shaw's tants of the silver and gold held in solution,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 479

that sulphuret of potassium was the only mate- peculiar to photography. He does not claim to
rial which could be successfully employed to have discovered that sulphuret of potassium, per
precipitate the gold and silver from the mixed se, is a precipitant. He admits that it was old
washings or waste solutions ;
and as the problem in this respect, but the essence of his invention,
to be solved required the treatment of all the in my opinion, unless overthrown by prior knowl-
solutions together, or the treatment of the mixed edge and use of the subject-matter claimed, con-
washings, the discovery of the capacity of the sists in the discovery that sulphuret of potassium
sulphured of potassium to effect the result enabled was the only substance which could effectually
me to accomplish the new object arrived at, and most advantageously precipitate the gold
namely, the recovery in a practical successful and silver from the new solutions found in the
manner of all the silver from all the waste wash- photographic art, and his practical manner or
ings and spent solutions of the photographic mode of applying the same.
establishment. It will be understood then that This must be taken as the conclusive meaning
bnsed upon this discovery rests my invention, of the patentee, and also the legal interpretation
which consists in the use in any suitable appa- of the Patent Office respecting his invention ; for
ratus in which the spent solutions or mixed Shaw alleges that he found by experiment that
washings of photographers are accumulated of the best known precipitants in connection with
the sulphuret of potassium to precipitate from the previously known solutions in which were
such solutions all their contained gold and silver. contained gold and silver, would not act upon
Shaw then minutely describes the method the new solutions in the collodion process ;

which he proposes to adopt and claim as his in- further, that no instructions for precipitating the
vention, and which is in part included in Di- salver from these new solutions could be found
vision " A " of his patent, to wit: " In carrying in the chemical or photographic works of that
out this precipitation of the metals the precipi- date, and hence it was by frequent and long ex-
tant should be so applied that the washings will periments, and by a novel and simple process he
come into contact all the time with it to keep up accomplished that which undoubtedly is the
the chemical action, and so that its action can- legal basis of his claim in Divisions "A" and
not be impeded or impaired by any accumulation " B " of the present reissue.
about it of the sediment or deposit ; and to gain Shaw thus laying the foundation to the above
these objects, which are essential, I propose to discovery, and claiming a practical method of
provide a suitable vessel (adapted either to catch putting the same into use. which produced a new
the washings from the. sinks or basins, or to and beneficial result in the saving of gold and
answer as a substitute for such receptacles for silver from the various photographic solutions
washings) in which is provided a bag or cage for to which it is applied, entitles him to such a
holding the precipitant, arranged near where the substantial protection that no one can take from
washings enter the vessel, and some distance him the benefits of his discovery, by simply em-
above the locality at which the deposit will bodying it or putting it into practice in connec-
form. I propose to have this vessel divided into tion with a differently constructed machine from
compartments, and otherwise so made that the that claimed by him, except so far as he might
washings can come in continual fresh contact himself waive the right.
with the precipitant, and so that the particles One of the strongest objective points that can
precipitated will be prevented from flowing off or be made against the validity of Division "B,"
escaping with the water and its contained ingre- in the present patent, is that of "double use."
dients." This important doctrine of patent law rests upon
This plain description of his method must a basis of facts which I am not bound now to as-
enable any one skilled in the photographic art sume, much less accept, as true, respecting the
to recover gold and from their various so-
silver present patent. However, in order to give the
lutions. In concluding he says that " the gist largest view of this objection which a court
of my invention rests in the idea of extracting might sustain against the present patent, let us
the silver, by bringing the mixed washings and see what would be necessary in order to accom-
spent solutions into contact, substantially as de- plish that end.
scribed, with the sulphuret of potassium.'''' If it can be shown that sulphuret of potassium
I have incorporated his statements contained had been previously in practical use as a pre-
in Division " B," for the purpose of leading your cipitant for other kinds of solutions than those
minds to the fact, that Shaw makes a distinct known in the arts at the date of Shaw's inven-
claim for the use of sulphuret of potassium as a tion, and also proven, that the nature and action
precipitant in combination with the solutions of sulphuret of potassium as a precipitant was
480 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
fully known, and that Shaw made no such new matter, to wit, sulphuret of potassium when
discovery respecting that substance in connec- applied for the purpose mentioned in the mode,
tion with photographic solutions as is alleged in or by the means described and claimed by him.
"double use" could
his patent, then the plea of may be granted
It has been held that a patent

be successfully applied and legally maintained. for the use of a known thing in a known manner,

At present there is no evidence to sustain these to produce effects already known, but producing
points before me, and, therefore, I cannot see those effects so as to be more economically or
wherein the point of " double use," in any way beneficially enjoyed by the public. This prin-
affects or invalidates Division "B," of the pres- ciple of law would give to Mr. Shaw a very wide
ent reissue. latitude, even though his discovery and means
Chief Justice Taney, in the celebrated case of of using the same to produce the effect were all
O'Reilly v. Morse, reported in 15 How., 119, proven to have been known before; still, if the
says : "Whoever discovers that a certain useful effects or result accomplished by the employment
result will be produced in any art, machine, of sulphuret of potassium in the mode described,
manufacture, or composition of matter by the be a more economical or beneficial one than- any
use of certain means, is entitled to a patent for in prior use, the court might even then sustain
it, provided he specifies the means used so fully his patent.
and exactly that a skilful person can by using have gone further than the patent upon its
I
the means specified without addition or subtrac- face warrants. The presumption of law is in
tion produce the result described." favor of its validity, and that there has been an
Shaw's invention is in letter and spirit within invention, and its issue and grant is prima facie
the scope of this well-known legal authority. evidence in any court that the described inven-
Justice Nelson, in a leading case upon this tion is original, new, and useful.
subject, Foote v. Silsby, reported in 2 Blatch., The eminent Justice Story in the case Phila-
264, held, " Where a party has discovered a new delphia and Trenton Railroad v. Stimpson, re-

application of some property in nature, or com- ported in 14 Peters (Supreme Court), 458, has
held on this point that " it is a presumption of
position of matter, never before known or in use,
law that all public officers perform their proper
by which he has produced a new and useful re-

the subject of a patent, official duties until the contrary is proved.

sult, the discovery is

independently of any peculiar or new arrange- Where an act is done, as a, patent to be granted

ment of machinery, for the purpose of applying

or reissued upon evidence, and proofs to be laid

such new property." before a public officer upon which he is to de-

cide, the fact that he has done the act or granted
In a similar case, Judge Blatchford, of the
United States Circuit Court for the Southern the patent, is prima facie evidence that the

District of York, has said:. "The means

New proofs have been regularly made, and were
satisfactory.''''
described can be claimed. In the means or the
producing of the means, or the use of the means Justice Leavitt in a similar case, Judson v.

to effect such result, the invention consists." Cope, Ohio Reports, 1860, has also held upon the

A distinguished jurist of England, Baron An- same point: "That the law requiring that an
derson, in still a similar case, has said that :
inventor should describe his invention with ac-
" You cannot take out a patent for a principle, curacy and fulness, and it being the duty of the

but you may take out a patent for a principle Commissioner of Patents to see this is done, the

coupled with the mode of carrying the principle presumption is that the patent has been issued

into effect, provided you have not only discov- upon sufficient foundation, and the court must
ered the principle but invented some mode of he well satisfied there is a material insufficiency

carrying it into effect, but you must start with
having invented some mode, of carrying the prin-
ciple into effect if you have done that, then you
;
or defect in the same before it will pronounce
any patent a nullity, and void.''
In conclusion, from my knowledge of the facts

are entitled to protect yourself from all other governing the invention, and for the reasons
modes of carrying the same principle into effect." already stated, I am of the opinion that the

These four authorities affirm well-established present reissue (under Division "B") of Shaw's

rules of patent law. applicable to the discovery patent will be sustained by the courts.

of a principle in nature or composition of matter Respectfully submitted,

in connection with a practical mode of applying E. Y. Bell,

or using the same. Division "B," of Shaw's
Counsel to the N. P. A.

patent, bears evidence upon its face of the dis- For further information, please refer to the
covery of a new principle in the composition of report of the proceedings.
E. L. EATON, oston Fublh
 THE

biWeljrluji |Ph0t0gapllet .

Vol. X. OCTOBER, 1873. No. 118.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

our claiming to be artists, we shall still

THE BUFFALO CONVENTION.
push forward, knowing well that those who
RETROSPECTIVE. calumniate us themselves know very little
about art. Very few people in this country
The report of the proceedings of the ISTa-
understand the first principles of art, and,
tional Photographic Association has been
as a class, newspaper men know less about
in the hands of our readers about six weeks,
it than any other. But the day is coming
now, and we trust that it has not only been
when art and art culture shall hold the posi-
diligently read, but also found very useful
tion in this country that they do in Ger-
and profitable.
many and Italy, and standing among their
Now that the excitement of preparation first and fastest friends will be the photog-
is over, the labors of the eventful week raphers of the United States.
ended, and our report in your hands at this Does it not look like it, when we remem-
writing, personalty we seat us to take a ber the enthusiasm with which Mr. Chute's
quiet review of the past, and to think over excellent resolution was carried ? Does it
the lessons thereof. The question arises at not look like it, when we remember how
once, " Is the Association doing any good ? often Messrs. Sellstedt and Frothingham,
Is it furthering the interests of photogra- and the unknown sculptor, were inter-
phy? Is there any better way by which rupted by applause ? How the dialogue
we may lift photography up, and give it a between Messrs. Baker and Fabronius was
place among the highest industries of the listened to ? Does the desire for art culture
world, and, at the same time, make it easier seem to be languishing among us, when we
and better for those who practice it for a see the tendency of the lectures of Messrs.
livelihood?" As we turn over the leaves Pearsall, and Baker, and Wilson
? Again :

of the report, a quiet sense of satisfaction Do we making rapid progress

not seem to be
comes over us, and our queries are answered in this direction, when we have such ad-
to our pleasure, Yes, the National Photo- dresses as those made by Messrs. Bigelow
graphic Association ts doing good. It is and Jewell, and such a discussion as was
advancing the interests of its votaries. It had, on Tuesday afternoon, "on skylights,
is making it easier and better for them. It and how to use them ? Yea, we are mak-
is advancing our art to a higher and higher ing rapid progress. But our united desire
position each year, and although some of is not to win the title of " artist" We care
the public press ridicule us, and the idea of nothing for that. We shall nierit it.
'

But
31
482 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
we consider the title of first-clans photogra- 6th. Towards a proper recognition by the
pher a much more enviable title. United States Government of our necessities
And now, dropping this subject, let us and rights, at least in the matter of postal
look over the number of more technical dis- law, pertaining to photographers, a direc-
cussions and addresses made upon nearly tion inwhich reform is much needed.
every subject embraced in the actual prac- Towards the establishment of our
7th.
tice of photography. No book that was Association upon a solid business basis, by
ever issued gave us so much condensed, removing its debt, and by supporting it so
practical information, as does the portion it can never run in debt again. There are
of our report alluded to. Here we have no fat offices up your money. The
to use
working men giving their best methods, main expense is the annual exhibitions and
the instruction coming from their own lips, conventions. True, many of you are not
giving it a charm and a value not possible able to attend them, but you share in the
to overestimate. We have not the space to general good they do, and do they not really
mention names. We ask you to read and make you sufficient return to repay you for
to study all. You cannot do it without ad- all they cost you? If yes, then aid in the
vantage. removal of the debt, and the proper support
There can be no doubt about it. An of the Association in future. Now is the
Association that can meet and hold such time. Do net let it languish.
an exhibition as was held at Buffalo that ;
Towards the grand Centennial Ex-
8th.
can bring forth and disseminate so much when you will all come to
hibition of 1876,
information as has been alluded to, must be Philadelphia and see the greatest, grandest
doing an immense amount of good, both for display of photography ever held in the
the class composing it and for the public world. Your committee have already acted
generally. in the matter, and have already had official
In the line of business progress, also, our invitation to act with the Centennial Com-
Association is doing much, for it is one of mission. It shall be done to the credit
its special characteristics that it unites the of all.

last with matters of science, and all are Now, finally, photographers of the United
considered with the greatest interest. States, take hold. Support the National
We are progressing, therefore : Photographic Association loyally and ear-
1st. Towards a Photographic Institute, a nestly, and it will put knowledge into you,
thing much wanted, which will come slowly and money into your coffers. Join it for
perhaps, but which is sure to come. life.

2d.Towards a Mutual Life Insurance

League, an admirable idea, which will be
doubtless formed during the coming year.
3d. Towards a system of Apprenticeship,
than which there is nothing more essential,
to correct the evils which hold photography
down into the dust, by means of the incom-
petents who are allowed to enter the busi-
ness. Oh, stopthis growing evil
4th. Towards the time when the whole
fraternity will be united in the bonds of this
Association. It is coming.
A PLEA FOR THE OPERATOR.
"My business in this state made me a
looker-on here in Vienna," and my atten-
tion was called to a paper on Chemical
Manipulation and Lighting, in the May
number (1873) of your journal, by Mr.
! Alva Pearsall of Brooklyn, N. Y. I had
intended commenting upon the same, in
your next issue, concurring in the main
The resolution with the ideas of the writer but in the fol-;

to give the Vice-Presidents something to lowing number, Mr. Elbert Anderson ap-
do is and will be acted upon.
a good one, pears as defendant, and with a considerable
Towards the formation of local as-
5th. exhibition of ingeniousness (ingenuity ?)
sociations all over the country. Eead Mr. reverses his positionby bringing in a coun-
Pearsall's excellent paper on this subject, tercharge. The defence, however, is not
and act upon it. This you can do your- happily conducted, for, though what he in-
selves. tends is apparent, still he says one thing
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 483

and evidently means another. Premising order, and thus far, all has gone on satis-
then, that your magazine is open to all, and factorily.
asking no favor but a fair field, I appear I can think of no better metaphor for
as counsel for the operator, and by operator, the negative bath than a beautiful soap-
I mean the darkroom-man, as distinct from bubble ; the more you blow gently into this
the artist or poser. My ear is the recipient prismatic sphere, and handle it carefully,
of numerous protests from the negative- the more gorgeous become its effects, until
maker on account of a due want of appre- "ere a man hath power to say, Behold!
ciation of the artist (owing naturally to the the jaws of darkness do devour it up, so
the latter's utter ignorance of the countless quick bright things come to confusion."
difficultieswhich beset the former's path, A plate is in this very bath at the time
and for which he is not directly accountable, it fails. What's the result? Streaks, pin-
yet held to a strict responsibility). I have holes, fog, or one of the thousand natural
thus far refrained from rushing into print, shocks that negative baths are heir to.

earnestly hoping m}' betters would take up

PROTEST I.
the gauntlet of their defence, the more
especially as this late bout between Messrs. Artist. " Why do you not use another
Pearsall and Anderson offered such a fair bath?"
Operator. " What! before I know that
opening wedge. In default, however, of
either party putting in an appearance, I anything is the matter with this one? The
wish to offer twelve counts (to which I one giving heretofore such fine results?"
take exceptions), especially for the cogita- A. " Had you no reason to think that this
tion of the artist, whose knowledge of might happen at any moment?"
the dark-room requirements is necessarily O. "Aye truly, no one better, for the

limited, believing that if they are carefully

' chemical effects '
are at the best, like the

read, marked, learned, and inwardly di- bubble just before dissolution. Now let us

gested, it will lead to more consideration, try a second bath, although producing good

and a pleasanter understanding for the work, still not equal to the first bath."
negative-maker. It would seem impossible PROTEST II.
forany rational creature to suppose, that a
gentleman like Mr. Elbert Anderson, could
A. "Why does not this bath work as
well as the other?"
have written so simply, yet so clearly, and
0. " From the simple fact that it has not
with such a perfect understanding of the
been in use so long, for it is only by con-
matter in hand (the " troubles " of the dark-
tinual use that it gradually approaches per-
room) without a most consummate knowl-
fection. Like your soap-bubble again, there
edge of the subject. To suppose all this has
must be a beginning."
been written by guesswork is untenable.
A. "Shall the sitter wait awhile, until you
How then did he come by such knowledge?
'
fix '
your bath?" [Oh, monstrous ! Yes,
Conclusively by experience. Yea, verily,
honestly, the question has been most inno-
by bitter experience and sore trials after
cently asked.]
repeated failure —
for I doubt the gentle-
0. " Since it may require a day, or per-
man's infallibility to admit otherwise,
:

haps two, to ' fix '

it, I would recommend
were to deny that he ever comprehended a
the sitter not to wait." [A bath accumu-
word of what he has written. What his
lating ether and alcohol will, in time, cause
relations with Mr. Kurtz are, is not my
the developer to "crawl," if there be not
province to discuss ; suffice it to say, that I
sufficient alcohol in the latter to overcome
think, with Mr. Pearsall, that Mr. Anderson
this ;
result, a mottled plate.]
has rather cavalierly refrained noticing the
protests of that class of men, with whom he PROTEST III.

(of all others) is so closely identified. A. " What is this mottled appearance on
Well, to the matter. Granting then, this plate?"
that the negative-maker has two or three 0. "Not enough alcohol in the developer."
baths, and the essential chemicals in good A. " Why do you not put in more then?"
 484 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
" Because no more alcohol should be
0. 0. "You forget; it has just been filtered,
added to the developer than just enough to I have had no opportunity to try it before."
cover the plate smoothly therefore it would
; A. " Why not wait until after the day's
have been inadvisable to interfere with the work is over, and then try it?"
harmony of the chemicals, by adding any O. "Because I lose a whole day, to 'doc-
alcohol before this. There was enough at tor '
it, when perhaps
the addition of a few
but the great number of plates dipped
first, drops of acid will completely remove the
has increased the alcohol to such an extent difficulty. You can hardly expect me to
now, that the developer refuses to flow add acid before trying a plate, since it may
smoothly." not require it."
A. " If the plate cannot stand so long,
PROTEST IV.
why not leave it in the bath until I call for
A. "What's this spot?"
it ? Will it hurt the bath ?"
0. " Dust, collodion skin, plate-holder,
O. " Oh, no. I'll do so." [Result, Pin-
&c, &c." holes.]
A. " Could you not see this before you
PROTEST VII.
brought me the plate?"
O. "Surely." A. " What are these pinholes?"
A. "Then why not prepare another 0. "A bath fully saturated with iodide of
plate?" silver, works finally (as you see) provided
"Because you told me to hurry, the
0. always, you remove and use the plate at once
sitter was impatient, &c. Unreasonable it is ready ; but let it lie soaking in such a
haste is the highroad to error." bath the iodide will soon crystallize on its

[A plate from a fair bath has stood 8 to surface, thus pinholes. '

10 minutes before use —the sitter not being

ready — finally exposed and developed. All PROTEST VIII.
satisfactory. Another plate is brought out,
A. " What's the matter here? this is hard
stands only 4 or 5 minutes ; result, streaks,
and thin, like an ambrotype."
drying spots, &c, &c] 0. " Not sufficiently developed."
A. " Well, why not, pray ?"
protest v.
0. " Because it would have caused me to
A. " What's this? what's the matter with overdevelop exposure
the other on the
this plate?"
same which you see is now quite per-
plate,
0. "Stood too long." fect. Too long standing between the ex-
A. "Oh, no, no, no, that won't do; the posures."
one before that, waited twice as long, and A. " Can you not strengthen this a little ?"
that was satisfactory; try again." " Certainly, and ruin the good one
0. by
O. " True, but that plate was from another staining it."
bath, a newer one, and could thus afford to
stand longer." PROTEST IX.
A. " Why
not boil your bath ?" A. " What makes this so thin and flat?"
O. "I will." [Bath boiled that night, 0. "Too much diffused light, badly lit,
filtered next day, plate dipped, plate fogs a &c, &c."
little.] A. "I think the chemicals are out of
PROTEST VI. order."
A. "What makes this plate so hard and 0. " How was the last negative?"
foggy?" A. " Fine ;
all that could be desired."
O. " Because the bath, being boiled over 0. " Made with precisely the same chem-
night, becomes strengthened, and is not, icals."
on that account, fully iodized; also lacks A. " Improper manipulation perhaps."
acid, perhaps." 0. " Then all the manipulation is but
A. "Why not have tried it before? why guesswork I have done nothing different
;

try it now on a sitter ?" from ordinary."

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 485

PROTEST X. have overlooked and would omit from the

report, but which I think ought not to be
A. " What are all these wavy lines ?"
omitted, for the reason that if the right
O. " Plate not coated enough."
"Bah! Why not, sir?"
use is made of it, it may prove of great
A.
value hereafter to our Association so I
O. " You will not wait for it; you have ;

trust that you will publish this communica-

asked me impatiently three or four times
for the plate. It takes, at the very least,
tion,although I am very loath to add any-
thing whatever to your already overbur-
five minutes to coat a plate properly."
dened columns, and would not ask it did I
PROTEST XI. not deem it of great value to our Associa-
A. "Now what's the matter?" tion as a lesson.

0. " I am using another bottle of collo- It was a slight circumstance in itself, but
dion." struck me very forcibly, as I think it will

A. " Why do you change your collodion ? yourself and others when properly brought
I'm sick of these experiments." to your attention.
0. " I changed the collodion, simply be- Some member was upon the floor discuss-

cause it's all gone this is a fresh bottle."

;
ing as to the best method of overcoming
A. " Did you make this like the last?" some difficulty which he deemed an obstacle
O. " I did, precisely." in the way of progress, or of accomplishing

A. " Why should it be different then ?" some very desirable improvement I forget —
0. "You forget (!) the alcohol, ether, cot- now which it was but the substance of the
;

ton, iodides, may, one or all, be different; remark and the circumstances which at-
it's the risk we take." tracted my attention were these:
That he hoped some one of our ingenious
PROTEST XII. inventors would discover some mode of
A. " What makes this cloudy appear- overcoming the difficulty or of accomplish-
ance?" ing the much-to-be-desired result, which-
0. "The weather is excessively hot, all ever it was, when either himself or some

the doors and windows are open, and the one interrupting him remarked, "I hope
slightest draft seriously affects the plate." he won't patent it," when almost the entire
A. "Suppose you close your dark-room audience as one man cheered that remark.
door, that is a simple thing to do." But as for me I could not see the point
O. "Very. I shall simply die of suffoca- worthy of a cheer. The remark and the
tion, that's all." reception which it received struck me as
one of the most ridiculous and out of place
protest
of anything which I ever witnessed in my
— Enough, show me no more. " Sufficient
life, and for this reason I find in the first
:

unto the day is the evil thereof."

section of the first article of our Constitu-
En passant, let us have no more of this
tion enumerated as among the objects for
brain (braying) business ; some of the craft,
which our Association was formed, the fol-
for private reasons, take it sorely to heart.
lowing :

" 'Tis true, 'tis pity ; and pity 'tis, 'tis true."
" Stimulating discovery and invention,
Critic.
and encouraging the home production and
the manufacture of the many articles re-
quired for photographic use."
ARTICLE I.
Now, Mr. Editor, it strikes me that the
As you are to publish the proceedings of open expression of such views in our public
the Convention of the National Photo- conventions, and especially the almost uni-
graphic Association at Buffalo for the versal approval with which they were re-
benefit and instruction of all its members, ceived, must appear to the world as it —
I would like to call your attention to a —
certainly did to me as being a very singu-
very trifling circumstance which I noticed lar way to "stimulate discover}'' and inven-
there, and which I feared that you might tion " and encourage progress in our art.
486 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
If we had formed this Association for the in a separate place in your rooms, and call
purpose of discouraging progress, inven- the attention of leading people to them.
tion, would then seem to
and discovery, it Tell them the Exhibition will be the grand-
me and very
to have been perfectly in place est thing ever held, and will be worth going
appropriate. The questions which arose in thousands of miles to see, and then send
my mind were these : them along, and come yourself, and we will
What do these ingenious inventors puz- have a big show, and people will come a
zle their heads and spend their time, talent, long way to see it. I know from experi-
and means for? ence that it will pay you well. We must
"What do photographers spend their time make our annual gatherings of interest to
and means in coming here and in making the people, and induce them to come and see
pictures for ? our show. In this way we can get up a big
Let us suppose that some one not a pho- thing every year, and make the crowd come
tographer, viewing these conventions of and see us, and leave our treasury with from
ours, should make before the public this ten to twenty thousand dollars in it, instead
remark : I think this Photographic Asso- of being empty, as heretofore. Try it, you
ciation is a splendid institution, and hope who are complaining of dull times.
they will continue to meet together year A. Hesler.
after year and improve themselves wonder-
fully in making pictures, and give us more
wonderful and splendid ones than ever be-
CORRESPONDENCE.
fore but they have got one very little,
;

small, mean, selfish, stingy practice, which Mr. Alva Pearsall to Mr. Simpson.
I trust that they will abandon and get rid I have not as yet any evidence that
of — that is, charging us, the public, for the " very many of your readers were so
pro-
pictures which they make. If they will foundly astonished on reading the paper "
only get rid of that practice, we will rate that Mr. G. Wharton Simpson alludes to
them gentlemen of the first water. in your last issue,and which seems to have
I trust that you will give this a place, astonished him so amazingly. Nor that
even though your columns are overbur- Mr. Anderson and Mr. Gihon "feel crushed
dened, as I believe that those who express and humiliated beyond measure," as Mr.
such sentiments as well as those who ap- Simpson sarcastically puts it. But I have
prove them are doing more to discourage evidence that Mr. Anderson took no such
improvement and progress in our art than exaggerated view of the matter, having
all the rest of us can do to encourage it, since paid me a friendly visit at my gal-
and ought to be shown to themselves as lery; and I am quite certain Mr. Gihon
others see them. did not either. I made no reference to

One who believes in the First Section op

either party by name, simply taking ex-
Article I of our Constitution. tracts from their articles, without intending
any reflections whatever.
" The exposure of the pernicious nature
of their teachings." This is an entirely
The Way you can Make $500 to
wrong construction. I said in substance it
$1000 Extra on your Next photography to make
would be pernicious to
Year's Business.
the operator feel that his position was of no
Go
to work now and give your patrons importance, as he would naturally lose all

to understand that you are making pictures interest and pride in his work.
for the next great National Photographic As to " art being greater than manipula-
Association Exposition to be held in Chi- tion and mind superior to matter," I agree
cago, July, 1874, and at the same time go with these views most emphatically and ;

to work in earnest to get up the best things in respect to the latter would refer to the
you can, of the b3st subjects you can find. article in question in the May number of
As you collect something fine, hang them your journal.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 487

As to my
"bewailing the passing away General ordered that only one medal should
of the times when
formula? and processes" be given to any one exhibitor, and that the
were the absorbing topic, is all moonshine. three medals should be considered all of
See article. I simply endeavored to show the same grade or value. By this ar-
we were going from one extreme to theother. rangement a reward to the exhibitor as the
Having been a practical photographer true value of his exhibition became im-
for a number of years, and worked both in possible. A photographer might display
the dark-room and under the light, I know much taste, but furnish technically in-

by experience the value of fine chemical feriorwork. How shall we distinguish

manipulation in connection with lighting; between him and the photographer whose
and now that my time is wholly taken up work is in both respects faultless? The
in making sittings, I am willing to concede section for photography was of the opinion
tomy operator all the credit due him when that in spite of the ruling of the Director-
he preserves and does not destroy what I General the medals for taste should be con-
have endeavored to do under the light. sidered the highestwhich can be awarded
This, and the desire to make the operator to a portrait or landscape photographer, and
feel the importance of his position, was the when besides good taste the work possessed
whole gist of my paper. I did not elabo- other prominent merits, the jury has ex-
rate upon the art of photography, as the pressed the same in words.
association before which the paper was read The medal for progress or improvement
was well acquainted with my work and was, according to section 22, article 2, in-

could judge for themselves in this respect. tended for those which in comparison with
With the rest of Mr. Simpson's article I former efforts displayed marked improve-
entirely agree in the main but why he
;
ments either by the introduction of new
should have started off in such a sarcastic inventions or new material and arrange-
strain, and withal so personal, I cannot ment. This paragraph could not be carried
conceive. And why he should so misunder- out strictly. A photographer in Athens,
stand the tenor of the paper, is a mystery for instance, who could produce neither

to me, unless he simply passed over it in a new inventions nor new arrangements, re-
hurried manner and without proper con- ceived the medal for progress because he
sideration. promoted photography in Greece under pe-
Very respectfully, &c, culiar difficulties. The large pictures taken

Alva Pearsall. at the Yosemite Valley received also the

medal for progress, because, considering the
locality and compared with older pictures,
Medals Awarded at the Vienna they show an improvement. These prin-
Exhibition. ciples may be open to objection, nor have

The jury has finished its labors. The they been accepted by all the sections of the
prizes have been awarded, and I annex a jury. Some sections have declared directly
list of those receiving them. In regard to that they place the medal for merit above

the medals which have been distributed, I the medal for improvement, so you see the
remark that according to the ruling of the jury had no easy task to do justice.
Director-General there are three kinds : one The Director-General is responsible for

for progress or improvement, one for merit, it, as he has not defined clearly and dis-

and one for the display of taste. It was tinctly the purpose of the medals.

originally intended that the jury should Diplomas of honor have only been issued
have the right to award two medals to one for prominent new inventions, or for serv-
exhibitor —for instance, one for merit and ices rendered to science, but not for photog-

one for taste, if the objects which he exhib- raphy only.

its were faultless in a technical sense, and America has received the following dis-

at the same time showing good taste.

tinctions:

Unfortunately this principle was aban- W. Kurtz,New York, medal for taste, with ac-
doned, and in the last week the Director- knowledgment of improvement.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Of medals for taste with acknowledgment the effect we desire when persons dress in
of improvement, only four have been dis- varied colors —light and dark —and worse
tributed. Of these, only two to portrait too, have them assorted in spots, so to
photographers. The one is Mr. Kurtz, speak, about their persons. There are self-
New York, the other, Loescher & Petsch, of luminous faces too — witness the greasy,
Berlin. shiny face and the light-skinned and fair-

"Watkins, San Francisco, medal for improve- —

haired as well as non-luminous ones — wit-
ment. ness the sallow, dry, and dark complexions.
Houseworth, San Francisco, medal for improve- We should particularly remember this when
ment. lighting and shading a head.
Muybridge, San Francisco, medal for improve- 34. All bodies, whether self-luminous or
ment. the reverse, discharge light of their own
E. & H. T. Anthony & Co., New York, medal for color. Thus red will discharge red light,
improvement. even when illuminated by the sun, and that
Howell, New York, medal for merit. is why red hair, red complexions, and red
Scovill Manufacturing Company, New York,
drapery take dark.
medal for merit.
35. Again, light consists of separate or
Rocher, Chicago, medal for merit.
independent parts, called rays, which move
Landy, Cincinnati, medal for merit.
Richman, Cincinnati, medal for merit (for mi-
in straight lines. When these rays fall

crophotographs). upon any them are reflected,

object, part of

Bierstadt,Niagara Falls, medal for merit. or part of them are absorbed by the object,
Schwind & Kruger, New York, diploma of ac- if not transmitted through it. When the
knowledgment. objects are bright, as a shiny face or silken
L. Van Loo, Cincinnati, diploma of acknowledg- drapery, a great part of the light is reflected.
ment. In other cases (we now speak of photogra-
Spahn, New
York, diploma of acknowledgment phic portraiture), the light is more or less
camera stand)
(for
absorbed, and that is why we have shadows
Vlanievehr, New York, diploma of acknowledg-
in our pictures.
ment.
Professor H. Yogel, 36. You cannot have a better illustration
Member of the Jury.
of the principles of light and shade than a
Viekna, July 28th, 1873. good round head. It is a study for an age,
and if you learn to like the study, it will
always give you fresh pleasure.
ART STUDIES FOR ALL. 37. Pure white has no business in the
photograph of a face, unless it be most
Y.
delicately managed on the extreme high-
(Continued from page 244.)
lights. We want first the transparent shade,
31. The study of light and shade is one then the middle tints, and finally the ex-
of the first things a portrait photographer treme shades. This latter will always
should take up. By means of light and come directly opposite the focus of illumi-
shade we obtain roundness, relief, breadth, nation.
distance, and other effects as they are in 38. The higher your light, or source of
nature, and as they should be in our pic- light, the more diffused
will be the effect
tures. on model, for the shadows will be
the
32. To understand the laws that control shorter. The quantity of illumination should
light and shade, we must refer to that be carefully managed. Remember that in
branch of knowledge which treats of the a photograph light isand where you
white,
laws and properties of light and of vision, direct light recklessly, you whitewash your
as performed by the eye, or what are gen- model recklessly.
erally understood as the laws of optics. 39. Touching the relief of figures, objects
33. Self-luminous bodies discharge light contrasted with a light background will
and non-luminous ones do not. For this appear much more detached than those
reason we have so much difficulty in getting placed against a dark one. Those parts
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 489

which are the farthest from the light are Optical terms and excellencies of
; faults

the darkest, and will either cut hard upon lenses; chemical symbols, equivalents and
the background, or appear to become a part formulae the uses of chemicals the quan-
; ;

of it. A gradated background should be tity used in photographing the construc- ;

used generally, so that the dark side of your tion of dark-tents, glass-houses ; treatment
model may fall upon a light ground and of paper ;
and how
failures in all processes
vice versa. This arrangement serves to de- to overcome them, and so on and so on from
tach the figure, and at the same time con- the beginning to the end of the whole story,
tributes to harmony of effect. are all here remembered in more or less de-
40. Reflected lights will be more or less tail. The book must not only be seen, but
apparent in proportion as they are seen we have found that it must be used to be
against a darker or brighter background be- appreciated. It is the result of much labor
cause of the force of contrast. Reflectors and research, and we predict the same wel-
should be used judiciously so as to modify come for it which greeted Dr. Vogel's Hand-
the shadows, but not to utterly destroy book.
them, or to make the distant parts too light. We make an extract or two from it which
41. The exclusive power of light and will give an idea of its nature. The several
shade is to give substance to form, place to articles are alphabetically arranged, thus
figure, and to create space. making the whole very convenient. It
42. Shade is not obscurity, but is a will save any photographer an immense
gradation of light. The transition from amount of time.
light to shade should be imperceptible. For Chloride of Silver. Formula, AgCl.
the gradation of light that produces the Consists of 108 parts of silver and 35.5
middle tints there are two causes first, the
: chlorine. and
Is insoluble in water, alcohol,
objects recede from the light, and next from ether, soluble in ammonia, cyanide of po-
the spectator. tassium, hyposulphite of soda, and the sul-
43. The lights and shades must be so dis- phocyanides. The action of light changes
tributed as to give force and strength to the it into subchloride of silver, Ag 2 Cl. The
picture when viewed as a whole. The presence of organic matter and light re-
lights' should be collected and managed in duces it to metallic silver of various hues,
such a manner that all will support and as violet, brown, gray. It is formed by
relieve another. If they are multiplied, placing substances containing chlorine metal
broken, subdivided, no relief will be ob- (such as chlorine collodion, positive paper)
tained. But if the relative parts are har- into the nitrate bath ; also by adding com-
monized, and so arranged as to give shade mon salt to the solution of nitrate of silver,
to light, and light to shade, they form a residues, &c, for the purpose of recovering
strong combination and produce a powerful the silver.
effect. Copying Camera is used for making pos-
itives from negatives by means of the collo-
dion process. The best camera for this pur-
pose is one with very long bellows and an
intermediate piece, Z 1.
DR. VOGEL'S PHOTOGRAPHERS'
POCKET REFERENCE-BOOK. 7,

In our first notice of this work, we had

hardly understood, we
and comprehensiveness of
find, the
it.
convenience
"When we
^
come to use it practically in our daily avo-
cation, then we get a practical idea of its ^AAA/nA/NAAA/J^ 1

value. There is scarce a term or a formula,

or a method, or a plan, that is useful in pho-
tographic practice, but what is fairly repre- The negative is placed at a, the objective
sented here and explained satisfactorily. is placed at B, and the plate-holder at C.
490 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
A pasteboard box is placed in front of a in "We give here the equivalents of the sub-
order to receive the light nearly vertical stances most used in photography (see table,
and to exclude side-light. With such an page 43).
arrangement, the objective is protected
against all extraneous light, which is an im-
portant point with such reproductions, as by HINTS FROM THE RECORD OF AN
it In default
fog and veil will be avoided. ARTIST AND PHOTOGRAPHER.
of such a copying camera, two cameras are BY JOHN L. GIHON.
placed end to end together, and in the (Continued from page 199.)

front one the negative is placed at the spot My last communication was probably not
generally occupied by the ground-glass. very interesting to the photographer who
(See Vogel's Handbook, page 196.) might have perused it in search for informa-
Focal Length is the distance from the tion in regard to useful technicalities of the
lens atwhich the rays of light unite which art. It spoke only of a few of the incidents
fall upon a lens parallel to its axis. The attendant upon my transmission to a dis-
focal length is dependent on the curvature tant land, where I have lately had occasion
and combination of the lenses. At the to practice many variations upon my former
focal distance we find the images of all the style of work, a future relation of which I
objects which are distant at least fifty times trust may eventually prove of some benefit.
the focal length. Images of objects nearer I spoke of having crossed the equatorial
than fifty times the focal length are farther line, but I shall not now impose upon any
removed from the lens. If an object is one's patience with a further account of the
placed at twice the focal length from a lens, voyage which ultimately brought me into
the image will be formed at a distance equal the "Oriental Eepublic." A succession of
to twice the focal length from the centre of calms and adverse winds prolonged a nec-
the objective. essarily tedious passage. The most pleasing
Equivalents, Chemical, are the figures event occurred late in the afternoon of a
which express the proportions in which dif- day during which we were being bowled
ferent substances combine with one another along by a fair breeze. A sail unceremoni-
or decompose each other, as, for instance, 1 ously gave away, and a man was at once sent
equivalent =
108 parts of silver, combined aloft to repair damages. He had been at
with 1 =
8 parts of oxygen, to
equivalent his work but a few moments when he called
form oxide of silver and this, combined with
; out, "Land ho!" A couple of us sprang
1 equivalent = 54 parts nitric acid, forms ni- into the rigging, and clambering up to the
trate of silver. Or, 98 parts of bromide of cross-trees were rewarded by the sight of
ammonium decomposed with 170 parts of two dark specks that evidently differed in
silver toform bromide of silver. So also composition from the light hazy clouds that
do 98 parts of bromide of ammonium pre- floated above them. Twilight soon after-
much silver salt as 172
cipitate as parts of wards hid them from view, but the next
bromide of cadmium or 119 parts of bro- morning anxious eyes scanned the horizon,
mide of potassium. This should be borne and finally discovered hills that became
in mind when we wish to exchange in a hourly more apparent. The night of the
collodion formula one of these salts with same date brought us within sight of the
another. lights of Montevideo, but we stood off and
So also correspond 170 parts of silver on in the outer roads of the harbor until
salt with 58 parts of chloride of sodium, another sunrise should enable us to make a
i. e., the last named quantity of common safe anchorage. Our nearer approach was
salt is exactly sufficient to precipitate the decidedly discouraging, for a tiny white-
previously mentioned quantity of silver salt winged craft, loaded with men and bearing
as chloride of silver. the flag of the Argentine Confederation,
For all reactions important to photog- boldly intercepted our course. Two men
raphy the following table gives the quanti- clinging to its bows warned us away, and
ties which come into play. jabbering execrable English, assured us
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER 491

that we had to encounter " mucho sickness," may with certainty predict that to-morrow
"mucho fiebro." Our captain, assuming that there will be twenty deaths. I have never

they had a greater regard for the interests before known of an epidemic that was so
of their rival city of Buenos Ayres than for universally unsparing with its victims.
our own welfare, totally disregarded their Flight from the infected regions is the only
admonitions. He sailed boldly in amongst safeguard, and so generally is this known
and found a safe
the vast fleet of shipping to be the ease, that in one week forty thou-
berth fronting the Government buildings. sand of the inhabitants closed their business
A few hours sufficed for the completion of places and residences and took refuge in
other necessary arrangements, and then I neighboring country-seats and villages.
stood upon South American soil and walked Three weeks after the date that proclaimed
in the streets of one of her principal cities me a resident of the city I found the doors
Montevideo I was agreeably surprised to
! and windows of every store along the most
meet with people whom I had known in fashionable portion of the leading street
other places, and it did not take long to find closed, and the proprietors of all of them
the " estudio " to which I had been con- were removed either to the "campo" or
signed. Here again I was pleasantly dis- cemetery. Such a condition of affairs sug-
appointed in discovering a photographic gested the propriety of immediate action,
establishment equal to any of the leading and mule-carts responded to our determined
places in the United States, and in every measures for self-preservation. We for-
way far superior to the majority of them. tunately secured a " Quinta " within a few
To speak of the features of the gallery would miles of the city, and also found workmen
necessitate a description of a Spanish house, who considered themselves sufficiently hard-
and although it is my intention to enter into ened to undertake several important altera-
the detail of such matters, I now deem it tions that we had contemplated at the gal-

best to treat of incidents that followed upon lery. Now that "portraiture" was for a

my arrival.
season suspended, it became a question for
I had scarcely become ensconced in my serious consideration as to what should be
new became evident that the
quarters ere it
done with our time. A resort to viewing
admonitions of the Buenos Ayrean pilot was the ready resource that made itself ap-
were not without a foundation. Yellow parent.

fever appeared to be an unpleasantly promi- There are very few photographers who
nent subject of conversation. A death from feel themselves capable of working equally
that disease, soon followed by others, oc- as well outside as inside of their glass-rooms.

curred in immediate neighborhood.

our The reason is obvious, for the conditions
One morning, when I went to take my usual required for successful results are entirely
cup of coffee at a neighboring cafe, I found different. The thin, delicate negatives that
the doors closed and heard of sickness in- every advanced operator prides himself upon
side. A couple of days afterwards, the producing in atelier work are most unsuit-
occupants of other portions of our building able for landscape purposes, and he who
•were strickendown, and finally death ap- takes the provided with the materials
field,

peared in our very midst. To be attacked
by the malady means to die, and the only
motto that should be placed over the por-
tals of the hospital should be that of Dante,
"Abandon all hope, ye who
There is a party of gentlemen organized
under the title of " Commission de la Salu-
triadad." It is their province to announce
the number of new cases and deaths that
daily occur. Their reports dovetail to-
gether with the most remarkable precision,
for if we read of twenty patients to-day we
that he has used for portraiture, will soon
find that modifications are necessary. Col-
lodion, bath, and developer, each and all,
have to be altered. "With collodion I have
enter here." always maintained that excessive nicety in
choice and proportions of sensitizing salts
is not of the first importance. The quantity
and character of the cotton that is added to
the ether and alcohol, and the relative pro-
portions of each of the latter, has always
presented itself to me as a matter worthy of
more attention. I advance it as a rule that
491 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
nicer distinctions in the printing capacities this country is altogether out of the question.
of a negative can be made by judicious selec- A dark-tent is, however, a necessity, and I
same amount
tions of gun-cotton than bj7 the think that ours is constructed upon a very

of experiment with different iodides and good, although rather primitive, principle.
bromides. Four uprights or legs support a frame that
For dark-room manipulations I have ad- isplaced upon their tops long iron hooks ;

vocated the use of a film that should not brace the contrivance. Two thicknesses of
contain more than from four to six grains cotton cloth, well saturated with bichromate
of pyroxylin to the ounce, whilst now in of potash,and an extra covering of black
landscape photography I at least double muslin thrown over the entire skeleton, pro-
such weights. In making pictures of out- vides us with a good working apartment,
side effects, we generally need plates of a for the proportions are great enough to
stronger and more vigorous character than allow a man to enter and work with free-
we require for individual likenesses. We dom. The whole affair can be taken down
must place no dependence upon the possi- or put up in a few moments, and its further
bility of building up a negative, and we construction is really too simple to describe
must remember that it is much easier to more fully. Where it has been, and what
subdue a light that is obtrusively harsh upon we have done under it, I shall make the
a print than it is to convert a half-shadow foundation for several future papers.
into a well-illuminated spot. Acting upon
this general precept, I advise the use of a
collodion of heavier body and of a richer RECOLLECTIONS OF BUFFALO.
bath. The latter I now work with the
BY K. J. CHUTE.
hydrometer, indicating the silver to be forty-
five grains to the ounce of solution. I have To all who were present and witnessed the
before spoken of making most beautiful in- grand display of elegant work, as well as
door negatives with a twenty or twenty-five the evidences of photographic progress, and
grain bath. With everything at hand in attended the sessions of the Convention at
a laboratory, I modify my developer with Buffalo, the recollection of that week of
almost all of the plates that I produce ; but active, earnest work will furnish them food
in travelling, one has to economize room for thought and study during the year, and
and reduce the number of bottles to be perhaps shape materially the balance of
carried to the minimum. Late constant use their photographic life. To be there was
leads me to recommend in the strongest to be benefited, and there were many esti-
terms a formula that was published some mates as to the benefit received. We heard
years ago by my esteemed friend E. J. Chute. it expressed in the meetings, in the exhibi-
It will certainly do no harm to reprint it tion,on the street, and in the cars. All
went home stronger, wiser, and more de-
Protosulphate of Iron, 3 ounces. termined than ever before to strive to excel.
Sulphate of Copper, 1 ounce. A and fellow-traveller of mine said
friend
Water, 80 ounces.
.
he intended to remodel his skylight, and he_
Glacial Acetic Acid, 3 "
estimated that the information he had gained
Alcohol, . 3 "
at Buffalo would save him enough on the
Ammonia, 100 drops.
job to more than pay his fare there and
This solution improves with some little back besides, he expected to profit suffici-
;

age, and can be used with the utmost safety ently by what he had seen and heard to
in relation to any fogging propensities. Its more than pay him for all the expense of
action upon a well-timed plate is all that can changing his light.
possibly be desired. But the benefit of these annual gatherings
I have envious recollections of the com- cannot be estimated. We can only approxi-
modious photographic wagons that many of mate it as we witness from year to year
my friends in the States make use of. The the progress being made, as the direct result
possibility of getting such contrivances in of the Association work. But there is, per-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 493

haps, no point of view from which we may to be of card size, and put up in frames of

look back upon the Convention that gives from fifty to one hundred in each. This to
more personal satisfaction than the social be done by and become the property of the
relations it engenders. It not only brings Association.
men and women together from all parts of Among my recollections of Buffalo is an
the country for promotion of a common
the. idea given me by Mr. Carbutt, I think,
object, and the advancement of their per- the results of which have been so pleasing
sonal interests, but it begets a feeling of to me that I must give it for the benefit of
brotherhood. They feel differently towards others. It is a method of making a double
each other ; they think differently of each salt of the iodides of potassium and cad-
other ;
they have a larger charity for each mium.
other, and whole fraternity, than
for the Take the equivalents of the two, which
they ever would have done but for their will be about 16(5 grains of iodide of potas-
meeting, seeing, and knowing each other. sium and 183 grains of iodide of cadmium.
We read from month to month the writings Dissolve the whole in a small quantity of
of some of our active members, who are water, and evaporate to dryness, stirring as
willing to tell others what they know; but it dries. It forms a salt somewhat resem-
in our minds the author seems a great way bling very light iodide of ammonium. It is

off if we have never seen him, or he seems very soluble in ether and alcohol ; and with
a sort of myth, which we are obliged to bromide of ammonium, as I have used it,

clothe with some sort of a form from our makes a collodion that for fineness of film,
imagination, if we give any heed to his exquisite detail, and good printing qualities,
thoughts, or read what he writes. But I have never seen excelled.
when, in the National Convention, the man My formula is
in tangible form rises before us, quite un-
Double Salts of Iodide, . 6 grains.
like, perhaps, what our imagination had
pictured him, there is

tion that can scarcely be expressed.

a feeling of satisfac-
We
Bromide
Collodion,
of
....
Ammonium, .
2J
1
"
ounce.

towards the brother from The be dissolved in the ether and

salts to
feel differently
alcohol, and any precipitation filtered out.
that we have ever felt before we see a har- ;

mony between him and his thoughts, and we Then add the cotton let stand a day or two
;

to settle, and it is ready for use.

go home much better able to read and under-
I use Parys' cotton, about six grains
stand whatever he may write in the future
to the ounce, in equal parts ether and alco-
than we have ever been in the past. The same
hol silver bath thirty grains, and freely
is true of those who exhibit, and whose work
;

acid. If further experience proves this

we may see and study from time to time.
little formula as good as it seems thus far,
These are some of the results of our meeting
together, but all the influences for good that
I believe I shall be repaid for my trip to

come to us are not to be measured or esti-

Buffalo, even should my recollection fail to

mated. Anything that has a tendency to

serve me any further.

draw us together and cement more firmly

the bond of union should be seized upon and
made to perform its part. If I mistake not, ADJUSTABLE HEAD-SCREEN AND
it was voted at Buffalo to have all the Con- "POINT OF SIGHT."
vention pictures that have been taken at The following description of a Head-
the several places of meeting on exhibition Screen and " Point of Sight " has been sent
at the Convention in Chicago. This was us.* Of the former the standard is 6 feet
a good move; and now I would suggest high, 2 inches wide and f inch thick.
another Let our Permanent Secretary or
:

the Executive Committee request every # We regret that we have lost the name of the
member of the Association to contribute a generous giver of these ideas. Will he please
picture of him or herself, to be framed, and tell us, so we can make due acknowledgment?
placed in the next exhibition ; the pictures Ed.
494 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
The feet are 2 feet long, 2 in width, J inch any point. I could not wish to have any-
thick. thing work any more complete.
The braces are 1J inch wide, inch thick. -jj- Point of Sight. — No 3 is made of any
The screen-frame is 22 x 26 inches out- light wood, with a standard 6 feet high, 2
side, | inch thick, and the handle 22 inches inches wide at the bottom, f inch at the
long by 1J inch wide by f thick. top, | inch thick feet 20 inches long, f inch
;

Operation. —
No. 1 shows the screen as i* square, braces light. At the top and bottom
is a J inch hole, and a string
of the standard
is when not in use.
put through both holes and tied, then a
cabinet card is fastened upon the string;

JV91. JSP 3. being endless, it moves up and down easily

to any point.

A Word or Two for the Operator.

We have always tried to make plain it

that we feel a deep interest in the welfare

of the working photographer, and of the
employe especially, and for a long time we
have offered to advertise without charge for
those who want situations. And we want
it understood now afresh, that our pages
are just as welcome to the class we have
mentioned as they are to the proprietors of
establishments, large or small. Any com-
munication which has for its purpose the
advancement of photography and photo-
No. 2 shows the screen in position. It is
graphic interest anywhere, will therefore
hinged at a to a little block, and that is
find sympathy and welcome from us. We
therefore cheerfully admit to our columns
the i: plea " of " Critic " which appears on
another page.
We know all about the trials and vex-
ations of photographic business, because
several years' active experience has taught
us. And we know by severe experience
also, that the employer is apt to censure the
employe very often when he should have
Jf.? 2.
the consideration not to do so. Where light,

and atmosphere, and temperature, and the

nature of the subject all affect the working
of chemicals, already most obstreperous in
their nature, the utmost allowance should
be given the operator if he is known to be,
as a general thing, careful and cleanly and
thoughtful, and anxious to do his best. If
he is not so, it is the employer's fault if
fastened with a shoulder-screw to the stand- things go wrong. He should teach em-
ard, which allows it to be turned either way ploye's better.
as it being balanced by the
you wish; and
weight B, with the string which goes The Shah of Persia exhausted the stock of
through the two screw-eyes, C and D, at- Ross lenses at the manufactory in London to
tached to the handle next to the screen, such an extent, as to cause a temporary scarcity
allows it to move up and down and stop at in this market.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
PHOTOGRAPHIC MINCEMEAT.
Fourteenthly, a Small Dish. — (After
our "Buffalo feast" a very little of the
above only is palatable.) After reading
that immense report in the Philadelphia
Photographer, one would think that all sub-
jects there discussed had been exhausted,
but still there are some points yet open that
could be profitably discussed even in print.
The management of light was a neglected
point, although it was spoken of by one of
the lecturers in a passing remark, that he
had been upon to go to a distant
called
town and assist in managing a new light.
By his description of the light I saw that it
was new to him, but it was not to me, nor
to several other veterans then present. Mr.
South worth worked one just like it for years
in Boston ;and when I say he worked it, I
mean much more than will at first appear,
for I can assure all of you that he can show
you work far superior made under that light
than can be found in the samples that are
being sold as specimens for "studies." It
is not the shape of the light that produces
the work, but the shape of the head man-
aging it.
The saying that "two heads are better
than one," applies very well in getting all
the points of a light, sooner than one can
alone, but a man must manage his light to
suit his chemical combinations. It is
folly toattempt to describe how to work a
given form of light, and then attempt to
apply that description to all chemical com-
binations and forms of light. Suppose your
chemical combinations produce harshness
in light and shade, then reduce that con-
trast by softening the shadows upon the
model. Vice versa, increase the contrast on
the model, tempering the developer to suit
in each instance, and timing sufficient in
each case to give full detail. Screens and
reflectors are useful at times, but cannot be
used at all times in the same way. Do not
imagine that because you made a fine pho-
tograph with an especial arrangement of
lights, that by chalking the lines then used
you can always do it. Oh, no! Every
model requires its own peculiar lighting,
and nothing but constant and untiring
study will ever produce uniform good work.
495
Do not get discouraged because you cannot
produce your best work all the time and
every time. It cannot be expected of the
very first-class operators to accomplish that.
The operator who makes the largest number
of first-class work is entitled to more credit
than the one that now and then gets up a
superior picture. "The tree is known by
its fruit;" so also is the photographer. I
can tell the work of most of our leading
photographers without looking for the
name. This goes to show that we all run
in a channel peculiar to ourselves. I there-
fore repeat, Study the effects that you can
produce under your own light without
bothering your head as to the construction
of some one else's light. This practice will
in the long run pay well.
I. B. "Webster.
FINE ART INSTITUTE, CHICAGO.
The regular monthly meeting of the
Photographic Institute Chicago was
of
held Monday evening, September 1st, 1873,
A. Hesler presiding.
The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.
The committee appointed to look to the
interests of photographers for the coming
Interstate Exposition, reported having met
all in conjunction with the committee of Chi-
cago Photographic Society, and would re-
spectfully recommend that photographers
apply for space to exhibit, individually.
On consulting with Mr. Behnolds, Secre-
tary of the Exposition, this course was
deemed best. Keport received.
The following named gentlemen were
proposed for membership in the Institute :
Messrs. D. H. Cross, G. A. Douglas, and
J. T.Aitken.
These propositions were referred to a
committee of three, consisting of A. Hall,
L. M. Melander, and C. D. Mosher, with
instruction to report at the next regular
meeting.
A communication was here read from
Mr. Charles H. Peace, Goshen, Indiana,
accompanied with a sample of an enlarge-
—
ment three inch head from a small card,
one-half inch head. The enlargement was
496 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
considered good by the members, and with collodion, and then the advantage in
thanks tendered Mr. Peace for explanation the manner of preparing the albumen for
of the process by which it was made. The use to prepare glass, &c.
transparency and negative were both made Mr. Mosher knew of no photographer
with one sample of collodion, and developed working the process in the East.
with iron. Mr. Hall said that Mr. Black, of Boston,
Mr. Hesler stated that he considered the whose generosity had led him to indorse
sample before him a good one, yet he did the Edwards process, was understood to be
not think that as fine and structureless film heartily sorry that he had anything to do
could be made with collodion as with albu- with it, as were others who indorsed it.
men. Mr. P. B. Greene, in speaking of albu-
Mr. Cross thought that collodion, though men for glass, said While at Travers' Bay
:

not as fine as albumen, answered very well the past summer, my glass prepared with
where the enlargement was not too great, if albumen became so soiled that I could not
properly manipulated. He had not, how- use it. I pimply polished it with a tuft of
ever, been able to enlarge very much with cotton and alcohol. Alcohol will not de-
collodion, and produce the required strength, stroy the albumen, but leave it perfectly
vigor, and firmness, without after-working clean.
the picture. The subject of albumen was discussed.
Mr. Mosher said that he had met Mr. A small quantity of iodide of potassium
Edwards in Philadelphia recently. Mr. was generally recommended, say five grains
Edwards expressed himself much discour- for the white of one egg. The best strength
aged with photographers in America. He was thought to be the white of one egg to
Avould return and teach his process to those thirty ounces of water, though some use as
who had bought it, and were unable to -work high as sixty-four ounces of water to one
it successfully, at the same time assuring egg-
him that the American photographers' Acid bath was'also a subject of discussion,
money was not thrown away. and it was found that several members are
Mr. Hesler thought he could work the experimenting in that direction.
Edwards process successfully, and offered This subject will receive more attention
to exhibit specimens by it at the next at some future time.
meeting. Mr. J. K. Stevens stated that he had
Mr. Hall had not been so successful with been greatly annoyed by blisters on his
it, and dubbed it one of the great humbugs prints, and failed to discover a sure remedy.
of the age. Mr. Abbott said he believed the hyposul-
Mr. Hesler thought the work exhibited phate of soda bath was generally used too
at Buffalo by the process was good, and strong.
could not see why we ought not to do as Mr. Hesler : I put my prints into a solu-
well with it in our hands. tion of bicarbonate of soda before toning,
Mr. Hall said that the specimens exhibi- simply washing them once after immersing
ted at Buffalo were all vignettes, with one in the solution, and think the prints tone
exception, and worked up in the very best better.
finish in India-ink, &c. He could not see Mr. Hall gave his method of preventing
any superiority in a process only capable of blisters. (See embodied in paper read at
being worked for pictures for that purpose, Buffalo, and published in Philadelphia Pho-
over any other enlarging process. tographer for September.) This subject, after
Mr. Cross thought the process good in the further discussion, was postponed.
main, but we must not look for remunera- Mr. Hall called attention to Dr. Vogel's
tion immediately. He said there were many late book The Photographer' 's Pocket Ref-
good things in the process, beneficial to —
erence-Book and recommended it to every
photographers in everyday practice, even photographer as almost indispensable. No
if it was not practical for enlarging, for how photographer should be without one.
could we make a picture for the microscope On motion, the Secretary was instructed
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHER. 497

to have 100 copies of constitution and by- the outward demonstrations of most of the
laws printed. passengers at times gave some most inter-
A bill of $4.75 was presented for postal esting studies in angular and circular com-
cards for notice, &c. Approved, and order position. The internal lines, so quickly
drawn on the Treasurer for said amount. transformed into external, bewildered the
Mr. P. B. Greene proposed that we have brain, so that a return to the horizontal was
but one paper on some photographic subject always a relief. In fact, nearly every one
at each meeting, and confine our discussions was seasick, myself included. Mr. Gates
to it mainly. seemed to succeed in avoiding it, until some
There being a vacancy in the Executive one carried away his September issue of the
Committee, an election was ordered to fill Philadelphia Photographer, when he suc-
the same, which resulted in the election of cumbed to the prevailing touching com-
Mr. J. K. Stevens, after which adjourned plaint, and took his share with the rest.
until first Monday in October. Saturday morning early, August 23d, we
first saw land, and at six o'clock that even-
L. M. Melander,
Secretary. ing, we landed at Queenstown, Ireland,
thankful to set foot on dry land once more.
We. proceeded that evening, via Cork, to
EDITORIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Dublin, where I was anxious to go, to pay
my Mr. A.
respects to an old subscriber,
Berlin. Prussia, Sept. 2d, 1873.
Lesage. We
were so fortunate as to find
It is so seldom that I am away from my him at home, and were shown the best at-
post, sufficiently long to require me to write tention by him. Mr. Lesage is the most
a letter for the pages of the Philadelphia enterprising photographer in Dublin; does
Photographer, that I am at a loss to know an extensive business with the elite of the
to whom to address it. To settle the mat- city ; makes excellent work ; is up to the
ter, I will not particularize, but say to my times in every respect, and therefore de-
good readers at home or abroad that what serves the success which he enjoys. He
follows is intended for them in particular, has a neat and well-arranged studio, and
and for the purpose of assuring them that gives every attention to the excellency of
my eyes are not closed to their interests, his work. I hope early in the new year
although my back is turned to them. that you will all have a chance to see an
It is just three weeks yesterday since I example of his work embellishing the Phila-
sailed in the steamer "Cuba," from New delphia Photographer, when you will see at
York, for these foreign parts. It seems what height photography has reached in
much longer than that, for since landing I Ireland. Unfortunately, I had not time to
have seen so much to interest and to in- go kiss the " blarney stone," or I might say
struct me. I was joined in New York by a great deal more for Mr. Lesage. It would
Mr. Theodore N. Gates and wife, of West- be impossible for me to say too much. He
borough, Mass., who having been recently is not only an excellent photographer, but

burned out, makes a visit here in the inter- one of the most useful and enterprising
ests of one of our large manufacturing es- citizens of Dublin. The great product of
tablishments. It was pleasant for me to Dublin is the well-known dress material
have company, and such agreeable com- known as "Irish poplins." No one visits

pany, since two or three other American Dublin without seeing it made, so with Mr.
photographers, who had anticipated coming Lesage I visited the factory of Messrs. Fry
with me, had changed their minds and con- & Fielding, the leading manufacturers of
cluded not to do so. Dublin. Mr. Fielding took great pains to
Our passage was slow but sure rough — show us all, and his firm is justly entitled
from the beginning for two or three days, to all the premiums and medals that have
but after that smooth and warm and pleas- been awarded them for their excellent and
ant. The rough weather created an exceed- beautiful goods.
ing fondness for horizontal lines, although The stereoscopic and view trade is a live
32
498 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
one in Dublin, Mr. E. G-. Mare being most work. Here is also located the enterprising
extensively engaged in tbat line. A visit stockdealer, Mr.
J. J. Atkinson, No. 37
to his establishment was a rare treat, for Manchester Street, a gentleman whose
Ireland is full of beautiful subjects for the father preceded him in the business, and
camera, and Mr. Mare has done it full jus- who always printed the "stars and stripes "
tice. I hope you will have an evidence of on his envelopes. The house is still called
his skill indue season also. the "American photographer's warehouse."
Dublin a most interesting city, with
is It is worthy of the name. Mr. Atkinson
many attractions and many strange sights. sells many American goods, and is having

I must not take space to mention even a much success in the introduction of the
tithe of them. I was so well treated that I Phenix Plate Company's ferrotype plates,
was loath to leave it. From Dublin to Glas- the latest American innovation here. There
gow, Scotland, gave us a most lovely and seems to be a constantly growing demand
beautiful journey. Ireland's scenery has here for the "Phenix," and no doubt the
not been overrated ; it is like a grand series ferrotype is going to have a great run in
of gardens, mile after mile. The fields are Great Britain. Mr. Atkinson had gone to
small, divided by luxuriant hedges the ;
Vienna, so I must wait until I arrive there
little,low houses with their thatched roofs to see him. Mrs. Atkinson and the assist-
and the well-cultivated land make up a ants were very courteous.
picture not surpassed in any country I have Prom Liverpool we proceeded to London,
seen. We left this garden spot at Belfast, where, at our hotel, Mr. Walter B. Wood-
and from there by boat to Greenock, where bury was awaiting us. Mr. Woodbury is
we landed upon the shores of Scotland. At now personally engaged in the working of
Glasgow, to breakfast; a tour around the his process here and making exquisite work,
city, including a visit to the grand cathe- impossible to distinguish from silver print-
dral and the necropolis, and then, at 2 p.m., ing. We visited the stockhouses of Messrs.
off to Liverpool. At Glasgow we also vis- C. E. Elliott, Marion & Co., and J. Solo-
ited a photographer. The city seems dull mon, where we saw much to interest, but
after seeing Dublin, although it is beauti- as I shall return here, I hope to give more
ful. Messrs. George Mason & Co. are ex- particulars, in a future number, concerning
tensive stockdealers here, and Mr. John photography in London. Mr. Elliot is also
Spencer is also a large exporter of photo- pushing the "Phenix" ferrotype plates
graphic specialties to all parts of the world. largely, and is aided by Mr. T. S. Esta-
Neither Mr. Mason nor Mr. Spencer were brooke, formerly of Brooklyn, N. Y., who
at home. now has two or three ferrotype galleries
The was also full of in-
ride to Liverpool here. I saw Mr. Estabrooke and his good
terest,and gave us a good idea of Scotch lady,and they seem quite at home in the
and English scenery. I had intended to wonderful city of London. Not many
visit Aberdeen, to see my old friend, the hours after my arrival elapsed before I
renowned landscape photographer, Mr. stood face to face with one whom I have
George Washington Wilson, but a tele- longed to see for ten years — one with whom
graph dispatch gave me the unwelcome I have had most pleasant intercourse from
news that he was not at home. I turned the birth of this magazine —
one whose use-
my back to Scotland and its lochs most re- ful "Notes" you all find so profitable Mr. —
luctantly, being in great haste to proceed G. Wharton Simpson, the editor of the
on my journey, for I have more curious Photographic News. It was a strange feel-
places ahead to visit and must here practice ing to be thus brought together, and seemed
self-denial. more like a dream than a reality. Together
At Liverpool, next day, we visited Mr. we visited Tunbridge Wells and spent an
Henry Greenwood, the publisher of the afternoon with Mr. H. P. Bobinson, the
British Journal, and examined the work of well-known author of that excellent work,
the photographers at their doors. Messrs. Pictorial Effect in Photography, and his
Vandyke & Brown seem to do the best partner, Mr. Nelson K. Cherrill.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE. 499

I shall not tell of the many beauties I beautiful and attractive city. Here I found
saw at their studio now (as I shall go back another contemporary, Mons. Deleterne
to it on my route home and then take notes Walker, editor of the Bulletin Beige cle la,
for future use), except to mention that I Photographic Here I heard of Prof. Towler,
saw many beautiful pictures in readiness for who with his troupe of pupils had preceded
the coming exhibition in London, and also me a few weeks. Brussels has many good
the competing prints for the prizes offered photographers who are making excellent
by Mr. Robert T. Crawshay, of Cyfartba work. It is evidently a city where good
Castle, South Wales. Mr. Crawshay 's offer work is appreciated. Some of the build-
you have seen in our Specialties, and also an ings in Brussels are magnificent works of art
editorial notice of the same. He is a very themselves, and one could easily find occupa-
wealthy amateur photographer, and makes tion there for a week. I was sorry to leave it
his magnificent offer simply for the en- so soon. From there I visited some of the
couragement of greater effort toimprove photographic glass manufactories of Bel-
in our art. Would that there weremore gium, and then to Cologne, to see the greatest
men him, willing to
like do good in this cathedral in the world ;
then a trip on the
line ! hope the responses to his liberality
I Rhine and up some of mountains, and
its

will encourage him more than similar efforts thence to Dusseldorf on the Rhine, where
in America have been encouraged. While I found still another contemporary, Dr.
at Tunbridge Wells, I also witnessed the Paul Liesegang, editor of the Photograph-
working of the burnt-in enamel process of isches Archiv, and the most extensive manu-

Messrs. Robinson & Cherrill. I was carried facturer of and dealer in photographic goods
away with its ease and simplicity, and in Europe, perhaps. I was surprised to
the results are exquisite. Some of you will find such an important trade in this section,
remember seeing the examples at Buffalo. as from here goods are exported to almost
A splendid business is done in them here, all parts of the world. I have made some
and American photographers must not shut useful notes for future use, as I must not
their eyes to such an important source of now go into details. Dusseldorf is cele-
revenue. I shall have more to say on this brated for its school of painters, and is full
subject in the future. A workable process of pictures. Every new picture is photo-
seems to have been the drawback. I think graphed before it is sent away, and this
Messrs. Robinson & Cherrill have overcome work is done by Mr. G. Overbeck, whose
all the difficulties, and I will reassure model establishment I visited. A descrip-
myself on this point when I return to tion of it must be reserved for another time.
London. I also had a few pleasant hours My next departure was made for Berlin,
with Mr. J. Trail Taylor, the editor of the where twenty-four hours I have been
for
British Journal of Photography. There are arm in arm with our good old friend Dr.
so few of us in the woi*ld who have to bear Vogel. We
all know that there is only one
the brunt of the life of an editor of a photo- Dr. Vogel, and we are all aware of the
graphic magazine, that a peculiar "fellow ardent zeal he has always evinced in behalf
feeling" exists among us, and it was there- of photography all over the world. His
fore a treat to see this co-worker also face to magazine, the Photographisches MHtheil-
face, after having been familiar with his ungen has a wide influence here, and Dr.
work for so many years. Hoping to meet Vogel not only has the good-\vill which
all these good friends again in a few weeks true German hearts feel for those whom
I made my departure for Paris, where I had they respect, but he has an influence for
some special business. I parted company good over them which I see acknowledged
also with friend Gates, and now began to everywhere. He is also a professor in the
travel alone. I was in Paris only a few Berlin Institute of Technology. I visited
hours, but saw enough of it to make me his department, which
complete and sup-
is

want to go back, which I hope to do. plied with every convenience for instruc-
From Paris I went to Brussels, Belgium, tion in photography as applied to industrial
which is Paris in miniature, and a most purposes. Each department cf the work
500 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
has a separate room devoted to it, which is me for explanation, and I willingly under-
a great advantage, and from this grand in- take this explanation, because it calls into
stitution each year goes forth a number of play the efficacy of stereoscopic vision in
pupils toembark in the art of photography, determining philosophic truths.
well knowing its difficulties beforehand and In the first place, supposing for a moment
experienced in them sufficiently to be able that the halo is the photosphere of the sun.
to overcome them. Oh for the time when
! Let us measure its diameter. The diameter
we can have such a school of instruction in of the disk of the sun in the stereograph is

America. have yet a treat before me in

I one-sixteenth of an inch, that of the inner
visiting the photographic studios here, and circumference of the halo is .275 of an inch,

also in meeting the German Photographic
Society, but the necessity of closing to catch
the mail makes me defer notes on them
until my
next. Mr. Eomain Talbot, the
well-known inventor, manufacturer, and
dealer in photographic goods here, awaits
and that of the outer circumference is .355
of an inch. Now the real diameter of the
sun in miles is 896,118; from this we deduce
the diameter of the inner circumference to
be 3,942,919 miles, and that of the outer cir-
cumference to be 5,089,950 miles hence we ;

me and I must close. I am experiencing find that the width of the halo is 573,510
now some of the advantages of my connec- miles, and the distance of the inner circum-
tion with the Philadelphia Photographer. ference of the halo from the surface of the
I find good friends wherever I go, and I sun is 1,075,341 miles. Thus we see that if
regret parting with them, and the necessity this luminous ring belongs to the sun itself,
of so short a time with each. I am having it is situated more than a million miles from

a grand feast of fat things in art matters, the sun, which is more than 138 times the
and am making extensive notes for future diameter of the earth. Such a theory or
use. I trust all is going well with you, and hypothesis is therefore not very plausible,
in good time to be returned to my work. and especially so when we find that the
With best regards to all, truly yours, space between the sun's disk and the halo is
Edward L. Wilson. not graded with radiary effulgence. We
will, therefore, abandon this hypothesis.
Now let us see if the phenomenon has its

A SINGULAR EFFECT. origin in the atmosphere of the earth. To

determine this point we avail ourselves of
Prof. Towler sends us a stereograph pic- the deductions legitimately drawn from
ture of the sun with a singular halo around is in our
If the halo
stereoscopic vision.
the image, upon which he makes the fol-
atmosphere it will then form the base of a
lowing remarks frustum of a cone, of which the sun's disk
The inclosed stereograph was sent to me will be the smaller end. If the stereograph,
for explanation. The halo around the sun therefore, be examined strabonically, we
was not observed at the time the negative shall see the disk of the sun nearer to us
was taken, but was discovered as soon as than the plane of the halo, and if it be ex-
the picture was developed and fixed. Im- amined by means of the ordinary stereo-
mediately afterward another negative was scope, the broad base of the halo will be
taken, but no halo was again visible. The nearer to the observer than the disk of the
parties who took the negative naturally ex- sun. By both these examinations the re-
hibited prints of it to the learned men of the sults will be found to exist as I have just
place, and an article on the subject^appeared described them. This mode of observation
in the journal or newspaper, describing hy- determines without a shadow of doubt that
pothetically what the luminous ring might the luminous ring owes its origin to a halo
be. The hypothesis of the phenomenon at- in the atmosphere, produced by the refrac-
tributes the halo to the photosphere of the through an atmos-
tion of the rays of the sun
sun, or something belonging to the sun phere loaded with vapor.
itself as an atmospheric emanation. As I —
N.B. In the stereograph in question the
said at the beginning, the subject is sent to two pictures are not of the same size, from
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 501

which may be deduced either that the two

it horseback and he will ride to the devil,"
lenses have not the same focal length, or very apt application. This con-
finds here a
that one was not in focus. I am inclined to cession, as usual in such cases, is being
is

think the latter is the cause. imposed upon till it is wellnigh ridden to
the ground.
The stereo was made by Mr. George S.
If there was reason in one quarter of the
Irish, Glen's Falls, 1ST. Y.
objections daily made, to proofs, on which is

based the demand for another sitting, there

are few photographers who would feel hurt
INDIANA PHOTOGRAPHIC at the thought of being obliged to go over
ASSOCIATION. all that weary ground again, with the lame

chance of being able to please any better

The Indiana Photographic Association is
than before; nay, most of us would be glad,
preparing for an unusually interesting occa-
rather, to have another chance of improving
sion at its next meeting, which will take on our first effort,with the advantage of
place on the evening of the first Wednesday seeing what to —
avoid in the after trial but
in October. "This will be when the Indiana when it comes and fourth sitting
to a third
State Fair and Exposition " is at the zenith because the crease in the coat makes it look
of its interest, and when large numbers of as if a ready-made article, or this "clean
photographists from abroad will be in the biled rag " looks horrible because there is
city, and to all such a cordial invitation is
shadow marring gleaming, starchy ex-
its
extended. The meeting will take place at panse, or a shirt-stud appears a little on one
Harry Fowler's gallery, 24£ East Washing- side; it becomes, to say the very least, a
ton Street, where there is abundance of trifle monotonous. A maddening sensation
room. A lecture by Prof. E T. Brown, comes over the luckless artist when he hears
and a magic lantern exhibition will be of ties untied and awry, brooches out of
among the interesting features of the occa- place, a straggling lock of hair, rings and
sion. J. Perry Elliott. watch-chains hidden, and he would fain go
teach art to the untutored, .unornamented,
unsophisticated savage.
There is, too, the ubiquitous young-old
RESITS. lady who brings the picture of a lovely girl
" This sickness doth infect of eighteen with the request that the artist
The very life-blood of our enterprise." may make such a likeness of her. Of course
—King Henry IV, Part 1.
the result is and disgust on the
caricature,

A great source of disgust, and conse- part of the misguided woman whose
quently carelessness on the part of photog- thoughts ought to be set on a better
raphers, thecauseof much indifferent work, world.
is to he found in the fact that we never seem Sooner or later it will be found that pho-
to see the last of a customer. The evil of resit- tographers must take this matter into their
ting is beginning to assume, if it has not own hands, to remedy this growing evil.
already acquired, gigantic proportions, and To make a small charge for negatives would
must, sooner or later, be putastopto. Some tend materially to limit the number of sit-
check in reason must be resorted to, by the tings,and I venture to think with such an
photographer, for it is evident, that " ow- arrangement, one sitting would be found to
dacious " individual, the average sitter, can- suffice most of those who are now so prone
not consent to feel satisfied with his picture to grumble and sit over, and still grumble.

unless he has sat at least three or four times. William Heighway.

The privilege granted in the first place to
afford opportunity for a sitter to get a really
satisfactory picture, is now exercised on all A Photographic Printing Company
sorts of lame excuses, and is almost played is being organized in Liverpool with a
out. The old adage, "Place a heggar on capital of $250,000.

33
502 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Accessory Negatives with or without After the usual form of opening, Bev.
Silver or Camera. Dr. Chas. Hall was proposed for member-
ship and unanimously elected by acclama-
Upon even, thin, transparent tissue,
tion (being an amateur photographer)
sketch with a fine-pointed pencil a bird ;

Mr. Theodore Grannis was elected an hon-

flying, cut all margin from the picture,
orary member, and Mr. J. Morrison was
fill in the desired high-lights or intensify
elected by ballot.
with a pencil, place this tissue-negative
Mr. Alva Pearsall moved a vote of thanks
between the negative and the sensitive
to the Brooklyn Eagle, Union, Sunday
paper, then print, and you will soon see
Revieiv, and Times, for giving to the public,
the effect. By this process you can print
in their editorial columns, the resolutions
in objects in pictures that will much add
on diplomas passed at the last meeting.
to their beauty. The same process might
Carried.
be used by photographing on very thin
Mr. Alva Pearsall, as chairman of the
paper or any other thin transparent sub-
committee appointed to wait on the Brook-
stance, and be introduced as accessories,
lyn Industrial Fair Association, stated
especially when you wish to represent or
that the Association had voted on the reso-
introduce instantaneous objects in print-
lutionsand accepted them, and in future
ing from old as well as new negatives.
would issue no diplomas.
H. C. Wilt,
Mr. Troxell moved that all galleries close
Franklin, Pa.
at 3 p.m. on Saturdays during July and
August. Carried.
Mr. Williamson exhibited photographs
SOCIETY GOSSIP.
made on drawing paper. Mr. G. P. E. Pear-
The Societies are now resuming their sall exhibited photographic enlargements
meetings, and we hope to see many new by the wonder camera.
ones spring up during the winter as acces-
sory to the National Photographic Asso-
ciation. We will thank the secretaries to
send us promptly a full record of their
THE CENTENNIAL.
proceedings. We have already called the attention of
our readers to the great event of the Cen-
German Photographic Society (New
tennial Exhibition to be held in Philadel-
York), July 3d.—
phia in 1876, and we hope you will all begin
Mr. Jahn was elected a member. now to think over the matter and to keep
A committee, consisting of Messrs.
it before you.
Lewin, Trapp, and Flach, was appointed to
The committee appointed for the purpose
see to the suitable erection of the Society's
by the National Photographic Association
show-frame at the Buffalo Exhibition, and have already held conference with the
to represent the Society in the meetings of
United States Centennial Commission, and
the National Photographic Association.
the interest and co-operation of our Asso-
On motion of Mr. Schoen, a standing ciation has been invited, and undoubtedly
committee was appointed to read all photo- the Photographic Department will be given
graphic journals and to report at the meet-
in charge of the National Photographic
ings which articles would be worth reading
Association. You shall be kept fully posted ;

and which not, in fact, to sift the grain
from the tares. The committee consists of
Messrs. Schoen, Martin, and Boettcher.
Brooklyn Photographic Art Asso-
ciation (Brooklyn), July 7th. Met one
week earlier than usual on account of the
National Photographic Convention at Buf-
falo.
and already matters are under way which
will insure an exhibition of photography
from all parts of the world in 1876.
Talk Centennial wherever you go. Work
— for it whenever you can, and come here in
1876 to see the result of your labors.
We shall ask you about thirty times more
to do this, but be^in to remember it now.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 503

ON THE PHOTOMETRY OF pudding, or as a child does the veracity of

COLORS* a " Santa Claus " or a "
Mother Goose."

When first I received the invitation

Every person has a right a human —
from our worthy Secretary to write an arti-
—
right to stand up in the God-likeness of
true manhood and womanhood, and demand
cle, or speak upon some subject connected
a reason, a scientific reason for every phase
with the interest of our profession, I thought
of material metaphysics, whether it be the
best to give as nearly as possible a scientific
"philosophy of the plan of salvation," or
exposition of a new discovery, by myself,
the "philosophy of the photographic art."
which I shall term the Photometry of Col-
This condition of human affairs is abso-
ors. But as such an exhibition would have
lutely necessary to human progression
been attended with unwarrantable expense
without it there is no such thing as intellec-
in providing necessary optical apparatus,
tual growth, because science is the basis of
and as I should be obliged to have some
intelligence. 1 make this eulogy to science
large room so fitted as to exclude all solar
as a preamble to what I am about to say,
light, I have concluded to give in its place
because I want every photographer to go
a review of the incidents, perhaps I might
away from this Convention, convinced as
more truly say the accidents, that led me to
never before, that photography too is based
experiment and investigate this phenomena
upon a science, or sciences, as firm as the
which is so interwoven with photography. foundations of earth, and as immutable, and
I am more fully assured since our "session
as sure and stern as infinite jurisprudence
upon skylights, " that this latter method of can make them, and all of you who would
relating my experiments will be more bene- succeed in the practice of your profession
and more readily understood, than a
ficial,
must grapple these sciences and make your-
scientific expositionwould be; inasmuch as selves masters of them; in other words, you
a large class of photographers who have
must work at your business understandingly,
never contemplated the science beyond sim-
or in five years from date you will be
ple "cause and effect," would be misled,
weighed in the balance of photographic ex-
and fail altogether, in appreciation of this cellence, and found, —
out in the country
new theory, which is so intimately con- shovelling dirt on a railroad, —a position
nected with the science of photographic
that I believe many photographers and
portraiture.
other professionals of America could fill
You me, gentlemen, that
will agree with
with becoming dignity and great eclat.
this is an age of science. Science knocks at
There are too many engaged in our art as
the door in every department of philosophi-
well as in other professions who ignore, in
cal, mechanical, or metaphysical research,
toto, both science and reason, and if there
and demands a reason for every phase of
are any discrepancies in the results of their
cause and effect, and at every step. There
formula, they will attribute it to its lack of
is no condition of human progress that is
than to a lack of their
capability, rather
free from this demand.
knowledge of the art. This class are ever
It even attacks our religious opinions,
trying to bend science to their " seven by
and demands a reason, for matters of con-
nine" opinions, and consequently work in
science. For one, gentlemen, I am glad to
season and out of season with very much
feel and know that I live in such an age,
the same result, and are ever crying that
and am surrounded with such an atmosphere
" there is no such thing as advancement in
of thought.
science, that the ancients knew as much or
I have, in all charity, a poor opinion of
more of science than we do that there is
;
any man or woman, who accepts and swal-
nothing new under the sun," even from
lows the ipse dixit of their minister or their
Moses' time down to the present era. Now,
"ma," as they would the contents of aplum-
friends, you will please compare in your

* Read before the National Photographic As- mind the respective merits of Pan, a musi-
sociation at Buffalo, but received too late for cal god of heathen mythology, who is said
issue with the report. Ed. P. P. to have made music with reeds, or pipes
504 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHEE.
that he formed of reeds, and the grand more defined and less transparent An
piece of musical mechanism (an orches- experiment with purple and with blue glass
tron), which is the result of the labor and gave different results from either of the
skill of a citizen of this place — Mr. Bless- others —each one seeming to have a shadow
ing — who has collected all the woods, all the peculiarly its own. I found that, by placing
metals, I might truthfully say all the mate- a strip of yellow glass behind theground-
rial elements of a universe, and constructed glass, theshadow it reflected was nearly
for our pleasure a musical instrument that of the same density as that of the yellow
in its mechanical combinations challenges glass alone.
the artistic skill of a full orchestra; and in These little experiments so amused me,
itscomplexity and conciseness the admira- that I was induced to try others, as there
tion of all mechanics in every branch of was another point to be ascertained, viz.,
science. What is to be said of the respective to what general point would two rays of the
artistic merits of the ancient hieroglyphics same color blend, or focus. I closed up my
representing men, birds, and beasts, as seen window so as to exclude all solar light, then
in the Pyramids of Egypt, and the grand with a small gimlet I bored two holes
display of photographic work, now on exhi- through this covering to my window, about
bition at theKink in this city ? Which age half an inch apart, one over the other. By
shows the more of science ; in which would placing the ground-glass so as to cover both
you rather live ? these holes, I noticed that the two rays of
With these preliminary remarks, that light passing through the holes and glass
you may more fully understand my posi- seemed to unite at a distance of nearly five
tion in science as well as in all theories, inches ;
the same trial with the purple glass
i. e., a desire to be able to comprehend the made the rays unite at about seven inches ;

basis of all phenomena, I will proceed to deep blue glass, at nearly ten ; red glass,
the subject in hand, viz., the photometry of fifteen ; and yellow glass, over twenty inches.
colors, or more strictly speaking, a meas- To me this was a real discovery, because it
urement of the focus of colors and their settled in my mind that colors were of dif-
relation to photographic chemistry. ferent focal length, and, being so, affected
remember to have seen anj' writ-
I do not or reduced the iodide of silver, in sensitive
ten article upon this subject by any photog- films, each in a different way. I subse-
rapher or scientist, and in my experiments quently ascertained that Tyndall and others
and researches upon this point I am not had established the focal length of colors ;

indebted to any one, excepting in a general but have not, to my knowledge, determined
way to such writers as Abbott, Tyndall, their ^respective actinic force. I have an-
Newton, Herschel, and others. I have in other theory beside the above mentioned,
connection with my gallery a work-bench that goes to more fully establish the relative
and set of tools — what photographer has not ? focal length of colors, and at the same time
On my way my
shop or bench one day,
to determines to a certain extent their actinic
I incidentally picked up two strips of glass, capabilities. Dr. Young and Augustine
each about eight or ten inches in length, Fresnel, both eminent philosophers, were
and about one-fourth inch wide. The most the first to establish the basis of what is

noticeable difference between them was, called the " wave theory " of light.
that one was a strip of ground-glass, the According to data arrived at by these
other, orange or yellow glass. must here I gentlemen, a wave of pure solar light, in a
state that my shop is in the basement of my clear atmosphere, is 7-5^00 °^ an i nc h * n
building, and is lighted by only one south length ;
that of violet light, -gjl^ „ ;
that of
window. In fussing around, I accidentally blue irfonr.i red 39IX00
> > !
yellow, ^ibo- In
happened to set both pieces of glass in the fact, " the color of light is determined solely
window, and was somewhat surprised to by its wave length." Now the velocity of
observe that the shadow of the ground- light being 192,000 miles in a second, if we
glass was very indistinct and transparent, ascertain the number of waves of each color
whereas the shadow of the yellow glass was in a mile, and multiply this by 192,000, we
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER 505

obtain the number of waves that enter the sionally called on "to harmonize and make
eye, or attack the surface of iodide of silver, all beautiful
!" —
unless he can close artistic

in a second of time. eyes, and " go it blind." Now, friends, that

Thus the waves of pure solar light amount we are sick, let us look for a specific. My
to 913,384,192,375,000. In the same inter- cure is homoeopathic, " Similia similibus
val of time 699,000,000,000 waves of violet curantur, " or words to that effect. You
light enter the eye or attack the sensitive will remember my experiment in obtaining
film of 3'our plate. a shadow through ground-glass, by putting
As violet light stands next to pure solar yellow glass behind it. So in portraiture.
light in its actinic capabilities, you can I use different colored reflectors, according

easily understand what a large percentage to complexions. If red predominates in

the reflection of solar (white) light has the face, use red as a modifier ; if blue, yel-

over that of any other, the difference in this low, or brown, use blue, yellow, or brown.
instance being 214,384,192,375,000 in favor The rule is, look for the most non-actinic
of white light in a second of time. Now, color in a face, and select the colors of your
gentlemen, do you fully understand how it reflectors accordingly. Why? Because, by
is that the human face, which is possessed flooding the face with any color, you thereby
of from three to seven distinct colors, tends tend to reduce all eolors to a mean focus, or

to solarization in what we term the " high- to reduce the difference in the length of the
lights?" Do you see how futile it is to at- waves to an approximate length.
tempt to photograph a red face with white I tried this theory for several months,
draperies, a yellow face with purple cloth- and find it works nieely, and will do away
ing, a sunburnt and freckled face in white with seventy-five per cent, of retouching,
linen and laces? Do you not now see at which is an item nowadays.
what a fearful discount you work when you I have for this purpose two sets of screens,
attempt to make a finely-modelled pieture one of which you can see at the Rink, and
under these circumstances? Do you wonder I shall be pleased to show how to use it to
that so many otherwise good pictures, are any who may desire to see it. I am fully
so flat, white, and chalky in the high-lights ? convinced in my own mind that our present
Seven-eighths of all photographs made, system of constructing skylights, as well as
which are failures in lighting and likeness. the general system of lighting, must under-
are attributable to this phenomenon alone. go a change, as there is but little more to
I do not agree with the gentlemen who be hoped for in the art. I give you these
preceded me this afternoon as to the capa- thoughts, and the use of my system of light-
bilities of our art, for I feel assured that ing, free of charge. / have no patent. I
the science of photography is as capable of have given you the particulars of my theory,
perfection, when understood, as the science not so much to provoke criticism as to pro-
of medicine, geometry, or any other occult voke thought. I have spent considerable
science. time, and some money, in experimenting
*' The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars, upon this theory; and, in soliciting friendly
But in ourselves, that we are underlings.' 1
''

criticism upon this subject, it must be un-

In other words, the fault is not in the derstood that it shall be conducted upon the
capabilities of our art, " but in ourselves ;" mutual plan of "the greatest good to all

we do not yet fully comprehend the situation. interested ;" in other words, " a harmonious
I doubt not, gentlemen, but that many of light."

you have been as heartsick and despairing Those who know nothing of the science
as I have been, when you have noticed had better far
of light, optics, or chemistry,
these results, for I often feel, as regards save even an opinion, as I have no time to
photographic excellence, as though 1 had devote to such critics. Should the members
"come up through the valley of the shadow of the Association desire it, I shall be pleased
of death," for these fearful discrepancies to give, through the columns of the Phila-
in colors in the human face, as well as in delphia Photographer, a sequel to this theory,
dress, will sicken any man who is profes- which shall be a little more scientific in form
506 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAP HEE.
and philosophical in matter, some time this Such a statement seems startling, and the
fall. facts are so curious and unexpected that
Thanking you, gentlemen, one and all, they may naturally be received with in-
for the courtesy and attention with which credulity, and will certainly require repeat-
you have listened to my paper, and hoping ing and verifying before any theory can be
to meet you all many times in the future deduced from them but so far as they go,
;

assuring you that I candidly believe, as I the results seem thoroughly to justify the
believe in the science of mathematics, as I statements of my correspondent. The prints
believe in the science of human progression, are produced upon a commercial sample of
that the photographic art is as yet in its in- Rive albumenized paper sensitized on a bath
fancy — that as a science it is one of the made after Mr. Bovey's formula, contain-
leaves of the great book of Infinity, ing nitrate of soda and a little sugar, as
I am, fraternally yours, well as nitrate of silver. They are all
printed from the same negative, but some
Wm. M. Lockwood.
with thin pellicles of colored gelatin inter-
posed —yellow, rose, and green. Under the
yellow gelatin the reduced image is of a
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE deep slaty blue tone; under green gelatin
STUDIO. the tone is similar ; but under the rose-tinted
BY G. "WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F. S.A. gelatin the image prints of a reddish-brown
tint, closely resembling a print produced
Influence of Colored Light on the Tone of
Prints. — Semiring Intensity in Emulsion
without any interposing medium, but with
the peculiarity that the image seems much
Negatives. — Permanency of Collodion
more in the paper than that printed in the
Transfers.
ordinary way, in which the image is quite
Influence of Colored Light on the Tone of on the surface. These results are not only
Prints. —I have recently had some very seen in the prints as they come from the
curious experiments brought under my at- pressure-frame, but are persistent, and char-
tention by a correspondent in Belgium. If acterize the portraits after toning in the
the results are not exceptional, they suggest acetate bath and fixing in hyposulphite in
a curious influence of colored light in print- the usual way. Another series of prints
ing in modifying the tone of the print. The illustrate very perfectly: those pro-
this
experiments have teen made in a direction duced under the green and yellow pellicles
which has hitherto received but little atten- retain their bluish character, and are, after
tion, and in relation to which experience toning, of a lavender-gray tint ; whilst that
has not hitherto suggested the necessity of under the rose-tinted gelatin and that with-
research. Apart from the supposed exist- out any medium are of a purple-brown tint.
ence of " continuating rays," which have The first natural suggestion as an explana-
no bearing upon the present experiments, tion would be, that some difference in the
the action of light upon sensitive salts of depth of printing would explain the result
silver has been regarded as simply of a re- but this fails, inasmuch as all the prints are
ducing character, and the effect of colored of one uniform depth of printing. Differ-
light, or of colored media for transmitting ence in the time of floating the paper might
white light, has been' regarded as simply be supposed to affect the question but all
;

modifying the intensity of the action, yel- the prints are from one sheet of paper,
lows, reds, and greens cutting off so much floated at one time and cut up after. The
actinic power, and retarding the reduction. only difference of any kind consists in the
The experiments of my correspondent, with different colored media interposed. Some
some of the results of which he has favored experiments with a sample of the paper and
me, seem to indicate that, apart from the media employed have in my own hands pro-
mere question of intensity, a definitely duced similar results to those described.
modifying influence is exercised by colored The impression of my correspondent ap-
light on the color of the reduced silver. pears to be that the characteristic color of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 507

the reduced chloride and albuminate of cess, the chloride will be reduced in com-
silver is modified by effect of the colored paratively greater ratio than the albumin-
light,and that the modification tends to- ate ; hence prints of a lavender tint will be
wards the complementary color of the me- produced. Through a rose-tinted medium
dium interposed thus a blue tint is pro-
;
and no medium at all the printing will, it
duced where the light is transmitted by a may be supposed, go on quicker, the light
yellow medium. This, at first glance, seems being practically stronger, and more of the
plausible but verification by multiplied ex-
;
albuminate being reduced, will give a
periments will be necessary before assuming browner tone to the print. This explana-
the existence of such a principle as is here tion may meet the facts, but it is only fair
supposed. to add that in my own experiments I did
I remember on one or two former occa- not find sufficient difference in the time of
sions to have met with some curious and printing to permit this explanation fully to
unaccountable variations in the tints pro- meet the case. My correspondent has prom-
duced by printing on the same piece of ised, however, to prosecute his experiments
paper. Mr. Blanchard once showed me further, and let me know the issue. I shall
some prints from a stereo negative from the await, therefore, with interest the result of
two halves of which prints were always ob- his further investigations.
tained of a different tint on the same piece Securing Intensity in Emulsion Plates. —
of sensitive paper, one-half inclining to One of the chief troubles which experi-
lavender and the other to brown, the tints mentalists in rapid bromide emulsion plates
remaining inconveniently persistent, even have found has consisted in the difficulty in
after toning. No explanation appeared to securing a vigorous image without consid-
account satisfactorily for the fact at the erable after-intensification of the negative.
moment, and it was not, I believe, further Col. Stuart Wortley has recently got rid of
investigated. this difficulty. "W-riting to me recently he
Some years ago I made some interesting says
experiments in securing different tones by "It is, probably, well known that an
printing with light of varying intensities, emulsion containing the maximum of ni-
based upon the varying sensibility to differ- trate of silver, such as I have recommended,
ent kinds of light of albuminate of silver has a great tendency with some pyroxylines
and chloride of silver, the two sensitive to give an image so thin as to require in-
salts present in ordinary photographic paper tensification with silver ; this thinness of
when ready for use. A possible explana- image, we are all aware, can be counter-
tion of my Belgian correspondent's results acted by the addition of more bromide to
may be found in the varying sensitiveness the emulsion, but with this serious disad-
to light of these salts. I found that albumi- vantage, viz., that every grain of bromide
nate of silver assumes a warm brown tone added detracts much from the sensitiveness
under the action of light; chloride of silver of the resulting emulsion. Impressed with
assumes a lavender tint under the action of this fact, I have been for some time work-
light; that albuminate of silver is com- ing in the hopes of being able to replace the
paratively insensitive to feeble light; whilst bromide by some other salt of silver, which
chloride of silver is easily affected by it. should confer density on an emulsion with-
Hence, printing albumenized paper in sun- out in any way injuring its sensitiveness.
light generally gives brown prints, as the I find the malate of silver to be a salt which
albuminate reduced and colored in rela-
is exactly answers the conditions I have laid
tively greater proportion than the chloride. down, and I send you two plates prepared
Printing in diffused light gives bluish prints, with malate of silver, in order that you may
because the chloride is reduced and colored see the characterand quality of negative to
in relatively greater proportion than the be obtained therewith. I believe you will
albuminate. The same facts would obtain find them very sensitive, and with both in-
in printing through colored media. Through tensity and density sufficient to give a
yellow or green, which will retard the pro- splendid negative with the first application
508 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of the alkaline developer, no forcing what- the conditions : in the picture on glass the
ever being required. I am so satisfied with metallic image is uppermost, and, if unvar-

the value of this salt, that I shall use the nished, is brought into immediate contact
malate of silver and uranium in all my with atmospheric influences ; in the trans-
future dry-plate work." Some of the nega- ferred print the metallic image is, as a rule,
tivesproduced from the plates so prepared placed in contact with the mounting paper,
were shown to me a few days ago. They the collodion film being uppermost, and act-
were in every respect all that could be de- ing, therefore, as a preservative varnish.
sired. But the chief argument for the stability of
Permanency of Collodion Transfers. — such pictures is, as we have said, derived

favorite mode of producing enlargements from facts. I have prints in my possession

with many of our photographers consists in which I produced in this way twelve years
producing a large collodion transparency ago, in which no change is perceptible, and
and transferring it to paper. I don't know I have some which were produced commer-
whether this method has obtained much cially in Paris nearly as long ago, in which
among American photographers or not, or we can see no change. The only cases, in
what their experience regarding it may be. fact, which have come under my attention
Here the permanency of the results so in" which deterioration or change of any
gained has been generally taken for granted, kind has occurred, have consisted of prints
but a correspondent writes to me, a few toned with some salt of mercury, the insta-
days ago, expressing the gravest doubts of bility of such salts being well known. I
the stability of such prints. He says : think that the experience of a dozen years
"To tell the truth, I am not at all as- pointing definitely to stability is a tolerably
sured of their safety (the collodion trans- satisfactory argument, and that this method
fers). I am told that as collodion negatives may be safely trusted for a degree of per-
are permanent, these transfers must be but ; manence as high as it is possible to secure
1 think you will follow me when I say that in silver prints.
there is practically a vast difference in the
two cases. In the first place, the support
of the negative is impervious to air and
VIENNA EXHIBITION.
moisture, which not the case when the
collodion film
is

transferred to gelatinized
France — Spain — Portugal — Switzerland—
paper.
is

Jn the second, the film (of a nega-

Sweden — Norway— Denmark — Italy—Hol-
tive) is protected by a coating of varnish ;
land — Belgium.
in a transfer it is left exposed to the air. Is In my last letter I spoke
of the American
this safe? I think not. We all know how exhibition, which in the meantime has re-
soon an unvarnished negative becomes dis- ceived important additions, particularly by
colored (tarnished) ; will this not occur the arrival of apparatus from the Scovill
more or less in a transfer? If so, how can Manufacturing Company. Amongst these
the defect be remedied, and what varnish not only the splendidly worked camera boxes
can be employed for the purpose of cover- attract general attention, but also the prac-
ing the film ?" tical arrangement for multiplying. Very
Theoretically might be expected that
it good is also the employment of the endless
such an image would soon tarnish, but for- screw for changing the position of the
tunately facts seem to be on the side of the ground-glass A single movement of the
transfers. Every photographer knows that hand is all that is necessary, while with the
a ferrotype, or a collodion positive or nega- ordinary swingback, a screw had to be loos-
tive on glass, if exposed to the air without ened next the desired inclination had
first,

varnish, very soon becomes tarnished, and to be given, and finally the screw had to be
it might be expected that a similar picture tightened again to keep the ground-glass in
transferred to paper would be still more position.
liable to injury from similar causes. There Especially interesting for us here is the
is this important difference, however, in camera stand with the snake screw. The.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 509

stand is here entirely new, and surprises are a success. The printing-plates of Lef-
not a by its simplicity. The exhibi-
little mann, in Paris, deserve also acknowledg-
tion of Kurtz has received some excellent ment. The latter is said to employ a very
additions, by two portraits which were for- nice trick, in order to get very deep lines
gotten in the box. on the zinc plates.
I now France is the
turn to France. The zinc plate, which has been coated
mother of photography, but in Vienna she with chromate of gelatin, and has been ex-
has placed only a limited number of objects posed to light and washed, is corroded with
on exhibition, which stand in no propor- an acid. It is next washed again and
tion to the size of the country or to the slightly inked. In this way the sides of the
number of photographers. The American lines become coated with greasy ink, and
will miss Adam
Salomon, who it is said are protected by applying the acid again
does not photograph any more, but we find the lines will be eaten deeper into the zinc
other younger artists who work in his style, without danger that the furrow will be
and here it is particularly Walery, of Paris, widened laterally. When the process is re-
who distinguishes himself. peated several times very deep lines will be
Walery is a very able portrait photog- obtained, and we get plates which can
rapher, who already in 1867, exhibited pic- be printed in the printing-press like wood-
tures which resembled those of Adam Salo- cuts. The samples on exhibition speak for
mon. He resided formerly in Marseilles, the excellence of the process.
but has now a grand portrait gallery in Fortier, of Paris, exposes very good
Paris. Besides Walery, Eeutlinger main- photolithographs, amongst these some on
tains himself very honorably; he has lately silk. Interesting is also a tableau which
made Rembrandt effects and gelatinized the Photographic Society of Paris exhibits.
cards. In regard to the latter, the so-called The case contains proofs of all the photo-
enamel pictures, I remark that the employ- graphic inventions made in France, the
ment of hot rolling, which was invented in samples being made by the inventors them-
America, and which is illustrated here by selves. We find here the almost faded
samples of Rocher, of Chicago, yields as original picture by Daguerre himself, also
fine results, and is much more simple. the first heliograph by JMiepce, the uranium
Besides Reutlinger I have to mention pictures and albumen pictures by Niepce de
Lumiere, of Lyons, who exposes very St. Victor, photolithographs andcarbon
handsome Otherwise France ex-
portraits. pictures by Poitevin, &e. These specimens
hibits but little in portraiturewhich de- are a compliment to French inventiveness
serves notice, nor would landscape photog- in photography. One invention, however,
raphy deserve mentioning if it was not for is only represented in name and not by

Harrison, of Fontainebleau, who exhibits a specimen. I refer to photographs in colors ;

number charming landscape pictures,

of these are too transient for the purpose of
which really are little works of art. An exhibition.
enlargement which the same gentleman ex- I mention here that the French Society,
hibits is also very handsome. for whatit has done for the promotion of

The French exposition is important on photograph}', received the diploma of honor.

account of the samples of different photo- Colored pictures of a peculiar kind are
graphic printing processes. Boussillon, of exhibited by Vidal, of Marseilles. They
the house of Goupil, is the first who deserves are, so to say, a combination of photographs
attention. He exposes not only excellent and chromolithographs.
Woodbury prints, but also samples of a Take, for instance, three squares, red,
new photographic copper-print process, blue, and yellow. If we take a picture of
which indeed yields very promising results these through a blue glass, the blue will act
in half tones. Besides him Amand Durand with great intensity, while red and yellow
and Baldus are important in heliography. will have no effect whatever. When we
Amand Durand exposes particularly, prints make a "lichtdruck" of
and print it with it,

which are made in the printing-press. They yellow color, the red and yellow squares
510 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK.
will be reproduced yellow. We now take the exhibition. It is unfortunate that
a second picture through yellow glass, and lantern slides are but exceptionally made
a third one through red. In the second in Europe. Of the vast importance of the
one (according to theory) the yellow should lantern for school purposes we have no idea
be most intense, and red and blue not. We here.
make of the second negative a "lichtdruck," Spain has exhibited but little ; of photog-
in blue color, and the red and the blue will raphers I mention Otero and Alviach, of
be produced blue. If we print now suc- Madeira, also Eoccafull. The latter has
cessively both plates on the same paper, we exhibited a picture of the moon, which,
will get the yellow and the blue squares however, does not bear comparison with
correctly. In order to get the red one also, Rutherfurd.
it will only be necessary to take another
Portugal is much better represented, not
negative through green glass, and to print
only by splendid pictures of the solar spots,
with a red color. The matter is certainly
taken at the observatory in Lisbon, but
not ripe yet, and considering the slight ac-
also by charming landscape views on the
tinic action of the yellow and the red rays,
Island of Madeira, taken by Camacho, and
considerable forcing seems to be necessary
also by a number of pictures taken by
in order to obtain any results.
Relvas, having for their subjects architec-
Geymet and Alcker have exhibited a tural views, animal pictures, stereoscopes,
practical idea. They have given to chloride carbon prints, &c. Relvas distinguishes
of silver collodion pictures a peculiar color,
himself as a skilful amateur.
by pasting gold paper or other colored
paper to the back of them. They exhibit a Little Switzerland seems to have a good
moonlight landscape with fairies, which, by many photographers, amongst which the

the blue paper which has been pasted on the Brothers Taeschler and Taeshler Singer, in

back of it, makes a very peculiar impression, St. Gallen, distinguish themselves in por-

The armor are also very pe-

pictures of old
trait photography. Landscapes are, in spite

culiar, the gold paperwhich is pasted at the of the beautiful Swiss scenery, but poorly

back gives to them the appearance as if represented. Charnous, in Geneva, has ex-
hibited the best. Better Swiss landscape
they were made of gold. I must remark
pictures have been made by outsiders.
that moonlight scenes are much in vogue
now in Italy. Naya, amongst others, makes In Italy the case is different. It may boast
views of Venetian buildings, which he of able architectural photographs ;
the thou-
prints rather darkly on blue albumen paper, sands of works of art offer an abundance of
and in this manner gets a moonlight effect. material, and the numerous travellers are

Of other Frenchmen, I mention Jean
Kenaud, who exhibits four good landscapes
in carbon. Carbon prints are otherwise
but poorly represented in the exhibition.
Bernoud, of Lyons, exhibits a whole line
ever ready to purchase. Portraiture does not
flourish in thesame measure. Many will ad-
mire theportraits of Vianelli, in Venice, and
the genre pictures of Sergato, which are very
large, but the connoisseur will miss the true

of medallions these are portrait heads of

;
artistic arrangement, the well-selected pose,
living persons taken in profile in the shape and the harmony of light and shadow. The
of a medallion, with the name of the person backgrounds of Vianelli are mostly too dark,
attached. This is a novel, although not a and when he employs a landscape back-
very tasty, idea. In conclusion, I mention ground, the effect is absolutely unnatural.
the burnt-in enamel pictures of Boydeville, Sergato places in his pictures a great many
which are very handsome, and also Geyser's accessories, which make the picture look
pictures, taken in Algeria. Lamy, Leon fanciful, or he leaves it so bare that one
Levy, and Lachenal distinguish themselves notices at once the atelier. The persons
in portraiture; the latter exhibits also make more the impression of dressed up
transparencies for the magic lantern. I masks than real beings. The difference
mention this particularly, as this branch of you at once when you compare these
strikes
photography is but poorly represented in pictures with the artistically finished still-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 511

life pictures of Loescher & Petsch, which are first Sweden, Norway, and Denmark. The
placed not far from them in the rotunda. three countries do not furnish much. Buly
The most important Italian photographs Muller, of Copenhagen, distinguishes him-
are placed in the rotunda, except those of self by the variety which he exhibits he ;

the Brothers Alinar, of Florence, which has portraits, landscapes, architectures, and
are placed in a side court, and are not photolithographs. J. Peterson, of Copen-
readily found. As a surprising piece of art, hagen, deserves also notice for his portraits.
we have to acknowledge the Church dei Selmer, of Bergen, in Norway, has con-
Miracolli, at Brescia, the entrance gate of tributed fine landscapes. The Netherlands
which Rosselli,of the same place, exhibits a do not exhibit much, but have some good
gigantic photograph. The same is three artists. Verveer, from the Hague, exhibits
metres long and three metres high the pic- ;
some fine still-life pictures in "lichtdruck,"
ture has been taken in parts, and afterwards which show artistic understanding. Asser's
skilfully pasted together. In spite of the photolithographs are well known already.
many sheets which, in the negative as well Kolkou, in Groningen, has some good land-
as in the print, generally
vary in intensity scapes. The Belgian exhibition is splendid ;

and color, this picture makes a perfectly not only is the arrangement excellent, but
harmonious impression. also the pictures. They are placed in niches

Najad, in Venice, distinguishes himself on a brown background with black wain-

by the reproduction of an large ancient map scoting. The beautiful carbon prints of
of the world and numerous beautiful views the Brothers Zernzel, in Brussels, are the
taken in Venice. It is only to be regretted first to attract the Devon, in
attention.

that many ofthem have been taken with a Brussels, as well as Paes, in Antwerp, ex-

lens which distorts a great deal. hibits some fine carbon pictures and good
The third
in the league is Alinari, of Florence. " lichtdruck." Interesting are some prints
The
pictures of the doors of the Baptismal from negatives by Adam Salomon. Strass-
Church of Florence are masterpieces, but zack, in Brussels, shows handsome portraits.
besides these he has exhibited reproductions Neyt, in Ghent, fine photographs of the
of the oil paintings of the old masters, moon. They are taken with a reflector of
Tizian, Lionardo, &c. these reproductions nine and a quarter inches diameter, and
;

are of the same size as the originals.

Less
enlarged. Important are also Tierland 's
important are his portraits, and portraiture reproductions of oil paintings from origi-
seems to be the weak point of all the nals by Wiertz, and, finally, I have to men-

Italian photographers. Not far from him tion the photolithograph of the Belgian
is Angioline, of Bologna, who exhibits
War Department. In my next I shall

pictures with a so-called evening illumina- speak of Germany.

tion. These pictures are portraits with Dr. H. Vogel.
candles burning in the room the intention ;

is to convey the impression as if the por-

trait had been taken at night, but one sees OUR PICTURE.
at once that they have been made in day- We present our readers a picture of
light. rather a novel sort this month, being a
Cuccioni, of Eome, has furnished gigantic series of reductions from carte size charac-
sheets, beautiful pictures of Roman frescoes ter pictures of Missie Fannie Eaton,
and Roman architectures. In landscape daughter of Mr. E. L. Eaton, photog-
photography Italy is, in spite of its beauti- rapher, Omaha, Nebraska. Many who
ful scenery, but indifferently represented were at St. Louis will remember a few of
;

the very low price which is paid in Italy these pictures being there, and Miss Fannie
for landscapes is probably the reason that herself was there in 'propria 'persona.
only inferior work is made. She seemed just as full of little graceful
Heliography and enamel pictures made and we suggested
poses as she could well be,
in Italy do not deserve notice. to Mr. Eaton that he take her home and
Turning northward we have to notice practice further with her and give us the
512 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
results for the entertainment of our readers.
He assented,and in due season we re-
ceived some fifteen negatives, from which
the present selections have been made.
The quaint, cute little poses will amuse
any one, and the command over her ex-
pression, which the child seems to have, is
of Quincy, Illinois, says: "Several years
you a sketch of a box I invented
since I sent
forkeeping baths warm by aid of a coal-oil
lamp, and you thought so much of it that
you had it engraved. If you will find it
and call attention to the number in which
it was published, you will do all the pho-

truly wonderful. We could not show our tographers working in rooms which get
readers many of them without reducing cool at night a big service, provided they
them, so we adopted that plan. Mr. Eaton adopt it. They can make the arrangement
has given us permission to sell them, so themselves at a cost of not over half a dol-
that they can all be had of card size, in lar, beside the lamp, and can keep silver
number, and at a price named in the Spe- baths at an even temperature, night and day,
cialties. all winter long. I used it several years in
The profit accruing from their sales will a board shanty, while doing army work.
be devoted to a good object in the interests In summer a piece of ice in the box does
of all photographers, so we trust they will the same service as the lamp in winter.
be liberally purchased. No patent on the invention. I helped quite
The negatives were made from the cartes a number of operators during my Western
by Mr. William H. Ehoads, Philadelphia, trip this winter with this invention."
and the prints by Messrs. Schreiber & Son, Mr. Long's former useful hints will be
Philadelphia. found in vol. vii of the Philadelphia Pho-
We are sure all will join us in thanks to tographer.
Mr. Eaton, and to little Fannie, for the From a newspaper advertisement of Mr.
pleasure they have given us. E. T. Whitney, Norwalk, Conn., we clip
the following:
" The time has arrived when, in the
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC WORLD. achievements of our art, success is no longer
a question of experiment and time, but each
Wehave a long and interesting letter
sitting is a positive success, and the miracles
from Mr. S. L Walker, Poughkeepsie,
N. Y., who entered our art in 1841, and
that are daily wrought in the taking of

passed through an eventful and honor-

children, — as by a lightning flash, — insures
the public against any failure even with the
able career as a "shadow catcher." He is

now seventy-one years of age, and thinks he

most uneasy child. To obtain these results

is "the oldest photographer." Can any

has taken many and the study
years of toil,

of books devoted to the advancement of

—
one outnumber him? Wen a man kantsee
photographic art; conventions have been
the faults of his own wurk, kalkilate he will
attended, and every improvement adopted
soon sell out on akount of his helth.
of real benefit to the public. All of which
The Milwaukee Monthly Magazine for has been attended with heavy cost, and
January contains some fine woodcuts of
without the rewards that follow in the
the far-famed Devil's Lake (Wis.) scenery,
wake of other business. Hereafter cash loill
taken from photographs made by H H. Ben-
be required in advance of sittings. This rule
nett, of Kilbourne City, Wisconsin. Mr.
has been adopted by the leading men in our
Bennett secures some most excellent results.
business throughout the country, and is
Mr. H. H. Busey, of Baltimore, has the only rule that will save photographers
added the lower floor to his establishment, from ruin. You will see the justice of this
which is filled with choice chromos, oil upon reflection. Persons have been in the
paintings, and fine frames. He will now habit of trying an artist, taking his time
occupy an entire building of four stories, and chemicals, and getting proofs without
being by far the most extensive in that city. remuneration, making some frivolous ex-
First-class work did it.
cuse of hair or dress, as a reason for not
Mr, E. Long, the eminent stockdealer, liking their picture."
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHEE, 513

some one to answer the above

I prefer
who had experience with the lead
has
washing. Will Mr. Newton do it?
Permanency.
1st. How can I prepare the sulphantimo-
niate ofsodium?
2d. What, besides the above, will give a
red or brown color to negatives, acting as
an intensifier ?

3d. When I place in my negative bath a

plate coated with collodion, that is salted
Sphynx is unusually full of queries this with iodide of ammonium and iodide and
month, which we trust will be well attended bromide of cadmium, what are the chemical
to in our absence. Ed. P. P. changes that take place ?
A friend of mine, seeing that granular 4th. Is there any good reason for using
and stippled effects are all the rage just now, iodide of lithium in preparing collodion ?

put a handful of sand in his cyanide bottle A Poor Student.

and fixed with it. He says the effect is
I am a young photographer, only been
fine; caused by washing off the same, it
established in business two months, and
may be. I have not seen a resulting print have thought of many questions that I
yet. T. S. H. would like to ask Sphynx. Will she be so
Answers. kind as to tell me
In answer to brother B. in July number What are the terms for admission of a
of the Sphynx, of a sure, good, and simple pupil into the Photographic Department of
ferro varnish, let him look in the January the Cooper Institute ?
number of the Philadelphia Photographer, Can pupils enter any month or season,
1873, on page 11, formula by Alfred Hall, and stay as long as it suits their conve-
for the best ferro varnish Ihave found. It nience ?

is O K. I have used it with success since I What are the necessary expenses and
received my January number. P. outfit ?

Que?'ies.
How is instruction imparted ? Is it by
actual work in a studio?
I wish Sphynx to solve me this. I have
Does kaolin (pipe-clay) always come in
been using Newton's acetate of lead wash
dirty powder, and is that stuff put in
fine,
after fixing. I notice in putting prints in
a disordered silver bath to purify it ?
the lead it does not turn milky, but re-
I shall be greatly obliged to receive an-
mains clear as water, as when first made
swers to the above.
up. But my prints, after being ready for E. W. W..
mounting, have a white scum all over them,
I want to ask Sphynx what she would do
which does not come off with any amount
for a bath when it refuses to coat a plate
of washing with cotton and soft water. It
smooth ? No difference what length of
dries on the prints, makes the albumen look
time it is left in the bath, it comes out
dead, and destroys the brilliancy of the pic-
greasy and streaky just as though it had
ture. I make my lead as Newton's for-
not been in a sufficient length of time.
mula directs in every particular, and wash
Occasional.
my prints in four waters before putting
them into the lead solution. I have found that when sensitizing collo-
I use ice water or melted ice for the lead, dion with bromide of potassium, though
and wash the prints hard water.
in the solution would be perfect in the alco-
I tried nitrate of lead with the same re- hol, when the ether was added the potas-
sults. I bought a good article of acetate sium would precipitate in a fine white
and nitrate of lead of J. H. Tesch & Co., powder. Can this be prevented, or does it
Milwaukee. do so for everybody ?
514 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
I have frequently been troubled by dark raphy we are told to add to a negative bath
stains on my negatives between the film "a few drops of carbonate of silver solu-
and the glass, generally commencing at the tion."
lower edge and extending upward in streaks, In this climate carbonate of silver is in-
or, in extreme cases, extending as a dark soluble; but then we have had no rain
stain over the whole negative. By looking since the first of April. When it does
through the plate after removal from the rain, we may succeed in dissolving carbon-
bath, they can be faintly seen, but become ate of silver ;
but heretofore our efforts to
stronger after development. They do not do so have been fruitless. Y. & S.
affect the making of positives, as they are
I have tried every way that the Phila-
invisible from the film side by reflected delplna Photographer and Mosaics tell of
light.
cleansing a bath and in making new ones
My negative bath is 40 grains, slightly
for negatives and ferrotypes for the last two
acid, and my collodion equal parts of ether
years, and asked a number of first-class pho-
and alcohol, sensitized with iodide of am- tographers, and read a great many photo-
monium, 10 grains, bromide" of cadmium, graphic books, and cannot find out what
4 grains to the ounce. causes the white scum on the plates some-
Again, with the same bath and collodion times after filtering. It is a heavy coat on
I fail to get sufficient intensity to make a
the edges, and streaks and spots on the mid-
good negative, while at other times it has dle. By dipping a number of plates it works
worked splendidly for months. off, and at other times there is a thin film
I have made new bath, new collodion, covering nearly the whole plate. When the
and new developer, but with the same re- bath works clear from scum, and gets so
sults —
weak and thin negatives. that it needs filtering, it is sure to have the
If Sphynx can throw any light on these scum on the plates after filtering. It makes
subjects, he will confer a favor on
no difference which side of the plate is up in
A New Mexico Photographer. the bath, thescum is the same. I use filter-
"We have a card negative taken with a ing paper from the stockdealer and filtering
lens of about 6-inch focus. Suppose we cotton both leave it the same. The cotton
;

enlarge it by the Edwards or any other I cleanse with pure alcohol, and rinse with
process to life-size, will not the features be pure water. I use Anthony's collodion.
in bad proportion ? Is it in practice found Can any one in the Sphynx tell me the
necessary to increase the focal length of cause and how to get rid of it without spoil-
instruments in taking small negatives for ing so many plates? Mr. Davison says,
enlargement? Y & S. "Ask questions," so I thought I would ask
this, as it is the worst thing that bothers
page 208 of the July number of the
On
me. J. M.
Philadelphia Photographer, the writer of an
excellent article on " Collodion " says of
iodide of ammonium :
" It contains four MAGIC LANTERN MATTERS.
times as much iodine as the same weight
Now is the time to get ready for your
ofiodide of cadmium." much
winter exhibitions. Nothing gives so
As we on the San Joaquin Plains figure delight as a magic lantern, and for small
it (the atomic weight of iodine being 127,
exhibitions nothing is so satisfactory and
of ammonium 18, iodide of ammonium portable as Mr. Marcy's sciopticon. Good
being 1 part of each = 145), iodide of am-
slides should be selected.
monium is i||, or 87.5 per cent, of iodine.
Please refer to our article on this subject
The atomic weight of cadmium is nearly
in our last October number. We repeat
56, iodine as above 127, iodide of cadmium
what we say there, and save your time now.
127 + 56 = 18S. Whatever you do, get good apparatus and
This salt therefore contains i||, or 69.4
good slides, and then you will have pleasure.
per cent, of iodine. Please refer to our advertisements for
On page 54 of Linn's Landscape Photog- further information.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 515

THE N. P. A. In the Poultney (Vt.) Bulletin, Mr. F.

HOW" YOU CAN HELP IT ALONG. M. Rood says: "The Association has done
We are glad to see that many of the re- more in advancing the art than its founders
who were at Buffalo, ever dreamed it could do."
turned photographers,
have given their newspapers the im-
local
The Wakefield (Mass ) Citizen, whose
correspondent, we think, is Mr. C. F. Rich-
pressions received at that grand photo-
graphic entertainment. This is a capital
ardson, says, among other good things about

idea. It will awaken interest in the Asso-

the N. P. A.: "The attention paid to the
proceedings of the Convention, and the
ciation and thus help it forward greatly,
critical study devoted to the pictures on
for the day must come when every photog-
who exhibition, marked the desire for progress
rapher in the land desires progress will
unite himself with this grand institution.
and improvement which had brought the
Several of the gentlemen we allude to
members together. Viewing the Ex-
. . .

hibition as a whole, the Association has

have sent us copies of their letters,
are glad again to see so much
of the National Photographic Association
and the work it is doing. Mr. G. W. Ed-
mondson, of Plymouth, 0., says the lectures
were of infinite value to the photographer
and we
cause for congratulation on the progress of
honest praise
photography during the past four years, a
result largely due to this organization."
Photographers of the United States, is
not this Association worthy of your best
;

and as to the Exhibition, " With beautiful support?

music alternately from a fine orchestra and
orchestron, beautiful pictures of lovely
women and brave men, and living models
MOSAICS, 1874.

of the same around us, and friends every- Photographic Mosaics for 1874 is under

where, was any wonder that we had a

it way, and will contain an extraordinary
glorious time?" amount of useful matter from a variety of
Mr. J. G. Vail, of Geneva, N. Y., says: authors, on a great variety of subjects. It
" Such conventions, for the interchange will excel any of its predecessors, and in
of thought and experience, comparison of order that all who desire may contribute
ideas and practice, and examination of theo- to the usefulness of it, we invite short items
ries, cannot but tend to the advancement from such for its pages. Short and practi-
and elevation of photography, and are cal, is the standing injunction.
highly creditable to those who love their We hope to issue the work by November
profession sufficiently to make these efforts 25th, and advertisements should reach us
to excel in it." not later than the 15th. Please take notice.

To Correspondents. — If any seeming neglect Goods received from September 1st. Send for
occurs to you, please do not consider it inten- W. Chambers, Secretary, or
regulations to John
tional, but owing to the absence of our editor-in- Charles Wager Hull, Esq., General Superinten-
chief, who is now taking a tour, which he trusts dent, New —
The Cincinnati Industrial
York.
will benefit his readers,and also brace him up Exposition will open September 3d, and con-
for a second ten years in your service. We ask tinue to October 4th. Send for regulations to
your patience until his return. W. W. Taylor, Esq., Secretary, Cincinnati, Ohio,
and exhibit of your best work.
The Annual Exhibitions. —
That of the
American Institute, New York, will open Sep- We have specimens of their work from Messrs.
tember 10th, and continue until November 15th. George Moore, Seattle, W. T. C. H. Hudson, at
;
516 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
Taylor's Gallery, St. Paul ; E. B. Headley, cent stamp, on a directed envelope, to W. Irving
Wilkesbarre ; P. M. Spencer, Mansfield, Pa.; Adams, Esq., 4 Beekman Street, New York, or
J. Lee Knight, Topeka, Kansas ; H. C. Milice to Edward L. Wilson, Philadelphia.
& Bro.,Warsaw, Ind. and E. ; P. Libby, Keo-
kuk, Iowa, all of which show progress, and all of Mr. G. Gennert, importer of Dresden albumen
which we should like to notice at length would paper, New York, has removed to No. 428 Broad-
space permit. way, New York.
Outdoor Work. — Mr. W. E. Bowman, Ot-
In our report of the exhibitors at Buffalo we
tawa, 111., sends us groups "No. 1 " and "No.
2 " of the members of the National Photographic
overlooked the firm of B. French & Co., of Bos-

Association, taken at Buffalo, which he offers to

ton, who made a very fine display of Voigtlan-
der and Darlot Lenses ; also, some beautiful
mail to any address on receipt of twenty-five
photographs, 11x14, by Warren k Heald, Boston,
cents each. En route to Buffalo he made some
fine stereo views, which he offers to the trade.
as samples of the working quality of these lenses.

He also sends us a portrait of little " Dodie," a Also Alfred Freeman, Dallas, Texas, and R. B.
sweet little girl just learning to turn out her Lewis, Hudson, Mass., who exhibited some nice
toes. — Mr. L.C. Fosnot, Keosauque, Iowa, sends portrait work.
us a specimen of his outdoor work, in the shape
In the communication from the Grosvenor Li-
of a fifteen pound catfish. — From Mr. John
brary of Buffalo, the secretary's name should
Reid, Paterson, N. J., we have the finest series
have been Alexander J. Sheldon, and not Alex.
of large views we have seen for a long time, of
J. Hubbs, as printed in our report.
bridges, buildings, locomotives, viaducts, cattle,
&c, made with Morrison lenses, which Mr. Reid
We would call your attention to the advertise-
thinks "are good enough for anybody." The
ment of Fitzgibboji' s Patent Adhesive Picture
one of a large locomotive for the Baltimore &
Mounts and all styles of
for ferrotypes, gems,
Ohio Railroad is particularly well done for so
plate pictures and small photographs. It has
difficult a subject. The definition is admirable.
been found to be very useful by those using it,
— Mr. George Moore, Seattle, W. T., also sends us
in saving time, Ac, and is manufactured by A.
some stereographs of his city, Puget Sound, &c.
M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadelphia, and sold
— From Mr. A. A. Baldwin, Ludlow, Wis., we
by all stockdealers.
have also some stereos of romantic scenery, very
excellent in all respects. —
Pictures Received. Some very fine por-
traits, cards,and cabinets, from Mr. S. Sellech,
A triple water-lily was found a few days ago
San Francisco, Cal. Some nice stereoscopic
by Mr. Frank Davis, Worcester, Mass., and he
views of coral, &c, from J. C. Moulton, Fitch-
sends us a stereograph of it. Orders for copies
burg, Mass. A card and stereoscope view of the
will be filled promptly. It is wonderfully pretty.
"Little Trout Fisher," from J. C. Mills, Penn
Mr. F. G. Weller, Littleton, N. H., has Yan, N. Y. This is a picture of a boy seven
issued a very pretty catalogue of his views and years old, who, by means of his nose, caught a
"treasures," with a photographic cover, and a trout weighing eight pounds. The boy had a
map showing the route to the White Mountains. hooked nose.
The whole thing is very tasteful. We acknowledge the receipt from the author
of a very neat little book, entitled, "Lake
Mr. H. Rogers, New Haven, Conn., has
J.
George," by S. R. Stoddard, Glen's Falls, N. Y.,
issued a new edition of his work, The People's
giving full details of all places of interest at this
Guide to Photography. He had it on sale at
beautiful resort. Price 50 cents. He also sends
Buffalo, and gave twenty-five cents per copy to
us a catalogue of his stereoscopic views of Lake
the National Photographic Association treasury.
George and surroundings, embracing a large va-
An album of "The Tyler-Davidson Fountain, '
riety of views. ^_^_^
Cincinnati, Ohio, containing eighteen views of
the fountain, statuary, &c, has been published
Burned Out. — The fire fiend has again been
amongst the craft, and we have to chronicle the
by Mr. Charles Waldack, of that city, and is very
destruction of two photograph galleries by it,
attractive and beautiful.
Capt. W. S. Johnson, Springfield, Mo., and G.
The National Photographic Association W. Bellinger, Cobleskill, N. Y. We trust that
Badges. — Those members of the National Pho- they may soon be in full working order, and
tographic Association who could not go to Buf- reaping the benefits of an increased patronage
falo, may obtain 1873 badges by sending a three of their friends.
"> •S«N
 THE

kiMelpto $bfit*%wfhtt.

Vol. X. NOVEMBER, 1873. No. 119.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

EDITORIAL CORRESPONDENCE. over the country as " Berlin cards." From

that time and on account of those pictures,
II.
many of you will agree with me, that
Paris, October 6th, 1873. American photography was " awakened out
Since writing you last I have been trav- of sleep " and took a fresh start. A new
elling around night and day, seeing and era was begun then and most rapid strides
learning much which I trust will be of ser- were made, each annual exhibition of the
vice to all of my readers, if I am enabled National Photographic Association show-
to return to them in due season. I cannot ing (and showing) that there were
still

now go into details, for my memorandum- more and more in our own country who
book is stocked with matters which are for could not only equal, but excel the famous
future use, and which are worthy of more Berlin cards. And now, strange to say,
careful attention than I could give in a the Berlin photographers are quite as much
hastily written letter like this. I will, ravished over some of the work which goes
therefore, merely give you a running ac r to them from America. Thus we are work-
count of myself since I lastwrote you, and ing together for the advancement of our art,
when I am back at my desk, will confess a state of affairs which is very cheering in-
" the whole story." deed, to those who strive to bring forth
Berlin was a which I had long
Mecca to such effort by means of the literature which
wanted to journey, and it gave me peculiar is published to that end. These facts, of
pleasure to reach that city of good photog- course, have had the tendency to excite a
raphers and good friends. I had scarcely very warm feeling in the hearts of the Ber-
stepped from the railway cars into the sta- lin photographers towards their American
tion ere I was met by my good friend Vogel, coworkers, and I am, therefore, not so weak
whom so many of you have seen, and I at as to suppose that thedemonstration tendered
once felt at home. me by the Berlin Photographic Society at
It was from Berlin, many of you will re- their meeting held while I was
special
member, that a few years ago, a few cartes- there, was me, or for anything that I
for
de-visite were sent to America, of very had done, but intended as an evidence of
peculiar style and of excellent quality. good feeling towards American photog-
They were shown to several photographers, raphers through me their humble represen-
who were ravished by them, and then in tative. It gave me pleasure unalloyed, to
large lots they were imported and sold all say to the large body present, that to them
34
518 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
American photography owed much, very pleasant days together, and visited the im-
much, and that we rejoiced over the good mense photographic establishment of Signor
feeling and the generous rivalry existing Charles Naya, which shall be described in
among us. It could only result in good, full at another time. It was Dr. Vogel's
and progress was sure to be certain so long intention to accompany me all through
as it existed. Italy, but being, like myself, an editor, and
was the realization of a dream to meet
It therefore, in a measure, a slave, some hitch
those whose names had so long been familiar in his work at home called him back, and I
to me, and to visit their studios and see had to go on alone. For two weeks 1 wan-
them work. dered among the art treasures of Italy,
As to the latter, one might easily imagine visiting Florence, Kome, Naples, Puteoli,
himself in one of our home galleries, for ruins of Pompeii, and climbing Vesuvius.
there is very little difference in any way. Then Leghorn, Pisa, Milan, up Lago
to
The skylights are the same; the formula? Maggiore to the Alps, and then through
have been published over and over again in the passes of that wondrous region, over
these pages, and all that /could see different the icy glaciers, up the snowy peaks, and
was the men who did the work. Of course, across the lakes, down into the deep defiles,
they cannot be transferred to our home until tired with travel I am back in this
studios, but their work can be studied, and beautiful city, where to day I start on the
if you understand it, there is no reason in rampage for more novelties for the readers
the world why you should not make just as of the Philadelphia Photographer.
good work. Oh how I wish I had the
!
I have been so busy that I know but
means to place in every studio in America, little of what is going on among you. I
a set of the beautiful pictures from the neg- trust all is at peace and quiet with you, and
atives made by Loescher & Fetsch for the that soon after this reaches you I shall be
Vienna Exposition and some of the ex-
; safely back at my post, ready as ever, with
quisite works of Ernst Milsher, or the splen- new strength, to join you in any good
did cabinets and cartes of Julius Schaar and scheme for the progress and advancement
Wachter It would act like a subsoil
! of art. Now the whirl of travel is over,
plow upon photography in America, and and I sit me down in this quiet room and
make everything new and fresh and strong. review the past fifty days, I ask myself the
Very true we have many, very many ex- question, " What have I seen?" and in
cellent photographers, whose work is not true Yankee style the answer comes in the
excelled in all Europe, but we want many form of another query, " What have you not
more such, and that is why I write as I do. seen?"
But I must not stay in Berlin too long Truly yours, as ever,

now. I have many valuable hints from Edward L. Wilson.

there to record which shall be given you
and illustrated in detail, in the future.
From Berlin Dr. Yogel and I proceeded
to the great " show " at Vienna. I have CONCERNING SHAW AND HIS
already giver, you a list of the exhibitors $300,000 PATENT.
there, and will save the hints I collected for BY W. H. SHERMAN.
future use also. I had the pleasure of con- The Convention of the National
late
siderable time with Mr. Fritz Luckhardt, Photographic Association was cheered and
whom you all know by his excellent work, somewhat enlivened by the presence of the
and a new picture from his studio will ap- distinguished member from Bridgeport,
pear soon with our magazine, together with Conn., Jehyleman Shaw.
drawings of his studio, and other valuable Why, Mr. Shaw is distinguished there
information. A review of the best things are two or three reasons. One is that he
I saw at the exposition will be given soon. prosecuted Edward L. Wilson for libel, and
From Vienna Dr. Vogel accompanied got a verdict for several thousand dollars
me to Venice, Italy, where we had several against him. Another is that he claims to
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 519

" have invented a new and useful process nish an agent to accomplish something
for recovering gold and silver from the which he says the well-known precipitants
washings or waste solutions of photogra- would not do at all, does it not follow that
phy." any one may use those old precipitants in
His presence cheered and enlivened the any way he chooses, provided he is willing
Association for the reason that he wanted to put up with such work as they will ac-
from the members two or three hundred complish ? According to Mr. Shaw's own
thousand dollars What association would
! showing, his invention would have been of
not he cheered by such a demand ? com- A no account, if he had not discovered a better
mittee appointed to confer with Mr. Shaw process for recovering gold and silver from
reported that, in their opinion, " it would the solutions than the use of salt, muriatic
be far better for make
us, as individuals, to acid, or protosulphate of iron. It was this
some amicable arrangements with Mr. Shaw alleged better process that he patented.
for the use of his patent, than to take the He claims " that the use of the other pre-
chances," &c. A most judicious report. The cipitants named would cost more than the
committee further recommended that Mr. silver to be recovered was worth." Now,
Shaw's "proposition be considered by all." who does not know that this claim is utterly
Acting in accordance with this recommen- unfounded ? What photographer, with any
dation the first question which naturally fair knowledge of his business, does not
arises is, must we use his patent at all ? know that after saving what silver and gold
Mr. Shaw distinctly disclaims the use of he can readily save by the use of salt, mu-
salt and muriatic acid as precipitants in his riatic acid, and protosulphate of iron, that

patent process, and admits that they were the balance is not worth the trouble of sav-
known in the art, in connection with such so- ing? I say (with these and one or two
lutions, before the date of his invention. He others equally well-known) no other pre-
further set forth in his specification that the cipitants are needed to save all the silver
problem to be solved required the treatment and gold from photographic solutions.
of all the solutions together, or the treat- What was the use then of Mr. Shaw's in-
ment of the " 'mixed washings.'" That there vention ? Is it possible that any court will
may be no doubt as to what his improvement hold, in the light of Mr. Shaw's specifica-
is, he states that " the discovery of the ca- tion and claim, that any one is not free to

pacity of the sulphuret of potassium to effect use those precipitants (disclaimed by him)
this result enabled me to accomplish the new in the solutions for which they are adapted ?

object aimed at." What is the new object Mr. Shaw's inventive genius was directed
aimed and how is it accomplished ? This
at, to solutions of a " totally different character"

is precisely what has been invented by Mr. from those that these old-fashioned agents
Shaw, and precisely what his patent covers. would operate upon. He says, in his speci-
He says it is " the recovery, in a practically fication, salt and muriatic acid will not an-

successfulmanner, of all the silver from all swer at all. Now, that he has discovered
the waste washings and spent solutions of that sulphuret of potassium will do what
the photographic establishment." salt and muriatic acid would not, does he

He does not claim the use of common salt therefore claim that we must not use salt
in such solutions as that will precipitate the and muriatic acid ? That seems to be the
silver from. He does not claim the use of gist of the argument. Will any court sus-
muriatic acid or protosulphate of iron. He tain such a claim ?

says he discovered, in the course of his in- The courts might possibly hold that his

vestigations, "that these precipitants, viz., patent covers every sulphuret in the uni-
salt and muriatic acid, would not serve the verse that will precipitate "all the silver from
desired purpose at all." If these precipi- all the waste, washings " when "mixed,"
tants were previously known, as Mr. Shaw and in consequence of being so mixed had
admits, and If the object of his invention become of such " a totally different chemical
was to furnish something better, in conse- character" that the known precipitants
quence of their alleged inefficacy — to fur- would not save the silver and sold without
520 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
costing "more than they were worth.' But ' Mr. Shaw claims royalty from all the
how they could without stultifying them- photographers in the United States on the
selves hold that precisely such solutions of strength of the last reissue of his patent,
silver and gold, as had been long known in dated July 9th, 1872. No infringement
the arts, may not be treated as such solutions can date back of that. But we are not
were treated previous to Mr. Shaw's dis- "mixing" our "waste washings" so much
covery without infringing his patent, is cer- as we were. I am not aware that I am
tainly beyond my comprehension. To my using his process, but processes which he dis-
mind it would be like deciding that the use tinctly disclaims and discards. Moreover,
of iodides would have been an infringement I recovered silver and gold from solutions
on the bromide patent. The courts went in exactly the same way more than twenty-
to the utmost limit to which seeming judi- five years ago, and have learned nothing
cial favoritism could be stretched in the no- new, nor done anything differently, in con-
torious bromide question. The bromide of sequence of his "discovery."
silver had been previously used, as also the Let it be granted that Mr. Shaw's patent
bromo-iodide, in the daguerreotype ; and the is and that it will be sustained by the
valid,
use of bromides, as well as iodides, in col- courts, asMr. Bell thinks it will, and which
lodion would have followed just as certainly I presume is probable, what does it cover?
as night follows day. was sure to be used
It "Why, simply the use of sulphuret of potas-
in collodion. The patent was
a grab on sium in recovering silver and gold from waste
photographers, and it was finally, after four- photographic solutions. This is all he claims
teen years of outrageous annoyance, decided (besides his machine), and for this he wants
that the introduction of bromide into col- two or three hundred thousand dollars. I
lodion did not " rise to the dignity of an in- was told that Mr. Shaw, or some one for
vention.'' him, stated at Buffalo that his patent cov-
Now similarly, as I understand it, the ered all methods of saving silver and gold
saving of silver and gold by methods usu- from photographic waste solutions. If this
allyemployed owes nothing to Mr. Shaw. is the case, it must be shown that Mr. Shaw

Beginning with the washings of the prints, not only invented the process in question,
whoever thought of using sulphuret of po- but that he also was the originator of the
tassium to precipitate the silver from the principle or idea of saving silver and gold
free nitratewashed from the prints ? Every from such solutions. But methods of sav-
photographer that I know of adds common ing silver from the waste photographic solu-
salt, and precipitates the chloride. Can tions were well known and in public use in
this operation infringe Shaw's patent? this country four or five years prior to the
Next in value is the silver from the devel- first date of Shaw's patent. Therefore, I
oper. How is that saved ? Let it remain suppose his patent can only cover the par-
in the sink. The silver is precipitated with- ticular process set forth in his specification.
out any process or precipitant except the In one of the methods published ia
fact,
developer itself. How can that be an in- this country in 1858 was so much like his
fringement ? patented process as to produce identically
Discarded negatives, both unfixed and var- the same result, viz., sulphuret of silver ;

nished, are thrown into the lye, by which the effect being the same, and the principle
the films are softened so as to be easily re- being the same, nothing, I take it, remains
moved by a swab, producing a sediment to Mr. Shaw but the means, to wit, sulphu-
rich in silver. I fail to find any infringe- ret of potassium.
ment here. Any invention entitled to a valid patent,
The hyposulphite solution may be decom- must " not have been in public use for
posed, and all the silver precipitated by the more than two years prior to the applica-
use of oil of vitriol or sulphuretted hydro- tion " for a patent. And if contested, it

gen. Gold is precipitated from the toning- must then be shown to be an improvement
bath by the old method, by the use of proto- on known methods. One of the methods,
sulphate of iron. published in 1858 (more than four years
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 521

prior to the patent in question), for recov- fered, and in a week's time no case was to
ering silver from the waste photographic be heard of.

solutions,was by means of sulphuretted hy- I am tempted to speak further of the

drogen; and I am not aware that sulphuret skylight to which I have just referred. It
of potassium has any advantage over this is remarkable for being one that does not
agent, as it is readily prepared, easily used, leak. I believe that glass roofs have been
and cheap. How many hundred thousand the bane of my photographic existence, and
dollars the sulphuret of potassium is worth even now I am haunted by visions of the
to photographers, more than this other pots, pans, and kettles that I have repeat-
known agent, would at least be interesting edly had to use in many of the rooms in
to know. which I have worked. I well remember
According to Mr. Bell's written opinion, the many devices to which I have resorted,
Mr. Shaw's patent may be valid, and be and I can call to mind but one that proved
sustained by the courts. Let it be so. Un- efficient. In that case I had two glazed
less I am much mistaken it can cover noth- sashes, separated but by a few inches. Bed-
ing that we need to use. Unless it covers ding with putty, coating with white lead,
what was well known and in public use and smearing with paramne or shellac were
more than four years prior to the first issue all in turn failures, and I know of one light
of his patent, then we may freely use com- that I used to have refitted about once a
mon salt, muriatic acid, protosulphate of year. Why, then, is this one to which I am
iron, oil of vitriol, and sulphuretted hydro- now referring so thoroughly waterproof?
gen, without paying Mr. Shaw a dime. The theory is a very simple one, and the
Now I have complied with the suggestion key to the secret is, substantiality.
of the committee, and have " considered Tou must know that in this country
Mr. Shaw's proposition," and the " amica- houses are constructed on a very different
ble arrangement " which I propose " as an principle than characterizes those of your
individual " to make in relation to " the use cities. All of them are built in the form of
of his patent " is, not to use it at all. a hollow square, and the courtyard that is
Milwaukee, Sept. 1st, 1873. thus left in the centre is, in the case of the
finer residences, covered over by a glass
roof. This practice, of course, makes sky-

Hints from the Record of an Artist lights very plentiful indeed. Now although
we have no cartloads of snow to scrape off,
and Photographer.
or destructive hailstorms to crash through
BY JOHN L. GIHON.
our panes, we still are subjected to even as
Once more I have the satisfaction of great an annoyance ; any mariner who sails

working beneath a skylight, and have ex- in these latitudes or any resident of these
changed the inconveniences of a dark-tent South American cities can tell you of the

for the appurtenances of a well-regulated fearfulwinds that prevail at certain seasons

room. The which drove us all so
fever, of the year. "We call them "pamperos."
precipitately from the city,
was in its turn They come upon us without much notice,
driven away by the approach of cold wea- generally last but a few hours, or a day or
ther. Yellow Jack and Jack Frost are two at most, but in the meantime they pick
mortal enemies; the one must be regarded up and carry off every movable thing.
as the destroying, the other as the benefi- The flimsy wooden sashes that are used
cent, angel. The always conquers;
latter by the majority of the North American
and in this instance, when he made his vic- photographers would be whirled away at
tory, our entire population rushed back once.
with the same baste that had marked its The situation is understood and provision
egress. made for it.
In the year 1871, in Buenos Ayres, when Our skylight is erected at an angle of
the death record noted fourteen hundred about forty-five degrees. It is quite large,
per day, a cold snap providentially inter- at least twenty-five feet long by fifteen in
522 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
height. The glasses that inclose it are here picture of the father of the child. The re-
known as double thick, and resemble the quest was that from this latter we should
French plate that is used in the United make a large and finely-finished portrait of
States for the most delicate purposes. They the infant. It is not difficult to imagine the
are large, at least twenty inches in width first impulse of a photographer upon such
and thirty by the other measurement. Then an occasion, but then an old and trite adage
they are laid upon heavy iron bars, that are about "answering a fool according to his
so fashioned that two inches of putty binds folly" came to my mind, and upon the
each plate of glass in position. The lower strength of it I immediately undertook the
edges are cut into a point and plenty of lap commission for the modest little sum of one
given. The surfaces being smooth and all hundred dollars. Fortunately infants of
being well fitted, the old talk of "capillary four months growth look very much alike,
attraction," &c, has no chance of coming notwithstanding the opinions of fond pa-
into play. It is a great comfort to be able rents to the contrary, and the substitution
to leave one's place in the evening and not of the copy of some other interesting scion
be obliged to remove every article into would most likely in this instance not only
what we deem a secure situation. "With us answer every purpose, but would also
the most valuable instruments or the most greatly enhance the reputation attached to
costly furniture can be left with perfect im- the wonderful powers of photography. The
punity in the places in which they were result of this little experiment I look for-
used. ward to with some degree of interest.
Then again, I must speak of the roofs of
Montevideo, S. A., July 15th, 1873.
our buildings. They are made of tiles or
large square bricks. These are laid upon
light but are connected and in
rafters,
some instances plastered over with " Eoman NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
cement." The result is, that upon the top STUDIO.
of the house you have an admirable pave- BY G. "WHARTON SIMPSON, M.A., F. S.A.

ment. Although all of this is fashioned A Simple Albumen Process for Transparen-
upon a level or with barely sufficient dip to cies. —Window of the Dark-room. An —
insure a water-drain, leaky roofs are very
Energetic Alkaline Developer. The Use of —
exceptional. Another advantage gained is Nitrate of Baryta in the Negative Bath. —
in the almost perfect immunity from fire. Removing Metallic Stains from Nega-
I scarcely believe that in this city there is
tives. — The British Association.
the slightest provision against the occur-
rence of a general conflagration, but in turn A Simple Albumen Process for Transpa-
I cannot imagine the possibility of such an rencies. —
The especial suitability of an albu-
occurrence. Fires are only used in the men film for yielding fine transparencies,
cook-shops and kitchens, and sparks from especially where the transparency is re-
chimneys fall harmlessly enough upon the quired for producing an enlarged negative,
continued expanse of brick and mortar. is well known to most photographers, and
An incident worth recording came to my the best processes have been the subject of
notice to-day. A messenger was sent to us much discussion of late. A specimen of
by the resident of a very extensive " Quin- singular excellence was recently sent to me
ta," or country place, near the city. He by a correspondent, Mr. J. H. Martyn,
brought with him a verbose account of the who also communicated details of the mode
general appearance of a baby that had died of producing it, which were unusually sim-
a couple of years since. It detailed the ple. The delicacy, gradation, and model-
number of lace flounces that ornamented its ling were equal to anything I have ever
dress and the color of the ribbons that had seen, and the color was of a very rich
been deemed most becoming to it. In the chocolate-brown. Altogether the character
letter was inclosed a very small,
there of the transparency left nothing to be de-
scratched, and generally used-up locket- sired. The process is almost absurdly sim-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 523

pie. Here it is in Mr. Martyn's own words: defect in the plates. The great error is, he
Take- thinks, the practice of using the same kind
and amount of colored glass in all condi-
Albumen, . 1 ounce.
Water, . . 1 drachm.
tions of light. He says :
" I rarely find any
one making due allowance for the varying
Beat up well, allow to settle, and filter amount of light in bright and dull weather.
the mixture. Coat a well-cleaned piece of I feel sure, from my experience of late, that
patent plate glass, and allow it to dry spon- no permanent window is suitable for use,
taneously. Then sensitize in a fifty-grain with bromide plates at all events, for if
ammonio-nitrate of silver bath, to which a sufficiently dark to admit of safe working
little alcohol has been added. Allow the when the outer light is bright, it is too
plate to dry spontaneously and print fully opaque for use in dull weather. But this is
out without development. easily got over in the following way Glaze :

A
very fine result may he produced with- your window with two thicknesses of pot
out the ammonio-nitrate bath, but the silver orange, and hang two separate curtains of
bath must in that case be slightly alkaline. red muslin or very thin red silk in front of
A fifty-grain silver bath, with two or three it,so that by having each to run separately
drops of ammonia to each ounce, will give on rings, either one or both may be pulled
a fine transparency, but the film will not be across the window, according to the bright-
quite so sensitive as when the ammonio- ness of the weather. This may seem but a
nitrate bath is used. The hyposulphite small thing, but many of the troubles of
bath for fixing should be somewhat weak. beginners with bromide dry plates arise
Printing fully out without development from this cause ; and I write for beginners
secures two advantages a more complete — in dry plate work, and for those who have
control over the depth of the picture, as its troubles, not for the very clever ones who
progress can be examined the same as that know everything already."
of a collodio-chloride picture on porcelain ;
A Very Energetic Alkaline Developer. —
and the absence of the granular texture think I have before mentioned to your
often resulting from the reduction of free
readers the daring modification made in
nitrate in development. As a rule, the
the alkaline developer by Colonel Wortley,
general character of a picture printed out and the remarkable results which may be
is more harmonious than that of a developed
secured by its aid. The effect of the modi-
image.
fication, which consists in using a very
I presume that the majority of your read- large excess of ammonia, is to shorten the
ers are familiar with the preparation of an exposure in the camera enormously, ren-
ammonio-nitrate bath. For the benefit of
dering dry plates as rapid and as perfect as
the inexperienced, I may briefly state that
wet plates. I have said dry plates, but I
it is made by adding strong liquid ammonia should have said some dry plates, for so far
to the nitrate solution until the silver is know
as I at present it is not equally suit-
thrown down as a dark precipitate of oxide able for all kinds of dry plates. With bro-
of silver, and then continuing to add the mide emulsion plates and gum-gallic plates
ammonia until the precipitate is redissolved I have seen the developer tried. Mr. K.
and the solution is clear again. Manners Gordon, who is probably the finest
The Window of the Dark-room. Colonel — landscape photographer in the world, re-
Wortley, a gentleman who has given prob- marked to me that he found gum-gallic
ably more attention to the use of highly plates with this developer in all respects,
sensitive bromide plates than any one else, both as to sensitiveness and excellence,
calls attention to the importance of taking equal to wet collodion and iron develop-
special care to secure the absence of every ment So
in the best possible conditions.
trace of actinic light in the dark-room when also with bromide emulsion plates.
working bromide plates, as in the absence An examination of the new formula is
of such care fog is not uncommon, the ma- somewhat startling. Colonel Wortley em-
nipulator often attributing such fog to a ploys an eighty-grain solution of carbonate
524 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of ammonia, and the merest trace of pyro- The Use of Nitrate of Baryta in the Nega-
gallic acid, ten drops of a ninety-six grain tive —
Bath. A professional portraitist, Mr.
solution being added to half an ounce of Henderson, a short time ago recommended
the strong ammonia solution, from which the addition of nitrate of baryta to the
it will be seen that the amount of carbonate negative bath as conferring certain very
of ammonia in the developer is one hundred decided advantages, and as I have heard ,

and twenty times that of the'pyrogallic acid good accounts of it since, it may be inter-
employed. Colonel Wortley states that he esting to state the matter in detail. The
has employed a saturated solution of carbo- addition of ten grains of nitrate of baryta
nate of ammonia with advantage; but that to the bath is stated to give increased vigor
eighty grains to the ounce constitute a con- to the negative, to permit the use of a neu-
venient strength, it being difficult to dis- tral bath without any risk of fog, to shorten
solve a greater proportion. For general the exposure, and to render pinholes an im-
use the complete developer would stand as possibility.
follows: Four drachms of an eighty-grain Nitrate of baryta was proposed some
solution of carbonate of ammonia; twenty years ago for addition to the bath as a
drops of a twenty-grain solution of bromide means of precipitating traces of sulphide of
of potassium ; ten drops of a ninety-six silverfrom impure samples of nitrate of
grain solution of pyrogallic acid in alcohol. silver. Sulphate of silver as a cause of pin-
Another peculiarity of this developer is holesand zigzag markings on the plate was
the fact that the differences between long pointed out by my friend, Dr. Vogel, and
and short exposure may be to a considerable he found that nitrate of baryta for precipi-
extent ignored by regulating the develop- tating the sulphide of silver acted as a
ment. I have seen two halves of a stereo- remedy, and that the presence of the baryta
scopic plate exposed, one twenty seconds in the bath promoted intensity. Unfortu-
and the other five seconds, and after devel- nately, it was found to cause a precipitate
opment no perceptible difference existed of sulphate of baryta on the plate when it
between the two, that which had short ex- came into contact with the sulphate of iron
posure simply receiving in compensation a in development, and this precipitate was
more prolonged application of the devel- equivalent to fog. Mr. Henderson has as-
oper. As carbonate of ammonia is a some- certained that the semi-opacity caused by
what troublesome substance to deal with, this deposit at once disappears on varnish-
being of very uncertain constitution, one ing the plate, so that he presents his boon
or two hints on the subject may be useful. to the public without a drawback.
There are various carbonates of ammonia, Removing Metallic Stains from Negatives.
but the commercial article, when fresh and — A correspondent recently mentions an
in good condition, is a sesquicarbonate, and experience worth putting on record, as al-
is soluble in something less than three parts though the capable and careful photogra-
of water at 60° Fahr., so that a solution of pher will as a rule avoid having stains, it
double the strength used by Col. Wortley iswell to be able to get rid of them when
might be obtained. If warm water be em- by some accident they do occur, which is
ployed, a decomposition ensues, issuing in sure to be upon a negative otherwise excel-
a precipitate of bicarbonate of ammonia, lent. My correspondent says
which is much less soluble, leaving mono- "The other day, having taken a negative,
carbonate in solution. As the bicarbonate I found, after washing it, that it exhibited
is not the active agent in development, and metallic stains on the surface of the film.
as the commercial carbonate rapidly passes As I did not consider these stains would
into the bicarbonate when exposed to the interfere with the image itself, I proceeded
air, it will probably be found wise, on ob- to intensify with diluted tincture of iodine.
taining a supply of the proper article, to After having washed the plate well, I held
make a saturated solution at once, keeping it up to the light to ascertain whether it
it closely stopped when not in use ; the pre- was sufficiently dense, and was much sur-
cipitate of bicarbonate may be disregarded. prised to find that the metallic stains had
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 525

disappeared. Other (not metallic) slight Mr. A. Pearsall in his answer made a
stains still remained, though much reduced. good beginning, and would have stated the
I have since repeated this method of re- case perfectly, had he not claimed too much
moving stains from the all but varnished for the operator. None of those who have
negative, with similar results." taken part in the discussion seem to view the
The British Association. —The British As- ordinary operator as one possessing some
sociation for the advancement of science amount of artistic knowledge either paint- ;

has just held annual meeting. At one

its ing him as the finished artist, with a knowl-
time photographic communications of great edge of chemical manipulation ; or an indi-
interest were common at its meetings but ; vidual who is not fit to put his nose outside
this year the photographic interest was al- the door of his gloomy sanctum. These
most nil. M. Janssen explained how he in- are the extreme views, and no doubt An-
tended to photograph the transit of Venus, derson means that when the operator ap-
and Dr. Gladstone exhibited and explained proaches the artist in skill he ceases to be
some photographs of fluorescent substances ;
classed among the dark-room brotherhood.
but these and some minor matters were all This appears to me to beg the question, as
the papers appertaining to photography. there are few operators who work entirely
in the manipulatory department ; therefore
the argument, on a basis which does not

Tweedledum and Tweedledee really exist, is a vain and unprofitable one.

BY W. HEIGHWAY. I cannot see that " Critic's " wail, in the

last number of the Photographer, helps us
The vexed question of the supremacy of
much on this subject. As protesting against
the artist and the dark-room man, just
the manipulation ignoramus of an artist, it
now receiving such serious discussion, has,
is clever enough, and leads us to the belief
it appears to me, been treated in the most
that in many matters of gallery routine the
extreme manner by the partisans on the
artist should defer to the operator, but as
one side and the other. I should like to
there are few photographic artists (if more
have seen a nearer approach to the real
than one or two), who know nothing of the
state of affairs than has yet been quoted.
trials and troubles of the dark-room, it does
The article calling up the discussion, which
not appear that he has done much to throw
appeared in the Year-Book of Photography
light on the subject.
for 1873 (London), instances a great artist
Let the artist do his part well, and the
who produces a splendid photograph. His
operator be an intelligent aid to him, and
operator is left entirely out in the cold, for
let the question, " Who shall be first?" cease
the author " Why, Kobinson (the
says,
to trouble the mind of the profession. In the
name much-abused slinger of devel-
of this
proper discharge of their several duties,
oper) could no more have made that pic-
each will have quite enough to feel proud of
ture, than he could have jumped over the
without endeavoring to bag all the game.
moon. To Brown (the superlative artist),
to Brown alone, was the credit due." " Act well your part, there all the honor lies."

And then the author proceeds to point a

moral, that rare and secret formulae, won-
derful collodions, and magical baths, have THE N. P. A. FUNDS.
nothing to do with this beautiful work, and We are glad to see that a number of the
winds up by "running a muck " with one members of the National Photographic As-
of his wonderful specimens of invective of sociation still have faith in it, and that they

the " bosh " order. Now, I am a mild man
and would sacrifice anything for the sake of
peace and quiet, but on behalf of my breth-
ren of the dark-room, I venture to place on
record a tiny remonstrance against this
sweeping appropriation of all the credit to
the artist.
have responded promptly and liberally to
the call of the Executive Committee both
for the advance dues and for the assessment
found necessary to remove the debt of the
Association. It is hoped that the remainder
will soon follow suit, and that the Executive
Committee can soon announce the Associa-
526 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
tion out of debt and with good prospects for working is often attributable to the light,
future usefulness. This is much to be de- though the conditions may be such that one
sired. There is a big work ahead, which, if might suppose there could be nothing to de-
prosecuted, will surely result in great good sire in that respect. But it is well under-
to every member of the Association. Here stood that a clear blue sky is the poorest
in Europe (where we are now writing), our light we have. We may be at work to-day
Association is considered the grandest thing with a thin veil of white clouds in the sky,
forphotography that ever existed. Wher- giving a beautiful light, easily worked and
ever we have been we hear the most com- very rapid to-morrow morning we will
;

plimentary remarks concerning it. The have a clear blue sky and a bright, beauti-
report of the last meeting fills the photo- ful morning; but on going to work we will
graphic periodicals in England almost from find that where we gave from fifteen to
week to week, and is translated into Erench, twenty seconds to-day, we must then give
German, and Dutch. Thus you see good from thirty to thirty-five, and if to this be
seed is being scattered in all directions. added a falling of temperature, we will find
It is none too early either for us to begin a still greater difference.
to prepare for the great Centennial Exhibi- becomes us, then, to watch carefully
It
tion in 1876, and we hope to see the display the changes that affect our work, and apply
of photography there far, far ahead of this the right remedy, instead of proceeding
at Vienna. Keep up your band of union with measures that will only make matters
our splendid Association and we will ac- — worse. The effects of cold are slow setting
complish all of the collodion, so that the plate should
not be dipped so soon after flowing ; slow
coating in the bath, producing a thin, blue-

THINGS NEW AND OLD. looking film a very long exposure, and,
;

with the best that can be done, a negative

BY R. J. CHUTE.
with harsh contrasts, little detail in the
CHEMICALS IN COLD WEATHER. shadows, and lacking the most important
Every photographer in our Northern requirements of first-class work. Now let
latitudes is in some degree familiar with us see what can be done by the use of a

the difficulties incident to the approach and little heat. If the bath is not very large,
continuance of cold weather. As our frosty and time is important, take a plate, the
mornings come upon us we are surprised to largest the bath will carry, of double thick

find with chemicals that worked well the glass, clean and heat it as warm as the plate

day before great difficulty in getting suffi- will bear, either by the stove, over a gas
cient exposure, with what appears to be an flame, or register, and dip into the bath ;

excellent light. And unless we have be- this may warm it sufficiently. If it be a
come aware, by close observation, how sen- glass bath, or one that the outer surface

sitive our chemicals are to the changes of maybe easily exposed, an excellent method
temperature, we will hardly be led to right is to heat a slab of soapstone and lay it

conclusions as to the cause of the difficulty. against the outside of the bath. A very
We will be apt to charge the bath and col- large bath may be managed more easily b}r
lodion with freaks of which they are en- drawing off a portion of it at least, and
tirely innocent, and will probably institute heating it. I would caution any one against
some renovating process to cure the evil. placing a glass bath near a stove or other
But it should be remembered that a chilly heating surface, unless the precaution is
atmosphere, if not lower than 60° Eahr. will , taken to cover the portion not filled with
to affect the working of the chemi-
be likely the solution, as breakages from this cause
cals,and there is nothing to which slow are very common.
working should be so readily attributed as The bath should not be heated hot; a
cold, if the temperature will at all justify temperature of 75° or 80°, just sufficient to
such a conclusion. remove the chill. Too much heat will

It should be observed, however, that slow cause flatness or fog. After the bath, warm
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 527

the developer, and we will see a surprising
change for the better.
During the cold weather, the chemical
room should be kept at as even a tempera-
ture as possible. It is the most important
part of the gallery in this respect, and
unless it be properly attended to, and the
chemicals kept warm, either by directly
heating them or keeping the room warm,
uniformly good work in cold weather is an
impossibility.
which see below, of all the persons connected
with photograph}'' who received awards.
We have made notes on the pictures at
Vienna, which we shall reserve until our
next, owing to the lateness of the day on
which we are able to post this from Vienna.
"We congratulate our American friends and
regret that there are not more.
The cuts below give a very correct idea
of what the medal designs are like, except
as to size, the size heing much larger. The
medals are all of bronze.

DIPLOMA OF HONOR.
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDALS Societe Francaise de Photographie in Paris ;

AWARDED AT VIENNA. Josef Albert, hofphotograph in Miinchen ; K. k.

Photography at Vienna was amply re- Militar-geographiscb.es Institut in Wien ; Kaiserl.

russische Expedition zur Anfertigung der Staats-
warded, every possible kind of medal offered
papiere in St. Petersburg.
having been awarded to one branch or other
of our art, namely, for progress, merit, MEDAL FOR GOOD TASTE.
taste, and for the co-operator. Of this last W. Kurtz, New York, with mention of prog-
class, Mr. Elbert Anderson was the only ress H. P. Robinson and N. K. Cherrill, Tun-
;

one who received a medal in America. bridge Wells, with mention of progress Mrs. ;

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

Obverse of all medals. Reverse of all medals for merit. Reverse of all medals for progress.

Fig. 5.

Reverse of all medals for taste. Reverse of all medals for co-operators.

Julia M. Cameron, Freshwater Bay, Isle of

It will be remembered that these medals,
Wight Walery (Graf Ostrorog), Paris, Rue de
;

although bearing different names, are all of

Londres 9 bis M. B. Verveer, Haag ; Loescher
;

the same and only have a different

value, & Petsch, with mention of progress;
Berlin,
designation to show in what particular re- Franz Hanfstaengl (Edgar Hanfstaengl), Miin-
spect the productions of the successful com- chen Bernhard Johannes, Partenkirchen, Bai-
;

petitor excelled. We have prepared a list, ern Robert Eich, Dresden; Victor Angerer,
;
528 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Vienna, with mention of progress for landscape E. Lamy, Paris ; J. Levy & Co., Paris ; Cosquin,
work; A. Perlmutter, Vienna; Dr. J Szekley, Paris; Mathieu-Deroche, Paris; Comte G. de
Vienna Otto Schofft, Vienna and Cairo Karl
; ; Roydeville, Paris; L. Vidal, Marseilles; Gsell,
v. Jagemann, Vienna Carl Roller, Bistritz in ; Saigon; J. F. Camacho, Madeira; Observatorium
Siebenbiirgen. zu Lissbon ; Alviach&Co., Madrid; Zaragozano,
Madrid ; Laurent, Madrid F. Charnaux, Genf. ;

PROGRESS MEDAL. Richard & Baumeister, Genf. Taschler Brothers, ;

E. & H. T. Anthony, New York ; Muybridge, St. Gallen St. G alien Peter
; Tiischler-Signer, ;

San Francisco; C. E. Watkins, San Francisco; Guidi & Ritter Franz Panizzi, San Remo, Porto
Thomas Houseworth & Co., San Francisco E. ; Maurizio; Jacob Rossetti, Brescia; Anton Perini,
Amand-Durand, Paris E. Baldus, Paris Du- ; ;
Venice ; Witwe Isabelle
Anton Sorgato, Venice ;

boscq, Paris ; Harrison, Asnieres ; Jeanrenand, Cuccione, Rome; Heinrich Verzaschi, Rome;
Paris ; Lefruan & Lourdel, Paris ; A. Lumiere, Eurenius & Qvist, Stockholm G. Joop & Co., ;

Lyon; A. Merget, Lyon; Ch. Reutlinger, Paris; Stockholm W. Lundberg, Stockholm Selmer, ; ;

Rousselon (maison Goupil), Asnieres; Carlos Bergen L. Szacinski, Christiana; Hansen, Schou
;

Relvas, Oporto ; Vianelli Brothers, Venice ; & Weller, Copenhagen E. V. Harboe, Copen- ;

Karl Naja, Venice ; Alinari Brothers, Florence ; hagen J. Petersen, Copenhagen

; F. S. von ;

Budtz, Miiller & Co., Hofphotographen, Copen- Kolkow, Groningen Ministerium der Colonien, ;

hagen ; Mr. C. J. Asser, Amsterdam; Geruzet Hague Walter Damry, Liittich

; Josef Maes, ;

Brothers, Brussels ; Adolph Neyt, Ghent ; Bel- Antwerp; F. Reinecke, Hanover; Aug. G. Sten-
gische Kriegsdepot, Brussels ; Societe royale der, Lamspringe Ferd. Beyrich (Alb. Bergtnann ;

Beige de Photographie (J. Fierlandts), Brussels ; und Rud. Freyschmidt), Berlin, chemicals for
E. Bieber, Hamburg A. Braun, Dornach ;
photography ; Gustav Schucht, Berlin ; Reichard
Theodor Pruuim, Berlin; Gustav Fritsch, M.D., & Lindner, Berlin; J. C. Schaarw'ajhter, Berlin;
Berlin; A. Leisner, Waldenburg, Schlesien J. ; Otto Lindner, Berlin; Hugo Danz, Berlin ; Carl
B. Obernetter, Miinchen Rathenower optische ; Brasch, Berlin ; Moser, sen (Julius Moser), Ber-
Industrie-Anstalt (Emil Buseh), Rathenow Fr. ; lin ; Heinr. Schnaebeli, Berlin ; Hermann Riick-
Bruckmann, Miinchen; Ludwig Angerer, Vienna, wardt, Berlin Romaine Talbot, Berlin Gustav ; ;

with mention of good taste Franz Antoine, Vi- ; Schauer, Berlin Ludwig Harnecker, Wriezen ;

enna; Baldi & Wurthle, Salzburg; Wilh. Burger, a. 0. Heinrich Keller, Frankfort a. M.
; C. ;

Vienna; Julius Gertinger, Vienna; Ant. Gold- Borntrager, Wiesbaden Aug. Kampf, Aix-la- ;

mann, Vienna Karl Haack, Vienna Dr. Her-

; ; Chapelle Gustav Volkerling, Dessau ;Karl ;

mann Heid, Vienna; August Kohler, Vienna; Daiithendey, Wurzburg Johann Laifle, Regens- ;

Julius Leth, Vienna; Josef Lowy, Vienna; E. burg; Herm. Krohne, Dresden; Rommler & Jonas,
Rabending, Vienna; L. Schodisch, Vienna; G. Dresden; A. Kotzsch, Loschwitz bei Dresden;
Sebastianutti, Trieste; Freih. v. Stillfried, Vi- Schulz & Suck, Karlsruhe; Franz Richard, Hei-
enna; Joh. Graf Wilczek, Vienna; Maximilian delberg ; G. M. Eukert, Heidelberg ; Carl Holz-
H. Fajans, Warsaw; Carl J. Bergamasco, St. amer, Worms a. R. ; Joh. Verlag Nohring's,
Petersburg; Johann Mieczkowski, "Warsaw; Liibeck ; Benque & Kindermann (Conr. Heinr.
Moraitis Peter, Attica; P. Sebah, Constanti- Kindermann), Hamburg; G. Koppmann & Co.
nople (G. Koppmann), Hamburg Carl Damann, Ham- ;

MEDAL FOR MERIT. burg George Wolf & Co. (George Wolf), Ham-
;

burg; Auguste Colas-Baudelaire, Strasburg

Scovill Manufacturing Company, New York,
Friedr. Peter, Strasburg J. F. Schippang & Co.,
apparatus; Wm R. Howell, New York; James
Berlin ; M. Gemoser, Munich
;

; F. Fessler's (suc-
Landy, Cincinnati Henry Richman, Cincinnati
;

cessors to A. Stegmann), Berlin; Dr. Oidtmann,

Charles Bierstadt, Niagara Falls Henry Rocher, ;

Linnich bei Aachen ; Dr. Stein, Frankfort on

Chicago ; Henschel & Benque, Rio Janeiro ;

Main ; Beer & Mayer, Graz ; Leopold Bude,

Douglas Wane Marshall, Isle of Man ; T. M.
Graz; Tom Burato, Ragusa ; August Angerer,
Brownrigg, Dublin Frank Haes, London F. ; ;

Vienna; Alois Beer, Klagenfurt; Beczedes, Vi-

Beasley, Jr.,London London Stereoscopic and ;

enna; Friedrich Bopp, Innsbruck; A. F. Czihak,

Photographic Co., London Colonel Stuart Wort-
Vienna; M. Frankenstein & Co., Vienna; C. H.
;

ley, London Abel Lewis, London A. Darlot,

; ;
Haufler, Vienna Max Jaffe, Vienna W. F. ; ;

Paris, optical apparatus ; A. Dauphinot, Rheims; Jantsch, Reichenberg Rosa Jenik, Vienna; G. ;

Ferrier & Lecadre, Paris ; Fleury-Hermagis, Klocs, Vienna Franz Knebel, Vienna Oskar ; ;

Paris, lenses ; G. Fortier, Paris ; Franck de Ville- Kramer, Vienna; Karl Kroh, Vienna; Karl
cholle, Paris; Geymet & Alker, Paris; Jules Matzner, Vienna; August Red, Linz J. B. ;

Girard, Paris ; J. Lachenal. Favre & Co., Paris; Rottmayer, Trieste Julius Schindler, Vienna ; ;
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 529

Johann Schopf, Vienna N. Stockmann, Vienna ; ;

ger, Munich ; Christ. Schildknecht, Fiirth; Hans
Guido Trapp, Briinn Othmar v. Turk, Vienna ; ;
Hanfstaengl, Hofphotograph (Karl Aug. Teich),
Josef Ungar, Vienna; F. Friedrich, Prague; Dresden Freimund Edlich, Dresden
; Wolf, ;

Hubert Ginzel, Reichenburg Franz Largajoli, ; Constance Ruf & Dilger, Freiburg, Baden A.
; ;

Meran Emil Lotze (Verlag von Moser), Bozen

; ;
Brauneck, Mentz H. Greiner & Co., Apolda ; ;

A. Moll, k. k. Hoflieferant, Vienna Johann ; R. Hennig, Berlin ; W. Champes, Hamburg

Reiner, Klagenfurt ; Awit. Szubert, Krakau George Rotter Co. Dresden; Gabriel Worlein, <fc ,

Trapp & Munch, Vienna ; Karl Diwald, Pesth ;

Berlin; Grabe & Co., Kiel; Johannes
J. C.
EdouardEllinger, Pesth ; Franz Kozmata, Pesth ;
Herzog, Bremen George Wachsmuth & Co., ;

Michael Rupprecht, Oedenburg Franz Veress, ; Dresden Beute & Stolze, Hamburg M. Rom-
; ;

Klausenburg ; Wohlfarth & Lovich, Ofen ; Hein- mel, Stuttgart Max Auerbach, Vienna and ;

rich Denier, St. Petersburg ; Carl C. Rottger, Arad. Antonie Bogner, Vienna Eder & Novicki,
; ;

St. Petersburg ; D. Birkin, Kijew ; Ferdinand Vienna and Leinberg B. Henner, Przemysl ;

Kloch & Meletius Dutkewitsch, Warsaw ; Kostka Josef Hoffmann, Vienna Edmund Kozics, Press ;

& Mulert, Warsaw; Mann, St. Petersburg; burg Ig. Krakowsky. Vienna L. Mioni, Trieste
; ;

Roudneff Brothers, Daguestan ; Aug. Kollas, A. Mutterer, Vienna Heinr. Eckert, Prague ;

Corfu ; Von Szathmary, Bukarest. Rosenbach, Lemberg Xaver Massak, Vienna ,

HONORABLE MENTION. Karl Skutta, Wr. Neustadt Ed. Trzemesky, ;

Lemberg Friedr. Wendling, Vienna; Ernestine

W. Schwind & E. Krueger, New York; Leon ;

Holbling, Vienna Antonio Jelaska, Ragusa ;

Van Loo, Cincinnati, Ohio; Emil P. Spahn,

G. Jelinek, Vienna, albumen paper and passe-
Newark, New Jersey Unnevehr, New York ;
;

partouts Thaddeus Immler, Bregenz Karl &

Joaquim Insley Pacheco, Rio de Janeiro ;
George ; ;

Rudolf Mahlknecht, Vienna Prof. A. Mayssl,

Leuzinger, Rio de Janeiro A. Riedel, Minas ;
;

Briinn Giuseppe Popovich, Spalato

; Franz ;

Geraes Charles A. Ferneley, Scalford Road,

;

Reisinger, Hernals Julius Schleegel, Reichen-

Melton Mowbray George Hare, London Lueh-
;

; ;

berg ; Franz Scholz, Vienna; Gio. Batta Unter-

lan McLachlan, Manchester Lemere Bedford, ;

weger, Trient Albert Doctor, Pesth Bela

London ; A. Bernoud, Lyons ; Nuina Blanc, Nice; ; ;

Gevay, Pesth ; Ignaz Schrecker, Pesth ; Ant.

Victor David, Courbevoie(Seine); Dubroni, Paris;
Garin, Jr., Paris; A. Liebert, Paris; Geiser,
Simonyi, Pesth ; Max Stern, Trentschin ; Schi-
vert, Hermannstadt ; Marnitz, St. Petersburg
Algiers; C. H. Luttringer, Paris; Salleron, Paris; ;

Michel P. Nastjukoff, Moscow Baron Johann ;

Rocchini, Lisbon; Fernandes Souza, Porto; E.
Mannteufel, Riga; K. Schultz, Dorpat Conrad ;
Julia, Madrid ; E. Otero, Madrid ; Almagro,
Murcia Ortiz, Seville; Karl Cru, Geneva; A.
Brandel, Warsaw ; Hilfs-Comite des Caucasus ;
;

Administration des ponts et chaussees, Caucasus;

Gabler ; J. Ganz ; F. Jungmann, Basil ; F. Rich-
Ingenieur-Verwaltung des Caucasus ; Bahuver-
ard Sohn, Zurich ; Vittorio Besso, Biella, Turin;
bindungs-Comite des Caucasus Barkanoff, Tiflis
Angelo Delia Croce, Milan Ritter Franz Hey- ;
; ;

land, Milan Peter Bertoja, Venice; Prof. Lud-

Alex. & Jos. Kova, Beyrut ; D. Michailides ;
;

Giuseppe Berinda, Crete.

wig Borlinetto, Padua E. Beehles & Co., Rome ; ;

Angiolini & Co., Bologna Michael Schemboche, ;

co-workers' medal.
Florence Ludwig Lamarra, Naples George
; ;

Sommer, Naples Achille Mauri, Naples; Anton ; Elbert Anderson, with W. Kurtz, New York;
Montagna, Lecco Agostino Lai Rodriguez, Cag- ; Huguenin, Chef des travaux photographiques a,
liari Vincenz Seveso, Milan C. G. W. Carle-
; ; Tecole des pons et chaussees, Paris ; Carl Fischer,
man, Stockholm H. Osti, Upsala 0. Wiklund, ; ; with Fr. Bruckmann, Munich; Carl Quidde, with
Westeras K. Knudsen, Christiana A. C. B.
; ; Gust. Schauer, Berlin ; Hans Hartmann, with
Lonborg, Copenhagen Copenhagen ; L. Nielsen, ;
Loescher & Petsch, W. Becker, with Berlin ;

S. Nielsen, Slagelse C. Petersen, Copenhagen ; ;

Theod'. Prumm, Berlin C. Schwier, Berlin ;
;

V. Tillge, Copenhagen Binger & Chits, Harlem; ; Julius Adam, Ludwig Froschle, Anton Meier,
Francois Deron, Brussels; Ladislav Straszak, with J. Albert, Munich A. BeyersdorfF, with ;

Brussels ; August Utecht,

Carl Suck, Berlin ; Carl Kroh, Vienna ; H. Zinsler, with J. B. Rott-
Berlin Richard Falk, Berlin
; Ernst Lucke & ;
mayer. Trieste ;
Kl. Langer, with Dr. J. Szekely,
Fischer, Berlin; Rud. Hoffmann, Berlin; Adolf Vienna; Turk, with E. Rabending, Vienna; C.
Schwarz, Brandenburg a. H.; Mondel & Jacob, Schilhabel (Mariot) im k. k. Military Geographi-
Wiesbaden; Fr. Wilde, Gorlitz B. Voelkel, ; cal Institute, Vienna ; C. Schierer, with A. Moll,
Neisse; 0. v. Busch & Co., Hirschberg, Schlesien; Vienna ; J. Beck, with A. v. Jagemann, Vienna ;

E. Kiewning, Greifswalde, Pommern ; Schultze, W. Perlmutter, with Adele Perlmutter, Vienna ;

Brunswick; Arno Kersten, Altenburg ; G. Bott- Edm. Violand, with Fr. Bopp, Innsbruck; G.
530 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Scamoni, in der kais. russ. Expedition zur An- Now it will be seen that if less light is
fertigung der Credit-papiere, St. Petersburg ; wanted, the screen is so placed to the source
Laroche, with P. Sebah, Constantinople.

A DOZEN EXQUISITE PICTURES.

Loescher § Petsch's Display at Vienna.

In a rather secluded place at the Vienna

Exhibition, neatly but plainly framed, hang
twelve photographs from 11 x 14 plates, the
entire display of Loescher & Petsch, Berlin,
Prussia, and the "best twelve" pictures
there. They secured two medals to their
talented exhibitors, and they are certainly
worthy of them, for they are exquisite works
of art. They show several varieties of pose,
lighting, and style, and some of them are of
groups, but the most of single figures. It
will not be forgotten by many photogra-
of light as to intercept it, and the black
phers of America that to the card pictures
screens are drawn, and vice versa if more
of Loescher & Petsch, imported into this
light is needed. Or the effect may be modi-
country and eagerly sought for as studies,
fied to any degree simply by arranging the
the progress made in American photogra-
cloth screens to suit, or the cloth may be
phy was in a great measure due. Hoping
pushed aside altogether or in part, above or
for a similar result in larger work, we have
below, just as you please, or according to
arranged with the artists named for the sale
the object you have in view.
of this "best twelve" in America, at a re-
It is one of the handiest screens we have
markably low price, considering their qual-
seen for a good while, and will be easily
ity. The entire set will be expressed to any
understood by reference to the drawing.
address for $30. A few sets are on hand
now and may be seen at our office. Parties
ordering by mail will have good prints, as
they are all good, being printed by Loescher TO PREVENT BLISTERS.
& Petsch in Berlin, in their best style.
To the Editor oe the Photographer:
They will double the attractions of any
Aeter reading your holiday number of the
studio, and as studies are simply beyond
Photographer, I find that not one of the
price.
many speakers and writers at the "Buffalo
Convention" could give a sure cure, or
rather preventive, of blisters. I have my-
A USEFUL SIDE SCREEN. self tried all the remedies there proposed,
While in St. Louis, a year ago or with only partial success. I tried alum and
more, in the studio of Messrs. Cramer & sometimes had yellow prints but I look ;

Gross, we saw a very useful contrivance upon alum "hypo" as a

in connection with
used as a side screen for modifying the light very unsafe mixture if permanency of prints
on the subject. It consisted of a frame of is regarded. The reason is obvious, since
the size and height of an ordinary back- alum contains sulphuric acid often in a free
ground frame, mounted on castors as shown state.
in the figure. From side to side two rows For the your readers, let me
benefit of
of heavy iron wire are stretched. On one state my experience
and my remedy. Until
row white cloth is hung and on the other about two years ago blisters troubled me
black cloth, the one back of the other. rarely. About that time it occurred to me
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 531

that I could hasten the elimination of the Device for Vignetting in the Camera 1

hypo from the by following the cook's

prints and Screen Combined.
maxim or rule for freshening salt fish, which
BY WM. H. KIBBE.
is, to place the fish in water, skin upwards
As dodges are the order of the day, I will
to permit the denser brine to sink down. I
add my mite to the list, that is if you think
therefore kept my prints in the washing
it worthy. It is used for vignetting in the
water face upward or porous side downward.
camera and as a screen for softening the
I soon found that my prints were rarely
side-and top-light. I use a frame covered
entirely free from blisters, but attributed
with tissue-paper, fitted in a frame of iron-
the evil to other causes, and tried all the
wire, so that it will play and can be used
"cures" I heard of unsuccessfully, as stated
at any angle it is fitted in the standard of
Eeflecting upon the subject and
;
above.
a head-rest. I have another frame covered
noticing how bubbles formed on the prints
with cardboard, with an oval opening, and
as they lay in the water, I came to the con-
painted a suitable color, for a vignetter
clusion that the cook's rule must be wrong,
they both fit in the wire frame, and can be
that as the salt (or hypo) came in contact
changed in a moment. I send you a sketch
with fresh water, the less dense solution so
formed would naturally escape upwards, to
say nothing of the formation of gases as
suggested at Buffalo by Mr. Hall. Suffice
it to say, that I immediately changed my
"tactics." For the last five or six months
I have not allowed my prints to lie in water
face upwards except for a brief examination.
I take them one by one out of the fixing
bath and immerse them in fresh water, and
as I have to economize water, change them
in the same way each time from one dish
into another. The consequence is, that
though using the same paper and working
the same way, I have not seen a blister
since. -,

This remedy is certainly simple and

harmless. I will not trouble you with my
theory on the subject, but hope that my
brother artists will try it and report results. of the apparatus, aud if you think it worthy
Allow me to say in conclusion that while of a place in the Journal, you are at liberty
I acknowledge the " N. P. A." a great in- to use it, that is, if it don't conflict with any
stitution for those who can avail themselves patent. I use for the frames display cards
of its benefits, yet a live journal like the of (played out) insurance companies, the
Photographei' is of vastly more importance iron work cost fifty cents, so you see it has
to the whole fraternity, since all can avail the merit of cheapness anyway.
themselves of it and be benefited by the in-
struction of its pages. Let both be sus-
tained, but if either must fail, let it not be A full attendance of the members of
the journal. the Boston Photographic Association is re-
J. E. S. quested on the evening of Friday, Novem-
ber 7th, at the studio of Mr. J. W. Black.
Matters of interest to operators will come up
North & Oswald, Toledo, Ohio, have for action. By order of
sent us a package of very attractive stereo
J. W. Black,
views made by Mr. North. They represent President.
street scenes, groups, &c, and evidence J. H. Hallenbeck,
careful and experienced manipulation. Secretary.
532 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. a depth and brilliancy whichalmost sur-

The Vienna Exhibition — German and Aus-

passes theenlargements on silver paper.
Albert makes enlargements in a peculiar
trian Photographers.
manner he coats a sheet of paper with
;

Amongst all the non-Austrian States chromate of gelatin, and exposes it. directly
Germany has the largest and most varied in the enlarging apparatus. The paper is
representation ; it has one hundred photo- washed, and he prints afterwards from the
graphic exhibitors, twice as many as Paris. so-exposed gelatin film. A
sheet will stand
When we compare the last French exhibi- about twenty-five copies, which is generally
tion with the present one we are struck with a sufficiently large number.
the prevalence of a new branch of photog- I hear that Albrecht is at present making
raphy, the " lichtdruck" (light-print). experiments about combining lichtdruck
Through the exertions of Albrecht, of Mu- with printing in colors, and the indefatiga-
nich, this process passed in 1868 from the ble zeal of the man leads us to expect in-
state of experiment to practical importance. teresting results. Carbon-printing is not
Six lichtdruck establishments are repre- nearly so well represented as the lichtdruck ;

sented in the German department of the even improvements made by John-

Vienna Exhibition, and there are as many
more which are not represented their
number increases daily. It is scarcely to
be hoped that the lichtdruck will supplant
the silver print, for so far the silver print
by far surpasses the lichtdruck in quality
and even if the latter should yield equal
results the manipulations would be too
troublesome where it is necessary to make
but a dozen pictures. When
thousands of copies is required the fineness
after the
son it does not seem to gain headway. If
;
the latest improvement, made by Marion,
will lead to its more general introduction,
remains to be seen. My experiments with
Marion's process, were not successful. The
; only prominent exhibitor of carbon prints
is Braun, of Dornach. He exhibits copies
of the drawings of the old masters, and re-
productions of the paintings in the Louvre
an edition of and in the Vatican. Braun also exhibited
a number of landscapes these, however,;

of the silver print no longer necessary.

is were destroyed by the fire of the Alsatian
For reproductions, studies, technical draw- House. The other printing processes, as
ings, maps, representations of objects from heliography and photolithography, are but
natural history, pictures of less delicacy will sparingly represented in the German exhi-
suffice, where the new process
and here it is bition ; another branch, however, flourishes.
is of incalculable value. The Vienna Pho- I refer to the burnt-in pictures on porcelain
tographic Association has multiplied by this by Eeisner, of Waldenburg (a city which
process all the plates which have been taken has very large porcelain factories). Leisner
of the exhibition. Obernetter, of Munich, exposes them in a great many different
is making them and, indeed, he has suc-
; ways. Portraits, landscapes, sculptures, flow-
ceeded so admirably that most people be- ers, bank-notes, we find represented on por-
lieve them to be photographs. But not only celain. The flower-pots with burnt-in
in Germany flourishes the lichtdruck. We landscapes are very handsome, so also the
find it in Holland, Belgium, Austria, Eng- Egyptian vases with Egyptian views. His
land, Sweden, and Russia, and even in Tur- burnt-in portraits are certainly the finest in
key in Constantinople it is practiced by
;
the exhibition. Stender, of Lamspring, ex-
the photographer Sebah. Another new hibits photographs on porcelain
also
and interesting process, the Woodbury pro- amongst these there are ornaments in gold
cess, is but slimly represented. Bruckman, copied from drawings, which have been
of Munich, who introduced this process in converted into gold and transferred to por-
his large establishment, is the only one in celain.
Germany who exhibits Woodburytypes. But I have to select what first strikes the
The finest lichtdruck pictures areexhibited eye,and these are the German portraits.
by its inventor, Albrecht ;
particularly his This branch will flourish so long as human
enlargements attract attention. They show vanity exists, and the speculation in it will
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 533

always be a profitable one ; for whoever would have known that the lady was writ-
speculates on human frailties will succeed ing. The artist succeeded finally by dyeing
better tban he who builds on human virtues. the quill light yellow (with coffee), and now
We have in Germany about 10,000 portrait the effect was excellent. This is only an
photographers, whose productions, however, example to show how very careful we must
are not all suitable for exhibition, butwe miss, be. Some one will succeed with a still-life

amongst those who exhibit, some of the best picture on the first attempt, but that is only
and most advanced in this branch. Milster accident, because all the articles selected
and Wigand are not represented. But one accidentally harmonize. And many really
firm excels above all others ; I mean Loescher very handsome pictures are frequently the
& Petsch. Their productions are so well work of accident. Loescher & Petsch have
known America that it is scarely worth
in left nothing to accident ; every piece of the
while to refer to them especially. Loescher picture to the footstool, and the sofa against
& Petsch exhibit a number of genre pic- the wall, is selected with understanding
tures of large size (10 x 12) ; the ideas are nothing disturbs ; everything is in place.
of a very plain character — a group around All these pictures are drawing-room
the fireplace ; a lady examining an album ;
scenes. Loescher & Petsch have, however,
another reading, or winding up a clock ; in with a great deal of tact, done the same as
short, nothing which we would call a strik- painters generally do. Many feel surprised
ing motive, and still with what excellent that painters like to beg old pieces of furni-
taste have they been executed. Those who ture of centuries back in the Eenaissance,
generally exhibit pictures of still-life forget or a Eococo style, and with these they sur-
what is necessary to make a finished picture. round their pictures. The painter knows
I saw in America a splendid still-life pic- very well that his models look much more
ture,an old bookworm studying an old vol- picturesque amongst these surroundings
ume. The face and the expression left noth- than amongst our tedious modern furniture.
ing to be desired, but the man was placed Loescher & Petsch have taken advantage of
in front of an empty background, which this, and the results which they have ob-
betrayed at once the atelier ; and, besides, tained are important hints for the zealous
the floor was covered with a carpet which photographer. In this class of work
neither fitted to his costume nor the period Loescher & Petsch have but two rivals who
which he intended to represent. I saw an- can approach them the one is Professor
;

other picture, boys in front of a garden wall, Koller, of Bistritz (Hungarian exhibition),
smoking, but the wall was so white and and Schoefft, of Alexandria (Austrian de-
glaring, and the shirt sleeves of the boys so partment).
white, that only by and by one was able to Of we have to mention
other portraitists
understand what the artist intended to rep- J. Bieber and M. Schaarwachter. The
resent. A figure
easily posed is a few ac- ;
latter distinguished himself by great deli-
pen and ink, are readily
cessories, a table, cacy in the negative retouch, which leaves
got together, but it is very difficult to ar- the characteristics of the face unaltered.
range these matters in a picture, in such a Eich, of Dresden, has also furnished some
manner that they harmonize, and that they excellent portraits. They are toned in a
convey the idea which it is intended to ex- manner resembling the .Rembrandt style.
press. I know a picture of a lady writing This style is but little represented in the
a letter. The artist who took it placed in exhibition. Kampf, in Aixla Chapelle, ex-
the hand of his model a goose-quill — hibits some fine pictures in the Adam Salo-
goose-quill looks much handsomer than a mon style.
stiff steel penholder —but the quill looked so Very able portraitists are also Theo. Prum
glaringly white in the picture that it spoiled and Schulz & Suck, of Carlsruhe; the lat-
the effect. The artist substituted now a ter work in the same style as Loescher &
black penholder ; this did not disturb the Petsch. As the latest novelty they exhibit
harmony any longer, but the holder was in- some pictures after the manner of Van der
visible, and no one who saw the picture Weyde. The way in which Dantz treats
35
534 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
his negatives is peculiar. He takes a por- most peculiar kinds of photographs are the
trait before an empty background, and panoramic views of cities taken as bird's
afterwards scratches or retouches alandscape eye views by Laifle, of Regensburg. He
or a room on the negative. It is done with takes views of cities from a high steeple
a great deal of skill, but requires a good and pastes them together; these pictures
draughtsman. In enlargements Germany are placed in a kind of show-box, and
has but show the only ones worth
little to ; viewed through a lens. The effect is not,
mentioning are those of Hanfstengel of bad one.
Munich, Schwartz of Brandenburg, and On a grand scale the reproduction of oil
Kinderman of Hamburg. Next we have paintings has developed itself. There is
two collections of the pictures of different scarcely a new painting of any painter
nationalities ; the one a number of very which not carried directly to the photog-
is

ugly but very characteristic pictures of rapher. In Berlin we have three large estab-
Malays, Hindoos, Negroes, Coolies, Chinese, lishments devoted to copying oil paintings ;

&c, taken directly from nature, and a in Munich there are as many.
There are
number of charming pictures in costume, several in Dresden and Dusseldorf, and the
representing the national dress of different pictures are shipped to all parts of the world,
nations, all handsome girls of German ori- over land and sea. In the Exhibition, only
gin, which the photographer Hanfstengel Bruckmann and Hanfstengel, of Munich,
has selected and posed with much judgment. and Schauer, of Berlin, are represented.
Hanfstengel's reproductions of oil paintings Besides these we have large establishments
are also very good. It is peculiar that for devoted to taking the monuments of art of
all his larger portraits and still-life pictures all ages. Nahring, of Lubeck, has photo-
he takes plain salted paper, as in his opin- graphed all the most important churches,
ion the effect is more artistic ; only for re- buildings, sculptures, &c, of Germany,
productions of oil paintings he uses albumen Italy, Belgium, and Holland; the pictures
paper, the gloss of which corresponds with are of large size. Boettger, of Munich, takes
the gloss of the painting. pictures of old-fashioned buildings ; a very
Of especial interest are some scientific rich material is at his disposal for art in-
objects of photographic origin, particularly struction. It is only to be regretted that
the splendid roicrophotographs of Dr. these gentlemen take only large-sized pic-
Fritsch, which are unquestionably the finest tures, and disdain to make stereos or magic
in the exhibition. lantern slides. Beinecke, of Hanover, dis-
Landscape photography is pretty well tinguishes himself amongst the architectural
represented, but has not as many zealous photographers by fine interiors, and Buck-
workers as portraiture. When we compare wardt, of Berlin, by the magnificent pictures
the number of portrait photographs with of villas in the neighborhood of Berlin. A
those of landscape artists, we find for one peculiar specialty are the photographs of
hundred of the former scarcely one of the animals by Schnabeli, in which one does not
latter. The public buys a landscape picture know where photography commences and
not so much for the sake of its beauty, but painting ceases.
rather as a remembrance of scenes enjoyed, Of new material and apparatus we only
or for the completion of an album of travel, mention Talbot's permanent silver paper.
and to the worst picture the preference is This is not only of importance to the ama-
often given, provided it is cheap. This is teur, who will save himself the trouble of
the reason why we see so much trash amongst sensitizing, but it is used to a large extent
landscape photography. However, Eckert by mechanics and engineers for copying
and Kichard, of Heidelberg, have made —
drawings the same process which Walker,
splendid pictures ;
so also do the pictures of of Washington, has employed for years.
Volkerling, of Dessau, deserve much praise The Austrian exhibition is still grander
and an album by Kolzsch, which gives us than the German one. To the Austrian
very well-selected views of the charming exhibitors unlimited space was granted.
scenery in the mountains of Saxony. The They selected it almost at pleasure. They
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK. 535

waited and examined the objects forwarded the theatre face to face, whose pictures I
by other nations, and when everything was had admired in Berlin as beauties. It is

nearly ready they commenced to arrange said that in Berlin they will no longer en-
their own exhibition, and carefully rejected gage an actress by her picture, except it is
everything which could not compete with an untouched negative.
other nations. The consequence is that the In Vienna large-size pictures are the fa-
Austrian exhibition is excellent throughout; vorites. Enlargements are very plentiful in
scarcely anything of medium quality is to the Vienna exhibition. The average of
be found. Austria is a rich country, and these will scarcely satisfy the American; he
this is of great importance for the develop- has been accustomed to see better pictures,
ment of photography. No matter in how for in enlargements the Americans are
many smaller principalities the state is ahead of all other nations. The most ef-
divided — Slavonians, Germans, Italians, fective pieces in this branch are by Luck-
Hungarians, and Poles — who are con- hardt and Adele these two seem to share
;

stantly quarrelling amongst themselves, the glory. Luckhardt seems to be the most
and who may, sooner or later, lead to a dis- fashionable photographer. Adele generally
ruption — still the country is rich, and de- is satisfied with an empty background, while

velops in spite of all internal strife in its Luckhardt surrounds his persons generally
interior, an almost dazzling splendor, not with drawing-room scenery, against which
only in the city of Vienna in its magnificent we might object that too often the painted
palaces in the "King" street, but also in background becomes too prominent. A
works of art. The photographers of Austria plastic background would give better effects.
have exhibited elegantly they have saved no ;
Luckhardt takes most generally carte-de-
expense. In Luckhardfs tableau the frame visite sized pictures. His stereos of Vienna

is a piece of art, and art carving has con- beauties are very attractive.
tributed its part. Only Kurtz, of America, His colleagues, G-ertinger, Dr. Seekely,
has exhibited with still greater magnifi- Jagemann, and Turk, have generally ex-
cence. hibited pictures of larger size. They de-
The Vienna photographers are especially serve much attention. From an artistic
conspicuous. Vienna is the capital of the standpoint the works of Jagemann deserve
empire, perhaps the gayest city on the face the preference. One sees at once that he
of the earth. Every one who wants to en- understands how to place a head in the most
joy himself and get rid of his money, travels artistic pose, a gift which many able pho-
there. The exhibition of the most showy tographers do not possess.
luxury is considered in fashion, and photog- Dr. Seekely exhibits, besides some good
raphy willingly lends its aid to immortalize pictures, several which good taste should
this display. Every gay Viennese beauty not tolerate. Next to the female heads, we
rushes to the photographer to have her latest consider most attractive the still-life pic-

dress shown the most advantage in

off to tures of Schoeffs. These represent scenes
her picture.Beauty is there in abundance, of Egyptian life, with a truthfulness, beauty
and the photographer understands it to of arrangement, and technical perfection,
make capital out of it. The negative re- that we cannot praise too highly. Master-
touch originated there ; in Vienna it cele- pieces are the camel driver, boys driving
brated its greatest triumph. donkeys, Egyptian women carrying water.
The art to make a faded princess of the These need only be painted in oil in order
theatre appear twenty years younger, to to make a perfect painting. The Austrian
smooth the wrinkles of the face until they exhibition has but few of Schoeffs's pictures.
become invisible, is well understood here. Most of them are in the Egyptian building.
Never have I seen such thorough work as in Amongst the landscapes are the views of
Vienna. However, it is not the question to the Salzburg Alps, by Baldi, of Salzburg,
create works of art, but to flatter the vanity the best, not only excellent panoramic
of the gay Viennese. views, but also small landscape views, dis-
I was astonished when I saw the ladies of tinguished by a well-selected standpoint ,
 536 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
good aerial perspective, fine tone and finish. ITEMS FROM BOSTON.
Next to him is Victor Angerer, of Itsch.
Boston, October 10th, 1873.
He exhibited very fine studies. The land-
Messrs. Editors : Having noticed the
scapes of Dr. Heid have more technical
superiority of the following for the devel-
value. Artistically better are the land-
oping of negatives, I send it for the benefit
scapes by Botze, of Botzen, but the most
of the dark-room workers (perhaps it is
interesting are the pictures of Eastern
nothing new).
Asia, by Baron Stillfried and Burger, as
well as those from the extreme North, of
Stock Solution. —Dissolve in as small a
quantity of water as possible (hot) four
Nova Zembla, by Count Wilzeck and Bur-
pounds of the salts of iron and ammonia
ger. These views are well selected the ;
then add one pound white rock candy
technical execution is excellent. Baron
when dissolved, evaporate the mass to crys-
Stillfried has given to his picture a very
tallization (use an evaporating dish) use
suitable frame made from bamboo.
;

the same as the ordinary protosulphate of

L. Angerer and Kabending enjoy in Aus-
iron. I have seen the most successful re-
tria a good reputation for the variety of
sultsfrom using the compound as above
their work, but the Exhibition does not
made, and it is greatly superior to many
furnish the proof of it on the other hand,
;

others.
we have to mention Loewy as a very skil-
As the time for porcelain pictures is
ful artist in various branches. He takes
nearly at hand, I send the following for-
good portraits ; his landscapes are very fine,
mula, which cannot be surpassed :

architectural views, enlargements, licht-

druck, photolithography, all of superior No. 1.

quality. Plain Collodion, 1 ounce.

Original productions are the still-life pic- Chloride of Magnesium, . . 3 grains.
tures by Kosa Jeniks. They betray a cer-
No. 2.
tain talent for artistic arrangement, but the
Nitrate of Silver, 8 grains.
pictures fail to express
.
it. Sebastianutti,
Nitrate of Uranium, 1 grain.
of Trieste, is the most important exhibitor of
lichtdruck pictures. His exhibition is a No. 3.

brilliant affair. Loewy explains the licht- Citric Acid, . 2^ grains

druck to the public practically.
The Austrian manufacturers have made a For toning, the sulphocyanide of ammo-
nia bath is fine.
very elegant display. Prominent amongst
them is A. Moll, of Vienna. Trapp & Water, 10 ounces.
Munch exhibit albumen paper; a sheet 165 Sulphocyanide of Ammonia, . 120 grains.
centimetres long by 72 wide (65 x 28 inches) Chloride of Gold, . . . 2 "
is the most remarkable. Three prints have I notice a new photographic album for
been taken on different parts of the paper, the use of galleries it is made by that
;

which demonstrate its uniform quality. 0. veteran in photography, A. C. Partridge.

Kramer exhibits besides stock articles, The album, holding from one to three
stereos and stereoscopic pictures. So also hundred pictures, is just the thing for ex-
Aug. Angerer, who is publisher and dealer hibiting specimens, and large numbers will
in pictures. More in my next about the undoubtedly be sold. Also, that Messrs.
Austrian and the rest of the Exhibition. Benjamin Erench & Co., of this city, have
Dr. H. Vogel. just received their fall stock of photographic
requisites for the holidays, among which we
notice a splendid assortment of new and
To Clean Silver Stains from Hands, elegant styles of frames, photographic
Linen, &c. —Eirst thoroughly wash, and chairs, &c, &c.
use tincture of iodine ;
then use concentrated I must not forget to state that chloride
liquid of ammonia. It cleanses most effec- of calcium is now generally used in the
tually, and there is no cyanide poison. Eastern galleries, from one-half to one
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 537

grain to each ounce of collodion ; the finest will be surprised at the amount of dirt in
detail and middle tint is preserved by its the bath. After filtering, if possible, let

use. your bath remain in the sun for a few days,

I -will state for the benefit of those who but I have worked mine immediatel}' after
have never used the sulphocyanide of am- this treatment.
monia toning bath, that they should read Work the bath slightly acid, and I think
Dr. Vogel's remarks on the effects pro- all who try this dodge will find it to be just
duced, viz., first yellow, then purple, to a the thing to remedy an ol d bath. If the bath
deep blue, &c. is over-iodized and full of alcohol and ether,
No more at present. it will be better to add the bath to its equal
Vox. of water, and boil it down to the original
strength of bath, 40 grains to the ounce.
J. K. Stevens,
WRINKLES AND DODGES. 163 South Halsted St., Chicago.

To Kedevelop a Ferrotype. — Make a Under the head of "Wrinkles and

five-grain silver solution — five grains to one Dodges" we have received a good many
ounce of water —and flow just as you would little things, but never have contributed
a negative, until you get the result you anything. We
now have one item, viz. :

want, and wash, and it is all O. K. It is a

Sending 8 x 10 Photographs by Mail.
good thing for ferrotypists on the baby
question. It may be old. I have used it
— A good many are troubled about packing
photographs to send by mail ;
just put your
two years or more.
picture between two back-boards, letting
J. H. Blakemore.
the grain of the wood run lengthwise on
A simple way to point a pencil for re- one side and crosswise on the other tie ;

touching to a needle point them up strongly, and we will risk their get-

After the pencil is almost pointed with a ting broke. It costs about six cents to send
sharp knife lean your pencil almost flat, a mounted 8 x 10 picture, packed in that
with the point upon paper or card-board, way, anywhere in the United States. Carte
and keep moving it from you, allowing the photographs we tie up in newspaper wrap-
point to slant and file upon the paper ; raise pers ;
it costs two cents to send a dozen.
back, and repeat until you have the needle Clark & Co.,
point, when it is in an excellent condition Pittsfield, Mass.

to retouch with.
H. C. Wilt.
A word or two in regard to using Slee's
Prepared Mounts. This may be a good
I would have you publish the
like to "dodge" for many. I pile up my prints,
following that I have found to be an experi- all I have, in the water, then take out and let

ment worth trying. drain a little or shake off the surplus water,
I had an old bath which I had tried in lay them face down on a glass, mount one
every way to get into working order, but and lay it a little on one side. Mount and
I could never get it to work satisfactorily lay on top of that all the rest, no matter how
until I tried the following experiment, and manj you have,
7 or put one hundred or so in
the result was the finest bath I ever worked. a pile; when through mounting scatter
I would like to have others try it, and re- them over the them up pretty
table, or stand
port their experience. close against the wall. In a warm room or
Take an old bath of two quarts, and add in warm weather, you can roll them the
to it, first dissolved in about one ounce of same evening. The cards will not cockle
water, one-half ounce of cyanide of potas- but just a little, and the prints will not peel
sium ;
shake, and then add one half ounce up at all. The reason is, the lower one
of hyposulphite of soda without dissolving ;
moistens the back of the upper one, and
shake again until the hyposulphite is dis- prevents too rapid drying, while the upper
solved, and then let the bath stand for a one holds the print of the lower one to its
few minutes in the sun then filter, and you
; place until it can't get away. This does
538 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEE.
away with the very disagreeable way of properly put together and trimmed, which
taking them from the water one by one, can be toned, fixed, washed, and mounted
wetting yourself and everything around very easily.
you. In cutting my paper in the above man-
"We have used but three thousand of ner I get twenty-one views from a sheet of
them, and have never had one card peel paper, with no waste pieces trimmed otF
up when treated in this way. scarcely. With care this method has worked
Let those who would like to clean glass first rate with me.
for frames, show cases, windows, mirrors, Respectfully yours,
&c, put a drop or two of ammonia in each Frank A. Morrill.
ounce of alcohol, and see how much quicker New Sharon, Maine, Nov. 19th, 1872.
and nicer it can be done. Also use same to
clean ferro plates, new or used, and him
washed off. AET STUDIES FOR ALL.
Very respectfully yours,
George R. Elliott. VI.

How Save Paper in (Continued from page 489.)

to Cutting, and a
Method of Printing and Mounting Stereo- 44. We have now considered the subjects
graphs without Gutting Apart. —I first mark of form, and light, and shade, the princi-
on the negative where the lower edge of ples of art which specially come into play
the print is to come under each picture in the practice of photography. Any dili-
with a diamond, or by pasting on a bit of gent student who has the taste, may acquire
paper. further knowledge of them if he will, in his
I prepare my paper in the following daily practice. His success will depend
manner: I take a sheet of paper and cut it upon his ability to finish what science has
once in two crosswise, so as to have one piece begun. We give you the formula. Now
a little over twelve inches wide, and the put your mind to and work out the result.
it

other a little over nine, then sensitize. Taste will now come in and dictate; the
When dry I fold the widest piece in the judgment and skill will modify and improve,
centre lengthwise, and lay on my glass for and your own spirit must guide the work of
cutting, which is about three by six inches, the hands. Now begins that ideal imitation
but not quite, in such a manner that the for which your previous studies have pre-
end comes over the fold, and cut the two pared you.
sides and the end opposite the fold. In 45. We now come to the subject of ex-
this way I manage to get six strips from pression. Not so much the expression of
the piece of about twelve inches by three. the face, as the general expression or ap-
The other part of the sheet I fold about pearance of the whole picture, everything
six inches from the end, and cut out three that gives character to the work. The form,
more twelve inch strips, then there is a countenance, attitude, &c, must all be
piece left nine by six inches, which I cut treated with reference to expression.
into three by six inches, three pieces, 46. Expression is the highest attainment
which of course must be printed and cut of art, and is both definite and general. It
apart to mount. belongs to every part of the work, and
To print the long strips first put on your stamps its value. It completes the work,
gloves, then fold them again by turning the and demands the exercise of your greatest
ends, albumen side out, back to the centre abilities and acquirements. First, the out-
of the piece, being careful to have the edges lines, then the light and shade take their
even, and lay under the negative, letting part in adding to the expression of your
the edge come even with the marks. I picture, and give beauty to the character of
print the ends of the paper first, then turn it, but they cannot redeem its defects. You
it over endways and print the centre. must also consider proportion, which is as
After printing I cut the prints apart where great and essential to truth of character as
I first folded it, and I have two stereographs to beauty of form.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER, 539

47. Fuseli remarks that " expression prin- JOTTINGS FROM THE JOURNAL
cipally consists in representing the human OF AN EXPERIMENTALIST.
body and all its parts in action suitable to
II.
it." No
two faces are alike in form, and
(Continued from page 220.)
the artist who would excel in expression,
must understand the physical construction The nature of my invention consists in

that belongs to the temperament of his producing photographic pictures or impres-

sions upon paper, linen, silk, or other flexi-
subject. Yoirwould not pose a large man
ble or non-flexible substance, previously
in some fantastic, dandy position. Neither
should you allow a slender, graceful person prepared for the purpose, without the use

to stand stiff and erect, without a bit of

of silver.

grace or ease —expression — in the pose. To enable others skilled in photography

make and use my invention I will proceed
to
48. Learn to study people as you meet
to describe it. I first make the following
them, in or out of your studio. When
solutions
Leonardo da Vinci chanced to see a man
with an expression of character that he No. 1. Solution of Gelatin.
wished to make use of in his work, he
Cox's or other refined Gelatin, . 4 ounces.
would follow him and study him until he Water 20
was able to So should you
paint his face. Alcohol, 4 to 6 "
study men and women as you
see them, and Acetic Acid, . . . . 2 to 4 "
when you observe a good pose or anything Sugar (white) 2 to 4 "
to suggest one, commit it to memory, to be The whites of two or three eggs well beaten.
used as a sketch for future work.
I pour the 20 ounces of cold water upon
49. Much of the expression of a picture
the gelatin in a suitable vessel, and suffer
is due to the proper arrangement of the
it to swell for several hours, when it is dis-
drapery, upon the number, size, and dis-
solved by gentle heat. I next beat the eggs
position of the folds, for on these depend
to a froth, and stir this well into the gelatin,
the grace and beauty of the figure. Large
after which I botl the mass for a minute or
folds, few in number, are better than many
two, bringing it to a boil as quickly as pos-
small ones, for the effect is less spotty. If
sible. When again nearly cool I stir in the
the quality of the drapery requires small
alcohol, sugar, and acetic acid add ; I also
folds, they should be so distributed as to form
sometimes a little strong solution of cam-
a mass equal to one principal fold. Then
phor. This solution of gelatin is carefully
they must be fully relieved by light and
filtered before using. I next make the fol-
shade, or they lose their effect.
lowing :

Arrange the drapery so as to fit the

50.
figure, and not conceal it; vary the size of No. 2. Sensitive Solution.
the folds. Let them appear principally Prepared Gelatin, No. 1, . . 4 ounces.
where they are held on by the arms and Saturated Solution Bichromate
hands of the figure, and the rest left to fall of Potash, . . . . 4 to 8 "
with ease and simplicity. Arrange the Hot Water, . . * . . 4 "

folds to harmonize with the position of the Alcohol 1 to 2 "

figure, as well as with its proportion.

Great spirit and life may often be given to
a figure by the direct opposition of lights
and shades in the close deep folds, and grace,
breadth, and harmony by those more ample
and extended. Study all these things.
Do not forget that you can obtain the
tions of the lectures at Buffulo. See advertise-
ments in Spe.ciuliies.
The proportions of the above solution are
varied according to the material upon which
it is to be used, a porous surface requiring
a greater proportion of gelatin than one of
an opposite character.
No. 3. Developing Solution.
A saturated solution of extract of log-
illustra- wood or other suitable coloring material, in
equal parts of water and alcohol, or pref-
erably in alcohol alone.
540 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
No. 4. Intensifying Solution. is ready for printing, and must be exposed

Saturated Solution Bichromate Potash, 1 part. under the negative from one to twenty min-
Acetic Acid,
Water, ...... , . . . . 1
2 parts.
" utes, according to
liancy of the light.
and the bril-
its intensity
In bright sunlight
thirty seconds has often proved sufficient,
Or in other proportions, as the nature of
but the time of exposure can only be accu-
the result seems to require ; or
rately determined by actual experiment.

Saturated Solution Bichromate Potash, 2 parts. The progress of the printing can be ob-
Saturated Solution Chloride Lime, . 2 " served as in silver printing, but only by
candle-light or in the dark-room from which
I use the acid or alkaline solution accord-
all white light is carefully excluded. When
ing to the effect to be produced.
removed from the pressure-frame a distinct
No. 5. Bleaching Solution. impression from the negative should be
Water, .....
Chloride of Barium, . . 60 to 100 grains.
1 pint. visible. It is now placed in tepid water,
which should be frequently changed, where
Chloride of Lime to saturation. it is kept for a length of time sufficient to

No. 6. Toning Solutions. remove the gelatin from the parts which
have not been acted upon by the light. The
Sulphuric Acid, C. P., . . .1 ounce.
water may be gradually applied hotter, but

ash,
Water,
.....
Saturated Solution Bichromate Pot-

.......2 1
ounces.
ounce.
never so hot that the hand cannot be borne
in it. On first putting the print into the
water it almost or quite disappears, but will
Or,
again gradually reappear, and when this is
A. — Sulphuric Acid, C. P., i ounce. the case, and an image (sometimes having
Hydrochloric Acid, C. P., " the appearance of a negative with lights
Water, ... .

. .
i

2 ounces. and shades reversed) is again visible, clear

in all its parts, with no mottled appearance,
In this formula the two acids must be
it is an indication that the process of color-
added to each other with great caution, and
ing or development may commence. My
only little by little.
method of proceeding is to place all the
Or,
prints I make in one day in a tank of
B. — Oxalic Acid, . . . .60 grains. tepid water, which I change frequently as

Water, .....
Bichromate Potash, . . . 60
4 ounces.
"
above directed, and finally leave them in it
until next day (which is not imperative),

Violent effervescence takes place in com- when they are all removed to another tank
bining these substances. or pan for development. In order to do

Or, this take, say 1 quart of hot water, to which

add from \ to 1 ounce of solution No. 3,
C— Alum, 60 grains.
and when thoroughly and evenly united
Bichromate Potash, 60 "
plunge the prints in one by one, being care-
Water, 4 ounces.
ful to see that they are entirely covered, and
I also use the above-named or any acid that all air-bubbles are forced from under
either combined with bichromate potash in them. In this solution they are to remain
certain proportions, or alone, or in combi- until the image is quite distinct. In some
nation with other acids, according to the cases they will be quite strong enough in
produce. In order to pro-
effect I desire to this solution to be toned without intensify-
duce a picture with the above material I ing, but ordinarily they have a moderate
proceed as follows I cover the surface to
: degree of development. They are then
be impressed, either by floating or other- taken separately to another tray for inten-
wise, according to the nature of the sub- sification,which may be done in the day-
stance, from one to five minutes upon the light,and is accomplished as follows With- :

sensitive compound, No. 2, after which it out removing the whole of the logwood
is hung up to dry. "When perfectly dry it solution, there is poured over them with a
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 541

dash from three to twenty drops of solution Much the best effects will be produced by
No. 4, in a sufficient quantity of hot water so doing, and the fine blue tone, which is

to cover the prints completely. This is kept most desirable before the bleaching solution
in rapid motion until the prints are suffi- is applied, is thus more readily attained.
ciently strong, when they are thoroughly It is also best to give the final washing in
washed. If the lights are not brilliant hot water. It is to be noted that all the
enough at this stage of the operation, or if operations above indicated, from the mix-
the picture has been colored too deeply by ing of the sensitive solution to the applica-
the above process, I take of solution No. 5 tion of the intensifying solution, are to be
one-quarter of an ounce to one-half pint of conducted in what is known to photogra-
hot water (or other suitable proportions ac- phers as the dark-room. I do not confine
cording to the nature and extent of the myself to the exact following out of the
overcome), and flow it over
difficulty to be above formula? or manipulations, but vary
the picture, keeping it in motion until the them as circumstances require, and accord-
bleaching action is sufficient. This opera- ing to the result desired to be produced, and
tion can be repeated until a satisfactory re- the material or substance upon which the
sult is obtained. The picture is now re- impression is to be made.
moved from the bleaching solution, and What I claim as my invention and im-
brought by the appli-
to the tone required provement is

cation of any of the toning solutions under First. The preparation and combination
No. 6. For most purposes I prefer the of a gelatin solution, by the process and
combination of sulphuric acid and bichro- with the ingredients indicated in formula
mate potash. Three to ten drops of this No. 1, or by combinations of similar sub-
solution, in sufficient hot water to cover the stances in a manner identical.
picture, will be enough to tone an 8 x 10
Second. The preparation of a sensitive
print. The intense blue tone, which is the
solution as described in formula No. 2, or
general characteristic of the picture previ-
with substances and ingredients identical.
ous to the application of this solution, is
Third. The preparation of a developing
gradually replaced by a variety of tones, at
or coloring solution as described in formula
any of which the action can be stopped,
No. 3, in a manner and for the purpose in-
after which the picture is thoroughly washed
dicated, or by means and ingredients sub-
and hung up to dry.
stantially the same.
If, on removing the print from the first

washing in tepid water, the lights and Fourth. The preparation of intensifying
shades are reversed, as is sometimes the solutions as described in formula No 4, or

case, and the after application of the log-

by means and substances identical.
wood solution does not readily develop it Fifth. The preparation of a bleaching so-

with lights and shades in their proper rela- lution as indicated in formula No. 5, in a

tion, I proceed as follows Either before or

:
manner and for the purpose described, or
after the application of the logwood I flow by means and substances identical.
Sixth. The preparation of such solutions
the picture with one drachm of toning so-
lution A in one-half pint of hot water, and for toning the picture as are describedunder
formula No. 6 inclusive to letter C, or such
let it remain, moving it about until a dis-
as are substantially the same.
tinct positive picture is visible. If the log-
wood has been previously applied the picture Seventh. The production of photographic
will be immediately turned to a bright
pictures or impressions by a combination of
scarlet color, which in no way affects the
the above formulae in the manner described,
after process, which is to proceed (after
or by means, processes, formulas, &c, &c,
substantially the same.
washing the picture free from the acid) to
color and tone as above indicated. It is
proper to remark here that after the logwood
solution has been once applied all the solu- Mr. D. Sutphen, Mount Morris, 111., lost
tions should be applied in boiling hot water. his gallery by fire June 22d.
542 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Cleaning Varnished Negatives and Waymouth's Vignette Papers.
Albumenizing the Plates. We hope to be pardoned for calling the
BY E. DOANE.
attention of our readers so often to Mr.
"Waymouth's useful vignetting papers ; but
Removingvarnish from old negatives is as new testimonials continually come to us
very easy and speedily done by a process in their favor, and as those who use them
perhaps some may have used, but I will
seem to think they are so useful, we make
give the way I have found to work the most
bold once more to remind our readers who
satisfactorily. Make a wooden tray 14 x 18 have not tried them, that they are losing
inches square, 6 inches deep, watertight both time and good quality in their pictures
then varnish the inside with shellac; varnish by not doing so.
several times let it get dry and hard pour
; ;
The demand upon our publishers for them
three gallons of water, and add nine
in
has been very flattering some five thou- —
or ten pounds of common washing soda
sand having been sold the first month they
when dissolved, add one quart of sawdust
were made known and they have felt en-
;

which has been made from cutting cross-
ways of the stuff, as this is more solid the
sawdust prevents the glass from lying so
couraged to put out No. 16, pear shape, for
;
cabinet and half-size; No. 17, oval shape,
for the same sizes and No. 18, oval shape,
;

close together, and does not scratch, and

gives the solution a chance to get all through
between them all Twenty-four
the time.
hours will loosen the varnish, and it will
wash clean when under the tap after they ;
are cleanly washed place them carefully one
by one in strong nitric or sulphuric acid;
twelve hours after this wash under the tap
with a good stream of water running, with a
clean soft sponge that has no grit in it after
rinsing the plate well, then draining a few
seconds, it is ready for the
albumen. The article
represented by the figure
is the best I have found
amongst many ways of
coating the plates.
bubbles or specks will
bother you when prop-
erly used. There is a
funnel on top, by which
you filter each time you
pour from your plate, and
is of such a shape as not to spill out while
for whole-size and 8 x 10 heads. These
new sizes are now all ready on demand.
As an example of what these vignette pa-
pers will do, we refer you to Mr. Jacoby's
picture in our current issue. As we note
elsewhere, these pictures would be far better
if the background was light ; but it will be
seen that the gradation is very soft and fine.
They were printed with a space of about an
;
eighth of an inch between the vignette pa-
per and the negative, which is the best plan.
Mr. Waymouth writes us that " a very
simple way of doing this is by using a few
small wafers (the smaller the better), damp-
ened and joined together, and put on each
corner of the negative. The paper may be
No easily joined to them, and the whole may
be easily removed from the glass by a pen-
knife without damaging the paper."
Trusting that our readers will give this
we
really excellent device a trial, refer
them few new unsolicited testimonials
to a
concerning them, viz.
" July 22, 1873.

pouring. "Vignetting papers received and tested :

And for varnish it works like a charm. can't be beat. I use by cutting an opening
You filter all the dirt out through the cot- in a piece of cardboard and tacking to the
ton in the funnel; this is tin, 3| inches di- printing-frame, when I am ready for print-
ameter on bottom, 1\ inches'on top, with a ing vignettes in the very best manner. I
lid to which the funnel is fast. The height hope, however, you will manufacture larger
is five inches. There is no need of gradu- sizes also." — R. M. Den ham, St. Glaij-s-
ates or bottles, and many other things I ville, 0.
have tried after this. Try and see how you Others say
like the cup and the sawdust. " The papers I have had from you give
Wilmington, Del. great satisfaction."
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 543

" They answer the purpose admirably." doctored so easily. I am never troubled with
" Please send me No. 2 Packet for cabi- pinholes : have not seen one in ten years.
nets the others answer very well indeed."
: I always put my plate in with the film side
"They are the best vignettes I have ever down. I may as well state here I use a
had. They are a great saving of time, as Lewis glass bath. This placing a plate in
you can print in full sunlight." with the film side down is a good thing; I
got that from the Philadelphia Photographer.
I just reverse the dipper, put the plate on,
THINGS USEFUL. and immerse; it comes a little awkward at
BY J. H. HUNTER. first, but one soon gets used to it it saves ;

Before I forget it I will tell you a very

lots of filtering. A great many object to
fusing, for the reason that the dish is liable
simple and good way to make large ferrotype
to crack or chip, and the silver is more diffi-
plates that curve the wrong way to curve
aright. Take the plate and draw it between
cult to dissolve; both these troubles may be
avoided by stirring with a glass rod the
the thumb and forefinger, using consider-
able pressure, the thumb-nail being next the
fused mass until cool. Now I dare say this
isan "old, old story " to you, but don't you
japanned side, a little in advance of the
finger. After a few
you can get any
trials
know the "old story is sometimes the best?"
degree of curvature you may desire, and it
is a curious fact that nine out of ten bend

tbe wrong way, and it is very annoying

FINE ART INSTITUTE.
after placing the plate in the holder to find Monday Evening, Oct. 6th, 1873.

it nearly touching tbe and so be good slide, The regular monthly meeting of the
for nothing. By the way, you hold the Photographic Institute of Chicago was held
plate between the thumb and forefinger of this evening, A. Hesler presiding. The
the right hand, drawing it (the plate) with minutes of the previous meeting were read
the left ; clean fingers are very necessary to and approved.
do this successfully. According to previous appointment, Mr.
In Anderson's book it is held by him, as Hesler exhibited transparencies by the Ed-
well as by others, that it is extremely unwise wards process also the negative from which
;

to add silver to an old bath to strengthen they were made, and a beautiful imperial
or to make more solution. Now it may card of a lady, which was much admired
seem foolhardy to tilt my lance against the for its delicacy and brilliancy in the shad-
opinions of those " more learned in the law " ows, as well as for its easy, graceful pose.
than I, but I am going to do it neverthe- Mr. Hesler said that from the time he
less. My bath-holder contains, when filled became acquainted with the method of
with solution, a trifle over one gallon. I working by the Edwards process, he had
keep two solutions; one is in use always. decided that good results could be obtained
As soon as my bath gets alcoholic, and will by it. He believed he could now work it
not develop without the aid of alcohol, I very satisfactorily. He had felt it an injus-
decant it, filter, test its strength, see how tice to condemn a process we know but
much solution has been used, then I place little about. A formula may seem formi-
it in an evaporating dish, and boil it, or dable at first sight, but if we will but dili-
rather evaporate it add
to dryness, then I gently practice it step by step, it will come

the silver necessary, and fuse; there is no to us, and after the difficulties have been
need of neutralizing. The fusing is the surmounted we will turn back and be as-
grand secret, and I've been told by many tonished at the simplicity with which we
that it is very hurtful (the fusing). It may can come to such beautiful results.
be, but I have experienced no ill effects I believe that good salable pictures can
from it yet, and both my baths have been be made by the Edwards process not by ;

in use nearly seven years, ever since I have any means from inferior negatives, but I
been in this place. It is rather expensive mean when you have good salable pictures
work to cast aside a bath when it can be to enlarge. I would not, however, advise
544 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
to make a small negative where a large oper for both positive and negative, and
picture is to be made and depend on the had been quite successful and he would at
;

Edwards process to enlarge it by, for I do some future time place some of the results
not believe that as good results can be made of his experiments before the Society. After
by any method of enlarging as by making further discussion on this subject, it was by
the desired size direct from life. vote deferred until the next regular meet-
Mr. Hesler continued : I have made ing, with a request that all those experi-
transparencies in various ways for enlarg- menting in this direction bring specimens
ing, and with a good degree of success, of enlargement at that time.
though never as delicate and well adapted The following named gentlemen, after
for the purpose as by the Edwards but to ;
being duly proposed for membership, were
those who may not have the Edwards, or unanimously elected members of the Insti-
may think it a very complicated process, I tute Messrs. D. H. Cross, G. A. Douglas,
:

would state that you can proceed thus Use : and J. F. Aitken on motion, Mr. Aitken's
;

a rather thin collodion, highly iodized; dues were remitted.

ordinary bath ; a very weak developer, not Mr. Green proposed for membership Mr.
more than ten grains strength ; have suc- Chas. Gentilo proposition referred to com-
;

ceeded best where I have used a new bath. mittee consisting of A. Hall, J. K. Stevens,
Have also used the following developer very and P. B. Green, with instructions to re-
successfully : 20 grains pyrogallic acid, 25 port at the next regular meeting. A com-
grains citric acid, 8 ounces water, 3 ounces munication from Prof. Dr. Emil Hornig,
acetic acid. Vienna, Austria, asking for the constitution
Mr. Cross. I have worked the dry plate and by-laws of the Institute, &c. Secretary
with coffee preservative for enlargements. was instructed to furnish the desired docu-
In this way, flow the plate and sensitize ment, with such other information as was
ordinary way, taking the plate from the required. Mr. Thompson, of Columbia
bath solution while in your dark-room Junction, Iowa, then briefly addressed the
wash as usual under tap ; when the water meeting, after which adjournment until first
flows smoothly over the plate, flow the plate Monday evening in November.
with coffee sweetened with sugar, as sweet L. M. Melandre,
as you would use it for the table, and set Secretary.
away to dry in a dark box, or better, dry
by artificial heat when dry, expose in
;

contact with negative a few seconds, as ex- PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY OF

perience may dictate ; develop with iron or PHILADELPHIA.
pyrogallic acid as you find most convenient. Stated meeting held Wednesday, Octo-
Think this a good method, but do not think ber 1st, the President in the chair.
the film as structureless as can be made by The minutes of the last meeting were
the albumen process. read and approved.
Mr. Green thought he could make as fine Mr. Tilghman exhibited an interesting
a transparency for enlargement with col- series of copies of " silhouettes " of General
lodio-chloride as by any other method. He Washington and Benjamin Franklin, exe-
would simply flow the glass with porcelain cuted by Mrs. Powel, of Newport, at the
collodion and expose in contact with nega- time of the Presidency of the former.
tive ; tone and fix Mr.
the ordinary way. Mr. Young exhibited a positive which
Green also exhibited an enlargement from had been found to be sufficiently printed,
a stereoscopic view positive and negative
;
after an exposure of twenty minutes in
were both developed with iron developer. front of a lantern faced with a piece of the
This enlargement was considered good and windows of
flashed yellow glass sold for the
showed that in Mr. Green's hands good re- dark-rooms. Mr. Young was of the opin-
sults could be made in this wise. ion that many of the failures met with in
Mr. K. Stevens stated that he had
J. working an emulsion with excess of silver,
been making enlargements with iron devel- were due to too much actinic light in the
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 545

dark-room. Mr. Young also spoke of a
large batch of plates which were found to
he useless after being left for three weeks in
a new poplar plate box, while others of the
same batch left in a box made of white
pine were perfectly good.
Mr. Bell said he believed that the keep-
ing qualities of dry plates depended in a
great degree upon the hardness of the film.
He said that he had found that if plates
containing sugar in the preservative, were
exposed to a damp atmosphere, the film
would often become tacky enough to hold
any dust particles which might settle on it,
and that no brushing would remove them
he therefore preferred a preservative of
gelatin, and after drying the plate he dip-
ped it in a bath of tannin which tanned the
gelatin, and made the film perfectly hard.
Mr. Carbutt suggested that if the hard-
ness of film was due to a tanning action,
the same effect might be produced by the
reviewing the state of photography in the
different principal cities of Europe. Mr.
Kurtz assured the Society, that in portrait
photography America was far ahead, but
that Europe, and especially Germany, beat
us in all kinds of reproduction. He had
brought quite a collection of these with
him, and promised to lay them before the
Society at an early meeting, Finally, Mr.
Kurtz presented the Society with a splendid
portrait of the late Prof. Liebig, the emi-
nent chemist. The picture is 24 x 30, and
is printed direct on cardboard by the Albert
process.
;
At some former meeting a discussion was
had about the best method of washing pho-
tographs, and as a curiosity a douching pro-
cess was mentioned, as practiced in Ger-
many. After seeing the practical working
of it in Mr. Hanfstangel's place, Munich,
Mr. Kurtz is quite enthusiastic about it, and
is determined to establish the same method

use of a solution of chrome alum. in his new gallery, now in course of erec-
A vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. tion Madison Square. The washing
on
Carbutt for a fine Woodburytype which he does not occupy more than ten minutes for
donated to the Society. each batch of pictures, and removes the
On motion, adjourned. hypo completely. Several members did not
quite agree with the possibility of it, and
Ellerslie Wallace, Jr.,
all are very impatient to learn the future
Recording Secretary.
results of this douching.
Mr. E. E. Lussenhop, Hoboken, N. J.,
exhibited an expansive background frame
for Bigelow's circular grounds, to remedy
German Photographic Society, the frequent wrinkling of the latter. The
New York. idea is very ingenious and simple. As will
The regular monthly meeting of this
be seen from the accompanying cut, the
Society was held Thursday, October 2d, at
64 and 66 East Fourth Street, President
Kurtz in the chair.
Minutes of last meeting were read and
approved.
The following gentlemen were elected
members Mr. J. W. Morgeneier, Sheboy-
:

gan, Wis. ;
Mr. Klauber, Louisville, Ky. ;

Messrs. A. Baumgarten, Ch. L. Kempf, M.

Seeburg, Brooklyn; Messrs. E. Artman,
Jahn, John Weber, Mildenburg, and Ed.
Hoffman, New York.
Mr. W. Kurtz, who occupied the chair
for the first time since his return from frame resembles a wheel, each spoke of
abroad, was welcomed and gratulated very which supports a separate piece of the out-
heartily on his success in Vienna. In re- side ring. By turning the screw in the
sponse he made a very interesting speech, centre, the different pieces expand, straight-
546 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
ening thereby the ground which is tacked on To use, prepare immediately before ton-
to them. ing, 30 ounces water, 1 ounce stock solution

After some routine business, adjourned. No. 1, adding enough gold solution from
Edward Boettcher, stock bottle No. 2, to have prints tone in

Corresponding Secretary. from 10 to 15 minutes. From toning bath

put prints (face down) directly into solution
prepared as follows
CHICAGO PHOTOGRAPHIC
ASSOCIATION. Water, 16 ounces.
Powdered Alum, 1 ounce.
The regular meeting of the Chicago
Photographic Association was held at their Leave prints in this bath 10 to 15 min-
room, 158 State Street, Wednesday evening, utes, wash in one change of water, and
October 1st. place in hypo bath, made of hyposulphate of
Meeting called to order at eight o'clock, soda 3 ounces, water 32 ounces. Have
President Hesler in the chair. Twenty-one prints face down. Leave in 10 minutes.
members present. I find that with formulae and methods of
On motion, the reading of minutes of working as given, and in keeping my prints
last meeting was dispensed with. face downward all that is possible, I avoid
Members appointed for duty called on for blisters. My experience with same for-
their papers Mr. Haynes absent, Mr. Cun-
:
mulas with prints face upward has given me
ningham not prepared. blisters.
J. K. Stevens stated that since last meet-
Mr. A. Hesler : Has any member tried
ing he had not been troubled with blisters
keeping silvered paper by pressing it imme-
on his albumen prints. On motion, Mr. diately after silvering, between blotters pre-
Stevens was requested to give his method of
pared by drawing them through a 30-grain
working, and gave the following instruc-
sal soda solution ? Try it. I have suc-
tions :
ceeded in preserving paper a week, and be-
Silver Solution.
lieve can be kept in good working order
it
60 grains crystallized nitrate of silver to
a much longer time. Prepare your blotters
each ounce pure water. Separate one-quar-
as stated, and when your paper from silver
ter amount of you prepare, which
solution
solution is just surface dry, put it between
clear up with concentrated liquid ammonia,
the blotters' and lay it away ; when wanted
after which add the balance of solution.
take out the paper, fume, and print as
To every 16 ounces silver solution thus pre-
usual.
pared, add one ounce alcohol. Float paper
The examples I show you to-night are
two minutes. When paper is thoroughly
burnished with a common Excelsior Poller
dry, fume with fresh liquor ammonia five
Press, by removing the cog-wheels from
minutes. Print as usual.
the lower roller, using the roller to which
Cut out before toning and wash in two
is attached the crank. Heat over a gas jet.
changes pure water. Put prints in face
You need but very little pressure. I do
down and keep them so. After second
not find it necessary to use soap.
washing put prints in salt and water; add
Mr. Alfred Hall Mr. Abbott states that
:

enough salt to just redden prints. Leave

he spoils by using the sulphuric
all his prints
prints in salt solution five minutes; wash
acid wash that I have recommended. My
prints in two waters after salt.
printer, Mr. Page, is here, and can explain
For toning, prepare
how he uses it successfully.
Stock Solution No. 1.
Mr. William Page : It requires no fur-
Pure Water, . 16 ounces. ther explanation than this : use the sul-
Salt, 2 drachms phuric acid in very small quantity ; if too
Bicarbonate of Soda, . 2 much is used it will spoil the prints.

Stock Solution No. 2. Mr. A. Hesler: I have tried Mr. A.

Chloride of Gold, . 1 15-grain bottle. Hall's formula, and with success. I use
Waier, . . .8 ounces. the sulphuric acid solution or bath very
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 547

weak j
just a perceptible sour taste to the having a deposit, the effect may not appear
water. at first, but it will eventually spoil the
Mr. J. H. Abbott Acid will not stop
: print. Regarding the use of salt washing,
or avoid blistering ; alum will. it is agreed, I think, that it injures the sur-
Mr. A. Hesler: I have tried everything, face of the paper. I am satisfied that to
but have found that, with solutions of equal make good prints you cannot be too econom-
temperature, and with sal soda, I am not ical with your silver.
afflicted with blisters. Have used the warm Mr. A. P. Wells was proposed for mem-
water as suggested by Mr. Abbott, and find bership and referred to usual committee.
it excellent when used judiciously. My sal On motion of J. K. Stevens, the subject
soda bath is made as follows I keep : a stock for discussion at next regular meeting shall
bottle of saturated solution of sal soda, be that of Enlargements.
using six ounces of one gallon water,
it to On motion, adjourned.
putting the prints into this bath as prepared
G. A. Douglass,
after their thorough washing. Leave them
Secretary.
in from 5 to 10 minutes they turn a cherry- ;

red color. From this sal soda bath put

them in toning bath made of plain chloride
of gold and water.
Mr. J. H. Abbott I find that for strength,
:
OUR PICTURE.
also economy, a silver solution made as fol- In our issue for April, we presented our
lows, proves the best: Crystallized nitrate patrons with a photograph of a peculiar
of silver, 30 grains to each ounce pure style, printed in a " porcelain " effect print-
water. I make two quarts solution, taking ing-frame, the invention of Mr. W. H.
out six to eight ounces of which I clear it Jacoby, of Minneapolis, Minn. It will be
with concentrated liquid ammonia, and add remembered that the intention of Mr.
balance of silver solution, then put in enough Jacoby's method of printing is to produce
C. P. nitric acid to neutralize. I take about a soft, indefinite effect, similar to that se-
half a tumbler of water, and dissolve 20 cured in pictures on porcelain.
grains powdered alum, adding this to silver The example which he gave us before
solution. Silver, and fume as usual. was by no means satisfactory to him because
Mr. A. Hesler : I have given considerable of difficulties which occurred incident to the
attention to silver solutions for printing. cold season when they were printed, &c,
If you have a strong negative, you can use &c, and he asked us for another opportu-
a weak solution with satisfactory results nity to show you what he could do. Our
with a weak negative use strong solution 50 present picture represents his success.
to 65 grains strength.I can use the " Gen- All will agree to its great superiority over
eva " albumen paper with ordinary nega- the former example, and the more careful
tive, successfullyon a 25-grain bath. The attention to the printing. There is one
double gloss paper I use with 30-grain solu- objection to it, however, and let it teach
tion. If printing on thin negative, make our readers a lesson, namely, that the back-
solution 60 grains, using plain silver solu- ground used for the picture is very much
tion, with occasionally a pinch of alum. too dark for a vignette picture, and such a
Mr. P. B. Greene : I use a solution from one should never be used. A vignette
30 to 50 grains strong as required, and use background should be soft and light in
both liquid ammonia and alum. color and gradated the same as for plain
Mr. Wollensak : I use 60-grain plain portraits. By the help of Waymouth's
silver solution, acetic acid washing, and put excellent vignette papers (size No. 16), how-
prints into salt solution from fixing bath. ever, the fault has been partly, but not
Have not been troubled with blisters. wholly overcome. The soft gradation which
Mr. A. Hall: I do not believe that any these vignette papers produce will be no-
of us have yet got to the bottom of the blis- ticed by all. Mr. Jacoby speaks very
ter difficulty. There is a little blue blister highly of them, and recommends them.
548 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
Since the issue of his former picture he has them. The mounts
are after Mr. Jacoby's
been having remarkable sale for his
a own and were manufactured by
design,
printing-frames, which proves that they Messrs. A. M. Collins, Son & Co., Philadel-
are very popular, and he says that all who phia. The prints were made by Mr. Jacoby,
use them speak very highly in praise of on the Trapp & Munch German paper.

Pictures Received. — Some very fine stereo shall have the latest and best in their line. We
views of Dutch Flat, California, and surround- give him our best wishes and commend him to
ings, from Messrs. Halsey & Coffin, Dutch Flat. the patronage of the western fraternity. The
— Also from Messrs. Hurst & Sons, Albany, New firm's address is Hickox, McKinney & Co., P. 0.
York, a fine lot of superior stereo views of birds Box 1658, S:.n Francisco, California.
and animals. These are gotten up in Messrs.
Hurst & Sons' best style, and are worthy of a
place in every household. — Some very nice card
1874. — We have programme under
a splendid
way for 1874, and are determined
to make our
photographs from Messrs. Barker & Buckley,
magazine excel itself. Please let us know early
Galesburg, Illinois, made under a south light.
how many copies you wish, and to how many of
your employes you wish it sent as a holiday
We have received from Mr. Alex. Gardner,
present.
Washington, D. C, a large photograph of the
Evangelical Alliance. The picture is very fine It is expected that Mr. Edward L. Wilson
and sharp. Mr. Gardner, in his letter to us,
will sail from Liverpool, October 21st, so it is
" My object in sending it is hoped that he will be back at his post by the
says : to show what
time this reaches our subscribers.
a Zentmayer lens can do. The distance between
front and back is a little over sixty feet, and I
am at a loss to determine any one point in that Our N. P. A. Report given in our volumin-
space better in focus than another. It was made ous September number, it appears is the only

with a second opening in twenty seconds ;

good one that has been published, and from all sides
light." we are receiving congratulations on its complete-
ness and prompt delivery. We trust those who
The Shaw Patent. — We learn that Mr. Shaw want a good, live, enterprising magazine for
is again making his compliments to many of 1874 will please remember this, and send in
our readers, and that some remark is made be- their subscriptions early.

cause Mr. Howson's opinion was not also pub-

lished with Mr. Bell's in our September num- Mosaics for 1874 is under way. and will be
ber. In explanation of the latter we would say issued about the usual time. We will be glad to

that itwas specially agreed between the Execu- receive short articles for its pages up to the 20th
tive Committee and Mr. Howson, at the request instant. Advertisers will find this the very best
of the latter, that his opinion should not be medium of the whole year for bringing their
published in these pages. It was, however, pub- wares to the attention of photographers, for
lished in pamphlet form, and as we have often Mosaics has the largest circulation of any pho-
announced before, members of the N. P. A. tographic publication in the world.
may have copies free on application to the Per-
manent Secretary. Plenty copies left. The responses to the N. P. A. "postal card"
linger along, and are slowly removing the debt,
During the past week we have had the pleasure but we are really disappointed in seeing such
of a call from Mr. Hickox, of San Francisco, little earnetsness and activity in this matter.
California, formerly of the firm of John Taylor The sooner it is done the better we will all feel,
& and now about to embark for himself with
Co., and that it is to our credit to do it quickly no
Mr. McKinney, of New York, under the firm name one will dispute. A little more vigorous effort
of Hickox, McKinney & Co. Mr. H. has been on will place the National Photographic Association
east buying a full line of photographic goods, &c. and its members in a position above all the world
and intends that the photographers of the/«>- west of photography. Let it be done now.
 THE

kitoiUtykia $$*tft$ttyfati

Vol. X. DECEMBER, 1873. No. 12 0.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873,
By BENERMAN & WILSON,
In the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C.

REMOVAL. TEN YEARS.

"We have removed our entire business to The current number completes the tenth
Sherman's building, S. W. corner Seventh volume of the Philadelphia Photographer,
and Cherry Streets, Philadelphia, where our and ends the tenth year of its existence. It
seems but yesterday that we put our inex-
friends will please call upon or address us.
perienced pen to paper for the purpose of
Please see editorial this month.
framing our first prospectus, and yet a
whole decade has passed away since that
CONDITION OF THE N. P. A. time. With it many good men, well known
in our art as its progenitors, have passed
A FEW PLAIN FACTS.
away, and new ones forming a second gen-
On another pagewe publish the names of
eration have taken their places. Many im-
the very few patriotic members of the Na-
provements have been made, too, and won-
tional Photographic Association who re-
derful discoveries, such as no former ten
sponded promptly to the call of the Buffalo
years of the life of photography have wit-
Convention for funds to liquidate the debt
nessed.
of the Association, besides paying the in-
All honor and
Photographers have awakened out of
crease in dues asked for.
praise be upon them, but what of the rest?
sleep, and the photographer of ten years
ago has no existence. He has been super-
True, the panic has prevented some from
seded by those who practice more intelli-
responding, but there are enough left with
gently, and whose works tell of the progress
plenty, who could wipe out the whole debt
which they have made. Had we the time
quickly among them. Will they not do so ?
and the space to review the past ten years,
It is time that the Executive Committee
and the Local Secretary were arran^^gicir we .think we could show that they have
They hesitate to been the most eventful in the life of photog-
the Chicago Convention.
do so, because they are responsible for debts raphy but we cannot do that now. Should
;

contracted, and they feel unwilling to bear time permit, we propose to collate in book
more alone unless the membership show form the most eventful and useful matters
greater disposition to help them. Members that have come up in the past decade and
offer it for your perusal.
of the National Photographic Association,
what shall be done ? Brace up the Associa- We shall only tarry now, as is the custom
tion now, and it will never falter again. at this season of the year with all journal-

36
550 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
ists, to "declare our intentions" for the gent, we do not see how any one can afford
future. As during the past we have care- to do without their photographic journal.
fully tried, not only to lead our patrons in We have placed order-blanks in the pres-
the way of progress and development in the ent number, between the pages, and trust
practice of their art, hut also to stand at they will be returned to us freighted with
the gate and watch, lest any imposition he orders. Our losses resulting from our over-
practiced upon them, and to fight against zealousness in your interests during the past
all matters antagonistic to their interests ;
year have made us more than usually de-
as we have in the past made effort, without sirous for a large subscription list this year.
regard to cost or to the extent of such effort, And we have completed ten years of
since
to secure every new and good thing which union with you, are we not entitled to all
could he had in the world for the informa- the benefits of a " tin wedding ?"
tion and benefit of our patrons as we ; We have many good things in store for
have in the past tried to render you the full you, and begin our new volume under un-
worth of the money you invest with us, so usually favorable auspices, so far as making
in the future do we expect to continue. the contents of our magazine valuable. The
Our old staff of contributors will continue, first number of the new volume will be em-
while our absence abroad has enabled us to bellished by a splendid picture from the
secure more talent, which will be found to studio of Mr. F. Luckhardt, in Vienna, and
add much to the value of our magazine. its many excellent
followers will contain
"We have also collected andmuch fresh home and abroad.
things from the studios at
original material for our next volume, Trusting to you to make full return to us
which will be found very interesting and for our zeal in your cause, we wish you a
useful. We shall go on with our work, happy New Year.
trying continually to better it, assuring our
readers that their interests shall be carefully
looked after.
EDITORIAL CORRESPONDENCE.
Wehave many names upon our subscrip-
tion-books which have been there since III.

those books were opened. We trust they London, October 17th, 1873.
will live there as long as our magazine lives. It seems needless that I should write you,
Moreover, we trust that all who receive our as I shall probably be at home before you
magazine now will favor us with an early can publish this. However, if it arrives too
renewal of their subscription. Not only late for your November issue, " what I have
this, we hope that employers will remember written I have written," and it may take
their emploj^es during the coming holiday its place in the number which shall end the
season, by placing the Philadelphia Photog- tenth year of the Philadelphia Photographer.
rapher in their hands with the promise of As I have said, in my last, I do not think
its monthly visits for the year 1874. It will of telling you of a tithe of what I have seen
surely put money in your own pocket and now. I could indeed fill a volume of our
reward you fully. We know those who magazine with the details of photographic
have tried it over and over again, and they and art matters that have interested me,
declare that it is no longer an experiment, and which would interest you, doubtless,
but a sure source of gain to them. You but I have a better plan in store than tell-
must yourself admit the advantages of keep- ing you of them in the hurry of travel. If
ing your employes well informed in their 1 arrive safely at home, as I trust I shall, I
work. You cannot do it in. a better way will put the multitude of items I have col-
than by placing this magazine in their lected, into the editorial filter and begin to
hands monthly. Try it, and we guarantee give you the residue in instalments, com-
the result to be a, profitable one to you. mencing with the new volume for 1874. I
Our list of premiums has been enriched am sure I did not travel with my eyes
and made more attractive than ever, and closed, although thejourney I have made
notwithstanding the times are a little strin- seems like a dream to me. Neither did I
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 551

forget to stuff my memorandum-book with I have visited many of the large works
matter for your future good, as I trust, and here, —the autotype works ;
the Woodbury
the whole thing shall be fully exposed be- works ; the manufactories of Messrs. Eoss &
fore you and properly developed and fixed, Co. (opticians), a very bee-hive of industry ;

if you will only give me time.
My week in Paris was one of the red-letter
weeks of the journey, and I made good use
of my time, and wanted more. I flew
around in lively style, including a visit to
Mons. Adam Salomon, and the experience
of having a negative made by him visits
to the studio of Mr. Charles Keutlinger,
whose name and work are familiar to you
all, and which we hope to make more fa-
miliar ;
to the immense establishment,
voted entirely to the production of glass
transparencies for the stereoscope and for the
lantern, of Messrs. J.
the photographic wonders of Paris
establishments of Messrs. Soulier, Goupil,
Kohaut & Hutinet, manufacturers of the
the studios of many of the prominent pho-
tographers, among them Messrs. Valentine
Blanchard, whose kindness I shall never
forget; Messrs. Williams & Mayland, &c,
&c. Another visit to the studio of Messrs.
Robinson & Cherrill was also included in
;
the programme, resulting in the carrying
away of some fine negatives for the future
embellishment of the Philadelphia Photog-
rapher. On my return here I found my
de- friend Gates quite acclimated, fully posted
on the windings of these worm-like streets,
and able to take me around in quick time,
Levy & Co.— one of which he did. I was also so fortunate as to
;
to the be able to examine the pictures intended for
the annual exhibition of the London Pho-
tographic Society, to be opened on Tuesdaj7 ,

most beautiful photographic mounting- I believe. The jurors were busied at their
boards to the press manufactories of Le-
;
examination, and this afternoon made their
cocq ; to the lens manufactories of Herma- awards of the Crawshay prizes, the result
gis, Derogy, &c. ; to the large stereoscopic being as follows
factories of many of the best photographers First prize, for large heads (£50), $250,
there ; works of Messrs. Goupil, un-
to the Messrs. Robinson & Cherrill.
der the charge of Mons. Rousselon, at As- Second prize, for large heads (£25), $125,
nieres, where the Woodbury process is Col. J. Stuart Wortley.
worked largely in fact, to all of the pho-
; First prize, for small heads (£25), $125,
tographic industries so numerous in that Mr. Valentine Blanchard.
wonderful city. I also visited Mons. Ernest Second prize, for small heads (£12), $60,
Lacan, editor of the Moniteur de la Photog- Messrs. Robinson & Cherrill.
raphie and Secretary of the French Photo- Prize for enlargements (£25), $125, Mr.
graphic Society, and Mons. Davanne, and B. J. Edwards.
many other photographic savans. You well Surely Mr. Crawshay deserves much
know that all this was a great pleasure to praise for his well-meaning liberality in
me, and I will communicate as much of it supplying the funds for these awards. It
to you as I can possibly, by giving you de- always does good to excite effort in the
tailed notes of what I saw, presently. direction of improvement, and too much
From Paris, after being chopped up on praise cannot be given to those who have
the Channel until there was but little of me the means and the liberal spirit to do it. It
left, I reached London clumsy, foggy, — was most interesting to study the competing
smoky, anti-photographic London where, — pictures, and I shall refer to them again,
perhaps, photographic industry is carried only adding now, in this connection, that
on to a greater extent than any place in the they confirmed the opinion that I have
world. I here have about ten days of time long indulged, that enlargements from small
to put in, and it should be twice or thrice negatives are far superior to large heads
as long. I already feel that I have not made with large lenses direct upon the
time enough, and I shall have to sail home plate. Good as were the large heads of
in the Cunarder " Batavia," on the 21st in- gentlemen who competed, made with large
stant, without having seen much of London lenses, the enlargements from small nega-
outside of photographic matters. tives by Mr. B. J. Edwards were infinitely
552 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
superior, both in drawing and in chemical your labors are mainly directed to the de-
effect. I do not think anything better has velopment of very large plates. The com-
been made. I do not remember to have modious and elegant wagons fitted for pho-
seen any regular solar camera enlargements. tographic uses —such as are common in the
That method is little practiced here. I am States —are unknown here, and would beit

very sorry that some of our American pho- found equally as difficult as it would be ex-
tographers did not compete for these prizes. pensive to either import or to construct
But I must not linger here now. I shall re- one. Mules and horses are plentiful, whilst
turn to this exhibition hereafter, and allude wheels and springs are correspondingly ex-
to its practical teachings in a separate ar- pensive. So, no matter how many of the
ticle. former are attached to a vehicle, you will
In four more days I sail for my native find the number of the latter exceedingly
land. The weather is not promising, but I limited.
have fixed the day of sailing and I must go. These peculiarities of the conveyances
I have many things here yet to see, and it necessitate somewhat careful packing when
is no little work to get about in this city of you undertake a trip, and the examination
magnificent distances. of material after we had arrived at our pro-
So pardon a hurried letter, and hold me posed destination was always a matter of
to the promises which I have made in it. considerable anxiety. My antipathy to
In less than three weeks I hope to be back working under a canvas is .occasioned, not
at my post, as usual, with renewed health only by the restriction of motion that you
and vigor, and I trust better informed than are forced to undergo, and the limited space
I have been heretofore on topics pertaining your appurtenances must occupy, but also
to the wondrous art which we have all by the fact that you are obliged to breathe
chosen for our field of labor. an atmosphere as unwholesome as it is sick-
"With best wishes, truly yours, ening. I would at any time prefer walking

Edward L. Wilson. or riding a considerable distance, and make

suitable provision for the proper keeping of
P. S. In mypage 518, read
last letter,
a plate, than to work upon the spot, mak-
Ernest Milster, for "Ernest Milsher," and
ing use of our improvised dark-chamber.
Julius Schaarwachter for "Julius Schaar
This preference has been the occasion of my
and "Wachter."
developing plates in some very queer places,
and I can call to mind comical recollections
of closets, bath-rooms, cellars, lofts, out-
HINTS FROM THE RECORD OF AN houses, carriage sheds, stables, and even
ARTIST AND PHOTOGRAPHER. cemetery vaults, which I have hastily fitted
BY JOHN L. GIHON. up and made to answer the requirements of
Some time since I promised to give you the occasion. The wind, too, is another
an account of a few of the places in whose great enemy to dark-tents, for it is not only
neighborhood we had carried our "dark- disagreeable to have a lot of muslin flap-
tent." ping about your ears, but in addition you
The above sentence is somewhat provis- have the constant apprehension of the up-
ional, for although the contrivance was an setting and loss of your valuables.
inseparable part of our outfit during our In these latitudes, Boreas occasionally
wanderings in the " fever season," it by no gives us some good old blasts, and there are
means follows that we should have put it few mariners who have sailed in the vi-
into active service upon every occasion. cinity of the Bio de la Plata that do not
As a general rule — especially in a warm dread them. Some three weeks ago, to add
country — it will be found advisable to en- some excitement to the celebration of a
dure many inconveniencies in preference to holiday, an adventurous balloonist made an
working under a "dark-tent," no matter ascension. He was unfortunate enough to
how cleverly it may have been constructed. get caught by one of these suddenly ap-
This is more particularly the case where pearing currents of air, and when last seen
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 553

was reported to be scudding over the ocean A good bull will often kill seven or eight
at the rate of about one hundred miles an horses, and as they are frequently ripped
hour. His immediate return is not ex- open several times before death ends their
pected, and his family would be justified in agonies, the refinement of the entertain-
assuming mourning weeds over his some- ment can be appreciated by the most un-
what hasty departure. imaginative. The performers are governed

It may be argued that a landscape pho- by as many rules as used to be insisted

tographer has no business to be out in upon by professional prize fighters, and the
windy weather, but he can often very well darts that incite to fury, the rockets that

economize his" time by taking a shot at seethe into the flesh, and the final sword-

buildings, ruins, or rocks, that stubbornly thrust, have all to be given in strict adher-
refuse to be moved. Very many mornings, ence to them. The audience is always a
indeed, have we packed up our traps and critical one, and last year showed its disap-

sallied forthwith the anticipation of a fine probation of a badly conducted fight by

day's work among the adjoining country- making a bonfire of everything about the
seats, or amidst pleasant scenic localities, place that would burn. It is a fine (?)

and very many times have we arrived
our proposed destination, conjointly with a
breeze that would effectually blend grasses,
bushes, and trees into most unpicturesque
and blurry masses. Under such
either at once beat a graceful retreat or find
your revenge in architectural pursuits. The
at school for boys, and their attendance is al-
ways numerous. In fact, the wind-up is
designed especially for them, and resem-
bling in principle the farce of the " Comic
conditions, Mules," so invariably tacked on to the break-
ing up of a circus. A young bull is let
loose and a general invitation given to the

results will often pay as well as your intended
projects.To the interference of a
morning, we are indebted for a very fine
series of views of the " Bull King." My
dark-room upon that occasion was one of
the many pens in which the animals are
separately confined until needed. Barring
the fact that one has to stand in mire, sug-
youngsters to enjoy themselves. They enter
windy into action with ardor, and a reflective man
can amuse himself by observing how far
the human power of imitation can be car-
ried. Every motion of some favorite " Es-
pada " or " Banderillero " is repeated a
thousand times by as many youthful aspi-
rants, and coats and " ponchos " are flirted

gestive of a barnyard, the pen, or more before the eyes of the young animal with
properly the dungeon, answers the purpose all the grace that characterizes the motions

admirably, forit is the custom to keep the of the trained professionals. The costumes
animals in darkness until they are finally of these latter are highly picturesque. I

rushed into the glare of day, to be sur- have made photographic studies of members
rounded by tormentors and huzzaed, or of the company, and I was surprised upon
condemned by the thousands of spectators. the close inspection thus afforded me to find

Woe to the beast that won't fight. He is that the dresses were of such genuine value.
soon lassoed, dragged away, and speedily Gold lace is lavishly embroidered upon silk
converted into the more ignoble ox, that by and velvet jackets, and even the cloaks
a life of ignominious toil he may atone for that are flaunted about and often dragged
his want of courage. The entire perform- in the dust would excite the envy of many
ance has been so repeatedly described that a young lady.
I shall make no attempt at it. Cruelty Mr. Bergh and his coadjutors could find
is, of course, the leading feature, and no plenty of occupation in their peculiar prov-
device is neglected that will tend to lash ince of relieving the distress of brutes, not
the victim to the desired extent of madness. only in the arena, but in the streets. They
Bloodshed demanded by the tastes of
is would have to bear charmed lives, however,
the majority of those who attend, and as the for it would not require more than two or
human actors are generally agile enough to three interferences on the part of any one of
escape, it becomes the province of the poor them to insure himself a speedy passage to
blindfolded horses to be gored and tossed. the land of shadows. The only obituary
554 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
published would be that Mr. So-and-So was fan, and supplied with stops that hold the
found in the street wounded with a knife, arms when open in the proper position for
and that he was buried at such a place. adjusting the legs. The objection to a
Andnow, I must give you a really valu- rigid tripod head is that it occupies consid-
able " hint." Mr. L. W. Chute, one of the
gentlemen by whom I am engaged here,
and a brother to our esteemed friend, K. J.
Chute, has just taught me how to clean
glass. With his permission I make the
method public. Don't expect anything
complex. Merely fill a large flat dish or
tray with commercial nitric acid. Put in
as many plates as it will hold, and finally
add four or five ounces of 95 per cent, al-

cohol to each half gallon of acid. No ac-

tion takes place for a few minutes, but soon
a bubbling commences and then a very
erable space and is often a clumsy article to
violent ebullition ensues. Dense suflbcating
carry.
fumes arise for awhile, but gradually cease.
Examine your plates and you will find that Mr. Partridge has given the subject much
they now only need a good washing with thought, and freely offers his model for

water previous to albumenizing. The most general use.

obstinate varnished films yield at once to

The cut shows the arms folded for con-
and in less than half an hour
this treatment,
venience in travelling, the dotted lines rep-

you can remove coatings that operated on resenting them as open for use.

by potash and acid would have required John C. Browne.

days. I fully appreciated the plan last
week. A large number of negatives had
been doomed to destruction, and I can as-
sure you that in less than two hours several
COMMUNICATION.
thousand were most effectually wiped off. It Messrs. A. Bogardtjs, Albert Moore,
is scarcely necessary to warn you to place the &c. :

dish in the draught of a chimney, or upon As Mr. Shaw only claims the use of
the roof of your house, or in the open air. sulphur et of potassium to reduce wastes, and
The fumes are too stifling and noxious to is very careful to state that the processes by
run the risk of inhaling them. I call salt and acid are worthless, I would in-
"wrinkle," and
especial attention to this form you that I have not in the past used
think that every photographer who tries it and do not purpose in the future to use Mr.
will give his full appreciation of it. Shaw's process, but will instead, continue
Montevideo, S. A., to use the worthless processes of which he
September, 1873. makes mention, and which I find fully ade-
quate to my purposes. I will in consequence
decline to enter into any arrangement for
A SUGGESTION FOR A TRIPOD the purchase of said patent, nor will I use
HEAD. my influence to induce others to do so. I
At the November meeting of the Photo- think the members of your committee have
graphic Society of Philadelphia, Mr. D. not given the matter due consideration, and
Addison Partridge exhibited a very ingeni- have acted on the supposition that because
ously constructed tripod head, designed and Mr. Shaw pretends that sulphuret is the
made by himself. It is of brass, having best precipitant, all other means which will
three arms, connected at the centre by a answer the same purpose fall under the ap-
compass joint, so arranged that when not in plication of the patent. I consider Mr.
use it can be folded like a partially closed Shaw's process the worst process known
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 555

for precipitating wastes, and the proof that painted ; the one is fastened by means of a
he thinks so himself is found in the fact varnish to a plate of glass, and the other
that after having used sulphuret in the boxes back of it, leaving a small space between
which he put up here in Cincinnati, he sub- the two pictures by placing strips of paste-
stituted plates of zinc, which are just about board between them. I believe that this
as bad. Eespectfully, process has been practiced in America ear-
C. Waldack. lier than in Austria. It has been modified
repeatedly, but all that is exhibited in this
style may fill the public of a suburb with
GERMAN CORRESPONDENCE. admiration, but will not satisfy a person
Photography at the Vienna Exhibition. with any taste for art. The newest varia-
(Continued.) tion of this curious process is the chromo-
Nearly related to the Austrian pictures photography Without chromos, i. e., without
are those of Hungary. Hungary is but a color. Two black pictures, which have been
part of Austria, although she considers her- made transparent, are pasted one behind the
self an independent state; and with but other, but in such a manner that a small
few exceptions, her productions are imita- space is left between them. This is done by
tions of the products of Vienna. We have strips of Bristol-board as above. The effect

only to except a single exhibitor I refer — is and reminds one of mezzotints,

to Professor Koller, in Bistritz
vania) ; genuine German, has
this artist, a
preserved his nationality, and offers in his
curious,
(Transyl- but I prefer the latter. A method which
dealers employ at present for making colored
pictures seems to deserve more attention ;

pictures the characteristics of his country it consists simply in coloring the back of
these are still-life pictures, illustrating the the pictures, to mount them, and to make
modes of living of a castaway tribe of Sax- them transparent by means of wax. This
ons. The exhibition itself furnishes the process is, at least, very simple, and fur-
proof of the correctness and truthfulness of nishes better pictures than the so-called
these pictures, for in the park a peasant chromophotograph. But I intended to
house of this Saxon tribe is exhibited, with speak of the Hungarian pictures. It is
all its original furniture, and even a Saxon strange that in a city where there are so
couple, man and wife, residing in it. We many handsome women, as in Pesth, there
see the people in their own home, and to should be so few pictures of them. Doetor,
judge from this, Koller has hit the nail Ellinger, Kagnatz, all three of them artists
on the head. The furniture of the old of that city, have, strange to say, not tried
inn, the tools, everything is faithfully rep- themselves on the ladies, but on the chil-
resented. The wood-sawing peasant, the dren. Klosy has accomplished the most;
village bride, the gypsies, these are char- not only in portraiture, but he is distin-
acter pictures of the highest order, not guished also by his landscapes and architec-
only on account of their fidelity to nature, tural objects. We do not find him, how-
but also for their entire harmony. One ever, in the Hungarian but in the Austrian
sees that Koller has toned his accessories ;
department, although he is a Hungarian.
everything is of the proper shade, and noth- Divald, also an artist from the Carpathian
ing predominates. There is unison in the Mountains, has contributed very clever
pictures, and artistic feeling. We cannot views of the scenery of those mountains.
say the same of the two painted photo- When we add to these the groups of Rup-
graphs, or chromophotographs. Chromo- prechtin, Vedenburg, which are not bad in
photography is an Austrian invention (?), a technical sense, we have about exhausted
and an Austrian specialty about which a the Hungarian department. Hungary's
great fuss was raised and an attempt was
; neighbor, the so-called unhappy Poland (un-
made to introduce it elsewhere, but without happy by its own fault), has a pretty good
success. The process consists, in its main representative in Szubert, a Polandized
points, in the production of two pictures German. Besides him, Nowicky, in Lem-
from the same negative; each picture is borg, deserves attention for a new method
556 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
of coloring photographs. This is new, in terpiece, exhibits a whole book- of these
so far as the color, that is, the paints, are microscopic prints. It contains the procla-
fixed by the chemical action of light. He mation of the Emperor Alexander. The
adds to the paints a little bichromate of book is so small that it can be carried read-
potash and gum, and by the chemical ac- ily in the vest-pocket. The dream of our
tion of light both become insoluble. If friend Simpson is thus realized. Two years
much is gained by this method, it is still an ago, when speaking of the carrier-pigeons,
open question. When we want to protect Simpson suggested that by reducing printed
the paints the simplest way is to wax the matter to microscopic dimensions, thick
picture, but when the paints have been volumes might be reduced to a few sheets,
poorlj' applied the chemical action of light or even a few square inches, and a whole
does not improve them at all, and chemical library might be contained in a quarto
action of light is by no means photography, volume.
and, still less, art, or else we would have Scamoni has done this, and his process,
to place the celebrated pea-sausage in the which to many may appear as only a curi-
category of photography. osity, may yet gain great practical impor-
You aware how this pea-
are, perhaps, not tance. We have just finished here, in Ber-
sausage, the food of the whole army during lin, a new building for the library of the
the late French-German war, is connected University, but hardly is it done when it

with photography, and I will enlighten you. proves too small, and this is the case with
"When these sausages had to be manufac- almost all the libraries. There is not room
tured by the thousands, daily, a want of enough for the constantly accumulatipg
casings soon manifested itself, and it was material.
necessary to find a substitute. Parchment- Photography shows the way how to save
paper was selected for this purpose, but we space, and only one room will be required in
did not possess a glue which would with- which the microscopic pictures, with the aid
stand the action of boiling water in order of the magic-lantern, are enlarged, and be-
to hold this parchment sausage together. come as readable as ordinary print.
My friend Dr. Jacobsen solved the prob- The manner in which these heliographs
lem; he mixed the glue with chromate of have been made is quite original. Prom
potash, pasted the sausages with this glue, the original print Scamoni takes a collo-
and exposed the pasted parts to sunlight, dion positive, and intensifies it with pyro-
and the glue became insoluble. Thousands gallic acid and silver, as well as bichloride
of pea-sausage casings have been made of mercury and iodine, to an unusual de-
in this manner. Invigorated by our sau- gree; he obtains, in this way, a picture in
sage, we turn to Eussia. We find here an which the lines are raised a galvano-plas-
;

interesting part of the photographic collec- tic cast is taken of it on copper, and in this

tion, but which, probably, will be thought- manner he obtains the plates from which to
lessly passed by by the majority of visitors. print. Scamoni is also an able relief print-
It is the exhibition of the Imperial Kussian er ;
he is the only one in Russia who suc-
establishment for making bank-notes and cessfully practices the Woodbury process ;

other papers of value. We see, to our sur- he also makes heliographs with gelatin and
prise,what may be accomplished when pho- asphalt, the beauty of which leaves nothing
tography is combined with copperplate and to be desired. His plates with sunk-in lines
ordinary printing. Surprising above all for copperplate printing are equally good ;

others are the heliographic reproductions in size, however, they are smaller than the
of printed matter, given in microscopic plates of the Vienna Military Institute, but
minuteness. We whole page of the
find a artistically they stand much higher. Much
Illustrated News reduced to the space of has been said of the Russian photographs.
one and a half inches, but so sharp (it is There was a time when Beyer, in Warsaw,
copperplate prints) that, with the aid of a and Bergamosio, in St. Petersburg, were
magnifying glass, we easily can read it. praised as model artists. When I examine
Scamoni, the originator of this little mas- their pictures now, after a lapse of ten
I §1111 SHUT.
PLEASE FILL YOUR ORDERS IN THE BLANK BELOW.
Preminm on all New Subscribers, not your own, at the rate of $1 per annum, payable in any of our Publications, offered to

everybody. Please see advertisement in December No. Philadelphia Photographer.

g®"1 Please
-
read our Advertisements of Photographic Publications.**®®,

/fy
Messrs. BENERMAN & WILSON,

Find herein $ - for the following

publications :
COMMENCING.

Philadelphia Photographer, $5.00 a year,

. Copies Photographic Mosaics, 18 cloth, $1.00 ;

paper, 50 cents, . .

" Anderson's Skylight and Dark-Koom, $4.00,

" . Bigelow's Album of Lighting and Posing, $6.00,
" How to Paint Photographs (3d edition), $2.00, .

" Vogel's Handbook of Photography, $3.50,

" Vogel's New Photographer's Pocket Keference-Book, $1.50, . .

" Anderson's Photo-Comic Allmyknack, 75 cents,

" The Ferrotyper's Guide, 75 cents,

" How to Sit for your Photograph ; cloth, 60 cents ;

paper, 30 cents,

" Linn's Landscape Photography, 75 cents, , . .

" Wilson's Landscape Studies, $4.00,

" Glimpses at Photography, $1.25,

. " Ayres' Chart of Photographic Drapery, $2.00,

" Lea's Manual of Photography, $3.75, .

Total Amount,

Name,
p. o.,
County,
State,

I also add $ for the following to be sent to the new subscribers

named on the other side. Premium wanted also named on the other side.

[On the other side please put additional orders to your own in the same form as the above, and your order for pre-
miums. Do not send greenbacks if you can get P. O. Order, or draft. For premium list see third page of cover of the
Philadelphia Photographer.']
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 557

years, I shake my head ; they may have Let us proceed further, and. we reach the
made model pictures in those days when we Turkish department ; it has but one photog-
had no idea of photography the heads
art ; rapher, but he is excellent ; it is Sebach, of
are large, sharp to the very corner, without Constantinople. Mohammed has forbidden
retouch, and without stain or blemish, and his followers to have their pictures taken,
this is all ; of artistic feeling not a trace. and declared it a sin. But this does not
The Russian photographers have remained prevent the Turks to sin away (photogra-
stationary they are the same to-day as ten
;
phically), and Mr. Sebach, a Turk himself,
years ago; only one of them, Denier, has makes, by these sins, which he may practice
produced something new but we can give ; also on Sunday, without being called a Sab-
to his mezzotints, which are made from two bath-breaker, plenty of money. He even
negatives, only conditional praise. Many exhibits the pictures of Turkish ladies. The
of them, for instance, that of Gortschakoff, bashful daughters of the Orient unveil
have too little sharpness we get dizzy by
; themselves before the photographic appa-
looking at them. The smaller pictures ratus, and know very well how to pose
make a better impression. Bergamosio has themselves. Some no doubt will be curious
sent a number of theatre figures ; in these to see the image of such a Turkish beauty,
pictures figures, furniture, and background but I must confess that many of them would
have a very stagy look, the real show-case — have done better if they had not removed the
pictures, which may astonish an Asiatic, but veil. I confess to have seen in the Orient
fail to impress us. Miezkowsky, in "War- many women without veils, and also Egyp-
saw, exposes large-sized pictures, but his tians, but if the wife of Potiphar was no
productions are also devoid of artistic merit. handsomer than those which I saw, it was
He also exhibits large negative plates, and not very hard for the chaste Joseph to pre-
seems to put great stress on it ; but the pro- serve his chastity. Sebach's photographs
duction of large plates is rather a matter of interest me more than his originals. He
routine and manual skill than art. It is a also exhibits wonderfully fine landscapes.
peculiar idea to make plates of 20 inches His Egyptian pictures are the finest I know
square, on which there is nothing but a his views of Constantinople are splendid,
figure about 8 inches large, a curtain, a ta- particularly the architectural ones. His
ble,and a perfectly bare background of the true landscapes appear a little under-
20 inches around the main figure. I may exposed, and hence too dark ; but compared
cut away everything until a picture of with the richly-tinted scenes of the Bos-
about 10 inches square remains, which has phorus, photography has a hard task. Se-
artistically as much value as the large one. bach is also a photolithographer, and prac-
Cayat, in Paris, understood it better to tices the Lichtdruck ; he is a very zealous
make a large artistic picture, and to fill it and industrious man.
add to this the tasteless pose of Miezkow- Greece can only boast of two exhibitors,
sky's figures, the hard white light, the deep Moraites and Kollas the former contrib-;

shadows, and yet this man asks for a diploma utes some good pictures of the Athenian
of honor. ruins ; these are, for the study of antiquity,
Taganz, in Warsaw, is rather more de- invaluable. Unfortunately, these pictures
serving, although his portraits also betray show strong traces of turning yellow. Wa-
the Russian style, — empty background, in- ter seems to be more scarce now in the
different pose still he has distinguished
; beautiful Attica than in those days when
himself by very clever landscapes and inte- the Ilissus rolled his much-lauded waves
riors ;by " Lichtdruck." Dietkiewicz,
also into the Pyraeus, and when the holy groves
in Warsaw, works in a similar manner resounded with the songs of the Bacchantes.
besides these, only a number of landscapes, The people who now tread these sacred
view of the Caucasian Mountains, taken places seem to be as wormeaten as the ruins
at Kiew, views of the city of Moscow, &c, themselves, and no culture is capable of in-
have to be mentioned, and we have ex- fusing new life wood even
into the rotten ;

hausted Russian photography. photography, this new art of painting, the

558 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER.
child of our century, fails to give a new im- our dress, hair, &c, and not particularly at
pulse to Greek art. For the development our features, and the consequence is there
of photography, and for its future progress, is a constant change taking place, and we

we have to look to the newer civilized fail to see it; but the photograph will not

countries, and America has a decided word blush you can look at it by the half hour,
;

to say in the matter. and no one is offended you can look, and ;

Yours truly, comment upon the freckles, moles, pimples,

Dr. Vogel. deep lines, hollow cheek, high cheek-bones,
frowns, deep sunken eyes until the white is

lost in shade, scars, crooked nose, crooked

face,crooked mouth, one eyebrow higher
NEWELL'S COMPOSITION
than the other, one small eye,&c, which
FOR COATING PHOTOGRAPHIC WARE, you never saw before.
AND
Some people talk with their mouth, some
Newell's Fluid-Proof Bath-Holders. with their eyes, and some with their ears.
We have lately had the opportunity of Some peculiar twitch of the lips, some pe-
examining some of the photographic ware culiar expression of their eyes, or perhaps
manufactured hy Messrs. K. Newell & Son, a slight movement of the ears during con-
No. 626 Arch St., Philadelphia, which is versation, is apt to attract attention; and
made of wood and coated with their pat- whenever we speak or look at each other we
ented composition inside and out. They do it usually with a glance, and that snatch
have greatly improved their ware in shape or glanceis directed to one of these places,

and lightness, and their bath-holders, with consequently we do not look into each other's
tight top or without, are all one could de- face with the least idea of fixing its formation
sire. They are strong in all their parts, upon our mind with a lasting impression.
are fluid and acid proof, and are absolutely There, perhaps, is no subject or matter
unbreakable by any ordinary or extraordi- that the mind is so treacherous upon as the
nary usage. They are in use by many lead- question of remembering the features of
ing photographers, and are praised and val- another, even those most dear to us'; and to
ued by all who use them. illustrate it I will just call the attention of
my brother photographers to a fact which,
no doubt, you all have had a trial at, that
A GLANCE. of furnishing a colored portrait for a cus-
BY G. W. DOTY. tomer, of a deceased friend. No two of the
Know thyself! Until then we will re- friends will agree as to the color of the hair,
touch and touch-out. eyes, &c. ;
one, perhaps, will have it that
During the last year I have visited a the eyes were light blue ; another dark blue
number of photographers, and talked up another will say, no they wern't, they were
the question of retouching. I have read a gray, &c. 1 can illustrate the question in a
number of articles upon the subject, but as great many ways, to prove that we do not
yet I have never met with any article, or know each other as we should, and that we
photographer, who based the subject upon do not know ourselves is a positive truth.
the right foundation as I see it. Where is the person who can give a true
"We all see each other with a glance. The delineation of his features? Think of it,

American people are of a very sensitive you workers upon the human face divine!
nature, and prompted by etiquette are prone We see ourselves and friends only with a
to look each other in the face as little as glance, therefore we must make the photo-
may be, consequently we have a very indis- graph as we see each other, and that can
tinct idea of each other's true features, and only be done by retouching.
only see ourselves and friends in a good pic- The faithful camera does its duty, and to
ture. the perfect horror of many customers they
When we look into the mirror we are just discover how wrinkled or freckled their
almost always making our toilet, looking at face is, this or that as the case may be.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 559

They are apt to see something they never substituting the ordinary negative collodion
saw before, and many times condemn the and
for the opal collodion in these formulae,
photograph when in reality it is a perfect I have no doubt that from these hints a
likeness. rapid and simple dry process can be per-
The old saying, "I want it natural," or fected, which will involve none of the tedi-
"I want it to look just like me," or "I ous manipulation incident to most of the
want it just in my every-day clothes," is dry processes as at present practiced.
played out.Even the backwoodsman wants I would suggest, in closing, one thing in
an improvement and if you make their
; the use of gelatin in the above processes.
mouth crooked (a reality), or show a dirty Do not use a gelatin solution too long.
spot on their cheek (a sunken cheek), or the
I also make carbon prints by the follow-
hair or whiskers gray (high-light), coat or
ing process
dress gray (blue-black), and other things
After the ferrotype plate has been coated
too numerous to mention, they will tell you it
with the opal collodion and dried, it is coated
isn't natural. And until we all have learned
with a gelatin solution prepared as follows :

to " know thyself" we must retouch, touch-

out, or doctor up the picture until it looks Sensitive Solution No. 1.

as we see each other in a glance. Water, . 10 ounces.

Alcohol, . 10 "
Bichromate of Potassa or Bi-
chromate of Ammonium,
JOTTINGS FROM THE JOURNAL to saturation.

OF AN EXPERIMENTALIST.
(Continued from page 541.)
Sugar,
Gelatin,
....
Nitrate of Uranium,

....
100 grains.
2 ounces.
4 "

III. Camphor, . . . 50 to 100 grains.

Another Formula for Dry Printing by above solution over the whitened
I flow the
Development. —
Coat the ferrotype plate with plate,which when again dry is subjected to
the opal collodion bromo-iodized, and dry it the action of light under a negative. Or I
well. Now wash under " the tap " until flow the plate with a sensitive solution pre-
the film evenly moistened, then flow with
is pared as follows:
an argento-chlorized gelatin, as thick as it Sensitive Solution No. 2.
can be and flow smoothly. Dry well, and
Water, 10 ounces.
print under the negative from sixty seconds
to two or three minutes, according
cumstances. Wash for a
to cir-
moment, and-
Alcohol,
Gelatin,
Sugar,
.....
.....
10
4
2
"
"
"
plunge into the nitroglycerin bath as above, Bichromate of Potassa or Bi-
and develop. In the latter as in the former chromate of Ammonium, to saturation.

process, fix the picture in a saturated solu- Nitrate of Silver, . 60 to 100 grs.
"
tion of hyposulphite of soda.
Pictures by the above processes may be Camphor, ....
Chloride of Calcium, 20 to
50 to 100
30
"

toned if desirable. If I sensitize a plate with the Sensitive

A further modification of the process may Solution No. 1, it is, after being submitted
be practiced as follows : to the light, treated as follows
Coat the plate with the opal film, iodized I make the following solution :

as above, let dry. Now dampen the surface Sensitive Solution No.
and flow with a gelatin solution containing
from ten to fifteen grains of nitrate of sil-
Water,
Alcohol,
.....
.... 5 ounces.
5 "
3.

ver and one grain citric acid to the ounce. Extract of Logwood, . 1 ounce.
Dry, and expose for an instant as in the first Other coloring matter accord-
process, and proceed with the development ing to the tint required,
and fixing precisely as above. I have by Hydrochlorio Acid, 2 to 3 drachms.
this last process, and by the first, succeeded When the plate is brought in from the
in getting fine negatives upon dry plates, light it is plunged into the warm water, to
560 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
say, a pint of which, about one or two useful to us. You will find it most useful to
drachms of the above Solution No. 3 is you. One of the best selections from it we
added, and suffered to remain there until give below,* to show how thoroughly the
the image is darkened to the proper depth. talented author gives attention to all sub-
The warm water is then constantly renewed jects.The chapters on Studio Construction,
until the lights and middle tones are washed Negative Manipulation, Printing, Toning,
out. &c, are unsurpassed.
If I use Sensitive Solution No. 2, the ex- Consumption of Chemicals in the
posure to light is and the
similar to No. 1, Negative Process per square foot = TU J

coloring and development of the image the square metre of plate for landscapes.
same, but as the picture contains a slight 1. Equivalent collodion. Cadmium io-
quantity of silver, it can when fully devel- dized, containing 1
\ pyroxylin, \\ per cent,
oped be toned to any required tint by means salt.
of chloride of gold, and when fully toned, I use per square foot = £$ square metre
every particle of silver dissolved out with 16| grammes = 20 cubic centimetres = £ of
cyanide of potassium, thus making the pic- an ounce.
ture as permanent as the one by the first One of my scholars consumes only 11.4
process. grammes, or only 3 grammes for a plate of
I do not confine myself to the exact pro- card size.
portions of the chemicals indicated above, 2. Silver bath— 1 to 10 and 1 to The
12J.
and I also use other chemical compounds consumption of the bath solution per square
producing similar results. foot is at most but \ of an ounce. This in-
I also use both of the above processes on cludes the loss by filtration, emptying
paper, cardboard, thin glass, or other suit- dishes, &c.
able substances, either with or without the According to Meikes, one of my former
opal collodion. assistant experimenters, the consumption
The process is probably the most rapid was \ ounce = 16f grammes per square
printing process by contact at present known, foot = y^ square metre.
1

and is the only direct printing process in Silver bath for filling a flat dish 8 to 10
carbon by which full definition and proper inches with as much solution as is necessary
half-tone with sufficient vigor has been se- for sensitizing conveniently = 400 cubic
cured. It has also in most particulars the centimetres = 13 ounces.
merit of entire originality. 3. Developer and intensifier (5 per cent,
protosulphate of iron or 7 per cent, sulphate
of iron and ammonia) 3 to 4 glacial acetic
DR. VOGEL'S POCKET REFERENCE
acid and alcohol.
BOOK. Consumption per square foot = 300 cubic
This splendid work is having all the en- centimetres inclusive of intensifier (I in-
thusiastic reception we predicted for it. As tensify with iron) ; without intensification,
we use it, and we think the experience of 200 cubic centimetres =
7 ounces were con-
others is the same, we find it more and sumed.
more invaluable. Photographers wonder Of solution of citric acid and nitrate of
why we have not had such a book long ago. silver (2 per cent, silver and 2 per cent,
The reason is because no one seemed willing citric acid) the consumption amounted to
to devote the time to its production. An 48 cubic centimetres = 1£ ounces per square
immense amount of thought, research, and foot.
labor is necessary to arrange such a work, as 4. Water for washing after the develop-
you will find when you examine it, and it ment and intensification per square foot, 2
could be done in no short space of time. litres — 3J pints.
The American edition has all the merits 5. Fixing solution, cyanide of potassium,
of the German, and many important addi-
tions have been made to it. We cannot * Photographers in making estimates for job
commend it too highly. We find it most work will find this a very useful aid. Ed.
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGE APHEE. 561

1 : 25 per square foot, 100 to 150 cubic cen- last joints; mount on four table casters;
timetres = 5 ounces. paint one coat of lead or brown, and it is

With a more diluted solution, 180 to 200 ready for use. Cost, one-half day's work,
cubic centimetres = 7 ounces. and $2 for stock. Is very light, and easy to
6. Water for washing after fixing, per hap^le.
square foot, about 17 pints. L. M. Whitney.
Varnish, per square foot, 7^ cubic cen-
7.

timetres =
2 drachms.
8. Albumen solution for preparing plates
BE CAREFUL HOW YOU BUY.
(the white of 1 egg, to added 10 which is
Several of our correspondents have sent
cubic centimetres of ammonia and 5 drops
us a circular from which we make the fol-
of carbolic acid, and well shaken) 8 cubic ;
lowing tempting extracts
centimetres of this are diluted with 100
cubic centimetres of water. Of albumen Only $5.00. Only $5.00.
solution I use 25 cubic centimetres = 6
drachms per square foot. THE PHOTOCHROMOGRAPH,
The consumption of chemicals for por- A Novel and Superb style of Coloring Photographs.

traits must be nearly the same. A NEW INVENTION.

For reproductions and similar work, the
On receipt of $5.00 we will furnish in-
consumption of developer and intensifier is structions which will enable any man, woman or
greater. child to color photographs in a very beautiful
Consumption of Hypo per sheet, 4 to 5 style. This beautiful style is now used by some
grammes = 70 grains. of the most eminent coloristsin the country, and
Consumption of Intensifier (see Con- to its use they owe their great reputation.
sumption of Chemicals). The process is purely mechanical, requiring

Consumption of Nitrate of Silver in no artistic skill whatever. Consequently the

the Positive Process is, according to most inexperienced hand may become a success-

Nickel, TL of an ounce per sheet of albumen

ful colorist. The mode of applying the color is

so simple and easy, that one person can color

paper according to Meike (Yogel's Hand-
;

from
book, page 136) =
33 grains per sheet when
fifteen to twenty photographs in a day at a

mere trivial expense. We can safely say the

the bath is old, and 40 grains per sheet
Photochromograph is unsurpassed for brilliancy
when the bath is fresh. and softness, possessing nil the richness of an oil
Consumption of Salt of Gold in Toning painting. It is destined to take the place of
is,according to Davanne, £ grain per sheet. water color work, as the attendant expense and
In making the toning solution, 1 grain per labor is so much less. This method of color-
sheet should be calculated. ing so closely resembles the Porcelain or Ivory
miniatures, and the effect produced is so ex-
actly like that obtained on Ivory, that it is

only by those who have had great experience

HOW TO MAKE A CIRCULAR coloring that the difference can be detected.
in
If
BACKGROUND. you have ever seen the enamelled glass pictures,
I have just finished a circular back- you can form an approximate idea of the Photo-
ground for myself that is very light, cheap, chromograph. We find in most colored photo-
and soon made, and which is as follows graphs the want of force and lifelike character.

Take two pieces of felloes bent for the hind In our new method of coloring every delicate
shade and gradation of tone is preserved from
wheel of a buggy spring them out so they
;

the highest light to the deepest shadows, giving

will span about five feet ; tenon the ends for
a most pleasing effect and having the appearance
the corner posts let the posts run past one
;
of a very delicate manipulated painting. We
inch frame
between once in six or
strips in
;
have been and are now engaged in making this
eight inches; take the heavy brown paper
and ap-
beautiful style of picture in this city,
for sheeting up buildings tack on inside ;
pend a few names of the prominent citizens of
two thicknesses, breaking joints now take ; taste and culture recommending the work.
thin brown paper, and glue strips over the Parties writing for the secret will receive
562 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
printed instructions and full description of do as follows : I make my paper bath 35
paints, oil, &c. , necessary to be used in pro- grains strong to the ounce of solution or
ducing the effect. Great pains will be taken to water ;
then to each ounce of solution I put
make everything plain and pointed, so there can
5 grains of crushed sugar, 2 grains of pul-
be no possibility of a mistake, as our success verized alum, then add to the whole mix-
depends on your success.
ture one-fourth to one-half of an ounce of
We are prepared to color for those who wish
strong spirits of ammonia, set it in the sun
such work, as some would rather send us the
and let it precipitate for one or two hours,
Photo, to color than do the coloring themselves ;

for the benefit of such, we give directions and

filter till clear, and it is ready for use. I
price-list below.
float the paper 40 or 50 seconds, dry and
fume 8 or 10 minutes I do the printing ;

"We are asked, " Is this secret safe to buy ?" then in the usual way: wash the prints in
and in answer would say, if you believe that several waters, adding some salt to the
any such assertions as are made in the cir- first water ; and my toning bath is made
cular can have any foundation in truth as follows 15 grains chloride of gold to
:

whatever, j-ou would experience the peculiar one quart of water for the stock solution ;

pleasure of knowing what it is to be " taken take from that 2 ounces to 18 ounces water,
in" by making a purchase. The sum re- make quite alkaline with common washing
quired will secure you the Philadelphia Pho- soda, add to that 1 ounce of fine table-salt
tographer for a year, and we believe it will and J ounce alcohol, and tone the pictures ;

do you the most good. No "mechanical" when toned enough wash in one water and
process for coloring pictures can be good. fix as follows 5 ounces hypo soda, 20
:

If we are not wrong, we believe the pic- ounces water, \ ounce alcohol, not more.
ture advertised is made on glass. A collodio- The pictures may turn very red while
chloride having in it a mixture of a white fixing, but will come all right before dry.
pigment is flowed upon the glass, dried, Be careful not to overtone. The rest of
printed under the negative, and colored the process I will not mention, as it is so
roughly. What we have seen are simply generally understood. This has proved
abominable, and tend to degenerate rather the most successful formula to me for all
than elevate the art of photography. kinds of weather and lights and for six ;

years I have travelled in Texas, have

worked in tents, old houses, by all kinds of
A TEXAS FORMULA. and think I know something about
lights,
the troubles aphotographer has to en-
Gentlemen : As I always see some-
counter. I am
having a new house built
thing in your monthly, from some of the
at Cereto, Texas, and will send you some
fraternity, that is useful as well as interest-
prints from the first work done in it, made
ing, and some of the brothers' methods of
by this process, which will be in about one
making good photographs, &c, I will en-
month and a half. A. Fitch.
deavor to give you my method of making
photographs in as few words as the case
will admit of, and should it prove of any
A GOOD SIGN.
value to any of the fraternity I will feel
that I am amply paid for my trouble.
A short time ago, while enjoying the
pleasure seldom afforded us of a leisurely
Kespectfully, A. Fitch.
walk, we came upon a photographic estab-
I make my silver bath for the negative lishment, over the door of which was a sign
35 grains strong, and iodize with potash in reading, viz.: " Established and in success-
the usual way, and my developer of iron, ful operation since 1800." The thought oc-
acetic acid, and
varying in alcohol, curred to us, " Well, that is a great deal to
strength as the case may demand then I ; say; thirteen years 'in successful operation.'
clean my glass well and expose the plate Let us go in and learn the good man's secret,
to suit the circumstances, then fix and pre- and communicate it to our readers, many of
serve the negative until I print, which I whom are complaining to us of their want
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEK. 563

of success." We accordingly entered, and MATTERS OF THE

being pleasantly received, we inspected the
whole establishment, and we discovered the
secret."Would it do you any good to know
it? Well, in the first place, everything
was kept clean, and neat, and in order.
Good, but not extravagant, apparatus was
used the best of chemicals were employed
; ; Membership costs $2 ; annual dues, $4.
the employe's were drilled into habits of Life membership, $25, and no dues.
cleanliness and carefulness they were well ; All remittances of back dues, and fees, and
treated and well paid, and the most of them dues for new members should be made to the
had worked there side by side for several Permanent Secretary, Edward L. Wilson,
years. The whole place had a sort of a Seventh and Cherry Sts., Philadelphia.
feeling of good-will about it, and the result- —
Life Members. The following have been
ing work was of course excellent. The made life members by the Executive Com-
prices charged were also above the N. P. A. mittee E. M. Collins, Oswego, N. Y.
: J. ;

scale. The proprietor told us that from the C. Potter, Elyria, Ohio; A. M. Allen, Potts-
beginning his effort had been to excel in his ville, Pa.; J. B. Silvis, Wyoming Terri-
work, to be courteous to his patrons, and tory; John Dean, Worcester, Mass. In-
yet to maintain his professional dignity, stead of five, there should be five hundred.
and that, he thought, was why he had been The following is a list of the generous
"in successful operation since 1860." contributions so far received by the Per-
manent Secretary for the removal of the
debt of the Association :

D. W. Boss, Mechanicsburg, Pa.,. $ 2 00

A HOMEMADE BACKGROUND. J. Ulke, Washington, D. C, . 5 00
G. B. Spencer, Flemington, N. J., 7 00
BT T. C. HARRIS.
Taylor & Brown, Philadelphia, 5 00
A good cheap background for " Eem- A. Marshall, Boston, Mass., . 10 00
brandt" heads can be made by gluing to- R. B. Lewis, Hudson, Mass., 2 00

gether three or four layers of pasteboard, C. C.Schoonmaker, Troy, N. Y., 5 00

so as to make a large heavy card about five L. W. Colby, Manchester, N. H., 2 00

feet square. This is to be cut into a perfect G. W. Butler, Westerly, R. I.. . 2 00

L. Vanloo, Cincinnati, Ohio, . 4 00
circle five feet in diameter. Over one or
E. D. Evans, Titusville, Pa., 1 00
both sides of this paste one thickness of
J. D. Byerly, Frederick, Md., 7 00
common muslin when dry cut out of this
;
J. H. Reed, Clinton, Iowa, 2 00
circle a triangular piece with the point of
H. Noss, New Brighton, Pa., 2 00
the triangle exactly in the centre of the W. P. Slee, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. . 7 00
card. The base of this triangle will be at F. Thomas, Columbia, Mo., . 5 00
the edge of the circle, and the width will J. G. Vail, Geneva, N. Y., . 3 00
govern the concavity of the background W. H. Allen, Detroit, Mich., 5 00
when finished. Now bring the edges of the L. Moulton, Beaver Dam, Wis., 5 00
cut together, giving sufficient lap, and rivet N. S. Leetnan, Haverhill, Mass., 5 00

firmly with ordinary copper rivets placed S. T. Speechly, Manchester, Mich., . 5 00

about two or three inches apart around the ;

Miss A. H. Peirce, Springfield, N. Y., 2 00

edge of the whole tack a wooden hoop, to W. R. Phipps, Lexington, Ky., 7 00

W. S. Judd, Carthage, Mo., . 2 00
give Afterwards paint the de-
stiffness.
J. Loeffler, Tompkinsville, N. Y., 7 00
sired shade on the inside, and mount on a
C. A. Rutledge, Rockville, Ind., 2 00
light wooden frame or an old head-rest. R. H. Blair, Smyrna, Del., . 5 00
This makes a very good substitute, for the E. Goddard, Woonsocket, R. I., 10 00
ready-made grounds, and is especially rec- J. P. Whipple, Whitewater, Wis., . 5 00
ommended to those whose supply of R. J. Chute, Lynn, Mass., 6 00
" stamps " is not sufficient to buy one. J. B. Silvis, Wyoming Territory, 5 00
564 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGKAPHEK.
E. F. Everett, Mankato, Minn., . . $3 00 and the position is awkward and ugly,
W. Nims, Edward, N. Y.,
Ft. . 5 00 while the other one is a beautifully executed
F. M. Crane, Ogdensburg, N. Y., . 1 00 cabinet picture, exquisite in chemical effect,
C. Anderson, Harrodsburg, Ky., . . 4 00
artistically posed, doing great credit to
R. G Murphy, Wabash, Tnd., . 5 00
Mr. Heermans. There are many who
J. A. Rider, Wellsville, N. Y., 3 50
" have been in the business twenty years "
.

S. S. Richards, Carthage, N. Y., . . 2 00

who cannot begin to compete with Mr.
A. J. Fisher, Towanda, Pa., . 1 00
Heermans. " Journals and books are no
Lake & Holcomb, Garrettsville, Ohio, . 2 00
George Moore, Seattle, Wash. Territory , 1 00 use to them. They know it all, and can
P. F. Finch, Lebanon, Ohio, . 5 00 teach the men what write." Comment is
W. C. North, Utica, N. Y., . . 10 00 unnecessary. As Mr. Heermans aptly re-
J. Barhydt, Rochester, N. Y., . 20 00 marks, " The moral is obvious." Is it not?
Patton & Deitreich, Reading, Pa., . 2 00
L. H. Spalding, Otto, N. Y., . 5 00
E. E. Henry, Leavenworth, Kan., . . 5 00
" The Photographer to his Patrons."
T. H. Rutter, Deer Lodge, Montana, . 5 00

J. P. Spooner, Stockton, Cal., . 5 00 We manufacture this useful little

still

C. S. Cooper, Clyde, N. Y., . . 3 00 leaflet for the purpose of advertising your

J. Mullen, Lexington, Ky., . . 5 00 business among your customers and for in-
J. W. Wykes, Quincy, III., . . 1 00 structing them as well. We can supply
R. Uhlman, St. Joseph, Mo., . 1 00 them in English, German, and Spanish,
W. Langdale, Wingham, Ont., 3 00
and in many attractive styles. Samples
T. P. Varley, Baltimore, Md., 00
supplied free. We do not think a photog-
. 1

$240 50 rapher can use a better method of advertis-

ing, for they not only bring your business
It may be well to say that this will not
before the public, but they tell the public
pay one-tenth of the debt. "Will it not be
of your interest in them, of your enter-
folly to undertake more unless it can be
prise, and show that you understand what
paid for ? For the credit of our Association
you undertake. The cost is little, one new
let us keep out of debt.
customer often repaying you for the whole
cost of one thousand of The Photographer to
his Patrons.
The Value of Instruction, and the Please read the new advertisements this
Practical Result. month.
A correspondent writes us as follows :

I inclose two pictures, one from my first,

and one from my last negative. THE CENTENNIAL.

A little less
than three years ago I pur- What up for the Centennial?
shall I get
chased stock and apparatus, of Wilson, which every photographer should
is a query
Hood & Co., and embarked among the pho- ask himself now, day by day, and prepare
tographic breakers with scarcely enough The Centennial
for a substantial answer.
knowledge of the business to focus on I ;
Exhibition is not to be an ordinary one nor
of course ran aground the first tack, and
an extraordinary one, such as we have each
have been in shoal water many times since, year under the auspices of the National
but, having the Photographer, Mosaics, and
Photographic Association, but a very extra-
many other valuable books for lighters, I
ordinary one, where your best work should
have succeeded in keeping afloat nicely. be gotten up and shown in elegant style.
The moral is obvious. The Centennial Committee are disposed to
Yours respectfully, and
treat photographers very favorably to
E. A. Heermans,
have a hall especially constructed for the
Hyde Park, Scranton, Pa.
art of photography. This being the case
One of the pictures sent — the oldest one let us not fail to do our best, including lib-

—possesses all the density of a door-plate, eral subscriptions to the stock.

 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHER. 565

PHOTOGRAPHIC MOSAICS, 1874. Photographs, etc., for Coloring; No More Pin-

We come
our readers this year with
to
Holes ; Successive Development The Green-
;

Glass Question Backgrounds Transparencies

our ninth issue of Mosaics with more than ; ;

for the StereoscopeLantern Pictures The Dark-

usual satisfaction : first, because many good ; ;

Room Photographing in Hot Climates Many

; ;

friends have evinced their willingness to

Mites from Many Minds.
help us in our efforts to teach others the
right way to succeed in their work — a spirit Photographic Mosaics, as most of our read-
which cannot be too highly praised — by ers know, is an annual record of photo-
graphic progress, and contains 144 pages,
sending us practical articles for the pages
of Mosaics; and, secondly, because the pa- well crowded with practical photographic
suggestions, &c. Its cost is only 50 cents
pers they have sent are so varied in subject
per copy, in paper cover, and $1.00 in cloth,
and so very good. They cannot fail to be
thus making it the cheapest photographic
very useful and have good effect upon the
readers of them, if they are read with half
work ever published. The issue for 1874
will be ready by the time this reaches our
the care and thought which we know must
readers, and we hope for it a welcome quite
have been expended in their production.
equal to that given to its predecessors.
That you may judge of the correctness of
Mosaics is a book for those who know how,
what we say we append a list of the
but forget. Forget not to get it soon.
CONTENTS.
On the Sensitiveness of Bromide of Sil-
1873 ;

ver Toning and Fixing; Is Honesty the Best

; PRIZE OFFER FOR SOLAR
Policy? Transparent Paper; Growing; A New NEGATIVES.
Test for Hyposulphite of Sodium Chemical ;
Mr. Albert Moore, the eminent solar
Manipulation and Collodion How to Buy a ;

Lens Copying of Every Description Executed

printer of this city, authorizes us to make
;

an offer of a gold medal the same size as

in the Highest Style of the Art ; Expression ;

given before, for the best solar negative sent

The Keception-Room ;
Treatment of Prints after
Toning Public Taste Plate Vise Progress of
; ;
him, under the following conditions:
;

Photography in America How to be a Photog- ;

1. The negatives must be on either half
rapher of the Times The Uncertainties of Pho- ;
or whole size plates.
tography ; Exploration Field Photography ; How 2. They must be- delivered on or before
to Make Varnish for Negatives, and How to March 15, 1874.
Varnish Them Porcelain Printing How
; ; to 3. The subjects must be ladies or chil-
Elevate Our Art ; Lighting for Portraits ; Some- dren no men.
;

thing Practical Photographs Negative Var-

; ;
4. No negative must have more than
nish ; Lighting the Sitter ; Photographic Excel-
three figures. All negatives sent are to be
lence On Certain Causes of Failure and Success
;

the property of Mr. Moore, whether chosen

in Photography Negative Retouching The
; ;

or not.
Roller Press and Burnisher Recovery of Gold ;

and Silver from the Waste or Spent Solutions; 5. The best five negatives will be chosen
Concerning Formulae; Notes on Photographic from the lot and from them prints will be
Subjects Hints on Photographic Printing
;
;
made. The prints will then be subjected
Things which Hurt; Collodion Transfers Along- ;
to the opinion of five practical judges, who
side; A Chapter on Practical Matters; What to shall make the award for the one which
do with Negative Baths which have been Ren- they agree is best.
dered Unserviceable by Constant Usage ; Photo- 6. Each competitor of the five will re-
graphic Literature ; Influence of Long and Short ceive gratis a copy of the successful picture.
Exposures upon the Brilliancy of the Pictures ;
7. Full instructions for making the nega-
Wet-Plate Photography Out of Doors Sandarac ;
tives may be had in pamphlet form, and
and Benzoin Varnish On Printing, and How to ;

all other needful information by applying to

do it; Cleansing a Discolored Printing Bath;
On the Double Iodides and Bromides, and How Albert Moore,
to Prepare Them; Backgrounds : Mr. Faulkner's
No. 828 Wood Street, Philadelphia.

Method of Making Them ; A Practical Sugges- We hope our best solar negative makers
tion for Stereo-Landscape Negatives ; Preparing will go into this matter earnestly.
37
566 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
of alum, and took the solution remaining
and crystallized, which I supposed was ni-
trate of aluminum. I found considerable
drying necessary to produce crystallization.
I found it to form needle-like crystals, very
deliquescent, having a decided acid reac-
tion, readily coagulating albumen, and that
precipitation of a gelatinous character took
place upon the addition of ammonia. The
precipitate first formed by the reaction on

5lSlSTS15lS151S\5lS15l5i5\5\5\5L5lS1515l5lS151£15»S alum I found to coagulate albumen when

in solution, but it was sparingly soluble in
Sphynx has languished for a month or
water, and I concluded that it must be a
two. We hope for good answers to the
following
sulphur salt of calcium. I wish to know if

I was right, and all the whys.

F. M. Spencer.
Some time since I had a silver bath that
Can you illustrate any process whereby
caused me much trouble, and I thought to
I can retouch at night? I have not tried
fuse it, had never done, although
a thing I
any way as yet, but would like some prac-
working photography a number of years.
at
tical suggestions to begin with.
Everj'thing proceeded well up to the for- McC.
mation of the miniature volcanoes, when
How can I renovate an old silver solu-
the mass became volcanoes in fact, all but
tion, with nitrate of ammonia in it, with-
the stones and lava actually emitting fire
;
out smoking me out of house and home ?
and smoke, or a something like smoke, and
C. A. B.
cracking like gun-caps. It was a proceeding
Can Sphynx give me a good reliable for-
I had made no calculation for, and as the
mula for printing solar prints on painters'
saying is, I "let her fizzle." When that
part of the interloped programme was
prepared canvas ? And is there any canvas
already prepared for solar printing ?
through, I increased the heat in anticipa-
tion of melting the silver, but " nary" fuse.
J. A. W. Pittman.
I had left a gray, brittle mass, insoluble in
water. How shall I proceed to regain my SOCIETY GOSSIP.
silver ? (For the time of meeting of American Societies, see
Querist. the " Society Calendar " in " Specialties.")

1st. Please let Sphynx tell the best meth- The societies have about all resumed their
ods of preparing nitrate of aluminum ; the usual sessions, and are having considerable
kind of alum best suited for the purpose. interest taken in them. We shall be glad to
2d. If a solution of nitrate of calcium be receive from them all a, full report of their
added to a saturated solution of alum, what proceeedings, from which to make such se-

is the precipitate and what the supernatant lections for our "Gossip" as will be of
fluid? most interest and value to the general
3d. The easiest method of preparing ni- reader. We hope all our societies and —
trate of lime? may they largely increase — will make it

I can find no account of the above com- their effort to be useful in the great work of
pounds in any chemical or pharmaceutical advancement now going on in our art at
work at my command. I have been ex- a higher speed than ever before. Other
perimenting some in that direction. I branches of science and art have been hold-
made my nitrate from white marble and ing the ladder up more and more perpen-
nitric acid, evaporating to fusion and re- dicularly against us. Yet we are climbing
dissolving in water. I used ammonia alum steadily and surely up ! up ! xjp !

because I could get none other. I added Philadelphia (Philadelphia), Nov. 5th.
the nitrate of lime to a saturated solution — The Secretary presented a large roll of
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 567

prints and a box of stereo slides, lately re- proofs. The manipulation was exceedingly
ceived in exchange from the Photographic and the prints were much complimented
fine,

Society of Paris. and admired by the members of the Society.

The election of officers to serve for the Pennsylvania (Philadelphia) Nov.
ensuing year resulted as follows :
17th. —The meeting was held at the rooms
President. — Mr. John C. Browne. of Messrs. Broadbent & Phillips, 1206
Viee- Presidents. — Mr. John Carhutt, Mr. Chestnut Street.
George W. Hewitt. The President, Mr. Moore, being absent,
Treasurer.—Mr. S. Fisher Corlies. Mr. H. C. Phillips presided.
Recording Secretary. — Mr. Ellerslie Wal- The Secretary announced having received
lace. and answered a communication from the
Corresponding Secretary. —Mr. F. T. Fas- Vienna Photographic Association.
sitt. Messrs. Louis Husson and H. E. Gabriel
The President called attention to the fact were elected members.
that the Photographic Society of Paris had The question of granting prizes to mem-
sent to the Society a number of circulars bers for the best plain photographic work
relative to a photographic exhibition to be was discussed, and the following was agreed
held at Paris, May 1, 1874, in which full upon That this Association do offer a
:

directions were given for the forwarding of monthly prize, also a grand prize at the
goods destined for this exhibition, and other end of the year, for the best result offered
details in relation to it. during that time.
The President exhibited a 20 x 24 bath The following members were appointed
for landscapes, which had been sent to the a committee for next month, with the fol-

Society for inspection, by Mr. K. Newell, lowing instructions

of this city. The bath was made of wood, —
Committee. Mr. John Carbutt, William
coated with a composition of Mr. Newell's Langenheim, Albert Moore. That they
invention, and is both water-tight and im- shall select the size of photograph and style
pervious to nitrate of silver. Mr. Newell thereof for competition, and that for the
also sent a dish coated with a compound best, they give a gold piece properly en-
which had resisted nitric acid left for two graved, not larger than a three dollar gold
weeks in it. piece, with the instruction to the competitors
Mr. Partridge exhibited a number of that the successful one shall furnish a dupli-
stereo slides made on dry emulsion plates cate copy to each competitor.
with excess of silver. The exposures were Mr. Pkhoads exhibited two card photo-
short, and the prints very brilliant, clean, graphs that had been cut with a Bergner
and full of detail. As dry work, the series cutter, wet at the same time, and mounted
was pronounced unsurpassed by any ever on Slee mounts, passed through an ordi-
exhibited before the Society. Mr. Par- nary wringer, showing a difference of one-
tridge also exhibited an ingeniously con- sixteenth of an inch longer in the faces, al-
trived head for a field tripod, made of brass, though both were from the same negative.
and capable of being folded up somewhat The difference was due to the two being
after the manner of a folding fan. (See printed differently on the grain of the
page 554.) paper one contracting, the other expand-
;

Mr. Pettit exhibited a very fine collec-
tion of plain and colored views of the
Vienna Exposition, and objects of interest
in Venice.
A considerable time was spent in examin-
ing the superb roll of exchange prints sent
by the Photographic Society of Paris.
ing, according to the grain of the paper.
A general discussion was here held on
the merits and demerits of strong develop-
ers being used. Mr. Krips stated that at
their establishment (Draper & Husted) their
developer was 1 ounce of iron, same amount
The acetic acid, to 40 ounces of water they al- ;

series comprised portraits of all sizes, from lowed more time in exposing, never used
carle size to imperial, groups, landscapes, alcohol, except the bath should contain it,
carbon prints, transparencies, and bitumen and then very sparingly.
568 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. Schreiber stated that he used a stand-
ard developer of 2 ounces of iron to the
quart, and controlled intensity by means of
collodion. He uses two kinds, one over-
iodized, the other overbromized by mix- ; and many others from Boston gave a glow-
ing as his subject requires he obtains any
result that he may wish.
Mr. McMullin exhibited a stereo plate
that had been exposed, then cut, one-half
being developed with a strong developer,
the other with a weak one ; the strong being
generally considered the best; but this cer-
tainly would not apply in the case of a por-
trait negative.
Messrs. Broadbent & Phillips received a
vote of thanks for the use of their rooms.
On motion, adjourned, to meet at the
rooms of Messrs. Trask & Bacon, 40 North
Eighth Street, December 15th.
New' England (Boston) Nov.
Our correspondent "Vox" writes us as fol-
lows :
" The subject of discussion was Skjiights '
and Lighting the Sitter.' Several members
'
gave most valuable instruction. Mr. South-
worth maintained that the worker under
the light must first become familiar with
the human face that there was in fact
;
something in all faces which he would call
the poetry of the human face, which must be
studied and learned before any particular
light would be valuable. Mr. Black said
more attention should be given the matter
of making the sitter feel at home, thus en-
abling the operator to obtain a more natural
expression. Mr. Burnham illustrated his
idea of a skylight by drawings, and Mr.
Foss invited all to call and inspect his pecu-
liar mode of lighting the model, for he be-
lieved none treated the subject as he did.
Mr. Sonrell donated to the Society a large
number of British photographic journals,
for which the thanks of the Society were
tendered.
Mr. Loomis promised to give a lecture
on the next meeting night (Mr. Loomis
and Mr. E. L. "Wilson were the originators
of the grand organization known as the Na-
tional Photographic Association), when the
rooms are expected to be filled with eager lis-
teners. And here I wish to state Mr. South-
worth was surprised to find in the report
of the National Photographic Association
(from Buffalo), a statement that he was not
pleased with the work of the Convention,
when in fact he never enjoyed himself better,
and Messrs. Black, Brown, Barry, Band,
ing description of the gathering. Mr. Ben-
jamin French (of the firm of Benjamin
French & Co.) stated the success at Buffalo
was without a parallel in the history of
the helio art, and that Mr. Baker, the
Local Secretary, had shown himself a per-
fect Briareus, for to him was largely
due the success of the Exhibition, under-
taking it, as he did, at the last moment. I
find many photographers were pleased at
the bold stand taken by Mr. Carbutt in his
exposition of the enlarging process, and ex-
press their wish that he may always be
found at the front at the right time. Here
I will state that the fraternity of this section
7th.
feel proud of the magnificent display made
by the stock-house of Benjamin French &
' Co. this firm having on exhibition many
;
thousand dollars worth of the Yoigtlander
and Darlot tubes and lenses, of which they
are the agents, and all concede that it was
the best display of tubes and lenses ever
made in this country. And now, Mr.
Editor, I wish to inform you that many
have expressed a wish to have a full report
of the great Convention at Buffalo in a
bound volume for future reference, and hope
you will publish it by subscription, as that
will enable you to tell how many will be
wanted. Let all who desire a copy forward
you the amount of the book, so you will be
sure of your pay before you undertake the
job. Therefore, I hope you will start the
ball rolling. Let us know in j-our Journal
what you think about it, and let all the
secretaries of the different societies get up a
list of names of subscribers and the money
at the same time. Every one engaged in
photography should have the proceedings
of the Convention bound. No more at
present.
Photographic Institute (Chicago),
—
November 3d. Mr. Charles Gentile was
unanimously elected a member of the In-
stitute.
Mr. Green volunteered to read a paper
before the Society on the evening of the
first Monday in January, 1874, subject,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 569

"Art Principles as Applied to Photogra- 30 grs. ;

acetic acid, 2 ozs. ; water, 20 ozs. ;

phy;" and would, with the assistance of flow the plate with above and drain off into
the members, illustrate the same with the an ounce bottle ; now add two drops of a
magic lantern. It was further, on motion, 20-grain solution of nitrate of silver ; in a
decided that all the members of the Insti- few seconds the image should appear; when
tute be expected to furnish transparencies the developer has become red it should be
and papers relative to the subjects cf light washed off the plate and the same process
and shade, posing, &c, for that occasion. repeated, until the required depth and de-
On motion, Mr. Green was appointed a tail is attained ;
wash well and fix in hypo-
committee of one to arrange for that even- sulphite of soda, to which has been added a
ing. few drops of a solution of chloride of gold ;

The subject for discussion for the evening wash well and dry, and if required, protect
being announced (" Transparencies for En- with any good, well-filtered varnish or
largements "), Mr. D. H. Cross kindly ex- albumen.
plained the process by which they were These plates are also well adapted for
made, as follows views, as far as my experience goes none ;

Mr. Cross said : Flow the plate with excel them in any respect. They are reli-
bromo-iodized collodion, such as ordinarily able, easily prepared, and at hand. When
used ;
sensitize in the nitrate bath as usual these plates are used for views, I prefer the
after which wash the sensitized plate under alkaline development, especially when sen-
the tap in the dark-room about two minutes, sitiveness an object. I have been very
is

and flow plate with coffee preservative, made successful with these plates (when the alka-
as follows: Coffee (Mocha or Java), roasted line development has been used) in making
and ground, £ oz. ; loaf sugar, ^ oz. ; water, pictures of animals, &c. Ordinarily I would
10 ozs. Boil the water, then add the coffee expose the plate about twice as long as
and sugar ; let cool and fil ter perfectly clear would be required by the wet process. The
after flowing the plate with must above it greatest requisites aregood water, thorough
be carefully dried. The best method for washing, clean hands and vessels, a little
drying is that given by M. Carey Lea, on experience, and a little common sense.
page 185, vol. v, Philadelphia Photographer If some of the fraternity will try this pro-
for the benefit of those who can not conve- cess, I have attained the object for which I
niently refer to it, I give it briefly. In a have arranged these few remarks.
box of required size fit a rack, to prevent Mr. J. K. Stevens exhibited a transpa-
contact of the surfaces of the plates. When rency developed with iron developer, which
the desired number of plates have been pre- was admired as possessing peculiar merit.
pared and placed in the box, place a saucer Mr. Hall exhibited an enlargement.
or small evaporating dish, containing 2 or 14 x 17, from a card photograph the posi- ;

3 ounces of sulphuric acid, underneath the tive developed with pyrogallic develop-
rack; close the door of the box and leave ment, and the negative developed with
the plates in this box twelve hours or more iron. This picture was much admired, and
before using them. This method of drying itwould seem that in Mr. Hall's hands this
insures freedom from moisture.
perfect method can be worked as successfully as any
These plates will keep in this sensitive state other mode of enlargement.
for years when properly prepared and pro- Mr. Hall said that he was very sorry that
tected from light and moisture. When dry, while the subject of enlarging had been so
place this plate, film down, on the negative thoroughly discussed so few of the members
from which the transparent positive is to be had exhibited enlargements, and hoped that
made, in a common printing-frame, and ex- in the future those subjects requiring illus-
pose to diffused light from two to ten sec- tration in that way would be better illus-
onds, as experience may dictate rinse under ;
trated with specimens of work, for we can
the tap in the dark-room a few seconds, and at all times much method
better explain a
develop with pyrogallic acid, made as fol- by showing samples of work executed by
lows: Pyrogallic acid, 40 grs ; citric acid, that method, &c.
570 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER.
Mr. Cross volunteered to read a paper on the latter saying that he did not think the
" Developer " at the next regular meeting, results were better with this Edwards pro-
and all the members were requested to be cess than with collodion, the coffee dry
prepared to take part in the discussion of process, or Carey Lea's emulsion formula,
that subject on that occasion. and direct printing in making the transpa-
Brooklyn Photographic Art Associ- rencies is used most successfully.
ation (Brooklyn, N. Y.), Oct. 13th.— This A member
requesting information as to
Society has at last obtained a proper Presi- the burnishing process, the President asked
dent, Bev. Dr. Chas. H. Hall having been those who were producing this finish to give
installed as such this evening. Vice-Presi- their methods.
dent Hannay made an address and was re- H. L. Bingham : I have used the Sibley
sponded to by Dr. Hall. bed-plate press, secured to a table, with a
Mr. Frank E. Pearsall exhibited his new hole cut through beneath the press, and
camera, and gave all the liberty to use it as heating the bed-plate with an alcohol lamp.
a model. I secure, I think, as fine a surface as that
Mr. Berger read a paper on "Zincogra- obtained by the Weston burnisher.
phy," and Mr. "Williamson made an address Mr. Hesler: I find the Excelsior roller
on the "Decline of Art." press better adapted to burnishing than the
Mr. Abraham Bogardus, President of the Sibley, for the reason that it does not accu-
National Photographic Association, was mulate the fine dust which tends to scratch
present and made an address. the surface of the picture. I can keep the
The meeting then took a social turn, and Excelsior perfectly free from this annoy-
Miss Williamson gave a few illustrations ance.
in drawing on the screen, and a recitation. Mr. Bingham : I found that a small piece
Music and a collation followed the ;
of steel plate, slightly concave, fastened to
whole concluding with a vote of thanks to the bed of the Sibley press, was a great ad-
Mr. Williamson, at whose galleries the vantage, and that to roughen the roller
meeting was held. lengthwise by drawing a file along its sur-
Chicago Photographic Association face greatly assisted in the process of bur-
(Chicago), November 5th. —
After opening nishing. Kegarding the preparation for
business, Mr. H. L. Bingham, late of .Kala- preparing the surface for the finish, it has
mazoo, Mich., on his way to San Antonio, been my practice to use soap of some kind
Texas, being present, was called on for Mr. L. G. Bigelow, of Grand Kapids, Mich.,
remarks. Mr. Bingham stated that the is using a thin wash of gum arabic and
duties of preparation for his departure had water ;
brushing it, not only over the sur-
occupied his whole time, and he had given face of the photograph, but over the card-
little attention to photography he was ; mount also ; he tells me that in this way,
glad to meet the members present and aside from its benefit in preparing the sur-
would listen to the proceedings possibly ;
face for a fine finish, he can use the enam-
asking the indulgence of the Society's at- elled surface cards without trouble.
tention if he found his experience of any Chas. Aiken : Has any one present found,
value on the subjects under discussion. or can they suggest, a remedy for the re-
The subject of " Enlargements " being in moving of the ink used in touching out
order, Mr. Hesler said I do not think as
: spots ? This occurs during the process of*
yet we have any process for enlargements burnishing, and cannot again be success-
as good as the solar, and a solar print made fully put on the highly glazed surface.
skilfully from a good solar negative has not H. L. Bingham Has any one had : pic-
as yet been excelled ; but many times we tures returned to be reburnished, they hav-
find it necessary and profitable to make en- ing become badly soiled by handling ?

largements other than by aid of the solar Mr. Hesler: To remove the finger-marks,
camera, and in such cases I find the Ed- &c, on the burnished surface, I take a soft
wards process most satisfactory. cloth and, breathing on the soiled surface of
Messrs. Abbott and Greene did not agree the picture, gently rub it; this removes all
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 571

the marks and leaves the surface as clean as elected members. The name of H. L.
when fresh from the press ; for a prepara- Bingham, San Antonio, Texas, was added
tion for the surface to burnish, I use to list of honorary members.

White castile soap, 3 grains; alcohol, 16

ounces.
H. L. Bingham I noticed in your min-
:
Photography at the Annual Exhibition
utes of last meeting a discussion on the of the American Institute, N. Y.*
blister troubles, and I wish to say a word Our absence from home compelled us to
regarding them. I have never been trou- confine our visit to the Annual Exhibition
bled except when using the double gloss of the American Institute to a couple of
paper ;
noticing that a photographer of my hours only, and then in the evening of the
acquaintance using the same paper was not day before it closed. The display of photog-
troubled with blistering, I asked him how raphy was in excess of any former one, and
he avoided it. He said he had no for- very creditable indeed to those who con-
mulae other than I was using, except in tributed to it. Yet withal it is not as great
silvering he used an old negative bath I ;
as it should be. That whole art room,
tried and found the trouble ceased. I
it erected for photography, should each year
take an old negative bath and add a little be filled, so that the photographs could not
hydrochloric acid, filter out the deposit, be " peppered " and spotted here and there
then neutralize with liq. ammonia, filter with chromos, drawings, sewing-machine
and use. I make the bath thirty grains work, &c. Next year let them all be crowded
strong, and silver until the paper lays flat out. The parties who exhibited made a fine
on the solution. display of their best work ; they show that
Mr. Hesler I would state that in addi-
:
they improve constantly, as follows :

tion to my methods as given at previous Scovill Manufacturing Company, New

meetings, I always add a little sal soda to York, American Optical Company's appa-
the hypo soda solution. ratus, Morrison lenses, dreg bottle, &c. L. ;

Mr. Abbott: It was stated by a member Dubernet, New York, frames, passe-partouts,
at our last meeting that salt as used in our &c. German Photographic Society, New
;

solutions for washing and toning injures York, the handsome collection exhibited
the paper; this I cannot admit, for using at Buffalo and Photo-Belief Printing
;

the salt in my formulas, I can show as fine Company, New York, a fine collection of
results and as brilliant surface as any that Woodburytypes on paper and glass also ;

can be produced. photographs of all varieties and styles, em-

Mr. Alfred Hall A member of our So- :
bracing all the newest and best examples of
ciety present with us this evening, and who colored and plain work, by the following
produces very fine work, tells me he is never photographers New York, C. D. Fred-
:

troubled with blisters, but silvers his paper ricks & Co.,Schwind & Kruger, A. Naegeli,
only fifteen to twenty seconds, and it strikes A. Jordan, G. A. Flach, E. & H. T. An-
me that possibly long silvering has some- thony & Co., William B. Holmes & Co.,
thing to do with this trouble we are striv- W. Kurtz, G. G. Kockwood, W. R. Howell,
ing to control. and Baars & Spier; Brooklyn, Alva Pear-
Mr. Klein : As Mr. Hall requests me to sail and Mr. Richardson; Hudson City,
' give my formulas, I would say they are A. B. Costello Newark, J. Kirk; Long
;

simple, and as follows: I use a plain silver Branch, C. W. Pach Jersey City, Theo- ;

solution, sixty grains strong; float the paper dore Gubelman; Niagara Falls, Charles
fifteen to twenty seconds, according to the Bierstadt and George Barker San Fran- ;

weather ; after thethird washing I use a cisco, C. E. Watkins.

little acetic acid in the next washing; tone It will be remembered that our old friend
in sal soda and gold bath, and use salt after and correspondent, Mr. Charles Wager
fixing, gradually weakening the salt solu- Hull, is the General Superintendent of the
tion.
A. F. Wells and Charles Aiken were * For list of awards see last page.
572 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
American Institute, and to his energy the fine pictures, was disqualified for the com-
success of this great annual exhibition is petition for 15 x 12 pictures because his pic-
due —never a greater success than this year. tures all measured 24 x 18, and the faces in
We found him busy enough at his post, all cases exceeded the prescribed standard.
sometimes working all night, and must He protests against this disqualification, be-
compliment him and congratulate him on cause he thinks that the phrase " not less
his ability to manage so vast an affair with than 15 x 12" and " not less than 4} inches "
such satisfactory results following. should include any amount of excess, which
to carry out the argument ad absurdum,
would permit pictures the size of a house, if
they could be taken, to compete for a prize
NOTES IN AND OUT OF THE
intended for 15 x 12 pictures. I presume,
STUDIO.
however, that disappointed competitors are
BY G. WHARTON SIMPSON, jr. A., F.S.A.
often illogical, and should have some con-
The Crawshay Prizes Splitting Films — — sideration in virtue of their disappoint-
Kaolin for Discolored Printing Baths — ment. What a pity that in such compe-
Cleaning Glasses —-Toning Powers of Gold titions jurors cannot carry out the spirit of
— Photographing the Invisible. Dryden's line

The Crawshay Prizes. — I cannot had crowns who but endeavored well !"
" They too
but
think it is matter for regret that amongst Splitting Films. —A simple remedy for
the masters of large-sized photographs another occasional trouble, the splitting of
which America undoubtedly possesses, that films, was brought before the South London
none have sent pictures to compete for the Society recently by Mr. W. Brooks. He
Crawshay prizes. After the last moment, says
and when the prizes had been awarded, " Splitting of the collodion film on drying
some unmounted prints, which from a is a source of great annoyance to photog-
hasty glance appear of good quality, ar- raphers in general at this season of the
rived from America, from a gentleman year, through not being able, perhaps, to
whose name I have not yet ascertained. give sufficient exposure, and being obliged
Another year Mr. Crawshay will give a to force the development on account of the
similar series of prizes, with slight modifi- inactinic power of the light, and various
cations, and I shall hope to see both Amer- other causes too numerous to mention.
ica and Continental Europe enter the lists " I have for some time past been able to
of competitors. This year only English- avoid this evil with the utmost certainty,
men have competed, and the prize-takers which is very simple. I do not think it

are as follows : for the best three heads on has ever been published.
plates 20x16, the faces measuring eight " I have brought with me two plates this
inches, Messrs. Eobinson & Cherrill take evening which I think will be a positive
the prize of £50, and Col. Stuart Wortley proof, to all, of its efficacy. It is well
the second prize of £25. For the best known that the part of the film which is

three heads on 15 x 12 plates, faces four and
a quarter inches, Mr. Valentine Blanchard
took the first prize of £25, and Messrs.
Robinson & Cherrill the second prize of
£12. For the best enlargement Mr. B. J.
Edwards took the only prize of £25 some
of his most charming enlargements being
from American negatives. There were
many fine pictures sent to compete for all
the prizes, and of course there are many
disappointed competitors, and as usual some
who consider themselves peculiarly
used. Col. Wortley, who sent some very
free from the deposit of silver is the part
that splits on drying. In the two plates
that I have brought with me I have gone
to extremes. In the first instance, I was
not very particular in cleaning and polish-
; ing the plates (which goes a great way to
cause the evil), then again I have given
short exposure in a dull light, and forced
the redevelopment, and the subject photo-
graphed was a piece of white cardboard in
the centre of a black velvet focussing-cloth,
ill- the deposit of silver representing the card
being in the middle of the plate, the black
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHER. 573

velvet being free from deposit (bare glass), five or six hours, then filtered into an-
which would split and leave the glass under other bottle (or, if going to work imme-
ordinary circumstances ; but in this in- diately, filter into the bath dish) when fin-;

stance the whole of the film remains perfect ished, put into the bottle the same quantity
in every respect after being rapidly dried of kaolin, and one spoonful of white sugar,
by the fire (being another method of en- without shaking, and when wanted to work
couraging the evil). again I find my bath perfectly free from
" The remedy is this : after the plate has any I do not know anything
discoloration.
been developed, intensified, and fixed in the so simple, or anything so easy to keep the
ordinary way, should any iridescent mark- bath clear, the printing bath being a very
ings be seen in the transparent parts of the troublesome thing."
negative, which is almost a sure sign that Cleaning Glasses. —Amongst the various
it will split, stand the plate up on end to modes of cleaning glasses, here is one which
let all the surface water run off, so that it is is not, I fancy, sufficiently well known
not seen on the surface; but before any amongst photographers.
part of the film gets dry, take the plate and Probably the most efficient of all the
pour over it ordinary methylated spirits of mechanical agencies used in cleaning glasses
— —
wine on and off so as to wash out all the is the oxide of tin, used in various art
water from the film it may then be set to ; industries for polishing purposes. The par-
dry without fear. If it is a very bad plate, ticles of this material, although exceed-
it may be varnished first with a very thin ingly fine, are very hard, sharp, and read-
varnish while the plate is still wet with the ily polish the surface of the glass by cut-
spirit, and dried rapidly by the fire, and ting it away, without, however, under or-
then varnished again with the ordinary dinary circumstances, any scratching or in-
varnish in the usual way. jury. The most obstinately stained glasses,
"The methylated spirit seems to restore to plates which have been used before for
the film the elasticity which it originally varnished negatives, may, by means of this
possessed before the application of those material, be made quite as perfect as new
powerful astringents the developers." glasses. The varnished films may be re-
Kaolin for Decolorizing the Printing Bath.
'
moved by the application of hot soda or
—Notwithstanding the existence of very potash solution, and then the moistened
simple and efficient methods of removing the putty powder applied with a piece of woollen
color from old printing baths, there are rag, steadily rubbing all over the plate, the
some photographers who cling with tenacity result being that the old stained surface is

to the old-fashioned kaolin. If the bath removed, and a new surface laid bare. This
be kept strong enough, if a little alcohol be method I recently saw used in Mr. Sarony's
added in making it, and if the paper is ex- establishment at Scarborough, and has per-
cited in a sufficiently dark room, I don't mitted of the use of an enormously large
think that discolored baths ought, as a rule, collection of old negatives which had before
to exist ; but as they do, they must be been regarded as so much useless lumber.
cleansed. The methods with permanganate, There is, it should not be forgotten,
with chloride of sodium, carbonate of soda, always the safeguard of albumenizing, by
&c. have all been described often enough,
, which glasses of doubtful cleanliness are
and everybody knows the old mode of using made As, how-
absolutely trustworthy.
kaolin ; but a correspondent sends me an ever, some photographers still object to
improved mode of using it, which he de- this method of obtaining security, distrust-
scribes as efficient and seems less trouble- ing the effect of the albumen on the bath,
some than usual, therefore I place it before methods of securing absolute cleanliness
your readers : without the aid of preliminary coating will
" When my bath has been discolored, I always possess interest for a large section
have taken about one teaspoonful of kao- of photographers.
lin, and placed it into the solution, shaken Toning Powers of Gold. —I recently met
the bottle well, allowed it to remain about with a paper which gave some details very
574 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
suggestive of the coloring powers of gold. wards. Various other experimentalists at
Professor Faraday gives the following intervals gave attention to the subject, with-
interesting facts :
" Suppose that a leaf of out leading to any important practical issue.
gold, which weighs about 0.2 of a grain, Four years ago, however, Professor Morren,
and will cover a base of nearly 10 square in a paper read before the British Associa-
inches, were diffused through a column tion, stated that he had found the quinine
having that base, and 2.7 inches in height, solution so efficient in arresting chemical
it would give a ruby fluid equal in depth of rays, that a screen five millimetres thick,
tint to a good red rose the volume of the
;
consisting of the solution confined between
gold present being about the -jooVoo tn
two plates of glass, would, whilst freely
part of the volume of the fluid ; another admitting illuminating rays, so effectually
result gave 0.01 of a grain of gold in a stop the chemical rays that it might with
cubic inch of fluid. These fine diffused advantage be used as a substitute for yellow
particles have not as yet been distinguished glass in the dark-room.

by any microscopic power applied to them." In Professor Morren's experiments a

The amount of chloride of gold represented sensible thickness of the solution was em-
in the above-named quantity would be ployed, amounting, in English figures, to
something less than half a grain. The about three-sixteenths of an inch. The
statement manifestly suggests the fact that statement was definite, and, coming from
if all the gold in the photographer's toning an authority worthy of respect, was entitled
solutions were actually deposited as a toning to the consideration it at once received. It
agent a very much larger surface should be is scarcely necessary to say that the alleged
colored than we ever found in practice, or fact was a most important one to the
saw recorded. photographer, inasmuch as it would have
Photographing the Invisible. — A paper read permitted him to work with the light of
at the British Association recently revives day in his dark-room. It would have per-
an old and interesting question, namely, mitted him to illuminate the interior of his
the adiactinic qualities of sulphate of quinine. camera with daylight, allowing of screening
The object of the paper was to call attention various portions, without risk of injury to
to the property of disulphate of quinine and his sensitive plate. It would, in short,
other fluorescent substances in arresting the have possessed a variety of advantages, of
transmission of chemical rays, his illustra- which many photographers would have
tions consisting of designs made on white eagerly availed themselves. Unfortunately,
paper by means of the quinine solution, the alleged fact was not verified on being
and of course nearly invisible, and photo- brought to the test. At my request, Mr.
graphs of the same designs vigorously Spiller, whose trustworthiness as a chemist
rendered and also of photographs of glass
; and experimentalist all photographers know,
vessels containing respectively black ink undertook a careful re-examination of the
and colorless solution of the quinine salt, question, making a series of precise experi-
the image of the latter being as dark, or ments, the conclusions from which were in
nearly so, as that of the vessel containing complete opposition to the statement of
ink, whilst a similar vessel of water readily Professor Morren, and showed that a much
transmitted chemical rays, and gave a light thicker screen of the quinine solution was
image. quite powerless in arresting photographic
The subjectan old one, and various
is action.
experiments in connection with it were re- Mr. Spiller's experiments were tried with
corded by Mr. Eobert Hunt in his Re- solutions of the quinine salt of various
searches on Light twenty years ago, who strengths, from half per cent., the strength
at that time found that a solution of the recommended by Professor Stokes for ex-
quinine salt impeded photographic action hibiting fluorescence, up to five per cent.
in but a very slight degree. The same fact An ordinary commercial example of bromo-
was further elucidated in a series of experi- iodized collodion with iron developer, and
ments by Mr. Crookes a year or two after- the afternoon light of a dull October day,
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE. 575

were employed in the experiments. An which seem to show that the subject still
exposure of a single second was sufficient demands further consideration and experi-
to give a distinct image on the plate when ment. He observes
the light had passed through a screen one "Fourteen years ago I showed experi-
inch thick of this solution, whether of the mentally, as you are probably aware, that
strength of one per cent, or five per cent. the alteration of the refrangibility of the
Professor Stokes, who has made the subject extreme rays of the spectrum by fluores-
of fluorescence his own, writing to Mr. cent substances diminishes their photo-
Spiller, at the same time stated that in the graphic power. This was exhibited at
course of his experiments he had found that Aberdeen, and published in the English,
the quinine solution did not by any means French, and German scientific periodicals
stop all chemical action. of the time. Some months ago, however,
The vivid photographic image of a faint a friend, on looking at my old photographs
and nearly drawn in quinine
invisible design of drawings in quinine, objected (as your
affords a striking and readily appreciable article does) that the effect might, after all,

illustration. Nevertheless, it is even doubt- be due to a difference of surface produced

ful if the result obtained be due to a fluores- by the covering salt, or even by the paper
cent quality of the quinine salt at all, as it having been wetted. I put this to the test
may be due to a change of surface or by writing on a piece of white paper with
texture. The case is not without analogies. black ink, bisulphate of quinine, bisulphate
Some recent experience in photographing of potash, common salt, and pure water, in

old manuscripts in the British Museum is five different compartments, and having it
to the purpose. In the course of some photographed. The result showed that the
work in this Mr. Sawyer, of
direction, mere wetting, and the non-fluorescent salts,
the Autotype Company, has found that in had no perceptible effect, while the fluores-
the case of some manuscripts, portions of cent quinine destroyed a large portion of
which were so faded and obliterated as to the chemically active rays. It was the
be nearly invisible and quite illegible, his possession of this photograph (of which I
photographic reproductions gave a perfectly inclose a copy) that mainly induced me to
legible and vigorous rendering of the whole. bring the subject before the Physical
So important has this power been found, Section ; and the fact that the objection
that a society, with the express purpose of has also been urged by you is the best proof
reproducing old manuscripts by photog- that my observation was really novel and
raphy, has been formed, and numbers important.
nearly two hundred members. This is-not " I am very glad that the exhibition of

the first experience of the kind. Some these photographs at Bradford has roused
years ago M. Silvy presented to the French so much attention, for the phenomena of
Photographic Society a photographic re- fluorescence being by no means rare must
production of an old engraving, in which have a considerableon practical
effect

an inscription before invisible had been photograph}'. I may

add there is
also

rendered with perfect legibility. Other really no discrepancy between my results

analogous cases are on record. But in and those of Mr. Spiller. I find that quinine
these cases a careful examination has gener- destroys some, but not all, of the chemical

ally shown not only a slightly yellow im- rays he finds that a quinine solution allows
;

pression, differing, it is true, so far as a good deal of these rays to pass through.
ocular inspection is concerned, from the It is the same fact, but viewed from opposite
paper, but having a different actinic value, directions."
but also a decided difference in texture, a The photograph inclosed by Dr. Glad-
dulness of texture absorbing rather than stone was very interesting. The writing
reflecting light. with plain water, and the sodium and potash
Keplying to some observations to this solutions, present no trace of the inscription,
effect which I made in commenting on this whilst that with the quinine solution is

paper, Dr. Gladstone adds some further facts gray, and that with ink black. The fact
576 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
is, I think, sufficiently important to demand able to do this well, for there are many
renewed consideration for the subject. times when the ability to multiply a nega-
tive, large or small, toany size, will secure
a lucrative order. Our readers will remem-
OUR PICTURE. ber distinctly that we never recommended
The little maiden who honors us
bright them to purchase this or any other secret
with her picture this month has our best process. How could we, without knowing
thanks, inasmuch as young ladies seem to what a process is, recommend it? What
think generally that it is degrading to have we did do was to praise the results, and we
their picture appear in our purely photo- repeat what we said about the capabilities
graphic magazine. We hope to have op- of the Edwards process.
portunity of displaying these same bright If photographers see best to refuse to
eyes again, when they are twice as old, in purchase it because it is a secret, they
this same way. only do what we have so long enjoined
The negatives and prints were made by them to do generally. But having assured
Messrs. Trask & Bacon, 40 N. 8th St. , Phila- them of the good results of the process
delphia, and are reproduced from the origi- without any other idea than to hope that
nal negative by the Edwards process, about they would exercise their own will in the
which there seems have been considerable
to matter, we again affirm our good opinion
excitement. The picture was intended to of the results, and once more leave the
show our readers a fair example of the whole subject with our readers.
power of this process in the line of multi- The paper on which our prints were made
plying negatives, but so rapidly has Mr. was manufactured by Trapp & Munch, Mr.
Edwards improved his method that neither Willy Wallach, New York, agent.
he nor Messrs. Trask & Bacon are willing The mounts are from the well-known
to offer it as an example of the best they manufactory of Messrs. A. M. Collins, Son
can do. It is much to say that they are & Co., Philadelphia.

Home Again. — We are again at our desk, We hope for a year of prosperity for us all,
after wandering among the galleries of Europe and wish you, one and all, substantially, a
and the art treasures of Italy, safe and well, Happy New Year !
neither scared nor hurt, but satisfied, with re-
newed health and vigor for the work at our Does your subscription expire with the present
hands. Our tour was one of continued pleasure number?
—
and prosperity a perfect gala day throughout.
We have seen, and felt, and gathered, and Removal! —
As will be seen by the outside
treasured up much, very much, and trust that cover, we have removed our entire business to
the result will be increased usefulness to our Sherman's building, S. W. corner Seventh and
readers. We
have proven by personal acquaint- Cherry, where our magazine was born, and where
ance the friendship of many with whom we have we have always had it printed and had our sanc-
corresponded for years, and have seen the editors tum sanctorum. Those who know us personally
of all the photographic journals in the world but know that part of each day we were to be found
two, we believe. Now we are back, it seems at No. 822 Arch Street. Want of space to ac-
like a dream, but was a fact, and in our next
it commodate our growing business has compelled
number we shall begin some systematic way of us to enlarge at Seventh and Cherry, and we now
telling you of the things we saw, of most interest have our entire business concentrated there. AVe
and value to you, in a series of articles, illustrated invite all our patrons to visit our new rooms. In
profusely by engravings and drawings, which we our office will be found a writing-table for vis-
shall call Views Abroad and Across. itors who may desire to use it, and on the walls
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGRAPHBE. 577

we hope to exhibit constantly a fine display of that they have opened either new or newly fitted
photographs. You are all welcome. Come and up rooms. Among those of which we receive
glowing descriptions are Messrs. Rawlins & Co.,
Wooster, Ohio ; Tresslar Bros., Fort Scott, Kan-
The Tenth Anniversary of the birth of the sas ; Cadwallader, Marietta, Ohio ; F. B.
Philadelphia Photographer is notv ! $5 a year ! Clench, Lockport, N. Y. ; Smith & Motes, Ma-
con, Ga. Charles Huntington, St. Paul, Minn.
A Complete Index, with title page, for the
;
;

Silas San Francisco, Cal., and D. J.

Selleck,
current volume is presented with this number.
Ryan, Savannah, Ga. The latter gentleman also
Prospectus for 1874. — Please read it on the has five new stock-rooms well filled, and a sup-
third page of the cover, and cover us with de- ply of Benerman & Wilson's publications al-

mands for premiums. ways. All these gentlemen receive the Phila-
delphia Photographer, which is a sure evidence
Thanks to our correspondents for many good
of prosperity also.
hints, which we must lay over until our next.
We have received specimens of their work
Art Studies for All are crowded out this
from Messrs. A. Hesler & Son, J. W. Wykes, H.
month. We shall resume them in our next.
H. Halsey, Frank Abell, J C. Toler, Silas Sel-

Pardon we neglect to fulfil any favor

us if leck, Foster & Bro., J. G. & F. R. Barrows, Raw-
asked this month. We came home to a table lins &
and D. H. Anderson. Messrs. Sproule
Co.,

overloaded with matters of interest, but we have & Co., Peterboro', Canada, and J. C. Moulton,
not yet been able to plough down to the bottom Fitchburg, Mass., have likewise favored us with
of them. All shall have our best attention very fine stereoscopic views. Dr. J. C. Mills,Penn Yun,
soon. N. Y., sends us a stereo picture of an eight-pound
trout which " made a desperate leap for a boy "
The Loescher & Petsch pictures charm all who — —
and the boy and his mother.
see them. The first set sold was ordered by Mr.
William Kurtz, of New York, who not only makes Mr. A. Montagna, one of our subscribers in
good work himself, but also buys and studies Mesagne, Italy, has sent us several dozen of
that by others. most interesting views made in Egypt, Alexan- —
dria, Cairo, the Pyramids, Sphynx, &c, &o.
French Correspondence. — We shall add to They only increase our regret that while so near
the attractions of our magazine next year a that ancient land we did not visit it. Mr. Mon-
monthly record of Photography in France, to be tagna has shown excellent taste in the selection
written by Mons. Ernest Lacan, our talented of his views, and proven himself able to baffle
contemporary of Le Moniteur de la Photographie, with his chemicals in a hot climate.
Paris, France. M. Lacan will begin his new
undertaking in our next issue with an illustrated Mr. John L. Gihon, our able correspondent,
description of the studio of Mr. Charles Reut- now with Messrs. Chute & Brooks, Montevideo,
linger, to be followed in February with all the S. A., arranged to have a pleasant surprise

details concerning the studio and working of awaiting our return to our the shape of office, in

Mons. Nadar. These papers will be most inter- several magnificent views South American of

esting and valuable, and we predict a hearty scenery and of a number of examples of his por-

welcome for Mons. Lacan among our readers. trait work. The views are simply treasures, and
have "cloud effects" introduced, such as Mr.
At the Exhibition in Louisville, Kentucky, our Gihon won such celebrity by while in this city.
friends Klauber, Webster, Washburne, Wybrant, The portraiture is also first-class and beautifully
printed.
and others, have captured the newspaper men and
the public generally by their fine display of pho- Messrs. Joop & Siebe, Dresden, Germany,
tographs. At Brooklyn, N. Y., Messrs. Alva have sent us some beautiful examples of portrait
and Frank Pearsall, Troxell, Rawson, Spitzer, work well worthy of themselves and of the
and others, have also won new laurels for them- famous fine art city where they live.
selves and for our art. At Cincinnati, Messrs.
Landy and Van Loo and others raced it, but no Items of News. —A visit to New York a week
prizes were offered, so none were won. or so ago convinced us that photography must
be in a prosperous condition there at least. Sco-
Evidences of Prosperity reach us from all vill Manufacturing Company are erecting a splen-
quarters, inasmuch as we almost daily receive did new iron front store in Broome Street near
newspapers from our subscribers announcing Broadway, and Mr. William Kurtz a handsome
578 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
art palace at Twenty-third Streetand Broadway. Messrs. Wilson, Hood & Co., 822 Arch
Both of these new places will be occupied about Street, Philadelphia, have issued a new and beau-
January 1st, when we shall fully describe them. tiful price list, a copy of which they have sent us
— Calling upon President Bogardus we found elegantly bound.
him enjoying a fine business, and as well and as
The Ferrotype and How to Make It, by
genial as when we last saw him waving his hand-
Mr. E. M. Estabrook, N. Y., has reached its
kerchief on the Cunard Company's dock in
second edition, a copy of which has been sent us
August last as we sailed for foreign parts. — Mr. by Messrs. Gatchell & Hyatt, Cincinnati, Louis-
L. G. Bigelow is having great success with his
ville, and St. Louis, who are the publishers.
" cloud effects," and will soon present a sample
Chapters on the non-reversed ferrotype, giving
of his work to all of our readers. His negatives
are for sale by all dealers. The results are taste-
full instructions how to make them, with dia-

ful in the extreme. — Mr. J. Carbutt, Superintend- grams, are added, making the book thrice valu-
ent of the " Woodbury Works " in Philadelphia, able. It is a credit to author and publishers, and
has recently issued a new catalogue of lantern nicely gotten up.

slides. These slides are excelled by none. Mr.

—
Correction. A letter from our publisher to
Carbutt has also sent us an 11 x 14 view of the Mr. Kurtz, which was written in answer to Mr.
interior of the grand Exhibition Hall of the Kurtz's request for information, was published
American Institute, New York, which is a in Anthony^s Bulletin, last month, and Mr.
splendid picture. The "works" are now 624 Landy seems to think it did him injustice, as he
North Twenty-fourth Street.— Mr. S. R. Stod- also was awarded, as was published in our last
dard, Glen's Falls, N. Y., has issued a new and issue, the large medal of merit, at Vienna, for
beautiful catalogue of his views. — The Penn- his admirable work. We are glad to bring Mr.
sylvania Photographic Association offers prizes Landy's deserved success once more before our
for the best work. See "Society Calendar." readers in order to congratulate him upon it, and
Several of our subscribers have sent us clippings to correct any false impression which may have
from newspapers concerning "the lost art." It been caused in the manner mentioned above.
is an old story revived, concerning the once
famous Hill's " daguerreotypes in colors,'' which The Anthony Prizes. — Our readers will not

were generally considered to be sham. — Mr. forget the prizes offered by Mr. Edward Anthony
Albert Moore, the solar printer, requests those of New York. Full details will be found on page

sending him negatives to insert their names in 295 of our September issue, and the time is

some part of the package, that he may know from limited to February 1st. You have no days to

whom the negatives are sent ; he has several on lose. While it seems a singular thing to ask
hand, and does not know who to deliver them to. the National Photographic Association to ap-

— Several circulars of a certain party offering point a committee to make the awards in this
"A Process for Retouching Negatives" have matter, who are neither members of the Associa-
been sent us. Thanks. But why should you even tion or practical photographers, but amateurs,

consider the purchase of such a process when you who, with one or two exceptions, have scarcely

don't need it. — Mr. J. Wege, of London, mana- made a negative for several years, yet all such

ger of Mr. Jabez Hughes's stock-house, called offerspromote healthful photographic exercise,
upon us about the time we were striving to find and we should like to see the subscribers of the
Philadelphia Photographer carry away the entire
him amid the fogs of London. Messrs. W. & F. —
five hundred dollars. They undoubtedly will
Langenheim of this city were the first to intro-
do this if the prizes are awarded at all, for all
duce photographic magic lantern slides in this
country, and as early as 1851 received most flat- good photographers take the Philadelphia Pho-
tographer, and good ones are continually grow-
tering testimonials from the lamented Daguerre,
the King of Prussia, and other notables. See ing in numbers. ^—^—
Mosaics.
Opinion on the Weston Patent.
For the benefit of those interested we publish
the following :

The Nursery, published by Mr. John L. Bangor, Nov. 17th, 1873.

Shorey, Boston, comes to us this month fuller of Hon. J. P. Bass. — Sir: The question sub-
glee than ever. It will pay any photographer mitted to me, as to whether the stoppage of one
to take it for the woodcuts, which suggest capi- roll of the Excelsior Roll Press, and its use in
tal poses for the little ones. $1.50 a year. The polishing photographs, either with or without
Philadelphia Photographer and the Nursery for heat, would infringe the Weston reissued patent
1874 for $6. Supplied by us. of February, 1873, for a burnisher for photo-
 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTO GEAPHER, 579

graphs, &c.,has received my attention. Basing Berlin, Sept. 24th, 1873.

iny opinion on the specification and claims of
Dear Sir : I am surprised to read that there
said reissue, which is prima facie valid, I do
are published in America quite erroneous lists of
not hesitate to pronounce said alteration and use medals as awarded to American exhibitors at
an infringement of each and. if heat is used, all
the Vienna Exhibition, and that there are per-
the claims.
sons who mystify the people with such false
Stopping one roll of said press and feeding the
statements.
card over it by revolving the other, polishing it As member and secretary of the photographic
in its passage, is covered by the first claim of the section of the jury of the Vienna Exhibition, I
reissue. It produces a " burnishing machine by
feel obliged to explain in the interest of truth
which a surface is given to the article to be pol-
and justice the following :

ished, by feeding it under pressure over the sur-

The jury, composed of six gentlemen, amongst
face of a stationary burnisher,"' and such ma-
whom were Mr. Davanne, of France ; Mr. Luck-
chine is what Weston claims. Stopping the roll
hardt, of Austria Mr. Von Melings, of Austria;
converts it into a "stationary burnisher'' —as Mr. Pooter, of Holland
;

Mr. Levitzky, of Peters-

;

far as its operation on the picture is concerned

burg and myself, from Germany, have seen fit
;

its shape being a matter of no consequence, and

to give the highest award to but two portrait pho-
the combination of this stopped roll with the
tographers in the world, yourself and Loescher &
revolving one is substantially the combination
Petsch in Berlin. This highest award is the
of the feed roll and stationary burnisher set
medal of good taste, witli mention of progress.
forth in the second claim of the reissue. Heat-
ing the stationary roll introduces into the com-
The jury mentioned the progress, too, because
bination the elements which Weston's third we proposed to give to you two medals, one for
claim is based upon. taste and one for progress, but it was declared
I consider the device as simply a colorable afterwards by the chief director, Baron Von
variation of Weston's machine, performing sub- Schwartz, that only one medal could be given

stantially the same work in substantially the to one exhibitor for the same subject.

same way, and should advise the prosecution of No

other American photographer has got a

infringing parties, having confidence in the

medal for good taste.

validity of the patent, and believing that it will

As the next highest award for photography,
the jury declared the medal of progress, which
be sustained by the courts.
Very respectfully,
was given to fifty-three exhibitors ; four of them
are Americans.
William Franklin Seavey,
As the last in rank was regarded for portrait
Counsellor at Law and in Patent Cases.
photography the tnedal of merit, and it was dis-
Special Notice. — To the. Photographic Fra- tributed to about one hundred and forty (140)
ternity of New England : You are cordially in- photographers, one of them to Mr. Howell, New
vited (with ladies) to a social gathering of the York City.
members of the Boston Photographic Society on Of co-operator medals, one only is given, for
the evening of Friday, December 5th, at the America, that is for Mr. Elbert Anderson, in
studio of J. W. Black, No. 173 Washington your studio.
Street, Boston. Of honorable mention, two came to New York
City one to Messrs. Schwind & Kriiger and one
Mr. Kurtz's Vienna Award. — Some dispute to
;

Mr. Nunevehr (a third for Mr. Spahn ; it was

having occurred as to the exact awards made at
not given for pictures, but for apparatus).
Vienna, Mr. Kurtz sends us the following for
I have sent an official list of the American
publication
New York, Nov. 18th, 1873. medals already, the 26th of July, to Mr. Edward

Edward L. Wilson, Esq — Dear Sir: In-

L. Wilson, editor of the Philadelphia Photog-
rapher. I regret that this official report is not
closed please find a letter of Dr. Vogel, of Ber-
published till now. I hope it will be done in
lin,which I received back from Harper's only
now they have published it, and you would
;
the meantime.

oblige me by having it published in the Phila- A list of all medals given by the photographic

delphia Photographer, and returning it to me section is published also in No. 107 of the Pho-

with the envelope immediately after you have tographische Correspondenz,* of Vienna, which

used it for that purpose.

Yours truly, * Also in the November number Philadelphia Pho-
William Kurtz. tographer. — Editor.
580 THE PHILADELPHIA PHOTOGEAPHEE.
I sent to you by book post. You find therein Obituary.— Our Texas alligator died on the
your name ahead of all. evening of November 24th. He was a photo-
Very truly, yours, graphic alligator, a great pet in our office, and

Dr. H. Vogei,,
— he is dead.

Member and Secretary of the Photographic Section

of the Jury on the Vienna Exhibition.
Mr. J. F. Ryder's New Chromos. — "Pluck
No. 1," and "Pluck No. 2," are the titles, as
will be seen by his advertisement, of two charm-
Additional Force. — We have the pleasure ing chromos published by Mr. J. F. Ryder, the
of announcing that we have secured the services eminent photographer at Cleveland, Ohio. What
of Mr. Robert J. Chute as an attache to our shall we say about them? It has been a long
establishment. Mr. Chute's short, pointed, prac- time since the walls of our sanctum have so
tical communications to our pages are much been shaken by mirth as they were on
literally
valued by our readers, and as he is one of the the opening of this pair of chromos there a few
very best photographic operators in the country, days ago. They were placed on a table, face
we are sure that our readers will be glad to hear out, and
it was a most interesting study to see

that we have engaged him to sit at our side, and visitorscome in, look at those chromos, and then
to take from our shoulders a part of the labor sit down in a perfect effervescence of laughter.

which each year in the life of the Philadelphia The subjects are such as touch the heart and
Photographer grows more and more burdensome. the risibles of every man. Little '
' Pluck " goes
HiAold friends in Philadelphia will be particu- out with his dog-cart to take his two tiny sisters
larly glad to have him make his residence here a ride. The dog sees a rabbit, and makes for it
again after a year's absence in New England. "Pluck"
full speed. holds on to the lines
bravely, while the smallest youngster tumbles
out in the rear, head first. Just as the dog
Anniversary Exercises. —The tenth anni-
reaches the rabbit (in No. 2) a fallen tree inter-
versary of the marriage of the Philadelphia Pho- venes, the cart is smashed, and destruction gen-
tographer with the photographic fraternity of the erally follows — of cart, children, tree, rabbit, and
United States and with the rest of the world all — except the lines, which "Pluck" pluckily
occurs this month, and in honor of the occasion holds on to, until The en-
the end of the race.
an entertainment will be given towards the end tire scene is and life and so
so full of spirit
of the year, to which all of our subscribers are natural that every one must buy the pair. They
cordially invited. The programme is being pre- should by all means be hung in every photo-
pared by our friends, and will consist of an ex- graphic reception-room, in order to put your
hibition of photographs, magic lantern, ad- sitters in a good humor. They teach a moral
dresses, toast, toasts, &c, &c, usual on sueh lesson also, i. e., he who pluckily holds on, wins.
happy occasions. Those of our patrons who can The price of this jolly pair is $9.50 and $10,
be present will please do us the favor to send us
See advertisement.
their names by the 15th inst., when a ticket of
admission and full particulars will be sent them
The Awards bytne American Institute, a list
at once. Positively no admission without a
of which Mr. Hull sends us just as we are ready
ticket, and no other invitation will be given.
for press, are as follows : Silver Medal to Seovill
Manufacturing Company, W. Kurtz, C. E. Wat-
kins, W. R. Howell, A. W. Jordan, C. D. Fred-
Pictures Received. Messrs. Johnson & — ricks & Co., G. G. Rockwood, William Richard-
Glenton, Nashua, N. H., have sent us some
son, Charles Bierstadt. Bronze Medal : T. Gu-
specimens of elegant photography, which are a
belman, Q. A. Flack, German Photographic Asso-
happy surprise to us. Two years ago the work
ciation, G.W. Pach, J. Weber, Schwind & KrU-
of these gentlemen scarcely reached mediocrity,
ger, George Barker, R. Morrison. Diplomas :
now it is well worthy of being placed side by
Joseph Kirk, A. B. Costello, A. Naegeli, Boors
side with that presented in the Philadelphia
& Spier, R. B. Talfor, L. A. Finley &Co., Alva
Photographer. We will state the secret of their
Anthony & Co.
Pearsall, E. & H. T.
success in our next issue. — Messrs. Fosnot &
Hunter, Keosauqua, Iowa, have sent us their
"first trials at outdoor work,'' being two 8 x 10 —
Important. We have some correspondence
photographs of the new bridge at that place. between Messrs. Sherman & Shaw, which must be
We think they may be encouraged to push that delayed until our next, it having arrived too late
branch of their business. for this issue.
JAN 6' raw